Understanding and Overcoming Anxious Attachment StyleHaving an anxious attachment style can make relationships challenging. In the beginning of my 14-year relationship with my partner, I was anxiously attached and felt like an insecure mess, embodying many of these behaviours.
My partner called me his ‘beautiful nightmare’ because I would constantly seek reassurance, experiencing a lot of negative emotions like jealousy, worry, and fear. My low self-esteem made me constantly second guess him. I questioned whether he loved me on a daily basis and rummaged through his phone looking for evidence that he was up to no good.
I was clingy as hell and would get separation anxiety whenever we were apart, counting down the hours until we’d see each other again.
Maybe you relate?
Anxious attachment is characterised by behaviours such as craving emotional intimacy, fear of abandonment, excessive dependence on relationships, and seeking validation from others.
Understanding how to self soothe anxious attachment could be key in helping you to have a secure relationship and better mental health.
You might be wondering how to fix anxious attachment style so that you can have a healthy relationship. Here’s a detailed look at what this means and how you can work towards healing.
Get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit What is attachment theory?Attachment theory is a psychological model that describes how individuals emotionally bond with others and how these relationships affect their behaviour and interactions. Developed by psychiatrist John Bowlby and psychologist Mary Ainsworth in the mid-20th century, it outlines how early relationships with caregivers can set patterns for later relationships. The theory categorises attachment styles into secure, anxious, and avoidant, each reflecting different ways of relating to others based on early experiences of nurturing, responsiveness, and attention from caregivers.
Additionally, understanding insecure attachment and the various insecure attachment styles, including anxious, avoidant, and disorganised, is crucial for comprehending the full spectrum of attachment theory, especially in the context of how childhood trauma and experiences contribute to these styles and their impact on adult relationships.
Attachment stylesAttachment theory identifies four primary attachment styles:
These styles reflect how people perceive and respond to intimacy and dependence in relationships.
What is Anxious Attachment?Anxious attachment is a way some people feel attached to others. They often need lots of reassurance and might worry a lot about their relationships. For someone with an anxious attachment, navigating the emotional landscape of relationships can be particularly challenging, as they grapple with fears of abandonment and a desire for closeness that can seem overwhelming. They might feel anxious if they don’t know where they stand with someone.
Signs You Might Be Anxiously AttachedHere are some signs that you might have an anxious attachment style:
Understanding Anxious Attachment TriggersAnxious attachment triggers are situations that make you feel especially insecure or worried. It could be when someone changes plans, or when you feel someone is being distant. Knowing what triggers your anxiety can help you manage your reactions better.
Make a note of your anxious attachment triggers and think about how you’d like to handle each one? Is there a healthier coping strategy you can employ instead? What self soothing techniques could you try?
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Secure attachment styleHaving a secure attachment style typically means feeling comfortable with both intimacy and independence in relationships. For example, a person with a secure attachment style can enjoy deep connections without fear of abandonment. They trust their partners and are confident in expressing their needs and feelings. If a disagreement occurs, they address it openly and constructively without fearing the relationship’s end.
They also support their partner’s independence, understanding that needing space or having separate interests is healthy, not a threat to the relationship. Embracing a journey towards a more secure attachment style involves recognizing and healing from past wounds, fostering emotional intelligence, and practicing mindfulness and self-regulation, which ultimately leads to a more fulfilling and secure way of engaging in relationships.
How to Overcome Anxious Attachment1. Learn About Your Attachment Style: Understanding that you have an anxious attachment style is the first step in healing.
Talk Therapy: Working with a therapist can help a lot. They can teach you about why you feel this way and how to feel more secure.
Communication Skills: Learning how to talk about your feelings and needs can make a big difference. It helps you feel more secure and understood.
Self-soothing Techniques: When you’re feeling anxious, knowing how to calm yourself can help you not react in a panic.
Build Your Self-Esteem: Sometimes, feeling better about yourself can make you less anxious in relationships. Do things that you enjoy and are good at and take the time to remind yourself about your good qualities.
Get your FREE Confidence Affirmations DownloadHow to self-soothe anxious attachmentWhat is self-soothing?Self-soothing when it comes to anxious attachment involves techniques to calm and reassure oneself during moments of anxiety or insecurity in relationships. The aim is to manage the intense emotions and fears of abandonment or rejection that those with anxious attachment often experience, helping them maintain emotional balance without excessively relying on reassurance from others. These techniques empower you to handle their anxieties independently, fostering healthier and more stable relationships.
To self-soothe if you have an anxious attachment style, consider these strategies:
Mindfulness and Breathing Exercises: Practice mindfulness to stay present and reduce overthinking. Use deep breathing techniques to calm your nervous system in anxious moments. Try these breathing exercises for anxiety to get started.
Positive Self-Talk: Engage in positive self-talk by creating a list of affirmations tailored to counteract your insecurities, and repeat these affirmations regularly to build self-esteem. Download some positive affirmations here.
Journaling: Write down your thoughts and feelings to understand them better and gain perspective. Daily entries about your interactions and emotional responses can help you identify triggers and adjust your reactions over time. This reflection is crucial for understanding and improving your relationship dynamics.
Set Boundaries: Learn to identify and communicate your needs and limits in relationships to reduce anxiety. Clearly define what is acceptable and what is not in your relationships, and communicate these boundaries to others. This helps reduce anxiety and ensures that your relationships are respectful and supportive.
Seek Support: Talking to friends or a therapist can provide reassurance and help you develop healthier ways of relating to others.
These techniques can help manage feelings of anxiety and foster a sense of security within yourself
Healing Anxious Attachment StyleHealing from anxious attachment involves working on yourself and your relationships. It’s about building trust in yourself and learning that you are worth being loved, even with your worries.
Remember, overcoming anxious attachment takes time and effort. It’s okay to ask for help and it’s okay to take it one step at a time.
How to move from anxious attachment to secureMoving from an anxious attachment to a secure attachment involves developing self-awareness, managing emotions effectively, and building trust in relationships.
Begin by understanding your triggers and why they affect you, and practice responding to them in healthier ways. Engage in therapy or counseling to explore deeper issues. Cultivate self-soothing techniques like mindfulness or meditation to handle stress independently. Improving communication skills to express needs and feelings clearly can also foster security.
Over time, these practices can help you form more stable and trusting relationships. With time and attention you can move from an anxious to a more secure attachment style.
Get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit Frequently asked questionsWhat is disorganised attachment style?Disorganised attachment style often develops in children who experience inconsistent or frightening responses from caregivers. As adults, they might show behaviours that are a mix of avoidant and anxious styles, appearing confused or contradictory in their interactions. They may struggle with feeling secure in relationships and often display unpredictable emotional responses.
What is the dismissive avoidant attachment style?The dismissive avoidant attachment style is characterised by a strong sense of independence and self-sufficiency. Individuals with this style often distance themselves emotionally from others, preferring not to rely on others or open up. They might dismiss the importance of relationships and have difficulty trusting others.
What is the anxious preoccupied attachment style?The anxious-preoccupied attachment style is characterised by a strong desire for closeness coupled with insecurity about relationships. Individuals with this style often fear that others do not value them as m45y uch as they value others, leading to a constant need for reassurance and approval. This can result in clingy or dependent behavior, as they seek to maintain connection and alleviate their anxiety about potential abandonment or rejection. This attachment style arises from inconsistent or unpredictable responses from caregivers during early development.
What is an anxious and avoidant relationship?An anxious and avoidant relationship involves one partner with an anxious attachment style, who craves closeness and security, and another with an avoidant attachment style, who values independence and often withdraws in response to closeness. This dynamic can create a cycle of frustration and dissatisfaction for both partners.
How to stop anxious attachment?To overcome anxious attachment, focus on developing self-awareness and understanding your triggers. Practice self-soothing techniques such as deep breathing and mindfulness. Strengthen your self-esteem through positive affirmations and setting personal goals. Therapy can also be very helpful in addressing underlying issues and learning healthier attachment behaviours.
How to develop a secure attachment style?
Developing a secure attachment style involves working on self-esteem, practicing effective communication, and building trust gradually in relationships. Emotional regulation through mindfulness and therapy can help address insecurities. Also, consistently engaging in honest and open interactions with others while respecting boundaries can reinforce feelings of security and trust.
The post How to Self-Soothe Anxious Attachment appeared first on Calmer you.
In the past, I had big dreams, but a lack of confidence in public speaking held me back in my career. I wanted to help a lot of people, work with interesting companies and share my ideas far and wide. I wanted to make a great living and have the freedom to work on projects I loved.
A fear of public speaking, networking and any kind of ‘putting myself out there’ used to be so exhausting and stressful to me that I’d often decide it wasn’t worth it. A fear of failure or rejection left me paralysed. And a sense that I wasn’t good enough made it hard for me to enjoy my work.
A few years ago I knew I needed to change if I wanted to play a bigger game, so I decided to work on my public speaking confidence and boost my self confidence.
It soon paid off.
I started putting myself forward for things instead of holding myself back. I started my podcast. I became more visible on social media. Pitched myself for PR. Started running live workshops to a couple of hundred people at a time. Doing talks for incredible companies like Stella McCartney and American Express. And networking and meeting more new people.
Yes, the idea of standing in front of an audience can be daunting. But it is possible to overcome the fear and step into more confidence.
How to be a confident public speakerIf you’re looking to turn your nervous energy into a dynamic presentation, here are nine highly effective strategies to boost your confidence in public speaking.
1. Start with a funny storyStarting a speech with a funny story can be highly effective for several reasons. Firstly, it captures the audience’s attention right from the beginning, setting a positive tone for the rest of the speech. Humour also makes you seem more relatable and approachable, helping to break down barriers and foster a connection with the audience. Making others laugh will also put you at ease, reducing any anxiety and nerves.
2. Embrace Mindfulness TechniquesMindfulness isn’t just a buzzword; it’s a powerful tool to manage public speaking anxiety. Before your next speech, try a simple breathing exercise: take slow, deliberate breaths for a couple of minutes to centre your thoughts and calm your nerves. Research shows that such mindfulness exercises can significantly reduce stress.
2. Utilise Power PosesUnderstanding the importance of body language and confident body language is key in public speaking, as it significantly affects how your message is received and your own confidence levels. Amy Cuddy’s famous research on power poses suggests that holding a pose that opens up your body can help you feel more confident. Before you take the stage or before a big presentation, spend a few minutes in a power pose—stand tall with your hands on your hips and your chin tilted upward. This could boost your presence as you speak, giving you more confidence. While the exact results discussed in Cuddy’s Ted Talk were not replicable, many people report feeling more confident after power posing.
3. Practice Vocal VariabilityThink about how TV presenters or those with big social media followings speak online, with enthusiasm and a lot of variation in their voice. They’re far from monotone. Changing your pitch, tone, and volume can capture and hold your audience’s attention whilst making you sound confident. Practice speaking with variations in speed and volume; record yourself and listen to see how it impacts the delivery of your message. You could try doing some vocal warm up exercises like these to warm up your voice. La la la laaaa!
4. Master the Art of PausingGet comfortable with silences! Those that lack confidence often rush through their speech, trying to get it over with as soon as possible. Strategic pauses during your presentation can enhance understanding and retention for your audience. They give you gravitas. Use pauses after important points to let the information sink in, or to build anticipation before revealing key details. Emphasising key points with confidence is essential in retaining the audience’s attention and ensuring your message is heard. Pausing also give you a chance to take a deep breath, which also helps you to relax.
5. Develop a Pre-Speech RoutineCreate a set routine before you speak in public: this might include reviewing your notes, practicing your speech once, or performing a vocal warm-up. Maybe there are relaxing essential oils you can inhale, or a certain song you can play to boost your confidence. Consistency in your preparation can make you feel more prepared and less anxious.
6. Engage in Mental RehearsalVisualise your public speaking event going well. Imagine yourself speaking confidently, your audience reacting positively, and you handling questions with ease. Sports psychologists widely recommend this technique to enhance athletic performance, and it can work wonders for public speakers too. This process can transform a nervous speaker into a confident public speaker, even introverts can become confident public speakers with the right mindset and preparation.
7. Record and Review Your SpeechesThis may make you cringe, but it’s an important step. Recording your practices or actual performances can provide critical insights. From watching a video back of myself being interviewed on a podcast, I realised that I was making a weird claw with one of my hands, something I made a point of not doing in the future! Reviewing these recordings can help you notice patterns, such as unnecessary fillers or gestures, and improve upon them.
8. Seek Constructive FeedbackAfter practicing or delivering a speech, ask peers, mentors or audience members for feedback. Make sure it’s detailed and constructive, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement. Reminding yourself of the positive feedback can help you to feel confident about your next speaking event.
9. Challenge yourselfWhen I was overcoming a fear of public speaking, I did things to purposefully go outside of my comfort zone. I did sober karaoke in a restaurant, and would challenge myself to always be the first to speak up or ask a question in a group. Organisations like Toastmasters provide a supportive environment where you can practice public speaking and receive structured, peer feedback. Regularly putting yourself in situations where you can practice in a low-stress environment builds familiarity and reduces anxiety. Participating in public speaking events are excellent ways to gain experience and observe effective techniques in action. You could also try improv classes or stand up comedy classes as ways to challenge yourself. Doing something outside of your comfort zone and seeing yourself survive builds confidence because you realise you are capable!
In ConclusionPublic speaking is a skill, and like any skill, it gets better with practice. By incorporating these advanced techniques into your routine, you’ll not only improve your speaking abilities but also increase your overall confidence. Avoiding common pitfalls that can cause you to lose confidence is crucial in maintaining the audience’s interest and doing your presentation confidently.
Remember, every speaker has room for improvement, so keep practicing and pushing your boundaries. Public speaking skills are invaluable, not only for career advancement but also for improving confidence in everyday life.
Public speaking courses like Speak Easy offer targeted strategies to overcome anxiety and become a more effective public speaker.
The post How to Be Confident in Public Speaking: 9 Ways to Boost Your Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
Job interview confidence is something I’ve struggled with and I wondered if it would ever be possible for me to be confident in an interview.
I once, I was nervous for the whole 2 week period beforehand – I had butterflies in my stomach and a sense of foreboding dread that ruined my peace of mind.
It might be that you’ve got an interview coming up that you’d like to feel confident about. Or perhaps you’re avoiding even putting yourself forward for jobs because the idea of an interview is too daunting.
It’s normal to feel a mix of excitement, nervousness or even terror, but with the right preparation and mindset, you can walk into any interview with confidence. Maintaining a positive attitude throughout the interview process is crucial for leaving a lasting impression on potential employers.
This guide will explore practical tips and strategies to boost your confidence, so that you leave a lasting impression on your potential employers and bag your dream job.
Understanding How to Answer Interview Questions ConfidentlyConfidence in an interview is not about boasting your achievements or being overly assertive. It’s about putting your best foot forward and conveying your skills, experience, and personality in the best possible light. Confidence comes from preparation, self-awareness, and the ability to communicate effectively, including delivering well structured answers that are clear, concise, and address the interviewer’s concerns directly. Let’s dive into how you can cultivate these qualities.
Preparation: The Foundation of Confidence1. Research the Company: Understand their values, culture, and recent achievements. This knowledge not only helps you tailor your responses but also shows your genuine interest in the company. Additionally, review the job description to identify key skills and qualifications that you can highlight during the interview. 2. Know Your Resume/ CV Inside Out: Be ready to discuss anything you’ve mentioned on your resume. Prepare stories that illustrate your achievements and skills, focusing on the challenges, actions, and results. Develop concise stories that highlight your achievements and skills, ensuring they align with the job description and showcase your suitability for the role. 3. Prepare for Behavioural Interview Questions: Familiarise yourself with behavioural interview questions and use the STAR method (Situation, Task, Action, Result) to structure your responses. Providing concrete examples from your past experiences will illustrate your abilities and make your answers more compelling. 4. Mock Interviews: Practice with a friend or in front of a mirror. Have them ask you interview questions so that you can get practice in how to answer interview questions confidently. Maintain good eye contact, speak slowly and remember to breathe. Record yourself to observe your body language and to improve your delivery. 5. Prepare Questions: Have insightful questions ready to ask the interviewer. It shows your enthusiasm and curiosity about the role and company.
Strategies for Building ConfidencePositive Self-Talk and VisualisationStarting by addressing your inner critic is essential. Often, our minds are filled with self-doubt and negative thoughts, which can undermine our confidence, especially in high-pressure situations like job interviews. Actively replacing these negative thoughts with positive affirmations can shift your mindset. For example, instead of thinking “I’m not good enough,” affirm “I am well-prepared and qualified.”
Visualisation techniques complement this by allowing you to mentally rehearse success. Imagine yourself succeeding in the interview, answering questions with confidence, engaging with the interviewer, and envisioning the positive outcomes, such as receiving a job offer. This mental rehearsal can significantly boost your confidence.
Maintain Good Eye Contact and Body LanguageYour body language speaks volumes before you even say a word. Practice power poses like putting your hands on your hips to increase your presence and reduce stress. During the interview, remember to:
– Smile and make eye contact.
– Offer a firm handshake.
– Sit up straight but comfortably.
– Use hand gestures naturally to express yourself.
Mindfulness and Breathing TechniquesMindfulness can help centre your thoughts and calm nerves. Practice deep breathing exercises before the interview to reduce anxiety and improve focus. Breathe into your belly for a count of 4 and breathe out slowly for a count of 6. Check out these breathing exercises for anxiety.
Practical Tips for the Day* Dress for Success: Choose an outfit that is professional and makes you feel confident. * Arrive Early: Being late can increase stress. Arriving early gives you time to relax and review your notes. * Listen Carefully: Active listening shows respect and allows for more thoughtful responses. * Be Concise and Clear: Answer questions directly and avoid rambling. It’s okay to pause and think before responding. * Identify and Remember Your Key Points: Before the interview, pinpoint personal key points that highlight your best qualities, including both professional achievements and personal strengths. Weave these key points into your responses to showcase your uniqueness and make a memorable impression. Practice your answers out loud to better memorise these key points and improve your delivery.
Get the Public Speaking Hypnosis Audio here Overcoming Common ChallengesDealing with Nervousness: Acknowledge your nerves as a natural response to something important. Use this energy positively to show enthusiasm. Telling yourself that any nervous feelings are excitement, can help.
Answering Tough Questions: If faced with a difficult question, it’s fine to say, “That’s a great question. Could I take a moment to think about it?” This shows thoughtful consideration.
Discussing Weaknesses: When asked about weaknesses, choose something you’ve worked on improving. Highlight the steps you’ve taken to overcome it.
Job Interview Confidence Q&AQ: How do I stop feeling nervous before an interview?A: Practice mindfulness and breathing exercises to calm your mind. Preparation and mock interviews also reduce nervousness by making you more familiar with what to expect. Focus on your relevant skills and prepare to provide concrete examples.
Q: What if I don’t know the answer to a question?A: It’s okay to admit you don’t know something. Consider saying, “I’m not familiar with that, but I’m keen to learn more about it.”
Q: How can I make a good impression in the first five minutes?A: Use positive body language, smile, and make eye contact. Start with a strong introduction about yourself and your professional background.
Q: How do I deal with rejection after an interview?A: View each interview as a learning experience. Everyone gets rejected sometimes. Ask for feedback, reflect on your performance, and use the insights to improve for next time.
Confidence in interviews is a skill that can be developed with preparation, practice, and a positive mindset. Remember, it’s not just about selling yourself but also about determining if the role and company are the right fit for you. By applying these tips and strategies, you’ll not only feel more confident but also increase your chances of success. Good luck!
The post How to Be Confident in an Interview: A Comprehensive Guide appeared first on Calmer you.
Fear of failure is something that everyone experiences from time to time (yup, even mega successful people apparently). However if you’re of a sensitive nature (like me!) it might be that a fear of failure is something that really causes you problems, holding you back and making your life a daily struggle. I’m a hypnotherapist […]
It’s Sunday night and you’re tossing and turning, a knot of nervous energy in your tummy. You’ve got a big presentation on Monday and you can’t stop imagining the faces of all your colleagues staring back at you as you take the stage. Public speaking anxiety can wreak havoc on our peace of mind. But […]
Picture this, you have a golden opportunity lying right in front of you, yet you find yourself tidying your desk, organising the books on your shelf or scrolling through social media, doing everything but seizing that opportunity. It’s a classic sign you fear success, where the subconscious mind creates barriers to avoid stepping into the […]
Are you tired of constantly battling anxiety and stress? You’re in good company. In the UK in 2021/22, 22.5% of people reported high anxiety levels, according to the Mental Health Foundation.
Millions of people worldwide experience anxiety, but the good news is that there are proven ways to stop anxiety and stress. In this blog post, we will explore various strategies that can help you regain control over your life and enjoy a more peaceful, stress-free existence.
I’m Chloe Brotheridge, anxiety expert, hypnotherapist and author, and I’ve not only experienced anxiety myself, but helped thousands of people to become their calmest selves.
Let’s dig in to this topic.
Recognise and Acknowledge AnxietyRecognising and acknowledging anxiety is a crucial first step in managing it. When you become aware of your anxiety, you can start to address it head-on instead of letting it control your life.
Our relationship to anxiety can make a big difference. In my bestselling book, The Anxiety Solution, I talk about this idea that anxiety is a teacher, trying to get you to learn something, change something or heal and grow. It’s easy to see anxiety as the enemy that we just want to eliminate. But acknowledging anxiety and being open to what it might be trying to teach us helps us to drop some of the resistance we feel and see the opportunity for learning and growth within it.
Below, I’ll discuss how to identify anxiety symptoms, accept the feelings it brings, and differentiate between reality and anxious thoughts.
Identifying anxiety symptomsAnxiety, including anxiety disorder, can manifest in various ways, such as physical symptoms like rapid heart rate, sweating, and stomach discomfort. Symptoms of anxiety can also include things like having negative thoughts, an anxious energy, brain fog, headaches and irritability. Being able to identify these symptoms is essential in understanding and addressing anxiety effectively, especially when feeling anxious makes intense anxiety symptoms worse.
By noticing the first signs of anxiety, you can take proactive steps to prevent episodes or panic attacks before they occur, thus avoiding a full-blown panic attack.
What are those first signs for you? Perhaps it’s getting more headaches, aches and pains, feeling restless or being snappy with your partner. Recognising the symptoms of anxiety early can help you to take proactive steps to nip it in the bud.
Accepting the feelingAccepting the feeling of anxiety can prevent it from escalating and help you manage it better. When you feel anxious, try to:
Take a few deep breaths and focus on your breathing. This can help to ground you in the right direction. Some people find it helpful to ‘float’ with the feelings instead of fighting against them. The more we resist anxiety, the more it persists. By accepting and allowing the feelings, they can start to calm down all by themselves.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Differentiating between reality and anxious thoughtsDistinguishing between reality and anxious thoughts can be beneficial in managing anxiety and keeping a balanced outlook. To separate reality from anxious thoughts, try using grounding techniques, such as the 5-4-3-2-1 coping technique. This method helps you focus on your senses, reducing feelings of anxiety and grounding you in the present moment.
Here’s how it works:
When you’re focusing on your senses and your body, it’s hard to also be worrying. Our brains can’t do the two things at once.
Implement Relaxation TechniquesRelaxation techniques can be a powerful ally in your fight to calm anxiety. By practicing these techniques, you can help relieve anxiety and promote a sense of calm and relaxation.
Deep breathing exercisesDeep breathing exercises can help you calm your mind and body during anxious moments. By focusing on your breath and taking slow, deep breaths, you can effectively reduce anxiety and bring relaxation to your body.
One helpful exercise is to breathe out for slightly longer than you breathe in, which can help slow your heart rate and ease feelings of anxiety. This works because it stimulates the vagus nerve, activating the rest and digest mode of the nervous system. Just a few deep breaths in enough to start feeling calmer.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Mindfulness meditationMindfulness meditation involves being mindful of the present moment and accepting it without judgment. Practicing mindfulness meditation can help reduce negative thoughts and bring focus to the present moment, which may be beneficial in managing anxiety.
To practice mindfulness meditation, find a comfortable and quiet place to sit and focus on your breath. Notice the rise and fall of your belly or the feeling of the air leaving and entering your nostrils. This practice can improve focus, increase self-awareness, and decrease stress and anxiety.
Progressive muscle relaxationProgressive muscle relaxation is a technique that helps reduce tension and stress by tensing and relaxing different muscle groups in the body. This practice can help release tension and improve sleep, both of which can be beneficial in reducing anxiety.
To practice progressive muscle relaxation, start by finding a comfortable position to sit or lie down in. Then, gently tense and relax each muscle group in the body, starting with the feet and working your way up to the head.
Utilise DistractionsUtilising distractions can be a helpful tool for managing anxiety by offering a break from anxious thoughts and providing a sense of control. Distractions can come in many forms, such as engaging in enjoyable activities, connecting with others, and listening to calming music
In the following subsections, we will explore each of these distractions and how they can help you manage anxiety.
Do something you enjoyEngaging in enjoyable activities can help divert your mind from anxious thoughts and promote relaxation. Participating in activities that bring joy and relaxation can be beneficial for easing anxiety and reducing stress.
Some examples of enjoyable activities include listening to music, taking a soothing bath, writing in a journal, working on a puzzle, or practicing yoga.
Connect with othersConnecting with others can provide support and help in reducing anxiety. Sharing your experiences with friends, family, or support groups can offer valuable emotional support and understanding, as well as providing a different perspective on your situation.
By connecting with others who share similar experiences, you can learn from their coping strategies and gain insight into your own anxiety management.
So call or text a friend, head out to meet someone or check in with your favourite online support group.
Listen to calming musicListening to calming music can have a soothing effect on your mind and help reduce anxiety. Calming music may include instrumental, classical, or even nature sounds. Research has shown that listening to calming music can help reduce stress and anxiety, promote better sleep, and enhance focus and concentration.
Try creating a personal playlist of relaxing tunes or exploring streaming services and apps for curated playlists.
Adopt a Healthy LifestyleAdopting a healthy lifestyle is essential for managing anxiety effectively. Your brain is part of your body and a healthy body really does lead to a healthier mind. Although this isn’t new information, things like regular exercise, a balanced diet, and prioritising sleep can all help reduce anxiety and improve your overall well-being.
Regular exerciseThe NHS in the UK have said that if exercise were a pill, it would be the most cost-effective drug ever made. Regular exercise can help reduce anxiety by releasing endorphins, which are hormones that can help reduce stress and promote relaxation. Exercise can also help to reduce tension and improve sleep, both of which are beneficial in reducing anxiety.
Some examples of exercises that could be helpful for reducing anxiety include walking, running, swimming, yoga, and tai chi.
Balanced dietA balanced diet can help maintain overall health and reduce anxiety. Eating a variety of nutritious foods from all the food groups, such as fruits, vegetables, grains, proteins, dairy, and healthy fats, can provide the body with the necessary nutrients to keep it functioning optimally and promote a sense of calm and relaxation.
Maintaining a balanced diet can also help in weight management, nutrient intake, energy levels, disease prevention, digestion, and mental well-being. Learn about anti-anxiety foods here.
Prioritise sleepYou know how when you’re tired everything just seems harder and more stressful? There’s a good reason. A lack of sleep increases levels of the stress hormone cortisol in our bodies. Prioritising sleep can help reduce anxiety and lower stress levels. Sleep helps balance stress hormones, restore energy, and enhance cognitive functioning, which can help lower stress levels and boost one’s ability to cope with stress.
To prioritise sleep, consider creating a consistent sleep schedule, avoiding caffeine (especially after noon) and alcohol before bed, limiting screen time before bed, and creating a relaxing bedtime routine.
Challenge Negative ThoughtsChallenging negative thoughts can help you manage anxiety by replacing them with more positive and realistic perspectives. Below are some ways you can do this:
Cognitive restructuringCognitive restructuring involves:
Cognitive restructuring can help in addressing the root causes of anxiety and developing effective coping strategies.
Here’s a step-by-step guide on how to do cognitive restructuring:1. Identify Negative Thoughts: The first step in cognitive restructuring is recognising your negative thoughts. These are often automatic and pop up without conscious effort. They might include thoughts like “I’m a failure” or “I can’t do anything right.” 2. Challenge Negative Thoughts: Once you’ve identified your negative thoughts, the next step is to challenge them. Ask yourself if the thoughts are accurate and if there’s evidence to support them. Often, you’ll find that these thoughts are based on feelings rather than facts. 3. Replace Negative Thoughts: After challenging your negative thoughts, replace them with more positive and realistic thoughts. Instead of thinking “I’m a failure,” you might think “I didn’t do well on that task, but that doesn’t mean I’m a failure. I can learn and improve.” 4. Practice: Cognitive restructuring is a skill that takes practice. The more you do it, the better you’ll get at recognising and challenging negative thoughts.
Remember, it’s perfectly normal to have negative thoughts from time to time. However, if you find that negative thoughts are causing significant distress or interfering with your life, it may be helpful to seek professional help. A therapist or counsellor can provide guidance and support as you work through this process.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Positive affirmationsPositive affirmations are statements that encourage a more positive outlook and potentially reduce stress. By repeating positive affirmations, you can help shift your perspective from negative thoughts to more positive ones, providing a sense of control and self-empowerment that can help reduce stress and anxiety.
Some examples of positive affirmations include “I am capable and strong,” “I am worthy of love and respect,” and “I am enough”. Download a positive affirmations audio recording here.
Gratitude practiceGratitude practice involves taking time to appreciate the good things in life, which can help us focus on the positive aspects of life and reduce anxiety. By expressing gratitude, you can improve your mental health, boost your immune system, and enhance your relationships.
Some ways to practice gratitude include writing a gratitude journal, expressing gratitude to others, and taking time to reflect on the things you are thankful for.
This could look like:
The idea of a gratitude practise is supported by a huge number of studies and is thought to train your mind to be more positive.
Seek Professional HelpIf your anxiety continues to cause disruption in your life, it may be beneficial to seek professional help. Professionals can provide various treatment options, such as therapy, medication, and support groups, to help you manage your anxiety more effectively.
Below are some different types of professional help available and how they can benefit you.
Therapy optionsTherapy options can help in addressing the root causes of anxiety and developing coping strategies. Some therapy approaches that might be helpful in managing anxiety include:
By working with a mental health professional, you can gain a greater understanding of your thoughts, shift negative thinking patterns, and support your mental health.
MedicationMedication, such as anti-anxiety medication, can help in managing anxiety symptoms and improving overall well-being. Various medications may be prescribed to help manage anxiety, such as:
It is important to take medication as prescribed and discuss any adverse reactions with your doctor.
Support groupsFeeling like you’re the only one who’s ever felt this way is a common experience in those with anxiety. I remember thinking that everyone else ‘had it all together’ and that I was ‘uniquely broken’.
Support groups help you to remember you’re not alone. They can provide a safe space to share experiences and learn from others dealing with anxiety. By connecting with others who share similar experiences, you can gain insight into your own anxiety management and learn coping strategies from others.
Support groups can also offer emotional support, validation, and understanding, which can help improve mental health outcomes.
Develop Coping StrategiesDeveloping coping strategies can help you manage anxiety more effectively. By learning various techniques and behaviours to deal with stress and difficult situations, you can regain control over your life and reduce anxiety.
Grounding techniquesGrounding techniques can help bring focus to the present moment and reduce anxiety. These techniques involve using your senses to focus on your environment and bring you into the present moment. Examples of grounding techniques include counting objects in the room, focusing on the sensation of your feet on the ground, and focusing on the sensation of your breath.
By using these techniques, you can become more aware of your surroundings and be more present in your surroundings.
JournalingJournaling can help in:
To begin journaling, find a relaxing time and place, pick a journal that appeals to you, and start by jotting down your thoughts and emotions. Write down your worries or write down the story of something that happened to you that you found anxiety provoking or stressful. It can help you to offload and process worries and create a sense of perspective.
VisualisationVisualisation involves creating a mental image of a peaceful environment to help promote feelings of calm and reduce anxiety. By picturing a tranquil environment, such as:
You can focus on the details of the environment and bring a sense of relaxation to your mind.
To practice visualisation, find a comfortable and peaceful place to sit or lie down, close your eyes, and imagine a serene environment. Use all of your senses to make it a richer experience – imagining what you can see, hear, feel, smell, taste and touch.
Download The Hypnotherapy Pack hereSet BoundariesSetting boundaries is crucial in managing anxiety effectively. Boundaries are all about what is and isn’t ok with you. By determining what behaviours are acceptable and creating expectations, you can foster healthy relationships and maintain a sense of control and safety.
Limit exposure to stressorsLimiting exposure to stressors can help reduce anxiety and maintain a balanced lifestyle. By avoiding stressful situations and taking breaks from stressful activities, you can increase your resilience and enhance your mental health.
It’s important to recognise and manage stress triggers in daily life in a calm manner to maintain a healthy balance between work and leisure. Sometimes that might mean saying no, even to something you’d like to do, because you’re prioritising your mental health.
Practice assertivenessPracticing assertiveness can help in setting healthy boundaries and reducing anxiety. Being assertive involves expressing yourself in a direct and honest manner while still being mindful of the rights and feelings of others.
By communicating your boundaries clearly and consistently, you can ensure that your needs are met and your relationships remain healthy and supportive. Learn more about setting boundaries here.
Let’s sum it all upManaging anxiety involves a combination of recognising and acknowledging anxiety, implementing relaxation techniques, utilising distractions, adopting a healthy lifestyle, challenging negative thoughts, seeking professional help, developing coping strategies, and setting boundaries. By incorporating these proven strategies into your daily life, you can regain control over your anxiety and live a more peaceful, stress-free existence. You’re not alone in this journey, and with determination and the right tools, you can overcome anxiety and lead a happier, healthier life.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Frequently Asked QuestionsHow can I stop anxiety fast?Take time to accept and acknowledge your anxiety, use calming breathing exercises and engage in calming activities such as exercise and yoga. Distract yourself, visualise peace and share your feelings with others.
Challenge negative thoughts and seek support from family, friends or a health professional.
What are the 4 coping skills for anxiety?Coping with anxiety includes using mindfulness, deep breathing, positive thinking, and muscle relaxation techniques. All of these can help you manage your anxiety in a healthy way.
What are some effective relaxation techniques for managing anxiety?Deep breathing exercises, mindfulness meditation, and progressive muscle relaxation are all effective ways to manage anxiety. Taking time for yourself to focus on your breath and body can help reduce stress and tension associated with anxiety.
How can regular exercise help reduce anxiety?Regular exercise releases endorphins that can help reduce stress and promote relaxation, making it an effective way to manage anxiety.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook
Have you ever considered hypnotherapy as a way to tackle your personal challenges but felt uncertain about its effectiveness or convenience? Online hypnotherapy or hypnotherapy downloads may be the answer you’ve been looking for!
As a hypnotherapist with 12 years experience, in this post we’ll explore the benefits, debunk common myths, and provide you with practical tips on how to get the most out of online hypnotherapy sessions.
Embracing Online HypnotherapyIt’s no secret that mental health issues and personal challenges can be tough to manage, but online hypnotherapy sessions offer a convenient and effective alternative to in-person sessions. Imagine being able to access top-quality therapy from the comfort of your own home, without any geographical boundaries or the need to travel to a hypnotherapist’s office. Studies have shown that online hypnotherapy work is just as effective as meeting in person and follows the same structured approach.
In online sessions, therapists harness the power of hypnotherapy to help clients overcome obstacles and reach their goals through online therapy. Choosing a reliable online platform like Zoom or Skype is also a critical part of this process, as it guarantees a secure and stable connection.
With a free consultation to discuss your needs and goals, you’ll be on your way to a happier, healthier life through hypnotherapy online.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook The Power of Clinical HypnotherapySolution focused hypnotherapy is a powerful tool that can bring about meaningful change in clients’ lives. By focusing on the desired outcome, therapists can help clients break down barriers and create a clear path to achieving their goals.
This approach is particularly effective in online hypnotherapy sessions, where clients can work through their challenges in the comfort of their familiar surroundings.
Success Stories: Real-Life TransformationsTo truly understand the transformative power of online hypnotherapy, let’s explore some real-life success stories. Clients have experienced profound improvements in overcoming anxiety, boosting self-confidence, and enhancing public speaking skills.
These transformations are a testament to the effectiveness and flexibility of online hypnotherapy sessions, making online hypnosis work a valuable tool for personal growth.
Overcoming Anxiety and Panic AttacksFor those struggling with anxiety and panic attacks, online hypnotherapy has been a game-changer. Clients have reported significant reductions in anxiety levels and an overall improvement in their quality of life.
By using relaxation techniques, guided imagery, and visualisation, online hypnotherapy sessions have provided clients with the tools to manage their anxiety more effectively and regain control over their lives.
After using The Hypnotherapy Pack, Anna said “I’m noticing huge improvements to my levels of anxiety and the pressure I put myself under.”
Download The Hypnotherapy Pack hereBoosting Confidence and Self-EsteemGemma experienced a big shift listening to online hypnotherapy recordings for confidence.
‘I really can feel a difference, even after only a handful of listens. Focusing on confidence, I feel like it has unlocked something in me which has allowed me to take strides in how confident I feel. I am so glad I took the leap and look forward to getting stuck into more of the topics in the near future.”
Public speakingPublic speaking can be a daunting task for many, but online hypnotherapy has helped clients conquer stage fright and improve their communication skills. Techniques such as visualisation, positive affirmations, and relaxation have allowed clients to feel more confident and at ease when speaking in public, ultimately enhancing their performance and overcoming their fears.
Preparing for Your First Online Hypnotherapy SessionPrior to embarking on your first online hypnotherapy session, find a quiet place where you can lay down, with your head supported.
Creating a Calm EnvironmentA calm and comfortable space is crucial for a successful online hypnotherapy session. Find a quiet, private spot where you won’t be disturbed, and minimise distractions such as phones or TVs. Most of my clients are laying down on their bed or sofa. It can be nice to use headphones as it allows you to hear the music and the therapists voice easily.
Aromatherapy, or other relaxation techniques can help create a peaceful atmosphere. The more relaxed and focused you are during your session, the more effective your hypnotherapy will be.
Technical RequirementsFor a smooth online hypnotherapy experience, having a reliable internet connection, a device equipped with a webcam and microphone, and a distraction-free space is essential.
Your online hypnotherapist will guide you through the process, ensuring that you have everything you need for a successful session.
Debunking Myths About Online HypnotherapyMisconceptions about online hypnotherapy are widespread, with common concerns revolving around control, safety, and its effectiveness in comparison to in-person therapy. However, studies indicate that online hypnotherapy is equally effective as its in-person counterpart, with clients retaining control during the entire process.
With the guidance of a qualified online hypnotherapist, you can rest assured that your sessions will be safe and effective.
Control and Safety During Online HypnosisMany people worry about losing control during online hypnosis, but rest assured, online hypnotherapy is a safe and controlled experience. You don’t lose control during hypnotherapy and it’s impossible to get stuck in hypnosis, even if you lose the internet connection.
Effectiveness Compared to In-Person TherapyWhen it comes to the effectiveness of online hypnotherapy compared to in-person therapy, many people wonder, “does online hypnotherapy work?” Research has shown that online sessions are just as successful. Clients have reported similar levels of satisfaction and progress with online hypnotherapy as they have with face-to-face sessions, making online hypnotherapy a viable and convenient alternative for those seeking support and guidance. Many of my clients have said that they prefer it online, because they’re in their own space and don’t need to travel anywhere afterwards.
Hypnotherapy recordings and how they workHypnotherapy recordings are another valuable tool that allow you to access hypnotherapy easily and more affordably. These recordings provide added convenience and flexibility for clients, allowing them to:
Let’s delve deeper into how hypnotherapy recordings work and their benefits.
Download The Hypnotherapy Pack hereBenefits of hypnotherapy downloadsHypnotherapy downloads offer clients the ability to access therapy at their own pace and in their own time, making them an excellent addition or replacement for live online sessions. With the convenience of hypnotherapy downloads, clients can continue their progress, reinforce positive changes, and maintain long-term success.
Finding the Right Online HypnotherapistA successful online hypnotherapy experience hinges on finding a hypnotherapist who aligns with your needs and preferences. Have an initial consultation first and come armed with questions so you can get the most out of the consultation.
Let’s explore how to find the right online hypnotherapist for your unique goals and challenges.
Importance of Initial ConsultationAn initial consultation, often starting with an initial chat, is essential for determining if a hypnotherapist is the right fit for your needs. This consultation allows you to discuss your goals, ask questions, and get a feel for the therapist’s approach and style.
It’s an opportunity to ensure that both you and your hypnotherapist are on the same page about the therapy process, and to customise your treatment plan accordingly.
Questions to Ask Your Potential HypnotherapistWhen considering a potential online hypnotherapist, it’s important to ask questions about their experience, qualifications, and approach. Some key questions to ask include:
What’s your experience with online hypnotherapy? What techniques do you use? How long will each session last? What is your approach to hypnotherapy? What results can I expect?
By asking these questions, you’ll be better informed to make the right decision for your needs.
Tips for Maximising the Benefits of Online HypnotherapyMaximising the benefits of your online hypnotherapy sessions requires goal setting, expectation management, and practicing self-hypnosis techniques. Having well-defined goals and expectations prepares you to collaborate effectively with your hypnotherapist, helping you attain your desired results.
Let’s discuss some tips for maximising the benefits of online hypnotherapy.
Setting Goals and ExpectationsBefore starting your online hypnotherapy journey, take some time to consider your goals and expectations. Discuss these with your hypnotherapist during the initial consultation to ensure that your sessions are tailored to your needs.
Having clear goals in place will help you stay focused and motivated throughout your therapy, ultimately leading to better results.
Practicing Self-Hypnosis TechniquesPracticing self-hypnosis techniques can enhance the benefits of online hypnotherapy and promote long-term change. Techniques such as progressive muscle relaxation, meditation, and deep breathing can help with increased relaxation, improved focus, and better control over emotions and reactions.
By incorporating these techniques into your daily routine, you’ll be better equipped to maintain the positive changes achieved through online hypnotherapy sessions.
Let’s sum it upOnline hypnotherapy offers a convenient and effective alternative to traditional in-person therapy. With the right online hypnotherapist, a comfortable environment, and a commitment to practicing self-hypnosis techniques, you can achieve lasting change and overcome your personal challenges. Don’t let geographical boundaries or busy schedules hold you back – unlock the benefits of online hypnotherapy now and start living the life you deserve.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes online hypnotherapy work?Yes, online hypnotherapy is just as effective as face to face hypnotherapy – some people even feel more relaxed and comfortable working in their own environment, which can positively impact the outcome.
Many people find that online hypnotherapy is more convenient and accessible than traditional face to face sessions, as they can be done from the comfort of their own home. This can be especially beneficial for those who have difficulty travelling or have limited access to traditional therapy.
Online hypnotherapy.
Is hypnosis better in person or online?It appears that there is no difference between face-to-face and online hypnotherapy results, and some people actually prefer the online environment for being more receptive to hypnotherapy. Being in your own space and not having to travel to the appointment are all perks.
This suggests that online hypnotherapy can be just as effective as traditional face-to-face hypnotherapy.
What do I need for a successful online hypnotherapy session?A successful online hypnotherapy session requires a reliable internet connection, a device with a webcam and microphone, and a quiet and comfortable space.
Creating the right environment for a successful session is essential for the client to feel comfortable and relaxed. This will help them focus on the hypnotherapy session and get the most out of it.
How can I find the right online hypnotherapist for me?Schedule an initial consultation to get a feel for the hypnotherapist’s experience and approach, and make sure they’re the right fit for you.
Ask questions to ensure you have all the information you need to make an informed decision. Find someone you have rapport with; being able to be open and being able to trust your therapist are key to its success.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook
Have you ever experienced that feeling of unease, your heart pounding, and your mind racing with a million thoughts? Anxiety is a common emotion that we all face at some point in our lives. But when it starts to interfere with your daily life, it’s time to take action and learn how to reduce anxiety. One approach is to turn to natural remedies when you want to learn how to reduce anxiety symptoms.
I’m an anxiety expert and therapist who has experienced anxiety first hand, and in this post, we’ll explore various natural remedies, from physical activity and nutrition to mindfulness and connecting with others, which can help you regain control of your anxiety and feel calmer.
Embrace Physical ActivityWhen anxiety strikes, it’s easy to get caught up in a cycle of negative thoughts and feelings. Engaging in physical activity can effectively disrupt this cycle. Exercise has been shown to improve mental health, increase concentration, and boost mood, which can all help alleviate anxiety symptoms. From brisk walks and short circuit routines to biking around the neighbourhood, any form of physical activity can be a potent weapon in your battle against anxiety.
If you’re a beginner or looking for something less intense, fear not. Activities like Pilates and yoga can also be beneficial for your mental health, especially if you’re dealing with an anxiety disorder. Plus, spending time outdoors and connecting with nature during your workouts can further enhance your overall well-being.
No matter which type of exercise you choose, make sure to breathe deeply and focus on the present moment. Deep breathing can help restore normal breathing patterns and reduce anxiety. The next time anxiety strikes, harness the power of physical activity to manage stress and alleviate anxiety symptoms.
Adopt a Nutritious DietDid you know that the foods you eat can impact your mental health? Adopting a nutritious diet rich in specific nutrients can help reduce anxiety by promoting overall mental and physical health.
Below, we’ll look at four essential nutrients for anxiety relief: omega-3 fatty acids, B vitamins, magnesium, and probiotics.
Omega-3 Fatty AcidsOmega-3 fatty acids, found in fish oil, play a significant role in supporting brain function and mood regulation, which can help reduce anxiety. Researchers found that those taking higher levels of omega 3 (2,000mg a day) had a reduction in anxiety symptoms. These essential fatty acids have also been linked to lower depression association. So, how can you get your hands on some omega-3s? Incorporate fish oil into your diet, or consume oily fish like salmon, mackerel, and sardines, which are rich in omega-3 fatty acids. This natural alternative to anti-anxiety medication can be beneficial for some individuals.
In addition to fish, other dietary sources of omega-3 fatty acids include walnuts, chia seeds, and flaxseeds. If you’re not a fan of fish or nuts, you can also consider taking omega-3 supplements. Sometimes these are made of algae and are a vegan source of omega 3. However, it’s essential to consult your healthcare provider before starting any supplementation, as it may interact with certain medications or have side effects.
Incorporating omega-3 fatty acids into your diet not only paves the way for anxiety relief, but also bolsters your overall brain health and well-being. So don’t hesitate to add some fish or nuts to your next meal to reap the benefits of this powerful nutrient.
B VitaminsB vitamins play a crucial role in our body’s stress response and overall mental health. In particular, vitamin B6 has been found to be effective in reducing anxiety and stress. Research has shown that taking high doses of vitamin B6 supplements can make a significant difference in reducing feelings of stress, anxiety, and depression. In addition, vitamin B6 supplementation has been known to reduce symptoms of anxiety and depression. Other B vitamins, such as B9 and B12, are also thought to be beneficial in treating symptoms of anxiety.
You can obtain B vitamins from various foods, such as:
However, some people, like vegans or vegetarians, may have difficulty getting enough B vitamins through their diet and may benefit from taking supplements. Consult your healthcare provider before starting any supplementation, as it may interact with certain medications or have side effects.
Incorporating B vitamins into your diet or supplement routine bolsters your body’s capacity to respond to stress and manage anxiety effectively. So, give your body the tools it needs to combat stress by ensuring you’re getting enough of these essential nutrients.
MagnesiumMagnesium is an essential mineral that plays a key role in regulating stress and anxiety. It assists with:
While more research is needed, current studies suggest that magnesium may be beneficial in managing anxiety.
You can obtain magnesium through your diet by consuming foods like dark leafy greens, nuts, seeds, legumes, and whole grains. If you’re considering taking a magnesium supplement, it’s best to consult your doctor first. Taking too much magnesium can cause unpleasant side effects like nausea, diarrhea, and abdominal cramping.
Magnesium is essential for keeping stress and anxiety in check. Ensure you’re getting enough of this vital mineral through your diet or supplements (with your doctor’s guidance) to support your mental health and well-being.
ProbioticsProbiotics, the beneficial bacteria found in fermented foods, can help improve gut health, which is linked to mental well-being and anxiety reduction. Studies suggest that certain strains of probiotics, such as Bifidobacterium longum and Lactobacillus acidophilus, may help with stress and anxiety management and even depression. However, more research is needed to fully understand their effects on anxiety and stress.
Fermented foods like yogurt, kefir, sauerkraut, kimchi, and kombucha are excellent sources of probiotics. You can also find probiotic supplements at health food stores and online if you prefer. Be sure to consult your healthcare provider before starting any supplementation, as it may interact with certain medications or have side effects.
By incorporating probiotics into your diet or taking supplements, you can support your gut health and mental well-being, ultimately helping to reduce anxiety. So, give your gut a boost by adding some fermented foods to your diet or considering probiotic supplements.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook Limit StimulantsStimulants like caffeine and nicotine can exacerbate anxiety symptoms, making it crucial to limit their intake. Cutting back on caffeine and alcohol can help with anxiety by reducing symptoms such as shakiness and rapid heartbeat. Moreover, smoking has been known to alter the pathways in the brain associated with anxiety symptoms, making it even more important to reduce or quit cigarette smoking.
Caffeine, in particular, can cause or worsen anxiety disorders, including generalised anxiety disorder and chronic anxiety, and even lead to panic attacks in people with panic disorder. Limiting caffeine intake by opting for decaffeinated or herbal teas and reducing the consumption of energy drinks, coffee, and chocolate can help manage anxiety symptoms more effectively.
Limiting intake of stimulants such as caffeine and nicotine is a proactive measure towards managing anxiety symptoms and fostering overall mental health. So, consider swapping that morning coffee for a calming herbal tea or a decaf version.
Prioritise Quality SleepWe all know that a good night’s sleep is essential for our overall well-being, but did you know it’s also crucial for maintaining mental health and reducing anxiety? Ensuring you get adequate, quality sleep can help you manage stress and anxiety more effectively. The Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that adults aim for 7 to 9 hours of sleep per night.
To improve your sleep quality, consider establishing a regular sleep schedule, creating a relaxing bedtime routine, and minimising distractions in your sleep environment. Prioritising quality sleep can not only help you feel refreshed and rejuvenated, but also play a vital role in managing anxiety and maintaining optimal mental health.
Practice Mindfulness TechniquesMindfulness techniques, such as meditation and deep breathing, have gained popularity in recent years as effective ways to manage stress and anxiety. These practices can help increase self-awareness, promote relaxation, and allow you to better manage your thoughts and feelings. Studies have shown that practicing mindfulness techniques can help restore normal breathing patterns and reduce anxiety.
Meditation, in particular, can help you feel more calm and content by increasing your capacity to be mindful of all thoughts and feelings. Deep breathing exercises, on the other hand, can help relieve stress and anxiety by encouraging you to breathe deeply and focus on the present moment.
Incorporating mindfulness techniques into your daily routine can help you combat anxiety and excessive worry more effectively. So, whether you choose meditation, deep breathing exercises, or even a combination of both, remember that practicing mindfulness can be a powerful tool in your anxiety management arsenal.
Explore AromatherapyAromatherapy, a natural way to help reduce anxiety, involves using essential oils known for their calming and relaxing effects. Essential oils, derived from natural plant extracts, can be used in various ways, such as inhaling them directly, adding them to a warm bath, or using a diffuser. Some popular essential oils for anxiety relief include lavender, chamomile, and bergamot.
Research has shown that aromatherapy can help reduce anxiety and stress, promote relaxation, and improve emotional well-being. Incorporating aromatherapy into your self-care routine offers a natural pathway for anxiety and stress relief, while bolstering your overall mental health.
So consider exploring the world of aromatherapy and essential oils to find the scents that resonate with you and help you feel more relaxed and at ease in your daily life.
Herbal remediesHerbal supplements, such as chamomile tea and CBD oil, can offer natural relief for anxiety by calming nerves and promoting relaxation. Chamomile tea, for instance, can help alter cortisol levels, a stress hormone, providing a soothing effect on the body and mind. CBD oil, a natural remedy derived from the cannabis plant, has been suggested to help reduce anxiety symptoms without causing major side effects.
While herbal remedies can provide an alternative to traditional treatments for anxiety, it’s essential to consult a doctor before using them, as they may interact with certain medications or have side effects.
Exploring natural remedies, herbal supplements, and traditional treatments under the guidance of a healthcare professional opens up additional avenues to relieve anxiety and allows you to determine the most effective approach for managing your anxiety symptoms, including physical symptoms.
Engage in Creative OutletsEngaging in creative outlets like journaling, art, or music therapy can help reduce anxiety by providing a healthy way to express emotions and cope with stress. These activities can help you channel your anxious energy into something productive and fulfilling, allowing you to release pent-up stress and anxiety in a constructive manner.
Journaling, for example, has been found to be particularly helpful for teenagers and children experiencing anxiety. Writing down your thoughts and feelings can provide a sense of relief and help you gain perspective on your anxiety. Art and music therapy, on the other hand, can be therapeutic outlets for expressing emotions and managing stress in a creative way.
Engaging in creative outlets not only offers a healthy coping mechanism for anxiety, but also nurtures self-expression and personal growth. So consider exploring different creative activities to find the ones that resonate with you and help you manage your anxiety more effectively.
Spend Time in NatureSpending time in nature can have a profound impact on anxiety relief, promoting relaxation, boosting mood, and improving cognitive abilities. Research has shown that even just 20 minutes in nature can lower stress hormones and improve mental health. So, whether you’re going for a walk in the park, hiking on a trail, or simply sitting and taking in the scenery, immersing yourself in nature can be a powerful way to alleviate anxiety.
There are many ways to enjoy nature and reap its benefits, such as bird watching, gardening, or camping. Incorporating nature into your daily life cultivates an environment conducive to relaxation and mental well-being.
So next time you’re feeling anxious, consider spending some time in nature to clear your mind, boost your mood, and reconnect with your inner peace.
Connect with OthersConnecting with others through social activities, support groups, or animal therapy can help reduce anxiety by providing companionship, love, and emotional support. Building connections with others can offer a sense of belonging and help you navigate your anxiety journey more effectively.
Support groups, in particular, can provide a safe space for individuals experiencing anxiety disorders to share their experiences, learn from others, and develop coping strategies. Animal therapy, on the other hand, can offer unconditional love and support, helping to alleviate anxiety symptoms and promote overall mental health.
Connecting with others, through social activities, support groups, or animal therapy, not only helps in reducing anxiety, but also nurtures meaningful relationships and emotional connections that enhance your overall well-being.
Consider Complementary TherapiesComplementary therapies, such as acupuncture or hypnotherapy, can offer additional anxiety relief options for those seeking alternative approaches to managing their anxiety symptoms. While these therapies may not work for everyone, they can provide valuable support for those who find traditional treatments ineffective or inaccessible.
Acupuncture, an ancient Eastern practice, has been shown to help reduce:
HypnotherapyHypnotherapy uses the power of suggestion to help individuals manage their anxiety symptoms and develop healthier coping mechanisms. This therapeutic approach harnesses the subconscious mind to change negative thought patterns and behaviours. By guiding you into a deeply relaxed state, the hypnotherapist can access your subconscious and introduce positive suggestions that can help you manage your anxiety more effectively. This can include techniques for managing stress, boosting self-confidence, or altering the way you respond to anxiety triggers. It’s important to note that hypnotherapy is not about controlling your mind, but rather empowering you to take control of your own thoughts and behaviours. It’s a collaborative process where you and the hypnotherapist work together to achieve your goals.
Download The Hypnotherapy Pack hereFrequently Asked QuestionsHow can I relieve anxiety fast?Try calming breathing exercises, talking to someone about your feelings, and exercising as strategies to manage anxiety and reduce stress.
Listening to music or creating a new playlist can also help relax your mind.
What are the 3 coping resources for anxiety?Visualisation, meditation and yoga are excellent coping resources for anxiety. Make sure to prioritise sleep and talk with your doctor if needed.
What are 5 ways to reduce anxiety?Five ways to reduce anxiety are to practice coping strategies, engage in deep breathing exercises, try relaxation techniques, challenge negative thoughts, and practice mindfulness.
With these strategies, you can work towards relieving your anxiety.
What types of physical activities can help reduce anxiety?Exercising regularly can be a great way to reduce anxiety, with activities like brisk walking, biking, Pilates, yoga and circuit routines helping to improve mental health, increase concentration and boost mood.
These activities can be done in the comfort of your own home, or outdoors in a park or other natural environment. They can also be done alone or with friends, making them a great way to socialize and stay connected.
Regular exercise can also help to reduce stress levels and improve health.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook
Is your mindset helping you or holding you back?
If we want to achieve success, our mindset has incredible power.
For senior business leaders, founders, business owners and entrepreneurs, your mindset can be your greatest asset or your biggest obstacle.
With the right mindset, leadership and business can be fun, and success can come more easily.
Developing a Success MindsetBelow, I’m sharing 11 things that will help you to create the mental attitude of success and positivity to fuel growth in your business or working life.
A successful mindset is a growth mindset. A growth mindset is the belief that abilities and intelligence can be developed through dedication and hard work.
Developing a growth mindset involves cultivating a belief in our capacity to learn, adapt and improve through effort and perseverance. To foster this mindset, we must embrace challenges as opportunities for growth, view failures as learning experiences, and seek new experiences that stretch our abilities.
In a work setting, a leader who receives constructive feedback doesn’t see it as criticism but as helpful feedback that can be used to enhance their skills. Entrepreneurs who encounter setbacks don’t abandon their ventures but use failures to refine their strategies.
I often share a mantra with my clients to help them develop a growth mindset: ‘Everything is a stepping stone towards greater and greater success’. Remind yourself of this often!
We want to look at our values and purpose, what our ideal day looks like, and consider factors like personal growth, relationships, health, and well-being.
If you have financial goals, how much and by when would you like to reach them? If you’d like more work-life balance – what does that look like? Do you finish work at 4 pm and take Fridays off? Being specific is key.
Break down your long-term goals into smaller, achievable milestones, and celebrate each accomplishment. Regularly review your goals and definition of success. As you evolve or enter a different season in your life, your aspirations might change, and that’s okay.
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook 3. Reprogramme your subconscious blocksWe all have limiting beliefs that hold us back. They are blocks in the unconscious mind, deeply ingrained thoughts or perceptions that stop us from realising our full potential and achieving our goals. In business and leadership, limiting beliefs can stop us from achieving success and growth or mean that we self-sabotage or repeat mistakes over and over again.
Sometimes, we’re well aware of these unconscious blocks, while other times, these beliefs are buried so deep that it takes some digging to recognise what’s there.
Common beliefs can be things like ‘I’m not good enough’, ‘I’m a fraud’ or ‘My family will dislike me if I make more money than them’. Once we’re aware of the limiting thought patterns, we can change them using hypnotherapy, coaching and a range of other tools and approaches to create subconscious transformation. Doing so frees you up to reach your next level of success.
How can you surround yourself with supportive mentors, business besties, peers, and team members? Building a network of like-minded women can provide encouragement, inspiration, and constructive feedback.
Knowing that you’re not alone is a huge step in building self-confidence, and that’s why peer support is an essential aspect of my group coaching programmes. Hearing that other people struggle with the same things you do is worth its weight in gold, as is hearing how others overcome these struggles and create success.
When you gather a group of successful women together, you realise that not feeling good enough, self-doubt, imposter syndrome and challenges with boundaries, and people-pleasing are completely normal. Realising how universal they are helps to take the sting out and reminds us this is something we can work through and succeed despite these things.
Whether listening to meditation on an app, learning Transcendental Meditation or even trying hypnotherapy – making this part of your daily routine is key to creating a successful mindset.
Being kind to yourself is the number one thing you can do to build resilience. It cushions you against failure, meaning that you’re more able to bounce back and try again. But the inner critical voice is always waiting to pounce on any perceived mistake, despite the fact that setbacks are natural in entrepreneurship and leadership. However, positive self-talk helps to combat a negative mindset, low self-esteem and self-doubt.
Practising self-compassion is simple but not always easy. It’s about speaking to yourself as you would a good friend, cultivating an inner voice of patience, kindness and understanding.
The next time you hear your inner voice bitching about that small mistake you made on an email – take a deep breath and ask yourself, ‘What would I say to a good friend in my position?’ It takes practice, but as you catch yourself and change your perspective repeatedly, it starts to become second nature.
What small win can you celebrate today? It could be sending an email you’ve been putting off, having a difficult conversation, completing a document or making a start on a big project. Take the time to notice that you made progress today, no matter how small a step it was.
Too many of us breeze on to the next task and fail to acknowledge and celebrate achievements along the way. But recognising your progress boosts motivation and creativity and creates a positive mindset that’s primed for success.
It guides your decisions, inspires innovation, and attracts employees and customers who share your vision. Businesses rooted in values and purpose have the resilience to weather challenges and the ability to positively impact society.
Do your personal values align with your work or business values? Do you know what your purpose is? If not, how could you bring more of what’s important to you into your work? Other people will also be able to feel your authenticity when you connect to this.
On one hand we may want success for others, but on the other it brings up all our feelings of unworthiness, not-enoughness and our loud self-criticism.
Instead, we must focus on our unique journey and remember that our uniqueness makes us incomparable. No one has the unique blend of gifts, challenges, strengths, privileges and hardships that you do. Your path is going to look very different to someone else’s. You might be in a particular season of your life, like in the beginning stages of a start-up or have just returned to work, exhausted from maternity leave. Don’t compare your winter to someone else’s spring.
If you can’t help but compare yourself (it’s natural and normal to do so, BTW, look into social comparison theory for more on this) – what can you do to keep your blinkers on and stick to your own path? That might look like muting or unfollowing people on Instagram who trigger you or networking with people outside your niche. You might not have to do this forever. When you’re in a better place, and your self-esteem is more robust, you can unmute them, but for now, be kind to yourself.
Added to that, the media gives us the impression that we’re never ‘good enough’ and that we never have or do enough. All of these things can create subconscious programmes that there isn’t enough to go around, which leads us to have a scarcity mindset.
Developing an abundance mentality in business involves shifting from a scarcity-focused mindset to one that embraces the concept of limitless opportunities. It’s about recognising that success is not finite and that there’s enough room for growth, collaboration, and prosperity for everyone.
To cultivate this mindset, we can focus on collaboration rather than competition, seeking win-win scenarios that benefit all parties involved. Embracing a philosophy of continuous learning and improvement also contributes to abundance, as it fosters adaptability and openness to new ideas.
Take the time to focus on the abundance that you already have in your life, whether it’s simple things like clean water running from the taps, healthy food on your plate or being grateful for a client paying on time or having enough money to pay yourself each month. Remembering that you already have a lot of abundance in your life is the first step to creating an abundance mindset.
Cultivating a success mindset takes effort, positive self-talk, self-improvement and incorporating practises into our everyday lives. Our minds are malleable and constantly changing, and with a few simple tweaks, we can create significant changes.
If you’d like to talk to me about how we can work together to help you create a success mindset and overcome your unconscious blocks – learn more here and book a call with me.
Download The Hypnotherapy Pack here
Imagine tapping into the hidden power of your mind to unlock self-confidence you never knew you had. Hypnotherapy for confidence offers an effective, scientifically-backed approach to help you overcome low self-esteem and become the best version of yourself. In this blog post, we’ll explore the world of hypnotherapy, its techniques, and real-life applications to help […]
In today’s fast-paced world, getting a good night’s sleep can be quite a challenge. If this is you, you’re not alone. Almost 1 in 5 people in the UK aren’t getting enough sleep, according to Mental Health UK. With countless distractions and stressors, it’s no wonder people are struggling to fall asleep. But have you […]
Anxiety can be a debilitating condition that affects many people. If you are someone who suffers from anxiety, you may find it difficult to do the things you used to enjoy doing before your symptoms became severe. The Anxiety Quiz is an online tool that will help you identify what your current level of anxiety […]
We all know that juggling work, home, and everything in between can sometimes feel like a balancing act. And in these busy times, a little dose of inspiration can go a long way. That’s why we’ve curated a list just for you — the very best motivational podcasts to spark that inner fire and keep […]
As a hypnotherapist and coach and a firm believer in the power of self-improvement, I know that seeking guidance, inspiration, and support in our wellness journey can make a world of difference. Whether you’re navigating the ups and downs of anxiety, working through self-doubt, or simply seeking to elevate your overall well-being, mental health podcasts […]
Here I’m sharing my own experiences of worry, stress, and uncertainty during early motherhood and how I moved through them. I’m also sharing 4 steps to staying calm as a new parent. I discuss: Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook here Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts Listen to the Calmer […]
Finding joy in the daily grind can be a challenge, but it’s definitely possible with a shift in perspective and some creative strategies. From random acts of kindness to writing about your ideal average day – try these 7 tips for creating more joy in your daily life. Get the Hypnotherapy Collection at www.calmer-you.com/collection. Wild […]
What is nutritional psychiatry? Nutritional psychiatry is an emerging field that explores the connection between diet and mental health. It focuses on how the foods we eat can impact our brain function, mood, and overall mental well-being. Adopting a nutritional psychiatry approach involves making informed dietary choices that prioritise whole foods, lean proteins, fruits, vegetables, […]
All of us are capable of pretty radical change. You might have heard about the concept of brain plasticity; it’s the idea that the structure of our brain is always changing. All the time, you’re making new neural connections and old ones are fading away. Your brain is adapting and transforming its structure according to […]
Here, I’m sharing the best podcasts for self-improvement. Self-improvement is an important part of life. It’s the process of working on ourselves to become the best versions of ourselves possible. While there are many ways to go about self-improvement, podcasts can be a great way to get started. If you’re looking for the best podcasts […]
When I feel nervous, low, stagnant or just a bit ‘blah’ I know that in that moment no amount of ‘trying to think positively’ is really going to cut it. I need to do something quite physical to shift the state I’m in. I need something to shake up my energy, create some good vibes […]
Breathing exercises for anxiety are one of the fastest ways to calm yourself down when life feels tough. Breath. It’s the rhythm of life, yet so many of us take it for granted. But what if I told you that breathing could be a powerful tool in managing anxiety? It’s true. When we’re anxious, our […]
Rosamund Dean is a speaker, journalist and author of the new book Reconstruction: How to Rebuild Your Life, Body and Mind After a Breast Cancer Diagnosis. We discuss: Get the Hypnotherapy Collection at www.calmer-you.com/collection Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Spotify
In this blog post, we delve into the profound topic of anxiety and unravel its meaning. Anxiety is a complex emotion that affects millions of people worldwide, but understanding its definition and origins can provide us with valuable insights and a foundation for managing and overcoming it. Maybe you’ve been told you have anxiety, or […]
Sarah Ann Macklin is a speaker, podcaster, and nutritionist. In this episode, we discuss: Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook here Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Spotify Wild Nutrition sponsors this week’s podcast. You can use my code CALMERYOU for £10 off your […]
Self-belief is a powerful tool. It gives us the confidence to pursue our goals and face life’s challenges head-on. It’s not something we’re born with, but rather, it’s something we can cultivate over time. In this podcast I discuss how. Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts Listen to the Calmer You Podcast […]
Today I’m talking about the factor that has one of the biggest impacts on your success (whatever your version of success is) Join my FREE work confidence workshop at https://www.calmer-you.com/workshop/ Get the Hypnotherapy Collection at www.calmer-you.com/collection Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts Listen to the Calmer You Podcast on Spotify Hello, and […]
What’s the deal with high-functioning anxiety? In this blog post, I’ll discuss the ins and outs and the practical steps you can take to overcome it. While some people may experience symptoms that interfere with their daily lives, others can push through and function relatively normally. This is known as high-functioning anxiety, a condition that […]
Anxiety is a common and often overwhelming emotion that can interfere with our daily lives. If you’re looking for ways to manage your anxiety and live a calmer, more peaceful life, you’ll find the best podcasts for anxiety below.
From expert advice and coping strategies to mindfulness practices and personal stories, these podcasts offer a range of approaches to dealing with anxiety.
Whether you’re seeking professional help or just looking for some extra support, these seven podcasts are a great resource for anyone looking to reduce anxiety and increase well-being.
“The Calmer You Podcast” by Chloe BrotheridgeThe Calmer You Podcast is about helping you to heal anxiety, quiet the inner critic and live a more expansive life of calm and confidence.
“The Anxiety Coaches Podcast” by Gina RyanThe Anxiety Coaches Podcast brings you a relaxing and inspiring show sharing lifestyle changes to calm your nervous system and help you heal Anxiety, Panic, Stress, and PTSD for life! We Bring you 2 episodes every week. There is no need to walk this path alone. Join us for a relaxing, informative, and inspiring time and start your journey into more peace and calm today. Find meditations, info about stress, anxiety, healthy living, and more
“The Mindful Minute” by Meryl ArnettMeryl created this podcast as a way to share mindfulness meditation as a support of one’s everyday joy. She has been practicing and teaching mindfulness meditation for 10 years as an everyday practitioner.
“The Anxiety Guy Podcast” by Dennis SimsekThe Anxiety Guy Podcast is another resource you need to begin lessening and eventually ending your struggles with generalized anxiety disorder, hypochondria, and depression.
“Owning It” by Caroline ForanFrom author Caroline Foran, comes Owning It: The Anxiety Podcast – with everything you need to hear to get on top of your anxiety. This practical and relaxed series explores everything from what anxiety is and why it happens to us, how our brains work and why it’s actually very normal to the various tools and techniques necessary for owning it.
“The Happiness Lab”by Dr. Laurie SantosIn the pursuit of happiness, it’s easy to get caught up in societal expectations. More money, a better job, vacations that make everyone on your social media feed green with envy… you may believe these are the keys to a happier life. However, this common misconception couldn’t be further from the truth.
Dr. Laurie Santos, a renowned professor at Yale University, has delved deep into the science of happiness, uncovering startling revelations about what truly enriches our lives. Shockingly, she has found that most of us are steering in the wrong direction when it comes to seeking joy. We’re often chasing after things that, in the grand scheme of our lives, won’t bring us the happiness we crave. Dr. Santos is ready to take you on a journey through the latest scientific research on happiness. Along the way, she’ll weave in surprising and inspiring stories that challenge our traditional notions of joy and fulfillment.
“The One You Feed” by Eric Zimmer and Chris ForbesThe One You Feed podcast uses the parable of two wolves at battle within us as a jumping-off point for meaningful discussions about how to live skilfully amidst life’s inherent challenges.
Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat is Anxiety?Do podcasts help with anxiety?What else could I listen to?What is the 333 method?
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook here
Anxiety is a common condition that affects millions of people around the world. In the UK, over 8 million people are experiencing an anxiety disorder at any time (Mental Health UK). According to MIND, 1 in 6 people will experience a common mental health condition like anxiety or depression in any given week.
But what’s the deal with high-functioning anxiety?
While some people may experience symptoms that interfere with their daily lives, others can push through and function relatively normally. This is known as high-functioning anxiety, a condition that is often overlooked and misunderstood.
Unfortunately, according to the Mental Health Foundation, only 50% of people with anxiety seek help. Many people are battling on, hoping that things will resolve themselves or believing that nothing will work to help them. But therapists and doctors agree, anxiety is very treatable; it’s not something we have to be stuck with for life.
Many people may not realise that high-functioning anxiety can be incredibly debilitating, even though the person may appear to be functioning well on the surface. People with high-functioning anxiety often have a great deal of inner turmoil, worrying excessively about things that may not seem like a big deal to others.
They may also put a lot of pressure on themselves to perform well, leading to a cycle of stress and anxiety that can be difficult to break. While they may appear highly competent and successful, their anxiety can significantly impact their mental health, relationships, and quality of life.
It’s also important to note that just because someone appears to be functioning well does not mean they do not need help or support. Learning about the condition and having some tools to cope can be an essential step in managing high-functioning anxiety and improving overall well-being.
In this article, we’ll explore what high-functioning anxiety is, its impact, and strategies for coping with it.
What is High-Functioning Anxiety?High-functioning anxiety is a term used to describe people who appear to have their lives together and perform well in their daily tasks but struggle with anxiety. These individuals may seem like high achievers, but a constant sense of worry and self-doubt often plagues them.
Unlike other forms of anxiety, high-functioning anxiety doesn’t necessarily cause the person to avoid situations that trigger anxiety. Instead, they may push themselves to work harder and accomplish more, in an effort to quell their inner turmoil. But just because you seem ok on the outside, it doesn’t mean that the struggle is any less real. It’s exhausting having to wear a mask and pretend everything is ok when on the inside, you’re having a hard time.
How does high-functioning anxiety differ from regular anxiety?First, you should know one thing about high-functioning anxiety; it’s not an official diagnosis. Anxiety is always on a spectrum from severe to less severe. Your doctor is more likely to diagnose you with generalised anxiety disorder (GAD) because high-functioning anxiety is not in the DSM, the diagnosis manual for mental disorders.
However, high-functioning anxiety differs from regular anxiety in several ways. Firstly, people with high-functioning anxiety can often push through their anxious feelings and continue to perform their daily tasks. You’re still functioning well in life, and the anxiety isn’t so severe that you cannot cope with the day-to-day. That said, it doesn’t mean your anxiety is any less real or valid.
Secondly, these individuals may be prone to perfectionism, people pleasing and overworking themselves, so you might be fairly or even very successful in life. You might be a high achiever. You’ve got an excellent job, a close-knit family and a big circle of friends. It’s just that an undercurrent of anxiety runs through your life. You’re more prone to experiencing things like burnout or workplace stress.
Lastly, high-functioning anxiety can be more challenging to diagnose because the individual appears to be doing well on the outside. You may not ‘look’ like the typical person with anxiety. Other people may find it hard to believe you ever struggle with overwhelm, worries or not feeling good enough, but it’s there nonetheless. You might be less likely to seek help because on the outside, ‘everything is fine’.
What are the Symptoms of High-Functioning Anxiety?High-functioning anxiety can present differently in different people, but some common symptoms include:
The Impact of High-Functioning AnxietyWhile high-functioning anxiety may not prevent a person from functioning daily, it can affect their mental and physical health over time. The constant stress and worry can lead to burnout, fatigue, and other health problems. It can also cause relationship problems, as the person may have difficulty relaxing and connecting with others. Or you might feel irritable and snappy with your loved ones.
You may experience exhaustion, headaches, difficulty sleeping, and other physical symptoms of stress. People with this condition may also struggle to relax or take time for themselves. They may feel guilty if they are not productive. A common refrain is that they find relaxing hard, even on holiday!
Sarah, a 32-year-old project manager, described it like this:
‘I have always been a perfectionist, and I put a lot of pressure on myself to succeed. I’m always thinking about the next thing I must do, and I have difficulty relaxing or enjoying myself. Even when I’m doing something fun, a voice in my head tells me I should be doing something more productive.
Jane told me, ‘My anxiety manifests in different ways. I have trouble falling asleep at night because my mind is racing with everything I need to do the next day. I get irritable when things don’t go as planned, and I have a hard time letting go of control. I’m always double-checking things and worrying about making mistakes.’
Procrastination and high-functioning anxietyPeople with high-functioning anxiety often struggle with procrastination and perfectionism, which can lead to a vicious cycle of stress and worry. They may be afraid to start a task because they feel it has to be perfect, or they may put it off until the last minute because they fear failure. This can lead to increased stress levels, leading to more procrastination. Another thing that can happen is that we get overwhelmed by all the steps that are needed in order to achieve a goal, and this overwhelm stops us from starting. You’ve wanted to start your own business, but the sheer number of things you’d have to do leaves your head spinning, and you can’t take action. Or, you’d love to get a new job, but the thought of having to sort out your CV and make it perfect means you stay stuck.
When we’re overwhelmed, it’s hard to think clearly, and we can get into a state of analysis paralysis where it’s hard to move forwards. When you procrastinate, things take longer, so you might be someone who works long hours or works at the weekends to make up for this. This adds to the sense of exhaustion.
High functioning anxiety at work A marketing manager, Michelle said, ‘One of the biggest challenges for me is managing my anxiety at work. I’m a high achiever, always looking for ways to improve my performance. But my anxiety gets in the way. I worry about making mistakes or not meeting expectations, even when I know logically that I’m doing a good job. It’s hard to turn off that voice in my head that tells me I’m not doing enough.’
One issue with high-functioning anxiety at work is that the traits of perfectionism, overworking and people-pleasing may be praised a reinforced. Your boss may love that you stay late each night, and she commends your dedication. Your colleagues may look to you for help because of your eye for detail and willingness to help others. It may even have become a part of your identity at work that you’re the high flyer that others can rely on. However, there’s a cost to you and your mental health. Getting more coughs and colds, finding it hard to switch off and sleep at night, and struggling to balance work and home life could all be signs that high-functioning anxiety is impacting you at work.
What causes high-functioning anxietyHigh-functioning anxiety is caused by a combination of genetic, environmental, and psychological factors. It can be triggered by a stressful event such as a traumatic experience or the death of a loved one. People with an anxious personality type may also be more prone to this disorder. Additionally, people who have difficulty expressing their emotions or setting boundaries may develop high-functioning anxiety in order to cope with their stress and fear.
The causes of high-functioning anxiety are not fully understood, and it’s likely that many different factors contribute to the development of this condition. However, here are some possible causes and risk factors that may play a role:
It’s important to note that everyone is different, and what may cause high-functioning anxiety in one person may not be the same for another. Often a combination of factors is involved.
How do early life experiences play a role in high-functioning anxiety?Early life experiences can play a significant role in the development of high-functioning anxiety. Childhood experiences such as traumatic events, neglect, or growing up in an unpredictable or chaotic environment can all contribute to the development of anxiety.
It might be that you had very loving parents, but, wanting the best for you, they were critical of you and your achievements. If you were getting A’s at school, they were wondering why they weren’t A*’s. Perhaps your parents were controlling or chaotic, and this in turn created a need within you to be in control or maybe you moved around a lot and went to different schools and so you felt you had to develop a facade of being ‘perfect’ in order to cope with all the new situations and people.
Research has shown that adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) can have a lasting impact on a person’s mental and physical health. ACEs can include physical or emotional abuse, neglect, parental substance abuse or mental illness, and domestic violence.
In particular, experiences of emotional neglect or abuse can lead to the development of anxiety disorders, including high-functioning anxiety. Children who grow up in an environment where their emotions are not validated or where they are criticised or punished for expressing their feelings may learn to suppress their emotions and develop a fear of vulnerability.
As they grow older, these individuals may become highly self-critical and perfectionistic and may feel the need to constantly perform and achieve to gain validation and avoid criticism. This can lead to a pattern of overworking, overthinking, and over-analysing, all of which are characteristic of high-functioning anxiety.
Learning about the root causes of anxiety in childhood and aiming to understand why you are the way you are is a crucial step in overcoming it.
Burnout and high-functioning anxiety Even though you may be able to function well in your daily life, you may still experience significant stress and pressure to perform at a high level, which can contribute to burnout.
Burnout is a state of emotional, physical, and mental exhaustion caused by prolonged exposure to stress. It is often seen in individuals working in high-pressure environments, such as healthcare, education, start-ups, small businesses or corporate settings. Burnout can lead to various symptoms, including fatigue, cynicism, and decreased productivity.
High-functioning anxiety can contribute to burnout because individuals with this condition may need to perform constantly at a high level. This can lead to overworking and neglecting self-care, contributing to burnout. Additionally, those with high-functioning anxiety may struggle to set boundaries and say no to additional responsibilities, leading to an increased workload and further contributing to burnout.
Those of us with high-functioning anxiety need to be aware of our stress levels and practice self-care to prevent burnout. This may include taking breaks, setting boundaries, and seeking support from mental health professionals.
Coping Strategies for High-Functioning AnxietyIf you’re struggling with high-functioning anxiety, there are strategies you can use to help manage your symptoms. Here are a few tips to get started:
Breaking the Stigma Surrounding High-Functioning AnxietyOne of the challenges of high-functioning anxiety is that it’s often hidden from others. People with high-functioning anxiety may feel ashamed or embarrassed about their struggles or fear being judged. Wearing a mask and pretending to others that everything is ok when it’s not is exhausting and is part of why we can burn out when we have high-functioning anxiety.
Remember that anxiety is treatable, and taking steps to feel calmer will positively impact you, your work and your family life. Change is absolutely possible.
The post High-Functioning Anxiety: What It Is and How to Cope appeared first on Calmer you.
When you possess good self-esteem and confidence, there’s no doubt it opens up a world of opportunity, but what happens if you don’t? A report for Mental Health UK tells us that only a small amount of adults in the UK report positive mental health (13%), 4 in ten reporting feelings of depression and a quarter having experienced panic attacks. Those statistics are concerning but they are not insurmountable. So why are people feeling a lack of self-esteem and confidence?
First of all, what is self-esteem? Forgive me if you already know, butsometimes, people need a gentle reminder. Self-esteem is feeling good about yourself, respecting yourself, feelingpositive about your persona and being able to take on every day withconfidence.
The role of social mediaWith the rise of social media displaying images of happy,beautiful and self-assured people living celebrity lifestyles, it’s no surprisethere are so many out there feeling inadequate with low self-esteem. Of course, those pictures only display thevery best of people –it is practically impossible for every single human on theplanet to live up to that expectation because it isn’t a true reflection ofreal life. However, it’s easy to getcaught up in the social media pressures and then there are other pressures too.
Have you felt rebuffed?You may well just be the shy type, or you get butterflies at the thought of doing something that takes you out of your comfort zone? Maybe you’ve experienced rebuffs in the past and those knocks have stayed with you. Luckily, self-esteem and confidence is something that you can build on. They’re so important too, when you have confidence and you feel good about yourself, you don’t let doubt stand in your way. You have the power to take on complicated tasks or try new things, safe in the knowledge that you should succeed! You also don’t let knock-backs affect your mind-set and you feel happier within yourself. Self-esteem and confidence are the keys to positivity, so let’s look at 9 ways to build them up:
Ifyou generally feel negative, you canbet your bottom dollar that many of your 70,000 thoughts will have some sort ofnegative connotation. By trying to stayin tune with your thoughts you can turn those negative ones into positives! For example, if you wake up and your firstthought is that you’re dreading the day ahead. Quickly switch it around to reminding yourself of something nice that you’regoing to do – even if it’s as small as chatting to your friend later! Or whynot decide to wear your favourite outfit. The important message here is when you remember, turn that negativethought into a positive, it will help.
Remind yourself of your positive attributesAreyou a good listener? Do your friendsturn to you for sound advice? Perhapsyou’re a fantastic dancer – or you have the most beautiful eyes? You may well have worked your way up thecorporate ladder or you run your home with military precision! You could be anartist or have a talent for singing? Thepoint is, every person on earth has so many wonderful aspects of theirpersonality but it’s easy to forget what they are. Make a list of what you’re good at (keepfocussing on positive thoughts) and add to that list every time you remembersomething you know you do well or something about you that others appreciate.Put that list somewhere you can see it and if you feel a sense of self-doubt,read that list.
Be good to othersWhenyou do something nice for someone else, you feel good about yourself! So, pay a stranger a compliment, offer tohelp a friend or just do something small like make a cup of coffee for a busycolleague. When you’re appreciated, youinstantly know that you’ve brightened someone else’s day and it releasesfeel-good endorphins. Remember how goodit feels when someone does something nice for you? When you know you’ve made someone happy, youfeel fantastic!
Take some exerciseSometimesit’s hard to get to the gym! Not only istime precious – filled up with work, family, friends and chores, for lots ofpeople, the thought of exercise is enough to send them running in the otherdirection (pardon the pun). However,exercise is what you need to release those happy hormones again and is a superbstress-reliever. Exercise makes you feelbetter about yourself and if you do go to a gym, it gives you the added bonusof being surrounded by people giving you a sense of community. Exercise is part of self-care and that’svital for everyone to do, to feel good. Even if you’re not partial to lifting weights or using the step machine,a daily walk in the fresh air for 20 minutes will make you feel much lighterinside.
Show yourself some loveFollowingon from exercise as self-care, if you don’t look after yourself, you won’t beable to build confidence. Self-care isreally important and encompasses a variety of different things, from taking aluxurious bubble bath with candles to being mindfully kind to yourself. Make time to do things you enjoy, take in ahappy movie with a good friend, spend time with your loved ones, read a bookthat encourages positive thinking. Boostyour confidence by buying a new top that you know suits your colouring. Feeling good about yourself goes a long way toself-esteem building and confidence.
Sleep wellIfyou don’t sleep well, you won’t function well. Sleep problems create anxietyand when you don’t get sufficient rest, you are far more irritable. When you have a good night’s sleep, you feelmuch more able to cope with the day ahead. If you do have sleep problems,making sure you relax for a good hour or so before bed can help as can having adark room and banishing all electronic items from the bedroom. Be sure to stop using your iPad ortablet/mobile phone a good hour before you go to bed because their brightlights can interrupt sleep patterns.
Eat wellEatingwell will also help you feel better about yourself and a nutritious dietnourishes the body and mind, while stabilising mood. If you don’t eat, you don’t feel good, fact. Thebody needs an abundance of vitamins and minerals to function properly so makesure you enjoy a balanced diet of protein, carbohydrates and “good” fats alongwith plenty of fruit and vegetables and schedule a proper breakfast, lunch anddinner.
Don’t drink or smokeTurningto cigarettes, recreational drugs or alcohol is a temptation especially as theycan boost mood. However, thatmood-enhancer is only for the short term and obviously damages your body in thelong-term. Remember, dependency on anyof these addictive things can stop you from dealing with your problems. It’s fine to have an alcoholic drink once ina while but when it becomes a regular occurrence, it becomes problematic. The bottom line is don’t use cigarettes,recreational drugs or alcohol as a crutch.
Set yourself a goal!Challengeyourself. If you believe in theimpossible, it will happen! Set yourselfa goal – perhaps it’s rock climbing, or to complete a half marathon? Maybe you want to try for that promotion? Or it could be you‘d like to broaden yoursocial life. Write down the goals youwant to achieve and choose one at a time, if you want to recruit a friend or acolleague to help – don’t be frightened to ask, remember – if you don’t ask,you don’t get. Set yourself a time-scaleand make it a project. When you achieveone of your goals, you’ll feel an incredible sense of accomplishment and that’sa real confidence booster.
Thesetips are designed to help you give you a self-esteem boost or greater confidence. However, if you do feel depressed or anxiouson a regular basis, you might find some benefit in visiting a professionalcounsellor or making an appointment with your GP. It’s important to explore the reasons why youdon’t feel yourself and a professional will guide with further tips and ideasto boost your mood so you can make great strides in life.
The post 9 Ways to Build your Self-Esteem and Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
Let’s face it; relationships bring up all our stuff, and there is no one more annoying in the whole world than the person you love the most.
Navigating relationships with high–functioning anxiety is hard, not only for us, but for our partner too!
Stress, anxiety, low self-esteem and trauma can hijack our emotions, while feeling anxious and on edge can mean we’re more likely to get triggered.
If you’re busy and tired (and let’s be honest, who isn’t) it’s easy to lose your temper, experience dips in your mood and get into arguments.
I’ve been with my partner for 13 years, and the first 3 years were hell because of my anxiety. We’ve seen FIVE different relationship therapists, and I’ve read countless books. These days, we’re in a MUCH better place, and we rarely argue (even with a 6-month-old in tow).
Below I’m sharing my top tips for navigating relationships with high-functioning anxiety.
Clear and kind communicationIt used to feel like groundhog day in my house, having the same argument repeatedly. If it wasn’t about who emptied the dishwasher (usually me), it was about taking about the bins (usually me, again). It was only when I changed my communication approach that things changed. The following is based on Michael Rosenburg’s ‘Non-Violent Communication’ (crap name, brilliant concept). First, you make an observation and state only the facts; ‘I’ve emptied the dishwasher every day this week’. This is much better than my usual refrain of ‘You NEVER empty the dishwasher, you bas*ard!’
Then you talk about how the situation makes you feel. You don’t say, ‘you make me feel angry!’ Instead, you say, ‘I’m feeling overwhelmed right now’.
Then, you make a request. For example, ‘Would you be able to empty the dishwasher on alternate days, please?’
To summarise: Make an observation, state how you feel and make a request.
According to Rosenburg, this communication method is cleaner and expresses things in a way that doesn’t trigger the other person’s defences, making you more likely to get your needs met.
Another essential thing to remember is our tone. If you ask for things in a grumpy or snappy manner (I have a tendency to do this), it will often trigger the other person’s defences, and you’re unlikely to get your needs met.
In the classic relationship book, Getting the Love You Want, Dr. Harville Hendrix and Dr. Helen Hunt recommend saying things in a light and friendly way.
I know it’s not easy when you’re pissed off.
But trust me when I tell you, you’re 1000x more likely to elicit a positive response when you ask for things in a pleasant voice!
Don’t discuss issues when you’re in a low moodThis tip comes from one of my favourite relationship books, The Relationship Handbook by George Pranski. When you’re in a low mood, it skews your perception of everything. You’re wearing your gloomy glasses, and the whole relationship can have a negative slant. Being in a highly emotional state means we can’t make good decisions.
So don’t sit down for a serious talk when you’re feeling rubbish or triggered.
It might be that you’re just tired, hungry or having a bad day. Wait for the mood to pass before raising issues or making any decisions. It’s also important to remember that moods pass (I’m not talking about clinical depression here), even though it can seem like it will last forever when we’re in a bad mood. Wait for the dark clouds to clear and save the big discussions for when you’re in a more resourceful state.
Have a family meetingMy slightly anxious and controlling need to ‘get things done’ and ‘be organised’ can mean I ambush my partner with requests throughout the day. Asking Aidan to put something in the loft when he’s just about to get on a Zoom call, or letting him know I’m craving more quality time with him while we rush out the door to go and see his parents, never goes well. Bringing up issues or making requests on the fly can make the other person feel ambushed or overwhelmed.
Enter: the family meeting.
Since having regular meetings to discuss big and minor issues, we’ve resolved more things with less stress. We create the time and space to sit down, discuss things, and make decisions and an action plan.
No one feels ambushed or overwhelmed because they’re in the middle of something else. And we schedule a time to do things in the meeting, like putting things in the loft or spending more time together.
Love,
Chloe x
PS. Feel calmer, less pressured and more present in 10 minutes a day (guaranteed) with The Hypnotherapy Pack.The post Navigating Relationships with High-Functioning Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
It’s one of the most relaxing things you can do for yourself, and it can also be incredibly beneficial for your mental and physical health. But most people have never tried it!
Hypnotherapy is a form of psychotherapy that uses hypnosis to help people make positive changes in their lives. It can be used to treat a variety of issues, from anxiety and confidence to public speaking and addiction.
The benefits of hypnotherapy are numerous. It can help reduce stress, improve sleep, and increase relaxation. It can also help people overcome fears and phobias, manage chronic pain, and even quit smoking.
Hypnotherapy can also be used to improve self-esteem and confidence, as well as to help people cope with difficult emotions.
Hypnotherapy is a safe and effective form of therapy that has been around for centuries. It works by inducing a trance-like state in which the patient is more open to suggestions. During this state, the therapist (or hypnotherapy recording) can help the patient access their subconscious mind and make positive changes.
Non-sleep deep restHypnotherapy can also induce a state of deep relaxation, known as non-sleep deep rest. This powerful form of relaxation can help reduce stress and improve overall well-being. Non-sleep deep rest has been shown to reduce cortisol levels associated with stress and anxiety. It can also help improve concentration and focus, as well as reduce fatigue and insomnia.
Access the subconsciousOne of the most potent benefits of hypnotherapy is its ability to access the subconscious mind. Anxiety is a subconscious process – no one consciously ‘decides’ to feel anxious, so we need to address it at this deeper level. The subconscious mind holds all of our memories, beliefs, and emotions, and it can be challenging to access these on our own. It’s where all of our thoughts and feelings originate from. Hypnotherapy can help us tap into this part of ourselves and make positive changes that we may not have been able to make on our own.
It’s an effortless form of therapyHypnotherapy is one of the easiest forms of therapy out there. It doesn’t require any special equipment, and it can be done in the comfort of your own home while listening to a recording. All you need is a comfortable chair or bed and your headphones. Hypnotherapy recordings are also affordable, making it accessible to almost everyone.
It shifts your thoughts and feelingsHypnotherapy can help shift our thoughts and feelings in a positive direction. It can help us to break free from negative thought patterns and beliefs, such as self-doubt or fear of failure. Hypnotherapy can also help us to become more aware of our emotions and how they affect our behaviour. This awareness can be incredibly powerful in helping us make positive life changes.
Overall, hypnotherapy is a safe and effective therapy that can help us make positive changes in our lives. It can reduce stress, improve sleep, and increase relaxation. It can also help us access our subconscious mind and make positive shifts in our thoughts and feelings. Hypnotherapy is an effortless therapy accessible to almost everyone, making it an excellent option for anyone looking to make positive changes.
The post Four Incredible Benefits of Hypnotherapy appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to our blog post on the best podcasts for stress management!
If you’re feeling overwhelmed and in need of some relaxation, then these podcasts are for you.
From guided meditations to expert advice, these podcasts offer a variety of tools and techniques to help you manage stress and find inner peace.
In this post, we’ll be sharing our top seven picks for the best podcasts for stress management.
So grab your headphones, sit back, and let these podcasts help you unwind.
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Stress appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety is a common and often overwhelming emotion that can interfere with our daily lives. If you’re looking for ways to manage your anxiety and live a calmer, more peaceful life, these podcasts may be able to help.
From expert advice and coping strategies to mindfulness practices and personal stories, these podcasts offer a range of approaches to dealing with anxiety.
Whether you’re seeking professional help or just looking for some extra support, these seven podcasts are a great resource for anyone looking to reduce anxiety and increase well-being.
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to our blog post on the best podcasts for confidence!
In today’s fast-paced world, it can be easy to lose sight of our own abilities and self-worth.
Whether you’re looking to boost your confidence in your personal or professional life, these podcasts can help you develop a stronger sense of self-assurance and belief in yourself.
From interviews with successful entrepreneurs and experts to practical tips and strategies for building confidence, these podcasts offer a wealth of valuable insights and inspiration.
Without further ado, here are our top picks for the best podcasts for confidence.
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
Can people with anxiety be high-functioning?Yes, people with anxiety can be high-functioning. High-functioning anxiety is a type of anxiety disorder that can cause mental and physical symptoms of anxiety, but the person is still able to manage life responsibilities—such as work, relationships, or school—while coping with the condition. They may look ‘fine’ on the outside and others may never guess that they struggle, but inside it’s a different story.
Common symptoms include intense worrying and rumination, difficulty concentrating, feeling overwhelmed, and physical symptoms such as headaches, sweating, trembling, and chest pain. People with high-functioning anxiety often experience perfectionism when it comes to their responsibilities or goals. It is important for people with this type of anxiety to seek professional help in order to manage their condition.
What is high-functioning anxiety?It’s characterised by feelings of anxiety and worry, even though the person appears to be functioning normally in daily life. People with high-functioning anxiety may juggle work, social activities, and relationships while still regularly experiencing anxious thoughts or feelings of stress.
Download this FREE workbook for High-Functioning Anxiety
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| I agree to be emailed by Calmer You. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit |
|
What are the symptoms of high-functioning anxiety?Common symptoms of high-functioning anxiety are:
Despite having high levels of anxiety, people with high-functioning anxiety disorders are more likely to be able to manage their daily routines and responsibilities. This is because they have learned how to mask their anxiety or manage it to a point where they can still function in everyday life.
How is high-functioning anxiety diagnosed?High-functioning anxiety is often used to describe the type of anxiety that is more high-functioning than other types in that people may appear to be coping outwardly. It's not listed in the DSM-5, the diagnostic manual for mental illnesses and is therefore not something you would be diagnosed with. However, you may still be diagnosed with anxiety, even if it is high-functioning.
What's the difference between high-functioning anxiety and anxiety?People with high-functioning anxiety may be able to manage their daily responsibilities. In contrast, people with GAD often experience more severe symptoms and difficulty functioning daily. Those with high-functioning anxiety may appear to have it all together to the outside world, whilst inside, they struggle.
How is high-functioning anxiety treated?Treatment for high-functioning anxiety may include cognitive-behavioural therapy (CBT), acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), hypnotherapy, mindfulness-based therapy, exposure therapy, lifestyle and diet changes, medication, trauma therapy, or a combination of approaches. Medicines used to treat anxiety include selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and benzodiazepines.
Hypnotherapy for anxiety works firstly by helping the person to relax deeply. Once relaxed, the subconscious mind becomes more receptive to positive ideas and suggestions. It can help you to change the way you think and feel at a deep level, release old programming, and feel more optimistic about the future.
Cognitive-behavioural therapy (CBT) aims to help a person identify and change negative thought patterns and behaviours that may be contributing to their anxiety. This can include learning relaxation techniques, such as deep breathing or progressive muscle relaxation, as well as challenging and changing distorted thoughts.
Mindfulness-based therapy involves learning to pay attention to one's thoughts and feelings in a non-judgmental way, and to recognise when anxiety is starting to build. This can include practising mindfulness meditation or other techniques, such as paying attention to the present moment, practising self-compassion and letting go of negative thoughts.
Exposure therapy involves gradually exposing a person to the things they fear or avoid to reduce their anxiety. This can be done in a controlled environment, such as in a therapy session or in real-life situations. By slowly exposing ourselves to anxiety triggers, we can teach our nervous system that it's safe and that we can cope.
Can high-functioning anxiety be managed or cured?With proper treatment, high-functioning anxiety can be effectively managed, and the symptoms significantly reduced. People with high-functioning anxiety often experience periods of remission. Still, it is crucial to continue treatment and self-care strategies to keep symptoms from returning.
Is high-functioning anxiety a mental illness?High-functioning anxiety isn't listed in the DSM-5 and therefore isn't classified as a mental illness but is usually considered to be a type of generalised anxiety disorder.
What can I do to treat high-functioning anxiety?A simple step you can take now is to download this free workbook to help with high-functioning anxiety. Then try to High Functioning Anxiety Hypnotherapy Pack to get started with hypnotherapy in just 10 minutes a day.
The post Questions About High-Functioning Anxiety – Answered! appeared first on Calmer you.
From the outside, it may seem like high-achieving women have it all together. You look the part, you remember people’s birthdays, the kids have matching socks, and you’re always on time. You carry snacks in your handbag for low blood sugar moments, and your colleagues can rely on you to get things done. But inside, high-functioning anxiety can sabotage our happiness.
What you can’t see is the constant worry and fear that comes with trying to maintain the facade of calmness when you’re anything but.
It’s stressful having to pretend you’re okay while putting yourself under a tonne of pressure.
You’re like a swan, serene on the surface but paddling furiously below the waterline to keep afloat.
But there’s some good news; high-functioning anxiety is relatively easy to treat, and your high-performing nature means you’re capable of doing what it takes to feel better.
Here are 7 surprising symptoms of high-functioning anxiety and how to handle them – from an anxiety therapist who’s been there.
Excessive worry about the futurePeople with high-functioning anxiety tend to worry excessively about the future. This may be due to a fear of failure or worries about what could go wrong in any situation. This type of worrying can lead to feelings of helplessness and often disrupts daily life, taking you out of the moment. It may impact your sleep as your mind buzzes with images of things that could go wrong in the future. You may also suffer from physical symptoms, such as difficulty breathing, a racing heart, and tightness in the chest. No fun at all.
In the past, I believed that worrying would protect me against things going wrong. But no amount of worrying can change the future; you can worry all you like about what the weather will be like on your wedding day, but no worrying will stop it from raining!
If you find yourself in an anxiety spiral, worrying about the future, ask yourself, ‘Is thing something I can control?’ If yes, do something small to take action now. If not, visualise yourself letting it go, by taking off a heavy rucksack full of worries or letting go of a balloon and watching it float off into the sky.
You’re a perfectionistPerfectionism can be a blessing and a curse. We are careful about our work because we want the outcome to be above and beyond the standard – which is admirable but can also be overwhelming. I admit that I’m guilty of wanting things to be perfect, from my writing to my hobbies, like playing the guitar. As much as I desire things to turn out well, this pressure often makes me feel overwhelmed and anxious, ruining the experience and any chance of things feeling perfect anyway!
The key, then, is balance: seeking improvement without losing sight of personal well-being along the way. I repeat the mantras to myself, ‘good enough really is enough’ and ‘seek progress over perfection’, and they help. I remind myself that perfect is only ever someone’s opinion, and we can’t control the views of other people. I ask myself, would this be good enough for a ‘reasonable person’? If the answer is yes, I consciously choose to lower my standards, relax my stomach and jaw and try to surrender as much as possible.
ProcrastinationPerfectionism can make it difficult to even start a task because you fear not being able to complete it to your high standards. Only a few people realise this, but perfectionism can lead to procrastination. People with high-functioning anxiety may struggle with procrastination, feeling overwhelmed and uncertain about how to tackle tasks perfectly. Additionally, anxiety can interfere with a person’s ability to focus and concentrate, making it difficult to get started on tasks. Procrastination may be a way of coping with these feelings of anxiety and uncertainty, as it provides a temporary sense of relief from the pressure to perform. ‘Phew!’ you think to yourself, I’ll deal with that tomorrow. However, this coping mechanism can ultimately make the situation worse; as we all know, tasks that are put off tend to become more daunting and stressful over time. My advice for tackling procrastination is to break things into tiny chunks. A task like ‘build a website’ is overwhelming and daunting, but break it down into the first step, ‘research possible urls’ and it becomes much easier to manage. When you’re procrastinating, getting started is often the hardest part, so tell yourself you’ll do a task ‘quick and dirty’ at first, then improve on it later.
You’re a people pleaser.People-pleasing can be a tough habit to kick, especially when our self-worth is closely tied to the approval of others. Were you raised to be a ‘good girl?’ Does the idea of telling someone ‘no’ make you cringe?
Unfortunately, we often ignore our own internal voice in favour of what others think. We end up neglecting our needs and desires, growing resentful or even burning out.
Assertiveness is key (which can be agony when you’re used to being ‘the nice one’), allowing us to remain true to ourselves without coming off as selfish or inconsiderate.
To overcome people-pleasing, two things need to happen. First, we need to know what we want, which can be challenging when we’re used to putting others first or doubting ourselves and our own opinions.
Then, we must have the courage to communicate that effectively to others.
Practise tuning into your ‘inner compass’. It’s that part of you inside that lets you know when something is a ‘yes’ or a ‘no’ for you. Get used to asking yourself this question and notice how you feel inside.
Then practise clear communication, making a statement of the facts and then a request. For example, ‘Indian food gives me indigestion in the evenings; could we go for Thai tonight?’
Your needs and wants are valid. Remember that when you take care of yourself, you have more to give to others. Depleting yourself by people-pleasing serves no one.
You’re a control freakBeing a “control freak” has a bad rap, but it isn’t something to be ashamed of – in fact, it can be a great trait to have in the proper context.
Having someone be ‘in control’ can be a wonderful thing! Everyone needs direction and structure sometimes: just look at a sports team or classroom for instance. But when does control go too far? It’s a problem when the need to be in control makes you stressed and anxious or upsets other people.
When it comes to controlling behaviour, the first step is recognising where you feel the need to control things and where that might come from. Acknowledging any traumatic events, such as feeling like you lacked control as a youngster, can help you move forward and take back control of your life. Did others exert their control over you to an excessive degree? Were things chaotic or out of control? All of these situations can mean that we develop controlling tendencies to cope with what went on in the past.
The thing with control is that the more we try to control things, the less in control we feel. Again, I recommend returning to this idea of what a reasonable person would do. Step into their shoes and assess the situation; what would their response be, and what would they let go of?
You’re always on the goBeing constantly on the go can make for an exciting life, but it also presents unique challenges. We all know someone (maybe it’s you) who’s practically addicted to being busy and achieving things. There’s never enough time in the day to get everything done, and often things crucial to our well-being, such as getting enough sleep or eating nutritious meals, are sacrificed in favour of productivity. All the excitement of rushing around can easily spill over into anxiety.
To successfully remain on the move, we must make thoughtful decisions about where and how we allocate our energy and when to rest or slow down. It may be necessary to say no to certain opportunities, prioritise what matters most and build in ‘white space’ into our diaries, thereby preserving our physical and mental health amidst the hustle and bustle.
Allowing ourselves adequate rest is also important; breaks away from chaos are essential for clarity of mind and a positive attitude. Although always being on the go can be draining at times, it can still result in exciting experiences if we take care of ourselves along the way and remember to stop every once in a while.
You have trouble sleepingThe pressure you feel from others (or put on yourself) and worries that come along with high-functioning anxiety can mean our adrenals are activated, and our mind is buzzing at bedtime.
We all know not getting enough restful sleep can take its toll on our physical and mental health. A lack of sleep can lead to more anxiety which worsens our sleep, creating a vicious cycle where everything feels more challenging. Life can take on a nightmarish quality (as a new Mum, I can attest to this!).
If you are having trouble sleeping, it might be worth talking to your doctor about possible treatments or lifestyle changes that could help improve your quality of sleep.
Make sure your sleep hygiene is on point. Experiment with sleep aids from ashwagandha to weighted blankets and hypnotherapy recordings until you find something that helps. Read a novel before bed to help your brain to switch off and prioritise an early bedtime to make up for any tossing and turning.
So there you have it! From this list, it’s clear that being a go-getter can often lead to some not-so-great habits. But it doesn’t have to be this way! Next time you feel overwhelmed or like you need to control everything, take a step back and remember, you’re doing great—and if things aren’t perfect, you’ll still be okay. If you find yourself struggling in any of these areas, know that there are ways to change your anxious tendencies for the better.
My absolute favourite tool for tackling high-functioning anxiety is my hypnotherapy pack – download it here.
The post 7 Surprising Symptoms of High Functioning Anxiety and How to Handle Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Here I’m sharing my quick + fun way to review the year.
Reviewing the year can be tricky when you have anxiety; it’s easy to focus on what you didn’t do, didn’t achieve or milestones you feel you didn’t reach.
If you’re reading this, I’m willing to bet you’re prone to seeing the worst in yourself, giving yourself a hard time and worrying about the future.
With this review process, we’re ‘panning for gold’, looking for the good stuff amongst the year’s highs and lows, searching for the lessons and setting some very gentle, positive intentions for the year ahead. When we review the year, we can notice what’s been good, recognise what’s been hard and find clarity on what to focus on going forward.
You can take your time over this process, making a hot chocolate and writing it in your journal by fire. Or it can be done quick and dirty, in stolen moments between taking care of the kids or watching all important boxsets.
I’ve done this since 2015, and I have each one saved in a document, so I can go back and see what each year was like and how things have evolved (because there is ALWAYS evolution, even if it doesn’t seem like it) over time. It’s great to look back on all I achieved each year and how the things I struggled with one year ceased to matter or were overcome the following year.
When I compare this year to previous ones, it’s definitely short on some of the ‘achievements’ I’ve had in previous years. I didn’t publish any books or speak on any stages. I spent the whole year very tired and pregnant then looking after my tiny baby. I took a lot of naps. I ate a lot of crisps in bed and rewatched the entirety of SATC. I said no to opportunities to prioritise feeling calm and rested.
And that’s ok!Can you recognise, whether you smashed it in 2022 or were unwell with long co*id, healing a broken heart, beset with anxiety or navigating any number of life plot twists, that there was value there?
Every path is valid, and you are enough, no matter what happened or didn’t happen this year.
So be kind to yourself with this process. Especially if you have high standards that always feel out of reach.
The trend for setting intense ‘new year, new me’ goals is over; they often just set us up for disappointment and self-criticism.
Instead, I recommend clarifying how you want to feel and what brings you joy, and aiming to gently incorporate more of that into your life.
You could copy and paste these prompts into a document to type into or copy them down into your journal.
Grab a cuppa, and let’s go…What I did in 2022What were the highlights of the things you did this year? Did you make a new friend? Try out a new restaurant? Move house? Learn to cook a great dhal? Grow and birth a baby?
Lessons I learned in 2022Did you learn to rest and slow down? Did you set a boundary with a family member, learn to embrace imperfection or spot red flags in a potential date?
Things I achieved in 2022Achievements can be big (buying a house) or small (finally clearing out that drawer) – so celebrate them all.
Challenges in 2022Here, we’re just acknowledging that there were hard things this year. Sometimes naming things can give us clarity on how to move forward. Remember to be compassionate to yourself with the things you struggle with; EVERYONE is struggling with something (I don’t care how perfect things look on Instagram). What did you struggle with? What thoughts or feelings troubled you? What hurt? What held you back? Side note: It can be interesting to re-read years later and see how you overcame them!
Things I’m grateful for in 2022What objects, places, people, things and situations can you feel grateful for in 2022? Focus on the specifics for the best mood-boosting results.
For me, I’m grateful for
– an insulated house
– laughs with my sister
– those curry packs from Booths that make Indian cooking so easy
– for this scented hand cream on my desk with a pump for easy application whilst holding a baby!!
What I’m letting go of in 2023Are you looking to break up with overworking? Are you done with people-pleasing? Are you ready to let go of that friend who doesn’t support you?
What I want more of in 2023What is most important to you? What lights you up? What do you want to make time for? What would be fun to do this coming year?
And there you have it! I hope this helps. I’d love to hear what you’re taking from this – get in touch and let me know.
The post A quick, kind and fun way to review the year appeared first on Calmer you.
This post is sponsored by the iCandy Core – the latest pushchair from iCandy.
Being a new mum is supposed to be the best time of our life. We’re expected to feel so filled with love and joy that nothing can dent our happiness.
Yes, it’s amazing – but often the reality of being a new mum can be different from what we expected. It can feel overwhelming, hard, upsetting at times, and a whole host of other emotions, all at once.
There are so many factors that impact our health and happiness, even without a baby, but add the intense experience of childbirth into the mix along with lack of sleep, the sudden responsibility, the hormones rushing through our system, and the influx of well-wishers and messages, and it can suddenly start to all feel like too much.
It can be hard to admit you’re struggling when the expectation is that you should be enjoying every minute.
Putting on a mask of happiness and joy, when inside you’re feeling anything but, can be extremely stressful and tiring, when there’s already so much on your shoulders.
So how can we manage our anxiety and stress as a new mum?
Signs to look out for that you might have anxiety as a new mumPostnatal depression can often take the spotlight but postpartum anxiety is just as common. Like any anxiety, there is a sense of fear around something going wrong. This time, it’s primarily linked to caring for a baby; not doing something right, not doing something enough, doing something wrong, and on it goes.
While excessive worry about the health and welfare of the baby can be an obvious sign, there are others too. These can include racing thoughts, feeling constantly on edge, having intrusive thoughts, a sensation that something terrible is about to happen, and feeling agitated and deeply stressed about life. Physical symptoms of anxiety can also be common, such as shortness of breath and shallow breathing, dizziness, excessive sweating, and nausea.
If you notice yourself feeling anxious, there’s always help at hand. As a first step, it’s a good idea to speak to your health visitor or GP. It’s also important to share how you’re feeling with those who love you. They only want the best for you, especially at this time, and you’re not letting anyone down or disappointing them by sharing how you’re really feeling.
While opening up can be the hardest thing, it is often the most worthwhile. Here are five other ways to calm anxiety as a new mum:
Prioritise restWhile it may be hard to catch up on sleep as a new mum, when you make it your priority it can have a powerful impact on your health. When we’re tired, our adrenals pump out more cortisol because our bodies perceive the lack of sleep as a threat. Cortisol is a stress hormone so the less sleep we have, the more it can add to our anxiety. So, catch up on rest as much as you can and you’ll feel all the better, and calmer, for it.
Remember you’re not aloneA big step in feeling calmer is remembering you’re not alone. Having a baby is a huge, life-changing event and can take some adjustment. You might find yourself spending long periods of time alone with just you and your baby which can be isolating and lonely. So, when you’re feeling lonely or anxious, just picking up the phone or inviting a friend over can make a world of difference and take your mind off those anxious thoughts. There are also lots of support groups out there, from breastfeeding groups to baby massages, which bring new mums together.
Speak to yourself as you would a friendSelf-compassion is one of the most important skills any of us can build, and it’s especially useful during anxious times. If you had a friend who you loved more than anyone else in the world, and they were going through a hard time, what would you say to them? What would your tone of voice sound like and what words would you share to comfort and reassure them? Now say these words to yourself and show yourself the love and compassion you need at this time. You’re doing an amazing job, you just need to trust in yourself.
Accept help (and learn to ask for it)Accepting help can be difficult when you’re used to handling everything yourself or being the one to help others. Motherhood isn’t called the hardest job in the world for nothing. Suddenly you go from working a 9-5 job to one that is 24/7. And as much as we might like to think of ourselves as capable and independent, the truth is most of us are going to need help in our new demanding role. While stubbornness can be a good thing, it often gets in the way of receiving the help we really need. If you have visitors, let them know how they can help out, whether it’s bringing around some food, holding the baby so you can have a shower, hanging out the washing, or emptying the dishwasher. People actually like to help and feel useful so don’t deprive them of that! Let them help because they’ll want to and you’ll need it.
Remember ‘this too shall pass’When those long nights seem to last forever, whether it’s when you’re struggling with some aspect of feeding your baby or they have colic, know that nothing lasts forever. Almost everything is a stage and will pass, often sooner than you think. Every difficult thing you’ve ever had to do in your life has been and gone, and this moment of time is no exception. Take a deep breath and remember that everything passes and there’s always light at the end of the tunnel.
Chloe Brotheridge is a hypnotherapist, coach, and mentor at www.calmer-you.com and the host of The Calmer You Podcast. She specialises in helping people calm stress and anxiety and feel more confident. She’s the author of two books published by Penguin, the best-selling The Anxiety Solution and ‘The Confidence Solution’. Find her on Instagram @ChloeBrotheridge.
The post How to Calm Anxiety as a New Mum appeared first on Calmer you.
This post is sponsored by the iCandy Core – the latest pushchair from iCandy. Do you have pregnancy-related anxiety? If so, you’re not alone. Pregnancy can be a time of great joy, but it can also be a time of great stress. There can be many things which cause concern during pregnancy; will the baby be healthy? […]
The post How to Cope with Anxiety During Pregnancy appeared first on Calmer you.
What ’causes’ anxiety? For most of us, the answer is ‘it’s complicated’ but in this week’s podcast, I’m sharing some top causes of anxiety and what you can do about them from healing past traumas to making changes to your diet. Get the Ultimate Hypnotherapy Collection – 12 powerful downloads to become your calmest, happiest […]
The post Ep 203. 11 Causes of Anxiety and How to Manage Them appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m finally sharing my positive birth story now that I have mastered the baby wrap and have some hands free to type! Quick Disclaimer – Anything can happen in birth and even though I did a lot of preparation, much of it is down to luck on the day and I got lucky that things […]
The post My positive hypnobirthing story appeared first on Calmer you.
How to create a work-life balance when you’re busy is the golden question. We live in a world where we’re supposed to have it all, do it all, and still manage to find time for our careers, our families, and ourselves. It’s a culture that has emerged out of our fast-paced society, one which is […]
The post Ep 202. 8 Simple Steps to More Work-Life Balance appeared first on Calmer you.
This post is sponsored by the iCandy Core – the latest pushchair from iCandy. Having a new baby turns your life upside down. You’re dealing with having a new, tiny human that’s suddenly your responsibility to keep alive, your daily routine has shifted dramatically and everything is suddenly different. However, what we often don’t consider is how […]
The post How to Maintain a Healthy Relationship as New Parents appeared first on Calmer you.
In this week’s podcast, I’m sharing about a health issue I had recently that woke me up to a BIG mistake we often make when it comes to anxiety and our mental health. Once you’ve had a listen, let me know, do you do this too? I’m also sharing some powerful coaching questions to ask […]
The post Ep 201. Don’t Make This Mistake When It Comes to Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
95% of your thoughts, feelings, behaviours, and habits are thought to originate in your unconscious mind. Let that sink in for a moment! You actually have very little conscious control over most of your experience. If you’re not hacking your unconscious mind, you are seriously missing out. In this week’s podcast, I’m sharing my 5 […]
The post Ep 200. How to Hack Your Unconscious Mind for More Calm and Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
This post is sponsored by the iCandy Core – the latest pushchair from iCandy. While taking care of your new baby is your absolute priority as a new mum, if your cup is empty, there won’t be anything left to give. This is why it’s important to fill up your own cup with rest, compassion, […]
The post Maternal Mental Health: 5 Ways to Take Care of Yourself as a Mum appeared first on Calmer you.
How’s your mood right now? In this week’s podcast, I’m sharing about 7 Ways to Boost Low Mood from supplements to how to question your thoughts. Get the Positivity Reset Toolkit – learn the 5 steps to shifting your mood and turning a bad day into a better one https://www.calmer-you.com/positive/
The post Ep 199. 7 Ways to Boost Low Mood appeared first on Calmer you.
Does hypnotherapy even work? Will you cluck like a chicken or lose control? I’m busting the top myths I see about hypnotherapy and how you can get the most from it. Get the Ultimate Hypnotherapy Collection – 12 powerful downloads to become your calmest, happiest self www.calmer-you.com/collection
The post Ep 198. Myths and Truths About Hypnotherapy appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety is one of the most common mental health conditions in the UK. According to Mind, 1 in 6 people report experiencing a common mental health problem (like anxiety and depression) in any given week in England. Hypnotherapy is a treatment option worth considering if you are one of the millions of people who suffer […]
The post Hypnotherapy for Anxiety – Your Questions Answered! appeared first on Calmer you.
Eve Gracie is an American actress, dancer, model, martial arts instructor, and former professional wrestler. She is best known for her time with WWE, where she was the first-ever three-time WWE Divas Champion. Learn more about the Women Empowered Programme at https://www.gracieuniversity.com/ We discuss: How martial arts improve our confidence and lower anxiety How to […]
The post Ep 197. Self-Defence for Women with Eve Gracie appeared first on Calmer you.
“If you are willing to do only what’s easy, life will be hard. But if you are willing to do what’s hard, life will be easy.” T Harv Eker Have you ever found that your world can start to feel really small when you’re anxious or in a low mood? Stress, fear, and apathy can […]
The post Ep 196. Why You Should ‘Do Hard Things’ appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you struggle with sleep during the summer months? I teamed up with Rescue Remedy to bring you my top tips for getting better sleep in the summer. Let me know in the comment which you’ll be trying! Download your FREE Anxiety toolkit here
The post Tips for Getting Better Sleep in the Summer appeared first on Calmer you.
When it comes to the inner critic, we’re often told to quiet, shhhh, or get rid of the inner critic. In this podcast, I’m going to share how listening to the inner critic could be a valuable way to move past it instead. Download the High Functioning Anxiety hypnotherapy Pack at https://www.calmer-you.com/hypnotherapy-pack/. Athletic Greens is […]
The post Ep 195. Why You Should Listen to the Inner Critic appeared first on Calmer you.
Feeling low is unfortunately a common side effect of being human. It’s not sustainable to be happy and positive all the time, and feeling low can, and does, happen. While it’s important to look on the bright side and feel grateful for what we have, we also want to avoid sliding into a mindset of […]
The post How to Boost Low Mood appeared first on Calmer you.
Insomnia is the most common sleep disorder, affecting around one in five people. You may have insomnia if you find it hard to go to sleep, wake up several times during the night, or wake up too early. During the day you may feel sleepy, anxious, irritable, and unable to concentrate or remember things. In […]
The post Ep 194. How to Sleep Better When You’re Stressed appeared first on Calmer you.
It was the summer of 2010 – I was sitting in the small box room in a house that I shared with 4 others. Looking out the window while sitting at my computer, tears streamed down my face. It was a beautiful evening outside, you know these gorgeous summer evenings when the sun is really […]
The post How I Calmed My Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
95% of your thoughts, feelings, behaviours, and habits are thought to originate in your unconscious mind. Let that sink in for a moment! You actually have very little conscious control over most of your experience. If you’re not hacking your unconscious mind, you are seriously missing out. It’s no wonder that things that you might […]
The post How to Hack Your Unconscious Mind for More Calm and Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode, I discuss the importance of rest, and how it is a vital step in overcoming stress and anxiety. Get your FREE checklist for Anxiety-Free Public Speaking https://www.calmer-you.com/speaking/ Download the High Functioning Anxiety hypnotherapy Pack at https://www.calmer-you.com/hypnotherapy-pack/
The post Ep 193. Are You Resisting Rest? appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I talk about why get experience comparison and some simple ways to reframe it and overcome it. Get your FREE checklist for Anxiety-Free Public Speaking: https://www.calmer-you.com/speaking Download the High Functioning Anxiety hypnotherapy Pack at https://www.calmer-you.com/hypnotherapy-pack Listen the the podcast on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.
The post Ep 192. Dealing with Comparison appeared first on Calmer you.
There are many reasons why most people experience fear when it comes to speaking in front of a group. If you’re looking for ways to overcome your public speaking fear, this episode is for you. Get your FREE checklist for Anxiety-Free Public Speaking: https://www.calmer-you.com/speaking/ Athletic Greens is going to give you a FREE 1 year […]
The post Ep 191. 5 Reasons You Fear Public Speaking and How to Overcome Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Jessica is a psychotherapist and the author of Anxiously Attached: Becoming More Secure in Life and Love. We discuss: The signs that you might be anxiously attached How to heal and feel more secure in life and love Advice for parents on raising secure children Why you might need more self-fulness in your life Get […]
The post Ep 190. Are You Anxiously Attached? with Jessica Baum appeared first on Calmer you.
Anna Mathur is a mum of three, and a psychotherapist, author, and speaker. Her new book is called The Little Book of Calm for New Mums. In this episode, we discuss: The anxieties that new Mums experience How to handle the lack of sleep Letting go of the idea of perfect Plus loads more advice […]
The post Ep 189. Calm for New Mums with Anna Mathur appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you have to give a presentation at work soon? Are you dreading it? Or maybe you know you have to give an update at the next team meeting? Don’t worry; you’re not alone. Many people – in fact, most people – feel anxious or scared when they have to speak in public. But don’t […]
The post 5 Tips for Public Speaking with Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you have a public speaking fear? You’re not alone! Many of us are aware that it’s one of the biggest fears we have as human beings, and the National Institute of Mental Health found that 75% of us fear public speaking more than death. Many, in fact, MOST people experience fear when it comes […]
The post 5 Reasons You Have a Public Speaking Fear (And How to Overcome Them) appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I’m sharing the signs of health anxiety and some practical tips and advice on overcoming it. Join the Anxiety Masterclass at https://calmer-you.com/anxiety. Here’s the NHS document I mention in the podcast: https://www.calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/Coping-with-health-anxiety2-final1.pdf
The post Ep 188. Health Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
You probably know the feeling when you turn off the alarm for work, having already been up for most of the night. The horrible feeling of knowing that you have to face another commute pressed up against strangers in a packed train. Coping with work stress as a woman can be extremely challenging. In post-COVID […]
The post Coping with Work Stress as a Woman appeared first on Calmer you.
We’re living in uncertain times. Whether world events, the pandemic, or personal setbacks in your life, uncertainty can cause our confidence to take a hit. In this episode, I’m sharing the reasons you might be lacking in confidence right now and the practical things you can do to regain your confidence. Athletic Greens is going […]
The post Ep 187. Getting Your Confidence Back in Times of Uncertainty appeared first on Calmer you.
How Work Stress Interferes with Your Sleep When problems and projects at work are becoming overwhelming, it can feel like collapsing into bed from exhaustion will be a piece of cake. But too often, as soon as our eyes shut, our brains decide that now is the perfect time to run through every worry in […]
The post How to Sleep Better When You’re Stressed appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I’ve shared the most important things I’ve learned about anxiety – including lots of practical steps you can take today. Athletic Greens is going to give you a FREE 1 year supply of immune-supporting Vitamin D AND 5 FREE travel packs with your first purchase. All you have to do is […]
The post Ep 186. 7 Things I’ve Learned About Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I’m answering more of your questions. I discuss: How to handle a fear of death and dying Why it’s normal not to feel confident when you’re doing something new Handling fear of doctors and medication Dealing with a fear of losing control Download your FREE work stress guide at https://calmer-you.com/stress
The post Ep 185. Q+A (A Solo Episode Answering Your Questions) appeared first on Calmer you.
How to create a work-life balance when you’re busy is the golden question. We live in a world where we’re supposed to have it all, do it all, and still manage to find time for our careers, our families, and ourselves. It’s a culture that has emerged out of our fast-paced society, one which is […]
The post How to Create a Work-Life Balance appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode I’m talking about my own experience of pregnancy so far, the anxiety that’s cropped up, and my own personal and professional advice on how to tackle it. Please note that I talk about sensitive topics like miscarriage in this episode. I’m sharing: How to deal with the uncertainty of the first […]
The post Ep 184. Pregnancy Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Simon Alexander Ong is a personal development entrepreneur, coach, public speaker, and author of the book, Energize. We discuss: What it means to focus on energy management over time management How Simon went from shy and introverted to speaking on stages How to create a live vision board (I am definitely trying this!) The real […]
The post Ep 183. Energize Yourself with Simon Alexander Ong appeared first on Calmer you.
It is no surprise that one can get pretty burnt out from working without taking breaks. However, there are times one would feel overwhelmed at work and not be able to explain it. Many people assume that it might be the workload, and sometimes, they believe that it might be their health, especially their mental […]
The post 7 Ways To Cope When You Feel Overwhelmed At Work appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Jenna Macciochi is a researcher, lecturer, and author of ‘Your Blueprint for Strong Immunity: Personalise Your Diet and Lifestyle for Better Health’ We discuss: Whether or not it’s actually possible to ‘boost’ your immune system How the immune system impacts our mental health (and how to improve it) Loads of practical tips on how […]
The post Ep 182. How to Have Healthy Immunity with Dr. Jenna Macciochi appeared first on Calmer you.
I discuss things like: The things that help my personal and professional development the most. How to have better boundaries with family members. How to adjust to the new normal after the pandemic. And whether or not I’m writing another book Find The Podcast ‘Well Connected by Murad’ wherever you listen to podcasts. Visit https://www.murad.co.uk […]
The post Ep 181. Q+A (A Solo Episode Answering Your Questions) appeared first on Calmer you.
Here, I’m listing 7 of the best podcasts for mindfulness. Mindfulness has become a popular practice in recent years, with people using it to reduce stress and anxiety. If you’re looking for a way to start practicing mindfulness, listening to podcasts can be a great way to get started. There are a number of different […]
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Mindfulness appeared first on Calmer you.
Find The Podcast ‘Well Connected by Murad’ wherever you listen to podcasts. Visit https://www.murad.co.uk or https://www.murad.com and use the code CALMERYOU to save 20% and get free shipping on orders over $60
The post Ep 180. Handling Burnout appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode of The Calmer You Podcast I’m sharing my tips on handling work stress like a pro (no need to move to a desert island or change careers) Tackle your work stress once and for all with this specifically designed hypnotherapy session. Check out ‘Well Connected by Murad’ the Digital Magazine at […]
The post Ep 179. Handling Work Stress appeared first on Calmer you.
Here I’m sharing 7 of the best podcasts for women. There are a lot of great podcasts out there, but when it comes to finding the best podcasts for women, it can be tough to know where to start. That’s why we’ve put together a list of seven of the best podcasts for women, covering […]
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Women appeared first on Calmer you.
Greg Hammer, MD, Professor at Stanford University School of Medicine, Physician, Best-Selling Author, and Mindfulness Expert. Author of Gain without Pain. We discuss: Why we all need more resilience Concrete mindfulness steps you can take in less than 4 minutes each morning to slow down, decompress, and feel more positive. Why suffering is optional and […]
The post Ep 178. Mindfulness and Resilience with Dr. Greg Hammer appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Nate Zinnser works with the top US military to prepare them mentally for leadership and for action. He also trains top sportsmen and women to develop the self-belief essential for world-class performance. He’s directed the Performance Psychology Programme at the US Military Academy for nearly 30 years. Author of the new book The Confident […]
The post Ep 177. The Confident Mind with Nate Zinsser appeared first on Calmer you.
Here, I’m sharing 7 of the best podcasts for self-improvement. Self-improvement is an important part of life. It’s the process of working on ourselves to become the best versions of ourselves possible. While there are many ways to go about self-improvement, podcasts can be a great way to get started. Here are seven of the […]
The post 7 of the Best Podcasts for Self-Improvement appeared first on Calmer you.
Visit https://www.murad.co.uk or https://www.murad.com and use the code CALMERYOU to save 20% and get free shipping on orders over $60 Toni Tone is a Content Creator, Speaker, and Author. Her debut book, ‘I Wish I Knew This Earlier – Lessons on Love’ became an instant Sunday Times bestseller, debuting at number three on The Sunday […]
The post Ep 176. Lessons on Love with Toni Tone appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you feel like you are constantly under pressure at work? If you’re coping with work stress, you’re not alone. According to HSE, workers in the UK were suffering from work-related stress, depression, or anxiety (new or long-standing) in 2020/21, and levels of work stress have increased since the pandemic. Work is one of the […]
The post Coping with Work Stress: How to Manage When Things Get Tough appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you feeling run down? Do you feel like you can’t keep up with your work or your personal life? You may be experiencing burnout signs. I led a workshop recently for stressed and anxious women. We talked about the burnout signs I’ll list below. Everyone on the call said they could relate to the […]
The post 9 Burnout Signs You Shouldn’t Ignore and What to Do About Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Get your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook at https://calmer-you.com/workbook Adam has taught his signature style of alignment-focused yoga across classes, trainings, and conferences in 20+ countries fuelled by a fascination with anatomy and a desire to ask ‘why?’ Holly sings mantras and plays crystal bowls to seas of sleeping yogis at events, festivals and studios […]
The post Ep 175. Yoga, Sound Healing and Managing Comparison with Holly and Adam Husler appeared first on Calmer you.
Join my 12-week online course for anxiety https://calmer-you.com/programm We discuss: How Megan got into this area and whether she has experienced climate anxiety herself How climate anxiety different from other types of anxiety Why you shouldn’t beat yourself up Some practical tools for people who might be struggling with climate anxiety?
The post Ap 174. Climate Anxiety with Megan Kennedy-Woodard appeared first on Calmer you.
If you’re like most people, it’s probably challenging to recognise when you’ve got an issue with boundaries. It’s not something that we talk about day to day, and many of us don’t even know what a boundary is until we experience one firsthand. In the last few years, we’re talking about it more and more, […]
The post 6 Signs You Need to Set Better Boundaries appeared first on Calmer you.
Join this FREE Anxiety Masterclass at https://calmer-you.com/anxiety Dr. Megan Rossi is a registered dietician with an award-winning Ph.D. in gut health. A leading Research Fellow at King’s College London, Dr. Rossi is currently investigating nutrition-based therapies in gut health, including pre-and probiotics, dietary fibers, the low FODMAP diet, and food additives as well as leading […]
The post Ep 173. Eat More, Live Well with Dr. Megan Rossi appeared first on Calmer you.
Join this FREE Anxiety Masterclass at https://calmer-you.com/anxiety Jess Joy is one half of, and co-founder of I Am Paying Attention. Jess and her best friend and now business partner, Charlotte Mia, created the community-led ADHD + Autism platform a little over a year ago after supporting each other as they began their neurodivergent journeys. They’ve […]
The post Ep 172. All About ADHD with Jess from I am Paying Attention appeared first on Calmer you.
Get your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook https://calmer-you.com/workbook/ Irene Fehr, Sex & Intimacy Coach, MA, CCPC, helps women overcome the “I must be broken sexually” syndrome by exposing the oh-so-common societal myths about women’s libido that lead to self-criticism, shame, and body hate. We discuss: How society makes women feel broken sexually — and kills their […]
The post Ep 171. Stress and Libido with Irene Fehr appeared first on Calmer you.
Get your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook at https://calmer-you.com/workbook My guest this week is Johann Hari, author of Stolen Focus and Lost Connections. We discuss: Why our focus has been stolen and the reasons it’s an issue How sleep, stress, and anxiety feed into our inability to focus The personal and structural changes […]
The post Ep 170. Stolen Focus with Johann Hari appeared first on Calmer you.
In a world of plastic surgery, pore-blurring primer, air-brush phone filters and spell checkers, flaws and mistakes can feel unacceptable. It seems fairly ridiculous written down, but what we often do is compare ourselves to the idea of a perfect woman. This is a lose-lose game. It goes back to our deep-seated fear that if […]
The post 4 Simple Ways to Overcome Your Perfectionism appeared first on Calmer you.
How do you feel as we approach the end of 2021? Are you starting to review your year? From what I’m hearing (and I know this feeling all too well myself) it’s easy to think that we didn’t achieve the things we set out to at the beginning of the year. Maybe there are work […]
The post Don’t Review Your Year Without First Remembering This appeared first on Calmer you.
Get your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook at https://calmer-you.com/workbook In this solo episode I discuss: The main reasons that Christmas triggers your anxiety How to let go of our expectations around Christmas How to stay calm with family Taking the pressure off yourself and accepting ‘good enough’
The post Ep 169. Christmas Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
The post 3 Ways to Stop Overthinking and Have a Calmer Mind appeared first on Calmer you.
The post Ep 167. Breathwork for Anxiety with Stuart Sandeman appeared first on Calmer you.
Perfectionism is a double edged sward. Many people think of it as a good quality to have, but often the cost is greater than any benefit. If you find yourself beating yourself up, never feeling good enough and putting tonnes of pressure on yourself, it’s time to overcome perfectionism and free yourself from it’s tyranny. […]
The post 9 Quotes to help you to Overcome Perfectionism appeared first on Calmer you.
Join me in this online course for anxiety https://calmer-you.com/programme – enrolment ends on 31st October 2022. Abbe Greenberg and Maggie Sarachek, authors of THE ANXIETY SISTERS’ SURVIVAL GUIDE are this week’s guests. We discuss: How they both recovered from anxiety They share what a spin kit is and how you can make one Plus their 3 […]
The post Ep 166. Anxiety, panic and why we need each other with The Anxiety Sisters appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety at work is incredibly hard to deal with. You’re in the bathroom, dapping cold water on your face with a tissue. You thought about having a little cry in the toilet cubicle but you can’t bear the thought of going back to your desk and seeing your colleagues with a tear-stained face. Or maybe […]
The post 6 Ways to Manage Anxiety at Work appeared first on Calmer you.
Join The Calmer You Collective monthly membership https://calmer-you.com/collective In this solo episode I’m talking about: How I discovered hypnotherapy and how it worked for me The top myths about hypnotherapy How hypnotherapy could benefit you
The post Ep 165. The Power of Hypnotherapy appeared first on Calmer you.
Check out my online course for anxiety https://calmer-you.com/programme I chat to Emma Campbell aka Limitless Em Author, Speaker, Columnist, Survivor and runner about: -What it means to be limitless -Being a Mum of triplets -How she handles the anxiety and uncertainty of experiencing cancer -How she stays positive Get your FREE anxiety toolkit at https://calmer-you.com/free
The post Ep 164. Overcoming adversity with Limitless Em appeared first on Calmer you.
Join my monthly membership, The Calmer You Collective https://calmer-you.com/collective Joshua Fletcher, also known as AnxietyJosh on social media, is a psychotherapist specialising in working with anxiety and panic, as well as authoring three popular best-selling books on the subject and hosting The Panic Pod podcast. We discuss: -How Josh overcame his own crippling anxiety and panic attacks -How to […]
The post Ep 163. Anxiety disorders with Joshua Fletcher appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety can be a debilitating condition that affects many people (22% of women according to The mental Health Foundation!) The Anxiety Test is an online tool that will help you identify what your current level of anxiety is and provide tips for how to cope with it. The post contains an anxiety test which you […]
The post Anxiety test: Find out your anxiety level fast appeared first on Calmer you.
Join the 5 Day Anxiety Challenge at https://calmer-you.com/anxietychallenge Naomi Shragai joins me on the podcast about how to handle work. She is an executive coach, psychological business consultant and qualified psychotherapist with over 30 years of experience working with organisations, executives, and teams, as well as individuals, couples, and families. In this episode we discuss: […]
The post Ep 162. Handling work with Naomi Shragai appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety quotes are a way to relieve anxiety and feel calmer. Anxiety is a common problem that many people face (around 22% of women arriving to The Mental Health Foundation). It can be caused by many things, from being overworked, to past traumas, to life changes or grief. Anxiety quotes have been shown to help […]
The post 15 Anxiety Quotes That Will Help You to Feel Calmer Instantly appeared first on Calmer you.
This solo episode is all about high functioning anxiety. I talk about the signs and how to manage them.It’s not a medical term. From the outside you may be receiving praise and your life looks like it is going well, yet on the inside you might be experiencing lots of stress, tension and anxiety. I […]
The post Ep 161. 7 signs of high functioning anxiety and how to manage them appeared first on Calmer you.
This solo episode of The Calmer You Podcast is all about High Functioning Anxiety. I talk about the signs and how to manage them.
When you have High Functioning Anxiety, you appear ‘fine’ on the outside. Others may see you as successful, yet on the inside you might be experiencing lots of stress, tension and anxiety.
Scroll down to listen and make sure you subscribe to The Calmer You Podcast on Apple Podcasts or Spotify to get all the latest episodes.
Plus – don’t forget to download this FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook – click here.
I discuss: * How praise makes things worse * Perfectionism * Burnout * Overthinking and worry * People pleasing * The inability to relax * Inner critic
Download your FREE High Functioning Anxiety Workbook
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| I agree to be emailed by Calmer You. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit |
|
The post Ep 161. 7 signs of high functioning anxiety and how to manage them appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I talk about life stage anxiety for those of us in our 20’s and 30’s.
I discuss the pressure to: ♦️ buy a house ♦️ get married ♦️ have babies ♦️ And why every path has value
Download your FREE Future-Self Meditation, designed to help you to quieten self-doubt and start moving towards your dream life.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post Ep 160. Life Stage Anxiety (Marriage! Babies! Houses!) appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I talk about life stage anxiety for those of us in our 20’s and 30’s. I discuss the pressure to: ♦️ buy a house ♦️ get married ♦️ have babies ♦️ And why every path has value Download your FREE Future-Self Meditation, designed to help you to quieten self-doubt and start […]
The post Ep 160. Life Stage Anxiety (Marriage! Babies! Houses!) appeared first on Calmer you.
What is high functioning anxiety? High functioning anxiety is when you have a personal or professional life that appears successful from the outside, but you’re a hot mess on the inside.
It can manifest itself in lots of different ways – whether it shows up as overworking, overthinking, not being able to switch off or needing to be in control all the time.
And honestly, it’s exhausting.
What it’s like to have high functioning anxiety? Our personal lives may be quite good —we may have a stable marriage and thriving kids. We might excel at work where we’re considered hardworking and intelligent individuals who receive promotions without issue… But deep down inside, there is an onslaught of self-doubt and excessive worry about everything imaginable. From how people perceive us to whether we left the stove on—and a deep sense of shame and embarrassment about our feelings.
The problem with high-functioning anxiety is that in many ways we get rewards for our anxiety provoking behaviours (more on this below!) but you can only fool yourself for so long before it takes a toll on your well-being.
The Characteristics of High Functioning Anxiety Many with high-functioning anxiety report fatigue from all the overthinking, sleeplessness, or difficulty concentrating on tasks. Burnout is one side effect of high functioning anxiety. Being in a constant state of worry and the accompanying tension can’t be good for anyone. It’s really hard to function this way on a daily basis, not to mention tiring. You may also avoid or withdraw from social contact because of tension and worry. Or, your relationships suffer because anxiety can create a huge amount of irritation that your loved ones may bear the brunt of.
What It Looks Like Essentially, when you have high functioning anxiety, you look fine from the outside, successful even. But inside, you may be experiencing heart palpitations, digestive issues, sleepless nights, and excessive worrying. You may repeatedly seek reassurance from others, or you may be an overachiever who is desperate to impress, pulling out all the stops to keep others happy. Others have been fidgety and find it hard to keep still. Or perhaps you look tired or run down from lack of sleep and excess stress or you’re losing or gaining weight because of either over or underrating due to stress and anxiety.
What can you do to stop high functioning anxiety? There’s good news; this type of anxiety is highly treatable, and you don’t need to be stuck with it. Your type-A nature may even mean you have a better chance than others at overcoming anxiety as you are more likely to give things a try (and stick to!) things that may help.
Below I’m sharing 7 signs you have high functioning anxiety and how to tackle them: Perfectionism Many people with high functioning anxiety have a strong need for acceptance and validation, including the need to be seen as perfect.
Anxiety can lead to a fear of rejection, fear of judgment, or shame about who we are, and we may strive for perfection to feel good enough. The anxiety-prone person may feel persistent shame and self-loathing when they fail to meet their excessively high expectations.
This sense of needing to be perfect often leads to fears about rejection or judgment from others. We may push ourselves in relationships or at work because we fear negative criticism.
Perfectionism is often thought of as a good thing; it can be praised and positively reinforced or rewarded by others. But if it leaves you constantly feeling as though you’re not good enough, it’s a problem. You might get stuck in cycles of procrastination because it’s easier to put something off than to do it imperfectly.
If you’re a perfectionist, it’s essential to learn that good enough is enough and that done is better than perfect. An exercise from CBT is to practise lowering your standards, even if only by a little. Doing so teaches you that even if things are imperfect, they can still be ok and you survive!
Waking Up Early or Struggling to Get to Sleep Are you a member of the 5 AM crew (but you’d rather you weren’t?) When we have high-functioning anxiety, the excess of stress hormones adrenaline and cortisol could mean you wake up early in the morning – or struggle to switch off and sleep at night.
A wind-down routine is an effective way to prevent insomnia in those with high-functioning anxiety.
Are you setting a regular bedtime and making time to unwind beforehand? For example, I aim to be in bed with my head on the pillow at 10 PM, which means I need to start getting ready for bed at around 9:20 PM. That means stepping away from the laptop and my phone and engaging in some relaxing, pre-sleep activities. A wind-down routine should include:
This will help you to unwind and prepare for a restful night’s sleep.
You Can’t Switch Off and Relax A common refrain that my clients tell me is; ‘I can’t relax, not even on holiday!’. This is classic high functioning anxiety behaviour. When we can’t stop racing thoughts and worry, even during our downtime, it’s essential that you learn some tools and techniques that will help you to calm your mind and relax. Try listening to a hypnotherapy recording (download one I made for you for free below) to quieten your conscious mind and help you to relax your body deeply. Remember that rest is just as important as activity. Repeat after me, ‘I need rest to be at my best!’.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit |
|
High Functioning Anxiety Leads to Burnout Are you feeling exhausted in the morning, even after 8 hours of sleep? Crying for no reason? Feeling as though you are at the end of your tether and close to collapse? High functioning anxiety can lead to burnout when you constantly push yourself to meet your excessively high expectations.
Burnout refers to a state of mental, emotional, and physical exhaustion. It's is often characterised by feelings of cynicism, depression, irritability, and even low self-confidence. This overload may be caused by long working hours or heavy workloads, or excessive pressure that we put on ourselves. The message from health professionals is clear; avoid reaching a point of burnout at all costs.
The recovery time can be long and time-consuming, and you'll wish you took better care of yourself in the first instance. Get to know the signs of stress that your body is showing you, and listen. The body whispers at first then starts to shout if we don't pay attention and give ourselves the rest we need and deserve. Build in early nights and prioritise rest and relaxation; rest is productive, and it's essential that we recharge our batteries - otherwise, you'll soon be running on empty.
You're an Excessive Worrier Hey fellow worrier. I see you. A tiny army of 'what if's march through your mind each night, and the days are spent over analysing and overthinking about every possible outcome of the situation you're in. While a certain amount of worrying is normal - if it's ruining your peace of mind and stopping you from being present - it could be a sign of anxiety.
This type of worrying often has to do with feeling out of control or wanting to control external events with our thoughts. I know, sounds crazy! But we believe somehow that by worrying and fretting, we'll stop bad things from happening. But we need to remember that worrying doesn't stop bad things from happening, and, when you're tense, stressed, and out of the present moment, you're much less likely to be able to handle any challenges that arise. I always try to remind myself, I am most safe and in control when I'm calm.
You're a People Pleaser A people pleaser puts others' needs before their own, sometimes at the expense of their own needs or even their mental health. Your sense of self and worth may depend on what other people think, or keeping others happy may be very important to your sense of calm.
If others are upset or annoying with you, or you have to say no – it can throw you off balance, so you try to ensure this isn't the case. Being a people pleaser can mean you over-work to keep others happy, and you neglect your own needs – leading to you feel exhausted, overworked, and anxious.
You might worry excessively over what people think of you, as you try to control their perception of you so that it's positive.
But here's the thing about people-pleasing; you can't control what others think of you. Your best bet for being liked is by being yourself and knowing that you will attract the people that are right for you. Plus, people-pleasing is exhausting, and you deserve to get your needs met too. If you're a people pleaser, get into the habit of asking yourself, 'What do I want/need in this situation?' It might be hard to say no at first, but it's like a muscle that gets stronger the more we flex it. When you get better at saying no and putting yourself first, you'll find your anxiety levels reduce.
You Constantly Beat Yourself Up I know that when we're in a down mood, the voice inside our head can be relentless and toxic, criticising us for all of life's misfortunes or perceived shortcomings. We judge ourselves harshly, which makes us feel anxious so remember
'You are not your thoughts!'
Just because you have a thought doesn't mean you need to listen to them; they're just fears masquerading as facts- narratives from a small part of yourself who is scared and wants control but doesn't believe in you enough to let you be in charge. So when the voice comes, just say to it: 'Thank you for your opinion, but I'm not listening. You're a complex human being who has many facets and aspects of yourself that are good – so stop criticising all of them!
Hopefully, these signs and tips will put you on your way to feeling less anxious.
Famous People With High Functioning Anxiety Oprah, Stephen Colbert, Kourtney Kardashian, Adele, Ryan Reynolds, Selena Gomez, Taylor Swift, and Missy Elliot are all high achievers who have spoken out about their experiences of anxiety, so you're in great company.
Getting Help: Download my FREE anxiety toolkit below and start regaining control of your anxiety right now.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit |
|
Check out my 12-week online course for anxiety for more support.
The post 7 Signs You Have High Functioning Anxiety and How to Tackle Them appeared first on Calmer you.
What is high functioning anxiety? High functioning anxiety is when you have a personal or professional life that appears successful from the outside, but you’re a hot mess on the inside. I’d dare say that most of us with high-functioning anxiety are probably doing pretty well on the outside, but inside, feel like we are […]
The post 7 Signs You Have High Functioning Anxiety and How to Tackle Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety causes? I’ve got you.
We all experience anxiety in our lives. It is a natural reaction to fear, pain, or uncertainty. Anxiety can be caused by many things such as changes in routine, stress at work or school, environmental factors like noise and crowds, or even just not getting enough sleep. It can also have more deep-rooted causes.
What are the symptoms of anxiety? In order to get anxiety under control, it’s essential to know the different anxiety symptoms and causes. Symptoms of anxiety can include an intense feeling of dread or a sense that something terrible is about to happen. It can be worrying about the future or having intrusive thoughts. Physical effects may be headaches, sweating, dizziness, trouble breathing normally, and more. The intensity of these feelings is usually linked to how anxiety causes are dealt with.
Some of these causes are more common than others, but they all need attention when dealing with them, so you don’t end up suffering unnecessarily from anxiety any longer!
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit What if I have anxiety for no reason? You may feel as though you have anxiety for no reason. The truth is, that if you do some digging, you’ll likely find one or more factors that give you insights into your anxiety causes. Usually, there is no single anxiety cause but a range of reasons that come together to create anxiety.
By reading on, you’ll get ideas on what causes your anxiety and how you can start to manage it.
Biological anxiety causes This type of anxiety can be related to a medical condition that needs treatment. The most common anxiety cause in this category is hyperthyroidism, though other illnesses like diabetes and asthma can also be the root of your anxiety symptoms. If you think it might be related to something physical, please speak to your doctor to see if anxiety can be treated through medication or other treatments. Always talk to your doctor if you suspect this.
Genetic causes of anxiety It’s estimated that around 23% of anxiety is down to genetic factors, the rest is down to life experiences and lifestyle factors. So even though genetics play a role, it’s certainly not the only cause. Just because you have a parent with anxiety doesn’t necessarily mean you are destined for anxiety too or that the anxiety will always be with you.
Lifestyle causes of anxiety Lack of sleep is a common cause of anxiety. It can be a vicious cycle since anxiety can lead to a lack of sleep, which leads to more anxiety…and the cycle continues.
Having a newborn baby at home or working shifts can disrupt one’s sleep cycle, which can lead to feelings of anxiety.
When we’re tired, we produce more adrenaline, which can lead to us feeling on edge.
Anxiety can also make you feel tired – it uses up a lot of energy to be in fight or flight all the time!
If insomnia is the cause, look for ways to improve your sleep hygiene. Making sure the room is dark, cool, quiet, and comfortable are simple steps that make a big difference. You could also try listening to a sleep meditation or hypnotherapy session to help you to switch off and sleep – try this one I made by entering your details below to get a FREE Hypnotherapy Mp3 to help you to relax and switch off.
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit Social anxiety causes This anxiety is often related to performance, social situations, or public speaking. it’s a fear of being judged by others. Early life experiences can cause it – say you got up to speak at the front of the class and garbled your words and everyone laughed. This event could stay with you, and your nervous system responds by putting you into fight or flight in similar situations when you have to speak to people. Social anxiety can make us want to avoid situations that trigger anxiety, but it’s important not to avoid them! The anxiety will be worse if you avoid situations because you are affirming to yourself that that’s a dangerous situation that you should steer clear of! Instead, find ways to challenge yourself to face your fear slowly. Soon, your nervous system will learn that social situations are safe for you and your nerves will calm down.
Workplace anxiety causes This type of anxiety might come from being afraid of losing your job or pressure to do with workload or deadlines. It’s a hugely common one! Perhaps you’re facing redundancy, your workplace is going through ‘restructuring’ or maybe you’re new in your job and feel the need to prove yourself. Workplace anxiety can trigger our fight or flight response because our work is our literal means of survival and paying the bills, putting a roof over our heads, and feeding ourselves and our families. If it’s available, see if your employer offers any support in terms of coaching or therapy. Make sure you’re taking regular breaks at work, getting out and having a walk, and finding ways to switch off after work and relax. Remember that even though your anxious brain may go to the worst-case scenario, the worst-case very rarely happens.
Caffiene anxiety causes Too much caffeine causes anxiety; fact: If you’re feeling anxiety from drinking too much coffee, try cutting back and see if your anxiety subsides. I once had a client who was drinking 7 cups of coffee a day and hadn’t realised this was a big cause of her anxiety. Coffee is a stimulant and increases our adrenaline levels. In people that are sensitive to anxiety, caffeine could be enough to trigger an episode.
Alcohol can also be an anxiety cause. Sorry, but it’s true. Yes, it may seem to calm you down in the moment as you kick back after work with a glass of Rose, but make no mistake, alcohol is bad news for anxiety. The anxiety may be lessened at the time, but alcohol is a depressant which means it’s dragging you down and slowing your brain. As soon as the effects wear off, anxiety symptoms will come back full force if not worse, than before because of all that extra adrenaline pumping through your body from drinking too much. Not to mention any shame, guilt, or embarrassment you might be experiencing if you overdid it on the booze the night before. Try cutting it out or cutting it down as an experiment and see what impact it has on your anxiety.
Sugar Sugar can also be a cause of anxiety, or it can at least make it worse when you eat too much sugar, your blood sugar levels spike. This sudden increase and then inevitable drop-off in blood sugar could make you feel anxious or jittery after the sugar high wears off. It’s important to know how much sugar you’re eating so that this doesn’t happen, so make sure you read the label and check for hidden sugars in food. Hint: anything on the ingredients list that ends in ‘ose’ (eg fructose, glucose) is sugar! Try cutting down on sugar and see if it makes a difference for your anxiety.
Trauma or past event anxiety causes The experience of anxiety can be a result of past events and trauma. This type of anxiety will usually cause a person to worry about future events or fear that they have lost the skills and abilities they had before their traumatic event. It can cause an automatic response of fear and anxiety when similar situations come up again. For example, if you were involved in a car accident, you may experience anxiety when travelling in cars. The beginning stages of post-traumatic stress disorder often cause a feeling of alienation, detachment, and numbness when faced with reminders of the past event. Always speak to your doctor if you feel you are experiencing trauma.
The first thing to do is to get help from a counsellor, therapist, or psychologist that specialises in trauma. They are able to guide you through your thoughts and feelings while also helping you cope with your anxiety symptoms.
Grief and loss Grief is a part of the healing process that allows for recovery from loss, and anxiety can be a symptom of grief that not many people talk about. It’s important to acknowledge that anxious or fearful feelings can be a normal part of the grieving process.
Grief may be felt not only by those who have lost a loved one but those who have suffered any kind of loss such as losing their job or becoming disabled due to illness. This temporary feeling can be very painful and lead some people into depression.
Many people find comfort in expressing their feelings through writing or through creative activities such as painting, drawing, or even singing. Seeking a grief counsellor to help you work through your experience is recommended to not go through the experience alone. Grief doesn’t have a time limit and it’s not something that you should be expected to be over within weeks. Take your time and seek help, you’re not alone.
Big life events Big life events such as moving house, getting married, having a baby or getting divorced can all trigger anxiety.
It’s important to recognise that normal feelings of anxiety in these circumstances signify that your mind and body are working correctly. It’s not a sign of weakness; change can be scary. Exciting things, like having a baby, can bring along anxiety with it. It’s normal. If the anxiety feels excessive or you’re struggling to cope, seek help. Having therapy can enable you to move through lives changes with more ease.
You’re not stuck with anxiety The most important thing is to recognise the causes of anxiety, so you can take steps to change it. Anxiety treatment starts with understanding why anxiety might be present in the first place and then finding out how to manage it best for you! Just because you’re feeling anxious now, doesn’t mean you always will be. Many people recover from anxiety and find ways to make it manageable. Anxiety affects people from all walks of life so it’s important to know that anxiety is not a sign of weakness.
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit The post Top 11 Anxiety Causes and How to Manage Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety causes? I’ve got you. We all experience anxiety in our lives. It is a natural reaction to fear, pain, or uncertainty. Anxiety can be caused by many things such as changes in routine, stress at work or school, environmental factors like noise and crowds, or even just not getting enough sleep. It can also […]
The post Top 11 Anxiety Causes and How to Manage Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Does hypnotherapy work for anxiety? Hypnotherapy for anxiety; it can’t really work, can it? It’s a question I’ve been asked at many dinner parties. Having spent the last 10 years helping people by using hypnotherapy for anxiety, I can assure you that it does. The hypnotherapy process is an interesting one, and it can be […]
The post Hypnotherapy for Anxiety: All You Need to Know appeared first on Calmer you.
Does hypnotherapy work for anxiety? Hypnotherapy for anxiety; it can’t really work, can it?
It’s a question I’ve been asked at many dinner parties.
Having spent the last 10 years helping people by using hypnotherapy for anxiety, I can assure you that it does.
The hypnotherapy process is an interesting one, and it can be difficult to know if hypnotherapy for anxiety will work for you. Many people ask themselves, “how can it really work?”
This blog post will help answer that question with a discussion on what hypnotherapy is, how it works, and whether or not hypnosis actually helps relieve the symptoms of anxiety, plus how to get started with it yourself (for FREE!)
What hypnotherapy is Hypnotherapy for anxiety aims to reduce or eliminate your fear, worry, panic attacks, and other unpleasant feelings by changing how you think and feel at a deep level.
Hypnotherapy is a process by which the therapist guides you into a very deep state of relaxation. It isn’t magic (although it can sometimes feel that way) but a process that helps you to access the deeper part of your mind, the unconscious.
When you’re in a deeper state, your conscious mind quietens down, and your unconscious mind opens up and becomes more receptive to helpful thoughts and feelings.
Suggestions are given to you while you are in this deep state. They are designed to help with every aspect of anxiety, from excessive worries to negative thinking to the physical sensations often associated with anxiety.
Hypnotherapy is a natural process, and anyone can be hypnotised if they want to be. No one can be hypnotised against their will!
A key benefit of hypnotherapy is that it can be done either with a therapist or on your own by listening to a hypnotherapy recording.
Click here to download your FREE Hypnotherapy for Anxiety Mp3
How hypnotherapy for anxiety works The hypnotherapy process helps you to relax deeply; this in itself helps you to find inner peace by releasing stresses, tensions, and emotions that may have been trapped within your unconscious mind. It’s not only the fact that hypnotherapy is deeply relaxing; it’s also the power of suggestion whilst in that deep state that helps to create significant and lasting changes.
Some people are nervous to try hypnotherapy, but it’s very safe and effective. You have nothing to lose and so much calmness to gain. All you need to do is listen and let the hypnotherapy (or the hypnotherapist) do the work. You might be required to use your imagination at times so that you can start using your imagination as a force for good rather than one that makes you anxious.
How hypnotherapy helps with anxiety The hypnotherapy process is tailored to suit the individual, as each person’s hypnosis experience will be different.
Hypnosis can help people feel more confident and relaxed in social situations or when they are speaking in public. It can also help them cope better with stressors like work deadlines. Using hypnotherapy for anxiety can also help you to feel better when faced with situations like public speaking.
A big issue for those with anxiety is that they worry about the future or the past – things that happened or things that could go wrong. Hypnotherapy can help you to be present and mindful so that you’re focused on the here and now, not in the future or the past. Whatever type of anxiety you struggle with, from social anxiety, GAD, phobias, or health anxiety, hypnotherapy can help.
What are the benefits of using hypnotherapy to treat anxiety? Hypnotherapy for anxiety is a beautiful way to change how you feel and think about your life in general. An important thing to know is this; Anxiety is a very unconscious process. No one ‘decides’ to feel anxious, to have a racing heart, uncontrollable worries, or a nervous tummy. These are automatic, unconscious processes that those with anxiety battle daily. It makes sense to treat anxiety at the unconscious level. You might have found that other approaches haven’t worked for you; talking about your anxiety or even trying meditation can sometimes only scratch the surface of what can often be a deeply rooted issue. With hypnotherapy, we can access the unconscious mind to change our thoughts, feelings, and behaviours at a deep level.
How is hypnotherapy used to treat anxiety? Hypnotherapy for anxiety works at the root cause of your anxiety; the unconscious mind. One of hypnotherapy’s key benefits is that it helps you to change old habits and unhealthy thoughts at a deep level to help manage anxiety more effectively. Most of us have taken on board some old patterns from the past. Maybe you are repeating patterns from your childhood or holding on to ideas that are no longer useful. Whether you had anxious parents, experienced bullying at school, suffered a traumatic event or you experience low self-esteem, hypnotherapy enables you to go in and change unconscious beliefs so that you can be free of the past.
I designed my hypnotherapy for anxiety course to address different areas of anxiety. Helping you be present and aware in the moment, feeling relaxed in your body, being kind to yourself, and feeling good about yourself and your abilities are just a few ways that hypnotherapy can work for anxiety. Hypnotherapy can help you love and accept yourself on a deep level which many people find makes a huge impact on their level of calm. It can also be instrumental in quietening the inner critic, which is often the cause of much anxiety.
What Are the Drawbacks of Hypnotherapy? There is a misconception about hypnotherapy being used against someone’s will without their knowledge of it happening. This couldn’t be further from the truth; hypnosis cannot occur unless both parties want it to happen. You can’t be hypnotised if you don’t want to be. Another myth is that you might lose control or get ‘stuck in hypnosis. This does not happen; it’s impossible to get stuck in hypnosis, and people often report feeling more in control after a session.
Hypnotherapy is exceptionally safe. Just don’t listen to recordings while driving! It cannot do any harm and does not change anything unless you want it to change. Think of it as a profound and empowering relaxation that helps you to make changes.
What does the process of hypnotherapy for anxiety involve? During hypnotherapy, you’re invited to get comfortable and close your eyes. Make sure you won’t be disturbed for the duration of the session.
If you’re with a therapist, they may have a couch or comfortable chair for you to sit it. If you’re listening to a hypnotherapy recording you can lie down in your bed or on the sofa.
Click here to download your FREE Hypnotherapy for Anxiety Mp3 It’s a good idea if you can have your head supported so you can totally relax. Use headphones if you have them. You’ll then be guided into a deep state of relaxation and given suggestions that will help you to feel calmer, be kinder to yourself, feel more physically relaxed, and more present – or whatever it is that will help you most with your anxiety. Afterward, you’ll feel refreshed and alert, like you’ve just had a long nap, and you’ll be ready to go to sleep or get on with your day.
What’s the difference between hypnosis and hypnotherapy? These terms essentially mean the same thing; getting into a deep state of relaxation so that your unconscious mind is open and able to accept suggestions. However, hypnosis is a term more often associated with stage performances. Everyone has seen a stage show where someone is on stage, clucking like a chicken or eating an onion-like it’s an apple! While this can demonstrate the power of hypnosis, hypnotherapy is far more empowering and is about helping the client to reach their goals and make the changes that they want to in their life. Hypnotherapy isn’t about losing control; it’s about giving you back control over your life.
Do hypnotherapy recordings work for anxiety? Yes! I first discovered the power of hypnotherapy for anxiety myself about 11 years ago. I was struggling with low self-esteem, chronic worrying, and hated social situations. I listened to a hypnotherapy recording every day for 2 weeks. I was shocked to discover it worked. I didn’t become the world’s calmest person overnight, but the changes were tangible. Suddenly I could hear myself think over the mental noise. I felt more sociable and confident with people, and I started feeling more relaxed and at ease in myself. These days I love getting to share hypnotherapy with thousands of people all over the world.
Click here to download your FREE Hypnotherapy for Anxiety Mp3
This all sounds amazing – where can I try it? You can download your FREE Hypnotherapy for Anxiety Mp3 by entering your details below.
First Name *
Email *
Submit
The post Hypnotherapy for Anxiety: All You Need to Know appeared first on Calmer you.
Confidence is a feeling that can be difficult to come by. When you have it, you feel unstoppable and like anything is possible. When you don’t have it, even the smallest of tasks can seem overwhelming. What if I told you there was a way for you to quickly gain confidence in any situation? A […]
The post Confidence Affirmations: How to Make Them Work For You appeared first on Calmer you.
Confidence is a feeling that can be difficult to come by. When you have it, you feel unstoppable and like anything is possible.
When you don’t have it, even the smallest of tasks can seem overwhelming.
What if I told you there was a way for you to quickly gain confidence in any situation?
A lot of people will say that they don’t like themselves. Maybe they have low self-esteem, or maybe they don’t think they’re good enough for other people. The truth is that we all have issues and things about ourselves that we wish we could change. I know I do!
What’s so great about affirmations is that anyone can use them, no matter what’s going on in your life. They’re free and couldn’t be easier.
Affirmations are usually thought of as being a little out there or even cheesy, but I’m here to tell you why you should incorporate them into your life!
No matter what’s going on, no matter what has happened or what’s about to happen – with these simple affirmations your confidence will skyrocket!
What does it really mean to be confident? There are many ways to define confidence and there might not be one perfect answer but most people would agree that having confidence means believing in yourself no matter what situation you find yourself in.
This blog post will talk about confidence affirmations and how they can help boost your self-confidence so you can feel more comfortable with who you are, both inside and out!
We’ll also go over some tips for getting started if this sounds like something that interests you!
What are confidence affirmations? An affirmation is just a statement that you’re telling yourself to build new beliefs about something. They can be used for all kinds of things, but the most common type of self-affirmation is to boost your confidence with statements.
Most of the time, people will create affirmations that they want to believe about themselves. These statements will then focus on your “want” so that you can build new beliefs about it. For example, maybe you’d like to be more confident in social situations or you want to feel confident in your body.
This might seem a little strange at first, but there’s a reason that it works so well. Studies have shown us that we can literally change the way our brain thinks about something by repeating these thoughts over and over again!
How to make affirmations work for you First, make sure that whatever statement or affirmation you create is something YOU actually want to believe – not just something someone else thinks you should say. You can use the examples below to get started, but when you’re creating your own be sure that it’s something that will actually mean something to you and YOU only!
Think about what you want to believe about yourself. Maybe there are some things you’ve been struggling with recently or even something that has always bothered you about yourself.
Maybe you’re not happy with your public speaking skills or how you look but deep down inside you really wish you could love yourself for who you are and all the awesome things that make up who YOU are!
How to use confidence affirmations Even if you don’t feel confident right now, you can change that by using these affirmations! Once you learn how to reframe your thinking, you will be able to overcome any obstacle and get that confidence back.
The most effective way to use a self-confidence affirmation is right when you wake up in the morning.
Just before getting out of bed, repeat one of the positive statements you have written down – and really mean it.
By repeating the affirmation first thing in the morning, you set your intention and reinforce this goal throughout the day.
First thing in the morning, your mind is in a very receptive state, the affirmations are most likely to take hold at this time.
You can also download this FREE Confidence Affirmations MP3 that I created and listen to them, repeating them out loud or in your own head.
Click here to download your FREE Confidence Affirmations Mp3 If you repeat your confidence affirmations every day for a week or two, they will create new neural pathways that help to make these feelings of self-confidence a permanent part of your life.
How will it feel? Waking up and repeating these affirmations may seem weird at first, but you’ll quickly find that they work! As you continue to repeat them, your confidence levels will rise until one day – boom! – you wake up feeling like the most confident version of yourself ever.
Confidence affirmations are all about being consistent. So, don’t give up if they don’t seem to work right away – keep repeating them, and soon you’ll see how strong a force self-confidence can be!
Do confidence affirmations work? Have confidence affirmations worked for me? Hells yes! I used to struggle big time with my confidence. I hated networking events, struggled to make new friends and public speaking was a no-no. When I discovered affirmations, I was SUPER sceptical. I thought it would be impossible to change my confidence.
But I started to say affirmations to myself every day in the shower. It was subtle at first, but I started to enjoy saying them more and more.
Soon, I found myself wanting to network more, asking questions when I didn’t know the answer, and even trying public speaking! They helped me find my self-confidence and now I hope they’ll change your life too.
Here are some examples of self-confidence affirmations that EVERYBODY can use! Example #1: I love myself. For people who struggle with not liking themselves, this is a great one to start off with. It’s also suitable for people who don’t believe they’re worthy of the things they want in life and feel they aren’t allowed to have those things.
For these people, it may not be that they don’t like themselves but more that they feel undeserving of the things they want because they think their life is “less than” or “not as good” as other people’s. If this is you, then instead of focusing on loving yourself, we’re going to focus on the second part of this affirmation:
Example #2: I deserve love. This particular statement is excellent for people who don’t feel like they’re worthy of something. This is one that most people can benefit from in some way or another, but definitely, those who struggle with feeling like they aren’t good enough!
Another variation of this is: I am worthy.
Example #3: I love and accept myself just the way I am. This statement is great for people who struggle with body image issues or even feeling they aren’t enough in some other way. Our society can often tell us that we need to be a certain way, look a certain way, or even be a certain age to be considered attractive.
This one is great for anyone who cares what other people think of them. If there’s anything in your life that you’re struggling with and wish you could change about yourself but can’t (or aren’t allowed to) then this one might help!
Example #4: I am valuable and worthwhile. This is another that most people can benefit from in some way or another! If you ever find yourself feeling like you’re not good enough for something or even worthless, then this one will work wonders to help alleviate those thoughts and feelings!
What daily affirmations can you use to build self-confidence? Here are some more ideas. Either write your own personalized affirmations or choose from the ones below:
I am confident in my abilities.
I am a confident person
I am proud of the person I am.
I like myself.
I am enough.
It is easy for me to feel confident about my intelligence and capabilities.
There’s nothing that can’t be accomplished once I set my mind to it!
Confidence affirmations are sometimes seen as a bit cheesy because they don’t always seem believable.
They can feel very unrealistic at the moment, making it hard for people to take them seriously. But if you find yourself saying these phrases to yourself every day, you may start to notice a change: they become more and more second nature and soon your confidence will gradually improve!
Plus, repeating these phrases slowly but surely creates new neural pathways that help make these feelings of self-confidence a permanent part of your life. In other words, your brain learns to feel confident by believing and repeating these phrases. You literally have nothing to lose by giving this a try.
Listen to your confidence affirmations An amazing way to include confidence affirmations in your life is to have them playing in your ears as you work or go about your day.
Have them on in the background while you do a workout, the washing up or cooking dinner.
Say them to yourself while you put your makeup on or when you’re driving. Consistently listening and repeating the affirmations will slowly start to reprogramme your unconscious mind, so that these new, empowering thoughts become your norm.
Download your confidence affirmations below.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
Take the next step and start seeing how powerful your words can be. If you've got it in your head that you're not a confident person, then what else are you going to do? You've likely spent a lifetime telling yourself negative affirmations. Isn't it time to change that? If you carry on as you have always been you're only going to get more of the same!
You are so much more than you think. You get to decide how good and happy your life is. Start using self-confidence affirmations and watch your life transform.
The post Confidence Affirmations: How to Make Them Work For You appeared first on Calmer you.
How can we build confidence? And why is confidence building so important?
I read this quote recently and it hit home; ”Lack of confidence kills more dreams than lack of ability’‘ – James Clear
What is the one thing that can stop you from going after your goals?
Confidence.
And a lack of confidence is a dream killer.
Building your confidence is the number one thing you need for a successful life.
Below I’m sharing 7 reasons why confidence is a superpower and how you can build it.
Confidence is an enabler Confidence has the power to let us do things that we would never have dreamed of doing before. It can help us get jobs, make friends, and go on dates and say yes to opportunities – all due to the power of this one feeling! It means you get out of your own way (yes, you really are your own worst energy!) and allows you to move forward.
Confidence builder: Ask yourself; what would I do if I knew I couldn’t fail?
Confidence is a skill we can develop It may be a superpower but it’s available for all! Confidence isn’t some kind of magic superpower that we’re endowed with at birth – it’s something that we develop over time. We have to choose to be confident every day, and sometimes there will be days when we need more time to feel comfortable doing new things or stuff that is out of our comfort zone.
Confidence building tip: Remember that confidence is something that can improve and you’ll likely be inspired to continue working towards it.
Taking risks Confidence is worthing building because it helps you take risks and try new things, which can lead to success. The benefit of taking risks is that you will expand your comfort zone, which in turn leads to more opportunities and as a result, higher confidence. Confidence allows us to say yes, even when we’re scared. Being able to stand up for yourself or ask someone in your industry to meet you for a coffee are both examples where you have to take a risk. It can feel scary – but once you’ve done it, you’ll be filled with a sense of possibility and inner strength.
Confidence building tip: What is one tiny risk you could take today?
Taking action Self-belief leads to action. A confident person is good at taking action because they know that they can do it. Without action, there can be no success. They don’t fall into the trap of overthinking things, which leads to negative feelings and analysis paralysis! Ruminating is a sure-fire way to spin your wheels and stay stuck in the mud of inaction. No amount of overthinking can make up for taking action. You’ll learn more, fail fast and figure out what works best when you take action.
Confidence building tip: Break your steps down into teeny-tiny ones and make a pledge to yourself to take one small step forwards today. You’ve got this.
Others believe in you Confidence is a superpower because it makes people believe in your ideas which can lead to success. Confidence is contagious.
If other people like your ideas and think they’re good, then they’ll be willing to help out when you need them. Getting practical help, mentoring, financial help or just encouragement is more likely to come from others when you believe in yourself first. If others believe in you, they might even introduce you to new opportunities that they know about or recommend you to people.
Confidence building tip: Pre-visualise events going well. Imagine yourself showing up with confidence, speaking easily and freely and holding yourself with pride. Your imagination is powerful, and you can programme your unconscious for confidence this way.
You give things a try Confidence is a superpower because without it, we would never be able to achieve our goals or live our dreams. Think about it; if you don’t believe in yourself, you won’t even try. If you don’t try, you’re guaranteed to fail as the saying goes. This isn’t about doing things perfectly or never making mistakes, oh no. But having the confidence to try and make mistakes means you learn and grow along the way. It is from experience where confidence comes from, and when you’re bold enough to try, your confidence is sure to increase.
Confidence building tip: Instead of waiting for perfection, or when you’re ready, affirm to yourself, ‘I focus on progress over perfection’.
Confidence is attractive The survey results are in, and its unanimous. Confidence is sexy.
Confidence is a superpower because it makes you more attractive to others. Think of yourself as an energy magnet; you’re either attracting your goals to you or repelling them away. Confidence makes you shine. When you love yourself, other people pick up on it, and it makes them like you too. Confident people have a magnetism that draws others to them instead of repelling them.
Confidence building tip: To harness this, make a note of all the compliments and good feedback you’ve been given over the years and remind yourself of them often.
You handle criticism better Confidence is a superpower because it helps you accept your imperfections and when you do this, you become more self-aware which in turn lets you handle criticism better.
Self-awareness means that when someone criticises or points out areas where you can improve, you are more likely to listen and take it on board because the criticisms don’t throw your confidence off. You’re able to accept them with open arms because they don’t worry you and, in fact, give you a kick to improve and be your best self!
Confidence building tip: Criticism is just useful information you can use to help you to get better. What are 3 things you can learn from a recent piece of criticism?
With all of these benefits of having confidence as your superpower, there’s no reason not to start building your confidence today. It’s a skill you can develop and with a bit of attention in this direction, you can grow your confidence.
Download your FREE Confidence Affirmations Mp3 and start feeling more confident in minutes.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post Confidence Building 101: Confidence as a Superpower & How to Build It appeared first on Calmer you.
How can we build confidence? And why is confidence building so important? I read this quote recently and it hit home; ”Lack of confidence kills more dreams than lack of ability’‘ – James Clear What is the one thing that can stop you from going after your goals? Confidence. And a lack of confidence is […]
The post Confidence Building 101: Confidence as a Superpower & How to Build It appeared first on Calmer you.
Cate Sevilla is an author, journalist and consultant who has led editorial teams for some of the world’s largest media and technology companies. In her debut book, How to Work Without Losing Your Mind, she opens up about the good, the bad and the ugly situations she’s found herself in at work. We discuss: Why […]
The post Ep 159. How to work without losing your mind with Cate Sevilla appeared first on Calmer you.
Cate Sevilla is an author, journalist and consultant who has led editorial teams for some of the world’s largest media and technology companies. In her debut book, How to Work Without Losing Your Mind, she opens up about the good, the bad and the ugly situations she’s found herself in at work.
We discuss: * Why having Beyonce’s work ethic is harming our mental health * Toxic work cultures and how to handle them * Setting boundaries at work and why we struggle so much to do this
For the full episode, search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free. You’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Download your FREE Future-Self Meditation, designed to help you to quieten self-doubt and start moving towards your dream life.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post Ep 159. How to work without losing your mind with Cate Sevilla appeared first on Calmer you.
Ep 157. How to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom)
In this short solo episode I share simple, practical ways to feel more confident in meetings, on Zoom or during presentations.
Download your FREE confidence affirmations mp3 www.calmer-you.com/confidence
Join The Brave New You Confidence Course www.calmer-you.com/cc
The post Ep 157. 4 Ways to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom) appeared first on Calmer you.
Ep 157. How to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom) In this short solo episode I share simple, practical ways to feel more confident in meetings, on Zoom or during presentations. Download your FREE confidence affirmations mp3 www.calmer-you.com/confidence Join The Brave New You Confidence Course www.calmer-you.com/cc
The post Ep 157. 4 Ways to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom) appeared first on Calmer you.
In this short solo episode I share simple, practical ways to feel more confident in meetings, on Zoom or during presentations.
Download your FREE confidence affirmations mp3 www.calmer-you.com/confidence
Join The Brave New You Confidence Course www.calmer-you.com/cc
The post Ep 157. How to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom) appeared first on Calmer you.
In this short solo episode I share simple, practical ways to feel more confident in meetings, on Zoom or during presentations. Download your FREE confidence affirmations mp3 www.calmer-you.com/confidence Join The Brave New You Confidence Course www.calmer-you.com/cc
The post Ep 157. How to feel more confident in meetings (or on Zoom) appeared first on Calmer you.
The incredible Kristin Neff PhD, author of the new book Fierce self-compassion: The feminist guide for women to understand, appreciate and speak up for themselves, joins me on this week’s episode. If you don’t know who Kristin is, she is quite a big deal in the self-compassion world. A leading voice, I quoted her several times […]
The post Ep 156. Fierce self-compassion with Dr. Kristin Neff appeared first on Calmer you.
The incredible Kristin Neff PhD, author of the new book Fierce self-compassion: The feminist guide for women to understand, appreciate and speak up for themselves, joins me on this week’s episode. If you don’t know who Kristin is, she is quite a big deal in the self-compassion world. A leading voice, I quoted her several times in my book The Anxiety Solution.
We discuss: * Why the words fierce and kind don’t often come together and why they should * Her own story around self-compassion * Why she wrote this book specifically for women * Why is it so hard for us to be kind to ourself * Tapping into anger as a force for good
Download your FREE Future-Self Meditation, designed to help you to quieten self-doubt and start moving towards your dream life.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post Ep 156. Fierce self-compassion with Dr. Kristin Neff appeared first on Calmer you.
The wonderful Poppy Jamie, author of Happy not Perfect joins me on the Calmer You Podcast this week. She is an entrepreneur, influencer, and rising star in the mental health & mindfulness space. In her book she shares how to upgrade your mind, challenge your thoughts and free yourself from anxiety. We discuss: What it […]
The post Ep 155 Happy not perfect with Poppy Jamie appeared first on Calmer you.
The wonderful Poppy Jamie, author of Happy not Perfect joins me on the Calmer You Podcast this week. She is an entrepreneur, influencer, and rising star in the mental health & mindfulness space. In her book she shares how to upgrade your mind, challenge your thoughts and free yourself from anxiety.
We discuss: * What it means to be happy but not perfect * How to become conscious of your feelings * Her experience with anxiety and imposter syndrome * Workaholicism and burnout and what has helped her * What she is struggling with at the moment and how she is overcoming it
Download your FREE Future-Self Meditation, designed to help you to quieten self-doubt and start moving towards your dream life.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post Ep 155 Happy not perfect with Poppy Jamie appeared first on Calmer you.
How can we overcome social anxiety? Social anxiety can cause one to feel sick, nauseous, shakey and sweaty to name just a few. It can make you feel as though the spotlight is on you (even if it isn’t) and that everyone is staring at you and judging you. I know that feeling of self-consciousness. […]
The post How to Overcome Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
How can we overcome social anxiety? Social anxiety can cause one to feel sick, nauseous, shakey and sweaty to name just a few. It can make you feel as though the spotlight is on you (even if it isn’t) and that everyone is staring at you and judging you. I know that feeling of self-consciousness. You’re out with a group and you just don’t feel like yourself. You’re desperately trying to ‘act normal’, which makes you feel even less normal and suddenly you’re either garbling your words or so shy that you shut down like a frightened clam who just can’t get the words out.
Image by Kelsey Chance
Scarred by the experience, it becomes even harder to prize yourself from the couch and force yourself to go to a social event. Suddenly, social anxiety is winning, your world is getting smaller and the longer you leave it, the harder it is to change.
I have also struggled with social anxiety
As someone who has struggled myself in social situations I know just how upsetting, frustrating and anxiety-producing these things can be.
In the past, I would avoid parties or networking events, I found it hard to make new friends and I would get incredibly nervous even when meeting someone for a casual coffee.
People with social anxiety suffer from fear and avoidance of any activity or situation that might involve interaction. Your imagination goes into overdrive and you suddenly develop the ability to read minds and predict the future. ‘Everyone’ hates you and you imagine that if you go out, people will ignore you, you’ll say ‘the wrong thing’ or you’ll get embarrassed and make a fool of yourself.
It’s just the worst.
Don’t leave social anxiety unchecked But there’s one thing you need to know; social anxiety is one of those things where if we don’t address it, it can sadly get worse. Don’t leave this unchecked; follow some of the advice below and you’ll be well on your way to overcoming social anxiety.
Here are some ways you can overcome social anxiety so that it no longer holds you back.
Don’t worry about what people think The first step in feeling less self-conscious and overcoming social anxiety is to try your best not to worry about what other people will think of you. Even better, to remember that people are not even thinking about you at all. Easier said than done, right? But when people are naturally confident and at ease, they are not thinking about themselves at all. Their attention is directed outwards onto the other person and the conversation that they’re having. Practising mindfulness helps us to train our minds to be present instead of thinking about the past, the future or whether the person we’re talking to thinks we’re ‘boring’ or not.
Embarrassment is temporary Image by Laura Chouette
The next thing we can do for ourselves is to realize any doubt or embarrassment will be temporary. Feelings of fear in social situations may very well die down once you get there and start interacting with people. And even if a moment of embarrassment does arise, once the moment has passed, there won’t even be anything worth remembering! We’ll often think that everyone else can ‘tell’ we’re nervous or lacking in self-confidence. But I promise this comes back to thinking that the spotlight is on you (it isn’t), and people are far too concerned about themselves and how they’re coming across to think about you (no offence!)
Breathwork You have the power within yourself to control social anxiety–it’s just a matter of figuring out how best for your individual situation. For some people, deep breathing can really help. When faced with an anxious feeling or bodily response that is less than desirable, such as nausea or shaking hands, try breathing deep breaths through both nostrils. Let your belly expand with every breath. Feet your feet flat on the floor. I remember doing this in meeting situations where we had to go around the table and introduce ourselves. Deep breaths send a signal to your nervous system to relax, while focusing on your feet on the floor helps to ground you.
Taking a different perspective Try to see things from this perspective; remember a time when a friend or loved one was supportive of you. Remember when they told you “You’re awesome!” whenever you were having doubts before an interview? Or ‘You’re so much better than him!’ after a breakup? They meant every word, so don’t forget- many people like, love and appreciate you for being you. Not everyone will like you, and that’s ok. But some people are going to think you’re freakin’ awesome, and it’s worth being you just for them.
Image by Anthony Tran
Here’s another thing I’ve noticed about social anxiety. Sometimes people think you’re being rude and unfriendly. I used to be thought of as ‘standoffish’ when the reality was I was just shy.
I know that might be hard to hear – especially as you may desperately want friends or you think of yourself as a friendly person- but it’s true. When you’re shy, a person of few words or subdued (because you’re anxious!) this can send a message to the other person that you’re not interested in them. This might sound like strange advice, but if you have social anxiety, it’s important that your voice sounds friendly. Smile. Give some energy to your voice rather than allowing your voice to be monotone or trail off. People like friendly people and people who like them so try to being your best energy to conversations (even if you’re feeling super anxious).
Building confidence Lastly – confidence comes from challenging ourselves and taking action. Again, you might not want to hear this but if you want to overcome social anxiety, you’ve got to get your sweet self out there. When you go into a situation that scares you and you don’t die, your nervous system learns ‘Hey, maybe parties aren’t the life or death thing I though they were’ and it calls off the alarm. Next time it gets easier and before long you’ll be able to do more and feel calmer and safer doing so.
If you need further help with social anxiety – download this FREE social confidence MP3 and give your social confidence a boost in just a few minutes.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit |
|
The post How to Overcome Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Dr Grace Lordan, author of Think Big, is an Associate Professor in Behavioural Science at the LSE. She is a director of their new MSc in Behavioural Science, and the founding director of The Inclusion Initiative (TII). An economist by background, her research is focused on understanding why some individuals succeed in life and others don’t.
In her book Think Big she draws on her own experiences and challenges as a woman in the stereotypically male-dominated arena of economics. And as a self-identified easily distracted procrastinator, she lays out an easy-to-adopt road map to achieving your goals, whether they be personal, health or career orientated.
We discuss: * How to keep focused when you’re an easily distracted procrastinator * Why are our personal narratives so important * The top cognitive biases that are holding you back at work * The 90-minute weekly commitment that could be a game-changer for you
For the full episode, search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free. You’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/chloe-brotheridge-grace-lordan-1.mp3 The post Ep 154. Think Big with Dr. Grace Lordan appeared first on Calmer you.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Dr Grace Lordan, author of Think Big, is an Associate Professor in Behavioural Science at the LSE. She is a director of their new MSc in Behavioural Science, and the founding […]
The post Ep 154. Think Big with Dr. Grace Lordan appeared first on Calmer you.
Emmy Brunner is the author of Find Your True Voice and Trauma Redefined. She is also a personal empowerment and transformation coach, psychotherapist, hypnotherapist, founder of The Recover Clinic and speaker. We discuss: Why trauma is at the root of many of our psychological problems The destructive patterns we get stuck in (helloooo self-sabotage!) How […]
The post Ep. 153 Find Your True Voice with Emmy Brunner appeared first on Calmer you.
Emmy Brunner is the author of Find Your True Voice and Trauma Redefined. She is also a personal empowerment and transformation coach, psychotherapist, hypnotherapist, founder of The Recover Clinic and speaker.
We discuss: * Why trauma is at the root of many of our psychological problems * The destructive patterns we get stuck in (helloooo self-sabotage!) * How we can connect with our spiritual selves and why it matters
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free. You’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep. 153 Find Your True Voice with Emmy Brunner appeared first on Calmer you.
Selina Barker is a Career and Life Design Coach and author of a new book about burnout – Burnt Out: the exhausted person’s guide to thriving in a fast-paced world. Also the author of the Goodbye Hello journals, creator of the Audible Series ‘The Career Change Coach’ and co-host of the Project Love podcast. She […]
The post Ep 152. Burnout with Selina Barker appeared first on Calmer you.
Selina Barker is a Career and Life Design Coach and author of a new book about burnout – Burnt Out: the exhausted person’s guide to thriving in a fast-paced world. Also the author of the Goodbye Hello journals, creator of the Audible Series ‘The Career Change Coach’ and co-host of the Project Love podcast. She joins me this week on the Calmer You podcast talking about burnout.
We discuss: * What it is about our culture that means so many are burning out * How to quieten the shitty committee AKA your inner critic * The importance of emotional energy and how to balance it
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 152. Burnout with Selina Barker appeared first on Calmer you.
So you want to stop negative thoughts. I get it. They’ve plagued me too. Have you ever had a day where the morning starts off great, but by the time lunch rolls around your mood has completely changed? Or have you ever had a day when you wake up and feel like something is wrong, […]
The post 7 Ways to Stop Negative Thoughts appeared first on Calmer you.
So you want to stop negative thoughts. I get it. They’ve plagued me too.
Have you ever had a day where the morning starts off great, but by the time lunch rolls around your mood has completely changed?
Or have you ever had a day when you wake up and feel like something is wrong, but can’t quite put your finger on it?
And you can’t seem to stop negative thoughts that keep on coming?
It could be something someone said to you or something you saw on social media.
Either way, negative thoughts are real and can affect our moods in ways we don’t even realise.
In this blog post, I’m going to share 7 tips for preventing these negative thoughts from becoming a part of your everyday life.
We all know that we can get carried away with negative thoughts. I’ve been there too. But what if I told you that it’s possible to stop those negative thoughts from popping up in your head? Sounds like a dream come true, right?
Here are seven ways I personally use to stop my negative thoughts from taking over: 1) Start practising self-care Self-care looks different for everyone. For some, it might be that bubble bath, blasting Enya on the stereo and some boujee bubbles for the tub. For others, it could be going out on a date with your partner, buying some flowers for the house, stroking the neighbour’s dog. I like to think about self-care as nourishment. Think about what helps you to feel nourished and cared for and make it a priority. A nurtured body leads to a positive mind and will soothe away those negative thoughts.
2) Stop comparing yourself to others Don’t compare your Instagram feed to someone else’s and remember everyone struggles. As a therapist, I’ve heard the problems of hundreds of people (some of whose lives look AMAZING on Instagram, but IRL are a shit show), and I can assure you – everyone is struggling with something. If you can’t resist comparing, take a break from the online world and return to real life for a bit. A social media vacation can give you a chance to recalibrate and come back to yourself. If it’s not an option, can you mute the people who trigger you? No one needs to know. Come back home to yourself and focus on yourself and your life; what are you grateful for? What’s really working for you in your life right now? Even if it’s something tiny – spending time every day counting your blessings is a sure-fire way to let go of negative thoughts.
3) Talk out any issues you’re having so they don’t turn into bigger ones The thing with negative thoughts is that if we try to suppress them, bury them and keep them to ourselves – they get bigger and stronger! Writing things down, telling a friend, a therapist, or the cat can help you to put your negative thoughts and feelings into words. There’s a saying in therapy land, ‘You’ve got to name it to tame it’. When we put our feelings and thoughts into words, we feel calmer, more in control and more resilient. Try it now.
4) Practice self-compassion This really is so important. Like, really, really important. We all know we should be kinder to ourselves, but how many of us do it? You might be being mean to yourself on autopilot all day and not even realise. The first step is to recognise the negative shit that you’re saying to yourself. Then ask yourself, ‘How would I speak to a friend in my position?’ Then, phrase those negative thoughts with phrases like “I’m doing my best” or “It’s okay that I don’t know everything.” Self-compassion is a practice, we need to train ourselves to be kinder but the benefits are huge when we manage it.
5) Get outside
A good way to get rid of bad thoughts is by going out in nature. It’s amazing how much better you feel when you’re surrounded by trees and the sound of birds chirping. Walking in a forest is an excellent way to take a break from daily life and refresh your mind. You can walk along the river, listen to the birds, or sit under a big tree and observe the squirrels playing around. In Japan, they’ve long known about the benefits of ‘forest bathing’. Ecotherapy has been studied and researched and found useful in the treatment of anxiety and depression – so this stuff works for shifting negative thoughts. Can you stop what you’re doing (after you’ve read this blog) and get outside?
6) Declutter to stop negative thoughts
Can decluttering around your home really stop negative thoughts?
Maybe.
Like the old saying goes, tidy house, tidy mind, right?
Get rid of any clutter around the house, including old clothes, shoes, and books. Yes, I know you love that old t-shirt with the hole in it and those ratty shoes are your favourites. But why do you still have them? And now is a good time to get rid of all those cute but old AF hoody you’ve been sleeping in and invest in something that makes you feel good. Our clothes and surrounding can reflect our sense of worth and value and having something that makes you feel a million bucks could give your self-esteem a boost (and therefore reduce any negative thoughts). It’s at least worth a try.
7) Allowing your thoughts to be there.
I know, I know. You can’t just sit there and do nothing while negative thoughts run through your head. But what if you could let them be a passing thought instead of obsessing over them? In mindfulness, Buddhist teachers ask us to remember that we are not the thoughts themselves but rather to observe of those thoughts. Imagine the thoughts are like passing clouds. You can watch as they float into view and then out again.
There are many ways to stop negative thoughts, but the most important thing is that you don’t let them define who you are. Thoughts are not facts and just because you’re thinking negatively now, doesn’t mean you always will. In fact, thoughts are changing moment by moment and you are only ever one thought away from a more positive mood.
If you need a little help getting there, try some of these positive affirmations by entering your details below. It will only take 10 minutes out of your day – it might even change the way you think about yourself and turn those negative thoughts into something more positive.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post 7 Ways to Stop Negative Thoughts appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Jud as over 20 years at Yale, MIT and Brown University researching how our brains form negative behavior patterns, bad habits and addictions, and has identified the specific techniques needed to create lasting change.
We discuss:
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 151. Unwinding anxiety with Dr Judson Brewer appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Jud as over 20 years at Yale, MIT and Brown University researching how our brains form negative behavior patterns, bad habits and addictions, and has identified the specific techniques needed to create lasting change. We discuss: Why we’re so anxious How anxiety can actually be a habit How does mindfulness help with anxiety (it’s […]
The post Ep 151. Unwinding anxiety with Dr Judson Brewer appeared first on Calmer you.
bar-domain="calmer-me.lpages.co" async defer> Psycho-therapist Stefanie Stahl focuses her work on the inner child. She can’t imagine doing anything else. Her profession is her vocation.
Her new book The Child in You is a fascinating read.
We chat about: * How we can stop past experiences from holding us back in life * How to do inner child work (and the practical steps to take!) * The gifts of introversion
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 150 The inner child with Stefanie Stahl appeared first on Calmer you.
bar-domain="calmer-me.lpages.co" async defer> Psycho-therapist Stefanie Stahl focuses her work on the inner child. She can’t imagine doing anything else. Her profession is her vocation. Her new book The Child in You is a fascinating read. We chat about: How we can stop past experiences from holding us back in life How to do inner child work […]
The post Ep 150 The inner child with Stefanie Stahl appeared first on Calmer you.
Brita Fernandez Schmidt is the author of Fears to Fierce. Driven by her purpose, Brita believes that every woman has a fierce power to fulfill her dreams. Brita coaches women to help them transform their lives by awakening, and acting on, the power they have within. She is an advocate and promoter of women’s power, […]
The post Ep 148. Fears to Fierce with Brita Fernandez Schmidt appeared first on Calmer you.
Brita Fernandez Schmidt is the author of Fears to Fierce. Driven by her purpose, Brita believes that every woman has a fierce power to fulfill her dreams.
Brita coaches women to help them transform their lives by awakening, and acting on, the power they have within. She is an advocate and promoter of women’s power, women’s rights and equality. She also frequently writes and speaks publicly about the challenges women face all over the world in the context of poverty and conflict.
Brita currently serves as the Executive Director of Women for Women International – UK and is the Senior Vice President for Europe and External Relations globally. She co-founded Women for Women International in Germany in 2018. Brita is also the Chair of the Network Gender Action for Peace and Security and Chief Adviser to Fair Share. Previously she was the Programmes & Policy Director at Womankind Worldwide and she started her career as Policy Officer at the European Women’s Lobby.
How about that for a bio? I hope you enjoy this important and inspiring episode.
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 148. Fears to Fierce with Brita Fernandez Schmidt appeared first on Calmer you.
Adrienne Herbert is a personal trainer, Adidas global ambassador, mentor and TEDx international speaker. She has been featured in Women’s Health magazine, the Sunday Times Style magazine and Marie Claire. And, was named a “New Face of Wellness’ by British VOGUE.
Adrienne shares her passion for fitness as a personal trainer, as well as encouraging and motivating others by writing, creating videos, speaking at events and hosting workshops.
I hope you love this episode as much as I do.
We chat about: * How to be more optimistic, motivated and energised * Her powerful mantra and how it can help you too * Adrienne shares her most powerful habits that could change your life * How she handles overwhelm
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 147. Power Hour with Adrienne Herbert appeared first on Calmer you.
Adrienne Herbert is a personal trainer, Adidas global ambassador, mentor and TEDx international speaker. She has been featured in Women’s Health magazine, the Sunday Times Style magazine and Marie Claire. And, was named a “New Face of Wellness’ by British VOGUE. Adrienne shares her passion for fitness as a personal trainer, as well as encouraging and motivating […]
The post Ep 147. Power Hour with Adrienne Herbert appeared first on Calmer you.
It was such a pleasure to speak with the Founder of Vulnerable AF Veronica Kaulinis. She founded Vulnerable AF to show heart-centered leaders how to be braver so they can courageously and authentically communicate what they want.
Vulnerable AF is a global movement that encourages vulnerability, and expansion. It offers an intimate, deep and thought-provoking conversations in a safe space.
Her mission is to expose any negative stigmas of vulnerability.
We chat about: * What does it mean to be vulnerable? * The line between vulnerability and oversharing * The importance of doing uncomfortable things * How to get out of your head and into your body
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free. You’ll be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 146. Vulnerable AF with Veronica Kaulinis appeared first on Calmer you.
It was such a pleasure to speak with the Founder of Vulnerable AF Veronica Kaulinis. She founded Vulnerable AF to show heart-centered leaders how to be braver so they can courageously and authentically communicate what they want. Vulnerable AF is a global movement that encourages vulnerability, and expansion. It offers an intimate, deep and thought-provoking […]
The post Ep 146. Vulnerable AF with Veronica Kaulinis appeared first on Calmer you.
Hope Edelman joins me on the Calmer You podcast for a deep dive into the experience of grief.
Hope has been writing, speaking, and leading workshops and retreats in the bereavement field for more than 25 years. She was 17 when she lost her mother to breast cancer. And 40 when her father died. Events that inspired her to offer grief education and support to those who cannot otherwise receive it.
We discuss:
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 145. Grief with Hope Edelman appeared first on Calmer you.
Hope Edelman joins me on the Calmer You podcast for a deep dive into the experience of grief. Hope has been writing, speaking, and leading workshops and retreats in the bereavement field for more than 25 years. She was 17 when she lost her mother to breast cancer. And 40 when her father died. Events that […]
The post Ep 145. Grief with Hope Edelman appeared first on Calmer you.
My guest on the podcast today is Fiona Buckland. Fiona is a leadership coach and facilitator, passionate about helping people develop deeper, wiser leadership of themselves, so they can be the leaders our world needs.
A Fulbright scholar with a Ph.D. from New York University, her clients include The Wall Street Journal, Dow Jones, Alexander McQueen, Viacom, Soho House and Twitter. Her new book is Thoughtful Leadership – A Guide to Leading with Body, Mind and Soul
We chat about:
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 144. Leadership and imposter syndrome with Fiona Buckland appeared first on Calmer you.
My guest on the podcast today is Fiona Buckland. Fiona is a leadership coach and facilitator, passionate about helping people develop deeper, wiser leadership of themselves, so they can be the leaders our world needs. A Fulbright scholar with a Ph.D. from New York University, her clients include The Wall Street Journal, Dow Jones, Alexander McQueen, […]
The post Ep 144. Leadership and imposter syndrome with Fiona Buckland appeared first on Calmer you.
Shakira Akabusi is a pre and postnatal fitness expert and the daughter of an Olympic medalist. A motivational speaker, writer, and mother of two, she’s also a founder of a movement called StrongLikeMum. Which empowers pre and postnatal women through sports, fitness, and health. We chat about: The pressure on Mums and why she founded ‘Strong […]
The post Ep 143. Strong like mum with Shakira Akabusi appeared first on Calmer you.
Shakira Akabusi is a pre and postnatal fitness expert and the daughter of an Olympic medalist.
A motivational speaker, writer, and mother of two, she’s also a founder of a movement called StrongLikeMum. Which empowers pre and postnatal women through sports, fitness, and health.
We chat about:
For the full episode search for ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free. You’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
To join my free workshop ‘The 3 simple strategies to expand your private practice into an online business’ RSVP at www.calmer-you.com/bworkshop
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 143. Strong like mum with Shakira Akabusi appeared first on Calmer you.
Emma Forbes has had a long-standing career as a TV and Radio Presenter for BBC shows such as ‘Live & Kicking’ and years on air with the BBC. In October 2020, Emma started the Life and Soul Podcast. Born out of Emma’s appreciation for all things well-being and combined with years of broadcasting, the Life […]
The post Ep 142. Life, soul and anxiety with Emma Forbes appeared first on Calmer you.
Emma Forbes has had a long-standing career as a TV and Radio Presenter for BBC shows such as ‘Live & Kicking’ and years on air with the BBC. In October 2020, Emma started the Life and Soul Podcast. Born out of Emma’s appreciation for all things well-being and combined with years of broadcasting, the Life & Soul Podcast is all about what really makes people tick.
We chat about: * How lockdown life has been and how it’s changed her outlook * Her anxiety story and what helped * How she got the confidence to interview big stars * Why she started the Life and Soul podcast
https://open.acast.com/public/streams/5ffbf534a502c646644d47c5/episodes/6038b105d119da37757e8f73.mp3
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post Ep 142. Life, soul and anxiety with Emma Forbes appeared first on Calmer you.
Callie Thorpe is a speaker, writer, occasional model and host of the podcast The Confidence Corner. We discuss: How to go on a journey of self-love and acceptance The top things she’s learned from doing her podcast ‘The Confidence Corner?’ Dealing with internet bullies Callie’s advice to her younger self https://open.acast.com/public/streams/5ffbf534a502c646644d47c5/episodes/6035e4b51a175f7bfce4f5c0.mp3 Don’t forget to grab […]
The post Ep 141. Confidence and self love with Callie Thorpe appeared first on Calmer you.
Callie Thorpe is a speaker, writer, occasional model and host of the podcast The Confidence Corner.
We discuss: * How to go on a journey of self-love and acceptance * The top things she’s learned from doing her podcast ‘The Confidence Corner?’ * Dealing with internet bullies * Callie’s advice to her younger self
https://open.acast.com/public/streams/5ffbf534a502c646644d47c5/episodes/6035e4b51a175f7bfce4f5c0.mp3 Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog to watch the video of us chatting.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 141. Confidence and self love with Callie Thorpe appeared first on Calmer you.
Laura Wilkes is a Cycle Coach, Yin Yoga Teacher and Female Empowerment Educator. Combining her love of yoga, body awareness, female biochemistry and women’s health and wellness, she shares in an authentic and accessible way to bring the wisdom and power of Menstrual Cycle Awareness – the awareness of what happens inside of the female body from bleed to bleed – into more women’s lives.
We discuss: * PMS and how it impacts anxiety and confidence * Why self-love is so important when it comes to our cycle * The magic of cycle tracking * How the pill impacts our cycle
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
https://player.acast.com/5ffbf534a502c646644d47c5/episodes/ep-140-periods-with-laura-wilkes
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 140. Periods with Laura Wilkes appeared first on Calmer you.
Laura Wilkes is a Cycle Coach, Yin Yoga Teacher and Female Empowerment Educator. Combining her love of yoga, body awareness, female biochemistry and women’s health and wellness, she shares in an authentic and accessible way to bring the wisdom and power of Menstrual Cycle Awareness – the awareness of what happens inside of the female […]
The post Ep 140. Periods with Laura Wilkes appeared first on Calmer you.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Colette Heneghan is a nutritionist and coach and author of How to have Energy.
We discuss: * How to navigate the minefield of nutrition – just what is healthy, anyway? * How to find the time to make healthy food when you’re on a schedule * Why when and how you eat matters too (and why even the Tokyo stock exchange take lunch) * Snacking for energy * The definitive answer on coffee and energy
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep. 139 How to have Energy with Colette Heneghan appeared first on Calmer you.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Colette Heneghan is a nutritionist and coach and author of How to have Energy. We discuss: How to navigate the minefield of nutrition – just what is healthy, anyway? […]
The post Ep. 139 How to have Energy with Colette Heneghan appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s episode of the Calmer You podcast I’m speaking with Michaela Thomas about how to create lasting connection. Michaela Thomas is a Clinical Psychologist, Couples Therapist and founder of The Thomas Connection. She’s the author of the new book The Lasting Connection. Michaela helps high-striving busy people find balance over burnout, so they can […]
The post Ep 138. Lasting connection with Michaela Thomas appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s episode of the Calmer You podcast I’m speaking with Michaela Thomas about how to create lasting connection.
Michaela Thomas is a Clinical Psychologist, Couples Therapist and founder of The Thomas Connection. She’s the author of the new book The Lasting Connection. Michaela helps high-striving busy people find balance over burnout, so they can live, love and work in a more meaningful way.
She is on a mission to show couples how to stay compassionate and connected even when feeling under pressure, using her online courses, workshops and therapy.
We discuss: * The secret to making a relationship last * Why you don’t need to have a perfect relationship * The secret to making a relationship last * Why you don’t need to have a perfect relationship * Figuring out your attachment style and how to find security in a relationship even if you’re anxious * The vitally important component that’s missing from our relationships – and our relationship with ourselves.
You can find out more about Michaela at her website The Thomas Connection Website and get inspiration from her posts over at Instagram
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog to watch the video of us chatting.
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 138. Lasting connection with Michaela Thomas appeared first on Calmer you.
John Tierney and Roy Baumeister join me for this week’s illuminating episode of the Calmer You Podcast.
They are out to revolutionise our understanding of the most coveted human virtue: self-control. They are so generous with the content they share. I hope you love this podcast
John Tierney is the author of Willpower and writes the ‘Findings’ science column for the New York Times. His writing has won awards from the American Association for the Advancement of Science and the American Institute of Physics.
Roy F. Baumeister is the author of Willpower and a social psychologist who explores how we think about the self, and why we feel and act the way we do. He is especially known for his work on the subjects of willpower, self-control, and self-esteem, and how they relate to human morality and success.
We discuss: * What the power of bad is and how it could be ruling your life * The ‘rule of 4’ and how it’s essential to maintain healthy relationships * Why good enough really is enough * A vital practise for being a more positive person
I’d love to hear what you think – come and find me on Instagram www.instagram.com/chloebrotheridge
New course now available My 12-week course for anxiety, ‘Your Calmest Self’, is open for enrolment now https://calmer-you.com/programme.
The post Ep 137. The power of bad with John Tierney and Roy F Baumeister appeared first on Calmer you.
John Tierney and Roy Baumeister join me for this week’s illuminating episode of the Calmer You Podcast. They are out to revolutionise our understanding of the most coveted human virtue: self-control. They are so generous with the content they share. I hope you love this podcast John Tierney is the author of Willpower and writes the ‘Findings’ science […]
The post Ep 137. The power of bad with John Tierney and Roy F Baumeister appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode of the Calmer You podcast I speak with Sarah Wilson, author and activist, about her new book ‘This one wild and precious life‘. This inspiring chat is a hopeful path forward in a fractured world. We discuss: The thing that finally turned Sarah’s anxiety around How Sarah processes her feelings of grief, […]
The post Ep 136. This one wild and precious life with Sarah Wilson appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode of the Calmer You podcast I speak with Sarah Wilson, author and activist, about her new book ‘This one wild and precious life‘. This inspiring chat is a hopeful path forward in a fractured world.
We discuss: * The thing that finally turned Sarah’s anxiety around * How Sarah processes her feelings of grief, anxiety and anger * ‘Soul nerding’ and how it could be the answer to many of our problems
I hope you enjoy it.
Courses I hope you’ll check out my membership www.calmer-you.com/collective or anxiety course www.calmer-you.com/programme
The post Ep 136. This one wild and precious life with Sarah Wilson appeared first on Calmer you.
Bob Roth is a meditation teacher to the stars and the CEO of the David Lynch Foundation.
We discuss: * The 3 types of meditation and how they impact the brain (this FASCINATED me) * How meditation can help with performance, anxiety and even PTSD * Advice for people who say they can’t meditate or don’t have time (that’s most of us, right?)
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone.
The post Ep 135. The power of meditation with Bob Roth appeared first on Calmer you.
Bob Roth is a meditation teacher to the stars and the CEO of the David Lynch Foundation. We discuss: The 3 types of meditation and how they impact the brain (this FASCINATED me) How meditation can help with performance, anxiety and even PTSD Advice for people who say they can’t meditate or don’t have time […]
The post Ep 135. The power of meditation with Bob Roth appeared first on Calmer you.
Today is a solo episode where I’m sharing 5 ways to handle overwhelm. I’ll share signs of signs overwhelm, what can happen and how to handle it. Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The […]
The post Ep 134. Overwhelm appeared first on Calmer you.
Today is a solo episode where I’m sharing 5 ways to handle overwhelm.
I’ll share signs of signs overwhelm, what can happen and how to handle it.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 134. Overwhelm appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s podcast the extraordinary Amisha Ghadiali joins me for a conversation about the important topic of intuition. Amisha is an intuitive therapist, yoga & meditation teacher, leadership mentor, and author of the new book, which I absolutely loved, called Intuition. This is something I’ve been trying to cultivate more of and if you […]
The post Ep 133. Intuition with Amisha Ghadiali appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s podcast the extraordinary Amisha Ghadiali joins me for a conversation about the important topic of intuition.
Amisha is an intuitive therapist, yoga & meditation teacher, leadership mentor, and author of the new book, which I absolutely loved, called Intuition.
This is something I’ve been trying to cultivate more of and if you are interested in this as well then this is an episode you won’t want to miss.
We discuss: * What is intuition? * How can we tell the difference between intuition and fear? * Simple ways we can tune into our intuition more * How to stop the inner critic from getting in the way
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone.
The post Ep 133. Intuition with Amisha Ghadiali appeared first on Calmer you.
This was an impromptu episode answering the many questions I received about the topic of making my big move to Bali. This isn’t about a holiday but what I’ve been learning that could possibly be beneficial in your life as well. In this solo episode I share: How to overcome your fears of what people […]
The post Ep 132. What I’ve learned from my big move appeared first on Calmer you.
This was an impromptu episode answering the many questions I received about the topic of making my big move to Bali.
This isn’t about a holiday but what I’ve been learning that could possibly be beneficial in your life as well.
In this solo episode I share: * How to overcome your fears of what people will think of your dreams * The uncomfortable way that I’m growing my confidence right now * How to let an experience change you * Why you must listen to yourself and do what’s right for you
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog to watch the video of us chatting.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 132. What I’ve learned from my big move appeared first on Calmer you.
Toral Shah is a Nutritional Scientist (MSc Nutr Med), Functional Medicine Practitioner, Food and Health writer and Consultant. Toral is passionate about breast cancer and cancer charities. She founded The Urban Kitchen, linking her passions: nutrition, science and food.
She is the go to person for the science of food and cancer. You’ll love her approach with science-backed practical tools.
We discuss: * Toral shares her experience of overcoming breast cancer twice * The importance of sleep, for like, everything (how Covid could be messing with your sleep cycle) * The power of food for our health and the science of food and cancer
Connect with Toral * Instagram * Website * Kick Start Cancer Nutrition – free e-book * A blog post she wrote about sleep and supplements
Calmer Collective The Calmer Collective is a new membership programme to help you achieve your goals and turn the daily grind into a delight and enjoy the precious moments in between. Expect montly hypnotherapy sessions and workshops, guest teachers and the first month includes a sound healing.
Find out more at Calmer Collective. Doors close on Friday 3 September.
The post Ep 131. Food, routines and sleep with Toral Shah appeared first on Calmer you.
Toral Shah is a Nutritional Scientist (MSc Nutr Med), Functional Medicine Practitioner, Food and Health writer and Consultant. Toral is passionate about breast cancer and cancer charities. She founded The Urban Kitchen, linking her passions: nutrition, science and food. She is the go to person for the science of food and cancer. You’ll love her approach with […]
The post Ep 131. Food, routines and sleep with Toral Shah appeared first on Calmer you.
This week’s guest is Tally Rye, personal trainer and author of Train Happy. Her goal is to help you ditch diet culture and re-discover a positive relationship with fitness, food and your body. We dig into: What is intuitive movement? How can we motivate ourselves to exercise (esp if our mood is low?) Diet culture […]
The post Ep 130. Train Happy with Tally Rye appeared first on Calmer you.
This week’s guest is Tally Rye, personal trainer and author of Train Happy. Her goal is to help you ditch diet culture and re-discover a positive relationship with fitness, food and your body.
We dig into: * What is intuitive movement? * How can we motivate ourselves to exercise (esp if our mood is low?) * Diet culture and how it’s changing * Plus Tally shares why you don’t need to hit rock bottom before getting therapy.
Find out more about Tally * Website * Instagram * Book: Train Happy
Check out the Calmer You Collective at www.calmer-you.com/collective
The post Ep 130. Train Happy with Tally Rye appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode of The Calmer You Podcast I speak to Lily Cole, model, actress and entrepreneur and author of the new book ‘Who Cares Wins’.
We discuss: * Why we don’t need to be perfect when it comes to the planet * How to tackle climate guilt * Reasons to be optimistic about the future * Eco-anxiety and how Lily handles it herself * Who Cares Wins
Free tool kit Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Subscribe to the podcast Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in Apple Podcasts to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Find out more about Lily * Website * Book Who Cares Wins * Instagram * Podcast – Who Cares Wins
The post Ep 129. Who Cares Wins with Lily Cole appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode of The Calmer You Podcast I speak to Lily Cole, model, actress and entrepreneur and author of the new book ‘Who Cares Wins’. We discuss: Why we don’t need to be perfect when it comes to the planet How to tackle climate guilt Reasons to be optimistic about the future […]
The post Ep 129. Who Cares Wins with Lily Cole appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I speak with Dr Radha Modgil, GP, broadcaster and author. Also a campaigner for wellbeing, you’ll love what she shares about overwhelm. We chat about: How to tackle overwhelm Managing emotional burnout Coping with the winter months Talking to young children about emotions Find out more about Radha You can find out more about […]
The post Ep 128. Burnout, overwhelm and winter moods with Dr Radha Modgil appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I speak with Dr Radha Modgil, GP, broadcaster and author. Also a campaigner for wellbeing, you’ll love what she shares about overwhelm.
We chat about:
Find out more about Radha You can find out more about her from her website.
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog to watch the video of us chatting.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 128. Burnout, overwhelm and winter moods with Dr Radha Modgil appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I speak with TV presenter and author of The Switch Amanda Byram. If you feel challenged by perfectionism, tune in to this episode.
We chat about: * How Amanda made ‘The Switch’ in her own life * How to end the battle with the voice in your head * How her relationship with caffeine and alcohol has changed (and yours can too!) * Perfectionism – Getting off the perfection treadmill
How to find out more about Amanda * Instagram * Website
Freebies Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. There is more over there about managing perfectionism as well.
Come and find me on Instagram www.instagram.com/chloebrotheridge – I’d love to see you there!
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone or come on over to https://calmer-you.com/blog to watch the video of us chatting.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 127. Overcoming Perfectionism with Amanda Byram appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I speak with TV presenter and author of The Switch Amanda Byram. If you feel challenged by perfectionism, tune in to this episode. We chat about: How Amanda made ‘The Switch’ in her own life How to end the battle with the voice in your head How her relationship with caffeine and alcohol has changed […]
The post Ep 127. Overcoming Perfectionism with Amanda Byram appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You podcast, I’m joined by Sjaniel Turrell, holistic beauty expert and conscious make-up artist. We chat about What makes something a conscious make-up or beauty product? How to deal with our used beauty packaging Can natural beauty products be as good (or better?) as the bigger high tech brands Sjaniel shares […]
The post Ep 126. Conscious make-up and beauty with Sjaniel Turrell appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You podcast, I’m joined by Sjaniel Turrell, holistic beauty expert and conscious make-up artist.
We chat about * What makes something a conscious make-up or beauty product? * How to deal with our used beauty packaging * Can natural beauty products be as good (or better?) as the bigger high tech brands * Sjaniel shares her favourite (inexpensive!) beauty ritual
You can find Sjaniel at: * Instagram * Her website: https://www.sjanielturrell.com/
The post Ep 126. Conscious make-up and beauty with Sjaniel Turrell appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I’m speaking with Katie Thistleton about her own journey and experience with depression and anxiety She is best known for her role on CBBC and is also radio presenter on Radio 1 Life Hacks.
If you suffer from depression you are not alone. Katie shares candidly about her experience. So many of the extraordinary guests that have appeared on the podcast share their experiences as well.
Katie brings out the best in people and I hope you feel this after listening to the podcast.
Today we chat about: * What has helped her with anxiety and depression * What was it like to be on TV every day for 6 years * We get into anti-depressants * How to be more confident in front of other people
Hear more from Katie * Instagram * Check out her book Dear Katie: Real Problems. Real Advice * Radio 1 Life Hacks podcast
Calmer You Collective launching I have something really exciting coming up. A monthly membership, the Calmer You Collective, launching to help you be your most happiest, calmest and confident self. And, you can always access free resources at https://calmer-you.com/.
The post Ep 125. Depression, anxiety and confidence with Katie Thistleton appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I’m speaking with Katie Thistleton about her own journey and experience with depression and anxiety She is best known for her role on CBBC and is also radio presenter on Radio 1 Life Hacks. If you suffer from depression you are not alone. Katie shares candidly about her experience. So many of the extraordinary […]
The post Ep 125. Depression, anxiety and confidence with Katie Thistleton appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You podcast, I am joined by self-care expert Francesca Blechner. She is the author of the new book Self-care for Life in the City. She is also a holistic health coach and transformational breath practitioner. What a wealth of knowledge she has about self-care, and I just loved speaking with her. I hope she leaves you feeling as calm as I felt after the episode.
We chat about: * how to stay calm in our busy fast-paced lives * getting clear with what is important to us * her favorite self-care practices * how we can define self-care for ourselves
How to connect with Francesca * Website: https://wholisticbodylife.com/ * Instagram https://www.instagram.com/wholisticbodylife/
Freebies Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for wellness, self-care, anxiety and confidence at my website Calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions.
Subscribe to the podcast Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. If you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people.
Get in touch Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day where you can find more tips on self-care. My handle is @ChloeBrotheridge. I’m also on Twitter, Pinterest and Facebook offering content to suppport you.
Let me know what you thought of this episode. Please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. I’m sending you loads of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 124. Self-care for life in the city with Francesca Blechner appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You podcast, I am joined by self-care expert Francesca Blechner. She is the author of the new book Self-care for Life in the City. She is also a holistic health coach and transformational breath practitioner. What a wealth of knowledge she has about self-care, and I just loved speaking with her. […]
The post Ep 124. Self-care for life in the city with Francesca Blechner appeared first on Calmer you.
This episode of the Calmer You podcast about Autumn Anxiety is a re-release from Autumn 2018. It had such a good response from the community, I thought it would be just as relevant and helpful for Autumn 2020. Top tips for Autumn Anxiety I’m talking about my top tips for managing autumn anxiety and feeling […]
The post Ep. 123 Autumn Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
This episode of the Calmer You podcast about Autumn Anxiety is a re-release from Autumn 2018. It had such a good response from the community, I thought it would be just as relevant and helpful for Autumn 2020.
Top tips for Autumn Anxiety I’m talking about my top tips for managing autumn anxiety and feeling good this autumn. If you feel unsettled or anxious during this time of year, there are reasons you might experience this and you are not alone!
What are your tips? If you have any tips for getting through this change of season come over to Instagram and share them with me. I’m here most days sharing inspiring tips and advice.
Freebies
And don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free. You’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes. And, please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep. 123 Autumn Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
This podcast is all about helping you become your calmest most confident self and this episode with a monk is one that I think you’ll find quite intriguing.
Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche, monk and author of the book From a Mountain in Tibet joins me on The Calmer You podcast today. Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche is a lama in the Kagyu school of Tibetan Buddhism and abbot of the Kagyu Samye Ling Monastery and Tibetan Centre in Scotland, the first and largest of its kind in the West.
Wow! He has lived an incredible life, which he shares during this podcast and in his book.
Think of this episode as a calming healing transmission from an important figure and monk in Buddhism.
We chat about: * How he escaped from Tibet * How we can let go of our problems * Tips on meditating * Why we rely too much on plans * This episode contains unintentional ASMR (Google it:)
I really hope you like this episode.
Listen here: To find out more about the monk and Lama * Kagyu Samye Ling Monastery and Tibetan Centre in Scotland – LINK * More about Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche – LINK * To find his book From a mountain in Tibet – LINK
The post Ep. 122 Advice from a monk with Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche appeared first on Calmer you.
This podcast is all about helping you become your calmest most confident self and this episode with a monk is one that I think you’ll find quite intriguing. Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche, monk and author of the book From a Mountain in Tibet joins me on The Calmer You podcast today. Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche […]
The post Ep. 122 Advice from a monk with Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to the Calmer You podcast This week on the Calmer You podcast, Bernadette Russell joins me for a welcome, insightful and hopeful episode.
Bernadette is an expert on hope and kindness, as well as a writer, performer and activist who plants a lot of trees – and helps others do the same. She is author of The Little Book of Kindness and The Little Book of Wonder, both published by Orion and in multiple foreign editions around the world.
More about Bernadette Since 2012, she has toured the US and UK speaking about the importance and life-changing experience of practicing kindness, including for BBC Radio 4 Saturday Live, Action for Happiness, Birmingham School of Philosophy, People United’s Kindness Symposium, The Roundhouse, Tate Britain, Turner Contemporary, Sunday Assembly and the Southbank Centre, where she was nominated as one of sixty-seven change-makers for her project 366 Days of Kindness. Since 2018 she has worked with the Royal Albert Hall, producing performances with kindness and creativity at their heart.
We discuss: * Acts of kindness and how it transformed Bernadette’s life * How to be hopeful in today’s world * The importance of our support network * Positivity bias and how we can cultivate it
Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Welcome to today’s episode Thank you so much for listening today. My guest is Bernadette Russell, who is an expert on being hopeful and kindness as well as a writer, performer and activist who plants a lot of trees and helps others do the same.
She is the author of The Little Book of kindness and the Little Book of Wonder, and her latest book, How to be Hopeful is out on the 10th of September 2020.
She gave me hope This episode honestly couldn’t have come at a better time for me. On the day of recording this episode with her I had had a bit of a strange day and honestly was feeling a bit hopeless. Speaking to her was like a balm for the soul.
Acts of kindness I really hope you’re gonna enjoy this episode we talked about her experience of doing acts of kindness. Now she’s been on a real journey with this. She did a whole year of daily acts of kindness, and she shares about the impact that has had on her life and the sorts of things that she did. It is super inspiring and hopeful.
How to be hopeful We talk about how to be hopeful in today’s world where I mean, no one’s going to blame you if you’re feeling hopeless, or despairing or worried or anxious considering everything that’s going on in the world in 2020.
Cultivating positivity bias We talked about the importance of our support network, and we get into the idea of positivity bias. Now, you might have heard of a negativity bias, which is what we all have as human beings kind of wired into us. We notice negative things because when we were evolving, it would have helped to keep us safe. We’re going to talk about a positivity bias and how we can cultivate that instead.
So I hope you love this episode. As always, if you want to come over to my website, www.calmer-you.com, you’ll find the video of Bernadette and I talking, and you’ll also find the transcript. So, if you will, and if your loved ones prefer to read instead of listening to a podcast and you can head over to Calmer You and check that out.
Go to the website for freebies And I’ve got loads of freebies, on my websites resources for anxiety and confidence. So if you want to head on over to, again, www.calmer-you.com, you’re going to find ways to enter your email address and get those freebies so that I can support you in different ways.
I hope you enjoy this episode with Bernadette Russell. Can you just tell the listeners a bit about who you are, what you do and how you, you know got to where you are today?
Meet Bernadette Bernadette: Yeah, so my name is Bernadette Russell. I started as a theatre maker. That sort of performer and maker theatre. Then back in 2011, which feels like the olden days now, because so much has happened since then, I was it at the Edinburgh Festival and during that time I don’t know if anyone remembers but the riots started in England. I think the impact it had on me as I’d already been thinking about it in quite a gloomy way about all the troubles of the world.
One small thing to make a difference There’s oil shortages and exploitation and famine and war, constant war and all the rest of it. I wasn’t thinking about it all the time. But it was a background anxiety and then the riots were very upsetting and it directly affected a lot of my friends and the response to the riots. I came back to London feeling a bit down. I needed to become more hopeful.
And then I went into the post office and there was a boy in front of me of the queue. And he was trying to send in his driving license application, but he thought it was fre post. Anyway, I gave him 50 p for a stamp. And he was immensely grateful, like disproportionately grateful. I was kind of a bit taken aback. And on the bus on the way home, I thought that was kind of a definite thing that made a difference, a little bit of a difference.
50p well spent Then I got home and I said to my partner. And I said, I’m gonna do that every day, for a stranger, every day for a year and see what happens in this really reckless way. There was no planning, and I didn’t sort of do it on January the first like a sensible person. It was August the 11th. And I did it and it changed absolutely everything for me. It changed my life and has coloured everything I’ve done.
It changed my direction. So I started writing a lot more. I still make theatre, but it tends to be about kindness and compassion and connectivity and being hopeful. So yeah, that was their 50 p well spent.
Chloe Brotheridge: I love that story. You know, this conversation for me personally has come up just at the right time. Only yesterday, I managed to get embroiled in a kind of Twitter spat. Whereby someone was posting stuff about refugees, and I sort of weighed in with my other perspective, and then they kind of sent a load of their friends to kind of comment on things I’d written basically. It left me asking Why did I get into that?
Is it still possible to feel hopeful? So talking about hope, I think is so important for me today and obviously, everything that’s going on in the world. There’s so many reasons why we could feel hopeless, whether it’s racism, climate, economy, pandemic, do you think it is still possible to feel hopeful in these times?
Bernadette: Yes, yes, I do. I’m sorry that happened to you. It’s horrible and unnecessary. I’m going to be bold and say the reason for all of this sort of anger and hate and sort of rage is always about fear.
When fear no longer serves us Obviously fear is useful sometimes because if you didn’t have any fear, you’d just leap over buildings and you’d probably end up with a few broken legs. Fear is useful sometimes. But the amount of fear messages we receive, you know, refugees are coming in on boats, by the way to refer to your story and you know, they’re bringing COVID with them. I’ve seen these stories. They are told to stoke fear and are overwhelming. Not very hopeful.
So in a way, it’s completely understandable that people respond in a fearful way, which includes despair and sort of hopelessness. But it’s not the only story. So for me, it’s all about storytelling, and it’s just not true. And so it feels like our responsibility to seek out a source for joy and to seek out the other stories and the other people.
There are plenty of good stories And for some reason, I think a lot not all but a lot of the mainstream media is caught into this kind of negative story. As if that’s intellectually superior to tell the bad side of things. And I would argue that it’s not. And also that even though in previous times it might have served us well, it no longer serves us because it’s feeding people with so much fear and anxiety. It’s resulting in people not doing anything, not making changes, not trying, being scared, looking down, attacking each other. So it no longer serves us.
There is much to be hopeful about And I feel like there’s a lot of hope in the fact actually what we can do and you do it and your work as well please say, okay, there are all these troubles. But there is also this organisation in Uganda who are helping the local community plant a forest and start their own farm. And there is also this amazing school in Barnsley who were taking out care packages to old people who are nearby. There were also these amazing refugees who’ve contributed brilliantly to the village in Wales where they arrived. That community is getting on amazingly and supporting each other.
It’s about positive stories and just moving away from that foamy, frothy negative space.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m not sure how I feel about Twitter. I feel like it’s become quite toxic anyway. I need to be searching out those better stories clearly.
Amplify the voices that need to be heard Bernadette: I think Twitter can be good too. I’m quite ruthless because I think that we’ve got this incredible democratic tool. It’s still a democratic space, I think social media, which we can use to platform stories, amplify voices that need amplifying and support we can do that still.
Don’t follow the negativity We still have the power to do it. So I would just say you’re going to hear the bad news anyway. Guaranteed. So get rid of them. Don’t follow those accounts that feed that stuff. Feed, recognise what you need, and if what you need are true, you know, not, not kind of fluffy kitten story. So those are lovely as well, but In search of solutions-driven stories. Stories about joy and being hopeful that will feed you because it helps your mental health. But it does also help to heal the world and then share them as well.
Fill your feeds with positivty All my social media feeds are positive and interesting because I’ve been quite ruthless about that. I just get rid of it. Watch the news for 10 minutes in the morning. So I know the latest horrors happening, but then try and engage with people and organisations who were looking for the answers. And there are so many, I promise you. In fact, after this, I’ll send you some.
Avoid checking the headlines all day Chloe Brotheridge: That’d be great. So making sure that you’re following things that are sharing more positive stories and perhaps limiting the news consumption to a few minutes a day so that you know what’s happening but not necessarily checking in several times an hour on the latest headlines. Probably not gonna lead you to feel very good.
Bernadette: Yeah, I think so. And some people dismiss that as a sort of, you know, not a very serious way of engaging with the news. But actually that’s all you need to know. Then the rest of it is about making you feel better, helping you to show how you can live a better life and how you can engage positively towards positive change.
Does hope come naturally Chloe Brotheridge: Are you a naturally positive person? Does hope come easily and naturally to you? Was it something you’ve had to work on?
Bernadette: That’s such a brilliant question. Thank you for asking that. And I think I’ve taught myself. Since 2011 when I went on that journey doing acts of kindness shifted my gaze towards kindness. I was looking at the same view, but from a different window.
Looking out for kindness So I started to notice people being kind, because I chose to focus on it. I started to look out for hope and lookout for people that were actively trying to make the world a better place. Gradually, that kind of shifts You, you, you start to automatically look out and see those things.
Bright side thinking That’s not to say some days I feel floored by the bad news or I’ve had a piece of personal bad news that makes me sad, but that’s okay. Because we’re complex and sadness and despair even is part of the human experience. Now I definitely recover better, because I committed to a sort of bright side thinking.
I think it’s possible for anyone to do that. Simply say this is what I need to be happy and to help and focus on it. Yeah, I definitely am more resilient.
Look for reasons to be hopeful Chloe Brotheridge: Right. So making a commitment to looking out and noticing those reasons to be hopeful. And then that actually trains you to see those things more and to notice them more.
Bernadette: Yeah, and to remind yourself, so if you feel yourself slipping down from the weight of the world ask yourself to notice one beautiful thing today. Find one hopeful story, and to think about a kindness that you’ve received or that you’ve witnessed, and they do work to pull you out of it. If you can’t, you’ll always find something. I don’t know that a day goes by that isn’t full of beauty
Gratitude – it really does work Chloe Brotheridge: It reminds me of all the research that’s been done into gratitude practices. And it can almost sound a bit kind of fluffy, just be grateful. But actually, there’s been so much. So many studies have found that it really does work and it really can train your mind to be more positive. So looking out for those beautiful things every day is going to mean that you’re able to notice them and discover more beautiful things to recognise. Yeah.
It’s enough Bernadette: If you’re feeling particularly low on some days, or you’re having a really tough time, gratitude can be hard to reach as well. And that’s okay. And I think on those days, it’s good to think to yourself, okay, well, what did I do today? That was good, and that can be a really small thing, like, I managed to make myself dinner or I managed to make my bed or I managed to get up. It can be really small. Some days, that’s enough, you know, if you’re really flattened, it’s enough that you managed to have your dinner or go out for a walk. Ithink we need to be really gentle with ourselves as well. We’re in challenging times, aren’t we?
The little things count to Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, and just those things that we so often discount, you know, we just take them for granted that we can get up and go for a walk that day or have a shower. Somedays even that is challenging.
Bernadette: On those days, it’s amazing that you’ve managed to do that. You know, it’s astounding and also it gives us hope. Even on a really terrible day, to be able to say I still got up is a strength to be recognized. And it’s recognising that strength. That can give us hope. I’ve still been in the world and I’ve achieved things and demonstrate strengths. So I found that really useful because we’ve had a really difficult few months. Everyone in different ways.
Acts of kindness Chloe Brotheridge: I really wanted to ask you more about the acts of kindness that you did over 366 days. Can you say a bit more about that?
Bernadette: So it’s 366. I do know how long a year is, but it was over a leap year. It started spontaneously. I’m quite shy really. So I was like, gosh, I’ve made myself a right bloomin task here to approach a stranger every day but I’ve really just decided to commit to it. To keep myself interested, I tried to make most days a different thing.
Ideas of kindness At the beginning, I was doing things like buying stranger’s bunches of flowers and leaving chocolates in my neighbor’s house. Sponsoring anyone that I saw on Facebook that was doing a run. It got really expensive. I thought I’m not sure this is sustainable because it’s expensive. Also, if I’m trying to encourage other people to do it, the money way might not be the most helpful way of doing it. So then I started thinking about paying people compliments, just having conversations with strangers on the train or in the shop.
Bernadette: I wrote letters to strangers asking if they’re okay. A lot of people started to contact me on social media and said, I know someone that’s really lonely. Will you send them a card? So I started doing things like that. There were these twins that my friends told me about so on their birthday I sang Happy Birthday. It’s really good fun, Chloe, it was really good fun and it also sometimes really stressful.
Get outside your comfort zone I learned a lot on the way. Then I decided I’m going to, I’m going to try and choose somebody who I might be less inclined to talk to. I remember one time I was on this train and there was a posh man speaking incredibly loud. I noticed I had a bias because he had a loud posh voice putting me off. Like, that’s ridiculous. I don’t know this man. So I went over and talked to him. And he and I had such a brilliant conversation. He was amazing.
It didn’t work once, that’s it There’s only one time in the whole year that it didn’t work out so well, which is pretty good statistically. And that was at Euston station. I think that was just because, to be fair, people are rushing around trying to get to their trains. They probably thought that I was trying to sell them a mobile phone deal or something. And, but it was absolutely delightful.
Chloe Brotheridge: So amazing. I love each one of these examples. It has definitely given me some inspiration to do more of that. And I think especially if you’re somebody that is a bit shy. This could be a really amazing way to challenge yourself in a kind of gentle and positive way. To show yourself that you can go and speak to someone or strike a conversation or move past fears and misconceptions.
Endless ways to be kind Bernadette: Some days I felt like I haven’t got it in me today to go up and talk to someone. On those days I wrote a letter. When writing the book I thought it was really important to show all the examples. So there are sort of introvert access points as well as extrovert about access points in terms of doing things.
Health benefits of kindness It’s hugely beneficial to your mental health because you just get this massive hit of serotonin and oxytocin the good mood hormone. You’re constantly on a high and it really counters cortisol, which is a stress hormone that we can suffer with. So it really does offer immediate payback.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thanks. Right. I love it. Yeah. And I had Dr. David Hamilton on the podcast a couple months ago. He talks about the research that kindness is really good for your heart health, it’s really good for lowering inflammation. There’s loads of these physical effects that it has on us, but go beyond just the kind of nice thing to do. It has a real physical impact on us.
Doing something from the goodness of your heart Bernadette: Yeah, I always say doing something from the goodness of your heart protects your heart. And, I used a lot of his research actually. I realised that there was a whole ecosystem of people working in this area about kindness and self-compassion and being hopeful.
He was one of the people I came across and it was great. It’s just really interesting, beneficial and buoyant. To have to feel that you’re standing on the foundation of researched science. And because the lived experience is valid and really important, as well. But it’s also really nice to feel like, okay, that neuroscientists, of that group of researchers have actually backed up our lived experience with this. So I think that’s really helpful. He’s great, isn’t he?
Chloe Brotheridge: He’s brilliant. In your book, you talk about how children have a positivity bias. And I was really curious if you could explain a bit more about that.
Children can find joy and play wherever they are Bernadette: That started with a very good friend of mine, Marian Dugan. She worked for an organisation called Clowns Without Borders, who work with refugee children in camps in Calais and in Greece. She was the person that got me interested in it because she spoke about how she noticed that these children even in pretty dire circumstances, would find whatever was available to play. And bits of rubbish, and making them into toys and that she observed and shared with me that she was astonished how the children in the camps found joy and play wherever they were. And I found that really moving but also really inspiring.
Rose-tinted glasses of children I was like, so what happens to us? You know, why is it harder for us and I came across this work of Janet Waskowski, who’s an associate professor of psychology at the University of North Carolina. And she researched what she saw as children’s rose-tinted glasses and their positivity. Psychologists aren’t entirely sure yet why children have their positivity bias. But she thought that it was partly due to their positive social experiences that most children are lucky to have early in life.
Curiosity is key There’s also ideas about the need for effects so children are learning and curiosity is important and necessary for them. I was interested in that with regard to the children that Marian saw who you could say, perhaps haven’t had the most positive environment to grow up in. Often they have their families around them and their brothers and sisters, which is great, and that they still have that. So it seems like there’s the beginning of research into why children have this and an investigation into what happens and at what age and why we lose that, although we don’t all lose that.
Regaining our rose-tinted glasses And I think again, we can train ourselves to get that back. And yeah, she said that children as young as three, and up to around 12 have this positivity bias when. After that things change. And so I just started to think about how we could capture some of that as adults, the things that children have and I thought about the importance of playing and the importance of imagination, and the importance of finding joy in things.
Undoubtedly, it’s harder for us when we have the responsibilities that perhaps most children don’t have. But we can borrow some of the stuff from our younger selves to help us be more positive, put up rose-tinted glasses back on.
Bring on our curiosity Chloe Brotheridge: Wouldn’t be nice. I think there really is something about trying to tune in to that childlike curiosity for the world again, and openness and exploring. It makes a massive difference to how happy we are or how calm we are as well. And if we see things with curiosity, rather than making a judgement or making an assumption.
Bernadette: Absolutely 100% agree and also curiosity is very important with regard to fear and with regret. To hope as well, because if you choose to be curious, especially if you’re scared of situation, if you choose to be curious about it, and open. And I’m not saying that that’s easy, but to say what’s happening here, what’s good here? What can be done here or what’s interesting here, you’re much more likely to do to overcome your fear, I think.
Play is for grown-ups too Does that make sense? So I know that I if I try to walk towards things I’m scared of, with curiosity, because children do that, I think. And when you watch children, they do that. I mean, sometimes that’s why we have to protect them. Curiosity is something that we don’t allow ourselves and we don’t allow ourselves to play enough. Play is an expression of curiosity and trying things out, which is why actually I think during COVID the explosive expression of creativity, you know, people being allowed to express themselves creatively and giving themselves permission. For me, I felt a really positive part of that. Curiosity and exploration play is for grownups as well.
Asking for help Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. I wanted to move on to talking a bit about our support network. It’s something that perhaps has changed in certain ways to lockdown maybe some in some ways for the better, in some ways, the worst. I know one of the topics that you dig into in the book is around asking for help and the importance of support. Can you tell us a bit about that?
Bernadette: Absolutely. And so, obviously, I mean, this applies to everything. Hopefully I think COVID or lockdown provided an opportunity for some people to say, What do I need? What do I need in order to be happy in order to have a good life? So one, it’s useful to define what good life means to you. And that’s fine, whatever that is. But also, it’s to recognise and I think, our interdependence on each other. Our connectivity was in sharp relief in a beautiful way during lockdown.
Connection We actually need each other. We are connected, and that’s a beautiful thing. So I think it’s really important in order to support yourself and in order to remain hopeful to think about what you need. Think about who do you go to when you need someone that’s just gonna make you laugh? You know, that person or friend is great, aren’t they? Who are you going to if you need some really honest advice. Someone that’s not going to mollycoddling. If you need to borrow some money, who you’re going to go to, if you need someone to help you with child care or to walk your dog, or you’re going to go to have a really great night out. Who’s that gonna be?
Make a list I literally wrote it down. Three people are covering a lot of those jobs for you. That’s okay. But I think it’s probably useful to think of a bit of a wider net. It’s okay if you don’t have that yet. Something worth thinking about. I really could do with someone who can perhaps give me some really ruthless advice and looking out for that and sort of inviting that.
Maybe that’s revealed itself a little bit to us over the last few months. Like who that person is, who always makes you laugh. And who that person is who can help you out if you need practical help. It’s courageous to identify what you need and literally keeping a list and then sort of seeking them out. Try to fill in the gaps gently if you need to. I’m a big fan of writing things down. I mean, I hope it doesn’t sound cold, but I just think it’s a really useful way of helping yourself to focus on it.
Ask for help Chloe Brotheridge: Absolutely, yes, writing it down solidifies it. I’m just going to read a quote from the book. “Every single person in the world will need help at some point in their lives and people who care about you would much rather you ask for their help and suffer alone.”
Bernadette: I believe that to be true. It takes courage to ask for help. And it especially takes courage to ask for help when you feel low, because you’re vulnerable. So it’s useful if preceding that you’ve done yourself the favour of saying, actually, this is the person to go for this particular kind of help.
It’s about love For example, if my friend Kate was in terrible trouble, would I rather she asked for help? Yes, I would! You just have to trust that if the person can’t help you in the way that you’re asking at that particular time that they’ll be honest and open about that. You can have a conversation. It’s about conquering fear in a way. And it’s about love. It’s about self-love. And it’s about reaching out with love as well.
People feel valued when asked for help People are eager to help. Look at what we saw during lockdown. The very fact that the appeal for NHS volunteers was oversubscribed by seven times. That’s demonstration that people are eager to help. They’re passionate about helping actually. You could say it’s an act of kindness because it’s offering somebody a purpose and a job. It is a gift actually to say can you help me it’s also recognising someone’s expertise or their worth.
We all need each other The fact that you respect them and like them, love them. So yeah, ask for help. And we’ll all need it. Everybody will need it. There’s no person that’s ever existed that hasn’t needed help. In fact, really, when you think about that, we need it every day. When we have our dinner, somebody has grown it, packed it, put it on a truck, got it to the shop, sorted it in the shelves, you know, that you could see that as help. Initially, I found asking for help really difficult. I don’t know. I’ve stopped trying to be Hercules.
We are all being helped all the time Chloe Brotheridge: I love that image of recognising how we are being helped all the time and helping other people in what we do every day without even really realising it. And that reminder of how connected we are and how much we need each other.
Bernadette: We really do. It’s great actually, because it takes the weight off you sort of circling back to this whole thing about trying to make positive change in the world. I think certainly when I began my journey. It’s the superhero complex. If you feel like I’ve got to fix everything, I’ve got to do everything. I can’t ask for help. And I have to change the world on my own.
An ecosystem of humanity That’s ridiculous and also overwhelming when you realise that you are part of an ecosystem. We’re just part of an ecosystem of humanity. Connecting and each doing our job. It’s a real relief. Because you’re not carrying such a heavy burden. You’re just carrying a little bit. That’s hopeful.
Chloe Brotheridge: My granny has a saying, I don’t know if it’s her saying. She says, Don’t deny people the joy of helping.
Bernadette: I love that. Absolutely.
Bernadette: Bravo to your granny. I think that sums it up, doesn’t it?
Activism Chloe Brotheridge: You mentioned that about trying to be a superhero. I know activism is important to you. I’ve noticed before a couple of years ago, people didn’t add activisism in their Instagram profile. But now so many more people are kind of stepping into this role and speaking up about things that are important to them. I imagine people want to help more and want to step up in a bigger way. Can you talk about your experience of that and how you how you handle that?
Bernadette: Yes, definitely. I would like to mention a dear friend of mine, Sarah Corbett, who runs an organisation called the Craftivist Collective, who’s been a massively beneficial positive influence on me. And also talks about this really brilliantly. So I’d still recommend connecting with her. We’ve had lots of conversations about it. I’m more hopeful.
Activism doesn’t have to feel cynical I’m really excited by the fact that people are identifying as activists because actually, you can be cynical about that. But as people say, I want to be in the space, I want to be part of positive change. I think it’s really super important to not try and imagine that you will single-handedly, like Superman, you know, travel three times around the world at lightning speed and stop the comet. You won’t. And also it’s super important in my experience to find an engagement, a way of engaging with positive change, doing something you will enjoy.
You need to find the joy in it because then you’re much more able to keep it up. Why shouldn’t you enjoy it? It can be joyful. Find out the people that share your joy. So that’s another nice little tribe and another connection. You don’t have to be at it all the time, you need to let it go sometimes. I can’t go and plant a forest today because I’m really tired. I think finding pleasure in change is really important. Let’s be honest about it, there’s lots to be done.
Skill-set + what you love We’re playing whack a mole at the moment putting out fires all over the place. There’s lots of troubles, in a way there always has been. So it’s saying, actually, with my skillset and the things that I love, where could I best be part of this ecosystem of change? For example, for me, I’ve got various different entry points, but I’ve been doing a lot of tree planting recently, which I love because I think it’s kind of creates community cohesion as well as you kind of plant a pop-up forest in a couple of hours, which is extraordinary.
What do you enjoy? Other people engage in different ways, but I think it’s really hard. To say, I really like this because I love meeting loads of different Londoners. And I really like being outside planting trees. So it’s been easier for me to sustain that because there’s lots of joy and pleasure. And I’ve connected with other people. Be honest with yourself about where you fit, and what skills you could bring to the table.
You should feel good about doing it. It’s okay to feel good and to feel joy and pleasure. It’s not just okay, it’s essential, because then you’re more likely to be able to keep it up. Whereas if you do something that’s makes you sad, or isn’t a good fit for you. I think you’re much likely to give it up and be less hopeful.
Chloe Brotheridge: That makes so much sense. Thank you for sharing. It’s going to be different for everyone, isn’t it and it’s about finding what you enjoy.
What am I good at? Bernadette: I have a friend of mine who’s a retired teacher, really lovely. She was like, I really want to do something but it’s so overwhelming. She was a teacher for 40 years. So she then joined a refugee organisation, and sort of helping refugee children with improving their English. Of course, they absolutely adore her. She’s hilarious. She’s a really good teacher. It’s a beautiful win win situation. So I think that’s a good lesson as well. It’s like, what am I good at? What do I love? Where can I go to contribute?
Chloe Brotheridge:
I really wanted to ask you this before we finish the podcast. What is your favourite practical tool for being more hopeful?
Practical tools for being more hopeful Bernadette: I’ve got two things that I do. One long term and one’s a daily practice. I have a little hope collection. Which I literally keep in a box, like a sort of positive Pandora’s box if you like. I put all sorts of things in ti. Sometimes it’s pictures or little scraps of paper.
All the things that make me hopeful. That might be people, it might be a little column from a magazine, it might be a photograph of something that’s made me feel hopeful. When I feel everything’s so hard, I just have a little peek in my positive Pandora’s box. I’d really recommend keeping a hope collection. Because things can slip from our minds, you can forget, especially if you go into a sort of sad place. Having a collection of really good things. You might decide to make a collage or keep a journal, but I think a hope collection is really good.
Look for hopeful stories Secondly, as a daily practice, every single day, I look for a hopeful story. And interestingly, some days that’s harder than others. But it is never impossible. There will be something astonishing that’s just absolutely boggling amazing.
A big tip in terms of looking out for positive stories as a daily practice. If something’s been troubling you, for example you hate so much plastic waste. If you look there is always a positive and hopeful story about a solution.
A hopeful world The world is fueled by hope and it’s run on love. And that’s the truth. If you let yourself see that, you see it everywhere, and every moment. Then you can stop having those uncomfortable exchanges with people having arguments with danger on Twitter and live in the beauty of the world and a hope of the world.
Chloe Brotheridge: I feel so much better just talking to you. I’m going to go after this and do some positive news research. Spend a bit of time doing that.
Bernadette: At the end of the book, there’s a list
Where you can find Bernadette Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for everything you’ve said. It’s been wonderful and uplifting. Where can people find out more about you? Where can they buy your book and that sort of thing.
Bernadette: My book How to be Hopeful is out on the 10th of September. We can pre order it now from all the usual suspects, and it’s published by anyting Thompson. My website is bernadetterussell.com I’m on Twitter, @betterrussell. Instagram, Bernadette Russell, Facebook, Bernadette Russell.
Get in touch with Bernadette I really like to hear from people. So if anyone wants to challenge me on any of that, or discuss any of that, or just say, help me, that’s absolutely fine. So be really nice here. Probably my website’s easiest because it’s got all the other things.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, and the book is called How to be Hopeful.
Bernadette: The books called How to be Hopeful and it is out on the 10th of September. There is also a podcast with the same name.
Chloe Brotheridge: So good to speak to you. You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and competence at my website calmer-you.com. You can find out more about me and my one on one sessions.
Where you can find me Please do subscribe to this podcast in the Apple Podcast App. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people and come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge let me know what you thought of this episode. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead
The post Ep 121 How to be hopeful with Bernadette Russell appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to the Calmer You podcast This week on the Calmer You podcast, Bernadette Russell joins me for a welcome, insightful and hopeful episode. Bernadette is an expert on hope and kindness, as well as a writer, performer and activist who plants a lot of trees – and helps others do the same. She is […]
The post Ep 121 How to be hopeful with Bernadette Russell appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I’m talking about:
-The thing that makes me saddest about our lack of confidence
-Why everyone benefits when you’re your most confident self
-How to know that you’re enough
-Shift your mindset to beat fear of failure and give things a try
To find out more about my group coaching programme Brave New You visit https://calmer-you.com/confidence-course
The post Ep 120. Knowing you are enough appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I’m talking about: -The thing that makes me saddest about our lack of confidence -Why everyone benefits when you’re your most confident self -How to know that you’re enough -Shift your mindset to beat fear of failure and give things a try To find out more about my group coaching programme Brave […]
The post Ep 120. Knowing you are enough appeared first on Calmer you.
Feel more confident in meetings In this video, I’m going to be sharing my top strategies for feeling more confident on zoom, or in any kind of meeting where you just want to feel better about yourself and your abilities. You can download the FREE confidence affirmations here The nervous af to feeling confident in […]
The post How to feel more confident in meetings (or Zoom meetings) appeared first on Calmer you.
Feel more confident in meetings In this video, I’m going to be sharing my top strategies for feeling more confident on zoom, or in any kind of meeting where you just want to feel better about yourself and your abilities.
You can download the FREE confidence affirmations here
The nervous af to feeling confident in meetings I don’t know if you’re anything like me, but in the past, I would get extremely nervous. In meetings, when there was that moment where you’re going around the room, everyone is taking it in turns to introduce themselves and say a bit about themselves. And I would just sit there, my heart felt like it was going to explode out of my chest, I would be nervously wringing my hands under the table and just worried that when the time came for me to actually speak, I wasn’t sure you know what was going to come out if anything at all. So I have 100% been there and these days, thankfully, I’m way more confident. I jump on Zoom and talk to hundreds of people at a time. I’ve got a podcast that’s listened to by thousands of people every single week, and I’m way more trusting of myself and my abilities and confidence in so many situations.
Confidence on Zoom Some people find that in person meetings are more nerve wracking – but Zoom can be just as anxiety-inducing. Especially when you can see a load of faces staring back at you – including your own! All of these techniques work whether you want to feel more confident in meetings that are face to face of whether it’s your confidence on Zoom that needs a boost.
Oh hey! So if we don’t know each other, I’m Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a hypnotherapist and a coach. I’ve written two best-selling books, and I’m the host of The Calmer You podcast. So the first strategy I’m going to suggest for you is to change your attitude and start to reframe the feelings of nervousness that you might be feeling about speaking up or sharing an idea as excitement because nerves and excitement are very similar emotions. It’s the butterflies in the stomach. It’s that extra adrenaline, that extra energy.
Get excited There was quite a famous study at Harvard Business School where they got two groups of people and they told them basically you have to go on stage and sing, ‘Don’t Stop Believin’‘ by Journey, (massive tune!) and understandably these students were kind of nervous about having to get up on stage and sing in front of their peers. In one group they told them to tell themselves I’m excited. And the other group, they asked them to try to calm themselves down. And guess what? The group that were telling themselves ‘I’m excited’, felt better, felt more confident, felt better about their performances and the people that tried to calm themselves down. So instead of trying to calm yourself down in a meeting, tell yourself I’m excited. In what ways is it exciting to share your ideas, to connect with people to have your voice be heard, telling yourself that can really start to shift this in your mind into something much more positive or constructive rather than something frightening. Reframe anxiety as excitement to feel more confident in meetings, on Zoom, or in presentations.
How are you speaking to yourself? To Feel more confident in meetings we need to change the way we speak to ourselves. Number two is all about the way that you speak to yourself. Now we all have a voice in our heads. And very often that voice is not very kind, or very constructive. We’re beating ourselves up, we’re going to the worst case scenario. So, if you’ve been doing that your whole life, it probably hasn’t been working for you. And so maybe it’s time to try something different. And so I’m really going to suggest that to you to start to change your self talk, start telling yourself more positive things.
My favourite affirmation One of my favourite things to feel more confident in meetings is to say affirmations beforehand. My fave affirmation is ‘I am confident person’. ‘I am a confident person’ – saying that to yourself over and over again, have a little note on the mirror that says this so that you can remind yourself of this. And there have been so many reports about affirmations and how it can really help us to change our inner dialogue and our self talk. And I actually have a free mp3 download that you can grab. It’s an affirmations mp3 to really change your self talk, you can grab that here. Thirdly, imagine what could go right. Now if you’re anything like I have been in the past, your mind can go to the worst case scenario you’ll be imagining this meeting imagining going bright red or losing your train of thought or not being able to express yourself in the way that you want.
Imagine what could go right Instead of that, what we really want to be doing is imagining what could go right, imagining how we want to be different, how we want to feel in that meeting. So imagining yourself, standing tall or sitting tall, looking directly into the camera, speaking slowly and clearly breathing deeply, and feeling this confident energy. And if you get into the habit of imagining this positive version of yourself, you’re going to send that message to your subconscious mind and it’s going to make it so much easier for you to feel confident in those scenarios.
Feel those feelings And then lastly, I just want to remind you that it’s okay to feel a bit nervous. It’s okay to feel that sense of your heart racing. It’s not a sign that you should keep your ideas to yourself or not speak up. It’s actually a sign that your heart is telling you this is important to you. It’s so normal to feel nervous. Even the most confident speakers will tell you that they can feel nervous before every single speech. These feelings of nervousness show that you’re human, they show that you care. And that’s a beautiful thing.
Don’t fight it So instead of fighting against a racing heart or feelings of nervousness, can you instead, just welcome those feelings and allow them to be there and know that actually, you can still speak up, say what you want to say and get your ideas out there. Even though your heart might be racing. If you fight it ends up strengthening those nervous feelings. If we can embrace it and welcome it, the natural response is that we end up calming down. So which of these strategies are you going to be giving a try? Let me know in the comments below. And if you want to grab that free confidence, affirmations mp3, click here.
Confidence in meetings or Confidence on Zoom is something that can be achieved with a bit of attention and focus on this issue. Confidence is a skill we can develop and it grows through experience, so take any chance you can get to speaking in meetings, because experience is THE best thing to grow confidence. Thank you so much for reading. Sending you lots of love.
FREE Confidence Affirmations Mp3
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post How to feel more confident in meetings (or Zoom meetings) appeared first on Calmer you.
It’s a pleasure to introduce you to Emma Gunavardhana. Emma joins me on the Calmer You podcast. She is an experienced beauty, health and lifestyle writer, presenter and brand consultant and host of the popular The Emma Guns Show.
We chat about: * Her feel good habits (and the deeper self work she’s doing that makes the biggest difference) * The story of how she finally got help for her anxiety and depression * Getting out of victim mode and learning that you CAN change * Why confidence is not always what it seems
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Emma Guns Thank you so much for listening today. Welcome. Thanks for being here. If you’re joining me here for the first time on the podcast, I am speaking to the very lovely Emma Guns. Famous for the Emma Guns Show, her brilliant podcast.
She’s also a journalist and we actually met several years ago when I was on her podcast. It was when the Anxiety Solution had just come out and I think it was one of the first podcasts I’d ever done.
She was just really lovely and has said some lovely things about my books in the past. It was so nice to get to be the one asking her the questions this time.
We chat about… I love this conversation. We really get into Emma’s story of her experience of anxiety and depression, what it took for her to finally get help. We talk about how to get out of victim mode. And honestly, this is something that I recognise in myself. Emma talks about this as well, it’s not a very nice thing to admit to but actually it can happen all too often that we can get ourselves into this mindset of being a victim. This doesn’t really serve us and we talk about this and how to get out of it.
We discuss why confidence is not always what it seems. Don’t be fooled people, lots of people that seem very confident, actually peel back the layers and we discover that just as riddled in self-doubt and insecurity as we are and we talk about her feel good habits and also the deeper self-work that she’s been doing, it makes the biggest difference.
So I think you’re gonna love this episode. I really think it’s good to have these honest conversations about mental health where we just realise underneath it all, we’re all the same. We all struggle with things we all doubt ourselves, we all find it hard to ask for help at times. And, you know, it really does help us to feel connected I think within our common humanity when we remind ourselves of these things.
Freebies I’ve got some exciting things coming up in the next few weeks. And if you want to get involved, I would encourage you to sign up for my newsletter. I send out a newsletter every week talking about the podcast and sharing freebies and tools, sharing the courses and the events that I have coming up.
I’ve got some exciting announcement announcements coming soon. So I’d love for you to head on over to my website www.calmer-you.com and you can enter your email address there to sign up for my freebies. I’ll give you all the details about the things I’ve got coming up that you can get involved in.
Let’s welcome Emma Guns to the show Chloe Brotheridge: Hello, Emma, thank you so much for joining me today. How you doing?
Emma G: Hi Chloe, thank you for having me. I am really well.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m very excited to speak to you as I’ve also been on your podcast. You’re amazing and your podcast is very popular. And I’m very excited to get to be asking the questions this time. Can you just let the people listening know what it is that you do and a little bit about how you got to where you are today.
How Emma got started Emma G: Yeah, cool. So I’d be delighted to share that. Currently, my main job is that I am a podcast host of the Emma Guns Show. But I guess you could say my journey towards this started when I began my career in journalism nearly 20 years ago. I started out on local newspapers. I really just wanted to be where all the cool people were.
Chloe Brotheridge: Why not? Why not.
Emma G: When I was a kid, I used to watch things like the Big Breakfast, I would always wait as any of you did this. When they did the news, like 10 to the hour, there would be an entertainment section, and they would cover things like the L style awards, or the MTV awards, and I just wanted to reach through the screen and be there. And it felt like journalism was the easiest way to do that without any discernible musical or modelling talent.
I began my career in magazines as a beauty editor. And I was on magazines for 10 years and I’ve been freelance for eight. In that time, I have gone to all those awards. And I have been there and I have had a really interesting and varied career. I’ve written for lots of people and TV presenting.
So it all kind of culminated nearly five years that there’s something else I want to be saying. Magazine articles and YouTube are not really the place where I could say it. I was listening to podcasts and so the Emma Guns Show was really born out of really feeling like I wanted to showcase conversations with people who didn’t really get heard.
Mental health and depression I was struggling with my mental health and I was depressed and I had anxiety which was undiagnosed at that point. But I kind of very selfishly started the podcast as a way of putting myself in a room with successful people, and trying to get them to share with me how they have overcome hardships, so that I could use those techniques and maybe help myself and the wider audience obviously.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, brilliant, brilliant. And has it had something like 8 million downloads?
The podcast Emma G: Nine? Well, yeah, roughly on an estimate, because you know what it’s like with these things. But yeah, I mean, over 7 million downloads, which is incredible. And every time I think about that, I just think, well, that can’t all be me and my family. It has been a really incredible personal and professional journey.
Chloe Brotheridge: We were talking just before we started recording about your experience of life in lockdown, and whether you might be making changes in your life as a result of that. Are there things that you’ve kind of learned through this experience?
Lockdown life Emma G: I felt quite safe within the confines of the lockdown regulations because it was all very clear. And so I found it quite easy to work around that and to adapt my every day and to transfer my work to working from home. And it made me realise that I didn’t have to be constantly out doing things, networking, speaking to people spinning all these plates in order for my professional life to maintain its momentum.
My frame of reference is really only the media and I feel like sometimes it’s about who you know and what you know, in the currency of what industry gossip you might know before other people. It was very nice in lockdown to just focus on research. Guess reaching out to people and saying I’d really like to chat with you on the show. It was much slower, but no less efficient and no less effective. I really enjoyed it.
Life after lockdown Life has picked up the pace again, and as we are easing out of lockdown, the conversation is about how do I take what I’ve learned from that lockdown experience and implement it moving forward. Not just rush to go back to how things were before just for the sense of normalcy. That’s where I am at the moment. I don’t know if you feel the same way but I’m very much in that place. I know I’m going to go back to certain things but what am I not going to go back to? What don’t I want to invite back into my world?
Chloe Brotheridg: I love that. I love hearing people’s different experiences and interpretations and I’ve had a lot of people with anxiety saying, you know, I’ve been more calm than ever during lockdown because actually, you know, things have slowed down and I haven’t had to go out and be so on all the time. Well, moving to the countryside. I think a lot of people are thinking about if house prices in London are going to go down because no one’s gonna live in London anymore or move into the countryside. So there’s that.
The great pause Emma G: I can believe it. I can really believe it. I was speaking to a friend the other day, and they referred to it as the great pause. And when can you think where you actually get in history a time where you get to actually just sort of pause and reassess. And I guess it’s how you look at lockdown whether you see it as an inconvenience or you see it as an opportunity. From the very beginning I thought right, okay, this is an opportunity. What am I going to get out of this?
Chloe Brotheridge: I love that you’re just thinking about what do I not want to go back to.
Emma’s experience with depression You touched on earlier about your own kind of experiences of anxiety and depression and how, you know, for a while it wasn’t diagnosed. Can you share a bit about what was your experience with that? And how did you then sort of get it diagnosed or go and get some help for that? What was your journey with that?
Emma G: I think looking back now, I have been affected by it my whole life, especially anxiety. And I even remember things like going to go and set a school exam at the age of six, and just hiding, being really scared of the headmaster and hiding behind my mother. And those things weren’t necessarily looked out for or identified. That was definitely running underneath the whole time, my whole life, there was always an undercurrent of anxiety. Looking back as well, I think it was also depression.
The lens of depression When I look back, I can see where it was spiking and when it wasn’t affecting me so much. And I think what essentially happened is, when you are navigating life through the lens of depression or anxiety and your head is in that space, whatever that might look like for the individual, you’re not presenting the best version of yourself. You’re not necessarily enjoying anything that is happening. That was certainly my experience.
I constantly had this state of Red Alert where I thought people were trying to get one up on me or people were talking poorly about me or people just didn’t like me. It was very much almost like a victim mentality, which I dislike intensely about myself.
Getting called out I’m not sure, working in a competitive media job was necessarily the best soil for me to spend many of my formative years. But essentially what happened was, about five years ago, I went on holiday with a couple of friends. And I was so tightly wound. I was going through a lot personally at the time. Looking back now I definitely ruined that holiday just by being uptight, just by being moody by not really being that engaged.
I was sharing a room with my friend Casey and she said something to me which sort of at the time felt quite cruel, but actually, it was definitely something I needed to hear. She said Emma I’ve never known anyone who just doesn’t have coping mechanisms in the way that you make everything out to be such a big deal to you. It did come from a place of love and she is that kind of a friend and didn’t mean it negatively.
Realising something wasn’t right But I was crying in bed, sobbing just unable to really function and ruining a perfectly nice holiday. Thank you very much. And that was also the holiday or I remember waking up in the morning going into the bathroom and I didn’t recognise myself in the mirror. I thought something’s definitely not quite right here.
She said, I think you need help. I’d always seen people saying you need help as them trying to brush you off because they didn’t want to deal with you because you were annoying them.
Therapy I started seeing a therapist, counsellor and had talking therapy. And there were a mixture of disciplines in there. Sometimes I would be like, Oh, yeah, that was a bit of CBT other times it wasn’t, you know, and that we did that for 18 months. And that was utterly transformative for me. It was really, really incredibly helpful. That’s why now I feel like I’m able to talk about it. It no longer has control over me.
I sometimes feel like people can sometimes take a mental health diagnosis like depression or anxiety and it almost becomes an identity. I was affected by it, it has shaped me. But I don’t want to identify as somebody who has anxiety and depression because I feel like then I’m giving it roots.
It doesn’t have to define you Having said that, I’m very aware that it takes a lot of work to keep it at bay. But I know the colour and the shape of it and the feel of it. And so if that familiar feeling comes into my mind or even my physicality, I grab my tools.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s such an interesting point. Don’t let it define you. It might be something that you may experience but it doesn’t have to be for a lifetime. Sometimes when we get caught up in a cycle of depression or anxiety we can feel as though we’re going to be like that forever. And we’re never going to change. Actually, I think part of those issues is that kind of little voice that says, you’re never gonna change, you’re gonna be something like this forever. Knowing that there is a way out and there are things that you can do when you notice it is creeping in.
Moving out of the victim role It’s also really interesting what you said about the kind of the victim role that we can get ourselves into and about blaming other people or saying why does this always happen to me? We can kind of almost recreate our problems by staying in that mindset and it’s horrible to hear that no one wants to hear that. That kind of staying in that victim mode is kind of you’re perpetuating it, but it can can be a bit like that. And if we can step outside of it and ask for help, you know, having the courage to ask for help. You know, that’s such a big thing in itself sometimes knowing that it’s okay to get help and going down that path is something that we can do for ourselves.
Emma G: It’s a kindness.
Chloe Brotheridge:
You mentioned when you notice feelings kind of creeping in you and that you have tools. What are those things you turn to?
How am I feeling today? Emma G: I’ve tried to make them quite simple and free. I might ask myself how am I feeling today? I’m not a big fan of the word triggered, but it is appropriate here. But if I’m feeling triggered by something, right, what do I need? Do I need to be around people as a form of distraction? Do I need to bring a good friend or do I need to go meet up with a good friend? You know, lockdown permitting, or do I need to just be a bit quiet and a bit still and read or just go for a walk?
I think we can sometimes get too caught up in knee jerk reactions. And it’s rare that one makes a great decision in a knee jerk reaction. And so I try really hard when I feel like something’s getting at me, sometimes you don’t even know necessarily what it is. I can sit at my desk somedays and think I’m not breathing properly. Or my lower back’s hurting, which for me is like my adrenals are on fire. So then it’s like, right, stand up, have a stretch, what’s on your nerves?
The closer you get to it the smaller it becomes I had a great guest on the podcast a little while ago called Jeff Thompson. And we had a very long conversation on tape but off tape we were talking about things that trigger you. He gave me a great piece of advice, which is if something gets to you in that way, run at it and confront it. The closer you get to it, the smaller it becomes trust me.
It was a very useful piece of advice because it could be that I know there’s an email that I’ve got to respond to. I don’t really want to because I’m a bit worried about what the person might say in reply. Or it may be that I have a deadline looming, and I’ve been putting it off and it’s a bit tedious. So just put them on my desk and do them straight away and it lifts immediately.
Triggers Chloe Brotheridge: That’s such a powerful idea of running towards the things that are triggering you. For people listening, I don’t know how many people sort of understand this idea of triggering but it’s like when something comes up in your life and it kind of taps into something within you that very often will link back to an old wound from the past. The temptation can really be in those moments to sort of blame the other person or say the world is against you. But if we can see that trigger as a sign to look at ourselves and think, right, what is this that needs to be worked through and healed? And as you say, kind of running towards it. That’s how we can. That’s how we can overcome it.
Emma G: I mean, if you think about Twitter, for example, how many times do you see on a social media platform, somebody say, I wish people wouldn’t do x or when someone’s going through x, the worst thing you can say is x. I hate it when people say x. And I just look at that and think, for me, that is a tweet that tells me that you need to learn how to cope with when people say x, not that you need to tell the world via social media that you would prefer it that people stopped doing it. That thing because that’s unlikely to happen. The only thing you can control and potentially change is how you react to it.
We can’t change what other people think Chloe Brotheridge: I love that. It’s a good reminder to us all. Let’s remember we can’t change other people or what other people think. We can just change ourselves, we can look at ourselves, what’s triggering us? What is it that needs to be worked through within ourselves?
Emma G: Yeah, and sometimes that can be uncomfortable and sometimes that can get a bit messy, but ultimately, it will lead to for you. I think for the individual, it will lead to a place that is calmer, kinder and quieter and less triggered.
Chloe Brotheridge: You went and had 18 months of therapy. How about other things that you tried. I know that you’ve got a series on your podcast all about feel-good habits.
Insomnia Emma G: They were brilliant. They were so so good. I’ve talked about insomnia on my podcast, I’m sure you’ve covered it too. And I think somebody can say to you, oh, there’s a great pillow spray. I just sort of think, okay, a pillow spray might work. But actually, what you need for a pillow spray to work is to have your sleep hygiene. So maybe that’s a routine maybe that’s not using your device for an hour before you go to bed. There’s lots of little things in place. So I feel the same about mental health.
I feel that therapy is one thing, it’s a really solid foundation upon which you can build. And so within that, I was meditating for a while. Exercising is really helpful for me. Reading is really helpful. I do breathwork. All of these little things that sit on a very solid foundation of having actually confronted a lot of the big stuff with a mental health professional. That when it comes time for a feel good habit, it can be something, it can be something like, I don’t know, just listening to a beautiful song or just slowing down or doing a bit of that breathwork.
Feel good habits I used to look very much for external validation for people to tell me, you’re doing okay. In actual fact, if I’m really honest, it took an external opinion for me to actually address my own mental health issues. Rather than me saying, I need help. It took somebody else to say it for me. And so one of the things I try to do as a feel-good habit is to ask what do you need right now? What can you do for you right now that will make you feel good?
Sometimes it’s listening to One Direction. Other times, it’s lying on an acupressure mat. Another time it might be honestly just zoning out in a book. I try to ask myself, What do you need? Do you need to go into London and be amongst things, be with a load of your friends who you literally can’t keep up with? Or do you need the polar opposite? And then try to plot my path towards that thing?
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s such a good question for people to be asking themselves, you know, when maybe on a daily basis, you know, asking yourself what is it you need that day
The essence of therapy
Emma G:
That’s such a good question. I think the best way I can describe therapy and I’d be really interested to get your thoughts on this as well is imagine that every time a thought or a feeling enters the brain, and like a machine spits out a ticket or a piece of paper like a printer.
I felt as though my entire life these tickets and bits of paper and spitting out of this machine, and just flying all over the place. And what therapy did is it was like going in with an organiser and we sorted out the papers. We put them into bundles. We put some in folders, we put some in the bin. Shredded some of the stuff. We ranked them in order of importance and we organise them in a way where they were linear and I could understand them.
Now it’s not a room full of random bits of paper that have just been splashed everywhere. It’s a really nicely organised library of thoughts and feelings that I feel like I understand. That’s what I feel that therapy does.
Organising our thoughts When anything else happens, you can very quickly go to your internal Dewey Decimal System and find what you need in order to handle that particular thing that might be happening to you at that moment. I envy anybody who was able to just live their life and be able to do that naturally. I do feel as though that kind of process is something you need someone to hold your hand whether it is a hypnotherapist or therapist. Everybody’s going to be drawn to somebody different. That’s ultimately what it was able to help me to organise my thoughts, but also help me understand who I am.
Chloe Brotheridge: I love that analogy of just tidying and organising. It’s such a silly idea to have in society that we’re supposed to just be able to sort ourselves out and do it on our own when the human mind is the most complicated thing in the universe. Yet, we’re supposed to be able to just handle it and deal with this mystery that is life on our own. And of course, I think most of us are going to need help with that at some point or another.
I have a friend who just compartmentalizes things. She’s probably the only person I know that doesn’t need therapy.
Emma G: I’ve definitely always been attracted to friends who seem like they’ve got it sorted.
Consider therapy Chloe Brotheridge: It sounds like for you, it’s kind of organising and processing things, making sense of it, getting to know yourself. I mean, there’s so many things that can come out with therapy. It’s probably different for everyone. For me, a big part of it was getting rid of the shame. And I had things that were not even that bad. I just thought if I said it out loud, I would die or if someone knew what I was really feeling, they would be just horrified and honestly, there’s nothing that bad. At the time it really felt like that. I just needed someone to say, Chloe, you’re actually normal. You’re okay. I think that was massive for me. So we’re basically just telling everyone to go to therapy, I think.
Emma G: Yeah, I mean, you wouldn’t think twice about going to a diet club if you wanted to lose weight, or you wouldn’t think twice about going to a personal trainer. If you wanted to build muscle or burn fat. You wouldn’t think about all of the people that we outsource stuff to and yet where we’re still in the shame mindset about outsourcing our mental health. The brain is an incredibly complicated organ. Hmm.
Confidence Chloe Brotheridge: I wanted to ask you as well about confidence. From what you do, you kind of need to have quite a lot of confidence. How did that get happen throughout your experiences with anxiety? And are there other things that you’ve kind of learned about confidence, you know, through what you do?
Emma G: It’s such an interesting question. I remember saying to somebody a little while ago, I am riddled with insecurity, even now, and yet, that’s not how I appear. There is a massive disconnect between how people see me and how I see myself. So if I walk into a room and I give a presentation, or I host an event, you can bet that I am absolutely wracked and riddled with nerves. But something allows me to do it. And I just assume it’s adrenaline.
Nerves can support us I used to do live TV. Those nerves really get you through it. I remember somebody saying to me if you don’t have nerves, you shouldn’t be doing this because they’re what make people come alive on air. And so with confidence, I think, I honestly think I felt so overlooked as a kid because I went to a school where you had to be either intellectually very bright or sporty, but preferably both, and I was neither. So I was loud in order to get noticed and then just became incredibly annoying. And so, my confidence has always been phantom confidence.
Confidence on the outside vs inside Chloe Brotheridge: It’s amazing how many people will say the same. In fact, almost everyone that you speak to, you know, when you get below the surface there are these insecurities and nerves and self-doubt and the inner critic . Maybe that’s just normal, a normal part of being human rather than thing we are not enough. Actually, maybe it’s just normal when you’re putting yourself out there to feel that extra kind of energy or to when you’re expanding and growing to have this sense of self-doubt because you’re doing something new or you’re doing something that’s expansive for you. We can be confident on the outside actually say, you know what, I sometimes struggle with this as well.
Mimicry and confidence Emma G: I went to an all-girls school growing up and there would be these girls and I’d think if I could just be like them, I’d be super competent and pretty and everyone would like me. So I think a lot of that comes out of mimicry.
Breast reduction Chloe Brotheridge: I wanted to ask you about one of the videos that you did on your IGTV recently where you’re sharing about the breast reduction surgery that you had. What you were sharing was so relatable. Obviously, a lot of people wouldn’t have had that specific surgery, but I think so many of us can relate to what you were sharing. Could you share a bit about that?
Emma G: Of course, yeah. So, this time last year, I had breast reduction surgery. And it very much was a surgery. I just want to say that I had a great surgeon. I was a really good candidate for it because I had disproportionately large heavy cumbersome boobs, and I didn’t want to have those anymore. But in and amongst my depression, anxiety, I would say that food had become a comfort and therefore had become somewhat toxic in my life. Someone said to me years ago, that basically what you eat in private, you were in public. That was quite a shock. It really sort of hit home.
Comfort eating I know that the topic of weight can be very triggering for people and I’m certainly not casting any judgement. But for me personally, I felt very uncomfortable in my skin because I knew that the excess weight I was carrying, and have done for most of my life was as a result of a self-sabotaging behaviour. Relying on food for more than just sustenance and staying alive. I was relying on it for comfort.
Shame There was no limit of greediness. I had a lot of shame about that. Always dressing in camouflage myself to hide. And if I had my picture taken, I would honestly scream from the neck up at people because I just was so embarrassed.
I’m 42 and this has gone on for years, and I just didn’t want to continue living like that. And when I had the breast reduction, I genuinely thought that would change my body and that suddenly I would look the way I wanted to look. It was a massive anticlimax and an incredible wake up call.
Mental health is an inside job Because doing something that drastic and again, I don’t regret it. It was a great surgery. I’m very happy with the results. But it was a real wake up call about mental health. This is an inside job. If you want to fix this, you have to run towards it and address it head-on.
I mentioned in the video called Brain over Binge by Katherine Hansen. It allowed me to see my relationship and my behaviour around food from a distance. And it was like a software update. I read it in a day and woke up the next morning, and since then my relationship with food has been completely different. Not perfect. There are still days when I have to think, you know, the family pack of crisps needs to last you a weekend. Don’t go and get another bag. I can see it for what it is. Whereas before I didn’t, and I would have given in to all of those impulses. It was overeating essentially.
Chloe Brotheridge: I really took from your story that no matter what we do on the outside it isn’t as effective as what we do on the inside.
Self-sabatoge Emma G: I assumed that people who were smaller than me were living a better life than I was. So I’d imprisoned myself within this mental and physical prison of Yeah, you can’t live your best life because you’re not worthy. There was a lot of attacking coming from within. That was a huge amount of self-sabotage.
What was brilliant about the surgery was that is was a wake up call. It was not cheap. There was six weeks of recovery. It’s obviously general anaesthetic. It’s a major procedure. It threw the situation into clarity. That was then I was able to move forward and address it, which was really helpful. I’m very grateful for it for that reason.
Inside work is a lifetime job Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, definitely. And, yeah, just wanted to say I just noticed something that I was saying. That I’m almost making it sound like you can just heal yourself. But it is such a process of continuing to be really kind to yourself, learning about yourself, becoming aware of your triggers. It’s a lifetime job. I didn’t want to make it seem like it was like, super easy.
It’s a life’s work Emma G: It’s a life’s work. But I think when you do, I mean, I certainly am not a completed project. And I would never say that I am. But I think once you start addressing the internal stuff, and once you start to get to know yourself, you do feel the difference and life does feel better for it. So I know what you’re saying. But I do think your point is completely valid.
Change is possible Chloe Brotheridge: Change is possible that’s quite motivating. Know that it is possible to change.
Emma G: Yeah, we’re very, we’re very malleable. We’re not concrete we can be moulded. And so, you know, if you are currently, as I was, like really emotional and not able to cope with anything, that can be changed. And those coping mechanisms are within your grasp.
Chloe Brotheridge: I want people to write that down on a post it and just have it on the mirror.
How you can stay in touch with Emma Chloe Brotheridge: I’m just looking at the time. I don’t want to keep you too long. Where can people find out more about you and what you’re up to?
Emma G: Emma Guns Show is available on all good podcast platforms, probably not too far away from Chloe’s podcast. My surname was too long for Instagram so I’m at Emma Guns. There’s a great Facebook forum for listeners of the show, but Instagram is probably where you see the most of me.
The podcast saved my life and I sort of half joke because as I said earlier, when I was in a really bad way, I was able to surround myself with really positive inspiring people. I don’t think I don’t think it’s any mistake or accident that the the way I am now is a combination of those conversations, as well as my own therapy and other things that I’ve done. The Emma Guns show is on Apple and Spotify, wherever you get your podcast.
In closing… Chloe Brotheridge: Head on over. I’ll put the links in the in the show notes for everyone as well. Thank you, Emma, thank you so much for speaking to me. I’ve loved everything you said. And I hope people will get a lot from it. And yeah, thank you so much.
Emma G: Always a pleasure to speak to you Chloe, thank you so much. Your podcast is fab, so it’s such an honour.
Calmer-you Chloe Brotheridge: You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me, Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website, Calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions. Please do Subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people.
Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what you thought of this episode. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 119. Asking for help + why happiness is an inside job with Emma Gunavardhana appeared first on Calmer you.
It’s a pleasure to introduce you to Emma Gunavardhana. Emma joins me on the Calmer You podcast. She is an experienced beauty, health and lifestyle writer, presenter and brand consultant and host of the popular The Emma Guns Show. We chat about: Her feel good habits (and the deeper self work she’s doing that makes the […]
The post Ep 119. Asking for help + why happiness is an inside job with Emma Gunavardhana appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You Podcast I’m speaking with Pandora Sykes about FOMOG, failure and doing it right. Pandora is a journalist, writer and podcaster of The High Low. She has just released a new book that I read and highly recommend, How Do We Know We are Doing it Right We chat about: How […]
The post Ep 118. FOMOG, failure and doing it right with Pandora Sykes appeared first on Calmer you.
Today on the Calmer You Podcast I’m speaking with Pandora Sykes about FOMOG, failure and doing it right. Pandora is a journalist, writer and podcaster of The High Low. She has just released a new book that I read and highly recommend, How Do We Know We are Doing it Right
We chat about: * How do we know we’re doing it right? * FOMOG and the need to be productive all the time * Is self-care still valid or is it another industry profiting from our misery! * Why so many of us feel like a failure
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident self.
Hello, and welcome to this episode. Thank you so much for listening today. I get to speak to Pandora Sykes today who is journalist, a writer, and a podcaster.
You have probably heard of her from the incredibly wonderful and successful podcast, The High Low and she also has a new series, which is supporting her new book. The podcast series is called Doing It Right. At the time of recording, it was actually at the top of the podcast chart. I feel very privileged and lucky to get to speak to her.
How do we know we are doing it right? Her book is called How Do We Know We’re Doing It Right and I absolutely loved it. It’s such a good read. I’m so impressed by Pandora’s scope of knowledge and understanding and ability to tie ideas together. I think you’re gonna love it. We talk about the idea of how do we know we’re doing it right? We talk about FOMO. And we talk about the need to be productive all the time. We get into the topic of self care, and whether it really works? Or is it actually just another industry that is profiting from our misery? We also talk about why so many of us feel like a failure.
Anxiety Solution App Before we get into the episode, I just want to tell you about my app, the Anxiety Solution App, have you checked it out? yet? The reviews are, frankly, amazing. We’ve been really blown away by the response that we’ve had to this app and how much it’s helping people.
Here’s a review from Veronica. She says, I started using this app just over a week ago. I was spending hours scrolling Instagram feeling unmotivated, unproductive, exhausted, and feelings that I’m not good enough at work. My friend group is drinking too much coffee and generally unwell. I started using the Anxiety Solution out of curiosity. I really liked Chloe’s podcast Carma You and follow her on Instagram. The app really works. Only a couple of days in I can see tangible results. I feel energetic motivated, hardly go on any social media, don’t scroll at all. And generally, I’m feeling great, best money spent. Now I paid for a year subscription to change my daily routine and look forward to the day ahead. So thank you so much, Veronica for that review.
Firstly, you can check out the anxiety solution app, you’ll find the link on my website, Calmer-you.com. You can find it in the app store as well. And there’s a free trial so you can try it out and see if you like it. So please do check that out.
Let’s welcome Pandora Let’s get into the episode with Pandora Sykes. So welcome Pandora. Thank you so much for joining me today. How are you today? How are you doing?
Pandora: I’m really good. Thank you so much for having me on.
Handling lockdown Chloe Brotheridge: How are you handling everything in terms of lockdown?
Pandora: I’m used to spending loads of time at home because I work at home, and I’ve got young kids. I’m really lucky home is my safe place, not just physically but mentally as well. There hasn’t been an enormous change in terms of how I would spend the bulk of my time. It’s just been very surreal because even if you spend a lot of time in your home, you still know that everyone else is out and about. And it’s not weird that I’m in my home for me. It’s weird that everyone else is in their homes as well.
I’ve been so fortunate during the lockdown. Me and my husband are still working and our children are healthy. So I mean, you know, what more could you ask for right now to be honest?
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, definitely. I wonder if when you write books, it’s quite good training for this sort of situation. Are writers are made for a lockdown?
Pandora: Yeah, I was on a very tight deadline as well. So I was just at my desk for like, 12 hour days for two months, pretty much and then I had a baby in December. I’m well trained for it. Yeah.
Chloe Brotheridge: Congratulations on your new book, How Do We Know We’re Doing It Right. It’s absolutely brilliant. Really funny, incredibly relatable. Can you share a bit about what it is about?
Pandora: It’s a pretty long title. It basically started from a bunch of essays that I wanted to write about modern life. At the beginning, I didn’t really think there was any overarching theme between them. Then as soon as I started kind of holding the ideas, together with one another, it became quite apparent that there were certain things that were really coming through that really interested me.
Too much choice? This idea of choice being a bind as much as a blessing that in a culture of endless choice, you don’t necessarily always feel liberated you sometimes feel addled. And I don’t mean in terms of like basic fundamental freedoms, you know, everyone needs a level of societal choice and to not have that is important, but above that above the necessary choice. There are lots of ridiculously small choices that now exist. I think we’ve just been flooded.
The age of overload We’ve been flooded with online stores, books, home apps and information, a torrent of information, you know, the age of overload. We’ve been flooded with everyone else’s opinions all the time. You know, we’re sort of drowning in it in a sea of other people’s opinions. So I suppose that was what kind of brought me to that at the beginning was the Paradox of Choice. Then I wanted to look at things some serious some more silly that I thought there was a larger story.
I find my phone incredibly anxiety making and have a phobia of being with my phone. So then I wanted to learn more about what that says about the way we communicate. And like most of the things that I was looking at in the book, it turns out that that’s not a new thing. We’ve always been one step behind communication. It’s never quite serving as cognitively it’s always pushing us a little bit further.
I was very keen to write about these things. Not just about the problems that millennial women have. But ultimately, look at the fact that all of these issues are generational. It’s the responsibility of each generation to sift through them and to look at what serves us and what doesn’t.
The need to be productive Chloe Brotheridge: It’s fascinating because it summarises all these complexities that we’re dealing with. So many people will be dealing with these complicated things in life and just to have them kind of, have it sort of spoken and talked about is really powerful.
You talk a lot about burnout and the pressure to always be busy. This need to be productive. I that part of modern life, and anxiety-provoking in itself? It’s like, of course, we’re feeling anxious because of all these things that are going on.
There is always a trade-off Pandora: I think quite possibly, yeah. We’re at a real kind of crunch point in terms of something that I find really interesting. And probably is a bit similar to how this idea that choices not only good is this idea that progress is only good. But in order to gain certain things, we have to lose other things. And I think we’ve forgotten that there’s always that trade-off in life. That we just expect things to get better and quicker and cheaper and seamless and shiny, including ourselves without realising there’s a price to pay.
I’m so pleased to hear you say that it made you feel less alone because that that was something I really wanted to try and get to the heart of. Not to try and be relatable to everyone because I don’t think anything can be relatable to everyone, but definitely to bring together lots of strands that might be making people feel alone and to kind of find that commonality.
Burnout But yes, I mean, we know that more people are feeling anxious than ever. 264 million people worldwide suffer from an anxiety disorder. And I have intense periods of anxiety, myself with burnout. That one, maybe it will be controversial. But I wanted to slightly dig a little bit deeper because I felt like we were talking about burnout a lot quite, quite casually.
Purpose It’s not the same as being really tired or really stressed. It’s a kind of combination of being very stressed and very overworked and feeling without purpose. So believing that the work you do holds no value. And that’s when I personally realised that I didn’t have burnout because I never got to the point where I thought that the job I did had no purpose and that I had no value. I was very tired, and I was very stressed. But I didn’t lose purpose.
Burnout I wanted to really sort of disentangle these particular types of stress, because I do worry that the conversations we have become very flattening, you know, to talk about every sort of work stressors, burnout, or to talk about every concern or moment of self-awareness or self-doubt, as anxiety.
Chloe Brotheridge: Burnout can mean so many different things, because when I think of burnout I think of Adrenal Fatigue. Where someone can get out of bed in the morning and there are two people not be able to get out of bed for, you know, several years because they’re so burned out. So yeah, it’s good to have different kinds of distinctions and what that is. There are lots of books about burnout coming out in the next year or so. It’s definitely something on people’s radars more and more.
There is a difference Pandora: Helen Peterson who wrote the piece for BuzzFeed about burnout that kind of started this conversation. I think she’s got one coming out. So that will be there. We need to be careful about term suffering from overextension. And I’ve worried sometimes as well that we’ve seen that happen with depression. So people who don’t suffer from depression will say, Oh, I’m so depressed today, rather than I’m so sad. And I worry that with words like depression, anxiety and burnout, that we’ll rid them of their meaning and of their impact. That’s not to dismiss the people that do have anxiety or do have burnout or do have depression. But when we chuck these words around so much, they become a bit like the boy who cried wolf. We’re going to miss the instances where we really need to be paying attention.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, that’s so true. That definitely happens with anxiety. I hear from a lot of people saying anxieties become fashionable or something which I don’t think is very helpful.
Don’t confuse when we really need to pay attention Pandora: I think that’s really dangerous, because that has seen some people not seek help, because they’ve been told by the sort of current dialogue that everyone’s anxious and it’s normal. And that’s, you know, let people get into states, I think, where they have just assumed that everyone feels like this because they’re being told that everyone does.
Chloe Brotheridge: That can be dangerous, I think. Yeah, I guess it just comes down to what we caught up and do as human beings try and make things all or nothing or kind of generalise or put people into boxes and labels next to life.
Pandora: I can see why that happens. It’s much easier to talk about things or to understand things when they’re categorizable. I mean, I wrote a whole essay about how kind of womanhood has been divided into categorizable sort of flippable role acts of pop culture stereotypes. We were not going to get anywhere as long as we try and do that. It has a really damaging impact on the people who are categorised as well.
Is wellness unwell? Chloe Brotheridge: I really wanted to talk to you about the concept of wellness. Your book starts off talking about wellness. And I have to say, I think I might be one of those people that would fit in quite well with the crystals.
From the way you describe it in the book, it makes a lot of sense to me. Almost seems like wellness is actually quite unwell. What is that your take on it?
Wellness as industry Pandora: I think where I was really keen to try and draw distinctions is I don’t want anyone to feel ashamed. And I don’t think there’s anything wrong with believing in the kind of various tenants of wellness. Where I think wellness is dangerous as an industry. It quite literally exists and trades off insecurity. And it is doing a lot of rebranding of ancient things like diet culture. The idea that a woman has to present a certain way she has to be whole and pure and clean.
These things are historic. They’re not anything new. Some people who get very invested in wellness aren’t well because I think it can turn into orthorexia, which is obviously an obsession with healthy eating, or it can psychologically become quite controlling.
Wellness is a class issue The other issue I already have with wellness is that it’s a class issue. It’s an economic issue because a lot of the things that are extolled as the benefits of wellness are really expensive. This means and I quote a writer called Amanda Moll, the wealthiest among us are the ones that have access to wellness. And so in that sense, there isn’t anything inherently wrong with wellness. But when it’s used as a way to somehow improve the lives of society at large, then No, I don’t think it’s appropriate at all. I don’t see how it can address systemic social issues.
Wellness is not going to save obesity for example, because obesity is much more of a multifactorial social issue. It’s got much more in common with poverty than it does with turmeric lattes. How do you say the word I still don’t even know if it’s tumeric or turmeric which is American?
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I think there is that sense that if we buy a crystal or do a gong bath somehow our problems will magically go away. I suppose if you’re saying that to to a working mom who’s got kids, has two jobs and you suggest take a bath and that’s not going to be accessible for her and yeah, I think there needs to be a wider discussion about what that is.
Self-care vs self-respect Pandora: I think self-care is a brilliant thing when you are doing small things to make you feel sane. I think when self-care becomes a sort of distraction or an indulgence that allows us to avoid more serious conversations or to consider other people. This whole sort of invocation of I’m doing it for my self-care. That’s great, but what’s the self-care of the rest of society like and that’s why I kind of fell in love a bit with something Joan Didion said. She wrote that what we actually need is self-respect. And that, to me is a much more rounded and wholehearted way to look at how we look after ourselves.
That we have respect for our minds and our bodies, and also the minds and bodies of other people. Rather than it just being something that turns inward. I think it has to be something that we turn outward.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I think so many of our problems are kind of societal issues. It can’t be fixed by having a bath in some Epsom salts. What does self-respect mean to you?
What does self-respect mean Pandora: I’m still working on it. But I think it’s a combination of a few different things. I think it’s being in tune with yourself. What you need but also what you can give. And I think it’s operating from a place of conviction and quiet confidence and contentment. I don’t think we should be striving for a fully optimised life or a technicolour instagrammable perfect, seamless friction-free life. I think we should be aiming for contentment, and calm and conviction and self-respect.
Those are hard things to attain at the moment because I think it’s very difficult to have total conviction in yourself when we are exposed through a torrent of information through social media to what everyone else thinks all the time. So even if you don’t realise that you are subconsciously absorbing what everyone else thinks, what everyone else is doing 24/seven. And so then it becomes very hard, I think, to have conviction and go to have self-respect.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, that idea of self-optimization and the huge amount of pressure we are putting on ourselves. One quote I really liked from the book was, we think that having a bad day is our failure to harness something.
Being good enough Pandora: It’s something I’ve seen in others and I see in myself. I have to remind myself all the time that there doesn’t always have to be like a visible product for how I spend my time. And not everything has to be. I mean, kind of a mantra that I repeat throughout the book, which comes from Derek Winnicott is this idea of the good enough that something I think, probably we’d all be a lot happier if we just tried to be good enough at something rather than the best.
I’m real perfectionist and pretty hectic. I move quite frantically through through life. So it’s a real reminder to me to not try and optimise everything. Don’t try and make Something the best it can be. I mean, that’s not to say I think that you should kind of half-assed it. But I think maybe sometimes a bit more half-assing would would be good for us.
Chloe Brotheridge: What I hear from a lot of people is that they won’t give things a try because they think they have to be perfect or because it’s difficult to. At first, we kind of have this sense that we need to be somehow good at dancing before we go to a dance class or something like that.
There is a process Pandora: I think that’s because the stakes are much higher, though. We don’t really see much in the way of process we just see the finished result. And, and I think that’s okay, I don’t think we should have to see the making of everything in order to know that hard work has gone into it. But that also means that I think people have become obsessed with the processes of others, you know, well, how are they doing that in order to make that work?
Cancel culture Perhaps if I can do that, then I can make that work. And also trying something new becomes so much scarier because everything is now preserved on the internet, you know, we are seeing a vast amount of kind of cancellations happening at the moment or attempted cancellations. I’m not even sure if I totally believe in canceled culture a lot of the time. But certainly like the idea of the takedown is very seductive. At the moment, you know that every single day on Twitter, I see that someone else has been taken down or bids to cancel someone else.
So I think even if you know you don’t have a platform online, you’re still existing within a space where trying new things is really risky. And failure is something that will be preserved will have posterity. Which is a real shame because failures are really important. You know, look, I mean, Elizabeth day’s brilliant podcast how to fail failures. As important as successes.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m really curious about your take on cancel culture. And when you say you’re not sure what had happened, whether you’re not sure it exists or something, can you share a bit more about that?
Does it last? Pandora: I think it I think it exists anecdotally. So I think people trying to cancel someone is real. And I think what that feels like is devastating. You know, I use the example of Taylor Swift in the book because there was a lot of, you know, hashtags calling to cancel Taylor Swift or Taylor Swift is over party and that that lasted a good year or two after she had this very public Fallout with Kim Kardashian and Kanye West.
But it wasn’t enforced economically, or physically. Taylor Swift was still allowed to exist within a public and private space. She didn’t have her friends or family taken away from her. And didn’t have her career taken away from her. She still brought out an album.
I think we need to be quite careful with cancel culture in that it’s very rarely something that actually affects the way that we move through the world. And I’m sure the effects of it are devastating. I would be devastated to be cancelled. But the only kind of real examples of full cancellation, I think we’ve seen are with people like Harvey Weinstein and Bill Cosby. And that’s because they’re criminals and cancel culture should exist in that.
How can there be progress? I think it’s something we do more in rhetoric, and I don’t agree with it. It’s incredibly flattening and binary. And if we just cancel everyone we don’t agree with then no progress can be made, and no one will be left. I interviewed Alain de Botton recently for my new podcast Doing it Right. And he said that he can see the possibility that one day we’ll just have an island where everyone who is being cancelled can just go. And I think that’s preferable. Maybe that’s better than this absolutely mad scenario we see happening online now.
FOMOG Chloe Brotheridge: I think disengagement is a good thing. Whether or not you’re being cancelled. I’d leave Twitter anyway. It’s turning into quite a savage place. One thing I really wanted to ask you about was foam.org. Funding mark. Can you say what that is? But we’ve heard a FOMO but FOMO?
Pandora: I didn’t come up with FOMOG. I think I got it from So I wrote a piece for Sunday Times style pocket two years ago. I’ve come across this acronym that I think had been created around a conversation that a young model called Loni Anderson was having, where she was in her early 20s.
What’s wrong with #goals She said that she felt like she was missing out on her goals, that she had these very ambitious goals for herself by the age of 25. And so this acronym kind of was created, which was FOMOG fear of missing out on goals. I sort of used that acronym to interrogate certain feelings I had been having about success or accomplishment in the wake of having my daughter.
We’ve seen with this sort of dreadful #goals,. When I was growing up goals was just something that like UCAS advisors talked about. It wasn’t this kind of cultural collective aspiration that we saw become something really on social media.
Tick box theory I think that goals can be quite damaging when we just look at them as the finished product. It’s what I was saying, really about forgetting that things have process, but also that, as Shakespeare says, you know, Joy is in the doing goals makes us look at just the end goal. It’s we don’t take any pleasure or fulfilment in the journey. I was falling foul of something that I called tick box theory. Where a goal or an achievement was just something to tick rather than the process of getting there being something as important as the as the end result.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I imagine it’s something that’s quite personal right now and that a lot of goals that people might have had, whether that ginding a partner or getting married or having kids or going on holiday or doing certain things have just all been postponed because of lockdown. And I think a lot of people might be resonating that they feel like they’re missing out on achieving the things they wanted to achieve or, you know,
It shouldn’t be about the tick box Pandora: Ambitions are really important. Hope is really important. But I think we have to look at why we’re wanting to achieve what we want to achieve. And be careful but it’s not just in order to tick it off. There’s something a bit more holistic in it than that. And we’re not jumping straight to the end point always and then wondering why we don’t feel fabulous. It’s just, I mean, like most things in modern life, I think it’s just about slowing down and checking in having like checkpoints along that journey.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, slowing down, not not taking things off a list not doing things for the sake of them. Enjoying the journey a bit more. Yeah,
Another another thing you mentioned in the book was the cognitive load that women will quite often take on board. We juggle so much that tend to fall on the women shoulders, can you can you explain a bit more about that?
Work in the home Pandora: I wanted to really look at the concept of work as a whole. So not just work in the economic sense, but the work of the home as well. And that can become quite political when you consider that most of the work of the home is still done by women. So even though the gap between working mothers and working fathers is closer than it’s ever been 75% of women currently work versus 91% of men.
The gap in terms of the work of the home is still quite large. Women do on average, 70 minutes more a day. Now as the mother to young children, I looked at that mostly through the lens of being a parent, but I think it exists whether or not you do have children. Obviously children add a large part of the load but there is still the cognitive load. The executive functioning as one psychologists call it a household.
Emotional labour I wanted to look at how that kind of broke down through the term emotional labour, which has been kind of misunderstood and also become an umbrella term for quite a few different things. So I think that there are three categories to how to work the homebrew side. There’s the physical work. Ffor example, in my marriage, we have a 50/50 physical breakdown of childcare. Then there’s the allostatic load, which is the wear and tear and the stress on the body. And then there’s the cognitive work.
Why was I feeling mentally more frazzled? I came across some really interesting research by a Canadian psychologist called Darby Saxby about the cognitive work and the allostatic load and I found that really freeing and enlightening for me because I was confused that we were doing 50 things 50 of the physical work So why was I feeling physically way more stressed? Why was I feeling mentally more frazzled?
And she said, it might be that at the end of the day, you’re still thinking about, well, do the children need more new school shoes? When have I put into the diary, a date with our parents? What about the present for my daughter’s stocking? I was doing all of that. And from talking to a lot of other people, it seemed like that was still a gendered thing. Now, that’s absolutely not to criticise my husband because the thing is, is I take that on voluntarily.
Sharing cognitive load Neuroscientist, Pat Levitt, said which I think about all the time where he said, women have bought into the idea that they are better at it. And that’s the thing. It’s not that women are better. It’s not like we’re born being better at that. We are socialised to think that we are and so it becomes easier to do it rather than to not. This was just something that I looked at through quite a personal lens. But what I do now is instead of remembering everything, I give some of the cognitive load to my husband.
So I say, Oh, we’ve run out of lightbulbs, could you get some more? Or we need to buy something for the children could you sort that. It frees up space in your brain because there’s only so many things you’ve got space for in your brain. And if your brain is totally full, with the executive functioning of a household, you haven’t got room for anything else, like things that feel good or that might teach you something
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s a good strategy to try. I find that sometimes it’s easier for me to do it than have to ask my boyfriend five times to do something.
Gender roles have changed while gender patterns have not Pandora: It’s easiest short term. But is it easier? Or rather is it healthier? Long term? Because then you get into patterns? Yeah. Which is very much something I see in my parents. My parents have very traditional gender roles. But I think I think it was something that I wanted to sort of think about because we are two full time working parents. So it no longer makes sense. I mean, I don’t think even if you’re a stay at home mom, you should do all the executive planning of a household. I mean, you’re already doing the work of full-time childcare, which that is work. It might not be paid work, probably should be but it’s still work.
Doing it Right Podcast Chloe Brotheridge: No one should take on all of the wear and tear or the or the thinking. Such an interesting topic. Can you say a bit about your podcast. I saw that it is riding high on the charts standing on the shoulders of Louis Theroux currently. So massive congratulations about that.
Pandora: I mean, a pleasure to be on the shoulders of Louis. If only it was in real life, not just in the charts. That would be very exciting. And, yeah, so I decided to do a solo podcast series, When we realised we wouldn’t be able to do a book tour. And I just really wanted the opportunity to have conversations with people. It was primarily a communication tool to look at, quite loosely.
Themes and myths around modern life It’s not like I’ve taken a chapter and then done a podcast episode on it, but just to look at some of the themes and myths around modern Life. So it’s an eight part interview series. My first one went out yesterday, Monday, the sixth of July with Joe Lycett. And it’s a mix of experts in their field. I suppose celebrities, but the celebrities are also experts in their fields like Joe Lai, citizen, expert comedian in his comedy field. And it looks at what I am most interested in, which is the little things and the big things, you know, the trivial things and the serious things because life is made up of both. And it was just an opportunity really, for me to interview some of the people that I admire the most or have learned the most from.
Ask lots of questions Pandora: It’s called Doing it Right. And yes, the subtext is there is no way to do it right. There are many ways to do things. There is no answer.
I just asked lots of questions, whether it’s in the book or in the podcast, I want to encourage us to ask questions about our lives, rather than always trying to answer them.
There are no right or wrong answers Chloe Brotheridge: That’s such a reassuring message. And definitely something I took away from your book. We have this tendency to think of things as binary, it’s either right or wrong, it’s perfect or it’s a disaster. Actually, the truth is, it’s complicated. Everyone’s struggling with something and that’s okay.
Pandora: That’s okay. And also we have to have the competence to sit on the fence a bit. I think. What we’re seeing now is that it’s kind of gone out of fashion to be equivocal, and that is really dangerous. I mean, I see it now even doing the High Low.
You know, people asked me to have conclusive views on things that I don’t have conclusive views on and I feel pushed to have a conclusive view. I don’t want to. I don’t have opinions on everything. I’m still learning about so many things. And if we come out and stay in opinion early on in that process, then we don’t bother to go away and do more learning.
We don’t have to be so sure Chloe Brotheridge: It can be quite dangerous. I think what we’re seeing now with all the conspiracies and anti-vaxxers and people putting their stake in the sand, is that another analogy. And then once you’ve once you’ve formed really decisive opinions it may be difficult to go back on it when you have new information. So maybe let’s be quite careful.
Pandora: A lot of those opinions are made within our particular context. So like, anti-vaxxers, that’s often from a very privileged Western point of view. But what about where, if you don’t have vaccinations, you will die. It’s as simple as that. And so, anti vaccine makes me frustrated because it comes from quite a privileged space where a vaccination is not a matter of life or death.
Chloe Brotheridge: Definitely recommend getting vaccines. Anyway, thank you so much for everything that you’ve shared. I think you’re brilliant. Please, can you tell us where people can find out more about you and buy your book and that sort of thing.
How to connect with Pandora Pandora: You can buy my book from any good retailer and you can find Doing it Right on your preferred podcast platform. And you can follow me on Twitter. It’s an egg. It’s got zero followers. Don’t get me started. And I’m on Instagram. I’m not very interesting on Instagram. I’m on Instagram at Pandora Sykes got I’m not very good at that.
Pandora: Thank you so much for having me.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you. Yes, brilliant. Thank you so much.
Thanks for listening You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me, Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website, Calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions. Please do Subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people.
Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what you thought of this episode. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 118. FOMOG, failure and doing it right with Pandora Sykes appeared first on Calmer you.
If you’re someone who feels the need to be ‘productive’ every day in order to feel worthy or you’re close to burning out because you’re always over-working and so ‘crazy busy’, this episode is for you.
In this solo episode I speak about:
Transcript Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Close to my heart Hello, and welcome to this week’s episode. Thank you so much for listening. Today, I’m going to be talking about a topic which is not only something that is close to my heart. I’ve struggled with a lot myself, but I would say it’s a very common thing that I see when I’m working with people one on one. It also comes up when speaking with friends and on social media. It comes up a lot.
Do we need to earn our rest? It’s this idea that we need to earn our rest. That we have to be productive all the time. Even just reading a book alone at the end of a long day, that is somehow not okay. There’s this internal pressure that we put on ourselves. Also pressure from society, from other people, from social media that we have to be producing, doing something, quote-unquote worthwhile nearly all the time.
Breaking free from over-working So if you relate to this, if this is ringing some bells or recognition in your mind, then stay tuned to this episode because I’m going to be exploring this topic. Also, offering practical tips that you can do to break free from over-working.
If you haven’t already checked out my website, www.calmer-you.com, you can head over there. I’ve got loads of freebies for you. Those are things for you to get involved with. Whether you’re looking to calm your mind, feel more confident, grow your self-belief, there’s tonnes over there. So do head over and grab those freebies.
Work with me I just want to let you know that I see a select number of one to one clients. At the moment I have a few slots available. I see everyone online. So I use a programme called zoom, it works incredibly well. And I do a powerful combination of hypnotherapy and coaching. If you want to check it out, you can head to my website.
9 to 5 is outdated The first topic that I wanted to get into is this idea around nine to five and working five days a week. We’ve kind of taken it for granted that this is like the best way people do it all over the world. This way of working is really out-dated. It was actually brought in by Henry Ford in 1926. For factory workers, Henry Ford is thinking about how can we squeeze as much work out of these factory workers without our without killing them basically.
Obviously nowadays, we work in such a different way. We are using our minds more than our bodies, we’re working creatively, we’re sitting down at a desk, we’re not working in factories. It is completely illogical to assume that working nine to five, or more realistically working eight till six or eight till 10 o’clock at night sometimes. This way of working does not suit the type of work that we do.
Over-working in this way doesn’t support our productivity It doesn’t suit the human brain and the human body and doesn’t suit our happiness. It doesn’t suit our productivity. And they’re doing more and more studies into things like a four day week or a six hour working day. Studies are looking at how this can actually increase people’s happiness at work and productivity. Also, increase their ability to be creative and nuture positive relationships with other people at work.
Firstly let’s not assume for a minute that this is the best way of doing things. And I’ve spoken to a lot of other creative people. I’ve spoken to a lot of authors in particular, and time after time, people will say, there’s no way that I do any more than about four or five hours of writing a day. It’s literally impossible for me to do that.
There is a different way of working You know, when you think about it like that, four or five hours of focused work rather than eight hours of going and surfing Facebook, or going and chatting to someone by the watercooler. You know, maybe there is a different way of working, that doesn’t involve sitting at our desk and over-working. Then maybe beating ourselves up because we’re not being so productive within those eight hours. It’s because it doesn’t really suit us to work that way.
The wrong messages The next thing I wanted to mention was how much our mindset around work has been influenced by capitalism and our consumerist culture that we live in. The sense that over-working and how much money you make defines how successful you are. All these messages are kind of drummed into us from an early age from watching TV shows about people that have lots of money and amazing clothes and handbags and how that can lead to happiness. Or this glamorous kind of lifestyle that we’ve been sold.
How much do we need to be happy Yet, let’s be real, we know in fact, they’ve done studies into this, if you are earning over 50,000 pounds a year, that does not contribute to more happiness. So more money does not equal more happiness people. Yes, we need money in order to meet our needs to be comfortable and not worry. And, yes, 50,000 pounds is over the national average. But if we’re striving and pushing ourselves to make more and more money because we think it will make us happier, studies show that isn’t true.
Busy porn Striving and pushing and putting pressure on ourselves and over-working and burning out is actually leading to us not being happy, then, what is the actual point? Then to throw into the mix, this idea that busy is a badge of honour. I don’t know if you’ve ever heard the term busy porn. This basically means people bragging or maybe humble bragging about how busy they are and that they haven’t even got time to breathe, or have time to go to the toilet. They certainly don’t have time to meditate. Far too busy for that. And actually, there’s this glamorization of over-working.
If over-working doesn’t feel good that’s not success If busy doesn’t feel good for you, it certainly doesn’t feel good for me, then that’s not successful. Perhaps, when you look back at your life, you can see that your mom was someone that was always on the go, she wasn’t working, she was cleaning, or she was studying or she was doing something else. Or maybe your dad, you know, had very high standards or he was a workaholic and over-working, or there was a sense that you know, no matter what you do, it’s never quite good enough.
Where does this need to over-work come from? I invite you to look back in your life and see if you can pinpoint where This attitude of needing to work all the time or needing to be busy all the time actually come from. More than likely you’re going to find it somewhere in your past and it is this subconscious programme that we take on board and that can stay with us.
To-do lists We all live by our to do less. I don’t know where we’d be without it, honestly. I have so many to do lists, it’s ridiculous. But we often labour under this assumption that we will one day be done with our to do list that one day we will take everything off our to do list everything will get done. And then we can relax then we’ve earned our rest. Then we know that we can fully enjoy a book or finally get into that box at knowing that we’ve done everything that needs to get done.
Being ok with an undone to-do list But guess what? Your to-do list is never done. There will always be a constant stream of more things to do. Let’s let go of the idea that we’re suddenly gonna get everything done. That day never comes. Life is constantly changing. There’s constantly new things to be doing. We’ve got new ideas, new projects, new requests, new demands on our time. Let’s just let go of the idea that we can ever be done. And actually be okay with having an undone to-do list and be okay with whatever we got done that day. actually be okay with whatever we have done that day.
Focus on what you have gotten done Instead of thinking about all the things that we haven’t done because there’s gonna be a million of them every single day, let’s focus on what we have gotten done.
Rest is productive Put rest on your to-do list. We cannot have productivity without rest. We cannot have creative or meaningful quality work without recharging ourselves.
Repeat: I need to rest to be my best So I like to say the cheesy phrase: I need rest to be at my best. It feels good to say.
Focus on what you have achieved each day. Give yourself credit for that, even if it’s a tiny thing, even if you just managed to have a shower and take the bins out today, it’s absolutely fine. Be proud of yourself.
Focus on the good things When you have such a critical mind or you’re on the anxious side, your mind is always going to go to the worst-case scenario, the problems, the criticisms, the imperfections. We need to train our minds to focus on the good things and focus on the things that we are doing instead. Over-working isn’t one of them.
Another interesting thing about rest, when your brain is in fight or flight, racing heart, sweaty palms, that’s not supportive. It’s that inner tension or maybe feeling in your stomach, maybe you get a bit fuzzy headed, and can’t focus that easily when you’re in fight or flight. Our brains are not that well equipped to doing office work or creative work. When we’re in fight or flight, it difficult to write a blog post or spreadsheets or you know proofreading an email. It is not ideal because a lot of blood flow goes away from the frontal cortex, the part of your brain that is rational that is clear thinking that helps you to make rational decisions.
How to prioritise what you need for productive work We are not in a good state to do good work when we’re in fight or flight. When we are over-working. And that’s another reason why it’s so important to prioritise rest, taking breaks, taking care of yourself, having time off. Turn your phone off at the end of the day. Try having no work emails on a Sunday rule, because it’s actually going to mean that you are more able to do better work.
What do you want people to remember about you? Relationships improve when we’re calmer. I don’t know if you’ve noticed this I certainly have. Irritability is a massive symptom of stress and anxiety. So another really strong reason to take care of yourself more and take a step back from things and I invite you to really think about what is important to you in your life. What are your top priorities because think about it this way, you know, when it gets to your funeral one day when you die, by the way, we’re going to die one day, sorry to break it.
At your funeral people are not going to be saying, you know, Sandra was amazing at getting spreadsheets done on time. Or, you know, I never saw Lisa have a spelling mistake in an email or she had the most amazing collection of handbags. That is definitely not what people are gonna be saying at your funeral.
Focus on what really matters Let’s Get Real. Let’s focus on the things that really matter to us, the things that are most important, because life is so precious. A book written by an Australian end of life nurse, addresses the top five regrets of the dying. Number two on that list is I wish I hadn’t been over-working. I don’t want you to be one of those people. That is on your deathbed.
Hopefully many years from now, you are not regretting over-working or not spending enough time with loved ones or not following that creative pursuit, not taking the time to read novels and enjoy them or watch boxsets or switch off on holiday.
What is most important to you Think about what really matters to you and what is most important to you in your life. How can you incorporate more of that into your life? How can you remind yourself of what really matters to you and what is most important, so that when you find yourself getting caught into that spiral of dizziness or over-work or getting close to burning out, you can come back to what matters to you most. Life is not a race. If you are racing through your life, over-working, you are racing towards your death. It’s cheesy but we do need to slow down in order to smell the roses or the coffee or whatever it is that you want to be smelling.
Over-working and being productive is not the rent that you pay to exist, you are worthy, you are deserving of just existing. You don’t need to be productive and over-working all the time in order to earn your oxygen.
As human beings, we are so incredible. We have the most complex bodies and minds of any known creature in the universe. We’ve been evolving out of stardust for billions of years. And we are connected to nature. We are not machines designed to produce and make things at the expense of our own well being.
What are we here for? I really believe that we’re all here to be happy. We’re all here to learn and grow and enjoy our lives. So let’s focus on that more and more.
Just to summarise all of that for you. Remember what is important to you? How can you prioritise that more? Know the importance of rest and taking breaks, remembering that actually maybe a four day week or a six hour work day, or just making sure that you’re not answering emails outside of work hours, making sure that you actually booked that holiday off, is going to help you to be more productive. It’s going to improve your relationships. Also, help your brain to be more creative and better at making decisions.
Natural rhythms And my final point, think about how your body is in terms of your natural rhythms and cycles. So are you somebody that is a real morning person and you know that your mornings are more productive, more energetic or maybe you’re a night owl and actually, you work best at 10pm at night when everyone else is going to bed? Can you work around this? Can you find a way to work at the times that are most productive for you? And then choose to rest and take time off and take care of yourself at those times when you’re not so productive.
This also applies to the menstrual cycle. If you notice that on certain days of the month, you might try to sit down at your desk and work and put pressure on yourself and end up procrastinating. I know that I can do this on days, like 21 to 24. Actually no work gets done and it’s not worthbeating myself up about that. On these days, I manage that and schedule in either less taxing work or take more time off and more breaks.
If you have a hormonal cycle, and you have a period, then your body works in cycles, so it’s really silly to expect us to be as productive and hard working and energetic on every single day of the month because that’s just not how our bodies work. So let’s rethink over-working.
What do you think Thank you so much for listening. I’d love to know what you think about this. Come on over to my Instagram at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what of these ideas you’re going to be carrying forwards. Please do share any other thoughts or ideas you have a next you have any tips on how to break free of the tyranny of productivity, and over-working.
Maybe you have an example you’d like to share. Come and find me on Instagram. I’d love to hear from you.
Thank you so much for listening and I’ll catch you later You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download the freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my one on one sessions.
Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people and come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge let me know what you thought of this episode and please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today.
I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead
The post Ep 117. Break free from over-working appeared first on Calmer you.
If you’re someone who feels the need to be ‘productive’ every day in order to feel worthy or you’re close to burning out because you’re always over-working and so ‘crazy busy’, this episode is for you. In this solo episode I speak about: Why you don’t have to earn your time off Where our addiction […]
The post Ep 117. Break free from over-working appeared first on Calmer you.
If you want to live calmer and happier as I know most of my community does, then this episode of the Calmer You podcast with author of the Mind Medic, Dr. Sarah Vohra, is for you.
Dr Vohra is a Consultant Psychiatrist, Bestselling Author, Public Speaker and Women’s Health UK Magazine Columnist. She is on a mission to educate everyone on how to improve their mental health as well as supporting the mental wellbeing of those around them.
On this episode we chat about: * Dealing with comparison * A powerful technique to deal with worries * Using the senses to calm anxiety * How to say ‘no’ more
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident self.
Today’s guest Welcome to today’s episode, I am joined by Dr. Sarah Vohra, consultant psychiatrist. She is the perfect person to speak to about all things mental health and mental well-being. She’s got a new book out called The Mind Medic. She’s also called @themindmedic on Instagram. You might have heard of The Five Senses Guidelines for a calmer, happier life. I think it’s a brilliant book for anyone that wants to be calmer and happier.
Topics We get into topics such as saying no. I love the example that Sarah shares to help us to think about saying something in a different way. We also talked about dealing with comparison, particularly around lockdown. Most of us have been on our devices and social media more than ever. It’s more of a problem than ever, unfortunately. But Sarah has so much good advice on this one.
We talked about a really powerful technique to deal with worries. And we talked about how to use your senses to calm anxiety.
Free Resorces If you would like some free resources to help you to be more confident ditch the imposter syndrome, quiet the inner critic, you can head over to my website, Calmer-you.com/confidence and download my free affirmations for confidence.
If you’ve been telling yourself negative things about yourself, it’s time to turn that around and start to say some positive encouraging things to yourself instead. Get the freebie now for support.
Let’s get into the interview with Dr. Sarah Vorha.
Chloe Brotheridge: I am so excited about your new book, which is out on the 16th of July. We’ll talk about that in a moment. Could you tell us a bit about what you do and what your day to day job involves and the sort of people that you help.
Meet Sarah Sarah: My name is Sarah Vorha. I am a consultant psychiatrist. So day to day, I see patients who struggle with a whole host of mental health difficulties. From things like depression, anxiety, OCD, eating disorders, grief, so a whole host of conditions. On the side, I’ve kind of carved out this alternative career online. A few years ago, I was finding I was getting really frustrated with the amount of misinformation online, especially something as sensitive as mental health.
Resources from an expert It’s so important that the right information is out there, and that it’s delivered by expert sources. I started @themindmedic three or four years ago, and decided it was just going to be my way of debunking mental health myths, giving people practical tips and tools that they can incorporate into their everyday.
On the one hand, the day job, I’m seeing people every day and helping, assess and treat. Treatment can be anything from psychological therapies to family therapies, to, in severe cases, medication.
I’ve carved out this other career around kind of public education, thinking about ways that people can feel empowered to make those small changes at home.
Chloe Brotheridge: Sounds amazing. I’m really curious, you mentioned about the myths that you wanted to debunk. Can you share a couple of the myths that you have seen?
Debunking the myths Sarah: I suppose one of the common myths around is that a psychiatrist just gets you into a room lays you on a couch and then it’s very good to prescribe medication. That’s not the case at all, because there’s lots of different avenues that we go down before we even consider medication. That was one of the myths that I was really keen to debunk was around how quick psychiatrists are to prescribe medication.
Degrees of anxiety The other thing was around if you feel down, if you feel anxious, then you must be depressed or you must have an anxiety disorder. Every day, we may experience moments when we feel sad, or we feel worried or anxious. And I suppose it’s the degree to which that impacts your every day life. By the time someone comes to see me in clinic, it may be affecting areas such as schooling, it might be affecting their job, it might be affecting their friendships and relationships.
I really want to make clear the difference between feeling low and down. And then what would constitute a depressive or an anxiety disorder, which might need the support of a psychiatrist. People should go and get diagnosed, I suppose properly by a doctor to see whether it is just as kind of normal everyday worry or clinical anxiety or clinical depression.
When to seek advise from a doctor I suppose what I would be interested in knowing, as a doctor, is how much those difficulties are impacting your everyday. So if you are feeling down or if you are feeling worried, is it getting in the way of how you function. Does it impact getting up, getting dressed, showered, and getting in the way of family life and work. Then I would say keep an eye on it. The moment it does change things, then I would probably seek advice from a doctor.
An exercise to try One of the exercises that I do is something called a day in the life of. I always use the example of my five-year-old to demonstrate this because people think what does a five year old got to worry about. It just demonstrates beautifully that you can pick up really subtle signs that things aren’t right for you or for someone else. So for instance, she bounced into my bedroom at nearly six o’clock in the morning. She’s generally really, really content. She wants to get changed there and then she wants to go downstairs have breakfast watch her favourite cartoon.
Now, I’ve given you a snapshot of what her morning routines normally like but if I was noticing that she wasn’t bouncing into my bedroom until eight o’clock in the morning, that she seemed down or low or a little bit worried. Maybe it was a real struggle to get dressed, maybe she was off her food and didn’t really fancy watching her favourite TV programme.
There’s something there that indicates that something’s going on for her whether it’s with her physical or mental health. I ask people to think about their baseline. What is the norm for them from the moment they wake up to the moment they go to sleep
Noticing any changes in routine? If you’re noticing that you’re someone that used to be really motivated a lot with get up and go in the morning, but you’re finding, it’s a real struggle. Or maybe you’re someone who never used to make mistakes at work and you’re finding you’re constantly being pulled up on mistakes that you’re making, and or maybe your boss has expressed concern for you. Maybe you’re someone that used to be able to fall asleep relatively easy but finding that you’re, you’re struggling a little bit more. So already, you’ve generated a list of things that may indicate that something’s not quite right and maybe worth seeking further support for.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s really fascinating, I think, looking for those clues in terms of your life on the outside how it’s affecting your life day to day. Do you think it’s true that people can almost not realise that it’s happening?
Taking stock Sarah: It certainly can be something that creeps up on them. It might be that they do notice some subtle signs, but they’re quick to dismiss them because they get wrapped up in the fast pace of life. Maybe some of what they’re feeling gets lost in that. I find it really interesting over the last 10 weeks that a lot of the time people have been forced to take stock of how they’re feeling.
You know, this is the first time in a long while where people aren’t facing sort of the rat race of everyday life. They’re forced to kind of sit with how they’re feeling for the first time. That can be frightening and overwhelming. It may be that a family member notices that you’re not quite right.
Put a spotlight on any changes It’s really important to shine a spotlight on what’s changed, what’s different, what are you struggling with. Also to be mindful of what’s going on around you as well. It may be that someone else shares that they’re a bit worried about you or that they’ve noticed something’s changed, and that may force you to take action. As lockdown is easing, it is hard to compare your life, your normal life with locked-down life because it is so different.
Postives of lockdown Chloe Brotheridge: Absolutely. We often are reflecting a lot on the negatives, but a lot of people will gain quite a lot of positives from being in lockdown. Actually, it may have forced them to re-evaluate what’s important to them. What relationships are important to them or is commuting to work worth the payoff. It may be that actually for the first time they’ve been able to incorporate some regular exercise and movement into that day because normally it’s a toss-up between the commute or, you know, having a really good workout to set them up for the day.
I think often we are hearing these more positive stories coming out of lockdown. It’s allowed people to consider what’s important to them and to those around them.
The Mind Medic Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, absolutely, I think, yeah, let’s try and focus on to the positive things that are coming out of it. And I loved your book, by the way and your five senses guide to leading a calmer, happier life. It’s not only a really beautiful book, beautiful colours and illustrations. But it’s extremely relatable. I love some of the case studies that you share that are so relatable and interesting, and the practical nature of it, where you’re really taking people through, you know, different areas of their lives and giving them strategies to help them. Can you tell us a bit about your book.
Sarah: Thank you so much for that feedback. First of all, I think for me it was really important to pull people in with personal stories because I could sit there and share lots of practical tips and tools that I think would be helpful. But actually, unless you can relate to some of the difficulties that are being described, it’s really hard for you necessarily to implement them. So I think actually having the book of the case studies is really important. It demonstrates actually how useful these strategies can be and the payoff in the long run.
Why do I feel this way? The five senses really came about because I was getting a lot of people coming into clinic that were saying, I’m feeling down, I’m feeling anxious, but I can’t quite place my finger on why I’m feeling the way I do. I thought of a strategy that would mean that they would be able to pinpoint life stressors that could have a role to play in why they’re feeling the way they do.
Five senses guide I would ask them, is there anything that you’ve seen, heard, felt smelled or tasted that could explain why you’re feeling the way you do? They were able to very easily list a couple of things that were going on for them. For instance, the sense of sight chapter covers areas such as social media, screen use, the people that you see, body image. All the things that we come into contact with every day of our lives that we probably take for granted or have become normalised. The sense of hearing covers listening to our selves, the sense of feeling is feeling imperfect or feeling under confident. Your sense of smell covers areas such as self-care.
The sense of taste looks at areas such as our relationship with food, and also things like caffeine. And finally, taste in the hypothetical sense. So thinking about revenge, sweet revenge. And why anger often does get a bit of a bad rap, but anger is actually a means of communicating an underlying emotion.
The book really delves deep into all those areas. I mean, that’s just a snapshot of some of the areas that I cover. I also include ‘Ask Yourself’ sections. Really look at what might not be working for you. The five senses challenge is about linking the two once you recognise that something is a difficult for you. It ncourages you to incorporate a small change into your life every day.
Measuring progress The way we measure the progress is through my well-being thermometer. I have a well-being thermometer dotted around the book, and I give the readers the opportunity to measure their well-being temperature.
I hope it’s going to be a book that’s going to be really practical, lots of tips and tools. And it’s not a cookie-cutter plan. It’s not the case that I’m presenting one plan for every individual. It really empowers the reader to generate a plan that’s bespoke and individual to them.
Screen time Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. Yeah, I definitely recommend this to our listeners. Check that out. It’s out on the 16th of July. I think it’d be perfect for the Calmer You listeners. You mentioned screen time. I have found that it’s one of those things a bit like, maybe a bit like alcohol and smoking where if you suggest to someone they maybe are using their screen too much. It’s kind of like you’re taking their coffee away from them.
And I notice it in myself being like, I don’t even want to admit that that’s a problem. So we’re in denial somehow. At the moment, we probably are using our screens more than ever. You mentioned comparison there. Do you have any sort of advice for people who maybe are starting to recognise that their screen time is kind of getting out of control or for people who are getting themselves into that social comparison that you mentioned?
Before you look at your screen Sarah: I always have a rule first thing in the morning I do not look at my phone until I’m fully showered dressed, had my breakfast done what I need to do. You can imagine what might have come via email and messages overnight. You then decide to scroll through your social media. And you’re immediately met with someone’s sweaty post workout selfie, or someone’s divined smoothie bowl or the fact that someone’s actually already on their way to the office or fired up their computer and sent 100 emails and you’re sat there in your pyjamas you know, instantly that comparison is set up the moment you wake up. So what I always ask people to do is actually get yourself sorted ready on a morning before you even reach for that phone. So allow that hour literally just to be for yourself.
Screen use: nonnegotiable I also would have asked people what is it that you’re using your screen use for. In the chapter on screen use, I look at screen use in three different ways. So there’s screen use that is a nonnegotiable. The things that you absolutely have to do. It might be that you have to send a work email, or that you have to send a text to a friend, because you’re going to be meeting up later. Those are the things that you can’t negotiate, you do need to use your screens to use that.
Screen use: like to do Then there’s the things called like to do. For me, I love nothing more than sitting down on an evening and watching a box set. Or I love firing up an audiobook or a podcast on my way to work. Those are the things that I really enjoy, and I get real pleasure from.
Screen use: not entirely necessary Finally, there’s the not entirely necessary. Often we’ll just reach for our phone out of boredom or insecurity. Before you’ve know it, you’ve wasted 20-30 minutes of just mindless scrolling mindless consumption.
Think about your screen use Think about your screen use in those three categories. Every time you reach for your phone ask yourself, is this something that’s a nonnegotiable? Is this something I like to do? Or am I going down the route of something that’s not entirely necessary that may well not serve me.
It creates this discipline around screen use. A lot of people might think they don’t have a problem with screen use. You might find you’re pulled into social comparisons, you feel more anxious, maybe you’re struggling with sleep because you’re not turning off your screens until last thing or night and then you’re trying to hit your head to the pillow and trying to force yourself to sleep.
Remember the well-beingthermometer So again, within the book, I talk about the well-being thermometer and getting people used to think about their screen use and how problematic it is and then encouraging those small, practical solutions to see whether or not that makes a difference to how they’re feeling. It’s such a vulnerable time in the morning when we first wake up. I don’t want to be putting anything negative or stressful into my mind for the first few minutes, particularly because I’ve had times where I’ve, you know, read my emails and suddenly been full of adrenaline at 6am. Feeling like I had to get on with things. Then that I can’t meditate.
When you’re checking your emails, first of all in the morning, it creates a sense of urgency, but you have to act on it straightaway before you’ve done everything else to kind of make you feel half normal. It’s absolutely for that reason that you don’t want to offset the meditation that’s really important to you or having a really nice luxurious shower.
Chloe Brotheridge: Such an important thing to remember. I love those questions to prompt yourself to question whether it is a nonnegotiable. Yesterday I became aware that my computer was loading slightly slowly and I literally couldn’t wait like the two seconds my computer to load so I picked up my phone. I made a promise to myself if my computer’s being slow that I’m just gonna sit with it. Slowing down.
Saying no Another topic that I really wanted to ask you about, and that you include in your book is the topic of saying no. This is something that is very close to my heart and also something that I struggle with from time to time. What is your take on saying no what as what sort of ideas and advice do you have around that?
Sarah: I have really struggled with this because I think saying no conjures up the idea that I’m being selfish and unhelpful. And that can be a really difficult thing to sit with. But actually, when we say yes to something, when we really mean no, we can end up taking on more than perhaps we can handle. We may risk burnout, we may actually end up resenting the person that’s got us to say yes, in the first place.
Practice for saying no The way I look at saying no, so I kind of give this analogy within the book, which is around going on holiday. Imagine for a second that I’ve agreed that we’re going to go on holiday, and we’ve picked the destination, we decided we’re gonna go to nice sunny beach. And so we go back, we pack everything that we need, got our tickets, ready, go to the airport, checked our bags in and then we’re on our way to the gate. And then someone stops us in tracks and says, Sarah, you don’t want to be going here, you want to be going to this destination instead? So what would you say in that situation?
An alternative scenario is I want to go on holiday, I’m not really sure. Let’s just pack for every eventuality, and we’ll meet each other at the airport. Then look at the departures board, and we’ll decide what takes our fancy. We get to the departure board, and we’re just pondering over the options that are there. And the same person comes up to us and says, Oh, you want to check this place out? What would we say in that scenario? Well, I guess we might be more likely to say yes, I don’t make a decision. We don’t know what we want.
What’s important to you? What is the difference in those two scenarios. With the first scenario we were very clear about what our intentions were that what we wanted We were prepared for this sunny holiday and therefore we packed accordingly. That someone presented an opportunity to us that went against everything that was important to us, made it easier for us to say no. However, when someone catches us off guard when perhaps we’re not really clear about what our intentions are or what we want, we’ve kind of come half prepared. Actually, it’s much easier to be swayed into saying yes. So the exercise within the book on saying no really forces you to evaluate what’s important to you personally.
Ask yourself… What’s important to you in terms of your social life, what’s important to you in thinking about things like work and educational opportunities. It makes you consider actually, if someone presents an opportunity that goes against everything that’s important to you? What’s the pressure in saying yes to that individual? And so I think what’s really important for people to bear in mind is actually saying no is really more about self-preservation. Especially when saying yes is not going to serve you in the long run as well.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I hate that feeling of having agreed to do something and then the day rolls around where that thing has come along. And I’m just feeling like, ah, why did I say yes, I got so many other things that I need to do or some things that I’d rather do. And these days, I’m trying just to have almost have no as being my policy answer to most things to do with work. If it’s a really good opportunity, I’ll say yes to it. I’ll consider it but I have to, for my own well-being have a sort of blanket no to most things. And then yeah, occasionally saying yes, but it’s such a tricky one. I think, especially for women, where, where we’re raised to be good girls.
I relate to what you said about feeling like it’s selfish. Also what’s going through my mind is, oh, she’s going to think I’m too big for my boots. Who does she think she is?
You have a choice Sarah: The other thing to bear in mind is by someone asking you whether you want to be involved in something, whether you want to come to an event, they are effectively giving you a choice. So it shouldn’t come to a surprise that actually part of that choice might be someone saying, No, you know, it’s not like they’re saying You must come to this event, and you’re turning around saying no, actually, they’re giving you a choice in the matter. And I think that’s the thing that’s really important to bear in mind.
Often people will say yes to situations because it will serve them in the long run. For instance, I would say yes to working extra shifts, because I knew that I had a wedding to save up for. As much as I would love to have said no, I know that saying yes is going to serve me in the long run. It means that the thing that’s important to me is having a lovely wedding. So in that situation, I had to say yes. When maybe I did want to say no. Consider when saying yes may actually influence something that’s important to you a bit further down the line.
Chloe Brotheridge: It comes back to recognising what’s important and really thinking about what you want in the first instance. That can guide your decisions on what you’re saying yes to and why you’re saying it?
Worry dump method Can you share about the worry dump method? I know that people listening, worrying, is it likely to be a big issue? Same thoughts day after day. Can you share a bit about that method for us?
Sarah: Worring is such a common emotion even more so at the moment. And, again, what I was finding is that worry doesn’t necessarily serve us. It can be all-consuming of our time and energy. It doesn’t have to eat into their day, or consume any more of their time and energy.
An example, I’m worried that my zoom might play up or the code hasn’t sent me a link. I can turn that worry into problem that I can solve by emailing you and saying, oh, what’s the link for our charts? How do I need to be prepared? Do you have a list of questions that you can send to me? So immediately rather than allow that worry to consume anything, I’m not sure what code is going to ask me? Am I going to be any good?
Worry curfew I have this set time in the evening called a worry curfew. In the evening, list any worries that would not serve me immediately that I can’t readily turn into a problem. Every time a worry crops up I ask myself if this a worry that I can turn to a problem that I can solve? If it is great, just solve the problem there. And then if it’s not, just label it this might not be a worry. Jot the list down in a phone or journal.
By the end of the day, look at the list of worries that might not have even happened. Immediately you feel empowered, the fact that you didn’t allow that worry to run away with you.
This allows you to identify what serves you and what doesn’t. It can be a really empowering feeling.
Chloe Brotheridge: I really like that idea. That sounds quite cathartic in itself. It helps knowing that we can do something about some of those worries. That’s very empowering. As you say, we don’t have to just ruminate over and over again. I think that’s a really powerful tool.
Well-being tips I was really curious to know how you take care of your own mental well-being. Are there certain practices and things that you incorporate into your own life. For me, exercise is number one. Any form of movement in the day. Lockdown has helped me be better about that. Usually I would be commuting to a clinic and then I’d be quite sedentary most of the day because I’d be sat on my desk and then I’d be seeing patients.
During my lunch hour, I’d be one of those people that would have lunch at my desk, you know, there was not much movement. But actually over the last 10 weeks, I’ve been really disciplined about getting outside and just moving. I’ve been looking forward to family walks, and my husband and my daughter really relishing those opportunities. It’s so important.
Exercising Exercise is also good for the mental health benefits. Particularly if I do it first thing in the morning, it just sets me up for the day. It gives me more energy. My mood improves my focus, and I think definitely helps my sleep later on as well.
Exercise definitely and time with my daughter as well. I do enjoy those kind of things like baking and not feeling so rushed as well. And so that’s really important to me.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I love how lockdown has shown us how important the simple things in life are. They don’t have to cost anything. It’s just spending time with each other or being outside in nature. I think it’s helping us to connect all those things. So it’s only a good thing. Absolutely.
Is there anything that you’re struggling with at the moment? And how are you handling it.
Delegating Sarah: Pre lockdown, I worked full time and oftened called on my mother in law for support. She lives down the road to help out with child care. And because she’s in the vulnerable group, we’ve not been able to utilise that. I’m getting used to not being afraid to delegate to my husband. It sounds ridiculous, but he works really long hours. And he’s very busy. But often what we’re finding is the pattern of me doing the drop-offs and pickups.
I’d fallen into the habit of letting his mom to do it instead. Asking him to muck in and help out a bit more, has been really empowering. It’s been great for him because actually he really enjoys doing the drop offs and pickups.
By his own admission, he’s got a bit lazy thinking, Oh, well, my mom really likes to do it. And actually that’s Grandma granddaughter time, which is lovely.
Partnering And so for me, I think not being afraid to delegate. So you need to kind of pull your weight and do this as well. He’s not doing what one and two, but how is that situation going to improve unless we communicate about it?
In the book I focus on how we deal with pressure. Many of us feeling the need to do everything ourselves. We think we’ll do it better. Actually letting go of some of that to help us in the long run. And so that’s something that I’ve definitely benefited from.
Chloe Brotheridge: I know that my my partner has gotten better at tidying and cleaning. It was not something he was that familiar with before, but I think he is learning. We’re learning things about our partners and ourselves.
Thank you so much for everything that you shared today. It’s been so, so helpful. Where can people find out more about you buy your book, anything else you’re up to at the moment.
Where to find Sarah I’m mostly on Instagram, my handles @mindmedic. I post lots of tips and tools on most days, and any events I’m doing. And you can buy my book. It’s available on pre order at Amazon, WH Smith, Waterstones and all good book shops as well. Amazing. Yeah. So thank you so much for speaking to me today. Oh, you’re welcome. Thank you for having me.
Where you can find me
Chloe Brotheridge:
You’ve been listening to the Calmer You podcast. With me, Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website calmer-you.com.
You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions. Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. If you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people. And come on over and find me on Instagram. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 116. The Mind Medic with Sarah Vohra appeared first on Calmer you.
If you want to live calmer and happier as I know most of my community does, then this episode of the Calmer You podcast with author of the Mind Medic, Dr. Sarah Vohra, is for you. Dr Vohra is a Consultant Psychiatrist, Bestselling Author, Public Speaker and Women’s Health UK Magazine Columnist. She is on […]
The post Ep 116. The Mind Medic with Sarah Vohra appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I shared an intimate conversation with Ella Mills, British food writer and entrepreneur under the brand Deliciously Ella, about wellness, anxiety and dealing with criticism. She’s been through it all and shares much wisdom so many of us can connect with.
We chat about: * What wellness means to her and why it gets a bad rap * Her experiences of anxiety around her business and motherhood * Dealing with criticism * Ella’s advice for those thinking of starting a business
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Today’s guest Thank you so much for joining me today I am joined on the podcast by the completely lovely Ella Mills aka Deliciously Ella. I’ve been following her since the very early days in her career back when I was making sweet potato brownies while having weird autoimmune issues. That was a massive help to me. I’ve been a big fan ever since.
We chat about what wellness means in this day and age, why it gets a bad rap, and how we can make the most of it without it becoming something negative in our lives. We talk about her experiences of anxiety. She has experienced anxiety twice in her life and she shares her stories around that. She also shares about how she deals with criticism and how we can start to recognise what we can use as constructive criticism and what we can just let go of. We also talk about Ella’s advice for those thinking of starting a business. This is incredibly helpful and insightful.
Brand new website! I’d love to invite you to come on over to my website. It’s got a brand new look, and is looking pretty good if I do say so myself. You’re going to find details about my app and loads of free downloads for anxiety and confidence. Also covering topics about the inner critic. You’ll also find things like the show notes for this podcast.
If you like to watch videos instead of listening to things or you’ve got a friend who does I have been recording all my podcasts as YouTube videos. You can head over there if you want to watch on your lunch break or when you need support to keep calm.
Let’s welcome Ella to the podcast Let’s get into the episode with Ella. Welcome Ella. Thank you so much. How are you? I’m very excited to speak to you. I have been following you since I think 2013 or 2014. I was making your sweet potato brownies when I was really struggling with weird health symptoms that no doctor could really explain. Finding you and what you were doing was such a massive help. It really helped with the weird symptoms that I was having. And I felt so much less alone knowing that there were other people who had to have diets that were a little bit out of the ordinary. Yeah. So thank you so much for everything that you do.
Can you say a bit about how you are the moment. How are things with everything that’s going on in the world? Are you working from home and how’s all of that going?
Ella: Yes, since the middle of March we’ve been working differently. Do you know what I feel like? It depends what day you asked me. I’m an emotional person anyway so I’m definitely an up and down kind of person but I feel like some days I literally couldn’t think working from home was better and I’m loving it. I’m loving the quietness of not commuting into Central London. Other days I miss it so much. I miss getting dressed and being with lots of people and the kind of buzz and energy you get from that.
Pregnant and working from home It really depends, but I have to say I was pregnant last summer as well. I’m pregnant this summer is a theme at the moment and I have to stay working from home. It’s very nice when you’re pregnant. A lot more comfortable. Waddling down Oxford Street when it was like 30 degrees last year was not the best few minutes of my life.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s kind of up and down at the moment. We’re not the same every day. I guess that’s life normally, but maybe it’s intensified during lockdown because things are just more intense.
Plant-based cooking made easy I’m very excited about your new book Quick and Easy. And I follow a plant-based diet myself. Things being quick and easy is just basically what we’re all looking for right now. Do you have any kind of key tips that you have for having a plant-based diet and doing it in a quick and easy way?
Ella: I think with anything in life, your diet, the way you look after your mental health, your exercise, relationships, everything it has to feel sustainable with long term doable options. Sometimes that’s what goes wrong. People think they have to go all out and eat lettuce with grated carrots and cucumber and tomatoes. And I mean, it’s just so boring.
It’s unbelievable. It’s gonna last like two minutes. Yeah, and for me, they’re like, the most important thing is that things taste good because then you want to keep coming back to them. Obviously, you know, the focus on mental health, like it’s so important to feel satisfied. And it’s so important to feel like you’re doing something that feels good and positive. And I think that’s key.
Lockdown: 21 meals a week Equally, that’s great, but it only actually works in your lifestyle. If it is doable in the sense that it’s like, actually manageable. For most people, that has to be quick. I don’t know about you guys, but I am not used to making 21 meals a week. Normally if you’re in the office, we do team lunch in the office every day anyway. We’d go out maybe every now and again or just grab something on the way home. Now it’s just so different. We’re sitting at home and so we’re having three meals a day, seven days a week at home. That’s been really different. I have appreciated batch cooking and things like now more than ever.
Chloe Brotheridge: I can’t imagine if you’ve got lots of kids. Having an approach of not making it too complicated and keeping it simple. During lockdown I started cooking then it waned. Now I feel like I’ve got a second wind. I’m getting back into cooking again.
Ella: Like you said, some days you’re really loving the time gained from less commuting and new opportunities to have hobbies. On other days you just cannot be bothered with anything anymore.
What does wellness mean to you? Chloe Brotheridge: I really wanted to talk to you about wellness. It’s a term that we hear so much about these days. We’ve kind of lost our connection with what that is, or it’s become quite an overwhelming thing. There’s been a sort of a backlash, I suppose, in some ways to the term or to the sort of approaches. What does wellness mean to you?
Ella: It’s a great question. It’s so nuanced and has so many layers to it. It triggers different things in different people. I’m really aware of that. Equally, I’m not sure what’s a better word. I think it’s just become so confusing for people because we all know that we need to eat a few more vegetables. What does wellness mean to our mental health? The fact that our brain and our gut are directly linked to the gut-brain access. My favourite food is fibre. There’s a reason we need a certain amount of fibre in our day. And the vast majority of us, again, are not meeting that by almost 50%. There’s a real disconnect there.
30 different plant-based food in a week Researchers are now saying you should have 30 different plant-based foods every single week. Perhaps to get that much in your diet you are going to have to do and buy all these weird and wacky things that won’t be available in your local Tesco.I think that that is a slight problem. And if people want to do anything extra on the top, you know, it’s like, add the fairy dust, try it, whatever works for you. I don’t have any criticism of any of it.
I do think taking care of ourselves a bit more, whether that is trying to make something for lunch that’s fresh, whether that is you know, trying to go on a walk every day or do even just like a 10-minute online yoga video, whatever it is that you enjoy. Trying to turn your phone off for an hour just trying to maybe try a meditation app for five minutes. Nothing complicated. Just five minutes here, five minutes there. Sometimes we’ve become quite divorced from that in amongst the confusion of all the weird and wacky messaging.
What does that look like? Chloe Brotheridge: So lentils and carrots, it could be as simple as, you know, more vegetables. I hadn’t heard that and about 30 different plant-based foods a week. How would you visualise that across the day?
Ella: It’s quite easy. Sunflower seeds and pumpkin seeds both count as two. If you like, total some of those and put those in the salad. That would be two, and you know, oats count as one and rice counts as another and so on and so forth.
Chloe Brotheridge: Good to know. I was curious about whether there were any weird and wonderful wellness concepts that you were interested in or that you’d find helpful. Other things that you do or things that you’ve tried that that do really work for you.
Trying new wellness opportunities Ella: I’m really open-minded. I think some of it’s so interesting. But it can be a barrier. I’m fascinated by this space and what’s going on. One of the most amazing experiences I’ve had is for example at Crystal Sound TV. They’re playing the kind of gong along with a guided meditation. I never felt such relaxation in my life. Some of my friends and family think oh my goodness, you know when you start going into that territory. I’ve had some really amazing experiences with practices like that. Hmm.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, me too. I definitely am up for trying any of those sorts of things. Quite often things can surprise you. You might get dragged along to a gong bath or a sound healing or trying something like CBD oil because someone recommends it to you. Then actually you get surprised that it does work for you. If it works, I think we should be open to trying different things.
Ella: Totally. I think there is, you know, on the flip side of what we’re saying, I think there is a lack of open-mindedness that we see just too much. If something works for you, and there’s no kind of evident negative repercussions of it, then why not? Who cares? You know, if the placebo effect is the only reason why it works, who cares? It doesn’t matter. It works. We are quite quick to judge and we are quick to dismantle what really works for people. If it supports your wellness then who else is to judge. Who cares why it works, if it works, it works and that’s all that actually matters.
Placebo effect Chloe Brotheridge: I think we should be maximising the placebo effect as much as possible. In some studies, it’s comparable to medication. Even with antidepressants, placebos perform pretty well instead of anti-depressants. You should definitely be trying to use those obviously in a safe way.
I was interested to know whether you have experienced anxiety in your life and what was that experience like for you and other ways that you deal with it personally?
Anxiety Ella: Yeah, I’ve had it. The most recent time was after Skye, my daughter, was born last year. I felt so terrified by the responsibility. And I just found myself overthinking everything like did I turn off every appliance in the kitchen? Is she still breathing. There’s no reason logically to think for some reason today I’m going to fall down the stairs.
Motherhood and anxiety It may have been a combination of exhaustion and hormones wrapped up with this new level of responsibility which you’re not prepared for in any shape or form. I was breastfeeding, and I am literally keeping this child alive in like every sense of the word. Am I doing it right? And I’m sure that’s a very normal experience for people with early motherhood, but I did find it for the first like couple of months overwhelming. That sense of responsibility in shaping someone else’s life impacted my wellness.
I had a lot of anxiety about and would just worry about absolutely everything. Pregnancy wasn’t like that. And in fact, I found that quite crippling. That was after our first book came out and everything just changed overnight and it grew so fast. Suddenly people are talking about you rather than to you and suddenly people have all kinds of different opinions. I found that that sense of vulnerability overwhelming and paralyzing.
Dealing with criticism Chloe Brotheridge: or anyone that’s such a massive thing to suddenly be exposed to all these opinions. Criticism make us not want to make a mistake. That can be on a massive scale with so many opinions coming in. It can be really difficult.
How do you deal with criticism and that sort of thing? Because I guess it’s a like a numbers game, the more people you have kind of following you, the more likely you’re going to have people with unhelpful kind of ideas. messaging you. Do you have any kind of how do you deal with that?
Ella: It’s been a real learning curve for me. I definitely had a moment where, it made me consider getting out and starting a different career. If you want to do this, you’re gonna have to figure this out because this isn’t just today, this is going to be part and parcel of the career.
Two types of criticism I found for me, criticism had gone into two buckets. The first was constructive criticism. And actually, you know, it’s one of those things, sometimes it’s not always delivered in the most constructive way, but it is genuinely constructive criticism.
We can all do better and be better. That criticism is genuinely helpful, and I think has helped me and us as a business also learn and develop and grow. Some criticism can be genuinely constructive and it’s not personal, which I think is, is the most important part.
The second is personal criticism, like when someone says I absolutely hate your voice or you’ve put on weight or you’ve lost weight or you know, you’re terrible mother. I get that probably because we do is food. At a certain point for my own wellness, I just had to say okay, some people are always gonna think that about you and you just can’t make everyone happy.
Tip for dealing with criticism Chloe Brotheridge: It’s exhausting if we’re trying to please everyone. I was talking to a friend who was on the podcast recently and she’s she looks at the reviews of her favourite books and films. There will be terrible reviews. That’s evidence that we can’t keep everyone happy no matter how brilliant you are.
Ella: I don’t read my reviews or interviews. I won’t read it. I never read it. You know, because it could take me to the comment section. For me, that’s the only way to do it. It’s too negative to deal with.
Chloe Brotheridge: The comments section of the Daily Mail definitely! I made that mistake of reading some comments or something that I wrote.
Ella: It’s really damaging, I think. It’s really important to take constructive criticism on board. But that kind of personal criticism isn’t constructive criticism or good for your wellness. That’s just like, more brutal keyboard warriors most of the time.
Your boss or colleagues may offer criticism of you and you don’t like it, but it is genuinely probably constructive in some ways, and it’s going to help you in the long term.
Starting a new career Chloe Brotheridge: Right now many people are faced with furlough or considering what they want to do with their lives. Would you have any advice for people who are thinking about working for themselves or starting a business or launching a blog or anything like that?
Ella: That’s a great question. Part of me is like, do it. It’s the best thing ever. And the other part of me is like, don’t do it. It’s the worst thing. It’s much harder than it looks. There are massive upsides and there are massive downsides.
I think there’s a real glamorization of starting a business at the moment like female entrepreneurship and hashtag girl boss. That’s amazing and empowering. And feeling like there’s opportunity. That’s only a positive thing. That being said, it’s really hard. It’s particularly hard in a pandemic, especially on your wellnes. It’s full on and it’s super fun. If you run your own business, you are answerable seven days a week, 365 days a year, Christmas Day does not mean a day off. It really doesn’t. It hasn’t for us since we properly launched the business.
I think it’s really important to acknowledge that. That being said, you really get to see and experience the growth and the learning and the excitement of doing something you care about every single day. We’ve got 20 people that work for us, we’ve got a lot of overheads, we’ve got a big commitment. I don’t really feel like a work myself anymore. That being said, I still get to make big decisions, and I still get to do something that I love every single day.
Entreprenuership and stress The impact on your mental health of running your own business is not talked about enough. Especially in the startup phase. For the first two years or so, we really worked full-on seven days a week. We saw no friends, we canceled five attempts at a holiday in two years. Our first wedding anniversary to go away for the night and we cancelled it that morning to sit find my samples for Tescos.
It’s not to say poor us like God, no. Even a couple of weekends ago, it was Matt’s first Father’s Day. We had this really boring long story, but basically lost our domain name and were locked out of every single company email, so we have no way of replying. We have a huge supply chain. We’re in 7000 stores with almost 30 products. When we had no communication with our supply chain. None of our delivery partners could communicate with us. None of our manufacturing partners, you know, none of our accounts. It was stressful. I can’t explain the stress.
We spent Friday night on the phone until one o’clock in the morning to America. We canceled all our Father’s Day plans and this carried on for four days.
It is the biggest privilege to do something which you feel has purpose and that you have passion for and that you wake up excited to do and that you feel independence in. I wouldn’t change that for the world. But I do think that that part of it has to be acknowledged because you don’t get to turn off.
Glamorisation of Entreprenuership Ella: I think that’s partly why in some senses as a kind of glamorization of it, because there is something so exciting about it. There really is like, it is so exciting. There’s a buzz about it, that I wouldn’t change anything in the world. But I think it’s with anything in life, it is full of ups and downs. If you’re the kind of person that enjoys that, because it keeps it interesting, which I am as well my husband and business partner, then it’s the best thing in the world that you can possibly do. But if you don’t enjoy it perhaps the right thing to do is stay away for your own wellness.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m sure there are people listening that are breathing a sigh of relief. Thinking, I don’t need to do that. You just let me off the hook. Take the pressure off. You don’t have to have a side hustle or be a girl boss and have an Instagram business on the side or something.
Ella: I agree with you. There is a pressure for that. If you don’t enjoy that, like spend that time with your friends.
The commitment is huge Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve heard quite a few people say if you’re thinking of starting a podcast don’t unless you’re committed to do it every single week for at least two years. It takes that long to get any traction. It just shows the level of commitment that you need to have to keep something going.
Ella: It’s disheartening, but it’s it’s reality. Sometimes our level of expectations are so high. Then part of the reason that we struggle is we feel disheartened and disappointed that things don’t happen the way we expect them to happen. That can impact our wellness.
Chloe Brotheridge: I just want to ask you about your podcast. Congratulations on how amazing it’s done. What have you learned from it, either from the guests that you’ve spoken with, or from the actual process itself of putting that out there?
Ella’s podcast Ella: It’s definitely been one of my favourite things that we’ve ever done. I’ve really enjoyed it and I love that opportunity to learn from people and fields. You know, I’m so interested in health and wellness and our kind of well being in general and so any opportunity to learn more, I appreciate that.
Every guest has been fascinating. And we’ve covered so many topics from relationships to sleep and all manners of mental health. I think there is a huge amount to be learned from that.
Remain in the moment
With Coronavirus, we do not know what’s going to happen tomorrow. None of us have got a clue. I’ve been really listening to that advice more than ever. All you have is today. Just try and appreciate that and make the most of that. I do totally subscribe to that idea and I’m much happier living that way. There is nothing you can do about what happened yesterday, and you haven’t got a clue what’s going to happen next week. So other than like, obviously the practical elements of like, planning meetings, you know, just let the headspace event go for better wellness.
Stay present Chloe Brotheridge: I love that. It’s so simple and we often think that our happiness is going to have to be some kind of 10 step plan and getting this job and moving to this place. Actually, none of that stuff matters if we’re constantly in the past or the future unless we’re present and I think that’s such a wonderful reminder for us.
I wonder if we are definitely learning that more in lockdown. Especially as a lot of the things that maybe would have made us happy before been taken away from us like holidays and going out for nice meals. We’re having to find happiness and wellness in different ways.
What is most important to you right now?
Family Ella: Family by a million miles. I think there have been loads of lessons from Coronavirus, to be honest. You’ve got to find such joy and happiness in just your every single day and for me like time with Matt and our daughter. It genuinely makes me so happy and just I don’t really need anything else other than a nice cup of coffee. Just being at home with them is genuinely such a massive source of happiness.
Chloe Brotheridge: My two sisters moved 10 minutes up the road from me and Hackney. It was amazing, but they were just so close and I couldn’t see them for three months or so. And I saw them yesterday and we all had a little cry, being able to be reunited again. I’m definitely thinking a lot about getting a dog moving to the countryside, changing a lot of different things. Let me get a dog.
Dog lovers Ella: Dogs are honestly is the best.
Chloe Brotheridge: Everyone says that who has a dog.
Ella: Two things, one dogs always make the like house so warm, they don’t have bad moods Not really. There’s just this kind of happiness that they exude that I think brings a lot to a room. I love that it makes me get out every day. I really appreciate that so much. We go on a walk first thing every morning. For us, a dog definitely makes the biggest difference on mental health and wellnes.
Chloe Brotheridge: My dog broodiness is like getting a bit out of control. I’ll need to speak to the landlord again or maybe just move house. Thank you so much for everything that you shared. It’s been amazing. When is your new book out? And where can people find out more about you? And yeah, what else you’re offering?
Where to find Ella
Ella:
My new book is called Quick and Easy. It has over 100 plant-based recipes and it’s out this Thursday. It’s currently half price on Amazon and Watson which is very nice.
Podcast
Chloe Brotheridge: I have had a little advanced look at your book and it looks amazing.
Freebies Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for speaking to me. Thanks for having me today. You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge.
Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for wellness, anxiety and confidence at my website Calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions.
Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. If you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people.
Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day. You can find me at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what you thought of this episode. Please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. I’m sending you loads of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 115. Wellness, anxiety and dealing with criticism with Ella Mills appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I shared an intimate conversation with Ella Mills, British food writer and entrepreneur under the brand Deliciously Ella, about wellness, anxiety and dealing with criticism. She’s been through it all and shares much wisdom so many of us can connect with. We chat about: What wellness means to […]
The post Ep 115. Wellness, anxiety and dealing with criticism with Ella Mills appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to this week’s episode. I’m going to be talking about making new friends as an adult. I talk about: Why there’s nothing to be ashamed of when it comes to wanting more friends My favourite strategy for talking to anyone How to deal with ‘rejection’ or worrying that you’re ‘boring’ Plus – I share experiences […]
The post Ep 114. Making new friends as an adult appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to this week’s episode. I’m going to be talking about making new friends as an adult.
I talk about: * Why there’s nothing to be ashamed of when it comes to wanting more friends * My favourite strategy for talking to anyone * How to deal with ‘rejection’ or worrying that you’re ‘boring’ * Plus – I share experiences from friends on how they made friends as an adult
Featuring advice from Toral Shah, Poorna Bell and Shahroo Izadi.
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Let’s talk about making new friends Welcome to this week’s episode, I’m going to be talking about making new friends as an adult. I was pretty surprised I have to be honest by the response that I got a few episodes back. It was on an episode about procrastination where I asked you guys whether you’d be interested in a podcast about making new friends as an adult.
Lot’s of interest in this I had a lot of DMS a lot of emails with people saying they were interested in this, which kind of surprised me. It’s so easy to think, and I’m sure you guys can relate to this, that everyone else has their friendships sorted. Everyone else has their best friend and they’re not really looking for new friends. This is something that affects the tonnes of people. So you are definitely not alone in this.
This episode includes I just want to start off by saying that so over the course of this episode, I’m going to talk about some of the reasons why we might be wanting to make more friends. I’m going to talk about my own experiences in this area. I also spoke to some friends and people that I know online for their advice and tips. I’m going to be weaving those in as well. And of course, I’m gonna be sharing different practical steps that you can take and ideas on shifting your mindset around making new friends. So hope you enjoy this episode.
How I can help If this is something that you are looking to work on, for example, if you experience social anxiety, if you’d like to be more confident in social situations, for example, it is something I work with people on one on one. So please do get in touch over at Calmer-you.com if you feel like you want to take this further. If you head on over to my website, you can also find loads of freebies on there for helping you to be calmer and happier.
It’s not like making friends as a kid So making friends as an adult is a different thing to making friends as a kid. When you’re a child, we can just point at someone’s toy dinosaur in the school playground. Or maybe we’re friends with kids of our parent’s friends. It’s all so easy and we might even just come out and say, do you want to be friends. There’s nothing wrong with saying that.
Reasons we may be looking for friends It’s a very different thing it seems when we’re in adulthood. In adulthood, it might be that you are out of touch with people that you grew up with. It might be that you’ve had a change in your life, for example. In my own experience, stopping drinking. Or either you’ve had children or you’re one of the people in your old friendship group that hasn’t had children and you feel as if your lifestyles are so different now that you’ve drifted apart. Maybe after a breakup, you lost friends after that. The friends were friends of your partner, for example. Or you’re working for yourself.
There can be so many reasons why you might be looking for more friends as an adult. One thing I really wanted to say was that there can be shame around this. And I know from my own experience that I’ve had shame about this in the past.
Childhood friends I’ll just share a bit of a personal story about my experiences of making friends and having friends and social anxiety. I grew up in a very tight-knit community, everyone knew each other. My friends from childhood are almost like family to me. They’re almost like cousins or sisters, in some cases. We grew up very close. We were always round at each other’s houses, and we went to college together.
I went with a group of these friends from primary school, basically, to university and so in some ways, I never really had the chance to go out and make new friends for myself. I’d always had this very secure small group of friends growing up. For me that in combination with anxiety and social anxiety meant that at university I kind of struggled to make friends and meet people.
I did make friends, but a lot of them were whilst drinking or, you know, I needed to have a lot of alcohol in me in order to feel confident and comfortable with new people. And I tended to stick with this group of friends that I’d grown up with.
Struggling to speak to people In 2009. I quit my job, I kind of got fired, that’s a story for another time. I decided to go travelling on my own. Only problem was that I really did struggle to speak to people and was quite lonely on that trip. I spent a lot of time on my own and feeling ashamed that I couldn’t just strike up a conversation with someone. It seemed like a lot of other travellers were able to do it. I had a lot of shame and this sense that there was something wrong with me.
Am I somehow deficient or not good enough and that’s why I can’t make friends. Are people are not gonna like me. Maybe I’m boring. All those sorts of things I would tell myself.
There is nothing to be ashamed of I just want to say that there’s nothing to be ashamed about in wanting more friends. Wanting to make new friends and have social interaction is a human need. We are social creatures. It is intrinsic to our survival to be in community and to be with other people.
So please don’t ever make yourself wrong for wanting friends or think that it’s something to be ashamed of. And I can guarantee that it is not the case that you are not good enough. We are all good enough, have something to offer another person and have unique things about us that make us special. You absolutely have something to offer.
Breaking up with friends Another aspect of this is around needing to break up with a friend. Or a friendship group. Now something that I’ve seen quite often is that when people start to work on their self-esteem and they start to feel more confident or work on their anxiety, your boundaries start to change. Maybe you’ve leveled up or you realise that they are not treating you the way that you want to be treated. Are really into gossiping or going clubbing and actually, that’s something that you are wanting to leave behind.
Loneliness isn’t good for our health It’s really important to have people in our lives. Loneliness is actually bad for your health. They have shown this scientifically that it compares to obesity and smoking in terms of being a risk factor for your physical and mental health.
Quality over quantity It is super important to work on this area of our lives. It can make a massive difference to our mental health and our happiness. It’s not to say that you need to have dozens and dozens of different friends in order to feel happy and satisfied and fulfilled and have your social needs met. It really is much more about the quality of those friendships rather than the quantity.
One question that came in around this was, how can we get over the limiting belief that people don’t like you or that you’re boring. This is something that I hear so much. It’s definitely something that I have worried about in the past.
It’s really important to remember is that no one is judging you as harshly as you judge yourself. We are always our own worst judge. People are not thinking about you. Having thoughts like this, people don’t like me, or I’m boring. We really need to just question these thoughts because they’re very sweeping statements.
CBT view If anyone has looked into CBT Cognitive Behavioural Therapy you might have learned about this. Saying people don’t like me – which people, every person you’ve ever met hasn’t liked you? Is it impossible for a person to like you really? Question those sorts of limiting beliefs that you might find yourself having. Because once we question then we realise that saying something like people might not like me is just not a valid statement.
Human beings are not boring It’s just a numbers game. It’s impossible that everyone is going to think that you’re boring. And also, boring is a label that just does not apply to a human being. Human beings are infinitely fascinating. We are all interesting or interesting parts of us. That doesn’t mean that you’re going to be able to be good friends with everyone. Of course, you need to have things in common and you need to have a personality that somehow gels together with, but to label yourself as boring is just very unfair on yourself.
Tips We need to remember that there’s always going to be people we can connect with. I’m going to share some practical tips and some tips and advice from some of my friends and people that I have asked about this topic.
Socialising around our interests So the first one comes from Poorna Bell. You might remember her from a podcast that we did about six months ago. She’s an author, and a journalist. In order to make friends, she says, it’s about connecting with your own interests. Very often we can be passive about it. We do what our other mates want to do, which is fine, but that might be catching up in a restaurant or a bar. We don’t tend to socialise around our particular interests. She says it’s about tapping into new hobbies and activities and connecting with different communities.
Poorna has met a lot of people through her interest in powerlifting. If we’re constantly doing the same things that we’ve always done with our old friends, so whether that is going to the pub or a restaurant, or going to Farmers Markets together, we’re not going to necessarily expose ourselves to other communities.
Find a hobby buddy I also asked my friend Shahroo, the author of the Last Diet and the Kindness Method and she said, find a common interest and become hobby buddies. It can make it feel less awkward early on, if you’re experiencing or learning about something that interests you. It can be a perfect opportunity to take a friendship to the next level or to meet new people by really engaging with something that interests you. Whether that is fitness, whether that is some kind of event that you’re interested in, whether that is connecting in the comment section of someone on Instagram or on social media that you follow, whether that’s connecting with someone in a Facebook group that you’re in.
Friendship dates I found when it comes to making friends as an adult you need to be the one to make the first move and ask someone out on a date, ask someone out on a friendship date. It can seem awkward or forward at first, but being passive probably isn’t going to cut it. We have to be the one that is taking action and asking someone out and making that first move. Yes, it can feel scary and risky. There is a chance that they will say no, that they will ignore your request, or that you’ll go along and you won’t click as much as you had hoped. But if we can be brave, and if we can feel the fear and still take action anyway, take a bit of a risk, then it can pay off big time.
I also wanted to share some insights from my friend tole Shah who is a nutritional and functional medicine specialist. She’s also a friend of mine, and she sent me a voicemail note on this topic. I think you’ll like her tips too.
We do need to make new friends as we go through life, particularly when we’re going through life’s big transitions and our old friends maybe don’t understand what we’re going through. Two of those pressure points for me have been when I’ve had breast cancer. Some of my closest friends didn’t really understand what it’s like and be there for me. I think other people have had some sort of health concerns have been better, but my really close friends just couldn’t, particularly some of the ones who are going through their own transitions at the same time, like getting married or having a baby. My friendships with those people have actually grown apart in that time.
Shared interests For me, interests are really, really important. Having something that you’re really passionate about together and sharing that. So for me, one of those things is self-development. I’ve made quite a lot of friends through doing some self-development courses. Some have been quite intense and you’re together for quite a long period of time and some of those friendships have stayed forever, and others go by the wayside.
Shared values Sharing common values is also really important. So sometimes it’s not always about having the same interest but having similar values. Other times, it’s about having similar interests or doing the same thing at the same time. One of those examples could be when I’ve had breast cancer, and I’ve been going through treatment, or I’ve made friends through Instagram having a similar experience. That’s been really supportive. That doesn’t mean they’re there for all parts of my life. And vice versa. I’m probably not there for all parts of their life. But it is something that we can identify, that maybe our other friends can’t.
Also, I’m really passionate about food and travel, so finding people who really want to share those experiences. They may be friends that you don’t see all the time, but you share these amazing experiences and recently. I’ve definitely made a lot more new friends because so many of my friends got married and had children and therefore have less availability. I’ve had quite high expectations of those ventures, but they’re not able to. Particularly during lockdown its been about finding local friends I can do things with. And that’s been so important. Two of the girls I spend the most time with and probably talk to the most I only met last year at about age 41 And they have become really close to me because they live locally and we share a lot of the same passions.
Just ask So if you have someone through work, for example, or if you know someone on social media or a friend of a friend, who you know has a similar interest in something ask them to go on a friendship date with you. Go to a workshop or see that exhibition, whatever it is, can just help to take the friendship to the next level.
Our friendship circles or long-time friends may not share common interests. There is always someone looking for a hobby buddy.
It’s ok if it doesn’t materialise I have definitely had experiences of wanting to connect with somebody and kind of thinking to myself, yeah, I’d like to be friends with that person. I can think of one person in particular. There was some back and forth and we spoke a lot about meeting up, but it never quite materialised in that situation.
You know, I can’t know exactly what was going on with this other person. It might be that they thought I was boring, it might be that they are just pretty flaky and not really good at replying to messages, it might be that they already have a really busy life and don’t have time for someone else in their lives. I can’t know what that person is thinking, I’m not gonna try and read their mind and read into it. I’m just going to accept that they are not into me and that is okay.
Did anyone read the book He’ Just Not That Into You. It really stuck with me as being quite a relief really that it is okay to say that person isn’t that into me. And we don’t need to really know all the details of why that is. We can just accept they’re not that into me and move on. That’s totally okay and not a reflection on you. It’s impossible for everyone to like you and for you to be every type of person.
You are a certain flavour person and some people are gonna like that flavour and other people are gonna be not so keen and that’s totally okay.
It’s scary but do it anyway It’s okay to feel nervous, it’s okay to feel scared and it’s okay to feel shy at first. You’re a human being. These are normal human emotions. There is something a bit scary and vulnerable about going on friendship dates or any kind of date for that matter. Or asking someone if they want to hang out or reaching out to somebody or being vulnerable. It is kind of a scary thing sometimes. And it’s totally okay to feel whatever you feel is normal. Don’t let that feeling stop you because it’ll get easier the more that you do it.
Be brave My advice to you is to be brave, perhaps make a list of different things that you’re interested in and thinking about where people hang out and doing the things that you are interested in. Where are they hanging out. It might be that they go to events and they find them on Eventbrite or meetup.
You could try and find sharing circles, online or in-person all over the world. Women circles, men circles, mixed sharing circles. You can look at Facebook groups. There are millions of Facebook groups you get involved in about entrepreneurship, about different hobbies, fitness, ways of eating, you name it. There’s a Facebook group for it, or maybe Facebook groups about the area that you live.
Try social media Think about the people that you really enjoy following on social media. Are there people that are hanging out in the comment section there that may have really similar interests as you that you could just send a DM to reach out to you get to know a little bit and take it from there.
You’ll be surprised about how many other people are really open to new friendships, new experiences, new hobbies, having a partner to go to different things with or to discuss interests with. If you get rejected, it’s totally okay. It’s normal, it’s not a reflection on you. Just keep trying. Keep putting yourself out there because you will find someone to connect with.
We aren’t mind readers If you get quote unquote, rejected, it’s never really a rejection because underneath it all, I think we all love each other and we just have forgotten in this lifetime. But if you find yourself rejected, please don’t read into it too much. There could be so many reasons why they say no, why they don’t get your message, why they don’t see it, why they are too busy. Most of those reasons are not the fact that you are a bad person, that you’re boring or not good enough. There could be so many other reasons. Don’t try to be a mind reader. Just accept that
Introduce yourself And so my final tip is something that I shared in my book, Brave New Girl, which is something that my partner Aiden taught me. He works in sales and is a coach.
Aiden worked in sales, and I was super anxious about the prospect of going to networking events and meeting new people. He said, well, you just walk up to someone, stick out your hand and say, hello, my name is Chloe. And that is the beginning of so many friendships. It has certainly been the beginning of a lot of friendships for me.
Once you have been brave enough, just make the first move to introduce yourself conversations can flow from there. If you can get over that initial hurdle of just being able to walk up to a person or a group of people and introduce yourself, the rest is so much easier.
I’d love to hear from you I’d love to hear from you guys. What are you going to be trying to make new friends? Are you going to be implementing any of these tips or any of this advice? Come and let me know on Instagram? Find me at Chloe Brotheridge Tell me about it I’d love to hear.
Just a reminder that if you want to find out about one to one sessions with me or about my app and all the freebies I have it’s all over my website Calmer-you.com.
You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. If you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people
You can find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge let me know what you thought of this episode. Pease share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead.
The post Ep 114. Making new friends as an adult appeared first on Calmer you.
Now seems like as good of a time as any to think about the work we do and if it’s right for us or time for a change. Happiness coach and author of Love It or Leave it, Samantha Clarke, joins me on the Calmer You podcast. We get into topics such as: Leaving your […]
The post Ep 113. Find happiness at work (or leave!) with Samantha Clarke appeared first on Calmer you.
Now seems like as good of a time as any to think about the work we do and if it’s right for us or time for a change.
Happiness coach and author of Love It or Leave it, Samantha Clarke, joins me on the Calmer You podcast.
We get into topics such as:
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Today’s guest Welcome to this week’s episode. Today, I’m talking to Samantha Clark, who is a happiness consultant and a coach. She’s the author of the brilliant new book, Love it or leave It. It’s all about either learning to love the work that you’re in or leaving it and figuring out what you do want to and go do it.
This is such a pertinent topic right now in the time of COVID when lots of us may be questioning our work and our lifestyles. Maybe you have been made redundant or furloughed, and it’s forcing you to reconsider things.
What we talk about So I thought this topic was coming at a perfect time. We get into topics such as leaving your work and trying something new; how to figure that out; how to figure out what you want to do; and what you’re good at. We do talk about work, the job market and moving jobs in a time of COVID-19. And we discuss how to handle the inner critic. You know, I love this topic, the inner critic is going to come up when we are trying something new. When we’re doing something for the first time or we’re going outside of our comfort zone. Samantha shares her strategy for handling the inner critic, which I love.
Actions speak louder than words We talk about priorities and why your actions speak louder than words. This really gave me pause for thought and has caused me to evaluate a few things in my life. I loved what she had to say about this. We talked about how to fall in love with your work again.
New website Chloe Brotheridge: I have a new website and as a result I have kind of a headache if I’m honest. Squinting at the screen, checking all the buttons work, etc. I did have some technical help. But to be honest, it was a lot of me doing it and trying to figure stuff out for myself.
If you want to check out the website, it’s still the same address Calmeryou.com. You’re going to find every single podcast. The last 20 or 30 includes the full transcript. If you or if one of your loved ones is not much of a podcast listener, but actually they would prefer to read it.
Videos and transcripts also available You can also watch the YouTube video of me and the guests talking. I’ve got lots of videos on there. Not everyone, not the people I did in person. But lately, I’ve been doing it all online. So I’ve uploaded the videos. So perhaps you would prefer to watch us or read us having this conversation or a friend or family member would prefer that.
Freebies Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve got loads of freebies on therel. Freebies for confidence, anxiety. I’ve also got some new things coming as well in the next couple of weeks. Free resources for you to get involved in. So do head over there and check it out. Let me know what you think. Hopefully you won’t find any typos on the buttons that take you to a 404 page. Fingers crossed.
1 2 1 You’ll also find on my website how to work with me one on one if you want to. I have a couple of slots at the moment for one on one clients. I help people who put a lot of pressure on themselves to find more work-life balance, to quiet the inner critic, and to move forward with confidence. If you think that might be you, I’d love to hear from you. You can contact me by my website.
Alright, let’s get into the episode with Samantha.
Meet Samantha Chloe Brotheridge: I kind of don’t want lockedown to end. I know, that’s terrible. I wonder if lots of people are feeling the same. We’ve got this cozy little bubbles and it’s like now we have to go out into the world.
Samantha: It’s a funny one. When I was having a conversation with a friend and she said, you know, now I feel like I need to set different boundaries around what I will or won’t attend. I think a lot of people have really enjoyed this time inside to reset. Almost like a little mini-retreat from life.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, totally. And realising what things you really want to do and what you don’t. Also thinking about what people you want to see and what people you don’t really want to see.
Chloe Brotheridge: Can you please share for people that maybe don’t know who you are and what you do, what it is that you do and how you got to where you are today?
Happiness consultant Samantha: I’m a happiness consultant and the author of Love It or Leave It, how to be happy at work. I’ve been on a journey to really figure out how to create more happiness at work. So I guess I’ve come a long way from my days in advertising and branding and moving into footwear design. Now I’m doing a mixture of style coaching and personal branding.
What to do after redundancy The conversations I was having with people who’d just been made redundant or were thinking about switching was all around work and I just love it. So I fell down that rabbit hole and retrained as a coach. I got my break thinking about happiness consultancy at a tech company. They were growing very quickly and not really sure how to scale people and culture. So I proposed setting up a culture of happiness at work.
Head of Happiness I became their head of happiness for two years and then I branched out on my own. So I’ve been doing my own thing now since 2015. I work with companies helping them to think about cultures that really support employees to be their best.
And I’m driven as well to give the employees and individuals that agency around their career. Love It or Leave It is really about empowering you to decide. Are you going to find ways to love what you do? Or to create other opportunities on the fringes of your work to bring more joy and more happiness? More fulfilment and contentment? Or if not, are you going to leave and what does leaving look like? How do you destroy and rebuild your career and reinvent yourself?
Is now the time to review your work? Chloe Brotheridge: I love that job title Head of Happiness. Your book is fantastic. I just read it and think it’s really practical. The fact that you can just be learning so much about yourself. It’s so timely for right now. I imagine a lot of people are thinking about reviewing their lives and their work and thinking about what they really want.
What do you think in terms of the current climate with everything that’s going on in terms of people’s jobs and revealing their happiness?
What does your company stand for? Samantha: There are a lot of people who are feeling or questioning their professional and personal values and the values of the company that they work for. They are looking to leadership and their managers to really showcase what the company is about.
We’ve had a lot of movements in addition to the pandemic. We’ve also had, Black Lives Matter. Individuals are really scrutinizing their workplace and thinking is this a place where I can flourish and be happy? I think the pandemic has given us the space to breathe and to stop from the commute and the general running from one place to another and realising that I’m enjoying having breakfast with my partner. I’m enjoying putting my kids to bed, you know.
Reflecting on your work Could there be a different way of working for me? And then we’ve also got to be realistic. There are people who’ve been furloughed or made redundant. That’s a massive setback or jolt to how you were working. You know, at the beginning of the year, you were probably very happy in your work and all of a sudden, you’re not working in it. You don’t know what the health of the company is, and so it can be unsettling.
I really want people to use this time to reflect. There’s lots of exercises in the book that are about that deep self-reflection and self-knowledge to figure out what is it I actually want to do? How do I want to spend my working days moving forwards? Because we spend a lot of time working. It is very intertwined with who we are and our identity and how we show up in the world. I think we can make some right moves and now is the time.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s the perfect time to reflect. We spend so much time working. It’s one of the biggest stressors I would say from the people that I speak to. It can be one of the most stressful things or the thing that gives the most happiness. It’s important to spend time looking into it. One of the things that you talk about in your book is about work.
You are so much more than a title Samantha: For a while we’ve been maybe hemmed in by particular titles. They’ve kept us a bit small. I want people to realise that there’s so much more than that. I’m very driven to help people embrace the term or to find their purpose umbrella. To really think what sits under the remit of who I am and what I want to share with the world. That can take so many different routes.
You could be the graphic designer who’s also really interested in PR, and maybe sells cakes. You could have a really fantastic career in law and be using your time also to educate startup entrepreneurs on legal issues. I want people to be able to think: who am I; who do I want to be; who do I want to become? What am I meant to do on this earth?
Chloe Brotheridge: Are you seeing that there’s more of this type if work being created?
Mixing skills Samantha: I think there’s a mix. There are people who want a portfolio career and they want to be able to embrace lots of different sites, very right and left-brained. They want to do both, or maybe they want to do something that is physical and away from the laptop. I’ve worked with an individual that is a programmer, but also as an amazing oil painter. And so, from that perspective, then there are people who just have a great genre of work.
Are you a serial specialist For me happiness at work, you know, I’m a coach, I’m a consultant, I have a podcast, there’s so many different ways that I’m doing this umbrella of work. So I think lots of people are investigating what work looks like for them. It’s okay to also be a serial specialist.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s good to have those options. I was talking to my cousin recently who is 17. He’s just deciding on what he’s going to study at university. We don’t have to just go down one specific path.
New Ways Samantha: We have to be open to giving ourselves permission to do that, too. The younger generation definitely are so much more empowered now to use the internet and different platforms to start things in new ways. And it’d be okay to change. I think maybe as we get older, we get into certain responsibilities, or we’ve given so much to our training or the money we’ve spent educating ourselves. We suddenly think, oh, no, I can’t change because I’ve invested so much, but I think I want to make it open for people to really trial some experiments and to see what another version of yourself could be.
Questions to ask yourself In the book, I proposed lots of different ways for you to start experimenting and stress testing different strands of your portfolio. So you know, looking at you know, where where are the areas where I feel like I want to have a bit more fun? How do I interrogate people that I might know in that area? What skills would I like to learn and grow into and set yourself different challenges?
Experiment A good example of this is, I’m really interested in photography. I feel like, I’m going to become a photographer, and I said, Well, what do you know about photography? And it’s like, well, you know, I’m really interested and passionate about these types of photographs. Have a journey of experimenting and thinking, you know, do I want to take the photos? Do I want to teach people to take photos? Curate exhibitions? Study the work of famous photographers and you know, write about them, or just podcasts?
I said, you know, try lots of these different things. Give yourself a period of time, maybe two months, three months, you know, and at the end of that, quarter, what do you say to yourself? What have I learned; what did I enjoy? Where do I think I could make some money from this particular area? It’s an experiment and then you try something else and then you make a decision. Or you look at the results and analyse what’s best to move on from that. But I think if we don’t try, we’ll never know.
Making it as an artist Chloe Brotheridge: I like that idea of kind of road testing ideas and giving things a try. Just thinking about my sister who had an office job for years. She studied illustration at university and was really very arty. She was trying to do this office job for a few years. Everyone told her you’re never going to be an illustrator.
Even my dad, it was horrible. He told her she should get like a real job. She did stick with it. She has finally created a good successful career for herself. I think it is difficult if you’re wanting to go down a route of something more creative or unless say you want to be a singer or an actress or an artist. The odds may be stacked against you, and how do you decide what to pursue and how to give up?
Determination Samantha: The key thing that you said about that, which I found interesting was when our family or friends also don’t believe it can happen. Should I really stick with this? I think there’s always a way to do anything that you want. It’s just about perseverance and determination.
Go for it If you are driven and you believe in yourself enough, I think it comes from that self belief to know actually. At the end of the day, I’m going to go home and I’m going to illustrate. I’m going to do 30 amazing drawings over the course of the week.
That is me building my portfolio and so the job kind of helps me get there. I also don’t think that you should rest on that I think you should find your own power to feel and drive your experience. She’s done it. Had she allowed herself to crumble under everyone else’s weight or it doesn’t work. I don’t think it’s possible like she would still be stuck. We do have to find that inner courage to go for what we want if we really believe in it.
Chloe Brotheridge: That sense of self belief and just sticking with it. I remember her saying to my Dad, I’m gonna die trying to be an illustrator. I’m literally notgoing to give up. You need that kind of attitude sometimes.
Give your inner critic a job Samantha: Disney is my internal voice that creeps up whenever I’m trying to do something new or improved. She sometimes pops up and will test me. Why are you doing that? Does anybody really want to hear from you like all of these tokens statements? And, you know, I think it’s important for us to give our inner critic like a job role or to really name what it is trying to do.
We are naturally wired to be drawn towards a negativity bias. Our brain is then helping us to preserve ourselves and to be safe. This relates way back and we have to kind of keep overwriting that behaviour and keep pushing ourselves to find the positivity and so I question you know, okay, why, why do I feel this? Where is this sensation coming from? What are you trying to tell me? Is it because maybe I’m underprepared in a certain area and I do need to do a bit more research or I do need to ground myself a bit more knowledge. Should I just give it a go and take the plunge and on what’s the worst that could happen? Okay, it doesn’t work out, move on.
Listen to how you speak to yourself I will sit and have a conversation with myself and speak it in to voicenotes. I might sometimes share that voice note with a friend or talk to a friend about it. They can also see the other side of the problem or the issue. But I think it’s important for us to really know that it’s a daily battle between our internal critic, our ego, and us finding our own voice, our own intuition.
It’s being aware of that voice when it comes up and how loud it wants to be. Also knowing that you have the power to quieten it. We really need to monitor how we speak to ourselves and the things that we say. But I think that they show up as and when I need it..
Name your inner voice Chloe Brotheridge: I love the idea of giving it a name. We all have that inner critic. I think just hearing you sharing that reminds everyone listening that we all have that. It doesn’t matter how successful you are. I think some of the most successful people have the loudest inner critics.
Samantha: I feel like it’s part of the journey. I think if I didn’t have any of those like, I’m then I know I’m not stretching myself. You know, I feel like I want to keep growing. I want to keep building on it, keep pushing. And every time growth is a stretch, though it’s painful. It’s like birth and death. It’s always painful destruction, giving birth to anything. And so if I wasn’t feeling it, I’d be a bit off.
A sign you are moving forward Chloe Brotheridge: The inner critic actually is a sign that you’re moving forward and you’re doing something.
Samantha: I think there’s two things: it’s knowing that you’re feeling it and you’re doing something new but when you feel it, what will you do with it? We will let it crush you or will you let it propel
Chloe Brotheridge: I like that you share the voice note with a friend. That’s a really good idea. I was having a conversation with a friend recently about what my inner critic was saying, and it was really nice to get her outside perspective of Chloe. That sort of thing can be helpful to you to step into that kind of perspective.
Can we fall in love with our work? Chloe Brotheridge: Can we fall in love with our work? Again, if there are people listening? I don’t know if they’re in a rut, you know? Or they’re just questioning everything since, you know, all that is going on in the world. And is it possible to do things to make ourselves be happier at work and what are some of those things that you recommend?
Happier at work Samantha: When it comes to work, I think there are six different pillars that we really need to engage with. And we need to understand, you know, is it an internal thing that I am struggling with in that, maybe I need to do some work on my own? You know, my own mindset, maybe I need to really think about how I am looking after my mind, my well being and maybe, you know, lack of sleep or stress. Whatever is impacting my day job. What is causing me the biggest amount of pain at work?
Ask yourself this? Is it the relationships that I’m in? The actual role itself? Is it the sector or the job and it’s like, how do I start to make those tweaks if I want a pay rise? Like how do I set myself in motion to make that happen? If I am really unhappy with the way that my manager is speaking to me, what are you going to do about it? Are you going to go and say something start the conversation?
Start where you are at We need to know that there is something that we can do at every stage. It’s just, you know, how bold are we prepared to be? Also knowing that perhaps work serves a different purpose, you know, is it just the job for now, that enables you to do the other things on the fringes? Is it your calling? You may realise this work isn’t your calling. Maybe it’s a step towards it, but actually now you need to find your calling, and you need to kind of move in that direction.
We can love our work in different ways We can love it in different ways. If we are just willing to do the reflection on on what it is that isn’t working, is it an inside job? Or is it things externally that need fixing, and then take it from there? I think in the book, I definitely give you lots of different insights from the internal perspective but also from the external to practically about what to do.
Taking ownership Chloe Brotheridge: I really like that idea of looking at in terms of pillars and sections and figuring out what is it about our work? What steps can you take to tackle it there? Because so often we make things about outside of ourselves, don’t we? We blame other people. We blame situations, but actually, we have the most control over ourselves and our own responses to things and how can we work on that?
Samantha: It is taking ownership. Whilst everything is easy to point the finger at there are six different avenues for us to think about mindset and our leadership. Thinking about whether or not it’s actually on brand for our purpose, thinking about if the way that we’re working and how we’re working is actually the right fit for us. Understanding the people in the place and looking at what systems and structures you have in place that allow you to be in workflow that really play to your strengths. And if you don’t have all of this you’ve got to do the work to fix it.
Speak with your actions not your words Chloe Brotheridge: It’s such an important thing to do. So I really hope people are gonna buy the book and do this inquiry into how they can love it or leave it. I was really drawn something you posted on Instagram. If someone could see my actions and not hear my words. What would they say my priorities are? That really struck a chord with me.
Samantha: I’ve been having a lot of quite a lot of conversations around actions and habits and what we can do to really push ourselves in Britain. I love thinking about the future. There are so many different books that I read about behaviour. And I question when we say we want change or we really want to move in a direction.
Reflect on what was in your diary Look across your past week or the past month in your diary. Can you see where you made the time, the space, or put the energy towards this thing that you say you want. If you reflect back, can you show me your actions. Where was the time that you put in the 10 minutes or the 20 minutes to just write down what you’re visualising for your career or to send that LinkedIn message or to reach out to somebody on Instagram? The same with exercise. Look at your diary to where you made time for the yoga class, the gym, the quick walk with a friend.
Are we acting or just talking? We want lots of things. And we say we want to make that a priority. But what are we doing today, this minute, step by step habit. It just takes one action to change this whole kind of cycle of behaviour. If we are falling into a rut where we’re doing the same routines again, that aren’t bringing us the changes that we want, it’s like Einstein says: It’s madness. So we’ve got to reset the actions that lead up to the goals that we want to achieve.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve got myself in periods of time where taking the action almost seems impossible. You don’t believe you can ever change or break free of the pattern. What your saying is that I can then prove to myself that I can change and it makes other actions a lot easier.
Habit change Samantha: Check out James Clear’s book Atomic Action. He’s awesome when it comes to thinking about habit change. I think we just monitor it. At some point during the day ask yourself What have I done today? And one of the things that I’m really proud of, where did I invest the time? Are any of these things actually moving you towards the goal? You’ll see at the end of the week as you do your order, and you’ve either filled it with fluff or you know, the mission that you have instead.
Holding ourselves to accountabilioty There’s no one else that we can blame apart from ourselves. Find someone to hold you accountable. If you’re struggling and thinking actually I’m struggling with maintaining that promise to myself about change, find somebody to help you. Reach out to a friend and say I’m struggling to make this a priority. Can you check in with me even if it’s a WhatsApp message and set reminders on your phone.
Chloe Brotheridge: There’s something very powerful about announcing it to someone and just knowing they’re going to be asking you about it. That definitely helps.
Let’s all give this a try Thank you for sharing that. That’s really something that I’m going to be thinking about and reviewing over the next week. What am I spending my time on and does it match up with what I’m saying is important to do.
Is there anything that you’re struggling with right now? What are the some of the things that you do to help yourself and to care of your own mental well-being.
Samantha: At the beginning of COVID I felt vulnerable because of sickle cell, so it was very clear that I had to shield. A friend of mine, who was aware of what’s happening said you’re going to be indoors for at least a minimum of 12 weeks. In 12 weeks I had a book coming out. And she said, No.
I think I was definitely struggling with not being able to go anywhere. The guidelines have been a bit wavy. Maybe we’ll pull shielding the first of August, we don’t know. That limit of freedom was a big thing I was struggling with. I also like to know that I can go out and see people. Then I decided to really just lean into myself. Lean into my practices and do it for the first time. I like going to the studio but I had to start a home practice of movement .
Using my senses Getting structured around my workout routine has definitely helped. The movement has helped me mentally. I’ve learnt to use smells and senses to start my day. Grapefruits and invigorating fresh fragrances and then to draw a line on where the work is and move into my my evening fragrances. That gives me a nice separation of the day and it’s helped me to kind of like zone my spaces differently. That has definitely been helpful for me to find my peace in all of this and surrender to whatever is happening.
I’ve also leaned into my business a lot mor. It’s never been a better time for me to be still and really listen to my clients. Not that I wasn’t listening before but now there’s a different level of pain for different people. There are nuanced messages and ways that they’re talking about things differently.
Chloe Brotheridge: I love the idea of listening without all that external noise. Perhaps we can listen to ourselves and listen to each other in a different way. What sort of smells to use in the evening?
Diffuser Samantha: I have a diffuser. In the evening it’s more lavender verbena and sandalwood. I’ve also got some great candles. My favourite is Mojo candles. The smell is almost like being in a cake factory. It’s sumptuous. I like more of the citrus in the morning. Fresh fragrance like Eucalyptus and tea tree and orange.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m obsessed with smells as well. Incense, candles anything. Thanks for the recommendation..
Samantha: Definitely there’s one that I love at the moment which is white sage. It’s beautiful
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for speaking to me. It’s been really helpful. I think it’s time for people to start thinking about their work and perhaps doing something different.
Where can people find out more about you and where can they buy your book Love It or Leave It?
Find out more about Samantha Samantha: You can pre-order the book from my website. You can buy the book which is available in all good bookstores online. I also run my ongoing coaching programme which is really about helping people to take action. My signature 12-week programme is called Building Your Work Portfolio. You can find me on Instagram at Love It or Leave It
Check out Career Reinvention Bootcamp which people can join on this link
https://loveitleaveit.co/career-reinvention-bootcamp-thank-you
Her new Work Happiness club is called the LILI LIFE which people can join from July 12th
https://loveitleaveit.co/coaching
Buy the book 🙂 https://loveitleaveit.co/book
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for speaking to me. It’s been really great.
Get in touch and visit the new website You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website Calmer-you.com. There you can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions.
Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people. Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what you thought of this episode. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week.
The post Ep 113. Find happiness at work (or leave!) with Samantha Clarke appeared first on Calmer you.
As you may already know I always enjoy having doctor’s on the podcast. I think you are going to enjoy this as much as I did speaking with him. Also a Sunday Times bestselling author, Dr. Rupy had two cookbooks published by Harper Collins – “The Doctor’s Kitchen” and “Eat to Beat Illness” and often appears […]
The post Ep 112. Can our diet make us happier? With Dr Rupy Aujla appeared first on Calmer you.
As you may already know I always enjoy having doctor’s on the podcast. I think you are going to enjoy this as much as I did speaking with him.
Also a Sunday Times bestselling author, Dr. Rupy had two cookbooks published by Harper Collins – “The Doctor’s Kitchen” and “Eat to Beat Illness” and often appears on BBC and ITV and is an accomplished TEDx speaker – you can view Dr Rupy’s talk here.
In addition, he is the founding director of Culinary Medicine, a non-profit organisation which aims to teach doctors and medical students the foundations of nutrition, as well as teaching them how to cook.
In his role as clinical adviser to the Royal College of GP’s and more recently being accepted as a fellow on the NHS Clinical Entrepreneur Programme, Dr Rupy has big aspirations to bring this concept to the profession globally
We chat about: * The controversial aspects of talking about diet and illness (and one topic that makes Rupy angry!) * Can what we eat really make us happier? * Rupy shares how he looks after his mental health and what he’s struggling with right now
Dr Rupy Aujla, MBBS,BSc, MRCGP, is an NHS GP working in Emergency Medicine and completing a Masters in Nutritional Medicine. He is the founder of ‘The Doctor’s Kitchen’, which strives to inspire and educate everybody about the beauty of food, diet and medicinal effects of eating well. Can our diet make us happier?
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
On today’s episode Thank you so much for joining me. Today I am joined by the wonderful Dr. Rupy Aujla, AKA the Doctor’s Kitchen. We get into a lot of different topics in this conversation. We start off talking about the controversial aspects of talking about diet and illness. I have really noticed a lot of Twitter arguments going on about what you can and can’t say.
What is diet misinformation, what is truth when it comes to how much of our diet affects our health, our mental health, and our physical health? We just dig into this and it’s something that you can tell Rupy’s really passionate about.
We talk about whether what we eat can actually make us happier. I felt really inspired after what Rupy shared. I love hearing about the scientific side of things. There are different studies that have been done in this area. It really did inspire me to look at my own diet and make some changes.
He also shares about how he looks after his own mental health and the things that he is struggling with right now and how he’s overcoming those.
Free resources If you love this episode, let me know on Instagram come on over and find me at Chloe Brotheridge I also just want to invite you if you haven’t already to come and visit me at my website www.calmer-youcom/free. I’ve got loads of free resources for you. Hypnotherapy recordings, affirmations, worksheets. Things to set you on a path for becoming your Calmest Self.
Welcome Dr. Rupy Let’s get into the interview with Dr. Rupy of the Doctors Kitchen. Thank you so much for joining me today. I can’t wait to hear what you have to say today. Can you hare a bit about you, what you do, and how you got to where you are today?
Rupy Sure. Thank you so much for inviting me along. We’ve met a couple of times before and it’s good to be able to have a full-on conversation with you. I’m a medical doctor for about 11 years now. A General Practitioner but I tend to work in A&E. I started The Doctor’s Kitchen about five years ago. Where I create recipes and talk about the clinical benefits of diet, food and ingredients.
Atrial fibrillation Expect an evidence-based approach to eating well and feeling better in yourself. My story sort of started over 10 years ago, when I became a doctor. I got ill myself. So I used to suffer from something called atrial fibrillation, where your heartbeats exceptionally fast and irregularly. What I thought was going to be a one-off episode that occurred to me whilst I was working on a shift, actually was the start of continual episodes. My heart would go up to 200 beats per minute to three times a week and be there anywhere between 12 and 36 hours. That was the start of my patient journey as well as my clinical profession.
Deep dive into nutrition Over the next couple of years, I saw multiple cardiologists, I saw lots of medical colleagues, I got loads of advice. I was going to have a procedure called ablation which is where you put a wire into the heart and you’ve got an area to stop the misfire. It was my mum and my family suggested, that I need to look at my diet, my lifestyle. It was otherwise fine, you know, just eating a normal ‘diet’ with sandwiches in the canteen and cereal for breakfast or whatever. And it was me taking a methodical approach to healthy eating. I actually did a deep dive into the literature that actually led me to understand a lot more about nutrition and ultimately overcome my condition as well.
Since then, I’ve just been having more open honest conversations with patients. That led to the idea of The Doctor’s Kitchen. I didn’t muster the confidence or the courage to talk about food as medicine until a lot later.
Culinary Medicine I’ve written a couple of books, run a podcast like yourself and I started a nonprofit called Culinary Medicine. That is where we teach medical students the foundations of nutrition as well as how to cook. We’re at Bristol and UCL medical schools at the moment with a view to getting this as part of everyone’s compulsory medical curricula.
I’m also in the process of developing a digital platform that helps you do your shopping with online grocers delivering the goods to your door and allowing you to cook doctor’s kitchen meals every day, every week with a view to supporting specific health conditions as well.
The value of nutritional medicine Chloe Brotheridge That sounds amazing. I notice a lot of people on Twitter having polarised discussions with people saying you cannot recommend someone to eat a certain way or diet that’s gonna protect their immune system, or you cannot say this or that. What are your thoughts on that? And how did you find the courage to speak about these things?
Rupy Yeah, I think it’s a mixture of my anecdotal experience, as well as my anecdotes from clinical experience. Supported with decades of research that really demonstrate the value of nutritional medicine and diet. I think people like to be angry for being angry sake. There’s a lot of rage across social media. I think we’ve become this highly politicised community that don’t really appreciate other people’s views and take their own views or what they’ve heard as gospel.
Food as medicine When I talk about food and diet as medicine, my understanding and my belief in this and it’s not really a belief, I think it’s just, it’s what it is. Medicine is the use of substances and interventions to prevent and treat ill health. If you were to regard medicine as just the prescription of medications and the performance of surgical interventions. It’s a hugely naive and simplistic way of looking at what I do and what my colleagues do up and down the country every day.
You know, the simple act of me having a conversation is medicine, the simple act of me, encouraging someone to go for a walk every single day is medicine. And the simple act of me suggesting that someone should improve their diet is medicine because you’re changing the very foundations of our complex biochemistry that promote health and prevent illness. Every aspect of my books have really tried to not overuse and sensationalise food as medicine. But really bring attention to a clinical tool that has largely been ignored. across my profession for decades.
Don’t find out the hard way I had to find out the hard way, and I think a lot of other people have had to find out the hard way. What I believe we need to do is democratise this information and give people a lot more control and empower them to make these diet decisions themselves.
Chloe Brotheridge I studied nutrition at university. And we were often told, you know, doctors or doctors are only given 20 minutes of nutritional diet information in their training. Even when I was training, I did a module about food and cancer. That was quite a kind of controversial thing, I think. And we were often talking about healthy eating advice. There’s still things like oh, swap a normal coke for a diet coke and that sort of thing. Does that miss out a lot of this scope that there is this work do you think?
Rupy I think it’s basic. And it’s under the pretence that we shouldn’t give people false hope. Otherwise we might upset them. I think that’s wholly patronising. I think it’s rude. You know, someone said to me, you might improve, if you improve your diet, your symptoms might go away, but I don’t really have much evidence for that.
But if you want to try it, go for it. I’d be a lot happier with that than saying, well, I’m going to protect this person’s psychology by not recommending something that may have an impact. I have the autonomy to do so. I think that’s the right thing to do, and I think that’s really paternalistic.
Why was I not taught this You can tell from my voice it, there’s not very many things that anger me, but that really does. I just find it so so patronising. I’m currently completing a Master’s in Nutritional Medicine. COVID has put a spanner in the works for my project. I’m mixing it with everything I do in the Doctor’s Kitchen. But everything I learned about during my Master’s Course, and is split across different modules, looking at brain health, diet, and gut health, there ware even topics on pediatric nutrition, etc. Why was I not taught this?
Making it mainstream It’s just not fair to not have the basics taught to people that. I will see 10s of thousands of patients. And this is why I think you know, it’s less about me and everyone else giving information but it’s about encouraging a culture that encourages people to take proactive measures about their diet. To look out for unhealthy eating food and every other tool that we have. All the other lifestyle features and just make it the norm. So when I talk about food as medicine or nutritional medicine or whatever the vernacular you want to use, it’s really about making it a mainstream, recognisable concept. That distinguishes itself from the overt and central sensationalised charlatans out there that have used similar terminology to sell an alkaline pill or, you know, a green powder or whatever, you know, insert substance that will radically improve your health.
The patient’s experience I think you know, we need to talk about this a lot in a lot more sort of open fashion. I’ll be honest, like we in the UK are really far behind this, like the Americans have got diet and calorie medicine as part of almost 50% of their medical education. Sorry, 50% of medical schools have a chronic medicine programme. And a lot of the research coming out there is really looking at how we can use food as an adjunct tool as well, alongside a treatment so it’s not either or, it’s and. I think people who are outraged by whatever it might be, just need to have a little bit of a wider perspective and, and really look toward the patient experience rather than what their interpretation of patients experiences might be.
Chloe Brotheridge That’s so interesting. I think we need to distinguish between the evidence-based advice and the kind of snake oil related to our diet. Like turmeric gummy that’s gonna cure your cancer, whatever it is. But I’ve been reading a lot about when we’re anxious or scared or stressed, our brains are much more likely to think in terms of black and white, because we need to be able to make quick decisions. Yet if we’re thinking in black and white, that’s not very helpful for life because everything is nuanced and more complicated than just kind of these two binaries. If we are calmer when we’re considering these things, then we can be more rational about them anyway.
Rethinking a diagnosis Rupy Yeah, I think we have a propensity towards binary opinions and binary behaviours. And I try and, you know, rationalise, even myself, you know, the objective and the characteristic of a good scientist As someone who comes up with a hypothesis and tries to disprove it themselves. So constantly I’m encouraging myself to instead of looking at, let’s say, inflammatory bowel disease instead of looking at an autoimmune protocol.
Pragmatic approach Maybe that can have some benefit to a patient. A hypothesis should be an autoimmune protocol diet improves IBD symptoms over a 12 week period. Let’s disprove that. Unfortunately, because of a number of issues within which are distinct to the nutritional world, there isn’t enough evidence to refute or prove. There is a difference in ideology and how people choose different sides. That leaves to sort of like idealistic views of what we should be saying to patients and what we should be initially referring.
I like to take a pragmatic approach. Proving a diet is most likely going to lead to benefits as proved across different scenarios. So even if it doesn’t improve that particular aspect of your conditions or your symptoms, you’re most likely gonna be looking after lots of other things simultaneously. Yeah, so there are a lot of nuances to nutrition. As I’ve discovered over the last five years, it’s one of those tricky scientific topics to navigate particularly publicly.
Chloe Brotheridge What advice do you give people? What other interesting things do make a difference, you know, in your opinion to our health?
Principles Rupy I try and simplify it into principles rather than giving people dogmatic dietary advice. That isn’t to say that a low carb diet, a vegan diet, paleo diet, ketogenic diet might be appropriate and might be effective in a therapeutic way for some people. But majority of us just need to think about principles of healthy eating, and as eating colours, quality fats, lots of fibre, mostly plants.
This is what I’m trying to do with the next book. I think you know, I love talking about diet, genetics and the microbiota and you know, polyphenols and phytonutrients, and all these different things that have an incredible impact on multiple different pathways, not in our human physiology.
Making healthy eating something that we all do I think people need more advice about how to make that habit stick, and actually how to make healthy eating just something that we all do. That the next book I’m writing at moment is called Three Two One. It’s three portions of fruit and vegetables per person, two servings per recipe using one pan. It’s streamlining recipes to make it just something that we’re able to do every single day. Three portions is really what we need to aim for in our diet.
Three Two One When people initially heard about the Imperial College research that came out that stated we need about 800 grams of different fruits and vegetables every single day for optimal health. It sounds wholly unrealistic. That that is 10 portions of fruit vegetables per day. That’s why I thought, well, let’s break it down into different meals and how you’re actually able to do this. It can be quite simple.
Add one more fruit or veg at mealtime If you put in place a structure that can make it easier for people to do on a daily basis. If there was one thing I would say to people, it’s don’t worry about calories or macronutrient proportions. Just think about adding fruits and vegetables to your plate. And, and the TED talk that I did for beginners says to add one more every mealtime, just one more fruit, vegetable nuts or seeds every mealtime. That over the long term, the combination of all those different habit changes and those additions to your diet can be super game-changing for a lot of people. It’s certainly the way I took it. When I think back to it 10 years ago when I started eating better, I started to add inn things to my diet, rather than just focusing rather than restricting myself.
Chloe Brotheridge I think that’s such a healthier mindset. To think about what we can add rather than taking away and having principles rather than dogma.
Opportunity and costs Rupy Exactly. I like thinking of things in terms of opportunity and cost. What is the opportunity/cost of having a load of fries, which I indulge in every now and then. I try to promote that across my social media because it just gives a layer of normality to know everyone’s eating habits. But you know, if you’re going to be having that all the time, then the opportunity costs. Well, you’re not going to want to have your variety of different colours and vegetables and the rest of it. And so, you know, just thinking about it in that way. I’m gonna have a lot of this stuff and I can have less of the other stuff. Or maybe I won’t even feel like having the fries or the donuts or whatever.
I think we’ve put too much emphasis traditionally, historically on restriction and low fat this and low carb that. We just need to pick the fruit and veg to eat more of that will naturally replace the other stuff.
Chloe Brotheridge Do you think that what we eat can help us to be happier?
Happier by healthy food
Rupy Yes, I do. Happiness as it pertains to mood as it pertains to the spectrum of different mental health issues that we have. I want to say we all have mental health issues. Some days we feel low. Sometimes we feel happy or sometimes we undulate between those different emotions. The degree and the spectrum by which people experience those different things is very, very wide.
Food and mental health On one end of the scale it is subclinical, where I feel low, I feel tired, I feel fatigued, I feel apathetic. But it doesn’t disrupt my daily ability to go out and engage. On the other end of the scale, the more extreme end of the scale, there requires pharmaceuticals, hospitalisation, psychotherapy, you know, a whole bunch of different issues that we need.
We are all along that spectrum. What’s going on right now with a pandemic. We’re all in this together. We all experienced this and we can in some ways, change ourselves along that spectrum. I think discussing eating for mental health issues has the same complexity. And I take it with the same trepidation as talking about food in the ecology field, because it’s highly emotive. It can spark reactions.
Underlying everything that I put in is an evidence-base and underlying it. I really want people to be aware of potential tools that can help them. It will serve us better as a as a community. To answer your question, can we eat to be happy or improve our mood? Absolutely, yes, we can. That isn’t to say that’s a silver bullet and it’s, you know, negating all the other interventions that we have like psychotherapy. engaging with people or uplifting and trying to heal past traumas, you know by by having more long form conversations without distractions, improving sleep, etc.
Improving our microbiota Food is particularly unique in that it changes so many different variables for us. So the way I look about food, and I had to preface everything I say, because I don’t want to just say, Oh, just, you know, eat some beans and you’ll feel better. So, food can can impact our microbiota, this population of microbes that live in your own body, and improving that population leads to benefits in a number of ways.
Plants, fibre, colour The way you improve it is, like I said, principles of healthy eating lots of plants, lots of different fibres, colour, variety, etc. Quality fats. By improving that microbiota, they perform their function a lot better. And their function are as immune modulators as bonuses of inflammation. Also as producers of different types of amino acids and neurotransmitters that can impact the brain and direct and indirect mechanisms.
Our brains are not alone Inflammation modulation, we used to think of our brains as completely distinct from the rest of our body. We now know that that’s not entirely true. Inflammation particles can cross the blood-brain barrier and cause localised inflammation that can lead to brain defects and mood disturbances.
We know that our immune system is potently modulated by our gut microbiota that can be supported with all the different foods that I mentioned. Also, there’s this stat and swings between 60% and 90%, depending on which article you’re reading, about the amount of serotonin that’s produced in your gut. The serotonin in your gut that’s produced along with a whole bunch of other neurotransmitters can directly impact your brain and there are potential mechanisms behind.
Vagus Nerve Rupy: Also indirectly by the autonomic nervous system. Your vagus nerve that communicates with your brain by saying everything in your gut is absolutely fine don’t worry about it. That leads to calming sensations in your brain as well that can ease mental anxiety and ease depression. There’s been some small scale research looking at the impact of diet where they actually put a small number of patients on dietary changes for about 12 weeks.
Exploring diet Rupy: In some cases, people actually came off medications, but the vast majority of them a significant proportion of them actually reduced their mental health symptoms, which is, for me, absolutely incredible. You look at the suite of different pharmaceuticals that we have. And the efficacy of those is actually quite low. It isn’t to say that we shouldn’t be introducing them or people should be taking them. But if there are things that could potentially help, even in a small way, we need to explore that.
This whole umbrella term of nutritional psychiatry is definitely garnering a lot of interest amongst conventional traditionally trained psychiatrists. They are really spearheading this. Food as medicine movement in the US as well, which is very, very encouraging to hear about.
We all eat poorly from time to time I think so. I think most people even if they don’t have a diagnosis of anything, or they don’t feel like they have a mental issue, will appreciate that. If you eat poorly for a few days on the trot, you’re not gonna feel great in yourself, either. And I think, you know, we’ve all done that. I do that every now and then.
Chloe Brotheridge I’m so glad you said that and feel very motivated now to really improve what I’m doing. Aat the beginning of lockdown, I got well into cooking and I was cooking different things every day.
Motivating! We all just want to be happy really at the end of the day and knowing that by improving our diets, we can potentially you know, improve our mental state, I think that’s the most motivating thing.
Getting confident in the kitchen Lockdown led to this huge flourish of people baking stuff, which is great because I think the first thing people need to learn, it’s not necessarily like healthy eating. It’s not necessarily like if they cook in a certain way, it’s just learning how to cook and becoming a lot more kitchen confident because you can utilise those new skills and apply it to whatever way of eating that you want.
Obviously, I’d want to encourage people to eat well, but you know, I actually love seeing people making banana bread and sourdough and all this stuff is great. It’s great to see and hopefully coming out of this lockdown period, we can encourage a more productive population or more in tune with self-care, family connection and food. And it’s, it’s it’s happiness. It’s just the joy of being with people.
Chloe Brotheridge
Yeah, absolutely. It is so much about confidence when it comes to cooking, just believing that you can. Sometimes I find myself doing this. I feel like I don’t believe I’ll be able to follow a recipe or something. And then I do it. And I’m like, yes, actually, I can. I can need to remember this. Yeah, I was really interested to hear about what you do personally to support your own mental health.
Mental health and pets Rupy
I’ve got a puppy now. Which is the best thing ever. Yeah, he’s fallen asleep right next to me. She’s so cute. Apart from eating well. I think I have a super healthy diet generally like I’m that person that will, you know, go to a restaurant and purposely order a couple of the sides of asparagus or spinach or whatever just to supplement my meal because I always crave quality greens.
Caffeine free days A couple of things I do to improve my mental health, I have some coffee-free days, because I know excess coffee actually makes me a bit anxious. I’m quite sensitive to caffeine. He says as he drinks a coffee and so I have caffeine-free days that improve the tolerability and actually mitigate against poor sleep. So definitely do that.
Tracking our sleep The other thing I do, definitely making more of an effort with is my sleep. I’m tracking my sleep and I have done that for the last couple of years now. It’s incredible insights. It can give you wearables not for everyone because I think it can, again, almost on par with calorie counting, it can get a little bit overwhelming for people. And for me, I find it exceptionally motivating.
It’s that gamification of my sleep that’s actually kept me on the straight and narrow. So I try and improve my sleep using tracking technology.
Breathwork The other thing I do is breathwork and meditation and I don’t do it enough. I was meant to do it this morning and I got distracted with the puppy and had this podcast to do.
Social media and news diet / fast And the fourth thing and the wildcard is on social media fasting. Try not to look at the news. Try not to follow toxic people. I’m very good at not engaging in debates online. I generally, you know, even if someone says a snarky comment or anything like that, I thank them. I appreciate them. And I let it go. I think that whole process of letting go even in a simple way is not replying to a comment or replying in a very civilised, overly kind way, is something that hopefully trickles down into my general life and how I react. Yeah, I think I’ve definitely become a little bit calmer in that respect in terms of my reaction to things that annoyed me.
Chloe Brotheridge That’s such a good thing to do. An emotional response can actually just make you feel worse or it can escalate things. And actually, the best thing to do is just take the higher ground and reply really nicely, and then just let it go. Best for everyone involved, I think,
Letting go Rupy I think you should be doing that. You’re right. It’s part of like that meditation practice. It’s like recognising how you feel in that moment. And accepting it and then letting it go. And it sounds very simple to do and reality is exceptionally hard. Particularly when it’s happened a number of different occasions where someone insults or questions, your professional authority, someone questions, your life’s work, essentially someone questions, something you’ve been practising day in, day out for 15 years. Your core has been antagonised or criticised, it’s very obvious and very acceptable and understandable to feel some anger, some rage, feel hurt, feel vulnerable, embarrassed, etc.
The practice that I’m trying to entertain on a daily basis is understand that and you’re allowed to feel that. That’s absolutely fine. It’s okay to feel that. But then just let it go. Recognise the rage, recognise the anger and then let it go as far as you can. Hopefully that comes out in you know, social interactions thereafter, or in any context.
Chloe Brotheridge Yeah, and I’m sure that’s relevant for people listening as well. I think particularly now. My Facebook feed is obviously different from others but mine is extremely polarised with all sorts of things about conspiracies and vaccine vegans and nonvegans. It’s like quite an overwhelming place. If you have a certain view, then there’s going to be people that disagree with you. So try not to get kind of caught up in it and trying to be kind and the way that you’re responding rather than unkind.
Don’t engage with toxicity Rupy Totally I mean, social media is designed to reflect the weaknesses. I think where you choose to spend that will dictate the landscape and the virtual environment, but also your physical environment going forward. And so what I like to remind people of is the toxicity that you engage in, whether it’s the president of a particular country, or whether it’s someone you disagree with, because of your idea about what people should be eating fuels, a negative landscape that I think we should be more aware of, and we should take more control. We should be dictating to people what they should be doing. It’s up to them at the end of the day.
I mean, if I went on a rant, let’s say, if I was to go on my social media and I was to rant about the conspiracies about pandemic or anti-vaxers need to get off their high horse or anything like this, I’m sure it would generate so many comments, both positive and negative, so many nights over.
If I’m that person that needs to get more and more followers because, again, that’s been sold to us. Fortunately, I feel like I’ve got a little bit more insight. I’ve been on this platform for so long, I know not to engage in that kind of behavior. It’s not good for anyone and the whole purpose and the whole reason why I started this project is to help people live healthier, happier lives.
Don’t give power to the unkind Chloe Brotheridge Katie Hopkins is not a very nice person to put it mildly. But I suppose she is deliberately being divisive because that’s why she has a job.
Rupy I don’t particularly like anything she puts out nor do I don’t follow, comment or ‘like’ her. The people who play the game properly, are now in positions of power. And we sit around asking ourselves, how and why that was allowed to happen. Because you engaged in it, and you added fire to that you added fuel to the fire. It’s helpful to go on a social media diet.
Attention is currency The reason why there are certain people who are on pedestals like the person you mentioned, like presidents of certain countries, etc, is because we’ve spent our currency on them, and that currency is our attention. It’s our comments. Hopefully, we can exercise some restraint, because that’s essentially what is going on. In today’s day and age, we have to wake up and realise that our reality is, you know, it’s a lot more fragile and it’s a lot more moldable with our engagements.
Chloe Brotheridge I think we do need to be careful where we put our attention.
Rupy I love that where you put your mind you put your energy,
Chloe Brotheridge I think it might actually be where the mind goes energy follows where the mind goes energy follows.
Rupy It reminds me of a Bruce Lee quote, he must have got it from some of those ancient teachings as well. About you know, your energy flows.
External factors can’t change your reality I was having a conversation with someone the other day. He is a sports psychologist. He’s worked with Premiership footballers and all the rest of it. And he told me, you know, one of the most important things people need to realise is that external factors can’t change your psychology. External factors can’t change your psychology, you change your psychology, you change your mindset. So many ways to do this including diet.
If something angers you, you have the choice to let it anger you or not let it anger you and you are that filtration you are that barrier right there. The more control we have over our internal reactions, we shape our external environment. AIt’s easy a lot easier said than done, but I think that’s quite eye opening. And it’s definitely been eye opening for me. It’s definitely been something that I’ve tried to put into practice. A social media diet is helpful.
Chloe Brotheridge Yeah, so interesting. AIs there anything that you are struggling with at the moment? How you do you handle it?
Lockdown Rupy I’m struggling with my puppy at the moment, but I’ve never looked after a baby. She definitely needs a lot of attention. Over the last few weeks, I’ve been a lot more irritable with the lockdown situation. I’ve actually realised that I’m quite introverted. In a weird sadistic way I quite like lockdown. The reason why is because I tend not to go out on the weekends anymore. I tend to like being inside and working on my computer, and yada yada and the knowledge that no one else is doing anything.
FOMO I found that quite excessively. But I think that speaks to one of the things that I am struggling with. And it’s working too much. Pre lockdown, I have a general guide with myself not to work after 6pm and forget about work afterwards. But because of my increased clinical pressures and writing a third book at the same time as finishing off my Masters as trying to start this digital product, a lot of things were getting on top of me, and I thought the way out of that was to work my way through it. That has led to you know, disagreements with people I love. Also issues like attention, all that kind of stuff.
It comes down to self-discipline. So I think that’s definitely something I’ve been struggling with over the past couple of months. I’ve struggled with mindset motivation, and I generally keep to a healthy lifestyle. So I think it’s that deeper psychology stuff. Whereas I guess for a lot of other people, you know, it’s habit formation. It’s making sure that they’re keeping their physical bodies and diet well, within an idea of, you know, getting down to the root of how their psychology improves, as well. So, yeah, I think those are the things that I’m struggling with at the moment.
Overworking in lockdown Chloe Brotheridge Thank you for sharing that. I think a lot of people can relate to that in terms of introverts being kind of glad that they don’t have to go out.
I suppose most everyone is working at home. Then there’s no off point, you don’t kind of have a 5:30pm or 6pm kind of go home. The day it’s much more fluid so work can just continue off into the evening. Often our body shows us when we’re overworking.
Rupy I’m also struggling with the thought that for many people things are pretty shit right now and appreciate that not everyone can have that eternal optimism that I seem to have. I practice gratitude. I’m a very positive minded person anyway with a healthy diet. That’s just because of my upbringing because of my position in work. Though, things can be worse for other people.
But I think sometimes, if you constantly portray a positive image on what is a less than desirable situation, you risk trying to cloud it and sugarcoat your situation for the sake of being positive. That’s something I need to work on going forward as well. That isn’t to say that, you know, we shouldn’t have a positive mindset, I think, you know, there’s a balance to strike there. I mean, everything was coming down to balance and homeostasis and equilibrium.
The middle way This is why I’m fascinated by those ancient concepts of, you know, just the middle way, the middle path, not being happy, not being sad. Just being in an ebb and flow. Accepting that everything changes, happy moments change to sad moments, moments change to have a purpose, etc. Everything ebbs and flows with the transition of life.
Chloe Brotheridge Yeah, I think I suppose accepting the the quote unquote negative feelings helps us to process them. I know from lots of people that I speak to that there can be this pressure to be positive. Subsequently, everything is a positive meme on Instagram and you know, hashtag positive vibes and we don’t allow ourselves to feel things or we stay so busy that way we block out the negative feelings. A healthy option is giving permission to feel them and let them move through means that a better experience overall because that stuff will come up to bite us if we suppress it.
Rupy Yeah, exactly. Exactly. You’re right. It’s like that. I don’t feel like I suppress things if I’m honest. By constantly portraying a positive perspective on things, I’m at risk of suppressing true feelings.
Chloe Brotheridge The answer to everything is it’s complicated. It’s always shades of grey and nuance.
Where to find Dr Rupy Thank you so much for everything you’ve said. I’ve loved this conversation. Many of us are very interested in our diet.And where can people find out more about you? When is your new book out? And yeah, what else are you offering?
Rupy The new book is not out for a while. You can pre order it on Amazon, but it’s not available until January 2021. The book is called the 321 diet portions of fruit vegetables proportion, two servings per recipe using one pan. It helps to make healthy eating a habit and just something that we do every day.
The Doctors Kichen is really where people can find out about my books and I publish two new recipes on the newsletter every single week. The podcast is is where we interview people talking largely about nutrition and nutritional medicines and discipline.
The Doctor’s Kitchen Website
Book: The Doctor’s Kitchen
Book: Eat to Beat Illness
YouTube
Chloe Brotheridge You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge.
The post Ep 112. Can our diet make us happier? With Dr Rupy Aujla appeared first on Calmer you.
Jasmine Hemsley is a three-time best-selling author, the Founder of Hemsley + Hemsley and East by West. She’s also a TV presenter with a show broadcasted in over 25 countries. A specialist in Ayurveda, chef, food and health writer, restauranteur and nutrition & wellness expert. With a passion for eating well to feel happier, healthier […]
The post Ep 111. Ayurveda and Wellbeing with Jasmine Hemsley appeared first on Calmer you.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Jasmine Hemsley is a three-time best-selling author, the Founder of Hemsley + Hemsley and East by West. She’s also a TV presenter with a show broadcasted in over 25 countries. A specialist in Ayurveda, chef, food and health writer, restauranteur and nutrition & wellness expert.
With a passion for eating well to feel happier, healthier and more energised, Jasmine believes in conscious, healthy and joyful living, drawing from the depth of Eastern wisdom, Ayurveda and holistic philosophies of health, and marrying that with the latest cutting-edge technology and developments in Western wellbeing.
We chat about: * How to make Ayurveda work for you and your mental wellbeing * Jasmine shares about her intriguing and mysterious tongue tingler * Why the time of day that you do things is so important
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge
Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your happiest and most confident self.
On today’s podcast Welcome to this week’s episode. I am chatting with the lovely Jasmine Hensley. Jasmine is just a full of knowledge about all things wellbeing basically. She specialises in helping people with Ayurveda. We get into how to make Ayurveda work for you and your mental well being and the practical things that you can be incorporating into your life.
She shares about her intriguing and mysterious Tongue Tingler and guys. Trust me you want one of these. We also talked about why Ayurveda believes the time of day that you do things is super important for how you feel.
Freebies If you’ve been enjoying these episodes, I would love it if you would subscribe to the podcast if you’re listening on the Apple podcast app in particular. And if you’ve got a friend who needs this podcast, could you do me a massive favour and just pass along the news about this podcast to someone. I am just trying to spread the word to more and more about this free resource.
Also, I don’t know if you know, but you can get lots of freebies at my website. I’ve got a confidence affirmations mp3 for anyone who wants to boost confidence in themselves and their abilities. Maybe you’ve been beating yourself up or maybe you’ve been telling yourself some negative affirmations and it’s dragging you down. Actually if you want to change that then you can download my confidence affirmations at Calmer-you.com/confidence.
Let’s just get right into it and chat with Jasmine Hemsley. Hope you enjoy this. Welcome Jasmine. Thanks so much for joining me today. How are you?
Jasmine I’m very well thank you Chloe. I’m very well. How are you?
Chloe Brotheridge Yeah, I’m good.I’m slightly melting today. I thought yesterday was supposed to be the hot day but today I feel better.
Jasmine I was practically naked yesterday it was so hot. I didn’t think we could sleep in our bedroom because our upstairs gets so so hot. But I just got rid of the duvet and took a sheet and that’s quite, a big deal for me. I like the weight of a duvet, but actually I slept really well.
About Jasmine Chloe Brotheridge Could you just share a bit about what you do and how you got to where you are today and a bit about Ayurveda? I’m sure everyone does know who you are, but just a bit of your story and what you do.
Jasmine I’m still finding out who I am. My main work is a well-being expert and a champion of Ayurveda. The ancient philosophy of living from India, and I’m also a restauranteur. I do a lot of consulting and a lot of my work comes through food. That’s how I kind of got into everything I’m doing in well-being more or less.
I’m always sharing wonderful recipes and talking about digestion and eating in the rhythms of life and Ayurveda. Like tuning into the energies etc. It’s a more a holistic way. Food is such a wonderful way into well-being. And, You realise that well-being is about so much more. You have to take the 360 view.
Chloe Brotheridge I’m really curious about how did you get into well being? Is it something that you were brought up with? Or was it something you discovered through your different experiences?
Food culture growing up Jasmine I certainly didn’t know about Ayurveda until much later. I’m a half Filipino and I’ve got an English army dad. I grew up on home cooking. And both my parents worked. It was very busy. We ate home-cooked food. Mostly because it’s what we knew. In the early 80s apart from cereal, there wasn’t that much pre-packaged food. As time went on, it became about the microwave and the ready meals and eateries popping up all over town. You no longer had to pack your lunch anymore. Anyone could just pop out and buy something. Then it is suddenly University and there was no one cooking for me. I had to cook for myself within a budget. Bread fit the budget but it didn’t suit my bowels at all.
Then I went on to studying financial products and Science at university. And then modelling full time for the next 10-12 years. Modelling makes you become very aware of your skin, your mood, your energy levels, your figure.
Discovering Ayurveda I’ve been cooking since nine years old so I kind of connected the dots between home cooking and easy to digest food. Food that’s not necessarily touted as healthy kind of feels better in my body. And that just got me onto a whole load of research. Ayurveda popped up a couple of times in those early years. Ayurveda answered a couple of questions that I couldn’t find anywhere else.
I still thought Ayurveda was an ancient philosophy. I didn’t really understand half the words they’re using. It seemed very esoteric at the time and I didn’t know anybody else talking about it.
Then as yoga came onto the scene and I thought oh, I like yoga, and also meditation. It lead me to a different perspective on looking at life.
Doshas I’m a Vata Pitta type in Ayurveda. This type of person can be in their head, overly creative and prone to anxiety and worrying. The Pitta side of this hot headed, wanting to get in there and do it and do it well etc.
I can be quite up there and out there and I need the Ayurveda Kapha dosha to concentrate on more grounding elements, things that kind of bring me back down to earth.
My interest in yoga went from kind of the hard core to the really sitting with yourself yoga that’s quite tough in a totally different way. That’s kind of been my roundabout journey where food has been such a part of it. That opened up the idea that it’s not just what you eat, it’s is when and how you eat.
Bringing balance back to your life It’s also about how you start your day and how you wind down to get your night’s sleep. Everything’s interconnected and interlinked. That might make it sound more complicated, but actually, I find it makes it more intuitive and romantic. Ayurveda as a system of health gives you so many tools. You can’t control everything especially outside of yourself. The only constant is change.
What you need to do is learn to surf it and ride it and use wisdom and tools like Ayurveda to bring balance back for yourself.
Chloe Brotheridge I have a kind of a whole holistic approach to health with all these different factors coming in.
The science of life Jasmine It loosely translates as the science of life or the knowledge of life. The manual to know nature. We live in this natural world and we are nature. The environment affects us, the people we hang out with affects us. We grew up with these kinds of sayings, a gut feeling or I didn’t like the energy in the room or I loved her energy.
Energy and vibrations Everything is this vibration, everything is sound, and you can’t destroy it. You want to harness it and make it work for you. That’s Ayurveda says waking, working, exercising, eating and sleeping at a certain time of day can be beneficial if the environment supports that.
Chloe Brotheridge Can you give an example of that?
Best time of day to wake-up Jasmine
According to Ayurveda the best time of day to wake up is just before sunrise. I think the earliest I’ve woken up so far this year is five and it was already bright, and the birds are singing. These are the time when the energy and the sun is coming in. It’s a new day dawning. That’s why the cockerel crows. That’s why the animals are up unless they’re nocturnal animals. They are cashing in on that rise of energy.
You’ll find a lot of people, meditators, holy people and writers find that time of day incredible. It’s a brilliant time to meditate. And hopefully, that is before the kids wake up before your other half maybe wakes up or he or she is doing their own thing and before the emails and headlines come in. Ayurveda introduced this to me.
Morning time Imagine waking up naturally satisfied, you’ve had the right amount of sleep, you’ve got hours until you’re needed and you can just potter and be with yourself. It’s the most connected to ourselves we can be before the energies of the day affect us.
Then you’re just better equipped to decide what energy comes into your life and what energy you want to leave your life. If you just wake up with a rush and alarm, the stress levels are up and you’re off. So many reasons for waking up early. Ayurveda helps inform if this is best for you.
Starting the day right Cashing in on that time of day is is wonderful for creativity, for centering, for grounding, for meditation for doing a morning routine that sets you up whatever that routine is. For me, it’s showering and then a bit of yoga just to feel a bit of connection to myself. Iit might be some writing, it’s probably the time when I can be a bit more proactive about my day rather than reactive to emails because nobody’s on the email yet, hopefully.
Writing in the morning I can write down what am I thinking. What I want to achieve in this day and get done this week. Or what do I want in the long term, rather than wake up, hit the emails and you’re totally distracted by whatever other news has come in. Ayurveda helps to be mindful with how you want to feel.
The end of the day Many of us backload the end of the day. We eat our heaviest meal at the end of the day. Some people claim to do some of their best work at the end of the day because it’s the first time we’ve got time to ourselves. We also exercise at the end of the day, which is when your body is trying to wind down for a nice sleep, you’re taking it back up again. So you might fall asleep exhausted into bed, but the mind is still on. You know the energy is still kind of in the body and that’s why we get these interrupted night’s sleep.
Chloe Brotheridge I’m feeling like I’m gonna try and get up at 5am
Jasmine Eight hours. That’s a really nice sleep. Most people get six. So if you go to bed at nine, and you can get up at five you go to bed at 10 you get up at six I’m roughly the 10 10:10pm bedtime 6am wake up. But the other trick is if you had to go to bed late for whatever reason, you couldn’t fall asleep and you wake up at five 6am meditation. They said 20 minutes of meditation is like three hours of rest. So if you can meditate, that’s an active form of rest. You are going to make up for the sleep and be processing out that stuff that you just no longer need
I can’t always stick to that schedule. For example, I was teaching a workshop last night at 8pm because it was in the US, which was noon there. I finished that and nine and took the dogs out for a walk, watered my garden and then I didn’t get to bed until 11pm. I can use meditation the next morning to catch up a bit.
Being a morning person Chloe Brotheridge It sounds good to me. I’m thinking because I’m actually naturally not a morning person. I don’t think there is such a thing as a natural morning person. But for me getting up at five is not an impossible idea. But if I think about, for example, my sister who is quite the opposite, she’ll happily work all night. I could never work past 7pm. By then I’m done with the day. But she gets her energy at like 11pm at night when she’s most creative. Yes. And for her or someone like that, who’s more of a night owl the idea of getting up early is hard.
Elements of Ayurveda Jasmine There are studies that talk about the lark, which is the early morning riser and the night owl, and which one has the most energy in the day. Ah, from an Ayurvedic perspective, it’s about the elements for each person. If you’ve got space, air, fire, water, those five elements make up everything they make up you Chloe, they make up me. You and I would have roughly the same ratio of those five elements compared to a tree or a table or a bowl of cornflakes.
The doshas Ayurveda says that between us however there would be a difference in the ratios of the of those elements. We divide those five elements into three doshas. So people might have heard of that Vata, Pitta Kapha. I’m more Vata Pita with a bit of Kapha and therefore I need to bring more Kapha lifestyle choices and foods into my life. It’s the opposites that bring balance. If I’m a Vata, Pitta and I drink too much coffee, watch too much TV, listen to hectic music, I’m going to become wired, anxious, irritable.
I’m grounded if I listen to soothing sounds. A very Catholic person who’s very grounded and loving down to earth and laid back, I could do with the occasional coffee, some kind of hectic music to get me going. You can see how opposites work there. Now, because the Kapha time of day is the same time of day for everybody the better time of days in terms of everybody and the Vatta because that’s just the rhythm that’s the sun and the moon. Ayurveda helps.
We have them Vata, Pitta Kapha into effect twice in the 24 hour clock. And if we look at the evening 6pm is when Kapha the grounding dosha comes in 6pm till 10pm.
I would suggest to anyone, just try Ayurveda just to see how it is for you. It’s obviously not going to be such a smooth transition. Maybe just try bringing bedtime earlier bringing dinner earlier, making dinner lighter.
If you can’t sleep, just winding down in bed, I’ve got tonnes of techniques for that. Some people can make that change instantly and some people need to do it slowly increment by increment.
Humming Chloe Brotheridge Can you tell what the humming is? What do you mean?
Jasmine Behind me I’ve got some singing bowls. We are all vibration, we can have vibrations that make us feel like we’re in homeostasis and balance. We can also have vibrations that don’t feel nice in the body for example a car screeching you know, a mile away or whatever. If I can pick that up, it’s going to create this tension in my body, even though it’s physically not touching me, you know? Or if you hear your nails down a blackboard, all those things that make us go, oh, even if it’s not you doing it. The honk of a horn is so disruptive. Sounds and vibrations can either resonate or create dissonance in the body.
Crystal bowls These are crystal gemstone precious metal bowls. And they’ve got different properties to them. It’s the sound of nature, so it’s very soothing. Some will be more soothing for you than others, just because of which chakra they’re working on. Soothing tones are super important. That’s why we have lullabies for babies. That’s why we say when we rock a baby, the fact of the sound of the ocean can have an effect on the body.
I did humming last night after watering the garden. It was about 11:30pm. I’m lying in bed my brain is still working from the workshop. What I do is I lie in bed and I start to hum. It looks like this. Hhhmmm. That’s the first one right because I’m still jaggedy in the mind, my breaths all caught up. Second one feels a bit better. So on and so
Humming creates space between you and your thoughts. You can feel that vibration in your head and it really helps to kind of create space between you and your thoughts. You know, that’s what meditation is. It’s creating space and awareness about our thoughts. It’s remembering that we are not our thoughts. Our thoughts are just a toolkit to help us to understand what’s going on in life. If we believe we are our thoughts, we’re going to get caught up in every negative thought or every overly positive thought and not see reality. They’re not us. Humming kind of gives us space. Just hearing the humming in my head I can get some great support from that. That and Ayurveda support me a lot.
The vagus nerve Chloe Brotheridge I hope people are going to try this. I also heard once that humming vibrates the vagus nerve.
Jasmine Yes, that’s part of what helps you to relax.
Humming, you can feel the physicality of it. When you think it or feel it, you think it would be much more subtle or it wouldn’t work, it works even more powerfully. That’s how we realise that the mind is so powerful and how and our intentions are so powerful.
Practicing in your mind There was a study where they trained the two basketball teams. One trained physically, and the other trained mentally. A similar study was also done with playing the piano. The results are astonishing. The pianists we’re taught to imagine it and the basketball players trained using their mind. The ones training in their mind were as good if not better than those physically doing it.
You can see now that just the intention of I am fine, I am safe, I’m gonna hum, I’m gonna remember that. Hum. You know, this could just be words in your head, because you’re sleeping next to someone you don’t wanna wake somebody up. They’re very, very effective. They might not be immediate, but the more your body feels safer and trusts those words, the more they’ll work.
Qigong Chloe Brotheridge I’m so glad you mentioned that that study. In addition to Ayurveda, you mentioned Qigong earlier.
Jasmine I’ve been doing Qigong for last couple of years. Sometimes I don’t do it physically, I just do it in my mind, and I’m doing the movements. I’m convinced it’s helped my immune system. I haven’t had a cough or a cold since I started doing it. I’m about to do Vedic meditation. We’re taught something called rounding. It’s a yoga series. We start off kind of massaging the body in the head. Then we do what looks like rolie polie Yoga. It’s very soft. It’s kind of just rolling around. This really calms the nervous system.
Meditation We could do that before we have a meditation. If you can’t do it, because say you’re on the bus going to work, you can think it and feel it. And by the way, meditation doesn’t take you out of this world. It makes you present in reality. You are so centred and so aware of what’s going on around us. If you’re in the past, and you’re just stuck in all that baggage, it’s nice to meditate. Sometimes when those past memories come up, those ones that you kind of cringe, curl your toes out, don’t get angry, let them come up. Be aware of them, notice them, acknowledge them and then let them move away. No longer needed. I see and hear you. The mind is super powerful. And if we get to learn how to use the mind, wow, we’ve got the most incredible tool. If the mind is controlling us, it ain’t fun.
Chloe Brotheridge What would you say for someone who’s struggling with anxiety right now? Are there certain Ayurveda tips that you would recommend for somebody?
Anxiety and Ayurveda Jasmine When we are in our head we call it the mind even though the mind is actually something that’s in the whole body. We think of it as in our head because we can feel our brain hurting. We can feel and see the images behind our eyes when we shut our eyes at night. In Ayurveda we call it the Vata dosha. Because it’s it’s in the mind, it’s the stimulus. It’s the air moving around so we want to do the opposite.
So we talked about Ayurveda Pitta being the warmth and down to earth. So keeping yourself warm when you’re feeling anxious is really important. If you go out in a cold windy day when your anxious you’re just tightening up the nerves further irritating yourself.
Chanting If we want to have warmth, think about how you see a baby, that’s what you want to do to yourself. We also want to ground down so keeping yourself warm and sitting on the floor, very good. Listening to chanting because of the sounds. Ayurveda helps identify what works for each individual.
Meditation, and it’s also part of human nature. Meditation has been in use for thousands and thousands of years. So that means the human mind was also going out of control back then. That’s why everything that you’ll see now in self-care is about going back to the self. Filling up your own cup. You cannot help others until your cup is filled. If you pour all your energy into outward projects, it’s almost like you’re trying to gain love by helping others because you get a reward from people. Oh, she’s so nice. She did this and she helped me and she dropped everything to do that.
Self-approval
All amazing. But if you’re not feeding yourself too, you’re literally looking for other people to give you approval and to give you love, and that is where it’s all going to go wrong because then we are relying on external validation. We’re just setting ourselves up for failure.
The minute we start taking care of ourselves, so when we’re anxious, we have to kind of take a breath and go right where am I? Okay, I am safe right now or this is a challenge but that’s okay. Find my calm, come back to the centre. I can do this. I’m equipped. The human is super creative. You just get into that calm space. Maybe think of somebody that you find very calming in your life and ask what would they do. See yourself as an actor in your life.
Create a rhythm in your life Give yourself the advice you’d give a close friend. Drinking warm drinks, eating warm food. This is very grounding. Some soups and stews. Eating at the right times of the day. You want to have a lovely rhythm. Don’t hold on to that rhythm tightly and create anxiety around that. An Ayurveda approach.
I cannot stress how important meditation is for the anxious mind. You immediately transcend the mind and come back to you. That’s what the meditation is for. Also remember how transient life can be. Can you even remember what caused upset in the past?
If a family member fell over and an another family member was there, and they were in control, I will probably be the one freaking out. But if I was the other family member, I’d say Okay, calm down everybody, let’s do this. Does that make sense?
Yin Yang There is life, there is death, there was joy, there is suffering, there is love and there is hatred. In Chinese medicine, you call it Yin Yang. You can’t have one without the other. If we were all wrapped up in cotton, wool and coddled, and given everything that we ever wanted, we feel ill, we’d literally feel ill because we’d been numb to it. That would not be enough, we’d want the next level and then the next level.
The challenges are what gives us an opportunity to get to know ourselves. To be there for ourselves and therefore be there for other people in the wider society.
We can rise to the challenge Chloe Brotheridge Thank you for saying that. Oh, my gosh, that’s really struck a chord in me what you said about how when there is a challenge, we often do rise to the challenge. They’ve done studies into people with anxiety and found that something like 85% of the time the things that we worry about end up having positive outcomes. Or we end up handling it better than we thought we would. Yeah. I’m hearing from lots of people now with their Coronavirus situation that people are quite anxious. I’m actually surprised that they’re dealing with it so well.
Balance Jasmine Ayurveda and in life, it’s about the balance. So if you are very in your head and suffering from anxiety and worry, take a break from the TV and the screens. Also take a break from hit workouts and intense music. Call up a friend to get into a more grounded position. Watch the TV programmes that are a little bit more soothing or listen to podcasts or music and just bring it down a level. It doesn’t mean you stay there the whole time or that you change your personality. You bring balance to your personality. You’ll feel lighter.
Chloe Brotheridge Slightly changing the topic from the study and Ayurveda. But I wanted to hear more about the tongue scraping. I am a convert, you can explain.
Tongue scraping Jasmine This is the first Vedic physical tool I brought into my life, when I learned to meditate over 10 years ago with my meditation teacher Gary Gorrow. We’re in Sydney in Australia and he pulls out this contraption. It’s just a very simple device that you pass down your tongue first thing in the morning and this coating comes off. Right? I’m into the tongue now. I see people in the day walk around with this yellow coating on their tongue.
You can imagine what a healthy tongue looks like. Pink and healthy like a child. Not too swollen, not too thin. Every single tongue is unique but in general, there is a quality about it. Overnight when the body is restoring it’s getting rid of the stuff that’s not not needed anymore. As a result there’s a toxic metabolic waste, both emotionally and physically. That waste looks like we and poo and sweats and snots. There’s mucus on your tongue.
Oral health The reason we wake up in the morning having brushed and flossed our teeth after our last meal, that we have bad breath. It’s why we need to shower. We brush our teeth, clean between our teeth, but we don’t pull out what’s on the tongue. The tongue is massive, right? Do it first thing in the morning.
If I’ve been drinking alcohol or had some very rich food and I ate late, there’s a different kind of substance on my tongue. If I’m sick, it’s different again. You know, when I’m stressed and rundown, I’ll get a tiny little spot. I can see a little bit of blood there. If I’m angry or something is wrong with my liver, maybe there’s like a red tip. If I’m, you know, inflamed, my tongue will be scalloped. You’ll see the teeth marks where the tongue has tried to fit into your mouth. Super interesting.
Do what you know supports you You don’t need to know what everything means. You just need to give yourself a bit of love and self-care. Bringing this together with Ayurveda, I’m going to start getting ready for bed at nine tonight and drink a nice glass of hot water to kind of rehydrate and flush through this armour, this metabolic waste. Have a light supper of soup tonight. Those are the things we can immediately do.
I highly recommend the tongue scraper. it removes 80-90% of the bacteria that cause bad breath. Nick and I would rather forget our toothbrush than forget to do this. Dentists have tongue scrapers. They’re usually plastic and I don’t find them as effective. Mine is a natural metal of copper and is antibacterial.
Covid guilt Chloe: I’m a convert. Is there anything that you are struggling with at the moment? How are you handling it?
Jasmine I’ve got two things. I’ve got guilt. At this time, I’m seeing the haves and have nots. There are people who are bored or who are trying to take care of a number of children in a small space. I’m actually having quite an ideal situation. I have to admit this lockdown actually suits me. I am not running from meeting to meeting. It’s summer which is so good for me because I need the warm and the daylight. I find it very good on my mood.
I’ve been able to grow and watch my garden come to life. I’ve got my dogs which take me to the park. But I know for other people it’s very challenging. One of my friends sons is loving it because he loves to do his schoolwork and he doesn’t have the interruptions. For others, they are finding it hard. So the guilt with that is something that I had to kind of work with.
Not hiding if you’re thriving I’ve come to this place of, you know what, it’s not about hiding that you are thriving. It’s about if you are thriving, do your meditation. Be there for other people and share that love and that light.
The unknown The second thing that I am feeling as well as this this the unknown. What is life going to be like after this? How is it going to impact the hospitality industry? This has wiped out thousands and thousands of jobs.
I’m also seeing some very positive things like farms being connected directly to the customer. Smallholdings and farms are able to communicate their message much more directly to the consumer. Whereas before we just go to the supermarket or we just go into a thing and press whatever’s on the menu and get that. So there is something lovely happening there. But obviously, it’s going to be a massive upheaval, and it already has been for a lot of people.
What can I do to help? What can I do to help? So? Yeah, those are the two things that I struggle but they’re also as we’ve talked about earlier, that is where you, you step up and you rise up to the challenge.
Chloe Brotheridge Yeah, thank you so much for sharing that. I think a lot of people relate to the guilt. It’s important to acknowledge that people are in different situations and having different experiences. I’m really hoping that we can rebuild the world better than it is now.
Covid changes Jasmine it’s made us think about food shortages or toilet paper running out. It was a massive eye-opener that this is happening around the world on a daily basis. In comparison, someone else you’ve got less than to compare someone else you’ve got more, it’s always going to be like that. Unless you’re at the very top of the chain or the very bottom of the chain. There’s always someone that has less, and there’s always someone that has more. So gratitude for what you have. Compassion for wanting to share with others. That’s, that’s where we need to live.
Chloe Brotheridge Such a good thing to think about. Oh, thank you so much for everything that you shared.
Jasmine It’s lovely talking to you. I hope that was helpful.
Chloe Brotheridge Thank you so much. Yeah. And where can people find out more about you and what projects you’re working on at the moment?
Where you can find Jasmine Jasmine I’m on at Jasmine Hemsley, I’m mostly on Instagram. I do post to Facebook by Nima. Check it out. I share recipds and I do newsletter once a week where I share what’s inspiring me and usually a recipe. I’m trying to show that Ayurveda is very common and in the same place as yoga. If you’re not into yoga, you might think Ayurveda. It’s such a vast wealth of knowledge that even using one tip or one idea is going to ease life for you. It’s taking life and health as the whole package, mentally, physically, spiritually.
I play sound baths now and again. You can find them on my Igtv and I do a workshop called Wellness Wednesday where I speak to friends or acquaintances like yourself. On Sunday Slow is where I usually talk about meditation and the spiritual stuff. Just short, fun and enjoyable ways of utilising this technology to reach more people and more like-minded people and to share.
Chloe Brotheridge Thank you so much.
Jasmine Chloe, It’s been amazing. I have had a lovely time. I really enjoy sharing about Ayurveda.
Freebies Chloe Brotheridge You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website Calmer-you.com. You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions.
Please do subscribe to this podcast in the Apple podcast app. If you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to help the podcast get discovered by other people. Come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day. Let me know what you thought of this episode, and please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead
The post Ep 111. Ayurveda and Wellbeing with Jasmine Hemsley appeared first on Calmer you.
Clinical Psychologist and Yoga Teacher Dr. Sophie Mort joins me on the podcast this week. Taking psychology out of the therapy room, she wants to help you overcome your insecurities, experience self-love and live the life you deserve. We discuss: One of the most helpful approaches to self-love I’ve ever heard The incredibly common struggles […]
The post Ep 110. Self-love, Imposter Syndrome, Therapy and the F word (failure!) with Dr. Soph appeared first on Calmer you.
Clinical Psychologist and Yoga Teacher Dr. Sophie Mort joins me on the podcast this week. Taking psychology out of the therapy room, she wants to help you overcome your insecurities, experience self-love and live the life you deserve.
We discuss:
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your happiest and most confident self.
Today’s guest Today I’m talking to the really very lovely and smart and wonderful psychotherapist, Dr. Sophie Mort. Basically, I would like to be her friend. I think you’ll agree.
In this podcast We discuss basically one of the most helpful approaches to self-love that I have ever heard. Also, we get into the incredibly common struggles that you probably believe only affects you. She shares her experience of imposter syndrome and how to stop it from actually holding you back. And we talked about creating distance from negative self-talk and therapy. This is a really juicy and relevant episode. I think you’re gonna love it.
Free resources Just to remind you about the free resources that I have for confidence over on my website. You can head over to Calmer-you.com/confidence and get loads of freebies over there. I’ll also tell you about my latest podcasts and courses as well as my 121 sessions and my app. So check all of that out at Calmer-you.com. So let’s get into the interview with Dr. Soph.
Welcome, Dr. Soph. How are you? Thanks for joining me. Please share with everyone listening what it is that you do, the therapy you practice and how you got to where you are today?
Introduction Dr Soph: Hi, I’m a clinical psychologist and I try and get therapy or psychology out of the therapy room and into people’s lives in ways that make sense to them. That means I share psychological information in written form. On a blog on Instagram.
I’m doing all sorts of other things I can’t tell you about right now. But that will involve disseminating all the psychological information that people need, and can’t necessarily access because there are so many barriers to getting therapy. I also have a private clinic where I see a few people every day in online therapy.
Background My whole life was basically studying and that’s probably the short answer. I did an undergraduate in psychology, a master’s in neuroscience and a doctorate in clinical psychology working in the NHS that whole time. Up until two years ago, I worked in Hampton Hospital.
The same questions The NHS, I think, is probably the most important thing that we have as British people. But, I needed to be doing something else. People are on waiting lists for a really long time. Often what’s happening is they get to the top of the waiting list, they’d get that one seat in front of me. And irrespective of what service I was working on in therapy, they were coming with the same issues, which was, for example, why do I feel this way? Why am I panicking, feeling distressed? Does it mean I’m crazy if I’m experiencing emotions, struggles, anxiety? What are the most basic skills I need to know now?
Often after that first therapy session of giving people what I call psychology 101 people didn’t necessarily need support anymore. Now that’s not the same for everyone. I decided if I could find a way to give everyone this basic information before they need it, then maybe we wouldn’t have people’s distress escalating, as much as it often does. Maybe that would take away some of the burden on waiting lists and help everyone to understand themselves a little bit more. So that’s what I set out on my own. And it’s just gone from there.
Panic attacks Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. Yeah. I love what you do and the information that you share. How you share it is really inspiring and useful. It’s such an interesting thing that you mentioned there about people thinking that they’re crazy in therapy. For feeling anxious, or maybe they’re having panic attacks. And, you know, I’ve had panic attacks myself, and you do feel like you’re gonna go crazy.
Dr Soph: Yeah, absolutely. I’ve had panic attacks, and I genuinely thought it was the end of the world.
Chloe Brotheridge: So sometimes it’s enough. It sounds like you’re saying it’s normal to feel this way. It doesn’t mean you’re gonna lose your mind.
Panic attacks Dr Soph: I remember many of my panic attacks because they are the reason I became a psychologist and practice therapy. From the age of 18, I started having panic attacks. And no one could tell me what was going on for me. When I went to the doctors, they told me I was depressed, which I wasn’t. I was having panic attacks and didn’t know what’s going on. I just needed some help.
When I first had those experiences of panic. My mind went to what could this be? The only reference I had was, well, it feels like I’m losing my mind. Anytime someone talks about mental health in movies, the news and my social circle, what’s been talked about is that a person’s losing their mind. They’re crazy. I must be going crazy.
Do you think you are going crazy? The first sensation of panic that I wrote in my body quickly escalated to panic attacks because like, Oh my god, I’m going crazy. If I’d had that experience and known, anytime your brain detects something dangerous, or that it thinks is dangerous or stressful in your environment, it only has one way of being and purpose. Keeping you safe. It’s to prepare you to run or fight for your life, your heart will race, your palms will sweat, your mind will race. All of these things will happen. And it’s totally normal.
We call that anxiety leading up to a panic attack. If someone had told me in therapy, it’s totally normal, okay, that would have helped. And if someone had told me the way that you cope was doing x, y, and Zed, I would have done those things.
Those first few panic attacks would have been interpreted in a very different way than me as an 18 year old thinking I was losing my mind and having nowhere to turn. The first moment when people start to struggle is a real opportunity to help because it’s the difference between someone going away and thinking there’s something wrong with me and I need to hide that and I feel ashamed of it.
Online therapy Chloe Brotheridge: It’s such a simple but powerful thing to be aware of. I was curious about what your opinion is about online therapy accounts or therapists on Instagram or people who have set up accounts where they’re talking about mental health. They’re talking about giving their advice. Do you feel like that is helpful or can it be counterproductive or can it be overwhelming? What’s your opinion on that?
Dr Soph: Well, I always think there’s never one answer, and it’s almost always all at once. I think therapists setting up accounts on Instagram has been a cultural phenomenon. There are already more people than we’ll ever know.
What I mean by that is psychology and therapy based information is normally kept behind closed doors behind waiting lists kept in universities and dusty old textbooks. It’s deeply inaccessible.
Therapists setting up spaces where they’re making therapy information widely available and accessible, I mean that people anywhere in the world can now learn about themselves. That is a social justice issue, right? People should be able to learn about themselves, and now people can.
Where the advise is coming from Yes, it’s deeply overwhelming. Because suddenly you have thousands of people offering advice and not just therapists. We have people without any kind of clinical qualification with lived experience offering advice. Fantastic. We have therapists offering advice, and we don’t know where to turn. You could read one post on Instagram, for example, that tells you to do x and then you read another one says don’t do x do y. Then another one saying no. It’s really overwhelming. We don’t know who to trust. Especially when therapy is happening online.
Social media can be detrimental to people’s health We don’t actually know the people in real life who are giving the information out. And yeah, sometimes it’s risky. It’s true. You know, Instagram, for example, isn’t a private platform. If you put a comment up, anyone can read it. There’s no proper guidelines yet in the UK, for example, on how therapists should exist in the online space. So I think it’s a game changer.
The reality is social media is detrimental to people’s health. 1 billion people now use Instagram, for example, therapy I think, have the responsibility to meet people where they’re at and overcome barriers that get in the way of people understanding themselves. But we need to be really careful. You’d have a good answer to this. What do you think about that as you are based in the online space?
Therapists DM policy Chloe Brotheridge: Personally, I sometimes feel a bit torn because I get a lot of people dming me wanting therapy advice. It’s very difficult to do that. And obviously not a good idea to do that when they’re not your clients. So very problematic.
Dr Soph: A strong dm policy. That really changed it for me, you know. I’m afraid I cannot answer any personal question. Is that what you’ve had to do?
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, So trying to explain to people that without knowing their history and not being their therapist, I can’t give people advice.
Dr Soph: It just kept getting dangerous.
Chloe Brotheridge: That was my main thought on it. But yeah, I think it’s complicated as the answer. It’s complicated.
Personalised support isn’t best via social media
Dr Soph: I think as long as you’re really clear. I have a really strong policy on how I use Instagram. There are lots of disclaimers that this is generalist information. This isn’t about anyone in specific. This is the kind of stuff that you could find in a book on a shelf. If you DM me, I will have to politely decline or I might not even see the message because we get so many messages, right? We cannot give people personalised information and online therapy. But there are crisis lines we could, for example, already have on our page to share.
Common issues Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, definitely. And in terms of the sorts of issues that you tend to see, or the things that you come across again, and again, can you describe, obviously, it’s helpful for people to feel a bit less alone? And just hearing about how common some of these things are? Can you describe a little bit about the sorts of issues that you help people with and come across a lot?
Not feeling like I’m good enough Dr Soph: I’d say as a rule, I’m a generalist. I’m not a therapist who has a specific model that they work in a specific client group or diagnosis. Generally what I’m coming across is an extreme feeling of failure and extreme concern. We are not enough as we are. The consequences of that often being, for example, perfectionism, people-pleasing, really strong, negative inner critic, an constant comparison of the self to others.
Mainly I work with women in their 20s and 30s, who, for example, on paper might look like they’re killing it, but on the inside are really struggling.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, and it’s, it’s interesting how common those things are. Yet when you are experiencing that deep sense that you’re a failure, that you’re not good enough, you’re bad, you feel like you’re the only one in the world who has ever felt like that?
The system sets us up for failure Dr Soph: Yes, it’s so alienating. It’s a very smart system that’s been set up to keep us in this feeling of vulnerability, this feeling of failure, which means we’re really susceptible, for example, to marketing or to anything that people can sell us to fix us. You know, at the most simple level, part of the reason we all feel like we’re failing is because we’re constantly surrounded by images in magazines, TV movies, of these people who are deemed to be worthy and lovable and they look a certain way they laugh a certain way. They act a certain way and have everything. We’re taught these people are what we should aspire to. We’re never really told that those people don’t even really exist either. They’ve been created as characters. And are also in therapy.
The myth of perfection We’re rarely exposed to people with flaws and vulnerabilities or who are struggling. So our brain basically learns, those people are good. And because none of us can kind of reach perfect level, we’ve also been assaulted, perfectionism is possible. And the moment we look in the mirror, the moment we start trying to do anything, pretty much our whole existence is I’m falling short of that person. I’m falling short of this idea I’ve been sold. My worth is based on my productivity and how I come across in the world. So yeah, people aren’t failing. They’re just unable to ever become this perfect idea that we’ve been sold on.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, totally. I think even though we’ve had the body positivity movement we haven’t yet embraced that it’s okay to just be how you are and embrace how you look. Then we’ve got a culture where someone made a mistake 10 years ago, and they get completely attacked. It’s a sense that you’re not allowed to ever make a mistake, because that’s terrible. I was thinking this week about how I’m less interested in the mistakes people made and more interested in how they overcame them. Whether in therapy or not.
Cancelled culture Dr Soph: I was thinking this week about how I’m less interested in the mistakes people made and more interested in how they recover from the mistake and how how they learn from it. Did they apologise for it. And cancelled culture is something that doesn’t allow for growth. It’s interesting because that creates more problems inside us. It perpetuates this idea of I need to be perfect on the finished product immediately, because if I make a mistake, I will be destroyed. We literally see that happening in the media all the time.
It’s not just an idea we have in our heads. It’s a reality we’ve seen if I mess up, I’ll be abandoned, which is pretty much all over biggest fears, I think.
Body positivity made me think of a couple of things, which is, what we often do as humans is, we kind of get these new ideas such as body positivity, the idea that we can love ourselves, whatever size we’re at, but they often end up being co-opted by these by people who say, well, you can love yourself, up to a point.
Body neutrality And the second thing I was thinking is body neutrality. That is more interesting. I’ve been following and researching the people who talk about it, because body positivity still has this message of we need to be beautiful to be worthy. Yes, you can be beautiful at any size, but you must be beautiful. Whereas body neutrality, if I understand it, right suggests It just doesn’t matter what your body is. Just doesn’t matter who you are, your worth isn’t based on that whatsoever. We want to be neutral about how we show up. That means we can be more positive about who we are. We don’t need therapy for that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, that makes so much sense. Not thinking about your body and just being in the moment and being yourself and not having to not having to try to think you’re beautiful. It doesn’t matter.
Dr Soph: Often what happens in those situations is you just think no matter what I do, I can’t find myself beautiful. So I’m failing at body positivity even though I believe it’s a really great idea. Body neutrality, I suppose isn’t saying, like, whatever body whatever it’s like okay, no body. You are part of me. I will look after you. But my emotions towards you don’t have to be based around whether I think that you’re beautiful or not.
Chloe Brotheridge: Such a good thing to remember. I saw one of your posts on Instagram about self-love being an action. Can you explain what you mean when you share about that?
Self-love Dr Soph: We need to love ourselves because we spend all our time with our thoughts. We spend all our time with ourselves. And actually, when we don’t feel good about ourselves, it makes everything else harder. The only thing is that me and a lot of people I spoke to were thinking was that I don’t have the warm and fuzzies about myself all the time. As I said, it’s almost impossible if you grew up in this capitalist society to believe that you’re enough the way you are. So I was thinking, Okay, what does this even mean? And have you read the book All About Love by Bell Hooks?
Yeah, it’s just extraordinary. Actually, a lot of us don’t truly know what love means. That what I hear in therapy. We’ve all been raised by different people and we all internalise love to be either what we see in the movies as deeply romantic and often sexual. For example, you might be told as a little woman, you love your family, no matter what, even if they’re nasty to you. You might be taught love is pain, he might be taught love is doing what you are told. So we often have these quite conflicting messages about what love is.
Love is an action M. Scott Peck has this quote, which is Love is an action and it’s the idea that you extend yourself for the nurturing of your own or another person’s soul. I don’t think he means as I think it’s a soul a spirit of faith. If you think about that, in terms of self-love, you don’t have to have this warm and fuzzy feeling about yourself. What you’re doing is you’re choosing to act. You’re choosing to ask yourself, okay, how are you? What do you feel? What do you need right now in this moment? How do I extend myself to meet your needs, basically. And suddenly, that means that it doesn’t matter how you feel, you can constantly be choosing to show yourself self-love. You don’t need therapy for that.
Chloe Brotheridge: I love that and, you know, when you’re feeling really Rubbish or you’re experiencing depression or your self-esteem is on the floor to try to love yourself can be like this impossible fair away thing. Another thing that you’ve got to try and do and fail at.
Dr Soph: Oh, I know, relentless, the list of things that we need to do? Self-love is choosing to show up to yourself, I think over and over and sometimes realising that means you can’t show up to yourself. What you need in that moment is to be okay with the fact that you can’t show up to yourself.
Chloe Brotheridge: I saw you suggest somewhere that maybe all these podcasts and self-help books could be an avoidance strategy. Can you share what you meant by that.
Avoidance strategy Dr Soph: Okay, so I love podcasts. And I love books. We need more and more access to information that can help us understand ourselves. At the same time, it can become an avoidance strategy. For example, you notice that you are worried about something or you want to learn more about yourself or you have a certain emotional feeling. So what you do is you buy a self-help book or you line up the next podcast for therapy, and suddenly because you’ve done something you feel better. Then suddenly, the feeling comes back. Dammit, I’ll line up the next podcast or get the next self-help book.
You never actually read it or do it. I know a lot of people myself included that have had whole bookcases of self-help and whole podcast lists to listen to. But just the act of lining them up has made me feel better. I want to grow, understand myself, and feel better. So I consume as much information as I possibly can podcast after podcast book after book, never actually taking time for example, to reflect past the point of discomfort or engage in a really honest, painful dialogue about what it means to engage in the exercises that I recommended.
Distraction by self-help books and podcasts The moment you finish one book or podcast, you line up the neck straight away. So you’re constantly consuming staying in your head and in your logic, but at a very superficial level without ever really bringing it into your body. So, ideally, what we do is, we learn about ourselves. We pause, we ask what that means to us. When the urge to avoid or move on comes up, we sit with it, we do the exercises that are recommended. After that, if we feel we need more information, we move on to the next one.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve definitely done that as well. Reading through of self-help book with every intention of doing the exercises, but because it’s a bit hard, and actually, it’s causing me to actually have to reflect on things that might be painful, I just avoid them. But actually, we’re going to get so much more from it if we can properly engage with it and stay with it, even if it’s uncomfortable. Rather than trying to get our next fix with the next thing. Therapy takes work.
Knowledge isn’t enough Dr Soph: It’s funny because I absolutely do what you’re saying. And often I think, I’ll come back to it. I’ll come back and do that. In the moment I really believe that. And then I wonder why it’s uncomfortable. Most of us think that knowledge is power. Don’t get me wrong. Knowledge is power. But most of us think knowledge is enough. Most of the healing we need to engage in actually involves our body and our emotions and moving through things.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s not quite enough just to read a self help book. We need to engage with it.
Dr Soph: Do the work. Learning about yourself often really sucks. You may find out things you don’t like. We would avoid that. So a little bit of self-kindness, a little bit of that self-love. I have reached a point in this book where I’m just really overwhelmed. So what do I need to do? I need to take a break. But my next act of self-love is making sure I come back to the action.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you for saying that because I think there can be this idea that it just should be positive.
The downside of self-help books Dr Soph: Once you reach that point where you feel really safe in therapy, and you’re able to really look at the things that you really struggle with and you look into the darkest corners of your mind. Yeah, it can be horrifying and without someone there who makes you feel safe enough to talk about it, or safe enough to know that they’re not going to judge you on top of how much you’re going to judge yourself.
It can be almost impossible to do that. Self-help books may not be enough for everyone. You might actually need to teach someone but at the same time, self-help books can be a real dream, because there’s no one looking at you whilst you’re doing the exercises. You can return a deeply personal way where you know you’re not being judged by anyone else.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s an important point. You need a therapist that you can trust. One you can really open up to because it can be very confronting to go into all the things that you’re ashamed of.
Chloe Brotheridge: Is there anything that you’re struggling with at the moment? And how are you managing it right now?
Imposter syndrome Dr Soph: I think most people going through what we’ve been going through in this country under lockdown is a new challenge. I was writing an article for someone and then speaking to you, and I’ve noticed that this week, there’s been a lot of imposter syndrome. So really, unplanned performance anxiety, yay. This really strong sense that why me It should be someone else.
I’m a fraud, am I the right person? Am I good enough or gonna mess this up? That’s definitely the nicer version of the way that the thoughts going but much more brutal than that. So lots of imposter syndrome. I suppose it really helps being a therapist who works with these kind of strong feelings of failure, anxiety, performance anxiety, anyway. So how do I show up for myself on that?
Performance anxiety Firstly, I’m honest about it. I surround myself with people who make it possible to talk about these things. I know that imposter syndrome and performance anxiety are totally natural things that happen to everyone. You know, our brain is almost totally negatively skewed. As a species, our brain is constantly scanning the environment for everything that could go wrong. Which means that the moment I sit down to do work, my brain is not only using social comparison theory to make me feel terrible comparing me to everyone else. But it’s also then using this kind of negative skew to look for anything that could go wrong. This comes up in therapy.
I remind myself of the science and I ground myself with some breathing exercises. When I’m stressed I’ll wear a fluffy tactile sweater, being able to touch things that are soft or hold things bring me back into the present moment. I have lots of little tricks like that that really helped us bring me back into the room.
Just about everyone Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you for sharing that. I think imposter syndrome depending on which survey or study look at effects between 50 and 100% of all humans at some stage or another. It’s just almost a universal thing that at times we’re going to feel like we’re not good enough or that you know, who am I to do this? It was just luck I got here. So that’s common.
Dr Soph: I want to do a story on Instagram about Harry Potter. I love Harry Potter.
In the movies, he’s just got to Hogwarts and they like put the hat on, which will decide which house he is going to be in. And that is the most beautiful description of imposter syndrome. He thinks they’re gonna realise I’m not meant to be here. I grew up with Harry Potter. He’s a hero of mine. I’m never gonna be a magic wizard. So
Chloe Brotheridge: You’re in good company. What other things do you do for your own mental health and well being that that helps you.
Morning pages Dr Soph: I do this thing called morning pages, created by Julia Cameron. It’s a form of journaling. Have you heard of it? I get up in the morning and free-write for 3 pages. And just get it all out. It’s an unstructured form of journalism. It allows me to make sense of what going on in my mind. It allows everything in my mind to tumble out onto paper. So that’s integral to me. When I run, I feel amazing. So, actually, yeah, so those three things and surrounding myself with people who aren’t afraid to say that they’re flawed and talk about their vulnerabilities.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve spoken to a lot of people recently who, who run that say they hate it, but they do it.
Dr Soph: I just feel so good when I’m running. If I don’t run, I struggle.
Favourite tools Chloe Brotheridge: Could you share some tools or some of your favourite tools that people can perhaps start to do at home? Anything for feeling calmer, or happier or more confident?
Acceptance and commitment therapy Dr Soph: One of the reasons that we often feel not great is that we have this hugely negative skewed brain and it’s constantly chipping away at us. Making statements about us that are often very untrue. One of my favourite things to do comes from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy.
Observe your thoughts multiple times across the day. Notice what’s happening in your mind. I did this documentary the other day. The two guys I was doing it with said they both said the feel like an idiot was the thought that popped up in their mind. So notice the thought was, I feel like an idiot. And you say, I notice I’m having the thought that I feel like an idiot. And you practice this multiple times.
I’m having the thought that… By adding that sentence to the beginning, you’re creating some psychological distance between your thought and you. Suddenly, you can observe it, it’s almost like moving away from it. That’s the first thing.
Now the next bit and this is my absolute favourite bit. It often takes a long time in therapy to reach a point for someone to say, yeah, I’ll get on board with this idea. It sounds great. Start singing that sentence to a tune that you enjoy.
Singing therapy It takes time in therapy to get to this point. Our thoughts can be deeply distressing and deeply personal. When we add the song to it, all we’re doing is creating more distance between you and that thought.
I notice I’m having the thought that I’m an idiot, for example. You could do that to the tune of Jingle Bells. The idea isn’t to make you laugh. The idea is just to give you this tool that can make you look at your thought in a different way. It’s something that you can move away from and that will be replaced by something else ultimately when you practice this loads of times
Chloe Brotheridge: Definitely gonna be singing some some of my worries later on.
Thank you so much. That has been so helpful. I’ve loved everything you’ve shared. And I love your work and what you’re putting out there. I can’t wait to see what other projects you have in the pipeline. Can you share about how people can find out more about you and what you’re up to.
Dr Soph: Instagram
Outro Chloe Brotheridge
Amazing. Thank you so much for talking to me today. I loved it.
You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website where you can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions. Please do subscribe to this podcast in the Apple podcast app. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people and come on over and find me on Instagram. I’m hanging out there every day you can find me at Chloe Brotheridge let me know what you thought of this episode. And please share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you lots of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead
The post Ep 110. Self-love, Imposter Syndrome, Therapy and the F word (failure!) with Dr. Soph appeared first on Calmer you.
If you lack confidence at work, take solace in the fact that you are not alone. Low confidence in the workplace is more common than you might think. Even the most confident and efficient person in your office might secretly be battling low confidence and have opted for a fake it till you make it […]
The post Confidence: 7 Ways to Feel More Confident at Work appeared first on Calmer you.
If you lack confidence at work, take solace in the fact that you are not alone. Low confidence in the workplace is more common than you might think. Even the most confident and efficient person in your office might secretly be battling low confidence and have opted for a fake it till you make it approach.
Low confidence is something everybody struggles with at some point or another. It might appear in the form of niggling self-doubt or intrusive thoughts that keep you awake at night. You may feel inexperienced, or like you’re not doing your best at work. It’s awful when you feel like you are working hard but not achieving anything.
Here are some ways to boost your confidence at work:
1. Recognise imposter syndrome and counter it Imposter syndrome is surprisingly common. If there’s a little voice in your head telling you your rubbish at your job and you don’t deserve it, you probably have imposter syndrome. Imposter syndrome happens even though your boss has just congratulated you on a job well done, and you just won that industry award. It happens even when you should be feeling your best.
Imposter syndrome is the self-doubt that leaves you questioning how good you are at your job. It might keep you awake at night, worrying that you’re going to lose your job. Do not listen to that poisonous voice in your head. Don’t let it drag you down.
You are a capable and efficient worker. Your boss is lucky to have you, and your colleagues are glad to have you on the team. You are a hard worker, and you’re doing a good job. Keep a mental list of your achievements to focus on whenever you need to silence your inner critic. Whenever somebody pays you a compliment or thanks you for a job well done, write it down and keep it in a safe place.
2. Keep a ta-da list You probably use a to-do list to keep track of tasks you need to do. One problem with to-do lists is that they only ever grow bigger and more intimidating. It can be disheartening to work hard all day only to look down at a full to-do list at home time. Realistically, you probably can’t get rid of the to-do list altogether. Now is not the time to be missing deadlines and forgetting about tasks, so you’ll need to keep a to-do list.
A ta-da list is a list of jobs you have completed. A ta-da list is a mini-celebration and track record of everything you have achieved. It’s a way of keeping track of how you spend your time at work. On those days when you feel like you’ve been chasing your tail, seeing a list of all you’ve achieved can lift your mood and remind you of your achievements.
3. Celebrate your wins Make a big deal out of your work achievements. If you give an excellent presentation, get that delivery out on time and manage to keep a difficult client happy against all the odds, take a moment to celebrate a job well done. We’re so busy at work that we often rush from one task to the next without stopping to reflect on how we’ve done. Make it a habit that you will celebrate each work win. Keep a note of every time you feel good about yourself at work. This list will be useful to look back on next time imposter syndrome comes calling.
4. Speak up in meetings Fake it till you make it, it’s cliche, but it works. You might not ooze confidence out of every pore, but forcing yourself to speak up in meetings will do wonders for your self-confidence. It’s not always easy to know what to say, especially if you’re worried about looking like a fool.
The important thing here is to say something; it doesn’t have to be perfect. Join in with the discussions and put your views forwards. It doesn’t matter if you get things wrong or make mistakes – every single person in the world gets things wrong and makes mistakes. Speaking up will help you to feel more involved in work, and this will help to build your confidence.
It might feel like a big deal to speak up in a meeting, but after a couple of months, it will be second nature and the butterflies in your tummy will have gone.
5. Be realistic about your weaknesses and strive to improve them You’re not perfect; nobody is. You can be amazing at your job and still have areas that require improvement. You probably know what they are, but if not, ask your boss in your next one-to-one. Find out where they would like you to improve and see if they have any suggestions about what you could do better.
If that sounds intimidating, you might be surprised at the relief you feel once you’ve done it. Having a clear idea of where you can improve is much better than continually second-guessing yourself. Whatever your weaknesses are, you can work to improve them. There’s nothing wrong with having weaknesses; even top CEOs know what their limitations are.
6. Be direct We all want to be liked and accepted by our peers. We want those around us to have a favourable impression of us. We are all guilty of people-pleasing from time-to-time. It means we start our emails with the word “sorry” and regularly talk ourselves down. Instead of telling colleagues that we need things, we tentatively ask whether they might be able to help us.
This is something you can stop doing today, though it will take time for it to become second nature. Before clicking send on an email, quickly proofread it and get rid of any apologies that don’t need to be there.
This little tweak to how you interact with colleagues could help you to feel confident. If you’re asking for something to be done, make sure you are acting confidently and directly instead of asking their permission. By being direct, you will not only feel more confident, but you will seem more confident to your coworkers.
7. Know when to say no If you are missing deadlines and working late every night, it’s no wonder you feel like you’re not doing a good job. While it’s easy to blame yourself for these things, if you have an unrealistic workload, then you’re never going to get it all done.
If you know you have an excessive amount of work, it’s important to address this with your line manager. And, even more importantly, you need to learn how to say no to additional work. If people are always lumping new tasks on you, you need to figure out how to say no. Turning down new work will help you to manage your existing workload more efficiently, and this, in turn, will increase your confidence.
Saying no may not come naturally, but with practice, you’ll get it down to a fine art. Next time somebody asks you to do something you don’t have time for, politely tell them you’re too busy to help out at the moment. If it’s your boss and you’re worried about saying no, tell them you have a full to-do list and ask them for help deciding which task to drop. This will help them to understand how much you are already working on, which they may not know.
The post Confidence: 7 Ways to Feel More Confident at Work appeared first on Calmer you.
We can all learn a lot about self-kindness from Shahroo Izadi. Shahroo is an author of The Kindness Method and The Last Diet. She offers simple motivational tools designed to help create new habits.
We chat about:
If you would like free resources to help you to feel calmer and self-assured – visit calmer-you.com/confidence .
You can also find out about my app and my 121 sessions of hypnotherapy and coaching at www.calmer-you.com.
Sponsor – Sweaty Betty Sweaty Betty – Head to Sweaty Betty Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty is working to make the planet a better place and our promises for 2020.
Get free resources from me to help you to regain control and become your calmest self, head to www.calmer-you.com/free
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl.
In today’s podcast This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self. So today I have the pleasure and privilege of sharing with you this conversation that I had with Shahroo Izadi.
Shahroo was on my podcast about a year and a half ago and following that podcast we struck up a beautiful friendship and now we’re really quite good friends. We recorded this unfortunately not in person since we are in lockdown
Shahroo is all about self-kindness and is the author of The Kindness Method. Her latest book is called The Last Diet. She shares with us an amazing technique for shifting your attention from what your body looks like to what it allows you to do. We talked about the links between anxiety and how we eat. Also, she shares about how she handles anxiety and how she takes care of her own mental health.
We get into this topic which I quite often ask people: Why is it that we find it so hard to be kind to ourselves, and Shahroo is literally the queen of kindness and self-kindness.
Free resources If you would like to be a calmer, happier and more confident person, I have a lot of free resources for you. I’d love to share these with you to help you to feel more in control and to take another step towards being your calmest self.
If you want to get those freebies, you can head over to my website, Calmer-you.com/free and enter your email address. I will send you all of those goodies straight into your inbox.
You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions of hypnotherapy and coaching at calmer-you.com
Chloe Brotheridge You are one of the only guests to be on this podcast twice. I’m very excited to talk to you. The first time we spoke and met was for this podcast a couple of years ago.
We first met online, then at a dinner and the rest is history. Now we are friends IRL.
Chloe Brotheridge: Can you can you tell everyone your story, what it is that you do and how you got to where you are today?
Meet Shahroo Shahroo: I’m a behavioural change specialist. So I help people to change their habits, unwanted habits, learn self-kindness and help them gain insight into why they’re finding it hard to change habits.
I write books, self-help, self-kindess and offer tools so that people can change their own habits without needing to talk to people like me. Before this I worked in addiction. I learned so much about motivation, self-awareness, resilience and self-compassion. And many other themes that help people enormously when it comes to changing habits and making those changes last.
Now what I do really is adapt tools and approaches that help addicts stay in long term recovery. I also find ways for people to integrate those approaches into their daily lives so that they can better manage their own habits and experience self-kindness.
Shahroo’s books Chloe Brotheridge: For people that don’t know, Shahroo’s books are called The Kindness Method and The Last Diet.
Shahroo: Professionally a lot has changed a lot for me. When my first book came out, I was sort of wondering what I even did before that to be perfectly honest with you. I had a private practice where I was seeing clients, learning from their feedback what was working and people found useful. The first book is now out all around the world and the second one about kindness and self-kindness just came out in the states. So that’s very exciting.
The Kindness Method The Kindness Method did so well. It resonated with so many people. I think because not being kind to ourselves is so prevalent. It’s hard to find anyone who is genuinely kind to themselves. I think all of us have this tendency to beat ourselves up or, you know, be overly self-critical. Do you know why we are so hard on ourselves? What your take on it?
Self-kindness Shahroo: Well, I know you know, from work on anxiety, etc, that we are more highly attuned to our deficits and the things we should be protecting ourselves from and our threats. But I think when it comes to my work in particular, it comes down to the definition of kindness and self-kindness.
If you’re trying to define self-kindness, define it as doing for yourself as you would for a loved one. It doesn’t mean making the decision that gives you a short term fix. It means making the more difficult decision that has your long term goals in mind, as opposed to your short term relief.
It involves taking the same sort of common sense, sensible advice that you would give someone else. Also, not treating a blip as a catastrophe. So in the context of habit change, it’s understandable that people would find it hard to change their habits because frankly, self-kindness is the harder choice sometimes.
Self-kindness needs self reminders Chloe Brotheridge: I found talking to people, that self-kindness is something that we need constant reminders about. I tell people to be kind to themselves a lot. And I still need to remind myself as well. It’s something that I tend to keep coming back to. It’s not necessarily that we just think it once and it’s it sticks. We need to keep reinforcing it. How do you remember to be kind to yourself
Shahroo: If I’m experiencing some emotional discomfort, even if it’s just procrastinating or boredom or whatever else, I try and notice that and practice speaking to myself the way I would speak to a loved one. That’s usually in an encouraging way. And usually that means that I uncover the kind of advice that helps make that process easier for myself.
When you feel discomfort I find discomfort is one thing that really turns up the volume on the way that I’m speaking to myself and I can get some insight into whether it’s helpful or not. Am I practicing self-kindness?Where possible, I try to give myself the same messages that I want other others to give me. I often ask myself what are you hoping they’re going to say to you? Usually the messages are things like this isn’t that big a deal? This is okay. You’re going to be okay. Don’t beat yourself up about it. When I am in discomfort it’s an opportunity to speak more kindly to myself.
Chloe Brotheridge: When you talk about discomfort, can you describe what you mean by that? Are you talking about a specific kind of feeling?
Shahroo: Yeah, any kind of state we’re trying to change. At the moment, I’d say a lot of us are feeling bored, stressed, anxious, worried. That’s a good opportunity to listen in on the way you’re speaking to yourself and look at how you might be able to debate with it and make what you’re hearing more useful, and considering self-kindness.
Chloe Brotheridge: I don’t know if this is the same in addictions or this is just the same for everyone but feeling uncomfortable, trying to find a way to make yourself feel better. The thing that makes you feel better might not be the healthiest choice. The next time you feel uncomfortable, you don’t want to feel that feeling. In those moments of discomfort, should we just practice self-kindness? Thinking about what our friend might say to us to support us or encourage us in that moment.
Solutions-focused habits Shahroo: And just being curious about it, as opposed to beating yourself up about it. A lot of the time, people come to me in my work, especially when it comes to things like comfort eating. The ask me why I continue to do something if it doesn’t even make me feel better. I think if we replace the word better with different it can help us to gain a little bit more insight into the state that we’re trying to change. It helps to frame a new habit as a solution, not a problem. When you understand that it’s solving a problem in itself, you can start to have more compassion for yourself. Then gain a little bit more insight into why you’re finding it so difficult to change.
Chloe Brotheridge: For example, If I am feeling anxious I might eat a whole tray of brownies. That’s the solution that you found in that moment. So it’s about finding another solution to help yourself with those anxious feelings.
Shahroo: Yes, focus on diversifying your coping strategies, not just telling yourself about them and saying no brownies ever. How about we find five other things that do the job that brownies do and we practice doing them as well throughout the week? How do I not have brownies in sight? Because they’re the problem. They’re not the problem. They’re the solution.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s such a different way of thinking about and makes so much sense.
Can you tell us a bit about your latest book, The Last Diet?
The Last Diet Shahroo: The Last Diet is much like The Kindness Method. It hands over tools. You can do written exercises by yourself and try and gain some insights. But this one’s specifically about eating habits, and much more personal. In the first book, I do talk about my personal experience, but I largely draw from my work in addiction treatment.
In the second book, I talk about my upbringing. I developed this all or nothing dieting mentality around food. A very mean, unfair and unkind dialogue about myself and my body. I associated self-worth and my weight and how I came to unlearn so many of these things.
Through the exercises, again, that I learned through addiction treatment. It was also informed by the feedback I’ve had from the first book. The things that really resonated with people, especially when it came to changing their eating habits. The second one really is about saying no more diets, essentially.
We are all on a diet A lot of us who are used to being on diets from a young age for a range of different reasons, never find a way of eating that helps us manage our weight. The word diet gets a bad rap, but frankly, we’re all on a diet.
It’s just some of them are designed to help you lose weight, but we’re all eating. I think a lot of people think it would be helpful to sit down and really plan how they like to eat on purpose. My main focus in the book is making sure that the way that people go about weight management is realistic. It’s about practising self-kindness and what you’re going to do to keep off weight as opposed to focus on weight loss.
Take the focus off weight loss Many people I speak to are so focused on weight loss. And for me, it wasn’t actually until I took the focus off the weight loss process and put the focus on managing my weight long term in a way that made me feel strong and positive and calm, that actually any unwanted weight naturally came off.
Chloe Brotheridge: Can you explain what the distinction between that’s more long term rather than a quick fix?
Shahroo: It has your whole life in mind. It would be impossible for a human to carry on doing certain forms of diets over the long-term. People should feel empowered around food and actually enjoy it.
Focus on weight management We’re so used to this quick fix fast results going on holiday getting married kind of view of weight loss. Bear in mind, my unwanted weight gain was due largely to binge eating, restricting and abusing myself with food. You know what I have to admit, I need to get better at remembering that the people I speak to already have a very specific problem with this very specific thing. Because sometimes I’ll do some press or an article or something, I’ll see the feedback. There’s so many people out there who don’t struggle with these habits in this way and never have.
My story has been about abusing myself with food and not understanding why I have an abusive relationship with food, and then not liking the byproduct of that abuse. The by-product is unwanted weight. So that particular formula is one that most people I speak to completely relate to.
Think about the incredible things your body can do I think that there are times when we’re trying to make changes, whether it’s trying to deal with a craving in a way that we’re happy with or trying to do anything difficult, where we forget how capable we are. In that moment, a lot of us have grown used to putting ourselves down and remembering all the things we can’t do and all the things we haven’t managed to do. I think it’s really helpful to write down in one place all the incredible things that your body is capable of doing.
Don’t think I can’t do this, or I can’t do that. That can be a very powerful tool when we want to push through a craving or an urge and treat it as an alert from our bodies as opposed to a command that we need to follow.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, because I guess we’re so focused in our society on the way we look. And we lose that appreciation for the things that our bodies can do and the amazing things that our bodies are doing day and night. It’s refreshing, positive and empowering way of thinking about it.
It’s not all or nothing Shahroo: Thank you, I think a lot of people had the experience I’ve had. That all or nothing thinking around food also came in all or nothing thinking around self-care and self-kindness. I used to think when I’m a certain size, then I’ll be the sort of person who cares about that stretching, or buying a new outfit or having a blow-out for my hair.
Chloe Brotheridge: I really hope people will give that a try and put that into practice. Can we talk about the link between anxiety and food? There’s that famous meme of food being the most prevalent anti-anxiety medication or something?
Anxiety and food I know for me, certainly as a teenager in my early 20s, I definitely used foods, carbohydrates, in particular, to try and make myself feel calmer and more grounded and more comforted. What would you say the link is there for people?
I think comfort eating does help in the short term. It can help a lot of people to soothe anxiety or stress. For example, initially they may think it’s completely harmless and that they will never have a problem with comfort eating. That’s fine. It’s in their toolkit, along with meditation and lots of other things. And when you take the judgment out of the tools in your toolkit, it’s just one of those coping strategies.
Afterwards, having eaten whatever they’ve wanted did they feel better or worse over time?
That’s a different story. In my case, I certainly noticed that at times when I was anxious, I would reach for food more often. It had a numbing grounding effect on me. And sometimes it made me feel so debilitated actually. I wasn’t eating apples. It left my body feeling gross. I’d have acid reflux throughout the night, and I wouldn’t do any exercise, and I’d wake up and not drink enough water. I was just like a spiral.
Coping skills In the end on balance, it didn’t turn out being an effective long term coping strategy for me at all. Whereas for a lot of people I know it is. We all have these coping skills and tools on rotation. When we take the judgement out of them, we’re reaching for the ones that are effective and accessible at the time, and I think when it comes to the short term, at least food is both of those things. So it’s understandable that it would be one of the comforts that people are turning to most frequently. There isn’t as much stigma around it as there is with some of the other substances.
Don’t turn it into a problem Chloe Brotheridge: Don’t turn it into problem if it’s not a problem for you. If you do comfort eat, don’t then beat yourself up about it and turn it into a problem. It actually might not even be a problem.
Shahroo: I think that we are on high alert for the world telling us that we need fixing. We didn’t even know what’s wrong with us. Don’t get me wrong, it’s good to be aware of health advice. It’s good to be aware. Sometimes people will get really panicked about something. Don’t let one programme you watched make you hate yourself about something you did, like drinking milk.
I’m learning constantly and changing my habits constantly as I learn more. But I think a lot of the time people will think that something should be a problem for them, but it’s actually not. Maybe the byproduct is weight gain. That doesn’t mean that they’re unfit or not happy. It doesn’t mean they’re not beautiful. Maybe it isn’t a problem for them. It just so happens that the weight I was gaining was as a result of treating myself badly. I was barely tasting food the way I was using it.
What’s hidden behind your actions? Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, that’s such an interesting distinction. Let’s get back to what you said a moment ago about using food to numb. Normally, I suppose you might hideaway. When I would eat massive bowls of pasta as a teenager and feel really full I’d stay in my room and not talk to anyone. It’s a way of keeping us safe.
I’ve been doing a lot of NLP with clients and a lot of it’s about working on what is the hidden benefit behind what you’re doing. If I keep myself safe by not going out and not living my life to the full, the hidden benefit is that I won’t risk getting rejected. I won’t risk making a mistake or that sort of thing.
Shahroo: It gives us compassion. We think that’s why I’m doing it. There is a reason you continue to do something, the byproduct of which you’re not necessarily happy with. That’s okay.
Chloe Brotheridge: What would you say about good vs bad foods?
What is good or bad? Shahroo: I think a lot of the time, the good and bad food thing comes as a result of depriving themselves with the bad foods when they’re being good. Then once they get their hands on the bad foods, or they feel the chink in their armour, then they just have all the bad foods they can get their hands on. Until it’s time for good foods again. That usually comes as a result of some sort of experience of deprivation or some idea that got in there that says at some point, I’m not going to be able to eat this food again. So I’m going to eat as much of it as I can now because it’s a bad food.
From my experience, that’s obviously mainly restrictive diets. In our conversations, it’s become clear that some of that comes from when they were younger. For a various range of reasons, there were certain foods that were limited or not available to them. That is where this notion of some foods are good and others are bad comes from. As a result, they haven’t learned to genuinely enjoy those types of foods and moderate quantities. They’ve only ever associated them with falling off the wagon then eating it.
I think a lot of the time, people say things like, I’m bad. I’m being bad today. I’m being naughty. Oh, I’m so naughty.
We’re going to have access to desserts forever. So enjoy it.
Don’t make it all or nothing Chloe Brotheridge: I think just generally having any kind of binary is of good or bad or all or nothing or no black or white. These binaries that we impose on things in the physical world which don’t actually exist. Like good or bad or all or nothing.
Shahroo: That’s the other problem a lot of my clients have why I wrote The Last Diet. There is so much information out there about what’s good or bad, t’s just overwhelming. And I think a lot of people like me found themselves in a place where they were like, everything is conflicting and contradictory at this stage. Everything in some context is bad. There is no self-kindness in that.
I got to the stage where I thought bananas were bad, but whipped cream was good.
Chloe Brotheridge: Can we talk a bit about mental health then more generally? I’d love to know from you what do you do to take care of your own mental health? How do you what do you do in terms of self-care? Have you found yourself you know, struggling with things like anxiety yourself in the past?
Daily anxiety Shahroo: In the past, certainly, anxiety used to be a really a big problem for me. Daily anxiety, you know, up all night palpitations. Writing letters of apology to pretty much everyone I’ve met for just existing. Second guessing every single thing I did.
I’ve put lots of things in place over the years that have helped me manage that better and I’m glad to say that for now, it’s been quite a while. I don’t realise how long anxiety has been away for me until it comes back. I used to worry about what’s going to happen with money, for example, becomming self-employed about 6 years ago.
Tech-free time One of the tools that helps me tech-free mornings and evenings. It’s using my well-being phone that’s got an alarm clock, music, meditation, stuff like that on it. Not looking at emails or social media or text messages or What’s App until I’ve had an hour or so, to do everything else I want to do. Usually that’s just sit in silence and do a bit of writing or have a coffee
A well-being device I upgraded from the one I had and rather than getting an alarm clock radio, etc., it’s all in one phone that doesn’t have the other distracting bits.
It does have YouTube links for stretches and yoga and things I like doing in the morning depending on how much time I have. like five-minute meditation or 20-minute meditation. One for anxiety, another for self-kindness, whatever.
Digitial minimalism It is it’s just my sort of go to place for wellness at the click of a button. I also don’t spend much time on Instagram and actually I learned from you about Instagram. I could see this new career of mine sending me down the wrong path with my anxiety. There’s so much new fodder from the reviews to the external validation to people who don’t like you. All these things that are like your worst fears.
I also have a stammer. I’m quite comfortable with you. But actually over the past few days has been really difficult. Other people have noticed who’ve never noticed it before. I’m really struggling to get words out. So again, public speaking, etc, all of these things have meant that I have had to ramp up my self-care and self-kindness in order to be braver.
I have to say, sometimes it’s just little things. I’ve got a boring task to do, I’m going to try and put it off. But I’ve noticed it really does make a difference to me to have the room look nice with music and a candle. And all these little things, I guess, just remind me that my experience of the day matters. It’s a form of self-kindness. I do a lot of meditation and breath work on the weekends. I listen to my hypnotherapy recording.
Chloe Brotheridge: Guys, you need to follow Shahroo on Instagram because you’re extremely funny.
Chloe Brotheridge: You were talking about a kind of a negative review that you’d received but you’d actually reframed it in quite an interesting way. Does self-kindness play a role? Can you share that?
Dealing with criticism Shahroo: In the beginning I had some bad reviews and criticism that really did bother me. In fact, I remember doing this little emoji chart for myself that I kept on my phone for months and months. I took a screenshot of it and had it on my background. It was like 500 thumbs up emojis, and then like three angry face emojis. I was trying to remind myself not to spend all my time on the angry face emojis
Little exercises like that I find really helpful. The one I read yesterday said that my audiobook was a waste of digital. Sometimes I find insults quite funny. I guess I’m in a luxurious position where I can laugh about it because the vast majority are good. And I’ve got on board with all the tools, including self-kindness, that helped me remember that. So I think it’s really important to laugh at things if you can.
Chloe Brotheridge: Sometimes they even celebrate getting trolled or celebrate getting bad reviews. It’s a sign that you’ve reached a certain point where enough people are aware of you that some people are going to get pissed off by what you’re doing.
Reframe the situation Shahroo: That’s an interesting one, because I try and reframe it. The thing that has helped me enormously is that one day, I want to be the sort of person who takes criticism really well. Then I think to myself, well, the only way I’m going to become that person is finding opportunities to demonstrate I can engage in the behaviours that sort of person engages in. When someone hasn’t liked something that I’ve done, I try where possible to reframe it as an opportunity to practice responding differently. That’s the only way I’m gonna get good at it.
Handling criticism Chloe Brotheridge: I like reading how other people, people that I admire, respond to criticism. I’m thinking of particularly my mentor, Nisha Moodly, who just has this amazing way of completely staying in integrity when she’s replying to people who are just being unreasonable.
She has this way of just completely remaining in her heart and being kind but also standing up for herself and also holding her own. Sometimes I like to remind myself how other people deal with things and really try and emulate that. Almost like having a role model for how you can respond. Offering self-kindness
Shahroo: You know what also helps, go to the best book you’ve ever read. Go on Amazon reviews, and you’ll see someone who doesn’t like it. I’ve found that really helpful.
Like Daniel Kahneman, Thinking Fast and Slow. That’s probably one of the best books I’ve ever read. I remember seeing a review for it that was bad. And I was like, Oh, no, I wildly disagree with you.
Questions to ask yourself I got so used to assuming that when there was a problem brought to me that it was my fault, that I’d done something wrong. I didn’t spend a second thinking hold on before I decide to take this on myself. Do I want to sit and think about this reasonably before I start apologising to myself and adapting what I do? Do I even want to give some thought to whether I agree with this person? Why does my opinion of myself come into the mix?
That was a real revelation to me. If I wanted some opinions on something I was doing, and say, I wanted four opinions, I didn’t realise that that meant three people plus me my opinion, and that was a real learning curve for me. It has helped enormously with the criticism thing, too, because sometimes I agree. You know, sometimes a person will say something like this, this would have been better if she’d done this, and I think you’re smart. I will next time. Thank you. Self-kindness helps too.
Chloe Brotheridge: I think it can be really helpful if you can gain something from that criticism and use it to help you to get better.
Chloe Brotheridge: I quite often ask people if there’s anything that you’re struggling with at the moment, and how are you overcoming it?
What’s tricky now Shahroo: I really miss my mom? The way I’m overcoming it to be honest with you as I speak to her so often throughout the day, but by the time it’s like 8pm, frankly, I need a break. What was the lesson that evening? I miss my mom. I feel like it’s bothering me that my parents are vulnerable right now. That’s it. My overriding thing that’s kind of on my mind isn’t really about me. I’m doing fine and what I need to do. I do my volunteering, it gives me perspective, all of that stuff, meditating, exercising, self-kindess.
I know how important it is for my parent’s mental health to be outside and to see their friends and stay connected. Gratitude and trying to pass that on in every conversation I have. It’s difficult, isn’t it? I really acknowledge how much extraordinary pressure people are under and also, let’s count our blessings at the same time. It’s a difficult one to manage.
Coping in lockdown Chloe Brotheridge: I’m hearing that a lot from people about trying to use gratitude as much as possible and to stay positive. And self-kindness. I know a lot of people even saying that this situation is almost causing them to feel more grateful. Maybe if we feel like we’ve lost something, or we might lose something, it makes us more grateful for the things we have. I don’t know if that even works that way. But I think it seems like a lot of people are saying they’re feeling very grateful at the moment, or trying to focus on that as a way of dealing with this situation.
Shahroo: There are some people I’m speaking to whether they’re working in health care or their income has been cut, it’s impacting them already in a very obvious way.
These are things that I can’t say are impacting my family in the same way. If that’s the worst you’re dealing with right now, then you’re incredibly, incredibly lucky. That’s self-kindness talking too. Then that does make you feel calmer and gives me more energy to reach out to others. I practice self-kindness.
Chloe Brotheridge: I know that doing some kind of volunteering can be really beneficial for our mental health, helping others connecting ourselves to something bigger than ourselves. Having a sense of perspective, I think could be helpful. Do you? Do you think that volunteering can be good for mental health? How has it helped you?
Volunteering and mental health Shahroo: I think it depends on how you’re feeling about your mental health at the time and picking an area to volunteer that may or may not find triggering. Check-in with yourself about before you do it. I find it enormously important for me to do things without expecting anything in return. That feeling I get when I have done that and not needing any kind of acknowledgment. It almost feels selfish. It’s so grounding and calming. This reminds me of why we’re all here and gives me perspective. Also, helping me zoom out so much. A form of self-kindness.
I want to work with people It also reminds me that ultimately, I want to work with people. Yes, it’s scarier, there are more risks, you know, than if you were working with spreadsheets and things like that. But it’s when I volunteer, it’s when I speak to people who are truly in need, and that I realise that I’m on the right track working with humans.
Chloe Brotheridge: I really enjoy our chats always. I’m glad to get to share more of your your insights and your wisdom today. Can you tell everyone listening where they can find out more about you and what you’re up to what sort of things you offer and that sort of thing?
How to reach Shahroo I’m on Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, got a website, I’ve got a newsletter you can sign up to, if you go on my website, which has like a monthly newsletter where I look at all the questions and requests that I’ve got in that month. I draw a theme out and provide a video and an article around that theme. I also give out free exercise every month. So that comes out at the end of the month. Also, I give all sorts of talks, workshop sessions, all of those things, but it’s all on my website and Instagram.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes, definitely check out her Instagram. And just in terms of your one on one sessions, what sort of issues do you help people with?
1 to 1 work Shahroo: I tend to see people wants for an intensive session, which is just under two hours. We establish why they feel they’re not able to make changes by themselves. I help them to formalise a proper action plan that they go away and implement themselves. It’s all in the spirit of me handing things over to people, as opposed to people becoming, feeling that they need me in any way. AIt’s certainly not a traditional talking therapy. I’m not a counsellor. It’s essentially saying, if I’ve written these books, I’ve read these books, and I’ve done this training, and I’ve had all this personal experience. I’ve put it all together, and now I have this huge bank of resources and different exercises and approaches.
A personal self-help book I ask them questions through things like motivational interviewing approaches like that asset-based working. How is their self-kindness. I draw out the self-knowledge that they need to create a plan that’s truly bespoke. A plan that really doesn’t need me to be part of it anymore. I send it to them within a couple of days, like a little personalised section of a self-help book.
You Thank you, Chloe. Lovely to chat and I’ll talk to you soon.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me at Chloe Brotheridge.
I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. If there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending love.
The post Ep 109 Anxiety and food and self-kindness with Shahroo Izadi appeared first on Calmer you.
We can all learn a lot about self-kindness from Shahroo Izadi. Shahroo is an author of The Kindness Method and The Last Diet. She offers simple motivational tools designed to help create new habits. We chat about: An amazing technique for shifting your attention from what your body looks like to what it allows you to […]
The post Ep 109 Anxiety and food and self-kindness with Shahroo Izadi appeared first on Calmer you.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
In this solo episode I’m sharing about a topic very close to my heart, procrastination.
I discuss:
Check out my 12-week anxiety programme at www.calmer-you.com/programme
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Transcript Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident self.
Fellow procrastinator Hello and welcome fellow procrastinator. Well done you have chosen to listen to this episode. You’ve not put it off. It’s a great start. Procrastination is an area that is very close to my heart. Something that I have struggled with a lot of, you know, in the past. On occasions I still do. It’s just the most frustrating thing. We can really get ourselves into cycles of beating ourselves up because we’re procrastinating. Then basically that means that you procrastinate more. Beating yourself up really saps your motivation.
There is a way out of this If you’re struggling with this, which obviously you are, because you wouldn’t be listening to this, my heart’s really going out to you. I want to say that there is a way out of this.
In this episode, I’m going to be talking about why we procrastinate. Also, I’m going to be sharing my own experiences. And, some of the things that we can do to get ourselves out of this cycle and make a change.
Free resources If you would like to get some free resources to help you to be calmer and happier, you can head over to calmer-you.com/free, and download my free resources there. And please do make sure you are a subscriber to this podcast. To listen on your iPhone, please subscribe in the apple podcast app and do send this along to a fellow procrastinator who might just need to hear this message today.
Procrastination and anxiety Anxiety and procrastination are linked. I hear it very often from people that I’m working one on one with that this is an issue for them. I think part of it is due to the fact that if you’re anxious or stressed or worried, it is hard to focus. It can be hard to sit still even sometimes. As well as focusing, concentrating, doing something that might be challenging. Mentally taxing it is going to be so much harder when you are feeling anxious. It can also be linked to self-esteem.
Self-esteem If we’re not feeling good about ourselves, if we’re beating ourselves up, if we’re lacking in self-belief, then it’s going to be a lot harder to do the things that we want to do. Especially things that are outside of our comfort zone. For example, there’s also something about fear of failure and procrastination.
The root of procrastination At the root of our procrastination is a fear of failure because we’re putting off this task because we’re scared. Whether that is starting an essay, preparing for a presentation that you’ve got or starting a business or taking some steps, they’re outside of your comfort zone, in your work or in your personal life.
If we’re fearing failure, then we are much less likely to take action because it seems safer to do nothing. It seems safer to delay it for another day. And yet, we all know that not doing something equals instant failure. So we’re kind of sabotaging ourselves in that way.
A cycle of anxiety We are actually creating the result that we’re trying to avoid. Let’s also not forget that procrastination creates more anxiety. It creates this cycle when we feel bad about ourselves when we put something off. If the deadline gets closer, it creates more anxiety, which makes it harder to focus and concentrate and do the hard thing that we might need to do. It really is a vicious cycle.
I know the feeling of procrastination all too well. That sweet relief, we get when we decide to do it tomorrow. It’s kind of a momentary sense of relief that probably doesn’t last that long because guilt and anxiety can set in. It’s the temporary freedom from having to do something that’s different. Or boring or scary.
Setting myself up for failure In the past, I would start the day with big plans. I’d have goals a to-do list and all the actions I wanted to take. For example, by the end of the day, I would have a sparkling clean house. And then the to-do list would be decidedly undone. When the evening would arrive, I’d just have this horrible feeling of worthlessness and guilt and frustration. Beating myself up about the fact that I hadn’t gotten on with all the things that I ‘should have been doing’.
I don’t know if anyone can relate getting caught up in busywork. When the thing that we really need to be doing gets kind of pushed aside. We preoccupy ourselves with doing unimportant admin when there’s this really important thing that we need to be getting on with.
Remember several years ago when I was launching my online course. It was a big deal for me to create something and put it into the world. I was constantly putting it off and letting a fear of failure hold me back. I was thinking, what if I get it wrong? What if no one joins the course? What if people laugh at the fact that I’ve created this. All these kind of fears and doubts in my mind.
Fear of success Looking back, I realised that there was not only a fear of failure, but also a fear of success. That almost sounds like that can’t be a real thing. Fear of success is 100% a real thing. It’s that fear that if we are successful if we do the presentation, or if we do launch the business, or if we do get the promotion at work, then there’s going to be more expectation on us and more pressure. We’re going to fall from a greater height.
If we do fail at some point what are the people going to think if we’re successful? Are they gonna think we’re getting too big for our boots or are they going to want us to help them with things? Will it be too much? Or will they start asking us to borrow money or something like that? So all these fears of success can also come into it.
Name the fear When we are procrastinating, I think it’s really important to recognise these fears first, and name them. So is this a fear of failure? Is it a fear of success? Is it that actually the task is just something that you don’t really want to do? You know, this can come into it as well.
Maybe you are in a career that really doesn’t fulfil you. You may have agreed to do something and actually realise that you regret agreeing to it. That’s why you’re putting it off because it’s just that you don’t want to do it.
Should we do it? I’m not saying that, we should always give up on the things that we do. Of course, sometimes we have to do things we don’t want to do. Do you indeed need to continue down that path whether a different career is the right thing for you. You need to be really mindful of the things that you agree to do, and check-in with yourself.
Your Calmest Self starting soon First, spend more time asking yourself, is this something I really want to do before agreeing to it. Thankfully, I did create and launch the online course. I’m actually running it live again. At the moment, this week it closes on the eighth of June 2020. It’s called Your Calmest Self.
I first launched it about five years ago and I’ve updated it since then. It gives you the tools to manage your anxiety in 12 weeks or less. And if you want to check that out, you can head to calmer-you.com/programme.
Eat That Frog I have found when it comes to procrastination, what we need to be doing if we want to start the day procrastination free is we have to Eat That Frog. There is a book called Eat That Frog by Brian Tracy. What he means by this is that we need to do the most difficult or annoying task first.
When we’ve done the most challenging, annoying or important task first thing in the morning, the rest of the day has this infusion of momentum We feel better about ourselves and give ourselves a boost in terms of our self-esteem. This increases our motivation.
Tip 1 – do the hardest task first thing in the morning It means that doing other things that we might need to do during the day are just so much easier because we’ve done that difficult, challenging, annoying task first. That’s my first tip for procrastination.
Tip 2 – Make your bed Tim Ferriss suggests that we do the simple task of making our bed in the morning. It’s a small achievement that can lead to bigger achievements throughout the day. Make your bed and then eat that from and you’re going to set yourself up for a better day.
Social media and emails Social media and emails are something that we need to be looking at if we want to procrastinate less. These are the ultimate distractors. They can also provoke anxiety as well. So if we want ourselves to be in a calm state so that we can get things done, then avoiding social media and emails first thing can massively help.
I do my best to not check emails and social media for at least an hour after I wake up. I very often quite like to get up and do some tasks really early in the morning. When I was writing my books, I would get up at 6am to meditate and by 7am, I’d be writing my book. I’m not suggesting everyone needs to do that. I prefer to work early on in the morning and then finish early in the afternoon. I don’t work for 12 hours a day.
This really worked for me to actually get up really early and just start working and not checking emails and not checking social media first thing. Now we all know that Instagram is addictive for our brains. Checking social media is kind of like a drug. Daniel Goleman discusses this in his book Focus. Take some steps to minimise the impact of email and social media.
For example, I delete Instagram every single day and I install it again. I do my stories, spend about half an hour to my answer and bits and bobs and then I delete it again. That sounds extreme but it works a charm because now we only spend half an hour a day.
I also use an app called Productive, you know. It honestly has paid for itself 70 times over because it blocks certain news websites for me and certain social media sites. It means that I’m much less likely to absent-mindedly click on the Guardian or whatever it is
Visualisation How can you start to prepare for the day ahead is by using some positive visualisation. I like to do this when I have a day that I really need to get in my flow. Maybe be creative. I imagine how I want the day to go, I see myself looking relaxed at my desk and focused. I have this sense of imagining myself being in flow, positive and focused. When we imagine something vividly, the same parts of our brain are being used as if it’s happening for real.
We really can create a blueprint for how we want our day to go by visualising how we want things to go.
Tip: Start before you are ready The next suggestion I have for you is to start before you’re ready. I think this is a Richard Branson. He says say yes to an opportunity, and then figure out how you’re going to do it afterwards. So often we make excuses about not being ready or not being good enough.
I know that I’ve done this in the past. So maybe you’re telling yourself you’re not ready to give that talk. You’re not good enough to start going on dates or to begin yoga, for example. Remember that everyone has to start somewhere. Everyone was a beginner once.
You have to start somewhere It is totally possible for us to say yes to things and trust that we’re going to learn as we go along. When I first trained as a hypnotherapist nine years ago, it wasn’t until I had worked with hundreds of clients that I felt like a hypnotherapist. You’re not going to know everything. Well, I didn’t know at all, I certainly didn’t feel ready. I had to just start and learn on the job and learn as I went along. Getting started is the most important thing, allowing yourself to be a beginner, allowing yourself to be a bit crap.
When you begin, I think we have this we need to be perfect before we can do something. Unless you’re a brain surgeon, then it probably doesn’t matter too much if you make a few mistakes along the way. Start before you’re ready.
Take tiny steps The next thing I’m going to suggest to you is to take tiny little steps. This comes from the author of Getting Things Done, David Allen. He suggests that one of the reasons that we procrastinate is because we try and take on too much at once. Maybe you’ve got this plan of starting your own blog, for example. That may actually be a big intimidating task. We might not know where to begin. It’s just too big and unmanageable.
Instead, how can you break that into tiny little steps. Maybe that’s just spending half an hour researching possible blog titles, or making a list of 10 blog posts that you could start with. Just taking that little step, even if it’s just research, even if it’s just for half an hour, it’s going to create the momentum and the forward propulsion to get you started. You’re going to feel better about yourself once you make a little start, and it’ll help you to overcome that procrastination.
Final tip And so for my final tip on procrastination, I want to share about the Pomodoro Technique. Do you remember those egg timers that look like tomatoes? You might remember if your same age as me, basically, the Pomodoro technique involves setting a timer. It doesn’t need to be an egg timer, it could be just a timer on your phone and setting it for 25 minutes. For the duration of those 25 minutes you say to yourself, right, I’m gonna do some solid, uninterrupted work. Do not open emails, do not open Instagram, just really focusing during that time.
When the timer goes off, spending five minutes or 10 minutes, having a break, getting up and having a stretch, look at the Daily Mail if you want. Then the set the timer and get back to work for another 25 minutes.
This is something I did when I was writing my books. It massively helped me to stay on track and stay focused. It also gave me that structure for having breaks which are so important as well.
What works for you? Which of these are you going to be trying? Let me know. Send me a message on Instagram. You’ll find me at Chloe Brotheridge and if you have any tips for me on procrastination that you want to share, come on over and let me know those as well.
Your Calmest Self If you’re interested in my 12 week programme for anxiety that gives you the tools to become your Calmest Self. You can head to calmer-you.com/programme
You have been listening to the Calmer You podcast with me Chloe Brotheridge. Don’t forget you can download loads of freebies for anxiety and confidence at my website Calmer-you.com . You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions there too.
Please do subscribe to this podcast in the apple podcast app. And if you have enjoyed it or found it helpful, please leave me a review. It makes a massive difference to helping the podcast get discovered by other people.
Come on over and find me on Instagram. Let me know what you thought of this episode. And please do share it with anyone who might need to hear this today. So I’m sending you loads of love and I hope you have a brilliant week ahead
The post Ep 108. Procrastination (don’t listen to this later!) appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode I’m sharing about a topic very close to my heart, procrastination. I discuss: Why we procrastinate (hint: it’s not because you’re lazy) My own procrastination struggle My most powerful tips for getting stuff done Check out my 12-week anxiety programme at www.calmer-you.com/programme Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit […]
The post Ep 108. Procrastination (don’t listen to this later!) appeared first on Calmer you.
Ali Roff Farrar has written and spoken about mindfulness and inner wisdom and is Wellness Director at Psychologies magazine, where she has interviewed world-renowned spiritual gurus, psychologists, doctors, and wise women and men including Deepak Chopra, Gabrielle Bernstein, Byron Katie, Jon Kabat Zinn and Mastin Kipp.
In this week’s podcast we chat about: * Ali shares her experience of anxiety and panic attacks and how she handles it. * Why mindfulness is so much more than just ‘being in the moment’ * How we’re replacing our inner wisdom (and how to get it back)
If you would like free resources to help you to feel calmer and self-assured – visit calmer-you.com/confidence .
You can also find out about my app and my 121 sessions of hypnotherapy and coaching at www.calmer-you.com.
Get free resources from me to help you to regain control and become your calmest self, head to www.calmer-you.com/free
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Hello and
Chloe Brotheridge 00:02: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Today’s guest I’m talking to the really incredibly lovely Ali Roff Farrar, who is Wellness Director at Psychologies Magazine. She has interviewed world-renowned spiritual gurus, psychologists, doctors and wise women and men including Deepak Chopra, Gabrielle Bernstein, Byron Katie, Jon Kabat Zinn, and Mastin Kip.
Topics we discuss I absolutely love this conversation with Ali. She taught me so much. She really helped me to think about mindfulness in a different way. So one of the things we talked about is why mindfulness is so much more than being in the moment. This really shifted things for me. She also shares her experience of anxiety and panic attacks and how she handles it. And we talk about how we are potentially replacing our inner wisdom and how we can get it back. I think you’re gonna love this episode.
Free resources If you would like to be a calmer, happier and more confident person, I have a lot of free resources for you. I’d love to share these with you to help you to feel more in control and to take another step towards being your calmest self.
If you want to get those freebies, you can head over to my website, Calmer-you.com/free and enter your email address. I will send you all of those goodies straight into your inbox.
You can also find out about my app and my one on one sessions of hypnotherapy and coaching at calmer-you.com
More about Ali Welcome, Ali, thank you so much for joining me How are you today?
Chloe Brotheridge 02:27: Can you share with listeners what it is that you do. Also, can you share a bit about your story of how you got to where you are today?
Ali: Yeah, so I’ve got my finger in a lot of pies actually. My main role is as the Wellness Director at Psychologies Magazine. That involves doing lots of research and writing about all of the new kinds of wellness trends out there.
My background really is in psychology. That’s what my degree is in. I’m really fascinated about modern science and psychology and seeing how they align so amazingly, with ancient philosophy.
I’m a yoga teacher and also a mindfulness expert. I’ve done two years plus of training in mindfulness training under some amazing people, including Jon Kabat Zinn.
My job allows me to write about all of that stuff. Last year, I just wrote my first book this year, which came out this year.
I also run yoga and mindfulness retreats with my husband. It’s quite exciting to have a few different things going on and, and just seeing where life takes me.
Psychologies Magazine It all began really with Psychologies Magazine. Before that I was working at GQ, mainly writing about fashion. Then this job at Psychologies Magazine came up. It is so different to all of the other magazines out there. Jam-packed full of interesting things to read. It’s to the point where most of our readers say, Well, I haven’t even finished this month’s issue and the new ones out.
I’ve never read a magazine like that before usually you just like flick through them and then you are done with them in a couple of hours. Whereas Psychology is something that people hold on to for years and everything’s so relevant. You can pick one up from a few years ago and still find things that will help you.
I just loved how positive it was and how it was bringing modern science and psychology and all these studies to life.
Deepak Chopra Interviewing people like Deepak Chopra really sent me on my path to enlightenment, inner wisdom and going on retreats. I feel very grateful to Psychologies Magazine setting me on this path.
Psychologies Magazine is for anyone who is, looking to understand themselves better. There are so many avenues to explore like hypnotherapy and Reiki, yoga and heavy psychology.
Chloe Brotheridge 07:11: I was reading Psychologies Magazine and it really did stand out to me as being so much more positive, empowering, and smart. Not superficial. There’s nothing wrong with the occasional bit of superficiality, but it was a lot deeper than a lot of other magazines.
I’m really curious about what Deepak said to you. What was that like? What did he say that made you go on that path to wanting to learn more about mindfulness?
Ali: That is a special episode. I have to delete some of the interviews because they take up some much memory, but for some reason I just can’t get rid of that one. I need to listen to it again actually. It was only 20 minutes. I remember coming off the call and saying to my husband that I’d just had the most amazing experience.
Deepak was telling us to be a child and see see the world through a child’s eyes. It was just so lovely. Such an extraordinary man learning from his grandson. He was so open and there was no ego. And obviously, otherwise he wouldn’t be who he is. He’s just got a really amazing way of of speaking and being very inspiring and profound. He is definitely tapped into his inner wisdom. There is loads of free content out with him talking. Interviewing Megan Markel was the highlight of my career.
What is mindfulness Chloe Brotheridge 10:00: What does mindfulness mean to you and how has mindfulness helped you in your life?
Ali: 10:08: I tried mindfulness for a few years and then I realised that there’s more to it than what we learn through the media. It’s so much more than being in the moment. That can only give us so much.
It allows me to stop worrying about the future, to stop regretting the past or fretting over what’s happened in the past and, and just be here. That does give us a certain amount of benefits. Just being in the moment can be kind of limiting. There are so many types that can be taught. They can be about the positive, loving-kindness and meditations. They can help us connect with everyone in the world and cultivate compassion.
Be here now To be here and now without feelings, that’s really what mindfulness is. Learning to be here and now with our feelings, whether they’re good feelings or bad feelings, and just being with them in a non-judgmental compassionate way. Listening to your inner wisdom.
That allows us to begin to accept where we are and how we feel. For example, right now there is a lot of anxiety and bad things that are happening. I’m sure lots of people will be experiencing negative emotions. They’re really difficult to be with and our natural kind of way of dealing with that is to push them away.
Mindfulness is about acceptance That doesn’t mean that that negative emotion goes away. It often just screams louder at us. That can be a really difficult place to live. Many of us will be living our lives like that on a daily basis for our whole lives. So for me, the revelation was that yes, this negative emotion is here, but also there’s some positive emotions. If I can just allow them and notice them with mindful awareness, they stop screaming so loud. That’s when the inner wisdom can speak.
If I can hold them in a kind of container of awareness, then I can begin to accept that they’re there and that’s how we find peace. Accepting that bad things are happening but it’s ok.
I’m feeling anxious. I’ve just had a 25% pay cut, which has happened to a lot of people. I can’t do anything to change that. So beating myself up more. Putting layers and layers of catastrophizing on top of that one problem isn’t going to make me feel any better. But if I can look at that, and go, yep, that’s rubbish. And it’s there and just allow it to be there, then it almost begins to shrink.
Mindfulness also helps us realise that one day we feel good one day we feel bad one day. The sun is shining one day it’s raining another. Life is always in transition between one day an another.
I’m very passionate about it, but in a nutshell, mindfulness really is about acceptance and acceptance leads to peace.
Chloe Brotheridge 15:12: That is so powerful. It’s really given me a different perspective on mindfulness. That’s such a good reminder
The Wellfulness Project Your new book is called The Wellfulness Project. It’s such a lovely book. Really practical with loads of inspiring stories. I also love the fact that in the Kindle version, it has illustrations in it and pictures, which is quite rare for a Kindle.
Ali: The tools in the book are best as visuals. I had so much fun recording it for Audible. Going to the studio was really fun.
Chloe Brotheridge 16:48: What is wellfulness? How would you describe what that is?
What is wellfulness? Ali: I made up the word. It’s basically applying mindful awareness to the wellness practices that we follow. When we think about wellness, it’s often quite easy to think it’s about diet and exercise. For me, wellness is holistic.
It encompasses our diet and the way you move, but also the way we think about our bodies. So body image, and then space. Those spaces that we spend our time in. Obviously, we’re spending a lot of time at home at the moment, and perhaps becoming more aware of how spaces make us feel, and missing spaces that we used to spend time in.
Impact of spaces on how we feel I love to work in cafes. If I’m feeling a certain way, I can get a real energy from working in a cafe. Being mindful and noticing how different spaces make us feel.
Impact of people on how we feel Equally how people make us feel. The people that we either have to be around or choose to be around.
Routines and rituals Routines and the rituals that we follow. How we go to bed, for example, can become, for many of us some kind of mindless routine that we’ve just kind of appeared out of habit, rather than paying conscious awareness to that routine. We can think about how it makes us feel and how it serves us. We can listen to our inner wisdom.
How our thoughts make us feel It can be our thoughts that make us feel a certain way. We we are not our minds. If we just allow them to run the show, then, you know, we could end up thinking about things in a way that doesn’t really serve us. Our mind should nourish who we want to be and achieve.
Do what makes you feel good Wellfulness is applying mindful awareness, noticing how the things we do make us feel and from there, we gain power. We can either choose to keep something in our life and there’s a reason for it being there. For example, a yoga practice. It works for me and I’m going to keep it in my life. But, I don’t really enjoy running. It doesn’t make my heart sing and it makes me really bored as well. So what am I doing that I can I replace that with. Can I replace it with something that does serve me on a holistic level?
It’s empowering ourselves to look at our lives and consider through mindful awareness whether we have things in place that are there because we want them and we chosen them, or if they’re just because they’re kind of appeared because someone else is doing it. Why am I wasting my time?
Chloe Brotheridge 20:00: That makes so much sense. It’s like going through different parts of your life and auditing them and just saying, why is this working for me? How can I bring more awareness to this area? What can I change?
I know that you’ve spoken about your own experiences with anxiety, can you talk a little bit about that and how you manage that yourself? What advice you would give other people who are experiencing anxiety?
Working with anxiety Ali: In the past, I’ve had low-level anxiety, especially in terms of not feeling good enough. Also, negative thought patterns going on in my head. A critical narrative going on there. It’s only really in the past year that I have experienced anxiety that has been crippling and has actually profoundly affected my life.
It began to appear as panic attacks. That was really difficult for me for someone who had done so much work on myself, practicing and teaching yoga and writing about wellness everyday. and you know, does yoga and teaches yoga, who writes about wellness and practices mindfulness every day. To suddenly have this anxiety which almost felt like it appeared from nowhere and is showing up in this really physical way.
It was really scary. For a long time, I didn’t understand how I was feeling. I actually just felt numb. I wasn’t feeling happy or sad or excited. That was a warning flag. That lead me to wanting to be home a lot and just be quiet.
My first panic attack was in the car with my husband singing along to the radio. It was the noise. I don’t even think my husband really realised that I was having one. It was scary. That’s when I realised I think that something was really seriously wrong.
The guilt and shame I put a lot of guilt and shame on myself. As someone who had been there for other people in the past dealing with anxiety and mental health issues, and now I was having a mental health issue and dealing with anxiety at a big level. I couldn’t hear my inner wisdom.
That was really difficult for me to honestly to admit to myself and to other people. I felt like a bit of a fraud, to be honest. The panic attacks lasted for a few months, quite severely. One night I had three in a row. Just relentless and they’re exhausting. I really found it actually very difficult to meditate at that time. Being with those intense thoughts is very hard to do.
I found myself moving away from those things that I’ve done in the past to support myself – yoga, mindfulness and meditation. I just wanted to lose myself in the day to day tasks. I needed to practice compassion and not put so much pressure on myself.
I did go to counselling One thing I did start, which I’ve never done before, was going to counselling. That really helped me. She helped me realise that I was putting a lot of pressure on myself in every area of life. We’re all striving for success and greatness . Striving to lead extraordinary lives and that can also lead to putting a lot of pressure on ourselves. And then one thing she taught me that has stayed with me is that it’s not a demand, it’s a strong preference. That really helped me start to navigate through life and take some of the pressures off and listen to my inner wisdom.
The gift in the anxiety Gradually week by week I started to feel a bit better and understand myself on a deeper level and where my anxiety was coming from. After a few weeks of therapy, I was able to get back into yoga a bit and get back into meditation. Honestly, I feel like my anxiety and those panic attacks were one of the greatest gifts I’ve ever been given. It allowed me to fully understand how severe anxiety can be in terms of a physical reaction and how it can manifest. I know bring that into my teaching and my understanding and empathy.
It’s also allowed me to understand myself and it’s given me resilience. That has prepared me for the Coronavirus pandemic, which is extremely anxiety-provoking for many of us. I’ve got the tools to deal with it.
I did have a panic attack when this all started again. I had to tell myelf that this is completely normal. It’s okay that this is coming up again for me.
I now have first hand experience coming through it and speaking to so many people that have come through anxiety. I’m still living with it. I think most of us are still living with it. Hopefully it’s reduced a bit.
Anxiety can make us stronger Anxiety can empower us and can make us stronger. It can serve us in a strange way. I’m actually very grateful for it. If anything, it’s just enhanced my compassion, inner wisdom and so much more.
Chloe Brotheridge 28:39: Thank you so much for sharing that. I think lots of people listening can relate to that. I can relate to how often we beat ourselves up about how we’re feeling and make ourselves wrong. It’s important to have compassion for yourself. If you’re feeling anxious is not your fault. Life can be challenging. We are here to learn. It can teach us about ourselves and come out stronger on the other side.
Ali 29:35: Anxiety is actually our superpower?
Anxiety can be our superpower Chloe Brotheridge 29:41: I love that idea. I’ll go with that.
I wanted to ask you about something that I read in your book. You wrote that we replacing our inner wisdom.
Ali 30:12: I feel quite passionately about this.
Where does our inner wisdom come from in the modern world? We are replacing our inner wisdom with the wisdom in our pocket. And by that, I mean, our phones. It’s not just our phones, but if we have a question, we consult our phone. For example, Why am I always so thirsty? The natural thing for us to do nowadays is Google it. Why do I keep feeling thirsty? And, you know, we’re just bombarded with information. There’s so much out there.
Is too much information a distraction to inner wisdom? There’s so much information out there. Even passive information, let alone the information that we’re seeking. Say for example, I want to boost my immunity. I can go online and I can find anything for free and to help me learn about what I can do to put to boost my immunity. All of that information can be very valuable.
Inner wisdom We’re losing touch with the information inside of us. Information attained from the outside world is knowledge, whereas the information inside of us is wisdom. We so rarely consult that wisdom.
What I can do is start to take that information and consult with myself and ask myself, okay, well, what, what does my body say about that? For example, I’m coming up to my mid 30s. And I’ve got really dark hair. Six months ago I noticed that I had a couple of Gray’s coming through the front. I thought, Oh, my God, I don’t want to go grey. There’s nothing wrong with going grain. However, that was my immediate kind of reaction.
It was a reaction. It wasn’t a response. Using a mindfulness technique. I thought, well, okay, what are we going to do about this? I Googled ways to deal with gray hair. Google suggested copper tablets so I ordered them. The pills made me sick. My body and inner wisdom was saying, nope, this copper tablet is not for you. It took me two days to figure that out.
This was a very physical reaction and I just had such empathy for my body in that moment because it tried to tell me. This doesn’t feel that great. I didn’t listen to my inner wisdom.
Consulting with ourselves I would love to see us start to consult ourselves as much as we do our phones. If we can combine the two, then that gives us so much power. Remember, one size doesn’t fit all. It’s not that easy.
I live in Greenwich in an area where the London marathon passes through. Afterwards my friends and I say we are going to run it next year. But I don’t enjoy running and I don’t see results from it since it isn’t enjoyable to me. The point is we need to do what works for us, not what might work for somebody else.
Does it make your heart sing? Does it make my heart sing? If we can find things that support our body and our mind then we’ve got a much greater chance of building a life full of things that are going to be easy for us to follow. We can only do that by looking within and consulting that inner wisdom and asking ourselves. It’s applying mindful awareness to the things that we do and deciding whether they work for us.
Chloe Brotheridge 37:07 That is so important. Many of my clients will always be asking other people’s opinions about things. Looking outside of themselves for the answers. The best answers can come from tuning into ourselves and mindfulness.
Ali: We’ve been conditioned to think that is something doesn’t feel right we need to go to the doctor. When we start to look within, we also start to give ourselves permission to say what we do or don’t want to do. In 10 years time, I might love running, and that’s okay as well. So, to constantly listen to ourselves and allow ourselves to change and give ourselves the permission to do that, I think is a very loving thing.
Success anxiety Chloe Brotheridge 39:00: Yeah, it’s very empowering. Like I like that a lot. I wanted to ask you about success anxiety. Not many people know it’s a thing. It’s definitely a thing.
Ali: I’ve done quite a lot of research into generations around success anxiety as well. It’s really fascinating.
My generation is very much crippled by it. Simon Sinek is a really great person to kind of look into this idea. It’s almost crippling this idea of needing to be successful. The thing is the goal, yet the goalposts always moving. Before we achieve one goal we are planning the next one. That’s very much the opposite of mindfulness because it’s constantly doing and striving and never actually allowing ourselves to be here now and just enjoy what’s happening in our lives at the moment.
I think it’s very easy to look to the future a lot and have a goal in sight. And of course, that’s such a big part of life. It helps us. It has given me so much happiness and got me to where I am today. It can also be crippling because where does it end? It’ a ladder there is never any end to.
I think that through our generation, people in their 20s to early 30s feel exhausted. I do have friends who have quite their jobs and are doing work that allows them more time. Their goals are on hold but they are happy. They’ve learned that all this striving doesn’t bring them as much happiness as they thought it would.
Looking within It all comes back to looking within and asking yourself what do I need? And what are my values? What’s serving me and my body, mind and heart. That might mean a change. It’s okay to change your mind. Especially when you tap into your inner wisdom.
There was a time where I wanted to be a magazine editor and now I know that that’s probably not where life is taking me. It’s something that I’ll probably keep asking myself over time. It’s important to check in with through mindful awareness. What’s happening inside. Mindfulness is important. What is my heart telling me? We don’t always need to do what our friends are doing. It’s no always what is right for me.
Chloe Brotheridge 44:30: Totally. Yeah, going back to what you said about success anxiety. I think there are some who believe you can do anything, like be a pop star or a millionaire. It’s amazing to, to give ourselves permission to do that and to go after what we want to do. If you don’t achieve that then you can be left with a real sense of failure because you’ve been told that it’s possible. It obviously can’t be possible for everyone to be a millionaire and everyone to be a pop star. It’s about finding that balance between going for your dreams, while knowing you’re valuable. No matter what.
Success anxiety There is more to life than promotions and book deals, although that’s brought me so much happiness. I’m sure you felt the same when your book came out. This dream of having my name on a book was like a bucket list. I will be forever grateful for the opportunity. It also came with a lot of success anxiety because what if it? What if it crashes? What if no one buys it?
I’d love to write another book. But not if I ruin it for myself by making it about success. I want it to express what’s inside of me so people can apply it in their lives
Doing it with love I went to India earlier this year and one thing that I learned over there is that they do everything with love. During the massage, they put all of their love and energy into it. Not because they want to be a famous masseuse or get rich from it. That’s their ethos. Do everything with love and shift the focus away from success. Every success that comes from doing everything with Love is a bonus. It comes back to mindfulness and inner wisdom.
Chloe Brotheridge 48:04: That’s such a beautiful idea. I really appreciate that. There is truly something to enjoying the journey. Having a book out might be nice, but if you hate writing it and it ruins your life for nine months maybe that’s not best. It could be worth it, but you need to ask yourself. We need to enjoy the ride and make sure it isn’t just about the goal.
Chloe Brotheridge 48:58: You’ve shared so much I can’t wait to listen back to this episode when I’m editing it. Can you share a little bit about where people can find out more about you and where they can buy your book.
How to reach Ali Ali: The book is about mindfulness and is called The Wellfullness Project. And it’s out now so it’s on Amazon, Waterstones and when all the shops open, it will be available in the shops again. My website is https://www.aliroff.com/wellfulness-podcast You can find my writings in Psychologies Magazine, which is out every month. So yeah, and still in the shops and stuff at the moment and can buy that online as well.
Chloe Brotheridge 49:51: Amazing. Thank you so much for talking to me,
Ali: 49:55 Thank you for having me.
Chloe Brotheridge 49:58: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me at Chloe Brotheridge.
I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. If there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending love.
The post Ep 107. Mindfulness, inner wisdom and success anxiety with Ali Roff Farrar appeared first on Calmer you.
Ali Roff Farrar has written and spoken about mindfulness and inner wisdom and is Wellness Director at Psychologies magazine, where she has interviewed world-renowned spiritual gurus, psychologists, doctors, and wise women and men including Deepak Chopra, Gabrielle Bernstein, Byron Katie, Jon Kabat Zinn and Mastin Kipp. In this week’s podcast we chat about: Ali shares her experience of anxiety […]
The post Ep 107. Mindfulness, inner wisdom and success anxiety with Ali Roff Farrar appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the podcast I’m talking about the number one issue I see in my clients. The inner critic. It’s big. Huge. It’s that fault finding, nit-picking, brain-niggling, mean-ass inner critic. AKA ‘The shitty committee’. The inner mean girl (or boy). Judgey McJudgerson. You get the picture. It’s the internal monologue that’s pissing on your parade. […]
The post Ep. 106 How to handle the inner critic appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the podcast I’m talking about the number one issue I see in my clients. The inner critic.
It’s big. Huge.
It’s that fault finding, nit-picking, brain-niggling, mean-ass inner critic.
AKA ‘The shitty committee’.
The inner mean girl (or boy).
Judgey McJudgerson.
You get the picture.
It’s the internal monologue that’s pissing on your parade.
Present every time you speak up in your family, try something new with your hair or attempt to write your bio on a dating app. There every time you fire up Zoom for a work meeting and have to stare at your own face for 50 minutes.
And when things aren’t going to plan, the inner critic can get louder and arsier than ever.
When you get iffy feedback from the work project you gave your all to.
When you hear crickets after an audition or interview.
Or when you miss your pre-paid yoga class because you hit snooze once too many.
Queue an internal rant of Biblical proportions. Not even your ex who cheated on you got this much heat.
Can you relate?
Wouldn’t it be better to just try your best without all the internal chatter holding you back.
In this solo episode of The Calmer You Podcast I’m sharing my top tips for handling the inner critic and moving forwards with more confidence in life.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE confidence affirmations for kinder self-talk at www.calmer-you.com/confidence and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your happiest and most confident self.
Today I’m talking about an extremely common issue. I would say it is probably the number one thing that I hear people struggling with when I’m working with people one to one.
It was the top thing that gets in the way, holds people back and causes people to feel rubbish.
Free confidence affirmations I just want to let you know that I have some free confidence affirmations on my website if you want to improve your self-talk. These affirmations are going to help to programme your mind to speak to yourself in a more positive loving and encouraging way.
You can head over to Calmer You to download those free affirmations.
The inner critic So the inner critic is huge. It can ruin our peace of mind and stop us from living a full life. The inner critic can get in the way of our work and our relationships.
That voice in our heads Guess what, we all have a voice in our heads. This is something that I always ask my one to one clients: How do you speak to yourself? Quite often people look at me slightly confused, as though I am accusing them of having a voice in their head. We all have an inner voice in our heads. Even the most confident people that you meet are still going to have this inner critic.
If our thoughts create our feelings, negative thoughts about ourselves can create feelings of not feeling good enough. This can then lead to anxiety, low self-worth, depression, and all those sorts of things. The way that we speak to ourselves is like the cornerstone of all of this stuff.
Working on our self-talk It’s so important to be working on our self-talk and speaking to ourselves in a different way. The inner critic can hold us back. It could be huge in terms of how you feel in your life day to day. I don’t know how much awareness you actually have of your inner critic. One thing that can happen is that we are so used to having this inner chatter that we almost don’t realise it’s happening.
It’s just going on in the background of our mind where we maybe beating ourselves up. That inner voice is commenting, unkindly or negatively on everything that we do or say. We say there’s some kind of inner dialogue going on about that.
Gaining awareness suppose the first step is to just gain some awareness of this inner voice and shine a light on it. If it is going on and on in the background unchecked, then it can be holding us back and getting in the way without us really being aware of it. We need to be aware of something before we can start to change it.
I really want to invite you to shine a light on this. That might even mean writing down how you’re speaking to yourself today and making a note of it. Bringing in that awareness, you might start to realise how horrible your inner voice can be. You might start to realise that some of the things that it says are pretty stupid and ridiculous.
Writing it down Sometimes we can have that insight when we write it down. It is helpful as well to think about who would we be without this critical voice that is holding us back? What would your life be like if you were free to do what you wanted to do? Say what you wanted to say? Be who you want to be without negatively commenting on yourself without and beating yourself up or holding yourself back? Does the inner critic stop you from speaking up?
Would you be more vocal in your relationship, in your friendships, in meetings at work in your career, if you were less beholden to the inner critic? Does it stop you from being present in the moment?
If that inner chatter is constantly going on, it can be hard to enjoy the present moment with your partner, your kids, or when you’re working. It can distract us and bring us out of the present moment. It perhaps can stop you from pursuing the sort of career that you want or going for promotions or job interviews or asking someone out or asking someone if they want to be your friend or speaking your truth on social media. Maybe even keeps you awake at night? S
Ask yourself this One question I want to invite you to ask yourself is: Is this critical voice helping you? Very often the intention of the inner critic is to help us be better, or try harder and not make mistakes. Yet, if we’re really honest with ourselves, is this inner critic doing its job? Is it actually helping you? many people will probably find that when they investigate it, it is actually holding you back.
Because guess what, beating yourself up doesn’t actually motivate you. And we all know this instinctively. When we are encouraging and supporting someone else, that’s actually what helps to bring out the best in someone. Bringing them down or calling them names doesn’t help.
Being critical isn’t helpful When we’re speaking to ourselves, I think we really need to bear that in mind Being critical isn’t helpful. Actually using that recognition to remind ourselves to change it. That’s key about the inner critic and the things that we say to ourselves when we’re beating ourselves up.
It’s to remember that just because we have a thought, it doesn’t make it true. Our thoughts are not facts. I once had it described as being like a mental reflex of the mind. They are merely events in the mind. That’s another way of describing events in the mind. It’s not a statement of truth. So if your inner critic has been saying to you, you know, Elisa, you’re never going to be good enough,
Events of the inner mind These sorts of things are just thoughts. It doesn’t mean they’re true or based on fact. We give too much power to our thoughts. We get to choose which thoughts we are going to pay attention to which and which ones we’re going to let go of. Which ones we’re going to believe and which ones we’re going to question.
We can choose to notice the inner critic and take action anyway, speak up and move forward with what we want to do.
How did your parents speak to you? It can be really interesting to reflect on how your parents spoke to themselves. Also how they spoke to you because a lot of this stuff to do with our internal dialogue is stuff that we’ve taken on board early in our lives. It’s often said that how parents speak to us when we’re young is how we speak to ourselves.
Maybe you had a critical parent, or maybe you had a parent that was hard on themselves or they were really loving parents. Yet, it was never quite good enough. Maybe they both paretns or just one had really high standards
Unlearning the negative inner critic I think scientists are beginning to recognized that our inner critic comes from our childhood. That can help us to recognise that it’s not a permanent part of us. It’s something that we learned and can unlearn.
This is something I’m often helping my one to one clients to reprogram the way that they speak to themselves. Say, thanks for sharing. And just recognize that the inner critic is trying to help. It’s kind of gone rogue. It thinks that by beating you up you’re gonna somehow get better.
Kindness is always the best way forward The truth is that kindness is always the way forward is always the way to bring out the best in ourselves. Acknowledge the inner critic. Say thanks for sharing and then know that you don’t need to believe it. You don’t need to take action or dwell on it.
One thing that I also really like to do and I have been recommending to people recently is to get a picture of yourself as a child and have that somewhere, maybe on your desk, maybe it’s on your phone, and refer back to it. Remind yourself that once you were an innocent little child. Seeing ourselves in that way can really help us to be more compassionate to ourselves. Remember that we all were innocent children once and worthy of love, compassion and kindness. We’re always learning.
To summarise Just to summarise, remember that everyone has a voice in their head. You get to decide whether you listen to it or not. Remember that your thoughts are not facts. Say to the inner critic, thanks for sharing. Be kind to yourself because were all innocent children once.
Don’t forget, you can grab my free confidence affirmations Calmer-you.com/confidence. They’ll help you to programme your mind for more confidence and self-kindness.
If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please leave me a review on the podcast app and make sure you subscribe so you get all the new episodes to your phone. Please come over to Instagram and let me know what you think of this episode.
I’m sending you loads of love. Remember to be kind to yourself and hope you have a brilliant day ahead.
The post Ep. 106 How to handle the inner critic appeared first on Calmer you.
Michael is a leading voice in the global movement for modern mindfulness, a community activist, yoga and meditation teacher, speaker and author. We discuss: How to overcome the challenges we have with meditation The importance of community Men and mental health Practical things you can do at home to help your mental health Podcast sponsor […]
The post Ep 105. Meditation, Community and The Quiet Life with Micheal James Wong appeared first on Calmer you.
Michael is a leading voice in the global movement for modern mindfulness, a community activist, yoga and meditation teacher, speaker and author.
We discuss: * How to overcome the challenges we have with meditation * The importance of community * Men and mental health * Practical things you can do at home to help your mental health
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Podcast sponsor Sweaty Betty – Head to Sweaty Betty Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty is working to make the planet a better place and our promises for 2020.
Get free resources from me to help you to regain control and become your calmest self, head to www.calmer-you.com/free
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Introduction Hello, thank you so much for joining me today. I hope you’re doing well. Today I’m talking to Michael James Wong. Michael is a leading voice in the global movement for modern mindfulness. He’s a community activist, a yoga and meditation teacher, a speaker, and author.
We get into a really interesting conversation about how to overcome the challenges that we have with meditation. I know as much as anyone how challenging meditation can be. Michael really is an expert in this area.
Topics include We talked about the importance of community. Michael has built an incredible community. He shares how he did that and why it’s so important to him. We talk about men and mental health and we get into his practical advice and tools for things that we can do at home to help our mental health.
Free resources If you would like to be a calmer, happier and more confident person, I have a lot of free resources for you. I’d love to share these with you to help you to feel more in control and to take another step towards being your calmest self.
If you want to get those freebies, you can head over to my website, Calmer-you.com/free and enter your email address. I will send you all of those goodies straight into your inbox.
Sponsor This episode is sponsored by my favourite activewear brand Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. They use the best technical fabrics which means that products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin. The products are also trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flattering Fit the female body. If the staff doesn’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many activewear brands to shop around but Sweaty Betty is special because all the products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and continue to wear and love.
Discount code Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. The Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotten blend alternative and they are reducing the amount of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20% off when you enter the promo code Calmer You on their website. I think you’re gonna love it.
How is Michael today? Chloe Brotheridge: Welcome Michael. I’m really looking forward to speaking to you.
Michael James Wong 03:08: I’m good in all sense of the word. As good as we can be. I’m at home right now, having a bit of quiet time. In other words, I’m riding the waves of ups and downs, some days are busier, some days are quieter. Taking it one day at a time right now.
Chloe Brotheridge 03:32: Yeah, I think that’s something that a lot of people are saying. For people listening, we’re recording this just to the end of March. This is going to come out in a few weeks time. It’s all just adjusting right now to this new kind of way of being at home. While you are with us, can you share a little bit about what you do and how you got to where you are today?
Background Michael James Wong 03:54: Sure. I’m from many places I was originally born in New Zealand and I grew up in Los Angeles. I’ve now lived in the UK for the last eight or nine years. For me a lot of the work that I do, and a lot of the communities I sit within are really about having a chance to celebrate quieter practices.
I came from the fast and busy world of LA, which seemingly is is far crazier than most other places in the world, especially to grow up. I had always grown up around in a culture about being busy, successful, and winning. It was always a place where I was always judged by my output. Over the last 10 to 15 years was about learning what actually was important to me, rather than what I was told was important.
These days, I spent a lot more time on well being. My work is focused around teaching mindfulness meditation. I also do lot of writing and sharing. It’s really ultimately about building communities and giving people a sense of connection. Most of these practices can be implemented into our everyday lives.
Why meditation Chloe Brotheridge 05:24: How do we even do meditation in our fast-paced world? I really wanted to ask you a bit more about meditation. Why meditation? Why did you start teaching it and what are some of the benefits for meditation?
Michael James Wong 05:52: Meditation as a practice for me was not something that came naturally. I didn’t grow up in a household of meditating kids. I actually grew up in a very normal LA lifestyle. You go to school, play sports, and do what other kids do.
Over the years of growing up, I felt how busy life can be and how swept up we can be. We can easily experience a disconnection with the world or the people around us because we’re really busy and lost in our heads.
Slowing down We’re always on a timeline and deadline. I found meditation in my early 20s, It was an opportunity to try anything that was going to help my current state of chaos that I was living in. My life was very fast.
I found meditation as an opportunity to see if there was something else that worked. I was very lucky to live in Los Angeles at a time where the communities were quite strong with yoga and meditation. It just gave me a sense of space. In other words, meditation was difficult when I started.
Meditation isn’t easy at first Chloe Brotheridge 07:35: It’s good to mention that Meditation isn’t easy at first. We’re not going to be amazing at it. You said that you weren’t a natural meditator. It wasn’t something that you’d grown up with. In fact, I heard someone say just today, actually, that meditation just feels like a chore and another item on the to do list.
What do you say to people who know that it would be helpful to get that space and quietness?
Michael James Wong 08:30: I think most people now realise and appreciate that meditation is valuable and can be beneficial for our lives. The challenge is actually doing it or sitting down to make time for it or seeing the value in the practice. What’s really unique about meditation, which is counterintuitive to Western society, is that the sense of accomplishment is actually the most challenging part of meditation. Western psychology says, if I’m doing something, I need be good at it.
What is meditation? The practice of meditation is the ability in which we can move away from the thinking mind to process and from a sense of accomplishment or action. Meditation can be really tricky to start for some people. First you have to break the pattern of needing to achieve something. It’s helpful just to trust the benefit in trying.
Chloe Brotheridge 10:20: That’s really interesting, isn’t it? I remember when I started meditating, and it didn’t click for me, until I really started to notice the benefits of it working. I think after several weeks of practising every day, I kind of knew on a theoretical level that it was good. Once I realised the effect it had on my life, then it became much more motivating to keep going. I wonder if some people need to have that taste of the benefits so they can really stick to it.
It’s like brushing your teeth Michael James Wong 10:48: A lot of the challenge, especially with this kind of Western intellect, is that we think by understanding it intellectually we can make these shifts. It’s when you first experience it and begin to value the time put it to it, hen the shifts happen, right? It’s like brushing your teeth. In addition, it wasn’t the most profound thing when you first started. When you do it with a bit of regularity, you begin to see the value and appreciate how it makes you feel. The light bulb switches and you realise it’s quite a valuable thing for my life.
Chloe Brotheridge 11:28: That’s a really good point. I’ve noticed that myself. It’s fine if I miss it every now and again. Howerver, if I miss it for a week, then things start to not go quite as well.
Michael James Wong 11:39: Go brush your teeth for a week.
Chloe Brotheridge 11:41: Do you think it becomes a habit that naturally becomes part of your life the more regularly you do it. The same way as brushing my teeth?
Positive routines Michael James Wong 11:56: I am a big believer of creating positive routines. Habits sometimes can have a negative connotation of a chore that needs to be done and you do it enough, then by default. Like taking the rubbish out. If we create positive routines or create a sense of ritualization to it, it actually creates a sense of positivity. I think it is really important to look at practices that start to establish a long term well being.
Chloe Brotheridge 12:39: Can you share a bit about your practice? Is there something that you suggest for people who are getting started with meditation
What type of meditation Michael James Wong 12:51: Meditation as a whole is quite a large conversation. Like dance, for example, there isn’t just one style. There are many different styles and types of meditation. I’m a big advocate of what we would call stillness. This is similar to Vedic meditation, or Transcendental Meditation.
I’m a Vedic meditation practitioner. It’s about cultivating a sense of space and cultivating a sense of feeling and allowing an effortless of a technique. We use a mantra to help narrow the mind into something a bit quieter.
As a teacher, translating meditation into the real world and starting to pull away the things that maybe aren’t as necessary to help amplify the points of conversation that helps you really see the value. We want to make it relevant to the new world.
How does meditation work The meditation I practice and teach is about keeping it short, powerful and effective. 20 minutes is all you really need twice a day. Once in the morning, once in the afternoon. When you think you need coffee, that’s when you do meditation.
Chloe Brotheridge 14:48: I love that. I think it’s quite nice to start and end the day with that because maybe at the end of the day you can be switching off from your work. You can be Changing mode. With so many of us working from home right now, meditation can be a good way right now to delineate between the day and the evening is quite a nice thing to do.
Michael James Wong 15:13; Practicing now can offer value and a lifestyle switch.
Meditation events Chloe Brotheridge 15:24: I really wanted to ask you about your events. Just briefly, can you share a bit about what that’s about? What’s been your experience of running that and what you’ve learned from that?
Michael James Wong 15:38: I started an organisation a few years ago focused on building community. Primarily, it’s about building community through events. Whether they’re small events or large events We’ve been able to create intimate gatherings. Bridging culture and community, with mindfulness at the core of it. That looks like a large mass meditation in public iconic places around the country and he world. We bring 500,000 people together to have an evening of quiet community and connection.
Sense of community at scale We’ve hosted them at the British Museum and the top of the shard. We’ve created opportunities around the world, including New York, Stockholm, Berlin and Australia. The events create moments where people feel like they’re together and a sense of community at scale. Also in a really mindful and intimate way.
They’re really special events. They include music, art, dance, spoken word and small community conversations so people can start to see what meditation mindfulness is. It can be experienced with people that you might hang out with. People come straight from their offices. It’s a cross section of everyday life coming together with an appreciation to do less.
1000 meditators Chloe Brotheridge 17:32: I imagine the energy in the room meditating with 1000 people must be quite a thing. Can you feel the collective consciousness of bringing a group of people together to meditate? Can you feel like the good vibes?
Michael James Wong 17:52: Yeah, absolutely. You feel the good vibes. There’s this sense of collective consciousness. It’s about quieting down. When you have 500 or 1000 people getting quiet together special and really, really powerful.
Community Chloe Brotheridge 18:46: You mentioned the community aspect of those gatherings. I’m hearing so much about community now. This is something that we need as human beings and that actually it’s so beneficial for our mental health. What have you learned about community through the work that you do?
Michael James Wong 19:10: I absolutely agree. Community is at the essence of our humanity, our health and well being. It’s a big aspect of our mental health and keeping that well. It gives us a feeling like we belong to something that’s bigger than ourselves, and a sense of being a part of something where we are appreciated for who we are not just what we do. That can be the definition of community.
It’s not a new topic. It goes back for as long as human existence. The need for tribes, families, sports teams. Places where people feel like they belong and they feel like they’re seen. Community is at the very core of the wellness revolution.
Chloe Brotheridge 20:38: Yeah, so it’s so true, isn’t it? And whenever I hear about Yeah, wellness events, or even online groups that I run, so often people will say that the community aspect of it is the most important thing. You know, being able to connect with people and I love what you shared about being accepted for who you are and not what you do. I think that So important in our times when so much of things can be on the superficial level and actually we all need we all need that kind of level of acceptance.
Men and mental health I really wanted to ask you about men and mental health. That’s an aspect of your work. Do you think things are changing in terms of how men are asking for help? Have you seen more men coming to your meditation groups?
Michael James Wong 21:35: I always start the conversation around mental health and first appreciating that everyone is uniquely themselves. It’s really easy to first have a conversation about the gender divide and men’s approach to mindfulness, wellness and mental health.
Stereotypes The men are very in touch with their emotions, their feelings, their vulnerabilities. That being said, there has always been traditionally a resistance to having an emotional conversation for men. There’s been resistance.
There is a stereotype of how men should be. They should be strong and swallow emotions. I think now more than ever, the conversation has drastically shifted. It will continue to shift with the support of both men and women appreciating the fact that we don’t need to uphold stereotypes.
We don’t need to assume or expect anything. We can celebrate our sense of intimacy and connection across gender and generational barriers. Mental health may be passed down generationally as opposed to passing across the gender line of our parents and our grandparents. We are starting to break away from the conversations of 50 years ago.
Men meditate too I see a lot more men who are stepping into these spaces. I’m lucky because I’ve seen the shift. At our monthly meditations or big community gatherings you’re still going to see 30 to 50% men there. We also try to cultivate the space that is not about making it segregated purely by men or women.
Nobody wants to be told what to do in their development or growth. We just want to embody the practices with ourselves and inspire other people to see the value that we get. For me, it’s about just trying to be as open and as vulnerable and conversational as I can be. Hopefully when people feel welcome in the space it also begins to break down these barriers for men to feel open to come as they are.
Are men opening up to the wellness space? Chloe Brotheridge 24:54: That’s really interesting that you found that a lot of men go to your events. I’m really glad to hear that. I’ve quite often noticed that a lot of events or workshops will have far fewer men in the space. Why is that?
Michael James Wong 25:21: For a lot of men, if they are interested in these topics they’ll step into these spaces. Sometimes I’ll find one or two guys in a room of 50 people. Yes, they’re gonna find themselves as the minority. I generally don’t think that’s a bad place to be. The guy stepping into that space has an opportunity to step outside his comfort zone and move in to a direction of interest.
Help men feel part of the conversation One of the nicest things to do if you are a female in a room is say hi and make the man feel like he belongs. As opposed to there’s a guy here. Good job. Make them part of the conversation. The evolution is really about just the continued conversations.
I tend to say that all the work that’s being done in wellness is beneficial for everyone. It’s just about people finding the value in themselves to step into a room and really take the value as opposed to take the judgement.
Michael’s routine Chloe Brotheridge 27:00: Love that. Do you have any particular routines or practices that helped you with your mental health?
Michael James Wong 27:15:: What works for me might not work for others. I have my own practices like meditation, yoga, and getting outside and a really strong practice of releasing the expectations of others. I was lucky to be raised in a family where it was valued to focus on what makes you happy and works for you.
Dedicated practice One of my most dedicated practices is spending some time by myself and figuring out myself. My opinions, my point of view and what’s important, rather than stepping out into the world and waiting for it to be given to me.
For example, I’m gonna gather all my friends, we’re gonna have a brainstorm. Then all of a sudden, you go into this brainstorm with five of your friends and then everyone has a different opinion. Everyone thinks they’re right. And you come out with no good idea other than a mixed bag of ideas and everyone kind of thinking there’s is right and your’s is wrong.
Have an opinion or a point of view. Put yourself in a certain direction and it will evolve and change. It’s important to have your own principles, your own compass that takes you through.That’s a really important practice for my own mental health. It’s easy to feel the influence of lots of other people. That can take me off course quite regularly if I don’t have my own purpose or my own kind of direction.
Trusting ourselves Chloe Brotheridge 29:32: I’ve also experienced this and I’m sure people listening have too. We often don’t trust ourselves and then seek reassurance or validation from other people and then you find yourself on their path.
That is not where you want to be going in your life. Where you’re saying yes to things that you don’t want to do or not taking opportunities because you’re worried about what people are going to think. We need to take time to connect with ourselves and understanding what we want.
The Quiet Life I wanted to ask you about your new podcast series, The Quiet Life. It’s all about home practices. Is there anything else that has come out of that or that you recommend people do in terms of home practices?
Michael James Wong: When the Covid crisis happened people went indoors. There was no grand design for this podcast, and it was really about responding to the need to support. There are many people who have lots to offer during times of uncertainty by nature of the work that we do.
The podcast is really about what the wellness community can do to offer more support to more people at home. The whole, the whole essence of the podcast is very simple. Have a simple and easy conversation with someone who has something valuable to share, whether that’s educational, inspirational, a different perspective, or a sense of purpose.
It’s about something that actually gives people a sense of connection. It’s a conversation about things that we can do at home that simply give ourselves a sense of well being.
Home practices The guests come from across a wide range of industries and perspectives, Fundamentally, it’s about how do we take all of this complexity in the world and simplify it down to simple home practices? Hopefully with this podcast, we can offer daily support and inspiration. Along with education and perspective about how people can incorporate into their homes and into their lives right now simple and effective ways for their own mind and mental health.
Emotional fitness Chloe Brotheridge 33:41: Are there any things that you’ve heard recently that are some of your favourites in terms of practical home practices?
Michael James Wong 33:51: I was having a conversation with a personal trainer and a fitness person Mr. PMA Feisal , whom a lot of people know. He was talking about the need not just have physical fitness and movement while we’re kind of stuck at home, but also to check in on our emotional fitness. To understand how our emotions are keeping well. How resilient are we right now under the stress.
Are you spending time talking about how you feel and asking each other? Of course, it’s an opportunity to just appreciate the fact that right now it’s natural to have an up and a down and have days where you feel like you’re not productive or days when you’re really productive.
Chloe Brotheridge 35:46: That’s pretty powerful. Thank you for sharing that. It’s interesting to hear your perspective on things. Your approach is really fascinating to me. Where can people find out more about you and what you’re up to??
Getting in touch with Michael Michael James Wong 36:07: You can find me on Instagram under Michael James Wong and on my website MichaelJamesWong.com. Firstly, you can also check out our organisation for mindfulness in the real world, which focuses on big events. There aren’t any live events now but a lot of online resources. So that’s just breathe so you can follow at just breathe on Instagram. And the website is at just breed, project calm. We’ve got lots of online content and videos. There’s we have a free meditation app, which is which is available for everyone to use at home and home practices. And finally, we’ve got the new podcast now which is out and running, which is really celebrating his home practices, as well as kind of a whole lot of other podcasts that we Put out across different conversations in the wellbeing space.
Chloe Brotheridge 37:04
Amazing. I’ll put those links in the show notes for everyone as well. In conclusion, thank you so much for talking to me. That was brilliant.
Outro Chloe Brotheridge 37:12 Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me at Chloe Brotheridge.
I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. If there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sendin
The post Ep 105. Meditation, Community and The Quiet Life with Micheal James Wong appeared first on Calmer you.
Are we all snowflakes? Or is life just more complex and pressurised? In this episode I’m giving advice for feeling calmer and in control, handling challenges and feeling more resourceful. How to bend, don’t break and be more reslient.
Check out my online course for resilience at www.calmer-you.com/benddontbreak
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Transcript Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl.
This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident. So welcome to this episode where I’m going to be sharing about how to bend and not break.
Becoming resilient I suppose this episode is about being resilient. I don’t think resilience is a very sexy word. I think I’m on the hunt for a better word for it. It’s kind of a complicated word as well, which I will discuss a little bit in this episode.
Snowflake generation Because we, as a generation, I’m kind of talking about the millennial generation and younger. We often get called snowflakes. There’s a sense that even older generations think that we are not resilient, that we are not as strong as older generations, and that we need to toughen up. I actually don’t think that is the case.
01:00
We aren’t sensitive enough You know, if you are struggling right now, of course, it makes sense to try to learn tools to feel more flexible, to be able to handle changes more easily, to be able to calm yourself down and deal with the challenges in your life more easily. So that’s really what I’m going to be talking about.
On the snowflake topic, I really think that most of the world’s problems are caused by us not being sensitive enough. We have a lack of sensitive people in this world, not a epidemic of sensitive people. If more of us could be more sensitive to each other, to those less fortunate to us and to the planet, the world would definitely be a better place.
Are we lacking resilience So please know that your sensitivity is a wonderful thing. I think a question we need to be asking is, are we lacking resilience, or is the world just harder and we are facing more pressure than older generations. In lots of ways life is challenging for younger people now in ways that older generations might not necessarily have experience.
I personally cannot afford to buy a house in London, my grandma bought a house in London for 6000 pounds. Obviously I appreciate that was a different amount of money back then, but it wasn’t a big deal to buy a house in those days. For so many younger people, buying a house now can seem like a completely impossible dream.
New pressures You know, university used to be free. Now students are getting saddled with debt before they’ve even got their first job. There seems to be a lot of stress and pressure on all of us. Whether that’s the stress of the pace of life, pressures from social media, the fact that we live in a very materialistic culture, or exam pressure. Plus we’re heading into our second once in a lifetime recession at a time when many young people are just getting started in their careers.
There might also be other issues at play. We are getting better at asking for help and having more conversations about mental health. During our parents’ or grandparents’ generations, people did not ask for help as much because it was so much more taboo. People just kept things to themselves.
It’s a different world I don’t know that we can say that we are snow snowflakes, basically. So it was a very different world and a very different situation. I don’t think we should compare ourselves to other generations.
I want to let you know that if you are feeling like you lack resilience, then it’s not your fault. Life is stressful, perhaps more so than ever, knowing that it’s not your fault. At the same time, it is up to us to ask for help to become more resourceful.
How we can help ourselves I’m going to share in this podcast some of the things that we can be doing to help ourselves. So some of the signs that you might be lacking.
Resilience could be that you really struggle with change, and uncertainty can seem almost unbearable for you. You might be finding it hard to focus or having lots of arguments with loved ones. You might be struggling with anxiety or depression or finding yourself bursting into tears a lot, or really struggling with criticism or fear of failure.
I want to reiterate that this is not a weakness, but it just means that you might need more support tools right now. So all the research that has been done into resilience has indicated that resilience is not something that we are either born with or not. It’s something that we can learn, we can develop in ourselves, we can grow and we can become more able to handle changes to adapt and to be flexible in challenges.
Online course: Bend don’t break Before I get into my tips for learning how to bend not break, I want to let you know that I have a short online course available on my website. It’s called Bend Don’t Break. There is a hypnotherapy session, affirmations mp3 and worksheets. There’s a video workshop well as tools and resources and an EFT tapping video.
You can find that on my website at calmer-you.com/benddon’tbreak.
Community One of the things that is absolutely crucial for us feeling stronger and more resilient and more resourceful is community. Brene Brown is famous for saying, we were never meant to do this alone. Unfortunately, in our culture, there really is the sense that if you are struggling, it’s kind of your fault, and it’s your responsibility to sort yourself out and try to fix yourself.
It completely ignores the fact that we, as human beings evolved in tribes, where we were with people 24/7. I had the privileged experience of getting to live with a tribe for two weeks in the Amazon jungle in January. They were together constantly.
There is so much social support so much social time. They live in a tribe in small groups of about 150. Everyone knows each other. If someone’s struggling, the whole tribe knows about it, and they can support each other. In our culture, it’s really common for people who are struggling to isolate themselves and to not want to be a burden on other people or to feel like they can’t face other people. Unfortunately, this ends up creating more problems.
Asking for help is a strength That means that we can spiral into feeling worse and worse because we’re not getting the community that we need. I just want to remind you that being able to ask for help is a massive strength is not a weakness.
If you are feeling like you need more community in your life. I really want to encourage you, even if you are isolating now because of COVID to make it a priority to focus on social connections. Be brave and reach out to people. It’s amazing how open people can be to offering help.
I am personally delighted when my friends asked me for help and say that they just want someone to listen because it honestly doesn’t happen enough. That might look like joining groups, joining online workshops, connecting with communities on Facebook, or keeping in touch with old friends reaching out to people asking them for a coffee.
Making friends If you’d like a podcast on making friends as an adult, please let me know if that’ll be an interesting podcast. I have personally struggled to make friends in the past and I have made a lot more friends in the last three or four years than I did in the previous 10 years. So let me know if that’s an interesting topic for you.
Calming your nervous system I think it is super important to know how to calm our nervous system down. We are so much more resourceful when we are in a calmer state. Having some tools that you know help you when you’re feeling scared or nervous to calm your nervous system down is going to mean that you can think so much more clearly. You can communicate more easily and be more in your body rather than in your head.
That might be doing a body scan, where you relax different parts of your body, taking deep belly breath, moving your body, being with your dog or whatever ways you can find to calm your nervous system down.
Self-believe The next thing that is really important, I believe, is self-belief. I know it’s easier said than done. But self-belief really plays into our ability to know that we can handle things to be able to trust ourselves.
If we can trust ourselves and know that no matter what happens, we’ll handle it, can make such a difference in how resourceful and how capable and how strong we’re able to feel in the face of challenges. That reminds me of an affirmation which was one of my favourites from Susan Jeffers author of Feel the Fear and Do it Anyway. She says, no matter what happens, I’ll handle it. No matter what happens, I’ll handle it.
Make that your affirmation. Write it on a post-it and say it to yourself repeatedly You will then start to absorb that sense of trust in yourself that you can handle challenges.
Be kind to yourself It’s also incredibly important to be kind to yourself. Sorry if I sound like a broken record talking about being kind to yourself, but honestly, I don’t think it can be said enough. Beating yourself up does not help you to feel more motivated. It actually saps your motivation. When you’re kind to yourself, it cushions you against failure. You’ll know that you can try things and if it doesn’t go to plan, you’ll make it and its no the end of the world. Be kind to yourself and give it another try.
Being kind to yourself is really, really important if you want to feel more resilient, stronger in yourself, or more confident. It’s the secret sauce.
Change your perspective on change Basically, another thing to do is to change our perspective on change. I hear this all the time from people: I don’t like change. But nothing good happens if things don’t change.
All of the evolution and positive things that have happened in your life have occurred through change and change leads to evolution, it leads to growth and opportunities. Try to remember that change can be a good thing. Even negative changes or less desirable changes that at the time might seem rubbish can turn out to be positive things in our lives with the benefit of hindsight.
Don’t necessarily assume an undesirable change is going to be that way forever. You don’t know how a breakup could lead to you meeting the love of your life or getting made redundant can lead to a new career. Have an open mind.
It’s ok to fail Lastly, something around reframing, criticism and failure. So I shared recently to one of my groups, stories about some of the failures I’ve experienced. I think it’s so important to talk about failures because when we’re in them, when we’re experiencing them ourselves, we can feel like we are the only one who has ever failed and we will never do anything right again.
The first event I did one person came and the first online course I ran, only about four people joined in. I’m rejected several times a day when I reach out to people for the podcast collaborations. It’s so so normal. I’ve learned through enough experience of failing, quote, unquote, failing. I know it’s not really failing.
There is no such thing as failure I actually don’t believe that anything is really failure because there is always another day there’s always another opportunity. It’s never a final resting place. I think it’s helpful to know that other people have quote, unquote, failures and get rejected. It’s completely normal. It’s not a reflection on you. Try to remember that we all get criticised, we all fail and we are all imperfect. It doesn’t make you any less. Having this understanding and realisation will help you handle the bumps.
You can handle the setbacks in life with more kindness for yourself and knowing that it’s normal. You can always give it another try. I’d love to know from you what helps you to feel more resourceful and resilient.
And finally… Come on over to Instagram and let me know. I’m at Chloe Brotheridge. If you’d like to check out my short online course called Bend Don’t Break, where you’ll get a hypnotherapy session and loads of other resources for helping you to feel resilient stronger, calmer, and more able to handle challenges in your life, you can head to calmer-you.com/benddontbreak.
If this episode was helpful, please do leave me a review on the Apple podcast app. Please send it to a friend, if you think they might need to hear this today.
Thank you so much for listening and wishing you a brilliant day, whatever you’re doing and sending it over love.
The post Ep 104. Bend, don’t break (how to be more resilient) appeared first on Calmer you.
Are we all snowflakes? Or is life just more complex and pressurised? In this episode I’m giving advice for feeling calmer and in control, handling challenges and feeling more resourceful. How to bend, don’t break and be more reslient. Check out my online course for resilience at www.calmer-you.com/benddontbreak Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting […]
The post Ep 104. Bend, don’t break (how to be more resilient) appeared first on Calmer you.
David has a PhD in organic chemistry and spent 4 years in the pharmaceutical industry, developing drugs for cardiovascular disease and cancer. Inspired by the placebo effect, he left the industry to write books (my favourite’s about kindness and self-love) and educate people in how they can harness their mind and emotions to improve their […]
The post Ep 103. Kindness, self-love and healing the body with the mind with David Hamilton PhD appeared first on Calmer you.
David has a PhD in organic chemistry and spent 4 years in the pharmaceutical industry, developing drugs for cardiovascular disease and cancer. Inspired by the placebo effect, he left the industry to write books (my favourite’s about kindness and self-love) and educate people in how they can harness their mind and emotions to improve their health.
He is now author of 10 books, including, ‘The Little Book of Kindness’, ‘How Your Mind Can Heal Your Body’, ‘I Heart Me’ and the Amazon bestseller, ‘The Five Side Effects of Kindness’.
We chat about: * How the mind can heal the body * The power of beliefs * David shares his journey from low self-esteem to more to self love * Why kindness is so powerful (hint: it has powerful effects beyond just making us feel good) * How kindness is contagious
Podcast sponsor Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to Sweaty Betty Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty is working to make the planet a better place and our promises for 2020.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident.
Thanks so much for listening today. I am super excited for today’s guest. David Hamilton PhD, is someone that I have admired for ages. I have been to his workshops and read his books. He is definitely someone that I massively look up to and find really inspiring.
Placebo effect David has a PhD in organic chemistry and spent four years in the pharmaceutical industry developing drugs for cardiovascular disease and cancer.
David then left the industry to start writing books about the placebo effect and how they can harness the mind and emotions to improve health. He comes at it from a scientific point of view. I think when we often hear about this we think that it isn’t very scientific. But actually, it really is. It’s so interesting how powerful our mind is.
I love his books He’s now the author of 10 books, including The Little Book of Kindness, How Your Mind Can Heal Your Body, and I Heart Me and the Amazon bestseller the Five Side Effects of Kindness.
What else we talk about We get into how the mind can heal the body. This is so interesting to me as a hypnotherapist. I think you’re really gonna enjoy hearing about this. We also talked about the power of beliefs. Our beliefs are so important and powerful. They really do shape our thoughts and feelings. And we talk about why kindness is so powerful. Just as a hint, it has really powerful effects.
Aside from just making us feel good, David shares his own journey from low self-esteem to more self-love. I think he’s just one of the best storytellers out there. We talked about how kindness is actually contagious. I really hope you enjoy this episode with David Hamilton PhD.
Free resources I would love to send you some free resources if you’d like to take another step towards becoming just that little bit calmer and more confident and happier Please head over to calmer-you.com/free, pop your email address in there, and I’ll send you some free resources.
As always, I’d love to see you on Instagram. You can find me at Chloe Brotheridge. Let me know what you thought about this episode. Please do share it with anyone that you think might need it as well.
Sponsor This episode is sponsored by my favourite activewear brand Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. They use the best technical fabrics which means that products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin. The products are also trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flattering Fit the female body. If the staff doesn’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many activewear brands to shop around but Sweaty Betty is special because all the products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and continue to wear and love.
Discount code Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. The Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotten blend alternative and they are reducing the amount of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20% off when you enter the promo code Calmer You on their website. I think you’re gonna love it.
Introduction I’m so looking forward to speaking to you and sharing your brilliance with all the listeners. I came to see you speak about four years ago in London. You were talking about your book, I Heart Me, and it was the best workshop I’ve ever been to. I’ve been to a lot of workshops and seen a lot of personal development teachers and yours was my absolute favourite.
Can you share with the listeners a bit about what you do and how you got to where you are today?
Legos and organic chemistry David Hamilton: Sure. I mostly read on topics from the science of kindness, the mind-body connection, and self-esteem. I got into it in a roundabout way. My PhD is in organic chemistry. It has nothing to do with organic foods. It’s like playing Lego. Instead of taking Lego blocks of different shapes and sizes and colours, to assemble ships, you take atoms. Atoms are my building blocks, but the concept of stacking Lego blocks together is the same.
I would build a variety of shapes, but the shapes that I built would end up as pharmaceutical drugs. Working at one of the largest pharmaceutical companies, the drugs I was helping to build and develop were for cardiovascular disease and cancer. The drug testing process was the most interesting thing for me because it taught me about the placebo effect.
Mind-body connections There were examples of so many people making improvements off of a placebo. While I worked as a scientist to do my proper science job, I did a lot of research through the medical journals about the mind-body connection. After 40 years, I decided to resign from the industry, because I really wanted to write and teach. That’s pretty much what I do know – write and teach.
Chloe Brotheridge: I really wanted to ask you about the placebo affect and what’s actually happening.
The placebo David Hamilton 06:31: When I was a scientist, I asked some of my senior colleagues at the time about it. Isn’t this amazing? Look how many people are improving on the placebo? They would say, oh, it’s all in the mind, but they’re not really getting better. They just think they’re getting better. I would look at the actual analysis and say, well, they’re not just thinking they’re getting better. Something is actually physically happening in the body. That’s when I started believing.
For example, someone may be given a placebo to reduce some pain. Then they’re given a placebo, but they think it’s an actual drug. Because they think or they believe it’s an actual drug, the brain produces its own natural painkillers. The brains natural painkillers actually reduce the pain.
So it’s not just that you think you’re feeling better, or you just imagine the pain is going away. The pain really does go away, because your brain has produced natural painkillers. The reason why your brain has produced natural painkillers is that you believe that this drug here is a real drug. Belief generates biochemistry. That, in turn, has an effect on what we believe is supposed to happen.
How your mind can heal your body Chloe Brotheridge 07:54: That’s incredible. I read your book, How Your Mind Can Heal Your Body. I recall reading that our beliefs activate that internal pharmacy within our bodies.
David Hamilton: I first read about that in the book the Genie in Your Genes by Dawson Church and that’s what I first heard that is a stocked pharmacy. It has thousands of substances. When you believe something, some part of your brain acts as a pharmacist and says to that part of yourself to expect to feel better.
The brain has its own version of morphine that can go into the bloodstream. Belief stimulates that pharmacist in the brain to deliver the result that you’re expecting to happen.
The mind-body connection Chloe Brotheridge 09:24: Our minds can be so powerful in that way. Can you share a little bit about your book and how the mind can heal. I’m a hypnotherapist and I also practice something called Chi Gong, which is a bit like Tai Chi. You cover a lot of themes in your book that can potentially boost the immune system to heal faster. Can you talk a little bit about that?
David Hamilton 10:02: In the book, I’d say the first third is describing the signs of the mind-body connection and explains how and why does belief or even imagination work. If you visualise something, exactly how and why does that have a physical effect? For example, if you were imagining your immune system destroying a cancer cell. How and why does that work?
The reason for that section of the book, is to give people faith in themselves. One thing I’ve noticed over the years of working with people and teaching and writing is that if someone believes in themselves or believes in a technique, then the technique or whatever they’re doing, can be enhanced.
The power of a visualisation practice The book includes a section which is a collection of stories from people I’d been in contact with over the years. They demonstrated the use of visualisation practices to help themselves to facilitate healing from injury, illness or disease.
Then I’ve got an A to Z list in the book based on visualisations I’ve collected over the years for a large number of conditions. For example, a visualisation people use for a sore knee, asthma, or viruses, you name it. I look at the consequence of what I imagine, think, feel or believe, and what does that actually do in the body?
The power of our beliefs Chloe Brotheridge 12:19: Our beliefs are so important. I know in the book, you’re very careful to say, don’t necessarily stop having chemotherapy, don’t stop having your treatments. You offer a way you can help yourself and offer extra support using the power of your mind.
David Hamilton: 12:40: Sometimes I get a little bit worried when I talk about the mind that people will then just do that instead of taking medical advice. Thanks, thanks for bringing that up. It’s very, very important, I think.
Self-love Chloe Brotheridge 13:25: I wanted to ask you about self-love. Why do you think it’s so important what drew you to this area?
David Hamilton 14:00: I never in a million years would have imagined that I would write a book on self-love. Throughout my life, I have struggled periodically with anxiety with the low self-esteem.
Struggling with confidence I’ve always struggled with confidence. Some of the struggles I have gone through and even still go through. I was at a big international conference and I was about to follow Dr. Wayne Dyer. He was coming off the stage to a standing ovation. I was next on. I experienced an anxiety or panic attack while standing at the side of the stage. It wasn’t because I was lacking confidence. I felt really small in comparison with all the other speakers.
I’d always felt like this and I’d always bluffed my way through things. I didn’t reveal to people how I was really feeling because then I would feel like a fraud. How can I write these self-help books? My own challenges were building up especially with how I was feeling on the inside, and it came to a head say to the stage and I felt like crying.
Childhood memory I had a flashback from childhood when I was singled out by my teacher. All the other kids had brought in money for a school trip and I hadn’t. The reason why I hadn’t is that my mom and dad were really poor, and really struggling financially. I didn’t want to ask my mom because I’d seen my mom a few nights earlier being really upset about money. The teacher singled me out and made me stand in the corner. The rest of the class got a yellow badge for bringing in the money. All I remember from that was the devastation of feeling like everyone else got a yellow badge and I didn’t.
I got bullied a lot at high school, partly because I was always bragging and showing off. I needed them to know that I was just as special as they were.
That was the day when I realised I needed to address self-esteem and self-love. I had no idea what self-love was. Nor did I know of any strategies. I just knew in my heart that I absolutely had to dive headfirst into the subject. The book was just the side effect of the two-year process that I went through.
Chloe Brotheridge 19:06: That’s such a moving story about remembering being a child and having that experience. I’ve got memories similar to that. Looking back as an adult, you might think, how could that have been such a big deal. Actually, when we’re young, it really can have that impression on us. We can take on board these beliefs that just stay with us and can hold us back as adults.
Wiring self-love into the brain I think it’s really good to identify some of those things and start to understand them a little bit more. Being a therapist and seeing so many clients, self-esteem is at the root of almost everything, if not everything. Self-love and self-esteem are the root of so many of our issues. You talk about wiring in self-love into the brain can you can you describe what you mean by that?
David Hamilton: I was really passionate about learning and writing about self-love. I told my publisher I’d write it in 5 months. After I turned it in, I met my publisher for coffee and she said: You know, we all love you in the office, but I can’t publish this book. I can’t accept this book. If we were to publish this it will be damaging to your career. The book was so weak and badly written because I had tried to tackle the subject academically. It needed practical value.
I hadn’t really gained anything or changed in five months. All I’d done is absorb all the Accademia about self-love, but that hadn’t shifted anything in me at all. My publisher said why don’t you take as long as you’d like to write this book. Then come back to me at some point when you feel you’re ready to deliver. That’s when things began to change.
The importance of posture Another therapist at a conference pointed me in the direction of research about hope and posture and holding your body in a way that says you know what, I’ve got this. I have an inner sense of worthiness and value. You get this by the way you breathe, straighten your spine up, smile, or relaxing your facial muscles. I started to put it into practice every single day.
Wiring an inner sense of worthiness I realised that I could actually wire-in an inner sense of worthiness with my version of self-love through repetition. If you do something over and over again, it begins to grow in the neural patterns in the brain.
If I can repetitively adjust my posture to experience a sense of worthiness then I could wire that into the brain. For me, it was life-changing. Within about two to three months, I was beginning to an inner feeling that I didn’t know existed. Previously, I hadn’t actually felt an inner sense of worthiness and value. That was completely alien. I started to feel that and within about two or three months from doing nothing else other than relentlessly correcting my posture throughout the day.
Become aware of your body language I taught myself to become aware of my body language, especially in a fearful or stressful situation. I trained myself to stand up, shoulders back, lengthen my spine and breathe. Doing it so often, it literally re-wired into the circuits of the knee because anything you do repetitively wires into the brain through neuroplasticity.
The old patterns, the old pathways in the brain also begin to shrink if you don’t feed them. So to the degree that I was feeding the, I’ve got this, I have an inner sense of worthiness in value posture. I was shrinking down the patterns for feeling afraid or worried. I was building up positive stuff and shrinking negative stuff simultaneously, and it led to a tipping point after a couple of months..
Wearing an inner sense of worthiness and value Chloe Brotheridge 25:55: That’s so so helpful and I love how tangible and particlae that is. It also works at a physical level and in your brain. Sometimes self-love can be a bit fluffy, for example, like just have a bubble bath. Your approach is, completely different than that, and I think a lot more effective.
David Hamilton 26:32: What I came up with was, I have an inner sense of worthiness and value. That became my working definition of self-love. To hold that in my body, I would say I have an inner sense of worthiness and value. Tthat was my definition. I had to teach myself how that would feel in my face? How does it feel on my shoulders? Do I breathe as if I had an inner sense of worthines? How does it feel in my lower back? I just really taught myself how to feel it and hold that in my body.
Chloe Brotheridge 27:39: I really like that. It’s almost as though you’re defining for yourself what self-love could feel like.
Two types of self-love David Hamilton 27:54: I think it was helpful also that I’d never read any books and self-love, because it wasn’t a subject that I do. It also hadn’t occurred to me that self-love was something I was severely lacking. There are two types of self-love. The external, which is what most people think of as self-love, when you derive your sense of worthiness and value from successes and achievements in life and people having a positive perception of you. That’s where you derive your sense of worthiness. If further down the line something goes wrong, it’s earth shattering. That is an internal sense of where your self-love comes from. I had none at all of the healthy stuff on the inside
I’m kind of glad that I did it that way. Not reading about self-love before I started the book. Then I wasn’t lead by other people’s ideas. It can be quite easy to be in love with the way an author puts something across, that you then forget your own idea or take on it.
Book recommendation I read other books along the way, like Daring Greatly by Brene Brown. That was a huge influence on me when I was writing that book. I read a few others in the process of writing my book. But really, I’m glad that I came to the subject completely fresh, because then I had to approach it using how I approach any subject, which is just my way of thinking my way of doing science.
Chloe Brotheridge: I think I heard someone talking external validation on the podcast about something Russell Brand said. Celebrities are very often the most unhappy or troubled because they get all this external validation and one day that gets taken away. They haven’t built up that inner sense of worthiness and acceptance for themselves.
Kindness I wanted to talk to you about kindness. What made you so interested in kindness and why do you think that so beneficial?
David Hamilton 31:31: When I’m writing a book I often find other research that I would love to put in the book, but it doesn’t fit. When I was writing one of my books I came across a group of people practicing a Tibetan Buddhist loving kindness meditation. That had produced an anti-inflammatory effect in the body. That intrigued me.
I followed a lot of research and realised that feelings of compassion and kindness towards others, stimulates a portion of the nervous system of the parasympathetic nervous system called the vagus nerve, and that controls immediate anti-inflammatory path in the body called the inflammatory reflex. A thought this is absolutely amazing, but it just didn’t fit in that book at the time.
The opposite of stress is kindness I just pulled all of the medical journals and the sociology journals, the psychology journals, and bundled them all together into what has now become three books on kindness on. Kindness is physiologically the opposite of stress. Most people if you see what’s the opposite of stress, most people will say it’s peaceful, it’s common, it’s relaxation. Those things are the absence of stress, they’re not the opposite.
Physiologically speaking, the opposite of stress is kindness. Stress is a feeling and so the physical effects of stress are a consequence of you feeling stressed. Kindness is physiologically the opposite of stress and that underpins half of all the information I’ve gathered on the physical effects of being nice. It reduces blood pressure, for example. It’s good for your heart, good for your blood flow, and anti-inflammatory. There is an immune-stimulating effect of kindness. Basically, anything you know that stress does, you can rest assured that kindness has the opposite effect. And there’s some research out there that shows exactly why that is.
Kindness during Covid Chloe Brotheridge 34:39: I suppose kindness has never been more important. You know, not only for being kind to each other, but being kind to ourselves. It’s so fascinating that it has more than the obvious benefits of us feeling nice about being kind that there’s changes in the body that can be healing for us or be, you know, beneficial for our health. That’s so fascinating.
Kindness is contagious I saw on your website, you’d written a blog post about how kindness can actually be contagious. What do you mean by that?
David Hamilton 35:27: Kindness is actually one of the most contagious things. About five minutes before we began this chat, there’s a family that lives across the road from me. I live in a little town called Dublin and central Scotland. There are three young kids. And one of the kids I think, must be about three or four. It was a little boy’s birthday. The boy opened the window, and they were yelling Happy birthday. Lots of the neighbours looked out the window as I opened the door. It was just the most beautiful demonstration of kindness, and community spirit.
Hope What I’m seeing right now is people pooling together in a way I’ve never seen before on a scale that I’ve never seen before. It’s absolutely beautiful to watch. It made me feel quite emotional and overwhelmed with joy, having witnessed that.
Kindness is contagious because of how it makes you feel. You probably find people listening to this right now that have a similar memory of something else happening in their community. They will likley be kind to more people throughout the course of the rest of that day. That’s how kindness is contagious.
The ripple effect of kindness Scientists at Harvard and Yale, tracked it. If when you do something Kind for someone, if you were to follow that person around you would probably find that them being kind to probably four or five other people over the course of the next day, for no reason other than because of how you made them feel.
Whether that’s gratitude or inspiration or a feeling of warmth or connection or elevation, but somehow because you’ve been kind to that person, they will feel different. That feeling is like a wave. It’s like dropping a pebble in a pond. It would ripple across many more people, building exponentially. Kindness has a ripple effect.
The scientists have actually worked out and tracked it and seeing how it actually works. So every single thing that you do, can have an effect.
More contagious is the human spirit The blog that I wrote was to point out that we’re all fearful right now about contagion of Coronavirus, but more contagious is the human spirit. More contagious is kindness and that has more of a rippling effect on us. And if we pay attention to that, we might just see some magic taking place in the world.
Chloe Brotheridge 39:56: That’s such a beautiful idea and definitely what we need right now. It’s amazing that we could do something small which actually multiplies positively and more people pay it forward. What we do can make a difference. Even small things. That’s a really empowering and hopeful idea. Yeah. Yeah. Love that. Is there anything else that’s really important to you right now that you can share about?
David Hamilton: It’s a spirit of kindness. I write and speak a lot about kindness. It doesn’t necessarily sell books and it doesn’t get me a huge number of followers. In comparison, if I write a post on self-esteem or a post on mind-body connection, relatively speaking, I get far more interaction.
Helping each other I think it’s so important that we help each other. Not just right now at this period of time where there’s a global pandemic, but all the other times. Kindness is what will actually be the final decider on which direction the human race goes and how we survive challenging times.
If no one helps each other out, then the human race has very little chance. One of the things we could probably do more in our lives, is doing things because it’s the right thing to do, rather than what we think people will like, or what makes us the most money. If we practice doing what feels like the right thing to do, I think all of us will be better off in the long run.
Chloe Brotheridge 42:30: Thank you so much for speaking to me. I’ve absolutely loved this conversation. I can’t wait for people to hear it.
Where to find David David Hamilton 42:45: Sure. My links to all my social media handles is on my website. I write regular blogs, send out a newsletter, offer online courses and have a monthly patient Development clubs. So basically everything is on my website.
Chloe Brotheridge 43:16: Brilliant. Thank you so much for talking to me today.
David Hamilton 43:21: It’s been my pleasure. It’s been such a good chat.
Outro Chloe Brotheridge 43:23: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode, come on over to Instagram and let me know.
What are you taking from this episode? Find me at Chloe Brotheridge. And I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. If there is someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love.
Hopefully you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 103. Kindness, self-love and healing the body with the mind with David Hamilton PhD appeared first on Calmer you.
Today is a solo episode where I’m sharing about when you feel like you’re never doing enough.
Whether you procrastinate, beat yourself up or just never feel good enough, I hope this episode helps. I’m sharing how to unhook yourself from FOMO, comparison and giving yourself a hard time. Instead, you can get into flow, appreciate all that you do, feel happier and more satisfied with yourself each day.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 102. When you feel like you’re never doing enough appeared first on Calmer you.
Today is a solo episode where I’m sharing about when you feel like you’re never doing enough. Whether you procrastinate, beat yourself up or just never feel good enough, I hope this episode helps. I’m sharing how to unhook yourself from FOMO, comparison and giving yourself a hard time. Instead, you can get into flow, […]
The post Ep 102. When you feel like you’re never doing enough appeared first on Calmer you.
It was such a pleasure to have a GP on the Podcast talking about stress and anxiety at work. Dr. Ellie Cannon joined me for such an informative conversation. We chat about: Just how common it is for GP’s to see patients with stress and anxiety At what point you should see your GP if […]
The post Ep 101. Stress and anxiety at work with Dr Ellie Cannon appeared first on Calmer you.
It was such a pleasure to have a GP on the Podcast talking about stress and anxiety at work. Dr. Ellie Cannon joined me for such an informative conversation.
We chat about: * Just how common it is for GP’s to see patients with stress and anxiety * At what point you should see your GP if you’re struggling mentally * Taking medication for anxiety * How to talk to your manager about how you’re feeling * Medication for anxiety and depression
Sponsors Betterhelp – Is an online counselling service ready to support you. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month at this link.
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to Sweaty Betty Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty is working to make the planet a better place and our promises for 2019.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Ep 101. Stress and Anxiety at Work with Dr Ellie Cannon
Chloe Brotheridge 00:01: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the Anxiety Solution and Brave New girl. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident self.
If you are interested in working with me 1-2-1 I just want to let you know that I see a select number of one on one clients at the moment and have a few slots available online using a programme called zoom. It works incredibly well. It’s a powerful combination of hypnotherapy and coaching. If you want to check it out, you can head to my website, Calmer-you.com/workwithme.
Free resources You can find a load of free resources on my website to help you to become your calmest self. Head on over to calmer-you.com/free to grab those freebies now.
Meet Dr. Ellie Today on the Calmer You podcast, I’m talking to Dr. Ellie Cannon. We met on a panel we did together and I loved everything that she was sharing. She’s not only a GP, she’s also an author. Her latest book is all about work, health and the effects that our jobs can have on our mental health. It’s called, Is Your Job Making you Ill?
She’s also columnist for The Mail on Sunday. I love her Twitter feed and approach. She’s very no-nonsense and calls all sorts of things out. I’m not a doctor so I love taking this opportunity to speak with a GP. There are lots of things that I really wanted to get her perspective on.
In this episode We talked about how common it is for GPS to see patients with stress and anxiety. Hint, it’s an incredibly high number.
We talked about at what point we should go and see our GP if we’re struggling mentally. This has to be one of the most common questions that I get asked. People ask me, what is a normal amount of everyday worries and stress? Also, when is it something that I need to go to the doctors about? When is it a mental health condition? She really clarifies this.
We get into the topic of taking medication for anxiety, we talk about the stigma around that. She also gives us her professional opinion and her experience.
We also talked about how to talk to your manager about how you’re feeling in terms of your mental health. This is something that again, I hear a lot of people asking. Many people want guidance on this and she is the perfect person to talk about this.
She also shares just loads of other insights into work stress and how we can manage our mental health at work.
Sponsor This episode is sponsored by my favourite activewear brand Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. They use the best technical fabrics which means that products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin. All products are also trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flattering Fit the female body. If the staff doesn’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many activewear brands to shop around but Sweaty Betty is special because all their products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and continue to wear and love.
Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. Their Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotten blend alternative and they are reducing the amount of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20% off when you enter the promo code Calmer You on their website. I think you’re gonna love it.
Let’s get into the interview with Dr. Ellie Cannon. Chloe Brotheridge 04:23: Welcome Dr. Ellie Cannon, thank you so much for joining me. Could you tell the listeners what it is that you do and how you got to where you are today?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 04:29: I’m a GP, doing really normal things in clinic that everybody would be familiar with seeing kids seeing, adults seeing, the elderly.
In general practice nowadays, we see a lot of mental health. And obviously I do a lot of writing and broadcasting. A couple of years ago when I was asked to write another book, they particularly wanted to see what sort of things I see in practice. I had a few ideas about weight loss and exercise and chronic health.
Job stress I also mentioned and that I think anybody would be quite surprised by the amount of job stress that I see or people who are really ill as a result of their job, either with anxiety or depression or stress that is caused by the job. People who’ve got chronic illness, like arthritis or they’ve already got a chronic mental health problem and it’s made worse by the job.
My publisher was really, really interested in that. I had the opportunity to write a book all about how you talk to yourself if you are unwell, and mentally really more so than physically as a result of your job. I focused on stress and anxiety and depression, how we should look after ourselves and how you can help yourself. That’s how I ended up talking so much about this.
Speaking to your doctor about mental health Chloe Brotheridge 06:19: Amazing. Thank you and I really loved your book. It’s so kind and informative and helpful. It must help a lot of people. One thing that I hear all the time from people is that they feel nervous about going to their GP to talk about their mental health. I’ve heard from a few doctors that I’ve spoken to, I think people don’t realise just how common it is for GP to have patients talk about their mental health.
What would you say to someone that is feeling nervous about speaking to their doctor and how common is it for you to see patients for things like depression and anxiety?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 07:01: Without looking at official figures or statistics, I would say as an anecdote, probably 50% of the patients who walk through my door are going to be talking about something to do with mental health. They may actually be coming in to talk about their eczema, which is very bad at the moment because of stress. So it might not be the first thing that they come in with, but often it is.
I would say to anybody, your GP is absolutely the right place to talk about your mental health.
Dr. Ellie
Men, come visit your GP I agree with your experience that a lot of people do seem to be reluctant or nervous and worried about having that on their record, worried about sort of the stigma or even within a private GP clinic group talking about that. It’s very, very normal to start off with talking to a GP. I would particularly encourage men to come to the GP to talk about it. Not enough men come to the doctor, particularly between the ages of about 20 to 50. We know that men of that age suffer from mental health with depression and their risk of suicide is higher compared to other groups. It’s really important that people feel able to come to a GP to talk.
Chloe Brotheridge 08:26: That can be quite reassuring for people to know that actually 50% of the patients their doctor sees might be having a similar experience. They’re not the only one. Their GP is not going to be shocked by what they say or if you burst into tears. That’s quite normal, I imagine. So don’t worry too much about that.
What patients may really be coming in for Dr. Ellie Cannon 08:47: Yeah, absolutely. It’s very, very normal, if you can’t find the words, and very normal to cry. The patient’s sort of test us out. Sometimes a patient will come in with something really minor. They might come in to talk about their back, or something really, really small. And it’s totally fine to do that. It’s totally fine to see if that’s the GP for you. GPs are not all the same with very, very different ages, interests, and personalities. So it might be that the GP who you go to to talk about your blood pressure is actually not the one who you visit to talk about your anxiety. Test it out, take someone with you if it’s better for you. There are definitely ways you can make yourself feel more comfortable.
Work anxiety Chloe Brotheridge 09:50: That’s such good advice. What are the common things around anxiety that you see people come for and how much do you think work is an aspect of people’s anxiety.
Dr. Ellie Cannon 10:07: It’s important to point out that anxiety obviously is a normal symptom. If you have a job interview, to feel anxious that morning, it might be a normal part of anxiety, that you feel a bit sick. You don’t feel like eating but you rush to the toilet. And that sort of normal anxiety becomes a health problem and becomes an anxiety disorder when it’s really the overriding symptom that you feel all the time.
Even on days when you don’t have a job interview, you feel sick and you feel anxious and you’ve got some overriding anxiety all the time. I think because of the way we work and the pressure on deadlines, the pressure of presenteeism, the pressure of sort of having to be doing so many things all at once and targets and hustling for work and all of this, it is hard to separate what is normal or real anxiety.
I suppose the way to test that out on yourself is to see if you can switch off on a Saturday. Can you turn your phone off? or go for a run and actually relax and calm down? Or is it still there? And I think if it’s still there, you know, then that is a concern. Can you relax? Can you make a plan with your favourite person doing your favourite thing and enjoy that without feeling nervous? If you can, it’s probably just normal stresses and strains of life. If you can not, then it could be that you have some anxiety.
When to see your doctor for anxiety Chloe Brotheridge 11:53: A common question that I hear is at what point do I go to my Doctor. For example, if I’m feeling anxious every day is that enough to go to the doctor. How bad does it need to get? How do I know whether it’s bad enough? What do you say to people about that?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 12:15: Whether it’s mental health or whether it’s potential symptoms of cancer, it’s always best to get in there early. It might be that you go to a doctor and your doctor says to you, I think that’s normal and it is the stresses and strains of life. In order to diagnose anxiety, we do look at a lot of specific traits and situations. Can you enjoy going out with friends, how is your sleep, or do you panic? We will go through a questionnaire and a series of questions to try and unpack whether or not you do have anxiety? I would say the minute you’re asking yourself that question, should I go to the GP? That’s the right time to go to the GP.
Chloe Brotheridge 13:19: f you if you’re worried about it, that’s a sign that it probably is something to get some help for. It’s better to get help sooner rather than wait and let it get worse, potentially, maybe if it’s left untreated.
Workplace relationships Chloe Brotheridge 13:52: In your book, you talk about workplace relationships as being a big factor in what can make us sick at work. You mentioned toxic colleagues and bosses that are not so nice. That’s such a tough one for people to deal with, because it’s almost as if there can be no escape. Sometimes you’ve got a colleague that is an absolute nightmare. If you don’t get on with your boss, it’s that inescapable kind of stress. What do you suggest to people about that sort of thing?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 14:30: I think that we all really underestimate the importance of relationships, both in terms of our personal life and our personal mental health and also our mental health at work. When I researched the book, and I looked at what was the biggest causes of mental health problems at work, the workload was the biggest cause and then the second biggest cause was relationships at work.
What we also see is that those relationships can also be what protects you at work, and what saves you at work. I think we mustn’t sort of lose sight of that. So the really simple act of having lunch every day with a colleague where both of you put your phone away for 15 minutes, so you’re actually talking and interacting. It might be that your boss is very difficult to deal with or one of your colleagues are difficult to deal with. If you’ve got strong relationships with everybody else around you, then that gives you the resilience to be able to cope with that one relationship.
Focus on the good relationships for resiliance It’s worth building up what seems like those trivial relationships with the person you say hello to you on the door or the person who works in the next-door office. Those sorts of interactions give us the resilience to cope with what is difficult.
Now, obviously, of course, there are situations where people cannot get on with a colleague. That makes work very difficult. I’ve seen in practice, it can lead to people leaving their job and all sorts of trauma and grievances. Anything we can do to build up our resilience is going to protect us a little bit from that. It is key to focus on those good relationships at work.
Workplace relationship practices Something simple we do at my GP surgery is have a 10-minute coffee break every morning in the middle of surgery. We didn’t used to do that, but being a GP can be quite isolating because you’re there you’re seeing patients and you’re not seeing your colleagues. We just sit down for 10 minutes. Sometimes we’re talking about what was on TV last night or a patient. We talk about all sorts of different things, it’s just that sort of human contact, it’s really brought us together. You know, you can have a laugh or let off steam, it just gives you that little boost for the rest of the day.
Chloe Brotheridge 17:29: Those relationships that we have are so important. I was talking to on the podcast with Julia Samuel, who’s a psychotherapist. She talks a lot about how our relationships are the most important things in our lives. We can get so caught up in all the other things that we have to do that we can neglect them or not make time for those things. Sometimes that can mean we isolate ourselves then there can be a bit of a vicious cycle of anxiety in depression because we’re not able to spend time with people. It’s so important. I love the idea of just having a, tea break with your colleagues arranging something, or going for lunch. It’s really the simple things that can just give you that resilience for your relationships.
The current way we work Dr. Ellie Cannon 18:16: Unfortunately, it’s the current way we work that has, unwittingly, reduced those opportunities for those relationships. If you imagine as a workplace in the 1950s, or 60s, lunch was a very set time, everybody would have had lunch at one o’clock on their shift pattern. They’ve all sat there with their packed lunch.
It wasn’t everybody walking out to get a sandwich by themselves, checking their phone doing this doing that. Whereas now we tend to work a bit more flexibly in some ways. There may not be some where you can all sit at work. I think of those things have changed, which is why we almost have to almost artificially bring them back into our lives. When I first started working as a GP 15 years ago, it was in the clinic. The receptionist or colleague stopped at 11 o’clock and made us tea and coffee. Very sort of old fashioned really, but actually that meant that we all stopped and connected. Obviously nobody would expect that now but we need to think about how to bring back the opportunity that provided.
Chloe Brotheridge 20:09: I work for myself and quite often spend time at home. I don’t have colleagues to socialise with but I’ve got other friends who do similar work to me and sometimes we’ll go to a co-working space together. We didn’t actually get much work done. We did though get out of the routine, get away from our desk and be around other people, which is so important.
Talking to people at work about stress and anxiety I wanted to ask you about talking to people at work about stress or anxiety This is a such a big topic and I hear this question asked a lot about how to broach the topic with managers. You mentioned a lot of different resources in your book for that. What do you suggest to your patients when they come to you about their work stress?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 21:15: I think you have to start off with a safe person or a safe group to test the water. It might be that person is a family member might be that they’re definitely not a family member because they wouldn’t understand. It might be that a friend or somebody in an online community.
Once you’ve started having that conversation with your GP, I think you then have to have a safe conversation with somebody else. Someone outside of work to see how it sounds, to test it out.
A lot of questions could come up: who do you need to talk to? Do you need to talk to somebody because you need time off? Do you need workplace adaptations? It has to be with people who you can trust and who you will not look back years later and think did that affect my career. It’s not the sort of thing you blurt out in the middle of a work meeting.
You have to remember, the person you’re speaking to. Make sure it is measured, make sure it’s planned. It might be difficult conversation for them as well. There are lots of different factors that can come into it. But it does have to be very, very planned.
A two-step process Chloe Brotheridge 24:11: I love the idea of sending them an email beforehand and letting them know what it is that you want to discuss with them. That’s kind of a two-step process that kind of takes the pressure off. Rather than surprising them it offers a chance to prepare and think about how they can respond in a helpful way.
Dr. Ellie Cannon 24:35: I see patients every 10 minutes. Sometimes we have an idea of why people are coming in and sometimes we don’t. Sometimes we think we know why somebody is coming in. As a GP, that’s what I’m trying to deal with. Talk about somebody’s headache and then the next minute talk about a baby’s nappy rash and the next thing to talk about depression. It can be quite difficult sometimes to switch into that mode and that’s even as a trained professional.
Sponsor Chloe Brotheridge 25:39: This podcast episode is sponsored by Betterhelp. Is there something interfering with your happiness or preventing you from achieving your goals?
Therapy has massively helped me in the past to make sense of my thoughts and process my emotions. Betterhelp will assess your needs and match you with your own licensed professional therapist and you can start communicating with them in under 24 hours.
Get 10% off Betterhelp is not a crisis line. It’s not self-help. It’s professional counselling that’s done securely online. This service is available for clients worldwide and Betterhelp matches you with a counsellor based on what it is that you want to work on and their expertise.
It’s more affordable than traditional offline counselling and financial aid is also available. That’ll help once you start living a happier life today. Betterhelp is doing a special offer for Calmer You listeners. You get 10% off your first month when you visit, try Betterhelp.
Eczema You touched on something earlier about eczema and the kind of the psychological things that might be at the root of that. You talk in your book about the link between stress and physical issues. What is the link there? Because some people might think, Oh, is it all in my head? You know, have I created this issue?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 27:10: No, it’s not. I think it’s really difficult for people to understand even myself as a doctor, that psychological or emotional things can cause physical symptoms. The way to think about it and to understand it is sort of like the example I gave before of a job interview.
Before a job interview, sure you feel nervous and you may feel nervous or scared or whatever you feel. You also do experience physical symptoms which might be rushing to the loo, you might feel sick, you don’t have an appetite, or like when you’re a child and you know that your mom or dad is going to tell you off and you start to get butterflies in your tummy and you feel like a tummy ache. We’ve all experienced physical symptoms from something psychological, but still, we all find it very, very hard to understand that link.
It’s probably hormonal or to do with cortisol and adrenaline. All of these different things which are triggered by the psychological side of things and then gives us physical symptoms. Definitely there’s a link and people are not imagining it. The main issue I see in the clinic is the sort of phenomenon of people who come in and say, I’m in all the time. There must be something wrong with my immune system.
Skin conditions linked with psychological conditions I mentioned eczema, particularly because skin conditions are very closely related to psychological conditions and anybody with eczema or psoriasis, will tell you that in times of stress, their eczema is worse now because of the stress itself, but also because people don’t necessarily look after themselves when they’re stressed out or feeling unwell. Those types of conditions take a lot of personal management. Just being stressed itself makes the condition bad.
Many conditions are worse when people are psychologically stressed. Also,we know that if your pain is bad, that will make your mood worse. So it’s a backwards and forwards pattern between physical and mental health.
IBS Chloe Brotheridge 30:52: The thing that comes to mind for me when I think about stress and physical illnesses, certainly from the clients that I see is IBS and and the link between anxiety and IBS. Is that something you see a lot of?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 31:29: Like I said your psychology is very related to our skin. It’s also very related to our tummies and our guts and everything else. People with IBS will often experience a flare-up when they are stressed out, and their toilet habits will change their tummy pain will change and increase very, very closely. That trigger could be simply stress. It’s also what you do when you are stressed or anxious or unwell. You may not be eating properly and not reaching for the right foods. If you’re not taking the time to look after yourself, and not taking the time to make yourself a lunch with foods that are not going to trigger your symptoms. All of those things can also worsen symptoms at a time of feeling unwell.
Chloe Brotheridge 32:57: It’s a bit of a vicious cycle. You have IBS because maybe you’re anxious. Having IBS can also make you anxious. It can create a bit of a vicious cycle for people. I suppose in terms of what people can do about IBS is it speak to your doctor first.
IBS – treating the condition Dr. Ellie Cannon 33:27: With IBS we have very specific treatments that don’t treat the condition itself, they merely treat the symptoms. We have medications for bloating that are known to work quite well. Obviously, we have antispasmodic pain medication that can sort of calm down those tummy pains that people have with IBS, but we don’t have any treatment per se.
It’s part of guidelines now that we recommend for IBS that people try a probiotic supplement to increase your gut-friendly bacteria to improve your general symptoms. That can help. If you’re going to try that, then you need to use the same brand every day for a month to see if that’s having an effect on you. If IBS is something that people are suffering with, definitely do the probiotic idea but also do a food diary and get to know what your triggers are.
That’s really going to be the mainstay of your treatment. The stuff that a GP is going to give you is going to be treating the symptoms. It’s almost better if you can to try and work out what those triggers are. They might be the obvious triggers, like dairy or specific types of fruits and vegetables which can be very sort of gassy and give a lot of the bloating and the tummy pains. It might also be something that is very specific to you.
What helps a busy GP Chloe Brotheridge 35:11: Thank you. That’s, that’s very helpful. I really wanted to ask you how you stay calm because you obviously are a GP, you know, with a busy practice, you write books, you write for the mail. What are the things that help you in your life?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 35:34: The honest answer is that I don’t really stay that calm. It’s fair to say that I definitely have anxiety and I have been through episodes in my life where I’ve needed help for that anxiety, either in medicine form or also therapy. Doctors like anybody else suffer from conditions, whether their mental health problems or physical health problems.
Relationships support my mental health The protective factor for me is twofold. Definitely people. I’m a people person. That’s obviously why I became a doctor and became a GP. I have certain relationships that are incredibly positive in incredibly different ways. They offer pure joy and sort of love and happiness that comes from having a relationship with my kids, or my husband, but also very supportive relationships with people who are colleagues and not just friends.
I’m not a natural exercise though not a naturally sporty person. Walking and swimming or attending an exercise class help. That is definitely good for my mental health and keeps me calm. Also, I need a lot of sleep. I know that I need lots of sleep. If I do feel unwell or do feel particularly bad actually, I can look back and see that is related to a poor night’s sleep.
Chloe Brotheridge 37:52: Sleep is so important. If I’m not feeling well or feeling stressed, I’ll go to bed at 8.30pm and get about 10 hours of sleep
What’s really important to a GP I wanted to ask you as well, because I follow you on Twitter and I love the things that you post. They are often myth-busting or holding people to account for some of the medical mistruths that go around. What can you share that you’re really passionate about at the moment in terms of what you’ve been writing about? Or what’s really important to you?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 38:31: I don’t like the notion of antidepressants being called happy pills and being shamed in any way. Unlike blood pressure tablets or diabetes medication, they seem a very easy target for headline writers and for people to think they’re unnecessary. There are all sorts of mistruths that come out about antidepressants. I find that really distasteful.
I have patients who are alive as a result of taking antidepressants. That doesn’t mean that they work for everybody. That doesn’t mean that they don’t have side effects. They do. But they are medication like a blood pressure medication and they can be essential.
They don’t make people happy. They treat depression and anxiety pretty well in a lot of cases. I don’t really like that whole narrative around medication. Celebrities who’ve had mental health problems have said they didn’t need an antidepressant they went to music classes or they took up gardening. They were drawing attention to their strength because they didn’t need that. That’s very very stigmatising for anybody else who’s needed medication.
Are we diluting true mental health issues? I think we have to be careful. We talk about mental health so much we are in danger, very slightly of, of diluting it, to watering it down and actually not giving the voice to the people who are really suffering with their mental health. Anxiety and depressions can get so diluted by so much noise when everybody claims to have had it. We can’t check people’s claims, can we when they talk about it, and I wonder if all of this noise has made it a fashion to disclose a mental health problem. We’re in danger, a little bit of belittling what people who are really gripped by mental health problems are going through.
The privilege of celebrity who has access to treatments and access to all different things compared to people with very significant mental health problems.
Anxiety dilution Chloe Brotheridge 42:02: That’s such an important point. I hear this a lot as well about the term anxiety. A bit of discomfort isn’t really comparable to the type of anxiety where someone can’t leave their house and they’re having panic attacks every day.
Maybe we need like a new word for different types of levels of anxiety. I really liked what you said about medication and privilege. If you’re privileged enough to spend thousands of pounds having different therapies then maybe you don’t need to go on the medication route. But if you don’t have access to that, you’ll be on a waiting list for therapy.
Chloe Brotheridge 43:21
Can you share with us where people can find out more about you and your work and buy your book and that sort of thing?
Dr. Ellie Cannon 43:28: My book is Is Your Job Making You Ill? The best place to find me is probably on social media where I’m pretty active.
Chloe Brotheridge 44:18: Brilliant. Thank you so much for talking to me. It’s been really, really helpful. Thank you.
Wrapping up Chloe Brotheridge 44:26: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode, come on over to Instagram and let me know, what are you taking from this episode? Find me at Chloe Brotheridge.
I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast and leave me a rating. Is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful.
So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 101. Stress and anxiety at work with Dr Ellie Cannon appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m welcoming you to the hundredth episode of this podcast! In this episode, I finally get around to talking about my experience that I had a few months ago, where I went on two different retreats to experience Ayahuasca medicine in South America.
I can’t quite believe I’ve carried on for so long. It’s been an amazing experience for me to do this podcast. I started this podcast because it was actually a bit of a mission for me to overcome those last little bits of social anxiety and fears about speaking to people. Especially people I really look up to.
I share about: * Why I went to the Amazon jungle and what it was like (spoiler: it was intense!) * What I learned from the plant medicine and what you can learn from it too * The risks involved and how I overcame my fears
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is Chloe Brotheridge your host. I’m a coach, hypnotherapist and author of the Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And I’m welcoming you to the hundredth episode of this podcast. I can’t quite believe I’ve carried on for so long. It’s been an amazing experience for me to do this podcast. I started this podcast because it was actually a bit of a mission for me to overcome those last little bits of social anxiety and fears about speaking to people. Especially people I really look up to.
What it’s meant doing this podcast It’s been such a great learning experience for that. Not only do I get to speak to people that I really admire and look up to, but, I’m also growing my own confidence by putting myself out there. It’s been really valuable on so many levels. Thank you so much.
Whether you’re joining and listening to my podcast for the first time, or whether you’ve listened since day one, thank you so much for being here. I really appreciate all of your messages and all the times that you let me know that you’re listening that it’s that it’s helped you. It really makes a difference to me. So thank you for that.
Yes, it was a powerful experience So in this episode, I’m finally getting around to talking about my experience that I had back in December and January of 2019/20. Where I went on two different retreats to experience Ayahuasca medicine from South America.
I have to say I’ve been putting this conversation off. I am feeling a certain amount of trepidation to even be talking about it because of the fact that it is not legal in the UK. It is legal in a lot of South American countries. There is definitely an aspect to it, which is pretty scary, a bit dangerous. And yet, it was such a powerful experience for me, and really did help me in lots of interesting ways.
What you can expect from this episode I’m going to describe a lot of things about the experience from why I decided to do it, what it was like being in the jungle, the things that I was afraid of, and the insights that I gained.
Disclaimer I also want to share a disclaimer that I’m not suggesting that anyone else go out and have this experience. There are risks involved. If you’re considering this, please do a lot of research. You hear horror stories about people who go to Peru and find someone at the airport to take them to a shaman to take Ayahuasca. Those are the sorts of situations where we could be getting ourselves into really unpleasant or dangerous experiences. So please do your own research.
Before me and Aiden went on the retreats Aiden conducted research for about nine months. He was in a lot of Facebook groups and getting recommendations from people. He also talked to people that we knew also doing a lot of research into this. We feel really happy with the people that we chose to do the retreat with. I’ll share that in a moment.
Do your research Please do your research. Don’t commit to the first person that you find on Google. If someone comes up to you in the street in Lima, Peru and offers you something, it’s probably not going to be the best situation. Unfortunately, you do hear about people who experience, particularly women, sexual assaults at the hands of shamans who are not on the right path. You also hear about people that are just doing it for the money and it’s really not well run or not well organised or out of integrity in some other way. So yeah, it’s really important to do research. I’m not encouraging anyone to do this. I’m just sharing my experience.
Why did I chose to do this? So why did I choose to have this experience? So I would say I am a consciousness Explorer. I have for many years been interested in things like meditation, yoga, breathwork, different practices that help us to explore what’s possible for us to experience in terms of our consciousness or what we can feel in our bodies. That’s something that’s been really interesting for me for a long time.
Over the course of about a week of my life, I heard from three different people, three totally separate conversations with three different people about Ayahuasca. It’s often said that when it’s your time to partake in this experience that you will experience serendipity or coincidences. I just thought that it was a really big coincidence that three different people have brought it up in conversations without me bringing it up. I took it as a sign.
Cross-over between Ayahuasca and hypnotherapy I’m also really interested in healing and healing past trauma. There seems to be quite a lot of crossover between Ayahuasca and hypnotherapy.
A lot of what I’m doing with my clients is helping them to heal things from the past and get to the root of their issues and heal the traumas that they’ve taken on board in their lives. I’d also heard the thing that is often said about Ayahuasca, which is, it’s like 10 years of therapy in one night. That was somewhat intriguing to me as someone that has had a lot of therapy.
The experience is different for everyone I was really interested in how that would work and if it was true. I would say probably, that’s kind of an exaggeration for lots of people. There are certainly people that I’ve met who have had incredibly life changing experiences after drinking it. From my own experience, it has been a little bit more subtle and not necessarily like 10 years of therapy in one night, but still really valuable.
A lot of insights, a lot of growth, a lot of learning. However, I would say don’t get too carried away by this idea that it’s gonna fix all your problems or cure you overnight. Like anything, there’s usually a little bit more work involved and a lot of the shamans and people that know a lot about this will tell you that when we take it.
Integration The most important aspect of it is actually the integration, you know, how do we put what we’ve learned into practice? How do we then integrate that into our lives. I have to also say that I wasn’t in a bad place when I went. It seems as though it attracts a lot of people who are experiencing depression, anxiety, lots of other, you know, negative states. They will often be drawn to having this experience. For me. I was in a really good place. I’m always looking to deepen my experience and take it to the next level.
Psychedelics It’s classed as a psychedelic substance. It’s referred to as a drug in the UK. However, in South America, it has been used as a medicine for thousands of years in the Amazon. That’s where it originated. They refer to it as a medicine. It is legal. It is something that has been taken in tribes for years and years and years. They really don’t think of it as a drug in their culture. There’s a lot of anecdotal evidence that it can help us to be more mindful, healing past trauma, calming anxiety, freeing us from depression.
In the last decade, a number of research groups in Europe and the Americas have conducted studies into the safety and effectiveness of psychedelics for conditions such as depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder. A small number of studies have found them to be effective, and they are doing more and more research into this area. We’re going to be, I believe, hearing a lot more about psychedelics and their potential to help us with psychological issues in the coming years.
Research There was a study in the early 2000s at John Hopkins University in the US, and they found that psilocybin, which is the active compound in magic mushrooms, reduced depression in 80% of patients with life-threatening cancer. Separately, they were much more effective at getting people to quit smoking than current treatments when combined with cognitive behavioural therapy. Please, obviously do your own research into it.
It does seem as though particularly a lot of studies are centred around people with terminal illnesses where they are experiencing anxiety about dying. Basically, they are finding that psychedelic drugs or medicines are able to really make an impact on how they feel and how they feel about facing their death. I just think this has got to be one of the most important things that we can be giving to people, you know, to be able to have less anxiety about death. That is huge.
Death and anxiety You can think about how much anxiety we have about death, even when we’re not dying. A lot of our anxiety to deal with uncertainty is actually, I believe, a fear of death because death is the ultimate uncertainty. We don’t know what’s going to happen. It’s gonna be really interesting to see in the coming years if psychedelics become legal in the UK to treat people for things like anxiety and depression. We’ll have to wait and see what happens. In the UK, as we speak, research is centred around this.
Clinical studies do not suggest that psychedelics cause long term mental health problems. I think that is something that people quite often worry about. They worry about losing their minds or going mad when they take psychedelics.
Do your research And yet, the evidence is that they are safe in this regard. There are definitely contraindications. Again, please do your research. If you have experienced schizophrenia, or you have bipolar disorder, it’s generally not recommended for you to go and take psychedelics. It’s also quite dangerous if you are on antidepressant medication, serotonin reuptake inhibitors. That’s because some compounds in Ayahuasca interacts with your serotonin levels and so it can cause your serotonin levels to go too high and be dangerous.
Another thing that made me want to try this is gonna sound a bit weird. I’ve been doing quite a lot of breathwork classes lately. And you might remember I did an episode with Rebecca Dennis all about transformational breath, and in breathwork.
Breathwork Well, I’ll leave that for another episode. But in breathwork, you quite often get insights and answers. You can almost hear your inner wisdom giving you a message. In a breathwork class I had this message that I had to go to the jungle had to do something that was outside of my comfort zone.
That was going to be a really good thing for me. Of course last year, my book Brave New Girl came out. Writing the book was a time when I was focused on doing things that are a little bit scary but probably going to be good for me. And even if it feels uncomfortable, trying to walk towards that instead of hiding away or running away from that.
The retreat All of this led up to me and my partner Aiden, heading to Peru in November 2019. We flew to Lima, and then travelled to a part of Peru in the Amazon jungle called a key toss. The place that we chose to do the retreat is called Aya Healing Retreats and the person running it is called Elio. He’s a lovely Italian guy. Ann assisted as well. They were so kind and caring. That made such a difference. The person who’s facilitating your workshop, whatever kind of workshop that is, makes a massive difference. Elio and Anna were so kind and so patient. We all had so many questions that came up over the course of the 12 days.
The shaman who was facilitating the retreat was called Maestra Juanita. I think she must have in her 60s. She’s a tiny amazing woman and incredibly powerful. She was leading the Ayahuasca ceremonies and administering the medicine. She was also singing echoes. Echoes are the songs that they sing in the Shipibo tradition. The songs themselves are very healing, They hold a certain intention with their song and are sang during the ceremony. They’re really singing the song into you with an intention of helping you to heal.
The ceremonies were really quite something. The singing could go on for seven hours straight and all through the night. The ceremonies took place at night, which is an interesting experience in itself.
The jungle
I was scared about being in the jungle. We had to walk for about an hour and a half with our rucksacks into the jungle to get to the retreat centre. It really felt like we were in the middle nowhere. There was no phone reception. There were just trees, as far as the eye can see.
I had the sense that if something goes wrong, you can’t really escape. That is not entirely true. I think if something had gone wrong, that they would have been able to support us or get us out of there. It just kind of feels like that when you’re in the middle of the jungle. We were staying in a Tambo, a wooden hut with no windows to keep the mosquitoes out. It was amazingly beautiful. We were showering in a stream.
Sounds and sights There were these giant blue butterflies, floating around everywhere. Now and again you’d hear some kind of rustling in the bushes and wonder what it was. Sometimes we heard the sound of a tree crashing to the ground in the forest. In my experience that was pretty terrifying not knowing where it was going to fall. That was pretty scary. Every night they shot a gun to ward away the jag heroes. I’m pretty sure they do stay away from humans because they know that they might get shot basically, so they steer clear.
We’re also taught about what to do if you see a snake. Apparently, if anyone sees a snake on their daily walk or run, what you’re supposed to do is actually take off your T-shirt and throw it at the snake. The snake will think that it’s being attacked. It will stay with the T shirt and you can run away. This is a little top tip for anyone that happens to encounter a snake.
I have to say the whole experience of being in the jungle was pretty challenging for me.
Diet We also had to go on a very strict diet beforehand. This is typical for when you take Ayahuasca. The shamans recommend that you cut out sugar, dairy, meat, anything with Salt. You are also not allowed to have sex for a couple of weeks beforehand, either.
I mean, most of it’s okay, the hardest bit is not eating salt. It’s very hard to find food that doesn’t have salt in our modern world. We were told was that you are making a sacrifice and an offering to the spirit of Ayahuasca. It is considered a female spirit in shamanic traditions. You are showing your commitment, your willingness and your readiness to take part in this experience.
The first night On the night of the first retreat, we got settled in our spaces. We were all in what is called a moloca. A wooden structure with a roof and mesh for windows. We’re also in a circle in complete darkness. Everyone has a little red light they use to get around but otherwise it’s completely dark.
In turns, we talk about our intentions. That’s something that’s very important. It’s really important to think about that in advance. I think that’s just a good practice for everyday life. Set an intention before we go into an experience. I had put in a lot of thought about what I wanted to get out of it. I wanted to heal things from the past things about overcoming resistance and letting go of control. Those were some of the intentions that I had.
Then you drink a small shot glass of the medicine. The medicine itself is a combination of two plants mixed together. When you mix these plants together that akuna bush contains something called an enzyme inhibitor, which inhibits an enzyme that we have in our stomachs.
The recipe If we were to just have the Ayahuasca on its own, we would digest the DMT, which is the active psychedelic component, and it wouldn’t have any effect on us. So somehow they figured out without knowing anything about organic chemistry, that mixing this mind with this leaf caused the enzyme to be inhibited, and so that we can absorb the DMT. And it can have an impact. And I think it’s quite amazing when you think about how they would have known that considering the Amazon contains more plants than anywhere else in the world.
The medicine There are hundreds of thousands of different plant species found in the Amazon and they somehow knew how to mix these two plants together. That’s quite incredible. It shows their connection to nature and wisdom. You drink a shot of this medicine. It’s not delicious, and it’s usually just a good idea to get it down as fast as possible. Then you wait. It usually takes about 45 minutes to an hour to take effect. During that time, Maestra Juanita was singing her Ikaros and we focused on our intentions.
There are so many different experiences that a person can have Ayahuasa. It can be different every single time. Something that is very common is that you are sick. A lot of people, myself included, do not enjoy being sick. This is a part of the experience. The shamans say that when the medicine makes us purge, it’s a way of helping us to process and get rid of negative energies in the body things from the past traumas. It really can feel like that. I’ve had experiences where I’ve been being sick and it almost seems as though I am expelling a certain negative emotion or a belief.
Purging and healing During one experience I felt like I was getting rid of my disgust for myself. It sounds kind of weird, but as I was being sick, I felt like this. A lot of stuff, a lot of programming about not being good enough a lot of stuff about being critical of the way I look or critical of my body. I felt a lot of that stuff was coming out as I was purging. I think this is a common experience and the purging is part of the process.
It seems very surreal at first being sick in a room full of people. You can hear other people being sick. It sounds really weird, but it’s amazing how soon it just starts to feel quite normal once you’ve done it for a while. It’s actually quite liberating. Once you get over your fear of being sick, it can almost feel quite good because you know that you’re getting rid of something. Another experience I had is called a ‘process’ where I felt huge amounts of energy moving in my body. I almost lost touch with what was happening.
The experience I almost didn’t know where I was or what was going on. I just had this sense of this energy moving through me, though I can’t really describe it. It’s almost like I was lifting really heavy items on my back or, you know, carrying something really heavy and kind of pushing it off me in a sense. It was really quite unpleasant and very, very hard. I would say it’s almost one of the hardest things I’ve experienced. I mean, I haven’t given birth to a baby, or anything like that, and I almost imagine it might be slightly like that, that sense of exhaustion and difficulty.
Every now and again, I’d get the sense of, oh my god, I can’t do this, I can’t do this. Then moments later, I would have the sense that my ancestors or something, were giving me strength and energy as I was processing all this stuff. And it’s often said that we can be processing stuff for our ancestor’s. All the trauma, all the negative energy that can get stuck in our lineage, that can get stuck in our bodies or even our DNA.
How I felt That’s really what it felt like for me, it was really hard, really unpleasant, but I felt afterwards as if something had really shifted. I’d let go of a lot of stuff, even though I wasn’t entirely sure what that stuff was. I also had other experiences where I felt like I was in a dream and all of my worst fears were coming true.
Obviously, that was really, really scary. It was very visual, like the most real dream I’ve ever had. It seemed to go on for hours and hours. I was exhausted at the end of it. I had this sense afterward that I had this strength within me to be able to get through hard experiences. That’s what the medicine can quite often do. It can show us our fears, it can show us the parts of ourselves that we’ve been suppressing or keeping inside and we don’t want to look at and it brings all of that stuff up to the surface.
It brings it to the light and shines a light on it. Suddenly when we shine a light on these things, they start to dissolve and they start to not be such a problem for us anymore. In essence, it was a good experience. It brought stuff up to the surface to be healed, to have that light shone on it, so that it’s no longer holding you back anymore.
It wasn’t all scary There were other times when I had incredibly beautiful experiences seeing amazing colours and geometric shapes and had wonderful feelings of love for everything. During one experience, I felt like I exploded, and my consciousness was everywhere, in every atom in the whole of the universe, and every star, my consciousness was there. That’s as hard to imagine, outside of that experience.
It’s interesting because sometimes just saying it now it can seem a bit odd. I don’t know if that even makes sense to anyone or means anything. When you’re in the medicine you have these very meaningful, visceral experiences. It’s as though you can have a concept of knowing that you’re loved and knowing that you’re lovable and worthy, but to actually truly know it, and feel it and believe it in every cell of your body.
Greater awareness That is quite a different experience. I think that’s what the medicine can give us. A very visceral realisation of ourselves or patterns and where things come from and what we need to do in life. Looking back on this experience, I can really notice that I have become more connected to my body more accepting of myself. I’ve noticed that I’ve got a greater awareness of thought patterns. I 100% feel more connected to nature to animals. I feel like my love for animals has just gone off the charts.
It’s quite scary. Being in the jungle, taking a psychedelic and going into the unknown. There’s this strength in me that is reminding me that I have been able to do something that scares me.
Answers It has given mre more confidence. I’ve also learned, I think, to feel my feelings a lot more. The experience of the medicine going deeper and deeper into feelings from the past about my childhood and allowing it to unfold. I could see how I avoid discomfort. I don’t want to feel uncomfortable feelings so I stay busy or I change the subject or I think about something else.
Ayahuasca forces you to go into the feelings. When we put our attention on the emotion and the feelings, we allow that energy to move through the nerves and move through our nervous system and flow. We’re actually able to feel those feelings and let them flow through and be processed.
The second part of the trip The second part of this trip was a trip to visit a tribe called the x, who live in at Cray in Brazil. That was another long journey of travelling through the jungle. We had to get on a little plane and fly into that village. There were no roads leading into a lot of these tribal villages. You cannot just drive out. You have to get a plane then a boat from the airport to the village. It really is incredibly remote.
Living with a remote tribe There are miles and miles and nothing but trees. That was quite incredible to see. It felt kind of scary to somewhat trapped or completely cut off. Certainly no internet connection. No doctors apart from the shamans. We had the incredible privilege of getting to live with this tribe for two weeks.
There were about 12 Westerners, and maybe 100 members of the tribe in this village. And they were constantly singing, playing music dancing. One of their festivals is called sugar shack away, which means eternal life, apparently. We were invited to join them for their festival.
Natural living This experience was even more remote. The first one was in a retreat centre. This one was literally in a village, we were sleeping in hammocks, we were going to the toilet in holes in the ground, there was very intermittent running water, it would run out very, very frequently.
I can’t tell you how much I appreciate running water since having this experience. It’s a totally amazing experience. There was, however, a lot about it that made me really massively appreciate our Western lifestyle. Running toilets and running water was definitely high up on that list.
Learning to let go I think for me, a lot of this experience was, was teaching me to try to learn to let go. I thought going into this experience that I was pretty chilled. This just took it to another level. I was really quite challenged at certain points. They had these giant ants called bullet ants which about as long as half a finger length. If you get bitten by one of these ants it’s one of the most painful insect bites that there is. All of the glands in your body swell up. It’s incredibly painful. Thankfully, no one got bitten by a bullet ant over there.
You know, when you’re imbibing in a psychedelic, and you are feeling at times quite out of control, and not in touch with reality and then there are a lot of bugs and ants. We saw tarantulas. There was seven-inch spider in our room that Aiden had to get rid of. Those added challenges.
What I’m saying is, there were definitely challenges and although this is an incredible experience, I think one needs to be prepared for the jungle. The jungle is alive in every sense, and the jungle comes more and more alive when you take Ayahuasca. It can sometimes feel as though the trees are breached.
The jungle felt alive We had to walk to the toilet which was down a jungle path. On the first night, we were told we weren’t allowed to speak to each other in the ceremony. So I was going to the toilet on my own, walking through the jungle for maybe, I don’t know, three or four minutes, and it just felt like the whole jungle was alive. The floor was moving. The trees are reaching out to me. I saw what seemed like jungle beings everywhere.
Me and Aiden stuck together like glue and went to the toilet together. Every single time and I tell you what, we’ve been together 10 years but there’s nothing quite so bonding as being each other’s toilet buddy. It was very, very bonding.
What else I learned Suffice to say, I think one of the things that this really taught me and certainly what the medicine taught me was that there is a part of me inside that just wants to be in control of things. The medicine put a magnifying glass up to this. I could see all the ways that I try to be in control. I noticed all the tiny ways I do this without even being conscious of it and in very subtle ways.
That’s happening all the time. I was hearing someone drumming and I noticed my thought going into Oh, I hope they’re okay drumming. That was on some level my way of trying to control something that is completely none of my business. It really showed me all the ways that I’m doing this all the time. I had this sense of really trying to relax that part of myself that was trying to take control. When trying to relax those controlling parts, I felt that I could start to connect to something that was bigger than me.
Not sure if you would call it God or the universe or life but I had this sense that there is this force that is taking care of things that actually I don’t need to try and micromanage. That was a relaxing awareness to realise. I’m not going to die.
The ego This is something that is often talked about in different religious teachings or spiritual teachings about the ego part of us. The part that’s trying to keep us safe, the part that is trying to control things, and the ego is really scared that if it lets go, that it’s going to die, and it’s going to be obliterated, or that we won’t be safe. I just noticed this experience of inviting this sense of control to relax and try to let go. And that was just another kind of insight I had, that I want to share with you.
Yeah, how much better would our lives be if we could let go and trust that the universe has our back. That there is a force of life that is taking care of things. We don’t have to always be in control, we can trust that things are taking care of themselves.
Finally, I shared my experience That is quite a long episode, but also quite a condensed version of the experience that I had. There are so many things I could have spoken about. I just wanted to share with you the ups and downs of it.
It definitely wasn’t an easy experience, but it was incredibly valuable. I learned a lot about myself. I faced a lot of fears and feel like a stronger person on the other side of it.
Obviously, if you’re considering doing something like this, please do your own research. I wish he loads of luck in your journey and at whatever you’re pursuing and whatever ways you’re looking to heal or grow. There are lots of different things we can do to help ourselves that don’t involve taking psychedelics like breathwork or hypnotherapy.
You don’t have to go to Peru There are lots of different shamanic workshops available that don’t involve taking something that is not legal in this country. If you google different shamanic workshops, whether that’s a drum journey, whether that’s a happy face, there are many. Whether that’s even singing circles, all these sorts of things can give us similar experiences and insights without having to go off to Peru.
I’d love to know what you think about this episode. I’m really curious, please do let me know. Send me a message on Instagram.
I’m at Chloe Brotheridge. And if you think there’s anyone in your life that might benefit from hearing this experience and the insights that I gained, please do share it with them as well. So I’m just sending you loads of love, and you’re taking care of yourself. Thank you so much for listening.
The post Ep 100. Ayahuasca and the jungle appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m welcoming you to the hundredth episode of this podcast! In this episode, I finally get around to talking about my experience that I had a few months ago, where I went on two different retreats to experience Ayahuasca medicine in South America. I can’t quite believe I’ve carried on for so long. It’s been […]
The post Ep 100. Ayahuasca and the jungle appeared first on Calmer you.
Zoe Blaskey of Motherkind joins me on the Calmer You podcast. Her message: knowing you’re enough.
We chat about: * Not feeling good enough – why it happens and how we can overcome it * Zoe’s experience of perfectionism and how she’s not letting it hold her back anymore * Healing intergenerational trauma – healing the past for ourselves and our kids
Betterhelp is an online counseling service ready to support you. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month at this link – sponsored by Betterhelp.
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to Sweaty Betty Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty is working to make the planet a better place and our promises for 2019.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Chloe Brotheridge 0:01
Hello and welcome to the Calmer You podcast.
This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happies and most confident self.
Have a load of free resources on my website to help you to become your Calmest self. Head on over to Calmer-you.com/free to grab those freebies
Now, today’s guest is the wonderful Zoe Blaskey who is the founder of Motherkind. She is a host of the Motherkind Podcast. It’s for coaches and mothers of all backgrounds, from global CEOs to full-time moms on how to navigate the huge challenges of modern motherhood.
Who’s this episode for – everyone This episode is for you if you are a parent and 100% applies to anyone else who doesn’t have kids yet or doesn’t want kids.
Her work has helped me a lot. These themes are so universal. We get into all sorts of topics. We talk about not feeling good enough. I can relate personally to so much of what Zoe shares in her story and her experiences. I feel like we’ve been on quite a similar path in many ways.
We talk about perfectionism, and Zoe shares about how she’s not letting that hold her back anymore.
I asked her this question, how are you really and she’s really open and honest about that. We even get into the incredibly juicy topic of healing intergenerational trauma, which I am just fascinated by this whole topic.
We learn about how not to pass on our stuff to our kids, but also ensuring that we can be the happiest and best versions of ourselves. I hope you love this episode.
Sponsor This episode is sponsored by my favourite activewear brand Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team source the best technical fabrics which means that products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin. All products are also trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flatter and fit the female body. If the staff don’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
Sweaty Betty’s products are engineered to last.
This is not fast fashion, it’s high quality.
I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and I continue to wear and love.
Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. Their Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotton blend alternative and they are reducing the amount of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20% off when you enter the promo code Calmer on their website, and you’ll also find the link in the show notes. So 20% off at Sweaty Betty when you enter the code Calmer
I think you’re gonna love it. Welcome, Zoe,
How are you doing?
Zoe 3:21
I’m okay. Thanks for having me.
Chloe 3:34
It feels really good to get to speak again, and learn how things have changed for you since we last spoke. One thing I quite often like to start my interviews off with is asking: How are you really?
Zoe 3:53
In this moment, I feel really tired. I’ve got a three-month-old at home. I decided that I would carry on with just my podcast and being a guest on other’s. It feels manageable. Some days, it’s totally fine with the lack of sleep. I feel actually really good and energised on other days. It’s one of those days today where it isn’t enough and and I feel quite tired.
Feeling tired I tried to meditate in the taxi on the way here to help revive me. I feel slightly concerned that my brain isn’t going to be able to pull out and articulate what I’m trying to say. It can’t get the words I need.
How sleep impacts our well-being
Zoe 5:25
Before having kids I could catch up the next night if I had an off-night of sleep. You don’t get to catch up on sleep. I think it’s the relentless nature of it like night after night, having broken sleep.
If my husband used to wake me up before we had kids, I’d just go into the spare room. My sleep is totally dependent on someone else. It’s hard. I was sharing it on Instagram the other day. I needed to remind myself how the lack of sleep really affects my emotions.
As a result of being tired, it makes me feel really overwhelmed a lot more quickly than I would do normally. I just have to keep reminding myself of that in the moment and anyone else I’m with. I noticed that my anxiety kicks in a lot quicker and louder. My inner critic is harder to respond to in a kind way. Everything just feels a bit harder on the inside.
Zoe 6:46
The amygdala is the part of the brain responsible for our emotional control centre. Basically, we’re loads more emotional when we are tired. So if I cry during this podcast, you’ll know why.
Chloe 7:48
How do you manage those feelings? How do you take care of yourself on those days and when you haven’t slept well?
Tips for managing sleep deprivation
Zoe 7:56
Yes, a good question. The first thing I do is to remember the science as to why. I try to remember that because that makes me much, much kinder to myself.
When I feel out of sorts, I just think it’s okay, it’s because I’m tired. It’s not because I’m a bad mom or because I can’t control my anxiety or my critic is right that I am rubbish. There’s a reason as to why I feel so tired.
Stay hydrated It’s important to stay hydrated, because hydration really helps me and there’s some science behind that as well. Also slowing down. So before recording this today, I haven’t done anything else. I actually went back to bed when my little girl took a nap at about 9am. Keeping it really simple helps.
When I’m tired I try to take things out of the diary that doesn’t need to be there. With email sometimes it doesn’t matter if I reply in a few days. I just try to be kinder to myself. When I’m tired, I find that really helps.
Chloe 9:17
That’s such an important thing to remember too. It can seem as if everything else is so important, but actually your mental state effects everything. Tools for keeping calm are really helpful. Taking the nap or a night off or going to bed early or whatever it is you need to do. I think that has to come first naturally.
Zoe 9:41
Even after all of these years of recovery and healing I still find it really hard. I don’t know about you, but I still find it really hard to actually prioritise sleep and rest. Sometimes I’ll need to cancel something and risk upsetting someone. It’s still a muscle that I have to keep working on.
I know enough now to override that feeling and take the right action. We don’t have to listen to that first thought and can replace it with a more helpful second thought and then take a positive first action. That’s a little practice I do.
Chloe 10:39
Can you share a bit more about your journey and how you got to where you are today? This wasn’t always the case for you, that you’re able to look after yourself and to make that positive choice.
Feeling good enough
Zoe 10:53
It was typical for me to be deeply unkind to myself and always feel like I wasn’t good enough.
Being bullied at school, I internalised a lot of those messages and made them my truth. My family has lots of unresolved trauma, which I didn’t know anything about. It’s only through years of therapy that I started to unpick all of that and work out its impact on me.
That meant along the way I picked up some interesting life tools, which actually were quite helpful when I was younger and trying to get through and muddle things out into adulthood. It was unhelpful to not feel my feelings. I would put how things looked over how things felt for me. I’d get all my validation from outside of myself. I was really bad at saying no. I didn’t know who I was and was quite a mess.
How do you numb your problems? In order to cope with my internal life and how miserable that was, I would use things like alcohol to numb and partying and dating a lot. Working really hard in academia was another way to numb.
Though I didn’t feel lucky at the time, I was lucky because I had a big breakdown when I was 22 though I didn’t feel lucky at the time. What was lucky about it is that I used that experience to get the help that I’m so grateful.
From that point I radically changed. Learning about trauma and what it is and how to look after myself. I basically turned myself inside out and upside down and started living from a completely different roadmap. I started doing some trainings in coaching and meditation and goingto workshops.
Working in the city, I never told anyone what I was doing as if I was living a double life. I’d go on meditation or a Kundalini yoga retreats and not tell anyone what I did over the weekend.
Transitioning to motherhood When I had my daughter four years ago, a couple of things happened. I found myself on a Kundalini teacher training and that changed my life. Then I had my daughter, and I couldn’t believe how hard it was being a mom. All of the tools, techniques and practices I’d been using until that point, went out the window because they didn’t fit.
I looked for conversations about parenting online. I looked for a podcast, I looked for forums, I look for meetups and there was nothing about the transition into motherhood, and what that can do for how we feel about ourselves.
A lot of past stuff was coming up for me that I hadn’t come up before. One of our mutual friends Lucy Sheridan, who’s known as the comparison coach, she said to me, I think you need to create this thing that you need. I said no way like, I don’t want to do that, that’s not me. She said if you need it there’s going to be other people that need it. That became Motherkind. I just did it for me. It turns out other people did feel the same.
Chloe 15:16
I was stalking you on Instagram, as I said earlier, and just the comments from people and the massive response that you receive on Motherkind are so positive
Integrating positive messages
Zoe 15:28
Every day I get messages from people saying that it’s changed their life.
Sometimes I don’t take enough time to really integrate that message into my reality because I’m quite an achiever. I’m a recovering achiever and a recovering workaholic. So for me, it’s really hard to not think about how to reach more people.
How do I make it bigger? I’m so grateful. I get a lot of those really amazing things, I actually want to start getting much better at sitting with it and almost taking that message into my heart and slowing down. I am really ambitious. And that’s a good thing. I think I’ve got an important message to share. But equally, I need to get better at integrating the impact that it’s having on my life.
What is enough?
Chloe 16:22
The need to do more seems to be a common theme of modern life. It’s never enough and the need to keep wanting more. More money, more success, more fame, more belongings, you know, whatever.
Zoe 16:39
If someone would have said to me, you’d have this podcast and working with all of these amazing brands and impacting all of these people, I would have thought that was an absolute dream. Yet here I am living that dream. And I’m incredibly grateful for it. But as you say, we live in a society which perpetually tells us we need something more than we’ve got to be okay. I call it the When-Then Game, like when I get this, then I’ll feel happy.
When I get that promotion, then I’ll feel happy. When I get that bigger house, then I’ll feel happy. For me, it’s a daily thing I just keep having to remind myself. You could have a million followers on Instagram and a number one podcast and I don’t think I’d actually feel any different. You know, if I can’t appreciate it as I’ve got it, I’m not gonna appreciate it then. I have to keep reminding myself this.
Chloe 17:34
A lot of what you are saying is not feeling good enough. This is really at the root of so many of our issues. I have found it from my own life, and from the majority of my clients, I would say, if not every client. Every person I meet will have this sense of not feeling good enough in some area of their lives. It causes so much damage and yet it seems to be universal.
The adapted child idea
Zoe 18:02
It’s like an epidemic, isn’t it? It’s the same with the people I work with. After a few sessions I peel it back, and they always get to that felling of not being good enough. That was my experience. I didn’t feel safe. I just didn’t feel enough being me.
That’s when we have this adapted child idea. It’s a therapeutic idea, but I use it in coaching, which is when we don’t feel good enough, we then adapt in some way in order to get that feeling of being good enough. For me, it really played out in workaholism and achievement. There’s a myriad of ways that we can adapt in order to get that love. Like people-pleasing.
Chloe 18:51
I was just thinking about my own life. I was thinking, being good and being nice and not being too much trouble. We all have different adaptations.
Zoe 19:02
I really abandoned myself because I didn’t feel good enough. I would have friendships that people basically bullied me and I’d stay friends with them. It’s really sad.
Going back into my childhood, I really have to speak to that small girl who was eight or nine, who kept going back to the people that were bullying me because I was just so desperate for that love and validation. I didn’t feel enough on my own. I really see this everywhere I go. Most people are running some sort of adaptation. That’s what my journey has been about. Peeling back the layers of those coping tools and those adaptations to who I am really.
I’m ok with that. Just as I am, without having to say yes all the time. I don’t need to be afraid that there’s not going to be anymore work if I don’t take that job or call.
Zoe 20:17
We have to ask ourselves where does it all come from.
Epidemic of modern society? Feeling good enough
Chloe 20:28
Is it the human condition? Is it a spiritual reason that we don’t feel good enough or is it modern society that is creating this?
Unconscious parenting
Zoe 20:38
I’ve come to be incredibly interested and passionate about how unconscious parenting, not bad parenting, unconscious parenting. The impact that has on the child who then if they don’t grow conscious, they then unconsciously parent and you get this cycle. I’ve tracked it back in my family about seven generations. Having no awareness of this, the behaviour that we’re doing in order to get the love that we need.
My family has lots of addiction because there’s lots of trauma. It leads to not feeling good enough. Not that it all comes from parents, but I think a big part of it comes from how we’re parented. I know it’s totally unconscious. I had amazing parents, but they really valued achievement. I’d be really praised when I did well, so I got the message, subconsciously that I’m loved when I’m doing well. I can’t do well all the time because I’m human. I must not be okay. The other thing that’s really fascinating about children is that up to the age of about seven, they operate on a different brainwave. Do you know this?
Chloe 22:16
Yeah, through hypnotherapy you kind of try and get back into that brainwave state, it’s almost like a dance.
Zoe 22:23
Children operate in the same brainwave that you’re getting people into when you work with them until they’re seven. Those beliefs basically get locked into our brains. The great news is, we have neuroplastic brains, we can change them. If we’re not aware, that we’re running those unconscious beliefs we can never challenge our own behavior or realise that we are good enough. I think is fascinating and I’m sure it has an impact on this and knowing you’re enough.
Intergenerational healing
Chloe 23:20
Intergenerational healing has become a big focus of my own work on myself and my clients as well. Not feeling good enough get handed down. I can see my granny gave it to my mom, my mom gave it to me, my great grandma gave it to my grandma.
Zoe 23:48
Basically a fancy name for a family tree, but instead of mapping, it’s from family therapy.
I’ve got it on one sheet of paper. I can see all the trauma and pain and dysfunction that’s been running across my family from my dad’s side and my mom’s side for generations. It’s very powerful because really what that gives me is a huge sense of compassion for myself. That’s where it started for me. I thought, why am I this way?
Being more forgiving of our parents When I look at it, I couldn’t have been any other way really. So I don’t need to beat myself up. It gives me huge compassion for my parents. They were doing such an amazing job given they were carrying all that trauma and they didn’t have the opportunity to do the healing work that I have.
My mom did amazingly knowing how she felt on the inside. Now I know a bit more about how she felt on the inside. You know, it was a miracle. It’s an instant way to remove that blame and that resentment and that anger. It really worked for me. Bathing in all that compassion and realising this isn’t really anyone’s fault. It helps knowing you’re enough
There’s a lot of pain here. I’ve been into it personally for a few years now. People started asking me about it more professionally. I think it’s going to be something that I’m going to do a lot more on.
Sponsors
Chloe 25:44
This podcast episode is sponsored by Better Help.
Is there something interfering with your happiness or preventing you from achieving your goals? Therapy has massively helped me in the past to make sense of my thoughts and process my emotions.
Better Help will assess your needs. And match you with your own licensed professional therapist and you can start communicating with them in under 24 hours.
Better Help is not a crisis line. It’s not self-help. It’s professional counseling that’s done securely online. This service is available for clients worldwide and Better Help matches you with a counselor based on what it is that you want to work on and their expertise.
It’s more affordable than traditional offline counseling and financial aid is also available. Better help wants you to start living a happier life today. They have a special offer for Calmer You listeners, you get 10% off your first month when you visit. Try Better Help. Get 10% off your first month of online counseling.
Responsibility without blame
Chloe e 26:52
It’s not about blaming people. It can be about recognising there’s responsibility without blame. There can be so much compassion that can arise from realising that the way your are is not your fault.
Zoe 27:15
I always say it’s not your fault, but it is your responsibility. It’s not my fault that I got given a set circumstances which meant that I had some pain to deal with. I created a lot of that pain myself and it’s my responsibility to look at it. It’s really easy way to avoid taking responsibility by blaming others. The easiest way that we get to not work on ourselves is to point the finger outwards.
Chloe 27:47
For example, not blaming our parents for how we are.
Zoe 27:50
You are not taking any responsibility. So it’s not your fault that you might be anxious, but it’s really important that we think, Okay, what am I going to do about it now that I’ve got a choice. I believe it is really brave to take that first step rather than carry on blaming others.
Chloe 28:24
I love the idea of remembering that we have a choice because it’s so much more empowering.
Blaming our partners
Zoe 28:48
I always remember that for myself. You know, sometimes I sort of really enjoy it. Enjoy the resentment and a bit of blame. I’ll say okay, you go there, that’s cool. But know that nothing good can come of this and then it doesn’t feel as good anymore. The alternative is knowing how to get out of it.
Often we blame our partners. You know, they don’t do this. They don’t do that. Alternatively, we need to think about what that that person is triggering in me. It’s hard to do. But, as you say, it’s the most empowering thing. Then we’re not a victim of our circumstances, not a victim of what someone else is doing to me. We actually get to say, Okay, well, that really triggered me. What is it in me that’s triggered and that’s how we start doing this sort of the healing work. A lot of those triggers will come from our experience of childhood.
Triggered?
Chloe 30:03
That makes much sense to me . My partner just trained in NLP neuro linguistic programming. He’ll ask me, why are you choosing to be angry?
We can learn so much from being triggered and what is causing it.
I’ve got fears about passing my bullshit onto my kids. And actually, your work gives me a lot of hope. I do feel very encouraged by the message and knowing you’re enough
Zoe 32:39
So well, I nearly didn’t have kids because of that. We went to see this amazing couples therapist because my husband was desperate for children. He’s been broody since he was 12. He is the best dad. I have to say he is incredible. When we got married he said let’s have children. I honestly wasn’t expecting this of myself and the freakout was monumental.
We went into couples therapy to talk about it and I said to this therapist I’m not healed enough. I’m still so codependent. There is still so much trauma that I still haven’t addressed and she said to me: if you wait until you feel perfectly healed to have children, you’ll never have them. We all area work in progress.
Being open with our kids I teach my child that all the time: Mommy’s going to Al-anon which is a 12 step group that I go to. Mommy’s going to therapy, Mommy’s going to yoga, it’s good for her mind. Mommy’s doing this mommy’s doing that. I talk about imposter syndrome and my inner critic. I talk openly to her about all this stuff. So that when inevitably, you know, she has hardships or she develops a tricky relationship with herself, hopefully, she will be able to put some words to the experience.
I’d never heard the word anxiety before. My parents just didn’t talk about anything to do with mental health. So I had no idea of what these thoughts and feelings were that I was having. I’ll talk about the trauma in our family at an age-appropriate time. When we get there, whereas for me it was all hidden under the carpet.
Chloe 35:08
I definitely relate to a lot of what you’re saying there. If I’d been able to have more open conversations with my parents growing up instead of things getting swept under the carpet, I think things would have been different. Having that conversation with your kids from an early age must be so helpful.
Sweeping it under the carpet
Zoe 35:31
I have so much compassion for you now, because I hear that things were just swept under the carpet a lot. I totally get why my parents just swept it under the rug. They didn’t have the language and had not done the work on themselves.
They were a bit disconnected from that feeling. It would have been a big stretch for them to be able to hold space for me for their issues. We can’t give what we don’t have. I think the best thing parents and nonparents can do is to look after ourselves. Do this inquiry work to break the chain.
Perfectionism
Chloe 36:37
I’ve seen perfectionism be such a massive part of people’s anxiety. What’s been your experience of that in your own life and also with people that you
Zoe 36:56
I was a massive perfectionist. That was one of my coping tools for masking the fact that I wasn’t feeling enough. Because when we don’t feel enough, we have to compensate in some way.
Some people go the other way, actually and become totally under responsible and rebellious. I went the other way and decided I’m just gonna try and be perfect. I’m just going to try and wear a mask and smile all the time and not let anyone know my true feelings. I’m going to just be a good girl.
Good girl adaptation Good good girl adaptation is very, very, very prevalent amongst our generation of women. I just didn’t feel good enough. So I felt this need to seem perfect. I was incredibly hard on myself. I would beat myself up I made a mistake.
The volume has really turned down since I’ve been doing this work. I’ve got a really kind voice that comes in first now. Before nothing I did was good enough. And the problem of living like that is it’s sort of like living on a hamster wheel and there’s no break. I never let myself celebrate any achievements ever. It was always on to the next and then the next.
This doesn’t work One of the one key ideas that I got from my childhood was that if you can get things on the outside, like a good degree and a good job, a nice husband and a good house, then that’s gonna make you feel good on the inside.
Chloe 40:18
So it’s so interesting to have that realisation to, to achieve a goal and actually think, oh, it’s not how I expected it to be. It’s not delivering on the promise.
I oftenwonder why so many famous people, when they reach the height of fame, they seem to unravel. I can only equate that to the desire of feeling good enough. But I got it and it did not make me feel okay.
Criticism
Zoe 41:05
I was listening to a podcast with Russell Brand talking about how famous people depend on the praise of others people. The flip side of that is that when you get criticism, your self esteem is hung on the praise and criticism of other people and you kind of let that get to you too much. Talk about knowing you’re enough
Chloe 42:39
If you’re at peace with yourself inside it doesn’t matter what’s going on outside you’ll still be peaceful.
Depression and feeling good enough There is so much depression that is present in our society. For so many people, the depression comes from not feeling good enough or feeling like a failure. Is it the way our society is structured? I don’t mean to blame society. Advertising, for example, about how we need to buy stuff or have stuff to be okay. That is so damaging to our mental. Maybe thousands of years ago when we all had nothing we were probably a lot happier. It’s just interesting to think about the pressures that were we are under.
Comparison
Zoe 44:06
I believe every individual is totally different. Some children might hit that speaking milestone way earlier or way later, but we are already in the system of comparison. I was constantly comparing myself because my esteem was so low. When I had Jessie, one of the first things they did was map her weight and height on this chart. A form of comparing her against all other babies. I just thought wow, this stuff starts it’s really insidiously.
Then we go to school and we are all expected to learn the same stuff in the same way even though we know people learn differently and have different talents. we measure everyone on this academic performance through our school system. Then we wonder why people have to go into therapy and coaching and see people like you and I peeling back all this stuff to work out who we really are and knowing you’re enough
Chloe 46:14
Can you Offer any other any kind of practical tools that people can be doing, or practising at home?
Tools for feeling good enough
Zoe 46:27
The first thing is always awareness because we can’t change what we’re not aware of. Notice when you are doing something that feels out of alignment with what you really want to do. When you notice it, jot it down in a journal and write about it because I think that’s super felt powerful because you’re starting to create some distance.
The second thing is to become aware of your inner critic. Think about what you’d say to a good friend in the same situation.
And then my third tip would probably be about journaling which I know you’re a huge fan of as well. I think it’s just so powerful. It’s liberating.
Conclusion
Chloe 49:00
This has been such a cool conversation and thank you so much for everything you’ve clearly brought you’ve shared. Can you tell us a little bit about where people can find out more about you and what you do
Where you can find Zoe
Zoe 49:23
If you are a non mom check it out anyway. And then if you don’t like it, that’s fine. But check it out. My website is motherkind.com and everything is on there about me and yeah, Instagram. I love Instagram. @motherkind_zoe
Chloe 49:51
Amazing, and yeah, definitely check out these podcasts. I am not a mom, but I find it really helpful. Thank you so much for all the work you’re doing and keep going.
Thanks very much, guys.
The post Ep 99. Knowing you’re enough with Zoe Blaskey appeared first on Calmer you.
Zoe Blaskey of Motherkind joins me on the Calmer You podcast. Her message: knowing you’re enough. We chat about: Not feeling good enough – why it happens and how we can overcome it Zoe’s experience of perfectionism and how she’s not letting it hold her back anymore Healing intergenerational trauma – healing the past for […]
The post Ep 99. Knowing you’re enough with Zoe Blaskey appeared first on Calmer you.
Jody Shield is a performance coach, author of best-selling self-help book “Self-Care For The Soul”, inspirational speaker, TEDx speaker and host of the “Be Electric” podcast. She likes to talk about money.
I hope you can be inspired by Jody’s infectious positivity and confidence.
We chat about: * What it means to be ‘in flow’ * Why we’re so scared to talk about money and how to face your money demons * Consciousness hacking (this is fascinating!) * Jody’s experience of plant medicine
Podcast sponsors
Betterhelp – Online counselling service. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month at trybetterhelp.com/calmeryou
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to https://www.sweatybetty.com/sustainability to find out more. Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Intro: Hello, and welcome to the calmer you podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. In this episode, I am so excited to get to speak to Jody Shield. She is a performance coach, she’s the author of the best selling self-help book “Self-care for the soul,” she’s an inspirational speaker on Ted x speaker and she’s the host of the “Be Electric podcast.” And I hope you will be as inspired as I was by Jody’s infectious positivity and confidence. And we get into interesting topics such as what it means to be in flow.
Being in flow And maybe you’ve heard of this term you know “being in flow,” it’s really the state of mind that we want to be in. And we talk about how to cultivate this more and more in our lives, we get into the topic of money and how to talk about money which still in 2020 is such a taboo topic, but it’s a real passion of Jody’s to speak about this and to help us to face our money demons and cultivate more abundance in our lives.
We also talk about consciousness hacking, and this is completely fascinating to me, I think you’re going to be so intrigued by this topic, I’ll leave it to Jody to explain what that is but it’s something we can all do. She’s sharing the ways that she’s consciousness hacking, and things that we can all do ourselves. And finally Jody shares her experience, a very transformational experience of that of plant medicine.
So if you want more tools and resources to become your calmest happiest and most confident self, I’ve got less a freebies on my website, you can head over to calmeryou.com/free, enter your e-mail address there and I will send you right away worksheets, audio downloads and podcast updates. So head over to calmeryou.com/free to get that. So let’s get into the interview with Jody Shield.
Chloe: Alright, let’s do it.
Jody: Let’s do it.
Chloe: Welcome Jody, thanks so much for joining me. How are you?
Jody: Thank you so much, I am feeling really good today actually and I was… yeah it’s Valentine’s Day and self-love day I suppose. So yeah I’ve booked a lovely rose quartz crystal for the alter.
Chloe: Lovely. Thank you, beautiful. Can you share with us, maybe for people that don’t know your work, what it is that you do and how you got to where you are today?
Performance and business coach Jody: Totally, so my journey has evolved enormously over the past 6 and a half years. And I know that you and I have been in business a similar amount of time actually, and so we’ve both really evolved of this been amazing to watch. So now I’m a performance and business coach.
I love because I’m from a family of entrepreneurs myself and I worked for 10 years in the ad industry as a business director handling massive clients, and big budgets, and you know I love supporting people to expand and grow that business and identify new opportunities. It’s what really lights me up but I never ever thought I’d say that because my journey has evolved so much over the 6 years, and I worked on love and relationship topics, on money, on mindset, on lots of different things but for me business is my sweet spot now.
And I think what I bring to the conversation around business coaching which is different is consciousness. How can weigh built these really successful businesses that are very financially rewarding as well and do it in a really conscious mindful way where we feel in alignment with ourselves and we are tuned in to our deepest sense of mission and purpose, and what we’re supposed to be doing here on the earth. Just let’s dive into the who straight away. How can we feel really good in the process, because you know I think many of you who are listening probably still work in corporate career and other people’s businesses and there’s this work hard, strive hard mentality.
I’m sure you probably come across with your clients so often, that you have belief that we have to work really really hard to be successful. Many people in the corporate world have that belief system and are driving their success from that place, and actually then when you pause and start your own career often you transfer those belief systems to this new business and it’s certainly what I did. And I was burning myself out after 2 years, just like in the same situation as I used to burn up in the corporate world.
How do you run your business? So for me the primary I suppose objective of running a business now, is how can we be turned into ourselves as I said, conscious about our behaviors, the way that we’re showing up in our businesses, the way that we’re managing people, the way that we’re leading. So how can we be authentic, how can we operate in a state of alignment, so everything feels like effortless effort, that was my big intention for 2019 was how can my career and life feel effortless, like how can it be effortless effort? So yeah, so that’s what I’m doing now and I work with people in a one to wall and I work with high profile C.E.O.’s and leaders, and talent, and then I was with small business owners, entrepreneurs, and creative in small or intimate group coaching environments, and then I have to online courses.
So it’s bizarre and I think we’ve probably been on a similar journey, it’s like we start off being practitioners and refining our skills and getting these incredible tool boxes together, full of amazing tools, like hypnotherapy and meditation and mindfulness, and then we end up being marketers in a digital marketing era and we’re scaling and we’re recruiting people into are amazing experiences. So yeah in a long winded way that’s who I am now.
Chloe: Amazing, I love the idea of effortless effort. And I think everyone can relate to that sense of life feeling more pressure than before, going a greater speed than ever before and so much of the business advice you hear is about hustling and pushing yourself and you know how to survive a four hour sleep.
Jody: Yeah.
Chloe: And so to bring in the consciousness of the heart I think is such an important part of it.
Secrets of a millionaire mind Jody: You just touched on something really powerful, and I’d love to give an example to people who are listening, have you read the book the Secrets of a Millionaire Mind.
Chloe: No,
Jody: Ok, if you haven’t it’s a really good book it’s by T Harv Eke, you can get it on audible, and it is you know I’m really into talk about money and helping people enhanced their relationship with talk about money. It’s a great book and the some amazing insights in there, but throughout the book he’s constantly telling people to work harder for this money.
You know if you have an intention around turning over a 1000000 pounds then you just got to go for it, you got to work 12 hour days, 14 hour a days and it’s really interesting because his book was written I think in the ninety’s or like that it must’ve been the ninety’s you know when the hustle energy was still around. So I think yeah and that still exists as you say like how can we survive especially in the digital marketing arena, right? Even in the world of coaching and wellness, there are lots of coaches out there who really go for it. They hustle, yeah.
Chloe: Interesting, Absolutely yeah, definitely need to see a lot of that but it’s nice to hear about how they can be a different way of being. I suppose that leads me on to my next question which is about flow because I know this is something you talk a lot about and I remember, it might have been 4 years ago when you first introduced me to this idea of flow and being in flow. And at the time I thought this is just I can’t understand this, this is not my way of operating and I’ve now come to understand and see that it’s the way to me but can you explain what that means to people?
Jody: Of course I will but 1st of all I just want to say to everyone listening, you know Chloe is just someone I admire so much because I’ve just seen you transform so much on this amazing journey. And to be this powerful business leader who you are now is just amazing, because I was reflecting on when we first met. We were like super early in the wellness scene, there weren’t that many other people around like wanting to have this conversation about wellbeing and we met, it was like this really cool connection, and I just really watched you grow so I’m just really proud of you I just wanted to say that.
Chloe: Thank you.
Jody: Flow State, Yes, is this a hippy dippy term or is this actually something real, Ok. I’ll give you guys another book recommendation, and for you Chloe if you haven’t read this yet it is a really super good book, the book is called Stealing Fire, and it’s basically about how maverick scientists Silicon Valley C.E.O.’s and Navy SEALs revolutionize the way that we live and work, and it’s got references to Google in there and it’s got references to some really amazing companies who talk about this flow state, there are two authors of the book, Jamie Wheal and Steven Kotler, their aim is to demystify this. What is the flow state? Like what is it what does it mean?
The importance of alignment And in essence to me, I’m a very kind of I suppose spiritual person and I believe in energy and I believe in alignment, I probably said the word alignment about 10 times already, but it’s like being your flow state is when like there this sense of effortlessness, spaciousness, and no mind. So the absence of thought, and infinite possibilities are available to us, so you could say it’s the present moment, right? You know that feeling when you’re in such a present place where you just you glimpse this feeling that everything’s possible.
Chloe: That’s my favorite feeling.
Jody: You just come out the jungle, so you know what that feels like right, it’s like for a minute you’re in the cosmos and you’ve just got access to everything, everything is possible. That for me epitomizes the flow state and Jamie and Steven are trying to put science behind this because it is this… I suppose it is a place of presence where you’re tapped into this sense of infinite intelligence and, what I call kind of divergent thinking. So in meditation, we talk a lot about the science of meditation and how it promotes divergent thinking, which is in effect, like a new original creative thought.
So you know the idea that Elizabeth Gilbert talks about a lot in her books about how there is never a new idea, we’re just rehashing ideas constantly. Totally, but also you’ll have me and you could have the same idea but it will be totally different, because it’s delivered through your personality and your amazing radiance, and if I had the same idea, it would be completely different as well.
Tuning in to creative thoughts I do feel like there’s this place that we can tap into that is all about original creative thoughts. Quick example when I did my 1st digital course launch, a proper one like the ones before were just a mess but this one, I was like I didn’t have a clue about Facebook advertising, or how to build an audience or anything, and I meditated for an hour and I really asked my highest self, so you guys might refer to this as like you wise self and whatever you want to… whatever you want to call, but I tune into my highest self that is highest sense of wisdom and I was like How do I launch this program, tell me?
And the message I got was like you… like it was so prescriptive, you know I just won a competition to win a coaching program with me, you revisit that list of like 1500 people, and you email everyone, and you say hey I’m organizing a free Call, I’m going to talk about you having a successful business this year, are you in?
Tuning in I got like 50 e-mails back I got those people on calls, and I did this like mad like organic successful launch the 1st time around and I would not have done that not been tuned into my alignment and flow state and my wisdom, because I just freaked out. I would have gone is where I was probably bombarding my Instagram audience with far too many messages at the time, I would have like freaked out but this time I was like No, I’m just going to slow down, tune in and I’m going to see what insight wants to come through on a marketing level, why not, let’s see. And yeah it’s really interesting when you tune in.
Chloe: That’s amazing, I think that’s what people don’t necessarily know about meditation. They think it’s about relaxation and they think it’s about you know trying to be less stressed but there’s this other dimension of actually becoming more intuitive, listening to your… yeah if we can I call it inner wisdom or something, listening to your inner wisdom and you get on says and clarity from things like that meditation. Yeah so I love that story, exactly inspiring. I suppose is meditation a way to get in flow then about other things people would suggest to people that want to have more of an expansive like anything’s possible mindset?
Meditation Jody: Yeah. I’m an avid meditation practitioner as a you, we’ve been doing it a long time. I’ve been meditating… I was saying to someone yesterday probably wants at least once or twice a day every day for the past you know half years and absolutely that is like my meditation practice is as evolved over the years.
So much that you know obviously I don’t need guided meditations now, I’m just very tuned into myself.
Getting into flow So yeah absolutely meditation is a primary way you can get into the flow state, it takes practice like you probably tell your clients every day meditation is not something you can master overnight sadly, we live in a quick fix consumer society, so everyone just wants a quick fix but it’s something that you have to practice so yeah that’s one thing. I feel like I was hiking Table Mountain you know a few weeks ago and I was like… and I just got to this ledge on the mountain of the mountain where you could just see cape town, it just was so amazing I was just one of those moments where you’re like I’m alive. You’ve got loads of those in the jungle, like I’m alive, like how lucky am I to be alive on this planet at this time, and that put me instantly in a flow state you know.
That was insane and amazing, and very very cool. Something else just popped in, so I guess more practical which will help people. You know we spend so much of our day being out of our alignment, and out of this inner wisdom connection that you just said. We’re so often in the mind, I would say even me I’m probably 65 to 70 percent in my spiritual connection to is the day and then the rest I’m just in my head wearing all stressing so when I get in my head and I start wearing all stressing my go to tool is to know 1st of all to notice what’s going on, and then I go into Ok I accept that my mind is active right now I just accept it.
Chloe: That’s cool.
Acceptance Chloe: I accept that my mind’s active right now, because you’re not trying to change anything you are literally being aware and accepting that oh yeah my mind’s going mad and it’s activated and lots of programs and thoughts are coming on, I accept. And then for those of you listening who find that a bit too much of an ask because that in that moment your mindset might say to you but how can you accept it. I then almost like counter balance that with.
I accept what I can accept about this as well. And when you go into acceptance you know you go right back into the flow state straight away. And if that doesn’t work, a tool that my friend taught me a few days ago is like self approval, so it’s like if you’re if you’re noticing the minds getting really active and pulling you out of your alignment, and your creativity, and your manifestation powers and all of that. You notice that that’s happening again and you go into a sense of approval, that I approve that this is what’s happening, I approve of this.
So I’ve given you 3 tools there, it really depends what word works for you because the word approval might trigger you, like it did for me for ages or the word acceptance might trigger you. So like with everything, find what resonates and then leave or leave what does not resonate.
Chloe: So yeah it sounds like what you’re saying is there’s a sense of noticing what’s happening, and also not resisting or fighting it but kind of bringing in some acceptance and love a supposed to that. And I’m always saying to people what we resist ,persists. I’m sure Karl Young said that. And if we resist and push it away it just makes it 10 times worse and a lot of our suffering is caused by us resisting stuff.
Jody: I totally agree.
Chloe: So I love that talk. Thank You, can we talk about money?
Jody: Definitely I love to talk about money.
Chloe: Because it’s almost like I mean even in 2020 it is still to talk about money, it is still something that is a bit awkward to talk about money even with our friends.
Jody: Totally.
Chloe: And it’s the biggest thing we argue about with our partners, it is the biggest thing that we worry about, and yet we don’t worry about it, we don’t talk about it, we don’t get thought about it at school, can you tell us a bit about your approach and your thoughts on this topic.
Let’s talk about money Jody: Of course, of course, of course, first of all, I love talking about money, it’s taken me a few years to say that, I’ll be honest you know I like everyone listening had a certain childhood experience with money, and parents worrying about money, and stressing about money even though we had money as a family. So fast forward to now and the way that you interacted with your family around money has impacted you in this moment, and has created this, I call it a blueprint, so a blueprint basically is a pattern of behaviors and belief systems that you then operate from in the moment. And money like you said it’s one of the biggest topics and I think from all my experience, and I’ve been where I’ve been running…
Magnificent money I was thinking about this the other day, I’ve been running workshops on money for I think 4 years. And 2 years ago or maybe 18 months ago was the fast time I put all of my learning and tools and teachings into an online cool school “magnificent money,” which we as a team and as a business launch once a year and yeah it’s amazing, the appetite for it is huge.
Like so many people want to enroll in this program, but the interesting thing is you know it brings all of your stuff up to the surface, like I’m not going to say it doesn’t, it’s one of those programs that I had an intention and I supposed the clues and the name. How can we be magnificent around money? So of course when you as a teacher have the intention to launch a course that is called Magnificent money, someone enrolls and what shows up immediately is everything is in the way between where they are now and their sense of magnificence around money basically.
So I end up taking people through this program, that is that really powerful and very transformational and around unit 3 every time, there’s like 10 units or 12 units, around units 3 every time is like the toughest week for people and I don’t know if you’ve run many online courses but it’s really interesting because everybody starts going Jody, this isn’t working. Oh my God, and I’m like hold tight. Unit 3, this always happens and without fail the next week they’ve moved through it and they’re in this new space, and they feel more positive about it.
Why Jody loves talking about money So yes I love talking about money, I think there’s no reason why we shouldn’t in our society, we need to, it’s like the conversation around sex and around intimacy and around guilt and shame associated with that. Like it’s the conversation between so many conversation that we need to have a money is definitely one of them and I was reflecting on this yesterday because I’m recruiting for my intimate group coaching programs and I’ve got loads of people about that.
You probably witnessed this but like you know it’s a great cool and then at the end, we have the money chat. And for me I really like going into the discomfort of like I probably a bit… I probably freak people out because I was like in a happy place so when we come to that chat at the end of the call.
I offer to talk about the practicalities of this program and the investment actually. To work with me consistently in this program, it’s a 6-month program you get 24 hours of coaching with me which is a lot, you get a lot of you know one to one intimate time with me in the group and it’s this amount of money.
Getting comfortable with discomfort Take a nice deep breath in and I just stop talking. “Can you tell me what just came up for you then because that was interesting?” Then I give them permission to go into the discomfort and My favourite part of the call is to talk about money because we need to and you know it’s amazing Chloe, and I’m sure you’ve experienced this, when you get someone in a transactional conversation when you’re talking about money, it’s such a massive experience for growth because it just brings all your stuff to the surface straightaway.
And if you don’t have those transactional conversations, you don’t get the opportunity to heal and transform all of the barriers that are in the way of you investing in your business in this case, and your career on your own self development and you as a business owner and everyone who’s listening who are either in a career or business owners we need to be investing into ourselves to expand and grow especially business owners, because if you’re not investing in yourself to expand and grow then you’re not able to build your platform, and you’re not able to really do this amazing work on a mass scale that we’re supposed to be doing.
So yeah, so it’s about going into these experiences that help you with money and what… you know here’s the thing my business is grown really in an interesting way, and for me you know I’m not a social media influencer and that’s never where I was meant to be but I am a business owner and entrepreneur, and I’ve watched myself scale financially over the years, and I’ve taken some really really big jumps financially speaking and I’ve been able to unlock those financial opportunities in my audience, and that’s all well and good but you have to do work on your current mindset and current thinking to be able to get you to that next level. Because if you have an intention of being a millionaire and I know that what might trigger some of you on the call, who are listening but for me it’s just a tangible goal right?
So yes, Ok a 1000000 pounds. To me it’s not about having the 1000000 pounds in the bank actually, it’s about who you are as a millionaire, who you are as a powerful entrepreneur with way more resources to then give back to the world invest in courses you’re a passion about, in Amazonian courses, whatever it is, and be a really powerful conscious leader with much more availability and resources to do good stuff basically.
So for me it’s like as a millionaire, who are you, what are the decisions that you make, how are you showing up in the world how confident do you feel what are your thoughts? And we’re on this journey as human beings of expansion, we’re born for expansion, some of us get really stuck in the I suppose the worry and the faer, and it takes us a little bit longer to kind of get out of that to get onto a path of expansion, some of us expand through the fear and the pain, that’s cool but it’s like you know as an expansive person, our spiritual sense, our inner wisdom is on a mission to grow and expand as a powerful person so money helps you do that, yeah.
Chloe: And yet it’s something that so many people have a kind of dirty association with. I hear from people all the time I wish money just didn’t exist. Or a lot of fellow kind of therapists will say I hate charging money, I feel like I should be giving us away for free. And you know we hear all the time about how difficult it is for women to stick in the initial negotiation at a new job to ask the enough money and that sets them back throughout their whole career potentially because they’re not getting paid the what amount in the initial negotiation. And so it is something that holds us back, it is about expansion as you say rather than something dirty but we do get a message than even it is.
Jody: I totally agree and I think as a business leader, you and I both have this responsibility to get really comfortable with all value and self-worth, and confident in that space because when we are the people that come and work with us will feel that and they’ll be I spoke more excited by the idea of investing in themselves to grow. And like we have to keep doing that to grow, like we can’t… if you said yes to clients to come work with you for free, you feel super drained, the client wouldn’t be able to receive the amazing work that you’re offering because you know on a subconscious level or on a mental level we need to have this transactional component where you know money was invented for a transaction.
So it’s like I’m coming to see you for a therapy session on a coaching session you’re going to help me transform but if I don’t give you the money for that and I’m not going to fully be able to receive the work that you’ve given me. So I will go away and I’ll see a friend how is that session? I would be like yeah it was all right, first if I’ve given you a certain amount of money for your experience I’ll treasure that, like I’ll invest into that, I’ll treasure that and so what I’ll get back will be like a reciprocation of my energy,. does that make sense?
Chloe: That is a… I think a very common phenomenon and I’ve kind of friends of mine have thought of doing coaching or something, I said be careful about giving people free sessions, like friends of friends, that sort of things because they don’t… they’re not so committed and invested, they’re more likely to not show up there, and less likely to get results. And it is about that exchange of energy that is powerful I think.
Jody: Totally, you know what I’ve noticed which is really interesting and this is probably going to trigger a lot of people but this is good, we need to be you know asking people to go out of that comfort zone with this conversation.
So on a one to one level I work with high profile people, a small amount of them because I really want to help them drive themselves forward and their businesses forward, and it’s a 6 month program, it’s a big investment to work with me for 6 months.
Some people pay up front and it’s like this chunk of money comes in which is amazing but the transformation they then have a week later is miraculous, and actually I’ll give you an example, I worked with this amazing award winning t.v. producer who’s now set up a coaching business as well, so she’s doing both.
And she paid me up front at the end of last year, and she left me a voice messageabout week later and she said “wow Jody I’ve just pitched myself in as a creative consultant, I’ve doubled my rates, and I can’t imagine what the rate was. I just double my rate because I’m like why not, I’ve got nothing to lose, they’ve signed it off, so I’ve literally made use of my investment that I’ve made in you in like 2 months you know, so it was… or even a month’s time I can’t remember what she said, I think is about a month. So it’s like it’s mad something happens when you make a big investment, these opportunities are inspirational… Like these doors just open for you and suddenly you can see ways of making the money back.
Chloe: That’s such an interesting one isn’t it. I wonder if it kind links into a kind of identity, like I’m someone that invests in this amazing person that’s going to take me to the next level and suddenly you’re the person does that exactly, what other doors open up for you.
Jody: That’s perfect, that’s exactly it, yeah. You shift on a being level I would say, you shift, you go up. Danielle Laporte talks about this actually, Danielle is a really powerful coach as well guys, if you haven’t heard of a look her up, she’s really sassy and sexy, I like that. And so she says this a lot, as soon as you make that investment your energy shifts up to the next level. So like you say you then create opportunities that align with that high vibration I’d say.
Chloe: I love it, is there anything for people who are listening to this who are thinking they want to have a better relationship with money is there like a 1st step that you would recommend people today to start to look at that?
A better relationship with money Jody: Yes yes yes yes yes, couple of things. Do a little honest money audit and what that means, what that looks like? Is get out your journal and describe what your current money reality is. So like for example I remember when I was 18…19… I was in a lot of credit card debt and I was just overspending a lot, and I hid from that for so many years because I was just in denial that was what was going on. So doing a money audit helps you get really conscious about what your money behaviors are, because you can see very plainly what you’re currently creating in relation to money, which then tells you what your belief systems are.
You know you can then take good guesses as to what you are believing about yourself and money, because whatever you are believing about yourself or money is creating these money situations. So for example if you are… like you said these are example if people are fearful of asking for a pay rise off if full of asking for a certain salary that you you’re worthy of receiving, you know you might describe that you’re journal like Right, you know when I ask for a salary I’m really afraid, I’m really anxious.
You then might have a good guess and say I believe I’m not deserving of earning this money, I don’t feel I’m worthy of earning this money, I don’t feel I’m worthy in the world or whatever it is. So just you know in general just describing what you’re currently creating is a really really great first step. Once a year I run this money program, and you know you can join the challenge that I’ll be running I don’t know when this is going to be, it’s probably going to be later on in the ex who just finished the program and it was amazing, but you can go to my website and sign up to a tool kit I’ve got the moment which is all about running a conscious business in 2020. And there are elements of financial management, and an new financial mindset work in that toolkit. So you can go and that’s a really good place to start as well as the order that you can just do today.
Chloe: Perfect, and I put that link in, to show to people as well. You mentioned just in past a moment but getting triggered and I think this is… I think as human beings if we can get better at noticing our triggers, noticing what’s really going on, that is such an important key to our healing and so often we get triggered and we think oh what are they talking about, you know I don’t like that confidence about talking about money or whatever we’re talking about. People get triggered by sex, money, almost anything..
Jody: People, all of us, we get triggered by people all the time. [laughs]
Chloe: Can you get into that a little bit about triggers and how to just watch out for that and what to do about that?
Jody: Totally. So you know it’s so easy to start judging, I’m going to use people as an example because I mean yes topics like you say, but people, because I think so many people can relate to people triggering you especially at Instagram, let’s say in the world that we are in at the moment. So when you get triggered by someone, it’s not about them even though we want to make it about them, we want to project on to them, we want them to know that they’re operating in a certain way or acting in a certain way that isn’t cool or whatever. Whatever it is, but it’s really not about them, it’s really not about them it’s about you and what that person is triggering in you is this result topic or unresolved aspect of yourself that you haven’t integrated in yourself.
Personal fulfillment Like the goal of a human being is fulfillment, let’s say it’s whole being whole and we go through childhood, we go through experiences, we go through trauma and every time we experience something we kind of pop out of ourselves in a way, so like come to the present moment. Now a kind of we’re here but we’re not fully here which is why we can’t all be 100 percent present all the time. So we’re really good at attracting people in the right time to trigger us, to show us like a mirror these parts of ourselves that we haven’t looked at yet that are unresolved, so for me in that moment I listen, I am not a pro at this by any means.
I still encounter people who triggered me, and yet I’m getting better and better recovery so like if someone’s triggering me, I’ll take a step back, take a nice deep breath. And even if my in a teenage self is like who did they think they are, that that that.
I’ll be like calm down, like it’s not about them, and I’d be like What is it about them that triggers me? Oh they are showing off, and like this isn’t… they’re not even showing off but this is what I think is going on, they’re showing off. I’m connecting to the part of me that is the show off, and I’ll be like Ok, you know there is a part of you that’s a show off, so let’s just impact that a little bit right.
You know I’m always so grateful for people triggering me, it might take me a couple of days to get to that place but I’m like wow I’m so grateful that this person is triggering me right? Now I’m so grateful that I’ve created this experience where we can face each other this is amazing. And as you know gratitude really is powerful, that’s enough to shift it now if the person is a conscious person, spiritual person, is open to hearing about it because spiritual people are not always open to facing this.
But I’ve had it if you times where I’ve actually just called out with the person, and I have had a few times when I’ve tried to go out with the person, and I’m just not having any of it because I’m triggering them that much. And I trigger so many people, I’m so aware I triggered people enormously because I’m constantly inviting people to step off their comforts zone. So sometimes I’ll have a call with people that I can tell they just want to slap my face, and I’ll be like you just want to slap me right now, don’t you? and they’re like yeah how did you know? Because I can tell by your body language, but it’s cool. Like I’ll say to them “Look, I’m here as a mirror for you,” and it’s fine if you want to slap me, overcome that emotion very quickly they just feel part fight or flight wanting to defend yourself basically.
Anyway to digress slightly but my point is if I was connecting with you, and you were triggering me. First of all I know it’s not you, say hey you know there is something coming up in me right now, I know it’s not your stuff, I know it’s my stuff but I want to vocalize, it is that Ok? And a lot of the time they will be like yeah, because they’ll feel it’s something as well from me, and we just have a 10 minute conversation and it’s cleared. And sometimes that’s all it takes, but you know listen you it’s not easy to kind of ring people up and say can we meet and have an open hearted conversation about you’re triggering me right now, like people don’t want to face it, but I think the more we have these kind of conversations hopefully the more people will be willing to face that stuff a bit more.
Chloe: Love it, and I think how powerful to be able to face stuff and to be open, because otherwise it just gets shoved underground where it continues to fester and hold us back and how many friendships get ruined by the fact that we don’t have the courage to be able to actually tell people what is going on.
Jody: It takes courage, doesn’t it Chloe? And it’s like I don’t know about you I find it harder to do with friends actually. If I come across people that’s quite fine but sometimes friendships especially if they’re old historical friendships, a part of you doesn’t want to like lose this person, so you’re like oh my God if I have it out with this person, are they going to run the other direction and I don’t want you say it takes a lot of courage.
Chloe: Such a g.c. topic, thank you for sharing about that. So yeah, just inviting people listening to really notice you know I going to go buy something and kind of explore what’s going on for you, what are you suppressing in yourself that you’re perhaps actually just projecting onto the other person. I wanted to ask you about consciousness hacking, because I listen to your latest podcast, I was extremely interested in what you were sharing. What is consciousness hacking?
Consciousness hacking Jody: Ok, so. It’s fairly new term especially in the u.k. and in Europe and I am literally beginning to open up conversations about this, I’m not the expert in consciousness hacking but I do recognize that I’ve been a consciousness hacker for the last 8 years, like you Chloe. It’s like we understand that where human beings and we’ve got stuff going on that we need to work through, need to face and to clear out of the way so that we can be like a channel for our message let’s say. And we’re on this quest to find new innovative ways to do that so. Earlier this year I relaunched my podcast, it’s called “be electric,” and I got a download in a plant medicine ceremony about this, just so that you know. And it was very much about this conversation about high performance and human performance needs to be out there more.
So how can you be the channel for that work? And it was really interesting because at the time I was really all about women, like female entrepreneurs and all of that. And I’m a member of the Albright club in London which is an all women’s club, and I was championing that but it wasn’t lighting up my soul. You know it was exciting, but as soon as I started to feel into this conversation about expansion and doing lots of things in your life to hack consciousness or open yourself up more as a spiritual being, as a healthy clean version of yourself. That really excited my soul, I think this is part of me that’s just like listen I’m a bit of a pioneer, I think I was having these kind of spiritual root conversations about 8 years ago when people in London were not ready to hear it.
And I was trying to be the translator from like the Spiritual a theory scene, being I’m talking to more of a mainstream audience. Obviously now everyone’s into it in some way shape or form or at least meditation but there’s still this educational need to inspire people to do things like bulletproof coffee, and intermittent fasting, and bio-hacking.
Biohacking I’m actually interviewing a doctor… a scientist on bio-hacking on Monday, and plant medicine and psychedelic research, and all these amazing things that are going on on the global level to help with the transformation of mental health conditions. And you know it’s a very innovative field, and there’s a lot of science to back it up. So when I was thinking about consciousness hacking and flow state and bio-hacking, all these like high performing things that get talked about in that book Stealing Fire that’s why I mentioned it.
You know it’s all about how can we perform all highest in our lives, in our businesses. And Silicon Valley C.E.O.’s who all very innovative that coming up with really cool new tech platforms, left, right and center and all of that.
They’ve been doing consciousness hacking and bio-hacking and anti-aging techniques and you know brain wave like they do meditation in a very scientific wave where they hook you up to machine and they do like different kind of brain wave programs to get you like that consciousness all the time. And when I was in LA 2 years ago, I kept seating across the table from people, I talk to everyone as you can imagine, and people kept coming and sitting next to me and they kept saying to me, have you heard about micro dosing?
I asked “No, What is that?” They said using a small amount of some kind of medicine or psychedelic to hack into this subconscious part that we can always access. Doesn’t meditation do that? Yeah but this is different, and Ok, so I started like… it piqued my interest a little bit. So yes, I started being really interested in all of this.
Consciousness hacking I’ve been consciousness Hacking in some way, shape or form for the whole 8 year period since I drunk Ayahuasca in the jungle. It was like I was… my soul was like constantly trying to find out whether it’s a crystal, whether it’s bullet proof coffee, whether it is you know micro dosing, whether it is that tree hugging, and then you know jumping out of a plane, I don’t know what it is but I was constantly on this quest to like figure out ways to expand my mind.
And not even just that, but like I just did a skydive a few weeks ago, it was the most interesting experience I’ve ever done on a mental level, because I wasn’t afraid which was quite bizarre I got in the plane with a guy, we jumped out of the plane and we free fell for 47 seconds and it’s like you’re completely out of control, there’s nothing to grab on to, right?
We were just tumbling for 45 seconds, my mind was freaking out because it was like well, I’ve got no way of protecting Jody, what’s going on, we’re going to die. You know like… and what happened I feel… and I haven’t talked to a neuro scientist about this yet but I want to. It scrambled my brain,. it’s scrambled the programming, I promise you when I landed my body was like pumped full of adrenaline, I went to bed the next morning. I’m still afraid in certain situations, and I’m still triggered obviously, I feel bold. It was like this shift, so… If what I’m saying appeals, maybe go and do sky diving.
Chloe: My hand are sweating slightly, it’s just the thought of jumping out of plane, maybe that’s a sign I need to it [laughs]. That’s so interesting, there is such… there is something about doing something that’s so kind of scary that everything else just seems fine, I mean when I started singing in public, public speaking became fine because singing is very much more nerve raking.
Jody: That’s amazing, I don’t think I could do that.
Chloe: Yeah-yeah, I’ve got into Karaoke of late. But I love it, so Ok, so the bullet proof coffee.
Jody: Yeah.
Cold exposure therapy Chloe: I know you’ve taken some cold baths.
Jody: Oh yeah yeah, totally. This is a really interesting story basically. 2 years ago, my friend Perry who’s a very successful entrepreneur in his own right in the hairdressing industry and he is an extremist, like almost like the male version of me but more of an extremist than I am. Like he just pushes boundaries every day, 2 years ago got into this guy called Wim Hoff who is a pioneer and he’s got 21 world records for swimming under ice and the sitting in cold baths and he’s been injected with bacterial infections and hooked up in science laboratories and he’s proven that his techniques can boost immune system and fight off diseases and illnesses, it’s quite amazing.
And anyway, Perry was talking about Wim Hof and how he was having cold showers and how he was actually going to build this ice tank up on his roof that you could you know like to submerge in.
Tony Robbins has got one, but you could submerge yourself in and then it was like cold water therapy. I was not interested whatsoever but it was like for me the fare this thing from my mind, I was like I mean I’m not just interested in having a cold shower, that’s awful, why would you do that.
Breathwork There’s a breathing technique that goes with that so he was telling us about how he could hold his breath for like 10 minutes or something mad and do 20 sit ups at the same time. Like I was that’s crazy, anyway forgot about that conversation. And then in October last year I’m working with this indigenous tribe doing plant medicine ceremony, and this old friend of mine runs over to me, she’s like oh my god Jody is so nice to see you, and I was like cool, like what are you doing now?
She’s like well I’m doing transformational breathing now actually, but not only that I’ve trained in Wim Hof and I’m taking my clients through ice therapy, and she’s like they all have an ice bath, we go on retreat and they all have an ice therapy, that’s part of the program, I’m like that’s cool, interesting, forgot about the conversation, then I got in the downloads in the plant medicines about to relaunch the podcast, it’s all about human performances.
Ok cool, 2 weeks after the plant medicine ceremony Wim Hof team emailed me, Hi Jody Wim Hof in town, do you want to interview him? And I was like Yes, I didn’t think about that. Yes of course, sent it to my team, get in touch with his p.r, like we’re doing this. So on the Friday I was there interviewing Wim Hof.
Interviewing Wim Hof He’s friends with all these Hollywood actors is he’s a powerful energy, so I meditated and asked how do I show up to this interview because I imagine people who are interviewing him just got like a list of questions and they want to you know ask him and it’s all mental.
I was like no I’m going to I’m going to show up in my being so I’m going to show biz is equal actually on being level. so I mean that is like I’m in my power right, so we did that and we connected in this really high powerful, he got me, he felt me straight away and it was a really powerful exchange and even though the interview is pretty crazy because he’s a mad Dutch scientist type. It was amazing, so I was like the bar is raised now, like this is amazing.
So after that interview, after we recorded it like towards the end of last year October, it was more the end of October, I just thought of having cold showers, because I think I started having it before we had the in 2 weeks I wanted to like talk a little bit about it. And sat down in cold showers and it became a thing and it’s really weird I never thought I would be that person who has cold showers. Now I’m in there for 10 minutes, I wash my hair in cold water, I don’t often have hot showers anymore. And it’s adding an ice bath as well, when I was living in Cape town early this year, and that was quite crazy, I mean I want to explore that further.
That’s really hard actually I’m not going to say even though I’ve been doing the breathing and having cold showers, actually submerging yourself in an ice bath, it really takes your breath away. So you know you’ve really got to find that inner space in yourself when you’re in that place.
Cold shower challenge So yeah I’d really encourage anyone is listening and I actually just ran it 20 day cold shower challenge on my Facebook groups and that was really cool, and loads of people are taking cold shower now because of that. I mean it boost your immune system you know, especially weirdly in the winter because you just lie on the cusp of having a cold a lot of the time, it must shock your immune system somehow but it boosts your immune system. So your immune system becomes powerful and I mean there is loads of scientific research on what else it does, it’s good for anti-aging as well and it wakes you up.
So I’ll do that in the morning, I come out and I make my bulletproof coffee and yeah it’s just the combination of the 2 is like….
Chloe: Ok, I’m going to try this, I did go through a phase of trying it and then I start to think why am I doing this to myself but you’ve inspired me to.
Jody: Breathing is key, it doesn’t matter if you don’t have the breathing technique down just take some deep breaths, regular breath, because the moment you stop as you know you’re like slapping the cold water on you yeah.
Healthy risks Chloe: Yeah, and I think aside from the immune system stuff, I’ve heard that doing something is a form of healthy risk where you’re doing something a bit challenging, you’re doing something outside of your comfort zone, you’re doing something that’s going to make the rest of your day easier, and gives you the motivation to do other things because you’ve done something so tough.
Getting out of your comfort zone Jody: That’s what my intention is, you just completely summed up in the most perfect way. That’s my intention this year, how can I inspire people to go out of their comfort zone. And Ok yes, they’re not going to want to jump out of a plane, they’re not necessarily going to… you know you guys listening are not going to want to go to the jungle and do plant medicine, you’re not necessarily going to want to go and you jump out of a plane, but what’s your version of that because like you just said so perfectly, it’s like if we can do one thing every day that sets the tone for the day and it’s like it kind of like pushes us everything else is like easy, yeah.
Chloe: Ok, so get on the cold showers everyone. We’re going to run out of time but I did really want to ask you about Plant medicine because I know that you’ve been… you talk about this in your book. You’ve been open about you know it played an important role in you know your spiritual awakening if you will. Can you speak a little bit about that and your experience with it?
Jody: Totally, so that you guys know, I’m sharing my story and you know you must feel whether it’s right for you to ever go and take it and I hate to say, I have rehearse this so many times, because of spoken about it so many times, you know I’m not taking any responsibility for you guys, feeling inspired and then going having it having an experience in the jungle it’s your experience to have.
Trying Ayahuasca However, I’m very very cool sharing my story, like it’s important. So yeah, I’m going to be brief because this is a story but you know 8 and a half years ago, I was traveling around South America and a friend told me about plant medicine and I ended up just kind of feeling very guided to just because book a place on this retreat and I was in Peru at the time, I went to this retreat, there was an amazing mix of people doing it with me and I didn’t know why I was doing it, I did no research which is typical me but I jumped into this experience feet 1st and I drank Ayahuasca 7 times in a 12 day period.
Now it’s a powerful psychoactive brew and Chloe knows a lot about this as well but it’s like it’s something that Indigenous people have been using for hundreds of years. And it’s a sacred way of transformation and healing, and it has the ability to open up your subconscious and make you face stuff that you haven’t faced yet in your life.
Struggling with addictions At the time I was struggling with Bulimia me, like it was really affecting me but I was going in complete denial and I have many other many other addictions going on as well and so I needed this experience, like I needed it but it wasn’t only to heal my addictions it was actually to show me that there was another way of having a career in doing great work in the world that wasn’t selling an ad campaigns to people.
After that experience, it completely changed my life and it took me years to fully understand that. I’ll be honest, I wasn’t complete and didn’t even meditate when I went to the jungle. I went from 0 to like a 100 in 12 days.
It was a complete slap around the face and a radical awakening and I was definitely not the same person when I came out by any means but it took me a few years to understand the experience, and changed my whole life, like no question. And what’s interesting about that is that I drank plant medicine again for the 1st time since I drank it the 1st time 8 and the half years ago now and I drank it last year. From what everyone shares this plant medicine gives you what you need.
Because you’ve just come out of a very powerful and intense experience as well, like it’s intense. I’m not going to sit here and say it’s amazing, it’s so easy, it’s a walk in the park, oh my gosh, all your visions are realized you know.
Chloe: It’s very intense. The jungle is alive in every sense of the experience, it very visceral really.
Ayahuasca experience Jody: Totally, like the 1st day I arrived in Peru in my experience I was walking along the jungle path, so went don’t move and a poisonous black fairy Caterpillar had landed on the back of my shirt, they had to go over to get like special things to get it off, they said if that would have stung you a bit in you’d probably be in like some kind of crazy shock. So it’s a dangerous place.
Chloe: Yeah, so yeah it’s not easy experience to go through, but listen, I’ve just interviewed one of the world expert on plant medicine, he is a psychologist doctor, who does a lot of research in psychedelics and he’s in the states, and he is tuned into plant medicine experimentation in science and medical studies at the moment. So there’s a lot of studying go on with the plant medicine and with Ayahuasca and with Iboga and other plant medicines that are available, there’s a lot of research going on at the moment and it’s really powerful, there are new laws being passed in the States, there is you know it’s going to be available to us but the thing that we need to understand is that you know it’s a limited resource, plant medicine is a limited resource.
It’s a plant but if people start wanting to do it, a lot of it and it will just be harvested, over harvested just like we’re seeing in the oceans with all the fish at the moment, so it will be over harvested. So what scientists are doing are recreating a synthetic version of it, and using it in scientific studies. So there’s a lot of really interesting research going on at the moment. So that excites me, it excites me to be able to connect with highly intuitive, highly wise shamanic indigenous people, in that way we are very privileged to be able to do that, because you know they don’t need to come and interact with us really. They’ve got a lot of good stuff going on the jungle but they’re coming out to help us to wake up to be more conscious. And I’m so grateful for that movement, it’s really powerful.
And yeah it’s still obviously very underground scene in the UK, and you know yeah it’s an interesting topic of conversation but I yeah I’m excited by it… I’m excited by it because of the ways it can be applied to combating mental health and helping war veterans you know, 30 to 40 war veterans in the States commit suicide every day because they’re not getting the help that they need. The opioids phenomen, there’s a documentary on Netflix right now called the Pharmacist, it’s very very interesting, there’s a huge huge problem in the States at the moment with opioids especially Oxycontin and Xanax and people are hooked on these narcotic painkillers, and they are overdosing left, right and center.
And the statistics of the amount of people, teenagers and young adults overdosing on this drug, I know it’s a legal drug but it’s a drug at the moment which is ridiculous. I don’t know what the statistics are in the UK but it’s crazy and certain kinds of plant medicine can help you get off that level of narcotic especially Iboga which I haven’t worked with, but it’s for me fascinating that these 2 worlds are coming together and with the intention of doing really good work. And I really hope that as a society globally we become conscious enough to allow these plant medicines more into our society. So that it can… they can continue to do the really really good work that they’re intended to do on the planet.
Chloe: Thank you so much for sharing that, it is such a fascinating topic. And yeah just really agree that I hope it becomes more and more available legally in a safe way with therapists. They are doing studies even in London which comes from mushrooms on depression and found they really can shift things to people, but yeah obviously I’m not saying go out and find some mushrooms.
Jody: Plant Medicine has to be administered very carefully. I mean Chloe and I talk about you know for the purposes of scientific research and medical studies.
Chloe: We could talk about extensively, but I’d love to put a wrap up and just ask you to share how people can find out more about you and what you’re working on at the moment and where they can get involved with what you’re doing?
Jody: Thank you so much, yes so my new positive daily habit is expansion. So I’m doing everything I can to adhere to that habit. And the podcast “be electric” is absolutely perfectly designed to support that and give you guys the knowledge to get involved in ways that hack your consciousness and help you expand more on an energetic level without the wo you know. And so the be electric podcast is out now. And I started this kind of thing is going to end up being a movement, it’s called fearless Friday and we started to invest a lot of energy and time into it as a team. So every Friday on the You Tube channel which we’re starting to build up and certainly Instagram, and to my database, every Friday I’m doing something that is sometimes a bit crazy and out there, but sometimes super normal and something that you guys could do, ways to push of a comfort zone.
So how can you be fearless and do things that expand your mind, so this fearless Friday, you can follow me on Instagram at Jody Shields, and you can head to the website Jodyshield.com.uk. And yeah we talked a lot about money in this podcast, so you can sign up to the toolkit for conscious business as I mentioned and you can get into understanding more about how I as a coach and yeah and that’s it. I’ve had such a great time with you today, thank you.
Chloe: Thank you. I feel really inspired, and thank you for everything you have shared.
Jody: You too.
Outro: Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me at Chloebrotheridge, and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on i-Tune, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that will benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’ll be so so grateful. so I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love, hopefully you’ll tune in again, and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep.98 Flow and how to talk about money and how to be electric with Jody Shield appeared first on Calmer you.
Jody Shield is a performance coach, author of best-selling self-help book “Self-Care For The Soul”, inspirational speaker, TEDx speaker and host of the “Be Electric” podcast. She likes to talk about money. I hope you can be inspired by Jody’s infectious positivity and confidence. We chat about: What it means to be ‘in flow’ Why […]
The post Ep.98 Flow and how to talk about money and how to be electric with Jody Shield appeared first on Calmer you.
In these uncertain times, many people are finding themselves working from home for the first time. If you’re not used to remote working, you may be finding it challenging to stay focused on your work.
Working from home doesn’t come naturally to everyone. If you thrive off being in a busy workplace or work best when you can bounce ideas off your coworkers, working from home may leave you feeling flat. Don’t worry; the simple tips shared in this blog will help you to become a whizz at remote working.
You might expect yourself to be more productive away from the daily interruptions of office life, but sadly, it doesn’t always work out that way. You may even find you’re interrupted more often thanks to emails, instant messaging and mobile phones. While it’s great technology makes remote working possible, there are downsides to this ease of contact.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Here are some tips to help you stay focused and calm while working from home:
Stick to a routine Routine is important, and it will help you to stay productive during your working day. Yes, you could sleep till noon and make up the lost hours in the evening, but that will very quickly leave you feeling burnt out. Be sure to set your alarm and stick to your regular working hours.
If you’re finding this difficult, try arranging a meeting via video link for first thing in the morning. You’ll have to be dressed (at least you top half) and at your desk for the call, and then you’ll be ready for the rest of the day.
Set up a work zone Maybe you’re lucky enough to have a fully kitted out home office at the end of your garden, so you can shut yourself off from home life when it’s time work. Or, maybe you’re like millions of other people and are trying to work from a chaotic corner of your bedroom. Whatever your circumstances, it is possible to create a functional work zone where you will be able to work productively.
Your workplace needs to be comfortable and practical. If you’re not used to working from home, you may not have access to an office chair or a suitable desk, so you may need to get creative. An ironing board is an excellent alternative to a standing desk. Choose a spot where you will be comfortable and able to spread out your things. Yes, most work happens online now, but you will likely still have a to-do list and other bits of paper lying around.
Spend time setting up your work area and making sure you have everything you need handy. Ideally, you will have a workspace you can leave in place each night, though this may not always be possible. If you’re working at your family dining table, for example, you’ll probably need to tidy away your work things at the end of each day. There will likely be compromises ahead if your workspace is also your living space.
Make the most of your commute time Now that you’re working from home, you should have an extra chunk of time each day that you would previously have spent commuting. It might only be half an hour, or it could be a great deal more than that. Resist the temptation to work those extra hours each week, and instead take the time for yourself.
Exercise is a great way to lift your mood and focus your mind. Starting the day with a run or walk in the fresh air, or even a home workout in front of the TV can help set you up for a productive day ahead. You don’t need to get up any earlier than usual, claim your commute time as your exercise time. If your commute was previously your exercise time, you will quickly miss your daily cycle or walk, so be sure to keep it in your daily routine.
Take regular breaks Many people find that they take less frequent breaks when working from home. This can make you less productive because you aren’t getting the time away from your desk. Each time you finish a big task or feel your concentration waning, take five minutes away from your desk. Stretch your legs, make yourself a drink or spend five minutes soaking up the sun in your garden.
Be strict with yourself, so these breaks don’t become too frequent or too long but do prioritise breaks when you feel you need them. Taking your mind off work for five minutes can help you to refocus with a clearer mind when you sit back down at your desk (or ironing board).
Eat well This doesn’t sound relevant, but what you eat can impact how you feel about yourself and how productive you are. Working alone at home is the perfect cover for eating full packets of biscuits away from public scrutiny. However, this will leave you feeling pretty rubbish later in the day. It’s much wiser to take a proper lunch break and make yourself something healthy and nutritious to eat.
If you usually grab a takeout lunch near the office, then you may find it annoying to have to prepare your food. Take the stress out of this by planning in advance what you’re going to eat and making sure you have all the right ingredients. A nutritious lunch will give you the energy you need for a productive afternoon. Taking care of yourself is crucial, especially in the current climate. Take the time to prepare a decent lunch for yourself lovingly – you won’t regret it.
Stay social If your colleagues or more like friends than coworkers, you’re probably missing those daily chats around the watercooler. Working from home doesn’t have to be a solitary activity; there are plenty of ways to engage with your colleagues online as you work from home. Google Hangouts is an excellent tool for instant messaging and, of course, there’s always email. Video conferencing software, like Zoom, lets you see your coworkers while you chat, which is a great way to beat those isolation blues.
Be careful not to let these apps distract you from your work, however. Set aside a couple of minutes each hour for checking in with your coworkers. You could even set yourself social rewards when you meet your targets. For example, each time you tick something off your to-do list, you can reward yourself by sending an email to a friend. Most of us aren’t used to being home so much, so it’s important to connect with your friends to stave off loneliness.
Make the most of your evenings You started the day on time, so it’s vital to finish the day on time, too. Don’t get sucked into working right through until bedtime. Your evening is your time, and you deserve to enjoy it. Finish work on time and pack up your work stuff for the day. Then, the evening is all yours. Spend time with your loved ones, watch a movie or make something fancy for dinner. Do something you enjoy in your free time. Be sure to get an early night so you can wake up bright and early ready for another productive day tomorrow.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
The post 7 Ways to Stay Focused and Calm While Working from Home appeared first on Calmer you.
In these uncertain times, many people are finding themselves working from home for the first time. If you’re not used to remote working, you may be finding it challenging to stay focused on your work. Working from home doesn’t come naturally to everyone. If you thrive off being in a busy workplace or work best […]
The post 7 Ways to Stay Focused and Calm While Working from Home appeared first on Calmer you.
Nova Reid is an advocate for equality and was recently nominated as a Positive Role Model for race equality at the National Diversity Awards for the third year running.
She is a certified NLP Life Coach, with an extensive professional background in mental well-being and is a frequent mentor at the Women of the World Festival London. She is regularly invited to provide expert media commentary for BBC and Sky News on race and diversity matters.
I am taking her Anti-racism course and I highly recommend it.
We chat about: * Being the change you want to see in the world * Her anti-racism work * What are micro-aggressions * How our unconscious biases can cause harm, Nova Reid gets the courage to do the work she does and to be an ally
Podcast sponsors Betterhelp – Online counselling service. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to Sweaty Betty online to find out more and get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty are working to make the planet a better place and their promises for 2019. Sweaty Betty Sustainability
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Intro: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer-You podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist and the author of “the anxiety solution, and brave new girl.” And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. So in today’s episode, I am speaking to Nova Reid, she is an inspirational speaker, a diversity campaigner, and mentor. She’s an advocate for equality, I was recently nominated as a positive role model for race equality at the National diversity awards for the 3rd year running. She’s also a certified n.l.p. life coach, she has an extensive professional background in mental wellbeing, and she’s a frequent mentor at the women of the World Festival in London.
She’s also regularly invited to speak on BBC and Sky News on race and diversity matters, I have been learning so much from Nova, I am taking her anti-racism course, and I highly recommend that you check that out if you are inspired by this episode and want to learn more. I think she’s doing incredible work in the world and we can see topics such as how we can be the change that we want to see in the world.
We talk about her anti-racism work, and we get into what micro aggressions are, and why they can be so harmful. We talk about our own unconscious biases which we all have by the way and how we need to start to examine them so that we can overcome them.
And I ask Nova how she gets the courage to do the work that she does because she really is putting herself out there, doing incredibly brave work. We also get into how to be an ally and what exactly that is. So if you want to get some free resources to help you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self, you can head over to my website, Calmeryou.com/free, into your e-mail address in there and I’ll send those resources straight away, so let’s get into the interview with Nova Reid.
Chloe: Welcome Nova, thanks so much for joining me today. How are you doing?
Nova Reid: I’m good, thank you for having me.
Chloe: I’m really looking forward to this conversation, can you just explain to people who maybe haven’t seen your work before, what it is you do and how you got to where you are today?
Be the change you want to see in the world
Nova Reid: I do so many things, I sometimes struggle to answer this question, but essentially I help people be the change that they want to see in the world and I do that through Anti-racism education, speaking, training organizations, and also a writer as well. So it’s a bit of a mixed bag but ultimately to help people be the change of that.
Chloe: Yeah because so many of us I think want to do that, but don’t really know how or don’t know how to get started, or it’s a very kind of inspiring idea to want to be that change.
So I came across your work because I was looking for somebody that teaches what you teach, and I was part of a mastermind with a group of American women who were very forward thinking and talking a lot about things like anti-racism work and white supremacy, and a lot of the people that they were referring to were American people and I was really looking for a super British person who I could learn about this topic from.
And then I saw you speak on the project love podcast, and I knew that you were the perfect person to learn about this from. Can you talk a bit more about your anti-racism work and what that is that maybe people who don’t really know much about that topic?
Nova Reid: Yes, so I am a woman who is black and I grew up in what was quite rural Hartfordshire, it’s changed now, I grew up in the eighty’s, so it’s a very different place and I realized from a really young age that I was different and I didn’t fit in but I didn’t know why until I was about 7 years old, and I became aware that I was black and became aware that I was different to the majority of people around me, including the characters I saw in books. the people on t.v, and so I guess that was the start of my story in this anti-racism journey.
Because feeling like I didn’t fit in, I felt like I didn’t belong, I experienced sort of covert racism and also been told to go back to my own country, having England flags waved at me, monkey chants, so much. And I struggled hugely with my self-esteem as a result of that and I had already learned at the age of 7 that my value as a human being somehow wasn’t the same as my white peers. And so that was kind of a threat that was present and every single life event became reoccurring.
So when I couldn’t find hairdressers who worked with afro hair, when I couldn’t… when I went to the acting industry and there was no makeup foundation for my skin type, and when I was older into my acting journey and doing dances well when we had a teacher, I would always remember his name Bill Drysdale, he used to dance with the Gene Kelly’s of this world saying credible but he wanted us to wear nude tights and we were about to do a performance a few days later and he said right I need you all in nude tight, flesh colored tights.
I remember being with my peers on stage, and I had to put my hand up to this man I found very intimidating anyway, and say there are no nude tights for my skin tone, and he fundamentally just didn’t get it. And he ends up shouting at me, and I remember being really embarrassed and humiliated and on the day of the show had to turn up and I wore black tights and so the same thing happened again, why are you wearing black tights – because there’s no nude tights, it was just these tiny little things.
These every day experiences of not being included that reinforce that my value as a black woman was not the same. And I think it was my wedding engagement that really spurred me on, it was the same thing I wanted make up inspiration I wanted hair inspiration I wanted to see what these beautiful wedding dresses would look like on my skin. And there was nothing, there was just this dark silence and at that point I was 30 years old and much more confident in myself not tolerating this anymore.
So I started a wedding blog initially, they just talked about that and my story resonated with other women and couples, and then that spiral to me sort of doing a diversity consultancy and then becoming the voice of inclusion in an industry that was very homogenous, that then led me to being invited to attend the royal wedding with Harry and Megan, and it just culminated in that really just having very honest and open conversations about race. And before that I worked in mental health, so I’ve always been an advocate for the underdog.
Chloe: And can we touch on the Harry and Meghan thing, I suppose that’s something that’s happening in the media recently.
Nova Reid: Oh yes.
Chloe: And I know on Instagram you talked about that, there are some posted videos about this. Can you share about what you’ve noticed about the response has been?
Nova Reid: I mean there’s so much, what in particular.
Chloe: Well I suppose a lot of people saying it’s it seems that Meghan has been on the receiving end of racism by the press, and a lot of other people saying no that’s not true and then kind of debate about this topic.
Racism is a form of trauma Nova: Yeah, so a lot of the work I do is about helping people to understand that racism is not an opinion. Racism is a form of trauma. So I then reframe it in other circumstances of trauma, do we find ourselves debating whether somebody has experienced trauma or not? And the answer is mostly probably not. But for me, it was evidence in the fact that when Harry and Meghan 1st started dating they were receiving racism and racial undertones from the press. Harry initiated a statement asking, calling for it to stop.
So the evidence is there. We forget is that racial discrimination and racism is learned behavior. It’s not something we’re born with. It’s a byproduct of existing and operating in a country that legalized slavery and oppression for over 400 years. That’s going to leave a residue on us.
Whether we don’t consciously think we are racist, we will have inherent racist programming and racial biases within us.
But that suppressed prejudice, that learned behavior hasn’t just gone away, it’s still there. It comes out in the behavior and it could be seen in some of the press articles, the comparisons of Meghan doing Comparative things to Kate and receiving abuse from it where Kate received praise. So these undertones that people are talking about that are harder to spot than ever.
Chloe: You know I think that’s one of the things I really took… I think it was in your Ted Talk were you actually talking about it’s not the Klu Klux Klan type racists are causing the most harm, it’s actually the micro questions in the smaller things that add up to a big difference, and actually that has a big effect on people’s mental health. Can you talk a little bit about that kind of?
Why I don’t do anti-racism work Nova Reid: Yeah, so it’s why I do anti-racism work because I think we’ve become accustomed to only as satiating racism with a single over that intentional and conscious act of hate. So when we start talking about racism now in modern… while I say modern terms, they are not modern, in wider terms People think that if it wasn’t conscious or intentional, that it’s not racism but actually racism exists as a system of oppression and so if we look at the definition of systemic racism, you will have a better understanding of what
I’m talking about so it’s the everyday discrimination, it’s the racial stereotypes it’s the assumptions that we make about people. Whether they’re successful or not, whether they might cause harm or not, whether they might be a criminal, when we think of knife crime, what’s the 1st image that comes to mind of a person holding a knife, what do they look like, what’s their race?
And it’s I’m picking those biases and seeking out whether they are truthful or not, or whether you’re just perpetuating a narrative that holds people back. So microaggression, is a form of every day discrimination and they mostly happen on a subconscious level but sometimes they’re also conscious.
And they are a way of making us… they’re a way of showcasing that somebody doesn’t quite fit in or somebody is… I’m from Britain, now where are you really from? Those types of things are micro aggression, wanting to touch somebody’s hair, they’ve got afro hair, can I touch your hair? Or just touching it, that’s micro aggression.
Chloe: So it’s those things that people are maybe unconsciously not even realizing that they’re causing harm?
Nova Reid: Yeah.
Chloe: And the fact… and you said you know you teach a lot about how the fact that we don’t examine our biases is perpetuating this.
Nova Reid: Yes.
Chloe: And I don’t know if it was you that said or I don’t know this is a so common saying that as white people we don’t recognize it because we just have grown up in this culture where that is this unconscious biases, you know we think of ourselves as good people. And we may well be good people but it means that we don’t then examine our unconscious biases.
Being part of the solution Nova Reid: Then nothing changes and I think that’s where we’ve got stuck. If we get stuck in one definition of racism which was 1st founded in 1902 or on the horrible people in the Ku Klux Klan, all these horrible far right groups, they’re bad people someone like me even remotely suggesting that we all have some form of racist programming within us as an unavoidable byproduct of being born into a system that legalized oppression.
We want to reject it, Well I’m not like that, no I’m going to reject that, I’m going to not listen to what you say. And it’s the not listening, it’s the defensiveness and it’s taking offense from that that prevents us from actually seeking to like oh my gosh, how am I… how can I help be part of the solution, I had no idea.
Right, now I know, what can I do to help? And the defensiveness and the denial in the offense gets in the way that she helping be part of change. And I think what makes micro aggressions so dangerous is… those tiny examples…
The reason why they are so damaging is because of the frequency, the consistency and the fact that they’re not addressed. They just keep happening over and over again every single day by well-meaning people who don’t generally know that they are contributing.
Chloe: Yeah, so it’s just someone or people constantly sending us messages that you don’t belong or something you know and it kind of cause a big difference. And then one of the things you mention in your course which I’m a member of is… and it is brilliant, thank you so much for making it. The Harvard implicit bias test.
Nova Reid: Yes.
Chloe: And you know can you explain what that is?
Nova Reid: I don’t want to give too much away.
Chloe: Yeah sure.
The Harvard implicit bias test Nova Reid: But I mean I can’t actually remember when The Harvard Implicit Bias test came out, it’s been around for years but it is a test that Harvard… it’s the most extensive test to explore what our abilities are and they are everything from exploring your racial biases right through to gender, class, and it’s an invitation for you to explore where your unknown biases might be.
There’s a series of tests you need to do and at the end of it, it gives you more information about where your biases might be. Bringing in your unconscious bias to the conscious means that you can actually do something to change it. If you have negative associations with people who are black as a result of doing this bias test, or people of a lower class than you, then that is an invitation that you need to reframe those negative programming you have with positive right?
Go and spend your time seeking out authors, seeking out experts who are from a lower class who are doing incredible things, who are elevating, who are… You know going to seek out doctors who are black, whatever it is, so that you start reprogramming that negative association with something that’s positive so then you’re not perpetuating these stereotypes, because it comes out in our behavior. I think that’s the thing, we think it doesn’t, but it does. Everything from who we want to work with, who want to promote who we fear, who we automatically trust who we undermine. Its effects every day communication.
Chloe: It’s reminding me of the work of Cullum Young, that says when we summarize things it comes out another way and we need to bring everything to the surface, to realize what we’re dealing with and then we can heal and then we can you know clean up our behavior on what we’re doing.
Nova Reid: Completely.
Chloe: But you know it is an interesting test. I’ve done it and it’s not a nice thing to admit that you have biases, and I know that a lot of people that start to look into this often kind of horrified when they realize that they have these racist thoughts, and it’s quite uncomfortable.
Nova Reid: Well, I would say yes, that means you’re listening. Also as a black woman, as somebody who is in the black and brown community it’s equally uncomfortable trying to navigate day to day life dealing with you being of it and you say you know it’s necessary for change, it’s necessary. We are not going to make change in our comfort zones, it’s just not possible.
Chloe: Yeah, absolutely yeah. And I think we need to be a brave enough to look at ourselves basically and do it because there was a quote, I’ve heard a quote, I don’t have if it’s your quote but your liberation is bound up with mine.
We all want the same thing Nova Reid: That one wasn’t mine but that’s a good one and you know. So yeah absolutely. The argument is ultimately we all want the same thing, we want peace, we want good health, we want happiness and joy in our lives. I mean we just want to be able to live in peace and in it if there is a group of people who are not able to do that, then that has a knock on effect because if I use it in terms of work if somebody is in a minority identity, so they are black or LGBTQ, and they are not given access to the same opportunities, they are the recipient of daily micro aggression, they are of ordered, they are made to feel like they don’t belong every single day.
That impacts what you bring to the table, that impacts your confidence, yourself esteem, creativity, innovation. And if that is stifled, then that has a knock on effect with the work, with your community, with how you engage with relationships. So if everybody is able to shine and be themselves and thrive. Ripple effect, I think the social climate is a great example of that. We’re not thriving right now and it has a knock on effect on the economy.
Chloe: That’s so interesting, I’m reading a book “a moment called The Spirit Level,” I can’t remember who it’s by, but it’s all about kind of inequality and talking about how when there’s more equality in a society, the whole society does better. The places with less equality don’t do well, so we need to all rise up together. How do you find the courage to do the work that you do because you know I’ve seen you put yourself out there, you know I imagine you come up against a lot of difficult opinions and that sort of thing.
Nova Reid: I do it, because I want to answer this in two part, I do it because I got so sick of being at the effect of race discrimination every day, either in micro aggression. I thought it is so intolerable for me, I need to be part of the change in some way. So I consciously chose to do something about it.
Before I started working for myself while I had quite eclectic career, I used to be an actress and singer which I think helps with the public speaking and having courage to stand and be visible. But after that I worked in mental health as a wellbeing caregiver for just under 10 years, and I was working… I also working in disability during that time and the 2 intersected obviously.
And during that time I had to go for a lot of self-interrogation and a lot of personal development to be able to do that role, to be able to hold space for people who were having suicidal thoughts, who are clinically depressed, or have bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, whatever it may be.
I was working with some very very vulnerable human beings, and so in order for me to support them and help them learn to manage and overcome periods of extreme illness I need to go through my own therapy. I needed to have clinical supervision every fortnight. And I was just like a sponge, I was just taking in a lot of stuff, and so part of the beginnings of psychotherapy training is a lot around boundaries. Managing your professional boundaries, making sure that you know if someone bring something up I’m not projecting my own stuff on to them.
Self-awareness So it’s a lot around self-awareness, and so I already did that work which I think gave me the foundation to hold difficult spaces, and also be present in difficult spaces. On the flip side of that I have regular breaks for self-care, I’m very self-aware.
So if I’m becoming fatigued I know I need to step back I have boundaries with my contact hours, and equally I have learned from learning the hard way, I have to be very selective with who I show up to do this work for. So it’s not for people that want to debate whether racism exists or not, I’m doing the work for those who already know that it exists and they know that they are complicit by silent default and actually what can I do to help.
Doing this work for those people who are in that space is an absolute joy, it also means the work is more effective and it’s like a ripple effect. You can see it working and how then having conversation with their peers, colleagues, family, partners, it has a knock-on effect.
Chloe: Yeah, wow and that is an interesting topic about having conversations with people. I’ve noticed it myself recently, it’s funny it’s like suddenly feels like a light, like a penny drop, something like I’m seeing things everywhere.
Nova Reid: Yes.
Chloe: And noticing… like I was talking to someone the other day about this and they were like oh doesn’t everyone experience that and I was like that’s exactly the thing. I mean you can probably explain this better, like I is this something that happens whereby people kind of minimize people’s experiences basically and just because of as white people we haven’t experienced it, so we think.
Nova: It doesn’t, because you haven’t… generalizing, because you haven’t experienced it yourself that it doesn’t exist and while because you haven’t experienced it doesn’t mean that it’s rife in this is a real issue and there are so many stats, data studies, race disparity, audit quality that we’ve got all of this data that’s been collected for years, and nothing’s changed because what happens when we try to bring up incidences of racism is that it’s minimized.
Your gasless, you may to believe that you’re being oversensitive that it’s all in your head. When actually we’ve already got the data that shows the impact of not resolving this, and there was a study I think I mentioned in my ted talk that came out I think a week before my ted talk, I was like alright great this is going in the talk by The American Academy of Pediatrics I think, and they were talking about…
So there were lots of studies at beginning of this year actually and also it was the end of last year showing how racism in primary schools is increasing. Problematic, we’re teaching our behavior to our children. And that actually if we care about a world where our children are healthy and happy we actually need to intentionally take steps to address racism when it is brought up rather than minimizing it, explaining in a way when it wasn’t racism, it was this it with everything else but racism because it’s easier for it to be everything else it’s less painful for it to be everything else and meanwhile it just continues.
Chloe: And so does that happen because we don’t want to admit that we have these biases and so we suppress that, and they can’t be that or is that what happens?
‘White fragility’ Nova Reid: I don’t know how in depth you want go, there is a concept called “White fragility,” by a sociologist and author called Dr. Robin D’Angelo, and she’s a white lady and she was a diversity and inclusion trainer for over 25 years. And she started noticing when she was going into organizations, and teaching about equality and teaching about racism, that she would receive the same defensive responses from the white people who were in the room. So much so she could start to predict patterns of behavior, so she went away and did research and studies on this. And so it’s an element of defensiveness, there is… we’ve never… we don’t…
So I say I as a black person who was raised to talk about race comfortably, I can say the word black, brown, white without any attachment to it, and just use them as descriptive words. So many of my white peers were taught not to even see color so that’s coming from 2 different starting points, so if you were taught not to even see color that means by default you’re not recognizing the way that discrimination exists and the way that it’s impacted by it.
One, is because it’s not your lived experience but 2 because you’re choosing not to see it because you’ve been taught that by seeing it and by focusing on it is a bad thing when actually it’s very necessary like with any condition, like with gender inequality, and with trying to find a cure for cancer, we don’t solve the problem by not shining a spotlight on it. In fact that’s what we need to do 1st before we can really do understand what we’re dealing with and we don’t do that with race, we don’t talk about it.
Chloe: So if we’re… if people are thinking that it’s a good thing to say I don’t see color but actually, there are these unconscious things or you know suppressed biases and thoughts and beliefs then things is going to continue as they are?
Nova Reid: Yes, and also it’s untruthful, of course you see color. Even there was a study done on people who were blind and even they hold racism, it’s fascinating. So it fundamentally doesn’t make sense but yeah it’s a common way for some white peers to have been raised.
Chloe: You know it’s very interesting, if people are thinking that they want to learn more about this and educate themselves more or be the change are there things that you tend to suggest people do 1st?
White supremacy challenge Nova Reid: Not prescriptively. Generally speaking people who find my work have already had some kind of awakening, they’ve read Reni Edge Lottie’s book, “why I’m no longer talking about race,”. Some people found to doing Lala Saeed’s with me and my white supremacy challenge which has just come out as a book. Other people are just curious because they want to raise socially conscious children. Whether they’re raising white children or mixed heritage children, or black children, I don’t want them repeating the same generational cycles that we have continued to repeat for centuries.
And so how do I stop it? I don’t want to pass things that I’ve not dare to uncover on to my children. So how can I raise them to be a kind-hearted human being?
So I often find that a lot of the people who comes to my work are mostly women, mothers but not exclusively, who want to raise socially conscious children who are open and kind hearted and can help be great allies for people who are in minority identities.
Chloe: Ok.
Nova Reid: Yeah, so that is often a motivator as well. But generally speaking, they would have come either by following somebody on Instagram and having conversations or reading, they would have done a little bit of reading before they come to me.
Chloe: And you mentioned being an ally there. Can you explain what it means to be an ally if you haven’t heard that even before, what would you describe that as?
Nova Reid: I might flip that around. Can I ask you that question?
Chloe: So I would say it was someone that is educating themselves, looking at themselves, and then being alert to how they can play a role in starting to change things.
Priviledge Nova Reid: Yeah it supporting, it’s being… it’s just waking up, it’s being aware of how our lives are compounding our difference because of the society to privileges that some groups of people will have based purely on who they are and how they were born and there’s no blame there.
It’s just facts. White privilege is a term that was founded on a 40-year study by somebody who Theodore Allen. He as an academic and also an activist in civil rights movement. He did this huge in-depth research that found out that it was originally white skin privilege, that people who were white were getting more societal access and more society a privilege under the same social economic circumstances than people who are people of colour.
And that was done over 40 years ago. It’s recognizing that as a result of having white skin and living in a white majority country, you’re not compounded by, you’re not impacted by racism, you’re impacted by systemic discrimination because the color of your skin or your name.
The same way as an able bodied person I have automatic have privileges because I can travel freely without having to worry about whether my Wheel chair can literally physically fit through a door because there are so many buildings that are not wheel chair accessible.
Also those are the kinds of things that I talk about when I talk about privilege. Being an ally is recognizing that those things exist. In order for a group of people to be continuously systemically oppressed and disadvantaged, it means a group of people have to be advantaged and that’s the component we don’t look at.
And an ally is aware of what the advantages are and also see the disadvantages, so they can help communicate and be part of change, and help in helping other people understand.
Chloe: Yeah, I suppose it’s something that when you’re white you don’t think about. You just take it for granted. It’s so many things that we take for granted. You mentioned before the hair dressers and people not questioning where you’re from and that sort of thing.
And then when you start to learn about it more you realize what other people have to deal with. Makes you realize… I suppose people can get defensive about that, can’t they? I think they might say that I’m white but I grew up on a council estate home, I’m privileged. And that’s a separate thing, isn’t it?
Privilege Nova Reid: It’s a separate thing, so the word privilege is quite loaded. I also think we’ve got huge issues with class in the UK that have not been addressed either. You hear the Word privilege and you automatically think wealth or greed.
You can be somebody who lives on a council estate in a working class background who is white and receives discrimination because of that, but you won’t see racism on top of it. That’s what we’re talking about and what the studies are showing
Chloe: You know I’m wondering about this is if it’s something we need to get better as human beings in general, but being Ok with kind of being criticized or being afraid of being wrong without taking it so personally in a way, instead of looking at the thing in itself and being able to work through it and kind of listen to that rather than becoming offend defensively and going on an attack.
Are you listening? Nova Reid: I think it’s key and I talk about it a lot. And there is sort of anti-racism where there are… The quickest form of defense is to go on the attack, so then we’re just attacking, no one’s listening.
We’ve not been able to hold conversations, interracial conversations. So I can talk about this stuff with my black and brown colleagues till the cows come home.
I’ve only started really talking to my white friends about this stuff in the past 18 months to 2 years. Because then we get to a point where we can start hearing somebody’s pain or trauma and validating that experience. That is a key components healing, I think all of this generally is about mass healing. We need it desperately. And that starts with a desire to be comfortable and then deeply deeply listen.
Chloe: Yes, it’s interesting what you said about a friends because I was hearing from someone, a black woman, he said that she could never really connect with a white friend and there was always this thing that they… and it felt weird to her, she wanted to connect more but she felt like she couldn’t completely kind of be herself, as opposed to little things that were going on for her.
Loosing my fear Nova Reid: It’s really common. It’s meant that some relationships have not survived. Especially as I’ve leaned more into anti-racism work. I’m now being myself and not feeling frightened about having these conversations as I did before. It makes some people extremely uncomfortable. If I can’t be myself around you then that’s not good for my mental health.
It’s very much about being able to be who you are. For so many ways the black community in the UK had been taught to assimilate as a form of survival. Keep your head down and don’t say anything, be grateful.
Chloe: Is there anything else that you think is important for people to know that you want to share as like a final point about your work and what people can do maybe to start their journey into this? Maybe you can share about your courses and things like that.
Nova Reid: Well, I think as a society are on the cusp of change. We’re all feeling the discomfort of an uncertain political climate.
We need people to help bridge the gap to understand more and to help us because racism is a form of trauma, and I think if anyone is consciously aware of that. I strongly urge that they engage in anti-racism work, it’s not about being a good or bad person it’s about being someone who wants to be part of a very very powerful and necessarily solution.
Tedx Talk So yeah I have a have a Tedx talk about what might be a good starting point, not all superhero heroes wear capes and have a listen to that, have a look at that. And I also have a online anti-racism course which you’re doing Chloe where we can just go deep and wide with understanding who we are self interrogation, self exploration, and also understanding more of the context about why this stuff is happening now and what we can do you because I often think people feel like ending racism is this big thing that is too overwhelming.
Actually there are tiny things we can do on every day that don’t have to be confrontational, that can be really really helpful and healing and strategic if we just have a desire.
So it’s an online anti-racism course, and I’ve just launched a courageous courage, which is for people who are starting their journeys being an ally but feel really uncomfortable about having conversations, calling people in, having conversations with family and so it’s figuring out how to do that without triggering some kind of anxiety attack, so that you can be effective in your allyship as well because it does take courage this work, absolutely takes courage. Yes.
Chloe: I think that’s so relevant for myself and probably people listening. A lot of people that do listen to this who are kind of people pleasers and are scared of… so scared of saying the wrong thing, but also want to help but would let that fear hold them back and I think knowing, you know educating yourself is it’s kind of the 1st step in listening.
Nova Reid: It’s key, and I know fear feels huge and it can feel like it’s all consuming. But your fear is not bigger than being a part of the solution to end racism and trauma.
It’s temporary, it will dissipate and the more you do this the more you understand the easier it becomes, because when you come up with a challenge, you have the data, you have the stats you have the facts, and that can back up all humans and then it feels less like a confrontation and more like a conversation and for me that’s where change happens where you’re not blaming or attacking anyone for their views you’re just helping them why did their understanding which generally changes their behavior.
How to reach Nova Chloe: And yeah just to reiterate that people should watch your ted talk. It’s really moving and inspiring. Your course is really interesting, and lots of videos where you’re talking about the history, case studies and experiences. It really gives you this kind of an understanding of the whole situation I guess and how we can start to change things.
Nova Reid: Thank you, and thank you for being part of it as well because that in itself takes courage. So I knowledge that, yeah, we need more allies.
Chloe: And in your Instagram is that your name?
Nova Reid: Yes, my Instagram is Nova Reid official R-E-I-D, and I’m mostly on there. My website is novareid.com as well to see a full range of some of the services I offer.
Chloe: Amazing, thank you so much for speaking to me, and thanks for everything that you do.
Nova Reid: A pleasure, thank you for having me.
Outro Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me at Chloebrotheridge, and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on i-Tune, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that will benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’ll be so so grateful. so I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love, hopefully you’ll tune in again, and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 97. How to be the change you want to see in the world with Nova Reid appeared first on Calmer you.
Nova Reid is an advocate for equality and was recently nominated as a Positive Role Model for race equality at the National Diversity Awards for the third year running. She is a certified NLP Life Coach, with an extensive professional background in mental well-being and is a frequent mentor at the Women of the World […]
The post Ep 97. How to be the change you want to see in the world with Nova Reid appeared first on Calmer you.
Tony Riddle, otherwise known as the natural lifestylist, joined me on the Calmer You Podcast for a very in-depth and inspiring conversation. I think you are going to really find this episode quite fascinating and mind-blowing.
We chat about: * The link between being disconnected from nature and depression and anxiety. * Re-wilding ourselves – what can we do at work, home and on daily life to re-wild. * Practical tips on everything from the plants to have in your house to clean the air to how to sleep better.
Tony Riddle offers Natural Lifestyle Coaching – find out more here.
Sponsors Betterhelp – Online counselling service. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to Sweaty Betty online to find out more and get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Discover the ways in which Sweaty Betty are working to make the planet a better place and their promises for 2019. Sweaty Betty Sustainability
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Hello and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Chloe Brotheridge: Today, I’m speaking to the incredibly interesting Tony Riddell, a.k.a. The Naturallife Stylist. Tony is a natural lifestyle coach and he’s spent the last 18 years developing and refining a robust way of life based on the principles of a natural lifestyle. Central to his continuing exploration is the question, “What makes the human animal successful in the modern world?”
We have a really interesting discussion all about the links between our disconnection from nature and the levels of depression and anxiety that we experience.
Tony teaches us how we can re-wild ourselves, what we can do at work, at home and in our daily lives to connect back to nature and gain all the health and mental well-being benefits of doing that.
In this episode And he shares loads of practical tips on everything from the plants that you need to have in your house to clean the air, to how to sleep better, to how to squat better and so much more.
I think you are going to really find this episode quite fascinating and mind-blowing. So, let’s get into the interview with Tony Riddle.
I’d love to invite you to check out my new app, The Calmer You App. We are so proud of this app. It’s been about two years in the making. It’s a great app, I have to say. It’s not a crappy app that was made in a rush with bad design. It works incredibly well.
There are so many tools in their meditations, journaling ways to track your progress, CBT exercises to help with anxiety. It really is like having a therapist in your pocket.
Sponsor You can find it in the app store. It’s getting incredible reviews so far. The Calmer You App. Please check it out. I think you’re going to love it.
This episode is sponsored by my favourite active wear brand, Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. So, it’s the best technical fabrics, which means our products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin.
All products are also wearer trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flatter and fit the female body. If the staff don’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many active wear brands to shop from, but Sweaty Betty is special because all their products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion, it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and I continue to wear and love.
Sweaty Betty Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products, including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. Their Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotton blend alternative and now adjacent amounts of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20 percent off when you enter the promo CALMERYOU on their website. You’ll also find the link in the show notes. So, 20 percent off for Sweaty Betty when you enter the code CALMERYOU. That’s (C-A-L-M-E-R-Y-O-U). Check out their stuff. I think you’re going to love it.
Welcome Tony Riddle Chloe: Welcome, Tony. Thank you so much for joining me. How are you today?
Tony Riddle: I’ve been great. Thanks for inviting me in. Brilliant, I’m going to have a great day, actually. It been lots of nature today. So, I just literally arrived from Hampstead Ponds now; down cold deep in the icy water. Yeah.
Chloe: Sounds energizing.
Tony Riddle: Yeah, epic stuff.
Chloe: I’d love to hear from you, and for people who don’t know who you are, what you do. What is it that you do and how do you help people and what’s been your journey to get to where you are today?
Meet Tony Riddle Tony: Wow, it’s a big one, isn’t it? Hi, my name is Tony Riddle. I’m also known as a.k.a the Natural Life Stylist. What does that mean? Well, before that, it’s essentially just re-wilding humans; introducing them to ways of living that are more in sync with human biology. And then bringing that forward into everyday environments to enable us to thrive, not just survive.
And what I mean by that is most of us are just surviving; we don’t even realize it. What we’ve normalized; the anxiety, myriads of different diseases, 100 different autoimmune diseases, it’s just become normalized. How do we get through that and how do we see through it? And for me, it’s always been looking at nature to have the answers. Well, nature’s the cure, I’d say.
And the more and more I went deeper, I went into that, the more you can see that these natural beings of the world just don’t have, sometimes, even words for what we have. Like insomnia, there’s no word for it in some of the tribes that I’ve visited. They have no connection to it.
Finding connection For me, it was always about, yeah, how do I find that connection? It wasn’t really resonating with people; they couldn’t really relate to it. It’s partly because we were using language like “zoo humans” and “wild humans”; it sounds great, romantic, but people didn’t really relate to the wild human. And they also didn’t like the fact thy were to be called a zoo human, let’s say.
So, somewhere in the mix, I was approached by an editor from the style magazine, Sunday Times Star Magazine. And she was writing a piece on six best coaches. So, my ego’s like, “Ooh, six best coaches. Yeah, I’d love to do that.”
And so, we sit down, we start chatting and then she says, “Okay, I was expecting it to be really about movement” because she could see that there was an influence through natural movement with me and a lot of my clients.
Finding a natural lifestyle And then as I start to expand on the whole philosophy, it was not just about finding natural ways of moving, it was finding natural ways of sleeping, natural ways of digesting, natural ways of eating, natural ways of breathing. And then the social community and the spiritual context; what it was to be a natural being.
I was like, “Okay, this is much bigger. How about we do a full feature on it? This could be two pages.” And then that became like the naturalized stylist; it was obvious for me after that.
And then, all of a sudden, it was like waking up the next day and things just exploding because it’s suddenly relatable, I guess.
So, that’s kind of where it is at now and that’s kind of where I am this part of the journey. I mean, leading up to that, yeah, it’s been huge. It’s been a huge journey; it’s the unravelling of Tony, I guess. Allow me to sit here as Tony 2.0, I call him, you know.
Tony 1.0 I had an upbringing in a village that was kind of a concrete existence, so let’s say. And punctuated in amongst that, there was a little piece of nature that us kids went to. And maybe an hour or so a week, but it was a moment to express kind of our physicality and connect to something deeper, I guess. You know, partly we could just kick our shoes off and climb trees and play in the streams and then suddenly it was back into the concrete existence like everyone else’s experience, as in overnight.
And TV and sitting in front of the box, just having that kind of social experience at the very beginning, that was kind of the template. ADHD, yeah, dyslexia, you could throw a lot into the mix, really. And it’s really just this craving for being outside. I’d sit in a classroom, like tapping, looking out the window with really, this huge desire to need to move.
And then had such a terrible education; it was like one of the worst, I think. And then found myself in the army later on, partly to avoid the drugs and the alcohol and the crime that was basically just normalised within my social group and it was a form of escapism.
Military life
I found myself in the military and I spent three and a half years, really. Again, I guess going back to that one hour, expressing my physicality as a young boy out in nature that punctuated in amongst my week, I now had that in the army; I could really express that.
But then eventually, it just got to a point where I just found myself a bit lost, even in the military. And then unfortunately, found myself dropping back into the same social patterns as what I’ve been trying to escape.
Help arrived And then someone saved me. They said, “Well, have you thought about personal training? Maybe I can set you up.”
So, that was the next step for me. And it kind of already I could feel, “Ah, this is for me.” So, already, I was exploring that. And then I had a position in a personal training, which was my first person training position.
Fortunately, I walked into a place that didn’t have gym equipment, no resistance machines; it was just a studio. So, you had to really learn your craft. And the people that were in there were mainly 40-something women. Their husbands were commuting into the city in the and they had absolutely no interest in what the current paradigm, probably a personal training was, which is a little bit sabotaged by bodybuilding and fitness models.
And so, it became about more course stability. It was just the new language I was learning and I discovered Pilates. And then from Pilates, I then, skipping forward a few years, found myself in my own Pilate studio, one-on-ones and just joint sessions.
Growing the practice And then I took on a bigger practice. I had like six practitioners working for me; all equipment based, loved the original philosophy. It made perfect sense to me. And there’s images of Joseph Pilates. He’s a middleweight professional boxer, lost an eye in a fight, gymnast, circus performer; stuff that people didn’t really know about him. Even his cold immersion images, images of him in his pant standing in the snow, you know.
So, there was something really — I was intrigued by it, you know. So, I started to look deeper into that. And I found his original system that was called Controlology. There was crawling patterns and more about body weight and understanding where weight should be, even when you’re standing. And it was a very different terminologies, a very different language at that point.
Then I was involved with a company called Wild Fitness. They were taking zoo humans and turning them into wild humans, except they were still teaching the current paradigm of personal training, but just in nature.
Mentors At that point, another great mentor of mine, Nicholas Romanov, walked in and he helped me understand a specific posture that everyone walks into; when they’re running, when you’re climbing, any particular movement pattern, you could observe it through his method called The Pose, which was — there’s a skill and it has a technique in mind and a physiology to it.
Lifestyle symptoms And suddenly, I looked at my Pilates practice with that filter and I was like, “Oh, my God. People are just coming in with symptoms from a lifestyle. I’m just giving them symptom relief, not going to the cause. YI’m teaching them to lie down and move around on a piece of equipment, unravel the tension and their compromised body from their everyday lifestyle. What creates that?”
And it was like, “Wow. Okay, the obvious things are their footwear was one and then it was the chair. Okay, sitting; sedentary lifestyle.” So, then if it was all about the money, I could’ve just kept inviting them in and just dealing with the same situation; oh, it’s just hips and it’s just feet and it’s something that you can just correct their posture.
But I started to look at there must be more natural system or natural way of moving. And so, another mentor, Irwin Nicole, he has a system called Move Nat, which is about observing certain movement patterns that we all carry out in nature. It’s based on George {indistinct 12:57} work.
Studying movement patterns George {indistinct 12:58} was like a French Marine officer in the 1800s and studied all indigenous populations and realised that they had these incredible physicality; ability to move. And just compared to his own Marines, could just outperform, let’s say. And what is it they’re doing differently?
That’s kind of where the military assault course came from that; that’s the origins of it. They’re observing they all could balance, run, lift, carry, throw, defend, swim, jump. There was just the whole protocol to it.
So, Irwin’s work was very much like that. But I could then apply Nicholas’ pose method to that. So, then I could see the appropriate pose and what was needed.
So, what was happening was instead of taking what wild fitness would have called zoo humans and putting them through this exercise program and expecting a natural outcome, I had to take them back, so they understood the appropriate postures and techniques within those disciplines first, and then their physiology would start to adapt to it.
Opening a pilate studio And from there I opened up a gym. I closed my Pilate studio. It felt very much like being a fraud, having that. Again, you could carry on, on that path, and just give people symptoms really.
So, we used to joke and it was like we called it movement therapy, but it was more like movement and therapy, where people would come down, they’d lie on the reformer and they were doing a series of exercises, but they’d also be telling you about their problems, you’d see.
“Okay, it’s still lifestyle. There’s something in there. What is it there? What are the symptoms and what’s the cause?” that’s going into the cause?
I started with movement; that was the very first layer that really. Really just honing a movement practice that was natural to people in a gym facility. Three of us opened that practice with different influences.
Barefoot running kind of came through with a book called Born to Run. That blew things up for us. And we got involved with the barefoot brand who are now what we called Viva Barefoot. That meant I could then look at the way the feet were behaving, have them performed naturally, but in an urban environment. They had some kind of protection. And then we understood there were particular postures and protocols that we could get people to just become more efficient as movers.
Wild Fitness Retreat Then eventually, the philosophy started to open up and I piloted the first Wild Fitness Retreat out of the Isle of Wight. That was an opportunity to bring more in; more of this natural movement, rather than a modern day exercise into a natural habitat. There was more availability around sleep, more discussions around sleep and then the core philosophy.
Two other people I set that business up, jumped ship. They moved out of the gym facility. And then something made me stay. I think it was the ego. And also, I had my father’s influence; he had a business and I watched him literally, just everything went in the business and we very rarely saw him. He’s home on like Sundays, if we were lucky.
The turning point And we just watched it unravel; pretty much lost everything in that process, I guess, including him a little. And something inside me; I felt like I was playing out the same pattern. And I’d stayed in the business far too long, trying to support it with my own means in the end, because we’d lost to other directors in the sense.
And then I was holding a big workshop, and this is the turning point for me. And people have come over from all over, standing in a room, and I’m there preaching about a philosophy about zoo humans and wild humans and living naturally.
Imposter syndrome And a tube train kind of went past the building and in that moment it, just shook the doors of the building. And I was like, “Oh, my God.” I was like, “Again, that message on the fraud; I’m standing here teaching people about how to live a natural lifestyle in an urban setting.
Yet, I’ve just worked 16 hours yesterday. I’ve had no sleep. My diet’s a mess. My skin’s a mess. I’m completely fatigued and on the borderline of adrenal fatigue, not happy and probably depressed at this point.”
And it was just the moment. And I’d gone bankrupt to live through a week after that whole thing. Just let it go. And so, everything I’d figured, I’d managed to just unravel within a week. The fear of, “Oh, what if I lose the business”, the fear of what people would think, the shame, the guilt.
Tony 2.0 And out of that adversity, suddenly, Tony 2.0, and it was just — I think that was the adversity I needed at that time was the closure of a business that I’ve been deeply holding on to.
I then went off on a bit of a journey and it was how do you rebuild yourself? Luckily, I had a very supportive wife and kids at that stage that were just, “Take as much time as you do.”
Protocols Breath work came in for me first; meditation. And then, of course, I had all the information, I had all the knowledge; it was just now I had to experience and put it into practice. Instead of just standing there in front of an audience, telling them how they should be using these protocols, it was like, “Ah, I’m the man in the audience and this is what I need to be doing.”
I guess I had to experience it and then out of that, of course, you can have the wisdom, you have the knowledge and then you have to really experience it. And I think unless you’ve gone through real anxiety and if you’ve gone through depression, as you’ve gone through break downs and then you see them as breakthroughs. For me, that was the real turning point. And I guess people could relate to that.
Again, it was like, “I’ve been there. I know it feels rubbish. But I also know you have everything inside of you.” To turn it around and be the change and then be an example to others.
Running barefoot And then more recently, I undertook an event where I decided I wanted to show human potential and human physicality. And so, I chose to run from Land’s End to John Groves, which I did barefoot.
Why barefoot? Well, because it kind of, you know, people can’t relate to it. They start with a , “Wow.” But it gets that initial “Wow. That’s sounds fascinating. I’m just going to go and run the length for the UK, but I’m going to do it barefoot.”
So, really raise that socially extreme eyebrow and created a platform. And with that platform, it meant I could raise awareness for a bigger picture. My whole theme is around living a natural lifestyle and reconnecting people to nature and this was the real opportunity for that.
Well, here’s what we can do. We can run barefoot; that’s natural. We should be able to get up and run each day; that’s also natural. But where’s the stage for this? Well, it’s nature. How do we do that? It was then an opportunity to raise funds for six organizations and then interview sustainability experts along the route.
That was the plan with this idea that we — I mean, there’s so much around the environment and sustainability now, isn’t there? Lots of people even striking in the streets. But it’s how many of those people are actually out in nature and connecting to it and really understanding what it is they’re trying to save? Because I can’t relate to and I can’t connect to it, what chance do I have of saving something if I’m not immersed in it?
Becomming nature From that kind of experience, it meant that even towards the end of the run, I felt I’d literally just become nature at one point. I was out there for so long in this meditation state of running, which I then called the pilgrimage.
For me, it was like an opportunity to come back with, “Wow, this is incredible. If we’re really out there for that long, you understand how precise it all is. And it’s all happening for you.” There were just people that would appear on the route exactly when I need them, when I felt most broken or someone that had to open a road for me, it just happens this guy was there, “By the way, just to let you know, I’ve opened the road up for you.”
But usually, we’re so cluttered up with information or I have to be at this meeting or this appointment at this time. We miss those cues, those subtle nudges. But this on this adventures, I had an opportunity to really tune into it.
And then I faced adversity even on that; I had a bad injury towards the end of it. I’d managed to sprain an ankle, leaping over something in a stream, and I couldn’t even load my left foot at that stage; it was completely swollen. Really just brutal, brutal injury to get, right at the end, when you’ve got three days left to complete 30 miles a day for 30 days. That was the timeframe I’d given myself.
Pain cave I then went through all the protocols I’d learn again. For me, it was another adversity. Now, I have this kind of cave; I call it the pain cave. You’re much stronger than I am and can choose to go out into the light or stay in the darkness at the back of the cave; out in that light or back in the cave. I can only see the back of the cave. So, what are you going to choose?”
And in that moment, I was just, “It’s enough for me.” And it flipped a switch that enabled me to get my thoughts from being a victim, “Oh, no. I’m not going to be able to run. I would not be able to complete this thing” to “I’m healing.”
And it’s in instances like that the adversity begin; you realize that it’s all perception. It’s just literally perception; it’s the perception of a moment and we are just the vessel.
And the mind is incredible, really, if you really want to go in there and unravel it and just see what’s available. Human potential is way beyond what I’d expected and my expectation going into the run. Again, that was really about the physical self, but it came out as, “Oh my God, the mind is — we’re just incredible beings”, if we really let it go. So, that’s a bit of a waffle.
Chloe: No, that’s so interesting. So, this pain cave, was that something that spontaneously came to you? Is that a practice that you returned back to or what was that?
The cave Tony Riddle: It’s something I go back to. In training sometimes, if I was pushing it in training, of course, you get to the point where you feel like you’re completely fatigued. And that’s the cave. You know, you have to basically somehow get yourself out of there to face the next session.
But again, I look at that through stuff I’ve had in the past when it’s been right down depression, anxiety, anything that was flagged up in the past. It’s the same thing; it’s just a matter of I have to go into the cave.
And most of us are just fearful of going there. And I think you have to go there; that’s where the deepest lessons are. We’re so fearful of anxiety. We’re so fearful of depression. But at times, that’s where the most valuable lessons are. And we come out of a much stronger being. But it’s having the tools and the skills to get out of the cave. That’s what I’ve learned now. You know, because we’ll go in there.
Again, like I was talking about the ponds, that’s a mini hit of adversity for me. And I take a lot of people through that process or into the cold or into ice. And when they first arrive, you can see they’re really, really anxious. That’s the pain cave for them; about to go into the cave.
How to down-regulate And so, one of the tools we can be using to be able to enter that and to down regulate and to see the adversity differently; that it’s a challenge that it might create. We very rarely have real adversity. Some of it is myself manufactured in a way. I’ve got a few emails on here that I know I have to deal with today. I can already feel I’m a little bit up-regulated going into them. What do I do about that? Do I mean, do I stay up-regulated or do I use methods to down regulate, so I see it differently?
What I mean about seeing it differently? You know, we revert back to our earliest traumas, the moment where stressed out. It’s like the stuff that’s happened in the first early years, let’s say, is what plays out for the rest of our life; it’s like the templates. Up until the age of seven, let’s say, those recordings that have occurred in those earliest years are what we play out for the rest of our lives. They’re out templates that we’ve inherited through our tribes of influence or whoever.
Subconscious patterns And the moment we’re really up-regulated, we start to go back into, say, the 3-year old or the 4-year old or the 6-year old. It comes up. We don’t know that, because it’s just what we operate at. It’s like a subconscious pattern that comes up.
So, do I want to answer my email in that mind-set or do I want to get rid of the imposter and start to become the authentic self again? That’s what I learn within it; within the practices like breath work is an incredible modality, just for flipping that switch of perception to get you out of the cave immediately so you can become the authentic self again, answering the email rather than the imposter stressed out urbanite who is up-regulated in a sense, that might not be giving the right response.
And we can all relate to that; that’s an email. That can even be a phone call. And as a parent, it’s like, if you’ve got chaos going on around the home and you maybe need to get an email done and the kids are going crazy. Is it the kids are going crazy or is it just your perception of the kids going crazy?
And the moment you step back from that and again, you go and have a chat with the bear and he gives you some advice on, “Well, here’s some breathing technique can be doing” or “At least stare at some nature” and these amazing studies of what can happen just by immersing in nature for 20 minutes.
Forest bathing So, in Japan, it’s like they took 260 individuals, study them in 24 areas. And within 20 minutes, each one of those individuals has a 13.4 percent drop in their cortisol; their blood pressure and heart rate dropped and they’d return back to their parasympathetic rest-and-digest. So, away from their sympathetic fight-and-flight; that’s every one of those participants. So, if we think of that, that’s dropping them into that authentic self again.
But we can’t all do that in the office or say in this environment now, I might be really up-regulated. What do we do before we started? I’ve just come off the tube. We certainly breathe for 3 minutes before you start and it’s just would define you within the chaos again.
So, that’s the cave for me really. Yeah, it’s always with us. And it’s just finding ways; how can I get myself out with that experience?
Chloe: And when you talk about breath work, what does that mean to you and others and are there certain practises that people can be trying today to help themselves?
Breathwork Tony Riddle: Yeah, there’s really simple techniques. It depends on where you are in the day. There’s breath gurus out there. I’ll make it really simple and I maybe put a few of them in here.
A guy, I work with. He’s an amazing breath coach. Alan Dolan, he’s known as the breath guru. They work with some systems like Transformational Breath. Some work with Hoff’s work and down regulating breath.
And then there’s really simple access, which is someone that we worked with, which is Eddie Stern’s app. And it’s just a breathing app you can download. And with that, rather than you having to count about breath, it just has a sound in the background. And you follow the sound with your breath and you can just go off. It’s like the entry into meditation, you can find through that; just the simple breathing app.
Down regulating the breath So, down regulating breath means that you’re dropping yourself into parasympathetic, which is rest-and-digest. It’s a more restful state, heart rate, blood pressure drop, saliva will come up because your rest-and-digest digestion.
And then we have kind of up regulating breath, which is about becoming more alert. If it’s says, 3 o’clock, 3:30, usually for me, I might feel like, “Just a little bit, I’m dropping a bit here. What can I do? I could go smash the caffeine or I could up regulate my breath.”
Then I choose more of a charging breath; it’s more of a {deep breath}. 10 cycles is enough just to make you alert; just that. As simple as that. And then just expand on that, if you only do 30 breaths or whatever. It can feel a little bit tingly from that sometimes, just because you’re playing with oxygen, carbon dioxide levels.
We also use things like breath hold, which has become quite popular, with Wim Hoff’s method is like the Ice Man. And then so, on the final out breath of that, you then hold your breath and it would just help balance that system again.
Parasympathetic nervous system Back to parasympathetic. It’s such an important tool, this. I mean, I coach a lot of people in breath, just purely. Again, going back to parenting. So, I could use this as an example coming in here. I get onto the tube, tube is chaos. Sometimes, just getting out of the tube can be chaos, let alone getting onto it. It’s an alien environment. The air is not great. The lighting is terrible. So, we’ve just normalized it, but on a subconscious level, it’s just not very natural environments; you’re never really going to get a natural outcome. It’s very difficult to become very restful in that environment.
Then everyone else has the same experience. So, you’re now surrounded by the energy of all of that, which can feel quite anxious. And then so, I’m going to be up regulated; little bit anxious. And then I arrive home to my door and my kids have been waiting for papa, probably for 8 hours. And they wanted this amazing guy to come in the house, who’s their image of what papa is and what their expectations are. Yeah, I have this craziness around me and I’m up.
Breathwork exercise So, I will stop at the door and I’ll just do a very simple workout. It’s like a 4-second inhale from my nose and then a 6-second {exhale} and I just do 10 cycles. And then I walk in the door and then it’s a very different experience I’m coming in with. It’s almost like I’ve left it at the doorstep and I can walk in like Tony 2.0, not Tony Imposter again.
So, it’s just work in a different breath modalities. And I think you can explore with that. There’s so many like box breathing, people talk about, which might mean 3seconds in, then you hold for seconds, 3 seconds out and then you hold for 3 seconds.
When is the best time for different breath techniques? Again, if you’re up regulated, down regulate. If it’s before bedtime, definitely just go to the long exhale. It could be 3 seconds in, 4 seconds in, longer exhale. And then just 5 minutes of that and you’ll be away and it just drops you into the rest-and-digest, rather than maybe a little bit up regulated or you might’ve seen something or heard something just before bedtime.
Meal time Meal time is another classic. So, meal time, if you want to assist digestion, you want to down regulate. If again, you’re up regulates and you’re trying to eat, then a lion walks into this room right now growling {roar} and the lion kicks off. We have an option; we can fight/flight, we can freeze and we do and then we can — That’s it, right? That’s an acute response. It’s not chronic responses and cute response.
And in that acute response, we have a regulatory system. Our digestive system will cut off. There’s no point in digesting a meal. And also, it’s hugely costly to digest food. That energy is best spent to fight, flight or freeze or whatever we’re going to do because there’s a line in the room right now.
My digestion gets shut off; that means stomach acid, enzymes, all of that, gone. The next one is my immune system; no point fighting off a cold. I’d rather give it to the lion, you know? The immune system goes out. The final one is hormonal system; no point producing Bam-Bam. If there’s a lion in the room, that shuts down.
Three issues What are the three things we mainly see are digestive issues, hormonal issues, immune system. It’s simplifying it somewhat, but it’s the best thing.
And so, with the digestive system, that’s an acute response. I don’t want that to be chronic. If it’s chronic, there’s no absorption. So, you and I could be sitting in here. We might have the most incredible diet, but because you’re up regulated, your digestive system is out, what are you absorbing? I might have a crappy diet right now, but be really down regulated and an amazing digestive system, I can’t absorb more. So, you’ll be overfed and undernourished? And so, we think we’re doing the right thing around food groups, but often, it can be digestion.
Breath I find that breath is a great opportunity, just to down regulate. You know when you already feel your salivary glands coming and it’s a great practice anyway. It’s like saying grace or something and just preparing yourself for the food, I think is really powerful.
So, again, breathing for sleep, breathing for stress, breathing for digestion and breathing, if you’re feeling low. That is an incredible practice, if we really start to understand it and honour it. And I think if there’s anyone with anxiety out there or even depression, breathing is the go-to; it’s one of the best practices that will help you get out the cave.
Using breath as a pause Chloe: I love the idea of kind of using it as kind of a pause and also like a bookend. Before you go from work to see your kid, you stop and pause and take some breaths, before you eat, before you go to sleep, to actually shift your state to be. Because often, we’re just going from one thing to the other and absorbing things as we go.
Tony Riddle: Absolutely.
Chloe: And it’s so interesting what you’re saying about and it being on the tube and around everyone and the lighting and the — And so often, we’re not even — we’re so, as you said, so used to that that it just seems normal and we’re not even aware there is a problem.
I just got back from staying with a tribe in the Amazon for two weeks.
Tony: Beautiful.
Chloe: And I came back into London. I met my boyfriend at a co-working space. And I felt like I didn’t know how to exist in the city. I was like not sure how to use like, I don’t know, the thing to get in the door. And it took me a while to get back into it because I’ve been so just on a different kind of level of existing.
Tony Riddle: Frequency, isn’t it? Just a completely different frequency.
Chloe: Yeah. Yeah. I’m so interested to hear more about, you know –
Better Help sponsor This podcast episode is sponsored by Better Help. Is there something interfering with your happiness or preventing you from achieving your goals? Therapy has massively helped me in the past to make sense of my thoughts and process my emotions.
Better Help will assess your needs and match you with your own licensed professional therapist. And you can start communicating with them in under 24 hours.
Better Help Better Help is not a crisis line. It’s not self-help. It’s professional counselling that’s done securely online. This service is available for clients worldwide and Better Help matches you with a counsellor based on what it is that you want to work on and their expertise. It’s more affordable than traditional offline counselling and financial aid is also available. Better Help wants you start living a happier life today.
And Better Help are doing a special offer for Calmer You listeners. Get 10 percent off your first month when you visit trybetterhelp (That’s better-H-E-L-P).com/calmeryou. That URL again; trybetterhelp.com/calmeryou to get 10 percent off your first month’s online counselling.
Chloe: I often think — I’ve had a theory and I think you’re going to prove that theory that a lot of anxiety is caused because we’re so disconnected from our natural state.
Tony Riddle: Yeah.
Connecting with our natural state Chloe: And we don’t actually know how good we could feel, a lot of the time. We have no idea because it’s become so normalized for us to be in cities.
Are there other things that you would suggest for people to be doing that can help them to connect back to that?
Ways to connect back with nature Tony Riddle: Absolutely. I think it’s really worth highlighting that disconnection. I’ve been lucky enough to train, I mean, some incredible beings. They could be from teenagers through to the elderly; some 80-year old clients, from students through to billionaires. Get flown around by private jet, amazing lifestyles; I’ve been witness to it all.
But you know what? If their fundamental physical, social, spiritual needs aren’t met, as in what’s aligned with nature, you know, finding those natural ways of performing, they’re still pretty unhappy.
And the good news is, the more of nature I kind of introduced to their lifestyles, the happier they become, the more successful they become; not talking the modern day monetary ladder of success, I’m talking of successful as human beings; that’s the thing.
We are amazing And we very rarely understand how amazing we are. We are literally awe inspiring, if you really understand where we’ve traversed, where we’ve come from. We’re talking like 100 thousand years of the most incredible sapiens species to get here today. And so, imagine just the environments we would have existed in, compared to where we are today. Imagine the adversity we would have faced.
I think it’s firstly just important to just kind of get a handle on that. Just understand that it’s inside all of us is this innately wild, connected, empowered being. That’s in our DNA; it’s in us. Until something happens along the way that pulls us off the path of divinity, let’s say.
How cells behave I have my discussions around schooling and stuff like that. But I think it’s like a petri dish that we’ve been cultured into, lets say, what’s been normalized in this petri dish. And Bruce Lipton‘s works really great for this because it helps you understand perception as a signal, it helps you understand how cells behave. For me, he is like the granddaddy of epigenetics in a way.
Chloe: Is he the author of Spontaneous Evolution
Tony Riddle: And also The Biology of Belief.
Chloe: Oh, Biology of Belief. Yeah, yeah. That’s the one.
Tony Riddle: Biology of Belief.
Chloe: Yeah.
Tony Riddle: So, the fantastic thing is it could be a petri dish and inside the petri dish is a number of cells. And we are a petri dish of say 47 trillion cells in that dish. And what he’s established is what one cell will behave, the others will behave the same way. Also, that if you take those cells and create three more petri dishes and culture, those identical cells into these petri dishes, they will be cultured into whatever that environment is. So, whatever your environment is today, your 47 trillion cells will adapt to it.
Adaptation And this is where we have a choice and we have to choose whether we want them to adapt to; good or bad. Because the ultimate human experience is adaptation and we will literally adapt to good or bad. But first, it’s understanding what’s good and what’s bad. And for me, it’s always, “Well, what do I put in my petri dish?”
What they notice through his experience and the experiment is if you put toxic information or toxins into the petri dish, the cells go into protection, which is a bit like the sympathetic system I was talking about earlier, like fight and flight. The system will shut down and go into protection mechanism. And we want growth to be able to understand how to thrive. That’s survival, protection.
And then if you put it nourishing or nutrients into the petri dish or nourishing information into the petri dish, the cells that go into a pattern of growth. Then they’re in parasympathetic or growth promoting state.
What is growth promoting We need to say, “Okay. What is growth promoting?” And for me, it’s understanding what exists in nature again. So, we could talk about, let’s say, “What food would we want to introduce into a petri dish?” So, we want to think processed foods that we have no connection to. They are maybe mono cropped, destroying an environment, they are covered in glysophates pesticides, they maybe in packaging that was also destroying the environment. Do we want that in our petri dish?
Or do you want to think, “Well, I want to have food that’s in nature, which is organic, which hasn’t gone through a heavy process, that I know is then growth promoting; it’s full of nutrient because exactly where it came from is the earth. I am part of the earth, the plants, the rocks and the animals. I need nature to go in. Not something that’s abnormal, created in a laboratory.” One will have one experience; one of the other.
Water Water; let’s look at water. What kind of water would I want to put in my petri dish? Do I want municipal water that maybe has some chemicals in it; maybe oestrogen, maybe chlorine in there, because we need chlorine in there to clean, because it’s such an old system? Every now and then you’ve got the whiff of chlorine that will come for your taps. Do I want that in my petri dish or do I want to think about springwater or water systems that can purify?
Natural movement Then we could go movement. “Okay. What kind of movement do I want in my petri dish?” This is tricky for us, because we are a sedentary culture. I don’t have any chairs in my house. And I don’t live in chairs in there for a reason is because when you observe people in the natural petri dish; in that environment, they don’t have chairs. But they have this amazing physique.
Now, we all see them on the front cover of Nature magazine; these amazing beings that have beautiful postures, beautiful physiology. And what is they’re doing differently because, the don’t still sit for nine hours a day. It’s just they don’t sit in chairs; they’re on the ground.
And then you observe there’s like around 100 different rest positions that can be performed on the ground. And each one of those rest positions is a micro element of the macro skill of standing up and being upright and then performing, walking, running, lifting, carrying; all those things. In the roots of that, is a movement system that just exists on the ground.
Posture And we have one chair. So, the chair goes into me into the more protection mechanism in that petri dish, because it, unfortunately, creates a compromised posture, gets us locked in the hips. We create a C-shaped spine, core stability goes out, glutes switch off, hamstrings get tight, we get locked in the ankle. And then when I go to stand up, I’m now walking from a completely different physiological and anatomical system from what I should be. Therefore, it’s compromising me.
Then I go to a class, like I used to have a Pilates studio to go and unravel it somehow. Actually, if I didn’t put the information in in the first place, or I at least had a practice in like chair care, or I called it chair sitting offsetting now. So, it’s like where I sit for this amount of hours. Let’s get back to the ground and help unravel it. It doesn’t mean yoga. It doesn’t mean Pilates, it just means adopting natural sitting positions. That’s what we can be doing in the petri dish.
So, if you are Netflix bingeing at home, go on the ground and just play with different rest positions like squatting, kneeling, shin boxing, getting yoga poses or long sits or straddle sits. There’s multiple sitting positions that you can choose, which will just help your overall mobility and posture and create a stronger physical self. Which then is much more powerful to go out into the world; you can absorb more in a way if your physical body is actually stronger. So, that’s movement, that’s water, food.
Sleep So, we can look at sleep, right? So, sleeps a huge one, isn’t it? So, we all think we have a good handle on sleep. And yet, if I start a workshop around this petri dish model, how many hours would I need? How many hours sleep do we need? And it can be probably 8 hours, 7 hours; we kind of lost sight of how many hours we need individually for a start, because they’re all different. But also we’ve lost sight of what actually happens in nature compared to what happens in the urban environment. The urban environment isn’t natural, so we don’t get a natural outcome.
So, how do we understand what natural sleep is without going into nature and observing what happens there? Most of the sleep studies in the books I’ve read are pretty much around what happens in the laboratory experiment. So, they’re in sleep experiments.
Sleep experiment Is a laboratory sleep experiment going to give you a natural outcome? I’m not so sure. Yet there’s Professor Siegel, from the University of California, went to study three different tribes, different geographic locations. And they discovered that not one of those tribespeople are sleeping for 8 hours. So, 99 members, 33 members in each tribe, studied for 1,165 days. No, not one of them sleeping for 8 hours. It’s between 5.7 and 7 hours. That’s it.
What they do notice; the difference is the environment again. So, the difference is in that petri dish environment. It is there where the toxins and the growth will come in. They don’t have the ability to create sunrise at sunset. So, there’s no sunlight; ability to switch a light on. In other words, and create light. So, they managed to down regulate their system.
Temperature And through that, the air temperature is cooler at night. Of course, they have a fire. So, they always get up to tend to the fire and they’re never asleep for the whole stretch. They wake and sleep, they wake and sleep, they wake and sleep. So, they look out the fire, look after the young, they fix tools, they smoke and they party.
They don’t have a word for insomnia and they don’t have the chronic disease we are led to believe we would receive from a sleep debt or not achieving 8 hours.
And that’s for me was game changing because most of the successful people I have coming in don’t have the opportunity to be sleeping for 8 hours. They’re quite on it because really they’re getting more and more stressed. And you could see that then you would create more inflammation and more disease just from the stress of not getting the 8 hours. It’s like how do we alleviate that? Okay, look at this, guys. Not one of these people to sleeping for 8 hours. They are in amazing shape, they’re incredible beings.
But let’s have a look underneath it, what is happening. And we know that around that fire, they’re not absorbing crazy information at night. No one is saying around that fire, “The village next door is going to come in here and rob us and stab us and shoot us.”
Triggers So, that’s the movie influence that we use; the TV or the screen is the fire. So, we want to make sure of what information am I absorbing at night? I want the romantic firelight conversations that have been passed down for generation to generation to generation and the wisdom that comes with it, rather than toxic information that’s going to trigger something within me before I go into a sleep cycle.
And regardless whether you have a breathing approach or breath approach to down regulate, that can’t go unseen, it’s been seen. So, your subconscious sees that as something you’re entering sleep with.
Air quality The other one is temperature and the next one is air quality. So, I’ve now been sleeping in the same room; we’ve been in this apartment for a year. So, I’ve been sleeping in the same room, the same since sensory experience, the same straight lines, linear approaches, for a year. And if I get the sleep studies right, then I should be in there for 8 hours. So, I’m going to be breathing in and out, the same materials and the same material experience, for 8 hours a day, for a year.
So, really it’s about — That’s where we need to be looking at, “Do I want neurotoxins in the air itself?” That’s being kicked out from the paints, the mastics, the glues and the materials in your room. So, it’s like, “How do I work with that?” And it can be plants that create some nature in so we can bring more nature in that help stimulate our ancestral eye. We know that taking people out into nature, they get dropping cortisol.
Nature scenes The same thing happens if you show someone a flick book of nature. Here is a nature scene and they go, “Ah” and they down regulate. Here’s an urban setting and they up regulate. So, you can go nature scenes in that environment that will help down regulate.
Plants, help them purify the air. There’s a huge NASA study on 10 recommended plants for air purification that will deal with formaldehyde, benzene, xylene, main neurotoxins. The best ones I found we’re like Peace Lilies, because you could go away for two weeks and you don’t have to worry about them. They were so robust. Even if they droop and you come back, just give them a little bit of water. So, you don’t have to have that anxiety about, “Oh, my plants can be okay.” They’re just really robust. They can cope. That’s air purity.
Lighting And then there’s lighting. So, the lighting is probably the most important, really, in the sleep realm. Because, again, it goes back to their ability in nature not to be able to turn the lights on.
And what lighting can do is it can suppress melatonin, which we know as a sleep hormone. Many people will understand that one as a sleep hormone. It’s kind of not doing it justice by just calling it a sleep hormone.
So, melatonin has two main processes in digestion. One, it’s is the regulatory system for ghrelin and lepton; two hormones. So, ghrelin’s process would be if ghrelin is up, then I need to eat. The idea is you want ghrelin now and then lepton, as lepton comes up, it says, “I’m satiated. I’ve had enough food.” So, imagine they’re like that; ghrelin to drop and lepton to come up.
Melatonin’s role is ghrelin and lepton; that’s its key role. So, if you don’t have melatonin in your system in the evening, then you face, “Oh, I’m really hungry right now.” And the other voice of, “I haven’t had enough food yet.”
Role of melatonin And basically, by 10:00 PM at night, melatonin should be at its peak. It should be peaking at 10 PM. So, imagine if it was around the circadian rhythm or lighting experience. The sun goes down and then by 10:00 PM, those hormones are coming into play. So, melatonin being one of them. That’s one of its roles.
And then apoptosis, which is transforming unhealthy cells into healthy cells, that process is also driven by melatonin; it’s one of its key roles.
And so, we start to see cellular issues coming in. There’s lots of studies around cancer, even now with melatonin and nightshift workers versus day shift workers.
And so, they show, with nightshift workers, like 35 percent higher rates of breast cancer and prostate cancer versus dayshift. Then you look at the NHS study that if look at blind people. So, blind people aren’t exposed to the blue and green spectrums that would suppress melatonin. And yet they have something like 11 hours of melatonin in their system.
Blue blocking glasses So, we know, really, the peak would be 11 hours, if we could get to that. And if that’s not enough, really for the listener, they show three chambers. So, there’s a dark chamber, which is the sleep experiment in the laboratory. Then they show the simulated nightshift worker. They’re in a brightly lit environment. And then they show the same nightshift worker in a brightly lit environment, but wearing blue blocking glasses, which we’re hearing about a lot now.
So, then when they study their urine test for melatonin in the morning, the experiment where they’re in darkness, pure darkness, the laboratory, they have high melatonin. The ones that are in the simulated work experience with the bright lights have no melatonin. And the group that wearing the blue blockers have the same levels of melatonin as the dark sleep experiment.
Chloe: Wow.
Tony Riddle: Exactly. It’s a game changer, because then you know that you’re going to sort out the digestive system. You know that you don’t have to be panicking about receiving 8 hours of sleep because you’re basically functioning pretty much like the hunter gatherer that will sleep, wake, sleep, wake, sleep, wake throughout the night.
So, for me, as a parent with four kids; a 10-year old, an 8-year old, a 3 1/2 year old and a baby nearly three months now. I’d probably be dead by now if I listen to the science. Because we’re up throughout the night. You know, it happens. We co-sleep as well. And Beau is probably one of most nosiest eaters I’ve ever heard right now. And I wake with it.
Setting ourselves up for growth So, I wake, but I know that my environment, my petri dish, is set up for growth. So, we have clean air in there. We don’t have any toxic lighting, toxic materials or toxic information around us at night, and therefore I wake up in the morning and I get on with my day.
I’m up at 5:00 AM. I hit the mat do some abilities and breath work. I’m on it and also not stressed about not hitting the magic number of 8. It’s all about the habit and the environment. So, always think about that, and going back to the petri dish again, think about your environment and what it is I can put in that petri dish to make it growth-promoting.
Working from your desk That could be a simple thing like your desk. We’re at a desk right now. Okay. So, how do I turn my desk from being a compromising desk into a growth promoting desk?
Firstly, if you have natural light in there, bring something natural in. If there is no natural light, bring a nature scene in; something you can look at, but also that you’re familiar with. Maybe it’s a favourite walk that you go on in nature. So, your mind is already familiar with the setting and you can you can relate positivity to it.
Visualisations So, it could be a favourite tree even that you sit under and you take a breath or a moment or you read under. Like this morning, I walked to the ponds. I love that. There’s a beautiful setting there as the sun comes up over the ponds; that perfect setting. And you just have that on your desk.
Again, going back to the flipbook, already studies show that that’s enough to down regulate your system and connect to something natural again. And the more we connect to nature, the more we see who the authentic self is in a way.
Sitting; chair care. Some HR departments are fine with standing desks, others hate it. So, again, you can slide your chair away. If you have the standing desk hate campaign, you just slide the chair away, hold the desk, do a few squats and then have a little walk around. Come back to your chair.
So, every 25 minutes, {ding}, Tommy goes off. Go off, come back to your seat again. It will help creative flow, rather than just blood stagnating in the hips from sitting. And the key is movement here; just try and get movement back into that cellular experience.
Blue blocking glasses Nature scenes; if you work late, blue blocking glasses. There’s so many varieties out there at the moment you can really play with. I can send you some links to some stuff for your listeners. There’s some that make you look a bit more like Bono, because they’re quite amber. And those you might get in the way of home or I’ve got one guy who has a band. So, he started wearing those; they’re quite cool. Or they have regular ones that are like reading glasses. People say, “Ah, I didn’t know you needed glasses.” “No, no. They’re just my blue blockers.”
Bringing in as much nature as you can So, that’s simple. As much nature as you can bring into that environment again. And then if you can, you know, I did a talk in Santander. We looked at the air quality in there; it was terrible on their whole floor. So, it’s like, “Okay. Who’s responsibility? Is it like the head of their team? Okay. It’s your responsibility is to clean up the air.”
See, given, it’s like those guys might be in there for 10 hours and you could really smell the rubber, the glues and everything within the building. It just they’d normalized it. So, people that have been working in there for a while, they’re just ignorant to it. I walk in and I was like, “Wow, this is really strong in here”; headache by the end of the day.
So, yeah, I did simple things like that. Again, it’s about emotional wellbeing again, isn’t it? The closer you can get to get those needs met, you start to remove the suffering and the symptom of the environment and the experience of it.
Emotional wellbeing But there’s also perception, isn’t there? So, part of that petri dish, I think, were Bruce’s work. What they notice is also the signal that gets introduced to the Petri dish would also dictate what the reaction, whether it is protection or growth.
So, don’t go out there freaking out, “The air quality. I can’t move. I can’t do this” because ultimately, it comes down to perception and knowing that you have a choice. Don’t have to just sit there for 8 hours a day. We do have a choice. We can move the chair back or do squats or go for a walk. Like the bear at the back of the cave, you’re stronger than I am. You get to choose. So, it really is a choice. You can literally change your perception in a breath of how we’re feeling. That’s how powerful we are. We just lose sight of how much power we hold, I guess. Yeah.
Chloe: So, fascinating. And I wonder, in the coming years, if governments and the employers are going to have to take note of these things and design environments. Otherwise, people are going to be too sick to sort of function. I hope that that gets out there. Yeah.
Burnout Tony: All the sickness that we are seeing now, we were seeing the symptoms of it. And it’s almost getting younger and younger. I don’t know about you. Because of my coach. So, I see it. Originally, I’d see like 40s going into 50s burn out in the city; 20 years ago, maybe when I first started coaching in city. And then now, I start seeing the 40s and the 30s and I’ve just had 20s or so; 20s in burn out. I mean, that’s seriously something showing.
Now, what is it? What’s happening here? And I think partly, we walk around the permanent office in our hands, you know, permanent distraction. So, if I go back to there’s a gen that’s called — Peter has called generational environmental amnesia. It’s kind of like we forget. And this is the new norm.
New norm So, my son, Beau, has been born. Animal populations, human populations and the way the globe is right now, that’s his new norm. That wasn’t my new norm when I was born and my parents’ new norm and my grandparents’ new norm.
So, we know that already it’s do. Well, it’s going to be more now, isn’t it, because we lost like a billion animals in Australia, right? So, we could have said previously 60 percent of wildlife has been wiped out on the planet.
But we’ve also lost sight of what it is to be wild and how do we view what’s natural? Because we’re losing even the natural beings of the world, like the wild beings of the world. And the ones that are there, we’re not going for advice and wisdom.
Indigenous wisdom I posted about something Australia the other day and it’s probably a bit too soon, but it was just felt like, what, if we actually spoke to the indigenous populations of the world to find out what it is that environment needs. Because say Australia, for instance, Aborigines have been there for 60 thousand years. But yet, we’re flying in environmental and regenerative experts from different continents to look at that environment when we could be inviting them in to the table.
That’s the almost like the amnesia part of it where we’re forgetting that these people have been around for thousands of years with an ecosystem, so much so that they are still the ecosystem; they’re not separate from it.
Our environment So, I’m sure they have some amazing wisdom to impart there. Even just understanding what we can probably access in ourselves, not just how we can save an environment that we inhabit today. It’s just, I guess, dropping the ego somewhat and reconnecting with what would be the ecosystem, as they have or as they do.
So, going back to — So, Beau’s interpretation of the world is very, very different. So, for him, who knows what he’s going to have in his hand. So, I know there’s a mobile phone here and I know that, “Okay, I’m going to pick you up at some point and I’m going to look at it.” But I think Apple’s original intention was this would be an extension of you. So, this actually would become an extension of you over time.
The change of pace The danger, again, that if I speak to a lawyer, let’s say he’s named Lawrence Middleweek; he’s a client of mine. He’s like 70. How old is Lawrence? He’s like 75, maybe. Sorry, Lawrence if I go that wrong. And he said, “When I started out, Tony, as a lawyer, I would write a letter to someone and I would have a week to respond. I’d have a letter, a letter would come in, I’d look at it. I’m going to do diligence and find out every little detail and I’d make sure it’s all in that one letter, because I know it would take a week to come back and off it went. And then a week later, we’d get the response again.”
Anxiety Where are you putting your attention You do have a choice to put your attention back on your breath. If you’re even on Instagram, staring at stuff, that you can feel you’re up regulating and anxious. Don’t choose to do it; choose to pull away from it. Even delete accounts that you find are up regulating you. Why even have them in there? Just separate from it. And just take it upon yourself to manage yourself.
Again, it’s your petri dish, not someone else’s. And your interpretation or perception of the world is entirely yours. How we interpret something is uniquely ours.
Chloe: I’m often thinking things at the moment to do with the climate crisis and people’s anxiety around that and whether this will almost be our way out of the fast pace of life and disconnection. My hope is that we can learn to connect more in nature and slow us down. The economy can’t continue to grow and grow. That might cause us to slow down or we might connect more with each other and communities more.
We have to save ourselves Tony: Absolutely. I always take it back. I think there’s an element of we have to save ourselves as well. Just be the change, I think, is the most important. No one likes to be told what to do, really. “You got to do this. You got to do that.” It’s really just be a great example of a human being.
And don’t just do it for you. You know, I mean, I have kids. It was like, “I have kids. I mean, how do I want to be performing as a human being? I want to be the best example of a masculine as I can for my kids.” I had three daughters before Beau came into the world.
Natural parenting And I was like, “Well, how do I become a mature masculine?” And part of that has to be this interaction with nature. I have to understand that I need them to understand nature. And the more I can have them connect to nature, the more they understand they are nature and the more chance we have of them saving nature. It’s about the next generations, as Greta Thunberg is, quite frankly, pointing out.
Raising kids My kids are outside all of the time. I want them to just feel that they are a bit like the indigenous populations again. Peter Gray asks, “How does childhood look like?” and he’d ask 10 leading anthropologists. And it’s like, “Well, it looks a bit like this. They just play all day, from infancy through to the age of 16. No adult intervention. No one teaches them anything. They just instinctively know what to do and they just move into it. They’ve learned to track, make fire, build shelter. They’ve learned everything about the environment to become an adult species.”
What is your relationship with the planet If you really care about your kids, we must examine our toxic relationship with each other and the planet.“How do I be the best example of that?”
And again, just look to nature, look to the more natural ways of being.
Choices So, if I’m stressed out to the eyeballs, I have a choice; I go out and get drunk or I can do breath work, going to immerse myself in nature or have a community and speak to people and sit around and communicate with others or go and do different practices. Or I could smoke or I could do this. It’s just understanding, again, about the petri dish, isn’t it? And the petri dishes nature.
Again, I think it’s very important for us to see that it’s not really about us. It’s about the generations that are observing us that home. It sounds cliché, that whole, “Be the change that you want to see in the world.” It’s really being the change that you want them to see in the world.
And if you go really into the early layers of it, those first six years is Bruce Lipton’s work again. The first six years are the tapes you play out for the rest of your life. They’re your observations. What do we want them to observe to play out for the rest of our lives? What do we want them to normalize?
Being nature I’m having to rewind, reconnect and become empowered. They are innately wild, connected and empowered. I have to go on retreats, workshops, go to the Amazon, drink ayahuasca, smoke tovan and take mushrooms; do what I do to unravel and unravel and unravel. Whereas, they’re just innately nature; that’s all they are.
What’s most important So, that’s our responsibility, I feel, is that’s probably more important is the understanding that this is why we need to reconnect to nature. It’s for the next generations to inherit something to hand over that stewardship, if you like, of the planet.
Chloe: Thank you so much for sharing all of that. I must say you’re fascinating. I hope that people listening can take some things and practical things away and just get a bit more inspired. And now, I’ve got lots of ideas now for things that I want to be changing; more plants is definitely one of them.
Tony Riddle: Ah, they’re so easy as well, aren’t they? I love them.
Chloe: Yeah.
Tony Riddle: I mean, nature scenes and plants. I mean, it’s such an easy thing to bring in materials, right? They’re materials; just think of that. You can a look at simple things up Bio Philip design. Just research a bit about Bio Philip Design, then you’d understand it’s about Bio Philip; bringing nature in.
Living in urban environments 83 percent of the UK live in urban environments. And we spend a whopping 90 percent of our time indoors; for some it’s more. So, give an idea; 10 percent outdoors would mean 2 hours, 24 minutes outdoors. And that doesn’t mean in the shops, on the public transport, shopping, because it’s still an indoor experience. It means actually outdoors.
And so, what I often ask people to do is set the timer for 2 hours 24 and try and get those gains in. Weekends are a great opportunity for that. But I actually tried to get to nature, try and really just immerse in nature, have that experience. I mean, that’s so important for us. But it’s just understanding that we have this extraordinary amount of time spent indoors.
Bringing nature inside So, that’s one way of doing is to go outside to {indistinct 1:12:14} or we flip it and we just bring nature in. So, just bring as much of nature into your experience as you can. And this comes down to multiple layers. It’s like a sensory system and then it’s like your microbiome.
So, your sensory system is we could say that if we just go from the same linear experience like we’re in now, this box, and this is your commute to get to here, and then you walk along the corridor with the same linear corridor and you go down in the same lift and then you go to the same mode of transport and then you arrive home into the same dimensions and linear experiences as you’ve been doing for maybe 20 years, some people, where’s the new information? How are you expecting to, from a neuroplasticity perspective, rewiring and wire your brain. So, it’s how do you find new experiences?
And so, try and change your environment is one. Getting out into nature is another. But bring more nature in, because nature is forever changing. It’s like it’s forever changing cycles. So, that will give you a new stimulus.
Microbiome And then there’s also the microbiome. So, we have microbiome on this biosis; there’s an imbalance. That doesn’t just mean in your gut, it means everywhere. So, we’re literally inhaling microbiome right now in this environment.
And so, I can keep that in the linear Gray experience of the urban environment or I could go into nature and breathe nature and be in that biome, which would then create more of a symbiotic relationship because I’m back immersed into my natural habitat. There you go.
Chloe: That’s going to stay with me; that image of –
Tony Riddle: So, that’s like an indoor-outdoor.
Chloe: Yeah.
Tony Riddle: And I understand that’s who we are. And whereas, in nature, again, it would’ve been, like with these tribes we’re talking about, it’s probably the flip; 90 percent outdoors, 10 percent indoors. So, how do we balance that?
And then have a play; how much time you can spend outside. If you’ve got kids, hand it over to them. It’s their experience. They can draw maps on where they want to take you and hand it over to them at weekends; where you want to go? Where can we go in nature?” and have them set the time those. And also, there’s no such thing as bad weather. It’s just poor clothing choices.
How to be human Yeah, again, just play it. Nature’s the best way to access what it is to be human, I think. The best way that you can really identify what your authentic self is once you get away from the chaos of the urban setting.
Chloe: This has been so helpful. Thank you. Where can people find out more about you and what you’re doing, what you offer?
What Tony is doing next Tony Riddle: Mainly on Instagram, actually. I’m known as The Natural Lifestylist; @thenaturallifestylist on Instagram. So, my website is tonyriddle.com, I guess, isn’t it? I forgot my own website; tonyriddle.com. And I also have some tutorials on there. So, go and buy chair care and stuff like that.
I have a squat tutorial on there, which teaches people how to get to a flat footed squat and other rest positions that you can be choosing on the ground. So, we can put a link in there to that as well.
And then coming up, there be a fair bit of press, I think, coming up, because I’m going to be running — I’m doing the three peaks. You know the Three Peaks?
Chloe: Yeah.
Running the 3 peaks Tony Riddle: So, I’m going to do 485 running, including the Three Peaks and I’m going to turn it around in 9 days. Yeah. So, three is completion and 9 is transformation. So, that’s the next sight.
Chloe: When is that happening?
Tony Riddle: That’s not till May.
Chloe: Okay.
Tony Riddle: I’m looking to finish at the top on my 45th birthday. So, I’m super pumped about that. I’m really looking forward to that. And again, I’m going put it back around into sustainability. The environment is the correct platform for the bigger picture, which is our environment that we should all be putting our attention on right now, I believe.
Chloe: Brilliant.
Tony Riddle: That’s me.
Chloe: I look forward to following your journey with that. Thank you so much,
Tony Riddle: Thank you.
Outro Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @chloebrotheridge.
And I would love it if he would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcasts? You can let them know by sharing this podcast; I’d be so, so grateful.
So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 96. Creating a Natural Lifestyle with Tony Riddle appeared first on Calmer you.
Tony Riddle, otherwise known as the natural lifestylist, joined me on the Calmer You Podcast for a very in-depth and inspiring conversation. I think you are going to really find this episode quite fascinating and mind-blowing. We chat about: The link between being disconnected from nature and depression and anxiety. Re-wilding ourselves – what can […]
The post Ep 96. Creating a Natural Lifestyle with Tony Riddle appeared first on Calmer you.
How you feel about your body has probably changed considerably over your lifetime. Young children tend to view their bodies as strong and fast and powerful. Oh, to have the body confidence of youth. Teenagers tend to be more critical of their bodies, judging them on how they look rather than what they can do. […]
The post 7 Steps to Body Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
How you feel about your body has probably changed considerably over your lifetime. Young children tend to view their bodies as strong and fast and powerful. Oh, to have the body confidence of youth. Teenagers tend to be more critical of their bodies, judging them on how they look rather than what they can do.
Then come the gossip magazines, airbrushed celebrity photos and the soul-destroying habit of comparing our worst bits to somebody else’s showreel. The media portrayal of women’s bodies becomes our inner voice, and before long, we are criticising even the smallest imperfections.
A lot of us have a complicated relationship with our bodies. It is not as simple as the Marmite love/hate divide. Perhaps you love some parts of your body but hate others. Or maybe you’re not crazy about how it looks, but will always respect it for carrying your children or overcoming cancer. There’s no right or wrong way to feel about your body. A lot of your feelings are probably unconscious, you may not even be aware of them, but they are there, influencing your daily life.
Do I have low body confidence?
You may not even realise how negative your self-image is, especially if the thoughts have become second nature to you. If you want to test how you feel about your body, try this little task. Write ten words that describe your body on a piece of paper. Take a look at them. Have you used mostly positive or negative words? Have you focused on how your body looks or what it can achieve? This simple tool can help you to explore your feelings around your body. If you think it’s highlighted a problem, now is the time to fix that.
Some people seem to have buckets of body confidence, but how do they do it? And, most importantly, how can you get some of it? Firstly, you won’t change how you feel about your body overnight. It will take time and effort to change how you think about your body. However, it is possible, and the sooner you get started, the sooner you will reap the rewards.
Here are 7 easy ways to improve your body confidence: 1. Curate your social media feed
This is easy to do, and you can start right now. You might be surprised how much of a difference it makes to your inner voice. Firstly, every time you see a post that makes you feel bad about your body, hit the unfollow button. If it’s somebody you know in real life and feel unable to unfollow, hide their posts instead. Getting rid of body negativity will help you to hush your inner critic.
Once you’ve got rid of all the influencers making you feel rubbish about yourself, seek out some people who can do the opposite. There are lots of fantastic campaigners using their Instagram squares to promote body positivity. Seek out these influencers and give them a follow. Those daily reminders that you are more than your body will help to reprogramme your self-view.
3. Find out who you are You are not your body. You are a person, a great person, who happens to have a baby. Grab a pen and paper and write a list of things you are. Are you a good friend, a caring mother, a maths whizz or do you make people laugh? Write a list of 10 things you love about yourself and stick it up somewhere you will see it every day. The more you read this list of things to like, the more positively you’ll feel about yourself. You are a wonderful person and the sooner you admit that, the better.
4. Don’t look at the number on the scales
Yes, it’s good to be healthy, but your mental health is important too. If the numbers on the scales are making you feel awful about yourself, stop looking at them. You are more than those numbers, so much more. If you want to improve your health, you can do this without the help of those scales. You can run and walk and dance. You can move in ways that feel good, without ever looking at the numbers that make you feel bad.
5. Take care of your body One way to influence how you feel about your body is to take care of it. Stop mistreating it or forgetting about it altogether. Treat your body like it is one of your best friends. Don’t say anything unkind about it. Lift it with words and praise. Take it for a spa day, treat it to a massage, or simply run it a nice, warm bubble bath at the end of a hard day. Start being kind to yourself each and every day.
6. Dress to impress It’s all too easy to hide a body you don’t love in drab clothes. Throw open your wardrobe doors and pick out your most colourful, fun items of clothing. Your body is beautiful, and it deserves to wear clothes that shimmer and glitter and light up rooms. It might sound silly, but the way you dress can impact on your general mood. If you dress confident, you may just find that you feel more confident. This isn’t about looking sexy; it’s about having fun. Wear bright colours and loud prints, whatever makes you smile when you see your reflection in the mirror.
7. Strike a pose
Yes, it’s time to get in front of the camera. I know you hate photographs. You haven’t got any makeup on, and you’re wearing rubbish clothes, and you don’t look your best. It doesn’t matter. Get in front of the camera and smile. Get in the group shots on nights out. Make sure you’re in all the family photos. If you hate photographs, don’t look at them. Hide them away in a box high on your wardrobe where they can’t bother you. Then one day, in the future, when you are old and grey, you can look back at them and remember how young and strong and healthy your body once was. You won’t regret being in those photographs, but you might regret not being.
If you are working on your body confidence, share some tips in the comments!
The post 7 Steps to Body Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I am joined by Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence, we discuss: Why social distancing is so important Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence shares her COVID-19 anxiety tips Busting some myths The good things that can come out of this crisis Listen at: iTunes: https://apple.co/2mhhwoG Spotify:https://spoti.fi/2nIETYt Website: https://bit.ly/2HuaZAk Podcast sponsors Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores […]
The post Ep 95. Busting myths and calming anxiety around COVID-19 with Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I am joined by Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence, we discuss:
Listen at: * iTunes: https://apple.co/2mhhwoG * Spotify:https://spoti.fi/2nIETYt * Website: https://bit.ly/2HuaZAk
Podcast sponsors
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to https://www.sweatybetty.com/sustainability to find out more. Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Betterhelp – Online counselling service. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month at trybetterhelp.com/calmeryou
Transcript Hello and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, welcome to this episode. This is a COVID-19 themed episode. Today, after this week, I’m going to be going back to my pre-recorded episodes that I planned, obviously, before this whole situation kicked off. So, perhaps that will be a bit of distraction, a bit more normality to get back to. So, hopefully I’ll look forward to that.
Today’s guest But this week, I’m talking to the wonderful Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence, who is a GP, and she has been sharing a lot about the facts around COVID-19, and busting a lot of myths and helping people to feel calmer and less anxious by spreading helpful information. So, I really wanted to speak to her about this topic.
So, she shares about how she’s handling it, how her job has changed as a result of this crisis. We talk about the importance of physical distancing. She busts some of the most common myths that she hears and she shares her tips for feeling calm in the face of the situation.
I also want to let you know that I’ve created a new tool kit which is designed to help you to feel calm and resilient in uncertain times. You can check out on my website at calmer-you.com/benddontbreak. So, that’s calmer-you.com/benddontbreak. So, let’s get into the interview with Dr. Frankie.
Sponsor – Sweaty Betty This episode is sponsored by my favourite active wear brand, Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. So, it’s the best technical fabrics, which means our products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin.
All products are also wearer trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flatter and fit the female body. If the staff don’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many active wear brands to shop from, but Sweaty Betty is special because all their products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion, it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and I continue to wear and love.
Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products, including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. Their Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotton blend alternative and now adjacent amounts of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20 percent off when you enter the promo CALMERYOU on their website. You’ll also find the link in the show notes. So, 20 percent off for Sweaty Betty when you enter the code CALMERYOU. That’s (C-A-L-M-E-R-Y-O-U). Check out their stuff. I think you’re going to love it.
Chloe: Welcome, Dr. Frankie. Thank you so much for joining me today. How are you?
Frankie Jackson-Spence: I’m good, thank you. Thanks for having me on.
Chloe: I, like many people, have been watching a lot of your Instagram stories over the past couple of weeks and they’ve been so, so helpful. So, I really wanted to get you on to talk about everything that’s going on at the moment and your professional opinion on things. Can you share a little bit about your work and what kind of doctor you are and how you help people?
Introduction to Dr. Frankie Jackson Spence Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yes. So, my name is Dr. Frankie Jackson Spence. I’m an NHS junior doctor. So, I’m a foundation year-2 doctor, and I’m currently working in general practice. So, that’s where I am at the moment, which has massively seen some changes with this pandemic, which we can talk about. But yes, I’m not in a hospital actually on the general practice frontline, I guess.
Chloe: Okay. So, that’s obviously you’re a GP. People are coming in with their day-to-day kind of issues. And how has that changed then recently in terms of what kind of people you’re seeing and speaking to?
Typical day Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: So, a typical day of a GP would be seeing a patient, sort of every 10 to 15 minutes, face to face. And a couple of weeks ago, when this all started to get pretty serious, we had to make some overnight changes, basically where we shut the doors and we basically turned everything to telephone consultations and e-consultations. So, we’re really trying to avoid the footfall in surgery, because obviously anyone could be carrying this virus. And a lot of the vulnerable group of people have to come to the GP regularly.
So, it’s been a very big change really, going from seeing people face to face all the time to actually seeing them, over the phone or even by video chat.
Chloe: Wow. That’s so interesting. How do you think that affects things? Do you find it? It’s as effective, doing it on the phone or online.
Online vs in person Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: So, in some ways, I think it’s good because it means you can see a lot more patients per hour. So, a phone conversation or an e-consultation will take me about half the time as a face-to-face consultation, because you think about the little old lady that needs to come in and take a coat off and things. It is all time that’s not really spent doing medicine.
So, in one way, that’s good. In one way that’s not so good, because obviously that’s a risk for burn out for doctors, if they’re many more patients. Usually in a typical day, I might see 30 patients. And now I could be getting 50 plus. So, that is one big change.
Phone treatment can work well for some cases The second thing is that it is a positive because a lot of people come to the GP with things that we really can deal with over the phone. You know, if someone comes in and they just need a repeat prescription or they need some contraception or they might have something simple, like a viral cough, not quite the COVID cough, but the general viral coughs. We don’t actually need to see them to treat that.
So, in some ways people now are learning that many trivial things they can treat themselves at home. And I think that going forward, if people can remember that during this crisis they managed to treat that fungal nail infection at home, it will really reduce pressures on the NHS going forward.
Learning new ways of working Chloe: That’s such an interesting one, isn’t it? And good to remember that there were some positive things coming out of this crisis that actually we’re adapting and we’re learning new ways of working and being and is opening up possibilities and kind of forcing us to change in a way that’s really positive.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah, absolutely. And in the NHS, anyone that’s listening that works in healthcare will know that anything it takes months to process. If a practice comes up with a new idea, it takes three or four months for that to be put in place. We’re making these kind of changes overnight now.
So, in terms of efficiency at a managerial level of the NHS, we can really sort of be more fast paced and forward thinking, going forward, because we know we can make these changes much quicker than previously done.
Chloe: That’s so fascinating and good. I used to work for the NHS, many years ago, as a nutritionist and I remember how hard it was to make changes because everything’s got to be done through this massive system. So, it does take a long time. And that’s fascinating as they’re taking things so more easily.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah.
Advice for COVID-19 Chloe: Can we talk about some other advice that you’ve been giving to people? Because I think it seems like your Instagram page has become such a source of credible advice to people. There’s lots of people with anxious questions that they’re asking and you’re putting their minds at ease so much.
Can you talk about the whole thing about staying home and why that’s so important and why you’re really recommending and everyone’s recommending that now?
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Well, first of all, anyone could be carrying the virus. There’s lots of people who are young, fit and healthy who can be tested positive for the virus, but actually show no symptoms. So, if they go out, even to the supermarket, and they touch something in the supermarket or they get within two meters of anyone else, they could pass that virus off without realizing. So, it’s not just people who are symptomatic that need to be following this social distancing advice; it’s everyone.
Clearing the virus And the virus can’t pass on your front door. If you stay home and you’re a carrier for the virus, you’ll clear that virus in one to two weeks and therefore you then can’t pass it on.
So, essentially, models have shown that social distancing can reduce the spread by sort of 70/80 percent. So, it really does work scientifically. But only if people adhere to it.
And it seems like such a simple thing. If everyone in the world stayed home for two weeks, the virus would essentially go. It’s crazy.
Chloe: Yes. Yeah. I wonder how many people are adhering to it. Are there any? Do you know about that?
Lockdown **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: I really think people are struggling to adhere to it, because I feel like my question and answer session on my Instagram stories has been really effective for easing anxieties. But also, some of the questions I receive kind of concerning because people will say, “I’ve been advised only to leave the house once a day for exercise. Can I walk the dog is one and go for a run as one?”
And people seem to be trying to ask me to sort of give them permission to make loopholes in this guidance. You know, it’s just, “Stay at home. No, you can’t go out twice a day. You’ve been advised to go once.” So, I do think people will struggle with that.
I also think people really will struggle with not seeing friends and family. It seems almost an alien concept that your elderly grandparents, who are vulnerable, for example, need you more than ever during this time and yet the one thing you’ve been told to do is stay as far away from them as you can.
We are all struggling So, I think people are struggling. And even myself, I’m struggling. I’m a really busy person. I love nipping out. I tend to be one of those people that shops daily, rather than weekly. So, I’ll just nip to the shops to see what I fancy each day. And now, I’m really hoping to kind of change my entire way of living and plan for one or two weeks in advance. Yeah, I think people are struggling.
Chloe: Do you think it’s that — I suppose this whole situation is kind of so overwhelming for people and then it’s moving so quickly, the advice seems to be changing or has in the last couple of weeks.
Do you think there’s just confusion around that or it’s almost as though we’re trying to find a loophole? We’re kind of saying to ourselves, “Oh, surely, I can just do this or do that.”
The Numbers **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: I think if you have no symptoms, you feel completely well and you haven’t been personally affected by this virus, in terms of you don’t really know anyone that’s been hospitalized with it, it’s easy to think, “Oh, it’s not that bad. It’s just like a flu.” But the government building a 4 thousand-bed military hospital at the Excel Centre in London.
If that doesn’t scare people, I don’t know what will. Because that shows that we’ve not hit a peak yet. We’re expecting 4 thousand more people to be hospitalized. And we know that only about 4 percent of people who get the virus need hospital. That’s quite scary numbers.
So, I think that until it hits a bit closer to home for people, people really will struggle because it’s so easy to think, “Oh, I don’t have any symptoms, I’ll just pop out.”
Chloe: Yes. Yeah. That’s such a good reminder. And yeah, that really hits home; that image, I think, just to remind ourselves of how important that is.
Social distancing vs physical distancing One thing that I saw; I think the World Health Organization, I don’t know if they’ve changed that advice from calling it social distancing to physical distancing to remind us that we can still — I don’t know, is that to remind us that we can still be sociable, but obviously not in in physical presence with each other? It’s kind of a nicer term maybe.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah. So, social distancing and social isolation, if you have symptoms; they’re different things. It doesn’t have to mean loneliness. I don’t know about you, but I actually feel more connected than ever to my friends because we’re video calling all the time and there’s lots of apps popping up where you can have multiple video calls with lots of friends at one time and people really seem to be connected online now.
Video vs in person So, I think, yeah, is it really that different going to meet for a coffee or sitting for 40 minutes on video call? I’m not sure. Is that different? Really?
Chloe: That’s so true. That’s so true. Yeah, I think one of the apps is called House Party.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah.
Chloe: Someone told me about that today. And Zoom, obviously, we’re speaking on Zoom now. Yeah. So, 0074here’s lots of ways to connect. And yeah. So, many people seem to be saying that that they are more connected to people than ever before because we’re checking in with each other more, I guess.
Have you checked in on people? **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Exactly. And it’s really shown us that what matters right now, you know, the things that we used to think mattered, like, “Have I eaten in the new restaurant that’s just opened up in London” or “Have I been to this, from my industry, fitness and wellness event this week.” And actually, now what’s important is, “Have I checked up on the people I care about?” “Is the person I know that’s self-isolating on their own for a few weeks, are they okay?” And it’s really kind of made people more grounded, I feel.
Chloe: Yeah, totally. Getting back to what matters most. And I suppose our lives have been simplified in a way. I’m hearing of a lot of people cooking and they never cook and gardening.
Chloe: Yeah. Have you been cooking? What have you been making?
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Everything. I poached eggs nearly every day. And that used to be a weekend luxury.
Chloe: Yes.
Cooking during Covid **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: I’ve made a lot of things. We normally buy like a premade sauce to make a curry or something; I’ve now been making it from scratch. I definitely find a lot more free time.
Chloe: That’s so good. So, good. Well, first, I wanted to know how you personally handling it as someone that’s working in the NHS. And also, how do you think, if you’ve got other friends who are working maybe in intensive care and that sort of thing, how are they handling everything?
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: So, for me personally, it is a lot busier at work. As I mentioned, everything that’s the norm. The way that I’ve been trained to work is completely different. I’ve been trained to be a doctor, face to face, to physically put my hands on patients, examine them, listen to their chest, for example.
And now, I do feel like there’s a barrier between me and the patient because it’s via video call or a telephone consult, you don’t quite get the same social cues. So, in some ways, it makes work more difficult.
Sense of teamwork But actually, there’s a real sense of teamwork and togetherness in the NHS. General practice is actually quite an isolating specialty. You all sit in your individual rooms within the clinic and you don’t really communicate with other doctors that much.
So, now there’s a lot more team huddles. You’re metres apart, of course. But actually, checking everyone is adjusting okay, coping okay. And also, a lot of people at work have been personally affected by the virus, either them or a family member. So, there’s a lot of checking up on each other.
So, in terms of going to work, actually, it’s quite pleasant. It is actually quite an exciting time to be a doctor, because now, more than ever, people are realizing how important the NHS is. And even last night, when there was the big talks with the carers, that was quite an emotional moment.
So, from my perspective, yes, I’m busier. But this is what it is to be a doctor and it’s like everyone’s time to come forward is kind of happening. So, that’s good.
General practice I do feel quite privileged to be working in general practice at the moment. I was actually due to start in the emergency department at a big hospital, the Royal London Hospital, next week, actually. But the seniors have decided that it’s too dangerous to switch trainees over. So, obviously training a new trainee up is a time where they might be under skilled and we don’t have the resources to do that.
So, a lot of my friends that have been working in intensive care or the emergency departments are now continuing to work there. And I think their stories are quite different. You know, the intensive care is a full. They’re having to create other wards for the confirmed COVID patients.
What is happening to elective surgeries? A lot of elective surgeries are being cancelled and the actual theatre rooms where we’d normally do operations are now being extended intensive care. So, actually, I think that hospital staff have got a lot worse than general practice.
And of course, I speak to some of my friends who are physically treating these patients. Getting up close and personal, and a lot of them all struggling mentally with the fact that they have to go home to their families.
Chloe: Yeah, that’s really tough. That’s really tough. I’m really hoping that this situation can help us to fund the NHS better. And I really appreciate the NHS and all the staff. And I hope the government are going to take better care of the NHS.
Sponsor – Better Help This podcast episode is sponsored by Better Health. Is there something interfering with your happiness or preventing you from achieving your goals? Therapy has massively helped me in the past to make sense of my thoughts and process my emotions.
Better help will assess your needs and match you with your own licensed professional therapist. And you can start communicating with them in under 24 hours. Better help is not a crisis line. It’s not self-help. It’s professional counselling that’s done securely online. This service is available for clients worldwide and better help matches you with a counsellor based on what it is that you want to work on and their expertise. It’s more affordable than traditional offline counselling and financial aid is also available to help once you start living a happier life today.
Better help are doing a special offer for Calmer You listeners. You get 10 percent off your first month when you visit Better Help
COVID-19 Myths Chloe: Are there any myths that you can bust? Because I, for one, had loads of these copy and paste messages on WhatsApp or Facebook saying, “Drink hot drinks” and “Lie under the full moon” or whatever it is; these things you’ve got to do. Are there certain myths that you’ve come across that you can bust for us.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah, absolutely. I think people always come up with these myths because they’re kind of sexy and it’s exciting and it gives people hope, but actually, they’re all a whole load of rubbish.
I’ve heard some like, yeah, drinking hot drinks is better than drinking cold drinks because the virus can’t survive in hot temperatures.
Does heat kill the virus? So, that’s not true. The virus will be killed in extremely hot temperatures, but not the heat of a hot drink. And certainly, having a sip of a hot tea isn’t going to kill the virus if you’re carrying it. So, that’s a myth. You can drink all the ice coffees you want right now.
I’ve heard some that gargling salt water will kill the virus. I feel like people always turn to the kitchen cupboard for these natural methods of medicine. People are saying that garlic bites the virus or garlic tablets or gargling salt water when actually these things aren’t doing anything.
If you’ve got a sore throat gargling, some salt water might make you feel a little bit better, but it’s not going to do anything for the virus.
Who are you getting your information from? Chloe: Yeah, I think it’s so good to just to recognize that we need to make sure where we’re getting our information from. So, from a doctor, from the NHS, from the World Health Organization and just being aware that I suppose there are all going to be companies that are trying to profit from there.
**Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Absolutely.
Chloe: Immune boosting elixirs and we shouldn’t waste our money or put too much hope on that. Yeah.
How a healthy diet helps **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Whilst a — you know, this as a nutritionist, but a diet that’s very balanced, focusing on good nutrition, puts you in better stead to fight off any cold and flu. But no one food group is immune boosting. A healthy diet in general might support a well-functioning immune system, but there isn’t any particular food, any food that claims to be an antioxidant, that actually helps you fight a virus off more effectively.
So, people just need to really question everything they read. If something sounds too good to be true, it probably is. And if it was as simple as gaggling hot water, then the ICUs wouldn’t be filled with people that are requiring assisted ventilation.
Chloe: Totally. Do you have any specific advice for people that are pregnant or that maybe have more compromised immune systems? Is there specific advice for those people who might be especially anxious right now?
COVID and pregnancy **Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: So, pregnant women and people who either have an immune suppressive condition or on immune suppressive medications, for example, inflammatory bowel disease or arthritis, those people are considered in the high-risk population.
So, if you are considered high risk, the NHS will have written to these people this week a letter advising them to be particularly stringent with the social distancing guidelines for the next 12 weeks. So, this doesn’t mean you necessarily have to be housebound 12 weeks, but it means being particularly cautious.
For pregnant women, I feel like it must be so much more anxiety feeling for them because they’re trying to grow a baby, they’re worrying about the kind of world bringing a baby into you right now. I just want to reiterate that the guidance for pregnant women is actually precautionary.
So, we know that other viruses, such as chicken pox, for example, or rubella, affects pregnant women more seriously than non-pregnant women. And we also know that having a fever during pregnancy isn’t preferable as that can sometimes interfere with things. However, we don’t have any actual evidence from this virus (So, the corona virus) that it has any adverse effects on pregnancy.
Guidance for pregnant women So, I just want to reassure pregnant women that whilst it’s still an area that lacks evidence and lacks literature, at the moment, the guidance is precautionary. They’re not saying that these pregnant women are more risk of either catching the virus or having a more severe illness.
So, the current guidance from the Royal College of Gynaecologists and Obstetricians, which is the governing body for that department, are still advising pregnant women to go to all the antenatal screening, for example. I know a lot of women are scared about going to have a checks because they don’t want to go to hospital. But the guidance is still to go.
Chloe: Okay. Yeah, that’s good to know, I think, for people. I suppose I mean, what I’m hearing from loads of people is that this is one of the most anxiety provoking things that’s ever happened.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Yeah.
Chloe: And it’s happening on such a big scale as almost everyone in the world is probably affected by this to some extent. And I think our anxiety levels are just, you know, whether people have anxiety already, this is probably just pushing it off or even people who are normally on the calmer side, this is a very stressful event.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Yes.
Dealing with anxiety around COVID-19 Chloe: What can you say to those sorts of people? What do you advise in terms of that?
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Well, I think that, as you mentioned, people who have pre-existing anxiety, and there are lots of people with health anxiety seats specifically, who we find in this {indistinct 23:56}. And the people who haven’t actually suffered from anxiety before will be having these new feelings. And they’re not quite sure how to deal with them.
I think some tips for dealing with anxiety is to try and create a new normal. So, some of this is coming from uncertainty. The fact that every time we log onto the news at 5:00 p.m., we don’t know what we’re going to be faced with.
So, in some ways, my tips would be to create a normal routine; a new normal routine. So, if you’re someone who enjoys getting out house to go to work and you have your little routine, try and create a new one at home. Having some structure to the day definitely helps you get through the day on a day-by-day basis.
I think that keeping up with some physical activity will help ease anxiety because we know that exercise releases endorphins which are happy hormones and that more of a mood boost.
Being mindful of your news consumption I think, being mindful of how much news you’re consuming. So, if you know that every time you watch the news and you’re faced with the numbers rising and the death toll and horrific scenes of what’s happening in hospitals, don’t put that to yourselves. Go on, find the guidance. So, you make sure you’re managing a self safely. But really, you choose how much you consume.
I think another thing is to stay socially connected with other people. Talk about how you’re feeling. I think lots of people are feeling anxiety and actually, sharing that feeling with someone else makes you think, “Okay, at least it’s not just me. We are all in this together.” And even people that you think are really brave and strong might tell you, yeah, they’re feeling really vulnerable at the moment, too. And that actually can be quite comforting.
And lastly, of course, everything else that we used to see in general practice, for example, anxiety, depression, heart attacks, strokes, those things are still important.
Seek support for mental health So, if you feel like your thoughts that you’re having and your mental well-being is suffering, then please still seek support from general practice. We can direct you to the appropriate support; whether that be talking therapies, medication or even local support services. I think that you don’t have to think you can’t come to the doctor about something just because of COVID. We can still help you.
Chloe: I think that’s such an important point, actually, because it almost seems as though this situation has just hijacked everything. It has taken over. No one’s thinking about Brexit anymore. That’s like, “Oh, last year.”
And yet, people are still going to be having their day-to-day health issues and depression and anxiety. And it’s good to know that they can still go and speak to their GP, even if it’s on the phone or video link or still be seeking support because your experience is still valid, even though there’s is other stuff going on as well.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Exactly.
Chloe: Yeah. Thank you so much for sharing those tips.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: It’s okay.
Chloe: Are there any other common questions that you found yourself getting asked that you can answer and share with us?
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: I’ve had a lot of questions about people with asthma. Asthma is a really common lung condition that a lot of the population have. Asthma has been grouped into the vulnerable population.
And what I think is important in that people with any chronic condition, whether that be asthma or any other disease they might see the doctor about, is to go on to specialist websites for advice. So, for example, the government website might tell you that asthma is considered vulnerable. But if you go on the Asthma UK website, it will tell you exactly which group of asthma ticks would be considered vulnerable.
Educate yourself And actually, educating yourself a bit about the condition you have and how it might be affected will make you feel a lot better. You know, asthma is a spectrum of disease. Some people have really mild asthma and only use an inhaler when they exercise and other people have really severe asthma. What we call brittle asthma. And those people might have admissions to hospital with their breathing. So, COVID will affect those two patients differently, even though they both got the same asthma label.
So, basically my advice there is anyone with a chronic condition, don’t just take the surface level guidance you’re getting from the government as gospel. Educate yourself. Go to the specialist sources and that will definitely give you more guidance.
Chloe: Yeah. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. And I guess it could be so easy. I think that the definition of anxiety is where we imagine the future and imagine the worst. And our imagination goes into overdrive, actually, really arming yourself with the facts and not necessarily going to the worst-case scenario in your mind.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Yes. I think a lot of the anxiety is coming from the fear of the unknown, and that’s a complete normal human instinct. So, actually educating ourselves within reason is definitely a good thing to do.
Chloe: Yes. Yeah. I really liked — I think you shared something on your Instagram, which was a clip of this morning. And Felix Scofield is reading out this letter from a Chinese teacher, I think.
Make the best of what we can’t control And it was just a really quite positive letter all about how can we, as much as possible, accept this situation for what it is and kind of embrace the fact that we’re home and make the best of it and try not to control things.
Because I suppose a lot of a lot of anxiety, again, is about trying to control things and feeling unsafe because we’re outside of control. And perhaps I’ll post a link in the show notes of this episode to that letter if people want to read it. I really liked that.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: It was a great clip. It was basically a lady who’s been going through this in China and saying, “You know, we’re coming out the other side”, it becomes less scary. It becomes more normal.
You know, if you worry about something before it even happens, you basically put yourself through it twice.
Final tips All people need to do is stay at home, don’t go out very much. If they do, keep to small groups, like maximum one other person; keep two meters apart. Go to the supermarket when it’s not busy.
And actually, this will pass. This is temporary. I think that’s the way that I keep waking up in the morning and I think we’re one step closer, one day closer to this all being over.
Chloe: That’s a good thought; remembering that this, too, shall pass. And we’ll all come out on the other side of this.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Yeah. And I think people should use this time that they have to do everything on that list that they want to do, that they never get time to do it. For example, I’d just read on my website because I’ve been putting that off the whole year. So, far I’ve had more time to do it because in the evenings I don’t have socializing and I don’t have events to go to.
So, they use this free time to invest in yourself so that when you come out of this period, you really can get off to a good start.
Chloe: Definitely, and I think it’s important to remember that there are some positives coming out of this. That we are learning things about ourselves, we’re connecting in different ways.
Are there any other positives that you’ve noticed or that you imagine there might be?
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: So, I think that we’d become a really technology-driven society. If you went out to a restaurant, you’d see so many people on their phones, not really talking to each other. And I think it’s really going to make us appreciate that going out with dinner is actually a treat.
I remember when I was growing up, we didn’t go out for a meal when it was someone’s birthday. And now, I live in London and probably go out every week, if not twice a week and out of convenience. And I think it will really make us appreciate the little luxuries that we have in life, rather than just considering them normal.
I think a lot of people have become more connected with their families, being at home more rather than always being out and being busy. We’ve realized how important exercise is to us in the outdoors. I don’t know about you, but I really value that one trip outdoors to exercise now.
Chloe: Oh, my gosh. Yes. Yes.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Whereas, why was I ever going to sit inside when now I’m dying to go on a run every day.
Chloe: Yeah. I like watching people’s exercise setups at home. People usually make tins of beans or different things that they fashion to try and exercise.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: It’s just kind of making us go back to a more simple life, isn’t it?
Chloe: Yeah.
*Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence*: Even in terms of other things like dating life and things. I feel like people now are rarely going back to a conversation and do you actually get along with that person or was it going to a nice fancy restaurant or a nice holiday that you liked? It’s actually, “Do you like the person you’re with?”
Chloe: It’s fascinating. Yeah. That’s going to be a really interesting thing to see what people do. What people do for dating. Is it all going to be –
Frankie: Yeah.
Chloe: I don’t know, a lit about sex?
Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Are we going to go back to face-to-face dating or are we going to move away from dating apps and go back to talking in real life? It’s all interesting, isn’t it?
Chloe: Yeah. Yes. Yes. Yeah. So, I definitely think — I try to focus on some of the good things, accept the situation that we’re in, be in the present moment, connect with people. All those things are so important to remember right now.
Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Yeah.
Chloe: Amazing. Thank you so much for everything that you shared. I hope it’s going to be really helpful for people. Where can people find out more about you and follow you online, on your website and that sort of thing.
Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: So, my Instagram and Twitter handles are @drfrankiejs and my website is www.drfrankiejs.com.
Chloe: Amazing. And I’ll post all those links in the show notes as well for people. Thank you so much for speaking to me, Frankie. It’s really, really interesting.
Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence: Thanks for having me on. I hope that just by hearing from someone that’s on the front line that we’ll get through it. I will ease some anxieties.
Chloe: Amazing.
Frankie: Thank you.
Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @chloebrotheridge.
And I would love it if he would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast? You can let them know by sharing this podcast; I’d be so, so grateful.
So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 95. Busting myths and calming anxiety around COVID-19 with Dr. Frankie Jackson-Spence appeared first on Calmer you.
If you are prone to anxiety, like me, you may have an active imagination. An imagination that can feed fears about what is going on in the world at this time. It’s really important to take extra care of yourself right now. I hope these tips for Corona virus anxiety can help. They have helped me.
Don’t feed the fear If you are prone to anxiety, like me, you may have an active imagination. An imagination, that sends our minds to the worse possible scenario. Don’t feed the fear. For me, that means limiting visits to social media or taking breaks from it or watching the latest corona virus news.
Focus on helping others One way to help ourselves feel better and distract ourselves from the anxiety is to help others. Your concerns may be valid, but how can you distract yourself from those thoughts. Maybe try reaching out to friends and family, offering to help neighbours or it might just mean helping a local business.
Come back to the present moment Do what you can now to come back to the present moment. All we can really control is the here and now. Take deep breaths, take a walk in nature, cook a lovely meal. Remember, that right now, we are safe – water in the taps, air to breathe, a roof over your head.
I hope this helps. Sending you lots of love.
The post 3 Simple Tips for Corona Virus Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
If you are prone to anxiety, like me, you may have an active imagination. An imagination that can feed fears about what is going on in the world at this time. It’s really important to take extra care of yourself right now. I hope these tips for Corona virus anxiety can help. They have helped […]
The post 3 Simple Tips for Corona Virus Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxious about working from home? Partner driving you to despair because you’re together 24/7? In this episode of The Calmer You Podcast I chat with journalist and Shelf Help Bookclub founder Toni Jones about how to handle coronanxiety and thrive at home in a time of Covid-19.
We discuss: * WFH tips for introverts and extroverts * How to still be social (but also not overwhelm yourself with video calls and WhatsApp messages) * The importance of routine * Working at home with your partner or kids * WFH tips for introverts and extroverts * How to still be social (but also not overwhelm yourself with video calls and WhatsApp messages)
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Working From Home-with-kids resource from Blaire Palmer of http://www.thatpeoplething.com/Download Transcript Hello and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for listening today. Obviously, I’m so aware of what an anxious time this is for so many of you. I’ve been having tons of messages and questions coming through about how to deal with the uncertainty about coronavirus and all the things that we have to deal with from redundancy is to not be able to leave the house to lack of social interaction to fear about our health and the health of our loved ones. There are so many things to consider right now.
And so, what I normally do is record podcasts quite a few weeks in advance and I’ve decided to push back the ones I had scheduled and actually have in place some podcasts that are dealing with the issues that we’re struggling with today.
So, obviously, I know what an anxious time they says and I’m going to be planning some online workshops to help you to feel more resilient and feel more positive in what is, for many people, a really challenging time.
Free offer If you want to hear about that and also download some of the freebies I have on my website, you can go to calmer-you.com/free. I’ve got hypnotherapy mp3 on there, affirmations, worksheets; all designed to help me to be a calmer you. And I’ll also let you know about any events or live workshops I’m doing online.
So, I am chatting on the podcast today to my friend, Toni Jones. She was a guest, maybe a year ago now, on the podcast. She’s the founder of the self-help book club, Shelf Help. And I definitely recommend you check them out. There’s tons for you to get involved in. Even though the in-person meetups aren’t happening for now, she’s doing loads of stuffs online. Definitely check out Shelf Help Club on Facebook and on her website and on Instagram.
I got in touch with Toni because she’d written a fascinating blog post, all about working from home and the challenges that can come up for us when it comes to working from home; from being productive to spending more time with our partners, which can sometimes be quite challenging, though (I’ll tell you from my own experience), to handling the uncertainties and sticking with the routine.
Working from home (WFH) So, we talk about all these different factors; how to stay calm, how to handle working from home, being at home a lot and making the best of this challenging situation. So, let’s get into the interview with Toni Jones from Shelf Help Club.
Sponsor Sweaty Betty This episode is sponsored by my favourite active wear brand, Sweaty Betty. They’re all-female design team. So, it’s the best technical fabrics, which means our products perform under the toughest conditions and feel amazing on your skin.
All products are also wearer trialed by female staff to ensure they perform and flatter and fit the female body. If the staff don’t love it, it doesn’t get made.
There are so many active wear brands to shop from, but Sweaty Betty is special because all their products from run and yoga to swim and ski are engineered to last. This is not fast fashion, it’s high quality. And I have several pieces from Sweaty Betty that I’ve had for years and I continue to wear and love.
Sweaty Betty now has a host of sustainable products, including the super sculpt leggings made from post-consumer plastic bottles. Their Italian fleece has been replaced with a recycled cotton blend alternative and now adjacent amounts of consumer packaging sent to customers.
Sweaty Betty are offering listeners 20 percent off when you enter the promo CALMERYOU on their website. You’ll also find the link in the show notes. So, 20 percent off for Sweaty Betty when you enter the code CALMERYOU. That’s (C-A-L-M-E-R-Y-O-U). Check out their stuff. I think you’re going to love it.
Chloe: Welcome, Toni. Thanks so much for joining me. How are you today?
Shelf Help Founder Toni Jones Toni Jones: I’m actually really good. I’m very busy; believe it or not. I should be slowing down, maybe. As I might have mentioned on Instagram a few times, I seem to have lost most of my normal work, but it’s okay because I’m kind of being super productive and actually just getting busy creating content and just doing stuff I actually love, which is really interesting. So, I’m enjoying today. I’m busy. Yeah.
Toni: That’s good. That’s good to hear. I’m really curious to know, as someone that I consider quite a sociable person, we obviously know each other outside of work and hang out. And I know you to be someone that is often out and about, doing things, meeting people. How’s it been for you as such a social person to sort of handle things at the moment?
Staying connected Toni Jones: Well, I’m still being super sociable, actually, just in new ways. I’ve been retesting things. Something I’m calling hurdles for myself and the Shelf Help community, which is bringing different people together.
A lot of my hosts and community members have been helping me test that. So, every day, I’ve had at least two meetings with eight other people, smiley faces, most of whom also don’t really know about how the technology works. So, it’s actually been really funny and brilliant and that’s been a really nice kind of way to check in with people.
I’ve also been doing the same with my family, which has been like chaotic, which is basically like the same kind of chaos as a normal family party at mine.
So, I think at the moment it’s all quite novelty. So, I feel very in touch with everyone. I’ve got too many WhatsApp groups going on. So, I’ve muted a few of those, which we might talk about later, just because they’re so rich; so many different inputs.
Yeah, I still feel very connected to lots of people; I’m making a real effort to do that. So, I’m not feeling the bite of the kind of social distancing just yet. I feel physically distant, obviously, but socially distant, no.
Chloe: Okay. It’s so interesting to hear different people’s experiences and how people are coping with the challenges that are taking place at the moment.
One of the reasons that I wanted to speak to you was because I read a blog post that you’d written that seemed to get shared a lot and have a massive response; all about working from home. Can you share a little bit about that post and why you decided to write it?
Getting used to working from home Toni Jones: Yeah. Well, originally, I decided to write it because I, like you said, I work from home already (I think you said that; sorry). I work from home already for myself, but it’s take me a while to kind of get used to it. Probably about five years. Because I used to work as journalist for 15 years on news floors, which is completely the opposite. It’s kind of like super hectic, filled with people, pressure all day, every day, people shouting at you, which I think I kind of liked.
So, working from home for me was a real learning curve; learning about myself, learning about how to plan your day, your time, how to prioritize, how to be responsible for yourself and motivate yourself.
And I just, as soon as people just don’t get sent home by their companies, I was getting lots of messages from friends saying, “How you do this?” It was like two or three days in and they were just like they were not enjoying it.
How to work from home So, I just thought, “What I might do is just do a piece on how I do it.” And I did a shout out and I got so many responses back from my community and also friends and colleagues that everyone has got a different method and different things work for different people, but now we’re all in this together. I just thought it be interesting to write a piece.
But I feel like the piece needs to be updated already and it is only a few days old. Because I wrote it, how to work from home, from a position of someone is choosing to work from home and is able to change my environment when and if I want, and also working from home by myself.
Working from home with a family And now, obviously, as things are evolving and moving so quickly, a lot of people are working from home with families or with partners, and they’re not able, at the end of the day, to just shake off and go to the gym class or go meet their friends at a restaurant.
So, I think a lot of the strategies that I use, or maybe you and your listeners, for working from home now are going to have to be adapted a little bit. So, I think the response I’m getting now is, “Yeah, great. We love the piece, but how do I do that with the husband and kids?”
So, yeah, I found those good resources actually, which I’ll share as we go through. But yeah, it was a really interesting. I enjoyed writing the piece and I learned a lot. I learned so much from people and I also realized I don’t always take my own advice.
Sticking to a routine So, I think I said to you earlier, “I didn’t realize it was Friday at the moment” because I am sticking to my routine, as in, getting up at the right time and do my work out stuff like that. But yeah, not watching the news so much and kind of keeping myself out of that. So, maybe I need to follow my own advice a bit more.
Chloe: I think we’re all like that; all good at giving advice and then we don’t always take it on ourselves. I think that’s totally normal.
One thing I was really curious to discuss today was how being at home a lot is going to affect introverts and also extroverts. Because when I think about it, I can think there could be benefits and drawbacks to both of these types of people. And I know that probably a lot of people listening are probably — Well, on unofficial polls I’ve done on my Instagram on my followers, the majority of people seem to be introverts and that seems to be associated with anxiety.
Do you have any theories on how this will affect these two types of people, in terms of being at home a lot and working from home?
Introverts – WFH Toni Jones: Yeah, sure. It’s the same actually with the Shelf Help community. I would say not all are a lot of introverts. So, having time to kind of meet people, connect online and ask them how they felt about meeting digitally and all that kind of stuff has been really interesting.
I think some things that have come up for introverts is you can have too much me-time; like this is like it’s kind of enforced me-time, enforced mindfulness, which we can see it as a positive.
But unless, I think, if you’re an introvert, you still have to go to work most the time or you’ll still see your friends in some capacity. But now you’re going to really have to make an effort to consciously do that.
So, I’d say don’t go for too much me-time. Enjoy it, but don’t have too much. And equally, don’t say yes to too much. And this is just kind of like practicing getting used to being online. Some people I’ve spoken to who work online all day are now kind of on video calls all day. And then they say yes to all their kind of social things that their friends are planning and they feel just totally wiped out by the end of it, because it’s just so much input and output.
Getting used to technology Because you’re on video camera every single day in meetings, but then also you’re on the WhatsApp and you’re kind of then agreeing to social hang out and all that kind of stuff.
So, be aware that that is still energy giving out. And for some of us, it’s more energy because we’re not used to the technology; we don’t really know necessarily how it’s going to go.
So, I think, like you would be in the kind of regular life, kind of be careful about where your energy goes and plan that.
Extroverts – WFH With regards to the extroverts, then I would just say social media, use social media in a good way. That’s what it’s for, right? Social media was designed to connect us when we can’t be physically connected. So, there’s so many great things happening now. Lots of live stuff on Instagram, loads of course people are joining, lots of friends.
I’ve got a friend who works in events and they’ve created a VR pub that they all going to go to tonight. So, I think there are ways to kind of stay social and not be physically connected. Yeah, the classes, I’m kind of loving, but I would remember that not everyone’s feeling the same as you. So, I know as, an extrovert, when I’m excited about something, I want everyone to be excited about it. And when you’re in the same room as people, you can see body language and you can read cues more. But sometimes, I think virtually, we don’t have that.
I also interviewed somebody called Dr. Tara Swartz recently. And she’s a neuroscientist. And she was talking to me about being very aware that we’re going to go through a curve. It’s almost like a grief curve, when you lose something or when something massive changes in your life. We all go through this curve and we’ll go through it in different stages.
So, over the next few weeks, we’re all going to be feeling like we need some quiet or we’re feeling sad or we’ll be feeling scared or nervous at different times. And so, for extroverts, and I include myself in that, to remember that the people around us might be going through different things at different times. And so, to be to be aware of that.
Social connection Chloe: That’s so interesting. Yeah, I’m thinking a lot about that, how I know that with my friends and with yourself, we’ve been co-working on Zoom and everyone’s been connecting on WhatsApp and checking on each other. And I just wonder if that will start to wane in the coming weeks and whether people will, particularly introverts, feel themselves starting to retreat more or that the isolation will start to kick in.
So, I think it’s good to be aware that those things can change and to maybe, if you know yourself to be someone who can withdraw, to try to make plans or try to, I don’t know, maybe it’s even about letting other people know, like your friends know, “I have this tendency to withdraw and go inside myself. Can you just check on me or can we keep this going; this regular contact going?” I think is good to have those sorts of conversations.
Regular socialising Toni Jones: Yeah. And I think regular is a really good word here because we can talk about routine, daily routines, and we will, I’m sure. But if you, just the knowledge that you’ve got; a regular Friday lunchtime check in, for instance, or Friday night. And then, if you’ve heard the term quarantine is being kind of bandied around and it’s just friends all meeting at the same time; like bring your own, right?
Virtual check-in It doesn’t need to be booze related, but it’s just like it’s that kind of social. So, every Friday night, if this is kind of we’re going to be in this situation for this foreseeable, then you check-in with your friends.
And the beauty of the virtual check-in is that you don’t need to be there for hours and hours; it is just a check-in. And sometimes, it’s like a virtual hug; you just need to know that there are people out there that are interested in you and care about you.
And you don’t necessarily need to kind of go deep, dive into your problems or challenges. But I think sometimes, yeah, just having that regular plan in the diary is enough to keep most of us kind of going, even before the events happened. Just knowing it’s there is quite motivating, quite uplifting. So, for introverts, especially, I would book that in and ask your friends to book that in.
Chloe: Definitely. I just remembered that I found out the other day that there’s a Netflix setting, I can’t know what it’s called, that allows you to connect with your friends on Netflix and watch a program together and chat about it in a chat box. And I’m disgusted we didn’t have this when we were watching Love is Blind because that would have been brilliant. So, that’s my top tip for anyone.
Toni Jones: That would have been all like over.
Routine is really important
Chloe: Yeah. We touched on the topic of routine. And now, when I obviously speak to people with anxiety all day, every day, the topic of routine comes up a lot as being so important for helping us to be balanced in our mental health. And of course, now things have gotten changed and shaken up and where maybe going to be outside of our normal routines.
What sort of advice or insights do you have about being at home and sticking to a routine? And what have you learned about that in the last couple of weeks?
Toni Jones: So, I would say routine is now more important than ever because there’s so much we can’t control at the moment and this feels a lot of chaos and kind of things are changing all the time. So, what we can control is our days or mornings, kind of how we choose to spend our time and our energy. So, I think routine now; more important than ever.
Make your bed I’ve been recommending a book called Make Your Bed, and it’s by an admiral from the Navy SEALs, who was in the SEALs for, I think, 37 years. And he’s written a book and it’s 10 Rules for Life.
The first one is Make Your Bed. And it sounds super simple. But the idea is that by doing that, you’ve achieved something in the day; kind of you set yourself a task and you’ve done it. So, moving forward, you feel a little bit accomplished and a little bit of pride. Also, it’s a reminder that the small things matter are now more than ever, the small things do matter.
And if we are going to be housebound (Some people might already be) if we’re listening in different countries. If you’re housebound, it’s really important to make that bed because your environment really dictates, for me and for loads of people I know this, your environment will really dictate your mental well-being. So, having a tidy, smart environment is really important.
So, yeah, more important than ever, I think. I mean the morning routine has always been important to me since I started working from home. So, now I’m just in treating myself to an extended morning routine.
I used to dream about, imagine having a whole hour and a half to do whatever I wanted in the morning. Now I kind of can, because it’s the time that I used to spend going to meetings maybe or prepping for different things aren’t happening now. So, yeah, I’m kind of enjoying that.
Zoning But I think my advice here is to zone things. So, we can try to zone our days and our evenings and our weekends. I shall talk about it in a minute. And to zone the house. So, to physically zone different spaces for different things. And also, to his own duties. And this is especially important for people trying to work from home with kids, husband, flatmates, other people, basically.
Because like I said, the original piece I wrote was about me working from home, just considering myself. But actually, it’s turned into a doing everything from home.
Zoning So, I think the zones are really important. And I feel like the routines, it’s great to have kind of treat it like a school day, almost. But for me, what’s going to be really important, as you said, as quite a sociable person, and as someone who really, like really looks — you said look for — Well, I still do — really looks forward to Fridays and the weekends, it’s like, “How are we going to make these blocks of the day different?”
Because we’re all now talking on Zoom, on video conferencing; we’re doing all day for work. So, if we’re doing that for our social life as well, how are we going to make little changes to make that a bit more — turn into fun or turn into the evening?
You’ve got the morning routine, what’s your end of day routine, to say, “Work is now over and I’m going to kind of move into the evening. To some people, it’s kind of just putting your laptop away and hiding it and doing a kind of, “Today is now finished” and kind of saying out loud.
For some people, it’s washing their face, changing their clothes, having a shower, doing a workout, going for a walk, while you still can; maybe that’s what you check in with your friends.
So, I think, yeah, zoning the day and the week and the weekend like that is really important. And that obviously goes back to routine.
Sponsor – Better help This podcast episode is sponsored by Better Help. Is there something interfering with your happiness or preventing you from achieving your goals? Therapy has massively helped me in the past to make sense of my thoughts and process my emotions.
Better Help will assess your needs and match you with your own licensed professional therapist. And you can start communicating with them in under 24 hours.
Better Help is not a crisis line. It’s not self-help. It’s professional counselling that’s done securely online. This service is available for clients worldwide and Better Help matches you with a counsellor based on what it is that you want to work on and their expertise. It’s more affordable than traditional offline counselling and financial aid is also available. Better Help wants you start living a happier life today.
And Better Help are doing a special offer for Calmer You listeners. You get 10 percent off your first month when you visit trybetterhelp (That’s better-H-E-L-P).com/calmeryou. That URL again; trybetterhelp.com/calmeryou to get 10 percent off your first month’s online counselling.
Chloe: I think that’s such an important one about having an end to the working day. Because I know myself that it can just be constant. Unless I have boundaries in place or some kind of plan or routine, I’ll just be answering e-mails at 9:00 PM, sat on the sofa or work encroaching on the weekend.
Bookending And I think especially at this time in the world when we need to look after our mental health more than ever, having a process of switching off and bookending the day with something to help me to calm down or relax. So, I love the idea of taking your makeup off or getting change, having a shower, just to be able to get into that relaxation mode and switch off from the day, I think is so, so important.
Toni Jones: Yeah, totally. I mean, I think FOMO is the only thing that stopped me working sometimes because there was something happening and I was like, “I can’t miss that. So, I’m going to get off the laptop” or as you said, planned a class, I go to frame studios and I’d be like, “I planned the class every lunchtime, because otherwise, I just work through lunch.”
It’s what I did when I worked at a company. Because we were churning out content the whole time, so I got quite used to just head down and get on with it and not having lunch breaks and things. So, it’s bad training from that, but it’s also, if we’re going to be at home a lot, we need to be really extra strict with ourselves on those boundaries.
So, yeah, I mentioned like zoning the house. I’ve seen some funny memes going around about like, “Getting ready to go to the living room tonight. Because it’s like the living room now going to be the place that we kind of like have dinner and drinks and like that’s our social place.”
But it’s like I think it’s quite important, especially if you’re working from home with somebody, like where’s your office space, where’s your desk space, where is the other person’s space?
Co-working tips I have a bad habit. You know, probably this about co-working, but my husband has now realized that I do this a lot. When someone sitting next to me, I just ask them questions all the time; I want to talk to them. And it can be about work, but it’s just anything that comes up. I will just ask. So, Dan now puts his headphones in and that’s a signal for me that he doesn’t want to talk or that he’s trying to work or he’ll let you go in the other room.
So, it’s kind of looking at it space you’ve got and working out how is that best going to work for you and the people in the home? Maybe we’ll talk about families in a minute.
But if you are trying to work from home with kids, it’s like it’s really important for you to almost be out of sight when you’re not on kind of daddy or mommy day-care, because that is your work zone and then this is kid zone. I think that needs to be figured out. So, just kind of some planning around that is probably really useful for people.
WFH with a partner or family Chloe: I think it’d be good to look about that a bit more. I heard that in China, following all the coronavirus outbreaks and people being confined to their homes, the rates of divorce went up quite significantly because most of us are used to, I mean, even though I work at home, my partner, three days a week was going into an office and he work from home a couple of days a week and we got used to that rhythm. But now, we’re together 24/7, literally 24/7.
And I’m sure everyone who has a partner is probably in a similar position. And that’s a completely new experience. If you’re used to having your own time, your own space, or obviously the kids going to school or nursery, then that’s a massive change, isn’t it?
Compromise Toni Jones: Yeah, totally. So, it’s the C-word. It’s compromise, which mostly we’re not generally so good at; all of us. So, it’s basically working out everyone’s needs in this situation, because we’re all going to be at home, working from home; whether that’s doing your schoolwork or as an adult or whatever.
I’m not a parent, but I’ve got lots of nieces and nephews and I’m Aunty Toni to a lot of people. So, I asked a really broad mix and I got two really funny responses to this about how you work from home with kids and a family. And the people who have never done it before said, “Earplugs, wine and a knife for the husband” and the people who were doing it for a while were like, “Routine, shifts.” Shifts is the most important.
Again, so it’s like zoning the time. It’s like you have to decide, at the beginning of the day, who’s going to be in charge, when; who’s going to be looking after the kids and who’s going to be able to do some work.
Because then when there’s a kid meltdown, it has to be the person who’s designated in charge, because otherwise, it usually reverts back to the kind of main caregiver or the person who spends most of time with the kids. But now it’s all it’s all changing; the boundaries are kind of shifting a lot. So, it’s important to kind of get them in place at the beginning, I think.
Supportive boundaries The people who do it well, as well, working from home with children, say, “Do something at beginning of the day that involves a lot of energy.” So, I think Joe Wicks, The Body Coach, is doing a PE class at 9 o’clock every day from next Monday. So, Barry’s Boot Camp, some people have been doing it with their babies, which I think is brilliant, online.
So, it’s just anything that again kind of is good for us because it’s like grownups; it’s going to get your energy going, but it kind of starts the, kids kind of like are not then just fizzing all day, wanting your attention.
So, it’s yeah, kind of looking at that they have needs too; we all do. So, it’s compromising and it’s working out what’s the best way we can all do it and the most fair way.
Planning So, I think the way to do that is, sounds a bit boring, but doing a bit of planning, working out. Some days, I now need to be recording content at home all day. So, my husband’s going to have to find something else to do and vice versa. So, it’s kind of working out the diary in advance and then, yeah, blocking out those times.
And also, I asked my husband about his feedback on this and he said, “We should need to finish the day at the same time, otherwise, it’s silly.” Because it’s like even if someone’s making dinner while someone’s working, if at all possible, if you can both say, “At 6 o’clock, our work day is done.”
And then whatever you do, like we decided we’re going to start looking at recipe books and start cooking properly tonight because it’s Friday date night. So, I’m actually going to shave my legs and get ready for dinner. We’re going to have a drink and have dinner and then go clubbing in the lounge.
So, we kind of like, again, like it’s still novelty. So, ask me next Friday, it might be a bit different. But I think, yeah, that sounds like the zoning of the day is the zoning of the duties, zoning of your kind of space, all important.
Strategies for working together during Covid Chloe: That’s so, so helpful. And I know, just from my own experience with Aden, on our number one argument is when one of us is working, the other one is wanting to chat and connect, maybe at the end of the day or cooking dinner and wants someone to chat to. And we’ll get into stupid arguments about one person not being present because they’re working. Because I literally work on the kitchen table and I’ll never see he’s there the whole time. And it’s just that scope.
And I think that’s such a good point about having that time to switch off or maybe if I’m really focusing or he is, to have headphones in or we’ve been saying to each other, “You know what? I’m having an hour of power now. Please don’t interrupt me for the next hour” or somebody focusing on this. Or if you’ve got different rooms in the house, maybe going and sitting in different rooms.
Toni Jones: Yeah.
Chloe: But yeah, I think that’s something that we all need to be mindful of that divorce rates don’t go up in the next few weeks because we can’t get home at home.
Parenting manifesto Toni Jones: Now, I’ve got to say I love the power hour and I love the kind of, “I’m going to be doing this now.” Brené Brown, she did a podcast with Tim Feris and they were talking about parenting. And she’s quite a mindful parent. I mean, I’m not a parent, but I just love listening to how she brings up her kids.
And she talks about people say marriage is a 50/50 or partnerships. And she said, “They’re not at all hardly ever 50/50. It’s usually 80/20, 70/ 30, 60/ 40. And then, her and her husband have a conversation where they’ll say, “How you doing today?” and one of them would say, “I’m at 20.” So, the other person needs to bring it up to 80. And they have that conversation and that understanding that, “Okay, fine.”
So, like maybe with our busyness levels or maybe with our work levels, if you were kind of saying to Aden or if you’re saying, even to your flatmates or whatever, kind of, “This is what’s going on for me right now. I need this kind of level of space” and so they know they no need to tone it down a bit.
Communicating So, quite like that. It’s kind of like, again, the compromising, but it’s having that chat at the beginning, rather than just passively, aggressively typing really loud like I like to do, or Dan put his headphones in with a dramatic flourish.
So, it’s kind of like, “Yeah, you know that I need to work for a few hours now” and then I will give you time. And like you said, be present, because we do want that. But now, it’s going to be very important that we don’t let everything just bleed into everything.
Chloe: Yeah, totally. And I love the idea of, it sounds like to me, almost asking what you need, asking for support, letting your partner know if you’re having a difficult time with things and you’re then pick up some of the slack or you’re noticing if they’re struggling and you need to be the one that’s going to be taking over for a little bit and having those conversations about that, sounds really important.
I would really love to know — we’re going to need to wrap up this conversation up in a minute, but I’d love to know from you whether any other — I know you spoke to your community, the Shelf Helpers, about their tips and advice. Is there anything else that they mentioned or that came out of that that you found interesting?
Online opportunities Toni Jones: Yeah. It was just taking advantage of all the resources that are out there, really. Because whether you’re introvert or extrovert or however you normally run your days, suddenly, people just sharing so much online.
So, everyone I speak to really seems kind of like recommending things like a resource for — it’s almost like a directory of live events. Because everything I do with Shelf Help is about bringing people together. So, the challenge for me is how do I do that online?
But suddenly, like I said, Joe Wicks, doing his PE class, all the studios in London are kind of doing online classes. And I think the community are really enjoying trying all different things as well. Because you’re kind of anonymous in these classes. So, it’s a good time to try things that you might never have tried and then not worry if you don’t get it quite right.
Live online yoga So, I’m loving live classes because it also makes me actually go to them. Because I’ve always had like online yoga. But it’s I on-demand. Whereas now, I’ve got a favourite yoga teacher, Josephine McGreal, and she’s doing a 7:30 class every day. So, every morning, I do a bit of my morning routine, but at 7:30, I’m on the mat. And it’s so nice to see that some of my other friends names kind of pop into the chat box.
So, what’s happening with my community is that people are sharing a lot of resources like that. So, that we feel like we’re kind of socializing together, but not necessarily just in a hang out when we’ve been online all day already. But we’re socializing, as in, we’re enjoying the same experience and then we’re able to share about it.
Chloe: That’s such a good thing to access. I’m thinking about how it makes it more accessible. So, people that aren’t in London could access a yoga class that maybe they couldn’t in their local area or it’s a bit more affordable, I think, quite often, the yoga classes or the fitness classes or workshops than actually going somewhere. You don’t have to pay for travel. So, it makes it more accessible.
So, there are definitely some interesting or kind of beneficial things to deal with the crisis that we’re experiencing right now. And I’m just trying to focus on the positive things that we can get out of it and how to make the best of what is a bad situation. So, I love that.
Embracing a new way of connection Toni Jones: Yeah. But definitely, there are all those aspects of it; people are really coming together in different ways. Like on our huddles, I’ve been talking to people in LA, in Scotland, in Paris, and we’re all on this and cool. And it’s like, “How amazing is that? We’re all hanging out talking about the same stuff”, which we probably could’ve done anyway, but we haven’t yet. So, it’s forcing us to embrace this way of connecting.
Chloe: Amazing. Thank you so much for talking to me. This has been really, really helpful. Where can people find out more about you and the things that you offer and what you’re up to?
How to connect with Toni Toni Jones: Well, I would love you to come and see us at the shelfhelp.club, which is the website. But at the moment, I’m doing lots of online content through Instagram and also sharing on Facebook, but mostly Instagram, which is selfhelp.club.
So, I’m doing a live reading every morning of a book that I think is good to help keep us kind of grounded and present and positive. And then I’m also doing a kind of, I call it the Keep Calm and Stay Well Series, where I’m interviewing lovely experts like yourself, Chloe, clever experts about kind of how we can best manage these times coming up. So, that’s an evening. So, yeah, loads of online content there.
Chloe: Amazing. Thank you so much for this. It’s been so good.
Toni Jones: Thank you. Nice to see you. See you soon.
Chloe: You too.
Outro Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @chloebrotheridge.
And I would love it if he would leave me a review in the podcast app on iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcasts? You can let them know by sharing this podcast; I’d be so, so grateful.
So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 94. Working from Home in a time of Corona Virus with Toni Jones appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxious about working from home? Partner driving you to despair because you’re together 24/7? In this episode of The Calmer You Podcast I chat with journalist and Shelf Help Bookclub founder Toni Jones about how to handle coronanxiety and thrive at home in a time of Covid-19. We discuss: WFH tips for introverts and extroverts […]
The post Ep 94. Working from Home in a time of Corona Virus with Toni Jones appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I speak with Becki Rabin. She is THE business coach, brand consultant, speaker, presenter and entrepreneur. Wow!
We chat about: * How can we shine more brightly without fears of what people think * Becki shares her own story of transformation * Practical tools for dialing-up your self-worth * How to move outside of your comfort zone
Podcast sponsors Betterhelp – Online counselling service. Special offer for calmer you listeners get 10% off your first month at trybetterhelp.com/calmeryou
Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to https://www.sweatybetty.com/sustainability to find out more. Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Download your FREE Calmer You Toolkit
Transcript Intro: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast, this is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl.” And this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. So in the podcast today I get to speak about Becki Rabin, she’s a friend of mine, she is a wonderful business coach, she’s a brand consultant, a speaker, an entrepreneur and she’s all about helping people to get lit. She explains exactly what that means in this episode. She has so many useful ideas on helping us to master our mindset and feel better about who we are and dial-up our self-worth, how we can build a life of our dreams, how to become the happiest version of ourselves and really unlocking our fullest potential.
I think this really comes through in this episode with Becki. She shares a lot about her own transformation and the journey that she’s been on to really shifting her mindset and changing her life in quite dramatic ways. We get into this topic of being lit, being lit up, you know turning a light on, this is something that Becki is really focused on helping people with and why for so many of us we can hold ourselves back from really shining brightly and being confident because we are so scared of what other people are going to think. And so she shares a lot about this and how we can overcome those barriers, so that we can just be our most confident selves. We also talk about anxiety.
Becki shares some of practical tools that she helps her own clients with, and we also get the topic of social media and that pressure, and how we can try to not allow social media to take over our lives.
So I would love to send you some free resources to help you become your calmest and happiest, the most confident self, you can head over the calmeryou.com/free, enter your e-mail address there, then I’m going to send you those free resources, mp3s, worksheets, lots of practical tools, and updates about the podcast, and you can get that calmeryou.com/free. So let’s get into the interview with Becki Rabin.
Chloe: Hey Becki.
Becki Rabin: Hello.
Chloe: Welcome, thank you very much, thank you for being here.
*Becki Rabin*: It’s nice to be here. It’s nice being interviewed–
Chloe: Yes
*Becki Rabin*: –on the other side of the situation.
Chloe: Can you share with us what do you do and how do you help people? What’s been your journey to get to where you are today?
Becki’s mission *Becki Rabin*: Ok. Wow… So what do I do? So I guess firstly I’m like a business coach, I call myself a business mentor and like empowerment coach because it’s not just business focus. So, I guess my biggest mission is to help girls light up, like know that they can have more, that they can have anything they dream of if they just believe in themselves. To turn down the volume on the end of the critic, and step into the light and into their power. So I guess how I do that is I work one to one with predominately wellness coaches or entrepreneurs in the wellness space.
So whether they own a studio, or they are a yoga teacher instructor, or life coach, health coach, nutritionist, p.t. To work with them one to one to help them build their business but also to help them believe that they’re worthy of building their business and confident enough to step into the limelight to make impact and increase their visibility. So I do that one to one and then I also have a group coaching program where I again work with wellness experts to help them build their business but it’s a lot more like their own journey. We give them the resources, they access it.
And then I host events, my own Get Lit Podcast. That’s it really, I’m the founder of an online wellness magazine, which is written by the leading experts in the industry. So it’s kind of all working with entrepreneurs who want to grow their business but also people who just want to have more and are maybe lacking in motivation, kind of the go-getters of the world who might not be shining yet or dreaming of shining, or have a dream that they want to pursue. And then how did I get here. It’s so weird because it kind of all just makes perfect sense but I would never have guessed that this is what I would be doing, like ever in a million years.
I actually started as an advertising manager, working at Hurst magazines. I was managing a department of girls predominately graduates who we were selling adverts into all kinds of magazines.
On the side I’ve always struggled with food intolerances. I was born lactose intolerance and I’ve just been a highly sensitive person, with all these auto-immune issues. I was always researching alternative methods of healing which back then the alternative method was going gluten-free. I was in out of gluten-free but like back then it was all about like gluten free, like the things that I was doing that were helping me get better, you know that weren’t like usual types of medicine, when I was blogging that, as I was always kind of like going along.
And I have always been super sporty my entire life, so I started blogging what I was eating, what I was doing and so that turned into blogging fitness and then I became a personal trainer. So for like 2 years, I was double life in the corporate world and also being a p.t, and blogging, and sharing what I was learning and kind of just getting immersed in the whole wellness fitness thing. And so I did that for about 2 years, which was also probably a massive part of the whole journey too. So I kind of had like my heart was in one business, and I actually did love my corporate career as well, I loved it and I’d always thought that’s what I wanted to do, and I wanted to go on this ladder. But it wasn’t like fulfilling my heart, like it wasn’t like really filling me up.
And so I got really confused because I was like which one do I want to do, like my heart’s over here in fitness but this pays the bills. And also I think it was a lot more because that was all I ever wanted. I always wanted to work at a corporate career in a publishing house, with magazines wearing heels to convey this like successful on the outside woman. That was really confusing for me when I started questioning what I wanted and that wasn’t filling me up and like Hang on a minute, how did the gym and trainers make me so happy. So kind of did that for 2 years and then I couldn’t really take it anymore and actually the universe gave me a little bit of an amazing notch and made my boss redundant and kind of moved the whole department around, which basically meant I had an out to leave. And they kind of… they wanted me to step into his shoes to give me the pay rise kind of all the things that went with it.
So it really made me kind of step into my power and go right I really need to figure out what I want to do here. So I jumped basically and took the leap, went self-employed, I actually set up through the marketing business with a business partner of mine which kind of made me have a regular income for a bit, and learn the wellness industry even more. We kind of got to know all the brands, we got to know all the people and then on the side I got to build my like wellness magazine, which was Alternatively Healthy.” And I’ve actually been through a kind of massive thing with Hurst, where they also need to pitch to them what alternatively healthy was, so that they might launch as a magazine and I was really excited and it made me do this amazing business plan, and obviously working in magazines I saw that there was like this wealth of like the rise of people it’s not about health and there wasn’t as many magazines and obviously there was “women’s health and runners health,” but they were being written by journalists, people with an interest in fitness but not qualified experts.
So I found this like gap in the market and was like I think we need an online wellness magazine, that isn’t just about abs and how to lose weight and shred and burn but actually like how important your mind is to your health and your healing, and alternative methods of healing. So whilst I was doing that business with my business partner, I was able to kind of like follow my passion with both the personal training but not put too much pressure on it being my earning an income.
And then also building the incentive to be a healthy brand. So again meeting loads of experts and getting out there. So we’ve been running that for like 4 or 5 years now and then what just naturally happened is as I grew out of being a personal trainer, I realize that the bit I loved about being a personal trainer was I loved helping girls believe that they were way more than what they thought they were. I attracted all the same goals and they were all just carbon copies of me like, they were going through the same things I’d gone through even to the point where like loads of them had lost a parent and I didn’t have a dad. So it was like I was really attracting just mirrors of me and they were all in amazing shape but couldn’t see it.
And so I was like this isn’t fulfilling me like helping them look a certain way, like we’re so much more than that and I really felt like a year lost my messages the p.t. I was like trying to tell girls that they could get fit and look a certain way but also trying to tell them that it wasn’t about how they looked and they were so much more than that. And I was really… I got really lost and I went away to Australia and I was so uncertain on who I was and I kind of like fell into this hole as well, as I took myself out of my comfort zone, all my issues that I’ve been ignoring kind of came up and I started battling with my own body issues again and food. And I realized I was so routine with my food and so restrictive with my food, but I noticed because it was so routine, I was living my normal life.
So yeah in Australia I got really lost and I kind of came home and just committed that I was going to spend a year working on myself and my own growth, and then it just all fell into place that actually what I started doing was helping one of these experts that were working through the brand, build their brand and kind of consult them. And then I took a risk, a massive risk and I was like I’ve been in this industry 5 years, I don’t know who I am or I’m going to go to a business coach and she was the one that then was like to me, What are you doing? Like you are… you’ve got so much to give, you should be coaching people as a business coach and I was like what? Me, and she was like absolutely, that you’ve run 3 business for the last life 5 years, you’ve got degree in it, you are in advertising and marketing background, you have all the skill sets and you’ve worked as a coach yourself in the industry, you know what the industry looks like and then it just from there fell into place.
Like I did, there was no pushing, there was nothing, it just kind of fell into my lap and then I started business coaching people, getting loads of traction there, and I couldn’t physically take on anymore one on one clients. So I created the community, so it’s funny because I think people think it’s all about just jumping into the unknown, but actually I was doing all of the steps along the way, so yeah every dot kind of connects if I hadn’t done advertising or marketing, I wouldn’t know how to market my business. If I hadn’t of done the p.t. stuff I wouldn’t know what it’s like to be like a p.t. in the industry and the challenges that you face. So yeah that’s how I ended up in kind of a not so short nutshell. [laughs]
Chloe: Ok.
*Becki Rabin*: Yeah.
Chloe: It’s interesting how sometimes we can look back on our careers or lives and just see how things may be kind of circuit to a test, actually everything was teaching us something and pushing us in a certain direction and everything’s kind of happening for a reason.
*Becki Rabin*: 100 percent.
Chloe: How do you think you transformed personally throughout all of this?
*Becki Rabin*: God, I would say like hugely and I’m really honest in anything I do. I really like always draw back to like where I was because I think as coaches sometimes we can like want to be seen to be professional and have all our stuff together and like we haven’t been on a journey but like I believe that most people in this industry aren’t here unless we’ve overcome something. And I literally was talking to a friend yesterday and she was like to me the person that you are now compared to who you were 4 years ago or 5 years ago when we moved in together is like a completely different person, like the words that I use, the things that I used to say, that I used to talk so badly to myself, like I look in the mirror but oh my god you’re gross and like just was so harsh on myself.
I used to literally have this like sign on my forehead that was I don’t talk to me, and it wasn’t that I was rude and didn’t want to talk to people it was just because I was so insecure and I didn’t think I was like worthy of being spoken to, which might you wouldn’t also understand because I was quite like an out there person, like I’ve never been an introvert at all. So I’m confident in like so many ways, but was never confident in myself and I believe that like very different things, I could hold a room, I could you know start in front of a group of people and talk but I just didn’t love myself enough. So I think the transformation I have really like for the last 4 years hugely focused on my growth and I’ve just gone deep and I faced so many like things I was trying to like think that I wasn’t bothered about.
So 1st let me think about this, so before I was born my dad actually died and he died a week before I was born and it kind of set my whole life thinking I was very unaffected by it because I didn’t lose, I didn’t know any different. So I kind of just shut away from it, never asked my mum any questions, and actually what I’ve really would learn since doing all the work on myself is like that really caused so much problems, so many problems for me, like I kind of learn you have to fend for yourself. So you have to always always be on the go and like push and shove your way through life and you have to work super hard to earn money because it doesn’t come easily. And I learned that every man always leaves, and so I learned so many like condition things in my mind at that point from what I had kind of been through. But I had some real demons that I needed to face, a lot of it was just chasing approval from other people because I was desperately seeking my dad approval.
So I was like I wanted to be the most successful in business because I wanted someone to approve of me, and I wanted to have the most amazing body because I wanted someone to approve of me, and I wanted everyone to tell me that they liked me because I didn’t like me. So yes there’s been a huge transformation even in the last year I would say like I really just stepped out of my fear of being seen and out my comfort zone, and have just like been trusting a lot more in the process but yeah if anyone had met me like 3 years ago, I mean you knew me like 3 years ago, it was so different, I just was kind of thought the world was against me and I felt like I wasn’t ever worthy of being successful. So yeah, there has been huge growth.
Chloe: Amazing… Wow… Yeah I think I met you… I remember when I met you and I think you just left your job or you were just about too, it was like you were in the last week of when you were just like taking that leap into the next chapter. That was the scary time, that was a really scary time. I often get asked by people how can I leave my corporate job and do what I love and I kind of I’m like I did it but there was a lot going on behind the scenes for like 2 years before I did it and then in the last 6 months before I did I cried every day. I had this like anxiety inside of me every day, like all the fears were coming out for me but it was I making the right decision, was I going to be supported with money, is this what I want. Am I crazy, in that you have your mom being like have you saved enough money, and I remember meeting you actually and I was like, I was so excited by what the future could hold, I was so petrified. And ultimately I just don’t think I never really believed, it wasn’t… I didn’t believe in my ability to achieve all the things I wanted to believe, it was more that I didn’t think I was worthy of shining and I was so afraid of being the girl that went for it and I kind of think that that’s what so many people struggle with, it’s not that they don’t believe they can do it, it’s that they don’t want to be the girl that steps out and like be who does she think she is. Like how dare she shine her light and that was my biggest.
Chloe: Yeah I mean I can definitely relate to that, that you can feel kind of naked, you know when you’re putting yourself out there and it’s not easy, no. And people, I mean I still feel afraid when I’m going outside my comfort zone. I don’t know if it goes away no matter what you do or how much you push. I think there’s always a new level to get to. So do you think that aspect of… I know you’ve spoken about this before and I heard this a lot from people, you know what are people going to think if I suddenly start my own business and going on Instagram stories and talking about things and you see a lot of things?
*Becki Rabin*: Oh my God. So so much, and also coming from quite a big unique group myself. When I started my blog I can’t tell you how many people took the piss out of me, had something to say about it and they were like who does she think she is, so self-indulgent. And that’s the whole like message behind get lit really is. That I want more women to feel safe to light up and know that it is their birthright to light up and to shine. And that actually they’re not serving only themselves by not, but there are so many people who need their light, there’s so many people who need them to kind of show up and shine and do whatever it is that their purpose is here for and we can become so caught up in what other people think about us and I think I was on like a spiritual tree in Thailand and I was having a healing session and this man said to me, like why do you work the way the you do.
It doesn’t really matter what other people think And I was like because I want to be successful, I wasn’t like I want to help people at that age, it was I want to be successful and he was like but why? And I was like I don’t know and he was like you do know, I was like I don’t. And then he was like when you were working out and you were like so obsessed with how you looked, what was your driving force behind that? And I was like I guess I wanted people to approve of me, and it was so simple he just turned around to me that moment. I was like the only person approval that you need is your own, and like as long as you like your work, you like who you are, it really doesn’t matter what anyone else thinks. And it was like it just spoke straight to my heart, it was like exactly what I needed. It sounds so simple but I was like oh and I say that to so many people now, like my events and stuff and even to then they’re like oh, it’s like this.
We’re like waiting for everyone else to tell us that we’re amazing but as long as we love and we know what we’re doing, I always say to people like if you have a mission or purpose it becomes way more important than your insecurities if you genuinely want to help people or genuinely want to do something you tend to they’re not worry as much about what other people think of you. And also the other thing I was they too was like people really only have something to say when that triggered by what you are doing. So I call myself out on that all the time if I ever find myself judging someone on my cat what she doing that is triggering me and I remember there was like a few girls that used to really trigger me in My Space’s coaches, like a couple of years ago and I couldn’t follow them. I realized it was cool because they had absolutely no fear of being seen.
They were just authentically themselves in social media and they were out there, and I was petrified of doing that. For anyone who is ever worrying about what other people might say is really about worrying about being accepted. Firstly there are going to be so many people who are going to say things who are just bitter and jealous because they’re desperate to do it themselves, they might not even know that’s the reason but also just worry about the people who care about you. I’ve done a lot of like surrounding, like a lot of like decontaminating my field of energy in life, as in like hanging around with. Like I really have to separate myself from some people, and I know some people meant well when they were like joking and laughing, and like you know it’s humbling and I love them for it but then some of them I had to be like listen, like this is my work and every time you message me something like that you make me question whether I should do or not.
So yeah, that shows up, I think it is one of people’s biggest, is what other people think about them.
Chloe: Ok, so it’s about remembering that what you think of yourself is the most important thing and also the other people are projecting their own insecurities on to you, it’s not actually about you, it’s kind of their own stance, so don’t get to you personally.
Chloe: And when you say that to someone as well, I always say to someone notes that when you do yourself 1st or notice if you are around a friend and they say something about someone else, just check in and ask yourself if you know that person struggling with whatever is the talking about because I just really believe like comparison and judgment all comes from our own insecurities and I then got clear like every time I was judging someone else, I was like that’s me, I’m doing that, I have a problem that I need to work on that myself.
And also just to know that is what this whole message I want to spread is that like it is safe, it is your duty in life to shine and you have every right to and it just feels amazing when you are if you’re doing it for the right reasons.
Chloe: Totally, what about comfort zones? Can we talk about this? Have you gone out of your comfort zone by any chance?
*Becki Rabin*: Oh my goodness, have I? Comfort zones, I also kind of… this stems into the last topic about being afraid of what people might say, the same is like why we stay safe in our safety zones. I did an episode on this actually in my podcast and I believe that like they’re the excuses we tell ourselves to keep ourselves safe, so that people are going to say something about me or it might not work. I don’t believe that’s what we genuinely believe if I think that they are the things we say and we let our ego think to kind of keep us in that safety zone. So being in a safe design right is like we feel comfortable there, it’s what we know, it is the role we know how to play, whether it’s being in relationships like being in a safety zone where you just keep dating the same guy because that was I did that all the time, and I kept dating the same guy because I knew how to play the role of the girl that always got hurt.
And so anything other than it was like really scary for me. So I kind of believe we stay in these comfort zones particularly with stepping out into like building a business because we’re so afraid of how powerful we can be and how far we might be and how we fall because the top is so amazing and I’m always saying to people wouldn’t you rather see the top for a minute even if it was just for a minute and then fall and won’t you rather feel that feeling of love because you liked jumped and told someone how you felt about this, than not feel it at all. And so when we stay in our safety zones, we kind of… that’s what keeps us stuck, that’s what stops anyone from doing anything that they dream of doing.
And the thing is with getting out of your comfort zone is that’s kind of where the magic happens, that I always say to people if something scars you, do it. I’m at a stage in my life where I’m kind of working along like doing something and I’ve got comfortable and there’s no fear that kind of always that Ok, I need to step up what’s next, where I need to find some kind of fear, I love that feeling where I’m scared if it’s going to do well because I know that us me growing. I think a lot of our need to stay in all our safety zone or comfort zone is our need to control things. A lot of us don’t even realize that we’re doing it but I even notice that with my events, a lot of my events or about stepping out of your comfort zone and being brave, right? That’s the whole theme of them and I’m quite vague with what happens at the events like we’ve done enough events now people have kind of seen all the videos, they’ve seen that… they can see what goes on and they see the feedback but I always get people messaging me saying like I really want book a ticket, like what’s going to happen there, who’s going to be there, what are you going to do?
And I’m always like listen, this is the 1st step, it is going to be about like stepping out of a comfort zone, and the 1st thing is for you to book a ticket, you know it’s going to like, you know it’s going to help you. the voice that’s telling you to find out all the eventuality is the exact ways that keep you safe. So I deliberately keep my like baize for the event, it’s quite vague because I quite often like to just let the events go where they’re meant to go but b because I’m like I want you to take that 1st step of doing something that you can’t control all of the outcomes. And so when we step out of our comfort zone, we kind of lose control of all the possibilities because we’ve never been there before but what I try and say to people is like what if those possibilities are way better than you could have ever imagined or would have controlled and you’re actually blocking that from happening by staying in your comfort zone.
So I think the biggest thing is people get overwhelmed with is needing to be a massive step and I actually always say like the best things come from the smallest steps. Like whatever big picture is take one small step every day that gets you out of your comfort zone, whether it’s going to talk to someone really randomly and saying like hi just so that you can work that muscle and learn that it’s the correct behavior. So that your body learns that it’s a really good… but your condition you mind goes oh that went really well, I’m going to do that again. And I just think the greatest things come from when you step out of that comfort zone and the whole reason we stay there is that same voice that tells you you’re not enough, it is the same voice that tells you you can’t have what you dream of having, that keeps you stuck in that zone where you are. Yeah, I’m a big fan of the front of stepping out of comfort zone.
Control Chloe: Yeah, totally. And I think you’ve really hit on something with that issue of control, and we little human beings you know… one of you know 7500000000 on a tiny planet in a massive universe think we can be in control of everything. Only we’re not in control, and it’s actually Ok to not be in control because somehow the planets keeps you know spinning.
*Becki Rabin*: Yeah.
Chloe: And the world keeps turning and if we can relax and tune into that, like amazing things can happen.
*Becki Rabin*: I’m the worst sometimes, I have to really check myself and go like you’re really trying to control all of the outcomes here, let go and just surrender. It is such a cliche word, but like just go and see what happens and whatever I’m not controlling, a situation is when the magic really happens. So I think the key is just awareness, notice yourself if you’re like scared to step into something, ask yourself why, and then once you notice that it’s actually I’m afraid that I might do really well at it or afraid that I might be seen, you can go actually no, like I’m going to do this and you’ve got to start making friends with that ego voice inside of you and just know that she’s just there to protect you not to hurt you. Protect you and when you know that, you kind of can work that muscle a little bit more .i
Chloe: It’s amazing, isn’t it? How there can be this theory of fear of failing but also fear of doing well. You’re like stuck in between, and are both terrible seemingly.
Fear of success Chloe: Yeah, no I think they’re the same fear as well. They’re just the fear of being yourself, like the fear of success I think out weights of all the clients I’ve worked with and the people I’ve spoken to. I think there’s more people afraid of success than they are of failure. I don’t believe failure exists, like I would say what does failure even mean to you, and if they say to me like all well you know launching an event and only 2 people come on or starting a podcast and only 2 people listening, I’m like well isn’t that amazing that you’ve potentially like changed two people’s lives like we get so caught up in that how many that actually if you can change one person’s life that is such an amazing thing. It’s just what are you defining as failure, as if you’re reading a book this morning it’s actually the Course of Miracles but the made easy version.
And he talks about how he wrote a book and it was called like the Joy is My Compass and it did really badly, like it didn’t sell, they ended up not printing it, it wasn’t the bestselling book. And I kind of question why it was so bad and did I write it wrong or was it not meant to be, and then he said he got a letter from someone once and was like oh she stood up in event, and was like I always dreamed of opening up like an a toss because I was so passionate about helping people but I was stifled by fear, couldn’t do on your book was the sole thing that made me go out there, and go and do it. Thank you so much, and he was like I notice in that moment that even though my book failed technically to the outside world based on measures and achievement, I had to help someone create a space, like that if that was my only purpose with that book, then it was great.
So I think it’s more about redefining what failure means to who, by whose measures because we’re the only people setting that standard.
Chloe: That’s so true, isn’t it? Because everyone think I failed but what number of people have to come to make it, and often in our minds, it can be infinite. There’s no amount of books I could see that would make me feel successful in that mindset.
*Becki Rabin*: And who’s telling you, like who’s telling you it’s right or wrong, yes you can compare like your podcast listeners to someone else’s but it doesn’t… it’s not… that’s not really what you’re here for, you’re here to help people with your podcast and of course the more people it gets to the more people you help but yeah I definitely think the fear of our success and how amazing and like worthy and capable we are is probably one of the biggest things that I see. It’s sad.
Chloe: Yeah.
*Becki Rabin*: Yeah.
Chloe: What does it mean to get lit, how can we get lit?
What does it mean to get lit? *Becki Rabin*: So I always say that like… I always start by telling people what it isn’t. I think we like being someone who’s lit up is essentially someone who is in tune with their intuition, they don’t wait for other people to approve of them, they’re not afraid to step into their power, they are not afraid to shine their light, they are trusting and you know what I do at my events? I ask people to tell me what it means to be lit before I even talk to them. And every single one of them always answers, you know trusting authentically ourselves, shining a light, like choosing love over fear, like they all know the answers but then never asking themselves the actual question or sitting with it. So I had this like vision of creating the get lit message for everyone. I remember saying to like my business coach I keep wanting to do something called Get lit. I don’t know where it’s come from but I just feel like it’s a very today kind of way of telling people to light up. To the people who maybe aren’t reading spiritual books or aren’t on any kind of pathway to like… you know they might believe there’s a little bit more out there or that they’re worthy of more but they don’t know how to start.
And so get lit, like has quite a few different meanings. So obviously with my business coaching clients I’m a lot like this is about you being visible, it’s about you stepping into power and being seen and increasing your impact in the industry but then for like our podcast listeners or the attendees and like the general message it’s like to be yourself and showing exactly who you are and who you want to be. So I always thought by telling people that like being lit isn’t about your like outwardly measures of success or how well you’ve been received by people or achievements or your qualifications or anything like that. It isn’t about what other people think of you, and it also isn’t about the things. I used to think that being lit was like having the best bag, having the best shoes, having the best clothes and all the design and things, that I still love designer things now.
But my self-worth doesn’t depend on it, so I use the kind of believe that if I had all of these things I would be lit, I was trying to be seen by everyone by the clothes I was wearing and I was trying to be seen by like building a business, and I was trying to be seeing but really I was actually hiding who I really was. And so it’s basically about being unapologetically yourself and whatever that means for you, shining that. Some people don’t want to step out and be seen by loads of people and that’s absolutely perfect too. Some people like to be introverted and stay where they are and kind of not be seen by a 100000 people but it’s about being seen as who you are and believing in yourself enough to like surround yourself with people who lit you up.
Do a job that you love, that you deserve. Everybody deserves a job that they love, and be with people that they love and just have a hobby that they love and a passion that they love. So yeah it’s quite a multi-dimensional meaning but it’s just essentially to just shine, whatever that looks like and fill yourself up from the inside. So I always say like you go flip your switch but it’s inside of you and it’s not from all of these outwardly things. So I used to wait for someone to come over and tell me oh you look amazing and it would like turn on my light on for a little bit and then as soon as they walk out the door I’d be looking for my next fix of that little bit of lightness. I also believe to really truly shine, we have to go to our shadows, we have to go to our dark places, like I am only doing my work now because I spent so many years hiding in my fear, not believing I was worthy, hating myself, self-doubting, talking to myself badly and it wasn’t until I looked back at that I realized that actually maybe that’s my purpose to help other people.
Often our purpose and our light kind of sits within those dark places and I don’t think you can really ever find your life without facing the dark, facing what you’re like avoiding and doing the work on yourself. And overcoming anything that’s like been a trauma for you, or hardship for you. So yes that is what get lit is.
Chloe: Amazing, I love that phrase being unapologetically yourself, I just love that, that’s really empowering to me. And I think when it comes to anxiety or you know people with depression, it comes down to their relationship with themselves, not feeling good enough, to not be able to feel that they’re okay, and I think if we can work to that level. So many other things kind of sort themselves out with us and in your professional life or relationships, but it is such an important key thing really.
Who are you? *Becki Rabin*: And I don’t think people know who they are because they spend so much time thinking what they should or what other people are and looking outside of themselves, that they don’t. You know I remember writing down like what do I love doing, what makes me feel good, what writes me up and I didn’t, you know it sounds so cliché to be like you know helping others but I didn’t really know that that was what it was. I’ll never forget like one time where a girl gave me money for my like p.t. sessions and it came from her mom who was really unwell, she was I thought you’d really appreciate this and she gave it to me in an envelope that said like fun money and her mom had given it to her. So she’s like I thought you’d really appreciate me giving it to you from my mom, like she went to me I don’t want you to spend this on anything other than something that makes you feel amazing.
Like she was basically and I was like Ok cool, no worries. And just before I went to Australia I was like I kept trying to find things to spend this money on and I couldn’t, it was like cash, it was like 10 sessions where the p.t. just could not find anything. I was like glasses like I could buy them myself, I was like that doesn’t… and I realized that all those things I would have bought that I was like No, I promised… her mom was so ill, I was like I’m going to stick to this, and I couldn’t spend it and like stayed on my side for like 6 months and then her mom passed away sadly, and she was flying back to Australia and she was like come back for 2 weeks and I want to have one session with you.
You’re such a pivotal part of my growth, when I was in London. I want to have a session with you. So I go into the session with her and I wrote her called her s card, her mum had passed away, so it was I better write her a card just to like share my condolences and say sorry, I had this like over like overwhelming feeling of like oh my God, I know exactly what to do with this money. And I stand up to the session and I… and it was just came from nothing other than I wanted her mom to give her this gift back, and so I gave her the envelope back with all the money in and the note from her mom still and I was like This is from your mom and I just burst into tears, she burst into tears, it was the 1st time I really realized that nothing ever made me feel that good other than giving back to someone else. I was so surface level for so many years thinking that happiness came from all these things that was when I realized that it was about helping other. It was a really big change in my like whole like career at that time, big time.
Chloe: That’s so lovely. Yeah, I think you know as human beings it is almost an innate thing that is within all of us that we get the most meaning from being of service other people and helping other people. And modern life and consumerism and all these things have kind of convinced us that it is these surface things that are important and actually you know it’s getting back to that, and sometimes it takes there’s going through big challenges to get to that point, our own challenges and realizing we can come out on the other side. And that’s why you know as you said before a lot of kind of coaches and things have been through their own crap and come out of the other side and then think I want to help other people because I’ve been there.
*Becki Rabin*: Definitely.
Chloe: Do you have any kind of favorite tools or practices that you can share in terms of what people can be doing you know at home to help themselves with the things we’ve been discussing?
Becki Rabin: You know I like I have so many little tools in my bag but I kind of gal and I think I really have spent 2 years mastering like what works for me. I used to suffer really badly from I couldn’t sleep, like I used to get panic attacks all the time. I changed a lot of like my health and a lot of my daughter as well, unlike things like people who are quite driven or high achievers or people who want to stop business or whatever tend to be quiet like intense or like basically in flight or fight all the time, we’re kind of like go go go go go go go go go and so I so I started like implementing rituals. Really slowly but like I changed my whole morning, so when I was working full time. Now I’m like I don’t I start my day like never really before 10 that’s a choice.
I obviously well for myself, even when I was working full time I basically decided I used to get and run out the door and go to the gym at like 6 am before I then go to or commute to work. And so I switched it and I got up early and I spent an hour at home slowly starting my day. So I would meditate, I got really into meditation but I’m not a big meditator that goes like Deep, I tend to have about 10 minutes, I just breathe, like I think we kind of over complicate it or I just put on some nice music and I just breathe in and out as much as I can and I kind of just sit with it and that really helps me.
So I do that, and I journal quite a lot. I just ask myself how I’m feeling and often with business you know lots of fear comes up particular if you’re stepping out of a comfort zones, so I always say to myself like clients… and I still get myself like what is it that you’re afraid of in this particular moment what is scaring you from stepping out of your comfort zone here or what happened today and why did that happen and how did that make you feel and when I write, that’s kind of where my magic happens I just sometimes write things that I’m like wow when I read it back, I’m like did I write that and I just find it so therapeutic. What other things, do I have? A lot of it is like I talk myself quite a lot in my ahead, sometimes out loud. Some people would pass me by and be like what?
But I think a lot of the work that we talk about is Awareness is key, so you know even when I used to speak in some ways or thinks of things, like when I got clear about what I was doing, I say to people like write down all the things you’re afraid of for example what you call that power into you know what’s been holding you back so I always say life you can’t light up until you know what’s been telling you off like until you know it’s been tripping a fuse and who’s been tripping a fuse you can’t shine your light right. so I always tell people to start with getting aware of what their actions are, what their behaviors are, what their thoughts are. You know sometimes just awareness alone and just going oh I just did I’m going to stop and use again is like the May was the biggest change, you know like I used to my feet and my pinch my body and be like oh my God I must have just gone about 10 stone, and then when I made a conscious decision and a commitment to myself that I was going to change my what I brought awareness to it and I would literally stay to myself “you’re amazing, or you’re beautiful or whatever.”
And it just shifts your whole energy, and I think with business staff or with stepping out into your power, like this time last year I came home and I made myself a commitment, and I call it a lit statement, I wrote myself a commitment statement or lit statement in my phone and I wrote… so I started with what all my fear is and I wrote down all the things I was afraid of and all my limiting beliefs and all the negative words they I used and what I did was I turned into the positives, like created lit statements or lit formations, like the fear based ones and basically turned into like a 3 sentence Power Girl I read out to myself every day and I think that originally last year was like I’m committed to stepping into my power, I’m not afraid to be seen, I know that when I’m alone I light up all others and great things happened to me or something.
It was something along those lines and I read it myself every morning, 1st thing in the morning for 6 months and it was just unbelievable, like the change was just amazing because the more you tell yourself those things, the more you believe it and then you sit into that energy and this year Mine’s a lot more like I’m going to move and trust from a place of peace and clarity and calmness because I’m quite often like go go go. And so it changes, and I think that’s the key is to kind of be aware that we’re always evolving and whatever your like focus might be right now, doesn’t mean that that’s going to be a focus is 6 months time. So yeah I think the biggest thing was a commitment statement to myself and I said it out loud to myself every single day, that change so much for me.
I was just telling myself I was worthy and I was going to be aware, change my words and choose again, like it really helped.
Chloe: That was such a powerful word I think, just the act of having some intention behind what you’re going into the day with and you know saying what you say to yourself is so important. And just knowing the direction that you’re going in, and just remind yourself every day, you know it doesn’t have to take long to do that, but it can so powerful.
*Becki Rabin*: And everyone’s will be different, like some of the girls that like I’ve coached, they do the same and they realize that she they were afraid of being seen too, and so that became theirs. And some are just literally like I choose to show up today with like confidence, and energy, and positivity, and help one person today, like it completely be whatever it would relate back to what your fears are, what’s been holding you back from stepping out and I think that’s the 1st exercise. I would like invite anyone to do is write down what they have been doing that’s been holding them back. What behaviors do they do, how do they self sabotage, like do they judge people a lot? I always say like what’s been keeping your light off? In like events I say to people like behavior is that one of the biggest things as well.
So I noticed I always took the piss out people, always joked about people or joke about myself, because I didn’t want to be taken seriously. That was my way of like hiding or procrastinate, so whenever I know I was on to something good, like whether it be planning at event or when I was thinking of when I was literally planning out what get lit meant, the whole message, my 1st ever event was about that, and I procrastinated so I found everything possible to do that I had wanted to touch. I toured my cupboards, like cleaned out my house, I was like I hate doing this stuff and then I got clear, like it was the awareness Becki you do this every time you’re about to shine your light, you stop yourself, so yeah getting really clear about what’s been holding you back as well is so key.
Chloe: I think you’re so right about the awareness, it is amazing how all these you know patterns can run in the background and we’re not even aware that’s what’s happening or realizing this is a problem and then somebody shine light on it and that’s going to be enough to change, that sometimes it doesn’t need to be so complicated, it’s just spending that time to do that practice that you just described and get clear on what’s holding you back and what your fear are.
*Becki Rabin*: 100 %, so you’re so right, it is sometimes literally shining your light on it, saying it and going oh the work is done. Sometimes you might need to remind yourself resay the words but sometimes that she just drawing attention to it, the work’s done already your mind completely changes and how it wants to behave like if you like this every time you do it.
Chloe: What is your relationship with social media like these days? I’ve been asking a lot of people this question?
Social media *Becki Rabin*: Goodness you know what, I’ve always been really conflicting with this because as someone who has like a degree in social media marketing basically, I think it’s the most incredibly powerful tool for brands, for people, for people with a message, like it’s just so powerful and it’s so wonderful in so many ways like my group coaching community for example, I have seen that grow purely just on social media I wouldn’t be able to do my work if it wasn’t for social media, and I’ve seen people become best of friends through that community, sharing each other’s work on social media, collaborating with one another.
So I think it’s really powerful but my personal relationship with it has really changed, I don’t know whether it’s I’ve got to a certain age and I’ve been part of my life for so long that I’m just a bit exhausted. And I also like when I’m coaching clients particularly when they are new in the industry, I’m like you’ve got to show up, you’ve got to show up, you’ve got to be there. I spent 2 years on Instagram and on the social media world but reaching out, connecting and using it for all it’s positivity, but I think we can get so caught up in being something on social media that we forget to be ourselves outside of it or we forget to live life, or there has been so many experiences that even when I was in that depth in Australia, you know I always say to people, I was at like one of those magical places in the world and what I was thinking about was what photo I was going to get and how that was going to go on Instagram, instead of taking in this incredible experience and I think it’s being mindful with social media. I show up way less on social media now, kind of show up say a podcast has gone Live and then I remove myself again, because I decided at the beginning of this year that I wanted to focus on my community more so people I’m working with wants one to one or any of our clients or anything, I want to be there for them all and every time I think of a caption for 20 minutes as 20 minutes I haven’t been able to be with that person.
But I do think when you kind of driven by purpose again and meaning, social media becomes a much easier place. I kind of removed anyone that was triggering me. Have just built such a healthy relationship with it, that now I go on and I see the beauty and I share what i need to say and then I kind of get off it but I think a lot of people think that to be successful in business you have to have a huge social media following, particularly starting up and I just don’t believe it at all, so I think if you’re doing the right what can you’re showing up in all the way social media is an amazing additional tool rather than the business, I think that’s what a lot of people can kind of get ready confused by.
So I’ve always been in 2 minds with it, love it for so many reasons. And then also I think it can really lead people the wrong way, and focus on the wrong things. So I think it’s being mindful with it, but yeah I use it way less, I don’t know if that’s what other people are saying.
Chloe: Yeah it’s a good position to be. I think it can take over and I was talking to Shane Avachi early this morning and she said there’s an app that she uses to block apps and need to you get the name of that. So you download an app and you can’t go on Instagram, I was you know like I need it, so text after.
*Becki Rabin*: Wow, I remember I had 5 days off it, I do it all the time now, but I think it was the 1st time I decided that I need to spend less time, when it took 5 days off there and I just put it into another. I think I deleted the app from my phone, I can’t tell you how many times I picked up my phone and I was like talking someone I’d like pick up my phone my thumb just went to where it was and I was like oh my god it’s like it’s not even a thought process anymore just a habit. So you know what I don’t do, I don’t really scroll anymore, I kind of show up, see what my friends are doing, what my like peers are doing, support them and then I leave. So I don’t spend hours scrolling anymore, so the screen time tells you that, yeah that’s scary.
Chloe: Because I’ve had a few retreats I’ve been on this year where I’ve had breaks of like one or 2 weeks from no email, no whatsapp or anything, and I’ve learned that life doesn’t end, there were no disasters or things that I need to know about, actually the world carries on turning and I don’t need to be you know checking in on these things quite so often. So that has helped to reset me, I think in some ways it’s quite helpful.
*Becki Rabin*: I think we get caught up when our job is helping people, we worry that if we don’t show up for a bit on the platforms, that our businesses are going to fail, or people are going to think that we’re doing our job, and we kind of almost get rid of I feel like sometimes I have to reply to every single d.m. from someone asking me questions, I think you have to put your boundaries up. I haven’t ever done a week with no e-mails, and no social media. I’ve done no social media I can handle that I find it really hard to not look at one emails and really detached, that something I’m going to challenge myself to this year for sure.
Chloe: I saw recently another coach posting that she was giving up e mails and I’m just going to have teams do all the emails, and asking her questions, I’m like considering that, that’s quite appealing to me. I write the contents for my email.
*Becki Rabin*: For like the newsletter to go out, I wrote them but my team do all the bits around and sometimes now particularly the group coaching community, the girls just know my tone of voice and they write it for me and I’m Ok it. But replying to emails I’ve got way better at no point everyone. Sorry if anyone ever gets annoyed but I really like don’t reply to a lot of emails now unless they’re like what like I have the capacity to. Yeah, because I used to be really like also one of those people that had to reply straight away, otherwise I’d get anxiety if left them there. And so I’ve really tried to like work around that but now I’m desperate, I’m going to… I’m definitely going to do like a complete no work week or 2 maybe, just switch off.
Chloe: Yeah I think we all need that digital detox of some kind. Becki thank you so much for sharing, all that you shared, you’ve been so generous with what you’ve shared with us. Where can people find more about you and what you’re doing what you’re offering at the moment.
*Becki Rabin*: We have the get lit website, so that’s just getlit.co.uk. And then I have my own BeckiRabin.com. And then where can we show up? So we’re hosting an event in March, I’m not sure how long if there will be tickets left when this was out.
Chloe: What date is it?
*Becki Rabin*: 28th of March. Which is all going to be about the focus of the event is going to be like bravery, overcoming fear, stepping out of your comfort zone, you don’t have to have a business or even want to have your own business, it’s just about becoming a more motivated and like lit up self essentially. I have a podcast which is at the moment just solo episode, so I just host this. It is called the get lit with Becki Rabin Podcast, it’s sort of has episodes and I do live coaching calls as well with clients, they can call in and also ask question, and we’re just going to start doing guest episode now, it’s like there is I mean people I want to speak to. And then yeah on social media Becki Rabin, and then yeah if you are someone who is looking to step into the entrepreneurial like realm, particularly in the wellness industry or you already you are a coach, then I have my group coaching community which is good to “get lit click.”
So it’s a business coaching community, membership is $25.00 pounds a month. And in there you kind of get access to a community of like minded people, so there’s like 200 people in there, that have been in the same position as you and everyone’s just like, you know you’re going to message someone and they can go for coffee, like I see them all the time having lunches and branches together, and some of them become like lifelong friends, which is if anything, I’m so glad I set out for that. Yeah you know what is the least important part, not important part but when I sent it up, it was like you’re going to a Facebook group, like I didn’t realize the power of it.
And actually most people when they give us feedback, I’m like I mean it because of the community I don’t even use the resources, and then you also get access to like called the members lounge. So on there is like tons of master classes, workshops, webinars on how to build a business, like find your niche, know your audience, create socially strategy. Literally everything, built like start a podcast, build a membership program, we kind of cover it all. So yeah that’s me, that’s where you can find me.
Chloe: Amazing, thank you so much.
*Becki Rabin*: Thank you so much for having me. Thank you.
Outro: Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me Chloe Brotheridge and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on i-Tunes. Subscribe to the podcast or leave me a rating and is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast ,I’ll be so so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending loads of love, Hopefully you’ll tune in again and see you soon.
The post Ep 93. Dial-Up Your Self Worth with Becki Rabin appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I speak with Becki Rabin. She is THE business coach, brand consultant, speaker, presenter and entrepreneur. Wow! We chat about: How can we shine more brightly without fears of what people think Becki shares her own story of transformation Practical tools for dialing-up your self-worth How to move […]
The post Ep 93. Dial-Up Your Self Worth with Becki Rabin appeared first on Calmer you.
Nicky Clinch is a Maturation Coach & Facilitator. Maturation is a process of growing out of who you thought you were into who you were born to be. Her mission in life is for you to break free of the confines of your past traumas, self-defeating patterns and suffering so that you can realise and come […]
The post Ep 92. Healing Trauma with Nicky Clinch appeared first on Calmer you.
Nicky Clinch is a Maturation Coach & Facilitator. Maturation is a process of growing out of who you thought you were into who you were born to be.
Her mission in life is for you to break free of the confines of your past traumas, self-defeating patterns and suffering so that you can realise and come home to who you truly are.
We chat about: * Nicky shares her tag on anxiety (it’s not your usual perspective and I love it) * How we can heal trauma * Nicky shares her powerful story of transformation through plant medicines * Why she scrapped 50,000 words of her book to start from scratch
Sponsor Sweaty Betty – Pop into one of their stores with your old leggings to grab that voucher towards a new pair. Head to https://www.sweatybetty.com/sustainability to find out more. Get 20% off online purchases with the code calmeryou.
Transcript Introduction Chloe: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of “the anxiety solution and brave new girl,” and this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest and most confident self. In this episode, I’m talking to the wonderful Nicky Clinch, and Nicky is such a special person, she came over to my house to recall this episode, we actually live quite close to one another in London, in Hackney, East London. And we sat together on the sofa, and I honestly felt like this conversation was so healing for me, and it really came at the right time for me personally and I really hope it helps here as well.
Nicky is a transformational leader and facilitator, she has studied integrative counseling and macrobiotics, she is also a spiritual mentor and it’s her mission in life to help all of us to break free from the confines of our past traumas, ourselves defeating patterns, and our suffering. So that we can realize and come home to who we are. So Nicky and I get into lots different topics, we start off by talking about trauma and how it can be the root of so many of our issues and how we can start to overcome the traumas that held us back. Nicky gives us her take on anxiety and where that comes from and what we can do to start to manage our own anxiety.
And Nicky advice definitely isn’t the standard 3 tips to curing anxiety something that you might read day-to-day, it really does go very very deep and it’s very very powerful. She shares some really moving personal stories about how she’s healed her own trauma, how own experience of plant medicines, her own transformation and how she helps other people to transform. She also shares the incredible story about how she was 50000 words into writing her book, she had publishing deal with Hey house and how she actually scrapped the whole 50000 words and went on a different path and this is incredible for me, as someone who has written a book to let go of 50000 words, that’s just terrifying to me.
So I love this story with Nicky, it was incredibly inspiring. So I would love to send some free resources to help you grow your confidence, boost your self-esteem and calm your anxiety, if you want these freebies you can head over to my website; calmeryou.com/free, put your email address in there and I’ll send you those freebies right away. So let’s get into the interview with Nicky clinch.
Nicky Clinch: So we’re rolling.
Chloe: Ok, welcome Nicki.
Nicky Clinch: Thank you, thank you so much Chloe for having me on here, this is the 2nd time I’ve been on your podcast and I was thinking earlier, how much has changed since when you 1st interviewed me, not just in myself but also what’s happening in the world right now. So I feel really happy to be back, thank you for having me.
Chloe: Amazing. Yeah I obviously follow you online and we’ve had some discussions back and forth on Instagram, and I knew I had to speak to you again. I was so intrigued by the things that you were sharing and we started talking about trauma and anxiety, and where anxiety comes from. Can you speak a little bit about your take on anxiety, and what you see you know as the struggles that people have with that.
Nicky’s take on anxiety Nicky Clinch: Yeah, I think the 1st thing I want to say is that I find it really useful to start naming it for what it really is, because I think anxiety has become this blanket term for this experience that happens inside of us which creates all this tension, and stress, and internal conflict, but really what anxiety is – it’s fear, it’s deeply rooted fear in the body, and that 1st naming it for what it is allows us to really start to see it as an emotion that is happening inside of us that we can start to have a relationship with. Now, what are we fearful about, what is it that is causing so many people to carry so much fear inside.
There are different reasons obviously for everyone on a personal level. But really I think what happens is is that you know 1st I need to say that every single one of us our natural state, our natural essence is wholeness we all our authentic state of being is wholeness. We all are perfectly whole and complete, we are all enough, everybody is enough exactly as you are, that’s your natural state. Now anything else on top of that, any kind of discord, any kind of conflict, any kind of separation is not who you are, these are behaviors and patterns, and habits, and strategies, survival strategies, that we have learned and why do we learn them? We learn them as a result of some kind of trauma so trauma.
What is trauma Trauma can mean many things, it’s not always what we see in the movies where you know you’ve been through some horrible abuse or there’s been some violence. Trauma is not what happens to you, it’s what is happening inside of you. So trauma can be anything from watching your dog get hit by a car or your doll falling out of the pram, and you’re trying to communicate it with your mom but she can’t understand you and she rolls off with the pram and you left the doll behind it can be anything it’s not about what happened it’s about what happens inside of you while what happens now in those moments where some form of original pain or some form of a original shock that happens inside of us. It’s like something starts to split, there’s like a split between the mind and the body, that starts to occur.
And that’s like the original point of separation from this wholeness that we are, the mind becomes really active, and then the body is going through these emotional experiences and there’s this separation between the mind and the body. Now anxiety, in my opinion, is our way of trying to cope with feeling that original pain. And so we experience all this fear and it’s normally fear about worrying about something that we can’t control, worrying about the future that doesn’t exist yet or worrying about something in the past that we can’t change. And so then we get into these perpetual cycles of internal conflict about things that we have no control over. And then it just goes round, and round, and round, and round and round and it’s happening inside the body and the mind.
And we can’t do anything about it because firstly we don’t know what it really is, but also you know we’re focusing on all these things that we can’t change. You know when you wake up and I know a lot of your audience suffer from this and I have too, when you wake up and you just have this incredible tightness in your body and you are just full of panic and fear, you don’t know why. And then you start thinking about what you can’t control, what’s about to happen, what’s going to happen, what’s the worst is going to happen in the future and everything’s going to fall apart or about something from the past.
Feeling the fear Now, if we can slow down enough to start to really be present with what is happening in the body, that’s where the emotional experience is taking place, it’s in the body, not the mind. If we can slow down enough to be present with what’s happening in the body to actually start to feel the fear, call it for what it is. Feel the Fear, not easy but we can do it, and then feel whatever pain is there. When we feel something fully, a 100 percent, it passes and we have the ability to start releasing this tension that we’re carrying, this shock that’s in body. So at the root of anxiety is some form of pain, original pain that we’re not able to feel.
Chloe: So many people were afraid just to feel that anxiety and I had someone describe once that overthinking and worrying is actually a way that we distract ourselves from the feeling, that you’re busy thinking, and it’s our way of trying to control whatever it is we’re feeling to get away from it.
Nicky Clinch: You know as human beings we’re incredibly… we’re actually incredibly smart beings, so you know we will always find ways or strategies to try and cope, because essentially what we’re all trying to do is we’re trying to survive, every single human being is trying to survive because if we don’t we’re not going to be able to be here. So if you think about it, we come up with all these strategies to try and survive and when pain is there, our response is to try and survive because we think if we feel it’s going to kill us or we’re going to die, it’s going to weaken us, we won’t be able to cope, we won’t be able to handle it.
And so we come up with all these survival strategies, like obsessive thinking projecting about things that we can’t control. Completely obsessively focusing on our partner, or on food, or alcohol, or money, or on our bodies, and all of these behaviors and patterns are survival strategies because we’re trying to cope with pain. Now, most of the time we’re getting just caught and stuck in the survival strategy, and we never really ever get to the point where we get to actually start to meet their pain and we get stuck in the strategy, it’s like living on a hamster wheel, you’re just going round and round and round and round and round and then you try and find other strategies to cope with this strategy and then more strategies and it’s literally like going around on a wheel which is why we experience such forms of suffering.
Slowing down You know if we can stop the wheel, get off the wheel and actually start to feel what is at the core of this. It can… that is healing, that’s what healing is, it is when we actually stop and we feel what’s really there now that’s not easy. But everybody is able to do it, if we are held in the right way, if we work with the right people, and if we slow down enough, you notice how everything’s moving faster like we’re now living in a world that it’s almost like even time is going faster. Everything is moving faster than ever before, and there’s never been more addiction, there’s never been more anxiety, there’s never been more problems with mental health, people are moving so fast because the if we keep moving fast then maybe we don’t have to feel what’s really going on inside of us.
If we can slow down, really slow down and start to commit to being with what’s there, rather than in the distraction, that is the beginning of healing, real-real healing.
Chloe: I hear from so many people that they think that life is going so quickly, and it’s not a good feeling to think that life is passing you by and that actually where we’re stuck in patterns that we’re not really working throw and we’re just distracted by being busy or filling our days with lots and lots of things. So I mean if that sounds like slowing down and feeling the anxiety, feeling the feelings is what can start to help us to heal that trauma.
Nicky Clinch: Well, again let’s change the word anxiety with fear, feeling the fear because then it’s a natural feeling word. You know anxiety is not an emotion, it’s a name that has being given to a cool or whole series of patterns that connect together, fear leading to obsessive thinking, leading to tension in the body, like it’s a whole pattern that plays out but if we can actually nail the emotion which is fear then at least we know what we need to come and have a relationship with.
Yeah, and I think what you said about people, we’re just sort of running around in this hamster wheel, we were talking earlier before we started recording about is it possible to feel better. Or are we born with this, you should ask the question.
Chloe: Yes, well I thought we were talking about this in dm online about how much of a role, you know the body that we’re born in has a role on how much fear we experience and are we almost resigned some of us to feeling that way for the rest of our lives because of our genetics or because of certain reasons or is it actually possible to overcome that.
Nicky Clinch: Well, It is possible to overcome it and the reason being is that what we carry in the body and the habits that we have and the behaviors that we have and the beliefs that we have, all of this… and this may be controversial to say but I’m going to say it all of it is inherited, nothing of that is original. We inherit every single bit of ideas, belief systems, stories, every single bit of programming in our mind has been inherited either from our family, or from society, or from teachers, or education, everything has been inherited. Now that is exactly the same thing about our emotional responses and also any kind of trauma that we’re carrying in the body, we inherit it.
Now in a way that’s good news because if we inherit it it’s not who we are and it’s not ours. Now what does that say? That says that that if we’re carrying something that is not ours, then who are we without it, that there is a you and me without all of this that we’ve inherited, which means we can come home to it we can come back to it. But we don’t get reminded enough that who we really are are not these patterns, and beliefs, and ideas, and stories, and pain, and trauma, that we’re all suffering with, they’re what we’re carrying, but they’re not who we are.
Wholeness and healing So yeah, the answer is we can come back, we can come home to a place of wholeness, essentially that is our destiny as human beings is to evolve and come home to who we really are. And that is really what healing is. I’m writing a book at the moment and the very 1st line of the book says the word whole is essentially from the same root as the word heal, or the word heal is from the same root as whole, but until you have healed you only see it as a whole as in like an empty whole but when you have healed you can experience, it as whole as in the wholeness. And when we really really heal what that means is that we come back to a place of wholeness.
What I think is happening is that as human beings, we don’t get reminded of this. So we’ve forgotten it, we don’t know that this is our central state, our authentic state of being, and we get into a cycle of just trying to feel better. We’re in a survival cycle, this is how is, this is who I am, this is what I have to cope with, so let me find as many strategies as I can to try and feel better while I’m coping with it. And the problem with that is that feeling bad is very conditional. We’ll feel better for a moment or a month or maybe 2 months if we’re lucky, but then eventually we always seem to come back to the same place, to the same feeling of unworthiness, the same feeling of fear, or the same feeling of mistrust, or the same original pain.
And so then we try and find another strategy, maybe now if I eat better, maybe now if I find a new man, maybe now if I change my job, and that makes us feel better for a while, and then eventually it starts to wear off, and we find ourselves back in the same. And this is what starts to create the resignation, Oh there’s no way out of this, I can’t, or we just keep being a perpetual search for feeling better. Now, for me, do we really just want to feel better, do we want to heal do we want to feel better or do we want to be free.
I have an amazing story and I think this would be a really good time to share it. My mentor my teacher David Norris, he leads transformational programs or he did anyway, for 50 years all over the world. He’s getting on now and he’s kind of passing everything on to me, but he used to take transformational programs into high correctional prisons in North America.
And so he was walking through the cell block in Jackson State Prison in Michigan, which is one of the most high security prisons in America, literally the most dangerous criminals in that prison and he’s walking through the cellblocks and he’s being shown to the workshop room, as you can imagine just like in movies there’s like cell block cell block cell block like multiple floors of cell got blocks and that’s all there is all around you. And as he’s walking through he stops and he notices one cellblock and he stops in his tracks because he looks in and pasted on every single wall of this cell block is wallpaper that looks like a forest, like being in the forest. You know if you’ve seen it before it’s like green and it’s like you’re in the middle of the forest and it’s pasted on every single wall of the cell.
And the guards tell him that the inmate in that cell, is in for life, like I mean life with no parole, he will be there until he dies. And David carries on walking and he realizes, wow, that inmate is just trying to make it better. He’s doing whatever he can to make it better but he’s not free. And that’s what we’re all doing, we’re trying to feel better, thinking that’s all there is but it’s not all there is because we can be free and that would mean coming home to our wholeness. So the answer is yes we can but we have to change our thinking and change our perception from trying to just feeling bad to actually wanting to heal.
Chloe: I just got Goosebumps there when you said… Wow, it’s interesting isn’t it because almost the idea of healing, of having to go through actually dealing with your stuff almost doesn’t seem appealing, I always think I’ll book an holiday to an island and I feel better after a month and then I can go back to my stressful job or you know the internal stress that keeps bubbling up. And actually to make the decision to be right, I’m probably going to do the harder thing to start to heal.
Nicky Clinch: Well I would say it’s not the easy journey, but actually nowadays I’ve come to realize that the harder journey is to be on the hamster wheel. And I guess because I’m now at the stage where I have experienced the wholeness, so I know what’s on the other side and I promise you that there is light through the other side of this but the only way through is through, there ain’t no other way about it. But you know I think what’s happening on a collective level, if you’ve noticed it we seem to be in a time on our planet where there is also more shadow more troubles more major-major issues starting to show themselves but at the same time there is this huge mass awakening happening of healing consciousness.
Collective healing And I don’t… that’s not a coincidence it’s happening now because it is what is needed for us to really heal as a planet and as a collective species as human beings. You know what’s happening on our planet is also what’s happening in human beings, so you know I think you know everybody I’m speaking to everybody whether they’re in doing the healing work or not is being triggered like crazy right now, or they’re being forced to face things that they couldn’t face before or maybe their health is really being at the worse place than ever before. Everybody is now being challenged to the point now more than ever because it’s time for us to heal as a collective which is why there’s so many more healers stepping up, which is why there’s so many people going into training to become healers because there is a big calling right now for us to do the real work because it’s needed for us as a collective. This turned into a bigger conversation than I thought.
Chloe: It’s big [laughter]
Plant Medicine I wanted to have that discussion with you about medicine retreats because both you and I were discussing this online, I just got back from spending a month on 2 different retreats in South America and, you, I think, have done a couple of those as well. Can you share about what impact that has had on you. Just sum it off in a short sentence.
Nicky Clinch: Like the biggest healing of my life. Well, 10 years ago was the 1st time I went to the jungle to work with plant medicine and it was at a time in my life I had already been clean from my addictions for 10 years and I was feeling better, perfect story. I was feeling better but yet I kept coming back to the same problems, I was in a relationship that was very unloving. I always seem to find myself in situations where I was feeling… where I would end up back feeling unworthy, not enough, unlovable, it didn’t matter what I kept trying to do, I couldn’t ever quite feel worthy or good enough. And so I stumbled upon someone talking to me about ayahuasca retreats and then all of a sudden it was just everywhere, everywhere I went people started to be about ayahuasca and what they say is that when the plants are calling you suddenly just hear about her everywhere. I say her because she’s known to have a female spirit but there’s also a masculine energy in the plant too. So I then booked this trip to go out to the jungle on my own for 5 weeks, really brave went into the jungle and I apprenticed and I worked with a shaman for 5 weeks, and I dieted plants for 5 weeks and I worked with Ayahuasca for 5 weeks, it was… until my recent trip the most intense 5 weeks of my life, hardcore, hardcore.
Spiritual training is what I would say, and healing at the time I did get a big amount of healing but I didn’t quite understand why, it was just a whole load of really difficult ceremonies, really really painful. I didn’t get any of those really beautiful golden light moments, it was just a lot of purging and uncomfortableness. What it gave me is I came home and I left that unloving relationship, and I started to really change real patterns that have been destructive for me in my life and I very quickly found myself working with transformation, which is now what I do in my work, I qualified as a counselor, I started showing up for my life in a way that I used to sabotage everything. So that was 10 years ago, I did then return to the jungle in July last year and to this moment it has been the most profoundly healing time of my life.
Oh what can I say about it, Ayahuasca took me… and this comes back to trauma. Ayahuasca took me to points within me where the original trauma had happened, you know I realized when I was in the jungle that even though I’m successful, my business is doing well and I have everything that I said I wanted, I have the House and the kids and the husband and running my business, and I realized in the jungle that I’m always I’ve always been carrying this kind of energy about survival which always leads me to work and not quite rest enough not quite take care of myself well enough. I’m always putting other people above me I’ll take on more clients than I really can.
And while I was out there, I realized that I’ve always been carrying this kind of perpetual state of anxiety or survival in me and this fear that something bad is going to happen or I’m not going to be taken care of. And came up in one of my 4th ceremonies. So I’d already done quite a lot of work and I asked ayahuasca to show me my calling, show me my soul’s calling. And very very quickly as soon as I drank the medicine, she took me back to what was one of the most scariest experiences I’ve ever had to be in. All I could feel was absolute deep levels of terror, I was so frightened, it was like fear was coming in and out of every pore of my whole body, I was so terrified, it was black, I couldn’t quite speak and I almost shouted out for help for the shaman. What kept going through my head was please don’t let me die, please don’t let me die, please don’t let me die.
And then all of the sudden I realized that I was back in my mother’s womb. And then I realized what was really happening. When my mother was carrying me she went through some really big trauma very very big trauma and she almost died. And what I never realized is when she went through that trauma and I was in her womb I felt everything, and as she was almost dying I almost died. Now ayahuasca took me back to that moment, and when I was saying in my mind please don’t let me die please don’t let me die that was actually what I was feeling in the original moment. And God she made me feel it I had to feel the fear that moved through me I had to feel all the panic all the feeling of out of control, I had no control over what was happening, I was just a little fetus in her womb, and then I had to feel it all until I came out the other side.
And it was so profound when I came out the other side, I just felt so much peace. Like my whole body just felt peace, and I just felt so much energy moved through me and I just felt light and then I started crying and grieving and releasing all this emotion. And I realized, then she said to me this is your calling is to remind people of this of the light, of who they are, of this wholeness of, to take them home back to this place of wholeness and it was just so… it was remarkable, actually it is the first time that I’ve ever talked about it publicly. Now here’s the amazing thing, I came home after that and it was like something I had been carrying inside of me for 40 years and it was gone. And I haven’t felt it since, and when something you have been carrying for 40 years inside of you that has literally colored your whole world, everything became different. Like I came home and I have all these moments and I was like oh my God who chose this life, like who actually chose this marriage, who chose this life, who was this person before this.
And so I then had to go through a real big process of healing with my marriage and my life and making big changes, it led me to change the book that I was writing, it led to all these big changes because I realize so much that the person that I was living as before was the one that was traumatized. And now what is it like to build my life from this place of wholeness and that’s really where I am now. So God the plants have this ability to take you to places. It’s not easy but take you to places of real core original trauma, and heal on every possible level. It’s extremely powerful.
Chloe: That’s amazing-amazing story, I know that before I had drunk ayahuasca I had this cognitive idea of what it meant to kind of feel feelings and sort of understand on a mental level which is not very very deep understanding for this that we need to feel something, that we actually push things away, but actually in the medicine I had this experience of noticing all the moments in my life where I’ve pushed my emotions way. I pushed things down, didn’t feel things. And you do, it’s a very common experience that you get forced to kind of feel everything basically, and you feel it in your body and it’s like the most full bodied emotion that you can have.
Permission to feel 100% Nicky Clinch: Yes, with no escape, like 100 percent feeling. And here’s the thing, we can do that even without plant medicine. If we give ourselves permission to feel an emotion 100 percent, it moves. it passes, that’s why the plants take us there. That’s what happened for me. I felt all the fear that I had been trying to get away from my whole life, and she made me feel it. And now it’s gone, and we can do that in our life now.
You know when this sadness is there, instead of judging the sadness, making it mean that we’re weak or then trying to distract ourselves, what if we actually felt sad and really felt it with real full permission, then we can release it, we don’t need to drink plant medicine to do this, we’re capable of doing this but we don’t get taught how to feel. We think I’m sad or I’m angry but we don’t feel it which has to happen in the body.
Chloe: Absolutely. You touched on changing your book. It’s a different topic, I’m really curious about this now.
Nicky Clinch: Well, actually it’s a great story to tell because any of you who already know me you’ll know that my whole brand was based on this: The warrior woman. I’ve done challenges and I’ve done programs on being your warrior woman finding your most empowered warrior woman and then my book I got signed by Hay House to write a book called warrior woman. And then I went to the freaking jungle, and everything changed and I came home. And I realized that the warrior woman was my way of trying to cope with trauma, I had to become the warrior woman to cope with everything that I had been through in my life.
And that was all about surviving pain, it wasn’t really about my power. And so I was writing this book that Hay House had signed me to write called Warrior Woman which was aligned with my brand and I was 50000 words into the book and it just felt wrong. I was like this doesn’t feel right anymore. I feel emotional talking about it, I feel like I’m bullshitting, I feel like a fake, this isn’t right, it doesn’t feel aligned. And then I sent it to my editor and I said I have to tell you something feels really off but I need you to read it and then I need to meet with you. And she read it and she got her associate to read it and then we met and she said exactly what I knew she was going to say, she said Nicky something’s not right. You’re not dropping to that deep deep place that I know that you can teach from, something isn’t right and I just broke down in tears and I just said this is not the book I meant to write. I’m really sorry it doesn’t feel right anymore, it doesn’t feel authentic anymore.
“I don’t know how to do this” I literally have the most amazing editor on the planet, I’ve manifested the most amazing editor, she just said to me Nicky all I care about is that you write the book you were born to write. You’re clearly going through a huge point of transformation, let’s extend your release date by 6 months and take off all the pressure of what this is meant to look, even takeout the title. All I want is for you to write the book you were born to write. I went home that night and I literally cried all night and I said to my husband I don’t know what I’m doing anymore, I don’t know how to do this. As soon as we allow ourselves to say those words, and this goes for everyone, I don’t know how to do this. Something happens, like a moment of humility, a moment of surrender.
I meditated on it the next morning, and I swear just like that, in my meditation, the book that I was meant to write came to me. I finished the whole outline in one day, I sent it to my editor and she was like holy cow how do you do this in just 24 hours. And so now I’m 20000 words into that book, and every word I write feels right, it’s landing, landing, landing. And it is about walking the reader out of this hamster wheel way of living, to live beyond this story, to live beyond these strategies and really get a sense of all wholeness again, that’s what the book is about.
Chloe: That’s fascinating and it’s so interesting. You’re talking about how you know this warrior woman was your brand, we all have probably until we’re healed a kind of a story of ourselves that we create, whether that’s a brand or whether that’s just the narrative that is kind of infused in our life, that is based on our trauma quite often. You know it’s not actually real, the kind of persona that we put on, although sometimes it might be a kind of victim kind of complex that we have or the ego you know. So it sounds like it almost might be when you heal a bit like disabling because suddenly the whole story that you’ve been telling us our whole life, is not actually really like that. It wasn’t actually true, yeah it’s like who am I right now.
Nicky Clinch: Yeah, and real transformation can only really happen in the moment that we’re willing to ask ourselves “who am I?” Whe we are ready to ask that then we’re really ready to heal because everybody says they want to feel better and everybody says… if I ask anybody do you want to become your most empowered free-self, everybody will say yes immediately, without really knowing what that means without really realizing that to do that we have to then let go of a lot.
Letting go To really heal we have to start letting go, letting go of the strategies that have kept, we’ve coped with our whole life, you know my process has been 20 years of letting go. You know when I came into recovery for addiction, letting go of the survival strategies I used to cope with any feeling or my addictions, and then as I went on letting go of all the protection, and the defenses and the part of me that felt like I had to be strong all the time. And then now letting go of this part that I always had to be superwoman and to survive pain, like all our healing in letting go, and so yeah there is a process of having to release, and it can feel dis-stabling.
But you know through the storm there is the other side there is the light, we have to row so far from the shore in order to find new waters. We have to be willing to do that. We don’t have to, it’s a choice. But I think what I would like to say is the other side is something so remarkably fulfilling and meaningful. I get to see women really come home to themselves again. And it is a coming home. It’s not finding a new version of themselves, it’s like they’ll say to me wow I feel like finally I’m more me than I’ve ever been before. And I’ve always been that. It doesn’t have to be this big treacherous trek through the Sahara, like it can be moments of real authenticity and healing, and with that you start to feel healing in every aspect. You know you feel more connected to people, your partners, your children, your work, to nature, to the world around you and it affects everything.
So you know in macrobiotics which is one part of my training, they have this wonderful phrase where they say with every back there’s a front, and the bigger the back the bigger the front. And you know you do the work that you can imagine, sometimes the bigger the back the bigger the front, you know you do the big work and then poof the rewards that you get afterwards are just bigger than you could even imagine. You get to feel peaceful. For me that’s everything, that’s worth everything.
Helping people come home to themselves Chloe: Can you talk about your process when you’re working with people, how do you help people to come home to themselves?
Nicky Clinch: Yeah, well you know I have quite a unique amalgamations of training, so I’ve trained in Chinese medicine. I’ve worked very much with the energy system in the body and also how emotions are energy, and emotions get stuck in the body as stagnant or stuck or blocked in the body, trauma gets stuck in the body too. And then in my ontological work in transformation it really very much about how our belief systems and our programming and the stories that run through the mind, how much we identify with them. So I bring both the mind and the body work together, and the work that I do when someone comes to work with me in 121 work. It’s always very unique for each human being. We first identify what is the story that is now living this person’s life.
You know that whole story of survival, the whole story of a nobody listens to me, the whole story of goodness isn’t for me, it’ll play out over and over and over again, no matter what you try and change. Now my job is to identify what it is within them and then start to bring awareness with how it’s living every part of their life and then take them back to the point of the original. I suppose that is pain so I work in regression where I take them into the body. The body always knows. If we can shut the mind often enough the body will always take us to where we need to go. That’s why we can process when we’re sleeping, that’s why we might cry or release things in our sleep, because our mind is going to sleep to get out of the way. So when I work with clients, I’ll take them into the body into the original moments of pain and release emotions that get stuck there.
But also the belief system that got planted in that moment: nobody listens to me, I’m not safe, I’m not lovable, I’m not important. The moment that that belief system gets planted, we start to identify with it as who we are and a whole life starts being designed from that place. So when I work with someone we will release the moment of trauma in the body and also the belief system that gets planted in the mind. What then starts to happen is it starts to unravel. And then they get to start to find what is authentic to them, and they start to build a new relationship with themselves in life, learning how to listen to their truth, learning how to listen to their feelings, feel their feelings. Learning how to speak what they really mean. I find remarkable.
And now it’s not surprising as we’re almost 99 percent of the time when people come to work with me they’ll go through these healing processes and almost always all of them will end up realizing what their dreams are or realizing their visions that they didn’t know before and they’ll change their work, and they’ll go back to school and they’ll train and then suddenly they’re following their purpose. Because what’s really happening is when we release those moments of trauma and these stories that we identify with we start to come back into alignment and when we come back into alignment in and in who we are in authenticity everything in our life follows, we start to realize what we love and what we want to do with our work, what we want to do with our life, and the kind of people we want to around us and that that creates healing in every aspect so that’s kind of my process and in retreats work with groups on that level. And I’m just about to launch a very powerful new transformational program which will come out in June which is called “Listening to life.”
Listening to life So learning how to live beyond the story and really listen to life, live in flow with life. So yeah that’s kind of how I work.
Chloe: It sounds so amazing. Yeah listening to life, it’s such a wonderful thing when that starts happening, I used to hear that idea of kind of being people who are kind of hearing messages or intuition or I think yeah, like does that really happen, actually I found… I think as you start to hear yourself you can tap into something that tells you where to go and what to do and you can tap in, you can listen to life, I think I can understand that.
Nicky Clinch: Yes. Well, so when we’re not listening to the mind we can hear life. Normally all we can hear is the mind, when the mind… when we’re no longer stuck in the mind, we can actually really start to hear you know, we can start to be in flow with life, and it becomes… it’s like a beautiful dance. Yeah, it’s like a co creation.
Chloe: Sounds good to me. Can you share about how people can find out more about you and follow you and find you on line and all that sort of things.
How to get in touch with Nicky Nicky Clinch: So my website is Nickyclinch.com, and on there you’ll be able to see what workshops or programs I’m leading or putting out retreats at the moment, I have a retreat coming up in the beginning of March, 6-8th of March. Which is a women’s transformational retreat all about dropping out of the mind into the stillness of heart, and I have a few spaces left for that. I have a new program coming out in June which everybody should listen out for, it’s going to be very very powerful and that we happening it twice a year. You can follow me on Instagram Nicky_clinch, where I don’t share as much as I used to but when I do show I tend to share something that really means something to me or that’s really important for me to share with others.
So those are the main cases, I also have a new You Tube channel out at the moment called Soul surgery, where I release videos every single week where I’ll be talking on a specific topic and then once a month guided visualization and meditation, you can subscribe to that for free. And that’s up now and then I have my book coming out the beginning of next year.
Chloe: Amazing, thank you so much Nicky, this conversation’s been very healing for me personally and I hope people listening… I know people listening well and a lot from it, so thank you so much.
Nicky Clinch: Great thank you for having me.
Outro: Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me @ Chloebrotheridge and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on i-Tunes, Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating and is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’ll be so so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending loads of love, hopefully you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 92. Healing Trauma with Nicky Clinch appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
The post Finding Inspiration appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
The post Finding Inspiration appeared first on Calmer you.
Children make friends easily. They run over to an unknown kid at the park, confidently tell them their name and how old they are, ask them whether they like robots and then they’re friends for life. If only adult friendships were that simple. In adulthood, there may not seem to be many opportunities to make […]
The post How to have the confidence to make new friends as an adult appeared first on Calmer you.
Children make friends easily. They run over to an unknown kid at the park, confidently tell them their name and how old they are, ask them whether they like robots and then they’re friends for life. If only adult friendships were that simple.
In adulthood, there may not seem to be many opportunities to make new friends. If the number of friends you have is dwindling, or if you fancy adding a few extra people to your social circle, keep reading for some tried and tested ways to make new friends as an adult.
Loneliness is bad for your health, both physical and mental. Regular socialising can improve your mood and help you to feel good about yourself. Friendships are an essential part of adult life, though many of us find it increasingly hard to make meaningful connections. What can you do to expand or improve your social circle? Is it possible to overcome your anxiety and unleash your inner social butterfly?
Click here to get your FREE confidence affirmations Mp3
Quality not quantity
Don’t obsess over how many friends you have, focus instead on how much fulfilment you get from the friendships. Life shouldn’t be about numbers; it should be about happiness. How much enjoyment do you get from your relationships? Does spending time with your friends leave you feeling happier and lighter? These are the things that matter. Don’t set out with the aim of finding as many new friends as possible; instead, find new friends who will enhance your life.
Give yourself a confidence boost Putting yourself out there may feel like a big step, especially if you are anxious around new people. Silence your inner critic and give yourself a much-needed confidence boost by focusing on what you bring to a friendship. Are you loyal? Funny? A good listener? Spend some time thinking about your positive attributes and reminding yourself why anyone would be lucky to have you as a friend.
How to make new friends as an adult You could try telling people your age and asking if they love robots, but it’s probably not going to work quite as well as it did when you were five. Trying to make friends as an adult may seem more complicated, but it’s not impossible. Here are some tips to help you find your tribe:
Start a new hobby If you want to make friends, you need to get out there and meet new people. Taking up a new hobby is a great way to see new faces and get to know people. There are so many different things you could do. You could join your local netball team, attend a drawing class or learn a new language. Join a running club, get involved with your neighbourhood book club or take up yoga. Look online to find local groups and activities in your neighbourhood.
Get involved with your local community Do you know your neighbours? Many people don’t. The best thing about making local friends is that they’re right on your doorstep so there’s a good chance you’ll casually bump into them and cement that friendship. Getting involved in your local community also improves your local community. Strong community ties make for a friendly place to live.
Look for existing groups that aim to improve your local area. Is there a voluntary group charged with keeping your local park looking great? Or a regular litter pick where people meet to tidy up the streets? Is there a local festival or celebration you could offer to help organise? Don’t be shy; community groups are always looking for more people to get involved. Alternatively, you could start something yourself. This may sound daunting, but it’s such a brilliant way to make friends with likeminded people near where you live.
Find a support group If your anxiety is holding you back, a support group for people suffering from anxiety might be the perfect place for you to meet new people. The other attendees will understand your hesitations and should be sympathetic to your struggles, plus, you’ll have some common ground to discuss.
Be present when you’re present Turning up isn’t enough; you also need to engage with the people you meet. You need to seem friendly and open to striking up a friendship. Not everybody is socially gifted but do your best. Smile, greet people, ask questions, be chatty and be sure to say goodbye before you leave.
Think about the type of people you are drawn to in social situations, what is it about them that you like? You don’t need to force yourself to be outgoing or the life and soul but perhaps try and harness your inner social butterfly, no matter how timid they might be. Remember though, it’s much more important to be yourself. Let people see the real you.
Do you find yourself turning down invitations because you’re too busy or too tired or you don’t want to deal with the inevitable social anxiety? While all of these are valid reasons to say no, they could be holding you back. It might not feel natural at first, but try saying yes to social invites. Yes to meeting for a coffee, yes to that cinema trip, yes to the bike ride, even if you feel nervous. Pushing yourself out of your comfort zone will help you to challenge yourself. These social invitations are how you get to know people better and take things to the next level, say yes as often as you feel comfortable.
Do the asking Exchange numbers or social media handles with the people you meet. It might feel awkward to ask the first few times, but you’ll soon get used to it. Don’t be afraid to be the one inviting others to meet up. You don’t need to make it a high-pressure event, just ask if anybody fancies meeting for a coffee before class next week. Look for opportunities to make plans outside of the group or class and be confident in suggesting meet-ups. You might feel vulnerable doing this, but the likelihood is that other people are attending the class or group for the same reason as you. Social isolation is becoming increasingly common, so don’t think you’re the only adult here looking to make new friends.
Manage your confidence issues If you’re forcing yourself out of your comfort zone, it’s important to know your limitations. Have some conversation points planned out before you go if you know you struggle with small talk. If you’re likely to get overwhelmed, give yourself a get-out clause so you can make excuses and leave after an hour without appearing rude. If you’re better in small groups, focus on the person sat next to you and don’t worry about trying to dazzle everyone with your social skills.
Accept that not everybody will want to be your friend Many of us avoid reaching out to new people because we are afraid of the possible rejection. Are we missing out on friendships and experiences because of this fear? Quite possibly. Take a risk, and it might just pay off in the form of a new best friend. And if it doesn’t, try not to dwell on it. Brush yourself off and try again with somebody new.
Not everybody is going to want to hang out with you, and that’s fine. Sometimes you won’t gel with people, or they won’t be your kind of people. You might not have anything in common with them. It’s nothing personal; it’s just the way these things go. Try not to take it personally if you find making friends a struggle; it doesn’t mean there’s anything wrong with you, you just haven’t found your tribe yet. When you do, all of the work will be worth it. Don’t let the fear of rejection keep you at home. Now, get out there and find your new friends!
The post How to have the confidence to make new friends as an adult appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You podcast I speak with voice coach and author of Find Your Voice, Caroline Goyder. She knows a thing or two about how to find your voice and get out of your head.
We chat about: * What is confidence? * Why nerves are good * How to overcome blushing or shaking when you’re speaking * How to improve your confidence when it comes to speaking * Phone phobia * And lots more!
Transcript Introduction Chloe: Hello and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I’m a coach, a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of “the anxiety solution, and brave new girl” and this podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident self. Today on the podcast, I have the pleasure of speaking to Caroline Goyder who is a voice coach, and she’s the author of the new book “Find your voice.” She is also a Ted x. Speaker and her Ted Talk has had 7 and a half million views which is really incredible. In this episode we’re talking all about confidence, particularly confidence when it comes to speaking, whether that’s speaking on a stage, speaking up in a meeting or speaking on the phone.
And this is I hope such a reassuring chat because both Caroline and I have struggled in this area before, we both admitted to having blushed in the past. And so it’s really coming from a place of her having experienced the nervousness and the fear that comes along with speaking, and having learned a lot about herself, made a lot of progress and she actually gets to help other people with that as well. So we talk about Caroline’s definition of confidence, and I think this is really interesting, not what you might be expecting. We talk about why nerves are actually a good thing and why there’s nothing to be ashamed about if you do experience nerves before speaking, it’s actually completely normal and I hope this conversation helped to normalize even more and how to know there’s nothing to be ashamed of.
We talk about how to overcome the specific things that can hold us back from speaking like blushing or shaking or speaking to the fast and Caroline shares lots of tips on growing your confidence in general, when it comes to speaking, phone phobia and people who experience this will know what I’m talking about if you’re scared of being on the phone in front of the people in the office for example or if you’re someone that maybe doesn’t like to answer the phone when people call, if it’s an unknown number for example, I’m one of these people by the way.
And we just got into loads of helpful ideas around the topic of speaking confidence, and finding your voice. So if you want to get some free resources from me on growing your confidence, boosting your self-esteem, calming anxiety, I’ve got loads of freebies on my website for you, if you had over to calmeryou.com/free and to enter your email address there, I’m going to send you mp3’s, worksheet, podcast updates and loads more. So head over to Calmeryou.com/free, so let’s get into the interview with Caroline Goyder.
Chloe: So welcome Caroline, thank you so much for joining me, how are you?
Caroline Goyder: I’m good, pleasure to be here.
Chloe: Please can you tell us what it is you do and how you came to do that you today?
What is a Voice Coach? Caroline Goyder: So I guess you could say I’m a voice coach, which makes people think I’m going to make them sing but I’m not. [laughs]. I teach people how to feel confident when they speak and often that’s in presentations or you know big public speaking moments but it might not be… it might be that they have to do a job interview or that they’re nervous about a pitch or something but I think what links it is a spotlight moment as people in the spotlight. And I came to it because I was in that who found it difficult. So all of the stuff I teach people is stuff that I’ve really had to learn myself, it wasn’t natural when I started.
So I’m really understanding when people say I find this difficult or I get nervous because I felt that too, still do actually.
Chloe: The 1st thing that came to my mind was just remembering the oft quoted saying that “public speaking is our biggest fear, that’s more than death,” is that actually true to think?
Fear of public speaking Caroline Goyder: I mean it’s massive, isn’t it if it is true, I don’t know about the death fear. So I don’t I can’t compare it but I know how many people, you know people who run companies, people who you see on telly, people who seem really confident, people… they all tell me that they’re nervous about these things so I just have this is something which is that everybody is nervous and that’s a really good sign. And there are a few people who don’t get nervous but that’s not a good thing. Actually, it shows that there’s a kind of a lack of empathy for your audience or a lack of awareness as to what could go wrong and actually those things are really good. So I think those are good, I think we should welcome that a bit more.
Chloe: I heard once that only psychopath doesn’t experience fear because that part that drives isn’t developed enough to, actually it’s a good thing to get nervous.
Caroline Goyder: If you feel nervous before public speaking you’re not a psychopath.
Chloe: Well done everyone. I think that’s a really interesting point about just assuming that everyone is nervous because I think we often do the opposite, and I do. I think I’m the only one that experiences this. You know everyone has got that stuff together, you know she looks so confident I definitely have had those thoughts before but actually it’s such a common universal thing to experience that.
Fear of public speaking is universal Caroline Goyder: I think it’s totally universal and is that all just that we judge people’s outsides and we compare ourselves against the outside. And when if you kind of lived in that world for a moment you would discover that they are, they have their own kind of nerves. It’s different for all of us but I truly believe that most people feel nervous in the spotlight, and that they should welcome it.
Chloe: So why is that? That’s probably a big question but what is it about being in the spotlight whether that’s getting up on stage or even when you’re put on a spot in a meeting to answer something or you have to say the name at a workshop. What is it about those things that we get nervous? Why?
Caroline Goyder: So once I hear from people that I experienced it myself, so I can relate to it, is that fear visibility isn’t it because there’s a moment where in that meeting or that presentation everybody turns to look at you and that’s scary, it’s a risk. Now, what I know is that the something you do with that moves in terms of how you breathe before you speak that will make that feel like a good risk, you know like an exciting moment, not terrifying but what most people do because they don’t have a voice, where they the Gasps the breath and then they start to rush because fight or flight is a runaway, punch them hard on the table. And so the whole experience becomes visible in the spotlight of other people’s judgment and also out of control, it’s no wonder people don’t like that because that’s a horrible combination. It is like I don’t know… that ice skating out of control in front of people would be equally horrible.
Chloe: Kind of spiral in a sense because I think well I think can definitely relate to that and suddenly you’re aware that you get hot and you think other people can notice that and that makes you get even hotter.
Caroline Goyder: It is hideous and it is that thing that you’re standing in front of everybody looking at you and I mean to some extent they are judging you but there are ways to play with how we perceive that, because most people want to do that’s the truth, but we don’t sense that when we’re in that horrible spotlight of visibility. It just feels like a threat.
Chloe: So people out there like wishing you tripped over your words or something that… yeah they want you to do well.
Caroline Goyder: It really is and it’s true for most of us, I mean maybe there are moments in the House of Commons, you know there is certain speakers for whom that’s probably not true, that’s pretty rare, most people want you to say something interesting in a relaxed way, and that’s quite useful to remember.
The sound of your voice Chloe: Why do people often hear people saying that they hate the sound of their own voice to the point where they don’t want to hear himself speaking, they don’t want to hear a recording or watch a video. Do you find that people say that, I often hear people say to me that they can’t believe that as a physiotherapist so you hate your own voice, so you hated it? First time, I hated that but I got used to it now and I’m fine with it but why is it that we don’t really like that?
Caroline Goyder: It’s really really normal and I hear it so often people, and I think there’s also science around this which is that the way we process our own sound is as much through the body as much through the air canal. And so when we hear our voice recorded, we’re not getting the same thing when we speak because we’re getting all this vibration that we don’t pick up on including. But I think, there’s also something around the fact that we kind of live in our heads a bit and if I think my voice is just something that sound in my brain and you know in my ears and if I don’t understand that it’s manufactured in the body, you know on the diaphragm, in the lungs, in the larynx, then when I’m speaking I might also be kind of listening to myself as a speech. And when I do that and it’s recorded, it creates a very self-conscious voice and I’m not surprised that people don’t like hearing that.
So what I say to people is if you don’t like your voice, don’t listen to it, when you speak, feel this, feel your voice, feel where it vibrates in your body, feel how the breath comes out to create it, feel what it feels like to shape it in your mouth. So that you get into your kinesthetic sense rather than obsessively judging how you’re sounding moment by moment when you speak because that’s just not way too self-conscious and then it does start to sound of this strange.
Chloe: Ok. And I really like how you talk about the voice is like an instrument and can you talk about the body being the resonator, I love that?
Our amazing voice Caroline Goyder: Yeah, I mean I love the voice. I’d like everybody to love it a bit more because your voice is like a guitar, you have it, you know if you’re listening and you find your throat, if you just put your fingers on your larynx which is just the Adam’s apple that’s the cartilage, houses the vocal chords and behind that you just give it a shake. That houses your vocal folds, and they’re like… I mean really there is [10:26 inaudible] broadly and that when you make sounds they vibrate the folds. And so that’s the string of your guitar and then if you go lower down, if you just find your rib cage, and you just have to imagine where your bra strap is it would be if you’re not wearing a bra strap, I don’t want to gender this too much.
And at that point just below your bra strap is the diaphragm, and if you just go… Just tap that point, you can feel the sound pushes out. And that’s the hitter, the airflow coming out of your lungs, supported by you diaphragm, hits the vocal folds and it vibrates, so you’ve got a string, you’ve got to hitter and then you’ve got the body, which is like the body of the guitar and that vibrates the sound. So we have this super cool instrument within us and the more we understand the more control we have, which is nice.
Chloe: I love that, I have heard people say that if the human voice was an instrument it would be the most advanced instrument in the universe.
Caroline Goyder: It’s incredible and indeed it is an amazing thing.
Speaking up Chloe: Can we talk a bit more about the fears that people have around speaking up and being heard and being seen, I suppose that comes into it as well, it might not be just about who might be about actually having their eyes on you.
Caroline Goyder: I think those are different things, there’s firstly that people will say things like you’re not clear enough, or you’re tripping over your words or we don’t like your ascent which comes up sometimes. Yeah, well I mean I think it’s changing I think that it’s in a way that’s old news but there are still some people who say that. And then there’s like you’re not loud enough, so there’s all this stuff around what we talked about in terms of trusting your voice. But then there’s another piece which is much more psychological which is about saying something that people might disagree with or people judging you or people making a decision about you because of something that you said. And I think there are lots of people who really want to focus on connection when they speak. And the truth is that sometimes when you speak connection is not necessarily the thing that’s going to happen. So if you’re in the meeting and you need to say to someone.. you know we were talking about book titles earlier say you work in publishing and you need to say I think that the title is not right.
You might go against the whole room when you say that, and sometimes in those moments you can have connection and you are going to have to stand out and you are going to have to be different. And I think that can feel very visible and very vulnerable and very scary but there are things that you can do to center yourself, and to be bold, and to be brave. You know as you talk about your work as well.
Advice for that racing heart Chloe: So if someone, for example, has to stand up to someone and then they notice their own racing heart. And then they have that sense of just not wanting to speak, what advice would you have for them in that moment?
Caroline Goyder: I’d say understand that fight or flight is affecting you and it’s a really useful response for survival but probably it’s not helpful here because you know if we were in say that publishing meeting, you might have a different view but they’re not going to hurt you, nobody’s going to hurt you. So then what you have to understand is that you can really just center yourself quite quickly, and just say to your system you’re safe. And years ago I interviewed lots of a-list actors about this and the tips I learned is so fundamentally useful, I’ve used them ever since. And there was a lovely actress called Haley Outwell, who said that before she went on stage she was at the National at the time I interviewed her, she said you stand in the way and you just think I can feel my feet on the floor, I can feel the air on my face, I can feel the clothes on my skin, just coming back to that sensory facts, those facts takes you out of the head that’s going, oh my god they’re all looking at me, they’re really going to hate me, I’ll never work again.
Feet on floor bum on chair And it’s just really come back to the body, and these days I just do off book which is a real mindfulness tool, feat on floor, bum on chair.
Chloe: I love that.
Caroline Goyder: It’s super cool, I think it comes from a mindfulness program in school.
Chloe: Yes. Yeah, good to remember, so coming back to the body and noticing what you’re feeling, your feet on the ground, the air, the clothes on your back, and that will help you to get out of the spiraling and kind of the mental freak out you can get into when we’re in that situation.
Caroline Goyder: And it’s just not helpful, is it.
Past trauma Chloe: It can happen at the worst times, I’ve probably talked about this in the podcast before about I once was giving a presentation, I got up to speak and it went white in front of my eyes, my lungs felt like they were on fire, it was a really the weirdest sensation ever, I thought I was going to die, and when I was speaking, I had the sense that I was watching myself in sealing. So I mean that’s a dissociation where you can only come out of your body basically and somehow I managed to survive that experience and get through it. Don’t know what happened, but after that I was not keen to get up and do that again, and I think I did speak to who have had kind of bad experience with speaking, and then you know even if it is.
I had one client once who when he was 8 years old got up in front of the class and got told off for saying something incorrectly, and he was a CEO of a company and was really struggling with public speaking because of that time. So things can really stay with us I think, those sorts of experiences and kind of traumatized us.
Caroline Goyder: I think there is a trauma for people, and it’s just I think you have to be very gentle with your body, and your voice and just make it understand that an audience can feel safe. I mean my big thing is that if you can chat to 3 people you know over a glass of wine or a cup of tea, and have a relaxed conversation there’s no reason in the world why you can’t do that in front of 3000 people. And I think we just have to get rid of the whole notion of public speaking, because you know we don’t say public dancing or public singing, we just say singing dancing and speaking has kind of got this big… it’s like it’s not a big pedestal but it’s just talking, and we’re all really good at that. And I think when we allow it to feel normal and just to feel like something that we can do from our own center, from a relaxed place. The whole thing becomes more doable that you do have to understand how to set yourself 1st in that spotlight, because your body maybe is going oh scary, for all the reasons that maybe come from your pass.
Blushing Chloe: And it can make such a difference as far as if you can be centered and then learn to enjoy it, it can open up so many opportunities for people and take away so much stress, you can become this, so that’s really worth focusing and learning more about. What you say about the physical aspect, so I have blushed in public before which is not a nice thing, some people talk about shaking and those sorts of things. Do you have only insights into what you can do if they’re worried about that sort of thing happening.
Caroline Goyder: So much so, I mean I guess that the things that people ask about are blushing, and I’m a blusher by the way. So I can say this you know from a place of knowledge there’s the voice shaking, the hands shaking which also happens and there’s the going at hyper speed. Those are all things that people talk about when they have a fight or flight. So the 1st thing I would say is think about speed, because that’s you know the adrenaline coursing through your system and you do really need to get a handle on that. The thing to understand is that all speech is out-breath, certainly in English and so on the in-breath you’re posing. Now not all pauses are created equal, lots of people hold their breath on a pause and that tells the system that this is not particularly safe.
Another people do a kind of… that’s overdoing it but so you can hear, they kind of do it just that gasps on the pause because they’re rushing in their systems going to get this over with some. So I’m Caroline, I’m going to be telling you about speaking with confidence. And I’m kind of overdoing it, but that’s what’s happening and that’s saying to your system, this is unsafe. So 1st rule that you learn at drama school is you walk out on stage you relax your feet because that says to your nervous system you’re save. You breathe out and the audience don’t know what you’re doing, you close your mouth, you wait for a lovely relaxed breath in, like a lovely smell, when you have that breath, that’s when you start. And it’s kind of like stroking your nervous system, it is saying it’s Ok, yeah there’s a bit of adrenaline but you’re going to be fine.
It takes practice And if you can set yourself up from the start, ground feet, breathe out, wave the breath in, lovely smell, of we go. Then you just stop at every full stop and take that relax breath. And the whole thing becomes a conversation, because that’s what we do when we chat. I just close mouth, wait for the breath and say the next thing and that’s how speaking should be. But you do, it is something that is like driving lessons, it doesn’t come immediately, you do have to practice it. So I always say to people put voice note, practice it with those lovely relaxed pauses, and then they’re so surprised because they go that pause felt like hours, and they hear it is nothing.
So once you go that in place and then you find that the voice won’t shake anymore, because the voice is shaking because your system is saying punched it and run away. And if you say to your system, you’re safe, your voice doesn’t shake. With blushing, I mean as I say if I think about blushing, I can blush but the thing that I’ve been taught to me which works for me is if you focus your attention out. So notice what you can see in the room, notice someone smiling at you, as soon as your energy goes off you, you’re not thinking oh my God I’m blushing and they’re looking, and the whole thing will die down because it’s often the story that we’re telling ourselves about blushing that makes us blush more. It’s weird isn’t it?
Chloe: Yeah totally. I just try to accept myself for the fact that happened, and say I’m Ok with that happening, if that happens it’s not a big deal, easier said than done I know. And I have a kind of acceptance I once heard someone said be cool with blushing, like I’m cool with it, I have been some times with it.
Caroline Goyder: It’s nice in a way, it says that you have a sense of shame and a sense of audience, and so I think in some ways we see it as someone is honest.
Pause and pace Chloe: When you were describing the slow breath and the pause, I started to feel calmer just with you describing that. So I think that’s an amazing tip and I think as we’re taking those pauses, does that also put the audience at ease as well, you know and so I’ll create like a positive feedback loop of them feeling calmer because you’re speaking slowly.
Caroline Goyder: So much, and the thing is that you can speak with pace and energy when you speak, it’s just those pauses are always there for you and when an audience are able to breeze with you in a relaxed way. Absolutely, they feel more relaxed too. So if the positive feedback is really real for sure.
Chloe: I want to ask you about confidence, and what’s your definition of confidence.
Caroline Goyder: It’s funny it’s changed. So I think if you don’t ask me that 10 years ago. I might have talked about presence and charisma or and now I just think it’s about someone who’s so kind of centered in themselves and relaxed that they’re open to what’s happening fully, that they’re listening and I think people who I look at are the speakers if people really listen, they’re on stage and they’re really present to the audience. And I think in a world that we’re also distracted, and you know multitasking, I think that that presence and that listening that’s what confidence is for me now. When I see it, I’m like yeah.
What is confident speaking? Chloe: Love it. In your book, that the Latin for confidence comes from confide and that means to trust and I thought I never heard that before and I think a lot about confidence but that sense of trust for yourself I suppose, trust that… I think in my experience of for example doing podcasts I was really nervous at 1st, probably a dozen podcast I recorded and then you learn to trust yourself because you learned that I can survive the situation, you know the words really come out seen as a poor that doesn’t really matter and so you know I love and thinking about in that way that we can develop that trust for ourselves.
Caroline Goyder: Trust is everything because it makes us kind of go quiet in our heads, doesn’t it? And then you know it’s like Roger Federer or something, it’s like when you look at mastery in any field, they’ve got such a sense of trust in what they do, they can just be really present to what’s happening. And of course we’ve got to be gentle with ourselves because you know you’ve become a master at what you do you know over the years and I’ve done a lot of public speaking, so that you kind of you have to be kind to yourself if you’re learning something new. You know so like I’ve been in the choir recently and I don’t have that trust of myself in the choir but I have a trust that if I keep going, if I keep practicing that trust will come. So it’s be kind to yourself 1st, and allow trust to develop and it will come.
Chloe: Because we have that expectation of needing to be good at stuff straightaway, don’t we? And that just so unrealistic.
Caroline Goyder: All of this takes time. And when I started out doing this like you know I really was the student who didn’t get it 20 years ago, and it is so nice, there’s a benefit to getting older in the sense that you do start to learn the things that you thought you couldn’t do but I do think people have to allow it, maybe not 20 years you know with voice if you practice every day for 2 weeks you will get the horses come they’ll be us. That 21 days things.
Chloe: So the key to getting it is practice, listening to recordings of yourself, little and often.
Singing for confidence Caroline Goyder: And I mean a simple thing is just if you sing in the morning, people laugh… but if you just put music and you laugh and just sing along, it’s so good for you, it is great for your confidence, it’s great for your mood, and it will also just warm up your voice. So sing, move, breath, meditate, it’s all of this is fantastic for your voice, because it’s all about the breath.
Chloe: Can I ask you about singing because I use to have a big fear of singing and over the last couple of years have been trying to sing more in front of people and I think I have had an unblocks the big fear I had around it, and I wondered what. One thing I don’t think is once you have sang in public, speaking part is not as bad.
Caroline Goyder: Yeah.
Chloe: Once you’ve done sober Karaoke. Speaking in meetings doesn’t seem like such a big deal.
Caroline Goyder: I think there was something in that. I mean I definitely join the choir because I realized that there I was yapping on about speaking with confidence but I was nervous about singing. There is really cool writer called Frankie Armstrong who is a she’s a singing teacher, and she’s blind, so she comes out from a slightly different very auditory point, and her thing is everybody can sing. You know literally there is no one who can’t sing. And some of us are told that we tone deaf or you know all of that stuff at school, it’s just not true.
And I think if all of us just embrace singing like walking, you know it’s just something that we can do, and we don’t think I walk badly, we just walk. And I think for all of us, it’s good just to sing, just enjoy it I’m not saying you have to get up and do sober karaoke, I think that would be a stretch for me. But you know maybe sing in the morning, maybe join a choir, sing with your kids if you have them just be easy about it.
Chloe: This is good for mental health that I know what the statistics are often here about how being in a choir is so good for our minds and connection and community and that sort of things.
Phone phobia Caroline Goyder: We’re also lost in our screens, aren’t we? You know I was just as anybody else and I think the voice singing takes us beyond that little box. It becomes about vibration and there molecules and residence which is already good for us.
Chloe: Talking of phones, I hear a lot from people about phone phobia, it’s something that affects them and I know you wrote about that, can you share what that is, people that maybe don’t know, do you have any advice for people struggling with that?
Caroline Goyder: I may have a degree of Phone phobia I have to say, because there’s something about when we’ve been hiding you know in our little boxes on screen, so I can you know… I can send a whatsapp message or a text, and I don’t give any emotional content right away really when I’m writing, you know you can read in emotional content but it’s hard to know how I was feeling when I wrote that Truly, whereas with the voice if you pick up the phone to someone, because it’s your breath, your voice is your breath, they can hear it immediately what’s happening inside you. And so that’s a wonderful thing, that’s why we should pick up the phone to people we love more, but is also very vulnerable, and so lots of people will say I hate making phone calls, I hate it when people call me. So if you’re someone who feels like that, there’s a…
I learned this from an answer is well actually, she’s died now she’s called [28:51 inaudible], she was wonderful and she said if I have to make a phone call, 1st of all I get myself really comfortable, and I would say if I’m really nervous I stand up, because that just helps your confidence, and she says then I imagine the face of the person that I’m going to talk to, I picture them and it becomes real. Now, I’ve heard people in call centers say they have a photo of someone they love, you know so that you might actually talk to a picture of someone that relaxes you or you might imagine the person for real, but if you can make it feel humanized and I think also to get yourself in control, so stand, pause, get your voice centered, it will start to feel less like you’re being judged and more like you’re in control of it. It’s a funny thing though.
Chloe: I had some advice, don’t answer the phone from an unknown number because it’s just going to waste your time because it’s more than likely to be a thing. So I am understanding it saves time. I know a lot of people who would not answer numbers that are hidden, so that’s really good advice. I love the idea of having a picture of someone you love there and you pretend to be speaking to them.
Listening for smiles Caroline Goyder: Because they hear that smile, you can hear 6 kinds of smile in a voice which is incredible. I can’t remember where the research was done but if you google 6 guys a smile that research will come up.
Chloe: What are the 6 kind of smile I need to know now, I need to research that.
Caroline Goyder: Because the smile effects the resonance of the voice, so you’re creating a different chamber for sound and we can hear that different resonance. We can also hear when someone is not smiling. So I think that’s the thing is that when you’re on the phone, you know imagine they are in front of you really smile, really engage because they’ll hear it.
Chloe: Good, good tips. Do you ever, is it difficult for you as someone who helps people with this, do you feel like a lot pressure to do things perfectly as a speaker when you’re teaching people to do that?
Caroline Goyder: It’s not funny, I had a book launch last Wednesday, a week ago. And so all these people were coming to celebrate the book launch, and there I was going to have to do 10 minute speech and stand up and talk about speaking with confidence. And so I have to, you know I did do some work on it with someone, because it is something you can’t mess up. So I definitely feel that there is an extra layer of pressure, you know for you there will be around being Calm and managing anxiety. But the way I frame it so myself is that if I’m putting myself under a double pressure, that’s great because I’m helping people who are under pressure and the more I understand what it feels like to be under pressure in that spotlight, the more I can help the person who’s doing the scary speech. So I kind of… I rationalize it for myself like that but yes daunting.
Chloe: I always wonder why people think I’m always calm or never worried about anything and it’s definitely not the case. Ask my boyfriend. And then to think I guess it comes back to that thing of recognizing that it’s such a common thing for human beings to feel. We shouldn’t beat ourselves up about that, and I remember reading about the singer Adele who even though she’s the most Amazing singer in the world potentially, she gets so nervous she sometimes sick before her performances. So if you can be that amazing and still get nervous then you we can all experience that. It’s Ok I think.
Nerves can be a good thing Caroline Goyder: It’s so Ok. nerves are just as such a good thing. And I think the thing that I really truly believe about speaking is that perfect just doesn’t exist. And yes have a plan, yes be as relaxed as you can but then just embrace the fact that yeah it’s going to be imperfect. Great, it’s more interesting.
Chloe: Yes, definitely. And I realized that I had watched your ted talk years ago when I was probably needing some help in public speaking and I was reading a book and I was like oh, I recognize this and then I watch your ted talk which I recommend everyone watched as well as buying your book. And I love how you kind of address the beginning of the talk, the kind awkward moment in the beginning of the talk, we’re just about to speak and I think this what’s powerful about it is just bringing all that stuff to the surface, and just talking about it and acknowledging it, and it makes it seem so much less threatening to kind of just talk about it. So thank you so much for sharing with that. And it is how something like 7500000 views which is incredible.
Caroline Goyder: Splendid.
Chloe: Amazing. Thank you so much for everything that you shared.
Caroline Goyder: Thank you, I love chatting.
Chloe: And please tell us where people can buy your book and find out more about you and your work?
Caroline Goyder: So the book is on Amazon and all good booksellers, you can find out about my work at Carolinegoyder.com and we’re doing a little offer at the moment where if you buy the book and send us a receipt to infogravitasmeta.com then we will send you a set of audio courses on speaking with confidence.
Chloe: Amazing, and the book is called “find your voice.” Amazing. Thank you so much.
Caroline Goyder: Pleasure thank you.
Outro: Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me at Chloebrotheridge, and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on i-Tune, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that will benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’ll be so so grateful. so I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love, hopefully you’ll tune in again, and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 91 Find your voice and get out of your head with Caroline Goyder appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You podcast I speak with voice coach and author of Find Your Voice, Caroline Goyder. She knows a thing or two about how to find your voice and get out of your head. We chat about: What is confidence? Why nerves are good How to overcome blushing or shaking when […]
The post Ep 91 Find your voice and get out of your head with Caroline Goyder appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I speak with Julia Samuel, Author of Grief Works and her new book This Too Shall Pass. We chat about: What is the ‘fertile void’? How busyness stops us from healing How to handle changes in your life What to say to someone who is grieving The particular […]
The post Ep. 90 This Too Shall Pass with Julia Samuel appeared first on Calmer you.
This week on the Calmer You Podcast I speak with Julia Samuel, Author of Grief Works and her new book This Too Shall Pass.
We chat about: * What is the ‘fertile void’? * How busyness stops us from healing * How to handle changes in your life * What to say to someone who is grieving * The particular struggles that millennials face
Transcript Chloe: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. Welcome. I am a coach, a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl.
On today’s Podcast And today, on the podcast, I’ve got the wonderful Julia Samuel, MBE, who is a psychotherapist, and she’s also the author of two books; Grief Works, and her latest book, This Too Shall Pass, which is all about how to navigate changes. And you know, we’re so scared of change, aren’t we? On one hand, we really want change, we want transformation. And on the other hand, how many of us can get stuck keeping things the same because change just feels too scary, and it feels safer to stick with what we know even though it’s uncomfortable.
So, we talked about this whole topic of change. We discussed what’s known as the fertile void, and I love how Julia explains this and how we can cultivate this in our lives, and it can help us to handle changes in our lives. We talked about how business stops us from healing and what we need to do instead. We also get into the topic of grief and what to say to someone who’s grieving and how to handle that yourself about something that’s affecting you at the moment. We also touch on the particular struggles that millennials and those of a similar generation face. So, I want to let you know that I have some free resources for confidence, self-esteem, and anxiety. If you want to grab those freebies, head over to my website, CalmerYou.com/Free, and I’ll send you lots of resources, worksheets, downloads, updates about the podcast. Head over to CalmerYou.com/Free. So, let’s get into the interview with Julia Samuel. Welcome, Julia. Thank you so much for joining me. How are you today?
Julia: Really well. Lovely to meet you, Chloe.
Chloe: Could you please share with us what it is that you do and how you came to do the work that you do today?
More about Julia Samuel Julia: So, I’m a psychotherapist and I’ve been a psychotherapist for 30 years. 25 years I worked in the NHS at a big NHS hospital supporting families when babies died and children died. So, I was the counselor for pediatrics and maternity.
From there, I helped started or established and launched a charity called Child Bereavement UK, which was supporting families when a child died or when a child’s bereaved. From there, I sort of taught a lot and lectured a lot. I’ve gone into private practice in the last few years, about the last five years. And I wrote another book before and this is my second book. So, I’m a seasoned therapist and a new author. So, one is kind of an old hat and the other feels exciting and scary. And I’m not even sure I can call myself an author.
Chloe: Amazing. And I can’t imagine work more, I don’t know, intense than working with people that have lost a child. I think that’s incredible that you’ve done that work. What was that like?
Julia: I loved my job. I mean, I loved being in the NHS, I love being part of something that’s much bigger than me. I love the nurses and doctors and the whole place, and it felt like the mother and father of my professional self. I went in there and I was like, 34 and I left 25 years later. And so it gave me a lot, but of course, the work was very, very intense, and very profound. You know, I felt very, it’s a sort of overused word, but I felt privileged to be with these young families, parents at the most intense, most intensely painful and frightening time of their life. And you know that they let me in and to be able to support them and to try and– you can’t make better what’s been so bad, but you can support them, so they can find ways of living again and loving again, given the terrible thing that’s happened. And that actually is very connected to my new book, which is called This Too Shall Pass. And the sort of premise is the same that life has changed. Some of the changes we have control of and we choose, a lot of the changes we don’t have control of.
So, at the extreme end, you’d have a child die, but at the other extreme end of a living loss you could be sacked or your partner tells you they don’t want to be married to you anymore, and you thought you had a happy marriage. And the process, the adaptation process is allowing ourselves to feel the pain, not blocking the pain, to find ways of expressing it, and adapting and growing through the change. Because it’s the things that we do to resist the change that over time do us harm. So, most of the things that we do to resist change our busyness because we don’t think when we’re busy, we don’t feel– I mean, we think a lot when we’re busy, we don’t feel so much, it cuts us off. Any kind of anesthetic, drink drugs, work obsessions; all of that blocks feeling and to heal, we need to allow ourselves to feel the pain, and then that frees us then to be released. So, it’s the paradox. You know, the more we allow ourselves to know and feel what we don’t want to know and feel, the more likely it is that change will occur, and the more likely it is that we will then grow and thrive.
Chloe: I think that’s such an important message. And I think not many people actually realize how much busyness can stop us from dealing with our feelings, and how often people hear about people losing their selves in their work after something terrible happens. But how many of us say that we’re busy? Maybe 90% of humans in this culture, and so we’re probably not dealing with a lot of our feelings really, because of that.
Dealing with our feelings
Julia: That’s right. I mean, there’s a kind of badge of honor that if you’re busy, you’re so important. But also busyness is an amazing distraction. And I think one of the big messages through the case studies in my book is that if we are to thrive in life, we have to know ourselves. And to know ourselves, we have to kind of allow space for that, to be aware of what’s going on inside us to let feelings come through. And if we’re constantly on our computers, tapping constantly, working and thinking; feelings, that part of our brain doesn’t emerge, because when using the neo frontal cortex, we’re not using our emotional selves. So, we’re cutting off huge intelligence within our bodies and within our whole system that we need to support us, to balance us, to inform us. So, people have this sort of white knuckle push, thinking that if I push forward, if I stay busy, if I get there, then I’ll be happy. And my message is, we need to do both.
Of course, you need to be busy and get your tasks done. But you also need to allow space to kind of allow feelings to emerge, to follow your own instincts to be in touch with yourself. And that then allows you to connect with others because busyness disconnects you from other people. And you know, the thing that I’ve learned in 30 years is that the most important thing in life is our love and connection to others. And in order to do that, we need to slow down. If you think of your emotional self, when you’re very busy, you don’t feel very much. So, if you want to connect to someone else, heart to heart, when you look at each other, you have to kind of breathe and slow down, and then you kind of feel the movement with them, and they feel it with you. And then stuff happens, you feel a real connection.
Chloe: What comes to mind for me when you say that is how we feel so connected to our phones, we feel so connected to other people, but it’s not real connection. It’s this kind of false connection and how many couples are lying in bed together on their phones.
Julia: Swiping.
Chloe: And that sort of thing and not getting that connection, not actually giving themselves the space. Because we’re never bored anymore, really. There’s always something to read, there’s always a game on our phone or a podcast to listen to. We never maybe just have that quiet, quiet time to actually allow ourselves to be or feel or–
The fertile void Julia: And let the fertile void emerge. I mean, I heard, I think it was on a podcast that we touch our phone 2,000 times a day. And it’s the last thing we touch before we get to sleep, it’s the first thing we touch when we wake up. And really, we want to be kissing our partners goodnight, if we’re lucky enough to have one, and we want to be connecting with the world and breathing in the new day before we touch our phones so that we feel alive. So, I mean I’m by no means the only person saying this. Thousand of people are saying this, that there’s a sense of emptiness that people have, and this sort of searching and looking and wanting. And it’s from this drive and digital obsession and connection, that in a way builds that emptiness rather than kind of properly being aware of all your senses, sight, touch, sound, and smell, and that’s how we’re human. You know, we’re not machines and we’re addicted to machines.
Chloe: You mentioned the fertile void and I really wanted to ask you about that because I think that’s such a beautiful sounding phrase.
Julia: Yes.
Chloe: What is that exactly?
Julia: It comes from Fritz Perls who is the founder of Gestalt, so it’s not my phrase, I stole it. And it’s often like with most things, a contradiction that we need space in order to have fertility. And so it’s a fertile void. So, when I talk about it in my book, it’s that when something ends, whether it’s a project, whether it’s a relationship, whether it’s a job, we ourselves, say, “What am I going to do next?” And people say to you, you cannot have a– I mean, you’ve had a baby, someone said to you, you can have another one if you’re going to leave your job. They say where are you going? Are you looking for a new boyfriend? They don’t allow you space between the end of one thing and the start of something else. And what I find with all my clients is that people find the process of change very difficult, uncomfortable at one end, kind of agony at the other and part of that is the not knowing and not knowing themselves and their sense of identity. Who am I now if I’ve lost my job or my partner? And rather than leaping in for fear of that not knowing, really to make the wise decisions, we need to allow space.
Living the loss We need to allow space to feel the living lost, the sort of sadness of what has been and let it kind of come through our body like the weather like a sort of storm. And then that can clear the space, to have new ideas, to have a kind of openness to what is the right decision for us. Because if we do that frantic, I’m just getting out of a job. You know, I’m getting a new boyfriend. We miss out on so much of our own wisdom, and then we may pay the price later. And also we don’t learn from the loss. So, a new experience needs to teach us so that we take that wisdom with us into the next phase of life. And we ignore that wisdom, we don’t change and we don’t adapt. And that means we’ll be hit by the same problems every time they come up against us. And research shows that change, you know, the seven year itch is a thing, it happens every seven to 10 years whether it’s developmentally or from events or from external events. So, we need– each of us needs to find our own pattern and way of changing that supports us and enables us to thrive rather than limits us and shrinks us.
Chloe: So, when you say that the seven-year itch is a thing, it’s not a fact of life or what is that?
Julia: It’s psychology research. So, there’s quite a lot of psychology research really from the States that that came from, that if you look at the patterns of people’s lives, there’s a whole area of research about developmental psychology, about where we are likely to be at a particular stage of our life, what happens to us in different stages of our life. And one of the things they researched was how much we change and when we change. And it’s, of course, individuals or individuals, but it is, if you look at yourself, I wonder if you look back over the last sort of 10 years or seven years, or even five years, because there’s always flexing it, of who you were before, and where you’ve got to now and how much has changed; what has expanded? What has grown? Where do you think you’ve learned? Where do you think you’ve ignored the learning? And what would you like to have kind of reaped from what happened to you?
Chloe: Interesting. So, you mentioned life is change, and you talked about this in This Too Shall Pass. Why do you think we’re so resistant to change or a lot of people say I don’t like change? A lot of the people I work with have anxiety and they don’t like change at all. What’s that about?
Life is change Julia: I mean, I think there’s two sides of it. So, there’s the kind of PR, advertising shiny life side where change is exciting, you know, change your life, change yourself and your book and it could become the perfect version of yourself with the [??? 14:10] had, the dewy skin, and the sort of glowing teeth. So, there’s kind of that side of it, which we kind of think we ought to embrace, but never think we can really ever get there. But the reality of change, I think, for most of us, although some people, you know, we learn about change from what is modeled from our parents. So, if we came from a family system, Mom and Dad and generations of families that have embraced change, were more likely to be able to embrace change. But why most of us don’t like change is because we like the comfort of familiarity because it feels safe. And it may be a horrible place that familiarity, but at least we know it. And there’s that bit of us, I don’t know if this is true of you where even when you kind of know you’ve got to that shitty place in yourself where you’re giving yourself that shitty committee and kind of self-attack; there’s a horrible familiarity that also feels kind of coldly, warmly comforting because you kind of feel no one can hurt me now, because I’m here and down here.
And whereas if you dare to change, you go out of your comfort zone. It’s unfamiliar and it may be incredibly thrilling, but you don’t quite know who you are because your identity changes as you change. You have to then become someone who can in your case, interview in podcast, that’s a sense of identity that’s changed. You may have thought of yourself as someone who was very shy and I’d never be able to do that. And now you have to own this new identity of I’m Chloe and I am a podcaster. And so the beginning that discomfort may want to make you run away, but you dare to embrace it. And then it becomes part of you, and that is the cycle of change for all of us. You know that kind of you move in, you dare, you test, you have a little taste, you withdraw, you go in again and we move in and out of it. It’s not that you flip the switch. It’s a very long answer.
Chloe: No, it’s really interesting to know this. So, it’s something about identity and fear of change. And if you identify someone– [control] or control, that’s such a big one, control.
The illusion of control Julia: Yeah. The other thing I say in my book is that we think if we have control, then everything’s going to be alright. But if you really think about the most important things in life, which is life; who’s going to die and who’s going to live and what people think about us, whether we’re loved or whether we’re not loved by the people around us. Those fundamentals which are the key to the sort of happiness of our life, we have no control over. We can influence them, not get drunk and fall off a wall or not drive drunk. But basically, we have no control. And so this idea of control is a complete– I can’t even think of the word.
Chloe: Illusion, maybe.
Julia: Illusion, that’s the right word. Thanks.
Chloe: Okay, yes. Such a shame isn’t that like I’m so in control of things and then life sends a little reminder like no, life has its own plans. [crosstalk]
The benefits of structure Julia: But you need control, you know, like organizing your day in structure I think really helps you. So, I’ve got eight pillars of strength in my book and one of the pillars is about structure. Because when the winds of change come whistling through your system, if you put some sense of structure in it that you know that you’re going to exercise, you’re going to have breakfast, you’re going to do your work or whatever the order is, you might do that you do it completely the reverse. It helps stabilize you when you’re feeling a lot of turmoil internally. So, I’m not saying don’t have it, it’s just recognize it for its limits.
Chloe: So, having that structure, a lot of people, we talked about their routine and how helpful that is when they’re going through something to keep that routine. It’s good to hear you affirm that. Can you give some examples of the sort of changes that you see people navigating, and how you might help them navigate them? I know in the book, it’s really beautifully written and you have different case studies and stories of people’s lives going through different changes. Can you sort of share an example of something around that?
Love – case study Julia: So, in the section on love, one of the people that came to see me was a woman who’d been married 25 years and she had three daughters. And she was a gardener and she was deciding in this next phase of my life, her children were beginning to grow up, the last one was going to university soon. Do I really want to stay married because I’m not having sex with my husband? You know, we parent fine, we live together fine, but I want a new version of myself. And she was actually at the time having two affairs. So, one with a man who she’s been having a relationship with for a couple of years, and then another, a colleague who she had an affair with for about a year, but then he ended the relationship.
So, she came with a lot of confusion, she was Catholic, so a lot of confusion about what’s wrong with me that I need two affairs. I’m upset that one’s ended, but I’ve still got the other one and also, am I wrong having an affair while I’ve got my husband? So, who am I? What do I believe? What do I want? What’s right for me? Do I believe the old rules about what you know, fidelity in marriage? What is right and what is wrong? And our relationship created, I hope, a safe place for her to unpack all of that. What she’d learned from her parents, what she’d believe herself, what was true for her.
One of the things was that she’d never had a son, and the young man, she had an affair with, actually in some ways with the son she’d never had. So, she began to understand herself. Once she knew what was going on, that she had a real handle on her internal landscape, it helped inform her when she looked at her world and what she was going to do and how she was going to go forward. And actually, she got much closer to her husband, she continued with the affair which the husband knew about, he never wanted to talk about it.
So, whenever she would try and bring up their relationship, this may be familiar to many of your listeners, a husband would say “Why ruin a nice day by talking about stuff like this?” And so she, you know, she was just silenced all the time. But she found a way of being, that she knew that she wanted to be a mom, with a mom and dad and a family that one of her things she was proudest of was the family. She didn’t want to break up the family, she didn’t want the children to be responsible for their dad.
So, she kind of was adventurous and she had a long term affair that she managed while she stayed married while she worked while she was a mom, and kind of came to peace with that. And one of the things she said at the end is that I folded a lot of my past into my heart. So, you never go forward without your past being in you. But you have to kind of fold some of it away in order to free you to step into your new future.
Chloe: So, it sounds like this is really about getting to know where things come from, where you’re coming from, and how that has informed how you’re dealing with the situation now. And I suppose that’s why having therapy or you know, reading a self-help book can be really helpful to help you to get to know yourself in that way.
Making the best decisions for yourself Julia: Yeah. I think we distract ourselves rather than know ourselves. And the more awareness we have, and the more information we have, about what’s going on in us, then we’re better, we’re more likely to make better decisions. But also, I’m not saying be obsessed. You know, get off, get out and have your life and have fun and dance and be busy and work and do all these things. But when it comes to the important times in your life when you’re making important decisions, give yourself the space and the time and the relationship with a friend or a journal to really explore so that you make the best decision for yourself rather than from fear.
Therapy Chloe: Really remembering the times that I’ve had therapy in the past. And when I first started having therapy I’d never talked about myself before and that was excruciating for me. I feel sorry for my therapist. She was very patient but just being able to like hold the space with me kind of like, desperate to jump out of my skin basically, because I find it so awkward. But going through that process and staying with it and examining the things that I’d never really thought about before, never really considered like, where anxiety came from, and all that sort of thing was just so powerful. So, I have a lot of respect for all the therapists who do such an amazing job of helping people when they really are trying to avoid dealing with stuff.
Julia: Yeah. And you were brave going to a therapist when it was so counter to everything that you’ve done and you’d known, took a lot of courage to go and dare to kind of feel that heat and that discomfort and expose yourself in that way. I mean, I more than a therapist, I have my clients who kind of dared move forward and do that for themselves.
Chloe: I think it’s good to have this conversation about therapy because it’s helping to normalize it and I hope you know, yeah, people feel more able to go and seek therapy themselves through having these sorts of conversations. Can you tell us a little bit more about your work with helping people with grief? Because often when I hear from people who’ve lost, I don’t know someone in their lives and found that sometimes people will avoid talking to them and avoid bringing up the topic. They’ll talk about the weather and actually, there’s this huge elephant in the room, this person just lost someone. And I suppose your role has been actually to work with those people to do the thing that a lot of people are so afraid to do. Can you talk a bit more about how you’ve supported people with that in the past?
How to support someone grieving Julia: Certainly one of the things, why we find it so difficult is that people are– So, there is very much a stigma around death. And there’s this kind of magical thinking that if I don’t think about it, and I don’t talk about it, then it’s not going to happen to me, it might happen to everybody else. And then that means that we have very little knowledge about how to talk about it and what to say. So, when a close friend of ours or someone in your family is bereaved, we don’t have a language. And then we’re frightened to getting it wrong and making somebody feel worse. So, we say nothing, or we talk about the weather like you said, and actually what people need most is acknowledgement that you know, you cannot fix this. You know, like with change in This Too Shall Pass, you can’t fix somebody’s life. But by being loving, so the single biggest predictor of good outcomes for people who are bereaved and it will be true, whether it’s a living loss or death, is the love and connection to others. It’s the support you get at the time in following the loss. And that’s what we need most.
And so when people are grieving someone they’ve loved and they’re missing that love, when people step away from them by not talking to them, it makes the bereaved person feel worse than they already do. So, the only thing you have to do is kind of dare to move towards them to acknowledge it, all you have to do is say, “I’m so sorry, that so and so has died.” So, it’s interesting, you use the word lost. And that is often what people use. But also it’s a word that avoids the word death. We use so many metaphors lost, gone to a better place, passed over, passed away. And really, the person has died, they haven’t passed away, we haven’t lost them. They’ve died. So, that you know, we have this incredible discomfort and this desperate need to fix. But we can’t fix people. I mean, I’ve heard many other people on your podcast talk about that, and it doesn’t have to be around death. If we can kind of recognize that by sharing our humanity, by being compassionate, by being willing to sit with someone when they’re distressed, whatever the distress, then that is how people manage their pain is by bearing witness.
Chloe: And you mentioned that living losses. Can you explain what you mean by that?
Living losses Julia: That all of us will have multiple losses. So, I mean, from the moment you have a child, so for those first months, your loss is yourself as an independent parent, that you could just get up and get dressed and get out to work. Now you have a child, you’ve lost that freedom and you are the core of this baby that’s needing feeding and changing and looking after. So, that’s a loss of your independent self. And then as a parent, you have to learn to adapt as your child adapts. So, when the first time you send them to nursery, kind of letting them go and not being with them all the time, too. I had a case study in the book about Lena whose daughter was getting married. And you know, she was losing control of her daughter and the fight was about the marriage ceremony, and often it’s by the napkins or the color of the flowers. But in reality, it’s about the pain of the loss of the relationship as it was as your adult child leaves you, you shift in importance to them, you have to step back and re-calibrate your relationship as a parent. You give your children roots and wings. So, that is a living lost but that’s a long one over time as a parent. But you know, every day we kind of take things on that we have to take in and then we have to let other things go. Does that make sense?
Chloe: Yeah, yeah. So, it’s not necessarily a person dying, we can still experience these losses along the way in our lives.
Julia: Moving house, moving country, moving jobs, getting a health diagnosis, you know, grief starts at the point of diagnosis when you, one minute you thought you’re a healthy person, you had the life of a healthy person in front of you and then you’re given a life-threatening or life-limited diagnosis. That’s grief at that moment because your life changes forever.
Focusing Chloe: And you mentioned just now the eight pillars of strength, which you mentioned in the book as well. You mentioned focusing, can you share what that is? I thought that was a really interesting one to– a tool that people can be doing. Yeah.
Julia: Yes. Focusing: It’s allowing the wisdom of your body and the knowledge of your body to speak to you. So, it kind of begins to turn off the chatter in your mind. And I get people to close their eyes and breathe and move their attention internally their body until they find the place inside themselves that they feel most sensation.
Then I get them to breathe into that place and describe it and does it have color, does it have a shape? They see a sort of black hole, if that black hole would speak, what would it say? I follow where that takes them. Often, in a way, it’s a bit like analytic therapy, that it’s your unconscious speaking. But it’s a more visualization version of it. And it’s incredibly useful and powerful giving us yeah, the wisdom within ourselves that’s there already that we just have to access.
Chloe: I love the idea and getting us I suppose to focus on the feeling and turning it into a thing almost that can speak– [crosstalk]
Julia: Yeah, and what’s it telling us.
Chloe: Yeah, that’s really powerful. I hope people are going to try that listening.
Julia: What do you use? Do you meditate, do you–
Chloe: I meditate. I do TM.
Julia: Do you?
Chloe: Yes, Transcendental Meditation, and I try to journal because I’m definitely one for– I think it’s part of, when you use Instagram for your job, I kind of, quote-unquote, have to be on there. And it’s such an easy escape. And I find myself if I’m having an [crosstalk] argument with my partner, “Oh, wonder what’s happening on Instagram at this particular moment.” So, I have to really be aware. And it’s a great reminder for me having this conversation now to keep listening to what I’m feeling in the moment and focusing and processing rather than just staying busy and that sort of thing. So, thank you.
Love and conflicts Julia: And also in the book, there’s a whole section on how to deal with conflict in the love bit–
Chloe: Oh, yes, yes.
Julia: –about you know, that we need to fight, that we learn from fights, but we need to know how to connect and resolve after a fight. Otherwise, the fight builds up like this huge pile of poo under a rug that you go back to the same fight and you have it again, and again. There’s Johnny Gothman who has got these four horsemen of the apocalypse, and what he says he can be with a couple for five minutes, and he can tell within five minutes, whether their relationship is gonna survive or not from how they communicate with each other. Whether they’re stonewalling, whether they’re standing apart; all the different things that we do as a couple. So, we need to learn how to fight.
Chloe: Wow. Yeah, I remember reading about that about contempt and how this micro facial expression that people sometimes make of contempt, slightly downturn lips is a sign that your relationship is not going to be lasting very long basically, so be careful of that one.
Julia: Women are more likely to be contemptuous than men.
Chloe: Oh, really? That’s interesting. That’s interesting. I was really interested by one thing you spoke about of different generations and the different things that come up in different generations. And probably most people listening to this are probably millennials or yeah, Gen X and Gen Z, And you mentioned a few things about the specific issues around kind of change, the millennial space. Could you speak about that a little bit and the struggles there?
Generation millenial Julia: So, I think there’s lots of things. There’s the context that they’re in that sort of environment is very different. So, I’m a baby boomer. So, I think millennials believe with some credibility that we’ve stolen their future. You know, we’ve burnt the planet and we’ve spent the pension. And so we had a kind of very fixed attitude to life and for work, for instance. You had employment, you had your education, then you had employment and then you would retire and you were likely to do the same job within the same company, for your lifetime.
For millennials now, that is extremely unlikely. So, one of the reasons why my books’ important is that for work, you have to learn to adapt, that you’re likely to do many jobs at the same time, or do a job for three or four years and come out, retrain to another job. And this idea of the hundred-year life that you’re likely to be working until you’re 70 or 75. That changes your perception of why would I start having a full-time job at 23 when my parents want me to if I’m going to be working for the next 50 years. Parents looking at their children saying “I’ve spent all this money on you, all this time and you, and by the time I was 23 I had a full-time job.
What are you doing going off to the Himalayas and meditating? You know, get on and be a grownup.” And so there’s a conflict around expectations without including what’s changed, but also the big thing is someone called Jeffrey, American psychologist talked about emerging adulthood.
Because young people today have been educated much more, they’ve been parented much more. They’ve been brought up in a completely different world, they’re not likely to be fully mature until they’re kind of 28 to 30. Whereas–
Chloe: Wow, what a relief.
Across the generations Julia: I know and it depends what you call fully mature. And I’m 60 and I can still feel 12, you know, at times in my life. But you know, by taking responsibility, by being willing to commit, whereas when you’re in your 20s, what he talks about, you want to experiment, you want to try things out, you want to find out who you are, you want to check out more of your identity and much more now, your sexual identity, your relationship identity.
All of the norms of marriage, all the institutions, they have broken down, boundaries are broken down, so there’s much more choice but that choice can be so be overwhelming. Like if I can have a polyamorous relationship, what does that mean? Or you know, and that goes against what my parents and what I saw and we’re very likely to model our life and our parents, it’s very confusing.
The difficulty in finding a job because of the economic crisis in 2008, the fear from 9/11. So, there’s, I think, what I see with I’ve got eight case studies of millennials in my book, and what I see is that everything I experienced as a young person, people feel now of uncertainty, fear, excitement, curiosity, wanting to try things out, but they feel it with the volume turned up. So, what everybody feels is intensified.
And a lot of that is because of digital media because everything you see is played out on digital media. So, you see your friends and you know so much more, so you compare so much more. And comparing yourself to others is a route to absolute 100% misery. So, that’s a very long question. And there’s tons more. It’s, I’m like a kind of– I’m very interested in this subject, I think it’s really interesting.
Chloe: Yeah, it’s fascinating. I always think about in terms of jobs, the fact that there’s always so much choice of what we could do, and [??? 37:25] pressure that you can do anything, you need to be famous, you need to get loads of Instagram followers, or you can be a pop star or you can’t just have a normal job now. It’s like, there’s always pressure and I think it makes it so much less content with stuff and that discontent and you know, it causes so many problems.
Dreams Julia: I agree. I mean, one of the questions I asked in the book is that everyone says to you now go for your dreams, reach your stars, and I kind of think that’s pretty unfair. Like you want to fulfill your potential. You want to flourish and grow through your life. But if you set goals for yourself that are way beyond the reality of what they’re likely to be, you’re going to just be so disappointed with yourself all the time. So, one of the questions I asked my clients is, what do you think it is reasonable to expect of your life? What can you kind of build for your life that you really care about what matters to you?
When people think about it seriously, it really isn’t about followers and being famous and being a superstar. It is much more about having someone to do nothing with, you know, to sit and watch a Netflix series with supper and a cup of tea, with coziness, go for walks with, talk to or not talk to. That’s really what’s important, and have a roof over your head and you need to work and pay the bills.
Chloe: Yeah, I think, yeah, one of the things I’m really taking away from your book is about how the– our relationships are the most important thing in our lives and how we need to cultivate those as much as we can and yeah, come back to what’s really important, I think.
Why all our relationships matter Julia: But I think all our relationships matter. So, I think our work relationships matter a lot. I mean, I’m not saying work doesn’t matter. You know, talked about love and work, work and love. That’s all there is. So, we need our work to give us purpose and meaning and to feed our curiosity and to have a kind of go, a place to head towards. And our work relationships are really important so that we go home and we kind of have something we can talk about, and we meet new people and you know, your work must be a huge part of who you are. And you know how you feel about yourself in the world. So, I think it’s all relationships that matter, not just our love relationships; our friendships matter, our girlfriends. I mean, I wouldn’t survive without my girlfriends.
Chloe: Yes, absolutely. Yeah. I’ve been going to women’s circles in the last couple of years–
Julia: Have you?
Chloe: –and realizing how important that is to have sisters and get to share in that way, I think is so important. I hope more people are realizing how important not being lonely as I heard on a podcast this morning that being lonely is like smoking 15 cigarettes a day to feel.
Julia: 7.7 million people live alone in this country of 60 million, and most of them are women. So, that’s a big figure.
Chloe: Yeah, yeah. Gosh.
Julia: But with your dreams, I mean, how realistic do you think your dreams are? So, in the next few years, what’s your dream?
Chloe: I used to have a lot of goals and a lot of things I would write down like wanting to be on the TV. And I’ve, in the last couple of years kind of calmed down.
Julia: Dialed down.
Chloe: –quite a few things. Yeah, I’ve achieved quite a few things. I’ve realized, “Oh, yeah, it’s quite fun when that, quote-unquote success happens.” But actually, it’s not that big a deal. It’s not really worth stressing yourself out or beating yourself up over or–
Julia: Burning yourself out.
Chloe: Yeah, burning yourself out. So, I’ve still got dreams about getting married, my boyfriend knows this. But yeah, I have taken the pressure off myself. I did use to put more pressure on myself, I think to achieve things.
Julia: And I mean, what research shows is, I mean, I think it’s really interesting. It shows that you’re maturing, doesn’t it, in some ways?
Chloe: That’d be nice.
Julia: Well, it shows that you’re processing and you’re listening to yourself. So, if you’d stayed fixed of what you felt two years ago, you’d have this slight sort of armor wouldn’t you, like I’ve got to be successful, but it feels that you’ve let yourself learn and you’ve let yourself expand and you’ve let yourself grow, develop through what you’ve learned, which has meant that you feel calmer and wiser. It is interesting you want to get married when stats are that less people are getting married now than ever before.
Chloe: That’s interesting, isn’t it? More people are just living together or not.
Marriage Julia: I mean the stats on marriage are 42% of marriages don’t survive. There are less people getting married– There are less people getting divorced than before but that is because less people are getting married and the biggest increase is people who are cohabiting. But people who cohabit are three times more likely to separate.
Chloe: Ah, than people that are together that they–
Julia: They’re married.
Chloe: So, separate houses maybe is the answer. I haven’t thought this.
Julia: Well, there’s that– the people who are living apart together, the LATs, but that tends to be much more people who have second or third relationships later in life. I mean at your age, you’re likely to want to have children so you’re likely to want two of you to bring up a family together.
Chloe: That’s very interesting to me. Very interesting. I heard that married men are the happiest and then married women, the least happy, and single women are happier than no, the happiest then– No, is that not right?
Julia: Well, maybe married men are happy.
Chloe: Okay. Yeah.
Julia: I mean, in the Harvard long term study of 75-year study of looking at happiness, people who have committed loving relationships are wealthier, healthier, happier, they live longer, they are richer, and they have happier children. So, on every measure and they have a better memory and they get– well, I said, healthy. So, on every measure, people who have loving stable relationships do better.
If you get divorced and you then have a loving, stable relationship, you go back into the thriving category. So, I mean, it affects every aspect of our life. But we need to learn how to be in a relationship, how to grow in that relationship, how to adapt and thrive together. And that’s a tough ask. It’s not easy, and it takes insurance and giving, you know, kind of being a bit patient and being pissed off because he doesn’t take out the bins or, you know.
Chloe: Yes, this is very pertinent to me in my life right now.
Julia: I’m just about to have my 40th wedding anniversary.
Chloe: Oh, wow. Congratulations.
Julia: We’re renewing our vows.
Chloe: Amazing.
Julia: And I think certainly one of the things I think is that she’s the person I most want to run over, or really kind of I’m most furious with, but I’ve actually never wanted to leave him. You’re still the person I want to wake up with and the person I want to go to sleep with. So, I mean you have the most extreme feelings about him. And, again, if you look at research, indifference is the opposite of love, not hate. So, it’s how you kind of learn to love and hate each other and live together and have fun together and be a part and be together and all of these things.
Chloe: Do you have any advice for happy relationships for those who are listening and for me?
Julia: I think you have to kind of work out how we fit together. I think the person you choose to be your partner, if you’re going to have children is the most important decision you make in your life. So, don’t make it from the in love having amazing sex brain. So, that’s my first kind of very strong belief. Because you don’t really know yourself, you don’t really know them. But do we fit together? Do we have the same values? Do we go through the tough times well together? Do we support each other? Are we mainly kind to each other? Do we have fun together? All of those things, do we build bridges of communication? And do we fight well? Do we love well? I think with kindness, having fun is probably the two big things. Respect. You respect someone who is kind to you, and then you reciprocate. If you set up patterns together that create, reciprocate good relationships, and vice versa.
Chloe: Really good advice, I think. I often think that relationships are the hardest things in life, but also the most rewarding, I suppose [??? 46:44].
Julia: Yeah, that’s true.
Chloe: Yeah. Thank you so much for everything that you’ve shared. It’s been absolute gold. I’m gonna really look forward to listening back to this when I’m editing it and learning some more. Where can people find out more about you and buy your books and that sort of thing?
Julia: So, I’m Julia Samuel, MBE on Instagram and on Facebook, and I have a website www.JuliaSamuel.co.uk, so you can find me on there. My book will be in all the bookshops and Amazon. And it’s been really lovely to meet you, and thank you for taking the time to read my book and thinking about these things. And it’s lovely to meet someone who is so curious and engaged and that’s such a lovely way for you to go forward in your life [??? 47:31] to see.
Chloe: Thank you so much. Thank you for talking to us. Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode, come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode find me at ChloeBrotheridge. And I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or an iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. And is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep. 90 This Too Shall Pass with Julia Samuel appeared first on Calmer you.
Caroline Foran is the number 1 bestselling author of Owning It and The Confidence Kit. She is currently working on her third title. She’s the host of the ‘Owning it’ anxiety podcast.
We chat about: * Her experience with anxiety * Why so many of us are anxious * Practical ways to deal with anxiety * How to support a friend or ask for support from others
The post Ep 89. Owning It with Caroline Foran appeared first on Calmer you.
Caroline Foran is the number 1 bestselling author of Owning It and The Confidence Kit. She is currently working on her third title. She’s the host of the ‘Owning it’ anxiety podcast. We chat about: Her experience with anxiety Why so many of us are anxious Practical ways to deal with anxiety How to support […]
The post Ep 89. Owning It with Caroline Foran appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I speak to personal trainer and yoga teacher Shona Vertue. We discuss: Her experience of therapy and SAD Attachment theory and why there’s nothing to be ashamed of if you are needy or codependent in relationships The pressures and boundaries of social media And of course, ask her the question – how are […]
The post Ep 88. Being Mentally Fit with Shona Vertue appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I speak to personal trainer and yoga teacher Shona Vertue.
We discuss:
Transcript Mentally fit with Shona Vertue Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the ‘Calmer You’ podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. I am a coach, a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of the ‘Anxiety Solution’ and ‘Brave New Girl’. Thank you so much for listening today. I have an amazing guest this week Shona Vertue. Shona is known for being a fitness instructor and yoga teacher. But for some reason, this conversation isn’t actually that much about fitness. We get into such a varied number of topics. She has had her career so far in the fitness industry, but she is now studying psychology and so this is a real passion of hers.
So, we get into topics like her experience of therapy, why it’s totally okay to have therapy and we talk about things like how to find a therapist. We talk about something called ‘Attachment Theory’ and you might have heard this before. Some of us might be anxiously attached for example and it has to do with things that happened in our childhood. We really get into why there’s nothing to be ashamed about if you’re somebody that is perhaps needy or codependent in relationships because it’s not your fault and it can often go back to these things in childhood. So, we chat about that.
We get into the pressures and boundaries of social media and I also ask her my favorite question to ask people which is. How are you really? I love Shona’s answer this, she’s really honest and open and talks about something that I think a lot of us can relate to particularly at this time of year. So, I think gonna love this episode. I felt like I was chatting to an old friend where I met show know even though we just met ten minutes before.
Confidence Challenge Also, I want to let you know that my confidence challenge is coming up on the 24th of February 2020. You can sign up at Calmeryou.com/confidence.
It’s going to be 5 days of community, fun challenges, helping you to think differently and take some action. So, that you can take a few steps towards living the life that you want to live, being the person that you want to be, accepting and loving yourself more, building your own self as and just feeling better about being you overall. Last time I ran, it was really really amazing to see how people made profound changes over just five days and made new friends and expanded their idea of what’s possible for them. So, I’d love for you to join us as well. You need to sign up and register to get all the downloads and workbooks and access the community. You can do that on my website calmeryou.com/confidence.
So, let’s get into the episode, with Shona. Welcome Shona, thank you so much for joining me. How are you?
Shona Vertue: I am good. Thank you for having me.
Chloe Brotheridge: I would love to know a bit about, what it is that you do people that don’t know.
Shona Vertue: Okay.
Chloe Brotheridge: And how you got to where you are today? Can you share a bit about that?
A bit about Shona Shona Vertue: Yeah, I mean I’ll try and summarize I have a tendency for anyone that does follow me or know me to kind of go on big tangents. But I’m gonna do my best, you can always use the editing tool to cut this out cut this down. So, I’m a personal trainer and a yoga teacher. I have been for over 10 years now. Most of my business now is based on online. So, I have a method called the ‘Virtue method’. Which is essentially a combination of strength training and mobility training. That really comes from my background as a gymnast. I found that the way to healthy functioning and well-functioning not just functioning but the well-functioning body was to really make sure that you were equal parts dedicated to strength and fitness as you were with like mobility and flexibility.
Most people tend to do what they’re good at. So, you get lots of people that you know can touch their toes, but they’re not very fit or they can barely do a push-up. Or you get people that you know can run marathons and are super fit, but can barely even bend over to look at their toes let alone touch them. So, that’s one of those things that I’m like if you really want a body that’s going to be able to do the things that you love to do for longer then you need to be dedicating equal time to those sorts of modalities.
Chloe Brotheridge: I can attest that your online program is amazing. I love your integrity and the way you do things has so much integrity, I think. Doing things properly and taking care, there’s so much out there that is not like that and so it’s so nice to have that approach.
Exercise is an expression of self-love Shona Vertue: Yeah, thank you. I think that for me I know this is one of the questions you’ll ask later, but fitness should really be this expression. It is an expression of and it’s cheesy now it’s a cheesy term, but it should be an expression of self-love. I really believe that and if not self-love if that feels too far away from your mindset right now if you’re in a bad place and I totally get that. Then at least at the very least fitness should be an expression of self-respect. If you are punishing yourself with fitness, then it’s not an expression of self-respect. I think that for too long the fitness industry has really perpetuated this notion of punishment, no pain no gain.
Like sweat is fat crying like all this sort of be at just right off. It’s like I’m trying to move us away from associating fitness with punishment totally.
Chloe Brotheridge: Totally, I love that and yeah not many people are saying that that Fitness without self-love. I think that is a really important message.
Self-love isn’t so easy for everyone Shona Vertue: Because self-love is fucking hard, it really is. Like I find it really difficult trust me like I grew up as a gymnast. So, for me, health and fitness particularly fitness has been something that has been in my life. So, I see it as naturally fitting in my life as something like cleaning my teeth or having a shower. That’s what I’m trying to get people to do, but there are other aspects that are important in life that I am terrible at. I’m a procrastinator in other areas and procrastination I often talk about I think is really a form of self-harm. It’s a disrespect to yourself as well. So, self-love is difficult and some of us are better at doing different things that express self-love or that are an expression of self-love. For some of us just it’s a difficulty, we’re all on a journey.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you for saying that, because I think it’s so easy to think of self-love’s blah blah. Just be kind to yourself. I’m actually acknowledging that is a journey it is hard work and there are times when you know all of us will procrastinate and that is kind of taking us in the opposite direction but it’s also very normal as well.
Guild hangover Shona Vertue: That’s also a very human, yeah exactly. So, I think it’s not, the criticism around those sorts of things can often be more damaging than the actual act of procrastination. It’s the guilt you have after it. I always call it like a guilt hangover and it’s so shitty that’s where all the shitty stuff happens too. You know what I mean. It’s not just putting off paying a bill and then getting letters about the bill or whatever it might be that you’re procrastinating in. It’s the guilt that you have later where your self-criticizing. Then what that leads to, that leads to the need to binge in the other direction. You know what I mean or perhaps it leads to whatever numbing yourself from that guilt which might look like alcohol which might look like excessive use of social media. Which might look like excessive sexual relationships. So, think different things like that. We’ve gone deep too quick. Let’s go back to fitness.
How are you really? Chloe Brotheridge: I was gonna go even deeper, I’m gonna ask a very deep question that people love hearing the answer from people. Know that you can answer that you’re doing really well I’m not doing; well all answers are okay and welcome. But the question is, how are you really?
Shona Vertue: When you sent me, so I have to tell it I’m telling a run that listened. Ask Chloe just send me like a basic kind of overview what she wants to ask and this was the first question. I honestly it was like reading it was like when you step into a warm bath or a warm shower. You’re like, oh it just felt so nice because it was like oh you actually want to know and you. I felt seen, no it was trendy to say was like I felt seen. So, that’s a really beautiful thing is asking how you are really.
Because how are you is such an interesting question in that most people are just hoping that you’re just gonna go, yeah, I’m all right you know or whatever and keep it really light and easy and it’s just a quick question. S, I never know how to answer that. Because I’m like how deep do I go. So, when you say how am I really, I am really good which I’m happy about but as I was just saying off record off microphone before. It’s been a really interesting two years or so I would say. Where I’ve had to do a lot of unpacking around dysfunctional behavior in my life and how that has been a symptom of some deeper subconscious things that were going on for me.
So, I am good now, but if you’d asked me that question, I probably would have said I was good anyway. Because it just would have been too long to unpack all of it. But I think I’m I can safely say that I feel good because I’ve been going to regular therapy and trying to work on these dysfunctional behavioral patterns in my life. So yeah.
Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. Can I take aside of it more?
Shona Vertue: It’s so fun, probably to open. But let’s go back, you can edit like I said.
Chloe Brotheridge: Unedited Shona Vertue.
Shona Vertue: Yes.
Choosing a therapist Chloe Brotheridge: What was your experience of therapy? Like, how did you choose a therapist and how was your relationship with your therapist came into?
Shona Vertue: A great question, all right. So, how did I choose a therapist? I’d actually had some really not so great experiences with therapist here in London. This is a therapist that I met in Sydney and she was just actually given, she was recommending her number was given to be my mom. My mom was seeing her and then she had to stop seeing my mum when I decided to see her, I saw her because I’d had a breakup in a relationship that really was only for like six months. But it really hit me in a deep way and kind of uncovered all these behavioral issues that I was trying to get to the bottom of.
She was really amazing. I would say the relationship that I have with all therapists is very honest and open. I think that’s what it should be. I think when we try to filter our answers is where therapy becomes pointless. I mean the whole point is being able to speak to someone so honestly in a non-judgmental way that you can project every single subconscious experience and interpretation of your world onto that person. Essentially all they’re doing is reflecting it back to you, but they provide you with the tools at which to handle those thoughts.
Whereas when you speak to a friend or someone that’s unqualified in that area, they have their own that they’re going to project back to you. Or they have their own life that isn’t neutral and so their opinions can sometimes walk yours. We often attract people into our lives that were having like experiences with. I think all of our relationships are mirrors, but when you speak to a trained professional and a qualified professional in that way, they will reflect back to you. But then they also provide you with a way to actually process that reflection and then learn from it and grow from it.
So, I guess my therapist has been able to in a non-judgmental way say, okay these various behaviors that you are trying to change in your life are a cause of this thing that maybe happen in your childhood or this thing. So. let’s try and work through that. Its’s so interesting because as soon as you uncover something it kind of neutralizes a little bit. Doesn’t always fix it, because the real work happens in everyday life happens outside of the therapy room, right. It’s not like suddenly someone says to you, oh that behavior is because of this it’s actually because you know the change doesn’t happen there. You just become aware of it and then when you go out into your everyday life that’s when you have to sort of make the changes, right.
So, I think that for me my relationship is it’s one of the most important relationships in my life absolutely, yeah. Something I think needs to be less taboo that’s why I’m talking about it. I think that when someone says to you, feeling a bit unhealthy I’m gonna go see a personal trainer. You’re like, oh cool that’s great tell me what they tell you, like let’s awesome, like let’s work out together whatever. When you say I’m not feeling so great I see a therapist people like, oh my gosh okay is everything okay.
Chloe Brotheridge: It must be really bad.
A personal trainer for my mental health Shona Vertue: Really bad yeah, it’s like no not necessarily. If it is really bad that’s also okay, but if it’s not really bad and you just decide that you’re like do you know what I’ve never had any guidance or quote-unquote personal training around my thoughts and how to process them and how to behave in a society where we’re taught to behave a certain that doesn’t align with what I believe or my values. It’s like we’re just kind of winging it. I think that it’s really important to have less taboo around speaking to someone about your thoughts. Ultimately that’s all it is personal trainer for my mental health literally. Why is it so taboo, I don’t understand? So, anyway.
Chloe Brotheridge: Arguably, your mind and your mental health is just as important as your physical health. Even more important to some people.
Shona Vertue: Yeah exactly. It’s silly, because it’s like I don’t I don’t know where it’s come from, it’s well I do. There’s lots of reasons. But I think that more and more we need to move away from the taboo of it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Totally, yeah, I’ve had so much therapy in my life and often talk about it and love hearing other people’s experiences. It’s so helpful for others to hear about. Is a good idea to get a recommendation from somebody. The relationship that you have with your therapist is so important. I think when they’ve done studies into different types of therapy, it’s actually the relationship that you have with them. That is the biggest indicator of the outcome rather than CBT versus counselling.
Shona Vertue: Right interesting. That makes sense yeah.
Seasonal Affective Disorder Chloe Brotheridge: Can you, I remember you writing about SAD a while ago. Can you share a bit about you experience of that and what effect that had on you and what changes you made?
Shona Vertue: Absolutely okay. So, SAD (Seasonal Affective Disorder) or SAD because it makes you sad. So, I’m Australian and I am also not just Caucasian. My mum is from Fiji. So, I have brown skin, means I need a little bit more access to the Sun in order to get the vitamin D I need or to process the vitamin D I need. So, and I just grew up in Australia. So, you know having Sun in my life really makes a huge difference. So, Seasonal Affective Disorder is essentially when people are affected by mostly winter and the lack of Sun that you get in that period of time.
It doesn’t really happen in those countries that are around the equator. It’s more so the ones that are further away that experience really deep winters. It’s mostly linked to or the depressive downward kind of feelings that you end up having and all other things. Other things that your immune system is usually down to a lack of vitamin D. So, you can supplement at the time to make you feel better but to be honest vitamin D supplementation didn’t. It did a little bit for me it definitely got me through the winter months in in London but nothing compared to just being able to get on the Sun.
So, it was something that really affected me when I was spending full winters here in the UK. It just shows really a lack of resilience for me not for everyone. I mean in the sense that I should have really, I did speak to other people with SAD and they’re like yep but I’ve got a like push on through in winter it’s gonna be over and it’s gonna come through. That’s not me saying that it’s not okay to have it. It’s me saying I know that I became very uncomfortable to spend time around at the time. But I think it’s important to acknowledge that it is a real thing.
It’s not just someone being mopey it’s not just someone whinging a bit more in the winter time. It’s like honor those feelings and be like okay I may actually have seasonal affective disorder, go and seek some advice. Whether that is as simple as trying to increase your time out in the Sun trying to in whatever way that you can. Whether it is supplementation and vitamin D, I mean that’s not something that I can doesn’t generally blanket recommend to everyone. But definitely those are things that you can do. If they’re very severe depressive thoughts, then again speaking to a therapist to try and work through those. But also acknowledging that it may be increased or your feelings are probably more sensitive down to the fact that you may have or be experiencing Seasonal Affective Disorder as well.
Chloe Brotheridge: I suppose it’s well if you’re somebody who loves being outdoors and active. So, cold and dark in the winter months and so that is gonna inhibit you from being doing the things that you want to do. It’s not to make a bigger impact.
Shona Vertue: Yeah, it does and I think that I’m Australian and so it’s really, we’re really lucky. Australians are really lucky and privileged in that sense. Because we have access to winter months but they’re not winters like this and so yeah, just I really wasn’t used to it. I wasn’t ready for that kind of experience and it’s just something that you have to think about. I think around that time, that winter-time.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah.
Shona Vertue: But it’s a real thing. So, it’s not just people kind of whinging about winter, it’s like if you’re having really strong not even strong if you’re feeling down just know that it may be related to that and there are things that you can do around the winter months to make it better.
Chloe Brotheridge: Just on the topic of vitamin D, the NHS actually recommends a vitamin D supplement for everyone.
Shona Vertue: Amazing, we can link that statement.
Chloe Brotheridge: We can actually say everyone to take that supplement. Because in the UK we are deficient in some sunshine. So, get on that especially if you think you might be struggling at this time of year. Thank you for sharing that. Another thing I wanted to ask you was about something that I think I caught the last half of a talk you were giving. I think you’re on a panel this is like a year and a bit ago. You were talking about something really fascinating to me heart rate variability.
Heart rate variability (HRV) Shona Vertue: Yes, I’m so glad you asked about this, know like what’s your favorite outfit to work in. I was like, you asked me the best questions, HRV (Heart Rate Variability). So, simply Heart Rate Variability is a measurement of the time with a variation in the time between each heart beat and it’s controlled by the autonomic nervous system. So, I have to give a bit of a breakdown. Is that alright?
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes please.
Shona Vertue: Okay, let’s do this. So, stay with me I’m gonna try and keep it as interesting as possible. So, autonomic nervous system, which means it’s really just automatic. So, it’s things like your heartbeat, your bladder, thankfully it is automatic. Because if we had to remember to make our heartbeat, we probably would be dead for a lot of us. Given the amount of things that are on our plate, I definitely wouldn’t remember to be like nah but I’ve squeezed my heart. So, the blood pumps around my body. Luckily that’s autonomic okay. Now the autonomic nervous system can be kind of broken down into two main branches. I’m sure you know this I’m just explaining this for everyone.
So, you’ve got your parasympathetic nervous system and your sympathetic nervous system. In more simpler terms, your sympathetic nervous system is like your fight-or-flight. So, we often hear about this story about the saber-tooth Tiger when talking about the nervous system. I’ll go into that a little bit but it’s your fight-or-flight mode is like are you either gonna like fight the saber-tooth tiger or you’re gonna flight you gonna run away. Then the parasympathetic nervous system is kind of like your rest and digest mode. It’s like actually another friend of mine talks about it as your feed and breed mode.
I sometimes say it’s like Netflix and chill mode, but it’s essentially, it’s kind of where all the good happens to be honest. It’s where all the rest and then the recovery and the sleep happen. So, we want a balance of activity between those two aspects of our nervous system. We obviously need, stress isn’t a bad thing. Now coming back to this saber-tooth Tiger in time the reason we talk about the saber-tooth tiger is because it’s a very primal aspect of our nervous system, right. A nervous system is primal its primitive. Back then, we would have had saber-toothed Tigers right, that we had to watch out for.
So, if you need to if a stress like a saber-toothed tiger comes into your life, I promise I’m gonna come back to Heart Rate Variability in a second but you just need to understand this background bit. Saber-toothed tiger comes in and you think I’ve either got to run away or I’ve got to fight it. So, there are physiological changes and chemical changes that need to occur within your body to facilitate you to either run away or fight, right. So, things like your being able to breathe at a faster rate, your heart rate moving at a faster rate, pupils dilating. Your digestion either well it’s inhibited but sometimes it’s actually stimulated in the sense that you’ll either yourself or you’ll become really constipated.
So, I’m team shit yourself, other people I know under stress are team constipation, I don’t know which ones better. I think it’s pretty shitty to excuse the pun to have to always need to go the toilet whenever I’m nervous. But that’s about the term like nervous poop comes from. So, that’s one side of the nervous system, the other side as I said is your feet and breathe. It’s kind of like when you really chill when you’re able to relax the body goes, okay now we can recover now we can start to. So, digestion is actually increased in the certain parts the digestive system is increased, so we digest our food better.
Various things happen, we facilitate sleep which is where a lot of our recovery comes from. We know about sleep deprivation being really detrimental to our health. So, back to that rate variability, knowing that you have these two aspects. If back in the day where we didn’t have such complex stresses in our life, so we don’t have things like divorce stress and relationship stress and boss stress and deadline stress and all that sort of stuff. We just sort of had like the stresses of you know survival versus just chill. Once the saber-tooth Tigers gone and you’ve dealt with that situation you’re like okay I’m back to the parasympathetic nervous system. Life is more complex now.
If we are too imbalanced in the sensor if we spend too much time in that sympathetic state in that fight-or-flight mode. Let’s say you wake up in the morning, you face traffic you’re late for work you can already see that your boss is like gonna be mad at. You can actually put yourself in a sympathetic state without an actual stressful situation being there. So, we as humans are capable of doing all these physiological changes and chemical changes that in excess are really dangerous just by imagining what your boss will say, if you do a job. You know what I mean and or fighting with your partner in your mind or whatever it might be.
So, with this imbalance comes a reduction in your heart rate variability. So, a low heart rate variability is linked to things like depression, anxiety. It’s also linked to cardiovascular disease. It’s also linked to just a shorter life span. So, what we want to see with heart rate variability is a high variability. So, people often get it confused, because we think that actually when we take our heart rate, we want to see low heart rate right, we want to see a low pulse that’s true for a fitness. But heart rate variability we want it to be high because what it shows and what it’s indicative of is how well your system can shift gears between your sympathetic and your parasympathetic States and between that fight-or-flight mode and then back to chill.
So, we want a high HRV. The way that we can measure this is like waking up in the morning and taking our heart rate and seeing what the state of our nervous system is. Now the reason this information is important not just from a sort of like vague health perspective, is actually also because it does determine how you should probably do a workout for that day. So, there seems to be there was a big, I feel like it’s sort of phasing out a little bit. But there’s a huge push towards is where I come back to this Fitness punishment kind of mentality is that people often think like oh if I’m not working really really hard all the time, then it’s gonna be really bad for me. You know I’m not changing my fitness goals.
But we have to acknowledge the state. I’m not just talking about your mental state as in like, yeah, I feel fine I’m ready to get fit. It’s like, no how are you really. Coming back to your question how are you really, are you stressed out of your mind but you’ve been really good at ignoring it mentally. But your body is like I have a low HIV my hair is falling out, blah blah. All these different reasons right or these physiological signs. So, HIV can be some data that you can check in the morning that gives you a good indication of like should I go to that hit class at lunchtime or actually would it be better off going to the meditation class that I keep avoiding. Or would I be better off just actually resting today and going for a walk out in nature.
HRV is just a tiny easy non-invasive bit of data that you can collect every day there’s an app called ‘Delete HRV’. That’s one that I use, but there’s plenty out there. It just collects that data over time and you really need to collect it for a at least a month to gauge where your nervous system is at and how you should start to then go hmm, I should be chilling out on the workouts a little bit. Because another thing and I should have mentioned this is that we have to remember that fitness and exercise is a form of stress on the body.
Now if you’re in a relaxed state that stress is necessary because stress is what induces adaptation. Adaptation is just another word for the changes that occur which is what we know as in our minds results, #results right or #gains. So, if we want those changes to really occur, so all the work we’re putting into our fitness and our exercise. If we want those changes to occur, we need to be able to shift between that sympathetic state back to the parasympathetic state. If you’re not doing that then you’re inhibiting your results. So, your workouts are in vain and they’re just stressing you out further. So, that was a very long-winded way of explaining. Because I told you this is the way to happen.
Chloe Brotheridge: Fascinating, but as totally a penny has dropped now for me, I understand that. A lot of people that I speak to don’t really understand even things about the parasympathetic nervous system and the sympathetic nervous system. So, to have you explain that I think is really helpful.
Shona Vertue: Okay good.
Chloe Brotheridge: Obviously a lot of people listening with anxiety are very much in their sympathetic mode a lot of the time. I’ve heard it also described as tend and befriend. Do you hear that one?
Shona Vertue: I like that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Well, it’s kind of sounds cute, but it’s about people-pleasing looking after people, Because you’re so stressed.
Shona Vertue: Seem sympathetic has been named that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah.
Shona Vertue: See, I’m so codependent that of course I’m like, people pleasing that’s my middle name.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes, sounds really cute. Actually, if we’re scared interesting, then we might be more likely to carry out those behaviors. So, what is your opinion? So, for a lot of people that I speak to they say my spin class sorts me out when I’m feeling really anxious. I go and it really calms me down. Is that maybe not having a great effect on the body then if someone is really anxious to go and do that?
Cutting out the psychological interpretation Shona Vertue: Yeah and this is why heart rate, yes possibly. I think it’s hard to again give a blanket answer, but something like HRV cuts out this sort of psychological interpretation that you might be making around yourself. So, like if you’re in a really anxious state, but you’ve been living like that for the last ten years and anxiety is your baseline and then you don’t know what actually that’s doing to your body. Getting data like that is very incredibly beneficial, because you can’t lie to yourself. It’s just pure data. Then you can kind of make honest changes. Perhaps the spin class is great for that person perhaps anxiety is, the term anxiety while it’s a very real thing.
It really is particularly if it’s an anxiety disorder it’s a really real thing and has real physiological effects damaging effects long-term and even short-term. I think that one of the reasons that things like this is so complicated is because it is down to individual psychology. So, some people handle the same environmental or situational stress differently to others, right. We know this, which is why it can be easy for some people to be like I’m not stressed I’m fine. They don’t even know that they’re anxious but their body is giving off these signs. So, for those that are addicted to things like high-intensity interval training or just training in general, right.
Whether it’s a spin class or what it might be I would just urge you to start collecting that data. You don’t need to stop your spin class yet, just start collecting that data and see what it says. Then you can be really honest with yourself. Do I have an exercise addiction? Do I have an addiction to this adrenal state where I’m like trying to actually use exercise to ignore underlying issues? Is it still good for me? It’s fine and I’m actually I’m not, I feel great and it’s fine and my body isn’t struggling and my HIV is very high I have high HIV. Just remember that because it gets confusing people like no, I want a low heart rate variability. No, we want a low heart rate higher heart rate variability, yeah.
Chloe Brotheridge: Good to remember. I really want to remember what was that. Yes, so there are people who could be very anxious or stressed but not when you realize it. Maybe they are really snappy with their partner or they suddenly are not sleeping well and go to lots of spin classes.
Shona Vertue: You love the spin.
Chloe Brotheridge: No, I find spin stressful. That’s projecting my own patroness spin classes.
Movement imbalance Shona Vertue: One of the reasons, I am sorry I’m just chiming in here, but one of the reasons I hate spin is because what I see is that a lot of office workers. People that work behind a desk go to spin and from a postural perspective there’s you’re essentially going from one chair to another chair. So, your hips are in a flexed position and they go to another flexed position. The reason that that’s problematic is that if you’re only doing spin is your only form of exercise and where it’s your main form of exercise, it’s an imbalance in the strength muscular strength in your body. Just movement imbalance.
Yeah, there’s so much flexion like forward flexion over a desk and then moving over a bike. So, to me it’s not an ideal way if you love spin and you love it on your lunch break. Because mentally it doesn’t make you feel better than do it. But then just make sure you’re also doing other stuff that is counteracting so much of that forward flexion. Yes, sorry so back to your question. What you’re going to say?
Chloe Brotheridge: I think it’s more a statement of just for people to be on the lookout for those signs that they might be stressed, more stressed or anxious. They realize the physical signs that the body shows us or looking into their HRV, see what that’s saying. Because we don’t always know because sometimes, we can get so used to feeling anxious all the time that it becomes totally normal. Often, I hear people say, what does that one, not lie awake at night on a Sunday no worrying about the week ahead. I thought that was you know everyone did that, I know not everyone.
Shona Vertue: Our capitalist society has really driven us towards glorifying this notion of busy and this notion of like high stress high resilience to that sort of thing. I think that that last probably we can get through it for ten years but then the body starts to break down. Then we wonder why you know I has falling out or we’re seeing different physiological signs that we hate and the worst part is that, then we’re sold some form of anti-aging cream or some form of like hair replace. It’s like what you think care of it that’s to fail in you. So, yeah exactly. It’s like the model our society sets us up in benefits from us being stressed out and dying.
Attachment therapy Chloe Brotheridge: It’s a big topic talk about how capitalism affects us and our mental health. I didn’t ask you I didn’t tell you I was gonna ask you this question, but you mention it before we started recording. Can we talk about attachment therapy? We’re getting very like into.
Shona Vertue: Quite again, I mean I’m not qualified psychologists yet, but we absolutely can talk about attachment theory.
Chloe Brotheridge: Because you are going to train to finish your training.
Shona Vertue: Yes, I mean I’m very at the very early stages of a psychology degree. But yes, that is what I’m going into. Attachment theory was something that I became interested in after reading a good friend of mine Laura Mukha, who has written a book called ‘Love Factually’. She unpacks essentially through both interviewing experts on it, but also interviewing people from different categories of attachment theory. I feel like I’m terrible at explaining it in a really simple way. So, I don’t know whether you want to have, you might want to cut this bit out because I still haven’t found a very simple way to define attachment theory.
But it’s very very interesting when you start looking into it. There’re two sorts of it’s kind of broken down between insecure attachment styles and secure attachment styles. I think the facts that Laura Mukha had put in her book was something around or I think she taught member where she’d taken this from. But correct me if I’m wrong is around 20% of the population will have an insecure attachment. Might be more might be 40%. So, my memory is failing me but insecure attached people can be broken down into three categories. Avoidant attached, anxious attached and then one that’s called disorganized, which is kind of a mix between the two and usually indicative of people have had like really severe trauma.
So, they kind of go but in childhoods they go between being avoidant or expressing avoidant aspects and anxious aspects. Avoidant people, anxious and avoidant people tend to have the same fundamental belief. Something in their childhood or earlier childhood, sometimes even later childhood or some trauma in their life has caused them to believe fundamentally that they are unworthy of love. It expresses in different ways. So, an anxious attached person tends to be that person that we call is being really like needy. It’s always needing reassurance that they’re loved and might play a lot of games in the relationship to try and prove that they’re loved and might get very jealous very easily things like that.
Avoidant anxious, an avoidant attachment style is what is kind of glorified in Hollywood. Particularly with men is this behavior of like the bad boy that’s kind of like moody and always pushing their lovers away and who might Express. It’s will sometimes love bomb right at the beginning of the relationship really intensely. then suddenly the next day you wake up and they’re like they’ve disappeared on you as soon as they have to be vulnerable or intimate. So, securely attached people don’t really tend to express these sorts of things. It’s a very very deep and amazing topic and something that I think for just anyone that experience to really kind of I guess like shocking relationship experiences.
I would highly recommend reading attachment theory and I’ve had so many people write to me since I’ve started talking about it. On social media reaching out saying, oh my god I read Love Actually and it just totally explained me. There’s another book called ‘Attached’ which explains attachment theory in a really beautiful and profound way as well. Makes it less taboo as well, because I think sometimes if you are in securely attached if you do express these behaviors that seem kind of dysfunctional. It makes you feel a lot of shame about yourself. For a long time, I was like oh my god I feel so ashamed around that person or that I can just be described in these like 10 sentences of behavior.
But in actual fact, there are benefits to those behaviors and to why you behaved in that way at that time and why you developed those characteristics. Because they served you at a time when you were experiencing trauma in your life. So, it’s not worth actually hating on yourself if you are avoidant or anxious or have any of those sorts of behavior. It’s just about understanding them and noticing the triggers and being able to express and communicate so that you can start to calm those triggers down. So, I highly recommend people look into those.
Chloe Brotheridge: Such a great explanation yeah. Just talking from my own experience, I am pretty sure I was anxiously attached.
Shona Vertue: Me to
Chloe Brotheridge: Like things like being left to cry as a baby that was very trendy when I was born. My parents did it in quite a I don’t know I think my mom, her mental health wasn’t great because she couldn’t sleep. So, she left me to cry so she could sleep and I don’t understand. It’s a very complicated topic. But I’m pretty sure that led to me thinking I’m not lovable. Then my boyfriend probably got the brunt of that. We’ve been together 10 years now and the first part of the relationship was probably a real nightmare.
Shona Vertue: Tumultuous and as he, would you say that he’s more securely attached.
Chloe Brotheridge: He’s very secure.
Shona Vertue: Beautiful.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, that helped me a lot and having therapy for those kinds of insecurities and making a real mission to overcome that. But yeah, I love what you said about not having shame about it.
Shona Vertue: Really important.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s not anyone’s fault. What happens to you when you’re a child? It’s not even our parents’ fault. They are responsible but they’re not to blame. S, I think just some compassion for all parties when looking through.
Shona Vertue: It’s difficult and it’s hard. It depends on the severity of the experience you had growing up, but like working towards forgiveness towards anyone. Whether it’s your partner or your parents is not necessarily about liberating them but actually liberating you. Because it’s holding onto the resentment that causes the pain. Whether it be in the relationship or parental relation or any relationships that we have. Easier said than done. So, if that’s the journey and that’s why therapy again is so important because we all have those things.
It’s not about being crazy it’s just about having experiences in your life that have shaped the way you behave. It’s not necessarily taboo it’s just saying okay let’s unpack that a little bit let’s try get to the bottom of it because ultimately just harms you, right. Like all of the anxious attachment behaviors, they probably helped you at the time to gain what you perceive to be love from your parents. But in real life and adult life, it’s not that. But it doesn’t make it easy to just change one day.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, we take on board that programming that exactly helps exact time. It just stays like a very out of date computer program, that’s running in the background like sabotaging our relations.
Shona Vertue: You need to do an update and unfortunately takes longer than an overnight. Kind of light plug the phone in you’re doing overnight updates only. God Imagine how good that means plug something in.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s the future downloads, good mental health.
Shona Vertue: Download upgrade mental health no pain.
Social media and boundaries Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you for that. I kind of wanted to ask you about social media because it’s such a big part. Well, I don’t know is it a big part of your life it seems like it is. But how do you manage that? Has it affected you negatively in the past or now? Do you have boundaries around social media?
Shona Vertue: Yes, absolutely. I definitely have had to implement some pretty strong boundaries around social media in fact. I even just downloaded an app recently because I was gonna test it out particularly when I started uni. Was it called? Actually, wonder if it’s downloaded on this phone. It might be on my Australian phone, but let me just check out me this girl right to the end, okay cool, no it hasn’t downloaded this one, great. But it’s basically an app that locks you out of certain apps that you want to spend of time. Isn’t it so funny that? I get the same reaction for everyone I tell them about, it like whoa.
So, once you’ve said, you can’t turn it off like as in once it locks you out you can’t turn. You can change the settings obviously but once it comes on. I just feel like that would be really beneficial for university, because it’s now become a very subconscious programming to open up that. Like I don’t know if anyone else can relate to this. You probably can relate to this in that sometimes when I do something with my phone. Once I finished doing it let’s say I’ve got something in the email app and I finished writing an email whatever before I closed my phone down. Because I don’t need to do anything else. Honestly, I will open Instagram. I’ll check it again even if I didn’t mean to.
Even if I literally just went on there to check my calendar, I will close the app and could open up Instagram. I think that definitely got to a point where that this is problematic because I’m losing control over my behavior. The experience that I’ve had in watching others with addiction, that’s the exact same thing. So, I can acknowledgement and I think being honest with yourself about addictions is really the first key to healing them. I wouldn’t necessarily suggest that I am, do you know what I’m just gonna say I think that I am definitely addicted to social media. Because there is a real strong behavioral draw to opening it and interacting with it.
I can say it’s got to do with my work which it does. But when it becomes your work it’s very difficult to draw the line between what is really work what are you really getting done. So, I had to spend some time recently just saying, okay like how. When I’m opening this out like how much of it, am I really doing productive work that’s going to lead to an actual result. And how much of it is just me getting that dopamine hit from pulling down the thing scrolling checking things like that. So, you have to be very honest with yourself. For me, I just realized like do what I’d like to have designated times where I write back to my DMS and I write back to people asking questions about the program or fitness or health or things that I genuinely enjoy doing.
Then as soon as I’ve finished no scrolling, there’s nothing that I’m gonna get there that I can’t get from actually reading an article or interacting with something really beneficial and educational for me particularly with uni coming up. So, those are the boundaries that I’ve had to set now. It’s like designated time periods. In terms of affecting my mental health, I think that there’s definitely been times particularly for someone who is more on the codependent side. Where it’s like I feel like a real people pleaser that I found it difficult to manage everyone’s expectations. Which has caused me to get stuck in a little bit of a loop where I almost post nothing.
Because I’m like, oh my god I don’t want to do this and offended this person or do this and affect that person. If I talk about food in this way it might cause an eating disorder but if I don’t talk about it than the people that are wanting that information aren’t getting it. So, I’m just like oh I’ll just here’s a picture of me doing some yoga, like what’s the most mutual thing I can post. The problem with that is that we’re not getting an honest portrayal or any kind of information or integrity there because it’s just someone being too scared to post anything.
So, I think cancer culture has really influenced a lot of the way that people are presenting information. Particularly the bigger your profile becomes the harder it is to mitigate the effects of cancer culture. But I was having this conversation with my manager this morning and I just thought what my heart of hearts I know that I have no bad intentions and I have no intentions that are going to be detrimental to people. So, I just have to keep putting the information out there and acknowledge that people will do what they will with certain types of information. There’s only so much responsibility that you can take you can only take it so far.
I do take my responsibilities very important or with very seriously I would say on Instagram. But for example, I can’t if I post a workout and say this is a great workout for I cannot. There’s no way that I can accommodate for someone with a spine injury for someone with a knee injury for someone’s use can’t do it. So, what do you do you not post anything because it’s too dangerous? Someone with a spine injury that decides to deny their spine injury goes in there and does it and you’re responsible for that. Or do you have to put a disclaimer every time? Do you have to acknowledge like that person and say PS if you have this this and this, you shouldn’t be doing this. I mean it’s just very it’s difficult to navigate.
Chloe Brotheridge: Totally, because there’s only so much text and only so much space that you can write stuff in. So, it’s impossible to account for everything. I suppose it’s just a numbers game the more followers you have the more potential areas that someone’s going to get upset or offended or what above.
Shona Vertue: Exactly.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, it’s tricky.
Shona Vertue: It’s tricky. How do you navigate it?
Chloe Brotheridge: Up until recently, I noticed I posted something maybe December or November that on reflection on reading it back more carefully. I was like I actually don’t wind up sin agree with that.
Shona Vertue: Interesting.
Validating anxiety Chloe Brotheridge: So, I post is something that was like, anxiety can be unlearned. I think it said something like no one is born with anxiety. So, I maybe just didn’t think enough. It was one of these kinds of memes that goes around. I just thought, oh this is a nice thing it said some other things as well, I did agree with. I didn’t get give it enough thought and there were people who felt and validated.
Shona Vertue: Their anxiety was invalidated.
Chloe Brotheridge: The fact they had anxiety and there was a genetic component which is a fact. It made me really reflect and have to realize I need to be more careful about what I’m posting. Because a kind of apathy two-sentence meme image can could cause harm or could really invalidate people. So, I realize I need to be more careful such as my people that follow me is going up. I mean it’s impossible to be completely perfect. Obviously, I wanting to be perfect but it’s impossible.
Shona Vertue: Then the other thing is that I have to say and this is my bone to pick with the rest of society is that, we’re also very hungry for black and white statements we’re addicted to those. So, we want them because ultimately gray it’s not only boring but it’s unsafe. Like a gray area is unsafe it makes us feel like we can’t control the situation. If we know something is black and white, we feel more in control. So, what irritates me is it will gravitate towards media headlines and headlines in general that are black and white. Because it’s like ah feel safe, no carbs after 4 p.m. By the way that’s total BS, but I’m just using that as an example, right.
So, people like oh okay or carbs are bad or whatever. Something ridiculous like that it’s like makes us feel safe because we can move in that direction. We go, okay tick I know to either do or don’t do this. So, while we feel frustrated and invalidated by statement that you’ve made in that sense. It can also be frustrating because people will tend to gravitate more towards those people in the media that I’m making black-and-white statements. Therefore, increasing their platform, which is that problematic, I don’t know.
Should we be working towards like polarizing our audience, so that the audience that we do have a really strong and really like focused and engaged. Or are we trying to cater to everyone and then not actually saying anything at all.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’ve actually thought about that a lot recently about, should I be more outrageous in order to get more followers or something.
Shona Vertue: You definitely don’t want to lose your integrity in order to get followers. There’s an element of like how do you play the game of not so much to get more followers but to just be to be a stronger voice in our society. Because I mean I don’t know, I’m still battling that. I’m like, do I become a bit more aggressive and have a stronger opinion. But I’m sort of like well that isn’t me because I do have compassion for those that don’t fit into those boxes, for someone that doesn’t accommodate for accommodate to. So, it’s like for now I’m just gonna have to have a long ass captions with disclaimers that are like PS, if you are this don’t do this if you are that don’t do that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah doing things with more care and being okay with the gray areas. Things are complex things complex. We don’t have a there isn’t a one-size-fits-all for fitness for mental health.
Shona Vertue: No.
Chloe Brotheridge: there are statements that are not gonna apply to everyone and we need to acknowledge that I think.
Shona Vertue: It absolutely because also your post that you made probably would have helped a lot of people.
Chloe Brotheridge: I mean it got more likes then.
Shona Vertue: Well, exactly. So, it would have been enough to capture the attention of so many. So, I think it’s a really fine line. Because it’s like if it captured the attention of a lot of people and actually helped them rather than invalidate them and only invalidated a few. It’s like what’s better helping thousands hurting, I don’t know the answer.
Chloe Brotheridge: Like an ethics of social media.
Shona Vertue: It’s so new.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah.
Shona Vertue: It’s a really really new thing and it’s a really interesting social experiment that hopefully is not gonna be detrimental. But might be a little bit, I think it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, already is and lots of ways. But I want to ask you about Brazilian Jujitsu.
Martial arts Shona Vertue: Oh, I thought you’re gonna say billion. All right, well go in there, that’s an interesting topic. Brazilian Jujitsu, yes martial arts.
Chloe Brotheridge: I want to try this; I’ve seen a lot of things about this. I heard it’s like wrestling.
Shona Vertue: Yeah, it’s a grappling martial art. I like to say that it’s like chess with the body, because martial arts are its physical, right. So, is a great form of exercise but the added element of being with an opponent means that you calculate, you have to try and calculate steps ahead before you make a move. It’s a workout for my brain as much as it is a workout for my body. I just find it so incredibly empowering. There’s no striking, so that’s beneficial for me because it doesn’t, to be honest it doesn’t really matter if I have a black eye enough to do some video content.
I did actually have a black eye not so long ago from jiujitsu randomly. Because one of the girls I was grappling with had dropped her head on my cheekbone. It just went completely brown bush, but that doesn’t happen that often. For the most part, it’s known as like the gentle art. It’s not really gentle, but for a martial art it probably should be closest to that. The highest level of martial art is really to be able to win without hurting the other. I find that such a profound statement philosophically as well. But that’s a whole other conversation.
For me Brazilian Jiujitsu is has changed my life in so many ways. I guess on the surface level it’s made it so that me. I find exercise incredibly boring. I have to say I have to tell you like truth be told. Lifting like a weight ten times in the same way in the same plane for different body parts. I mean I don’t know I find it really boring, but I do it because it supports my ability to do other things in life. That’s my whole approach to fitness is essentially fitness isn’t life PS, okay not for me anyway. But fitness and exercise and paying attention to nutrition is really directed towards enabling me to be able to do the things with my body that I would like to do for long periods of time.
So, I love snowboarding, I love jiu-jitsu, I love life surfing, I love to skate. I like to hike; I like all of these things that are very very dependent upon my body being in strong and fit and healthy. So. that’s why I exercise that’s why I lift a weight in the same plane of motion ten times. That is why I work towards doing those sorts of things that other people get more joy from being able to do certain things in the weights room. That is I told like that’s awesome. It’s just not, that’s not my background that’s not where I. My backgrounds in gymnastics so it’s like been such complex fun interactive movements. So, to go back to doing weights training is just having to rewire my brain and rewire what I like.
So, for me Brazilian Jiujitsu has shaped the way that I train in a different way. It gives me a more interesting reason to lift weights. It’s like, alright well I need to do these pull-ups because if I don’t have that level of strength in my grip in my back, then I’m gonna be not as good in jiu-jitsu or I’m not gonna have the stamina and the strength that’s required to do this. So, for me it’s given me a whole other kind of inspiration and motivation to train outside of the Jiujitsu space. Which is really beneficial particularly for anyone out there that’s like really struggling with motivation. I hear you; I get you need to find something that is something potentially like a sport. Then might make you go; okay I love playing football.
But if I want to play football well even if it is just like playing with your workmates or whatever, then I probably do need to do a bit more running or probably do need to strengthen my glutes, probably do you need to make sure that my knees are in good condition. So, I think jiu-jitsu for me has given me extra motivation in other areas of my life that benefit my health. The other thing I like about it, I just feel I guess more empowered. As a woman sometimes I hate saying the word empowered because it denotes that we didn’t have power in the first place and that we needed to have power.
So, I don’t like to use that word too much, but I also think that from a protective space feeling strong and safe and capable protecting myself. Definitely like before jiu-jitsu I would have felt less safe than I do now knowing a little bit of self-defense. That’s very and it’s amazing how much that can cyclonically influence other aspects of your life. Particularly if you’re a people pleaser, if you’re codependent in any sort of way the subconscious affects that even just knowing you can physically protect yourself.
Make your interactions with human beings a lot different. You feel less inclined to have to say yes or to say no what. Whatever it might be whatever you are doing whatever behavior eliciting in in a way of like people-pleasing, it changes that really really. I speak to all the people places out there. It’s just made me feel like more empowered to say, no, I don’t know I can’t explain it.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s fascinating.
Shona Vertue: Yeah.
Chloe Brotheridge: There is such a link between our physicality and how confident we feel in the world. For a lot of people listening I’m sure people pleasing resonates, maybe get yourself down to-.
Shona Vertue: Some martial arts, another thing is that for me I find it very difficult. Again, as a people pleaser to express anger. It’s a very natural human emotion, but if you oppress anger this is where things like depression can come from. When we oppress and suppress it leads to depress depression. So, if you spend too long oppressing things like that it can surface in other areas of your behavior. So, Brazilian Jujitsu for me was a very controlled way to express aggression that, that is important to allow to come up but isn’t going to necessarily hurt someone else.
Because with Brazilian Jujitsu, your objective isn’t to hurt them. It’s just to put them in a position that causes them to submit. So, you tap you double tap someone wherever on the body part that you can reach or you yell out or whatever before they hurt you. So, there are various positions where you might be in a position where if they pulled any harder your elbow would break or you would choke them or whatever. So, the objective is when you get them into a submission, then you tap and that person releases you. So, there’s never whereas with a striking martial art, I mean you get hit in the face you’re not gonna tap before you get hit in the face. I mean there’s no protection there. So, that’s why it’s called one of the reasons it’s called the gentle up.
But, why was I telling you that? Yes, I think innately as human beings we all have primal aggression that needs releasing. I think it needs to be released in a physical way as much as it needs to be can be released in your career or your relationships in various ways. I think it’s very very important to release it on a physical level as well.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I was telling a client recently to pound on the sofa or on the bed with your forearms to release some anger and make noise and shout and scream and kind of wiggle your body around. As you’re doing it to move the energy of yeah anger so that you’re not suppressing it and keeping inside your body. Which is like a heavy weight to carry with you.
Shona Vertue: Exactly.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for everything you share, there’s been a really varied conversation. I’ve loved the sciency bits. Can you share a bit more about if people want to learn about your online courses, the things that you offer? Tell us.
How to find out more about Shona Shona Vertue: So, I have a thing called the ‘Vertue Method’, which is as I explained earlier focusing on strength fitness and mobility. So, you can find all of it either on my website which is just www.vertue.com and has all the information there and that’s where the program sit as well. There are 12-week online video-based programs. They’re all in real time. So, one of the things that I always wanted to create were online programs where we work out together for the full period of time rather than just kind of like a moving gift. That’s like lift this push that do this. it’s like I’m with you there the whole time along.
Chloe Brotheridge: You’re sitting along with us.
Shona Vertue: Exactly, sweating and swearing I always say. I always saying, you were probably swearing at me and that’s okay because I can’t hear you. So, that’s probably the best place to find me. Instagram Shona_Vertue. You can stalk me for a bit and see what I’m all about. But make sure you spell Vertue with E, VERTUE.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes, amazing. Thank you so much.
Shona Vertue: Thank you for having me.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thank you so much for listening, I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @Chloe Brotheridge. I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. Is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’ll be so grateful. So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’re tuned in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 88. Being Mentally Fit with Shona Vertue appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I speak to author Laura Jane Williams. We chat about: The ups and downs of work Her experiences with anxiety and mental health Giving yourself the recognition you deserve When your life is “amazing” on the outside but inside you’re struggling The complexities of adulthood Transcript Chloe: Hello, and welcome to the […]
The post Ep 87. Ice cream for Breakfast, mental health and play with Laura Jane Williams appeared first on Calmer you.
In this episode I speak to author Laura Jane Williams. We chat about:
Transcript Chloe: Hello, and welcome to the comedy podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. I am a coach. I’m a therapist and the author of the Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. I welcome you to this podcast. Thank you so much for listening. Thanks for being here. I’m talking to the wonderful, brilliant Laura Jane Williams. Laura Jane Williams is an author. She has written several books. The latest of which is called Our Stop. If you’ve read her books or you follow her online, she is just one of these people who has an amazing way of putting words to things that so many of us experience but find it hard to express.
She’s got an incredibly magnetic personality, an amazing way with words and she talks a lot about mental health. We get into discussions about the ups and downs of work and this thing that can happen so often when our life seems really amazing from the outside. Maybe people are congratulating us on how well things are going and yet inside, we’re really struggling. This can happen to so many of us and we chat about this.
We talk about her experiences of her journey with her mental health and anxiety. We talk about why it’s so hard to give yourself recognition for things. She shares a practice and an example of the experiences she’s had where she’s really been able to give herself that recognition. I think in having this discussion, it also gives us, the listeners, the permission to give ourselves recognition as well. We talk about the complexities of adulthood and just get into that whole topic, which I think all of us will be able to relate to.
I love this conversation with Laura. I think you’re going to love it as well and get loads from it. So, I just want to let you know that my amazing, if I do say so myself, confidence challenge is coming up at the end of February 2020. I would love you to join us. It’s completely free. It’s a five-day challenge. I am confident that if you join us, you will notice a change in your life and how you feel.
Here’s what Michelle said, someone who joined the last on that around there. She said, “This challenge gave me the courage to go out of my comfort zone and try something new. It also gave me the nudge I needed to reach out to some old friends and reconnect. More importantly, it’s made me realize I’m not alone. I now understand it’s okay to be open, honest and vulnerable.” So many people have said this from this free challenge that I run, they met new friends. They took action that they wouldn’t have taken before. They learned things about themselves.
They took a step outside of their comfort zone and I would love all of these things for you and more. You can sign up for free if you head to my website calmer-you.com/confidence. Pop your email address in there and I’ll send you all the details about the challenge. That’s calmer-you.com/confidence and I hope to see you there. Let’s get into the interview with Laura Jane Williams. Welcome, Laura, thank you so much for joining me. How are you today?
Laura Jane Williams: I’m good. Thank you. How are you?
Chloe: I’m good. I’m good. I’ve really been looking forward to speaking to you. I love your writing. I read Ice Cream for Breakfast when it came out and I just love the way you write. You’re so funny. You’re so smart, so caring. I know you must hear from people all the time that they just feel so loved I think by your writing and the way that you help people to feel like they’re not alone. So, I just wanted to say thank you so much for everything that you write.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Thank you. That’s a very, really — that makes me feel really emotional. I really receive that because I’m in a lot of fiction writing right now and going draft after draft. Everything they say about the creative journey on a project that minute on minute you can think, “Oh my God, this could be the best thing I’ve ever written,” and 20 seconds later you go, “Well, this is just a pointless waste of my time, of the publishers time, of the readers time. This could be the worst book ever written in the history of books.” It’s not normal and healthy to sit by yourself and write all of those words. It’s certainly play, it does, it plays with your mind and being right in the depths of my next book now, having somebody be so kind is just like, “Oh, thanks.”
Chloe: That’s so nice. I know that. Now that and I know you’ve spoken about this before, and lots of writers talk about this, how there are so many ups and downs when you’re in that creative process. It’s so easy to think that it should be easy. I should be confident of this now, but actually, for almost everyone, if not everyone, there is that kind of those big ups and downs and that self-doubt that comes in, I think.
Self doubt *Laura Jane Williams*: I think it’s interesting. I just took on a last-minute commission for a magazine. It was, I think — was it 600 words? 800 words. Call it 800 words. I love the editor that asked me if I had time to contribute and if it were anybody else, I would have said no. But because it was this particular editor, I was like, “Yes, I would love to do the story for you. Set aside a weekend let’s Boogie.” On writing, so what I am — I’m on a book a year. So, I’m writing and now it’s fiction back to back basically, in order to sort of get ahead of myself. That is 80,000 words that you’re kind of wrestling with. Then to go to 100 words — you doubled space it, that’s two pages before they can sit side by side on the computer screen was like, “Oh, my God, I can see everything that I’m dealing with.”
It just felt like such a more manageable beast, but I remember my first commission three years ago, four years ago, for the same magazine and the edits, and we went back and forth, then I wasn’t quite giving her what she wanted. Is it last year I worked with this editor again? She said, “Gosh, congratulations on how far your writing has come.” At the time, I was so mortified like, “Oh my God, was I crap when I first worked with her and now she’s like, thumbs up less crap.”
Then now doing this like 800 word piece for her and seeing it I was like, “I think I’ve actually –” I’m using muscles I’ve built. I think I actually have got a hold on this and I can do it and I do know how to tell an 800 word story. Maybe one day I’ll feel that way about the 80,000 words, I don’t know. Let’s see how many books it takes because Lord knows that it’s taken 10 years of twice a week writing 800 words post for a blog, for Instagram or magazines, but I feel like I might be getting somewhere with the shorter stuff at least. That’s really nice.
Giving yourself credit I really had to take a moment and say, “Good. Thank you, babe. You are actually getting somewhere. You need to recognize this moment of totally enjoying putting this.” I made myself cry. Who knows? It could be because I’m in the middle of book writing, but I actually cried writing this piece. Natasha said that she cried when she received it. She didn’t have any edits for me. Didn’t have any notes. I just thought, “You know what Laura, take a second to pat yourself on the back for all of the work and all of the ways I’ve shown up for myself and failed and failed publicly.” Sharing your writing, that’s a public act, and it’s not all going to be brilliant.
I just thought, “Yeah. Own this moment.” Then I went back to trying to wrestle with the 80,000 words, and that’s a whole different kettle of fish. But a couple of Saturdays ago, there was a real moment of, “Yeah, your evolution is happening. Compliment to you.”
Chloe: I love that. I think it’s so important to give ourselves credit and to look back and see actually, “You know what, I have come a long way,” and to really give ourselves credit. I hope people listening are considering doing this themselves and giving themselves a pat on the back as well.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Yeah, I hope so too.
Chloe: I love to ask people this question and you sort of touched on it a little bit. I have to ask you the question. How are you really?
*Laura Jane Williams*: How am I really? I’m better now. I think this has been one of the most stretchy, our mutual friend Lucy Sheridan uses that word stretchy. This has been the stretchiest year I think of my life with totally incredible highs. These moments of realization of, “God I’m getting somewhere and I’m building this career of my dreams and things are really working.” I don’t have a conventional — I’m not married with two children and a house that I own. I’ve traveled so much, and I’ve screwed up so much. I’ve quit so much and I’ve made mistakes and just really feeling good.
Life is not binary Then, of course, that isn’t life. Life is not a binary – right now is good, right now is bad. The older I get, the more I have to surrender to the fact that great things personally, professionally, can unfold at the same time, as it’s a total shit show. Over the summer was a very difficult period: family illness and some confusion. As my first novel came out in the summer, Our Stop that came out in August. I can see in the photographs for that whole month, that behind the scenes my whole world was burning.
I was not prepared to document that publicly because I’m trying not to do that anymore because I don’t think it’s a helpful thing. But very much it was so interesting to me, every friend that I met, every phone call, every FaceTime, every coffee, every dinner, and people would be like, “Oh my God, your book is everywhere. You must be over the moon. I saw somebody waiting on the chew. You’re on book tour. You’re doing this.” I’m like, “Yeah, but babe, I need to tell you people are poorly. I’m really confused about this thing.” They would just have absolutely no idea.
I think people potentially see what they want to see. I don’t think your friends especially are rooting for the sadness in your eyes, “How is she really?” They see you fulfilling a dream and they’re just so stoked for you. It was so interesting to me to be living in this juxtaposition of professional fulfillment and outward success. Then coming home and having to deal with just life. The more openly I talked about this over the coffee dates, over the dinners, over the voice notes, over the Face Times, whatever, the more I understand that that’s just being human. That’s just being I think 30 something as well.
Advice to my younger self Somebody asked me recently in a podcast what advice I would give to my younger self. I was like, “I would tell her drink more. Shag more. Stay out there on the Riviera being irresponsible more,” because I had no idea of the complexities of true adulthood, which was a huge privilege in so many ways. But now I’m here and just like, “Wow.” I’m coming out the other side of it now. There’s a lot of resolution happening, but that’s why they call them growing pains because they can hurt. It has been a painful, painful summer.
Chloe: I think that’s such a good reminder just that —
*Laura Jane Williams*: Is that what you meant when you said, “How are you really?”
Chloe: Absolutely, yeah.
*Laura Jane Williams*: “You know what? It’s been a bit shit babe.”
Chloe: Absolutely. No, absolutely. I recently started hosting a women’s circle with a group of friends. One of the things that we ask, everyone answers this question, how are you really? It comes from a book called The Millionth Circle by Jean Shinoda Bolen, who wrote a book about women’s circles. It is designed to actually get you to think about, “How am I really?” Because we’re so used to saying, “Oh, yeah, I’m fine,” or “My book’s doing really well.” I think it’s a great but actually it kind of gets you to go below the surface. So, thank you so much for sharing that and just hearing you own that pain and that difficulty is very, I think it’s us permission to own the difficulties in my own lives as well. Thanks for saying that.
Friendships *Laura Jane Williams*: I mean, my experience of communicating directly with the people that love me, I have friends not just all over the country, they’re all over the world. I traveled so much in my 20s that’s how it panned out for me. There’s not a group of five women that all live in the same town and we all get together every Friday. That’s just not how my friendships work and that works for me. That’s so interesting. How that is permission for the other person to go, “Oh my God. Well, this is what’s happening with me,” and it’s not like bonding over trauma. I think that would be very dysfunctional, but just talking through the complexities of existing.
What I will say is — I’m very lucky to have surrounded myself with very empathetic, pragmatic friends as well who understand the practice of gratitude. I think that’s definitely a huge — there was an element of just time. There was nothing. Certain things behind the scenes, there was nothing I could do, which I’m a doer. If you are at a buffet and there’s not enough knives, I’m already in the kitchen getting them. If I want to publish a book, I’m already writing the proposal. I’m a doer. So, to be in a situation of pure surrender of like, “There’s nothing I can do,” just time has to pass.
Gratitude In that time, coming to grips with like the gratitudes in my life is gratitude can be very much vilified and made fun of if you’re in an abusive marriage with not a penny to your name and how you’re going to let — you’re not going to sit on the bathroom floor finding things to be thankful for, I appreciate that. But in my position of relative comfort and privilege, I think it is a must. It’s a requirement to practice gratitude. That is very much what is getting me through. That I do have this unconventional, non-traditional life that is very flexible, and means I can create my own paths moving forward. I’ve got immense gratitude for that. I’ve also got immense sympathy for anyone but myself in the position over the summer of not feeling that way. I just had to let time pass.
Chloe: Do you have any specific structure to that gratitude? Do you kind of follow a process with it or is that something that you weave in to your sort of every day?
*Laura Jane Williams*: At this point it is very much woven through. I’m sat here with a cup of tea and a burger my own wild basil candle burning at half past 11:00 on a weekday and this is my job, this is my life is like, “Let’s just take a sack and be like, ‘Fuck, this is nice, man.’” It sounds too cutesy to almost be real. There are certain people that I follow online: Chelsea Fagan is one of them, [inaudible 00:18:47] Maxwell is another, Bethany Rutter is another. Who are just like, “Look at this perfectly toasted bagel I’m about to consume.” It’s like joy is everywhere.
Again, the ultimate gap being on book tour this summer and this book far surpassing what, I mean literally, what anybody had expected. My publisher is like, “Well done.” Just to sit and be like, “Oh my God, these people have shown up for me.” I can see in these pictures that I am not myself, but people showed up to hear me talk and discuss ideas. That’s incredible. Stopping myself in the middle of something to go, “This is nice.”
Chloe: Definitely. I wanted to ask you about your second book, Ice Cream for Breakfast. Every now and again, I do eat ice cream for breakfast, and I always think of you. You always pop into my mind. Can you share a bit about what that book is about and your experience of releasing that into the world?
Book: Ice cream for breakfast *Laura Jane Williams*: After my first book came out, Becoming, I got what has since been labeled millennial burnout. I actually sought out medication and therapy. It wasn’t depression so much, it was just like anxiety. I found it incredibly anxious creating my first book, releasing my first book into the world and then knowing what to do next. I became a part-time children’s nanny. I needed to pay the bills. If you can remove that, okay, my rent and food is paid for worry, that creates a little bit of breathing room again in that position of privilege that I am in, that’s all it takes. For me, to tick some boxes is, “Right, 12 pounds an hour, 30 hours a week the rent is paid for. Excellent.”
I started nannying these children and I think I had a huge amount of embarrassment that I was a published author, so wasn’t supposed to be like swatting about at authorial events and rubbing shoulders at awards — being at book awards. Anybody who has been published, I don’t know if you feel this way, but I think a lot of us — five books a year from debuts explode. The rest are, we are midlist authors. We do our best. It’s midlist author’s aware publishers make their money, but I just had no idea. I thought I was going to be the next Lena Dunham and then I was not, but also I didn’t want to be because I suddenly felt so exposed and didn’t want everybody looking at me.
It was very Yin and Yang, bizarre feeling and situation. I want the validation, but I don’t want you to look at me long enough to decide if you’re going validate me is where I was at. I just felt so uncomfortable in my skin literally, but also on a spiritual level. I was just totally empty. Nannying these kids and with my embarrassment, I had taken my social media community on the journey of telling my stories on a blog to starting to get paid for my writing, to finding an agent, to the book coming out.
I had an incredible amount of embarrassment around also needing to pay my rent with something else and I thought, well, I can either hide it or own it. I did make it clear: I am nannying these girls. I didn’t betray any kind of confidentiality. They didn’t feature on my grade or anything. There were no faces. There were no identifying details, anything like that, but I remember the very first nanny nice kids and she was six at the time the youngest, sleeping at home [inaudible 00:23:05] and saying, “Will we go and play on the sinks Laura?” You just go nothing out, oh my God. Nothing else in this moment matters more than playing on these strings and that was such a release.
I’ve been so in my own head and it was such a released me. My non-fiction publisher who had done Becoming — Becoming come out in June, July, August, September, four and a half months after Becoming came out and I swore off writing for a bit. I was this part-time nanny, the publisher reached out and said, “We think there’s something in this experience. What do you think?” I’m like, “Oh my God, you’re inviting me to write my second book?” I never could have anticipated that taking a step back and nannying then would have like formed part of my life as a writer. I thought I was stepping back.
I have since learned that actually it is the living — what is this quote? On my wall, I have a quote that says “The art of mastering life is the prerequisite for all further forms of expression.” I think I had put writing ahead of everything else. Then the moment that I put living, satiating my spirit, again, very privileged position to be able to sit gazing at my navel said, “I think my spirit reserves are a little low, what can I do?” I appreciate that, but that is my truth. That is my journey. As soon as I started to live, and then for them to come to me and say, “What do you think? Can you put together a quick proposal of how you think that would look if we looked at like what children have taught you and maybe what that can teach all of us?”
I remember I put that proposal together the week of the US election when Trump was getting elected. It felt like the hardest thing in the world. I remember on the Monday, dropping the kids off at school, sitting in a cafe, and then — did I wake up on the Thursday or the Friday and Trump had been elected? It was like, “Oh my God, thank god my spirit feels a little bit stronger because this also feels like the end of the world.” I told myself I was going to tell you the short version of this story, but I did not. Spoiler alert.
Chloe: I’m loving it. I’m loving it.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Then I basically said, “Well, what if it’s for 40 little lessons that I’ve learned?” That way I can explore all the different facets without kind of giving away any personality of the kids or betraying any trust or position of responsibility boundaries. They bought it and it came out in April. I call them my Irish twins, there were nine months between these two books, which for a woman who was medicated and in therapy and gaining weight from finding her only joy in cupcakes is not bad going. I think I was able to do that because it was radical self-care that I undertook.
Mental health From the moment just before Becoming came out when I knew — I mean, the story I always tell is walking down the street in Stoke Newington, a part of London I adore and not feeling the sun on my face. I remember walking and thinking, “The sun is out and you cannot feel this on your face.” Then I remember calling my mom crying and crying and talking about mental health. She was saying, “What are you on about mental health? What’s mental health?” I mean, this is three years ago, somebody saying, “What’s mental health?” If you think about how far the conversation has come along in those three years where we’ve even what Royals championing what mental health is. My mother is an incredibly empathetic and thoughtful woman, but mental health was mental health, you’re not mental. That’s fascinating to me.
It’s incredible that any dialogue around people not being able to feel how they feel because, well, you’ve got this and you’ve got that and this compare and despair game that we have, the policing of each other. I will never not use my voice to talk about how it can be difficult day on day. I don’t know what it’s like to be a rice farmer in a third world country living on pennies a day. I can’t speak to that experience. That doesn’t then mean I can’t speak to my own experience whilst having empathy, whilst having awareness. Yeah, Ice Cream for Breakfast, I credit it — those girls brought me back to life. They did.
Chloe: It’s important point now that a lot of people tell me that they feel kind of guilt or shame about feeling depressed or anxious despite the privilege that they might have. Actually that reminder that it’s all relative. You feel how you feel, so don’t add an extra layer of bad feeling on top of making yourself wrong for feeling how you feel.
*Laura Jane Williams*: I think the most powerful thing that we can say to one another is, “That sounds really shit. I’m really sorry.” Because half the time that’s all we want. I’ve long said we just want to be seen. We just want to be heard. You don’t need the answers. You don’t need to waste a judgment. If somebody tells you, “This feels hard,” sometimes all they need to hear is, “I hear you and I see you,” and that makes it less hard. That’s it. That can be the magic answer.
Chloe: Don’t say at least you’re not a rice farmer in…
*Laura Jane Williams*: Yeah.
Chloe: Not so helpful.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Which wasn’t it in Eat Pray Love, where and I know this book has also been vilified. White woman explores the world to find herself but so many others found permission in that book to do something other than what was expected of us. She tells the beautiful story about her friend, the psychoanalyst who worked with Cambodian refugees. The Cambodian refugees weren’t talking about the horrors that they had seen and bore witness to. They were talking about well, “I met this man at the refugee camp and do you think he loves me? I think he’s going to marry my sister.” Those real just, “Do you hear me? Do you see me? Am I loved?” I thought that was like a beautiful observation to make.
Chloe: I love that. A theme that kind of comes up in Ice Cream for Breakfast is around play. Why do you think that’s so important and why is that so missing from so many of our lives do you think?
*Laura Jane Williams*: I’m currently reading Ash Ambirge The Middle Finger Project book. It comes out in February next year in the US and in the UK. I’ve long followed her work. I feel very privileged to have a preview copy of this book. She puts in context, this idea of work, work, work, work, work in a way that I have never seen explored before. She links it back to Protestantism, particularly in America, that it went from you don’t need anything to prove your devotion to God. You don’t need anything as long as He exists kind of a poverty of self to prove this devotion to high being. Then Protestantism a rose in popularity and it became, “No. You must work really hard and suffer to prove to God that you love Him. That it’s all for Him.”
Oh my God, I did not appreciate that link with religion and work. I live on the edge of the Peak District, about 15 minutes down the road from the birth of the Industrial Revolution. There’s a clock in the marketplace where you can tell it’s eight o’clock in the morning and we work until six, seven, eight o’clock at night. We follow, if it’s light we work. I think that we are totally devoid of play because where’s the ROI on play? What are your key performance indicators and what’s the return of investment on play?
It’s all about work, work, work, and I love the rhetoric now and the shift in values of works for work’s sake is really sad. It’s really sad. I know it goes hand in hand with a failing economy that millennials have said, “Wait a minute, working to work but I can’t even afford a house now like the boomers could.” We’re going, “Actually, how do I want life to look? What are my values? What is the point of it all? If I’m born and then I die, I want to have a bit of a laugh in the middle.”
So, here we are. I think it’s so weird. We are so deeply entrenched in getting a return on our investment. So, to play and do nothing — even like this idea of the portfolio career or like hyphenated career, coming home and you’re cross stitching them being something that you sell on Etsy, so then you monetize this hobby that was only ever supposed to be a hobby being bad at stuff. Maybe millennials were part of a generation where you even got a medal for taking part.
Actually, some people rise to the top of a particular thing and some people do not. That doesn’t mean that one person has a higher value than another. It just means that they’re good at this thing and you’re less good. For me, yoga is so playful, but I started out doing my yoga teacher training. I eventually left two days before I qualified. There was a man, I mean, what else is there to say? In so many ways, I think I’m so grateful that I did walk away from that and I don’t have a qualification in it.
Fun and play Now, I am somebody that has just done yoga for six, seven years, the best part of a decade rather than, “Yes, I’ve done yoga for the rest of the decade, and I’m a qualified yoga teacher.” Why do I need to certify my hobby? What is it in me –? Is it a validation thing? Why do I want the validation? I just want to be able to do something for the sake of doing it. I did do watercolor for a hot second. I went to an event that my Friend Lizzie, Elizabeth Scarlet designs. She was talking us through her design process and then invited us to do some water coloring and then we came home with the paints and the pad.
You can’t be on your phone when your water coloring. For a long time, I didn’t even have a big proper TV. So, just being there with my brush strokes looking terrible. I am a bad artist, but it was fun.
Chloe: It sounds like we do need to reconnect with the things that are just for fun. There doesn’t need to be any purpose or certificate at the end of it or even being good at it or getting approval, doing it just for the joy of doing it.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Maybe that comes back from childhood. Now I think about it like in gymnastics. We go to gymnastics every week but I still did my KitKat badges and I got my bronze award and my silver award and you know why we do that. We do that so that you collect the certificates and you get better and better. Then on your university applications, you can say “I’m a well-rounded individual. Here’s the proof. Keep on that exam treadmill.”
I have long lamented at 14, getting kids to pick 10 subjects. At 16, they drop that down to four subjects. At 18, they pick one subject to go to university, and then well, you spent all that money? What is it now? 50 grand. So, you better get into the world of work. It’s politicized control of the masses. Higher Education is a politicized control of the masses. You should only enter it willingly and with awareness and packing kids off in droves at 18 to get in that kind of debt, to set them on a path to work, work, work is gross to me.
Chloe: Such a good point. I’ve seen something, some kind of internet meme going around about I think it was like five signs you’ve internalized capitalism. One of them is thinking that you have to be productive all the time and rest isn’t productive. I think maybe that links back to things that you’re saying.
*Laura Jane Williams*: You know who’s good for that is not ministry on Instagram.
Chloe: Okay, yes, I’ve heard of them.
Napping *Laura Jane Williams*: Big fan of Nap ministry, who are very much like, if you need a nap, take a nap because the world will keep turning. I do it. I judge other people for being lazy because I can sit here and kind of theorize over all the reasons why, but I still have to catch myself and rewire deliberately that thought. I’m a victim of it too or maybe a willing participant. I don’t know, but definitely it has bitten me also.
Chloe: Yeah, I think that’s an interesting one and just inviting people listening to think about if we’re judging other people for being “lazy”. We also judge ourselves for that. So, by having compassion for other people, also developing that compassion for ourselves that it’s okay to do things that are not productive. In fact, rest. I always say to people rest is productive because you need to rest otherwise, you’re going to be rubbish. You’re going to feel rubbish other times in your life.
*Laura Jane Williams*: I think don’t confuse rest with — sometimes it’s productive rest to just sit and binge watch Netflix for a whole weekend, but I think we need to define what rest is without making people feel like, “Oh my god, I’m not even resting properly. There’s rules around how I rest,” but inviting. I certainly have to be mindful about inviting myself to what is active, useful rest? What is passive consumption of 10-hour long episodes of Succession where actually you’re not even paying that much attention because you’re also on your phone and also ordering a pizza. How can you be deliberate with the refueling? It’s also forgiving ourselves that if we want to watch 10 episodes of Succession in a row. It’s a hard one, isn’t it?
Chloe: It is, yeah, thank you for making that distinction. Sometimes one of my friends talks about what is most nourishing right now? What’s most nourishing? Sometimes not going to bed at eight o’clock and watching Netflix is going to be the nourishing thing and sometimes going to yoga is going to be the nourishing thing and it might just depend on the day.
Nourishment *Laura Jane Williams*: That is a beautiful word. Nourish like nourishment. That is a beautiful word. It reminds me of a plant. “Oh, my plant needs to be moved to the window. Oh, my plant is thirsty.” Nourishment, that’s a great show.
Anxiety Chloe: Do you have any advice for people listening who are maybe struggling with anxiety? Well, probably everyone listening to this is going to be struggling with anxiety, but is there any kind of advice that you would have for them?
*Laura Jane Williams*: I think it would be trust. Trust yourself and trust and how you feel. I think, I can’t speak for others, but certainly my own experience. I’ve often known on a more cellular level what the appropriate thing to do or not do is. Then get bogged down with letting my brain trick me of what I should do and what other people are saying about me and how everybody else is [inaudible 00:42:25] out. Anxiety can be so hard because so much of it relies on betrayal of your brain. Betraying you is what the actual truth of your reality is.
Coming back to yourself with forgiveness and trust, for me is an antidote to the kind of anxiety that historically I have had and continue to get. I appreciate it’s not that straightforward for so many people. I appreciate it’s not that straightforward for many people and the betrayal of your brain makes you think that you don’t deserve self-kindness or trust. That’s the catch 22, isn’t it? I do believe in talking therapy.
I had talking therapy to a charity who did it means tested. The fact that I was a part-time children’s nanny meant that I paid less than other people that I’ve known that have paid 100 pounds an hour. I know wasting less on the NHS are despicably long. I know that advent of your mind therapist now, but yeah, talk therapy is a huge thing for me. Just the acknowledgement that your brain is betraying you, tricking you. What is your top line advice? If I came to you and was like, I just feel paralyzed with my next step, what would you say to me?
Chloe: I have found for people that it’s very often a combination of a lot of little things that makes a difference. It might be for lots of people, they don’t tell people how they’re feeling. So, that would be a really good start, or it might be looking at self-care and really making that more of a priority. It might be finding some kind of meditation that works for them. I think that’s such an important point that you just made there about that thing of trust. I really resonate with that and recognize how I kind of put myself down because I felt like I couldn’t trust my brain.
I use that to shame myself into thinking I’m not good. I think just that distinction of actually recognizing that but actually having compassion for yourself at the same time, and knowing that actually, that isn’t the real part of you. The anxious thoughts, the distorted thoughts is not actually the real us. That actually there’s a deeper part of us that we can trust and kind of coming back to that. So, thank you for putting that into words. It’s something that I’ve actually thought about a lot, but you’ve articulated in a really nice way. Thank you.
Can you share — moving on from that topic, I just wanted to ask you to share a little bit about your latest book, which I have just started. I’m saving it for a trip that I’m taking a couple of weeks. I think it’s going to be amazing o read then. Can you say a little bit about that?
*Laura Jane Williams*: Yeah, are you talking about Our Stop?
Chloe: Yes, yes.
The life diet *Laura Jane Williams*: I only made the distinction because I did a short audio project similar to Ice Cream for Breakfast called The Life Diet, which is kind of like my manifesto of curating space in your life. Yes. So, Our Stop is my first novel, my third book, but my first novel. I’m actually trained in creative writing, so I’m trained in fiction. Very exciting to have my first novel out there. It is about Nadia Fielding and Daniel Weismann. They meet through the misconnections section of a London newspaper. Nadia spots an advert that basically sounds like her and ultimately, there’s a note back to Daniel and then it’s game on. They’re writing to each other, but the course of true love never did run smooth. Will they, won’t they finally get to meet?
I’m a romantic cynic. So, it surprises nobody more than me to write a rom com, but I truly do believe what you focus on expands. I am so proud that instead of sort of a piffy takedown of you do cynical millennial culture that I was able to just step into optimism and love and it made me feel optimistic. I hope that is what readers get from it as well. I have had some very kind notes and emails and people — I think somebody on Twitter just the other day said that he had sent a misconnectional inspired by Our Stop, like why not?
Chloe: Amazing.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Yeah, and that’s just so beautiful to me. I’m proud of it and I’m proud to put something hopeful out there. It also has a bite, it covers — there are elements of covering consent and drug culture and abuse of past relationships. There are some LGBT themes in there, but it is also this like classic boy meets girl story. It’s just boy can’t get over the grief of losing his father and girl is very cynical about how good men can truly be.
Chloe: Amazing. I hope people will check that out. I was reading the reviews and you’ve got so many amazing reviews of people saying they started reading it and couldn’t stop and just had to finish it kind of late into the night.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Yeah, that’s such an amazing feeling. I remember with Becoming, somebody telling me they’d read it in 24 hours. I think it was a review. I don’t read my reviews anymore. I don’t know what people are saying about Our Stop unless they like directly tagged me in something. Or sometimes my publisher forwards like, “Have you seen this? Have you seen that?” I don’t read my own reviews. It’s just why would I? You don’t hang a painting in an art gallery and then leave room for people to write underneath what they make of it.
The painting is same thing like it, love it, let’s move on. That’s how I feel. I’ve turned comments off on my Instagram. I’m just not interested in feedback unless you want to come directly to me in my inbox and like have a discussion. That’s great, but holding out for like what people think, that’s just not for me. I’ve got like more books to write. It would just paralyze me with fear, I think.
Also, that thing of like, “I want to be validated, but I don’t want to be seen.” I just want to remove myself from the conversation. Anyway, all of this to say, somebody said they had read Becoming in 24 hours. I was like, that book took like five years of my life and you read into 24 hours. Like, “Oh my God, how disrespectful.” Now I understand that it’s my job as the author to work really hard so that the reader doesn’t have to. That they can just power on through what happens next? What happens next? What happens next? I did not understand that even just a couple of years ago. I am truly honored if people have heard about it.
I’ve been photographed on a lot of holidays with people. That’s always an honor to be read on a sun lounger or for people that haven’t gotten away. I’ve been red on a rainy day like today when their kids have been home from school. It’s a privilege. It is.
Chloe: That’s so lovely. Thank you so much for speaking to me. I love everything that you’re about. Thank you for sharing so honestly, and with so much love. Where can people find out a bit more about you if they want to check you out?
*Laura Jane Williams*: Can I just say I feel like I’ve been really ineloquent about Our Stop. I’m so far into the next book that [inaudible 00:51:54] memory. I’m like, “What did I write in that book that came out, oh, three months ago?” How embarrassing. If people wanted to find out more, I’m on social media as Laura Jane author. My website with my bio and bits about my book is laurajaneauthor.com and I’m also on this podcast.
Chloe: Brilliant. I’ll put all those links in the show notes for everyone as well so you can click on those. Thank you so much.
*Laura Jane Williams*: Thank you.
Chloe: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode? Find me at Chloe Brotheridge. I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app, on iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast. Leave me a rating and is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast? You can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so, so grateful. I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead. Sending you loads of love. Hopefully you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 87. Ice cream for Breakfast, mental health and play with Laura Jane Williams appeared first on Calmer you.
It’s a strange concept, being kinder to yourself, you’d expect it to just come naturally. After all we spend most of our time with ourselves, so why wouldn’t we be kind to us?
Unfortunately, we tend to be very negative and self-deprecating. We tell ourselves that we need to lose weight, we’re not eating right, we need more exercise, we’re unorganised, we need to earn more money…it’s a never-ending cycle of negativity!
And we need to stop, right now.
What does it mean to be kinder to yourself? Being kinder to yourself is something that becomes increasingly more difficult when your mental health needs some TLC. It’s always going to feel like a hardship for someone who is dealing with anxiety, to take time for themselves, as they will believe that something else, way more important needs doing, right now.
But it doesn’t.
You’re the important thing that needs taking care of right now.
It’s ok to say ‘no’ Remember there is nothing wrong with saying ‘no’, you’re allowed to not want to do something.
Are you always the go-to for your friends when they want to vent? Are you always roped into moving days, hosting parties, planning get-togethers! As much as this can be fun and, we all need a shoulder to cry on sometimes, but is there someone for you to fall back on?
Friends and loved ones should always understand that when you make it clear that you’re unavailable or need to rest, then that is exactly what you mean. And if they don’t understand, then it might be time to find some new friends.
This can be a tricky one, but if certain individuals drain you or make you feel guilty or negative about yourself then you need to remove that toxicity from your life or at least reduce the amount of time spent with them.
This even goes for family members. As brutal as that may seem it may be necessary. There isn’t a rule book saying that you have to spend time with someone just because they’re family. Why inflict the negativity upon yourself?
Try this If cutting them out of your life completely makes you uncomfortable then at least just change the situation. Give them 45 minutes of your week for a cup of coffee, or half an hour on the phone. That way you can be prepared for the hostile situation and then be sure to plan something nice for yourself afterwards. Maybe some alone time.
We all only have so much we can give to each day, so be sure to reserve some energy for yourself.
The cycle of not being kind to yourself Feeling useless and negative often becomes a vicious circle. You want to feel good and that involves taking care of yourself but your brain is telling you that you’re rubbish and pointless and because you already feel rubbish, you believe it!
And so, the cycle begins again.
The journey towards being kinder to yourself can begin at any time of the year, any time of the week at any minute of the day. And it can be the smallest of changes or a huge dramatic gesture, either way it will be the start of a new outlook for you.
Being kinder to yourself builds confidence It will also become a great confidence booster, if you’re happy and comfortable with yourself on the inside it shows on the outside. Confidence makes you glow and with that glow comes a more relaxed version of you. When you’re relaxed the day just seems to flow ever so slightly easier and those annoying little hiccups can be brushed away. This doesn’t mean to say you won’t encounter stress and chaos ever again, I’m afraid this isn’t a miracle cure for a perfect life but it is a way to create a more serene life.
Breathwork can help If you’re always stressed and rushing around to the next appointment, task or chore, just stop.
Take 5 minutes and 10 deep breaths.
If that’s all you can muster for today then so be it, it’s better than nothing.
Eventually it will become second nature, you will notice that you’re not giving yourself time to unwind and you will just stop and breathe. An excellent way to introduce this into your day is with meditation, I know it’s not for everyone but a guided meditation in the morning is a great way to start the day relaxed and you’ve already done one thing purely for yourself!
Your idea of being kinder to yourself might be totally different to everyone else’s, but that’s the beauty of it! It doesn’t have to be anything like anyone else’s.
It’s entirely personal and should be something that makes you less stressed and more relaxed and purely for yourself. At times like this it is 100% acceptable to be selfish, in fact it’s not only acceptable it’s imperative. Selfishness has always been viewed as being a bad thing, a negative trait but there are times when you should be thinking solely about yourself. And not feeling guilty about it.
How can you begin to be kinder to yourself? Make a list of all of the ways you think you could be kinder to yourself; it could be taking 5 minutes every day to meditate, the next day you might have a long, luxurious bath with lavender and candles, it could be a big piece of chocolate cake, a walk in the park or something bigger, like planning that trip of a lifetime or maybe a weekend away.
Whatever it is, do it for you and with zero guilt because if you’re going to feel guilty about it then you’re not being kind to yourself. That’s why it’s best to start off small and work your way up. Taking 5 minutes out of your day to sit with a cup of tea is hardly going to cause the end of the world.
Why be kinder to yourself Why be kinder to yourself?
This might sound harsh but if you’re not kinder to yourself nobody else is going to do it for you. Friends and loved ones might tell you that you need to rest and relax and slow down but the only person who can physically make you do this is yourself. And if you don’t take time out to rest and rejuvenate, your body will pick its own time and you won’t have a say in the matter.
Whichever way you choose to be kinder to yourself is perfectly acceptable. Always remember; you cannot pour from an empty cup and if you wear yourself out, you’re no good to anybody.
Be kind always, and kinder to yourself.
The post How can you be kinder to yourself? appeared first on Calmer you.
It’s a strange concept, being kinder to yourself, you’d expect it to just come naturally. After all we spend most of our time with ourselves, so why wouldn’t we be kind to us? Unfortunately, we tend to be very negative and self-deprecating. We tell ourselves that we need to lose weight, we’re not eating right, […]
The post How can you be kinder to yourself? appeared first on Calmer you.
My aim is always to you you become your calmest, happiest and most confident self and so this week I’m addressing a topic selected by popular demand because I did a shout out on my Instagram and asked you what you wanted to hear about this week – and imposter syndrome came up a lot. For a long time, I too battled to overcome imposter syndrome.
My aim is always to you you become your calmest, happiest and most confident self and so this week I’m addressing a topic selected by popular demand because I did a shout out on my Instagram and asked you what you wanted to hear about this week – and imposter syndrome came up a lot. For a long time, I too battled to overcome imposter syndrome.
I’m going to be sharing my own experience with imposter syndrome. I’m going to be talking about what it is and how you can tell if you have it and a little bit about how common it is amongst people. You know, “Are we the only ones or is it something that’s a much bigger issue than we realize?” And I’m also going to be sharing some really practical things that you can do to manage your own imposter syndrome and start to overcome it so that it’s not holding you back from enjoying your life and going after the things that you want.
My own experience with imposter syndrome So I’m going to just start off by telling you about my own experience with imposter syndrome and this was a couple of years ago. The main experience I had with it occurred about three weeks before my book The Anxiety Solution was due to be published. I had felt pretty confident whilst I was writing The Anxiety Solution, I felt like I knew what I was talking about, I was kind of just in the zone with my writing, I felt like it was going to help a lot of people, I felt like the expert and I didn’t have any problems when actually writing it.
Get FREE confidence resources here
But it got to, as I said, about three weeks before the book was due to be published and suddenly — you know, this wave – I’ll be honest – this wave of anxiety came over me which I was not expecting and I started to really have doubts about myself, my abilities and about the book. I started to think about the fact that it wasn’t just going to be my mum reading it, that actually it was going to be out on bookshelves and that maybe more than a couple of people would read it and I started to think “What do I know about anxiety? Who am I to talk about this topic when I’m not perfect and I sometimes get stressed or worried or anxious?” and I started to think that it would have been better if someone else had written this book and just questioning myself in every way. I felt really quite a lot of tension in those couple of weeks before it came out.
So I know that it’s ironic that I wrote a book about anxiety and was, in fact, feeling anxious about it being released, but that is the truth. And actually this is an incredibly common issue. So a study from 2011 found that approximately 70% of people experience imposter syndrome at some point in their lives and just so that we’re clear about exactly what imposter syndrome means — Because I know that actually a lot of people haven’t heard that term before. They might have experienced what it is, but they might not actually know what that means.
What exactly is imposter syndrome? It’s basically where you feel like a fraud, where you feel like you fooled everyone into believing that you are competent but in fact, you’ve been blagging it this whole time and you’ve managed to fool everyone to get to the position that you are in today and in fact you don’t deserve to be there and it was just luck that got you where you are today and nothing to do with your own abilities. So this is imposter syndrome. It’s sometimes known as “imposter phenomenon”, “imposterism”, “fraud syndrome” or “the imposter experience”.
And I talk about this in my new book Brave New Girl and I spoke to a lot of people about this and I had a lot of female doctors get in touch with me and tell me that they believe that it’s right within their profession to experience imposter syndrome, to doubt themselves. You know what? In some ways, I think imposter syndrome — A little bit of imposter syndrome could be helpful! I mean, you wouldn’t want your doctor to be overly confident and never questioning themselves.
You kind of want your doctor to have that level of slight self-doubt that means that they’re safe and always learning and always growing. So in some ways, perhaps a little bit of imposter syndrome could be a good thing but in a lot of cases it really holds us back and it creates a lot of anxiety, a lot of worry, a lot of questioning and it stops us from being able to be ourselves and enjoy the moment.
Whose at risk of imposter syndrome? Imposter syndrome is more commonly found in women and this is not to discount the fact that it often happens in men, but it is something that is more likely to be found in women and that could be for a number of reasons. Probably because of the fact that women in general tend to have less self-belief than men and more self-doubt and more anxiety in general. It’s thought that women get twice the levels of anxiety as men, so it could probably be linked to that.
Another thing that I really have noticed a link with is perfectionism and this is something that, again, affects more women than men and you can imagine how that happens. As girls, we’re told to be good girls. We’re told to look perfect… all the messages we receive from a very young age are about perfection when it comes to us girls, and so we grow up with a feeling that we need to be perfect, that we need to do things perfectly and if it’s not perfect – if we’re not getting 100% – then maybe we’re actually an imposter and we don’t deserve the success that we have or we don’t deserve the job that we have.
Another area that it can be common to show up is if you are an “expert” in something. So this is probably where it came up for me because I’d come forward as an expert on anxiety and yet – I don’t know everything about anxiety. I am not perfect. I don’t have it all figured out – and so that’s where that self-doubt can come in and that’s where we can start to feel like an imposter. So if you in your career or your life in some way are an expert or are labelled an expert, this is where imposter syndrome can come up when we don’t feel like we’re perfect and we don’t feel like we know everything.
Where does imposter syndrome come from? And so, if you’re thinking about “Where has this come from?”… So firstly if you’re a female, you know, it could be to do with the difference in the ways that boys and girls are raised. It could also be to do with perhaps things that you were told as a child. So were your parents always telling you that you had to get 100% in your tests? Were you told that you’re not good enough? Did they have really high standards? You know, did you grow up having a fear of failure for whatever reasons? These sorts of things in childhood could mean that you doubt yourself and your abilities in adulthood. And actually, there could be a million reasons why you are trying to overcome imposter syndrome. Those are just a few examples.
And actually, imposter syndrome is a really new term. It was only coined in 1978 and there was an article written about the imposter phenomenon in high achieving women; because this is the interesting thing about imposter syndrome is that it’s most common in successful women. So women that are at the top of their game, doing really well in their careers and you’d think that they should feel confident about what they’re doing and their profession and their working life but in fact successful women are the ones that are most likely to doubt themselves and to struggle with this and to feel as though they’re a fraud about to be found out.
Overcoming Imposter Syndrome And it might be that you get a lot of external validation. You might be winning awards. You might be getting praise from your boss. But actually it’s about your own internal self-doubt and your own inability to acknowledge your own accomplishments and your own success. What happens when we experience imposter syndrome is also that we can either over-prepare for things where we push ourselves much harder than anyone else because we feel like we have to make up for this fact that we’re actually not good enough and we’re a fraud about to be found out or we go the other way and we actually procrastinate and put things off because it seems like too much to face things. It seems overwhelming or we’re so scared of failing – and we’re convinced we’re going to fail – that we don’t get started. And actually, if you struggle with procrastination, nine times out of ten it’s to do with fear of failure.
Simple steps to manage your own imposter syndrome So what I want you to know is that imposter syndrome is really normal. It affects about 70% of us, mostly women but men too, and so you’re really not alone with this. You’re not the only one experiencing this and it’s okay. So I’m going to share a few simple steps that you can take to start to manage your own imposter syndrome.
Acknowledge that you have imposter syndrome So step one is to acknowledge that you have imposter syndrome. There’s something really powerful about naming something that we have and putting a label on it so that we know it’s not just us, it’s a recognized syndrome and it doesn’t make it true just because we’re experiencing it, just because we believe it, just because we’re having those thoughts of doubt and worry. It doesn’t make it true.
So when we acknowledge something, we can start to put a box around it and we can start to change it and we can start to control it once we’ve acknowledged it and labelled it.
Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true. – Chloe Brotheridge
Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true The second step once you’ve acknowledged it is to recognize that you don’t need to take action on it. Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true. So you can say, for example, “Thanks for sharing”. If you’re having thoughts of self-doubt or about the fact that you don’t deserve the success you’ve got, you can just say “Thanks for sharing” and you can take action and move forward and live your life without having to take action on the thought and without needing to procrastinate or over-prepare or worry.
There’s a really interesting thing that Liz Gilbert, the writer, mentions in her book Big Magic which is a book about living creatively and trying to do that without fear. She tells a story about imagining that you’re driving a car and that fear is always going to come along for the ride in our lives. This idea that we can live a life free of fear is just not realistic. We all are going to experience fear at some point or another in our lives. It’s completely natural and normal.
So she asks us to imagine that fear, or imposter syndrome in this case, is going to be along for the ride. Particularly if you are doing things that are outside of your comfort zone and if you are living with anxiety. Particularly if you are putting something out there like I was with my book. That is obviously going to come with some fear attached! And actually, that’s okay. It’s actually natural and normal.
But when we’re thinking about this car analogy… So fear or imposter syndrome is in the car, but Liz Gilbert talks about not allowing fear to control the radio station and certainly not allowing fear to drive. So fear or imposter syndrome stays firmly in the backseat and it can come along for the ride but it’s not going to be able to drive. And so it’s about not letting that imposter syndrome take over, not letting it drive the car.
You don’t need to be perfect The next thing to remember — And I suppose this is kind of step three — is about the fact that you don’t need to be perfect. You don’t need to have everything figured out in order to be an expert or in order to be good at what you’re doing. It’s completely normal to not know everything. No one knows everything! We are all going to make mistakes at some point and we need to really be more forgiving of ourselves when it comes to making mistakes and be more forgiving of ourselves for not knowing everything.
Ask yourself: is this really true? And then lastly, asking yourself when you have this thought of “I’m not good enough” or “I don’t deserve to be here”… asking yourself “Is that really true?” Is that really true and can you absolutely know that it’s true? So I really had to ask myself this question when The Anxiety Solution was coming out and ask myself “Is that really true that I don’t deserve to write this book? Is it really true that I don’t know anything about anxiety?” No, that’s not true.
And actually, I started to find evidence that the opposite was true. So I started to find evidence that actually – you know what? – I have written this book. You know, a few people have read it. My publisher is Penguin and they liked it and they thought it was good enough and I have been working with people with anxiety for the last six years and I have had a lot of personal experiences that are useful to other people. So I was really searching for the evidence that the opposite was true – that I was good enough, that the book was going to do well, that I did have value to offer – and so really searching for that evidence to the contrary of that imposter syndrome.
Summary Okay, so just to summarize… remembering that imposter syndrome is incredibly common. It’s a syndrome. It’s a thing. Loads of people experience it. You’re not the only one. It doesn’t mean anything about you. It’s good to acknowledge it, but don’t let imposter syndrome drive the car. Tell it “Thanks for sharing”. Acknowledge the imposter syndrome without taking any action on it and remember that you don’t need to be perfect and then just question… “Is that really true?” and what’s the evidence that actually you are good enough, that you are worthy and you do deserve to be in the position that you’re in.
So I would love to hear from you about your experiences of imposter syndrome and what from this blog you’re going to be taking forward and actioning and what the learnings are for you. So please come on over to my Instagram @chloebrotheridge and come and send me a direct message or post a comment on the image for this podcast. And if you enjoyed this blog or you’ve got a friend who struggles with this and you think that they really need this in their lives, please do share this with a friend.
And just a reminder that in my latest book, Brave New Girl, I talk a lot about imposter syndrome. I share more stories and examples and more tips and I’m also talking about a lot of other topics that are very much related to this around confidence, fear of failure, speaking up and feeling that you are good enough and valuing yourself. So if post resonates with you, I think that you’re going to love Brave New Girl. So definitely check it out.
So thank you so much for reading. I’m sending you loads of love and I hope you have a brilliant week.
Get FREE confidence resources here My aim is always to you you become your calmest, happiest and most confident self and so this week I’m addressing a topic selected by popular demand because I did a shout out on my Instagram and asked you what you wanted to hear about this week – and imposter syndrome came up a lot. For a long time, I too battled to overcome imposter syndrome.
I’m going to be sharing my own experience with imposter syndrome. I’m going to be talking about what it is and how you can tell if you have it and a little bit about how common it is amongst people. You know, “Are we the only ones or is it something that’s a much bigger issue than we realize?” And I’m also going to be sharing some really practical things that you can do to manage your own imposter syndrome and start to overcome it so that it’s not holding you back from enjoying your life and going after the things that you want.
My own experience with imposter syndrome So I’m going to just start off by telling you about my own experience with imposter syndrome and this was a couple of years ago. The main experience I had with it occurred about three weeks before my book The Anxiety Solution was due to be published. I had felt pretty confident whilst I was writing The Anxiety Solution, I felt like I knew what I was talking about, I was kind of just in the zone with my writing, I felt like it was going to help a lot of people, I felt like the expert and I didn’t have any problems when actually writing it.
Get FREE confidence resources here
But it got to, as I said, about three weeks before the book was due to be published and suddenly — you know, this wave – I’ll be honest – this wave of anxiety came over me which I was not expecting and I started to really have doubts about myself, my abilities and about the book. I started to think about the fact that it wasn’t just going to be my mum reading it, that actually it was going to be out on bookshelves and that maybe more than a couple of people would read it and I started to think “What do I know about anxiety? Who am I to talk about this topic when I’m not perfect and I sometimes get stressed or worried or anxious?” and I started to think that it would have been better if someone else had written this book and just questioning myself in every way. I felt really quite a lot of tension in those couple of weeks before it came out.
So I know that it’s ironic that I wrote a book about anxiety and was, in fact, feeling anxious about it being released, but that is the truth. And actually this is an incredibly common issue. So a study from 2011 found that approximately 70% of people experience imposter syndrome at some point in their lives and just so that we’re clear about exactly what imposter syndrome means — Because I know that actually a lot of people haven’t heard that term before. They might have experienced what it is, but they might not actually know what that means.
What exactly is imposter syndrome? It’s basically where you feel like a fraud, where you feel like you fooled everyone into believing that you are competent but in fact, you’ve been blagging it this whole time and you’ve managed to fool everyone to get to the position that you are in today and in fact you don’t deserve to be there and it was just luck that got you where you are today and nothing to do with your own abilities. So this is imposter syndrome. It’s sometimes known as “imposter phenomenon”, “imposterism”, “fraud syndrome” or “the imposter experience”.
And I talk about this in my new book Brave New Girl and I spoke to a lot of people about this and I had a lot of female doctors get in touch with me and tell me that they believe that it’s right within their profession to experience imposter syndrome, to doubt themselves. You know what? In some ways, I think imposter syndrome — A little bit of imposter syndrome could be helpful! I mean, you wouldn’t want your doctor to be overly confident and never questioning themselves.
You kind of want your doctor to have that level of slight self-doubt that means that they’re safe and always learning and always growing. So in some ways, perhaps a little bit of imposter syndrome could be a good thing but in a lot of cases it really holds us back and it creates a lot of anxiety, a lot of worry, a lot of questioning and it stops us from being able to be ourselves and enjoy the moment.
Whose at risk of imposter syndrome? Imposter syndrome is more commonly found in women and this is not to discount the fact that it often happens in men, but it is something that is more likely to be found in women and that could be for a number of reasons. Probably because of the fact that women in general tend to have less self-belief than men and more self-doubt and more anxiety in general. It’s thought that women get twice the levels of anxiety as men, so it could probably be linked to that.
Another thing that I really have noticed a link with is perfectionism and this is something that, again, affects more women than men and you can imagine how that happens. As girls, we’re told to be good girls. We’re told to look perfect… all the messages we receive from a very young age are about perfection when it comes to us girls, and so we grow up with a feeling that we need to be perfect, that we need to do things perfectly and if it’s not perfect – if we’re not getting 100% – then maybe we’re actually an imposter and we don’t deserve the success that we have or we don’t deserve the job that we have.
Another area that it can be common to show up is if you are an “expert” in something. So this is probably where it came up for me because I’d come forward as an expert on anxiety and yet – I don’t know everything about anxiety. I am not perfect. I don’t have it all figured out – and so that’s where that self-doubt can come in and that’s where we can start to feel like an imposter. So if you in your career or your life in some way are an expert or are labelled an expert, this is where imposter syndrome can come up when we don’t feel like we’re perfect and we don’t feel like we know everything.
Where does imposter syndrome come from? And so, if you’re thinking about “Where has this come from?”… So firstly if you’re a female, you know, it could be to do with the difference in the ways that boys and girls are raised. It could also be to do with perhaps things that you were told as a child. So were your parents always telling you that you had to get 100% in your tests? Were you told that you’re not good enough? Did they have really high standards? You know, did you grow up having a fear of failure for whatever reasons? These sorts of things in childhood could mean that you doubt yourself and your abilities in adulthood. And actually, there could be a million reasons why you are trying to overcome imposter syndrome. Those are just a few examples.
And actually, imposter syndrome is a really new term. It was only coined in 1978 and there was an article written about the imposter phenomenon in high achieving women; because this is the interesting thing about imposter syndrome is that it’s most common in successful women. So women that are at the top of their game, doing really well in their careers and you’d think that they should feel confident about what they’re doing and their profession and their working life but in fact successful women are the ones that are most likely to doubt themselves and to struggle with this and to feel as though they’re a fraud about to be found out.
Overcoming Imposter Syndrome And it might be that you get a lot of external validation. You might be winning awards. You might be getting praise from your boss. But actually it’s about your own internal self-doubt and your own inability to acknowledge your own accomplishments and your own success. What happens when we experience imposter syndrome is also that we can either over-prepare for things where we push ourselves much harder than anyone else because we feel like we have to make up for this fact that we’re actually not good enough and we’re a fraud about to be found out or we go the other way and we actually procrastinate and put things off because it seems like too much to face things. It seems overwhelming or we’re so scared of failing – and we’re convinced we’re going to fail – that we don’t get started. And actually, if you struggle with procrastination, nine times out of ten it’s to do with fear of failure.
Simple steps for overcoming imposter syndrome So what I want you to know is that imposter syndrome is really normal. It affects about 70% of us, mostly women but men too, and so you’re really not alone with this. You’re not the only one experiencing this and it’s okay. So I’m going to share a few simple steps that you can take to start to manage your own imposter syndrome.
Acknowledge that you have imposter syndrome The first step to overcoming imposter syndrome is to acknowledge it. There’s something really powerful about naming something that we have and putting a label on it so that we know it’s not just us, it’s a recognized syndrome and it doesn’t make it true just because we’re experiencing it, just because we believe it, just because we’re having those thoughts of doubt and worry. It doesn’t make it true.
So when we acknowledge something, we can start to put a box around it and we can start to change it and we can start to control it once we’ve acknowledged it and labelled it.
Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true. – Chloe Brotheridge
Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true The second step once you’ve acknowledged it is to recognize that you don’t need to take action on it. Just because you have a thought doesn’t make it true. So you can say, for example, “Thanks for sharing”. If you’re having thoughts of self-doubt or about the fact that you don’t deserve the success you’ve got, you can just say “Thanks for sharing” and you can take action and move forward and live your life without having to take action on the thought and without needing to procrastinate or over-prepare or worry.
There’s a really interesting thing that Liz Gilbert, the writer, mentions in her book Big Magic which is a book about living creatively and trying to do that without fear. She tells a story about imagining that you’re driving a car and that fear is always going to come along for the ride in our lives. This idea that we can live a life free of fear is just not realistic. We all are going to experience fear at some point or another in our lives. It’s completely natural and normal.
So she asks us to imagine that fear, or imposter syndrome in this case, is going to be along for the ride. Particularly if you are doing things that are outside of your comfort zone and if you are living with anxiety. Particularly if you are putting something out there like I was with my book. That is obviously going to come with some fear attached! And actually, that’s okay. It’s actually natural and normal.
But when we’re thinking about this car analogy… So fear or imposter syndrome is in the car, but Liz Gilbert talks about not allowing fear to control the radio station and certainly not allowing fear to drive. So fear or imposter syndrome stays firmly in the backseat and it can come along for the ride but it’s not going to be able to drive. And so it’s about not letting that imposter syndrome take over, not letting it drive the car.
You don’t need to be perfect The next thing to remember — And I suppose this is kind of step three — is about the fact that you don’t need to be perfect. You don’t need to have everything figured out in order to be an expert or in order to be good at what you’re doing. It’s completely normal to not know everything. No one knows everything! We are all going to make mistakes at some point and we need to really be more forgiving of ourselves when it comes to making mistakes and be more forgiving of ourselves for not knowing everything.
Ask yourself: is this really true? And then lastly, asking yourself when you have this thought of “I’m not good enough” or “I don’t deserve to be here”… asking yourself “Is that really true?” Is that really true and can you absolutely know that it’s true? So I really had to ask myself this question when The Anxiety Solution was coming out and ask myself “Is that really true that I don’t deserve to write this book? Is it really true that I don’t know anything about anxiety?” No, that’s not true.
And actually, I started to find evidence that the opposite was true. So I started to find evidence that actually – you know what? – I have written this book. You know, a few people have read it. My publisher is Penguin and they liked it and they thought it was good enough and I have been working with people with anxiety for the last six years and I have had a lot of personal experiences that are useful to other people. So I was really searching for the evidence that the opposite was true – that I was good enough, that the book was going to do well, that I did have value to offer – and so really searching for that evidence to the contrary of that imposter syndrome.
Summary Okay, so just to summarize… remembering that imposter syndrome is incredibly common. It’s a syndrome. It’s a thing. Loads of people experience it. You’re not the only one. It doesn’t mean anything about you. It’s good to acknowledge it, but don’t let imposter syndrome drive the car. Tell it “Thanks for sharing”. Acknowledge the imposter syndrome without taking any action on it and remember that you don’t need to be perfect and then just question… “Is that really true?” and what’s the evidence that actually you are good enough, that you are worthy and you do deserve to be in the position that you’re in.
So I would love to hear from you about your experiences of imposter syndrome and what from this blog you’re going to be taking forward and actioning and what the learnings are for you. So please come on over to my Instagram @chloebrotheridge and come and send me a direct message or post a comment on the image for this podcast. And if you enjoyed this blog or you’ve got a friend who struggles with this and you think that they really need this in their lives, please do share this with a friend.
And just a reminder that in my latest book, Brave New Girl, I talk a lot about imposter syndrome. I share more stories and examples and more tips and I’m also talking about a lot of other topics that are very much related to this around confidence, fear of failure, speaking up and feeling that you are good enough and valuing yourself. So if post resonates with you, I think that you’re going to love Brave New Girl. So definitely check it out.
So thank you so much for reading. I’m sending you loads of love and I hope you have a brilliant week.
Get FREE confidence resources here The post Overcoming Imposter Syndrome appeared first on Calmer you.
My aim is always to you you become your calmest, happiest and most confident self and so this week I’m addressing a topic selected by popular demand because I did a shout out on my Instagram and asked you what you wanted to hear about this week – and imposter syndrome came up a lot. […]
The post Overcoming Imposter Syndrome appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I’m talking about winter anxiety – and yes, it’s a thing! – and so if you’ve been feeling a little bit more unsettled or anxious at this time of year, there are reasons for that. You’re not alone. You’re not the only one that is experiencing this. I can’t remember a summer like last […]
The post Winter Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
Today I’m talking about winter anxiety – and yes, it’s a thing! – and so if you’ve been feeling a little bit more unsettled or anxious at this time of year, there are reasons for that. You’re not alone. You’re not the only one that is experiencing this.
I can’t remember a summer like last year’s, to be honest, where it was hot for the majority of the summer – and for some people, that might feel a bit sad that we’re now moving into winter time and all the leaves are off the trees. Fortunately, daylight is starting to get longer, though slowly
7 tips and tricks for winter anxiety Winter anxiety can be quite an unsettling feeling because in a way it reminds us of change, I think, and when you’re struggling with anxiety change can be a big trigger for that.
So I’m going to be talking about 7 tips and tricks that I use myself and that I really recommend for this time of year as we’re moving into the colder months.
Ashwaganda So the first one is Ashwaganda. Now, you might have heard of this before. You might be thinking “Ashwa-what? How do you spell that?” It’s something that is getting talked about more and more by people who have tried this and have found that it is quite helpful in terms of anxiety; and it actually translates as “smell of horse”, which doesn’t sound that appealing to be honest, but don’t let that put you off.
Usually you can buy it in capsule form, so you won’t actually smell it. Actually, I don’t think it smells of horse but if things like the smell or the taste put you off you can get it in a capsule form. It is an Ayurvedic herb that has been used for thousands and thousands of years. Ayurveda is thought to be sort of three to five thousand years old. So it’s something that has been used traditionally to help us to feel calmer, to sleep better and it’s something that’s called an adaptogen and this is something that is very clever. It adjusts things in your body. So if for example you have something in your body that is too high, it will bring it down. If you’ve got something that is too low, this adaptogen will raise that level.
So for example, Ashwaganda can be helpful for lowering cortisol levels in people that have elevated cortisol and if you are stressed or anxious chances are your cortisol levels are higher than is probably very comfortable for you. So what it does is it brings that down and adaptogens just have this effect of re-balancing us.
You can do a bit of research yourself online about Ashwaganda, but if you Google it you will find loads on this, to be honest.
There are numerous studies that have found that it can perhaps help us to lower our anxiety levels and in my own experience I’ve found it quite helpful particularly before bedtime to have a small amount to really help you to have a good night’s sleep and unwind and switch off. A couple of brands that I’ve used before… One is Pukka. They combine it with Valerian in night-time capsules and it’s good before bedtime.
Another one that I got sent to try recently was from Wild Nutrition and I’ve been finding that quite a nice thing to take and just to include. So have a think about whether Ashwaganda could be something helpful for you, just to give yourself that extra bit of support at this time of year when maybe your anxiety levels are peaking a little bit.
Hot baths So number two is hot baths. For all year, but especially for winter anxiety. Now, I know this is not new information or anything ground-breaking but I just want to tell you this as a reminder. I was reading in The Guardian a couple of weeks ago and The Guardian were actually quoting a study that was reported in New Scientist magazine. This clinical study had used participants who had depression and they split them into two groups and they got one group of them to have a warm bath twice a week for about half an hour and the other group they asked them to do 40 minutes of aerobic exercise. What they found was that both groups improved in terms of their mood, but the ones that improved the most were the ones that were having the warm baths in the afternoon.
Their theory is that what happens when we have a warm bath is that it raises the temperate of our internal organs and this has an effect of synchronizing our circadian rhythms. If we have a low mood or if we’re struggling with anxiety, it might be that our circadian rhythms are somehow out of balance and what the warm water does is just to help us to get back into balance. So if you’re someone that just needs an extra excuse to have a warm bath, this might just be the excuse that you’ve been looking for.
I’ve been having quite a few baths lately. I just find it’s so nice to allow your body just to float in the hot water and it’s so good just for loosening tight muscles and for letting go of the day. What I do is I put a couple of handfuls of Epsom salts in the bath and these contain magnesium. Magnesium, you might have heard before, is the relaxation mineral. We actually absorb things through our skin. Not many people know this but you actually do absorb things through your skin, which is kind of scary when we think about the things that we put on our skin.
So magnesium in Epsom salts is absorbed through the skin into our bodies and it can help to relax our muscles because magnesium has this relaxing effect on our bodies. So kind of have to put quite a bit of Epsom salts in the bath. You can’t just sprinkle a few in there. I buy a huge bag (probably 5 kilos or something) online and I put a good two or three handfuls in there and also some essential oils. I put that into the bath as well and I like to read a book; and for me, that is just a good Friday night, to be honest! I don’t like to go out on a Friday night. I like to stay in and have a bath. So if you’ve been wanting to add something to your routine or if you just need an excuse to have a bath, know that there is evidence to suggest that it really is good for your mental health.
Exercise So for number three – speaking of exercise – obviously, we know that exercise is good for our mental health. I recently got back into running. I’d taken a big break for maybe a year or so from running because I’d been focusing a lot more on just going to the gym and lifting weights. I think actually the summer heatwave put me off wanting to run because it was just too hot for me.
But anyway, I’m getting back into running and I am loving the benefits of it. I think it’s so nice just to get out in the park, to run outside… If the sun’s shining, that’s even better, of course.
I know that lots of you are probably into your spin classes or your HIIT classes, but I want you just to consider whether these sorts of classes could be stressing you out more than they’re benefitting you – and I’m definitely not saying that this is the case for everyone, but what happens when we do these really high intensity exercise workouts is that we increase our levels of cortisol, because you are stressing the body when you really push yourself like that.
So I just want to invite you to think about whether doing something a little bit more moderate or gentle, maybe on certain days or maybe just knowing that you can do some moderate exercise and it doesn’t need to be these intense workouts, can have a really positive effect on your levels of anxiety and your mental health. So going for a really gentle jog in the park, going for a brisk walk… these things all will help to lower your anxiety levels and boost your mood.
I really like to think of it as play rather than “I’m going to exercise to punish myself for having eaten something or because I am forcing myself to go to this class”. How can you make it more enjoyable for you? How can you make it more like play, more like a treat or something that is restorative for you?
For example, tonight I’m going to a yin yoga class which is a very gentle, slow yoga class. It’s not one of these crazy Vinyasa flows that feel very aerobic. It really is about tuning into your body and slowing down. So just thinking about what might be the right kind of exercise for you and how you can find something that you enjoy. That is essentially how you’re going to be able to stick to it long term the best.
And also just inviting you to think about – if you’re getting back into exercise – were their times in the past where you were having a regular exercise practice and what was it that helped you in the past? So was it that you were doing it with a friend? Was it that you booked your classes in advance? Was it that you scheduled it into your diary? So if there was a time when you were really able to take that time for yourself, what was working for you? And if there wasn’t a time where you were exercising in the past, what have you seen other people do that helps them to stay motivated or to find the time or to do things that they enjoy?
Treat yourself the way you’d treat a beloved pet So number four for winter anxiety – I want to think about how you could treat yourself the way that you would treat a beloved pet. Now I was thinking about this today as I was walking through the park. I live near Victoria Park in London and there are the most amazing dogs being walked in Victoria Park and I always think about how lovely people are to their dogs. We give them so much love, cuddles, time to play, healthy food, plenty of sleep. We tell them that we love them, we tell them how good they are and yet we’re often not very nice to ourselves and we don’t make time to play or sleep and go and run in the park.
So I want you to think about how you would speak to yourself and treat yourself if you were treating yourself the same way that you would a beloved pet, whether it’s a cat or a dog or something else. Really tune into that sense of love and being able to take care of yourself, especially as we’re moving into a different season and perhaps the pace of life might be slowing down a little bit. It’s a really good time to be kinder to yourself and to up the self-care, I think.
And just on a side note: I am obsessed with shitzsus and I would love to get a shitzu but my partner is not that keen and so I’m just putting it out there to anyone listening who has a shitszu, who lives in Hackney in London, get in touch with me because I would love to take your dog for a walk! Okay, I’m putting it out there and I hope that someone will find a dog for me to walk.
Anyway, maybe one day I’ll get a dog. I think dogs are amazing for mental health, actually. You know, just that excuse to get out and have a walk and the excuse to take a break, I think is amazing.
Take a vitamin D supplement So number five. My suggestion for winter anxiety is to take a Vitamin D supplement. I used to work as a nutritionist in the NHS and we were always telling people that you’ve got to have a Vitamin D supplement. Actually, the NHS recommend that everyone in the UK should take a Vitamin D supplement and that’s because we don’t get a lot of Vitamin D from our diets and we don’t get enough from the sunlight because it actually isn’t sunny enough here for us to get enough Vitamin D.
Particularly if you are very fair-skinned and you stay out of the sun or you’re dark-skinned and you won’t make as much Vitamin D from the sun, it’s especially important for you. I’ve got one that is a spray and you literally just spray it under your tongue once a day, which is perfect if you’re somebody that maybe doesn’t like taking pills.
Vitamin D, even though it’s called a vitamin, it’s actually a hormone and it plays a lot of important roles in your body. One of the reasons scientists think that we get Seasonal Affective Disorder which is where you have a lower mood. Often in the winter months it’s to do with the darker shorter days, is because we have less Vitamin D at this time of year. So taking a Vitamin D supplement is important for everyone and particularly if you have winter anxiety.
Another suggestion, is to try and get some sunlight in your eyes in the morning. And again, this is to do with regulating our circadian rhythms. And I’m lucky in my apartment because I have a window that is facing east so in the morning I can get a bit of sunlight in my eyes or I try and get out and have a walk in the morning.
So that might mean for you working to work or at least part of the way walking to work, or just trying to get some sunlight in the morning and it really can help to keep at bay things like Seasonal Affective Disorder. It’s also thought that it helps you to sleep as well because it helps to regulate things like your melatonin levels.
Going Alcohol-free Number six to help with winter anxiety. This is kind of a tip but also a bit of an update if anyone is wondering. I am just coming up to four months alcohol-free and if you haven’t already check out Episode 28 where I am talking to Joanne Bradford and we talk about living alcohol-free and the challenges and the benefits that come along with that. I have to say, it hasn’t been the easiest thing.
There have definitely been some ups and downs. There have definitely been some moments where I’ve thought “Mm, I would love a glass of wine now” or everyone around me is having a glass of bubbly and I’m feeling a bit left out, but overall the benefits have been massively positive and I am going to stick with it for the time being.
I am curious if any of you have tried this. Or if you’re interested in trying to have a break from alcohol or just experimenting and seeing whether having a break from alcohol could impact your anxiety levels. Lots and lots of people report that it has an impact.
I’ve found that I am a lot more productive I have to say, without any hangovers. The weekends are more productive. I’m fitter because I’ve been exercising more, because I’m more motivated, because I’m not hungover. Not that I was hugely hungover all the time, but even after a couple of glasses of wine I think I was less inclined to want to go to the gym.
Also, Monday mornings. You know, it’s a revelation when you stop drinking. Monday mornings become a lot more pleasant indeed. So yeah, that’s just been my experience of it recently.
The full story on social media Okay, and so tip number 7 of my winter anxiety hacks. This just relates to a conversation that I read on Twitter that I just thought might resonate with you because it made a lot of sense for me. The person tweeting is Vicky Sprat and she’s @victoria_sprat on Twitter. She is an editor at Grazia and she’s also writing a book about the housing crisis and she basically has been tweeting about how a lot of people who write about or post on social media about the fact that they’ve bought houses are not disclosing the fact that they have moved home with their parents to save money or they have received money for their deposit for their house.
Now, I know from lots of you messaging me and from my own experience that there’s a lot of pressure on us to have reached certain milestones in our lives and if we haven’t gotten married or bought a house or got to a certain level in our careers then it’s all too easy to compare ourselves to other people, but I think it’s really important just to be aware that there is often so much going on on the other side of peoples’ lives that they’re not disclosing, they’re not sharing on social media and we’re really not seeing the bigger picture.
This is not, by any means, to judge people who are lucky enough to get money from their parents for a house; not at all. But it’s just important for us to remind ourselves that we’re not seeing the big picture on social media and this can be extended to all areas of social media. So people that are posting selfies and they have spent, you know, an hour on their makeup and they have Botox in their foreheads and fillers in their lips or hair extensions and all those things that people do to make themselves look better… they’re not necessarily sharing about those things and yeah, we might compare what we look like when we’ve just woken up with these images that we see online.
Again, it’s not to judge people that do those things whatsoever, but it’s just a good reminder that we’re comparing ourselves with something that isn’t real essentially in those situations and we’re comparing ourselves with something that is not comparable to our situation. For example, if you are working hard to save a deposit and it might take you several years and someone else that you know suddenly has their deposit money and they’re buying a house, it’s all too easy to compare yourself. Just remember that there were lots of other situations going on that we don’t know about.
Another example might be – and this is actually something that I did the other day. I posted a picture of my desk looking really beautiful with some flowers on there and looking all neat, and actually behind me (at the kitchen behind me) it was a complete mess and I obviously wasn’t posting a picture of my messy kitchen on Instagram. So just to remember that even if people are posting pictures of their gorgeous homes, you don’t know that they might have spent hours cleaning, they might have mess just right out of shot that we can’t see. So, you know, don’t feel bad about your messy kitchen basically.
And this extends to every area of our life. You know, if people are posting about their holiday with their partner, they’re not going to be sharing about the argument that they had on the way to their holiday . So don’t feel too bad about it because you never know what might be happening behind the scenes.
I, for example, am pretty much always guaranteed to have an argument with my boyfriend on the way to the airport. I don’t know why, but I think it’s the fact that my boyfriend has a reputation for missing flights and I love to be early for things [Laughs]. Anyway, we always have a holiday argument, a pre-holiday argument, every time we go to the airport. So yeah, I just thought I’d share that as well.
Summary of 7 winter anxiety tips So just as a recap of these 7 winter anxiety tips… Consider taking Ashwaganda. It could help to balance your body and balance your anxiety levels. Hot baths help with your mood. Trying to do some exercise, even moderate exercise, can really help your mental well-being. Treat yourself like you would a beloved pet, take a Vitamin D supplement and consider having a break from alcohol and then finally – know that people are not sharing the full story on their social media. So don’t feel too bad and just remember that everyone is struggling with something. Everyone has got some shit going on in their lives. You are not the only one. I can guarantee that.
Okay, so I would love to know from you guys if you have any other winter anxiety tips. You can reply to my email and let me know or you can come over and comment on the post of this podcast on Instagram. I am @chloebrotheridge on Instagram. Anyway, I am wishing you a really good week. I’m sending you loads of love and I hope that you will tune in again. Catch you soon… bye-bye.
The post Winter Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I discuss: The thing I teach all my 1 on 1 clients about confidence The most important belief you must develop in order to transform How to get to the root of your issues with confidence in order to change it Simple steps to boost your confidence and self-esteem Join confidence […]
The post Ep 86. More Confidence in 8 Steps appeared first on Calmer you.
In this solo episode, I discuss:
Join confidence challenge 5 days to become more confident, connect with others on the same path and have fun. It’s one of my favourite offers and totally free. Join at www.calmeryou.com/confidence-challenge
A special offer from our sponsor This podcast is sponsored by Blinkist. Get a 7-day free trial and 25% off when you head to www.blinkist.com/calmeryou
Transcript Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and a hypnotherapist and the author of two books, The Anxiety Solution, and Brave New Girl, which is all about how to grow your confidence. So, today I’m going to be sharing with you a number of steps that I think if you follow them, will help you to be calm and your most confident self, to tap into the innate courage that is within you, and start to feel better about doing the things that you want to do, being you in the world, and going outside of your comfort zone.
Journey to becomming a more confident person And so this is really an area that I’m passionate about talking about having to struggle with my own issues around confidence and self-esteem for so so long and going on a journey to become a more confident person. And I’m not saying that it’s the case that we will just one day emerge like a butterfly out of the chrysalis a new person. But the reality is that it’s a journey. It’s a process. And little by little, we can start to make changes and we can grow. And we can discover more about what’s possible for us and expand what is possible for us. So, I’m going to share with you eight steps for becoming your most confident self.
Believe that you can change So, number one is to believe that you can change. And I can’t tell you how important this step is. It sounds so simple, but actually is an incredibly powerful shift that so many of us actually need to make before we can start to make a change. Because when we are in a bad place, when we struggled with something for a long time, when we feel that we’ve tried a lot of things and they haven’t worked, it can be so easy to tell ourselves, that we are just not confident people and we are going to be stuck, feeling this way forever and there’s not much we can do about it. And yet, and yet, the reality is that change is always possible. We are always changing your brain is always changing. Depending on what you do, depending on what you think, what you focus on, those neurons are being created, old patterns of thinking, old neural pathways are degrading as you use them less and less. And so [??? 02:18] neurological level it is possible to change. And there’s that old classic quote from Henry Ford, “You believe you can or you believe you can’t. And either way, you’re right.” And this really encapsulates, even though it’s quite a cheesy quote, by now, it will encapsulate this truth, that when we believe we can change, it makes it easier to change. And so even if you are just experimenting with the possibility that change can happen for you, that is enough. Even if you’re doing an experiment in your mind and you’re saying, “What will happen if I just play around with this mindset for a few weeks until I start telling myself that change is possible, and start allowing myself to imagine what it would be like to be different?” You don’t have to change your beliefs straight away, you can experiment with it at first and see how you get on.
Confidence challenge starting in February I want to let you know that I have a confidence challenge coming up in the next few weeks. I would love for you to be involved. The last time I ran this, I had an incredible response of people saying that it really shifted things for them. People started making changes in their lives, feeling more confident after just five days of being involved in this confidence challenge. So, I’d love you to join me. Enter your details at CalmerYou.com/Confidence, and I will send you all the details of this challenge that is coming up. So, in the challenge, over five days you’ll learn practical tools to become more confident. You’ll also be invited to get involved in some challenges, things that you might not have done before, things that you might not have thought of that actually create the change, that actually means that you can’t help but become more confident as a result of doing this. We’ll also be connecting as a community in our Facebook group, which you can only access if you enter your emails, CalmerYou.com/Confidence. And in this community, it was incredible last time I ran this how amazing it was to see you guys supporting each other, making new friends, letting each other know that you’re not alone, helping each other to learn and grow. It was really, really inspiring and quite moving for me. So, I really hope you’re gonna join me in the challenge.
Know your why So, step number two, when it comes to growing, your confidence is tuning in to what is important to you about changing. Because if we can connect with our why, with our reason behind wanting to do something, it gives us the strength and the motivation and the inspiration to stick with something that might be actually quite challenging at times or might be uncomfortable at times. It keeps you on that path. And we don’t just want to be confident for the sake of it. We want to be confident for a reason. So, what is that reason for you? I know that for me, it was about wanting to be calmer in my day to day life. It was about wanting to connect with people more, it’s about wanting to make more friends, it was about wanting to help people with what I’d learned; all these things I needed confidence for. And when I was able to really connect to why I wanted to be more confident, it’s incredibly inspiring. I felt motivated to take action. I was invigorated by the truth of my mission and what really mattered to me. And it really gives us that forward motion and forward momentum to make a change. So, ask yourself, what’s important to you about changing?
Getting to the root of the struggle Number three is about really getting to the root of why you struggle with confidence in the first place. No one is born with a lack of self-confidence. All babies are born feeling pretty great about themselves, I think. Babies know that they are lovable. They know that their smile can light up a room. They know that when they cry, that they get their needs met, and they just have to ask. And this is, hopefully, most babies. And yet we kind of forget this as adults and as older children. This gets deprogrammed due to different experiences in our lives, different things that happened to us. And so working out and working on where these things really come from is so so key. So, for you, it might have been that you got bullied at school, and that’s really at the root of your confidence issues. For you, it might be that you had a really critical parent that never said that what you did was good enough. And so you’ve really carried that with you as your internal dialogue, and now you beat yourself up all the time. Whatever it is, working on getting to the root of where your confidence issues come from, and learning to process that, learning to tell yourself a different story to recognize actually, the bully is telling you that you are ugly when you were eight. You know, those kids maybe had their own issues. Maybe they had people bullying them. It wasn’t about you, and it wasn’t your fault, and it wasn’t a reflection on you as a person. So, whether you seek out therapy, whether you journal on this, whether you look into hypnotherapy sessions, whether you join my online course, Brave New You, whatever it is, there are so many ways that you can start to resolve the root causes of your confidence issues. So, I really urge you to do some work in that direction.
Don’t worry about what other people think So, number four is just a reminder really, that we can’t control what other people think of us. So, many of us, we hang our self-esteem on the opinions of other people. If people put us down, we allow that to drag us down. We maybe need the approval of other people, we think we need the approval of other people before we’ll feel good and relax in ourselves. And the reality is that, firstly, you can’t control what other people think of you. Other people are gonna think what they think and so often it doesn’t have anything to do with you. You might remind them of someone that they used to dislike. You might mirror back to them a quality that they don’t like about themselves. It’s so often isn’t really about you. So, firstly, you can’t control what other people think. And secondly, the thing that really matters is not what other people think, it’s actually what we think about ourselves. Because you could have all the praise and all the adoration in the world, all the good feedback in the world, and if you don’t like yourself, it’s not going to mean anything. Simultaneously, if you’re somebody that, you know, you’re a good person, you know that you can give things a try and that’s enough, you like yourself, then getting some bad feedback or getting some criticism, it’s not going to affect you in the same way because you have that strong, solid base of liking yourself. And so often we put that outside of ourselves, we give our power away to other people and actually, we have the power for how we feel because we get to decide how we feel about ourselves. So, working on how you feel about yourself is one of the most important things.
Imposter syndrome So, step number five is around imposter syndrome. And you probably heard me talk about imposter syndrome a few times. It’s something that affects a lot of us. A lot of us don’t even realize that that is what it is that we have. Imposter syndrome, in case you don’t know is this sense that we are a fraud, and we’re going to get found out at any moment. And we’ve been just lucky this whole time. We got this job because the person in the interview happens to like us, or the only reason that we have a big group of friends is just pure luck, and we don’t take ownership for our own successes. We think that people are going to discover that we’re not good enough, and that’s going to be terrible. And one thing that I recently discovered about imposter syndrome is that it’s practically universal. Studies have found that up to 80% of people, probably more than that, probably the other 20% just don’t want to admit it, experienced imposter syndrome. I’m always curious about Donald Trump. I wonder if he gets imposter syndrome or not. He doesn’t appear to but you never know. So, if 80% of us or almost everyone experiences imposter syndrome, it’s this universal thing. And it’s so easy to think that we are the only ones who are worried and doubting ourselves and not good enough. And in fact, everyone is having these sorts of worries and all these concerns. So, perhaps just knowing that it’s a universal trait, it’s a universal concern can help you just to detach yourself from those self-critical thoughts and feelings. And when you start to, hopefully, take the self-doubt a little less seriously, and take a step back from it and recognize, yeah, you know what, I might be having these thoughts that I’m not good enough, but actually, everyone has these thoughts, and I’m going to go ahead and give things a try anyway.
Learn to love compliments So, number six is about learning to love compliments. And I know I said a few minutes before that we shouldn’t hang our self-esteem on what other people think of us. But at the same time, how many people reject compliments? How many people find it hard to accept nice things or even accept that we might be good at something? I know that that used to be a massive struggle for me. It was really hard for me to even acknowledge that I was good at something. I just found it really uncomfortable. And a big part of me worried that I would come across as arrogant or conceited if I accepted that I might be good at something. And yet, the reality is that we’re all good at certain things and we’re all bad at other things and that is okay. That’s just part of being a human being. A lot of us have had it drummed into us that to like ourselves and love ourselves is arrogant. And yet, that is so far from arrogance. Arrogance actually comes from feeling insecure. And actually, when we’re developing an authentic self-confidence it’s so far away from arrogance. And so I want to just let you know that it’s okay for you to accept compliments. It’s okay for you to know that you look nice or that you’re good at things or that you’re good at something or that you’re a good friend.
And sometimes the first step in learning to love compliments is just to practice graciously accepting them. All you need to say is thank you. You don’t say anything else. You don’t need to say, “Oh, this old thing or, but you look amazing.” Or the thing that I used to always do was just to quickly change the subject and not even acknowledge the fact that I’ve been given a compliment. Not cool. So, the best thing to do is to just say thank you. And one thing I’d really encourage you to do is to try to remember the compliments that you’ve been given. Think back on your life, what are the things that your partner or your best friend or your sister or your brother or your work colleagues or boss from five years ago, what are the nice things that they have said to you? What are the compliments that they have given you? And how can you just start to remind yourself of those things, and allow yourself to believe them, allow yourself to accept them, and allow them to sink into you, and to be integrated into your self-image. Because sometimes we all need these little reminders for ourselves about the value that we bring to other people’s lives, about the fact that we’re good at what we do, and the fact that we are good people, generally, and just having that little mental note, or even a physical note of the nice things that people have said can just give us a bit of a boost on days when perhaps we’re doubting ourselves and not feeling so great.
Perfect doesn’t exist So, number seven, when it comes to feeling more confident is to remind ourselves of this truth, this universal truth that perfect doesn’t exist. How many of you guys listening have said to yourself, “I’ll be confident when I’m perfect. I’ll be confident in my body when I’ve got that quote-unquote, perfect body. Or I’ll be confident in my abilities as a speaker when I know that I’ve absolutely nailed it and it’s perfect.” How many of us are chasing perfection and not giving ourselves permission to feel good about ourselves until we’re at that perfect point, which by the way, doesn’t actually ever arrive because perfect is just an opinion? And we can never be perfect in the eyes of everyone. And perfect is something that constantly changes. It’s actually something as well that doesn’t exist in nature. Perfect doesn’t exist in nature. It’s something that doesn’t exist in human beings. We are messy, and we get things wrong, and we don’t fit into neat little boxes. We go outside the lines. And so to put this pressure of being perfect on ourselves, it’s just unrealistic. So, just giving you this reminder, I’m sure you know this already, but just really as a reminder to let go of perfect and to recognize that you don’t need other people to be perfect very often. And just recognizing how good enough is enough, allowing ourselves to give things a try, to do our best, and know that that’s really what is enough. And instead of seeking perfection, there’s that old saying, “Go progress over perfection.” Progress over perfection. We can be learning, we can be adjusting what we’re doing, we can learn more about ourselves, and we can get better as a process towards constant growth. But we’re never going to get to this point of perfect.
Visualise a more confident you And then the final thing that I think will really help you with your confidence is to create an image of your more confident self. So, when you think about yourself, maybe a few months in the future, maybe three or four months in the future, and during this time you’ve been working on being more confident, working on your self-esteem, and you’ve made progress. And in this future time, you notice yourself feeling better. You’ve got this confident air about you, you’re holding yourself in a more confident way. And you’re doing things that perhaps in the past, you wouldn’t have done before. You’re being kinder to yourself, and you’re speaking up about what’s important to you. You’re allowing your ideas to be heard. Perhaps you’re even going after that idea, that business, that blog, that new opportunity, that new relationship, that travel that for a long time you’ve wanted to do, but a lack of competence has held you back. But now you’re actually going for it. There’s something really powerful about creating an image of yourself as you want to be. And again, this isn’t about perfection. This is just about sending this idea to yourself about what’s possible. Again, it’s about helping you to believe that change is possible, helping you to get clear on what it is that you want. And something interesting happens when we visualize, when we imagine things. And I talk to one on one hypnotherapy clients about this all the time that when we imagine something, and we use all of our senses to imagine that clearly, the subconscious mind doesn’t know the difference between something that we vividly imagine, and a real situation. So, we can use our imagination to plant a seed about what’s possible in our minds, to give ourselves a suggestion about what it is that we want by visualizing our competent future selves.
So, this is one of the things that I have a free guided meditation around in the confidence challenge and you can get that mp3 as part of the challenge. So, those are my eight steps for a more brave and confident you. And I’d love to know which ones of these you’re going to be putting into practice. Let me know on Instagram. You can find me @ChloeBrotheridge. And do join us in the challenge, it’s taking place in a few weeks time. And you can just enter your details, it’s free. Head to Calmer You, that’s C-A-L-M-E-R Y-O-U.com./Confidence. And you can enter your details there and you’ll get all the details when the challenge is ready to go. So, thank you so much for listening today. I really hope this has been helpful for you. I’m sending you love for wherever you are today, whatever you’re doing, I hope you have a brilliant week and hopefully, you’ll tune in again soon.
The post Ep 86. More Confidence in 8 Steps appeared first on Calmer you.
Is the inner critic holding you back from living the life you’d love to live? Get my best strategies for quieting the inner critic. Join my FREE life-changing confidence challenge here https://www.calmer-you.com/confidence
The post How to handle the inner critic appeared first on Calmer you.
Is the inner critic holding you back from living the life you’d love to live? Get my best strategies for quieting the inner critic.
Join my FREE life-changing confidence challenge here https://calmer-you.com/confidence
The post How to handle the inner critic appeared first on Calmer you.
When you possess good self-esteem and confidence, there’s no doubt it opens up a world of opportunity, but what happens if you don’t? A report for Mental Health UK tells us that only a small amount of adults in the UK report positive mental health (13%), 4 in ten reporting feelings of depression and a quarter have experienced panic attacks. Those statistics are concerning but they are not insurmountable. So why are people feeling a lack of self-esteem and confidence?
First of all, what is self-esteem? Forgive me if you already know, but sometimes, people need a gentle reminder. Self-esteem is feeling good about yourself, respecting yourself, feeling positive about your persona and being able to take on every day with confidence.
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmation Here
The Role of Social Media
With the rise of social media displaying images of happy, beautiful and self-assured people living celebrity lifestyles, it’s no surprise there are so many out there feeling inadequate with low self-esteem. Of course, those pictures only display the very best of people –it is practically impossible for every single human on the planet to live up to that expectation because it isn’t a true reflection of real life. However, it’s easy to get caught up in the social media pressures and then there are other pressures too.
Have you Felt Rebuffed?
You may well just be the shy type, or you get butterflies at the thought of doing something that takes you out of your comfort zone? Maybe you’ve experienced rebuffs in the past and those knocks have stayed with you.
Luckily, self-esteem and confidence is something that you can build on. They’re so important too, when you have confidence and you feel good about yourself, you don’t let doubt stand in your way. You have the power to take on complicated tasks or try new things, safe in the knowledge that you should succeed! You also don’t let knock-backs affect your mind-set and you feel happier within yourself.
Self-esteem and confidence are the keys to positivity, so let’s look at 9 ways to build them up:
If you generally feel negative, you can bet your bottom dollar that many of your 70,000 thoughts will have some sort of negative connotation. By trying to stay in tune with your thoughts you can turn those negative ones into positives! For example, if you wake up and your first thought is that you’re dreading the day ahead. Quickly switch it around to reminding yourself of something nice that you’re going to do – even if it’s as small as chatting to your friend later! Or why not decide to wear your favourite outfit. The important message here is when you remember, turn that negative thought into a positive, it will help.
Are you a good listener? Do your friends turn to you for sound advice? Perhaps you’re a fantastic dancer – or you have the most beautiful eyes? You may well have worked your way up the corporate ladder or you run your home with military precision! You could be an artist or have a talent for singing? The point is, every person on earth has so many wonderful aspects of their personality but it’s easy to forget what they are. Make a list of what you’re good at (keep focussing on positive thoughts) and add to that list every time you remember something you know you do well or something about you that others appreciate. Put that list somewhere you can see it and if you feel a sense of self-doubt, read that list.
Be Good to Others When you do something nice for someone else, you feel good about yourself! So, pay a stranger a compliment, offer to help a friend or just do something small like make a cup of coffee for a busy colleague. When you’re appreciated, you instantly know that you’ve brightened someone else’s day and it releases feel-good endorphins. Remember how good it feels when someone does something nice for you? When you know you’ve made someone happy, you feel fantastic!
Take Some Exercise Sometimes it’s hard to get to the gym! Not only is time precious – filled up with work, family, friends and chores, for lots of people, the thought of exercise is enough to send them running in the other direction (pardon the pun). However, exercise is what you need to release those happy hormones again and is a superb stress-reliever. Exercise makes you feel better about yourself and if you do go to a gym, it gives you the added bonus of being surrounded by people giving you a sense of community. Exercise is part of self-care and that’s vital for everyone to do, to feel good. Even if you’re not partial to lifting weights or using the step machine, a daily walk in the fresh air for 20 minutes will make you feel much lighter inside.
Show Yourself Some Love Following on from exercise as self-care, if you don’t look after yourself, you won’t be able to build confidence. Self-care is really important and encompasses a variety of different things, from taking a luxurious bubble bath with candles to being mindfully kind to yourself. Make time to do things you enjoy, take in a happy movie with a good friend, spend time with your loved ones, read a book that encourages positive thinking. Boost your confidence by buying a new top that you know suits your colouring. Feeling good about yourself goes a long way to self-esteem building and confidence.
Sleep Well If you don’t sleep well, you won’t function well. Sleep problems create anxiety and when you don’t get sufficient rest, you are far more irritable. When you have a good night’s sleep, you feel much more able to cope with the day ahead. If you do have sleep problems, making sure you relax for a good hour or so before bed can help as can having a dark room and banishing all electronic items from the bedroom. Be sure to stop using your iPad or tablet/mobile phone a good hour before you go to bed because their bright lights can interrupt sleep patterns.
Eat Well Eating well will also help you feel better about yourself and a nutritious diet nourishes the body and mind, while stabilising mood. If you don’t eat, you don’t feel good, fact. The body needs an abundance of vitamins and minerals to function properly so make sure you enjoy a balanced diet of protein, carbohydrates and “good” fats along with plenty of fruit and vegetables and schedule a proper breakfast, lunch and dinner.
Don’t Drink or Smoke Turning to cigarettes, recreational drugs or alcohol is a temptation especially as they can boost mood. However, that mood-enhancer is only for the short term and obviously damages your body in the long-term. Remember, dependency on any of these addictive things can stop you from dealing with your problems. It’s fine to have an alcoholic drink once in a while but when it becomes a regular occurrence, it becomes problematic. The bottom line is don’t use cigarettes, recreational drugs or alcohol as a crutch.
Set Yourself a Goal! Challenge yourself. If you believe in the impossible, it will happen! Set yourself a goal – perhaps it’s rock climbing, or to complete a half marathon? Maybe you want to try for that promotion? Or it could be you‘d like to broaden your social life. Write down the goals you want to achieve and choose one at a time, if you want to recruit a friend or a colleague to help – don’t be frightened to ask, remember – if you don’t ask, you don’t get. Set yourself a time-scale and make it a project. When you achieve one of your goals, you’ll feel an incredible sense of accomplishment and that’s a real confidence booster.
These tips are designed to help give you a self-esteem boost or greater confidence. However, if you do feel depressed or anxious on a regular basis, you might find some benefit in visiting a professional counsellor or making an appointment with your GP. It’s important to explore the reasons why you don’t feel yourself and a professional will guide with further tips and ideas to boost your mood so you can make great strides in life.
Get a FREE hypnotherapy MP3 for more social confidence here
The post 9 Ways to Build Your Confidence and Self-esteem appeared first on Calmer you.
When you possess good self-esteem and confidence, there’s no doubt it opens up a world of opportunity, but what happens if you don’t? A report for Mental Health UK tells us that only a small amount of adults in the UK report positive mental health (13%), 4 in ten reporting feelings of depression and a […]
The post 9 Ways to Build Your Confidence and Self-esteem appeared first on Calmer you.
On today’s Calmer You Podcast I speak with Marianne Power the Author of Help Me! We chat about: Facing your fears (Marianne has done some incredible things!) How Marianne upgraded her identity to be a more confident person The things that Marianne has found most (and least) helpful on her self help journey How to […]
The post Ep 85. Help Me! (Like a virtual hug) with Marianne Power appeared first on Calmer you.
On today’s Calmer You Podcast I speak with Marianne Power the Author of Help Me!
We chat about: * Facing your fears (Marianne has done some incredible things!) * How Marianne upgraded her identity to be a more confident person * The things that Marianne has found most (and least) helpful on her self help journey * How to overcome a fear of public speaking * Powerful and Reassuring advice for those with anxiety and depression.
My confidence challenge is coming up at the end of Feb: 5 days to become more confident, connect with others of the same path and have fun. It’s one of my favourite offers and totally free. Join at www.calmeryou.com/confidence
A special offer from our sponsor This podcast is sponsored by Blinkist. Get a 7-day free trial and 25% off when you head to www.blinkist.com/calmeryou
Transcript Chloe: Hello, and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is the place to be to become your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. And this is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I am a coach and a hypnotherapist. I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl. Today, I’m so lucky to get to speak the Marianne Power, who is the author of the brilliant book, Help Me, which is her experience of reading a different self-help book every day for a year, and putting things into practice, and seeing what the results were for her. And this book is firstly, very, very funny, and secondly, very helpful, comforting, inspiring, reassuring. There are practical assets in there as well. I really think you’re gonna love it. And so myself and Marianne talked about facing your fears, and Marianne really has faced a lot of fears and she shares some of the incredible things that she’s done through the course of writing this book, and I think it’s quite amazing. I’m very, very in awe of her.
We talked about the things that Marianne has found the most, and also the least helpful from all the things that she’s tried on her self-help journey. We also get into how to handle her fear of public speaking. So, many of us struggle with this, and Marianne shares really beautifully about her experience of that and what she’s doing is overcome it. And she just gives some really reassuring, lovely, comforting words of advice to people who are struggling with anxiety and depression. And this podcast, I hope is going to feel like a big hug and a reassuring message that you are actually okay. And you’re not as bad as you think you are basically. In fact, you’re wonderful. So, I really hope you’re going to enjoy this episode. If you’re looking to become a more confident version of yourself in 2020, then I want to invite you to come on over to see my website and join me in the upcoming confidence challenge where every day I’ll be sending you free resources and invites to connect with our community to grow your confidence in five days in very, very simple, simple and fun steps and with simple fun exercises. So, you can join us, we’re going to be starting soon over at CalmerYou.com/Confidence. So, let’s get into the interview with Marianne Power. Welcome, Marianne, thank you so much for joining me.
Marianne: Thank you for having me.
Chloe: I’m really excited to speak to you. Can you tell us what it is that you do and basically how you got to where you are today?
When rock bottom turns out something amazing Marianne: So, I’m a writer, and my first book, Help Me came out, I think a year ago. Yes, September 2018. And I’ve spent the last year traveling the world talking about this book. And I got here by two things, I guess, being very unhappy and starting this project, which started life as a blog with me spending a year reading loads of self-help, and following all the advice it gave me to see if it could fix my life. So, it’s funny how sometimes like your rock bottoms can turn into something quite amazing. And before that I was a freelance journalist for years, writing for papers and magazines. So, the writing has always been there.
Chloe: Amazing. And I loved your book. It’s really really funny, really hilarious and relatable. And I relate to it a lot because I’ve read a lot of self-help books.
I think a lot of people relate, so it’s absolutely brilliant. When did you get into self-help? Was it quite a new thing or was it you’ve always been into it?
My first self-help book Marianne: No. I was in my early 20s and I just finished university and I was in a job I hated. And I was in Oxford Circus drinking cheap white wine and complaining about my life. And a friend gave me, I was probably about 23, a copy of Feel the Fear And Do It Anyway by Susan Jeffers. And I was really snooty about it. I did English Lit at university and I like to think I wouldn’t read cheesy books like that. And she gave it to me and said, “It’ll just make you want to do things, read it.” And I went home and just gulped it. I loved it so much, it was so exhilarating and positive and that kind of candy voice which was the opposite to my own voice. And yeah, after that, then I was hooked. I was reading them secretly, constantly. I didn’t tell my friends about it, but I was. And I remember in the early stages, being very embarrassed, going into book shops and buying self-help books. And now that embarrassment has gone. It seems to have become much more mainstream and acceptable to kind of admit, I don’t know what I’m doing and I’m looking for some advice.
Chloe: I think self-help has become so much more popular, hasn’t it? And I’m detached from it to be honest because I’m so in that world, I have no idea whether there still are people that think it’s embarrassing to read self-help. But yeah, I think it’s definitely become trendy now to be into that.
Social anxiety Marianne: Yeah, there’s so much more openness about anxiety and depression and things that for years, I’m 42 now, for years in my 20s, and even in my 30s, I felt it was a total personal failure that I wasn’t happy. And I was mortified to admit to being depressed. I just thought it was a personal failure. And now like, within the last few years, we seem to have come into a really different climate where people are talking about it. And we realized that it doesn’t matter what it looks like on Instagram, people are not leading these perfect lives. I used to really think other people had it sorted, and I was the only weirdo who wasn’t sleeping and was anxious. And, of course, so many of us are like that. Once you start being honest to yourself, then everyone can go “Oh, me too.” And it’s such a relief.
Chloe: Thank you so much for saying that because I definitely relate to that as well, this thing of, I remember experiencing a lot of social anxiety and that thing of like, “What is wrong with me? Why can’t I just be normal,” and the shame that comes along with so many of these mental health issues that we’ve done something wrong, if we could try harder or why we’re like, this we’re broken, all these things. And actually we had such a relief that people are talking about it more and I think we need to talk about it even more than we are now and really get that message home. Because still for so many people they’re in that sense of shame and– [crosstalk]
Marianne: Yeah. And it’s horrible once you’re in it because at the moment I’m in quite a good patch. And so I can look at things with a sense of perspective. But when you’re actually in that black hole, either of depression or anxiety and/or if you’re in a job you hate and it’s so overwhelming, isn’t it? And all you all I could see was people around me functioning perfectly, and I wasn’t. And now, now that I’m in quite a good place, now. I can look more rationally and go, everyone’s struggling. But when you’re struggling yourself, it’s very hard to remember that. And part of the thing with the book that I’ve written about what I learned through all these self-help books, the huge learning I come to the end is that just nobody has it together, it doesn’t matter what it looks like, and that we’re all just trying our best and we’re all gonna have good days and bad days. And also to try and this is what’s hard sometimes, excuse me, to try and treat it all with a little bit of lightness. So, the humor in the book is really important because humans were a bit ridiculous, really, aren’t we? We make things so hard. And it’s– Yeah, so I try to remember to laugh at myself along the way.
Chloe: I think that’s one of the things that I’m really taking away from the book, the sense of if you can sort of step back from things and just connect to that sense of humor, you can see the funny side of even the dark thoughts that we have or the things that seems so sort of embarrassing at the time.
Marianne: Yeah, they’re funny if you can own those stories, they’re so brilliant that, yeah, the embarrassing stuff that you would just rather just never set foot in the world again. My friend talks about this that you know, when you– when she remembers the teenage school discos and trying to chat up a guy, she said that afterwards, the feeling of embarrassment and cringiness when you’ve been rejected meant that she went home, “I’m never leaving the house again, ever.” But that’s what makes you human. And if you can somehow face those feelings of embarrassment, and laugh about them and say them out loud, it’s actually such a bonding thing, isn’t it? Because we’ve all had those moments where you’ve done interviews and you said the worst thing or you’ve just been brutally rejected by someone and it’s horrible. But if you can say them out loud, to someone who deserves to hear it, as Brene Brown says. She says “You must confide in someone who deserves to hear it, not with everyone.” And then you can just laugh and laughter is quite healing, isn’t it? It makes it a little bit smaller rather than a massive thing.
Chloe: Totally. And I think in your book, it just gives us permission to laugh at our own rejections. And a few of the rejections I’ve had in my life I kind of was like, passing through my mind now and to remember to laugh at those. You have touched on this slightly but one question I like to ask people is how are you really?
Marianne: So, really right now, I’m so content, which is quite rare. The promotion for the book over the last year was big and it was exciting, but also quite overwhelming. I was traveling a lot and being interviewed on TV and radio, and just it’s very odd to be asked so many questions about yourself and in such a public way. But that publicity schedule sort of quietened down for the summer and I took most of the summer off. I just did nothing this summer and rested so much. So, right now I’m feeling quite serene and rested. I feel like I’ve got so much sleep in my system and yeah, it’s lovely. So, I’m appreciating it. Instead of trying to find things that I should be worrying about that I’m not worrying about, I’m actually just enjoying this period of just nothing– Nothing’s to worry about at the moment. So, yeah, it’s rare. So, that’s not a fake answer because I would normally find it much easier to go into the everything that’s wrong, but really right now my life is quite blessed. Yeah.
Chloe: That’s such a good feeling to know that there’s nothing to worry about. And so often we do give ourselves things to worry about. And I noticed it myself, my brain, I was thinking the other day, like everything’s like really good, like surely there’s something to be concerned about.
Marianne: Yeah, just let it be. But I think that’s meant to be a kind of survival, a part of our evolution, isn’t it, that we’re always scanning for problems because that’s what kept us alive. So, that’s part of our system we’ll try and do that. Yeah.
Chloe: So, at least the anxious people would have survived.
Marianne: Yeah, that’s true. Yeah, yeah.
Facing fears Chloe: Yeah, definitely. Can we talk about facing fears? And you talk about quite a few things that you have done to face your fears. What has been your experience? Can you share a little bit about what you’ve done to face your fears?
Marianne: So, as part of my self-help project, I picked a different self-help book each month, and for a year did everything they told me to do. And the plan was that by the end of the year, I would be this perfect person who would have eradicated all my flaws. I wanted to be like one of those shiny magazine people that you read about that they get up at 5 am to meditate and do yoga before running their multi-million-pound business and have their hot husband, and that’s what I was aiming for. Which spoiler alert, doesn’t happen at all. But the first book I followed was Feel The Fear And Do It Anyway, because it was the first self-help book I ever read. And also because its rule is very simple, that you have to do one scary thing a day. And when I started the project, I didn’t want it to be a kind of a navel-gazing exercise. I really wanted to kind of go out in the world in a different way. So, in that month, I basically did more scary things than I’ve done in my entire life. I did stand up comedy, naked modeling for an art class, I jumped out of a plane, did public speaking, and then terrifyingly opened my bank statements. So, I did small things that I normally put off like opening bank statements, parallel parking, answering the phone, I still am really nervous around the phone, especially if it’s a number I don’t know. I always think I’m about to be in trouble. So, I would answer the phone. And then the big things, which for me, the most frightening thing I could think of doing with stand up comedy. Like I find that even stressful watching the professionals do it.
Chloe: That’s gotta be up there for a lot of people.
Marianne: It was the most terrifying thing and I did it. I went to a kind of a course, a weekend course, where you get taught by a comedian, it was a group of us. And then we did a set on the open mic night in a pub on a Sunday night. And I can’t believe it, but it actually went well. People laughed, and I came offstage, just completely stunned. And in that minute, it was like I had to recalibrate who I was, because the fact that I had done something like that, and not only had I done it, it had gone quite well. It completely changed my perception of myself because at that point, I got nervous speaking and meetings. And as a journalist, I’ve been invited to sometimes go on the radio to talk about articles. I always said no, anything that involved speaking. Like something like this, I would have totally said no to. So, the fact that I then did an open mic night in a pub and it went well, yeah, it was fantastic. Very stressful, I sweated a lot and it was a real definitive moment in my life. And even now, I’m asked to do a lot of public speaking and I’m doing a TEDx this weekend, which I’m slowly getting nervous about. But compared to stand up comedy, very few things can now properly get me, because stand up comedy to me was, yeah. And I will say chatted up a man on the Northern line.
Chloe: I love that part of the book.
Marianne: It was my flatmate who gave me that suggestion because anything to do with men and dating was not my strong point. I was so under-confident. And she’s like, “You should chat up a man on the tube.” And was like “Ha, ha, as if.” And she said, “No, you should, and it needs to be the rush hour.” So, that’s what I did. And I learned that embarrassment doesn’t kill you. It’s kind of it’s icky at the time, and then quite quickly after, there’s this feeling of euphoria. Even if things don’t go that well, just to have the courage to have done something, it’s really, it’s own reward actually, no matter how the thing goes, just to be that brave for a few minutes. Yeah.
Chloe: That’s so inspiring. I often talk about how it’s so easy to think that other people don’t feel scared when they’re doing something.
Marianne: Not true. Yeah, they do, they do.
Feel the fear and do it anyway Chloe: They do.
Marianne: You can’t necessarily tell from looking at them or you just don’t know what’s going on inside another person. And that’s what Susan Jeffers, who wrote Feel The Fear And Do At Anyway says. She says that when you see successful, amazing people who are out there like climbing mountains and starting businesses or going up and asking people out, we think they’re different to us. They’re just made differently to us. And she said, “That’s not true. The only difference is that they don’t let fear stop them.” Every single day they will, because we all will feel fear about doing something new. Even if that’s parallel parking. Anything you do new is going to give you that feeling in your tummy of like, “Oh, God I don’t wanna do it, I don’t wanna do it.” And that’s a survival technique too because your system is kind of always going are you sure you need to do these things because we don’t quite know how it’s going to work out. But then once you do it even if it bombs, there’s this energy that gets into your body of like God, life is different in this minute. I’m a different person. And I think for a lot of us and for me too, a lot of the depression came from this feeling of being stuck. I’d put myself in a prison really of my own insecurities and anxieties. And when you do new things, it wakes you up. Yeah, I recommend it. And also then you can laugh when it goes really badly, you know, in this day chatting up the guy in the Northern line did not go well. That I was going to dinner you know dinner with friends afterwards, I just blurted it all out. And we had the best night because everyone found it so funny and they thought I was amazing. And that night wasn’t that whole how’s work, fine. It was a proper in like engaged conversation of like, oh my God. Yes, it makes life interesting.
Chloe: I love that, I love that. It’s really inspiring. I would love to do stand up comedy. I think I might make that as something to do next year. If you go on a course first, at least you’re a little bit equipped and you’re not just like, come on. I love that.
Marianne: Yeah, no, totally. And I think it’s good training for everything; for public speaking, for communication because with like making jokes, you have to really whittle down your word. So, it’s just a good discipline for loads of things. And I’ve met a professor, she’s a scientist, who did a year long stand up comedy course because she wants to make her lectures better. Not because she wants to be a comic, or she even thought she was that funny. But there’s something about the people that can use humor and know how to deliver a line, that’s a skill that you can apply to everything.
Upgrading your identity Chloe: And what you said about upgrading your identity, I think that’s such an important point for people that actually, it can take one decision in the moment to actually go for something, to strike up a conversation or sign up for the course. And actually, you do that and then things within you start to change, come into alignment with that new identity of someone that does so stand up comedy.
Marianne: Yeah, I know and I still can’t believe it. But it’s yes, I’m now somebody who does public speaking, which would have been incomprehensible to me not so long ago. But yeah, once you do things a few times, then it becomes like, yes, this is part of what I do now.
Chloe: Yeah, brilliant, brilliant.
This podcast is sponsored by Blinkist. In today’s age, it can be hard to find even a brief moment to disconnect and learn something new. It’s not easy with everyone and everything competing for your time and attention. And so you might think that you don’t even have time to read a book. And I know that I’ve been there as well. If this sounds familiar, there’s an app that I really want to recommend to you. It’s called Blinkist. Blinkist is an app that condenses best selling non-fiction books down to their key takeaways for you to read or listen to in 15 minutes. Blinkist is made for busy people like you. You want to understand the main points of the book quickly without having to read the whole thing cover to cover, you can easily fit in several titles a day. And if you’re on the go, you can just switch the audio version. 12 million people are already using Blinkist to deepen their knowledge in 27 categories and non-fiction, everything from self-improvement, personal growth, leadership, mindfulness, and happiness. I like Blinkist because I love learning and improving my mindset while I’m on the move. I love to read it while I’m on the bus or listen to it at the gym or when I’m cooking dinner. I just listened to Michelle Obama’s Becoming and it was brilliant. Right now, Blinkist has a special offer just for Calmer You’s audience. So, if you head toBlinkist.com/CalmerYou, you can start your free seven day trial and you get 25% of a Blinkist premium membership. That’s Blinkist spelled, B-L-I-N-K-I-S-T.com/CalmerYou to get 25% off and a seven day free trial, Blinkist.com/CalmerYou.
Chloe: How’s your relationship to self-help change?
Self-help books Marianne: Yes. So, I used to read self-help from this place of desperation, I hoped that every book would be the answer to fix me. And invariably they weren’t, they didn’t fix me, but that was for two reasons because I never did anything they told me to do. I would read them and fantasize about how great life would be if I got up at 5 am, and if I meditated, and if I repeated positive affirmations, but I never did any of that stuff. So, they never worked. And it became like almost like eating chocolate cake, reading self-help was my comfort, where I would fantasize about changing and never actually do it. And with this project, then that flipped on the head, and I actually did do everything. And things did change, and I’m really proud of lots of the changes. But I also realized that what I was looking for was just fundamentally flawed. Nobody is perfect. I was really trying hard to be a perfect person. Then I thought then I would be okay if I could just fix my flaws and try harder and be better. And I just know it doesn’t work that way. So, I did all these extraordinary things. And about 10 months in had to break down because I felt like the biggest failure of my life because I wasn’t perfect yet. And I wanted to wake up every day feeling like [??? 21:8] and Beyonce and I wasn’t. I was a mess.
And so now I’m aware that that is the danger with self-help that we can be coming at it from almost like an addictive place of this is the answer. This is the answer. This is the answer. And I love self-help, I think there’s such wisdom in the books, and they can be a really great way to help you understand yourself and understand life. But I would love for all of us to realize a lot more that we’re already okay the way we are. You know, if most of us wake up in the morning and try our best to be decent human beings, and be good to our friends and family. You know, we’re already okay. So, yeah, I used to think I was broken and that I needed fixing, and I now realized I was never broken and I didn’t need fixing. And neither do any of us. We’re all humans doing our best. And if self-help helps, that’s lovely. But if it becomes an extra thing to beat yourself up over, I’m not journaling every day. Or it can be an extra pressure that we put on ourselves, as you know, the bar gets higher and higher and higher about what we should be doing. And I think most of the time, what we need more than anything is to relax and give ourselves a break, not to give us 10 extra things we need to do in the morning. You know, those sort of books that tell you the 20 things you should be doing before breakfast? I’m less into those books these days.
Chloe: Yeah, I totally resonate with that idea that it can be a pressure and this idea of perfect. I’m sure so many people listening to this have perfectionist tendencies as well and especially if you really try with something and then you don’t become perfect, which is impossible.
I was already a good person at the start Marianne: It’s impossible, this is the thing.
We’re striving for this thing that’s impossible and that’s just such a shame. Let’s not do that. It’s lovely to learn and grow, and I’m so grateful for all the things I did, but I was already a good person at the start. Whereas I didn’t think that. I thought like, all I could see was everything that was wrong with me. And my best friend at the 10 months point when I was really falling apart said, “I just want you to get to the end of this and realize that people love you the way you are. You don’t need to jump off planes or run on burning coals, which is another thing I did, to be good enough, you are.” And I thought she was crazy because all I could see was my perceived failings. And then by the end, thank God, I got to the place where I realized, yeah, I’m not perfect. I’m really shit with money, and I sleep a lot. But I am good too. I’m a good friend and I can laugh at things and you know, just yeah, I’m much more accepting of myself. So, ultimately, it came to a place where I didn’t have to change myself. I had to actually myself. And then funnily enough, once you start to accept yourself changes happen in a much more gentle way anyway because you just say yes to certain things and you have lovely moments of flow. Which seemed to happen to me a lot more now that things are just sort of flowing as they’re meant to without me trying so hard to make things happen.
Chloe: The idea of when you accept yourself things change is–
Marianne: They do, don’t they though?
Chloe: Such an interesting one, and we never think that that’s not going to be the way is. We need to strive and push and pressure ourselves, and that we need to hate ourselves enough and it doesn’t work. [crosstalk]
Marianne: Hate ourselves better into loving us.
Chloe: Yeah, you can’t. And actually, yeah, self-acceptance comes first, and things change more easily. Thank you for that reminder. Such a good one. What have been some of the most helpful self-help things that you’ve come across in your experiences?
Marianne: So, the do one scary thing a day I think is a really good rule and it can just be tiny. It can be smiling at someone in a coffee shop that you wouldn’t normally have the courage to smile to or asking to leave work a bit earlier than normal like the small things there. I do think that’s a good discipline and it’s one that I’ve lost and I need to get more into it, just that little tiny things every day. And the two other books that I really loved and that are in my head almost every day, The Power of Now, by Eckhart Tolle and he talks about when you see people walking down the street talking to themselves, we think they’re mad. But actually, we’re all talking to ourselves all the time. We all have this voice in our head that’s really often criticizing and it’s criticizing why did I do that yesterday or last year, and it’s worrying about what’s going to happen in the future. And he says that this voice, it drives us crazy and it stops us from enjoying the only thing which is ever real, which is what’s happening right now this second. And he has this question that I asked myself a lot. He says that we should always ask ourselves, “Do I have a problem right now this minute?” And the answer is almost always no. So, right now we’re having this lovely conversation. We’re in a safe room. Right now there is no problem. But my head could be worrying about the TED talk and worrying about whatever else is coming up. And so I try to do that every day. Do I have a problem right now this second? No, breathe, breathe. I also noticed I stopped breathing when I got stressed.
And then the other one is Brene Brown, who wrote Daring Greatly and did a big TED Talk, I’m sure that most of your listeners will know. And she talks very much about this fact that none of us, none of us is perfect. And she says she doesn’t like the term self-help because she doesn’t think we’re meant to do it on our own, we’re meant to help each other. And she said the biggest healing is connection and talking honestly to someone about what you’re feeling. And that’s something that doesn’t come naturally to me. I’m quite an independent person who’s pretty proud. And also I don’t want to bother people, they’re too busy. But that’s something I’m working on, and that I’m trying more when I’m feeling insecure about something or worrying about something instead of isolating myself and getting lost in my head, which is my natural tendency to pick up the phone or say, “Can we meet for a cup of tea?” Just contact. And I think that in this world of Facebook and phones and Netflix and remote working, it seems like that basic human contact, we have to put a lot more conscious effort into making it happen. It used to be that it was just a natural part of life. I don’t feel like it is so much especially for us freelancers who work at home. So, that’s something you can’t do it on your own. We need each other. So, that’s something also that I’m trying to build into my life and acknowledge. And again, I would have thought that was a failure before I thought it was up to me to fix everything. But actually it doesn’t work. We help each other.
Chloe: I love that. I think that’s so important, the community aspect of things. And so much of our culture makes it hard like we should just sort ourselves out and–
Marianne: No, and we can’t.
Chloe: –and that sort of thing. But actually, yeah, we need our people, our community and our families and yeah, it’s so easy. Well, I again, I relate to what you are said about keeping things to myself, and how it’s easy just to be like, well, I’ll just get my head down, I’ll get through this stressful period [??? 28:30] other people are busy with their own lives, but actually just having that conversation and reaching out and don’t just, yeah, keep it to yourself.
Marianne: Yeah. Because that might, that in my experience has made me sick and depressed and burnt out. Because that keeping it to yourself and soldiering on and soldiering on, it doesn’t tend to help. Whereas just even very early on says acknowledging something’s a struggle to someone.
Chloe: Sometimes it just kind of lightens it all having said it out loud to somebody and have it listened to and maybe some suggestions or just being heard most of the time. It’s like “Oh, I feel better now. All right. Bye.” Yeah, often doesn’t take much.
Marianne: No.
Chloe: Yes. What about things that you found least helpful? Was anything that you decide this is a waste of time?
What’s good for one person may not be good for another Marianne: For me personally because I’m really careful to say that what works for you might not work for me, and the things that didn’t work for me at all, that’s it’s not to say that they’re not really good for somebody else. So, for me, the two things that really just I couldn’t get on board with, I did a book about how to talk to your guardian angels. And there’s a woman called Doreen Virtue who’s got a huge following and has written I think 40 plus books on talking to your guardian angels. For me, I just couldn’t get on board with it. I couldn’t get my head around it. It didn’t feel real. But I’ve been in rooms with thousands of people have been hanging on her every word and it means a lot to them. And quite often, these things are just different roads into a similar place in a way because with angels, it is about, I think learning to trust in something bigger than just us. And so for some people, angels are a way of feeling that there’s someone looking after us or. And I have those moments, but I get at them in a different way, I probably prefer to think of the universe or so it’s just different approaches. So, for me, angels didn’t work. And there was another exercise, where you had to plan your own funeral, which is an exercise in a book called The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People, which is a self-help classic, and world leaders have read it. And I think it’s still a book that if you go on lots of management training schemes, they will give you this book. And I’m sure it’s a fabulous book, but at this point, I think it was my 10th book, and it was when the wheels were coming off the project. And I was asked to plan my own funeral and I just couldn’t. The idea about that is that if you imagine what you would like all your friends and family to say about you. And then you should spend your life trying to live up to that ideal. It gives you a life, it helps to make you clear on your life purpose. But I don’t know what my life purpose is really at that point. And yeah, I didn’t know what I wanted for lunch most days. Suddenly, I imagined what I wanted everyone to say about me, it was too much. But again, for some people, they find that exercise really helpful. And so it’s just different things for different people, but those two for me didn’t work.
Chloe: I’d be in bits doing that.
Marianne: It’s an emotional one.
Chloe: You have to be in a very good place I think to go into that.
Write your personal mission statement Marianne: But then there’s an alternative exercise that for me was better where he says to write your own mission statement. So, you know, what you want to live by now and that for me is actually strange. I just sat down in a coffee shop. I remember I was in Dublin, and it just pulled out of me. And I read it now and it still kind of gives me goosebumps and I kind of like, yes. That’s sort of my true north of how to behave, and it just came very, very easily. So, that might be another way around it for people, the mission statement of what matters to you everyday. How do you want to live your life?
Chloe: That sounds amazing. Yeah, definitely recommend people doing that. What about the hot coals? How was that? Was that worth it?
Marianne: Yes. Have you done a Tony Robbins event?
Chloe: I haven’t. I’ve seen it on Netflix. He’s got a Netflix documentary.
Marianne: Yes. Right. Yeah.
Chloe: I’m not sure how I feel about him totally. But–
Marianne: So, Tony Robbins is this kind of like self-improvement god who’s like six foot seven, and he looks like something out of Mills and Boon. And he does these big events around the world. And the one I went to was in the ExCeL Center in East London. And there’s 7,000 people and he whips you up into what he calls a peak state where you feel like you can do anything. And one of the things he asks you to do is run across a lane of burning coals. And so that’s what seven of us did in this car park of the ExCeL Center with like the Travelodge light glinting in the distance. It was surreal. It was surreal, surreal, and people were banging drums and it will felt quite tribal. And I was nervous for a second. But he– I guess this was almost like programming. We’ve been programmed to do it all day, all day, all day, and then I did it. And we all did it, and it was almost underwhelming how easy it was. It was just like, boom, you’re at the other end before you even knew it. And yeah, that’s it. So, the idea is that it represents overcoming your fears. You know, if you can walk on fire, then you can do anything.
The psychological leap But I think scientists will argue that actually coal is quite a slow conductor of heat, which is why by the time you move your foot, it’s you know, as long as you keep moving, you’re not going to get burnt. But even if that’s the case, it’s more of a psychological leap it takes to even try it shows, to me anyway, showed that really again, I’m capable of doing more than I would normally let myself do. Yeah, Tony Robbins is a– he’s a high energy, high performance kind of you can do it, take massive action guy. And when I was at the event, I fell for him hook line and sinker. Like he was my guru, I could totally see why people run away and joined cults because I would have done anything Tony asked me to do. And so then with a bit of distance, I look back on that now and go, I don’t know how realistic that is. On the final day, you’re given all these lectures about cutting out sugar and caffeine and various things. And then the people next to me while listening to this lecture, were eating Mars bars. So, it kind of human nature, I couldn’t live up to Tony’s ideals of how to live life every day. And I’m not sure how many people can. Maybe lots, maybe people can, but for me, it wasn’t a realistic, sustainable approach.
Peak states Chloe: It’s interesting that thing about getting into a high, what did you call it a high?
Marianne: A peak state he calls it.
Chloe: A peak state. A peak state about how perhaps, I wonder if we can take that as inspiration to get ourselves into a different state. I know that Tony does. He gets into an ice bath– [crosstalk
Marianne: He does.
Chloe: –at home and he does like jumping jacks first thing in the morning, and like different breathing exercises and different ways to get yourself into this heightened state so that you have that sense of like, “Oh, I can do anything.”
Marianne: And no, and lots of those tips are really practical. So, he was talking about, most of us don’t breathe properly. You know, right now I’m wearing jeans that are digging into my waistband. And he said oxygen is our energy. If you’re not breathing properly during the day, of course, you’re tired. So, he suggests these, I think oxygenation breaks, which are basically breathing breaks. And yeah, these breathing exercises. And he also talks about the posture again, I’m sitting here slumped. And when we have that slumped posture, we’re sending messages to ourselves that the world is a bit too much for us. Whereas if you sit straight and up then again, you’re telling your brain I’m ready for it. So, there’s lots of very practical tips that I do think are useful. But for me the ice baths, that’s not going to be something I do every day but maybe for some people it is. I tried a cold shower and it lasted two and a half seconds, I think.
Chloe: I did go through a phase of cold showers and then part of me was like, “Why am I torturing myself?”
Marianne: Did you feel good and tingly afterwards though?
Chloe: I mean, maybe there was a slight difference. It wasn’t a big enough difference to go through and wasn’t enough reward for the effort.
Marianne: Yeah, yeah, yeah.
Chloe: Because the Wim Hof thing is really popular now as you heard of him, he’s also cold showers and ice baths and I have a friend who’s very into it. You can get yourself cuz I have done a Wim Hof where you do breathwork, so you get quite almost like light headed from breathing a lot. And then you go and get into this ice bath for like two minutes or something. And I felt quite good there because with a group, it was this kind of like, “Yes, we did it.” But and yeah, breathwork is quite amazing for getting you into different states and unlocking things and giving you insights. So, it’s a good– an interesting combination I think the two of those, together. Can you share– Is there anything that you’re struggling with at the moment, and how are you overcoming it?
Marianne: At the moment, the thing that sort of, like, at the edge of my brain is the TED Talk at the weekend. And I was asked to do this weeks and weeks ago, and because there’s been other things going on, I’ve sort of parked it. And now a couple of nights ago, I started having a dream that I’ve had the last two nights where I’m on stage and all my words are gone. You know, that kind of dream.
Chloe: I know that dream.
Show up with a good heart Marianne: So, this week, the challenge will be to just not let fear take over because the last time I did a really big event talking to hundreds of people, I basically didn’t eat for a week. I was so nervous, and it went really well. But I would like to be able to do these things without paying such a price in the run up. And I know that you need a bit of nerves. And so this week will be about trying to breathe, doing as much practice as I can. And then also I really hope on Saturday that my friend said this to me once that if you just show up with a good heart, and let whatever comes out of your mouth come out of your mouth and hope that it will help somebody, it’s almost like about taking your ego out of it, because my ego wants it to be really good. And my ego is quite scared of what if I do forget my words, and it’s being recorded? And what if I make a mess of it? And if all that happens, then fine. I’ll get a lesson in humility. It’s all right. So, yeah, this week, the challenge will be to practice as much as I can without becoming a total stress head, and remembering that none of it matters that much. It’s a lovely opportunity but no one’s going to die either way. Let’s try, yeah, this is the thing to try and enjoy the opportunities that come your way because this is what happens with success or with doing these things, these new taking things up a level. You get these invitations, which is so exciting, but they’re also quite scary. And what I don’t want to do is, is have this mindset of, “Oh, I’ll be all right, once the talk is done, or I’ll be all right, once the next book is done,” to try and enjoy the process, including the nerves just to sit with it. Because I think also when I wrote the book, I found the writing of the book very hard. And that’s a year of my life I won’t get back again, that I was really putting myself under such huge pressure for this book to be a certain way. And so the challenge now is just to try and enjoy the process of it all, even when I’m doing things that I might fail at, to just enjoy it.
Chloe: That’s such a good lesson for all of us. It’s so easy just to put off our happiness, to put off our enjoyment. I’d rather just get through there. Once I’ve got this, once I’ve done this, once this is over, then I can relax.
Marianne: And then we find the next thing that’s looming on the horizon. And yeah, and also just to enjoy because I think when I look back when I’m 60, I’ll go “Wow, look at that.”
Chloe: And it’s a shame not to just enjoy the experiences as much as you humanly can.
Marianne: Totally, totally.
Chloe: Do you have any other bits of advice for people listening who might be struggling with anxiety or with confidence or feeling low? Is there anything else you would share with them?
Marianne’s advice Marianne: Yeah. Just, you’re not the only one. It doesn’t matter how together everyone looks. That’s been the biggest response from my book is that it’s all these years, I thought that everyone else had it together and I was a mess. But of course, my friends were looking at me thinking I had it together because I was really successful in loads of ways as a journalist, but I always was just absolutely anxious and every day was going to be the day that the biggest mess was going to happen. But having articulated all these sort of thoughts, I have and what’s going through my head on a daily basis, most people who read it, they don’t go, “Oh, you weirdo?.” All they say is “Me too. Me too. Me too.” And the biggest comment I get about the book from men and women, is it’s like reading someone reporting from the inside of my brain, which just goes to show we are so much more similar than we think, to each other.
And yeah, when you’re in the grips of anxiety, or depression, or it’s horrible, and nothing I say is going to make much of a difference, I don’t think. But if there’s some little dilemma that can remember you’re not the only one, you really aren’t. Most, many of us, not most of us, many of us are walking around really in quite a bad state in our minds, even if we’re looking pretty even if we’re doing a good job, even if we’ve got the husband and the house. And people can have it really very well together in lots of ways but inside that’s not how it feels. And also with the book, I was a journalist for years and I got emails from really very successful, high up newspaper editors and magazine editors who would be the kind of people whose profiles I would read about, talking about how much they related to it. And I was like, “Really?” So, yeah, just that you’re not alone. And that I hope it gets better some way.
Chloe: Thank you for that. Thank you so much for everything that you said.
Marianne: You’re welcome. Thanks for having me.
Chloe: Where can people find out more about you and buy your book?
Marianne: Well, the book is called Help Me, and my name is Marianne Power. And yes, you can get the book, I think in all book shops and languages, it’s in lots of languages on Amazon and–
Chloe: How many languages?
Marianne: I think we’re up to 29 languages now, which is crazy. Yeah, it’s crazy. And each language has a different cover. So, I’ve now got quite a big bookshelf at home with the Korean cover and the Taiwanese cover and the Spanish cover and yeah, it’s mad. It’s really mad. And yeah, just you can hit me up on Instagram and Facebook and all the usual, Marianne Power.
Chloe: Amazing. Thanks so much.
Marianne: Thank you. Thanks a lot.
Chloe: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode? Find me at Chloe Brotheridge. And I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or on iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. And if there is someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’d be so so grateful. So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 85. Help Me! (Like a virtual hug) with Marianne Power appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s Calmer You Podcast, I really enjoyed speaking with Laura ‘biceps’ Hoggins, PT & Head of Brand @foundryfit. She has introduced a form of fitness that celebrates effort over results and empowerment over appearance.
We chat about:
My confidence challenge is coming up at the end of Feb: 5 days to become more confident, connect with others of the same path and have fun. It’s one of my favourite offers and totally free. Join at www.calmeryou.com/confidence
Transcript
Chloe B.: Hello, and welcome to the calmer you podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I am a coach and a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the anxiety solution and brave new girl. Thank you so much for listening today. I’m talking to you, Laura Hoggins, and she is sharing all about the power and the magic of weightlifting and why it’s so amazing for us, particularly if we are struggling with anxiety and confidence.
Gymtimidation And she gets into telling us about how to overcome gymtimidation, because this is a real thing guys, I’ve experienced it myself. A sense of walking into the gym not knowing what to do, intimidating people everywhere how do we overcome that and start to feel confident enough to go into the weights rooms and try something new, and we talk all about that. We also get into what are the mental and physical benefits of lifting weights, and some of these actually really surprised me, I wasn’t expecting one or two of these. And as a way of hopefully motivating you to want to give it a try.
We talked about getting back into exercise after a break; this was just a personal thing that I’d experienced recently. It can be so difficult if you haven’t worked out in a while to then get going again. How do we overcome those barriers and struggles? And Laura tells us exactly how to do that. And we also get into weightlifting for anxiety and confidence specifically, and what is it about weightlifting particularly that can really change our perception of ourselves and our bodies, and how we feel about ourselves, and calm us down in a different way than other types of exercise.
So I think you’re going to love this episode. If you’re looking to grow your confidence in 2020, I’m running a free challenge in the next couple of weeks, the brave New Year confidence challenge. The last time I ran it, I absolutely loved it. Seeing you guys, helping each other, taking action, growing your confidence noticing real shifts in how you’re speaking to yourselves, and how you’re feeling about yourselves in the world. It was really moving for me, and I’m so excited to be able to offer this again. It’s a free challenge, you can enter your details at Calmeryou.com/confidence, and you get all the details of when that’s starting and how to get involved. So let’s get into the interview with Laura Hoggins.
Chloe B.: So welcome, thank you so much for joining me. How are you today?
Laura H.: I’m excellent, thank you. How are you?
Chloe B.: Yes, I’m really good, thank you. Please could you share with us a little bit about the work that you do, and the journey that you’ve been on to get to where you are today?
Laura H.: How long have you got? Well, that’s one question. Well, where I am today is very different from where I ever thought I’d end up actually. But I am today a PT; I’m an author of a book called lift yourself. I have a podcast biceps and banter, and I do various other works writing, etc. but I mainly spend my time in the gym. I guess I always wanted to be a coach, but I spent the first ten years after University in corporate life.
In fact, I wasn’t in the gym at all I was in an office, and yes I’m just very fortunate that ten years later in that career, I kind of had the balls to do what I always hoped I wanted to do, which was very scary at the time. So yes, I guess I always felt like I was meant to be a coach, maybe took me a little while to get there through various reasons, I guess a lot through self-confidence.
But yes, so as I am today, I’m very happy and have so much satisfaction in the career that I do. And I guess essentially my role is to show people that they can very broadly, and in all senses not just in the gym. Because for me fitness and health and wellness mentally and physically, it’s not just about the weights that you lift, its how you feel. And I think that for me is what saved me in life through going through difficult times when I was growing up. So I’m just very grateful to be able to share it with other people now.
Chloe B.: And were you always into fitness? Was there a certain point where you kind of got into that passion?
Laura H.: Yes. I kind of went in waves. I started off, so I’m an only child, and as a young girl I didn’t want to do ballet, I didn’t want to do dance, I didn’t want to do anything actually that girls wanted to do. I wanted to be playing football, basketball, hockey, rugby, judo I always did canoeing, some chess club that my poor parents. But I always just loved sport and fitness, just love team sports. And as I grew up I kind of became less okay as a young girl, it’s like what are you doing playing football coming into your teens, so I took a slightly different path and focused on my education.
And then I’ve always just loved fitness, but as I’ve had quite a difficult relationship with myself and my body. And there were times where I was quite overweight, I had what I would describe as very low self-esteem, going through difficult relationships at the time and it just took me a while to find myself. I went from really loving sport and not worrying about what I look like, to loving sport and really worrying about what I look like.
Finding a fitness community And maybe I’ve made different decisions because of that, and my journey has meant that through finding sort of lifting and fitness in a community, again finding that team element, I managed to find myself again. And surprise I didn’t find happiness in a certain weight on the scales which I think many women can relate to, the scales can sometimes dictate our mood, and for a long time, I wanted to be a certain way. Now I pretty much know who I am, but it doesn’t affect me anymore.
Chloe B.: That’s so amazing. When was that change taking place? And how did you sort of change your mindset around that?
Laura H.: Yes, I think I kind of just got a bit fed up with myself. I was going through; I talk about it like in my book. I’ve been on every single diet that there is, you can imagine the scenes in the office, everyone’s going right come on summers coming, we’re all going to go on a diet and usually the word diets really actually describes your eating habits. But a diet is within sort of diet culture that we have at the moment is normally associated with restriction, so we can only eat a certain amount.
And I think from a relatively uneducated view everyone thinks that eating less weighing less is positive. And I think I just had to go through that and realize that at the end of my goal weight, I didn’t find happiness. I remember many years ago I came out of a very long relationship, and you know that kind of like revenge body style feeling. You’re like right stuff it; I’m going to get into the greatest shape of my life; I’m going to feel good again. So I decided to run the London Marathon, I mean how extreme.
But I thought in my head if I’ve committed to this and I’ve told everyone in the office I’m going to do this, I’ll have to do it, and by the end, I’ll have to have done all the training, I’ll definitely be thin by the end of it, and to me thin equaled happiness. I got to running the marathon, I was very injured, but I got to my goal weight, but unfortunately, I didn’t find the happiness that I hoped.
Associate fitness with what you enjoy And I kind of did that, and I thought God, that was a lot of effort for not a lot, and when I started to associate fitness with doing things that I enjoyed, and it became less about what I look like or how much I weighed that was the difference, huge difference. And when I was working for L’Oréal and for many years, and I found this CrossFit box that opened down the road from my office and Scott, my mate said yes stop all this running it’s not really for you, I think you’d be really good at this CrossFit thing. So I turned up absolutely petrified, this is about six years ago now.
And there was this incredibly athletic wonderful loud woman screaming at me, going okay we’re going to do this work out now, and it was like a hundred box jumps where I couldn’t do one box jump, I was absolutely petrified, so it was a very humbling experience for me. But for some reason I loved it, and I wanted to go back, and I wanted to do better, I wanted to do one box jump, and then it was two. And it started to give me goals that had nothing to do with how much I weighed or what I look like, and that change in my head was the game-changer.
And yes, weirdly enough my body composition changed because I was looking after myself better, I stopped smoking, I didn’t drink as much because I wanted to be alive to go to training the next day. And I had a team around me; I had people that wanted me to do well. So yes that was it, and then I was like okay right I’m back in that headspace where I feel like there’s a coach inside of me that what I’ve learned and how I’ve changed my self-esteem and my self-confidence that isn’t associated with how much I weigh or what I look like, I need to share this with as many people as possible, and that’s my life’s purpose now.
Chloe B.: So amazing, so good to hear. Yes, the journey that you’ve been on, how you’re now helping other people to discover that actually lifting weights maybe isn’t as scary as they thought. But why do you think people are reluctant? Because there is still this sense of reluctance that a lot of people have or fear around gyms or CrossFit or anything like that? Why do you think that is?
Laura H.: Yes, I mean, totally. Gymtimidation I talk about a lot, and it really is a thing, because of course, if you’re in that position where maybe you don’t know what you’re doing yet, you assume that someone’s going to judge. What if I can’t lift it, what if I can’t do it, what if I make a fool out of myself? It’s almost not worth the stress to start. But I would say everyone starts somewhere, and I was that person once who made the bold decisions to just turn up. No, I wasn’t amazing at it, but I went, and I did it, I did my best, and I decided to come back and be better the next day.
How to get started if you feel intimidated And I just think that if we allowed these feelings or this feeling of intimidation to stop us from making that first step, we’d never do it. So for me, I would say do your research, maybe find someone that you can sort of teaches you the basics to start so you’re not going in completely cold. Find a group class, so you don’t feel like you’re on your own, rope in a friend. It could be a fun Saturday activity to go to your first circuit class. And you don’t have to go to CrossFit, that was what was for me, but it’s not for everyone to find that thing that is for you and you’ll know once you get it.
I actually started off doing body pump at my local gym, and yes it’s sort of like a different type of weightlifting, but it just sort of gave me that start so that I kind of knew a bit about how to squat properly, what’s a deadlift and all these words that can feel really intimidating. But trust me when the instructor wants the best for you, and they’re there they’re doing their job, because maybe once they were the first person in the gym. So they want to help you, and people are more supportive than you think, and I promise when you leave, you will feel amazing.
Chloe B.: So Gymtimidation is a real thing, definitely. But finding a class, finding a friend to go with you, make it a bit easier. Try to put things, find out what’s for you.
Laura H.: Start at home maybe, in front of your TV. Maybe once you come home from work you could do things with just your body weight, this is a thing I think people look at CrossFit and they look at people out there, and they’ve quite far down their journey, they think I can’t lift a hundred-kilo deadlift.
But whoever can do that didn’t start there; they started mastering the foundational movements, your squat, get some press up practice at home, and start to feel a bit more confident in the movements before maybe you venture out.
Chloe B.: And I can really relate to feeling intimidated by the gym. I remember when I first started dabbling with weightlifting, going into those kind of a women’s kind of weightlifting room, and then like the men’s weightlifting room. And I would go into the men’s one because the women’s one didn’t have very heavy leg weights, and there were guys who looked really intimidating like wearing kind of string vests and things.
And I kind of made an assumption that they were going to be like unfriendly or intimidating, but actually, everyone was really lovely, it’s just getting over that initial fear. Like it was a bit difficult at first, but actually, I see inside to feel much more home, it’s just like going for it, I think.
Laura H.: Yes. And also I think going to the gym with a plan, maybe don’t just go and just think I’ll see what happens or I’ll see what machines are free. Like find a plan, find a trainer that you can trust or programs. I do a lot on my Instagram of little workouts that maybe you could follow, go with a plan so that in your head I’m going to do this. So you don’t get there, and you get intimidated, and you get sideline to the cross trainer again. Because you absolutely deserve the space in the gym, and you should feel confident that you can do it and sometimes the gym bro’s might be friendly, like your experience.
Chloe B.: Yes, definitely. What about this myth or is it a myth even about getting really muscular like after one session of the gym, I think that’s a fear for some people that we’ll suddenly be like so bulky that none of our clothes will fit.
Laura H.: Well, I’ve been trying for many years now, and this is as far as I’ve got. So if anyone does find out how to get the bench in one workout, please do let me know. Unfortunately, for females, especially, it is actually very difficult to bulk up or to gain muscle for a number of physiological reasons. But weight training doesn’t necessarily mean muscle gain; the theory of gaining mass depends on your lifestyle, depends on your genetics and also depends on your nutrition.
So if you are aware of how energy balance works, if you are looking for a fat loss goal, for example, you would want to be in something you’ve possibly heard, which is a calorie deficit, which is consuming less calories or energy than you give out in a day. And if you are in a calorie deficit, it is very challenging for your body to build muscle. You could also be in maintenance, which is sort of calories in and the same as calories out, and again that could also be challenging to build muscle.
If you really are trying to gain, you would want to look to be in a calorie surplus, which the majority of us is potentially not our goal. So I think it’s having an awareness of your nutrition, supporting your training with good quality food, good nutrients, macros, and micronutrients, high protein, but really it does take a long time to gain, and strength doesn’t always equal mass. You could be gaining strength, you could be performing better in the gym, lifting heavier, and you don’t necessarily mean you’re going to get bigger.
So I would say consult a professional that can help you with your nutrition for the goals that you have, and everyone’s different, and it’s actually really hard. So to put an end to the myth, Chloe, you are not going to get turned into the Hulk after a few sessions, but yes if anyone does know how to do that, let me know, I would love that.
Chloe B.: I wanted to just ask for some personal advice, seize the opportunity. So I’ve been away for a few weeks, and I haven’t been working out for maybe like five weeks or so. It can be this thing I think probably for lots of people listening if you haven’t worked out in a while how to get back into it after a break when it feels like it’s going to be the hardest thing in the world. Do you have any advice for me?
Just do it Laura H.: Yes, totally. So just do it. It’s the first one. Honestly, there will never be a good time; it doesn’t really matter how long you’ve been away because it doesn’t matter where you start from you just identify where you are now, and that’s okay. A lot of the things I talk about is you’re training for life, and Usain Bolt doesn’t sprint every day, so having time off is not a big deal. And I can very much relate personally in that I’ve taken about two months off, and two months off for me is just not following a program.
I went from huge weight training to competing in two strong women, novice strong women competitions last year, and then I decided to run the marathon, which by the way, is the opposite training, and I was just fed up of following a program. And I’d done my races, and I was like, do you know what I just need a bit of time off, and I’m going to move, I’m going to go for long walks. And yes, I guess I’ve been off, but I haven’t really because you’re training for life.
So try not to think about it as being on or off the wagon, just think okay life’s taken over for a little bit, I’ve still been active, but now I really feel like I want to get back in the gym and focus on that as being a positive. So find that thing that you really enjoy first; just make a start and then find out where you are and slowly grow back into whatever your goals are. I’m set today; I’ve just started an eight-week plan, so it’s going to be from now until the end of Christmas, and I’ve sort of invited a lot of my Instagram followers along with me because it can be really hard.
I think people think especially me as a trainer; I’m in the gym all the time it’s alright for you, I can very much relate to what happens during your day that might mean by the time you get to the end of the day, the last thing you want to do is go to the gym. So I would just say set yourself some realistic goals, if you’re looking to get back into that training and just say this week, I’m going to go once or twice. If you do more great, next week, just try again, it’s just getting started. And try to lower your expectations I’d say, I think we think a lot of ourselves and five weeks in the grand scheme of life is nothing, so don’t worry.
Chloe B.: Good, okay. I feel inspired and also reassured, that’s amazing. What about the benefits of lifting then, what are some of the benefits both physical and mental?
Why muscle mass Laura H.: Yes, I’ll start with the physical. So physically improving your body composition and having more muscle mass and will improve your posture, your bone health, especially as we’re coming into our late thirties, late forties whatever you are at risk of losing muscle which is called sarcopenia. So if we have as much muscle mass as we can now, that will help us later on in life. Being strong is really cool, which means that you can take all the shopping in from the car in one go.
Functional strength, it doesn’t have to mean that you have to lift hundreds of kilos; it can help with your muscle mass in terms of what I hear a lot of people say is they want to tone up. Toning up isn’t really a thing, toner is what you put in a printer, so I prefer to call it muscle definition. So when people say to me I want to lose weight and tone up, actually in order to do that toning or have some definition, you need to do some resistance training to actually have some muscle.
And then you can work with your nutrition and any sort of cardio work to sort of get that fat loss goal that will improve your body composition, and then you will start to see that definition. So there are so many physical benefits to it, and I guess the mental side for me is just so important. Because when you’re weightlifting, it’s almost like you have to focus so much on the technique. You’re taking each breath at a time; you’re focusing on your breathing; for me, I describe it as like a therapy. It’s like this bizarre mindfulness where at that moment in time, nothing else matters, you are just focusing on that one rep, and it is so amazing to be able to lift something that maybe once you didn’t think that you could.
And being able to go in there, press some weights whatever is it you’re doing with the gym bros, they’re actually very friendly, and you’re leaving, especially as a woman it feels incredible to be physically strong. And I think for me developing my strength, yes, there are lots of physical benefits to it, but the mental side for me is just that small investment in myself every day or four or five times a week whatever it is it just feels incredible.
Chloe B.: And have that idea that it’s about mindfulness, and actually, you do really need to be present in your weight lifting. And I find for me cardio may be a bit stressful, versus weight lifting which is quite controlled and slow, it can be quite calm. So for me, just for my own sort of mental health, I like it for that. And I’ve just noticed if I exercise a few days a week in the morning particularly, I’m just a happier person, I’m just a better person in general.
And yes, for me the weightlifting is that way of being mindful and coming back to my body and slowing down. And it doesn’t all have to be slow, as it depends on the class that you’re doing, but yes, that’s what I really like about it. So I know in your book you talk about some surprising physical benefits of lifting, like even reducing your risk of dying of cancer by 31%, which I was really surprised about.
Laura H.: Yes. There are many studies that are coming out at the moment about sort of the bigger benefits of it, and yes, all the physical things but then as we’ve talked about also the mental health side of it. That actually having a stronger body can help you in life; you could live a longer life and a happier life. And as I said, everyone’s version of what resistance training or weightlifting looks like for them can be completely different.
At any age, being strong is a good thing I just happened to fall in love with start CrossFit and later now into strongman training, pulling buses and all of that stuff, and that doesn’t have to be for everyone. But you can just take whatever path that you want. And so my mother had breast cancer, and throughout the treatment, she lost a lot of weight, and she lost a lot of muscle mass. And now posts treatment, and thank God she’s now free of cancer, but she is now doing her own version of weight lifting. She’s realizing that actually, she wants to have a good posture; she wants to be able to lift things in and around the house, the gardening, etc. So just at any age, it is a very positive thing to be strong.
Chloe B.: And in terms of confidence then and kind of self-esteem, and you mentioned how it really helped with you with that. What is it about weight lifting that gives us that do you think?
Laura H.: Yes. So I think, and I’ll be very open with it, I very much associated my self-confidence or my self-worth with how much I weighed, because I used to be all sorts of weights actually. I’ve been up and down throughout my sort of teens and in my 20s, and lots of sort of life circumstances that have pushed me one way or the other. And I genuinely just felt like if I was thin, I would be more socially acceptable.
And I think for me now I associate physical success with my performance in the gym, so it’s sort of athletics over aesthetics for me in that I’m the happiest and probably the most body confident I’ve ever been, but I’m nowhere near the goal weight that I want it to be. And I think it’s just because I feel physically capable, you know I’m on the tube or ever and someone is struggling with their suitcase I’m there, I’ll help you.
Like I just feel it’s such a positive for me. Like even on the way here, someone we actually went to Topshop and the shopkeeper said oh do you go to the gym; she said she noticed me physically. Do you go to the gym? And I was able to give her a little circuit that she’s going to do in the shop today.
And she was like well it’s amazing, and it was just so good because in all of our jobs sometimes we feel like we’re sat at a desk all day, so we’re slumped down, our posture is not very good, or whatever we’re at actually investing that time, or just focusing on just becoming a little bit stronger or doing whatever, it can just be such a positive thing for your headspace, and you feel like I’ve done something successful that day.
Chloe B.: So athletics over aesthetics, it sounds like that’s focusing on what your body can do rather than what it looks like. And that’s just a good reminder for all of us, whether it’s in the gym or whether it’s how amazing our bodies are just being able to breathe and digest food, and [Inaudible 00:26:05.00]
Laura H.: Life is stressful enough as it is, and I just think that if we can like you were saying like especially with weight lifting, if we talk about different training intensities, weight lifting can be at a slow tempo, it’s lower intensity, so it’s less of high heart rate. You talk about hit and cardio training, and you don’t have to smash yourself into a heap on the floor for it to be a good session.
I think it’s important that we recognize how is our CNS, so I think if you’re doing it every single day, you might constantly be in a sympathetic state where you’re in that fight-or-flight, and if you’ve got a stressful job then add that training on, it’s a lot to recover from. So for me, weightlifting can provide that kind of slightly different intensity, and that definitely helps me relax weirdly.
Chloe B.: That’s an interesting point actually about those really high-intensity things like hit training, because I hear from two counts of people, that some people they have anxiety and they do the hit training they say it really calms me down. But then is there an argument actually you’re stressing your body more, and you should do something a bit more calm. Do you think?
The endorphins rush Laura H.: Totally. I think we all know how amazing that endorphin rush is, once you’ve done a big hit class and you’re sort of in a sweaty mess on the floor and everyone’s high-fiving and well-done guys, all you just completed a session, It feels pretty amazing. But then your heart rate has to recover from that, and obviously, it’s very taxing. So just try and focus on whatever it is that you’re putting your body through in a physical and mental stress situation, make sure you’ve got enough time for recovery.
So you’re managing the intensities of your life over a period of a week. So hit training as a fitness professional is very good, it’s very effective depending on what your goals are but don’t do it every day. Can you get in a yoga session, something that’s a bit more mindful that’s still movement, it’s working on your mobility, it still counts as a session.
You don’t have to be going 100 miles an hour all the time, because potentially depending on your recovery, they’ll become a point where it’s harder to recover from, and that’s when burnout occurs. And then you lose that thing that you rely on so much to make yourself feel good; it actually has a detrimental effect. So yes, use it sparingly.
Chloe B.: Yes, good advice. Do you have favorite exercises or things that you love to do or that you recommend people do a lot, there are some favorites that you have?
Laura H.: So well favorites that I have, so I’m a trainer at a gym called the foundry in London. And basically, our core training concept is around modified strongman training. And so like the strongman that you see like on the TV, like when they pull the buses and at the stones and the farmer’s carriers, we have a class where we teach this sort of method of training, and it’s super functional.
What I mean by functional is the movements that you’re doing are mirroring the strength that you need in your everyday life. So a farmer’s carry, for example, is like holding two big bags of shopping, so you would pick up something really heavy, and you would walk with it. It’s very challenging to your core, your upper body, works the heart rate, but it’s functional in that you’ll be doing that in your daily life.
Squatting, deadlifting, upper body pushing pull these are all big compound movements that work for multiple muscle groups. So it’s kind of big bang for your buck in terms of efficiency. And also they’re very good at you can kind of track your performance on them. So the weights on the bar, if you’re doing a deadlift maybe over time, you could start to increase the weights that you do. So do you deadlift?
Chloe B.: Yes, I do.
Laura H.: Okay. So ideally we would with weightlifting if we want to improve our strength, we want to apply a principle called progressive overloads. And what that means is over time you’re slowly increasing the intensity, so that could be over time maybe you’ll be able to lift heavier. Have you experienced that?
Chloe B.: I have, although I’m not doing that at the moment, but I need to get back on.
Laura H.: That’s okay. So you basically over a period of time that you’re working on, you say okay if I can do ten reps of this weight maybe next week could I do twelve reps of it, or could I go a little bit slower or more controlled or have less rest. So there are many different ways in which you can increase the intensity to improve your strength or your ability to control the weight, and that is what we call progressive overload. And you can apply these to the big compound lists, which are my favorite, so your deadlift, your squats, and upper body press or push-ups.
And then I just personally, modified strongman training is where is sort of my happy place. That’s the big stones and pushing the prowlers, and it just feels incredible. And at the gym that I work at, it probably looks, going back to the gym intimidation, it probably looks absolutely petrified, and we’re very aware of that.
But we have people who have never been to the gym come to us, and I promise you they leave feeling amazing. It’s just one of those things where you look at it, and you think no, there’s no way I can do that, and then actually people realize that they can, and it’s just incredibly empowering. So yes group fitness for me is very important, because doing things on your own is cool, having a little team or having a buddy to train with that can be really fun.
Chloe B.: And so much of that is missing from our lives, that kind of community and fitness gives people that community maybe they haven’t had before, I think it’s amazing. Just going back, what is a prowler?
Laura H.: Oh yes, so this is the thing I always talk about these things, and I sort of look at people go do you know what that means? A prowler is essentially something that you hold on to two handles, and you’re going to push it along a track. So it’s essentially it’s working, a lot of people say oh what muscles does it work, all of them.
So sprinters use it, so you’re pushing, you’re sprinting against resistance, so you can push it, you can pull it, you can put hundreds of kilos on it, whatever you want. And so it can be used in many different ways for athletic development, or just a load of fun.
Chloe B.: I’m just having a memory of yes I have used a prowler before, yes it was exhilarating.
Laura H.: Yes. Because it turns out aerobic very quickly, so you get that lactic build-up in your legs because it’s hugely taxing, and so yes, after about 20 steps, I start to grind to a bit of a halt, but yet it is brilliant.
Chloe B.: And there is that feeling of achievement, I’ve actually yes I lifted that, I did that at the end and it gives us this we think if I can do that, what else can I do? If I can lift that, what else am I capable of doing? What other challenges can I take on in my life? And I think so many of us need that when we’re doubting ourselves, and we don’t have that confidence, it’s just a physical way of giving ourselves more confidence.
Learning failure is ok Laura H.: Totally. I think we are very risk-averse in life, or let’s talk about in a work perspective. Not going for the promotion or not giving your point of view in a meeting or whatever it is. And for me, weightlifting just gives you that self-confidence to say actually I can be heard or I can ask for it, or I can go for something that I’m perhaps worried about not getting. And I think what weightlifting has taught me most is that failure is okay, I fail daily, and I post about it on my Instagram a lot. And there’s another thing called the log, or the strongman log it’s a very awkward thing that you pick up from the floor, you clean it to your shoulders, and you press it above your head.
And I love posting videos of me just absolutely failing it because it’s part of the journey. I think everyone thinks that everyone is just a linear process, you turn up to the gym, you get stronger like you just said you’ve been off for five weeks. So perhaps what you’ll experience or the weights you’re able to do might be a little bit different, that’s okay that’s part of your journey right. In that, we have to fail a little bit, and if we fail, don’t worry, just celebrate that you tried, because it’s all effort, it’s all work.
So for don’t be afraid of failure, it’s a part of it, laugh it off, share it, it’s great everyone does it. And also, the other thing for me is to not compare, you and I are very different, and everyone is so unique genetically, or everyone’s lifestyle is different. So for you to compare yourself to me or vice versa is pretty useless.
So I would say use things like social media or people that you’re inspired by as that purely inspiration and be positive about it but try not to look at it and go wow, that person’s lifting X amount they’re not you, it’s completely different. Just embrace your own journey and know that every session isn’t going to feel good; most of mine aren’t.
But it’s all part of the journey, and one day I’ll look back and go wow, I used to do that and now I’m doing this, but it takes time, and the best things take time. You’re not going to get abs in seven days, nor do we really want to. So just focus on training for life, feeling good, doing things that you enjoy, and for me, that’s kind of what saved me.
Chloe B.: I love that you’ve spoken about the compassion piece. Because I imagine there are a lot of people who maybe do go down that path when they start getting into fitness of maybe like taking it too far, or it can become like almost like an addiction or an obsession, or you start comparing yourself to different people and thinking I’ve got to work harder. Is there kind of a dark, almost like a dark side to this and kind of go too far, do you think?
Laura H.: Yes, absolutely. I mean it actually is a thing orthorexia, in that people get addicted to exercising and training, and I see it sometimes in my role, and within my scope of practice, I will try to have positive conversations with people to try and encourage them to seek professional help if they need it. But on the whole, I would say, and I guess I’ve experienced this as well, in that when exercise becomes your therapy, you then rely on it.
And there are lots of reasons why you then can’t exercise, like you may have an injury, you may have a cold. Like at the moment we’re in winter, right? So everyone’s got a cold, and everyone still feels like they need to turn up and smash the session because they plan to. Or they need a rest day and people just, they think that they can’t, and actually it is okay to have a day off.
And we need to look at our total week and say actually I was very stressed here or I’ve stayed at work late or didn’t sleep very well, it is going to have a knock-on effect. If you had four or five hours of sleep, generally, it will impact you the next day. It might impact your aerobic capacity, so you won’t be able to train as hard. So I would just say use it for its positives, but try to be aware of when you may be doing too much.
I know it’s a bit of a cheesy thing to say but listen to your body. And I find it hard to do it, but you have to do it and to say, do you know what? Today is not the day, and I’ll try again tomorrow. So yes, try not to get into that place where you rely on it; it’s a gift to be able to move and exercise and train. So yes, don’t take it too much for granted, I would say.
Chloe B.: Totally, thank you. I guess a bit of sort of personal question about you, is there anything that you’re struggling with at the moment and how are you managing that or overcoming that?
Laura H.: Yes, totally. So I try to be as transparent and as honest as I can from the sort of social media perspective, but it’s really hard because no one really wants to see me in my pants doing my programming 11:00 p.m. at night. So I would say Instagram is a bit of a highlight reel, and there is challenges behind what I do. And I think people think it’s alright for you you’re always in the gym, you’re always training and whatever. I’m training other people, and I’m doing lots of work. My Instagram doesn’t just sort of make itself; I have to spend a lot of time creating content, reply.
It’s really important to me that I respond to as many messages as possible. I have a full-time job; I manage the brand and PR marketing for the gym that I’m at, so I have a very busy life. And as much as I’m talking about fitness, I’ll be very honest in that I find it hard to invest the time to do my own training, because if I’m up at whatever o’clock and I’m coaching at 6:00 a.m. when I finish at 10:00 do I feel up to training? No, probably feel pretty knackered. And I find it so hard to get the right amount of sleep for me, and so I think earlier I sort of alluded to it.
For the next eight weeks or till the end of the year, I’ve set myself some really tough goals because the only person that is accountable is me. And it’s just one of those things whereas I am quite an empath as an individual, I want to be doing everything, I want to be helping everyone, and I have to remember that I have to help myself first. So I find that quite difficult to do because I want to be doing everything, but it’s actually at the detriment.
So that is what I find challenging is focusing on my own goals. I have some incredibly fit and strong clients, so actually not too long ago, I said to myself, wow, if only I treated myself as well as I do my clients, I’d be in incredible shape. So I’m not doing badly, but I just need to prioritize my sleep and my nutrition at the foundations and anything above that I’ll be grateful for.
Chloe B.: Yes. It’s so easy, isn’t it just for the busyness of life to take over, and even if something is really important to us. Still, it can be hard to find the time. So I’m sure there are loads of people listening that are just nodding their heads, and relating to that struggle. Are there any other things that you do to stay calm? Or any other kind of routines or self-care things that you do for yourself?
Laura’s routine to decompress Laura H.: Yes. So it’s a bit of a silly one really, but because I’m working or I’m in such high energy all day in the gym, and I work until relatively late. In the week I don’t get home till about half-past 9:00, and if I’ve got to be up early the next morning, I need some time to decompress from the day because my job is to be Mrs. Motivator and then I finish, and it’s like it’s a lot. So I record every day Loose Women, and I go home, and I watch it on my skype planner, and I just watched Loose Women for an hour, and I sit, and I just focus on my breathing.
And I know that sounds absolutely ridiculous, but it’s just like my hour of the day where I’m not a coach, no one’s messaging me or asking me questions and it’s just a very nice and easy conversation. So that’s what I do. I’m obsessed with loose women; I’m obsessed with Janet Street-Porter because she just hates everyone, so that’s brilliant. And also, and I need to get better at this, I know. But about four years ago, I learned how to meditate, so I worked with a meditation coach for nearly a year, actually.
I was absolutely rubbish at it when I started; I found it really hard to learn to sit with myself and my thoughts because I’m such a go, this is a waste of time person in my head. So I try in the mornings to sit down, I set an alarm for 10 minutes, and I close my eyes, and I meditate. And that’s been quite a big journey for me actually, just sort of being able to sit with myself and not see it as a waste of time. And one of the first things that I was told when I was learning to meditate is if you don’t have time to meditate, you need to meditate more.
Because I find I’m just living life at 100 miles an hour, and it’s so important for me at the start of the day whenever that is, whatever it’s 5:00 a.m. just to sit and just to think what do I want to achieve after today? And just maybe just think about the day as it goes so that I’m starting in a good place.
Because inevitably my train will be delayed, I’ll throw my coffee on my shoe, I’ll have left my headphones at home like there are so many different things that happen throughout the day that just are annoying and can stress you out, so if I can just try and start the day, yes. So loose women and meditation, that’s my advice.
Chloe B.: I love that, we’re going to decompress somehow. I like the way that you start the day and end the day with something that’s just for you, to just kind of get the day going and then really unwind and settle down, that is really brilliant. Thank you so much for everything that you shared, I feel very inspired, I’m going to just think about when I can get down to the gym.
Laura H.: Yes, that’s my next thing. When are you coming to train with me?
Chloe B.: I know, I need to, I’m desperate to. Where can people find out more about you and your book and that sort of thing?
Where can you find Laura
Laura H.: Yes. So on Instagram, I am at Laura Biceps; I share lots of different training videos and stuff, so feel free. If you’ve got any questions for me, please do slide into my DMs. I have recently published my first book lift yourself, which is I guess a bit more of a story of my journey into weight lifting and some very practical advice for you if you’re starting out. Yes, so lift yourself is available on Amazon.
And then also I have my podcast which is biceps and banter, which is me interviewing some incredible people actually, and we talk about lots of things from entrepreneurship to body confidence, body positivity and just what does it take to start your journey in strength training. So yes, please come and find me there, and I’m also in the gym you can come and train with me at the foundry in London, and we are found on @Foundryfit. So yes, all over the place really, most gyms you can find me in.
Chloe B.: Brilliant, thank you so much.
Laura H.: Thank you.
Chloe B.: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode, come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @ChloeBrotheridge, and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating and is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast I’d be so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’re tuned in again, and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 84 Lift Yourself with Laura Hoggins appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s Calmer You Podcast, I really enjoyed speaking with Laura ‘biceps’ Hoggins, PT & Head of Brand @foundryfit. She has introduced a form of fitness that celebrates effort over results and empowerment over appearance. We chat about: How to overcome gymtimidation The mental and physical benefits of lifting weights (some of these will surprise […]
The post Ep 84 Lift Yourself with Laura Hoggins appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s podcast, I speak with Jess Lively. She helps people experience more joy, fulfillment, and presence through flow and the power of their subconscious.
We chat about:
My confidence challenge is coming up at the end of Feb – 5 days to become more confident, connect with others of the same path and have fun – it’s one of my favourite events I offer and totally free, join at www.calmeryou.com/confidence
The post Ep 83. Listening to your intuition with Jess Lively appeared first on Calmer you.
On this week’s podcast, I speak with Jess Lively. She helps people experience more joy, fulfillment, and presence through flow and the power of their subconscious. We chat about: The story of her changing consciousness Why allowing things to be easy is an option How to listen to the inner voice, the intuition What is […]
The post Ep 83. Listening to your intuition with Jess Lively appeared first on Calmer you.
bar="bVXeoyH9qvvvZ6U2z2BvpK" data-bar-domain="calmer-me.lpages.co" async defer> If you’re shy, lacking in confidence or socially anxious, here’s how to start a conversation with anyone. Join my FREE confidence challenge https://www.calmer-you.com/confidence.
The post How to talk to anyone {video} appeared first on Calmer you.
bar="bVXeoyH9qvvvZ6U2z2BvpK" data-bar-domain="calmer-me.lpages.co" async defer> If you’re shy, lacking in confidence or socially anxious, here’s how to start a conversation with anyone.
Join my FREE confidence challenge https://calmer-you.com/confidence.
The post How to talk to anyone {video} appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you in control of your phone, or does it control you? Here’s how to have boundaries over your mobile phone use and social media. Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post How to have boundaries around your mobile phone appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you in control of your phone, or does it control you?
Here’s how to have boundaries over your mobile phone use and social media.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at https://calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
The post How to have boundaries around your mobile phone appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m reuploading this popular episode as the podcast takes a break in December. The podcast will be back on 6th Jan 2020!
In ‘Happy Ever After: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life’ bestselling happiness expert Professor Paul Dolan draws on a variety of studies covering issues such as wellbeing, inequality and discrimination to bust the common myths about our sources of happiness. He shows that there can be many unexpected paths to lasting fulfilment. Some of these might involve not going into higher education, choosing not to marry, rewarding acts rooted in self-interest and caring a little less about living for ever. By freeing ourselves from the myth of the perfect life, we might each find a life worth living.
We discuss:
-Does money make us happy?
-What’s the link between happiness and success
-Why you might be better off choosing to be single
-The benefits of being child-free
https://pauldolan.co.uk/Buy Happy Ever After on Amazon
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
The post Reupload: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life with Professor Paul Dolan appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m reuploading this popular episode as the podcast takes a break in December. The podcast will be back on 6th Jan 2020! In ‘Happy Ever After: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life’ bestselling happiness expert Professor Paul Dolan draws on a variety of studies covering issues such as wellbeing, inequality and discrimination to bust […]
The post Reupload: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life with Professor Paul Dolan appeared first on Calmer you.
Following my interview with @Plantpowerdoctor on my podcast recently I’ve had quite a few messages about changing to a plant based diet. Food is such a personal choice and I believe it’s so important not to judge anyone for the food choices they make. There might be very good cultural, familial or health reasons why someone chooses to eat meat which I respect.
I’m not suggesting that the whole world should go vegan. But the simple truth remains; our planet can’t support 8 billion (and counting) people consuming the amounts of animal products that we currently do. I also acknowledge that when it comes to being sustainable, I myself am far from perfect. I’ve eaten a fair few avocados in my time and taken some flights this year. No one is doing this perfectly, but that’s not a reason to not try.
If you are curious about trying a more plant based diet, here are some great reasons to give it a go.
Note: if this post triggers, angers or upsets you – ask yourself ‘why?’. Get curious. What are your feelings trying to tell you, about you.
Animal welfare 54 billion animals are killed every year for our food. In order to fulfil this massive demand most of the animals are intensively farmed, kept in very cramped conditions. Electric shocks and stun guns meant to make animals unconscious before they are killed at times don’t work and the animals die in pain and great distress. It’s impossible to kill animals at this scale in a humane way. I watched the documentary ‘Earthlings’ (much of it through my fingers) and it opened my eyes as to how the animals are treated. Watch Earthlings here
Slaughterhouse workers welfare Meatpacking is by far the most dangerous job there is, with injury rates of 20/100 workers, according to the Yale Global Health Review. Having a slaughterhouse in the community dramatically increases that communities rate of crime; it’s thought due to the violent nature of the work having a spillover effect into everyday life. Slaughter house work has been linked to PTSD and the lesser-known PITS (perpetration-induced traumatic stress). It’s a job often done by unskilled workers who have little choice about the job they do.
Health While there is much debate about what constitutes a healthy diet, there’s one thing most people can agree on; lots of veggies is a good idea. David Katz, of the Yale University Prevention Research Center, told the Guardian “all {optimal diets for human health} are made up mostly of whole, wholesome plant foods”.
Planetary health Animal agriculture accounts for 14.5% of all greenhouse emissions, according to the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO). Beef requires 160 times more land and produces 11 times more greenhouse gases than staples such as rice and potatoes. The amount of waste and sediment (poo, wee and degraded soil) that animals produce has a damaging effect on the environment; according to WWF Australia and has damaged the Great Barrier Reef and it has created the worlds biggest ocean dead zone (8,200 square miles) in the Gulf of Mexico.
Water The meat and dairy industry use 1/3 of the planet’s water. This isn’t sustainable, especially in a world which is getting warmer. According to PETA, you save more water by not eating a pound of meat than you would by not showing for 6 months. Switching to a plant based diet reduces your water footprint by 27% (study published in Animal Frontiers).
Dairy There’s no denying it; dairy is delish. I’ve dreamed of dulche de leche, fantasised about feta and craved Camembert. But when I learned more about how it’s produced, it became decidedly less tasty. Dairy, it turns out, is scary. Female cows are forcibly impregnated over and over again and after she gives birth, her calf is taken away within 36 hours. The mother moos and bellows in anguish for 3 days, looking for her baby. If the calf is male, it’s shot or sent to be turned into veal. Girls go on to live the hard life of a dairy cow. For at least 6 months of the year, dairy cows are confined to indoor sheds with little room for movement and they are killed after 3-5 years (when the natural lifespan of a cow is 25). There image of dairy cows grazing in buttercup fields sadly isn’t the reality for most. Pass me the Oatly Barista!
Farts and burps Methane is a gas that has a big impact on climate change, having an 86x great warming effect than CO2 (IPCC). Cows, sheep and goats pump out loads as a byproduct of their digestion.
Calorie inefficiency It’s a matter of thermodynamics – we lose energy when we use animals as the middle man to meet our calorie needs. Energy goes into the animal but is lost through heat, their movement and excretion and so you end up putting many more calories into the animal than you get out. In beef production, we get only 2% of the calories out that we put in, pork 8.6% and whole milk 25% (Our World in Data). It wastes our planets finite resources.
Land use Almost 80% of all agricultural land is for grazing animals or growing crops to feed those animals (source FAO), while we only get 18% of our calories from animal products. This is a hugely inefficient use of land and resources.
Deforestation Agriculture is responsible for 80% (Department of Energy and Climate Change) of all tropical deforestation (remember the fires in the Amazon this summer?). And as I mentioned above, 80% of that is to graze animals or grow food for the animals. Trees are our number one ally in the fight against climate change, with tropical forests being amongst the best carbon sequesters. If you eat beef or dairy (or soya and palm oil) – this has a direct impact on deforestation.
Fishing Fishing nets are the single biggest source of ocean plastic. Due to ‘bycatch’, thousands of dolphins, sea turtles, sharks, and other animals also die. According to WWF, 300,000 dolphins, porpoises and whales are killed in this way every year (other estimates put this as high as 650,000).
And just a final thought from George Monbiot who wrote in the Guardian: ‘While we call ourselves animal lovers, and lavish kindness on our dogs and cats, we inflict brutal deprivations on billions of animals that are just as capable of suffering.’.
What are your thoughts on this? Have you changed to a plant based diet? Are you tempted? Or should the hippies just shut up and eat a burger?!
The post Eleven Great Reasons to go Plant-Based appeared first on Calmer you.
Following my interview with @Plantpowerdoctor on my podcast recently I’ve had quite a few messages about changing to a plant based diet. Food is such a personal choice and I believe it’s so important not to judge anyone for the food choices they make. There might be very good cultural, familial or health reasons why someone […]
The post Eleven Great Reasons to go Plant-Based appeared first on Calmer you.
We chat about:
You can find Gemma on Instagram @plantpowerdoctor and find out more on her website: gemmasnewman@yahoo.co.uk
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. BY Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/)
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
Ep 82 Plant Power Mental and Physical Health with Dr Gemma Newman Chloe: Hello and welcome to the ‘Calmer You’ podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a hypnotherapist and a coach. I’m the author of two books, ‘The anxiety solution’ and ‘Brave new girl’, which is all about confidence. Thanks so much for listening, this podcast is all about helping you to become your happiest and most confident, calm self. Today I am talking to Dr. Gemma Newman who is a GP, and she has a special interest in the links between our physical health and our mental health, and also in plant-based living.
So, some of the things that we will discuss in today’s episode is the link between physical health, diet and mental health. She shares so many interesting studies and tips for us all to be improving our mental health with what we eat and how we take care of ourselves. She shares something really interesting about how our sense of purpose impacts our mental and physical health. I think you’ll love this insight, which are about how environmental issues relate to our mental and physical health, and finally she shares practical steps that we can all do to be happier and healthier.
So, I want to invite you to come on over to my website calmeryou.com/free. Enter your details there and I will send you my free anxiety toolkit where you will receive free mp3’s, worksheets, loads of resources in there to help you to become your calmer self and I’ll also let you know about the latest podcasts there as well. So, head over to calmeryou.com/free and enter your details there. So, let’s get into the interview with Dr. Gemma Newman. So, welcome.
Gemma: Thank you.
Chloe: Thank you for joining me Gemma. How are you?
Gemma: I’m excellent, it’s pleasure to be here with you Chloe.
Chloe: Can you tell us what it is that you do and how you got to where you are today?
Gemma: Yes, so my name is Dr. Gemma Newman, I’m a GP. I’ve been doing that for quite some time, I’ve been a doctor now for 15 years. I am senior partner at a busy NHS medical practice, and I’ve seen everything from cradle to grave. I have always been passionate about helping patients to get to their best health, and that’s taken a variety of forms over the years.
So, I’ve been passionate about positive motivational interviewing, solution focused approaches, nutrition, and my passion about plant-based nutrition has also taken me on an exciting journey over the last few years. Really seeing some great health benefits for my patients. I basically do my best to incorporate all these different tools in my toolbox in the hopes that it’s going to help people onwards with their journey of health.
Chloe: Brilliant. So, you a GP, to people come and see with the-,
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: Well, thank you. We are so lucky to have you.
Gemma: Thank you for that. I do love it; I love my job so much. A friend of mine said that being a GP is a bit like saving lives in slow motion, and that’s how it feels to me that you can really get to know people. It can take a nudge here or comment there to really help shift their perspective on what’s possible in their life, and where they see themselves going. It’s such a privilege, it really is to be able to have people let you into their lives like that.
These people that wouldn’t necessarily go for therapy or wouldn’t take the time out for themselves but they do need someone to talk to and being a GP. I think in the modern age is a bit like being not just a doctor but also sometimes a friend, sometimes a confidant, sometimes a counsellor, sometimes a vicar, sometimes everything in between. I don’t ever overstate that tremendous privilege because yeah, it’s a really special thing that people let you in like that.
Chloe: I suppose you got so much. I want to say, I don’t know if power as the right word but I suppose power to influence people and help people. Because when someone goes to the doctor, it’s like a single sentence, they say can stay with you. You know that stuff stays with us a lot.
Gemma: It does. Also, the amount of courage sometimes it takes to even book an appointment and even get one, you might have been waiting for a couple of weeks. Then to psych yourself up to saying something, like it is a big deal for a lot of people. So yes, I think that is a big privilege, and you’re right. The words that we say are powerful and I think also sometimes doctors underestimate the power that they have as well. That the difference they can make, and it’s easy to feel burnt out nowadays and because of all the extra work that we have. Yeah, it’s actually still such a vocation. I think people kind of sometimes get stuck in the mire of the day-to-day without realizing how much power they have to change and improve people’s lives, so here it’s fantastic. I wouldn’t change it for the world.
Chloe: Amazing. I know we’ve got so much we’re gonna talk about. I only want to touch on this briefly because we didn’t actually discuss talking about this. But can you share with people what proportion of people that come and see for stress and anxiety, just for people that need that reassurance because it is quite a lot.
Gemma: It is a lot. Yes, you are right Chloe. It’s interesting because often people don’t necessarily even realize that that’s why they’ve come in deep down. Somatization is where people have physical symptoms sometimes, which are directly related to psychological issues and they are connected mind, body, soul, brain, whatever you want to call it. Has a lot very deep connection with the body. So, yes I’d say well an estimate of at least 80% of the things I see are in some way related to people’s mental health.
Chloe: Wow. I think that’s such a good message to remind people of if they’re scared to go to their doctor to speak about their mental health or they feel that they’re the only one or it’s really nerve-racking going to speak to a professional about your mental health. So, just know that the doctor would have seen a lot of other people that day with the similar type of issues.
Gemma: Yes, we have. Sometimes it’s important for us to keep our mental health in check. Because when you have someone new every 10 minutes coming with a genuine tale of woe or uncertainty or despair. You have to think of ways to help them feel better every 10 minutes throughout the day, it can be costing and it can be very draining. So, I always say to doctors you know in order to get the best that of your patients, you have to be in your best form. Take the time to yourself to really ensure that you are looking after your own mental health as well. Because mental health issues are actually quite big amongst healthcare professionals as well.
Chloe: Can we talk a bit about mental health and diet?
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: I know you’ve got a special interest in this area. What are the important things that you notice about this topic?
Gemma: Well, what’s interesting is that people who are happier tend to actually have a reduced risk of dying prematurely. This is such an interesting area, there was a systematic review in the Journal of psychosomatic medicine, and they were looking over 70 studies. What they found was that people who had a positive mood or general life satisfaction or optimism or even just a good sense of humor tended to have boosted survival rates. Even in diseased populations, so even in people who were suffering from chronic diseases, they still had some advantage because of their sort of mental state of mind.
Other research also suggests that people who are happier tend to get less sick. There was a fantastic study done at Carnegie Mellon University. I don’t know if you do this Chloe, I think I might have done this perhaps when I was a student but they paid people the equivalent of about five hundred pounds each. So, there was quite a few hundred people, I think that got involved. They paid them this money in order to allow them to squirt, flew viruses up their nostrils to see if they got sick or not. I don’t know if you do that. Because not everybody would get sick of course.
We have an immune system, an innate immune system that helps protect us against various things in the environment. What was interesting in this study was that one in three of the people who would class themselves as anxious or depressed or hostile in mood got sick, one in three. Whereas those who had a much happier disposition, it was only one in five of them that got sick. They even found these changes when they accounted for things like poor sleep and poor exercise patterns or stress. They still found the same association. So, it’s really powerful, our state of mind as to whether we actually get sick in the first place.
Chloe: Okay. It’s really interesting to hear that study because we might have heard that stress can impact your immune system but actually to hear it like that, it’s a real thing.
Gemma: It really can. What’s great is that we can make a start with food, if we’re feeling low, we’re feeling down. Obviously, we have to work on what the root cause of that is, whether it’s something to do with our self-confidence or self-perception or life circumstance. But taking a simple step and eating something healthy may actually have a tremendous benefit. There’re two fantastic randomized control trials that show us that there’s one called the ‘Smiles trial’ back in 2017. They wanted to look at whether diet interventions could have a role in improving mood, and they didn’t use anything else.
So, they got people one cohort had a modified Mediterranean diet, which was very high in vegetables and whole grains. The other cohort had social support. They wanted to see how they did, and whether their diet made any difference. What was interesting is that in the group that had mostly vegetables and whole grains and modified Mediterranean diet, there was a third of the group that went into remission from their depression, these are people with active depression. In the social support group, there were only an 8% remission rate in within three months of the trial.
So, there was a big difference in the amount of people who felt subjectively better and the diet was just changing what they ate, they didn’t have anything else as an intervention. It was just the food, which I thought was amazing.
Chloe: That was not taking fancy supplements or anything like that or Green powders, and it is literally Mediterranean diet.
Gemma: Yeah, that’s it. There’s another one that I love. There’s another randomized control trial, it was actually run by Geico, which is I don’t know if I said that right. It’s Geico. It’s an American insurance company and they used their employees to do another randomized control trial on diet. What they did, they recruit nearly 300 people across 10 different cities and they have an intervention group where these people were known to be overweight or diabetic. In the intervention group, they basically gave them a once a week one hour, I believe education session on diet and things to eat, and a plant-based diet. They also gave them an option in their staff canteen, if they wanted, they could pick a healthy plant-based meal.
So, there was no obligation to actually eat the food that they were talking about in the intervention. What I loved about this was that it you know people had their own choice; it was a very relaxed controlled trial. But in the intervention group, there was still a statistically significant improvement, not only in weight and lipids and the average blood Sugar’s hba1c as you might expect. If they did decide to go for the plant-based meal. But what was interesting to me was that they also had improved rates of depression, anxiety, and they had improved productivity scores as well. So, the effect on their mental health was as almost, I would say a surprise, was you know they’re getting the other benefits but they’re also getting the mental health benefits as well which is fantastic.
Chloe: Fascinating. Can you talk a little bit about why the fact that was plant-based might have an impact on mental health?
Gemma: Well, there’s so many different reasons why it could be. There are some studies on how increasing folate from green leafy vegetables boosts mood. There was a Taiwanese study of elderly people and they found that increasing their vegetable intake boosted their mood by up to 60% or so. Then we have the fiber content so for example, when you have a very high fiber diet, you get something called short chain fatty-acids produce, which are supposed to be really good for feeding the beneficial gut bugs that help to make precursors for our beneficial neurotransmitters like dopamine and serotonin. It might also be the bioavailability of an amino acid called tryptophan as well, tryptophan is contained in many foods. It’s especially high in foods like chicken.
So, you’d think well why would it be more important for it to be potentially plant-based. Well, there is an argument to suggest that it may be more bioavailable from a plant source. There was one study in 2009; it was around a most controlled trial. They had 106 people losing weight, some had a high carb, some had a low carb. Both groups lost weight about the same amount statistically, but the ones who had the high carb diet from healthy sources improved their depression, anxiety, and mood state scores again. So, the hypothesis was made that it might be that the tryptophan which is a precursor for serotonin was more by available in these high carbohydrate diets.
So, foods like sesame seeds and sunflower seeds, pumpkin seeds, butternut squash these are not only high in fiber but they’re also high in tryptophan. So, that’s another potential theory. But it’s complicated, we don’t know all the potential reasons. I think having whole foods in their most natural form is just good for the body and what’s good for the body is often good for the mind. We’ve got a lot of our immune cells down in the gut and we’ve got microbiome effects. In fact, there’s loads of new psychiatric research into so-called Psychobiotics, these are the bacteria in the gut that can actually potentially be useful for improving our mood as well.
It’s complicated but I’d say probably number one reasons would be it’s beneficial gut bacteria, fiber content and increase in micronutrients. Because if you think about it, all these fruits or vegetables are filled with micronutrients, that’s where we get most of our, well all of our phytonutrients from an antioxidant. So, it’s bound to have a good impact I think on the brain as well as the body.
Chloe: So, eat your broccoli.
Gemma: Oh yes, I’ve got a little bit of tip about broccoli as well.
Chloe: Have you heard of the hack and hold technique? Tell me more?
Gemma: When you have a cruciferous vegetable like broccoli or cauliflower or kale or Brussels sprouts, they are so good for you. One of the reasons why is they contain, sulforaphane which is really good for inducing the phase 2 liver detoxification pathways in the body. But it can’t be activated unless it’s been chopped up, unless the cell membranes have been disrupted. So, if you’re having it, wrong when you’re chewing it in your mouth. Then it goes into the stomach, you can activate the sulforaphane that way because there’s going to be a transit time between when you’ve chewed it and when it’s gone into the stomach.
But if you’re chopping up cruciferous, and you just chuckinto the pan. The enzymes are in needed denatured with heat. [INAIUDIBLE 16:03] So, what you want to do is chop up your veggies, first leave them on the side for about 40 minutes, and then pop them in to cook. Then you get in all the Sephora fame which is going to help your liver to function and detoxify as it should.
Chloe: Oh, my goodness, broccoli hacks everyone.
Gemma: Literal of broccoli hacks. That was an aside. So, there are huge benefits to mental health from eating a predominantly plant-based diet, and we see it time and again in study after study.
Chloe: I love it. As someone has just gone plant-based, that’s good news for me.
Gemma: Congratulations.
Chloe: More vegetables, lots of beans.
Gemma: Beans are amazing. The part of the reason they’re amazing is that they’re so good for reducing insulin resistance as well, so but anyway. Well, what I love is that when we look at the blue zones. Have you heard of the blue zones?
Chloe: No.
Gemma: Okay. So, there’s this well-known researcher for National Geographic called Dan Buettner. He spent most of his career looking at the populations of the world with the highest longevity. The highest active longevity, people who actually are enjoying themselves living around, living their best lives for as long as possible. What they found is that there’s some small pockets of the world with the highest proportion of centenarian’s people living around the age of 100. These are places like Sardinia, an area in Greece. The Loma Linden’s of California, there’s an island off the coast of Costa Rica. These people, most of them live on Islands except the Loma Linden’s.
But what they’ve all got in common is that they have about a 90% plant-based diet, and they all have some form of bean in their diet. So, beans are very healthful. Not just kidney beans or baked beans, you’ve got all sorts of beans and that includes things like chickpeas and lentils as well. The reasons they’re so good is they’ve got soluble starches, they’ve got insoluble starches, they’ve got the protein. They’ve got everything that you could need including the micronutrients. So, you’re not just getting protein, you’re getting all sorts of things not only just to feed you but to feed your gut bugs as well.
They line the intestine which means that you’re going to have less of an insulin spike with your next meal. So, say for example you have a lentil bolognaise with brown pasta, and then when you have like a mango or something after that, it won’t give you such a big sugar spike.
Chloe: Really good news. A good excuse to eat more hummus.
Gemma: I love hummus.
Chloe: So, I mean there’s so much I want to ask you. What to ask you next? What about purpose, health and mental health? Can you talk about that?
Gemma: Yes, what I’ve seen in my clinical practice is that people have to have a reason to change. If I tell them to do something, it could last for a few days maybe. If they have a logical reason that they’ve told themselves to do something, it could maybe last a few weeks. But if they have a purpose or an identity or an aspiration that matches the intention then that’s when the changes can last a lifetime. I see that in my practice time and again. So, what I think is interesting is sometimes when you look at studies, you see that people who have, so, for example there’s this really interesting book which I really enjoyed reading called ‘Radical remissions’ by Dr. Kelly Turner.
She conducted interviews with over a thousand people who’d had radical remissions from cancer. Because she wanted to understand was there anything that these people had in common. She didn’t make any judgments on it; she didn’t try to find a cure because you know that’s something that could certainly create false hope in people. But she just wanted to understand more about what it was that helped them get through it. These are people who had quite a poor prognosis I think, around about 20, less than 20% chance of a five-year survival.
There were nine things that she pieced together that they all had in common. We’ve just been talking about the importance of diet and it’s true that the people she spoke to they had whole foods plant-based eating patterns that they had incorporated. They were having things like filter water and they were all taking various herbs and supplements. Interestingly, there wasn’t one particular herb or supplement that stood out but that they were all doing something. Eating organic, cutting sugar, meat, dairy, refined foods but what’s interesting to me was the element of purpose. These people had a reason for living, they had good social supports.
They were taking active control of their own health. They weren’t just letting doctors decide what was going to happen next and taking a back seat. They had deepened their spiritual connections or if they weren’t religious, they had a deepening understanding or an awareness of their highest self. They were releasing suppressed emotions, and they were increasing positive emotions. This is incredible to me, and this is I think really the heart of real medicine is to say we have to help people find their purpose. What it is that they want from their lives, who they want to be, and then all of the other health behaviors can come from that.
People are going to want to eat more healthfully and more vibrant foods when they love their bodies, people want to carry on with the meditation practice when they’re in love with their mind. People are going to want to start journaling or creating a gratitude practice when they are more in love with themselves as a person. So, that’s why I think that the root of it comes from, and I’ve seen that myself in clinical practice. I’ve seen it in my own life, I’ve seen it in the lives of my patients and my friends. So, yeah.
Chloe: That’s really interesting to me and it definitely aligns with what I do with my clients as a coach. The so-called Dilt’s triangle that we use in in coaching and at the top is identity and purpose.
Gemma: Wow.
Chloe: It affects everything else at the bottom of this triangle such as behaviors, habits and that sort of thing. If we can change our identity and chain into our purpose and the meaning behind things, changing habits, changing our routine. Changing all those things just becomes automatic and easy. Rather than what most of us are trying to do is working from the bottom, just trying to change our habits, trying to I know for example people that give up smoking. If they have a real reason for purpose behind it. I work with a client, he wanted to stay alive to do this bicycle ride with his son in 20 years’ time and his grandson. He held on to that image and he gave up smoking easily because he had that little purpose behind it. So, I love that, that is reflected in those findings with cancer patients.
Gemma: It’s so true and I see it in my practice too. Because I say to people, I’ve had some tremendous inspiring patients who have just wanted to feel different, they’ve created that positive future in their own mind if I ask them what’s important to them. Like you say your client wanted to give up smoking for that reason. Some other people might have a more immediate need like to get their driving license back or to be able to walk up the stairs again or to be able to look their best for their daughter’s wedding in two months’ time. It could be sort of small or big things but if you can create some form of aspiration that matches your identity, then that that will help it to last.
Sort of people tend to slip back into unhelpful habits if they haven’t done that, which I think is an important thing to say. So, yeah but it’s interesting, sometimes I get people to do this that there’s this technique in a solution focused approaches where you counsel someone to ask themselves the miracle question. So, the idea behind it is that they will start to imagine what their life could look like and start to incorporate positive health behaviors, and start to notice when they’re already incorporating positive health behaviors. Also, to help them realize that they are still the same person whatever their struggles have been, and that that same beautiful soul essentially exists.
Despite the problems and hopefully can rise above, and I think it’s a really powerful tool. It’s so simple, all you have to do is just get the person to suppose that when they sleep tonight, and when the entire house is quiet, a miracle happens. The miracle is that the problem that brought them to you is solved and this could be anything, this could be heart disease or cancer or low mood or anxiety or whatever it is. However, because you’re sleeping, you don’t yet know that the miracle has happened. So, when you wake up tomorrow morning, what will be different that will tell you that a miracle has happened and that your health problem is solved.
How would you get up out of bed? What would you make for breakfast? Who would you be surrounded by? What would the weather look like out of the window? Really try to visualize it as best that you can. Then sometimes I say to people I want you to really think about it. If you don’t know, imagine what you’d notice if you did know and how differently your day would look.
Chloe: Yeah.
Gemma: I found it, people’s faces if you give them the time to really do this, then their faces can sometimes light up. Because they’re starting to imagine something that they hadn’t really previously thought about. It can actually help them to align that feeling of sort of self-identity and create some positive change that they hadn’t considered before.
Chloe: So, it’s about almost visualizing things being better.
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: It’s a really powerful technique, again it’s something that I often do with clients in fact always deal with clients. Because so much of hypnotherapy is about creating positive images in your mind and helping your subconscious to really absorb that and take that on board. Because whenever you visualize something that is the language of the subconscious. You can send a message to your subconscious by using your imagination. So, I hope people listening and gonna ask themselves the miracle question. I really start to tune into what will be different.
Gemma: Yeah, well that’s so interesting that you do that with your clients as well. I guess it makes sense that it can apply to everything, can’t it? I do think that often what we tell our subconscious can affect our entire lives and we don’t even know it. We’re sort of walking around half asleep a lot of the time. Yeah, I can’t myself in that too. Unconscious habits are so easy to do and so difficult to break. That’s the same even circling this back to food issues. There was research actually by, I think it was by Imperial that showed us that every day we’re making about I can’t remember the exact numbers but they were around 213 food decisions.
We are actually only conscious of about 15 of them and all the others are subconscious decisions. So, in a sense if we can at least understand that, it does help us to make better choices. But also I think it puts some onus on the food industry and society to making things easier for us in a sense. Because it’s not our fault often when we pick something that’s not right for us. Again, you know instinctively nobody reaches for a plate of steamed Broccoli when they’re feeling low. They want that glass of wine, ice-cream or the chocolate or whatever. we’re given that immediate, it sort of kick.
So, I do think that it’s important for industry and society to make things easier for us to make healthier choices.
Chloe: Yeah, I totally agree. Wouldn’t it be good, if we did crave Broccoli when we are feeling like probably a useful?
Gemma: Irony is of course, if we’re eating those kinds of foods habitually, we will have less need for the quick fix which is it’s hard for us to get. But once we do it can be things a lot easier.
Chloe: Yeah, totally. Can we talk about environmental issues and how they tie into our health?
Gemma: Yeah, I think I am very conscious of this and that’s partly why I’m so passionate about plant-based nutrition. Because I see it as being a way of life that is intrinsically healthy if done properly and is also intrinsically beneficial for our environment. Which is beneficial for human health long-term. Which is why I really like the fact that the conversation is moving on to that in general three nutrition. So, we have the planetary health guidelines that were created by the Atlantic Commission, headed up by Professor Walter Willett. Who is a world-renowned nutritional researcher.
Not just him, you know there was 37 experts in 16 countries that brought these planetary health guidelines together. That’s not an easy thing to do because you can imagine there’s 820 million people with not enough food to eat. Then there’s like 2.1 billion people that are overweight and obese and trying to create some form of general universally healthy reference diet for everyone. It’s hard but they did it. What they found was that they were really needing people to try to move more towards a sustainable plant-based way of eating. Not completely, because that’s not necessarily possible for certain communities but for most of us it is possible.
In the UK, the British Dietetic Association is starting to catch up with the research now. They’ve created the Blue Dot campaign which is again a way of helping people more toward sustainable diets and why is this important. Well, we know that the animal agriculture industry does have a huge role to play. Not just in terms of carbon emissions, but more to do with things like species extinctions and ocean dead zones.
For example, when you’re stripping land to create soy crops, those are not soy crops for most of us to be eating. They’re soy crops for the cows and the pigs to be eating which we have to raise. It’s just tremendously inefficient in terms of our water consumption. Then of course, you’ve got all the silage, silage from the cows and the pigs that’s destroying these ocean ecosystems.
Chloe: Can you just explain what silage is?
Gemma: Oh, it’s the poop, it’s the cow and the pig poop. It’s got to go somewhere. When we’re raising all of these cows and pigs for us to eat, where does all their poo go? Ended up going in the water system and it can really damage those ecosystems and just land mass degradation. We know that that’s happening in the Brazilian rainforest it’s happening in lots of other places. It’s even happening closer to home and it’s very inefficient. You could grow a lot more food for a lot more people if we didn’t have to use them as a halfway house for our protein basically.
Antibiotics are another thing. So, sort of talking specifically about human health. You think to yourself, well why is this important for me right now because I just want my steak? If I get it this ethically sourced, then what’s the big deal? Well, it still affects you in the long term. Because for example, like I said antibiotic use is prevalent in the animal agriculture industry especially for factory farmed animals it has to be. When they’re all closely sort of packed together in this way, infections are bound to ensue. Quite rightly they need to be given some antibiotics to minimize their infection risk and we’ll know treat them as well, if they’ve got an infection.
But that ends up going into our own mini ecosystems inside our bodies. We are all connected, the inside is connected to the outside. So, when we disrupt our inner microbes as we do through eating foods that of containing antibiotics over taking antibiotics that we don’t need. Eating foods that heavily pesticide containing which also strips our own inner microbes. That’s not good for us long term, that increases our long-term risk of things like cancer and dysbiosis and autoimmune diseases.
The same is happening on the outside as well. We’ve got degradation of the soil through conventional agriculture, which means that we’re stripping the topsoil. Which is much easier than to wash away, next time you have a big storm a lot of the topsoil just washes off into the ocean and what we left with we’re left with depleted soil. What do we eat from the soil or vegetables, but they can’t have the same micronutrient or mineral profile that they used to because they are depleted as well. So, it’s all connected.
I think that if we can aim to, if it’s possible for us personally to help no-till regenerative agriculture, help organic farming, aim to eat organic if we can afford to wherever possible. Having eating low in the food chain generally, these are all ways to improve our health and also the health of the soil and the health of the planet.
Chloe: So, there’s so many links between the health of the environment and our health.
Gemma: Yeah.
Chloe: I was saying this on the podcast I was recording just before this one, how we forget as human beings that we are nature. If we mess with nature, nature is going to mess with us.
Gemma: Unfortunately, we can’t escape it but this is. I mean just in terms of basic things I know that it was a bit of an esoteric chat I went on to help people understand sort of the macro and the micro and how it’s connected. But if we just look at basic statistics, I think the World Health Organization predicted that between 2030 and 2050 there be an additional 250 thousand deaths from malnutrition diarrhea and malaria and heat stress. Because of climate change.
So, this is a very real tangible human loss. Mass migrations because of climate change potentially. I think the UNIPCC reported last year we had 12 years left, now it’s 11 years who knows it might accelerate further unless we do something to change our current paradigm. So, these are sort of very real risk. In terms of even personal risks, we know that we’re becoming antibiotic resistant. It is a crisis that can hopefully be addressed by industry and by pharmaceuticals. Because we all want to be able to go into hospital and not die from an infection that was routinely treatable in the past.
We want to be able to have a cesarean section without worrying about a life limiting infection. But we’re looking into the abyss right now. I don’t want to sound too dramatic, but we need to come up with solutions. I think that minimizing antibiotics exposure through animal agriculture industry is one of those solutions as well as hopefully finding new antibiotic agents that we can use to treat us in the future. Because antibiotics are a good invention.
Chloe: Oh my God.
Gemma: They’ve increased our lifespan by approximately 13 to 15 years on average. It’s amazing but they are overused and unfortunately that has negative health consequences. People don’t realize. They think I’ll just take antibiotics just in case. But what they don’t understand is that multiple courses of antibiotics over a lifetime that haven’t been necessary can disrupt our microbes so much. That we could potentially have an increased link there between microbiome depletion and future risk of things like autumn moon diseases and cancer. So, there is a link that people don’t necessarily understand.
Chloe: So, antibiotics kill bacteria and they kill the bad bacteria when you take them. So, it’s good but they also kill the good bacteria when they’re going through. So, it’s not good for our immune system. Because so much of our immune system starts in the gut.
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: Not good for our mental health, because those bugs are really important for our mental health. A lot of the antibiotics are getting fed to animals, that we end up eating or having the milk from. More so to the animals than to humans. Is that right?
Gemma: Yeah, so there’s a phenomenon whereby you’d have biological accumulation in the largest mammal if you like. So, it’s the same with things like fish in the ocean. If they’ve had explicit exposure PCBs dioxins in the ocean, you’re eating the fish you’re gonna buy accumulate those toxins further than they have. So, again with 90% of fish stocks depleted what are we going to do, I mean no plastic stores that’s great. But also, I would say perhaps eating less fish would also be beneficial.
I mean if you do decide to eat fish, then go for the smaller ones and the ones that are wild court if you can. Because the smaller ones bioaccumulate less of these toxins that we’re talking about and it’s the same when you’re eating things like cows and pigs. They will still bio accumulate things that we then buy accumulate further.
Chloe: Right. So, the little fish get eaten by the bigger fish. If we eat the big fish, then we get all the toxins from all the fish.
Gemma: Yes, essentially that’s exactly it. You got it. Sounds appealing, doesn’t it?
Chloe: Yeah, oh my God okay.
Gemma: But I mean it’s a very expansive topic. But the thing is, people sometimes feel a bit overwhelmed. They think I just I can’t do it and that’s okay. I think the most important thing is to just be aware of some of the issues that there are and to use that knowledge to inform your choices next time you go shopping or next time you pick something at a restaurant. It doesn’t have to be this massive sudden shift. It can just be a little you know steps here and there to put you in that kind of direction if you feel called to do so.
That’s actually how I believe Joseph Paul started his research. There was an interesting article that was published in science journal in June 2018. He wanted to try to establish some sustainable way of continuing with animal agriculture. So, he spent five years on this study at Oxford University. There were over 40,000 farms involved in over 120 countries. It was very extensive and what he found actually was that, there was just wasn’t a way to make it sustainable internationally. Didn’t matter how they tried to crunch the numbers they couldn’t do it.
So, I believe after a year of his five-year study he decided to go fully plant-based himself. Because he realized it wasn’t possible it wasn’t sustainable. Yes, you can argue again to just generally buy things that are more local over sort of a transported. But even with all of those confounding factors it was predominantly the animal industry that was the main thing that could be shifted.
Chloe: Yeah interesting. I was talking to someone today actually it said, it was Emily Lyons who is a previous guest on this podcast. Dr. Emily Lyons and she said that we put 20 times as much energy calories into a cow as we get out of it. Because the cow is giving off heat, it’s pulling it’s moving. So, it’s a very inefficient use of energy. If we were just to eat the plant that’s a lot more sustainable because I’m not losing all that energy through that cow being alive.
Gemma: Yes, I mean this is where people get a bit put off sometimes, you can go through all of these different calculations that think, should I buy this berry? Where’s this come from? Or has this been flown here or has this been shipped here and shipping is better than flying. You could get so confused, but I’d say if we just cut through all that and stick to low in the food chain and local for the most part, you can’t go wrong. If that helps.
Chloe: That sounds really good. Because yeah can definitely imagine people feeling overwhelmed and that sort of thing. I think you’re so right. Just educating ourselves because a lot of us don’t realize this. Once we educate ourselves, we can start to make some changes if we want to. But we can’t do that unless we actually face up to things and realize what’s happening.
Gemma: Yeah, that’s so true but it’s been a journey for me too, because I have to say I used to love steak. I used to love burgers; they were my favorite meal. I had such a refined palate. Every time I went to restaurant, I will have a burger please. But it’s amazing actually, how your desires shift over time and that might be to do with the microbes in your gut. There’s a lot of research around that actually which we could go into about, how our microbes can sometimes shift our desires and that sort of micro brain connection that we have
But that’s certainly true for me and I don’t fancy it anymore. Like I used to I just don’t and I think these things can change over time. I was an avid meat-eater myself in the past.
Chloe: So, to the microbes get a taste for Hmm, Corn burger.
Gemma: Well, it’s the different colonies that form really. So, you’re eating a lot of meat and dairy then the colonies of bacteria that you are supporting, would be different from the ones that you support with a Whole Foods plant-based diet. There are some studies to show actually that the microbial profile can shift with as this there’s one meal believe it or not. What’s great about having a predominantly plant-based diet is that, you’re not growing bacteria that can release a certain toxin. Which can increase your risk of heart, disease kidney disease and heart failure, TMAO is the toxin.
When you’re having a diet that’s high in animal-based choline and carnitine sources, then the bugs that are in your gut will digest those and produce something called TMA Trimethylamine. Then that gets sent to the liver, your body makes it into TMAO Trimethylamine oxide. That is pretty toxic to our blood vessels, to our kidneys and you know can increase our risk of heart disease in the future. So, it’s complicated but that’s one of the many mechanisms whereby having more predominant plant proteins is helpful.
Chloe: So, interesting. We were talking to when started recording about the game changes. Can you share what that is?
Gemma: I think it’s fantastic. So, I believe in fact, what’s the date today? Is it the first of October?
Chloe: It is 1st whatever recording that.
Gemma: We’re recording, so whenever you hear this then it will be out already to purchase on iTunes I believe. Basically, it’s a fantastic documentary that was made by James Cameron who made Avatar.
Chloe: Oh really?
Gemma: Yes, and Titanic and he has got together. It’s a film for men actually. It’s a film that will help men to feel more connected to the idea that they can actually eat plants and be healthy and thrive, not just survive but actually thrive. They got a huge array of incredibly talented athletes on it. They’ve got Arnold Schwarzenegger on there. They’ve got Lewis Hamilton.
Chloe: Hang on, is Arnold Schwarzenegger a vegan?
Gemma: Yes, I think so. Don’t quote me on it, but if he’s not vegan he’s definitely Veggie.
Chloe: Ohwow.
Gemma: There was one scene in particular which I think will really resonate with men. It was these young college athletes and they were seeing this urologist Dr. Aaron Spitz. Because they wanted to see, whether diet made a difference to their sex lives. What they did was, the urologist used the specialized equipment to attach to the penis and monitor their erections overnight. Because it’s a normal physiological process that there are young men will occasionally have an erection through the night and they gave the men.
So, the first night they gave them grass-fed beef burrito, organic chicken burrito and a bean burrito. They chopped them all up, so that you know essentially looked like the same kind of burrito and they it gave them to eat before bed. Then they put this device on and then off to sleep they went. Then the next night they gave them all the bean burritos and then off to sleep they went. Then they got the results back and there’s this most hilarious scene in the movie, where he’s given them their results.
They all had improved erections overnight but one of them had 500% increase in firmness and frequency of erections over the course of the night. It was so funny.
Chloe: So, man on the beans.
Gemma: Yes exactly. It will definitely have potential to improve your sex life. But that’s one scene there are lots of different scenes to the film which I found enjoyable. It was just a very nice very well woven together piece talking about the personal stories of people who’ve been very successful with a plant-based diet. That was well planned and achieving great success.
Chloe: Because a lot of athletes are moving over to a plant-based diet. Like Serena Williams.
Gemma: Oh yes.
Chloe: Venus Williams.
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: Lewis Hamilton.
Gemma: Yes. The only American Olympian who got through the heavy weight bodybuilding in the Olympics. We’ve got Patrick Butbumian, who is one of the strongest men in the world. Loads of bodybuilders are doing it now. Because they’re all beginning to understand that it gives you an edge over your competitors if you can have a boosted recovery time. What can happen with a healthy Whole Foods plant-based diet is that, you’re having so many more antioxidants, micro phytonutrients, micronutrients. That you are able to affect muscular recovery much more quickly.
So, when you’re not so depleted, you’re recovering faster you can get more training in. You can see that if you’ve got more training in without muscle, then you’re gonna outdo your competitors.
Chloe: Sounds good.
Gemma: Yes.
Chloe: Can you share, are there any practical steps that you can recommend to people to be doing?
Gemma: So, I would say that well, if you want to make it more of an identity choice you ask yourself. Who am I? What’s important to me? What patterns do I have day after day that bring me more towards this person who I really am? It’s not just about food by the way, it’s the films that you watch, it’s the people that you surround yourself by. Really think, what do I do every day that brings me into alignment with my deepest self? Write it down, just write it. When you start to even look at things like, what do I eat for breakfast, what to eat for lunch, what to wait for dinner. You begin to see a pattern emerging and the easiest way to make a healthy step is to just think of a new recipe for example.
Maybe try something new once a week, because most people have only got a repertoire of about five or six meals that they circulate between every week really, most of us. So, once you’ve become confident with one new meal each week, then by the end of just a couple of weeks three weeks you’ve got a whole repertoire. That you can use and use again and again. There’re so many resources now aren’t there. You’ve got the Physicians Committee; they’ve got a great kick starter. Then you’ve got delicious Liana, I love her stuff it’s brilliant.
It depends on the person, so for example if you’re someone that just loves spaghetti bolognaise, you can make a one-pot lentil bolognaise and it’s just really simple. If you’re somebody that likes a chicken curry, you could just make a chickpea curry and learn how to do that. It’s just these little shifts here and there. It doesn’t have to be perfect; it’s just about making progress. But pretty soon, once you’ve connected your identity to the ability to make these changes it becomes so much easier. It really does.
But it’s just about taking that first step and making sure that you align it with an emotion wherever you can.
Chloe: That’s such a good thing to chain into. I love the idea of just writing it down. Actually, spending that time to think about that and map that out a bit and could make such a difference.
Gemma: It really can. It really kind of people don’t usually do it. If you ask someone, have you in town whether your food aligns with who you are, they’ll say no. But it’s a very powerful tool because they’ll start to notice. Actually, that that junk food I ate didn’t feel so great really it didn’t make me feel like the person I want to be. When I had this food that, I made I really felt proud of myself and I really enjoyed it. It tasted so much better than I expected. So, I’m gonna do that again.
It’s about as I say making that connection and baby steps. Be kind to yourself.
Chloe: Be kind to yourself.
Gemma: Please be kind to yourself.
Chloe: Is there any other final practical step that you want to add?
Gemma: Well, I guess really it’s about understanding that we’re all connected. If we can tap into that interconnectedness, it will help us not only feel closer to others and more compassionate but also more compassionate to ourselves. That is the basis for any long-term life change. So, that would be my takeaway tip. But if you want to something practical that would be to put a time frame in place for yourself. So, for example, if you’re the kind of person that likes to suddenly make a decision and stick with it then that’s fine you can do that. But most people need a time frame and so you could say to yourself, okay this time next week I’m going to have learnt this recipe. This time the week after I’m going to have learned this recipe.
I’m going to have gone out for a 45-minute walk twice this week and plan which days you’re going to do it, whatever it is. This night I am going to go to bed an hour and a half earlier than I have every other night for the last month. Whatever your goal, I’m aiming to make it time-specific is also super helpful.
Chloe: Perfect, thank you for that. Thanks so much for everything that you shared.
Gemma: My pleasure.
Chloe: Where can people find out more about you and what you up to?
Gemma: Well, if they were on Instagram, they could go to Plant Power Doctor. I’m Dr. Gemma Newman, Plant Power Doctor on Instagram. I have a website drgemmanewman.com. So, there’s loads of information and resources on there. If people have got specific diseases that they’re wondering about, heart disease or diabetes or plant-based diets for pregnancy or children for example. Then there’s loads of resources on my website, podcast, interviews all sorts of stuff and where else.
Plant-based health professionals UK, I’ve got the Veg-Med conference coming up if anybody’s coming to that. It’d be lovely to see you there and you could always email me if you’ve got any specific questions.
Chloe: Amazing, thank you so much.
Gemma: It’s a pleasure. thank you, Chloe.
Chloe: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @ChloeBrotheridge. I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. Is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’d be so grateful. So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 82. Plant Power: Mental and Physical Health with Dr Gemma Newman appeared first on Calmer you.
We chat about: Links between physical health, diet and mental health How your sense of purpose impacts your mental and physical health How environmental issues relate to our mental and physical health Practical steps we can take to be happier and healthier You can find Gemma on Instagram @plantpowerdoctor and find out more on her […]
The post Ep 82. Plant Power: Mental and Physical Health with Dr Gemma Newman appeared first on Calmer you.
We discuss: Why we should be paying attention to the moon and it’s cycles Kirsty’s amazing techniques for getting life to slow down (perfect for you if like me you can’t believe it’s December already) How to live life in tune with nature and how that could help those of us with anxiety Plus Kirsty […]
The post Ep 81. Moon Magic with Kirsty Gallagher appeared first on Calmer you.
We discuss: * Why we should be paying attention to the moon and it’s cycles * Kirsty’s amazing techniques for getting life to slow down (perfect for you if like me you can’t believe it’s December already) * How to live life in tune with nature and how that could help those of us with anxiety * Plus Kirsty shares openly about what she’s been struggling with lately and the inspiring story of how she’s overcoming it
You can find Kirsty on Instagram @kirsty_gallagher_ and at kirstygallagheryoga@gmail.com
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. BY Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/)
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
Transcript Chloe B.: Hello, and welcome to the calmer you podcast, thanks so much listening today. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. I am a coach and a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of the anxiety solution and brave new girl. Today, I am speaking to the amazing Kirsty Gallagher, who is a friend of mine, she’s a yoga teacher. She’s also the founder of Lunar living; she teaches about the moon and how amazing the moon is basically, and how we can all start to use the cycles of the moon to tune into ourselves more and tune into nature more. And I actually love the conversation that we have.
We talk about why we should be paying attention to the moon and what it’s doing. She shares her technique for getting life to slow down. If you’re somebody like me who just thinks how is it November suddenly, where did the year go? And you want to be more tuned into life, and actually get life to slow down so that you can appreciate and enjoy things more; you’re going to love this episode. Kirsty also shares her life philosophies, and she shares really openly about something that she’s been struggling with lately, and the insights that she’s gained from it.
And I think this is something that so many people are going to relate to. And if you haven’t already, I want to invite you to come on over to my website Calmeryou.com/free. And when you enter your details there, you can receive a free anxiety toolkit which contains a hypnotherapy mp3, an affirmations mp3 made by myself, as well as worksheets, and I’ll also keep you posted about the latest podcast. So sign up for free at Calmeryou.com/free. So let’s get into the interview with Kirsty Gallagher.
Chloe B.: Welcome, Kirsty, thanks so much for joining me.
Kirsty G.: How are you?
Chloe B.: Happy me, really good, thank you, really good.
Kirsty G.: Amazing.
Chloe B.: Can you tell us what it is that you do? And how you got to where you are today?
Yoga break for busy work schedules Kirsty G.: Oh, I wear a few different hats at the moment. So I’m a yoga teacher, I’ve been teaching yoga for about ten years. I teach nowadays mainly cop or privates, just because I want to take yoga to the people that really need it the most, and so I teach for lots of kind of law firms and corporate offices.
And it’s incredible; it’s a joy to see the difference that that one-hour sort of makes to them. And so yes I teach yoga kind of full-time, and then I also run an online course about lunar living, about how to work with the energies and the magic and sort of the ancient wisdom of the moon, which I’m sure we’ll get around to talking about at some point.
Chloe B.: I love that. I love that. Yes, there are so many stressed people in work places that desperately need that. And it just seems like yes, workplaces are trying to squeeze more and more out of people and get them to work harder and harder, and there’s so much uncertainty with people’s jobs. And I’ll constantly talk to people that are experiencing restructuring or these long working hours, and just to have that hour is so important.
Kirsty G.: I mean a law firm I teach around here. Actually, I do four classes a week with them now, and it started as one. And it’s incredible to watch because with them being lawyers, I always think no one’s coming to class and then two minutes after they all run in because they’re billing to the last minute. And they walk in with shoulders around their ears, little stress lines in their forehead, tight jaws and they walk out like different people.
And I think it’s so important that a lot more companies nowadays are taking wellness, well-being which everyone broadly put it under so much more seriously. And the law firm I teach they’ve seen that billing hours improve on yoga days, which is just incredible.
Chloe B.: Oh my God, that’s amazing.
Kirsty G.: I know. And I say that quite a lot that that one hour away from their desk will give them three or four hours more productivity than them staying they’re trying to keep going and going and going when your brain is already fused, and you’ve gone into the loop, and you don’t know what’s going on anymore. So it’s a real gift to take yoga into those kind of places.
Chloe B.: That’s such an important reminder for all of us. Because I can get myself into this mode of thinking right I’ve got to get my head down, I’m not going to take a walk today; I’m not going to even go outside.
Kirsty G.: I’ve not got time.
Chloe B.: I’m just going to answer emails; I haven’t got time to look after myself.
Kirsty G.: And actually it is an investment in you being more productive, more effective.
Chloe B.: Absolutely, yes. And there’s that saying that if you don’t have time for yoga or meditation, that’s the time when you really need it the most.
Kirsty G.: In those moments where you are in such a tailspin that by taking that time out, and what I really rate about the one law for my teacher, in particular, is that a lot of the people who come with the partners, the managing partner in particular come. And I witnessed him once someone came to class and they were in the middle of a big issue in work, and they were telling him about it, and he actually said to them do yoga first, do yoga first.
And for a managing partner to be in a position to be able to offer that, I just saw it was so incredibly special, it doesn’t happen very often, and that junior person who got to do that class will probably have gone back and hopefully seen that problem in such a different way, by taking that time to let everything settle, to restructure it, to get some new perspective, to get some new focus. And to go back and I forgot to ever ask, but I really hope that it all resolved in a much different way to how it started from them taking that time.
Chloe B.: Absolutely. So hopefully more of that was going to be happening in workplaces very soon.
Kirsty G.: I would love to see that happen, yes.
Chloe B.: How did you first get interested in the moon?
Moon days Kirsty G.: So I used to work in marketing and PR, and as far as jobs went, it was a good job. I worked in travel, so it was an incredible industry to be in. But I suppose from a very young age; I had always been I don’t know weird to use a bit different. I remember my great-great-aunty did tarot cards and tea leaves, and I loved her as a child. And I remember getting one of the park’s astrology books, in my probably early teens maybe younger and reading all about my star sign. And so I’ve always had a little interest in that side of things.
And then, when I went to India in 2009 to do my teacher training, you don’t practice on moon days. So on the following new moon days, there’s no yoga. And so I will spend most my time in my soul, to be in a place that my soul with hundreds of thousands of people are practicing yoga, and you’d have these two days in a month when no one would practice. I love people, I love watching people, and I’m a very good judge of people. And so to watch people in those days, the whole energy of the place would differ, people’s moods would differ. You’d notice that people would go through the same kind of issues, so that’s the same things would be coming up for the same people, and it was just a love affair that then began.
And on moon days, it would be traditional to practice what’s called [Inaudible 00:07:02.29], which is an oil massage. So you’d rub oil into your body, you lay and let it soak in for about 40 minutes. And so on those days, on the moon days, I just tuned into what the energy of that particular moon was.
What did the energy feel like, what the themes that people were going through, and most of all, what was stirring for me? What was coming up, what was it making me feel like, what life area seemed to be under the spotlight. And it gave me a real check-in point of those two days of a month to set intentions, to check in with what was really going on beneath the surface. To decide which areas of my life needed some focus, to consciously choose the direction I was going to go forward into with my thoughts, my desires, my feelings, what I wanted to create, how I was going to be in the world and I’ve been in love ever since.
Working with the energies of the moon The moon and I have been in a relationship now for ten years, and it’s only got better and better. Using those days as a marker point, I could tell you so many stories of incredible things have happened from working with the energies of the moon rather than against them. And you see nowadays, I mean there are so many more people talking about it now on social and different things. People feel it; people feel it whether they choose to believe in it or not. I see it very clearly, and once I think people are aware of it, they get to tune into even more too.
Chloe B.: That’s so interesting. What’s the reason, do you know for not doing yoga on those days. Is it like a day of rest?
Kirsty G.: No. The official line was that because of the energetic pull of the moon, so it’s the moon most of us know that turns the tides, and so the gravitational pull of the moon is what pulls at the surfaces of the tides to move the water on the earth. And so it was said the official line was that the gravitational pull energy-wise, I think more so for yoga because they tend to be quite tuned into their body and energy.
On a new moon day, when the energies is it’s very lowest, there’ll be a lot more injuries because people would be slow and lethargic and kind of drag themselves around their mats. And especially considering it’s a lot of Ashtanga based practice, which is quite fast practice. People are bound to be sluggish, slow, tripping over themselves. A full moon day when you are at the energetic peak when the energy is high people will go too fast, too far, too deep, too much.
So they found the injury rates were just much more on those two days. And the unofficial line was that they just wanted an extra day off, so I’m not too sure which one was the truth. But yes, to do with the energetic pull of kind of the water not just on the earth, but in our bodies as well, they affected our practice.
Chloe B.: Amazing, that’s so interesting. Why do you think we should pay attention to the moon, and why do you think people are more, people are definitely more interested in this, aren’t they?
Kirsty G.: Absolutely.
Chloe B.: It’s like no one was talking about the moon three years ago, now everyone’s talking about it.
Working with the moon gives us a rhythm Kirsty G.: Yes. I honestly believe it’s because we’ve made life linear, so we’ve made life extremely linear, and we expect everything to be the same every single day, and we just expect things as they are moment by moment. And when life becomes linear, it passes us by. So many people that I speak to now, and I’ve been terrifying people with this kind of thought for a few days and weeks now. But we’re in the last three months now of this decade. I know right, you have to sit with it for a moment while it sinks in. But even people are like how is it October, how is it October already? And life passes us by so quickly.
Working back with the moon gives us a rhythm; it gives us flow, and it gives us conscious control over our lives. Because twice a month, at least we have that check-in point where we stop, and we say where am I headed? Am I going in the direction I want to go to? If not, what do I need to change? What am I doing? What is happening around me versus just do October. And so it just gives us back, I think people are seeking a different way of living, a different way of being, a rhyme and a reason.
Working with the moon gives us answers to questions; it gives us an ability to tune into why we’re feeling how we are emotionally and work with it rather than against it. And as I say, it mainly just gives us those real checking points of focus where we get to come back to ourselves and stand still even for just a moment and say wow, I wanted to go there I ended up here. Okay, let’s reroute, let’s come back, let’s start over, and that’s where the magic is.
Chloe B.: That is a very motivating reason for me to want to pay more attention to the moon because I am searching for ways to help life to slow down, and to tune in more to life. And so many people say this, how is it already October? How is it 2019? How am I 33 now? All these sorts of things and we need these practices to help us to tune in and slow down and pay attention and live more in accordance with nature.
Kirsty G.: Definitely.
Chloe B.: Yes. Can you talk a bit about a bit more about that, like living in accordance with nature? Is that something that you talk about?
Living in accordance with nature Kirsty G.: Yes. Because I also honor this kind of seasonal way of living again, we’re very different in every season. And if we take those transition moments to pause and to just redirect our focus. Life takes on so much more meaning when we’re living in accordance with nature. And I actually had a real kind of a hammer with the other day with autumn coming now, and I’m a sun worshipper, I love autumn. I think this time of year is probably one of the most symbolic of what we can see around us, and how we can take that into our own lives
And I was walking on the street the other day, and there’s a leaf on the floor, and just in full disclosure, I got down on the floor with this leave, and I was mesmerized. I was blown away by the perfection of this leaf, the color, the shape, the little veins that went the pure perfection. And it made me wonder in those moments how we can ever doubt life when we are run by the same nature; the nature that grew this leaf is the same nature that’s within each one of us.
The nature that enables that tree to let go of that leaf, and just let it go. And I started reading, in fact, I was fascinated by it, and trees actively shed their leaves because they have no need for them anymore. And if they kept those leaves, it would cut off their food source, and they would die. And it made me think that if the trees were human, they’d be gripping on like leaves don’t leave me and I’m scared to let the leaf go, and it really hurts me when the leaf leaves and this is really awful. And how if we can just take inspiration from nature, and instead just really take some time to be with what don’t you need anymore.
And I can speak from personal experience, but when we keep a hold of things in our lives that are in effect dead, that we have no need for, when we’re keeping hold of the brown leaves that have curled up and crusted and started to take away some of our life force. We actually do begin to die inside a little bit; we become less of a person. We become less able to take in the nutrients and the joy and the goodness that surrounds us because we’re just clinging when it’s very human thing to do.
So these things have long gone. And so if we can take inspiration from even this time of year, allow things to shed. If we then take inspiration from winter of allowing ourselves, we do very the opposite in our culture where December is all about party, go out, drink, and then people hit a real rock bottom around this time of year. And I’m all for the odd night out, but I think if we can also just honor time as well as to say okay on this one night, I do nothing hibernate, go inwards, restore again, renew, gather everything back to yourself and then we’re ready come spring when the blossoms start to grow again, to want. Again if we look at that even as I’m saying it to you, it baffles me that we can’t see and feel that in ourselves. The spring comes.
We want to go out again; we want to start to move in the world again. Summer comes we’re at our height, we’re at our best, we’re at our peak, but we lose that, and then life loses some of its magic for me, of just not being able to. We go against a natural law and natural rhythm, and that’s I believe when many of us get out of sync, we get out of balance. I feel, and again I’m not going to say all of I know you’re the expert and anxiety, but I think a lot of our lower level anxiety comes from just working against what’s going on around us in life.
Modern society causes us to go against nature Chloe B.: I totally agree. I think that is such an important message that our disconnection from nature and kind of going against how we evolved to be, I think, is the cause of some of our anxiety and depression. And yes, how can we connect more with that and learn from nature, and trust that we are part of nature.
Kirsty G.: Absolutely.
Chloe B.: We’re part of nature too. We think we’re separate as human beings, don’t we? Some mastery over nature, but we are nature. So if we connect more with that, we’re going to connect with more of what’s true for us.
Kirsty G.: That’s it. And just back into as you say, I think it’s really important to just have that trust. I think that’s where a lot of people are coming even back to more of a lunar way of living. That we get to put our trust once again in a bigger picture in something greater, in the fact that we’re not just this small one little human doing life alone while it’s against us, that we’re part of something so much bigger and so much greater.
There’s again that beautiful saying isn’t it that we’re all made of Stardust, and I think working in alignment with that natural flow, just watching the trees lose their leaves, watching nature grow blossoms and buds just helps us to see that as you just said that same force of nature grows things in our lives, helps us to shed things and it just helps us feel part of something way bigger than our small like human problems.
Chloe B.: And there’s also so much evidence that just getting outside in nature every day helps with anxiety and depression. There’s evidence that being able to see green from your house means you’re less likely to be depressed, so it’s really important. I love your moon musings on Instagram; I was tagging friends in it the other day because I just thought people need to read this today. Can you share a bit about what they are and the sorts of things that you share?
Kirsty G.: Yes. So it stemmed back from being in India in those times. I was there for nearly nine months of working with and tuning into the energies of every moon and noticing how each one differed. And when I got back from India, I wanted a way to still continue to honor and transition these moments for myself, and I started to share I mean this little yoga moon workshops in my area, and I found that the more that you share, the more people I’d get saying absolutely yes, how did I not know this?
How does each phase of the moon affect us And once you are aware, you begin to notice how each and every moon does affect us differently. And so I’d started then to share with people around me, people would start to agree, they’d share with their friends, and they’d be emailing me back in the days when email was kind of more prominent asking what was going on. So then I start to share on social, and over the years, the amount of direct messages I get saying what’s going on with the moon, or oh my gosh, it’s like you wrote this for me, it’s like you are in my head.
It’s just a way again for me to help people come back into that rhythm. I see in all my girlfriend’s around me so when there’s an upcoming moon of how people are acting, reacting and what they’re feeling. And so rather than just feeling like oh it was a bad day, I had a really bad day, and it’s all for. You can be like okay I’m feeling this because it’s just the Libra new moon, it’s a Libra new moon and the Libra new moon is calling me into looking at these areas in my life. And what you’ll find is that each moon, because each moon falls in a different star sign and so the new moon will always be in the same sign that the Sun is currently in, because of a new moon they all line up together in the sky. The full moon then will always be in a sign opposite, because the moon is gone around to the opposite side of the earth.
So we can then further use the star signs that the moon falls in to delve a little bit deeper. So the earth signs will take us into being very grounded, very real of looking what’s going on in our lives in a very real way. We come into the fire signs that’ll give us the passion and the drive and the desire to want to make things happen. The watery signs offer a lot more into our emotional depths, so they can be the kind of quite big hard hitters for a lot of people, and then we get the air signs that take us into our dreams and into our minds and into planning.
And so again, if we can work with each one of these fuller new moon’s in the different sign, it means that we get to consciously just keep looking underneath the surface because we’re masters at the I’m fine. I actually read the other day that the biggest universal lie ever told is I’m fine. And again it has to do with the energetic pulse, so what the moon does is the energetic pull of the full of the new moon will just bring our emotions to the surface to help us to see what’s hiding underneath the I’m fines, and I’m okay, and the brave faces into I’m feeling this.
And then we have two choices we can, of course, push it back down again to come back out in some of the way, or we can just sit and hold a space for it and be like okay, I may be feeling like this because that moon lady said it was a Libra new moon. And so how about rather than run or hide or [Inaudible 00:21:17.14] I sit with it, and I just invite it in, and I go like okay what’s this showing me, what’s this highlighting for me, what’s this showing me. What you’ll start to find when you work with moon work is you get the same repetitive things coming up over and over again.
So it becomes a bit like Groundhog Day in the beginning, where people like oh I feel this again, and it’s like, but that’s because you’re not changing anything. And so normally signpost is very clearly to the areas of our life that aren’t working, the areas that need some attention. And even sometimes it can be the self-sabotaging thoughts we have by ourselves, the limiting beliefs that we hold on to, the fears that prevent us from ever stepping into bigger dreams.
And we get to just moon by moon very gently begin to peel back some of the layers, to bring a little bit more of our ourselves to the forefront and just, I know I keep saying it but it’s that conscious control over our life of like this is what helps me. And you can choose to let it continue stopping you a few years to come, or you can say okay, let’s use this moon magic a little bit and see if it’s true and just see what I can do about this.
Chloe B.: So it sounds like it’s an amazing way to have a tool to check in with yourself.
Kirsty G.: Absolutely.
Chloe B.: And to check in with the rhythms of the earth. And so from what you are saying, it sounds like you can always bring things up that might be a repeating pattern for us as we pay attention to those patterns that show up again and again.
Kirsty G.: Absolutely.
Chloe B.: And otherwise, it’s going to continue to show up for us until we pay attention.
Kirsty G.: And that again shows us that the online group I have, kind of a online sisterhood we’ve been together since April. And to see some of the changes, these girls have made is incredible, because a lot of the time as well we’re not even aware. So we’re not only not aware of what holds us back because it becomes such a repetitive thing, but quite often for many people as well they don’t know what they actually want. And so working with the moon, in the beginning, can be quite, we see everyone again on social saying new moon make your new moon wishes, like set your intentions and for many people they’re like I actually don’t know what that is.
And so, first of all, it encourages you to just stop and to again be like where am I in my life, am I where I wanted to be. Is this what I want to be doing? And so, in the beginning, it can be quite confronting, and as we know with anything confronting we’d rather go okay, let’s pretend it’s not happening, everything was easy before when I was like sleepwalking through my life and didn’t know.
But then yes absolutely as you said, once we get going with it you’re like oh this again, this again, this again until we get to stop and to change track, to try something different. To maybe even look at the same thing in a different way and notice how it changes. But we’ve become I know we said earlier linear, everything is just become same thing, same time, same day life’s just not like that.
Feminine cycle Chloe B.: And I suppose particularly for women in the workplace, we’re expected to be the same every day, throughout the month and obviously women we have a very obvious for us cycle not obvious for everyone else. An obvious cycle that is potentially linked to the moon.
Kirsty G.: Totally.
Chloe B.: And we’re in our society not able to live in accordance with that cycle, we have to be on good form every day when there are certain days we might be feeling more tired or more energetic. Do you talk about that aspect of things as well?
Kirsty G.: Yes, definitely. I would love for women to be able to phone their bosses and be like it’s a moon day; I’m working from home. I have a couple of people working with me at the moment, and I always say that to them, I was like just take the day, just go and take the day. It’s not possible in our society; I would love it to be. But what is possible is that forward planning, and so whether or not your cycle links up to the moon or whether you follow the moon cycle or your own cycle forward plan, know when those days of the month are going to be when you’re going to feel deep in the depths.
And most of the time the reason we feel so in the depths of emotion is because it’s the only way that either the moon of our cycle can get our attention because the rest of the time it’s like we’ve got our hands over our ears, our hands over our eyes, we just keep going. And so it’s only normally when we get hit by that huge brick wall of emotion that we go and we stop when we go wow, otherwise we’d just keep going forever. And so I honestly believe that’s why the emotion comes as strongly as it does, is to make you stop and go okay, what is this? If you could forward plan that on one evening of that week, you were going to go home and close the door and have that one evening off.
That in itself would make the biggest difference to the whole rest of your moon or your monthly cycle, just from giving yourself that few hours. And if you’ve got kids and things and responsibilities, I really understand that, but lock the bathroom door, like lock yourself away just for one hour. Ask your husband to come home just one hour earlier, one day a month, and just really carve out that time to be like this is for me.
And not only am I going to take care of myself in the best way, but I’m going to really listen to what is beneath the surface for me, what is stirring for me. What are my inner yearnings? What is this emotion trying to tell me? Where am I being sign posted to? If we could just honor that in itself, huge difference.
Chloe B.: Yes. So actually scheduling something into your diary, and that’s something that I’ve been doing actually. Like I don’t really want to be doing a talk to loads of people on certain days of the month, and so I tend to just try and organize things so that it’s not on those days.
Kirsty G.: Totally.
Chloe B.: And I have more nights in, sometimes I just need to go to bed at like 8:30 in the evening and rest, so I’ve really been trying to do that, and I think it has helped.
Tuning in to our natural cycle Kirsty G.: Beautiful. And again, just being back in tune with that natural cycle, I remember going to a workshop many years ago, and they also relate the menstrual cycle to the seasons. And so the teacher said go and stand in the room if you’re like in your spring or summer or autumn or winter, and I remember being like I have got no idea what she’s talking about, I’ve either got my period or haven’t that’s it, there was no other days in between for me. And it was a real shocker to think that this happened to me all day every day every month and I had no idea.
And that was a real wake-up call as well of how again if women could come back in tune and realize oh okay on day 12 every month I feel like this, okay the world’s not ending okay, I can take a deep breath and instead just sit with this. Oh, on day 22 every month, I feel like this, oh on every new moon, I tend to feel like this. Can we get back that conscious control rather than just waking up in the morning and feeling like we’ve been hit by bus and not knowing why, we can take back that and go okay, wow this is why?
Chloe B.: That is so important. Day 22, what a nightmare Thank you so much for telling us that. Can you tell us because I went to a yoga class of yours a couple of years ago which I loved, that’s amazing. And you told the story of Durga, can you share a little bit of that now?
Kirsty G.: Oh my gosh, can I tell the full story?
Chloe B.: Yes, cool, please do.
Kirsty G.: I can only talk Durga if we tell Durga’s full story.
Chloe B.: Okay, please go for it.
Kirsty G.: Get comfortable, everybody. So once upon a time, it was said in the ancient kind of laws of the universe that if anybody did anything for long enough with enough dedication and commitment, their wish would have to be granted. And so these two demon brothers and for four and a half thousand years they stood on one leg with one arm up in the air, and they stood and stood and stood, and at the end of the four and a half thousand years all of the gods got together, and they said listen, they’ve stood on one leg with one arm in the air for four and a half thousand years, we have to go see what it is that they want.
And so the gods went down to the edge of the river, and they said to the two demon brother’s okay, what is it you want? And they said we wanted to be so that we can be defeated by no man or god, so the gods were like well we’ve got to grant their wish, the laws of the universe say we’ve got to do this. So their wish was granted, and these two demon brothers claim themselves kings, and they took over this whole corner of the kingdom, and they were causing mayhem.
They had like cars and jewels and parties and women, and there’s what’s known as the Davers, which is the good spirits; they banished all of the Davers out of their kingdom, and the whole world just was really getting out of balance. And so all the gods and the sages all got together to discuss it, and they were like we’ve got to do something about it, the whole world is getting out of alignment everything is going to start to end soon if we don’t stop this, what can we do? They can’t be defeated by us; there’s nothing we can do.
And there’s one wise old little sage at the back of the room, and he said no man or god and they suddenly went oh of course. And so for days and nights, they traveled through forests and over rivers and through mountain ranges until they came to the foot of a cave. And all that the sages and gods got down on their knees, and they just chanted the kind of the Devi mantra and they chanted over and over and over and eventually after three days and three nights Durga came out of her cave. And Durga, when she came out, she rides on a lion or a tiger, depending on which you prefer to visualize. And she has skin that shimmers gold and long black hair, and these eyes that look at you as if they can see into your soul.
And she has eight arms waving around, and in each of her arms she’s got a gift, she has a bow and arrow from the wind god and a mace from Hanuman, and she has the dharma, the dharma is your purpose in life, she has a dharma wheel spinning around on her fingers. And she says to them can I help you, and I say oh great mother the world is in extreme danger, we need your help. And Durga says to them and now that it’s got to this point where everything is in danger, only now you remember the greatness of the Divine Feminine, the Divine Mother the Maha Shakti.
And they said oh we’re so sorry, Maha Shakti divine mother we’re so sorry we ever forgot, we’re so sorry please help us. And Durga turns around the flicks her hair over her shoulder and goes back in her cave, and she knows she’ll help them; she just wants to make them wait. So for three more days and nights, they bow down, and they chant and they pray, and they pray, and so Durga comes roaring out of her cave. And Durga travels to the kingdom of the demon kings, and they’re very used to being sent women and gifts from villages, and so they let her into the kind of the palace.
And she says for them I’ve come for your masters, and they’re like okay she’s really beautiful, but a bit strange is this one? Okay, so they send the message up, and the two demon Kings go oh she sounds like hard work, someone go and deals with her. And so they send the guards down to try and remove her, and within seconds Durga with her eight arms has finished off the guards. And so then they send down the next level of guards, and again within seconds, Durga’s finished them all off.
And then they start to send down the more elite guards, and again within moments Durga’s finished them, and by now the two demon kings are starting to get a little bit nervous, and a little bit anxious, and they’re like okay, start to send down the very best we’ve got. Send down all of the demons, and everyone we’ve got to send them down there. And so they all move down into the courtyard and stand opposite Durga, and Durga takes his all mighty roar, and out of Durga’s third eye comes all of the Great Goddess Warriors that have ever been, and there are all of these great warriors, and this big sort of battle begins. And the goddesses are winning the battle apart from this is one demon who every time a drop of his blood gets spilled, it produces a new one of him and a new one of him.
And we’ve all no doubt maybe seen Carly, Carly is known as the dark one, Carly is often depicted with her tongue sticking out, her tongue is often blue, and she carries skulls in her hands and skulls around her neck. And so Carly moves and starts to trail her tongue along the floor so that she captures every drop of blood until also this demon is finished. And by this point the two demon kings have kind of got the idea of what’s going on, they’ve realized the little break clause in the wish that they got granted. And they go down into the courtyard, and they say to Durga well this is really unfair because there are lots of you and there’s only two of us.
And Durga says to them what you don’t understand is that every single one of these goddesses is a part of me, we’re all part of one and each other, and she draws all of the other goddesses back into her until there’s only her left standing. The one demon king is finished quite quickly, and the other one gets down on his knees, and in the moment of his death, he just says ma because he realizes he’s going back to the great mother, the Divine Feminine, back to where he came from. And in love Durga story because Durga story to me when I tell it, especially for us women tells us that often when we hide in our cave, we believe that we’re not big enough to make a difference.
We believe that we’re only small. But within each one of us is the ability to change the world, to go out there and to save the world in the way that Durga did in our own way. Because we’ve each got our own little purpose and our own way, and our own way of being in the world, but the whole time we would deny that, and we make ourselves small, and we hang on to go back to my analogy before of those little dead leaves and the dead relationships and the dead beliefs, and we let ourselves stay small, we never get to come out of our cave. And Durga shows us that sometimes you just got to roar and go out there in the world.
Chloe B.: I love it. I love Durga’s story. Yes, I mean there’s so much stuff in there in society for women that we are the weaker sex, and that we’ve been minimized, I think by the constant focus on our appearance. And we’re so strong, and I love that story just of that reminder to empower us all. Where does that story come from?
Kirsty G.: So yoga doesn’t have a religion; as such, there’s no religion in yoga, but yoga borrows a lot of its tales and stories from Hinduism. So yes, they take a lot of the deities and the gods from Hinduism, so we’ve got Hanuman, the story of Hanuman comes around there, and so a lot of the tales are told in the yoga world. Yes, but Durga’s one is really special. Also, the Dalai Lama said the world would be saved by Western women. So all of us Durga’s, it’s our job to get out there and save the world.
Chloe B.: Definitely, I’m on board of that totally, thank you for that. I love the story. And do you have any life philosophies?
Life philosophy: asking ‘what?’ Kirsty G.: Oh, the main thing I always try to live by is trying to find as we spoke about before a real trust in life. One of the things I really tried to do and it’s hard in the midst of the drama, is to move out of the wise into the what, and so it’s so easy for it to be like why is this happening to me, why does this always happen to me. Why do people always do this to me, and he said to move into the what, what’s this showing me, what needs to change, what can I take from this, what can I do differently.
And so I really try as much as I can to delve into that. I’ve just held in that trusting life I’m a massive believer, I have this really powerful belief that before we came down to earth, we decide in our own lives, and that we almost decide on what we’re going to put in our way to help us to grow. And so I always try and hold the belief that anything that happens to me, I kind of gave this to myself, and I wouldn’t give myself anything that I knew I couldn’t get through.
And that’s what has helped me through really dark times, again it brings a bit of that Durga’s spirit back out I suppose of like I chose this on some level. I gave this to myself because I knew I could get through it, and I knew that when I came out the other side, I would be different and stronger. So I try and take a lot of the challenges of life on in that kind of way of what’s this really showing me and how can I become better from this.
Chloe B.: Yes. It really reminds me of that saying that this is happening for me, not to me.
Kirsty G.: Exactly.
Chloe B.: And I suppose a more empowering way to think about it rather than getting into a mode of victimhood, yes, I love that. What’s the best advice that you’ve ever been given?
Listening to our own voice Kirsty G.: Honestly, the two ways to look at this, I think the best piece of advice I ever really heard in some ways, and it comes back to advice is be careful who you listen to. Because so many people would give us advice, but that is based on their own experiences of what they’re telling you about. And so I guess when you’re in your kind of maybe let’s say, late teens, early twenties you’re having man problems, you go around, and you tell all your girlfriends. You’re going to tell anyone who listen all about what he’s done and the problems and they’ll all give you their advice based on what they think you should do.
So be careful who you listen to. You just really mean you wouldn’t take relationship advice from your eternally single friend; you wouldn’t take money advice from someone who’s broke. So if you’re going to take advice, find someone who’s doing what you really want to be doing, and doing it well and take their advice on that, and that’s really always stuck with me. And then the second thing that I think really helped me was again around advice itself, of course, there are times in life we need advice and perhaps in a business sense or a relationship sense or just a little bit of guidance, but ultimately you’ve got your own internal GPS in your heart and in your intuition.
We know nine times out of 10 what we need to be doing, we know. We know when it’s right to stay right to go, we know. And I think the reason we tell people a lot of the times is to validate ourselves or to get permission to stay or go because other people have said that we’re able to. And I think as I’ve learned to listen to myself more and more, I’ve needed advice from people less and less.
Because all they’re going to give me is their take on my situation based on their similar experience of what I’m going through, which isn’t my experience. And so I have wonderful friends, like my best friend and I we do daily check-in, which is not necessarily me asking her what I should do, but it’s just a space for me to be able to go da-da.
And then if I need advice, maybe she’ll give it to me because she knows me well enough, but otherwise, we’ll just listen to each other. And I think that’s what we need as humans more rather than advice, we just need people to listen and people to maybe remind us how we always know to empower us to make our own decisions a little bit more. So I think my advice and advice is to just not take as much advice.
Chloe B.: I did not say true, isn’t it? If my partner tries to give me advice about something, I quite often resist it.
Kirsty G.: Yes.
Chloe B.: I don’t want to be told. I want to be listened to, thank you for sharing that. Is there anything that you’re struggling with at the moment, and how are you dealing with it, how are you overcoming it?
Kirsty G.: I’ve got to say at the moment I’m in a really good place. However, that’s only because about a year ago, I went through a real struggle. And so I went through a really, it was a really tough breakup about a year ago. And I think it was tough on so many different levels, on the first level I’d moved to London to be with this person and so everything about my whole life he was tied in there, that it wasn’t just leaving him it was leaving my home, the only home in London I ever knew, I don’t have any family here. I had some friends here, but at that stage, as we do in relationships a lot of my time here had been spent with he and I., So it wasn’t just leaving him, it was leaving everything that I knew to be true.
And then I think also when you do get to a certain age, you then have to almost mourn an imagined future, because we put a lot of effort and focus into staying in places especially I mean we’ve been together five years, so when you put a lot of time in there, there’s a little part of it that resists it, because you’re like I’ve already put this amount of time in it when we’re supposed to do this, and it was meant to be that, and this was supposed to happen. And so again we cling on, and we stay for this imagined future.
And so about a year ago it was, it was actually the beginning of it was August actually a little longer, I moved out of a very comfortable relationship in a beautiful home, and ended up self-employed. I worked, but I’d worked as much as I had to if I’m being honest into Oh a flat that was filled with mold and damp, and in an area of London that just felt like a totally different country to me, just something I wasn’t used to. And I remember just being on the floor in pieces, I didn’t have a real support network. And just being like I don’t know how I’m ever going to get through this, and so we’ve all got the breakup story.
And I remember those moments, on the one hand, wanting to rush the process to get to the other side of when I was going to be okay again, but then in the other hand really wanting to be in those moments so fully and completely because I knew deep down on some level that that process was going to change me and change everything and it did. And in those few months of having to live in that place, I mean I got home one day from teaching yoga, and there’s literally water pouring down the walls and out of the ceiling. I was so sick the whole time I lived there because there was mold in the walls; it was just like bad like dark times.
And I remember, I’d be crying, I’d hold it in the whole time in the class, and as soon as they all lay down and closed their eyes, I’ll be like oh. So anyone listening who came to my classes during that time. But really trying to feel into what that was showing me, and then within three or four months I with my income I moved back to the place he and I lived together but in my own right, on my own. And since then I mean gosh he’s a wonderful man, nothing to him, but since then I can fully speak with conviction with what I was saying before about how keeping on to things that are outdated, you die a little bit inside.
I hadn’t realized how smaller to become; I hadn’t realized how scared I’ve become of life; I hadn’t realized how much magic I’d lost from being in a situation that I just wasn’t meant to be in for so many years. And since then, I feel like I found me again, but in so many more ways, it’s been some of the most precious transformative times of my life in those dark moments on the bathroom floor with water pouring down in tears. Because everything that’s come since has been such a gift and such a joy, and it’s come for me delving deep into my soul.
And I just have this little thing I did it in India as well right, to find my own shoulder with skin and I put my cheek against my own shoulder and feel skin on skin, and I just say to myself you’re okay, you’ve got me like you’re okay. And just feeling my skin on my own skin would make me feel like I was safe, and it taught me then just to take out myself, to find me in a way. I’ll never lose myself again now; I know without a doubt now that I’ll never let myself get lost again. I’ll never give away all my power to anyone else again.
Life has so much more meaning and joy and happiness now, and also everything that I’ve created now is mine, I’ve done it. It was the hardest yet most empowering time of my entire life, and I look back on those moments now, and I’m so grateful for each and every one of those, really dark times. Because I look at what I’ve got now, and I’m just like wow. So I’m in a good place after coming through, and I think we all do that, we want to rush the process, we want to just get back to feeling okay again, but we never learned that much when everything’s just okay, we don’t.
We learn the most when our back is against the wall, and when we’re on our knees and we’re digging around in the dirt, and that’s when we really learn. And so again, if I’m going to leave anyone with advice, it would just be to try as much as you can to enjoy sounds a silly word but to really be in those dark times. Because that way, you’re going to really learn the most about yourself, and you’re going to find those hidden parts of you that you’ll never want to lose again.
Chloe B.: Thank you so much for sharing that, that’s really an inspiring message, thank you, amazing. So can you tell us about where people can find out more about you, and what you do and your course and what the future brings.
Kirsty G.: Of course. So KirstyGallagher.com is my website on there. You will find everything you need to know about Lunar living. So Lunar living is an online sisterhood whereby every month on the full and the new moon, I send out a full download of exactly what this moon is. So why you’re feeling the way you’re feeling, what life fairies this moon is calling you into. What issues might be coming up for you and why, and what you can do to really work with rather than against this kind of magical ancient wisdom of the moon.
Lunar living And then we do an online moon circle once a month, and I do a recording, a recorded meditation for every fuller New Moon. And we have a Facebook group that’s just magic because all these women what I think help most about Lunar living and that’s why I share my moon musings online.
So an Instagram you can find me it’s Kirsty_Gallagher_ if you type in my name or Lunar living, you should find me. It makes us realize we’re not alone because I think each one of us when you’re in the midst of that awful breakup or life crisis or disliking your job or feeling lonely, we honestly think we’re the only ones feeling like it. And as soon as I share my moon musings, and people come in oh my gosh, I feel just the same, oh me too, me too.
What again we’ve lost in this linear world is a community, and especially for women’s sisterhood. So back in the days, we would all have got our period together on the new moon, and we would have got in the red tent, and we just sat together. And had it been like hey Chloe, how are you? Is there anything I can do for you? Are you alright? And you would have gone actually well, and you maybe have spoken to me, and we’d have shared, and we just felt good by being together in a community where we’re like oh are we all feeling this, oh we all are how can we hold each other, we’ve lost a lot of that.
And so through Lunar living even just on my Instagram post of the amount of people that comment of how they feeling the same, it really makes us feel like we’re part of something greater. We’re not on our own in how we’re feeling the way we’re feeling. There are a million other people out there feeling the same way as well, and bringing back communities is what I say.
So yes, Lunar living, you’ll find out there on my website or details from my Instagram. And then if you want to follow my moon musings, they are on Instagram, or I send out a lunar love note, which is just a little bit of information direct to inbox, so you don’t have to search for it. So you can sign up for those on my website too.
Chloe B.: Amazing. Thank you so much for sharing everything you shared.
Kirsty G.: My pleasure. And I will be putting some more classes and workshops and things out soon; I’m just trying to find a bit of space to forward plan. Because as we keep saying it’s October already, how? So yes, there’ll be more coming, but if you send it to my newsletter, I keep everyone up to date on things like that but thank you so much for having me.
Chloe B.: Yes, thank you. Love this conversation, thank you.
Kirsty G.: My pleasure, thank you for having me.
Chloe B.: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode, come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me @ChloeBrotheridge, and I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes, subscribe to the podcast, and leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that will really benefit from this podcast? You can let them know by sharing this podcast; I’d be so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully, you’ll tune in again.
The post Ep 81. Moon Magic with Kirsty Gallagher appeared first on Calmer you.
The Art of Making Memories, is on the importance of happy memories on our health and wellbeing and how we can create more happy moments in the future. Meik Wiking is one of today’s most influential happiness researchers. He is the author of several books, including the New York Times Bestsellers: The Little Book of […]
The post Ep 80. How to be Happier with Meik Wiking appeared first on Calmer you.
The Art of Making Memories, is on the importance of happy memories on our health and wellbeing and how we can create more happy moments in the future.
Meik Wiking is one of today’s most influential happiness researchers. He is the author of several books, including the New York Times Bestsellers: The Little Book of Hygge and The Little Book of Lykke. With more than one million copies sold worldwide, in more than 35 languages, he enjoys a wide readership.
Meik has been called The Indiana Jones of Smiles and probably the World´s happiest man by The Times. His new book, The Art of Making Memories, is on the importance of happy memories on our health and wellbeing and how we can create more of happy moments in the future.
We discuss:
You can find Meik on Instagram @meikwiking
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. BY Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/)
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
TRANSCRIPT Chloe B.: Hello, and welcome to the calmer you podcast. This is the place to be calm at your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. I’m your host Chloe Brotheridge, hypnotherapist, and coach and the author of the anxiety solution and brave new girl. So today, I’m talking to Meik Wiking, who is the author of the new book, the art of making memories. And you might have heard of a couple of his other books, including the New York Times bestsellers the little book of Hygge and the little book of Lykke.
So Meik is one of today’s most influential happiness researchers, he’s been called the Indiana Jones of smiles, and probably the world’s happiest man by the times. And his latest book, the art-making memories, is about the importance of memories on our health and well-being, and how we can create more happy moments in the future. And we get into what the ingredients for happy memories are. We talk about his techniques and how they could help with depression, and we get into Meik’s top tips for happiness, and he is really the expert in this field.
So I absolutely loved this conversation, there were loads of things that I’m going to be incorporating into my life following this chat that we had, and I hope you like it so if you would like to hear about the latest podcast episodes and also receive a free anxiety toolkit from me, which includes a hypnotherapy mp3 affirmations and worksheets. You can head on over to Calmeryou.com/free pop your details in there, and I’ll send over all of those freebies. So let’s get into the episode with Meik Wiking.
Chloe B.: This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD oil. Everyone in the anxiety world is talking about CBD oil, but if you don’t know what it is, CBD is a non-psychoactive compound found in cannabis, and it’s used as a food supplement with promising evidence that it actually helps to calm anxiety. One study found a produced anxiety during public speaking, and the link to this is in the show notes. And it’s also believed that CBD oil could help manage pain, such as period pain, by reducing inflammation.
I’ve been taking Kloris CBD for the past few months to help with period pain and PMS, and I think it really helps. I love that Kloris take great care to source the best quality CBD, only using the finest organically derived natural ingredients, and they rigorously test their products for contaminants, and most CBD brands don’t do this. CBD isn’t a miracle cure for anxiety, but it could be really useful as a food supplement to include in your routine, and I love using it. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code Calmeryou@KlorisCBD.com.
Chloe B.: So welcome Meik, thank you so much for joining me.
Meik W.: Thanks for having me.
Chloe B.: How are you today? I’m well; I’m well, thanks.
Chloe B.: Good.
Meik W.: How are you?
Chloe B.: I’m good. I’m in a really good mood today, actually, which is appropriate for the conversation we’re having today. Can you share a little bit about what you do and how you got to where you are today?
What is the Happiness Research Institute? Meik W.: Yes. So I work at something called a happiness Research Institute in Copenhagen. And all our work and my career is essentially dedicated to answering three questions. I try to understand how can we actually measure something as intangible and subjective as happiness or the good life. Secondly, why is it that some people are happier than others? And thirdly what can we do to improve the quality of life? How can we design our cities differently, our workplaces differently, policies differently, and basically our lives differently?
And I started noticing back in 2012 how much was happening with happiness research, and happiness in politics. Because at the time, the UN had published or decided on a happiness resolution and also started to commission the world happiness report, and you had different governments looking at well-being as a new measure of progress.
As you know, David Cameron here in the UK, he said instead of just looking at whether we get richer, we should also see whether people get happier. And I thought there’s a lot happening with happiness and politics, and happiness research, there should be somebody in Denmark looking at this from a scientific point of view; somebody should create a think-tank and knowledge center around this field. Somebody should look into why is it that Denmark often do well in these happiness rankings, and then I thought maybe I should do that.
But this was 2012, so it’s just in the wake of the financial crisis, and I had a steady job, and I thought oh, it’s also going to be a little bit risky to start something as crazy as a happiness Research Institute. But then the personal side of the story was that my mentor at the company that I was working for, who I really looked up to in many ways, he, unfortunately, died when he was 49.
And many years ago, my own mother had also died when she was 49, so I naturally started to sort of reflect on what if I only lived to see 49, what should I spend those years I have left doing? And I thought I can continue with this job I have, and it’s fine, but I’m not super passionate about it. Or I can try and see where this happiness Research Institute thing could lead me.
And I just sensed that there was a lot of passion in that feel for me, I was lying awake at night thinking about all the different things you could do within happiness research, and how you could try and study it. And then I essentially just quit and started out with what I thought was a good idea and a bad [Inaudible 00:05:56.24], and that’s six years ago, yes.
Chloe B.: Brilliant. I don’t think there’s any more important topic than the happiness actually. If you ask people what they want, they might say oh I want more money, or I want this or that but actually what they really want is happiness, that’s kind of at the end of the day what people want. So it’s a good area to be working in.
What makes us happy? Meik W.: I think I mean it is the most important question we can try and answer. And you’re completely right, it’s the end reason, right? Why are you doing this? It always ends with because I think that will make me happier, more happy. And it’s an ancient question, right? Aristotle tried to answer some of the same questions I’m trying to answer. So it’s a common universal human pursuit, I think.
Chloe B.: Do you have a definition of happiness? Because is it one of those things that is different for everyone?
Meik W.: Well, I mean to some extent, yes, it’s somewhat different from person to person, but so are a lot of things. What is beauty? What is good manners? What is good management? What is sadness? What is loneliness? That’s also different from person to person, I would say. And I don’t think it should be more difficult to study a positive emotion compared to a negative emotion, but it is a wide term. I mean you, and we have different perceptions of what happiness is, what the good life might be. But I think we make it harder than it is by saying that happiness cannot be studied because we just break it down and then look at the different components.
And also if we talk about the British economy how is that doing, we would look at growth, we would look at how’s the pound doing, the unemployment rate, inflation rate, GDP per capita and then gives us language to talk about how is the UK economy doing, and that’s also what we need to do with happiness I think. Break it down, look at different components.
So we look at what kind of emotions do people experience on a daily basis, both positive and negative ones. We also look at whether they’re satisfied overall with life; we look at whether they have a sense of purpose, a sense of meaning in life. I think all of those ingredients are part of a dish called happiness; it’s a full plate, full of both pleasure and purpose.
Chloe B.: Absolutely, yes. And I loved your latest book it’s called the art of making memories. And just reading through it, I was starting to have conversations with people about memories, and reminiscing with my partner about things. Can you tell us a little bit about the book?
Meik W.: Yes. So it’s actually an attempt to answer some of the questions I mentioned before, why are some people happier than others, and how can we increase happiness. And I can see that people who are able to retrieve happy memories; people who are able to form a positive narrative about their life are, on average happier. And so naturally, I hope that people, we can help people make more happy memories in the future and be better at holding on to them and retrieving them.
And the inspiration for the book came, this was a year and a half ago I turned 40. And that means statistically speaking in Denmark; I have lived half my life because then in Denmark, many live on average to 80. So I reflected looking back, okay, my first 40 years, my first half what were my happiest moments in that part? And what are my happiest memories? And how can I use that knowledge going forward and create happy memories in the future?
Chloe B.: That’s such an important thing to reflect on, naturally something I hadn’t really thought about that much. I think a lot of us we don’t spend enough time asking ourselves these questions or actually create that consciously creating more of those happy kind of memories and looking back so that we can do that better.
Meik W.: Exactly. I think I’ve been one of those thinking that memory was something random, something unconscious, something spontaneous, something that just happens. Whereas researching the book, I’ve come to appreciate that okay; there’s actually something I can do to some extent influence what I and my family and friends remember. There’s actually some control over who or what our future selves will think back on.
Chloe B.: And you actually did a study, the happy memory study where you got a thousand people?
Meik W.: More than a thousand from more than 75 different countries. So from Norway and Nepal and New Zealand, I think we have the biggest global collection of happy memories. And I’ll give you an example, so there was a British woman in her 30s who decides to go to the beach with her family, and they have this dream of cooking a breakfast on the beach. And they go out there, and it’s cold, it’s windy, they can’t seem to get the fire going, and they end up on this cold, windy beach eating horrendous food, and it’s a half-cooked porridge. But she says it was unrivaled family time; it’s one of her fondest memories.
And they’re sitting there under these big blankets, and it’s a really bonding experience for them as a family. And so that’s one example of one of the happy memories we collected, but it’s surprisingly something that, every memory I read was something I could relate to, I get it why that memory was a happy memory from that person.
It could be the British lady I just talked about or an Iraqi man who was about my age but remembers back from a time he was eight, and he bought a toy with his own money for the first time. I also get why that sense of accomplishment; this is something that is still treasured today.
Chloe B.: So potentially hearing about other people’s happy memories could trigger your own memories as well, when you reminisce about oh yes, that’s the time on the beach when I was with my friends.
Meik W.: Exactly.
Chloe B.: Yes, that’s pretty lovely.
Meik W.: That’s how memory work. It works often by association, you hear a word, you see something, you smell something, and you taste something. You hear a track from 1984, and then suddenly, you are transported back to that time.
So that’s also something to keep in mind, and something we can use actively when we want to either remember stuff in the future or retrieve happy memories. Find those memory triggers that can bring hopefully a happy memory back to service.
Chloe B.: In the book, you talk about ingredients for happy memories, are there certain ingredients that have to be there do you think?
Meik W.: I think that there’s one that has to be there, and there are some that can be there and will help us. So I think the one that has to be there is very simply attention. So obviously, if we’re not paying attention to what is happening, we are not going to remember it. And I’ll give you an example of how that can work, a couple of weeks ago I spoke to a Polish woman who had read the book. And she thought back to a time when she was about eight, and she’s having dinner with her mom and her sister.
And they’re having this colorful Polish dish, and they have yellow flowers on the table. And they’re having a good time they’re laughing; they’re feeling happy. And her mother says I hope you remember this moment. And here we are 30 years later; she still remembers that moment because her mother made her pay attention to it. So it’s a really powerful tool, a powerful ingredient, of course, it can also be overused in that sense it’s like salt. Every day you sit down with your kids and say I hope you remember this moment; it’s going to be like, yes, shut up, dad, you say that every night.
But using it in the right dosage seems to be a really good strategy, but it’s also ingredients like first-time experiences. We are more likely to remember new and novel experiences; it’s using our different senses in our memories, not just seeing of stuff but also noticing how things taste, how things sound, how things smell. And that’s something Andy Warhol was really good at, so the pop artist. He would change the perfume he wore every three months.
So even though he would like to keep wearing it, he gave it up and found a new perfume. And that meant that over time, he had created this museum of scent, a Museum of memories. So he could go back in time, he’d say okay now I want to go back to 1982 the spring, and then he took that perfume he wore at that time and took a good whiff of that, and that would help him reminiscence about that period in his life.
Chloe B.: It’s amazing, isn’t it how scent and memory can be really linked. We’ve all got a type of alcohol, for me, it’s tequila that will remind us of a horrible ex-boyfriend or terrible times in our lives, or the smell of grass reminds us of the summer holidays, and that is just a phenomenon that our minds can link that together.
Meik W.: Exactly. And the more unique that scent and linked to memory is, the better. So I’ve had coffee many times, I’m having coffee right now, and that scent doesn’t necessarily trigger any particular memory, because it’s attached to so many different memories.
But if I smell dried seaweed, now that’s going to take me back to summer a year ago when I was sitting on a warm rock after being out spearfishing in a very cold sea and just sitting on that rock, feeling really happy, paying attention to the moment and saying what can I do to hold on to this moment? And there was a patch of dried seaweed, so I took a good way from that.
Chloe B.: Amazing. I suppose it’s a thing to remember that so often we’re not present or aware in our lives, and how we might be really missing, I mean it’s kind of obvious to say that we’re missing out on our happiness and missing out on those happy memories because we’re not present a lot of time. So it’s another reminder for all of us to be more present, I think. Okay, so a bit of a contentious issue. Do dogs make people happier than cats? I read this, and I thought, oh, some people are going to be upset.
Meik W.: So yes, I know these are divisive times. So listen, what we saw when we we’re looking through these happy memories and looking at the patterns, we did notice that far more people mention their dog than their cat.
And of course, different theories explain that it can mean that, okay, maybe more people have dogs than cats, and naturally, they are more likely to appear in people’s happy memories. The second theory is that dogs are just awesome creatures, and they do bring a lot of happiness, and I must confess that I slightly support that theory.
Chloe B.: Maybe as well because your dog goes everywhere with you, you can’t just leave your dog at home and go to the beach, he’s going to be there with you, so maybe that’ll make a difference. But yes, I have to say dogs maybe do have more of an impact on people’s lives; people get more like obsessive about their dogs more than their cats. Can you explain what episodic, and I hope I’m saying that right memory is? What is that?
Episodic memory Meik W.: Yes. So we have different types of long-term memory, so you will remember, you will know what is the capital of France, okay, that’s Paris. But we don’t have any necessary recollection of when we actually acquired that fact. So it’s a fact about the world that we share with the world, but it doesn’t have any taste, it doesn’t have a sound, it doesn’t have any texture.
But if I said, can you remember your trip to Paris if you have been to Paris, now that’s a very different kind of memory. It will have sounds, it will have experience, it will perhaps have a taste, and you can travel back in time sort of re-experience your trip to Paris. So semantic knowledge is knowledge you have about the world, episodic memory is your experience in that world, and it’s unique for you.
Chloe B.: Okay, so it’s a totally different type of memory. And we have to actually go and kind of relive the memory in order to experience that?
Meik W.: I mean, it’s just something we can do, and we have this fascinating time-traveling opportunity. We can travel back in time, a few minutes ago I traveled back in time to summer before last, and sitting on a warm rock overlooking the cold ocean with a couple of flounders by my side. That’s an opportunity I can go back in time and re-experience some of the joy I had there. And that’s also what we see when people engage in a nostalgic activity, they often do that when they’re lonely or when they feel a little bit down, or when they sort of lack purpose in life.
So nostalgic activity means that we go back in time and revisit and variants where we felt a sense of connection with other people, perhaps a sense of meaning with it all. So it counteracts loneliness in that way. So it’s a super-nice ability to have to travel in time. It’s of course also something we use to travel forward in time, because a lot of our projections about the future, a lot of our hopes and dreams for the future are also based on what did we experience in the past. So in that sense, it’s a really neat DeLorean that can brings us back and forth in time.
Chloe B.: It’s amazing how our minds can time travel. I was thinking about nostalgia the other day because I went home to visit my parents, and I was at home for maybe a week or so. And seeing all the people in the community where I grew up that I used to see all the time, the buildings, the woods that I used to play in, the tree that we used to climb at school.
And I guess this meeting wasn’t nostalgia, but it was almost like a slightly sad feeling it was kind of wistful, beautiful, and slightly sad. Is that nostalgia, or is that something else? That kind of slight sadness?
Meik W.: I think that’s nostalgia.
Chloe B.: Okay.
Meik W.: I think it’s a sense of happiness, a sense of joy. A sense of happier times, but also the sadness of having lost that time that it’s past. So nostalgia it’s an ancient emotion; it’s longing for something that is gone. But I mean we did experience that, we did experience that love, we did experience that happiness. And it might be gone, but we should still be appreciative that it did happen in the first place, I think.
Chloe B.: So would you encourage people to go down that nostalgia cruise?
Meik W.: I think it’s a really fun experience. And one of the things I enjoyed researching this book was going down memory lane, either my own or actually asking my dad to take me down his memory lane. So he spent his youth in the town of Aarhus in Denmark, and this was the late 60s, and he worked in the advertising industry. And I asked him to show me Aarhus and show me the places he had lived and worked and gotten drunk. And we just spend a lovely afternoon going around Aarhus, seeing the places and that made those stories come alive.
It’s also a way to remember stuff because if you are at the place like you visited your childhood town. You see those places where you were, and that will trigger memories of those times. And that is something called the encoding specificity principle. But what it just is it’s what, like when the police they bring a witness to the scene of the crime, because it will help them remember what happened. So if you go down memory lane, go to places where you suspect you have had happy times, or there will be something that resurfaced because you will notice something that will trigger a happy memory.
AD: This episode is made possible by Dorset cereals. Dorset cereals believe that pleasure comes from the simple things in life, and that moment’s need to be savored. Especially since life is so busy, and I totally agree. This all begins at breakfast time, so instead of rushing through breakfast or skipping it altogether. Why not slow down and enjoy every moment. Enjoy a breakfast on the slow, and you’ll be taking the first steps to a better day.
All their delicious offers are vegan and high-fiber, and the ultimate range doesn’t contain any added sugar. I personally love their luscious berry and cherry music, well worth getting up a bit earlier to have time to savor. So now, there are even more reasons to enjoy a calm moment at breakfast with Dorset cereals. Take a look at Dorsetcereals.co.UK to explore the range and discover how to be a little more Dorset.
Chloe B.: One thing I was interested in that you wrote about was about depression and happy memories. And how can people who experiencing depression kind of use this to help themselves, and if there are there challenges that come along with that?
Meik W.: Right. I mean, we see that people who are struggling with depression, one of the challenges is, of course, that we’re not feeling very happy right now. But also actually having trouble remembering any time we were happy at all. So people with depression might struggle with remembering happy past events in their life. So there has been a few studies on this, one of them in the UK where the researchers first helped participants all struggling with depression remember 15 happy moments in their lives.
And that was actually quite difficult for some of the participants; they would say I don’t have 15 happy memories. But the researchers worked with the group and help them flesh out some of these happy memories making them more vivid and what happened and what did it sound like, what did it taste like, and so on. And then, they conducted an experiment where they tried to give them tools when they needed it most to remember those happy times, retrieve those happy experiences. And one of those methods is called the Loci method, and some of you might be familiar with that, it’s also called the memory palace.
And the principle is that you place what you need to remember, whether that’s happy memories or the grocery list for the supermarket on a familiar route. It could be your route from home to work, or it could also be specific places in your childhood home. A lot of people will remember their childhood home quite vividly and detailed, and then you place a happy memory along that route. Now, if it was me, my memory palace is also my childhood home, and one of the places on that route or in that home is the golden Volkswagen Beetle we had, and that would be outside the house.
So if I was to play something in there, it could be the happy memory of me sitting on that warm rock with the fish. So I would imagine myself in that car with fish and on a rock, and it smells because it’s inside a car and so on. And it’s a quite rich picture, and it’s weird there are fish in the car and so on. And now if I was to try and retrieve happy memories say two months from now, it’s easier for me to go through that route and then think of the Volkswagen Beetle, and then say okay yes that’s right, it was with the fish, and I was sitting on that rock, and I was feeling really happy.
Anyways, the study showed that people who used the Loci method had a far better likelihood of retrieving happy memories when they were later phone up by the researchers and asked to recall those 15 happy memories. So I think there is something we can do, I think there are tools in our memory that can be used in terms of helping people struggling with depression.
Chloe B.: So you’re choosing a place, somewhere like your childhood home, and then in different places in that place, you’re putting the memories and kind of creating an image that associates with that,
Visualisation Meik W.: Yes. The visualization is really important, and trying to create, close your eyes and create an image and consider what would happen if you combine that room with that experience. It’s something that works quite well in different contexts.
Chloe B.: What about food? Because I noticed that you wrote in your book about how we can almost use food to create happy memories or cool happy memories?
Meik W.: Yes. So because every scent place a part in our memories, taste or scent is one of the ways we can use to trigger our memories. So one thing could be to create a memory dish, so if you had a happy memory, you can create a dish that should, of course, be called something that will make your mind trigger and remember that happy memory. And then when you have this dish, you’ll talk about that event and your reminiscence about that event, yes. So it’ll be something that is attached to a happy moment. It can also be to use food as gaining new experiences, so we can see that a lot of people experience the feeling that life seems to speed up as we get older.
And one of the reasons for that is that when we are 15 and 21, we have a lot of new experiences. So first kiss, and moving out the first apartment, the first car perhaps, whereas in people’s 30s and 40s and 50s there’s a more seldom and new experience. And a new experience doesn’t only have to be going to some exotic place across the globe; it can also just be a new experience in a food or a gastronomical sense. So trying out new ingredients could also be a way we can have more extraordinary days.
Chloe B.: That’s something I think about a lot. About how we can try and make life slow down, because I don’t want life to get quicker the older I get. So try new things it doesn’t need to be going to a totally new country, it could be really simple things like I haven’t had Jerusalem artichokes before, I’m going to go with that.
Meik W.: Exactly. And I was reflecting on this morning, because the conversation that I haven’t have in my partner is, and weren’t quite into food. But what are our five? What are our best dessert that we ever had?
Meik W.: And in which one came in top?
Chloe B.: So there was a tiramisu in Rome. And I remember at the time we shared one, and I still kick myself today like why did we not get one each. So yes, that’s something we can be doing, just to self-reflect on.
Meik W.: And then today when you have tiramisu, are you then reminded of that experience overall?
Chloe B.: I do think about it, and it’s usually not as good and the Rome one, so yes, but no, I do smile when I think about that. And a lot of things that you’re talking about resonate, because I’m a hypnotherapist, and when we’re getting the subconscious mind to take on board a message.
It’s really about using all the senses, and so if you want to imagine, I don’t know if someone what’s to come more confident or more calm using all their senses to imagine what that would be like to be really confident and calm. I think that’s what you talk about in your book, about how to really engage the senses so that we remember it more.
Meik W.: Yes. And I think we have a tendency to focus too much on-site, and we take a lot of photos of things we experience. But I think especially if you’re keeping a journal, it’s also interesting to notice and write down what did he sound like, what did you feel like, what did it smell like? And I remember one of the happy memories we collected this from an American in his 50s.
Who spent six weeks on a beach together with his partner, and they’re at their bird-watching. And he’s just really good at describing the warmth of the Sun, the warmth of the sand, the roaring of the ocean and sort of all the different sensory impressions, and I think that’s definitely something we can learn from that.
Chloe B.: Okay. So yes, tuning into all those details are going to make it more visceral, more likely to remember, and I don’t like to generate those good feelings again. I did want to ask you about digital detoxes, because I think this is probably something that a lot of people listening may potentially need to do, myself included. You mentioned this in your book about why that might be important, why do you think that’s important for people?
Meik W.: I think it’s important because, coming back to what we talked about in the beginning, that the importance of attention. So if we’re not paying attention to something, we are less likely to remember it in the future. And we can also see a lot of the happy memories we collected where actually from evenings or weekends where people were without their phones. There was one I think this was a Mexican dad who remembered a blackout, and they had to bring out candles to get lighting in the room.
And they spent the evening as a family talking about some of their favorite memories, and some of their favorite family anecdotes, and now that’s a really nice memory of his. So I think it can undermine our attention that said it can also be a way to retrieve memories in the future. If we take a lot of photos and myself included a lot of us do that, it can also be something that can help us remember things in the future. But if people post on social media, I think perhaps it could be quite liberating for some to have a personal private social media account that only you can access.
So instead of worrying about how will this be perceived? What’s the right caption to write to this picture? Just post pictures of your every day. Because ten years from now, then you can go through that only you, and there’s going to be something in there that will help you remind you of your memories, so that’s something you can do.
Chloe B.: So that would, but that be creating like an Instagram account that only you can see, and then you can back on I was like what a great idea, I like that.
Meik W.: And I’ll give you another one. Hopefully, you’ll like that one too. Is to curate the happy teen or the happy hundred. So you had thousands of pictures on your phone, but perhaps we don’t look at them the same way we looked at family albums back in the 80s and 90s, where you print it out photos. So my suggestion in the book is once a year either for yourself or together with your family or partner or friends, curate the happy hundred or happy ten.
So go through your photos, and then talk about and decide which are actually our happiest moments in the past here. It might be the tiramisu in Rome; it might be other things. And get those photos printed out and put in an old-school photo album. And say okay, these are some of the happiest moments in 2019. It also I think is a good exercise to get insight into your loved ones and friends, what are their views on which were happiest times. And if you spend them together, we also remind you of hopefully some really lovely days.
Chloe B.: I’m definitely going to do that. I’ve got loads of photos on my old laptop that the screen is broken, but I’m going to get the photos off and do that, that’s a lovely idea. Do you have any other; is there any other tip about the unhappiness that you think is really important for people to know?
Meik W.: I think there’s a lot, but I think perhaps it is also important for me to underline as a happiness researcher that unhappiness is also part of life than the human experience is not just about happiness, it is also about loneliness and sadness, and that’s part of the human life. So I think what we’re trying to do with happiness Research Institute is not say you should be always happy all the time, I don’t think that’s possible. And there’s a reason why we might be unhappy from time to time.
What we should try and do is try to create the best possible conditions for people to flourish, and through policies, through our cities, through our workplaces, through how we organize our lives and social lives. Yes, but I mean, I don’t think we’re going to get to a place where we achieve being happy ever after. And I think that’s important to underline that we are, we experience positive and negative emotions, and that’s part of the package.
Chloe B.: I think that’s a good reminder for everyone who maybe beats themselves up about not being happy, because it’s easy to go down that path of I’ve ticked all these boxes in life, I should be happier, I shouldn’t be feeling this way. But actually to know that all emotions are normal, and we can’t be happy all the time, it’s impossible.
Meik W.: Exactly. And also, I remember one psychologist said to me at one point, maybe our brain aren’t designed to be happy. We’re human beings, we have great design in terms of how to survive on this earth, but maybe we’re not designed to be happy all the time because it’s also what have brought us forward as a human race to sort of constantly challenge the status quo and constantly feel we need to raise the bar in order to be happy.
Chloe B.: I heard someone say once, your brain is designed to keep you safe, not make you happy, which anxiety suffers as well definitely relate to. What about, I know it used to work in sustainability, and this might be a bit of a challenging question [Inaudible 00:37:36.27]. But as the world is changing our climate is changing, how do you see what we focus on in terms of happiness changing? Or do you think there will be more of a focus on that in a policy level and going forward?
Meik W.: I think there’s going to be a bigger focus on mental health in the future. I think we are hopefully going to return to the original definition of health, that the World Health Organization said back in the 40s. And that is that health is not just the absence of disease, but it’s physical, mental, and social well-being. And I see trends towards that; I’m really encouraged now, for instance by New Zealand. Recently their government passed a well-being budget, and now bids for the budget has to come attached with as I understand it an assessment on how is this going to improve quality of life.
And we do see at the national level; the government’s looking at new measures of progress, challenging whether we should just focus on the GDP or perhaps also look at are we improving quality of life. And I think coming back to your question about sort of sustainability, I think there is a lot of overlap actually for those two agendas. I think if we design our cities, so they are more sustainable, they will also be more livable. I think if we design our way of consumption, our working life to something that is more sustainable both for the environment and for ourselves, that is also going to lead to an increase in quality of life. So I think that the two agendas are actually closer than we immediately think.
Chloe B.: So what’s good for the planet is good for us.
Meik W.: Basically, yes.
Chloe B.: Amazing, thank you so much for sharing everything that you shared. Where can people find out more about you?
Meik W.: Well, so there’s Thehappinessresearchinstitute.com website. Obviously, there are the books if people want to dive into their happy memories or some of my previous books, The Little Book of Lykke and The Little Book of Hygge. And now that the recent the art of making memories, and that should be available in online stores and offline.
Chloe B.: Brilliant. And I definitely recommend people check that out; it’s really inspiring and really gets you thinking about what’s most important in life, so yes, thank you so much.
Meik W.: Thank you.
Outro: Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram and let me know what are you taking from this episode, find me at Chloe Brotheridge. And I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes; subscribe to the podcast leave me a rating.
And is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast, I’ll be so grateful. So I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love.
The post Ep 80. How to be Happier with Meik Wiking appeared first on Calmer you.
This is a solo episode where I’m answering your top questions that you sent in on Instagram.
I discuss:
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/).
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review.
Thanks so much for listening!
TRANSCRIPT:
Chloe Brotheridge: Hello and welcome to the ‘Calmer You’ podcast this is Chloe Brotheridge. I am a coach, I’m a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of the ‘Anxiety solution’. My latest book ‘Brave new girl, 7 steps to confidence’. So, today I am doing some quick-fire Q&A’s, because I’ve got a lot of questions coming through on Instagram. I thought I would spend a bit of time giving quite short and sweet answer to as many questions as I can.
Hopefully, whether or not this specific question and whether or not these specific questions are relevant to you, hopefully the advice will be something that can relate to you in your life as well. So, when it’s podcast, when I talk about everything from boundaries to self-worth, to sleep anxiety, to fear about the future, finding your purpose health, anxiety, morning routines, SID and a few other things as well.
If you haven’t already, I want to invite you to come on over to calmer-you.com/free and enter your email address. I will send you weekly podcast updates and also my ‘Anxiety Busting Toolkit’, which gives you tools to manage your own anxiety and become a ‘Calm You’ version of yourself. So, you can just head over to calmeryou.com/free to grab that now. This episode is sponsored by ‘Kloris CBD oil’.
Everyone in the anxiety world is talking about CBD oil. But if you don’t know what it is CBD is a non-psychoactive compound, found in cannabis. It’s used as a food supplement with promising evidence that it actually helps to calm anxiety. One study found that it reduced anxiety during public speaking and the link to this is in the show notes. It’s also believed that CBD oil could help manage pain, such as period pain by reducing inflammation. I’ve been taking Kloris CBD for the past few months to help with period pain and PMS and I think it really helps. I love that Kloris take great care to source the best quality CBD.
Only using the finest organically derived, natural ingredients and they rigorously test their products for contaminants and most CBD brands don’t do this. CBD isn’t a miracle cure for anxiety but it could be really useful as a food supplement to include in your routine and I love using it. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil, when you enter the code ‘Calmer You’ at Kloriscbd.com, that’s Kloriscbd.com.
Anxiety and dating So, let’s just get straight into the Q&A. So, the first question that came in was about anxiety and dating. Let’s be honest, dating is gonna bring up all our stuff because it is so intrinsically linked to our fears in lots of ways. It’s linked to our fear of rejection, you know of not being good enough so many of us have this. The pressure that society puts on us to have a partner and settle down. So, there are a lot of reasons why, this can be an anxiety provoking experience and yet it doesn’t have to be.
So, my main advice when it comes to this is, to really look after yourself and do what you can to enhance your own self-esteem. While you’re going through the experience of dating. What can you do to make you feel good? That might be about scheduling in lots of self-care. That might be about really focusing on positive experiences with dating that you’ve had in the past. It might be about asking your friends and family to remind you about your good qualities and about the wonderful things that you have to offer.
Whatever it is just making sure that, you’re building yourself up before you get out into the world. Secondly, when it comes to rejection, you know we’re all gonna get rejected at some point in our lives in our dating. It’s absolutely inevitable. Even Jennifer Aniston gets rejected even supermodels get rejected. We all do and it’s not actually personal. Trying to remember that, we all say no sometimes. There were some people that we don’t necessarily like and it might have nothing to do with that other person.
It’s a personal preference, they might reminders of someone that we dislike. We might just not be that into them actually we can take that so personally when we’re on the receiving end of that. Yet, so often it isn’t really personal. One of my favorite tools around this is to reframe any anxiety as excitement. So, you might have heard me talk about this study before where, it was done at Harvard Business School. They got two groups of participants and they told them, ‘right, you got to go and sing don’t stop believe in by journey.’
Obviously, this is kind of nerve-wracking to do in front of your peers. One group they said, ‘tell yourself you’re excited. Write yourself little notes get excited and really reframe this experience there’s something exciting and positive.’ The second group they said, ‘take deep breath try and calm yourself down you know visualize calmness.’ You know what? The group that told themselves I’m excited, felt better, felt more confident performed better than the ones that were trying to calm themselves down.
Now that’s because anxiety and excitement of very closely linked emotions. So, when it comes to dating how can you tell yourself, I’m excited? See it as an opportunity and adventure, a chance to meet someone, a chance to have a new experience. When you treat to like that, it will feel like a more positive sensation, when you’ve got those butterflies before you go off on your date.
Morning anxiety So, someone else is asking about, ‘what to do first thing in the morning when you wake up and you want a ball of anxiety?’
I hear this all the time from people that the morning can be a peak time for anxiety and that could be for lots of reasons. Firstly, our levels of cortisol are highest firstly in the morning, so that could play a role. Secondly, it might be that you’ve got a stressful job or you’ve got a lot to do during the day. It can seem overwhelming; you’re thinking about everything that needs to get done. Perhaps, you need to go to you know different parts of town, different meetings it can seem very overwhelming.
So, I think the morning time is such a crucial time for having some tools and techniques in place to ensure that you can calm yourself down and you can make the best of the day. The thing that I love to do and I find it makes a massive difference for me is, to exercise in the morning. So, it a basic obvious tip, but when you exercise, you’re getting out of your head, you’re getting into your body you are using up some of that cortisol, some of that adrenaline. So, it’s not just pumping around your body and you’re producing those feel-good endorphins.
So, there’s loads of reasons why exercise in the morning is really helpful. Apologies to anyone, he was not a morning person I’m a morning person. So, it doesn’t bother me too much to exercise first thing. But even if you’re not a morning person, I would suggest trying it out for a couple of weeks. See how it feels, see what impact it might have on your level anxiety. If it makes a big difference, then maybe that will give you the motivation to really continue with that.
What other things you can do in the morning to ensure that you have a calm day ahead? It might be things like making sure that you have breakfast, so that your blood sugar levels are balanced. Because having blood, low blood sugar can make us feel anxious. It’s a trigger for anxiety because we might get a bit dizzy. We might feel a bit shaky. We might feel you know uneasy and we interpret low blood sugar as anxiety. It can cause that feeling of anxiety to spiral. So, having a good breakfast could be really helpful for you.
Some kind of morning practice. I do my ‘Transcendental Meditation’ every single morning and it makes a big difference for me. So, trying to have some form of meditation in the morning. I think is invaluable as well.
The next question that came in was, around boundaries. So, I talked about this a lot in my book ‘Brave New Girls’. So, if you want to learn more about right, you can check out the book. But boundaries is basically about letting other people know what is and what isn’t okay with you. For lots of us, from an early age we’ve been taught and trained to not listen to ourselves to put up with things to be good girls and boys and to keep other people happy. So, we’re not very good sometimes that even knowing what it is that is okay with us and not okay.
Secondly, we’re not very good at communicating. In some ways, it’s just about getting into the habit of asking yourself, ‘How do I feel about this? Is this a yes for me or this a no for me.’ Starting to really tune into your body and notice what feels like a yes, what feels like a no. For me, yes feels expansive it feels exciting and a no, I get this sense of contraction almost a sense that I want to run away. So, I’ve got much better over the years I’m really tuning into that and listening to whether something is a yes or a no for me. So, that I can communicate that to the other person.
When it comes to communicating it, I think one thing that’s important to mention is that it’s not always easy to talk about your boundaries. Particularly, if you have been for example to your family members. The person who always says yes and always drops everything to help out or lends people money or offers to cook or offers to drive. Suddenly, because you’re exercising your boundaries more, you’re actually starting to say no more. You’re starting to say that you’re not going to be the one to take on all the extra work.
Other people might not like that at first. It might be a bit of an adjustment period at first while other people get used to your boundaries. What’s really important in that case, it’s just to try to stand firm in the face of other people maybe being upset or angry or irritated. Just coming back to why it’s important? Why are you setting this boundary? Is it to look after your own mental health? So, that you can give from an authentic place of love and not obligation and guilt. Is it, so that you can really look after your own mental health?
So, really trying to come back to your why. Why you’re making that change, can help to motivate you and give you that inspiration to carry on and keep going.
The next question that came in was around ‘self-worth’. To be honest this is such a massive topic. I talk a lot about this in the ‘Anxiety Solution’ and in ‘Brave New Girl’. I’d probably say a lot of the ‘Anxiety Solution’, is about self-worth and self-stay. Because from my own experiences and the experiences are people that I have worked with, it really is at the root of a lot of our anxiety and a lot of our uncertainty and our worries. When we don’t feel good enough, when we don’t feel valuable, when we don’t feel that we’re worthy we’re more likely to hold ourselves back.
We’re more likely to doubt ourselves, we’re more like to worry more like to feel scared going into situations. So, working on your sense of self-worth is so key. I think one first step to start to change this is to change the way that you speak to yourself. Now the way that we speak to ourselves is one of the most important things I believe in our lives. We really have the power to make ourselves miserable by beating ourselves up about things. Telling ourselves things that we would never say to an enemy, let alone someone that really should be our best friend.
So, bringing it back to being your own best friend is such an important step when it comes to growing your self-worth. Awareness is the first step to that, actually just noticing, how am I speaking to myself today checking in with yourself. Really noticing what am I saying to myself did I really say that how did I really call myself, an idiot. Do I really would say oh I’m fat ugly? When we become aware of these things then we can start to change them. Then we can start to really think about, what would I want to say to a friend who was in this situation.
We can start to speak to ourselves in that way. You’ve heard me say there so many times if you listen to the podcast regularly. But honestly, I think we can hear it enough we constantly need that reminder to be kinder to ourselves. So, that’s my main piece of advice when it comes to self-worth.
The next question that came in, was around Sleep Anxiety. So, this is a big topic. Sleep and anxiety are linked not everyone with anxiety struggles with sleep. I meet lots of people who sleep really soundly but during the day you know worried and can’t switch off and can’t relax. Yet it does often go hand in hand. Because you are somebody that is overthinking in the day you can be also somebody that gets into bed and that overthinking just can’t switch off. What I hear from him insomniacs a lot is that, when you get into bed there can be a sense of dread and anticipation about expecting that you’re not going to sleep well.
Feeling nervous I’m feeling worried that you’re not gonna sleep well and that in turn fuels the anxiety and makes it harder to sleep. So, one thing that I always say to my clients who struggle with sleep is, just a reminder that resting with your eyes closed. Allowing your body to rest allowing your eyes to rest is not as good, but someone once told me 80% as good as being asleep. So, if we can take some of the pressure off ourselves when it comes to getting into bed and wanting to fall asleep.
If we need to say to ourselves right, resting in my eyes closed is almost as good so I can just allow myself to be awake. I don’t need to fall asleep; I’m still resting and that’s okay. If we can be okay with that we take the pressure off and we allow ourselves just to rest and you know what having that attitude means that you’re more likely to fall asleep. But it’s got to be starting with taking the pressure off of yourself.
Other things that can really help are, listening to our guided relaxation. Like the one that I give away on my website at Calmer-you.com/free. Listening to a meditation, listening to an audio book to help to distract you. One thing that can really help is reading before bed. Reading not the news, not your phone, not social media but reading some light fiction. The twenty minutes or so before you want to go to sleep. Just to help you to distract yourself from whatever might be going on your life just to help you to, yeah let go of the day. Unwind and escape into a world of witches and wizards and sort of thing for example definitely recommend that.
Okay, so the next question that came in was about fear of the future. What do I really want this person is asking? I don’t know, what do you want? Have you really asked yourself this question and spent time? Asking yourself this question in a structured way and it might be that, if it’s available to you working with the coach. But that’s a life coach or whether that’s someone like myself that helps with anxiety and confidence, can help to ask the right questions. So, that you can really figure out what’s important to you and what it is that you want.
Because life can be pretty overwhelming, we have a lot of options and that’s a wonderful thing in lots of ways. But it can be overwhelming because there’s a lot of choice or lots of us as well are perfectionists. We believe that there is out there one perfect solution for us. One perfect career choice or life choice or life partner out there. If we do not obsess enough about what might be the right solution, we’re gonna miss what’s right for us. Or the right thing is gonna passes by, but I’m also mind over this quote, ‘if it’s for you it’s not gonna pass you by, you’re gonna find it’. So, just really having that trust.
So, how can you really start to drill down into what is important to you? What is important to you? This is something that when I’m working with people with coaching is very central to the questions that I’m asking them, typically in the first few sessions. So, that your goals are really linked to what is important to you. What your values are? What matters to you? What likes you? What gets you excited? It’s amazing how, very often we don’t know what really matters to us. So, ask yourself some questions.
What do I value in my life? What has to be there in my life? Even asking questions like. If I only had three years to live, what would I want to do? How would I spend my time? I’m really starting to explore some of these questions and other things that you could ask yourself might be. If money was not an option, what would I do? If I could do anything, what would I want to do? Asking yourself these questions and I really suggest getting a notebook and a pen and doing a bit of journaling about this. Can really help you to open your mind to what’s possible, because we put all these constraints on ourselves.
We think, ‘oh perhaps not for me or I can never do that or haven’t got the money for that.’ But that really limits our thinking. When we’re really thinking about what we want and what we want to do with our lives, it’s so important to expand our thinking as much as possible. So, that it doesn’t mean we have to go and do those things, but we’re just allowing ourselves to explore all the relevant options. All the things that we could want to do and then we can narrow it down at a later point.
Another question, which kind of links into this with someone wrote in about having anxiety over a lack of purpose. I think there’s a lot of pressure in certain ways to find a job, that is gonna be something that really fulfills your life’s purpose. While I think that’s amazing and something that should be pursued or can be pursued. It kind of puts a little pressure on us and we negate the fact that we can actually do a job that is reasonably fulfilling and it pays the bills. Actually, we can still find our meaning and purpose in other areas of our lives.
We don’t necessarily have to try and find a job that for fills us in every way. Because there are lots of different ways that we can have a lack of, have a sorry a sense of purpose in our lives. So, thinking about your life so far and what are the experiences that have really stood out to you as being really meaningful to you. Have there been things in the past that have given you that sense of purpose? Another question you can ask yourself is. Who else do you look at and think; I really admire them I love what they’re doing. I’d like to have a little of what they have.
It might be that you think right in the past that was this time that I volunteered and I found that so fulfilling. I loved connecting with people. I loved helping people or it might be that, once you I don’t know borrowed your neighbor’s dog or looks after a neighbor’s pet. Asking yourself this question just reminds you of how meaningful that was for you. So, reflecting on those two questions and just see what comes up. Because it might be that there are things that you’ve already done or things that you can create that other people are doing. That you can add into your life to give you a sense of meaning and purpose.
Advertisement: This episode is made possible by ‘Dorset cereals.’ ‘Dorset cereals’, believe that pleasure comes from the simple things in life and that moments need to be savored. Especially since life is so busy and I totally agree. This all begins at breakfast time. So, instead of rushing through breakfast or skipping it altogether why not slow down and enjoy every moment. Enjoy a breakfast on the slow and you’ll be taking the first steps to a better day. All their delicious meals leaves are vegan and high-fiber and the ultimate Musi range doesn’t contain any added sugar.
I personally love their luscious berry and cherry measly. Well, worth getting up a bit earlier to have time to savor. So, now there are even more reasons to enjoy a calm moment at breakfast with ‘Dorset cereals.’ Take a look at Dorsetcereal.co.uk to explore the range and discover how to be a little more Dorset.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay, so someone else has written in asking about health anxiety. Again, such a massive topic and I get a lot of questions about health anxiety. I have to say, it’s such a yeah, I just have a lot of compassion for anyone who’s struggling with that. Having experienced it myself in the past. I know how horrible it can be. My number one tip is, do not feed the fears. Step away from Google, step away from the NHS website. Because the more you read the more you research, you think to yourself that you are going to be calming yourself down by finding out more and reading.
But the reality is that you end up just feeding the fears, you’re fueling the compulsion to check to research to seek reassurance. This reassurance seeking that we think is helping us actually ends up fueling a need for more reassurance. So, I highly recommend if it’s available to you. Stepping away from Google, putting a ban on researching of symptoms. Really trying to, I know it’s difficult but avoid getting reassurance from other people as well. Because perhaps, your partner or your friends your family members are people who you will frequently go to and ask for reassurance and ask for advice.
Perhaps, you go back to the doctor again and again hoping for reassurance and more tests. But unfortunately, this can just feed the fears. The next thing that I want to say about health anxiety is to try to relax with whatever symptoms you think you have. To try to surrender to whatever sensations you have. Because what can often happen with health anxiety is that, you read into every little tingle, every little ache pain, headache, bit of discomfort. The body will always, nearly always have some weird sensations going on.
It’s so natural for that to happen and 99.999% at the time these little symptoms that we all get you know from time to time day to day are completely harmless. They go away by themselves and yet what happens in health anxieties that we read into them and our imagination goes wild. So, really getting into a practice of just trying as much as possible to accept any little sensations or quote-unquote symptoms that you might notice. Surrender to them and tell yourself, it’s gonna pass. Really try not to overthink them or weed into them too much or catastrophize about them.
Catastrophization as when your mind goes for the worst-case possible scenario. You imagine all the things that could go wrong, that is a very common symptom of anxiety, and sometimes just labeling, “Right, I am catastrophizing now, I’m thinking the worst”. Chances are this little headache is going to go away by itself. Just lastly, if you have house anxiety, definitely get some help for it. You don’t need to struggle with this alone, it is something that can be treated, whether or not, you come in and see a hypnotherapist. Whether you go and look into CBT, you speak to your doctor about getting a referral to CBT. Please do go, and get some help. Because, it’s a horrible thing to suffer with. You don’t need to continue to suffer in that way.
So, I really hope you’ll get some help. The next question that came in was around, ‘anxiety from big life changes.’ So, whether that is break heart, whether that’sleaving uni, moving job, moving home, and all of these things. Any kind of change can trigger our anxiety, because change means moving away from our comfort zone, and it means going into the quote-unquote unknown. That can seem scary, and yet how many changes have you gone through already in your life. That have turned out okay, chances are you already done like moved home, you’ve already grown up, you’ve been born, and you’ve learned to read and write, walk and talk, and you’ve done all these things that at the time would have seemed like really new experiences.
Yet, here you are having survived a hundred percent of the challenges that you’ve faced so far in your life. Again, I think it comes down to embracing the unknown, trusting that you have everything you need within you, that you actually built for life. I’m always saying this to my clients, and reminding people that as human beings, your ancestors have survived incredible challenges. Ice ages, having to move across continents, surviving droughts and famine, and weather changes, and all that survival instinct, all that resourcefulness is within you, it’s in your DNA.
So, you can handle a breakup, you can handle moving home, you have 100% got this. Please try to remember that you are much more capable, and amazing than you think you are. So, the last question that I’m going to answer before I leave it for now, and let you get on with the rest of your day is about SID in autumn ‘Seasonal Affective Disorder’. So, we don’t know what this is, it is something that happens often in the autumn, and in the winter caused by a lack of sunlight. It might produce symptoms such as having a lower mood, having less energy, feeling depressed, feeling more like to be anxious, and yeah so, it’s really linked with the seasons. So, autumn and winter, what’s really important with SID is to try to get that sunlight exposure. The best time of day to expose yourself to the sunlight is actually first thing in the morning.
So, getting out in the morning for your exercise, having a run, having a walk, walking the dog, walking to the bus on your way to work, that are all ways that you can just be getting that sunlight, in your eyes in the morning. It has the effect of regulating your circadian rhythms, and ensuring that things are all functioning in the way that they should. So, please do get outside. Another thing to remember is that in the UK, most of us are deficient in Vitamin D, and that’s because we miss a lot of Vitamin D from sunlight, and a lot of us, not getting enough sunlight.
This is particularly for people who have darker skin, or people like me, Sun Dodgers basically, who were fight to 50 and burn really easily, and don’t get much sunlight. Vitamin D supplement is really important, especially in the autumn and winter, and vitamin D has been linked to our mental health. So, we really want to make sure that we are getting enough. So, recommend you take a supplement.
So, I really hope that you’ve benefitted from these questions and answers. Come on over to Instagram, and let me know what you thought of this, come and find me at Chloe Brotheridge, and I would love to hear from you. As always, if you have enjoyed this episode, I’d be so grateful if you would leave me a review. So, that other people can find the podcast and can spread the word, and please do subscribe to make sure that you’re getting all the new episodes as they come out weekly. I hope you have a wonderful week ahead. I’m sending you lots of love, and hope you’ll tune in again.
The post Ep 79. Q+A: Boundaries, Self-worth and Finding Your Purpose appeared first on Calmer you.
This is a solo episode where I’m answering your top questions that you sent in on Instagram. I discuss: How to set healthy boundaries How to boost your self-worth How to switch off and sleep well Finding your purpose This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter […]
The post Ep 79. Q+A: Boundaries, Self-worth and Finding Your Purpose appeared first on Calmer you.
Below we’ve assembled a collection of the top 10 Calmer You Podcasts supporting many forms of anxiety. Think of it as a Calmer You Podcast cheatsheet. I hope you enjoy these as much as our community has. Ep 75. YOU ARE ENOUGH W/ HARRI ROSE Harri Rose is a coach, author and speaker who helps […]
The post Top Podcast Episodes for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Below we’ve assembled a collection of the top 10 Calmer You Podcasts supporting many forms of anxiety. Think of it as a Calmer You Podcast cheatsheet. I hope you enjoy these as much as our community has.
Ep 75. YOU ARE ENOUGH W/ HARRI ROSE
Harri Rose is a coach, author and speaker who helps people to lose their diet mentality and live lives of more body confidence and freedom.
We chatted about:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 65. CELEBRATE YOURSELF W/ SARAH POWELL
Sarah Powell is a speaker, celebrant and the founder of Celebrate Yourself, a framework that encourages people to celebrate who they are.
We discussed:
Ep 63. SUMMER: HOW TO STAY CALM AND CONFIDENT
This podcast it addressed our community’s top questions when it comes to staying calm and confident over the summer months.
I covered:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 57. HOW TO BE A BRAVE NEW YOU + GROW YOUR CONFIDENCE
This was a solo episode where I shared about how to grow your confidence and courage.
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 60. BURONOUT, RESILIENCE AND REDEFINING SUCCESS WITH POORNA BELL
Poorna Bell is an award-winning journalist of 15 years and a digital editorial expert, having worked as UK Executive Editor and Global Lifestyle Head for HuffPost.
We discussed:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 50. INTUITIVE EATING WITH LAURA THOMAS, PhD
Laura is a Registered Nutritionist and the author of ‘Just Eat it’ (her book is very good and very funny) specialising in Intuitive Eating, Health at Every Size & Non-Diet Nutrition.
We discussed:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 41. CREATING HEALTHY HABITS WITH DR. HEATHER MCKEE
Dr. Heather McKee is the UK’s leading weight loss and behaviour change psychology specialist. Her research has been featured in: TIME, Washington Post, Women’s Health and the Huffington post.
We talked about:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 37. A QUICK DAILY PRACTICE FOR SELF-LOVE AND POSITIVITY
A quick daily practise for more self-love and positivity. I know what it’s like to wake up with a torrent of anxiety and negative thoughts – so I created this easy daily habit to help you to have a great day.
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 5. PMS, HORMONES, AND ANXIETY
This was a requested topic and it’s just for the women today, sorry fellas. Hormones and anxiety are often linked so in this podcast I talk about:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Ep 1. HOW TO LOVE YOURSELF
This was the very first episode of the Calmer You Podcast. In this episode I talk about:
Listen on the Website
Listen on iTunes
Keep up to date with the latest podcasts and get a FREE anxiety toolkit by clicking below
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Top Podcast Episodes for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Emily Lines is a Lecturer in environmental science at Queen Mary University in London (she’s also one of my best friends!). In today’s podcast we discuss: What we can do to make things better when it comes to the planet Why we shouldn’t beat ourselves up or take on board too much responsibility (and what […]
The post Ep 78. Climate Change, the Environment and What We Can Do W/ Dr Emily Lines appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Emily Lines is a Lecturer in environmental science at Queen Mary University in London (she’s also one of my best friends!).
In today’s podcast we discuss:
Find Dr. Emily Lines on Twitter https://twitter.com/emilyrlines
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. Get 10%
off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/)
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
TRANSCRIPT
Chloe Brotheridge: Hello. Welcome to the ‘Calmer You’ Podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. Thanks so much for listening. I am a coach, a hypnotherapist, and an author of two books. ‘The anxiety solution’, and ‘Brave New Girl’, which is all about confidence. So, thanks for listening today. I can’t wait for you to hear this conversation. I got one of my good friends on the podcast Dr. Emily Lines. She is a lecturer in environmental science at Queen Mary University in London. She studies trees a lot, she’s got a big interest in trees, and with all the things happening with the Amazon rainforest. How upset so many of us were about the fact that it was being cut down, and burned.
I really wanted to talkto her about her work, and get her advice and insights about things that we can do when it comes to the planet. Because in the UK, 85% of us are concerned about climate change, and that can really lead to anxiety for a lot of people. I have experienced my own moments of anxiety. I really wanted to have this conversation because I just think it’s the most important topic of our lives, essentially. So, Emily and I get into what we can do to make things better when it comes to the planet. How we can channel our anxiety into action to actually improve the world, and make it a better place.
We talk about, why we shouldn’t beat ourselves up because this is one of those topics where it could be so easy to obsess over things or really worry or beat ourselves up about buying something in plastic. She shares why that isn’t the way to go about it, and why we shouldn’t take on board so much responsibility. But what we should do instead. We talk about how to be a more ethical consumer, and we also talk about the good news when it comes to the environment and the positive things that are happening in the world. So, it’s not all bad news, listeners. There’s just loads of inspiring practical things that we can all be doing in this episode.
So, I want let you know if you’re not already that you can sign up to you get my new let’s say with the latest podcasts, and news of events and courses that I run. Also you can get a free anxiety busting toolkit over there. You can head over to calmeryou.com/free enter your details there, and I’ll send all of those freebies to you. So, let’s get into the interview with Dr. Emily Lines.
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD Oil. Everyone in the anxiety world is talking about CBD oil, but if you don’t know what it is, CBD is a non-psychoactive compound found in cannabis, and it’s used as a food supplement with promising evidence that it actually helps to calm anxiety. One study found that it reduced anxiety during public speaking, and the link to this is in the show notes. It’s also believed that CBD oil could help manage pain, such as period pain by reducing inflammation. I’ve been taking Kloris CBD for the past few months to help with period pain and PMS, and I think it really helps.
I love that Kloris take great care to source the best quality CBD, only using the finest organically derived natural ingredients, they rigorously test their products for contaminants, and most CBD brands don’t do this. CBD isn’t a miracle cure for anxiety but it could be really useful as a food supplement to include in your routine. I love using it. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code calmeryou@kloriscbd.com. Welcome Dr. Emily Lines. Thanks so much for joining me today.
Speaking with an Environmental Scientist Dr. Emily Lines: Hi, Chloe. Thanks for inviting me.
Chloe Brotheridge: Can you tell us what it is that you do, and yeah what do you do?
Dr. Emily Lines: So, I am a lecturer in environmental science at Queen Mary University of London. In particular, I’m interested in forests. I study how they function, and what the impact of climate change will be on them. I teach about all sorts of different environmental issues at the university.
Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. Emily is also one of my best friends, and I really wanted to get her on the podcast because of all the conversations that her and I had had about things going on in the world, and what we can do to make things better. Because I read a stat recently that 85% of people in the UK are concerned about climate change, and from lots of you guys I speak to, people feel quite helpless going into even Eco anxiety.
Having a lot of fear about the future, and I really wanted to talk to you Emily about what is the situation that we’re dealing with. How can we channel our anxiety into action, because often we get ourselves into rumination, and this is overthinking worrying and feeling helpless. Actually, there’s a lot we can do, and educating ourselves is one of the first steps to doing that. We can channel our emotions into actually creating a positive change.
Climate Change Dr. Emily Lines: Sure. Well, first of all being worried about climate change is not an unreasonable thing, it’s a really big issue, it’s the biggest issue facing society today. We need to half our global Co2 emissions by the year 2030, in order to avoid really dangerous climate change to keep within the 1.5 degree warming, that we set ourselves at the Paris agreement. It’s justified to be worried about climate change, and we do not have a lot of time to act. I think, it’s really fantastic we’re having this conversation, and that 85% of the country does care about climate change. Because we need people to care.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes. We need people to care, and yeah there’s almost a sense of we were talking about this before we started recording. Anxiety isn’t, well you asked me, is anxiety worry without cause. Actually, anxiety can be from lots of different sources in our lives, often it is from things that are worrying like if we’ve been made redundant or we’ve suffered a bereavement or what about the planet.
This podcast is not gonna say to you everything’s gonna be okay. Like a lot of my advice does go along the lines of everything’s gonna be okay, you’re gonna be fine. This isn’t one of those situations, it’s one of those situations where we have to gather ourselves together, educate ourselves, and change the world essentially.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. We need to harness the concern that we have, but there is some good news. I mean, particularly here in the UK. We have falling emissions, we’re about 40% below what we were in 1990, in terms of our greenhouse gas emissions. So, the UK is doing pretty well in terms of its emissions targets, is not doing as well as it could be. But we are making changes, we’re making positive changes, and there are positive stories around the world. But globally, we’ve still got increasing emissions actually. So, more much more action is needed.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, I wanted to ask you about trees. Because you and I have had lots of conversations about trees.
Dr. Emily Lines: Trees are my favourite.
Chloe Brotheridge: You have told me interesting facts about trees, and this is your jam basically. Why trees are important?
Dr. Emily Lines: Well, I mean, forest ecosystems are incredibly important in terms of climate change. They store as much carbon as in the atmosphere, and plants on earth absorb about a third of what we’re emitting out into the atmosphere. So, they’re doing this amazing job in terms of dampening. The impact of our emissions in terms of climate change, and they also are home to about two-thirds of the world’s biodiversity. They’re incredibly important when we think about extinction, and they’re critical for both climate change and for biodiversity loss, and of course we’re in the midst of this.
Six mass extinction event, where we have species going extinct at rates as sort of hundreds of thousands of times, the rate that they would be without human activity. Forest ecosystems, and preserving forest ecosystems is a sort of twin approach to tackling these problems, and actually it’s one of the cheapest ways of tackling climate change is to just stop deforesting.
Chloe Brotheridge: Of course probably everyone listening saw the things that were all over the news in social media recently about the Amazon Rainforest being on fire, which is still happening guys. Just because people aren’t putting on Instagram, that is still going on, that is an example of deforestation.
Dr. Emily Lines: In fact, there was a report that came out just this morning that found that we’re losing about the size of the UK in turbo glut in terms of global forest every single year. As the deforestation is really high, and the rate of loss had been going down. So, Brazil had had a government that was quite environmentally conscious that was working to reduce the rates of deforestation in the Amazon. But in the last few years, the rate of loss has gone up, it’s gone up in the Amazon, it’s going up in Africa, and in Southeast Asia as well.
The primary drivers are unfortunately pressures from agribusiness, so from agriculture, for pasture for beef farming, for growing soybeans for feeding cattle, and also things like palm oil and mining. So, deforestation is increasing, and we have this sort of situation where things like the Amazon are hugely important not only for storing carbon and absorbing carbon, but also for regulating the global climate system. Their losses just affects the whole world. It affects everybody in the world, we have a small number of people getting really rich from deforestation, from eating lots of beef from palm oil and trade. But we have a large number of people, the whole world is being detrimental affected by it.
So, I think people should be angry about this situation. Because something like the Amazon rainforest or the rainforest in sub-Saharan Africa, and Southeast Asia. These are the globally important ecosystems that are just not being protected. Sorry, look really worried of them.
Chloe Brotheridge: No, I am just worried about the, I am worried to be honest. If there’s one thing that will make me worry, it’s this. I was really like, a lot of people very kind of upset and angry about what was happening. In a way though, just glad that people were talking about it more suddenly. Because obviously, it’s been happening for long time. In the newspapers, not people not talking about it, not really seeming to kind of care about this.
Dr. Emily Lines: Absolutely. This is something that I have found so interesting over the past few months, a year or so. Since the rise of things like extinction rebellion, and since the rise in profile of Greta Thunburg, is more and more people want to talk to me about my job. Five years ago, if I was out at a party, nobody wanted to talk about the environment, it’s boring, it’s like crusty hippies in the corner. Now, people want to talk to me about it and I find that really inspiring actually, and the very fact that I’m here talking to you about it. It’s just an indicator of just how much it’s risen in terms of global awareness. People caring and understanding much more about the importance of the environment.
We are part of nature Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah. There’s one good thing about, all the horrible things happening is that it is kind of waking us up, it is reminding us that we are a part of nature, and if we fuck over nature then she is gonna fuck us up.
Dr. Emily Lines: Actually, when you think in sort of hundreds of thousands to millions of years. Yes, it’s gonna be fine. Climate change is something that threatens us as a species, it’s threatened our survival. Yes, we’re driving a large number of other species to extinction, and we can have a whole moral argument about whether or not we’ve any right to do that. Some people think that we can use the earth for whatever we want, and other people think that we should be preserving species.
But ultimately, we should be acting in our own self-interest to protect the earth. Climate change is going to make parts of the earth uninhabitable. It’s going to threaten our food security, it’s going to create water shortages, it’s going to create civil wars, mass migration. It’s going to make it much more difficult to raise people out of poverty. We are using up resources that are finite rates much faster than is sustainable. So, we should care about changing the way we live for our own survival. In a few million years, when humans have died off, the planet will be fine there. We also sorts of wait, and wonderful new creatures that have evolved on it, which I find really comforting. But we need to protect ourselves as a species, and this is why we need action.
Chloe Brotheridge: Totally.There are so many places that we could go next.
Dr. Emily Lines: Can we go back to trees?
Chloe Brotheridge: Sure. I like trees too. What can we do about the trees?
Dr. Emily Lines: Okay. So, first of all, understanding why they’re so important, understanding that actually it’s the standing forests that are important and afforestation, planting new trees can help. It can particularly help with issues like soil erosion, which we’re really suffering from in some parts of the world. But holding the carbon that exists in forest ecosystems, it’s not all in the trees, a lot of it is in the soil, probably more of it is in the soil than is in the standing trees. Really, we want to keep those ecosystems intact. So, if you’re looking at things like carbon offsetting, for example if you’re flying across the Atlantic, and you’re worried about your impact, you want to carbon offset.
Then you can look at schemes that are preserving parts of the world’s tropical rainforest, which are the most important in terms of carbon and biodiversity, and preserving them rather than for example schemes that might be planting new plantations. That might have little in the way of biodiversity value, or might even release carbon. Because soil itself holds a lot of carbon. If you plant on top of it, sometimes you can release that carbon into the atmosphere.
So, preserving the forest we have, valuing them properly, understanding that there is a there’s a dollar value to a standing forest in terms of its role in preventing dangerous climate change. In terms of its role in modulating our climate system, and providing things like water security or prevention of soil erosion, valuing our natural resources properly. If there needs to be a monetary value, then that’s what needs to happen. When we take action to try to do better, things like carbon offsetting trying to have real holistic understanding of our choices. There are actions, other actions we can take to reduce sort of pressure on forests through understanding what kind of products we might be benefiting from deforestation.
So, things like palm oil, meat products, they can come from the forested areas, around 40% of products from deforested areas are in the international trade circuit. They’re not all deforestation in the Amazon to feed beef, it doesn’t all go to Brazil. It becomes part of global trade. So, understanding if we’re buying things that are making that worse but also putting pressure on governments, and companies. If you find that you’re using a project that product has palm oil in it, and you want to keep using that product because you like it. Then pressurize that company, they’re responsive to consumer action. Ultimately, when we think about an issue as big as tropical deforestation, and this is really true for so many issues that we might talk about today.
What we can do as individuals is actually quite small, our individual choices have relatively small impact. It’s our collective behavior that makes a really big difference. So, we need to take our individual anger, our individual concern, our energy, and channel it into forums that push for behavioral change, societal change and structural change, rather than really beating ourselves up about taking a flight, for example.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. That’s quite an important point, I think. Because it’s easy, I mean you can go either way. You can either go, I can’t make a change at all. I’m just gonna do I want or you can go the other way of, I’m gonna beat myself up about everything. I’m gonna deprive myself, and actually it’s about trying to channel our individual power into something bigger than ourselves.
What can we do about climate change? Dr. Emily Lines: I think it really is. I think, it’s really important that people understand that climate change is not you individual fault, it’s a personal responsibility to fix climate change. We live in a society, or it is incredibly difficult to live in low emission lifestyle. The way that our taxation system is set up. So, air fuel is not taxed for example makes flying really cheap, and trains are more expensive and are not properly invested in. We didn’t have high-speed network in this country. So, they’re slower. The system we live in essentially perpetuates our high emission lifestyle.
What we need is structural change, we need pressure on governments, we need governments, our politicians, and our MPs to understand that we care about these things. We want them to make the decisions that will enable us to live a lower carbon lifestyle in order to avert dangerous climate change.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, when you’re talking about kind of creating that change at a higher level is that about getting political.
Dr. Emily Lines: I think it absolutely is.
Chloe Brotheridge: Specifically, what can we do?
Dr. Emily Lines: For me, I think it really is getting political. It’s recognizing that you live in this society that makes it really difficult for you to live a low-carbon life. We all do, it’s not our individual faults, that companies are getting really rich from climate change. There’s something like 100 companies globally are responsible for 70% of all of our human greenhouse gas emissions.
Chloe Brotheridge: That makes me like actually want to vomit.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yup, it’s disgusting. You should be angry about it, but also you should realize that it isn’t you, and it isn’t your [Inaudible] [17:46]. We all need to make behavioral changes, we all need to recognize that very cheap air travel is unsustainable. But the changes need to come I think, at the at the societal level, they need to come from politicians. That’s why it’s so important to vote, to make sure you’re registered to vote to find out which of your candidates are Pro climate change mitigating policies, which ones are fighting it, which ones care about it.
Emailing your MP, they are your representative in Parliament. So, if you want things to change, you go to the local person, they have to listen to you. So, find your local pressure groups, raise the profile of the issue because we hearten for all the stress and the worry. It certainly is a big worry for me. Obviously, I work in this field, for all my individual worry, actually it’s structural change and system change that will help us to avert dangerous climate change.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. I’ve written to my MP recently, and tweeted her a few times. They are gonna get sick of me saying but I’m gonna carry on. What about food, because obviously food must have a massive impact on the planet. It’s one of those things that we do actually have control over to a certain extent, the choices that we make individually.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. There’s a carbon amount embedded in all of our food choices. So, our food system has really big global environmental impacts, food accounts for around a quarter of all of our emissions globally. It also uses up about 70%of all freshwater resources, so when we talk about pressure on freshwater resources. Its in agriculture really we’re thinking about. When we think about the impact on the natural world, agriculture, and our food system, occupies about 40% of the land surface.
So, it’s taking up a huge amount of space as well. Because of population growth, we haven’t talked about population growth, but the population is projected to increase to ten billion by 2050, which is not a very long time. We are looking at a situation where we need to feed people, we might need 60% more food by 2050, that’s going to double food emissions, and essentially that means that we need to change the way that we’re eating in order to stay under these sort of emissions targets. Farmed animal in particular are the problem here, they take up a huge amount of space. For example 80% of farmland is given over to pasture, or to grow feed for farmed animals. But they only produce about 18 percent of our calories.
So, there’s a real sort of inefficiency in terms of how we’re producing the food that we need to eat. Cows are unfortunately the biggest emitters of this. So, eating beef or choosing to eat less beef is one of the biggest changes that you can make in moving towards a plant-based diet. I read somewhere that if cows were a country, they’d be the world’s third biggest emitter of greenhouse gas emissions, which is crazy. Size of the problem is really huge, and it does mean that individual choices can make a difference in terms of reducing our emissions, reducing pressure on deforestation.
Chloe Brotheridge: No one’s saying you have to like go vegan or anything like that, but it’s just about maybe making some small changes. All of us probably do you need to make some changes about, I don’t want to buy blueberries that have been grown in New Zealand and flown across the world in a refrigerated plane.
Dr. Emily Lines: For sure, absolutely. I mean going vegan or going towards being vegan is actually one of the most effective ways, we’ve done on a global level that we could reduce emissions. There are some studies that suggest that we basically need to go toward an almost entirely plant-based diet in order to avoid dangerous greenhouse gas emissions. If we assume that the population will increase at the rate that we think it will.
Being plant-based in your diet is an incredibly effective way of reducing our emissions, it’s like four times more effective than recycling for example. So, it’s really a good choice that you can make. Like you say, maybe going fully vegan is too much for some people, or it seems like too big of a change. But going plant-based, and trying to reduce your meat intake quite substantially will help, and you’re completely right, buying a blueberries from New Zealand is kind of nuts, and transport is one of the big generators of greenhouse gas emissions as well. It’s kind of depressing in February, in the UK looking in the produce aisle, trying to find something nice. But if your blueberries have come from New Zealand or your asparagus has come from Chile, you really have to think about whether those carbon emissions of that journey are really gonna be worthwhile. If there might be some better choices that you can make.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah. I think, we do need to think about those things. I was in a cafe recently, and I ordered a Kombucha because I don’t drink anymore. Kombuchajust seems like the nearest things like a fun adult drink. But it come from New Zealand, and I was in England obviously, that’s come on a ship or something probably not on a plane. But still, like they make Kombucha in Hackney.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. I mean, you can talk to that café. Companies are driven by what they’ll sell, what consumers want to buy. So, if they put up New Zealand, and I’m not blaming any person. People who buy New Zealand Kombucha, they’ll keep buying it, they will keep shipping it in because the cost of the carbon is not included in the cost of shipping it in. That maritime journey which has all of these carbon emissions associated to it. If you can go to the company that is selling you that New Zealand kombucha, and ask them to please sell you a hackney kombucha.
Then they might make that change, and actually consumer pressure has been a driver of all sorts of changes in the UK. We know that it works, if it is done on scale. So, please talk to them about it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay, I will. Should we talk about food a bit more? One thing that I’ve been doing recently is going to the market on a Sunday to buy vegetables there, which is definitely cheaper than going to Sainsbury’s. The food is not organic, but it’s without pesticides. They can sell it a bit cheaper because they haven’t had to go through the rigmarole of being certified as organic. But it hasn’t used pesticides, it should probably better for the soil, I imagine.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. I mean, pollution is one of the biggest drivers of biodiversity loss. Obviously if it’s a like a local market, it’s all seasonal things. So, it hasn’t been like transported across the world. I mean, probably you walk to your local market. I’m living in a city, it’s kind of easy to take those low-carbon journeys. But the journeys that we’re taking are not only just our journeys, it’s the journeys of the things that we’re buying. So, if you’re buying something that has come from the local area, it’s a lower carbon food than something’s been shipped from Europe or from further afield. So, it’s a really good decision to make.
I also think this is a good time to bring up what can be an issue in when we’re talking about two key things like food and travel choices. So, sometimes making the low-carbon choice is much more expensive. There’s a real big inequality issue here, and again all this comes back to us living in a system where it’s difficult to make good choices. Because they can be more expensive, organic food can be more expensive than non-organic food.
Maybe you have to live near a nice trendy East London market in order to access these kinds of feeds. You can get into a sort of any inequality in that people who are on lower incomes, whose incomes are more stretched, or under more pressure, may not be able to afford low-carbon choices in their lifestyle. That’s incredibly unfair, and that’s a fault of the system. Of the society, of the way that we are incentivizing people to live good lives.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah. I think that’s such an important point, and yeah just wanting people to not beat themselves. I was having this conversation on Instagram with someone about I think was like recycled loo roll, or something. But I remember Emily, this is one of the things I think a few years ago, and I was like, what can I do about the planet. You’re like, why not having recycled loo roll, like don’t cut down trees to wipe your ass. So, that’s one of the times I made a few years ago, and we were just saying how, obviously it’s more expensive to buy recycled loo roll in a packet that isn’t, and it comes like a biodegradable plastic thing. But it’s like twice as expensive, it’s not accessible.
Dr. Emily Lines: That’s because the cost of that on recycled one doesn’t reflect the true environmental costs of producing it. Also, the cost of the recycled loo roll doesn’t reflect the savings, the carbon savings we’re making. There are some sort of pushes in the EU and other places to essentially make industry cost in carbon, and cost in environmental costs. They’re paying for the detriment to the environment, or paying for the carbon that they emit.
But these systems are not really operational, and the implementation has been really difficult to make these things. The price that we pay really reflect the cost of the production, and that’s a really good example. Something where the cheap option is bad for the environment but not everybody has the luxury of being able to choose to act in a way that’s good for the environment. I mean, I find it even, this is very privileged example but I try and eat organic. Because I’m worried about pollution in terms of pesticides and fertilizers into our soil systems, and into our freshwater systems.
But when I go to the supermarket, the loose stuff is the non-organic stuff, and I have to buy organic wrapped in plastic. I’m trying to do good in one hand, and then I’m buying plastic in the other. You just sort of stuck in this catch 22 situation, which is why we need pressure, why we need system change, why we need structural change, and why I refuse to be my individual self-up about it, you shouldn’t either. You’re being faced with these two bad choices, and that the government is not giving us, incentivizing us to live in ways that are better.
Speaker 3: 28:05 This episode is made possible by Dorset cereals. Dorset cereals believe that pleasure comes from the simple things in life, and that moments need to be savored. Especially, since life is so busy. I totally agree, this all begins at breakfast time. So, instead of rushing through breakfast or skipping it altogether. Why not slow down, and enjoy every moment. Enjoy a breakfast on the slow, and you’ll be taking the first steps to a better day. All their delicious mueslis are vegan, and high-fiber. The ultimate muesli range doesn’t contain any added sugar. I personally love their luscious berry, and cherry muesli.
Well worth getting up a bit earlier to have time to savor. So, now there are even more reasons to enjoy a calm moment at breakfast with Dorset cereals. Take a look at dorsetcereal.co.uk to explore the range and discover how to be a little more Dorset.
Chloe Brotheridge: Make it the cheaper option for us to act in environmentally friendly wise.
Dr. Emily Lines: Don’t forget the governments are made up of individual people. So, you could always stand for government yourself, why not. If you think about, if you involved with a local group, why not think about running for Counselor. Can you stand for government, I will vote for you.
Chloe Brotheridge: What else should we talk about? What about, one thing I want to talk to you about was just having conversations with people about this sort of thing. Because I found myself having a lot of conversations with people. I think, we’re having more conversations about these topics. It’s more and more front of mind, is that a way that we can affect positive change?
Dr. Emily Lines: I think, for sure. Particularly, if you’re making individual choices that can help the environment. If you’re trying to consume less, which is one of the best things you can do. Just buy less stuff, repair the stuff you have, reuse it, recycling it, living car-free, taking fewer miles, eating a plant-based diet. People start to notice changes in your behavior. So, being open about those, and talking to people about why you’re making those changes, that is a really positive thing to do. It’s to do is shifting the conversation shifting, what seems as normal. The more people that act in these ways, the more normal it will be perceived.
Then, we get to shift where the argument is, and shift the dialogue around these issues. I think talking openly about your concerns to other people is really important. If you want to advocate, if you want to change people’s minds, you have to be really careful about how you’re doing it. Because you can come across as quite sort of hardline, and really, I think when you drop down into talking to people. A lot of people care about the natural environment. People have got something; they have some interest that you can hook on to. If you listen to somebody, you talk to them about how you’re feeling, finding out what they care about is really important being curious, being open-minded to engaging with them.
I find out why somebody feels the way they do. If they think differently to you, find out what the motivations are, and sometimes it can be things like economic. Blaming somebody, getting angry with someone for making a choice that you don’t think is the right one is really missing the big picture. I think absolutely, talk to people about your concerns, you can make a really big difference, you can influence people. You can do things like talking to your office, seeing if you can get rid of the plastic cups by the water cooler. See if you can switch your electricity providers to a renewable energy provider, see if you can implementing recycling. There is so much that we can do by interacting with people around us by making it a positive thing. By understanding, and making it a dialogue.
Chloe Brotheridge: I think, when it comes to having conversations about things. It can be easy; I think when someone’s really passionate about something. We can cross the line from passion into like judging other people. We really don’t want to do that because someone pointed out, made this point on Facebook recently, like you can have a go at someone for driving a 4×4 or whatever is people judge people about. But actually, if you have, we’ve all gotten smartphones that contain rare earth minerals, that have been mined by children.
So, none of us, apart from you Emily, actually you have the one. But I have got an IPhone. So, we don’t really have a leg to stand on when it comes to judging other people and their choices. I think, this is one of these things where making it about the individual is so destructive, making it about ourselves or them is such a destructive thing to do. If somebody is driving a 4×4, okay maybe they do, but maybe they care about, I don’t know passive pollution, maybe they care about the quality of the river in their area, maybe they care about the air pollution for their children. Maybe you can talk about those things, and you can leave the car to one side.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. Totally with you.
Chloe Brotheridge: We’re not short of topics to talk about here. One topic which, you and I have had conversations about before, it’s basically quite a taboo thing to sort of talk about, and that’s population. I guess, because I don’t know, maybe people interpret as being shaming, if they choose to have a lot of children, or they have little children already. But this is up something that I think David Attenborough has a campaign around.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah. So, I think when we think about environmental issues. It’s really important to understand the context, which is the population growth, very substantial population growth. In 1900, there were one and a half billion people on the earth, in 1960, there were three billion people, there are now about seven and a half billion people. By 2050, they’re going to be 10 billion people. It’s a hundred and fifty years from 1.5 billion to ten billion, and all of those people consume. So, you’re just multiplying consumption up, and all the environmental problems become harder and harder, and potentially impossible to solve with more and more people, if we don’t change how we behave.
We’ve got one planet, one set of resources, and there are so many more of us, and the rate of increase. So, this is a really modern problem that we’re facing, environmental issues are a modern problem because of the number of people on the earth. That’s really what’s influencing the urgency of it. When we think about population, we can’t avoid it as a question. It is difficult to have this conversation with some people, particularly there are sort of cultural reasons or people view the number of children, you can have as a very personal choice. But the study came out very recently they said having one fewer child was the biggest single contributor to reducing your overall emissions that are making your lifetime.
The four top ones were having one fewer child, the other three were living car-free, avoiding flights, and eating a plant-based diet. If you add up those three, it’s still 12 times less than having one fewer child. It’s 12 times more effective to have one for your child than it is to live your life carefree, to avoid flights, and to eat a plant-based diet. We can’t avoid, this is a topic of conversation. I’m absolutely not saying people don’t have children but you need to understand, if you’re trying to live more consciously, if you’re trying to understand the global picture of climate change. Then you have to look at population.
You’re right, David Attenborough campaigns for a group called ‘Population Matters’. They have a lot of really unbiased information on their website, and if you’re interested in. So, we encourage people to go and look at it, because this is in many places, a taboo subject. Not least for cultural issues, and challenging those sorts of beliefs and social norms around discussing the size of families is I think, it has to be part of a fighting climate change.
Chloe Brotheridge: Absolutely, yeah. I mean, I’m thinking about having children in the near future, and it’s definitely been on my mind of not wanting to make matters worse, but obviously we still need children. No one’s saying that children, we need them for the economy. So, thank you for talking about.
Dr. Emily Lines: I think there are some really positive things as well around this conversation. One of the biggest influences of how many children a woman has is how well educated she is. How much she has access to contraception and modern family planning, and population growth is going to be highest in places like sub-Saharan Africa. In low-income countries, and those are the ones that are likely to suffer most in climate change. If you are looking for places to give your money, then programs that keep women in schools longer, that promote modern family planning, that help women have access to contraception. So, that they can control their own futures, all of these things will not only improve their situation, will reduce poverty, will give them more power in their lives. It will also have positive impacts in terms of the environment.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. Lovely to have some action.
Dr. Emily Lines: Absolutely. Thank you for that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. So, what I wanted to go back to one of the things you mentioned before about biodiversity loss, and the extinction of different species. Because I mean, could you say, I mean, I’m just playing devil’s advocates. I do know the answer, can you say oh does it really matter if like a load of like rodents and the Amazon die off or pandas are nice but it doesn’t really matter if they. Does not really affect us, does it? Does it really matter? Like just playing devil’s advocate.
Dr. Emily Lines: Well. Okay, that’s fair enough. I mean, pandas are one of the most highly invested in species in terms of conservation, it’s huge about millions and millions of dollars going to preserving them. Species are becoming extinct at very high rates. We’re in what we called there’s six mass extinction. So, the previous five were, the last one was when dinosaurs were wiped out, for example. So, that’s the kind of scale of change that we’re looking at. So, species do naturally go extinct, but the numbers are going extinct at the moment.
One in eight, non-microbial life forms are at risk of extinction. Yes, it matters. So, the reason that it matters is that we rely on the functioning of ecosystem. The reason it matters for us, in it from a selfish perspective, the reason it matters for humans is that we rely on functioning ecosystems for our soils that grow our crops.
We rely on pollinators to pollinate our crops. We rely on functioning freshwater ecosystems for water, for water for our food. We rely on forests to maintain our climate, to prevent soil erosion. We rely on aspects of the natural world in every element of our lives, and if it isn’t functioning. Because we’ve removed species from it, and we have degraded ecosystems, then ultimately it affects us.
We get things like more flooding, we get soil erosion, we get more droughts, we get unproductive farmland, and we risk our survival locally in different parts of the world that have been more seriously affected or even on a global scale. The issues are intertwined because one of the drivers of biodiversity loss particularly into the future is likely to be climate change.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, we’re all connected more than we realize. Other species are getting impacted, that impacts us. If the trees are getting cut down, that impacts us. It’s something that we’ve kind of forgotten, I think as modern humans. We are part of nature, and if nature is suffering, we suffer as well.
Dr. Emily Lines: I mean the things that we eat, our species, we rice, and we corn, we wheat, and we tend to have very large amounts of what we eat coming for a very small number of species. Ones that have been highly bred, domesticated and tamed for our own use, and what if some new pathogen comes along and wipes those out. If we’ve lost other biodiversity, maybe we can’t fight. Now, pathogen or maybe, we don’t have anything alternative lined up to feed us. It’s usually important, we do have to understand our reliance on the natural world and its interconnectedness with our own lives and our quality of life.
Chloe Brotheridge: Other things that we can do then about the species going extinct. I think, we have talked about a lot of things.
Dr. Emily Lines: I think it’s really important to understand what’s driving this extinction. The biggest driver really is us taking the land. So, we take huge amounts of the land surface, which isn’t the space for wildlife, and we appropriated for our own uses. Using land for agriculture, using inefficiently by doing things like raising beef, and raising feed for animals is essentially driving biodiversity loss. That’s been historically the biggest driver. I read this crazy statistic about the amount of livestock that we have on earth, it could might put this into perspective. So, ten thousand years ago, when were humans sort of roaming the earth. If you added up the weight of all land mammals, 99% of that would be wild animals, and 1% would be humans. Now, two-thirds of the total weight of all land mammals is livestock. About a third of it is humans, and 1% of it is wild animals.
So, the change that we have made in 10,000 years, which is pretty short. When we think about the lifespan of the earth, and even the lifespan of our species. The change that we’ve made is massive. When we understand what we have done, what’s driving this loss of these species, by taking the land, taking the habitat, degrading their ecosystems through things like pollution, through carrying diseases around the world, things like Dutch [Inaudible] [41:46] disease that killed off our elm trees in the 1970s. We can take action because we know what might cause future biodiversity loss.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, basically let’s leave the wild, let’s leave the Amazon. Protect the Amazon as much as possible protect the forests.
Dr. Emily Lines: Protecting our existing ecosystems, and understanding what it is that we’re doing that’s degrading them. I think, this again comes back, and I keep saying this. But coming back to structural changes, because if we do something like for example buy a lot of new clothes, and we buy a lot of fast fashion. Then that fast fashion is really cheap to us, but that’s because it doesn’t have, well I mean not only in many places, people making it not being paid properly. But it also doesn’t have included in that price the cost of the environment.
The cost of the environment is things like us using up the fresh water ecosystems, like dumping loads of pesticides on cotton crops, or the impact of throwing away that fast fashion. The methane of the producers in landfill, or the micro plastics that come when we wash polyester. So, if we’re thinking about what we can do, we need to think about what the actual cost of our choices are, not just the monetary cost, but the environmental costs as well. We need to demand that our elected officials do better in terms of incentivizing us, allowing us, and helping us to make better choices.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah. One of the things that I’ve been trying to focus on more recently. I’m saying this as someone who previously have had like quite an addiction to shopping, like literally every few days, an Amazon parcel wouldarrive at my door. I’ve stopped buying some Amazon now, because they don’t pay a single pound of tax in the recent tax year, not a single pound in the UK. Also, because I was just thinking about everything that I am buying comes from the earth, and has to go back somewhere at the end. Where it’s probably gonna go is into landfill or something.
I’m just basically trying to buy less stuff. I’ve been trying to educate myself a bit more about ethical consumerism. Obviously, aware that there’s so much we can do as individuals, but what are some of the things you think we can do when it comes to.
Dr. Emily Lines: Well. I mean, I think you’re doing exactly the right thing, trying to understand where your new products are coming from. What is going to happen to them at the end of their useful life to you. I think these are really important starts, understanding, making good choices. We can’t always not buy anything, sometimes we have to buy a new jumper, it’s cold outside we need a new coat. Buying less, buying better. So, buying things that are going to last longer. I think, it’s really difficult because we have this sort of fashion industry that pushes us to buy a lot. I read somewhere that a Zara brings out 24 new collections each year, which is two a month, which is insane. Nobody needs a change of wardrobe twice a month, but we’ve being faced with that, it’s being pushed on us.
The advertising is pushing us towards buying clothes, lots of garments are only 7 or 8 times nowadays where they’re thrown away. It’s just not a good use of resources. So, buying less, buying better, things that you’re gonna like for longer. If you do want to keep changing your wardrobe, which lots of us do, right. Fashion is really important about showing our identity, and looking at things like buying secondhand, using some of these new services where you can rent clothes instead of buying them.
So, thinking about fashion less is the product you buy, and more as a service that you rent. So, allowing you to update your wardrobe regularly particularly, if things are of low use. If you’re buying a new dress for a wedding you’re gonna wear it twice, well maybe it’s cheaper to rent it anyway, you get something nicer, you send it back and it’s reused again and again. Repairing things that we have, there’s lots of really good tailors out there who will sew up the hole in your coat or put a button back on, or you can even learn to do it yourself, it’s not too hard. All of these things will reduce the amount of resources that are being used by your fashion choices.
Chloe Brotheridge: I always wear out that little bit in between my legs, and a pair of jeans, and I buy jeans. I mean, got like two pairs of jeans. I try, and buy like slightly more expensive ones, which I have them for five years. I keep getting that little patch patched up where, I’ve rubbed it away with.
Dr. Emily Lines: I mean, I think it’s interesting when I look through my own wardrobe. There are brands in there that you wouldn’t think would last a really long time. But I’ve had that item of clothing for 10 years, and I wear it all the time. Then there are things that you maybe spend more money on, don’t last as long. It’s not always that the more expensive thing is the battery, I think sometimes you can look in your own wardrobe, and find the jeans that haven’t worn through, and think one next time I need to buy a new pair of jeans, I’m gonna buy from that brand. So, know it’s better.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, that’s such good advice. Like the idea of renting clothes as well. I’ve done that, but that doesn’t make a lot of sense for weddings. I have got dresses that I’ve worn once at wedding, I probably gonna not wear it again.
Dr. Emily Lines: I mean, even if you wanted to maybe recoup some of the value of that, you could sell that dress on, you could donate it, you could prevent somebody else having to buy something new by keeping the cycle going, having clothes. Having it be more standard that clothes that are owned by more than one person or used by more than one person. A lot of this is really just about understanding of value in the embedded energy, and the true cost of what’s in what we buy.
Chloe Brotheridge: We’re recording this in September, where is hashtag #Secondhand-September things in that, the Oxfam Ochs are pushing this campaign to encourage us to go to second-hand stores, and to make it normalize. Because there’s part of us, probably thinks, Oh secondhand, but actually it’s totally fine.
Dr. Emily Lines: There’s so much available. I think there’s lots of online retailers and places where you can buy from people secondhand, it’s obvious it’s really nice if you can go to a charity shop but sometimes you might not be able. Obviously,it’s really nice if you can go to a charity shop but there are all other ways of making sure your clothes are reused even when it you don’t want to wear them anymore.
Chloe Brotheridge: Like Depot.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah, I’ve never been on it, but I do hear quite a lot about it. I think it’s, well I spoke to my cousins who is 16, they obsess a Depot, they own it a lot basically, and sell all their old stuff on that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Why not, yeah.
Dr. Emily Lines: You don’t want it anymore, you get a bit of money back from it, and somebody else gets to have it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. I am feeling inspired by this. So, if people are feeling anxious, they are feeling worried, they’re feeling helpless. They want to do something to make a change, what are the kind of key takeaway things that people can be.
Dr. Emily Lines: So, I think, it’s really important not to blame individual, don’t blame yourself for the system that you live in, for the way that the world works, it’s not your fault. Climate change is not your individual fault, but that doesn’t mean that you can’t be part of the solution. Understanding that, getting involved, getting active, voting, putting pressure onto your local representative, putting pressure onto the companies that you buy from, all of these things can have positive impacts. In terms of our individual choices, the biggest choices that we can make is consuming less. We all consume too much. I think, we all throw away things that a half-used, unopened or we throw away so much food. We throw away things that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Third of our food.
Dr. Emily Lines: Third of our food goes into bin. It’s absolutely insane, so consuming less is better for your pockets, better for the environment. Reducing how much you need, repairing what you have reusing, repurposing things, selling them on, recycling. Then you can live a car free life, which I realize is very easy in a place like London where we are blessed with really good public transport. It’s much more difficult in other parts of the country, but if you can, living car free, reducing your car use, avoiding airplane travel, eating a plant-based diet or as far as you can get towards that. Considering the number of children that you might have. I know, it’s not such a popular thing to think about, but it’s a big decision in terms of your emissions.
Then, talking to people, I think it’s so important, arming yourself with information. There are so many issues that we’ve even touched on, or not we haven’t even covered today. The things that you care about are the ones that you’ll be able to talk most passionately about to other people, finding out what other people care about, raising the level of conversation, raising the understanding amongst your family and friends, and in your workplace. All of these things can be really positive, changes that you as an individual can make, but get political.
Chloe Brotheridge: Political. What do you think about extinction rebellion?
Dr. Emily Lines: I think, that is absolutely fantastic. I mean extinction rebellion have changed their national conversation on the environment. I think them and [Inaudible][50:43]are the reason that I’m having so many conversations like this with people. Whereas a year ago, I really wasn’t, people have started to care because they’ve got themselves on front covers of newspapers. I know that not everybody agrees with all of their tactics. think that when we look back in history about big social changes, there was always room for disruptive action, and nonviolent.
But what they want really is pretty simple, they want us to talk about the truth about climate and the ecological emergency, just like we’re talking about today. They want the truth to be out there, they want people to know, they want people to understand what the system we are living in is doing to our planet, and what the true consequences of it are for us as a species. So, I think that is incredibly important. I think, they’re fantastic. I don’t think you need to change yourself up in order to make changes, but I think.
Chloe Brotheridge: You don’t have to glue yourself to a bridge.
Dr. Emily Lines: You don’t have to glue yourself to a bridge, but I think the kinds of people that go out and do that, they change our conversation, they change what the newspapers are reporting, they change what parliamentarians are talking about, and that is incredibly valuable.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, when they are blocking the roads on the week of the 7th of October. Let’s try and support them, basically.
Dr. Emily Lines: Yeah.
Chloe Brotheridge: Give them money, or shout out what they’re doing, find a way to support them. I also heard, one of the reasons, I’m so passionate about them as I heard somebody on the radio, for some like ex-intelligence person call them a terrorist group, which I think is absolutely nuts. I think, that they’re a group that are trying to protect us from disastrous climate change, and disastrous biodiversity.
Dr. Emily Lines: Absolutely. The human race is not very good at dealing with slow burn problems. We’re really good at dealing with issues that are right in front of us, and we’ll sort them out. I believe in the ingenuity of the human race to solve problems; we’ve solved other big problems that we faced in the past. So, a group that is pushing what I believe to be an incredibly important issue, and to the forefront of the national conversation is incredibly valuable. I’m really grateful for what they’re doing.
Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. Thanks so much for talking to me.
Dr. Emily Lines: Thanks Chloe. I’m so happy that we got to have this conversation.
Chloe Brotheridge: Me too.
Dr. Emily Lines: I think, it’s so brilliant that people like you are using your platform to talk about these issues.
Chloe Brotheridge: Thanks so much for sharing your wisdom. I do feel a sense of hope talking to you. I do feel reassured that I shouldn’t beat myself up, but actually there is a lot I can do as well.
Dr. Emily Lines: I think that’s really important to feel a sense of hope because we can actually prevent dangerous climate change, it’s within our grasp. When you look at the most recent IPCC reports, the Inter-Governmental Panel and climate, change which is the consensus of the world’s climate scientists. They agree that we have the solutions, we know what we need to do. We have the technology; we know what action we need to take. So, we can prevent dangerous climate change.
Chloe Brotheridge: Just need to get our asses in gear.
Dr. Emily Lines: We do need to get our asses in gear.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay. Amazing, thanks so much. Thank you.
Thank you so much for listening. I really hope that you gained a lot from this episode. Come on over to Instagram, and let me know what are you taking from this episode. Find me at Chloe Brotheridge, I would love it if you would leave me a review in the podcast app or in iTunes. Subscribe to the podcast, leave me a rating. Is there someone in your life that would really benefit from this podcast, you can let them know by sharing this podcast. I’ll be so grateful. So, I’m just wishing you a wonderful week ahead, sending you loads of love. Hopefully you’re tuned in again, and I’ll see you soon.
The post Ep 78. Climate Change, the Environment and What We Can Do W/ Dr Emily Lines appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Megan Rossi is a dietitian with a PHD, and the author of the new Sunday Times bestselling book Eat Yourself Healthy. She is THE expert on gut health.
We chat about:
You can find her on Instagram here.
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. BY Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com. Find out about CBD oil and public speaking anxiety at this link.
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 77. Eat Yourself Healthy w/ Dr. Megan Rossi appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Megan Rossi is a dietitian with a PHD, and the author of the new Sunday Times bestselling book Eat Yourself Healthy. She is THE expert on gut health. We chat about: How our gut health impacts our mental health The BEST thing you can do in your diet to feed your healthy bacteria Supplements […]
The post Ep 77. Eat Yourself Healthy w/ Dr. Megan Rossi appeared first on Calmer you.
‘Sandy is the guru of modern-day meditations’ – Red Magazine
Sandy C. Newbigging is a mind detox expert, meditation teacher, monk, mentor, speaker, multi-bestselling author and creator of Calmology.
In this episode we chat about:
Find out more about Sandy at his website: https://www.sandynewbigging.com/
Or get more inspiration from him over at Instagram
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com and check out this about CBD oil about public speaking anxiety.
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
[video_player type=”youtube” style=”1″ dimensions=”560×315″ width=”560″ height=”315″ align=”center” margin_top=”0″ margin_bottom=”20″ ipad_color=”black”]aHR0cHM6Ly95b3V0dS5iZS9XMUlyMTFqbjFPQQ==[/video_player]
The post Ep 76. The guru of modern-day meditation w/Sandy Newbigging appeared first on Calmer you.
‘Sandy is the guru of modern-day meditations’ – Red Magazine Sandy C. Newbigging is a mind detox expert, meditation teacher, monk, mentor, speaker, multi-bestselling author and creator of Calmology. In this episode we chat about: Sandy’s experiences with anxiety and how he overcame them How to find the root cause reason for your issues Why […]
The post Ep 76. The guru of modern-day meditation w/Sandy Newbigging appeared first on Calmer you.
Harri Rose is a coach, author and speaker who helps people to lose their diet mentality and live lives of more body confidence and freedom. We chat about: What ‘diet culture’ is and why it’s such a problem Harri’s most powerful tools for body confidence Why getting curious is the antidote to your anxiety How […]
The post Ep 75. You Are Enough w/ Harri Rose appeared first on Calmer you.
Harri Rose is a coach, author and speaker who helps people to lose their diet mentality and live lives of more body confidence and freedom.
We chat about:
Find out more about Harri on Instagram and at: https://www.harrirose.com/
This episode is sponsored by Kloris CBD. Get 10% off Kloris CBD oil when you enter the code ‘calmeryou’ at www.kloriscbd.com
CBD oil and public speaking anxiety: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079847/)
This episode is also sponsored by Dorset Cereals check out their range at www.dorsetcereals.co.uk
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 75. You Are Enough w/ Harri Rose appeared first on Calmer you.
Jo Webber is an herbalist, Ayurvedic Practitioner and Pukka’s Head of Herbal Education. This Podcast is full of useful advice. We chat about: Can herbal remedy really work? What Ayurveda is and how it can support anxiety The BEST herbal supplement for keeping you calm Plus Jo’s top practical tips for creating calm and balance […]
The post Ep 74. Herbal Remedies for Anxiety with Jo Webber from Pukka Herbs appeared first on Calmer you.
Jo Webber is an herbalist, Ayurvedic Practitioner and Pukka’s Head of Herbal Education. This Podcast is full of useful advice.
We chat about:
You can find her on LinkedIn and at Pukka Herbs
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 74. Herbal Remedies for Anxiety with Jo Webber from Pukka Herbs appeared first on Calmer you.
Marianne Cantwell is a multi-faceted woman, self-identified highly sensitive person (HSP) and for the last 8+ years has run an online business, creating courses (and global online events) for thousands of people around the topic of her Tedx talk and book Free-Range Humans. We chat about: The pressure to find your passion What to do […]
The post Ep 73. Anxiety, Fitting in and Living Free Range with Marianne Cantwell appeared first on Calmer you.
Marianne Cantwell is a multi-faceted woman, self-identified highly sensitive person (HSP) and for the last 8+ years has run an online business, creating courses (and global online events) for thousands of people around the topic of her Tedx talk and book Free-Range Humans.
We chat about:
Free Range Humans – home
https://www.instagram.com/freerangemarianne/
This episode is sponsored by Pukka Peace Tea – learn more here https://www.pukkaherbs.com/shop/organic-teas/peace/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 73. Anxiety, Fitting in and Living Free Range with Marianne Cantwell appeared first on Calmer you.
Kate Taylor is a lover of disco balls, a bright red lip and more leopard print than is necessary; she isn’t your average coach. She’s a leading life design and empowerment coach, creative business coach & mentor, Master NLP practitioner & clinical hypnotherapist, Qoya teacher, writer, speaker and creator of the Practical Magic Activation Deck — […]
The post Ep 72. Practical Magic, the subconscious and getting into the body with Kate Taylor appeared first on Calmer you.
Kate Taylor is a lover of disco balls, a bright red lip and more leopard print than is necessary; she isn’t your average coach. She’s a leading life design and empowerment coach, creative business coach & mentor, Master NLP practitioner & clinical hypnotherapist, Qoya teacher, writer, speaker and creator of the Practical Magic Activation Deck — the UK’s first life coach in a box. And more recently, organiser of The Awakening — a festival dedicated to wellness and self-care on the Isle of Wight.
We chat about:
-What is Practical magic?
-The subconscious mind
-What to do when you feel your life is at a cross roads
-The magic of qoya
-Being addicted to busy and how to slow down
– Plus practical tools, stories and so much more wisdom from Kate.
https://www.katetaylor.co/abouthttps://www.instagram.com/katetaylorcreativeliving/
This episode is sponsored by Pukka Peace Tea – learn more here https://www.pukkaherbs.com/shop/organic-teas/peace/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 72. Practical Magic, the subconscious and getting into the body with Kate Taylor appeared first on Calmer you.
Sarah Rose Bright is a leading certified Sex, Pleasure & Intimacy Coach empowering women and couples to discover and express their true sexual nature. A pioneer as the UK’s first certified sex coach, founder of Ignite the Erotic and V-Life she has worked with hundreds of people to ignite their sexuality and live their full […]
The post Ep 71. Sex, anxiety and Confidence with Sarah Rose Bright appeared first on Calmer you.
Sarah Rose Bright is a leading certified Sex, Pleasure & Intimacy Coach empowering women and couples to discover and express their true sexual nature. A pioneer as the UK’s first certified sex coach, founder of Ignite the Erotic and V-Life she has worked with hundreds of people to ignite their sexuality and live their full potential. sarahrosebright.com
I’ve been wanting to do a sex episode and when I met Sarah I knew she was the perfect person to speak to. Having experienced her own body shame and issues around sex – her journey is inspiring and now she helps others to feel better in their bodies, experience better sex and more intimacy.
We discuss:
-Body shame and how it holds us back in the bedroom (plus simple ways to overcome it)
-The power of ‘shaking’ to change your life
-How to feel more pleasure in the bedroom
-How to have better sex when you’re anxious or low in confidence
This episode is sponsored by Pukka Peace Tea – learn more here https://www.pukkaherbs.com/shop/organic-teas/peace/
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 71. Sex, anxiety and Confidence with Sarah Rose Bright appeared first on Calmer you.
Ben Bidwell, aka The Naked Professor (check out his Insta to see just now naked) is a purpose and mindset coach, speaker and blogger. I think you’ll love this extremely open and vulnerable conversation.
We chat about:
-Ben shares his experience of anxiety and how it led him on a path of healing
-Why it’s actually ok to feel sad or angry (or whatever you’re feeling)
-Toxic masculinity – what is it and why we’re all victims of it (men too)
-The Hoffman process and how it impacted both of us
-Why taking off the mask is the key to our happiness
Find out more about Ben:
https://www.instagram.com/thenakedprofessor/
https://www.instagram.com/thenakedprofessor/
This episode is sponsored by Pukka Peace Tea – learn more here https://www.pukkaherbs.com/shop/organic-teas/peace/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 70. Mental Health, Masculinity and taking off the Mask with Ben Bidwell appeared first on Calmer you.
Ben Bidwell, aka The Naked Professor (check out his Insta to see just now naked) is a purpose and mindset coach, speaker and blogger. I think you’ll love this extremely open and vulnerable conversation. We chat about:-Ben shares his experience of anxiety and how it led him on a path of healing -Why it’s actually […]
The post Ep 70. Mental Health, Masculinity and taking off the Mask with Ben Bidwell appeared first on Calmer you.
Natasha Devon MBE is a writer, speaker & activist. She tours schools and colleges throughout the UK, delivering talks as well as conducting research on mental health, body image, gender and social equality. She campaigns both on and offline to make the world a fairer place. She’s pretty fucking cool in my opinion!
We discuss:
– The difference between normal anxiety and anxiety the mental health condition
-The shocking link between perfectionism and mental health
-Is social media really to blame for our high anxiety levels?
-Capitalism and anxiety Natasha’s tips for handling anxiety
-Should workplaces be doing more to support our mental health?
–Plus loads more
https://www.natashadevon.com/
Her book A Beginners Guide to Being Mental
This episode is sponsored by Pukka Peace Tea – learn more here https://www.pukkaherbs.com/shop/organic-teas/peace/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 69. The Beginners Guide to Being Mental with Natasha Devon appeared first on Calmer you.
Natasha Devon MBE is a writer, speaker & activist. She tours schools and colleges throughout the UK, delivering talks as well as conducting research on mental health, body image, gender and social equality. She campaigns both on and offline to make the world a fairer place. She’s pretty fucking cool in my opinion! We discuss: […]
The post Ep 69. The Beginners Guide to Being Mental with Natasha Devon appeared first on Calmer you.
Danielle North is an Author and founder of Pause – retreats, workshops and coaching for busy people on the brink of burnout. We discuss: -What is burnout? -Signs that you need to slow down -What gets in the way of us slowing down -Simple, practical ways to pause and bring more presence into our lives […]
The post Ep 68. Burning out? Here’s how to Press Pause with Danielle North appeared first on Calmer you.
Danielle North is an Author and founder of Pause – retreats, workshops and coaching for busy people on the brink of burnout.
We discuss:
-What is burnout?
-Signs that you need to slow down
-What gets in the way of us slowing down
-Simple, practical ways to pause and bring more presence into our lives
Find out more about Danielle and her work:
https://www.instagram.com/lifebydanielle/
Http://www.lifebydanielle.com/retreats/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The Calmer You Podcast is available on the Podbean app
The post Ep 68. Burning out? Here’s how to Press Pause with Danielle North appeared first on Calmer you.
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here This is NEVER ok We all have an inner critic; that nasty little voice that pipes up every time you want to try something new, or when things don’t go to plan. But why do we do it? The answer is that deep down, part of you believes that […]
The post Seven Ways to Grow Your Confidence – and the mistakes to avoid appeared first on Calmer you.
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
This is NEVER ok We all have an inner critic; that nasty little voice that pipes up every time you want to try something new, or when things don’t go to plan. But why do we do it? The answer is that deep down, part of you believes that by beating yourself up, you’re somehow either protected against criticism from others (you’re not) or you believe that by being mean to yourself, you’ll motivate yourself to be better. Not true! Studies have found that being kind to ourselves is always the best option – kindness brings out the best in us and we’re even cushioned against the criticism of others. Be kind; always. Kindness leads to confidence.
I was the queen of this Avoidance is something I know a LOT about. I’d have every intention of going to the party, until 10 minutes before hand, when I’d be overcome with fear and feel the desperate urge to avoid it all and climb back into bed. This kept me stuck because I never got to challenge the belief that talking to new people was dangerous and scary. When I started to take action to slowly move out of my comfort zone – I realised that there was nothing to be afraid of – and my confidence grew in leaps and bounds.
This one super power you DON’T have A certain amount of concern over the opinions of others it natural and normal – where it’s a problem is when we go into mind-reading. It’s a sure fire way to sap your confidence. You know what I mean by mind-reading, right? I’ve been known to deduce that someone ‘hates me’ by a micro-expression on their face, or assume someone thinks I’m a bad friend because they took longer than 20 minutes to answer my text message. So when you’re tempted to worry about what people might be thinking, remember; you’re not a mind reader!
Joy thief ahoy Comparison is the thief of joy, so they say, and I tend to agree. It helps me to remember that someone else doing well, looking great or having fun does not detract from the good things that are happening in my life. So I take time each day to celebrate and appreciate all the good things I have going on in my life. Plus, spending less time scrolling on Instagram can’t hurt either and can only help your confidence.
Hanging around drains Is it time to do a friend audit? Are the people you spend time with lifting you up, celebrating your magic and cheering you on? If not, it might be time to evaluate who you want to spend time with.
But what if?! Hands up who’s been known to think the worst, catastrophize and ask themselves ‘what if?’. Me too. But I realised imagining what could go wrong wasn’t serving me and so these days I ask myself ‘What could go right?’ and I start to get excited about all the positive possibilities that exist.
How about no! Saying yes when you mean ‘no’ drains your energy, your confidence and your good will. You might think that you’re being kind to others, butis it really kind if you’re simmering with resentment and on the verge of burning out because you always put others first? Hell no! So before you rush to people-please, ask yourself ‘Is this a yes or a no for me?’ and tune into how it feels in your body.
Get more tips on being more calm and confident plus free resources by clicking below:
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Seven Ways to Grow Your Confidence – and the mistakes to avoid appeared first on Calmer you.
Adria DeCorte, M.S., is a Message Clarity Coach, helping women leaders tap into the message that moves them then clearly & courageously share it so they can call in their people and their next level of impact. She is a TEDx speaker, creator of the Messenger Archetypes Quiz, host of the Unforgettable Podcast, and leads quarterly Messenger Masterminds. Her expert advice has been featured on the Huffington Post, the Fox Morning News Las Vegas, and over 40 interviews. When she’s not writing on her laptop in a local coffeeshop, she can be found hiking outside of Las Vegas with her guy and their puppy-child Lexi the doberman.
We discuss:
-What keeps us from using our voices
-Why you don’t have to be naturally confident to do a TED Talk
-How to stop worrying about what people think from speaking up about what matters to you.
-What to do when you’re scared to speak up
Take the Messenger Archetypes Quiz https://adriadecorte.com/quiz/
Listen to Adria’s Podcast ‘The Unforgettable Podcast’
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone.
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 67. Using your Voice and Speaking your Message with Adria DeCorte appeared first on Calmer you.
Adria DeCorte, M.S., is a Message Clarity Coach, helping women leaders tap into the message that moves them then clearly & courageously share it so they can call in their people and their next level of impact. She is a TEDx speaker, creator of the Messenger Archetypes Quiz, host of the Unforgettable Podcast, and leads […]
The post Ep 67. Using your Voice and Speaking your Message with Adria DeCorte appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice Stapleton is a Career Change Coach for those in their 20s and 30s who want to change career but aren’t sure what they want to do instead. Through a comprehensive coaching process exploring values, purpose, interests, and strengths, Alice helps clients identify what careers would suit them best, and how to make the shift into meaningful and enjoyable work.
We discuss:
-Why we get stuck in jobs
-How to figure out what’s right for you career wise
-Self-employment vs working for someone else
-How to navigate a career change
Find out more about Alice on her website https://www.alicestapleton.com/ or on her Instagram https://www.instagram.com/alice_careercoach/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 66. Changing Careers with Alice Stapleton appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice Stapleton is a Career Change Coach for those in their 20s and 30s who want to change career but aren’t sure what they want to do instead. Through a comprehensive coaching process exploring values, purpose, interests, and strengths, Alice helps clients identify what careers would suit them best, and how to make the shift […]
The post Ep 66. Changing Careers with Alice Stapleton appeared first on Calmer you.
Sarah Powell is a speaker, celebrant and the founder of Celebrate Yourself, a framework which encourages people to celebrate who they are. She is an accredited wedding celebrant, writing and conducting bespoke ceremonies. She developed the wellbeing and self-help tool, self-celebration, which she speaks about in classrooms, workshops and live events. Sarah is a columnist […]
The post Ep 65. Celebrate Yourself with Sarah Powell appeared first on Calmer you.
Sarah Powell is a speaker, celebrant and the founder of Celebrate Yourself, a framework which encourages people to celebrate who they are. She is an accredited wedding celebrant, writing and conducting bespoke ceremonies. She developed the wellbeing and self-help tool, self-celebration, which she speaks about in classrooms, workshops and live events. Sarah is a columnist for Red and she co hosts two podcasts, Jules and Sarah with Jules Von Hep and also Wobble, a podcast about body confidence and happiness.
We discuss:
-What self-celebration is and why it’s so powerful
-Why being kind to yourself is so important
-Practical steps to start celebrating being YOU and feeling better
Check out Sarah Powell on her website https://www.sarahpowell.co.uk/ and on Instagram @ThisSarahPowell
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 65. Celebrate Yourself with Sarah Powell appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m talking about well-being on a budget; because wellness is for everyone. I’m sharing simple, free or low-cost ways to boost your health and wellbeing including:
-The brain tingling phenomena you need to know about
-The next best thing to having therapy
-How to get a lifetime of someone’s wellbeing wisdom in your pocket
-The cheap kitchen items that can help you to relax
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app in iTunes or on Spotify to get the latest episodes straight to your phone.
Thanks so much for listening!
Here are the 9 Steps:
1.Have a daily walk, get out in the park, join park run. Forest bathing and eco therapy are both really healing.
2.Water – many of us don’t drink enough. Get a refillable water bootle and carry it everywhere.
3.Exercise at home, you dont need to spend money on outfits you can work out in your pants (yay!), check out Youtube for tonnes of free workouts, Instagram, apps, check out Yoga with Adrienne. I loved the Sweat app by Kayla Itsines, or look into community yoga classes – often only £5.
4.Self help books – brilliant value for money. I have a free workbook with the audiobook version of Brave New Girl (find it on Audible) get together with friends for a book club or check out the ‘Shelf Help Book Club’.
5.Youtube ASMR which is calming videos designed to give you head tingles, Youtbube is full of guided meditation, or you can grab a free one by me from www.calmer-you.com/free
6.Massage – Get your partner to give you a massage or give one to yourself. Any oil could work, coconut, olive oil, sesame. Make the movement go up and down on limbs and around and around on joints. Make sweeping movements towards the heart. I love Facial massage and find it so calming, find instruction videos on Youtube.
7.Sleep – the ultimate wellbeing trick is to get more sleep. Go to be early, it’s the ultimate self care! If I’m feeling rubbish I’ll go to bed super early (like, 8:30pm!) and usually feel better the next day.
8.Cooking from scratch – especially if you are veggie or vegan – it’s easy to splurge loads of money on fancy ‘vegan or veggie’ foods. So instead, stick to whole grains and beans. Farmers markets can be cheaper than supermarkets as it hasn’t been flown in s refrigerated plane across the world and it’s likely to be local and seasonal. I recently discovered batch cooking and I have stuff in the freezer that’s quick and easy to cook instead of a takeaway.
9.Journalling – there’s almost nothing better than putting pen and paper. Although it’s not a replacement for a therapist, it can be helpful putting feelings into words and ‘brain dumping’ so that you can switch off before bed.
The post Ep 64. Well-being on a Budget in 9 Steps appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m talking about well-being on a budget; because wellness is for everyone. I’m sharing simple, free or low-cost ways to boost your health and wellbeing including: -The brain tingling phenomena you need to know about -The next best thing to having therapy -How to get a lifetime of someone’s wellbeing wisdom in your […]
The post Ep 64. Well-being on a Budget in 9 Steps appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m answering your top questions when it comes to staying calm and confident over the summer months. I chat about: -How to handle the pressure to be ‘beach body ready’ and how to truly be body confident this summer -Anxiety linked to drinking alcohol (because let’s face it, summer = more rosé) -The […]
The post Ep 63. Summer: how to stay calm and confident appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m answering your top questions when it comes to staying calm and confident over the summer months.
I chat about:
-How to handle the pressure to be ‘beach body ready’ and how to truly be body confident this summer
-Anxiety linked to drinking alcohol (because let’s face it, summer = more rosé)
-The unbearable FOMO of being at work while everyone else has ‘the best summer ever’
-How to deal with summer social anxiety
-The pressure to have a ‘brilliant’ summer (even though you might be feeling depressed or anxious)
-Starting a new fitness class or hobby and how to make friends
-Overcoming a fear of flying
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
–
The post Ep 63. Summer: how to stay calm and confident appeared first on Calmer you.
Karen Marie Johnston is a sober coach, social worker & yoga teacher for addiction & mental health. She organises beautiful retreats and brings together a unique blend of personal development & spiritual practice to marginalised women. She has worked exclusively with women in the sex industry for the last 2 decades and has managed award-winning projects, across 4 different cities. She goes out into red light districts, weekly, offering support to some of societies most vulnerable women. Her work has been featured on BBC Radio 4’s ‘Women’s Hour’ and Channel 4’s ‘The Secret Millionaire’. She holds hope in some of the darkest environments and has witnessed deeply complex trauma. Yet, she wholeheartedly believes in transformation & feels privileged to walk alongside women, as they embark on their own journey of recovery & healing.
We discuss:
-Her work helping sex workers to overcome trauma
-How to get out of your head and back into your body
-How trauma develops
-Karen shares why she’s an ‘unlikely’ yoga teacher and how to get the most from it even if you’ve been put off yoga in the past.
-And loads more.
A video Karen highly recommends:
Find Karen on Instagram
My Facebook group is Female Recovery Retreats & Coaching UK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/158334858188165/
Karen’s website : https://www.karenmariejohnston.com/
The post Ep 62. Healing from Trauma and Addiction; insights from working with sex workers with Karen Johnston appeared first on Calmer you.
Karen Marie Johnston is a sober coach, social worker & yoga teacher for addiction & mental health. She organises beautiful retreats and brings together a unique blend of personal development & spiritual practice to marginalised women. She has worked exclusively with women in the sex industry for the last 2 decades and has managed award-winning […]
The post Ep 62. Healing from Trauma and Addiction; insights from working with sex workers with Karen Johnston appeared first on Calmer you.
Mandy Lehto PhD is a brilliant coach, speaker, writer, and champion of high achievers eager to trade the hustle for something more sane – and satisfying. Her work blends academic research with intuitive, heartfelt guidance. We discuss:-How we use achievement to buy enoughness -Overcoming over-achieving -Why perfectionism can be used as an ‘escape’ from anxiety […]
The post Ep 61. Overachieving, perfectionism and living life juicy with Mandy Lehto appeared first on Calmer you.
Mandy Lehto PhD is a brilliant coach, speaker, writer, and champion of high achievers eager to trade the hustle for something more sane – and satisfying. Her work blends academic research with intuitive, heartfelt guidance.
We discuss:
-How we use achievement to buy enoughness
-Overcoming over-achieving
-Why perfectionism can be used as an ‘escape’ from anxiety
-Mandy shares her favourite practical tools for more calm and confidence
-Living life more juicy
Find Mandy Lehto here on her website
Mandy Lehto’s Instagram
Ep 61. Overachieving perfectionism and living- life juicy with Mandy Lehto
Chloe: Hello and welcome to the calmer you podcast, this is your host Chloe Brotheridge, I am a coach and a hypnotherapist, and I’m the author of two books: The Anxiety Solution and my latest book Brave New Girl, Seven Steps to Confidence. Brave new girl is all about helping you to end people-pleasing, discover the power of no and becoming your most confident self. And it’s full of stories from people like you and me, who have grown their confidence.
As well as practical tools that you can slot into your life, they’re going to help you to you be the best you that you can be. So this week I’m talking to Mandy Lehto, she is a coach, a speaker, a writer, she’s a champion of high achievers eager to trade the hustle of something more sane and satisfying. Mandy has a beautiful way of blending academic research with intuitive and heartfelt guidance, and she helps people to seize life with both hands.
So in this really inspiring conversation we talk about how we can use achievement to buy enoughness, now how many of you can relate to this? How we hang our worth on achievements, whether that’s how much money we earn, or getting a promotion, or getting likes on a social media post we really get into this and how to get away from doing this because it ultimately isn’t very satisfying. We’ll talk about how to overcome over achieving, and this is different to high achieving by the way.
Overachieving is going much too far than really is possible for a human being to go, and Mandy’s had her own experience of this, shares loads of stories about how she’s experienced this and overcome it and how she helps other people to as well. We’ll talk about why perfectionism can be used as an escape from anxiety, as a way to not have to feel anxious if we are constantly striving. If we are trying to control what other people think of us by putting on an image of perfection, we’re trying to protect ourselves from feeling anxiety and yet the process of trying to be perfect actually creates a lot anxiety in itself.
Mandy also shares her favorite practical tools, there are loads of things that you kind of want to be making a note of and returning back to off this episode, and we also talk about how to live life more juicy. So if you are looking to grow your confidence, I have a free confidence challenge that is taking place on the 1st of July. It’s free to join, you can head over to Calmeryou.com/confidence and enter your email address there and I’ll send you all the details, and over five days I’m going to be helping you to silence your inner critic, start to feel better about being you.
We’re going to be connecting together as a community in the Facebook group, and I’m going to be encouraging you to start doing more of what you love and what you really would want to do, and making that really easy with simple steps. There’s also going to be a live interactive workshop with me on the 4th of July, I’m going to be leading a group in a therapy session.
And from these workshops that I run in the past it’s amazing, we usually have a nice big group of people, lots of interaction in the chat and just loads of inspiring tips and tools and of course the hypnotherapy session which has the power to really transform things for you in a single session. So head over to Calmeryou.com/confidence and join me in the competence challenge, so let’s get into the interview with Mandy.
Chloe: So welcome Mandy, thank you so much for joining me today. How are you?
Mandy: I’m really excited to be here, thanks for creating this opportunity.
Chloe: Thank you. Can you please tell us what it is that you do and how you got to do the work that you do today?
Mandy: I am an executive coach; I do multiple things, so I think that if I had to have a serious job that is my serious job. So I work mainly with women but not exclusively, and I also am a writer, I’m a blogger, podcaster, I’m working on a book and the other thing that I do is I go into companies and offer corporate training. So the way that I got there, I left an investment banking career that I had for nearly a decade, which was exciting and it was adventurous and it was the perfect petri dish for my overachieving self to get to a stage where I thought I just cannot get up to another five o’clock alarm for another day of my life.
So I decided to leave my career, which was a very difficult decision, I was doing and throwing, I was literally standing at a crossroads with pushing the buggy in one hand, Starbucks in the other hand and this question that was perpetually going around in my heart do I stay or do I go? Because the inner critic in my mind was saying you’ve gone to university for 11 years, you grew up on a farm milking cows, you’re in London now in this shiny office and how can you possibly give that up, if you give this up you’ll be a nobody, so that’s what the inner critic was saying.
And then the inner compound waver or the inner champion is saying actually this isn’t your purpose in life; you know you’re made for more than this. And you want to spend some time with your kids, and all of this ends no the peonies and then the Sun rises and the sitting down and having tea in the garden, and all of those things that I never made time for because I was constantly nexting. So that is how I got into being self-employed, was I chose the fearful, exciting, follow your heart solution and left that seemingly stellar career that I had created to go into the unknown of doing my own thing and here I am.
Chloe: Amazing. Can you tell us more about the overachieving, what was that like for you?
Mandy: Well I think that’s been my way of being since childhood, because for anybody who identifies as an overachiever it’s such a perfect winning strategy until it’s not. So as a winning strategy what it was for me, and this may be different for other people, but as a winning star it was a way of getting these pellets, like in lab rats get pellets, it was a way of getting pellets of validation from other people.
When I got gold stars being a kid and blue ribbons and trophies and it bought me I thought immunity from criticism, it allowed me to feel, which feels kind of edgy saying this, as a young person it allowed me to feel almost superior to other people. Like look at how hard I’m working, and look at how those people are off having fun and I’m reading my books and doing my essays, and the payoff of being an overachiever is exactly getting those pellets of validation, getting the pats on the head.
And growing up it continued to be a great winning strategy, especially going into a career like investment banking or anything in the corporate world, where they will take as much as they can get. They’re not interested in anxiety and mental health and quality of life, well maybe they are I’m not sure if that’s a box-ticking exercise, but back in the day when I was doing that it was harder, faster, more stay late come early work on weekends. And that was also an opportunity to get promotions, get bonuses, get told you’re good, somebody to say oh you’re ambitious that just felt like inside, there was this warm ember burning inside of me I’ve been told I’m ambitious.
So there were different kinds of pellets, and overachieving was a winning strategy and if I actually break that down into component chunks, part of overachieving was the out working everybody else. If I outwork everybody else, I don’t have to be the smartest person in the room as long as I work harder than anybody else, which means postponing joy, which means obviously that had takes its toll, that has its cost, also things like people-pleasing that was part of my winning strategy and overachieving. So if I can make everybody like me, again going back to childhood which I never thought about at the time consciously, it buys me immunity from criticism.
So if I become my boss’s right-hand person, I make myself a linchpin, I become indispensable. And the third leg of that overachieving stool was this idea that if I am perfect or fake perfection, which is really what perfectionism is, is faking perfection, I can create this image that I completely have my life together and everybody will pedestalize and think like how does she do that? And that will allow me to stand out, that will allow me to be somebody. So there’s a huge payoff to being an overachiever, because it gives you a sense of self, it gives you a sense of purpose; it gives you a constant drip of pellets.
Chloe: So you get rewarded for pleasing other people who are working harder than everyone else? It’s really interesting that you mention about perfectionism, and how it’s all about what other people think, other people’s perception of you being perfect, and yet I suppose there is a cost for you. What was the cost for you trying to be perfect all the time?
Mandy: Well I think perfectionism is a form of image management that we use to escape anxiety, and as you said perfectionism it exists in the eye of the beholder right. So to be perfect in somebody else’s eyes one needs to adapt and to distort their own true self, their own authentic self to become that image of what somebody else wants them to be. And this is something that I identify in overachievers in my own coaching work, and my own research and interviews that I do on this.
Is often overachievers become very adept at morphing into whoever some beloved or authority figure or whoever’s attention they’re seeking, that they can morph themselves. In North America we have this thing called Gumby, I don’t know if you have Gumby here, but its thing that can stretch and bend, it’s a toy that can bend in all these different shapes. So the ability to Gumby oneself into whatever that person boss, lover, husband, father whatever, whatever that person would perceive as perfect, so it’s actually overriding our own instincts.
So I had a boyfriend in university who I was absolutely crazy about, and he loved gorgonzola cheese, which I don’t but I was actually training myself, holding my nose and going to Sainsbury’s and buying gorgonzola cheese and learning to override my retch reflex, to learn so that when we were having wine and cheese and crackers together I could just toss my head back and laugh and say oh I love this, this is so wonderful. So this is a funny silly example of attempting to create this fictitious, inauthentic persona to be able to be perfect in someone else’s eyes, it’s all image management.
Chloe: I love the idea of image management, I never thought of it like that, but that’s so true. And I suppose it’s exhausting trying to do that, you’re going to use up a lot of energy, you’re not going to get your own needs met when you’re doing that. What was the result of that, when did you get sort of fed up of that way of being or when did it reach work one for you?
Mandy: I think for overachievers and certainly for this recovering overachiever it becomes so dyed-in-the-wool, it becomes such a core part of who I thought I was that I didn’t actually realize I was doing it, it was not conscious to me until very recently. When a couple of years ago, five-six years ago this winning strategy stopped working and it’s a classic case of what got me here won’t get me there, as in there being whatever the next level is.
So I started to suffer from very odd symptoms of brain fog, and you know that classic thing of going into the room and thinking why am I actually here, and not happening on multiple times in a day. And complete energy loss when I’ve used to be the Energizer Bunny, and all of a sudden I’d climb three or four stairs and I’d have to hold the wall and my heart was jackhammering, like what is wrong with me? And I thought I need higher octane coffee, I need more carbs, I hired a personal trainer and I said I need more energy, so he said let’s do some high-intensity interval training, I said brilliant let’s do all of that, because those were all the things that had given me the juice before.
So instead of actually listening to my body, I realized little by little that all of those old tricks weren’t working anymore. So it’s not like I went willingly into this metamorphosis of leaving behind this overachiever persona I thrashed, because it felt like I was dying, not me physically I mean that to a certain degree, but that voice inside that panic, that anxiety voice of you are losing your edge, you’re going to be a nobody, you lazy sack of shit, pardon the language but that was the word that my inner critic was constantly using. And attempting to thrash me back into my old way of being, because it felt like I wasn’t getting any pellets, and it was like whatever the rehab version of being an overachiever was.
And to use time-lapse photography on this story, I ended up having a spectacular crash where for about a year all I could do was basically feed myself and have a shower and take my children to and from school, and I had no energy for anything else. So that was like my drying out period of not being able to go out in the city and do my speaking thing, and my training thing and not being able to take on any high-profile clients. So I in effect went completely to ashes from my overachievers mind at that stage, and it really sucked, I’m not attempting to glamorize that in any way, but that was the absolute rock bottom for me at that stage where I was so identity less and rudderless. I didn’t know who I was, I felt utterly worthless.
Chloe: So is that what you’d call a burnout or adrenal fatigue or something, was there kind of a diagnosis on that at all?
Mandy: I went to the doctor several times and they did my bloods, they said there’s nothing wrong with you, so the inner critic pops up see you’re just lazy, you’re just worthless and the vitriol of that voice inside that I had normally blanketed with achieving, I wasn’t able to do that and I think because the doctors gave me no diagnosis, that was just overwhelming.
And then by chance I happened to start working with nutritional therapists, and she did a test on me and she said we need to talk urgently, and she showed me what my adrenal curve looked like compared to what a normal person’s curve looked like.
And she then put me on a rigorous regime, and took me off my high octane coffee and my tents, she said you need to cancel your personal trainer you basically need to rest and recover and sleep. No carbs, no sugar, no caffeine, no gluten, really letting my nervous system reboot entirely, so yes she said I had severe adrenal fatigue.
Chloe: It’s interesting because I hear a lot of people say that they do you kind of hit training in order to calm themselves down, but actually that kind of intense exercise can increase adrenaline because you’re stressing the body in a sense. So to add that on to an already stressed system can make things worse, and actually rest is the thing that we really need in that situation.
One thing that I’ve heard you say is around using achievement to buy enough nurse, and this is something that if I think about a lot of the clients that come to see me, and also my own kind of experience with anxiety, kind of not feeling good enough is very often at the root of things. So can you talk about your experience of that, and what you know about that?
Mandy: I think it came from childhood, in fact because I’ve done so much work on this I remember exactly where it came from. I was about eight years old and my grandmother had brought from Finland, I lived and grew up in Canada, she had brought this interesting-looking, looked like a bit like an autoharp but it was a very old-fashioned Finnish traditional folk instrument. And everybody in my family was musical my mother was a singer, both my father and my brother they played various instruments and I was the smart one, so it was like it was a clubhouse that I didn’t have the password to.
So when my grandmother brought this instrument, I was determined that I was going to learn how to play this because there was this huge festival, cultural festival coming up where I was going to make my family proud, my dad proud in particular, that I was going to belong to this club and be able to play. So I remember on the day it was really important my dad was a pillar of the community, and it was very important for him that all of us looked good and made our family looked good.
So I was sitting in the kitchen and he was tonging my hair with the curling iron, not my mom my father interestingly, and I put on this little red dress with this white peter pan collar and my little Mary Jane shoes and I remember sitting there on the stage waiting to do this. And I was thinking we’re going to go for ice cream afterwards, and it’s going to feel good and so I had this buzz going through my body and I remember the curtains opening slowly.
And all of sudden there were these bright lights on me, and there were all these people and just swallowing and thinking and the man at the side of the stage said okay honey, do it, come on, everybody’s waiting and my fingers started playing this too, and then I had learned by ear, I couldn’t read music and I had learned this piece and my little feet were swinging because they didn’t reach the ground. And I was just near the end, and right at the last few notes I played a wrong note, and it was all of a sudden like everything went into slow-mo and that mic that was positioned right over this harp that I was the autoharp I was playing, all of a sudden that just reverberating through the whole audience and my heart sank.
I’m thinking there’s going to be no ice cream, and my dad’s not going to be proud of me. I did my curtsy and I rushed off the stage, and I put the instrument in its protective case and then I kicked it after I put it in the case. And on the way home my father said you made mistakes, and in that moment the eight-year-old in me realized that it was not safe to make mistakes, it was not safe to try new things that I wasn’t already good at.
And it’s weird because I completely forgotten about that until I had a coaching session with somebody, and that old ancient, I mean I’m 48 that’s 40 years ago, that old story emerged and somehow I had like sedimentary rock, like layer different behaviors on top of that. But until recently I’ve still also been terrified to do anything that I’m not already good at, and if I do do something, if I can’t win I at least don’t want to fail spectacularly or publicly, so it requires constant vigilance to self-soothe that I’m actually okay to try things that I’m not already good at.
Chloe: Wow, yes. So it’s like things that happen in childhood can really stay with us can’t they? So vividly, like a traumatic event like that. And I hear from people all the time that memories will come up through sessions about getting laughed at in front of the class, or being shouted out by their mom in public.
Or these things that you might not even remember as an adult until you really kind of go looking for whether the root cause of the issue is, and then you can start to see how being kind of shamed or embarrassed or having a very fearful experience like that or being criticized really can stay with us and create all these problems in our later lives.
Mandy: Yes. And also I noticed that I became hyper vigilant to scan for those kind of threats where I would be mocked for failing, so there may have been plenty of other examples where it was okay to fail, but it’s almost like I fixated growing up on oh better not do that because I might not be good at that, I shouldn’t try that instrument. So I never played an instrument ever again, and I thought I’m just going to stick to what I know, so I’m going to become the best student, the valedictorian, the top grades and that’s what I did.
Chloe: Yes, wow. I can relate to that because when I was 15 I loved playing the guitar and singing, and I would sing everywhere my parents like would always remember me singing basically. And then I had a boyfriend, my first boyfriend at 15 and he said to me one day you think you’re so good but you’re actually not, I think I was like hogging the guitar or something.
And I literally did not sing in front of anyone for 15 years, I was 30 it was like two years ago that I’ve finally started to sing and play guitar in front of people. So it’s amazing how these things can stay with you even as a 15 year old, something definitely relate to…
Mandy: And that boyfriend it was probably about him, just like with my dad wanting to manage his image, it wasn’t anything to do with me. Instead of saying wow look at she’s a teenager singing and playing, or little eight-year-old who’s taken the initiative to learn an instrument and put herself out in front of hundreds of people, but we don’t have those skills at a young age do we, to look at things more rationally.
Chloe: Yes. And it is so important to just step back and recognize that it’s not necessarily about us, I think my boyfriend probably thought I was just hogging the guitar, he was actually a really good guitarist and had been playing for ages and was really talented, and I think I was probably like hugging the guitar with my four chords. What are the sorts of things that you help your clients with; can you tell me about that?
Mandy: Well because I have direct experience of it, I work a lot with people who identify as overachievers. And the insidious thing about being identified as an overachiever is, as I talked about that, it’s an ember in the chest, it can feel really good to be called an overachiever. So usually it’s people who may be on the other side of burnout, because nobody who’s an overachiever will ever believe that they’re going to go into burnout, because every single person without exception who I’ve talked to or worked with they’ve had to hit the wall because they believe they’re immune from it.
So I work with a lot of people who do identify as overachievers or rather as recovering overachievers, who are seeking more freedom and to be able to get to a place where they don’t need to postpone joy, they’re allowed to try things without being perfect all the time, they’re allowed to put boundaries into place. So that’s one group of people that I work with in coaching, other groups that are other types of people that I work with are also people who just feel that what got them here will get them there, they’re kind of stuck in certain patterns of behavior even if they don’t identify overtly as overachievers.
But this sense of they have a winning strategy like I had my people-pleasing, overachieving, perfectionism everybody has a winning strategy. And occasionally those winning strategies required dismantling, because every winning strategy has its payoff, even for people who are not overachievers, everybody has a winning strategy. So I help people when they get to a stage when they feel stuck with what’s always worked before, when it stops working.
And then there are other people who I just click with, who we have chemistry with and we work on things I have nothing to do with overachieving. But usually these are people who are looking to live juicy, and by living juicy I mean that there’s the awareness that the sand is slipping through the hourglass, and I’m not saying that in a kind of morbid way, but just a realization that they want to be at the end of their life and not die of a heart attack at 55 because they’ve worked and worked and worked and worked and never experienced what it meant to feel alive.
Chloe: Yes, I think we all maybe need that reminder at times, that we’re not going to be alive forever. And you mentioned that the phrase kind of nexting a couple of times, can you explain what that is for people that don’t know?
Mandy: Well I think this is a classic thing for anybody who is identified with their output, particularly for us recovering overachievers is this is something that I noticed when I look back there’s a distinction for me between a high achiever and an overachiever, and I think overachievers are the ones that need to show I can do this faster, better and with more finesse than anybody else. So it’s not actually about what the goal is, it’s the ability to achieve it and to look good while doing it.
So it’s almost like swinging from one vine to the next because it’s the pellet thing right, once you get to whatever it was that you wanted to get a promotion great well what’s next, because it’s never really about the promotion it’s really about I did it, I was able to do it, I got the accolades, I got the pellets, I need more pellets, what’s next? Whereas high achievers they’re actually having a much healthier way of looking at this, that they are willing to fail, they’re willing to pivot, they don’t have that kind of single-minded drive that the overachiever does.
They’re actually interested in the promotion, or they’re actually interested in learning Italian or whatever the goal is, and they don’t necessarily have to the first, fastest, best, look good while doing it. So this is somebody I identify as high achievers somebody like Richard Branson, who’s willing to splat in public and he dusts himself off and he’s like okay well that didn’t work, and let’s try this, let’s try this, his whole ethos screw it let’s do it, whereas for me as an overachiever like Oh shiver to think about failing in public.
So I think nexting is another way of getting the next pellet, so it’s constantly having the eye on the next prize as opposed to celebrating like oh wow, look at what we achieved.
Chloe: Yes, we definitely need more celebration don’t we. Do you think there’s something in society that means we’re always looking to the next thing? Because people even ask your if you have a baby people are saying when you can have the next one, people are like oh when is the next one coming.
Mandy: I think we can choose whether or not to participate in that right, and I think this is part of coming out the other end of something like this sort of pellet diet once you’ve recovered from the pellet diet is, it takes two to tango. So now when I feel the compulsion to next, or exactly when somebody says when’s your next book coming out when my first one hasn’t even come out yet, it’s just it’s up to me how I am in relation to that person and how I say well actually I’m not sure yet, I’m going to take some time to really let this sink in and to celebrate the fruits of this.
Because I think this celebration, even if it’s a micro moment of celebration, there is something to this. It’s like putting a crowbar in the machinery of the pellet diet, when we stop and actually think I did that or we did that or I give myself permission to rest, it also creates an integration between body and mind, whereas I think definitely when I was an overachiever mode I was a total head on legs. I had a big manhole cover here, like we do not listen to the body because the body is going to tell us what we don’t want to hear.
Chloe: Yes, wow, that’s such an interesting way of thinking about it there. Not listening to the body, being so much in the head I’m sure lots of people can relate to that.
I think with anxiety we can be so much in our heads and then finally the body starts to tell you actually you can’t carry on like this, and it becomes too much to bear and the physical symptoms of anxiety or people start getting physical illnesses like headaches or IBS or something like that and then you really have to listen. But so yes we need to listen to the body, and celebrate things more definitely.
Mandy: Absolutely.
Chloe: What are the first kind of steps or what tools do you recommend for people that really want to start to overcome things like overachieving, in-perfectionism or the things that you’re describing?
Mandy: So one of my favorite tools that I would share with your listeners is asking yourself what image of myself do I need to release, because I’m sure that overachiever there is a part of all of us that wants pellets, there is a part of our image for all of us that is on some form of pellet diet, maybe it wasn’t as radical as mine. But it’s like we don’t often wear, before something becomes vintage there’s like from our wardrobe it’s not cool enough to be vintage yet, but there’s things that like oh that’s kind of past its best before date.
It’s the same with our identities; there are certain parts of how we self-identify that are past their best before date, so that would be one question. What image of myself do I need to release? Then the second thing is something I just recently learned, I was in Austin Texas at Camp star heart, a really wonderful group of women. And one of the things that we played with the theme of the conference was becoming, and we played with this sentence stem and I’ve been using this for myself and some of my clients too.
So once you start to release that image of having to be a certain way, using this particular sentence stem, I’m becoming a woman who, because it doesn’t mean that we’re going immediately from being on the pellet diet to oh now I’m this, because there’s a lot of turbulence in between there. But actually if we tell ourselves I’m becoming a woman who, for example has nothing to prove. I’m becoming a woman who is okay making mistakes, I’m becoming a woman who is fine trying things that she’s not already good at; I’m becoming a woman who lives juicy.
When we say that to ourselves we already know what to do right, so if I’m becoming a woman who lives juicy, immediately a smile comes on to my face because I know that that means like being way nicer to myself, not driving myself like crazy. So after figuring out what part of the identity needs to really be laid down, and has had its best before date, playing with that sentence stem I’m becoming a woman who or I’m becoming a person who and just playing with that even in your journal or just sitting there while you’re on the bus or waiting in the supermarket queue, I’m becoming a woman who and just see what pops up without censoring it.
And then the third thing I would recommend and final thing is, feed forward instead of feed backwards which is looking at things that have happened in the past, start to make decisions from the future you, the future you who’ve you’ve explored in that sentence stem exercise. So if I’m really becoming a woman who lives juicy, if I was her how would I schedule my day. Like would I back everything up that I have no white space in my calendar at all, no, obviously not, I would leave some time for reading a book or having a cup of tea or meditating or having a walk with the dog. So this idea of coming from your future self, because she already knows what to do.
Chloe: That’s so brilliant, I love that, I’m definitely going to write down some ideas myself after this call. One thing that I’ve noticed since my book: Brave New Girl came out is I and a lot of the readers have told me, they’re in this mindset of I’m a brave new girl, what does a brave new girl do?
She speaks up for things, and she puts herself forward, and she makes conversation with strangers. And it is that thing of right what is that identity that you want to move into, and thinking about how you can move into that.
Mandy: And isn’t there something beautiful about how putting ourselves into that identity allows us to step out of anxiety, because that brave new girl knows that she might feel a bit nervous but she does it anyway, she doesn’t get caught in the thought loops going around like squirrels that arrive in her head right.
Like she feels the sensations of anxiety and yet she puts her hand up to volunteer for that opportunity, or she goes up to the person at the buffet, next to the bowl of laws and introduces herself. So this is what I mean about we already know what to do if we allow ourselves to come from that place.
Chloe: Amazing, I love that way of describing it, you put that so well. Brilliant, thank you so much for talking to me, I love this conversation. Can you tell me what it is that you’re working on at the moment, and how people can find out about you and how to work with you?
Mandy: Thank you so much for having me, this was a really nourishing and fun conversation. So I am currently working on a memoir which talks about everything that we’ve been talking about in this call, it’s about the ways that I used overachievement to buy good enough ‘no sand love and how in the process of creating this perfect image, that I actually had to create these variations of myself depending on whose love and enoughness I was seeking.
But actually by using overachievement to become someone, it actually got in the way of the very thing that I wanted because if I was an image of perfection or the image of someone who loved gorgonzola cheese, or the image of someone who always had her life together, that’s not real, it’s not lovable, it can never be loved, so it’s creating this loop of something that can never be.
So that’s the book that I’m working on, the extent that I was willing to go to get something that I could never get. So I will keep you posted on that, and you can get regular updates of that. My social media of choice is Instagram, where I’m just there by my name which I’m sure will be in your show notes @MandyLehto and I’m also on my website where you can find my podcast and other interesting nuggets around this theme MandyLehto.com.
Chloe: Thank you so much for listening to this, I really hope you enjoyed this episode as much as I enjoyed interviewing Mandy. Come and let me know over on Instagram what you thought of this episode, you can find me @ChloeBrotheridge, and if you’ve enjoyed this please do subscribe to the calmer you podcast, leave me a little review, give it a little 5-star rating, I would see so grateful people take the time to do that right now.
And if you’ve got a friend that needs this take a screen grab, WhatsApp it to them and we’ll spread the word in some way, let’s get the word out there about all these amazing tools for becoming our calmest and happiest and most confident selves. So thank you so much for listening, I’m sending you loads of love and I’m wishing a really great week.
The post Ep 61. Overachieving, perfectionism and living life juicy with Mandy Lehto appeared first on Calmer you.
Poorna Bell is an award-winning journalist of 15 years and a digital editorial expert, having worked as UK Executive Editor and Global Lifestyle Head for HuffPost. She’s the author of two books, Chase the Rainbow and her latest ‘In Search of Silence’. I love her work and her latest book is moving, inspiring and evocative. […]
The post Ep 60. Burnout, resilience and redefining success with Poorna Bell appeared first on Calmer you.
Poorna Bell is an award-winning journalist of 15 years and a digital editorial expert, having worked as UK Executive Editor and Global Lifestyle Head for HuffPost. She’s the author of two books, Chase the Rainbow and her latest ‘In Search of Silence’. I love her work and her latest book is moving, inspiring and evocative.
We discuss:
– Her brilliant book in search of silence
-Her decision to go travelling despite what other people thought The pressure to live up to the fairy tail – how life doesn’t always work out that way
-Burn out – how to spot the signs that you’re pushing yourself too far
-What resilience means to Poorna and how to develop it
-What to say to someone who’s lost someone
Find Poorna on Instagram here
Buy In Search of Silence on Amazon here
The post Ep 60. Burnout, resilience and redefining success with Poorna Bell appeared first on Calmer you.
Grace Victory is an award-winning creator, and trainee counsellor. She’s a TEDX speaker and has been awarded ‘Most Inspiring Role Model’ for InStyle Magazine’s Project 13. Over the last few years Grace has presented multiple TV shows, including “Clean Eating’s Dirty Secrets” – one of the most watched documentaries on BBC3, achieving over 1.5 million views across […]
The post Ep 59. Trauma, healing and high functioning anxiety with Grace Victory appeared first on Calmer you.
Grace Victory is an award-winning creator, and trainee counsellor. She’s a TEDX speaker and has been awarded ‘Most Inspiring Role Model’ for InStyle Magazine’s Project 13.
Over the last few years Grace has presented multiple TV shows, including “Clean Eating’s Dirty Secrets” – one of the most watched documentaries on BBC3, achieving over 1.5 million views across BBC1 and BBC3 combined.
Grace talks about problems that all young people and women face, as well as topics that are perceived taboo; therapy, sex, trauma, relationship dynamics, diet culture, self awareness and spirituality. Grace’s content has a focus of plus size fashion, healing the mind, body and spirit and the importance of personal development.
We discuss:
-High functioning anxiety
-Grace shares her story of coming from childhood abuse to finding her own path to healing and training to be a counsellor
-Why healing should be holistic
-Why you have to feel your feelings in order to heal them.
-Why we’ve lost our power and how to regain it
Come over to www.calmer-you.com/confidence to join my free 5 day confidence challenge – starting on 1st July I’ll lead you through 5 days of simple yet powerful exercises to grow your confidence, calm your inner critic, create a new positive self image and connect with other like-minded people so we can all support each other and cheer each other on.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Transcript Chloe: Hello, and welcome to The Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a coach and a therapist and the author of The Anxiety Solution, and a new book, Brave New Girl: Seven Steps to Confidence. So, this week I’m talking to the amazing Grace Victory, an award winning content creator, she’s also a trainee counsellor, she is a TEDX speaker and she’s been awarded the ‘Most Inspiring Role Model Award’ for InStyle Magazine’s Project 13. She’s presented multiple TV Shows including “Clean Eating’s Dirty Secrets” – one of the most watched documentary on BBC 3. And in this inspiring conversation, we talk about high functioning anxiety, something that Grace experiences.
She shares the stories of coming from her own childhood abuse to finding her own path to healing and going on to train as a counsellor, and she discusses why healing should be holistic and also, why we might have to actually feel our feelings in order to heal them. And we also talk about why we’ve lost our power and how we can start to regain it. I also want to invite you to come over to calmeryou.com/confidence on the first of July, I’m going to be leading a five day confidence challenge. I’m going to lead you through simple, yet powerful exercises, to grow your confidence, calm your inner critic, create a new positive self image and connect with other like minded people so that we can all support each other and cheer each other on as we go on this journey together. So, if you want to get involved in this free challenge, enter your email address at calmeryou.com/confidence. So, let’s get into the episode with Grace.
Grace: Yeah, so I started making YouTube videos in 2011. So, I’m like an OG Youtuber, long time ago. And I originally started because I was watching YouTube videos and couldn’t really find anyone that looked like me and spoke like me, and was relatable in that sense. There was mixed race YouTubers, but they were American, and I think that is quite a distinct difference I think between British culture and American culture. And then I didn’t find anyone that was plus size or anyone that was a bit common, basically. So, I thought instead of waiting for someone to appear, I was just going to start making my own videos because maybe other people could relate to me. That’s what I started doing and my old videos are just oh my God awful.
Chloe: And you kept them all up?
Grace: No, there’s a few. And they are, wow. But back then you could just film on a really shitty webcam, upload it and it will get loads of views. It was so simple. So, I started doing like makeup videos, fashion videos, beauty. And then it got to this point where I was getting so many questions and comments like, “Oh, you’re so confident, you’re so inspiring, like how could you get to this place?” And I was like, I’ve always been confident, but I wasn’t as confident as I was coming across on camera. I grew up at a performing art school so being on camera was second nature to me, but I have these deep dark demons that I was suppressing and I felt really aweful because people say, “Oh, you’re such a role model.” And I was like, “You have no idea what actually goes to my brain and the unwell mechanisms that I’m using to cope.” So, I did this video called the pressure to be perfect and outed myself basically almost like, I feel the pressure, I’m not okay, here’s what’s going on.
And at the time, I think it was a massive thing to do because no one was talking about mental health or body image issues or self-harm or issues with food. I look back at very surface level but back then it was like a big, big thing and old me found that quite difficult to do. And that’s where I started seeing a rise in followers and engagement when people were like, okay, like this is so raw and vulnerable, we’re into this. And that’s when I realised that the more you talk about your problems the more other people talk about this. And it just sort of went on that snowball effect was like the more followers I got, the more followers I got, if that makes sense. And it grew and grew and grew and grow and grew. I started my blog, started Instagram and I was doing all of that alongside working in the children’s care home. So, I was working 11-24 hour shifts with emotional and behavioural problems with children. And whilst they were asleep, and I was on a night shift, I would do my YouTube stuff. So, I never slept, which I do not recommend.
Chloe: Oh my God.
Grace: And I just go on and on and on and I guess I took all the stuff I learned with like my own childhood and the kids in care and sort of bridge the gap, I guess, online with talking about beauty and fashion, but also the real life stuff that’s actually going on. I think working with children and care gave me an insight into what people were actually going through. Because fair enough, they are in care, but they’re also normal kids, and they go through all these different things, and they want to talk about sex and boobs and periods. And that’s where the sort of changing my content came, went full time in 2015. I was making no money there so I’m not sure why I did that. But I just thought it’s January 2015, I want to just try and pursue this. If it goes wrong, it goes wrong. And I think that I was sort of raised with like, having to take risks and chances because you don’t really know what’s going to happen just kind of do it.
So, I quit my job, which was like really hard because I love working with the kids. But I just knew that my purpose was bigger than like working with– I think I was working with like four to 10 kids at a time. But I just knew that that wasn’t enough for me. I want it to work with loads of people. Numbers don’t matter, but I just knew that there was something out there for me. And so yeah, I quit my job. I took out a loan to pay the first month’s rent on my flat, moved to South London. And I was like, okay, I’ve got 00 in my account, let’s see what I can get in this month. And then lucky for me, I just got loads of work and it went up and up and up and up. And then I won a few awards, got a management company to look after me and did some TV work, got a book deal and it just sort of grew and grew and grew. And then obviously now I’m in a place where my content is like definitely changing again because I think I’ve changed so much. YouTube was an outlet for me, like a creative outlet too, I think it was to escape. Whereas now what I do is to actually heal and process. So, yeah.
Chloe: Yeah. So, how has your content change? How would you describe your content now?
Grace: I don’t know. I think that growth with your career is always going to happen when you’re growing personally. And I think your 20s, every year, you’re just a different person. And I think that when you’re in therapy, and you’re in recovery that just accelerates everything. So, I would say my content is intentional. So, everything I do is with an intention, sorry. I’m purposeful. Whereas before it was sort of like, what can I do to get some more money or what can I do that people want to see? It’s more about like what I believe I’m meant to be doing now. I don’t really do a lot of beauty content anymore. I do a lot of outfits, but I don’t really work with a lot of fashion brands. A lot of my work is around poverty. I do a lot of work with the BBC, going to schools, I go and talk at youth clubs. I just work with like generic brands, which I’m really proud of. Like I was the face of a Mac campaign at the beginning of the year. So, I’m very lucky that I get to work with so many different brands and my content, I guess has a focus on like being conscious of what’s happening to your body and your brain. And everything is, I tried to be relatable, but also educational and yeah, trauma based I guess, as well.
Chloe: It’s amazing what you’ve created and I followed you on Twitter for ages, for years. And I love what you’re posting about at the moment a lot about healing and I noticed you wrote something about high functioning anxiety recently. Can you talk about that?
Grace: Yeah, so high function anxiety isn’t actually like a proper diagnosis, which I need to just put a disclaimer out there. However, it has been recognised by psychotherapists and doctors that there’s some sort of, there’s some people that have anxiety, but can function incredibly well on it. With the research that I’ve done into it on myself, and like I Google everything. People always ask, “How do you know so much?” I’m like “Google is your best friend.” I Google a lot and I read a lot. And there’s when you’ve experienced childhood trauma or a situation that you perceive to be traumatic, I think you go two ways. So, you either shut down and withdraw or you work incredibly hard not to really feel what’s going on. For me, as a child, I had a talent, and that was performing, that was singing and dancing. So, no matter what stuff was going on at home, and no matter how badly I viewed myself, I always knew I was talented. And the focus on me as a child was either on my weight or what I could achieve. So, you can see now growing up, that I’m quite successful, but I will obviously have body image issues. So, my career for me was always something that I knew I had.
So, as a kid, I focused a lot on like getting out, getting out of my family home, getting out of my hometown, getting out of whatever difficulties I was facing. And the foundation of me was my trauma, and it was the fight or flight response mode. And it was throwing everything I had into my work and being very highly organised and structured. And high functioning, anxiety is all of that, but then underneath, it’s that fear of being seen, it’s that fear of failure. It’s not really relaxing, trying to relax but then your mind is in overdrive. And I was like, I definitely have anxiety being manifested in different ways. And I don’t realise that I’m functioning at that state unless I go into that hole and actually feel it.
But I think it’s like a common thing. People just don’t connect to what it is. Like I don’t worry about going to events. I don’t wake up and I’m like shaking with anxiety. It’s more like, like get up out of bed Grace, you’ve got this to do, this to do, this to do, right, it’s time to get on with it. And that constant state of like running and believing like if you stop, the world’s going to end. That’s the kind of anxiety that I’ve experienced. It comes in waves so there’s some days where I’m absolutely fine, I’m really chill. And there’s other days where I just cry. And I’ve noticed that it’s what I have a lot of work on. And I think it’s really hard to find a balance because you say yes to a normal amount of work. But then suddenly, you agree to them and then they all come in at once, all the deadlines on the same day and you’re like freaking out. And that’s what happens to me a lot and I’ve noticed that’s when I usually go up into my anxiety or when I’m due on my period.
Chloe: Yes, well, that’s a whole other topic that people are only just starting to talk about in the last few years actually, your cycle affects everything, can really affect your mental health.
Grace: Yeah.
Chloe: But I think it’s such an interesting topic, this thing of high functioning anxiety because, you know, anxiety is not just the shy person who’s kind of too afraid to leave the house. It’s also the really successful person that’s doing loads of things, you know, might appear really competent outside, but underneath it may be that success is driven by fear or driven by not being good enough, or there’s trauma. I mean, I actually think we’re all traumatised to some extent, you know, whether it’s big traumas or little traumas. And I think there’s almost like an epidemic of this high functioning anxiety. It’s so – common
Grace: Yeah, it’s like really, I think it’s under researched and under recognised and I don’t want to be that that controversial person it’s like the Western world. But I do think the way we in the West view medicine and the way that certain doctors management to health I just think it’s really backwards. And yeah, I try and again not become controversial, but I do believe in like holistic healing. And when you’re working on healing, to like want to heal all of you not just specific parts. Yeah.
Chloe: What’s your experience of holistic healing then, what sort of things have you done so far? I’m so fascinated.
Grace: So, I’ve had– Okay, so when I first realised that I had some issues, I was about 16-17 and I was offered counselling on the NHS. And it was just a bit horrific if I’m honest.
Chloe: The counselling itself or the time in your life?
Grace: The counselling itself. I was told basically that all my issues were daddy issues, and I probably like I should work on myself and like lose weight to fix my issues. So, being told that at 17 is not appropriate. And that’s when I started going to Weight Watchers and then Slimming World and when my eating disorder just went, like through the roof. So, that was my first experience and then my second experience was CBD. And the counsellor was re-traumatising me in every session so I was just fucked, fucked. And that that caused a breakdown in my relationship with my past boyfriend, my ex because I was just an absolute mess. And I was like this kind of counselling is not working for me. It was so in my terms aggressive, and at the time I didn’t know that you need to research counsellors and find out how they work. I didn’t know any of this. So, I quit that and was just sort of trying to stabilise myself.
And then I met a woman called Emmy while shooting a documentary, and she was a psychotherapist for the show, which is about food and eating disorders. And after the show, she was like, come and see me because you may have issues with food, not really knowing my history. And then I saw her and she diagnosed me with an eating disorder and PTSD. And I started seeing her every week for a year and a half. She has the recovery clinic, which is based in central London. And it’s all about spiritual and holistic wellness and recovery. It’s all about treating the all of you and not just one part of you, and going to the core of your pain, and then sort of cooling back out. And I think it’s a bit of a life coaching with psychotherapy, psychodynamic therapy, and all these different aspects. And I think that when you’re healing, one thing isn’t going to fix you, one thing isn’t going to heal you. It’s like 10 different things. So, I had Emmy with a whole life coaching and the psychotherapy, and I learned about self care. So, I had like sister circles I was going to and then I got into crystals and essential oils and and things like that.
So, when people ask about like how I healed, I’m like it was literally I just turned my whole life around with music. So, I was going to like sound baths and like I did everything, was in nature, reading. It had changed my whole life. It wasn’t just one core thing, and that’s what holistic healing is to me. And it’s plant based medicine as well. So, I started looking into like, what can I make in a tea that’s going to help my wound today? And so I was researching different herbs and things like that.
Chloe: What can help heal the wound, I need to know that.
Grace: So raspberry root leaf is really good, magwa is really good. In terms of like baths, colangelo is really good for your nervous system, lavender oil, bergamot is good for depression. I basically went on this massive– I’m still on a massive journey to like, find what was going to work for me because what I was recommended at my doctors and I guess the Western way did not work for me and my soul was a yearning for more. And then yeah, I kind of found what does work and everyone’s different. Some people really, really like recommend taking medication, some people love CBD, some people like talking therapies and stuff, but I just think it’s about what works for you. And I was just able to yeah, find what works for me.
Chloe: I think that’s a really good point that it’s different for everyone. And I think from the people that I speak to, they maybe try one thing, doesn’t work and then they kind of give up and think, oh, no one can help me.
Grace: Yeah.
Chloe: But my journey was maybe similar to yours in that I just did loads of things. I had lots of different types of therapy, went on retreats, smothered myself in oils, and all that sorts of things. And I think sometimes we do have to make it, like I talked about making it your priority, make like taking care of yourself a priority.
Grace: Yeah. I think I did okay in my life to getting well, and I think because my therapist, Emmy said to me, she was like, “You’re like a sponge. Everything I say to you, you absorb it slowly but surely and then it just sticks to you.” And I think yeah, I was, I think it’s a privilege, though to get well. And I was really lucky to be able to dedicate my life to getting better and better journey because I’m back in therapy for other things. My therapist is a man which is just wild and you know, you just keep going. And I think that a lot of people get overwhelmed with a healing and the what I need to do, but I think that that’s the whole reason that we’re here on earth is to like, heal but also to have a lot of fun. And that’s the whole point, isn’t it? The whole point is being able to master who you are and being president over that. Meditation is also incredible, but kind of is a massive difference. Like I just– I don’t know what it– Have you watched Documentary Heal?
Chloe: Yes.
Grace: Okay. I think that’s like a really good introductory to people that don’t get it. I think I only watched it like three days ago. And so like for me, I, again, just Google everything. And I just think there’s always a reason for whatever issues you’re going through or any like, dis-ease you feel in your body. And I’ve been getting really bad headaches the last few weeks. And I was like, I’m going to Google meditation for headache and see what comes up. And there’s a whole thing, there’s a whole frequency to help with headaches. So like, just things like that. Like I’m just very in tune and open to whatever the universe has to offer me. And yeah, it’s a journey, things take time.
Chloe: Yeah, it definitely is. And I think sometimes you think oh, I have made a big breakthrough in my mental health and then there’s like another level or something else is coming up to be healed and to be worked on.
Grace: Yeah, we’re like onions.
Chloe: Yes.
Grace: [??? 21:56] one layer. So, when I first saw Emmy and was healing my eating disorder, that was the outer layer of the onion and then it went in a little bit and now with a latch that we go into the centre of the onion, and it’s so painful. But I think when you have a good therapist, they manage your crap and your shit in this session, and then you able to leave and enjoy life and then come back to it like that’s the safe way to do it. I think sometimes we try and be vulnerable and then we’re vulnerable a hundred percent of the time and then we’re drained and then we’re tired and we’re very triggered all the time. Whereas everything is about dipping your toes in and goes a bit deeper then coming back out. And that’s just the way that us as humans have to operate. Otherwise, you know, it leads to breakdowns and then no fun.
Chloe: Definitely not, definitely not.
Grace: And I do think it’s about so when you say kind of dipping into the pain is it about like feeling the pain or what sort of processes have you been through?
Chloe: Definitely feeling it. What I’ve learned is that what you think is going to be painful, is never as painful as what you think it’s going to be. When you actually do it, you’re like, oh, it wasn’t that bad. But then sometimes it’s even worse and you’re like, well, that was absolutely shit. And I think that is just being brave, actually and knowing that nothing can actually break you. And it’s that having that self belief and recognizing that everything in life is always a perception, even our memories are perception, and that trauma, create really false perceptions and false realities. And feeling safe enough to do that, like I think I’ve only started really going to the core of my pain with my therapist, and I’ve been seeing him for a year. I haven’t felt that safe for a year, but I’ve showed up every session because it’s part of my self care. And I think it’s about feeling the things you don’t want to feel. But it’s scary, it’s very scary. And when you put up these walls and you’ve locked that pain in that box for so long, you throw away the key. Finding the key is enough, that is hard enough, and then you have to put it in and then you’ve got to turn it and then you’ve got open the lid, and it just takes time.
But one day, you’ll wake up and you’ll be like, oh my God, I’ve actually done it. Like in my last therapy session, I actually open the key. And it’s not– it’s about not putting a time limit on your healing as well, which is an issue that I think I have with a lot of the stuff that they recommend to the NHS because it’s like six weeks is that that isn’t– Six weeks is not even enough to feel safe with someone, it’s not. And I think sometimes that’s the only option people have and it’s diabolical. I think that six weeks are good for interventions, and to just be able to manage the shit that’s going on. But if you really want to process, it’s years, it’s actual years. And it also sometimes takes years to find someone that you want to work with. But I think that’s the beauty of it. I think you also have to be very ready and willing. You have to have a certain amount of self worth as well, I think to want to get well. Because searching for therapists is hard and you have to have some sort of motivation to even do that. But yeah, I don’t really have the answers to be honest. I just think it’s about an individual process. People work very differently, but I do think that holistically is the option that I recommend people because it tends to be the one that heals mind, body and soul, not just one of them.
Chloe: Definitely, definitely a lot different approaches. I work as a hypnotherapist, and a lot of what I do is, is sort of taking people back to things in childhood and getting to the root of where things come from. And people are often scared about that process, but once you do it and you kind of release something around something has happened or change your perspective, it can change so many things in your life. And it is like, you know, yeah, turning a key and just kind of looking inside and getting rid of some of the rubbish. But I think what you say is that it does take courage to go there. And I know a lot of people are scared about what they’re going to find and they just don’t want even think about or talk about it and that can be a lot of resistance to getting help for that, a lot of defensiveness around even looking at that. So, yeah.
Grace: It’s your covered memories, isn’t it? It’s the fear of what am I going to remember? And which I didn’t even think about until this year, actually, when I started remembering things, and I was like what the fuck is that and go to therapy like I’m having dreams, I’m remembering all these things that happened to me or the things I witnessed, I’m not okay with this. Because it makes you like full of fear, anxiety, you go back to being a child. And I think that’s why it’s really important to have a therapist that can manage you, so that you can come back to yourself and ground. I think grounding techniques are really important. Even if you’re not in therapy, being able to ground yourself and rebalance in the morning and at night, is really going to help. Because anxiety and being full of fear is like, I think shame as well as is one of the worst things in the world.
Chloe: Yes, yeah. Yeah. How would you describe shame?
Grace: Well, from a trained point of view, shame is obviously the emotion that allows people to recognise the repercussions and responsibilities that can happen when you make decisions. However, shame internalised with fear is like you’re going to die. I can’t explain it. It’s like you’re drowning, you don’t want to be seen, you’re embarrassed, you can’t step into your full power, you’re in fight or flight mode. And it could, I feel like shame can destroy you. It’s really interesting because shame is the root of my trauma. That’s literally it. It’s not depression, it’s not food, it’s nothing, it’s literally shame, just one word. And it’s– like sometimes going to therapy, I’m like I don’t want to be here today. I’m pissed off. And he’s like, “Why?” And I say because all these things have happened to me and all this shame is like, it could happen once and it takes you 10 years to heal and I said I’m pissed off about that. And yeah, it’s really hard. I think with trauma it can happen to 25 times, it can happen one time. And sometimes there’s no difference in how much of the cause and effect that you’re living with, it doesn’t really matter. It’s the same same thing with sexual assault, I think. So, my training at the moment is on sexual abuse and working with child sexual abuse survivors. And it can happen once or it can happen sustained, over a period of time. But some of the research that comes out of looking at that and the damage it can cause or whatever, is there’s no difference. You can have one sexual assault and you could have 50 of them and it affects your brain the exact same way. Yeah.
Chloe: Wow. And I read something recently, that is something like 13% of women have experienced a sexual assault as children.
Grace: Well, yeah. So that’s wild. And I know, I think every woman I know has had sexual trauma. Every single one. And yeah, shit is really– the statistics are wild. But also they’re quite inconclusive because not many people report and not many people remember, either. That’s the thing, you go to therapy for issues and you could have like all the textbook, symptoms of sexual trauma, but absolutely have no idea that it happened to you. So yeah.
Chloe: Yeah. So, if people have experienced that or if they’re worried about that, definitely speak to someone. And yeah, trying to take that holistic approach it sounds like is–
Grace: Yeah, and things take time, like I always– I think people see where I’ve come from, and where I am now and I may forget the amount of time that that’s taken me. And I think that try not to worry about how you’re going to do and what you need to do, but just take one step. So, just telling one person is a start of healing. So, even just calling like Victims Support if it’s sexual trauma, or the Samaritans or Mind, or going to see your GP or inquiring with a therapist, like baby steps, and then one day you’ll realise that oh, I actually heal every day, we’ve got 10 different things and it just build up and build up and you incorporate different things and you just try things and see what works. Like for some people, it’s like Tarot and crystal healing. For other people, it’s hypnotherapy and it’s exercise, you know. Everyone is different and self care is self defined as you know, I can sit here and say holistic is the best but for some people it’s not. You know, it’s all about what works for your soul and that’s okay, wherever it is.
Chloe: Yeah, yeah amazing. You’re training to be a counsellor–
Grace: I am.
Chloe: So, what made you make that decision and how is that going?
Grace: I think originally working at the Children’s Care Home, I knew my strengths. So, I had the most disclosures from the children and I was the youngest staff member. So, I was like, okay, so the children seem to want to talk to me more than anyone else. Why is that? And I think it was because of being relatable, like, they saw me as like an older big sister, had tattoos, spoke like them, like dress a bit like them, you know, quite straight or whatever. And also that I think I’m very approachable and I have a way of talking to people that’s educational, but also they understand that the words that I use, they understand. So, I knew back then when I was 22-23 that I had– I was good, I was good at helping people and we had therapy at the children home. And I was like I really like therapist and what they do, I’m really interested in that. But just never saw an option for me. I was like, in my 20s, I thought education is over. I didn’t really enjoy school anyway, didn’t go to university. So, just sort of thought well, it is what it is, I like doing it, but whatever. I’m doing YouTube and I’m doing this advice stuff on there, that’s kind of enough.
And then I guess I started my own therapy journey, having therapy and healing working on myself and realised that I was a sponge and I’d taken all of this in and I was holding in all of this information, trying to get it out to the masses, but I think when it to the masses, sometimes it can get watered down and it doesn’t have the impact it has when you’re with someone one to one, and it’s a safe space for just you want them to kind of talk and communicate. So, I was getting questions a lot on Instagram and YouTube and tweets like, “How can I do this? How can I do this? You’ve done this, what does this mean? I need to see a counsellor, but I’m not sure how.” And it’s every day I get these messages and I was like, I think I need to get some sort of training. And it was like a natural progression for me. And you know, comments about periods and like should my vagina smell this way or this happened to me as a kid. And I was just like, although I don’t feel out of my depth at all with these kind of questions, I do thought I need to backed myself up and have some sort of protection. And also I love learning. I love learning and I love writing essays, I’m just weird. It’s writing a blog post and I love being able to understand and process what happens to humans and I find it really interesting. So, I was like, fuck it, I’m going to train to be a counsellor. I had no idea how to do that, where to go.
So obviously, Google. And so I found a open college course on counselling child sexual abuse survivors and though that sounds up my street because I’ve been healing sexual trauma. And again, I find it very interesting and I think that there needs to be more women of colour therapists and black therapists. So, I was like I’m going to do it. Paid for it, did it in literally six months, less than that, probably about three months. I loved it, I found it very, very easy. I new a lot of the stuff that I was doing, so I thought, okay, I’m actually good at this. That’s been sent off, now I’m waiting for my results to come back, and then I’m going to do level three counselling course and then I can take clients after that. I kind of want to, in I don’t know, 20 years, probably before then, I want to have my own recovery program. So, it will be trauma based, person centred, it will also be humanistic, which is very spiritual aspect of treatment. And I kind of want to make my own recovery program for people, also be able to offer free sessions, discounted sessions and working with women and children on healing. And I want to get a degree eventually. That’s basically it.
Chloe: That’s amazing.
Grace: Yeah, it’s been honestly, it’s been very easy and just great. I thought like it’s just what I meant to do. I think it’s nice because I’m an example that you can sort of, like, do things in different order. Like I knew from 12 I was not going to go to Uni so I could be asked. But now I’m like I want to go to university, and you know, that’s just the way it is sometimes. I’m very lucky that I can do all of my YouTube and blogging and all that kind of stuff, and that’s going to pay for my education. So, I’m honestly so happy. I think I also want to do like a few life coaching courses and different things. I’ve done an aromatherapy course and I’m going to do essential oils and some other random stuff, astrology maybe. I just think there’s something in the market that can bridge the gap between spirit and science. And I think people are spiritually hungry, if I’m honest, and that is where a lot of the issues are. And I think basically a therapeutic program that is going to feed mind, body and soul.
Chloe: Sounds amazing.
Grace: Thank you.
Chloe: Sounds amazing. I’m very excited for this. You’ve mentioned about, you know, wanting to help women and girls to step into their power, why do you think we’re not in our power, firstly?
Grace: We’ve never been taught how to be. Self love and self care and how to be human is never taught at home or in schools. And we expect children at 16 to leave school be like cool, now you’re done, now you have to love yourself. And it’s like, they have no foundation to do that, and it is because of trauma, it is because of lack of education, lack of funding. And also our generation– the generation above us was not empowered that much, didn’t have the access to heal. So now, obviously, my generation and your generation, we are healing for like our moms and our grand moms and ancestors. And that is what stepping into your power is all about. I’m recognizing that you can be multifaceted. I think that we put labels on us a lot of the time and, you know, this is who I am, this is what I want to do and actually, you couldn’t be that person. But you can also be that person over there as well. And that’s what it’s about for me and going on a journey and having the toolbox to do that, have a toolbox for your mental health and to grow and become the person that you’re meant to be before society told you you you are.
Chloe: I think you mentioned this term generational trauma, which is as you say, it’s sort of healing things from your mom, your grandma, things come down the generations don’t they?
Grace: Yeah.
Chloe: And if you’re going through this process of trying to heal yourself, it almost can feel as if like I feel like I’m healing my mom stuff, my granny, my great granny, I feel that a lot and it can feel like quite a lot, actually. It’s a lot to carry.
Grace: A lot of people don’t talk about the physical effects of healing, and I never knew they were any until I was feeling them. So, when I first started about a year into treatment, in 2016, I, my body was just fucked. And I was purging so I was like aches, it was like I was going through growing pains; aches and pains, tiredness, breaking out for no apparent reason, my toenail fell off, like just random stuff. And I was never physically unwell ever. Although I had a lot of thrush and vagina issues because of obviously trauma. And I was like this is definitely the effects of healing. Your body has to align to your new brain and your new soul and your root chakra is the base of your spine, and that is I guess, that you’re grounding to life. But it’s also where your trauma is held. So, for black people, that’s what generations of like slavery and things like that. So, often when you’re healing, you will have a lot of lower back pain, and yeah, your trauma is held in lower back. So, I tell people I try and get massages on your lower back because you’re going to feel that. And yeah, the physical effects are just incredible.
Chloe: Because we hold so much of our emotions and our body like anyone with IBS will know that, you know, the stress can feel like a really physical thing and–
Grace: Thrush
Chloe: Yeah. So, many things can be linked to feelings.
Grace: Yeah, is related to something else.
Chloe: Someone described it to me recently as being like your emotions are like energy in your body. If we don’t feel it, but just stays stuck and that could make, you know, cause those aches and pains.
Grace: Headaches.
Chloe: Yeah.
Grace: There’s no way to release it. So, if you didn’t get things out of your body, they stay there. So, sometimes getting things out is visualisation, meditation. Other ways, it’s like exercise, swimming, dancing, and some days have an urge just to shake like Paul and Beyonce and just shake and just get it out. And like yeah, breath work as well, we don’t breathe. So, women and men, but women are obviously told to suck in your stomach all the time. When you suck in, you can’t breathe properly. Because when you breathe properly, your belly expands a lot, and you look pregnant. So, we’re conditioned not to breathe properly. And it isn’t till you meditate that you realise that you never actually get breath in or out.
Chloe: Wow. That’s so interesting, isn’t it? Yeah, I did a visualisation recently that was, I was trying to get rid of PMS. And I imagined like all this like black stuff in my womb like going back into the earth, and that month, my PMS was loads better and now I started doing this practice of like, visualising that happening and just imagining the earth is just taking it, sorting it out.
Grace: So, your second heart is your manifestation centre. So, if you have issues with PMS and anger and your period, it’s probably coming from somewhere else, and your womb like demands to be heard, it’s our wisdom. When you bleed you’re allowing your wisdom to go into the world, hence when you have menopause, spiritually that’s the most incredible women because they’re holding all their wisdom now.
Chloe: Wow. I am loving this. I’m so fascinated. I’m reading, I read wild power, have you read that?
Grace: No.
Chloe: I’m reading Period by Maisie Hill, which is all about living in accordance with your cycle, the spring, the summer, the autumn, and the winter. Have you heard of that, we’re describing it?
Grace: Yeah, have you read– I think you should probably Red Moon.
Chloe: Okay, I’ll add that to my list.
Grace: So, Red Moon is like the– I would say like the number one book about your cycle. Yeah.
Chloe: Okay, I’ll get it. I’ll get that right away.
Grace: It’s the best book ever, change your life.
Chloe: Yeah. Because it’s like, again, one of those things that we just don’t– we’ve never been taught about, never been taught.
Grace: Never been taught. I think a lot of people, they want evidence for everything. And they want it to be written down in a book somewhere or they have to always see things. Whereas I think you feel it. So, what you feel is right and your intuition because some of the most beautiful things in the world cannot be seen with the naked– with your two eyes. And that’s the problem, with like schools are– and I think it’s just like our parents as well. There’s a lot of conspiracies and they don’t really believe in certain things because it’s not there, it’s not concrete, it’s not proven. Whereas, I just think that there’s so much magic in the world if you let things be magical and view them as magic. Women are cyclic beings, like that’s absolute fact, we have cycles so of course we’re going to be powerful and like this divine feminine energy and be connected to the moon. Like why not? It doesn’t make sense not to. Where some people are the opposite and think, doesn’t make any sense. I’m like, it makes perfect sense. Yeah, but it’s you’re teaching women and children that we’re magical.
Chloe: Yeah. Yeah, I love that. I love that. And often with kind of health things or psychological things, that kind of the mainstream isn’t offering solutions. So, you do offer and where one does often go looking for other solutions and go down a more spiritual path or a holistic path or something that actually, you can find solutions there quite often. Where maybe having CBD and taking antidepressants isn’t going to be the solution for you.
Grace: Yeah, I think it’s about people want quick fixes. If you look at a healing or you look at weight loss, or you look at fixing your skin or whatever, people want the thing that is going to make them better in a week or a month. Whereas the more holistic approaches, usually months, if not years, and that’s the issue. People want to be better now. Whereas– so, I had like really bad womb problems and I was bleeding for like, a year straight. And my doctor was like, this is definitely something. We’re not sure what and I was like, it’s my trauma. It started when I started mentioning my sexual trauma. It’s the pain leaving my body through my womb, it’s blood, that’s that. He’s like, “I’m not sure that’s a thing.” I was like, it’s – okay. And I was like I’m not taking any medication. They were like, go on the coil. I said, the issue is, I came off the pill, I started bleeding nonstop, it’s obviously these hormones, these things in my body that don’t want to be there. So, I’m not going on the coil. I’m going to do meditation, I’m going to work with crystals and oils and on different baths and I’m going to heal my own womb and he was like, “No, you’re not.” What happens? I heal my own womb. And it took me two years to do it, but I was persistent and I just knew. Our bodies know what they’re doing, and we’ve been taught not to believe them and to believe that outside people and noise over our own intuition. I just knew my body will figure things out. My body can have a baby, my body can do amazing things, my body can bleed, my body cannot bleed. It’s a self cleaning vagina. Like my body’s incredible. I trust that it will figure out and it did.
Chloe: And I think when we are in a kind of a calmer state, we enable our natural capacity to heal, and it does means taking care of ourselves more so that we can be a bit calmer and that natural ability to heal comes through.
Grace: Yeah, it’s stress. Stress, I think is the number one killer. Stress is the one thing that everyone struggles with, people die from and no one talks about it. And I noticed in myself, I cry more, I’m angry more, my food is awful, my self care is rubbish when I’m stressed, it’s just everything in life is shit when I’m stressed. And it’s about coming back home to yourself and just like balancing and just taking even if it’s half an hour every night to like come home. And it’s mad because people are like I haven’t got time and it’s like half an hour, half an hour, that’s like less than 2% of your day or 1% of your daily hours. Like just take that time just to sit and be and breathe, and you just feel so much better. But yes, it’s giving yourself permission to do that, isn’t it?
Chloe: And I often say it’s not really about not having time, it’s about not making it a priority. Because if you, you know, we find the time for the things that are important to us or if–
Grace: Like binge watching TV.
Chloe: Yeah, watching Love Island for – a day.
Grace: So true.
Chloe: Okay, amazing. What’s the best advice you’ve ever been given?
Grace: Oh, my God. I get given a lot of good advice, I’m not going to lie to you. But the first that came to my head was, this is very on topic what we’re talking about. I went to a yoga class in February 2018 and had BV and thrush, okay. So, everyone knows what BV is. It’s got a fish smell, I was not in a good place. And I knew that it was trauma, I knew that my body just was not happy. And I said to the yoga teacher, I was like, “I’m really suffering with vagina problems. Do you have any advice?” And she went “Just breathe.” And I was like, what does that even mean? Because at the time– was it 2018-17? I can’t remember. But at the time I was like “What the fuck? What kind of advice is that?” So, I went home and I was like okay, I’m just going to breathe. So, then I Googled vagina meditations and then I started doing meditations and imagining a white bright light in my vagina and stuff and releasing the pain. And I would say within a month I had, I always get thrush every month, and then since then I’ve not had thrush. I think I’ve had the thrush once in two and a half years.
Chloe: Amazing.
Grace: And I was like, oh my God, breathing, just breathe. I was [??? 50:09] shit advice, but now I’m like that’s the best advice I ever got.
Chloe: That’s brilliant. Wow. I mean, going back to the visualisation, thing, so I practised a thing called Qi Gong, which is basically like, Tai Chi, but it’s like the more ancient version. It’s about 5,000 years old whereas Tai Chi, I think, is only about 1,000 years old. And you basically just make some hand movements with your arms. I can’t obviously show people listening, but you sort of make some very gentle hand movements, and you’re moving energy into your body. And it’s really helped my immune system like I don’t get sick when I do it and loads of things just feel better. And it’s like a visualisation essentially. So, it is powerful, this stuff.
Grace: [??? 50:47] unwell. I get headaches quite a lot and I think that’s my third eye opening, and I put an ice cream, my third eye and that helps. But I do think that it’s down to what you believe. So like, I just believe that I’m not going to get sick and I’m going to live a very long life. I’m never unwell. There’s a book that I recommend called Heal Your Body by Louise Hay. Anyone wants to find out the soul and spiritual aspects of their physical symptoms, it has everything in there.
Chloe: So, definitely check out that book. Is it how to Heal Your Body, Louise Hay?
Grace: Heal Your Body by Louise Hay. Yeah.
Chloe: Brilliant. Thank you. I love a good book recommendation. So, that and Red Moon as well.
Grace: Yeah.
Chloe: I think I’ll have a look. What’s next for you, what are you working on at the moment?
Grace: A new columnist, a mental health columnist for a magazine.
Chloe: Ah, that’s very high.
Grace: So, that’s going to be announced soon with a very exciting article. So, that’s what’s next to me. I’m an ambassador for a new brand that hasn’t been announced yet. So, that’s also next. Training to be counsellor is next, and also, I want to have a baby. That is like what I want to do next, next few I want to start a family. I just think becoming a mom for me is like it. Like, I’ve always had a career. So, although I’m very happy and proud of what I’ve achieved. I think for me like having a family as like the thing. So, definitely want to, yeah, start a family. And to be honest, I’ve made no solid plans. I’m just writing it down what I want to do on my vision board, thinking about things that I would like to do, travel, go to Bali, etc, etc. and live in New York for like three months or move to LA for a month or whatever. And then if it’s meant for me, the universe will give it to me. So that’s it.
Chloe: Beautiful.
Grace: Yeah. What’s next is whatever’s next.
Chloe: Yeah, great attitude. And where can people find out more about you?
Grace: So, I’m pretty much Grace F. Victory on everything. So Instagram, YouTube and Twitter and my website is GracieFrancesca.com. And on there you can find outfits, along with think pieces and mental health and healing content and that’s it. Oh, and I’m [??? 53:14] podcast on Spotify.
Chloe: Brilliant. Thank you so much for speaking to me. I’ve loved this conversation.
Grace: Thanks for having me.
Chloe: Thank you so much for listening to this episode. I really hope you’ve enjoyed it. Come and let me know over on Instagram @ChloeBrotheridge what you thought and what you’re taking away from this episode. And please do subscribe in the podcast app or on iTunes and make sure you leave a rating and please do leave me a review if you’ve enjoyed this episode. Don’t forget you can sign up to join my free five day confidence challenge. I’m also going to be including within that a powerful workshop, and a group hypnotherapy session. So, you can find all the details of that at calmeryou.com/confidence. So, thank you so much for listening. I’m sending you loads of love and hoping you have a brilliant week.
The post Ep 59. Trauma, healing and high functioning anxiety with Grace Victory appeared first on Calmer you.
I loved chatting to Madeleine Shaw, nutritional therapist, author and mother about:
-The pressure to always do MORE
-Top foods to eat and avoid for anxiety
-The daily practise that GIVES you more time
-IBS – how common it is and how to start managing it
Find Madeleine on her website here or Instagram
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
TRANSCRIPT OF THE PODCAST
Chloe: Hello, and welcome to The Calmer You Podcast. This is your host, Chloe Brotheridge I am a coach and a hypnotherapist and an author of the anxiety solution, and the new book Brave New Girl, which was out a couple of weeks ago. This podcast is all about helping you to become your calmest, happiest, and most confident self. And this week, I am interviewing someone that I have basically followed for years and years, Madeleine Shaw. And it was such an exciting thing for me to speak to her because I remember something like maybe five or six years ago even having to go on a specific diet where I had to cut out certain food because I was having loads of, you know, food intolerances and IBS. And her website and her recipes was something that really helped me at the time. And it was amazing to find someone that was making healthy eating cool. So, I love this conversation with Madeleine. We talked about the pressure to always be doing more. And Madeleine talks about this really candidly, about how it can sometimes seem as though no matter what we’ve achieved, and matter how successful we are, we never feel like we’ve done enough. And we really talk about this phenomena and some ways to start to stop that from holding us back. We talked about the top foods to eat and avoid when you’re managing anxiety. And she also shares with us her top tip for a daily practice that gives you more time. Now, how many of us would like more time in the day? I know I would. This is amazing. And we also talked about IBS. Now it’s incredibly common, and not that much talked about. But we talk about it and talk about how common it is. And she has some ways that we can start to manage it.
So, the reviews have started to come in from Brave New Girl for those that have read it or listen to it on Audible. Just going to share with you a couple of reviews from Amazon so you can learn a bit more. K said, “Reading Brave New go I can relate to everything and felt as though Chloe had access to my brain. I had seen all my doubts and issues I have with myself. I love the way she explains and gives you an exercise to do which really helps you to understand.” Donna said, “I absolutely loved Chloe’s new book and read it in a matter of days. At times it felt like Chloe was reading my mind. As someone who has suffered from my own incompetence and imposter syndrome, there was so much in this book to take out of it and put into practice. My journal is packed with ideas, thoughts and inspiration.” And Anna said, “I feel so refreshed after reading Brave New Girl. It was by far one of my favorite self help books and I absolutely loved every page of it.” So, you can check out Brave New Girl, it’s on Amazon. It’s in all good book shops. It’s on Audible read by me, and I would love it if you left a review if you have enjoyed the book. So, let’s get into the episode with Madeleine Shaw. Thank you so much for joining me. I’m really excited to speak to you. How are you today?
Madeleine: I’m really good, thank you. I back from quite a wild weekend which is quite unusual for me, but it was one of my best friends 30th. So yeah, had no baby with me so let loose and had a great time.
Chloe: Amazing. Amazing. Can you tell us I’m sure everyone who’s listening does know who you are and what you do. But can you for people that maybe don’t, what is it you do and how did you get to where you are today?
Madeleine: So I’m a nutritional therapist, yoga teacher, chef, blogger, few little slashes in that. But it all started for me, I moved to Sydney when I was 19 years old. I went that traveling on my gap – off to school, kind of fell in love with that. For me, it’s like my spiritual home. I was always obsessed with Australian since I was like little. I like arrived there on the plane and I remember I was like this is it for me, I’m going to live there. I called my mom and my mom was like no, please don’t go. And yeah, when I was over there, I had really bad digestive problems. I was diagnosed with IBS and I was trying to figure out what was causing it and that sort of led me to change my diet. I went to see a naturopath and she helped me with like changing my diet. I mean I was eating quite terribly, quite un-nutrient, a very deficient kind of diet of like fruit, rice cakes and a lot of alcohol. [crosstalk] Exactly. So, it probably wasn’t the best for me, let’s say that. But yeah, just really started to learn more about nutrition and health. I was eating in a cafe so much they gave me a job and work there for a few years cooking. And it was a very like creative space in terms of like it was very local produce they got in each week and it was kind of like whatever you want to meet with this make it. And we would make our own kefir or fermenting milk to make yogurt would be great you know, and coconuts. We would make like more cheesecakes with nuts but so with like whey and it was very sort of experimental and very back to basics. And it was really, really cool. It really opened my eyes and I was always one of those people that was like, who am I going to be in life? And I would go – and be like, what am I good at, what job should I have? And they’d be like I don’t really know. But the minute I started cooking and working in food, I was like this is it for me and I had no idea. I wasn’t like I’m going to be a chef or I was just like I want to do something and health and food. And a girlfriend of mine called Melissa Ambrosini, I don’t know if you know her.
Chloe: I know her. She’s been on this podcast, actually. I love her.
Madeleine: Oh. So yes, we both worked in the cafe.
Chloe: Oh, wow.
Madeleine: It all began from this one cafe. She had started her blog. It was called Path to Wellness at the time and she had done like the health coaching and course. So, she caught me on that and kind of helped me and really inspired me definitely to start up a blog and to see that, that could potentially be a business. I moved back to the UK because I needed the support of my family to start my newfound business. And my family are from New Zealand originally, but live in London. So, I grew up in London my whole life. And yeah, just kind of started doing like odd jobs from like, cooking for family friends, to I started doing supper clubs quite early on, which is how I met my boyfriend, a tweet out. It’s been like I want to have these supper club in London. Does anyone know of anyone? They were like this guy, he’s got this restaurant, you should meet him. So yeah, it was business and pleasure. So, that was I think a really key part of my– the beginning of my career was having these monthly supper clubs where, you know, this is London, six, seven years ago, we’re talking, no fermented foods on the menu, or kind of – puddings, all the sorts of things we see in like, everywhere nowadays. You know, it was really unusual. So it was really fun. I kind of bought 40 people together every month. And I did it for about three years to share kind of my philosophy in foods. I had people that came every month. So that’s kind of how it all began and I guess I’m still here, still doing it which is good. And I’ve written three cookbooks and work with lots of brands and yeah, doing lots of different things, studying nutrition as well to become a nutritionist and had a baby as well. So, that’s a summary of the last six years.
Chloe: Yeah. And I must have followed you, since I don’t know, maybe even six years ago. I remember being aware of your – ages. And it has an amazing how you’ve just created all the creative and all the ways you’re helping people. So, so good. Have you ever struggled with anything like I don’t know, anxiety, or stress or anything like that, anything you’ve ever struggled with?
Madeleine: I think so I would say anxiety for me, which is only been a recent thing. And I would say it’s 100% correlated to the time spent on the phone and social media. And you know, when I first started, Instagram was like this kind of fun thing. Like it was not a business for me. Yeah, I put a few recipes up. But it was never like, this is a business platform and I’ll take it very seriously. I was just like having fun and sharing things like cauliflower rice on it. But then as times gone on, and there’s been more pressure to do well, perform more, post to do well, spend more time you know, liking and beating the algorithm or whatever. I think it’s definitely been something that makes me anxious. I would say the thing that makes me anxious is not doing enough. So for me, it’s like I can see someone, they don’t even necessarily have to be the same industry with me is like putting more recipes out or putting more posts or working with different brands. And I’m like, oh my God, I’m not good enough. So, that’s my like, weak – is social media, seeing other people’s success and not feeling that my success is good. And I remember speaking to a woman about this, a woman that’s how I call all my friends.
Chloe: I love the way she’s a woman.
Madeleine: She’s a little bit older than me but we’ll call her a wonderful friend. And she was like, it is crazy because to me, you are so successful beyond your years of your age. And like I would never imagine that you would think that way about yourself. But that definitely for me, is where my anxiety comes from, is that kind of not doing enough within my workspace, even though I do heaps.
Chloe: So, interesting that you say that because that’s what I hear all the time from people is not doing enough, or I heard someone describe as fear of missing goals. If I work hard enough, you’re going to miss that on this goal, you’re going to not reach your potential. Time’s running out, this kind of way we can build this up into something. And it’s kind of a thing of like models are the most insecure about the way they look. You know, successful people can still be, you know, feeling like they’re not doing enough, and not achieving enough and it’s something that is almost universal amongst us then I think. I hear it so, so often. Do you have any tips on overcoming that? What have you done to try to overcome that?
Madeleine: Well, I think a lot of it is for me is awareness and acceptance. So, I think it all stems back from me from growing up at school not doing very well. Like being very average if not kind of below average at school like never won prizes, B team or quiet down below. So academically, I was never that good. And I would just come home to my mom and be like, oh, I’m not very smart. And I went to a private school and it was an amazing school, but they are very, like, if you’re good at something, they love you. And if you’re not, you are so forgotten. And that is just the kind of way it works. And I think because I found this identity of like, doing well and you know, family friends coming up to me and be like you’re so successful, you’re doing so well. And I’m so– it was never something that very came naturally to me because I had what, however long you’re at school for 14 years of never having that. So, I think there’s a little bit of like, this sense of achievement, past school and being like, oh, my God, I am quite good at something and you know, going for it. And I think so awareness of it, and then setting healthy boundaries. So, switching my phone off in the evenings and on weekends has been more of a recent thing for me. But something that has really helped so that I do have downtime where I’m like, not working because the way that we work now and the way I have worked in the past is like from 7am to 10pm. Sometimes every day of the week and that’s not healthy. It’s not consistently all those hours, obviously. But you know, that’s the reality of what’s possible and I’m quite addictive to work. I love what I do. I could keep going and going and there’s always something more to do. So, I think that it’s for me, it’s switching my phone off on a Friday, or at least deleting Instagram because for me, that’s the main trigger. And then like uploading again on Sunday evening, or Monday morning or whatever. So, just having that time away, where I can just focus on my family, myself, my friends, rather than seeing someone else do something and that voice creeping in. So I think the last time I have that voice creeping in the bathroom for me.
Chloe: Yeah, that’s really interesting. I think often it’s, if we get praised for something, it reinforces it. So, you might get praised at work for having a really good work ethic or praise for the way you look. And then that adds that pressure that you got to keep it going or you kind of create an identity around that. And then that drives, you know, overworking, potentially or over worrying about things. So yeah, having boundaries and just being aware of that is a really good, good idea. Can we talk about IBS?
Madeleine: Yeah, of course. I’ve had times in my life when I’ve experienced that. And again, it’s something that is very linked with anxiety, very linked with kind of the stress of modern life.
Chloe: Do you help people in your clinic with that, or I know you put in The Happy Gut Guide as well. So, I want to hear about that. But yeah, can you tell me a bit about what is IBS for the people that don’t know what we’re talking about.
Madeleine: So IBS is a syndrome so it’s different to a disease. A disease is something you have and you can cure it. Whereas a syndrome is something that you often just live with, and you have to manage. So IBS, it’s a sort of umbrella bracket term, but it’s sort of symptoms involving discomfort of your digestive system. And people experience it in all different ways from lots of diarrhea, constipation, to cramps, to pain, to belching; all sorts of different ways of managing it, but it is incredibly linked with stress. So, it’s the catalyst that got me into what I’m doing and I’m forever grateful for it. However, anyone that has IBS knows how difficult it is to have because it could get triggered when you’re feeling nervous before an event. And that’s not the time you want to [??? 14:30]. But for me kind of management has been from a mental side and also food side. So, this year, actually, we launched The Happy Gut Guide, which is a 12 week like online program. So, I linked up with a woman called Laura -, who I like, I’m obsessive. She’s an amazing dietician who specializes in IBS, and specifically the low format diet, and has had years and years of clinical experience. And even though I know a lot about it, and I’m trained and I understand that. I really wanted someone who had already done the work one on one for years and years with clients and seeing how it works. So at the moment, if you have IBS, often you go to the doctor, you tell them your symptoms, and you get diagnosed, and you might get a leaflet, you might not. And you kind of go off into the world and jump on Google or you know, all these sorts of things and it can be quite scary. And obviously everyone experiences it in different ways. So, we just basically wanted to create a platform for people who are struggling with IBS to come and to feel handheld through this program, which basically helps you figure out what causes your triggers, how to manage them, what is the best foods for you to eat because you might get a flare up from raw onion, I might get a flare up from chickpeas. And you know, it’s about understanding what your kind of foods are, that might flare them up. And it might be no foods at all, it might be totally stress or kind of lifestyle related. And then you know, figuring out what they are, and then how to sort of live life afterwards. Because again, and I know I’m repeating myself, but it’s a syndrome. So you can’t cure it, you don’t leave going, I’ve cured my IBS. You hopefully, will be symptom free, but you’ve learned the tools to manage it. And that is I think a lot of the problem that we have around gut health and IBS and things it’s like buy this pill a newer – or eat this fermented food and you have great gut. Like that’s not the way it works. So, I think IBS has its own sort of spokesperson because it’s very different to any sort of diseases or other sort of health related things.
Chloe: Yeah, yeah. And I’ve seen quite a few clients with IBS over the years because it’s hidden therapy side recommended for IBS because of the link to stress and anxiety. And they – kind of shame and not be able to tell people about it because they’re embarrassed. And, you know, I’ve heard people say that they can’t leave the house on certain days. It’s horrible, horrible, you know, it causes stress in itself, you know, as well as being caused by stress. So, it can be like a real cycle. And I think, yeah, just to have more people talking about it and offering support and solutions about – so, so important. And because isn’t it something like 20% of women have IBS?
Madeleine: Absolutely.
Chloe: It’s just like, incredibly high number of people.
Madeleine: It is, and it’s common in men as well. And as women, we’re probably a little bit better at speaking about it. And we also created a private Facebook group, which is basically just talks about poop and farts all day long. And it’s just, we made it private because we want people to feel very comfortable, to speak about what’s going on for them. And it’s really nice to read that someone else is going through something similar to you because then you don’t feel alone. And you might have some tips that really work for you that you can share with the other. So, we wanted that kind of community aspect to be quite an important part of it.
Chloe: Yeah, I think knowing that you’re not alone, that is the key to so many things; anxiety, IBS, anything. It just takes the shame away from it, when we’re able to get help. We don’t beat ourself up about how we’re feeling if we know this incredibly common things. When it comes to nutrition and staying calm, are there certain things that people should avoid or should eat, or certain principles that can help with anxiety from your nutritional perspective?
Madeleine: I would say probably, you know, calming your blood sugar levels would be the number one because we all know when we eat like loads and loads of sugar. Like I always think of Halloween, it’s like this massive heart attack from sugar, that you know, it can affect our mood. So, I’d say balance your blood sugar levels, like throughout the day. So, that’s trying to have some protein and fat with each meal. So, let’s kind of talk through a typical day. So, wake up for breakfast, if you’re going to have porridge try and add some nuts and seeds in there. Even you know protein powder porridge is really – or you’d like to have a smoothie in the morning. So adding that protein powder to that or its eggs with – bread and spinach or something like that. But having a bit of protein and fat and each meal will make a big difference, especially breakfast, because it’s the thing that sets you up for the day. And I know a lot of people skip it and they feel bad. But often it means that you’ll then reach for that croissant or the coffee or the other sorts of things that give you that little high and then you drop down and you feel like you need more. Coffee is another thing that we probably have to speak about. Everyone metabolizes it differently. And I think on the whole we’ve got this like, you can have one or two cups a day. If I drink one cup of coffee, I am like jittering. If I drink it 7am I’m still jittering till 8pm I don’t metabolize coffee at all well so I just avoid that. Even though I love the taste of it. It’s really delicious. But I just find like a really jittery.
Chloe: If I were to have a coffee, it would ruin my day. If I were to have caffeine in that level for about five years, if I were to have one, it would be a nightmare. And it is a testament to what a powerful drug it is. So it’s all the coffee lovers. I know everyone’s like don’t take my coffee away from me. But it is a powerful drug, I think.
Madeleine: It is. And I do think people metabolize coffee differently. Like you know, there’s people have espressos before dinner and things like that. But I think you can’t rely on your energy from coffee. I think you shouldn’t be like I can only get through the day from coffee. No, it’s a stimulant, your energy should be coming from good food and good sleep like that is really the most important thing. So, really try and limit your coffee as much as possible. Keep it before 12pm so it doesn’t affect your sleep. And you know, really try and cut it down as much as possible. I know it’s delicious. So again, for your lunch and dinner, doing that sort of protein and fats, trying to up your nutrient content. And the easiest way to do that is to put vegetables in to try and get like two three portions in each meal. And that’s going to make a big difference because your body will feel nourished. You know, we can be overfed but undernourished very easily if we’re not eating like diverse foods. And I think that when you eat vegetables, we all know it makes us feel better, more alive, more natural energy from that food.
Chloe: Do you get like a vegetable box delivered? I imagine you might be the sort of person that will do that or like do you…like a farm, how do you get your veggies?
Madeleine: I do a bit of both. So yeah, I do get like a river food vegetable box. However, because I cook for my job, I’ve got an organic market to grab bits and bobs for specific recipes. But I do think having vegetable works fantastic. It gives you a vegetable target for the week. You know, you don’t want to waste food, so you get X amount to get through and often they’ll mix that up. And that’s really important is that kind of diversity and variety for nutrients. Because often we get in a bit of a vegetable rut of like getting tomato and lettuce or whatever. And just eating that as our only vegetable source. So it’s really good to have the kind of abundance of different vegetables. And then again, on food, I would say sugar is a real trigger for a lot of people’s anxiety because it spikes our blood sugar levels. It gives us kind of that sort of adrenaline, tons of energy, amazing if you’re going to run or something. But if you’re not burning it off in that way, it can be very stimulating. So, if you are eating something, sweet try and have a little bit of, you know, say it’s a cake or whatever, have some yogurt with it to add in that fat and protein, just to kind of, you know, lower it and not overindulge. And like I love sweet things. Last night, I made craps for dinner because I really felt like it, and I love craps, you know, and that is not something I do all the time. But it’s really nice to eat kind of sugar and not so healthy foods. But I think it’s about having the motivation, and knowing that they might have an effect on your sleep and your sort of overall mood as well.
Chloe: I think that’s just so good to be aware of because a lot of people in my experience aren’t even aware that your food will make any difference to mental health, to anxiety levels. But you know, you only have to get that kind of low blood sugar feeling that can almost make you feel panicky to realize that it could affect that your blood sugar level can affect how you feel in terms of anxiety. So, definitely recommend that people pay attention to this and experiment with it. You know, see oh does make a difference. Get curious about whether having those vegetables or having protein and fat with your carbohydrates could make a difference.
Madeleine: A 100% and I think nutrition is such a tricky subject because everything contradicts everything. And you know, there’s always some sort of new diet coming out or whatever that says that it will, you know, maybe more beautiful than you ever were. But I do think that it is really about listening to your body. And I think we’ve lost that sort of ability to go, I’m hungry, you know, we’re eating for boredom, or stress or all these sorts of things. So, it’s like tuning in what foods feel right for you? What digests the best? How do you feel after them and really having that kind of communication and that relationship of what food does to your body and what works best for you.
Chloe: Yeah, absolutely. And I want to ask you about meditation because I don’t know if this is on your website ages ago, but it was something like meditation doesn’t take up time, it gives you time. And that really stayed with me. I was like, this is so amazing and so true in my experience, and yeah, what do you think about meditation?
Madeleine: Yeah, I really love that quote as well, because it is the number one thing I think people say when they go, oh, I don’t have time to meditate, I’m a very busy person. I’m also a very busy person. And again, you know, I don’t do it perfectly or twice a day every single day, but I definitely am much clearer headed and I don’t kind of get distracted easily. So, I try and do my 20 minutes meditation in the morning once I’ve dropped – at the nursery, that’s kind of my routine. Actually, I dropped – at the nursery and then exercise, I shower, and then I do my meditation. That’s my kind of thing. So, I do 30 minutes of just, I’ve now not going to the gym, I just put something on YouTube or something. It’s much more efficient.
Chloe: What kind of exercise?
Madeleine: So I really liked doing online workouts. She’s very cool. She does a lot of booty like building. I like having a nice bum.
Chloe: She’s amazing. She says, “Put your mind in the muscle.” [crosstalk] …mind in your muscle. Yeah, that’s helpful.
Madeleine: So, yeah, back to meditating. So, giving myself those 20 minutes, it sounds quite luxurious. I’m definitely much more efficient, like more clear, headed, less tired because it’s incredibly restful. It’s like having like a two, three hour nap, meditating. I don’t know what it is, it makes me more laser focused. And I just feel like I do achieve more on days that I meditate than on days, I don’t. I’ve definitely noticed that about myself and I think it’s difficult to get your head around it and it does sound like a lot of time. And you don’t have to do 20 minutes at the beginning. You know, that’s only if you do the Vedic or the transcendental meditation training. Even if you’re just trying like a – or something like that might only be 10 minutes. But I think if you want to be efficient at work, meditate. And I don’t feel like any book that is written by someone who is a leader or, you know, smashing it in their workplace doesn’t meditate. I feel like anyone you speak to who is successful in life, meditates. Like it just seems to be like, the sort of thing that everyone does because they’ve learned this amazing tool that makes them better at life. And that really is the kind of purpose of meditation is to be more present, less stress more focused. So yeah, I love it. I really, really enjoy doing it. I don’t struggle to do it. There are times when it is a struggle, but on the whole, I do enjoy it.
Chloe: …and have that. Okay, so remember, it’ doesn’t take you time, it gives you time. Do you listen to the Tim Ferriss podcast?
Madeleine: I don’t actually, but I do really like his philosophy and his books.
Chloe: Yeah. Because he interviews like billionaires, athletes, like all the highest performers. And he said, 80% of them meditate and say that is a very important part of what helps them to be successful. So, even more confirmation that we should be meditating. I am wondering about your self care routine, can you tell us a bit about that? So, you do exercise meditation and other things that you do to to stay calm or to look after yourself?
Madeleine: Yeah, I would say kind of that morning routine, for me is my dream. And it doesn’t always happen every day because – goes to nursery on three days. And it is a lot harder to do that whole shebang with a one year old because, you know, they’re quite needy, and they want your attention and they’re not interested in staying in the house that long. So it doesn’t always work every single day. But on the days, I can, I will do that. But other things to me like I would say the things that light me up. And I work this through with a life coach. I did some work with a life coach maybe four-five months ago, which really helped me and we got like, clear on like, what are the things that really made me happy and like, light me up and look after me and stuff. Because I think a lot of people just get a bath or this or this. Okay, so the meditation nature is really important to me. So, every day just walking through the park or, you know, if I’m lucky, going a little bit further out to slightly more countryside. When I’m in nature, I just feel better, I feel happier. I like the freedom of just like walking wherever you want to do. Freedom is a big word for me. So like, I like the freedom of my job. I like the freedom of walking aimlessly. And another thing that is self care for me is like having time of doing whatever I want. Which sounds kind of strange or sort of like a teenager-ish, but like mapping an afternoon where it’s like, if I want to go to -, walk the streets, I’ll do it. There’s no like appointment in my diary or like to do list or whatever. And I can do this with my family on the weekends as well. But just that sort of freedom of doing whatever I want feeds me really well. And what else do I do for self care? I think yeah, it kind of we spoke about before but presence and family time and quality time as well. I did you know the languages of love book?
Chloe: Yeah, yeah.
Madeleine: The five languages of love, which I really recommend as a book. And it kind of teaches you what love means to you and how you receive love. And one of them is like quality time for me. So I really like make sure that that’s like built in with the people that I really care about as well. And you know, baths and yoga and all these sorts of things also make me feel good. But I would say those are like the things that really get into my soul.
Chloe: Amazing. Just to say a bit more about the five love languages, there’s a quiz you can do. Did you do the quiz online?
Madeleine: So yeah, you can get the quiz online before you buy the book. Yeah, you can to find– and you can find that quite a lot from the quiz to be honest.
Chloe: So yeah, you can if you just Google the five love languages, and you can get your partner to your friend and find all this information about how you can show them love. So, my boyfriend really likes words of affirmation.
Madeleine: My boyfriend’s gifts [crosstalk] constantly. I know it’s like the most shallow one, isn’t it?
Chloe: That’s a tricky one, though.
Madeleine: I’m always like buying something online for him.
Chloe: But at least you know that because he might not had even known that. Or…how to ask that necessarily.
Madeleine: I totally agree. I wouldn’t have even picked it. When we did our test we got results. I mean, I knew he liked presents, but I didn’t realize because mine was so low on gifts. I have no interest in gifts. It doesn’t mean anything to me really. I mean, I do love a gift every now and then, but it’s just not something of importance to me. Where as it was really strong for him. So yeah.
Chloe: I suppose I don’t actually think it is that low, it’s about the thoughtfulness of like– [crosstalk] My sister’s, the same actually…saying this, but yeah, we always had laughs about how she loves gifts, but she does love gifts, she just loves it.
Madeleine: Yeah, you know, and it is so nice by a gift. And you know, I would prefer buying someone else a gift, I get way more pleasure buying someone. So, it’s fantastic that I’ve got away from the lights gift.
Chloe: Amazing. And I love that you spend some time really thinking about what are the things that light you up. Because it’s really just easy to not do that and just to go through your life. Not prioritizing, doing nice things yourself or not even giving yourself a time to think oh, what do I really love to do? Yeah, just suggested that everyone does that, you know, write down what are 10 things that light you up and just you know, whatever it is, it doesn’t need to be the classic thing or like a bath or you know even nature. Maybe you, you know, love walking around museums or something like that. But it is just identifying it, and then building that more into your life. I love that, I do.
Madeleine: I think we’re sort of used to someone else telling us what we like. You know, we read the five tips to self care or whatever and they are all lovely. And they’re all very helpful. But actually, do they care for you? Isn’t it? It’s like that in a connection of like, what I like we almost have lost because we’re being told so many different things at all times of the day.
Chloe: That’s really interesting. Yeah, or just overwhelmed by all the possibilities or the things that you could do. I could do anything in London on a Saturday, but I’m not going to do anything…. So yeah, I love that. I wanted to ask you about how your life has changed as a mom, and how I think that’s a common question that moms get asked like, how do you fit in? Because I’m thinking about having children I don’t know, a couple of years at some point. And when I think about it I think how the hell am I going to find all that time to raise another human being? Have you been surprised by it? How have you coped and managed it?
Madeleine: I feel that it’s going to really annoy people hearing this, but I find it really not hard at all. I find it quite easy.
Chloe: Oh my gosh, this is so good.
Madeleine: I think you are capable of so much more than you ever think that you can. I mean you look back when you’re like a school student or a teenager, and you think all my day was literally just like going to school and that was it. Like all my food is made for me if you were lucky enough to have parents that did that for you. But you know, and then as you get older, you take a little bit more, a little bit more on you’ve got to cook for yourself. And that comes into your routine. And it goes on and on. So, I think it’s a process of life kind of taking on new challenges, and I think you’re capable of more. And then I guess you just have to sacrifice a few things. Maybe it’s more like social engagements, you might not be able to go to as many of them. You know, maybe you have to work a little bit less, or maybe, you know, I think moms on a whole are incredibly efficient because they’ve got less time, you know, no kind of flicking through Facebook, get what’s needed done, and do it quickly so you can get back home to your kids, you know. So, how things changed for me? So I would say I have a new– a much more appreciation for my family and my mom and my dad. I think they’re amazing. Not that I didn’t think they were amazing for but you know, you just go wow, you did all these things for me and more. So, a massive appreciation for them. I think from a work perspective, I’ve not felt as connected with the industry that I have always been in, the wellness industry and have felt maybe more that it’s not as possible for people to do, you know, the sort of elaborate morning routines even though I just said I have one. Or you know, always be able to go to – classes or these sorts of things aren’t always possible for everyone. So, I don’t know, reframing that conversation around really simple wellness tips, whether it’s exercising at home on YouTube, you know, or different ways of self care that you can do around having a family. So, I guess this is why I started my podcast, Get Your Blowback was to have that conversation. I feel like I’ve been welcomed into this new club, you know, this parents club that you never knew was there and you connect with people, even though you have nothing in common, but you have something in common, which is that you’re parents. And my brother also had a little girl recently, and I think that I am much closer to him now. We’re very different people, but I feel like our relationship will get better and better because we’re kind of connected in this special way. So yeah, I guess lots of different that it’s changed me. I think I’m probably more patient, I have felt I have more purpose, and definitely feel more connected to my boyfriend in this kind of family unit of raising our son together, which is really nice.
Chloe: I loved hearing that. I think there is a lot of talk. I mean, I hear from people a lot that they don’t want to have kids because they’ve heard so many bad things about it. Like you get told, like horror stories or like, you hear about the sleep and the birth and actually, it’s so good just remember the good things, the really good things, the reason that people have children in the first place and you know, it doesn’t have to mean that, you know, give up on your whole life, you know, they can fit in around you….
Madeleine: A 100%. And yeah, you’ve got to adapt to different challenges along the way. And yes, the beginning bit is hard with the lack of sleep. But it’s very short, you know, is a short period of time and I think, yeah, just get support from around you, and I think you have to be okay about letting things go from the past. You know, don’t try and cling on to the person you were before you had children, like just embrace the person that you are now and all the things that you can do. I think that that’s definitely something that’s helped me.
Chloe: Yeah, fascinating. Is that something from the podcast guests that you’ve had, that you think is a really good tip that you want to share with people who’ve got kids?
Madeleine: Gosh, I feel like everyone on there has given different words of wisdom from what to eat, to how to sleep as a parent to, you know, coping with anxiety. So I don’t know if there’s one particular thing. I guess, the underlying theme of the podcast is to look after yourself because I think as mothers and fathers of course, you give, give, give. You know, you give everything that you have to this little human if not more, and it’s kind of bringing that back to like time for you. So, that’s the overall theme of it.
Chloe: Amazing, amazing. What are you working on at the moment?
Madeleine: You know what, nothing like massive, which is really unusual. For me, I think I’m having this– I think I’m evolving as a person, which is really good. Because I say a year or so ago wouldn’t have coped with the lack of achievements that I probably have at the moment. So, I’ve got a lot on– I’m working on my podcast, which is fantastic. I’m wanting to create like a little toddler meal plan ebook for mums who need inspiration on kind of what to feed their kids. Because I mean, they’re obviously great recipe books out there, but they’re not very modern than the way that we cook now. You know, we Indian one night and Chinese food the next and Mexican. Whereas we kind of give our kids like pasta or like baked potato or something, which is fine and kids love it. But I think it’s maybe getting a little bit more modern with our kids foods and making it work for the family as well. So, those are probably my two projects, and then working with brands on different kind of collaborations, which is really fun. But yeah, nothing kind of huge, which is really– I’m really enjoying I think, since becoming a mom and maybe just over the last year. I’m not sure if it’s even related to being a mom or not. But I don’t know, I haven’t had this massive message that I used to have. So, when I began my blog, I was like, why are we not talking about kind of food in this positive, healthy way? We’re always talking about diets and deprivation. And now you know, you can buy sterilized [??? 40:52] from Tesco you know. Not that I’m saying I did that, but with a collective of other people in the similar space. The way we eat has changed hugely. And for the better, I hope. Although, I’m sure there’s heaps more to do. So, I don’t know, I feel like I don’t know what my voice is at the moment and I’m okay with, I’m not freaking out. But I don’t have that same like, I am here to talk about this and you must hear me, which I a 100% had. And it fueled me through the first five years of my career. And now I’m like, I’m here and I’ve got a few things to offer you. But I don’t have that same inner calling and spark that I used to have, which I battled with a lot at the end of last year, and now I’m much more accepting of it. And I know I will find my mojo, again, my Austin Powers.
Chloe: Yeah, well, maybe it’s nice to kind of have something come from a place of not having to like push and strive and stress and like the pressure that we put on ourselves and always need to have a complete project. Because like, I’m sure you’ve had this with writing a book. Like you write a book and you also have your other job like that you’re still doing full time. So, it’s like this big project also, like all your extra– all the same work. So, it’s not like necessarily that fun to do but doing that all the time and kind of constant cycles of having like – projects. And maybe it’s nice to like take a step back, recalibrate, decide what you know–
Madeleine: Yeah. 100%. And I think I’m being like, kind of appreciative of all that I’ve done. Because I think I did three books in three, and you don’t really like you don’t step back because the second your book gets published, you do a book tour. And then you’re like, they’re like, okay, wait, what’s your next book? And then you’ve got to do it all over again. And I think whether you’ve written a book or not, you know, actually going oh yeah, I’ve done this, that was really cool. And like, oh, yeah, I did that and that’s really cool. And I think otherwise, you’re just constantly writing books until you die.
Chloe: Gotcha. We really need to just take stock, recognize how far we’ve come, yeah, slow down a bit. That’s good message for us all, yes. Thank you so much for talking to me. I loved this conversation. Where can people find out about you? Where do you hang out the most?
Madeleine: I’ll probably say Instagram is where I’m hanging out the most which is just Madeleine_Shaw_ so any Madeleine shows up there when they do it. And then also my podcast, which is called Get Your Glow Back.
Chloe: Brilliant. Thank you so much.
Madeleine: Thank you.
Chloe: So, thank you so much for listening to this episode. I would love to hear what you thought of it. Come on over to Instagram, and find me @ChloeBrotheridge and let me know. I’ll be so grateful if you have enjoyed this episode, if you left a review in iTunes, and make sure you subscribe and give it a rating. It help so much to spread the word about this podcast. And I’ve had so many amazing messages from people saying how this podcast feels like therapy, how much it’s helping, how you listen to it on your way to work, and it helps you to have a better day. And I’d love just to spread the word about it and help more people to access this free resource. So, please do help me spread the word. So, I hope you have a great week. I’m sending you loads of love and hopefully, you’ll tune in again soon.
The post Ep 58. Eating and Living Well with Madeleine Shaw appeared first on Calmer you.
I loved chatting to Madeleine Shaw, nutritional therapist, author and mother about: -The pressure to always do MORE -Top foods to eat and avoid for anxiety -The daily practise that GIVES you more time -IBS – how common it is and how to start managing it Find Madeleine on her website here or Instagram Don’t […]
The post Ep 58. Eating and Living Well with Madeleine Shaw appeared first on Calmer you.
This is a solo episode where I’m sharing about how to grow your confidence and courage. I’m also inviting you to join me in a challenge and I’d love to hear how you get on! Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about […]
The post Ep 57. How to be a Brave New You + grow your confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
This is a solo episode where I’m sharing about how to grow your confidence and courage. I’m also inviting you to join me in a challenge and I’d love to hear how you get on!
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Transcript:
Hello and welcome to The Calmer You podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge I am a coach and a hypnotherapist and I’m the author of The Anxiety Solution and Brave New Girl which is out now. Thank you so much for listening today this is a solo episode on a Brave New Girl edition of the podcast. So, I’m going to be talking about confidence which is a topic of my new book Brave New Girl and I’m going to talk about how confidence isn’t necessarily all it seems.
I’m going to be sharing some really simple ways to grow your confidence and I’m also going to be inviting you to join me in a challenge. I’ve already had loads of people joining and it’s been so, so interesting to hear from you all so I’m really excited to share this with more people. As always I’m going to invite you to come over to calmeryou.com/free and grab your free anxiety busting tool kit if you haven’t already. I’ve got amazing resources in there from worksheets to hypnotherapy Mp3’s to affirmations, to access to our online community to get support from other people who are experiencing the same things as you.
So, we look at people like Adele and we assume that because she’s so amazing at what she does that she must be super confident but the truth is that Adele has been known to get so nervous before her performances that she actually throws up. We look at people like Mel Robbins. You might know Mel Robbins, her book that is most famous is called the 5 Second Rule and she did a TED talk in 2011 and during her TED talk she comes across as totally together, calm, confident and collected and yet she talks about how the reality was that during that TED talk she was having a panic attack the whole time.
Even people like Michelle Obama and Meryl Streep have spoken about imposter syndrome and how they doubt themselves and how they sometimes they don’t feel good enough and so it’s so easy to look at other people who appear to have it all together, who appear to have everything figured out and we assume that they do have it together and they’ve got it all figured out and that somehow they were just born confident and that it’s actually just easy for them, it comes naturally for them and we could never do that we’re not good enough for that.
We struggle, we doubt ourselves, we don’t feel confident, we get scared and so we can never do you know the things that we really want to do. It means we don’t put ourselves out there, speak up or share our art and so this is just one of the ways that we really hold ourselves back. When we peel below the surface of people that appear really confident we learn actually what looks like confidence is often courage.
Reframing Confidence
Part of what I’m inviting you to do is to really just question this idea that you need to be confident before you do the things you want to do. Because lots of people are feeling afraid, doubting themselves, questioning their abilities and they’re still putting themselves out there and you wouldn’t necessarily know that they were not confident unless you asked them or they came out about that.
So what if we just gave ourselves permission to be afraid but to take action anyway. What if doubting yourself was completely normal and not a sign that you’re not good enough and not a sign that you should not put yourself forward for things… but actually just a normal side effect of being a human being? What if fear was actually an invitation for you to walk towards that? What if imposter syndrome was not a sign that you are not good enough or a fraud but actually just a sign that you are doing something that is outside of your comfort zone, your doing something new, you’re expanding your horizons, your expanding what’s possible for you and your learning and growing and stretching.
Give yourself permission What more we could give ourselves permission to do. And if we could say no more if we had the confidence to say no, if we have the confidence to ask for what we wanted and to do all the things that we dream of doing – what would we be capable of and how much are we missing out on by holding ourselves back. Just think about this how much time, how much energy, how much money are we missing out on because we don’t feel that we’re able not to do and say what we really want and we’re held back by fears.
Now, someone told me quite recently at a women’s event where we were all talking about shame and it’s one of these situations like a women’s circle where we’re all in a circle and you had to take it in turns to speak and to share something. Obviously shame is a topic where it’s not that easy to talk about it’s actually quite scary and it feels very vulnerable and the teacher said ‘If your heart is racing that means it’s your turn to speak’. This really stayed with me because when we have anxiety or we experience a lot of fear we often take our racing heart as a sign to run away, to stay quiet, to avoid and of course that’s completely natural because the fear makes us want to avoid things – biologically it’s helping us to run away or fight or the unpleasantness of experiencing that anxiety or fear means that we intrinsically want to avoid it but what if that racing heart was actually your invitation, your cue to speak, to walk towards that thing that you’re afraid of?
Walk towards, or run away I’ve often found in moments where I’m experiencing fear about whether to take action on something or not that there is a real moment where a choice emerges where I can either walk towards something or I can walk away and it might be for you a moment in a talk where you get the opportunity to ask a question and there’s that moment where you could put your hand up and ask the question or you could just stay quiet. It might be that moment where you spot someone in a room that you really want to introduce yourself to and you have that moment your heart starts to race and you think I could go over and introduce myself or I could just stay here and stay safe and that moment when your heart starts to race? That’s your cue to go and take that action. That’s the que to go and do the thing that means you are walking towards your fear and that’s really one thing that I’ve learned through managing my anxiety and helping lots of other people and it’s the fear shrinks when we walk towards it and actually fear tends to grow when we run away from it.
When we avoid situations for me I avoided parties, I never would go to a networking event. I was really intimidated by anyone new and the more I avoided that the more scary those sorts of situations became and it was only by challenging myself and walking towards the fear that it started to reduce and so what happens when we walk towards our fear is that our nervous system learns that we can survive that situation so little by little as I started to really challenge myself, push myself out of my comfort zone, forced myself to speak to people, force myself to speak in public, introduce myself to people all those sorts of things and my nervous system learned ‘oh I don’t actually die’ in this situation I do actually survive and better yet quite often good things come of that and you start to retrain your nervous system, your brain, your body learns it’s actually safe for you to do the things that in the past scared you and frightened you.
Your heart is racing for a reason I had this experience recently I was in America on holiday having a road trip with a good friend of mine and we were driving I think we’re in Virginia one of these states around that part of the country on the East Coast and we were in a Mexican restaurant and we just had dinner and we had just settled up the bill were about to leave and suddenly you know one of the waiters comes on to a microphone and announces that Friday night is karaoke night. As soon as he said that my heart started to pound in my chest and I literally started shaking my hands are shaking as I was holding the bill that we just paid and because I’ve just written this book Brave New Girl, I had pretty much no option but to take that as a sign! This is a sign that this is my turn to go and do karaoke.
But just giving you a bit of a background I might have shared this on Instagram before but for years I’ve had a massive block about singing. I used to love singing as a child, as a teenager I would sing all the time and then I got slightly traumatized by my first boyfriend when I was I think about fifteen and I was singing and playing guitar in front of him and he said something to me like ‘you think you’re so good at singing guitar but you’re really not’ and this really stayed in me and I basically didn’t sing in front of anyone for about fifteen years after that.
I’m a sensitive person and this hit me hard and that sense of criticism I just didn’t forget. It was only a couple of years ago that I finally got over this fear of singing in front of people and to do something like singing karaoke in front of a load of strangers felt very scary! I don’t drink alcohol so I couldn’t even have some Dutch courage. I found myself literally shaking as I held the microphone belting out a bit of Adele in front of out thirty people in this random Mexican restaurant in Virginia in the United States.
I had this big, big sense of achievement afterwards because I knew that I’d walked towards my fear I hadn’t run away and I’d taken that racing heart as a sign that actually this is a chance for me to overcome my fear here. This is a chance for me to grow my confidence and it’s really interesting how when we walk towards our fear when we do something that is outside of our comfort zone, that is a challenge it makes us feel good. We feel good about ourselves, we feel resilient, we feel capable, we learn to trust ourselves and this is why I’m inviting you to join me in the Brave New Girl challenge and already lots of people have been posting on Instagram and tagging the hash tag brave new girl and also sending me just direct messages if they don’t feel like sharing it publicly to share about the small ways that they’ve been challenging themselves.
How will you challenge yourself? So, some examples I’ve had was someone who went to the cinema on their own, another person asked a friend on Instagram someone that they were kind of friends with on Instagram but they hadn’t met in real life that they wanted to meet up in real life and they had a really nice day together.
Someone else took some steps to change their career, some scary steps in that direction and it’s just amazing and it’s really interesting how we just get ourselves into this mindset of ‘right I’m a brave new girl’ or a ‘brave new boy’ or however you identify ‘brave new you’ and having this mindset of ‘right, I’m going to challenge myself’. I’m in this mode of challenging myself just means that you’re giving the extra push to do those things that you might not normally do and honestly this is how we grow our confidence, this is how we become more resilient, more capable, this is how we expand our horizons and expand what is possible for us and start to discover what our potential is.
So, if I can go from completely paralyzed and able to sing in front of anyone to belting out Adele in front of a load of strangers then I think you can do this as well and so I really hope you’ll join me. You can tag me on Instagram @ChloeBrotheridge hash tag brave new girl or just send me a D.M. and I would love to celebrate your challenges and the action that you’re taking to grow your confidence. So, thank you so much for listening to this today I really hope you got something from this. Let me know on Instagram on @ChloeBrotheridge and if you enjoy this episode it means such a lot if you can take the time to leave a review on Itunes or in the podcast app. It really helps other people to find it and do share it with a friend if you think they would like it as well and you can check out my book Brave New Girl: 7 Steps of confidence in all the bookshops on Amazon and in Audible, read by me. I hope you have a brilliant week and I’m sending you loads of love.
The post Ep 57. How to be a Brave New You + grow your confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
Extinction rebellion and David Attenborough have made climate change more and more in our minds, and alongside that, eco-anxiety is on the rise. This episode is about being brave enough to face things, to speak up about what we believe in (even in the face of criticism) and choosing action over anxiety. If you’re struggling […]
The post Ep 56. Having the courage to speak up and make a change with Zanna Van Dijk appeared first on Calmer you.
Extinction rebellion and David Attenborough have made climate change more and more in our minds, and alongside that, eco-anxiety is on the rise.
This episode is about being brave enough to face things, to speak up about what we believe in (even in the face of criticism) and choosing action over anxiety.
If you’re struggling with eco anxiety, I’m afraid this is not a podcast that is going to reassure you – but rather its a call to action for all of us to do what we can to change the situation. We can channel our anxiety into action and not just be paralysed by worry and feeling helpless. It takes courage to face this and to start to question our behaviours – no one is doing this perfectly so it’s really important to be kind to ourselves and know that it’s not that we’ve been bad or done something wrong, but now is the time to educate ourselves and take action .
I talk to Zanna about:
-How to raise issues of the environment and having the courage to have difficult conversations (when maybe your friends and family don’t have the same views as you)
-What action can we take to change things
-Zanna shares a really interesting example of how she’s come under criticism and how she handles it
Get 20% off Sweaty Betty when you click here and enter the code calmeryou
Buy my new book Brave New Girl
Don’t forget you can get a free anxiety busting toolkit at calmer-you.com/free
Thanks so much for listening !
Transcript:
Chloe Brotheridge: So, hello and welcome to the Calmer You Podcast. This is your host Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a hypnotherapist and a coach and I’m the author of Anxiety’s Solution and the new book Brave New Girl and this is a Brave New Girl edition of the podcast and it’s all about helping you to become your calmest happiest and most confident courageous self. So, this week I’m talking to Zanna Van Dijk who is someone that I wanted to talk to for quite some time and we’ve seen a lot of stuff in the press recently with Extinction Rebellion and David Attenborough talking a lot about climate change and so it’s more and more at the front of our minds and I’m also hearing a lot about eco anxiety and how that is on the rise as well. This podcast is really about being brave enough to face the reality of things and to speak up about what we believe in even in the face of criticism and it’s really about how we can start to choose action over anxiety because so often we have a tendency to ruminate over things or get paralyzed by the enormity of an issue and we feel unable to actually do anything about it. This is really about how we can channel our care and our concern which is valid into the action to make a better change. If you are struggling with eco anxiety I’m afraid this podcast episode is not necessarily going to reassure you as such it’s not going to say to you, you know everything is going to be okay just relax don’t worry. I’m afraid that isn’t the case so if you really are struggling with eco anxiety it might be that listening to this isn’t the right thing for you right now. This is a call to action for all of us and it’s about what we can do to change the situation and how we can channel our anxiety into making a change not just getting paralyzed by fear and worry and feeling helpless. It takes courage to face up to things and to question our own behaviours and some of the things that we discuss in this episode might feel quite confronting for you and I really encourage you just to listen with an open mind and know that it’s not about making any of us wrong because no one is doing this perfectly, no one is making no impact on the climate, we are all having an impact on the climate no matter how often we use a reusable coffee cup – so be very kind to yourself and this is just an invitation for all of us to educate ourselves so that we can take some action. So I talked to Zanna about how to raise issues about the environment with other people and having the courage to have those difficult conversations and actually this is applicable to any kind of difficult conversation that you might want to have with friends or family members that maybe don’t hold the same views as you and Zanna has had a lot of experience in doing this. We talk about what action, what specific action we can take to help our planet, to help the environment and Zanna also really bravely shares an interesting example of how she’s come under criticism and had dozens of really quite aggressive messages on her Instagram and how she has handled that and turned that around is a really beautiful example of how she did this. So don’t forget you can download a free anxiety busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and I love to hear what you think of this episode on Instagram. You can find me @ChloeBrotheridge so let’s get into the episode. This podcast is sponsored by Sweaty Betty. With beautiful and high performance acts of wear from bum sculpting leggings to supportive sports bars. Sweaty Betty has it covered for every single sport from the gym to the yoga studio to let’s face it relaxing, working from home you’ll often find me wearing my favorite athletes brand Sweaty Betty where bum sculpting leggings have become my new favourites. I have to say I feel really good in them. They’re just cut beautifully and best of all their leggings are built to last. They use high quality and durable fabrics. I actually have a pair of Sweaty Betty leggings from a couple of years ago that I still use and love. Sweat Betty are offering listeners twenty percent off when you enter the promo code calmeryou on their website so you can head over to SweatyBetty.com/podcast and enter the code calmer you that’s calmeryou and you get twenty percent off. Definitely check out their stuff and you’re going to love it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Welcome Zanna, thank you so much for joining me today.
Zanna Van Dijk: Thank you for having me.
Chloe Brotheridge: How are you?
Zanna Van Dijk: Oh, I’m very good, happy to be here.
Chloe Brotheridge: I’m really excited to speak to you. Can you tell us and the people who don’t know you, what you do and how you got to where you are today.
Zanna Van Dijk: Those are big questions and questions that I often find quite challenging to answer because my job is hard to define. I tend to say blog owner and business owner because I blog across different platforms and I own multiple businesses that tend to cover all the bases. I can go into more details on that later but in terms of how I got here, I qualified as an S L T a Speech Linguist Therapist 5 years ago. So, I did a 4 year degree in Speech Science. Two years into that degree I started my ‘fitness blog’. It was on social media platforms and then when I left university I created an actual concrete blog and then I started blogging as a career about a year later when I started to realize that it could be a career. But back then when I first started like 7 years ago it definitely wasn’t something I saw as being a career. I am somebody who’s always been online. I was blogging from the age of 15 so I did a fashion blog for a couple years, beauty blog for a couple of years not ever for money or anything. Basically because I just enjoyed it. I’ve always been an online person. I used to code web pages, I used to do online graphic design. I used to be a gamer. The Internet was my happy place for most of my teenage years so even when I started speech therapy and I got into science I always saw the Internet as where I went for my fun so it’s amazing that now online is my job and being a social media creator and owning online businesses is what I do, so kind of like I found my destiny.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s amazing that at such a young age that you were so Entrepreneurial and just trying things.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, even when I was 15 there was this platform called Bebo, a social media platform, and my friends used to pay me to make them banners for their profiles and stuff. I’d do graphic design for the Bebo profiles on paint. It’s crazy, I’m like such a little online nerd.
Chloe Brotheridge: You’re a trailblazer from an early age basically.
Zanna Van Dijk: You could say that or you could just say somebody with too much time on their hands.
Chloe Brotheridge: Amazing. One of the things I really wanted to talk about to you is your work with activism. Talking about the environment you know it’s something that I hear all the time from people that it’s a source of anxiety and also it’s something they want to do something about.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yes
Chloe Brotheridge: I get questions from people feeling that they feel very alone with it because they they’re worried about it but want to make a change but maybe their family or friends don’t. Can you just start off by telling us how you got interested in your work in environmental?
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, that’s such a valid question with all those subjects I feel like I felt the same so we can definitely talk about this. In terms of how I got into it, it actually started when I watched this documentary called Before the Flood. I don’t know if you’ve heard of it. Leonardo DiCaprio presented it and I watched that and I was like wow we got a bit of a bleak future ahead and in that moment I thought I’m going to start making some changes so off the back of that documentary I stopped eating red meat and I remember saying on to my social media I’m just going to stop eating red meat don’t worry I’ll never be a vegetarian, I’ll never be vegan. Well, here I am two years later a vegan. So, I kind of just did that for the planet. Then I thought I was doing nothing and I could do something by being plant based because I just thought like that was the only thing you could do for the planet. Little did I know there’s like a gazillion things you could do for the planet and I started to learn those over the course of the next few years. I got a little bit obsessive about learning about it. This is a sort of person that I am that when I get into just doing something I just delve deep into it and I started subscribing to environmental newsletters. I was in the Guardian environmental pages every single day and I just realized I’m feeling a little bit scared about this whole scenario so I’d like to try and use my platform for good and to raise awareness so I started gently drip dropping little environmental nuggets into my social media and it went down really well so now probably about one-third of my content is environmental content which is a huge proportion of what I do so yeah I’m really, really passionate about it.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s amazing and I’m curious what happened when you made that transition and started talking about that more. How do people respond to that? I’ve been a vegetarian my whole life and I don’t judge other people for eating other things. I really don’t care, I don’t try to persuade people to be a vegetarian but I often find that people I don’t know a bit funny about the whole topic.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, you know I had two different experiences. My online experience was better than my in person experience because online people are just happy to see me using my platform for good and they’re like oh I’ve never thought about that. I’ve never heard about that. It’s amazing that you are talking about these subjects. I started talking about it maybe three years ago which is before the big hype right now, The Blue Planet effect, which people were just excited that I was talking about it but then in person it was definitely a different story. My mom was like when is this phase going to end and my boyfriend was like oh so you’re not eating meat now. My friends, I could tell, kind of felt a bit on edge like do you mind if I eat meat in front of you. Do you mind if I do this, or don’t judge me because I’ve got a take away coffee. I kind of felt like people really thought I was judging them in person and in reality I might think in my head oh I wish you’d not use a throw away coffee cup. But I’m never going to say anything. I’m never going to pass judgment on you and say something. So, yeah online was fine, in person I felt like people were a little bit worried but now that I’ve been doing it for four years since I started really caring about the planet people in person don’t really care and they know that I’m not going to do this, I’m not going to pass judgement so yeah, it’s been interesting Actually, online is where it’s got worse and in person it’s got better. So it’s been like two different trajectories. Online even though now I’m doing more than I’ve ever done for the planet the expectations are higher on me because I’ve been talking about it for a while so there’s a lot of well you’re not doing enough. Well, you have to quit because you still do this and what frustrates me about this is if I was a blogger who was a fast fashion blogger who ate beef at every meal, have a disposable carton for every meal, nobody would say anything because that’s all I’ve ever done. But because now I can, I’ve made changes and people are like why haven’t you my made this change? I think wait a second why am I the one who is getting called out and there’s people who are doing nothing and nobody says anything. I kind of feel like some things are better than nothing at least I’m making a positive change. It’s about something which I’ve definitely struggled with over the past maybe 18 months. People saying it’s not enough and I kind of feel like that attitude of saying it’s not enough is going to put off people who haven’t done anything. You have to stop demonizing people who are trying to do some things good even if they’re not perfect because otherwise people who haven’t done anything to try and support the planet and are going to do anything because they’re scared of criticism. So I think let me be real. 90 percent of the comments I get are supportive, 95 percent are supportive enough but there’s still 5 percent who ask why haven’t you done this, why haven’t you done that. So, that’s why I currently find it to be a struggle with talking about the planet but I know, I know that I am doing more than the vast majority of the population so I know in myself I’m happy with what I’m doing and it’s just a case of realizing I’m never going to please everybody and I try and take on board any criticism people have if it’s constructive and they say it nicely. Then I’ll listen. But if you make forty new accounts just to leave more hate comments because I’ve blocked you and then leave me capital letters telling me that I’m a liar and a hypocrite which happened last week. I’ve actually woke up every single morning to like between thirty and forty new comments from this account. I was like wow you’re really not making me change my attitude just making me more annoyed at you.
Chloe Brotheridge: It’s crazy, it’s really crazy.
Zanna Van Dijk: There’s a way of suggesting people can improve and that wasn’t the way to do it.
And I think it’s so much about the perfectionism thing and expectations we put on people. In a sense it’s impossible to perfectly support the environment. Everything that we buy, everything really you can trace it back sadly and find there’s some horrible story about having made it in another country and people are getting exploited. Even our smart phones, I was reading an article yesterday which was saying data centers which hold the data that’s in our phone are set to overtake the transportation system in terms of the energy usage because we are using so much data and so much energy storing our data. Nobody thinks about that. They’re like oh well why are you still driving a car, why are you doing this, why are you doing that. I’m like you’re using a smartphone mate you’re still contributing, we’re all contributing every second of every day every action we take is contributing and I don’t see that as a scary thing I see it as a positive thing that we can control our actions. We are all having an impact and nobody’s perfect. It’s tough to invest in the best that we can.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, absolutely, I think, I think about being a bit kinder to each other. If we must call each other out on things or criticize do it in kinder way and remember that we’re not perfect. You know if you are Vegan you might drive a dirty car or something, there’s always going to be something. We shouldn’t judge each other anyway but we definitely shouldn’t judge each other about these sorts of things.
Zanna Van Dijk: Exactly.
Chloe Brotheridge: Because it can almost become so overwhelming you just think oh I’m not going to bother that’s too much we’ll just bury our heads in the sand.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, you get paralyzed into inaction that’s the thing like there’s two ways it can go so you might watch this documentary called Cowspiracy which talks about the planet and you can either watch it and go holy moly I need to change my lifestyle or you can go that’s too much we’re doomed anyway I’m not going to do anything. I kind of feel like we need to choose the former option of those two because if we choose the latter nothing’s going to change and we kind of need really urgent change in the next 12 years so we all need to get on board in some way.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, definitely and you know I think it takes courage to face up to these things and we can do it but we do need to perhaps go through the discomfort of actually realizing that maybe our addiction to fast fashion needs to change. Definitely needs to change. Or the fact that we are always buying things in the plastic tubes and all these things and I’m sure there are people listening that are feeling that defensiveness rise up because none of us really wants to be wrong. It’s hard to face up to that and I know exactly what that feels like when I’m criticized. I get that we all do but just for people listening just be curious about this and have an open mind and don’t judge yourself or make yourself wrong but just start to educate yourself.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, I think we should see it as an inquisitive thing to question whether what we’ve been told is true is actually true. I was doing a talk the other day and I said for me eating a more plant based diet was the first step of me questioning what I’ve been told to believe because I’d always been told that we had to eat meat to get protein and we had to eat meat to be healthy and when I realized that we didn’t have to do that I was like wow what other things have I been told that I don’t quite believe. Once you start doing that you stop seeing it as a criticism of your lifestyle, you start seeing it as a questioning of what we’ve been told in the condition that we’ve been given. It’s not about being wrong, you’ve just been raised to believe a certain thing or do a certain thing and we’ve never been told to question these things. So, don’t criticize yourself for doing something which you want to now change. It’s a case of learning about whether or not my lifestyle is in line with my beliefs and my morality. I’m not a bad person because I’ve been living this way but I’m somebody who is open to learning and open to change so let’s start that journey.
Chloe Brotheridge: Definitely, so being open to it but not, not beating ourselves up over things.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, yeah
Chloe Brotheridge: One of the messages I hope people take away from this episode is that we can take our anxiety about it and we can turn that into some action. And as women we tend to ruminate over things and not take action. And the fear of making a wrong choice or a fear of what other people might think. Actually just taking a bit of action will alleviate some of the anxiety because we know we’re part of the change.
Zanna Van Dijk: Exactly and I think there is a lot of anxiety, there is a lot of fear and it’s very natural to feel a little bit terrified when you start learning about climate change and the trajectory that we’re currently on but I think we can turn that fear into positive action and we shouldn’t be afraid of being afraid because I think that fear is your motivation that is your push to do positive actions and to talk to other people and to spread the message so embrace the fear and use it for good.
Chloe Brotheridge: The idea of not being afraid to be afraid because I think we often we don’t want to feel whatever we’re feeling so we numb ourselves, we escape, we watch Netflix so that we don’t have to think about things. But actually allowing ourselves to feel the feelings. It’s completely natural to feel that way it’s natural to feel scared. I think we’re so disconnected from the natural world and we know what’s happening, even subconsciously we know that disconnection and the fact that we’re not treating our home right and that’s going to create a subtle underlying anxiety. We need to listen to that and actually we need to listen and take action. Do you experience eco anxiety?
Zanna Van Dijk: This weekend I experienced eco anxiety. I tend to. I self-regulate because I know that I can get very overwhelmed by the situation that we’re in and I’ve kind of drowned myself in information about climate change over the past few years and there’s been times when every single day I was reading the environmental pages of the newspaper and I was subscribing to newsletters and I was learning about this and learning about that and I was like oh my God every single day I’m being bombarded with this information about the state of our planet and it’s very overwhelming and in those periods I definitely experienced eco anxiety. This past weekend I watched a documentary called Climate Change and I watched a documentary called Our Planet and I also started a new book called the Inhabitable Earth. That is a lot to do in one weekend and by the end of the weekend last night Sunday night I was like wow I feel really scared for the future of humanity. I don’t often give myself that much exposure to everything that’s happening because I don’t need that much to be motivated to change. If you’re somebody who isn’t motivated at all to change, go on read the articles get the fear and use it for good. If you’re somebody who’s already making changes don’t overwhelm yourself every single day just because you want to learn more because you’re literally going to paralyze yourself into inaction. You’d be so scared that you do nothing. So just get a little dose every now and then of what you need to know to have the knowledge of what’s currently happening and to keep yourself motivated but not to scare yourself into inaction for sure.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay, okay, that’s such good advice. Yeah, there’s actually two thousand people listening people that have eco anxiety and most want to be reassured. I don’t know if we can really reassure ourselves but it’s about what can we do. For people that maybe aren’t even thinking about it that much or have buried their heads in the sand and actually this is not going to make you anxious, perhaps just take this as an invitation to start to look into that a bit more.
Zanna Van Dijk: If you are listening to this and you don’t really care about the planet please just get involved please. We got a pretty dire situation on our hands so I’d really appreciate it if you could just read a few articles and open your eyes and not allow yourself to sit in a state of blissful ignorance because we can’t be affording to do that anymore. We have like 12 years to really make a rapid turnaround and every single one of us needs to be in the same boat so please hop in that boat with me.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, yeah and I suspect most of the people listening with anxiety tend to be sensitive, sensitive souls and probably are quite aware of this sort of thing anyway and we can use that sensitivity but we’re often called snowflakes in the millennial generation. That sensitivity can be useful because actually we’re the ones that are going to use our care to change things and make the world better.
Zanna Van Dijk: Exactly
Chloe Brotheridge: So, we can be strong snowflakes I think.
Zanna Van Dijk: I like that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Just in terms of veganism. I read a stat recently I think is in the Guardian that 51 percent of greenhouse emissions come from meat and dairy industries. Quite shocking. I think people don’t realize that. I think the majority of people don’t think that’s like cars and planes.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah
Chloe Brotheridge: But in reality, I know agriculture is a huge huge, huge contributing factor to climate change and the thing is it goes far beyond emissions. The reason why I personally believe I know agriculture is the biggest challenge that our current population is facing along with fossil fuels is the fact that it has so many other impacts beyond emissions. So, your 91 percent of Amazon rain forest deforestation has come from cattle. So, 91 percent of what’s been chopped down of the Amazon rainforest is due to agriculture just let that sink in 91 percent, that’s a lot and then also it pollutes waterways that leads to desertification of land after it’s been grazed on.
Zanna Van Dijk: Well, let’s talk about cows farting. I mean sounds like a joke but it actually it must be said.
Chloe Brotheridge: They release methane which is common. It is atleast four if not more times more powerful than carbon dioxide in terms of its impact as a greenhouse gas and the warming effects on the planet. So, there’s also problems with like the huge quantities of wastes that are produced by the animals which we raise for meat and that has nowhere to go so it ends up going on to the lands surrounding people. I was reading a book recently really, really good book I actually recommend it. It’s called Farmageddon and it talks about the impacts on local people’s lives who live near different kinds of industrial farming. It’s not just about animal sufferings. If you’re not really into animals that might not make a connection for you but if you’re a humanitarian and you care about human rights there’s so many impacts of animal agriculture on humans that are actually really, really detrimental and we don’t ever realize it. In those areas in South America where they do all the anchovies farming, for example, they basically fish millions and millions of anchovies which is then ground up into meal which is fed to cattle and these people are not eating any fish because all of that food source has been exported away from them and they literally have no food left for themselves and they are getting malnourished and developing different diseases. Why is nobody talking about this? Nobody is talking about this. It’s like the cloth has been pulled over our eyes and nobody is questioning where this meat comes from. I don’t know but animal agriculture is something which also I think we can see is an empowering saying because it’s something which we can change three times a day right so yeah you can change your energy supply to be a renewable energy supply, please do that, but that’s one change that you make okay that’s one change but what you eat every single day is something you should do a minimum of three times a day. If you’re like me like six times a day so what you’re eating every day is an action that you can take towards positive change. If you can eat less meat and eat more plants you’re literally acting towards supporting the planet which I think is an awesome empowering thing to do.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, absolutely. It’s interesting isn’t it because it’s so disconnected from actually where our food comes from which is say milk in the supermarket with pictures of happy cows and we’re just really disconnected from that and I think if we knew more about where food came from we’ll make very different decisions.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, it’s like every single thing that is in that supermarket has a whole chain reaction which has led to it being there and as you said there’s a whole disconnection of how plants are grown. My dad is a farmer he grows plants. I did a little tour a few months back of his little greenhouse and garden patch. I saw how broccoli grows and how butternut squash grows and what asparagus looks like when it comes out the ground and people were messaging me like I have never seen a broccoli plant in my life. I didn’t know that that is what a broccoli plant looked like. There is such a disconnection, the more that we can connect with everything that we’re consuming and where it comes from the more conscious we’ll be with our consumption for sure.
Zanna Van Dijk: It’s interesting, I went to a talk recently about nature relatedness. Have you heard those terms before? Basically means how much we feel that we are a part of nature and the more connected to nature we are the more we remember we are actually human beings, we are animals, we come from nature. We think of ourselves as separate but the more we can accept that and recognize that the happier we are and the calmer we are and so it has all these benefits to our mental health. To reconnect to the fact that we’re part of nature so you know doing this work to educate ourselves can have that benefit as well when we remember.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, I think that it’s very easy to become disconnected from nature nowadays especially those of us who live in London, in this little box. I can see some trees outside my window but that’s about it you know I mean the rest of my life is like concrete so you forget the fact that where we are right now, this used to be forest, this used to be land which was farmed or something and now it’s just concrete jungle so I think we definitely need to reconnect ourselves in nature. I actually talk a lot on my social media about green space because I think every single day I get at least 10 to 30 minutes of green space where I’ll just sit in the park or walk in the park or just look at a blossom anything because otherwise you get lost in this crazy London city life and you forget that we are an animal. I think we have a superiority complex like we are better than everything else. I mean we are pretty awesome but we are animals and we have to take responsibility for our actions and the planet has given so much to us. It has given us life and I think the way that I see it being environmentally friendly or trying to be a little bit more eco conscious is paying rent right. We are given this life to live. We get to live on this planet for free. Why can’t we pay rent by trying to be a little bit more conscious and look after our home. I pay rent for this flat. I should pay rent to the planet by being a little bit more conscious of how I live and consume.
Zanna Van Dijk: I love that idea because I think we’re in the mindset of just what can we take.
Chloe Brotheridge: So, what do you think of Extinction Rebellion?
Zanna Van Dijk: You know what, I think they’re great. I think a lot people hate extinction rebellion but I actually went to one of their protests in London. I went to one in Oxford Circus only for an hour because I was really busy working that week but I popped along had a little dance and some good vibes. Tried to serve the planet with some nice beautiful people but I feel like yes I disrupted travels, I disrupted Londoners but let’s be real what’s happening to the planet is going to be much more disruptive than a few people being late for work so I think what they’re doing is amazing. It’s raised consciousness its raised awareness, it’s got people in the news talking about climate change and that was the impact that they wanted and they’ve achieved that so I’m a big fan
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, yeah, me too, me too. I first heard of them only a few months ago. It just exploded. I really like such a new organization.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, yeah they’ve done a lot and were in the newspapers every day. It’s raised people’s awareness and I’m sure I read something yesterday about how people are Googling climate change. There’s been a massive spike in the number of people that are just looking into that so that’s a positive thing
Chloe Brotheridge: There’s also Greta Thunberg.
Zanna Van Dijk: Oh my gosh!
Chloe Brotheridge: What an amazing girl she is doing awesome things! You know we’re are in a tricky situation when children are acting like leaders and leaders are acting like children and it just made me realize she is literally being a leader. That generation are the ones who are going to suffer for our choices and she’s just like I’m not going to take this and she’s fighting back and good on her because people listen to children. Yeah it was like a 28 year old Londoner was opinionated but when a child stands up for what they believe in and they missed school and they do a protest it’s damn this is a serious situation. So I’m a huge fan of what she’s doing. She’s an awesome little girl and she’s changing the world but what a legacy she’s going to have.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, yeah she’s amazing. Yet she’s come under horrible criticism and death threats. Yes, death threats to her family, people talking about her privileged background doesn’t give her a position to speak. It’s terrible.
Zanna Van Dijk: I’m rooting for her as well
Chloe Brotheridge: There was a bit of artwork that Banksy did in Marble Arch where Extinction Rebellion were having their protest there’s an image and he’s written a quote from this moment where despair ends and tactics begin and that was just a good message.
Zanna Van Dijk: I like that, I like that because we need to I know this is a podcast about anxiety and I don’t want you guys to feel too anxious but as we said use the energy for good and we need to talk tactics and we need to talk change. We can’t just sit here and be quivering in our beds we need to be actually doing some things so I really, really like that part.
Chloe Brotheridge: Absolutely. What can we do? Can we talk about what we can actually do.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, of course we can.
Chloe Brotheridge: I know one thing that I have been a part of your Facebook group for quite a while and you had twelve thousand people there.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, it’s actually thirty thousand now.
Chloe Brotheridge: And it’s a living consciously crew on Facebook.
Zanna Van Dijk: Feel free to come and join. That is my little baby that group. It’s basically like a judgment free place to go and talk about living a more conscious lifestyle and if you’re somebody who literally hasn’t even dipped their toe into the living consciously world that is a great place for you to go because it’s judgment free. Nobody’s going to criticize you for what you’re doing, nobody is going to judge you, nobody’s going to shame me for not doing enough. It’s such a supportive network of people and I moderate it so if you see any nastiness just tell me but I haven’t seen anything in six months. It’s all just been so lovely and positive in there so if you’re somebody who wants to know more about how to live more eco friendly that’s a great place to stop. But in terms of my personal tips I mean there’s so many things but I think the main thing, number one, educate yourself about what’s going on. I have a resources page on my website zannavandijk/uk.com resources that has all the books, articles and documentaries I’ve read and watched which I think are really informative and educational. I think it is a great place to stop. The second thing is to talk about it and I think you have to raise awareness of other people. You have so much impact because if you start talking about reducing plastic usage in your office you have ten people in your desk and they all get a reusable coffee cup and if they use a single use coffee cup every single day of the year you’ve saved thousands of coffee cups just by you talking to your deskmates about re-usable coffee cups. So don’t think that you don’t have an impact because every single person can have such a huge ripple effect. So, the next thing is to talk about the environment and talk about the changes that you’re making. Changes to make I mean there’s a lot, there’s things like reducing plastic usage, eating more plants, eating less meat, looking for a new global energy in reducing travel in terms of public transport rather than just driving your car on your own etc. etc. There’s a million and one things to do in terms of that so I might not be able to delve into all of that. The next thing, the final most important thing is to get involved in political change so sign petitions when you see them on Facebook. If your friend shares a petition about the kind of climate emergency that’s a conversation that’s going around sign it just sign. It takes two minutes of your time but that petition could lead to a policy change so get involved in that. If you see an Extinction Rebellion protest go along to it. I know it sounds scary to be a part of something like that but ultimately individual action is important but political change is what’s going to save the world so we need to be a supporter of political change. If your local M.P. says we’re going to bring in this new recycling scheme support that like any political change support that because when we want something they listen so when we the individuals who live in the U.K. are all starting to get more #woke and we want things to happen for positive change politicians will listen, but if we don’t show them that we care they are not going to change.
Chloe Brotheridge: I think that’s such an important point because yes we can stop using coffee cups but actually it’s going to come from the highest levels for real change in terms of our governments. Up until now things haven’t been popular enough with people in order for the governments to risk coming out and saying they are going to do this because it’s all about what is going to get them elected.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, if we start talking about single use plastic policies that start happening and that’s because of one T.V. series and that’s because the general consensus and consciousness in the U.K. changed and people demanded change. It just shows that when we want things and we share that we want change and we talk about it on social media, we talk about it with our friends, we demand changes in our workplace, then people high up in the system will listen but we have to demand change or it’s not going to happen.
Chloe Brotheridge: But one of the questions that came in before recording this was around how to talk about things without not knowing how to deal with what other people are going to think when you start talking about that and the kind of the criticism or the arguments people can expect. People pleasers don’t want to upset other people, they don’t want to get into debates because that’s maybe something that scares us. So, how do we have this conversations or is about leading by example do you think?
Zanna Van Dijk: That is the most important thing, leading by example, and I’m saying for me in my personal life I have never preached to any of my friends. I’ve never sat down at a dinner party with my friends who consume a lot of animal products and said you shouldn’t be eating that. I’ve just said when I go to a dinner party hey you think you can have a vegan option available for me? That would be great. Then they will try the vegan option and they’re like wow that’s delicious and they say why are you eating this then they ask the questions rather than me forcing my opinion. They say oh why are you doing that and then I usually say do you really want to know and then when they say yeah I really want to know then I tell them why. But it’s more a good thing to lead by example and allow people to ask you why you’re doing what you’re doing rather than forcing it upon them. You say hey, look I’m happy, I’m healthy I’m living my best life. I’m also saving the planet over here why don’t you join me. I think that’s the best way to do it rather than forcing it down people’s throats although if you do want to go to a protest that would be a good thing to do.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, yeah, definitely, yeah I didn’t make it to the Extinction Rebellion one since I was away but I gave them money to help bail people out of jail.
Zanna Van Dijk: I always do that if you can’t make it to the protest.
Chloe Brotheridge: Cheeky donation.
Zanna Van Dijk: Okay, so leading by example and just you know people are going to be naturally curious. Aww, where did you get that coffee cup from or they see vegan and decide to try some and then you can, if they are curious, share things, but I think vegans have come and got kind of bad reputation for being preachy but actually a lot of them aren’t. The vast majority I would say aren’t but as I guess that no one wants to be preached at, no one wants to be criticized.
Chloe Brotheridge: You’re literally calling into question their life choices like that is not a fun thing to happen.
Zanna Van Dijk: So, people don’t want to be critized. Lead by example and just well, if somebody asks why do you got rid of your coffee cup don’t be like well did you know that the world is falling apart as a result of single use coffee cups. Say I found a really interesting article about this and I didn’t even realize that actually re-usable coffee, single use coffee cups can’t be recycled because of the plastic lining. Did you even know? Make it sound interesting rather than being critical. I think that’s the thing. If you share as if it’s a new interesting piece of knowledge not everyone knew before then people are learning with you. That feels much more empowering than being criticized.
Chloe Brotheridge: Definitely, definitely. I spoke to a friend who is a lecturer at Queen Mary University, Dr Emily Lines. She basically lectures on environmental things.
Zanna Van Dijk: But, she is much more qualified than I am.
Chloe Brotheridge: Well, we were on holiday together recently in America and I was trying to get her to reassure me that it was all going to be okay and she was like no I can’t really assure you this because this is what you can do and a lot of other things we’ve mentioned but she mentioned how important it is for us to try and preserve the rainforest that we have rather than planting more trees. I mean we should plant more trees but the rain forests are much better at absorbing carbon than a kind of a baby tree would be.
Zanna Van Dijk: And also the biodiversity that exists in rain forests is the most bio diverse area in the world so when we lose rain forest we lose thousands of species that go extinct so it’s not even just the carbon absorption it’s also just the biodiversity.
Chloe Brotheridge: I completely agree.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, yeah, so if people want to give some money to offset their flight or something, give to preserving the rainforest.
Chloe Brotheridge: Okay, is that what we need to recommend?
Zanna Van Dijk: Rainforest Lives are great .
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, yeah
Zanna Van Dijk: They do have some stuff for conserving rain forests.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, okay that’s the main thing. I’m so grateful for everything you’re doing and for sharing this and being brave enough to, to do it so publicly and inspiring people. I think this is really helpful.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yes, it’s terrifying when there’s like twenty people just watching and waiting for you to do something wrong. So, I actually do the post of the day. Did you see my post about flying?
Chloe Brotheridge: Yes, yes
Zanna Van Dijk: That was a long time overdue it was like a big elephant in the room. I kept getting messages about that. That’s what was what I was going on about recently because obviously as part of my job I am a travel blogger I’m a fitness and travel blogger I travel. I travelled to do a swimwear shoot for my swimwear brand it’s called Stay Wild Swim. It’s made of recycled ocean plastic so it’s made from mostly fishing nets and we turn that into swimwear.
Chloe Brotheridge: That’s beautiful.
Zanna Van Dijk: Thank you. I’m super super proud of it so we went to shoot that swimwear in the Maldives. We went there for multiple reasons. Number one I needed to get back from Maldives because I recently had a traumatic life experience in the Maldives and I needed to go back and make peace with that because it was scary last time I was there. It’s an amazing place. I almost died and then also my friend Natalie has never been to the Maldives. I knew a hotel there I was friends with them. I kind of just felt like a logical thing to do for us to go and shoot the swimwear collection there. Anyway, I got so much criticism for going people were like why are you flying to the Maldives. It’s so bad for the planet this and that and I was kind of like I am not perfect, I am not perfect and I know flying isn’t great but I try and offset that trip into the Maldives by doing twenty billion other things that I try and to do to support the planet and as we’re saying at the start of the podcast if people jump on me and criticize me for flying to the Maldives to shoot my sustainable swimwear brand and actually I had meetings with the hotel about how they could be more eco friendly. I was talking to them about how they can switch their sun cream to be a reef safe sun cream. What products they should be using in their bathroom so that people can go into the water after using the shower gel etc. If you don’t know, if you go into the ocean with a regular sun cream that can actually damage the coral reefs so it’s about educating the hotels about the fact that they need to make sure people are using reef safe sun cream etc. So, we will have a positive impact while we’re out there but I still got so much criticism for going and it just kind of made me realize that I’m never going to please everyone even if I am trying my damn hardest to have a positive impact and that every time I travel I do it with a purpose and help the hotel or raise awareness of some sort of issue while I’m there. I’m never going to please people so that has been a recent challenge that I’ve had.
Chloe Brotheridge: I saw that post and I thought that was just a really beautiful example of being open about something and addressing criticism in a very honest way. You bravely just share your truth and I thought that was a great example of doing that. You weren’t being defensive about it you weren’t, arguing back it was just you know honest.
Zanna Van Dijk: I just state the facts.
Chloe Brotheridge: Good post.
Zanna Van Dijk: Thanks, you know I thought I was going to get a lot more hate on that post. I maybe got two hate comments and about six hundred nice ones so I think I’ve done the right thing here by talking about this because I felt like I’d avoid it for so long for fear of being attacked. So, I was really, really glad that I spoke about it but yeah I just kind of feel like if you are going to put down somebody do it nicely because I had a few people D.M. me and say hey, I’m just wondering why you flew to the Maldives to shoot your swimwear collection there. I was like hey, these are my reasons why but if you go and leave a whole comment on my social media I’m not going to respond to you I’m going to feel defensive. So, it’s just a way of approaching people and trying to influence them to do something more positive or to think about their actions on that.
Chloe Brotheridge: Yeah, yeah I’m being curious again while they’re making an assumption about someone else.
Zanna Van Dijk: Actually, we don’t know the whole story of what’s going on.
Chloe Brotheridge: Exactly. So, be curious and no one is doing this perfectly and if we silence the people that are doing it imperfectly no one’s going to know how many voices are talking about the things that are important.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, it made me scared it made me literally scared to talk about sustainability because every time I did I got called out about flying and I was like this is not a healthy situation because I have a platform here and people are waiting for me to talk about this subject and I feel scared to talk about it. So that’s why I did the post because I was like I don’t want to be held back by criticism when I’m doing more than most so yeah and I didn’t feel any guilt in myself. I knew that I was doing my best but I knew that judgment was there I needed to address it.
Chloe Brotheridge: Well, I hope that this podcast is actually empowering for people. I know that as you said it’s hard for people with anxiety but don’t feel anxious feel empowered. Feel like you have the impact, you have the power to literally create so much change and to impact so many people. The example that I gave with the coffee cup can have such a ripple effect on the people around you and every single person who takes positive action is supporting change to support our planet so just get involved.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, definitely and you know this book is also about being brave and facing up to things and that sort of thing so you know I think all of this is really relevant so thank you.
Chloe Brotheridge: Where can people find out more about you and what you’re doing and what projects you’re working on at the moment.
Zanna Van Dijk: You can find me on social media at zannavandijk so Zanna Van Dijk. People seem to really struggle with my name. I’ve got YouTube, I’ve got Instagram, I’ve got Twitter, I’ve got Facebook, I’ve got a blog, I’ve got a newsletter and then also my swimwear company it’s called Stay Wild Swim so at staywildswim and yeah we do a lot of content on my Stay Wild Swim website which is about living more sustainably and so you can definitely check out that blog and that has like another twenty or thirty articles about different swaps you can make in different days of your life. That’s a great place to get information and finally the living consciously crew on Facebook come and join it’s a lovely community, everybody is so kind, so supportive and not judgemental at all. So, you’ll get all the support that you need to try and live a little bit more eco friendly.
Chloe Brotheridge: Oh yeah join the Facebook group. Just really good tips on everything. Like the best shampoo bar and just really practical things that we can all be getting involved in.
Zanna Van Dijk: Yeah, like which energy provider can I go to? How do I get out of my current energy provider if I’m locked in and like all that sorts of stuff like people literally share so much information there it’s amazing.
Chloe Brotheridge: Brilliant, thank you so much for talking to me .
Zanna Van Dijk: Many thanks for having me. Hope you all enjoyed it.
The post Ep 56. Having the courage to speak up and make a change with Zanna Van Dijk appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice Liveing is a Sunday Times bestselling author and pint-sized personal trainer, podcaster and influencer with a passion for health and fitness.
I LOVED this conversation and how open and honest Alice is – it was a great reminder that we’re all in this together, we all struggle and doubt ourselves at times and there are simple ways we can rise above this.
We discuss:
-Building confidence
-Fear of failure
-How to handle criticism and ‘feedback’
-Social media overwhelm
Find Alice on Instagram here
Listen to her podcast Give Me Strength
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 55. Confidence, fear of failure and handling criticism with Alice Liveing appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice Liveing is a Sunday Times bestselling author and pint-sized personal trainer, podcaster and influencer with a passion for health and fitness. I LOVED this conversation and how open and honest Alice is – it was a great reminder that we’re all in this together, we all struggle and doubt ourselves at times and there […]
The post Ep 55. Confidence, fear of failure and handling criticism with Alice Liveing appeared first on Calmer you.
Philippa Perry is a psychotherapist and author. Her most recent book is the number one Sunday Times Bestseller ‘The Book You Wish Your Parents Had Read’. She has appeared on TV recently on Celebs Go Dating for E4 as well as on programmes for Channel 4 and BBC 4.
Whether you’re a parent yourself, a future parent or you just want to gain some insights into how to improve your relationships – Philippa’s wisdom will give you valuable tools to communicate better, foster positive relationships and not pass too much of your own stuff on to your kids.
We discuss:
-Why this work is so important right now
-How to argue and not argue effectively with your child or partner
-How to own your own feelings
-How phone addiction affects us and our children
Get 20% off at Sweaty Betty by heading to www.sweatybetty.com/podcast and entering the code calmeryou at checkout
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 54. The things you wish your parents had known with Philippa Perry appeared first on Calmer you.
Philippa Perry is a psychotherapist and author. Her most recent book is the number one Sunday Times Bestseller ‘The Book You Wish Your Parents Had Read’. She has appeared on TV recently on Celebs Go Dating for E4 as well as on programmes for Channel 4 and BBC 4. Whether you’re a parent yourself, a […]
The post Ep 54. The things you wish your parents had known with Philippa Perry appeared first on Calmer you.
This week it’s a solo episode where I talk about imposter syndrome. I share: -My experience with imposter syndrome and how I overcame it -Why it’s so common -Four simple, practical steps to overcoming it Get 20% off Sweaty Betty at http://www.sweatybetty.com/podcast and enter the code calmeryou at checkout. Don’t forget to grab your FREE […]
The post Ep 53. Overcoming Imposter Syndrome appeared first on Calmer you.
This week it’s a solo episode where I talk about imposter syndrome.
I share:
-My experience with imposter syndrome and how I overcame it
-Why it’s so common
-Four simple, practical steps to overcoming it
Get 20% off Sweaty Betty at http://www.sweatybetty.com/podcast and enter the code calmeryou at checkout.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 53. Overcoming Imposter Syndrome appeared first on Calmer you.
Natalia Bojanic is a qualified meditation teacher with wide-ranging training, from time in a monastery in Nepal to currently being trained by Search Inside Yourself Leadership Institute, a programme developed at Google and based on Neuroscience, Emotional Intelligence and Mindfulness. She is also a certified yoga teacher.
We discuss:
-What is mindfulness?
-Natalia shares some key insights from the ‘Search Inside Yourself Leadership Institute’, a programme developed at Google and based on Neuroscience
-We discuss loneliness and how Natalia is overcoming it
Get 20% off at Sweaty Betty when you head to www.sweatybetty.com/podcast and enter the code ‘calmeryou‘
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 52. Meditation + Mindfulness with Natalia Bojanic appeared first on Calmer you.
Natalia Bojanic is a qualified meditation teacher with wide-ranging training, from time in a monastery in Nepal to currently being trained by Search Inside Yourself Leadership Institute, a programme developed at Google and based on Neuroscience, Emotional Intelligence and Mindfulness. She is also a certified yoga teacher. We discuss: -What is mindfulness? -Natalia shares some […]
The post Ep 52. Meditation + Mindfulness with Natalia Bojanic appeared first on Calmer you.
Kristina Karlsson is the Founder and Creative Director of global Swedish design and stationery business, kikki.K, with 102 kikki.K stores, stocked in another 250, and sold online to stationery and design lovers in over 147 countries worldwide. She’s also a sought-after international speaker, a passionate learner, self-improver and the proud mother of two children, Axel and Tiffany, with her partner, Paul.
‘I have this big crazy dream… I’m going to inspire and empower 101 million people around the world, just like you, to write down 3 dreams, and go chase them… and I believe that it’s completely possible to make that happen.’
We discuss:
-Kristina’s most powerful questions for identifying your dreams
-What stops us from living our dreams
-How Kristina stays calm while living a full life
-Plus: Her unusual motivational tool for lighting a fire under people to ensure they live their dream life.
Get 20% off at sweaty Betty when you head to www.sweatybetty.com/podcast and enter the code ‘calmeryou’
Learn more about Kristina’s book here https://www.kikki-k.com/uk/dreamlife.html
Find Kiki.K on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/kikki.k
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 51. Living Your Dream Life with Kristina Karlsson appeared first on Calmer you.
Kristina Karlsson is the Founder and Creative Director of global Swedish design and stationery business, kikki.K, with 102 kikki.K stores, stocked in another 250, and sold online to stationery and design lovers in over 147 countries worldwide. She’s also a sought-after international speaker, a passionate learner, self-improver and the proud mother of two children, Axel […]
The post Ep 51. Living Your Dream Life with Kristina Karlsson appeared first on Calmer you.
Laura is a Registered Nutritionist and the author of ‘Just Eat it’ (her book is very good and very funny) specialising in Intuitive Eating, Health at Every Size & Non-Diet Nutrition. She’s based in London, where she’s cutting through the nutrition BS, and telling people what they really need to know to stay on top […]
The post Episode 50. Intuitive Eating with Laura Thomas Phd appeared first on Calmer you.
Laura is a Registered Nutritionist and the author of ‘Just Eat it’ (her book is very good and very funny) specialising in Intuitive Eating, Health at Every Size & Non-Diet Nutrition. She’s based in London, where she’s cutting through the nutrition BS, and telling people what they really need to know to stay on top of their game.
We discuss:
-The problem with diet mentality
-Letting go of anxiety about food and weight
-What is intuitive eating and how can we start?
-Plus: Laura busts some diet myths
Her website http://www.laurathomasphd.co.uk
Find Laura on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/laurathomasphd/
The post Episode 50. Intuitive Eating with Laura Thomas Phd appeared first on Calmer you.
Merilyn Keskula is the founder of Mylky Moon Lab – an incubator for the next generation of leaders. She teaches about cyclical living and offers individual coaching & workshops + bi-monthly Moon Letter We discuss: Why we’re so out of balance How to live in accordance with your cycle Managing the symptoms of PMS How […]
The post Episode 49. Living in accordance with your cycle and the moon appeared first on Calmer you.
Merilyn Keskula is the founder of Mylky Moon Lab – an incubator for the next generation of leaders. She teaches about cyclical living and offers individual coaching & workshops + bi-monthly Moon Letter
We discuss:
Why we’re so out of balance
How to live in accordance with your cycle
Managing the symptoms of PMS
How the moon impacts us (clue – is does!)
Find her on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/mylkymoonlab/
Her website https://www.mylkymoonlab.com/
The post Episode 49. Living in accordance with your cycle and the moon appeared first on Calmer you.
Daisy Buchanan is an award winning journalist and the author of the critically acclaimed book How To Be A Grown Up and her brilliant new book The Sisterhood. Daisy is smart and hilarious and I have stalked her on Twitter for a number of years so it was amazing to speak to her for this interview.
We discuss:
-The problem of comparison and how to manage it
-Redefining success
-What Daisy learned as Grazia’s agony aunt
-Daisy shares about her own mental health and how she manages it
Find Daisy on Instagram here https://www.instagram.com/thedaisybee/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 48. The Sisterhood, anxiety + being a grown up with Daisy Buchanan appeared first on Calmer you.
Daisy Buchanan is an award winning journalist and the author of the critically acclaimed book How To Be A Grown Up and her brilliant new book The Sisterhood. Daisy is smart and hilarious and I have stalked her on Twitter for a number of years so it was amazing to speak to her for this […]
The post Ep 48. The Sisterhood, anxiety + being a grown up with Daisy Buchanan appeared first on Calmer you.
Toni Jones is a journalist and founder of the book club Shelf Help book Club. I loved hearing her story from under-sharer to founder of this brilliant and supportive community of like-minded people.
We discuss:
-Why self help can be so powerful
-Brilliant book clubs
-The changes (big and small) that Toni has made as a result of self help books
-Plus Toni shares her favourite self-help books
https://www.shelfhelp.club/
The Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/shelfhelp/
https://www.instagram.com/shelfhelp.club/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 47. The Best of Self Help with Toni Jones appeared first on Calmer you.
Toni Jones is a journalist and founder of the book club Shelf Help book Club. I loved hearing her story from under-sharer to founder of this brilliant and supportive community of like-minded people. We discuss: -Why self help can be so powerful -Brilliant book clubs -The changes (big and small) that Toni has made as […]
The post Ep 47. The Best of Self Help with Toni Jones appeared first on Calmer you.
Your subconscious mind is incredibly powerful; it’s thought that 95% of our thoughts, feelings and habits originate in the subconscious. In this episode – you’ll learn about how to get your subconscious mind on board so that you can be your calmest self. Plus I share some details about my online programme ‘Your Calmest Self’ […]
The post The Power of the Subconscious Mind + a FREE Hypnotherapy Session (reupload) appeared first on Calmer you.
Your subconscious mind is incredibly powerful; it’s thought that 95% of our thoughts, feelings and habits originate in the subconscious.
In this episode – you’ll learn about how to get your subconscious mind on board so that you can be your calmest self.
Plus I share some details about my online programme ‘Your Calmest Self’ which is open from 4th-10th March 2019 www.calmer-you.com/programme
The post The Power of the Subconscious Mind + a FREE Hypnotherapy Session (reupload) appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I speak to Rebecca Dennis, coach, author of ‘And Breathe’. She is a coach, a transformational breathwork teacher and workshop leader. I recently went to one of her classes to experience it first hand and discover the power of breath-work. It was an INCREDIBLE experience and I share all in this episode while […]
The post Ep 46. The Transformational Power of Breath for Anxiety and Depression with Rebecca Dennis appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I speak to Rebecca Dennis, coach, author of ‘And Breathe’. She is a coach, a transformational breathwork teacher and workshop leader.
I recently went to one of her classes to experience it first hand and discover the power of breath-work. It was an INCREDIBLE experience and I share all in this episode while getting all the details of how it works and why it’s so powerful from Rebecca.
We discuss:
-What is breath work and why is it so powerful?
-Are many of us breathing incorrectly?
-Breath-work for anxiety and depression
-How can it help to process trauma
-Plus – I share my story of coming full circle with panic attacks.
Find out more about Rebecca:
https://www.breathingtree.co.uk/
https://www.instagram.com/breathing.tree/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 46. The Transformational Power of Breath for Anxiety and Depression with Rebecca Dennis appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I’m talking to ‘mega-monk’ Haemin Sunim. His first book The Things You Can See Only When You Slow Down: How to be Calm in a Busy Worldwas published last year and sold over 4 million copies worldwide. His second book, Love for Imperfect Things: How to Accept Yourself in a World Striving for Perfection is out now.
-What is mindfulness?
-Why is ‘people pleasing’ an issue?
-Why is it important to slow down?
-Haemin’s biggest advice for self-acceptance
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 45. Love for Imperfect Things with Haemin Sunim appeared first on Calmer you.
This week, I’m talking to ‘mega-monk’ Haemin Sunim. His first book The Things You Can See Only When You Slow Down: How to be Calm in a Busy World was published last year and sold over 4 million copies worldwide. His second book, Love for Imperfect Things: How to Accept Yourself in a World Striving […]
The post Ep 45. Love for Imperfect Things with Haemin Sunim appeared first on Calmer you.
Find out when the online programme launches and join the waitlist here
The post My Experience with Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Find out when the online programme launches and join the waitlist here
The post My Experience with Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Shockingly, ‘Am I ugly’ is googled 10,000 times a month. Michelle Elman is a five-board accredited Body Confidence Coach and an award-winning body positive activist. Her TEDX talk moved me to tears. She is most known for her campaign Scarred Not Scared and the active presence within the body positive community with over 190k followers […]
The post Ep 44. Body Positivity with Michelle Elman appeared first on Calmer you.
Shockingly, ‘Am I ugly’ is googled 10,000 times a month. Michelle Elman is a five-board accredited Body Confidence Coach and an award-winning body positive activist. Her TEDX talk moved me to tears. She is most known for her campaign Scarred Not Scared and the active presence within the body positive community with over 190k followers across her two Instagram accounts. Her book, ‘Am I ugly?’, is out now. In this incredibly inspiring conversation, we discuss: -What is body positivity? -The message Michelle has for you if you think you’re ‘ugly’ -Why it could be healthy to contemplate your own death -Specific techniques for people to do to feel happier in their body Find Michelle on Instagram here Buy her book here
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 44. Body Positivity with Michelle Elman appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Talking Anxiety on The Sheerluxe Show appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Talking Anxiety on The Sheerluxe Show appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I speak to Gemma Brady. Gemma is a documentary maker, creative mentor and founder of Sister Stories. She is a trained coach and is currently training in Narrative Therapy. She recently contributed several essays to ‘As You Are’, a book from Department Store for the Mind which celebrates our individual uniqueness and the importance of listening to the stories of […]
The post Ep 43. The Healing Power of Storytelling with Gemma Brady appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I speak to Gemma Brady. Gemma is a documentary maker, creative mentor and founder of Sister Stories. She is a trained coach and is currently training in Narrative Therapy. She recently contributed several essays to ‘As You Are’, a book from Department Store for the Mind which celebrates our individual uniqueness and the importance of listening to the stories of our Elders.
We talk about:
-Why storytelling is so important and how it can be healing
-What happens during a ‘sharing circle’
-Why sharing can feel like magic
-What Gemma has learned through her experience of leading circles
She has dedicated her life to creating spaces for people to tell important stories, be it on film, in writing or in their community. She believes in the healing power of storytelling and the power of the generous acts of both speaking and offering deep listening. Her 10 year career in has seen her creating BAFTA award winning content across a variety of media from documentaries to video games. A former Commissioning Editor leading Channel 4’s public service content for teenagers and now a freelance Series Producer of documentaries such as 24 Hours in A&E. Across her career,she has helped hundreds of individuals tell their most intimate, moving stories. She recently contributed several essays to ‘As You Are’, a book from Department Store for the Mind which celebrates our individual uniqueness and the importance of listening to the stories of our Elders. She is a trained coach and is currently training in Narrative Therapy.
In 2017, Gemma created Sister Stories as a means of offering women an opportunity to come together and experience the transformative power of being seen and heard.
If you’re interested in training with Gemma to lead a circle you can find out more here (the next one starts March 2019)https://www.sisterstories.co/lead-a-circle/
Learn more about Gemma and sister stories www.sisterstories.co Find Gemma on Instagram www.instagram.com/gemmabrady_
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 43. The Healing Power of Storytelling with Gemma Brady appeared first on Calmer you.
In ‘Happy Ever After: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life’ bestselling happiness expert Professor Paul Dolan draws on a variety of studies covering issues such as wellbeing, inequality and discrimination to bust the common myths about our sources of happiness. He shows that there can be many unexpected paths to lasting fulfilment. Some of […]
The post Ep 42. Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life with Professor Paul Dolan appeared first on Calmer you.
In ‘Happy Ever After: Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life’ bestselling happiness expert Professor Paul Dolan draws on a variety of studies covering issues such as wellbeing, inequality and discrimination to bust the common myths about our sources of happiness. He shows that there can be many unexpected paths to lasting fulfilment. Some of these might involve not going into higher education, choosing not to marry, rewarding acts rooted in self-interest and caring a little less about living for ever. By freeing ourselves from the myth of the perfect life, we might each find a life worth living. We discuss: -Does money make us happy? -What’s the link between happiness and success -Why you might be better off choosing to be single -The benefits of being child-free https://pauldolan.co.uk/ Buy Happy Ever After on Amazon
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 42. Escaping the Myth of the Perfect Life with Professor Paul Dolan appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Heather McKee is the UK’s leading weight loss and behaviour change psychology specialist. Her research has been featured in: TIME, Washington post, Women’s Health and the Huffington post. She’s incredibly knowledgable and has a great knack for making the latest scientific evidence easy to understand and apply. We talk about: -How habits work and […]
The post Ep 41. Creating Healthy Habits with Dr. Heather McKee appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr. Heather McKee is the UK’s leading weight loss and behaviour change psychology specialist.
Her research has been featured in: TIME, Washington post, Women’s Health and the Huffington post. She’s incredibly knowledgable and has a great knack for making the latest scientific evidence easy to understand and apply.
We talk about:
-How habits work and the process behind it
-Why it doesn’t take 21 days to change a habit and how long it actually takes
-She even coaches me to change a habit on the call (one that many of you will relate to)
Find out more and book a free 20 minute consultation at www.drheathermckee.co.uk
The post Ep 41. Creating Healthy Habits with Dr. Heather McKee appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m answering questions that have been sent in. here’s what I cover: -How to stop ruminating -How meditation works and what it does -How to manage fears about getting pregnant and starting a family -How to stop worrying about money Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll […]
The post Ep 40. Q + A – Rumination, Meditation, Money and Starting a Family appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m answering questions that have been sent in. here’s what I cover:
-How to stop ruminating
-How meditation works and what it does
-How to manage fears about getting pregnant and starting a family
-How to stop worrying about money
Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
Check out The Motherkind podcast and follow @Motherkind_Zoe
Meditation – https://uk.tm.org/
Sharpham Trust
Vipassana
Citizen Advice
https://www.moneyadviceservice.org.uk
https://www.stepchange.org/debt-info/emergency-funding.aspx
The post Ep 40. Q + A – Rumination, Meditation, Money and Starting a Family appeared first on Calmer you.
Kimberley Wilson is a Chartered Psychologist with a post-graduate diploma in Nutrition. We discuss: -How your body effects your mental health -The link between diet and depression -Why serotonin is so important -Inflammation and mental health -Plus Kimberly shares her best advice for a calmer mind Find out more about Kimberly at www.monumentalhealth.co.uk Find her […]
The post Ep 39. Food and Mental Health with Kimberley Wilson appeared first on Calmer you.
Kimberley Wilson is a Chartered Psychologist with a post-graduate diploma in Nutrition.
We discuss:
-How your body effects your mental health
-The link between diet and depression
-Why serotonin is so important
-Inflammation and mental health
-Plus Kimberly shares her best advice for a calmer mind
Find out more about Kimberly at www.monumentalhealth.co.uk
Find her on Instagram here
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
The post Ep 39. Food and Mental Health with Kimberley Wilson appeared first on Calmer you.
Melissa Ambrosini is the bestselling author of Mastering Your Mean Girl, host of ‘The Melissa Ambrosini Show’ podcast, a motivational speaker, an entrepreneur and self-love teacher.
We talk about:
-What is the ‘mean girl’? How can we start to master her? -What does it mean to ‘open wide?’ -What the ‘crazy 8’ is – and how being aware of it can transform your thinking -Powerful essential oils to calm anxiety For Melissa’s website click here https://melissaambrosini.com
Find her on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/melissaambrosini/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Ep-38.-Mastering-your-mean-girl-with-Melissa-Ambrosini.mp3
The post Ep 38. Mastering your mean girl with Melissa Ambrosini appeared first on Calmer you.
Melissa Ambrosini is the bestselling author of Mastering Your Mean Girl, host of ‘The Melissa Ambrosini Show’ podcast, a motivational speaker, an entrepreneur and self-love teacher. We talk about: -What is the ‘mean girl’? How can we start to master her? -What does it mean to ‘open wide?’ -What the ‘crazy 8’ is – and […]
The post Ep 38. Mastering your mean girl with Melissa Ambrosini appeared first on Calmer you.
A quick daily practise for more self love and positivity (especially on cold winter mornings!)
I know what it’s like to wake up with a torrent of anxiety and negative thoughts – so I created this easy daily habit to help you to have a great day.
This is a short and sweet (but hopefully potent) episode – let me know if you like this format!
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Ep-37.-A-morning-and-evening-practise-for-self-love-and-positivity.mp3
The post Ep 37. A quick daily practise for self love and positivity appeared first on Calmer you.
A quick daily practise for more self love and positivity (especially on cold winter mornings!) I know what it’s like to wake up with a torrent of anxiety and negative thoughts – so I created this easy daily habit to help you to have a great day. This is a short and sweet (but hopefully […]
The post Ep 37. A quick daily practise for self love and positivity appeared first on Calmer you.
Chatted to the incredibly warm and lovely Melissa Hemsley, author of the brilliant book ‘Eat Happy’ this week for #TheCalmerYouPodcast – I loved her insights into how we can be calmer and happier. We discuss: -Dogs and mental health -How to ‘eat happy’ -How Melissa copes when she feels rubbish -Her advice for anyone who […]
The post Ep 36. Eat Happy with Melissa Hemsley appeared first on Calmer you.
Chatted to the incredibly warm and lovely Melissa Hemsley, author of the brilliant book ‘Eat Happy’ this week for #TheCalmerYouPodcast – I loved her insights into how we can be calmer and happier. We discuss: -Dogs and mental health -How to ‘eat happy’ -How Melissa copes when she feels rubbish -Her advice for anyone who wants to start a meditation practice -Melissa’s top insights into having a calm Christmas Follow Melissa on Instagram
Melissa’s website
Download the guide to sustainable dining Melissa mentions here
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Ep-36.-Eat-Happy-with-Melissa-Hemsley.mp3
The post Ep 36. Eat Happy with Melissa Hemsley appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice and Phanella are career experts for modern women – they are my go to when it comes to things like confidence and success at work and I’m thrilled to be featuring them this week. They are authors of the brilliant book ‘Step Up: Confidence, success and your stellar career in 10 minutes a day’. They help women in person and online with ‘the step up school’ and they just launched their podcast, which I am loving, The Success Revolution. We discuss: * Finding your own version of success * How to boost confidence in less than 10 minutes a day * The power of sharing with others
If you’re interested in jonining their inner circle, their in person coaching workshops, they currently have a discount:
Our BIGGEST solo discount ever with 25% OFF
25% OFF with code INNERBLACK25
link: https://stepupclub.co/innerblack25
Find out more about The Step Up Club at www.Stepupclub.co
Follow them on Instagram www.instagram.com/Thestepupclub
The question we pose this episode is this -Who is your role model and what is it about them that you want to gain inspiration from? Let me know on the Instagram post about this episode by clicking here
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Ep-35.-Confidence-and-Success-with-Step-Up-Club.mp3
The post Ep 35. Confidence and Success with Step Up Club appeared first on Calmer you.
Alice and Phanella are career experts for modern women – they are my go to when it comes to things like confidence and success at work and I’m thrilled to be featuring them this week. They are authors of the brilliant book ‘Step Up: Confidence, success and your stellar career in 10 minutes a day’. […]
The post Ep 35. Confidence and Success with Step Up Club appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m doing a solo episode this week – talking about my top tips for managing anxiety and feeling good this autumn.
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts.
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Ep-34.-Autumn-Anxiety-Tips.mp3
The post Ep 34. Autumn Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m doing a solo episode this week – talking about my top tips for managing anxiety and feeling good this autumn. Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the […]
The post Ep 34. Autumn Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk to nutritionist Rhiannon Lambert, author of the brilliant book ‘Re-Nourish: A Simple Way To Eat Well’ where she shares her food philosophy that is grounded in scientific evidence. We discuss: -Her work with eating disorders and food anxiety -Her simplest nutrition tips -The biggest nutrition mistakes we make -She shares her […]
The post Ep 33. Nourish Your Mind and Body with Rhiannon Lambert appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk to nutritionist Rhiannon Lambert, author of the brilliant book ‘Re-Nourish: A Simple Way To Eat Well’ where she shares her food philosophy that is grounded in scientific evidence. We discuss: -Her work with eating disorders and food anxiety -Her simplest nutrition tips -The biggest nutrition mistakes we make -She shares her ‘4 R’s’ of eating well -How to eat well for less anxiety and more energy -Gut health and mental health Check her out at http://rhitrition.com/ Follow her on Instagram at www.instagram.com/rhitrition Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Ep-33.-Nourish-Your-Mind-and-Body-with-Rhiannon-Lambert.mp3
The post Ep 33. Nourish Your Mind and Body with Rhiannon Lambert appeared first on Calmer you.
I loved this fascinating conversation with Dr Antia Mitra aka @Gynaegeek. We’re talking about all the things you every wondered about gynaecology and busting a few myths in the process. Anita helps to take the anxiety out of this topic with her caring, relaxed and clued up approach. We discuss: – Vulvas and how everybody is different (and it’s all normal!) – Strategies for handling PMS – The pill and mental health – Why the smear test is NOT what you think it is – Plus the brilliant app that Anita has been working on Learn more about Dr Anita Mitra here https://www.gynaegeek.com/ and be sure to follow her on Instagram @Gynaegeek
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Ep-32.-Gynaecology-Myth-Busting-with-Dr-Anita-Mitra-the-Gynae-Geek.mp3
The post Ep 32. Gynaecology Myth Busting with Dr Anita Mitra the Gynae Geek appeared first on Calmer you.
I loved this fascinating conversation with Dr Antia Mitra aka @Gynaegeek. We’re talking about all the things you every wondered about gynaecology and busting a few myths in the process. Anita helps to take the anxiety out of this topic with her caring, relaxed and clued up approach. We discuss: – Vulvas and how everybody […]
The post Ep 32. Gynaecology Myth Busting with Dr Anita Mitra the Gynae Geek appeared first on Calmer you.
Helen Burke-Smith, having suffered from anorexia for most of her early twenties, being hospitalised on a number of occasions over those dark years, has made an incredible recovery, (with huge amount of self work and the help of a team of highly qualified and inspirational psychotherapists). Helen has a BA in Philosophy and has embarked […]
The post Ep 31. Eating Disorders, Therapy & More with Helen Burke-Smith appeared first on Calmer you.
Helen Burke-Smith, having suffered from anorexia for most of her early twenties, being hospitalised on a number of occasions over those dark years, has made an incredible recovery, (with huge amount of self work and the help of a team of highly qualified and inspirational psychotherapists). Helen has a BA in Philosophy and has embarked on a Masters (MSc) Degree in Contemporary Person-Centred Psychotherapy in London. She has first-hand experience of anorexia and, in turn, recovery. She’s a fully qualified and practising Hypnobirthing practitioner, DipHB(KGH) Helen is currently working in London for the NHS as a psychotherapist, seeing clients at her clinic who are in a state of crisis. We talk about: * How to start recovering from anorexia * What psychotherapy is and how it works * How disordered eating is on the rise * Hypnobirthing and the power of the mind
Follow Helen on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/theplantbasedbella
Her website https://www.theplantbasedbella.com/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Ep-31.-Eating-Disorders-Therapy-More-with-Helen-Burke-Smith_mixdown.mp3
The post Ep 31. Eating Disorders, Therapy & More with Helen Burke-Smith appeared first on Calmer you.
Amy Rushworth (aka Wellness With Amy) is Life Coach, Health Coach and one of the UK’s leading wellness speakers. She merges coaching, integrative nutrition and psychology to help women uncover the deep roots of their well-being issues and ditch the self-doubt and habits that hold them back.
– Her experience with anxiety and how she overcame it, – Why we struggle with confidence and practical steps to becoming more confident – Why the wound is where the light enters you
Find Amy on Instagram @wellnesswithamy
Amy’s website https://www.wellnesswithamy.com/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Ep-30.-Breakup-with-Stress-and-Connect-with-Confidence-with-Amy-Rushworth.mp3
The post Ep 30. Breakup with Stress and Connect with Confidence with Amy Rushworth appeared first on Calmer you.
Amy Rushworth (aka Wellness With Amy) is Life Coach, Health Coach and one of the UK’s leading wellness speakers. She merges coaching, integrative nutrition and psychology to help women uncover the deep roots of their well-being issues and ditch the self-doubt and habits that hold them back. – Her experience with anxiety and how she overcame […]
The post Ep 30. Breakup with Stress and Connect with Confidence with Amy Rushworth appeared first on Calmer you.
Jane Evans has worked with children and families for 25 years. She is an internationally renowned childhood anxiety and parenting coach, an inspirational speaker on early childhood trauma, best-selling author and an in-demand media expert. We discuss: -What is trauma? -What can we do about our own trauma or our childrens trauma? – Jane shares her amazing ‘baby arms’ technique – How we can use our bodies to beat anxiety
Jane’s website www.thejaneevans.com
Find Jane on Instagram janeparenting2
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Ep-29.-Early-Childhood-Trauma-and-anxiety-with-Jane-Evans_mixdown.mp3
The post Ep 29. Early Childhood Trauma and Anxiety with Jane Evans appeared first on Calmer you.
Jane Evans has worked with children and families for 25 years. She is an internationally renowned childhood anxiety and parenting coach, an inspirational speaker on early childhood trauma, best-selling author and an in-demand media expert. We discuss: -What is trauma? -What can we do about our own trauma or our childrens trauma? – Jane shares […]
The post Ep 29. Early Childhood Trauma and Anxiety with Jane Evans appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I chat to my friend and amazing coach and sound therapist, Joanne Bradford.
Since it’s ‘Go Sober for October’ and I get so many messages about how anxiety is affected by alcohol, I thought this would be a great conversation to have.
We chat about:
-How alcohol negatively affects us and our anxiety
-The benefits and costs of living alcohol-free
-The surprising thing that happens when you cut out drinking
-PLUS – both Joanne and I share our own journeys with alcohol and the reasons why we’re living alcohol-free (for now)
Joanne Bradford was named a “British guru” by Marie Claire magazine and her work has featured in publications such as Vogue, Cosmopolitan, Grazia, Psychologies, ES and The Times Magazines. As a certified life-coach, Emotional Freedom Therapy practitioner and sound healer, she fuses these techniques for her one-to-one and group offerings.
You can follow Joanne on Instagram (https://www.instagram.com/motherheart/) for regular posts on mental wellbeing, emotional healing, sobriety and spirituality.
Find out about Joanne’s groups and 1-2-1 sessions https://www.motherheart.co/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ep-28.-Living-Alcohol-Free-with-Mother-Heart.mp3
The post Ep 28. Living Alcohol Free with Motherheart appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I chat to my friend and amazing coach and sound therapist, Joanne Bradford. Since it’s ‘Go Sober for October’ and I get so many messages about how anxiety is affected by alcohol, I thought this would be a great conversation to have. We chat about: -How alcohol negatively affects us and our anxiety […]
The post Ep 28. Living Alcohol Free with Motherheart appeared first on Calmer you.
Shahroo is Behavioural Change Specialist in private practice. She openly shares how the same evidence-based tools she used effectively with her clients in active addiction helped her to lose 8 stone in weight, increase her self-esteem and help her self-manage a range of unwanted habits.
We talk about:
– Why habits are so hard to change – The first important steps in esuring new habits stick – What The Kindness Method is – Changing the habit of negative self talk – What ‘self-sabotage’ is, why we do it and how to change it
Find out more about Shahroo: https://shahrooizadi.co.uk/ https://www.instagram.com/shahroo_izadi/ Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ep-27.-Shahroo-Izadi-Changing-Habits-with-The-Kindness-Method.mp3
The post Ep 27. Shahroo Izadi Changing Habits with The Kindness Method appeared first on Calmer you.
Shahroo is Behavioural Change Specialist in private practice. She openly shares how the same evidence-based tools she used effectively with her clients in active addiction helped her to lose 8 stone in weight, increase her self-esteem and help her self-manage a range of unwanted habits. We talk about: – Why habits are so hard to […]
The post Ep 27. Shahroo Izadi Changing Habits with The Kindness Method appeared first on Calmer you.
Jada Sezer is a model, mental health advocate and cheerleader for people’s confidence and body image.
I loved chatting to her about:
Find out more about Jada below:
http://www.jadasezer.com/
https://www.instagram.com/jadasezer/
Download Your Free Confidence Affirmations Here
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ep-26.-Fearless-Confidence-with-Jada-Sezer.mp3
The post Ep 26. Fearless Confidence with Jada Sezer appeared first on Calmer you.
Jada Sezer is a model, mental health advocate and cheerleader for people’s confidence and body image. I loved chatting to her about: The power of being vulnerable How to feel positive about your body What Jada wants young people to know about how to look after their mental health Plus she shares how she deals […]
The post Ep 26. Fearless Confidence with Jada Sezer appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk about how your subconscious mind could be at the root of all your problems and how to start to make powerful changes to your subconscious. Plus I bust a few myths about hypnotherapy and at the end I have a FREE hypnotherapy session which you can listen to. Get the details […]
The post Ep 25. The Power of The Subconscious Mind (+ a free hypnotherapy session) appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk about how your subconscious mind could be at the root of all your problems and how to start to make powerful changes to your subconscious. Plus I bust a few myths about hypnotherapy and at the end I have a FREE hypnotherapy session which you can listen to. Get the details of the online programme for anxiety which is only open from 10th-16th September 2018 at www.calmer-you.com/Programme Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-Power-of-The-Subconscious-Mind-a-free-hypontherapy-session.mp3
The post Ep 25. The Power of The Subconscious Mind (+ a free hypnotherapy session) appeared first on Calmer you.
Nicky Clinch is a transformational life coach, Macrobiotic Nutritionist, chef and teacher. We talk about: Getting out of your head and into your body How to realise your worth Nicky shares her 3 Pillars for well-being Find out more about Nicky and her online coaching programme ‘Homecoming’ https://nickyclinch.com Follow Nicky on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/nicky_clinch Don’t forget […]
The post Ep 24. Self Worth and Well-being with Nicky Clinch appeared first on Calmer you.
Nicky Clinch is a transformational life coach, Macrobiotic Nutritionist, chef and teacher.
We talk about:
Find out more about Nicky and her online coaching programme ‘Homecoming’ https://nickyclinch.com
Follow Nicky on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/nicky_clinch
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Ep-24.-Self-Worth-and-Wellbeing-with-Nicky-Clinch.mp3
The post Ep 24. Self Worth and Well-being with Nicky Clinch appeared first on Calmer you.
About IBS Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) is a common disorder with about two in 10 people in the UK being affected by it, with women being twice as likely to have it. Sufferers of IBS will be familiar with the symptoms of painful bloating, cramping, diarrhea and constipation that can rear its ugly head frequently. […]
The post How to manage stress, anxiety and IBS appeared first on Calmer you.
About IBS Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) is a common disorder with about two in 10 people in the UK being affected by it, with women being twice as likely to have it. Sufferers of IBS will be familiar with the symptoms of painful bloating, cramping, diarrhea and constipation that can rear its ugly head frequently. The regular toilet trips and stomach issues can be painful and embarrassing at times to live with.
Suffering from a chronic illness can be tough enough, combined with an anxiety disorder and stress, it can be a heavy weight to bear. However, the long-term condition can be kept in check by managing your lifestyle, stress and diet.
How Do Stress and Anxiety Affect IBS? If you’ve recently been diagnosed with IBS or have long been affected by the condition, then you’ll have been told that lifestyle choices play a big part in it. IBS can impact people differently and someone going through a particularly bad flare-up may be triggered by the smallest of things. Having said that, stress and feeling anxious can have a massive effect on your IBS.
Currently, there is no known specific cause for IBS but research into the link between the brain and the gut is strong. Experts suggest that people suffering from IBS have higher sensitivities to stress and certain foods. It’s suggested that those with IBS can frequently suffer from anxiety and depression which in turn worsens the symptoms. The colon is a part of the body that is controlled by the nervous system which is what responds to stress.
Having IBS can cause imbalances between the brain and gut according to an article published in the World Journal of Gastroenterology. With stress and anxiety sometimes triggering overactivity in your gut, resulting in diarrhea and stomach cramps. Whereas in others, the brain is underactive meaning the gut slows down causing constipation and discomfort.
The National Digestive Diseases Information Clearinghouse estimates that roughly 70% of people with IBS are not receiving treatment. Treatment advised for it can range from relaxation techniques for stress to fiber supplements to help ease constipation. While there isn’t a cure for IBS at the moment, there are ways to manage and reduce it and sometimes even eliminate feelings of discomfort.
Anxiety and Stress Management As stress and anxiety can trigger IBS flare-ups and cause the onset of unpleasant stomach cramps and bloating, it’s important to learn how to manage your stress levels. By easing your feelings of anxiety and managing your reaction to stress and coping with the situation, you can help your IBS symptoms. Despite being a common condition, it doesn’t make it any less painful to have and it can have a big impact on your daily decisions. It’s no fun having to be close to a toilet all day as you’re experiencing severe symptoms.
To help manage your stress, look towards certain exercise and tools to help. Doing exercise of any kind is a great stress-reducing technique. Whether you love to run, walk, swim or battle it out at the gym. Exercise is a fantastic way to manage stress and anxiety. It also helps your bowel to contract normally instead of overreacting.
With the mind and the body linked so intrinsically, it’s great to focus on mind-body exercises. Try tai chi, yoga or relaxation breathing. In a study solely performed on women, researchers found that yoga has an effective role in reducing depression, stress and anxiety. Keeping in line with mindfulness-based activities, try meditation and mindfulness. Meditation can help to change the structure of the brain but in a healthy way. One study, published in the Psychological Bulletin looked at 163 different studies and found that having a mindfulness or meditation practice produced beneficial results. The biggest improvements were in areas such as anxiety, stress and negative personality traits. Another study focusing on a wide range of anxiety, found mindfulness to be an effective management tool.
Relaxation may look different for everyone so focus on what relaxes only you. Try doing this activity twice a week to begin with and see how it makes you feel. Take time for yourself and manage your anxiety and stress effectively.
Be Prepared for Future IBS Flare-Ups When you can feel an aggressive IBS bout coming on, try and stay calm. Try using various relaxation methods and find the one that is most effective for you. Everyone is different and IBS triggers differ from person to person. It may help to keep a symptom diary. This way you can keep track of when your IBS is at its worse. You can then plan your day around this. If you feel it the most in the morning then perhaps starting your day an hour later would work for you. This would mean feeling the worst while you’re at home if you have the flexibility.
Just because you have IBS doesn’t mean you need to be plagued with symptoms forever. It’s all about finding a way of managing it that’s right for you. Think about a long-term lifestyle change. Whether that means practicing yoga and meditation every day to help prevent IBS flare-ups in the future or eliminating certain foods from your diet.
Make Wise Food Choices When you’re first diagnosed with IBS it can seem a little overwhelming when faced with all these things that you may have to change in your life. Through managing your stress and anxiety levels to ensuring your diet doesn’t contain any triggering items. When it comes to what you’re eating, keep a food diary to begin with to see if any foods, in particular, have a nasty effect. Common foods that may trigger IBS include dairy, gluten and caffeine but you may be sensitive to other foods also.
IBS can cause you to swing between constipation and diarrhea. Which means you may need to ingest more dietary fiber to help ease constipation. Both are extremes and can be awful at times. Certain foods that are high in fiber that may improve your symptoms include vegetables, whole grains, beans and fruit. All these foods are healthy for your colon and will help to improve the flow of your digestive tract. Eating smaller meals but more often can also be beneficial. As your body experiences more stress when breaking down food and moving it through your digestive system.
There’s a clear link between keeping your stress under control and easing IBS symptoms. There are a number of ways to help manage your IBS, some may work and some may not. If you continue to feel extremely anxious, then talk therapy might be an option for you. I understand feeling stressed and anxious is hard enough in itself. Throwing IBS into the mix can make it all seem a bit too much.
The key to managing your IBS is learning what triggers you, whether that’s heavy carbohydrates or stress. Understanding how your lifestyle can impact your IBS and learning what steps you need to take to improve your symptoms. If you suspect you may be suffering from IBS or need help, remember to speak to your doctor. He or she can offer you treatment advice and more information on the condition.
The post How to manage stress, anxiety and IBS appeared first on Calmer you.
Lucy Sheridan, The Comparison Coach is one of my favourite people in this space and someone I’m always looking to for great insights and advice. The Times named her one of the UK’s most successful coaches, she’s a Hay House author, she’s been featured on Forbes, in Grazia and Stella to name but a few […]
The post Ep. 23 Living Comparison Free with Lucy Sheridan appeared first on Calmer you.
Lucy Sheridan, The Comparison Coach is one of my favourite people in this space and someone I’m always looking to for great insights and advice. The Times named her one of the UK’s most successful coaches, she’s a Hay House author, she’s been featured on Forbes, in Grazia and Stella to name but a few – and even Zoella is a fan. We talk about: * Why comparison is so rife * The taboo around comparison * Powerful ways we can go from compare and despair to comparison free * Plus, Lucy shares her own experience of anxiety and how she copes with it,
Find out more about Lucy here http://www.proofcoaching.com
And be sure to follow her on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/lucysheridan
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Ep-23.-Living-Comparison-Free-with-Lucy-Sheridan.mp3
The post Ep. 23 Living Comparison Free with Lucy Sheridan appeared first on Calmer you.
I chat to fertility expert and master acupuncturist and author of 5 books including her newest ‘Fertile’ Emma Cannon. We discuss why we have problems conceiving, strategies for becoming more fertile, how the wellness industry has evolved and her incredible crystal bed! Her 90 days fertile course can be found here https://emmacannon.co.uk/shop/90-days-fertile/ You can get […]
The post Ep. 22 Becoming More Fertile with Emma Cannon appeared first on Calmer you.
I chat to fertility expert and master acupuncturist and author of 5 books including her newest ‘Fertile’ Emma Cannon.
We discuss why we have problems conceiving, strategies for becoming more fertile, how the wellness industry has evolved and her incredible crystal bed!
Her 90 days fertile course can be found here https://emmacannon.co.uk/shop/90-days-fertile/
You can get a 10% discount on the course by entering the code Madeleine10
Find her on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/emmalcannon
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided visualisation for social confidence at www.calmer-you.com/social-confidence Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Ep-22.-Becoming-More-Fertile-with-Emma-Cannon.mp3
Thanks so much for listening! The post Ep. 22 Becoming More Fertile with Emma Cannon appeared first on Calmer you.
Social anxiety disorder is often misunderstood and many people could be suffering in silence. It’s much more than feeling shy and not wanting to speak up in big groups. It can really take control and impede your everyday life. Tasks such as leaving the house, speaking on the phone or shopping can be troubling and […]
The post 12 Powerful Ways to Help Overcome Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Social anxiety disorder is often misunderstood and many people could be suffering in silence. It’s much more than feeling shy and not wanting to speak up in big groups. It can really take control and impede your everyday life. Tasks such as leaving the house, speaking on the phone or shopping can be troubling and difficult to cope with. Anxiety Care UK states that social anxiety is a common and distressing condition with as many as 40% of the population suffering from it.
Click here to get your FREE Guided Visualisation for Social Confidence
Social anxiety or phobia can have all sorts of repercussions and you may not only worry about negative evaluation but positive evaluation also. One study found that people who succeed at work might worry about outshining their coworkers. They simply don’t want to stand out, even positively.
People suffering from social anxiety disorder look to avoid social situations. About 20% of people with social anxiety also suffer from alcohol abuse or dependence, with a recent study showing a stronger correlation among women. Research has shown that women have been more affected by social anxiety however it’s men that tend to seek more help for their phobia.
Young People With Social Anxiety Experiencing social anxiety and fear of social interactions can make simple responsibilities almost impossible to overcome. An estimated 15 million American adults have social anxiety, according to the Anxiety and Depression Association of America. With young adolescents who are transitioning to secondary school or college being particularly vulnerable. It’s suggested that social anxiety disorder symptoms usually begin around the age of 13.
Anxiety disorders are common with an estimated 18% of the adult population experiencing an anxiety disorder every year, according to The National Institute of Mental Health. It’s safe to say that we’ve all been in a situation where we’ve felt judged, embarrassed or nervous. Whether it’s giving a presentation or going on a first date. Regular social anxiety is normal. But for those that experience intense fear of being judged or rejected in social situations, day-to-day living can be hard. The good news is that there are ways to develop new habits to help ease and overcome your social anxiety.
How to Overcome Your Social Anxiety #1 Challenge your negative and anxious thoughts At times it may feel like there’s nothing you can do about the way you feel and how you think. In reality though, there are a number of things that can help. Challenging your mentality and negative thoughts can be an effective way to reduce symptoms of social anxiety. Start by identifying the anxious thoughts that automatically pop into your head when you think of social situations. Next, analyze these thoughts and challenge them. Question why you think like this and if your first reaction is actually how you feel or you’re just always assuming the worst. Changing the way you think is a long journey and is not an immediate fix but the mind is a powerful thing and it is possible.
Thinking styles that fuel social anxiety and don’t help you in anyway whatsoever include mind reading and predicting the future. Assuming you know what someone is thinking and it’s the same negative way that you see yourself as well as predicting the future. You just “know” that things will go wrong and it will be “awful”. Thinking like this is detrimental and challenging it is not easy but it’s so important in overcoming symptoms of social anxiety.
#2 Be mindful Being mindful and practicing mindful meditation helps you to be present and aware of your thoughts and feelings in a nonjudgmental and positive way. In a study published in the journal Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, researchers found that meditation has effects on activity in particular areas of the brain. Participants who had normal levels of anxiety took part in four 20-minute mindfulness meditation classes. They found up to 39% decrease in anxiety levels after mindfulness training.
Other studies have found supporting evidence that meditation and mindfulness treatment can help to reduce not only social anxiety but depression also. Research coming from the University of Amsterdam found that studies thus far suggest that mindfulness training may be a cost-effective, accessible and effective way to treat social anxiety disorder. During training, patients are taught to gain more control over their attention and ability to be present using meditation techniques.
#3 Go to a coffee shop If you enjoy watching movies online or catching up on your favourite tv show then try taking your tablet or laptop to your nearest coffee shop. Do an activity you like and feel comfortable with, in an environment that would usually make you anxious. You have the familiarity and comfort of being able to concentrate only on what you’re doing but will be pushing your boundaries. This doesn’t just apply to a coffee shop, it could work in a park or restaurant also. Hopefully, you can push yourself but remain in your mental comfort zone at the same time.
#4 Create an exposure hierarchy Identify and rate how each social situation makes you feel in terms of anxiousness. For example, 0 would mean no anxiety and 10 would be a full-blown panic attack. Make a list and write down how you think you would feel for every situation, no matter how small or big. From walking into a room at a gathering to asking a stranger on the tube for the time. It’s important to write down on a piece of paper your predictions so that when the times comes to experience it, you know how you thought you would feel.
The majority of the time the thought of doing something is scarier than actually doing it and we usually cope a bit better. Test your predictions and keep a record of social situations, your predictions and then how you actually felt. You might find that talking to your co-worker was actually a 4 instead of a 9. All this helps towards tracking and trying to ease social anxiety.
#5 Don’t focus on yourself It’s hard to stop the endless mind chatter when you’re in situations that make you particularly anxious. We often turn inward and focus on ourselves and how others will perceive us, almost always assuming it will be negative. The thought that everyone will be looking at you when you walk into a room and judging you in one way or another. This isn’t the case. Stop focusing on yourself and what other people are thinking of you. Focus on other people, try to be present and make genuine connections.
Although it feels like a massive flag is on your back, anxiety isn’t as visible as you may think. Even if someone notices you’re a little nervous, they’re not thinking of you negatively. No one’s perfect so try to be in the moment and actually listen to what is being said. In a small study where three job candidates were being evaluated for the same position, they chose the interviewee with great scores who spilt coffee all over himself. Instead of choosing a perfect candidate they chose someone who made a small blunder. Their reasoning was that he seemed far more approachable and he wasn’t enviable, sometimes being too perfect can have its own repercussions.
Research has shown that when people are meeting someone new, they evaluate it by how well they think they performed instead of what was actually said in the conversation. By looking at the interaction from your point of view only, the conversation may not go as well. Being a good listener and attentive are traits that are welcomed in conversation.
#6 Adopt a healthier lifestyle to reduce anxiety The mind and body are linked and how you treat your body can have a significant impact on the rest of your life including your anxiety levels. By making small lifestyle changes, these can help to improve your self-confidence and your ability to cope with anxiety symptoms. Avoid or limit your caffeine intake by not drinking coffee or caffeinated drinks after a certain time. Energy drinks act as a stimulant and can increase anxiety symptoms. Make physical exercise a priority in your day and always try to be active at some point, even taking a brisk walk during your lunch hour is a great way to fit it in.
In a 2015 study, researchers found that young adults who eat more fermented foods have fewer anxiety symptoms. This was most effective in those with the greatest genetic risks for social anxiety disorder. The same study also concluded that exercise was related to reduced social anxiety.
Drink alcohol only in moderation, although it may feel like it calms your nerves, it can also increase your chances of having an anxiety attack. Drink plenty of water, stay hydrated and get enough high-quality sleep. When you’re deprived of sleep, you’re much more vulnerable to anxiety and your mood can be affected greatly. New research suggests that sleep deprivation can actually cause an anxiety disorder.
#7 Take a breath When your body experiences anxiety, many changes can take place. The physical symptoms of anxiety include increased heart rate, pounding chest, dizziness and muscle tension. Learning to take a minute and slow down your breath can help you take back control of your body. There are several breathing techniques that can help to relax and calm the body. Simply take a seat, get comfortable and take the biggest breath you’ve taken all day and hold it in for four seconds. Then exhale slowly, pushing out as much air as possible. Take another deep breath filling the stomach with air and continue until you feel your breath slowing down to its normal rate.
#8 Act confidently There are a large number of adults suffering from social phobia and crippling shyness. You can learn to be confident in the same way you learned to ride a bike. Act more confidently and people will react positively. This doesn’t mean you need to be the class clown or the centre of attention. It’s just about being more assertive. Something that feels terrifying at first will gradually feel better each time. It doesn’t happen overnight and social confidence needs to be worked on in the same way you would master any other skill. If you continue to avoid social interactions, you’ll continue to feel anxious. By removing the avoidance, you will overcome your social anxiety and fear.
# 9 Find social situations and engage Make a conscious effort to be more social. Actively look for supportive social environments that can help you overcome your fears. Perhaps start with a social skills training class. Here you can properly practice your social interactions before heading out into the real world. This will give you some tips on what to say and do when you find yourself in a social situation you’re unfamiliar with or anxious about.
Try volunteering doing something that you enjoy, this allows you to focus on an activity you find fun while at the same time pushing your boundaries. This could be anything from walking dogs at a shelter or helping out at a food bank, feeding the homeless. You’ll also be engaging with people who have similar interests so you’ll know at least one thing you can talk about and will have in common. Work on your communication skills and build rewarding relationships slowly.
#10 Be kind to yourself Nobody’s perfect and everyone feels embarrassed at one point or another in their life. Overcoming social anxiety is by no means easy. You’ll have times where you think negatively and slip back into old habits. If you’re feeling run down or tired, you may find yourself feeling more anxious than normal but it doesn’t mean you’ve failed. Just take a minute, focus on the present and practice the techniques you’ve been working on. When at times, your social anxiety returns, please be kind and patient with yourself. Self-compassion is key on your journey towards freedom. Don’t give up when you’re having a bad day and feeling down.
#11 Talk By overcoming social anxiety and shyness you will hopefully start feeling more confident during conversations. Talking to someone can be very challenging and knowing what to say isn’t easy. Sometime’s an awkward silence can feel like it lasts a lifetime. Talking to people gradually will help you be less anxious each time. There are a few conversational techniques you can use to get you started.
Let the other person do most of the work by asking open-ended questions, questions that need more than a yes or no answer. Also, ask open-ended personal questions to take the conversation to a deeper level. It will help you get to know the person more. If you’re feeling more confident, then share personal information about yourself. This invites the other person to ask questions about it and even share something personal themselves.
#12 Facing your fears The final step is to face your fears. It’s impossible to overcome social anxiety if you don’t expose yourself to situations that make you anxious. By using avoidance as a tool to cope, you won’t be helping yourself or encouraging personal growth. Numerous studies have shown that exposure therapy, facing your fears, is effective in treating anxiety disorders. This includes social anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder or even obsessive-compulsive disorder. Research does suggest, however, that exposure should be applied gently. Therefore take part in a social interaction or activity that only slightly provokes your anxiety and work your way up.
You need to learn how to deal with your anxiety levels that arise from particularly fearsome social situations. We’re social beings. And forcing yourself out of your comfort zone is a must to increase the chance of a successful experience. Every situation you face and overcome will boost your confidence.
It’s time to speak up It’s estimated that one-third of those suffering from social anxiety waited 10 years or more to speak to a professional. This is according to the Anxiety and Depression Association of America. Social anxiety disorder can have a massive negative effect on numerous areas of your life. From family life to education as well as work and close relationships. Evidence shows it’s common for a person suffering from a social anxiety to have experienced at least one other mental disorder.
Overcoming social anxiety is a long journey and it takes time for new neural pathways for social interactions to form. Is your social anxiety is constantly interfering with your daily life? Then don’t hesitate to seek professional help in whatever form you feel comfortable looking for. These are great ways to help overcome your social anxiety. Although it seems like an impossible obstacle, it’s so worth overcoming so you can live your life to the fullest.
Click here to get your FREE Guided Visualisation for Social Confidence
The post 12 Powerful Ways to Help Overcome Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you considered mindfulness to help reduce stress, anxiety and panic?
Negative thoughts and persistent mind chatter can cause havoc in your everyday life. Feelings of worry that come from anxiety and stress make it hard to relax and live in the moment. Living presently can be a challenge in itself. Let alone if you’re trying to concentrate on a work task or get through your to-do list.
A recent study has found that specific forms of mindfulness techniques can be useful in reducing negative thoughts. Thoughts that can frequently occur in depression or anxiety. With the most effective technique being a guided acceptance-based mindfulness meditation.
What’s the difference between mindfulness and meditation? With one of the most well-known types of meditation being mindfulness meditation, it’s easy to get confused between mindfulness and meditation. The two often overlap. However, they can both have a specific purpose. Originally, ancient meditation focused on transcending emotions and spiritual growth to live in a calm state. This has been aligned with today’s modern society and is commonly used as a way to reduce stress and live healthily.
Mindfulness, although similar, is the act of focusing on being completely and utterly in the present. For example, focusing on drinking a hot cup of coffee and absorbing the smell, taste and the way it makes you feel.
Taking time to be present and fully understand how you feel can be beneficial in reducing thoughts of stress, anxiety and panic. In 2013, a study published by the University of Oxford found a 58% reduction in anxiety levels in patients after taking part in the Be Mindful Online course. Of the 273 people who completed the course, a type of Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MCBT), 40% saw a reduction in stress after one month.
When you feel overwhelmed and anxious, here are a few simple and easy mindfulness tricks that can help you feel calmer without taking too much time out of your day. Sometimes an hour-long meditation can feel a bit intimidating, so this is a great place to start and feel a bit more relaxed and in the moment.
Connecting your body and breath and focusing the mind can help us to be present. In times of heightened anxiety, stress and worry, we can get stuck in the past or on future concerns. By concentrating on the now, it can help your mind break away from those negative thoughts and fixations. You can slow your mind down by connecting your body and breath. One useful breathing technique is alternative nostril breathing. This can calm you down and encourage relaxation. Watch this short video by Yoga With Adriene to learn and find out how to implement it.
We all know being outside in nature is good for you. One study found that students who spend two nights in the forest had lower levels of cortisol, the hormone used as a signifier for stress. The outdoors has been seen to reduce inflammation, fatigue and may even help fight feelings of depression and anxiety. With one study finding decreased levels of anxiety and bad mood after outdoor walks. Remember to keep your phone in your pocket on silent or even at home and soak up the smells and sounds of nature.
Colouring books aren’t just for kids and the adult colouring book market has truly blossomed in recent years. You can find anything from your favourite movie franchise to geometric shapes to keep you entertained. Colouring is a great way to be creative and just take a break from daily life in a healthy and positive manner. If you prefer to doodle or draw, then pick up a blank page and get creative.
There’s never a wrong way to journal. Whether you want to scribble down a random thought or feeling or plan on taking down everything in your life. When you put pen to paper, it might help to unscramble your thoughts and feel more relaxed. You can start anytime with just a blank notebook and a pen. If you’re looking for something that can hold all your thoughts and plans, Passion Planner’s combine a calendar and a gratitude journal to keep you feeling positive and accomplishing goals.
In a report published by the Royal Society for Public Health, Instagram was rated as the worst social media platform when it comes to mental health, in a teen survey. While it’s great to connect with friends and family through social media, it can contribute to anxiety. You’ll be surprised at the amount of time you save by not checking your social media throughout the day. This will stop you comparing yourself to other people.
Simply pause and take a moment to be present and aware of yourself. If you find this too hard maybe start with just taking a minute to focus on only one thing. Give your complete attention to the task at hand without checking your phone or email. Perhaps even set a time limit for this one thing and see how you progress. Taking a step back in a stressful and anxious situation is key to helping your nervous system calm down.
Whether it’s an English breakfast tea or your favourite matcha tea, boil the kettle and take time to enjoy your drink. Practice concentrating solely on every action and thought of the entire tea-drinking experience. From the colour of tea to the way the leaves settle to the steam rising from the cup. Whether you’re a tea drinker or maybe prefer a smoothie, indulge in the time and be present.
Whether you’re in a meditation class or just starting your day, setting an intention for the day can hold such power. Focus your mind and remind yourself what you want to achieve. Or it can be as simple as just treating your body with kindness. If something is causing you anxiety, set an intention for it and focus the mind. Many spiritual leaders and gurus attribute their fortune, health and love from setting intentions. A great place to start is trying out some mantras and repeating them to yourself several times or even writing them in a journal. Easy mantras, to begin with, are “I am a magnet for miracles” and “I am love”.
Acts of mindfulness and the study of mindfulness meditation can benefit such a wide range of people from schools to the workplace. A number of studies have shown that practising mindfulness meditation can change brain wave activity. According to the Mental Health Foundation, studies have shown increased activity in the area of the brain associated with positive emotion.
Sometimes the thought of a long meditation time can be a bit daunting. If you’re looking to use mindfulness to reduce stress and anxiety, these tips and tricks are a great way to start. Do you use any other mindfulness techniques to help you stay present?
The post 8 Easy Mindfulness Tricks to Help Reduce Stress, Anxiety and Panic appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you considered mindfulness to help reduce stress, anxiety and panic? Negative thoughts and persistent mind chatter can cause havoc in your everyday life. Feelings of worry that come from anxiety and stress make it hard to relax and live in the moment. Living presently can be a challenge in itself. Let alone if you’re […]
The post 8 Easy Mindfulness Tricks to Help Reduce Stress, Anxiety and Panic appeared first on Calmer you.
I finally got a chance to sit down with yoga teacher, BBC presenter of the Royal Wedding, mother of 4 and all round wonder woman Julie Montagu to talk about her unique take on self-care, why yoga is incredible for us if we suffer from anxiety and how to get things done and stay calm when you’re really busy (her approach is totally different to most others I’ve heard)
Find out more about Julie and her courses, classes and programmes here
Find her on Instagram here
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Ep-21.-How-to-Recharge-with-Julie-Montague.mp3
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! The post Ep 21. How to Recharge with Julie Montagu appeared first on Calmer you.
I finally got a chance to sit down with yoga teacher, BBC presenter of the Royal Wedding, mother of 4 and all round wonder woman Julie Montagu to talk about her unique take on self-care, why yoga is incredible for us if we suffer from anxiety and how to get things done and stay calm […]
The post Ep 21. How to Recharge with Julie Montagu appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you ever considered turning to Podcasts for anxiety support you when you feel anxious or worried? Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit With anxiety affecting such a large portion of the population, it’s so important to be able to identify symptoms of anxiety and have an effective coping strategy in place. In the […]
The post Feeling Anxious or Worried? Listen to These 8 Podcasts for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you ever considered turning to Podcasts for anxiety support you when you feel anxious or worried?
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
With anxiety affecting such a large portion of the population, it’s so important to be able to identify symptoms of anxiety and have an effective coping strategy in place. In the U.S, anxiety disorders are now the most common mental illness, affecting 40 million adults every year. Despite anxiety disorders being highly treatable, only 36.8% of those suffering receive treatment, according to the Anxiety and Depression Association of America.
Although anxiety and worry are terms used to explain similar feelings, there is a difference between the two. Psychology Today defines worry as something we experience in our heads and anxiety in the body. With worry being much more specific to a situation or activity. This can help us understand more the effects that the two have on our health.
Coping with anxiety and feelings of worry is a completely personal journey. What works for one person may not work for another. It’s important to try and figure out what calms you down and how you can achieve a better sense of self, whether that’s going for a run, taking a yoga class or meditating before bed.
Have you tried listening to podcasts for anxiety? Podcasts are a great way to take in information and learn something new. You don’t need to take any time out of your day, simply pop in some headphones on your morning commute or lunch break and listen. There are several fantastic podcasts that not only discuss anxiety and mental health but also provide actionable tips and advice. If you’re not sure where to start, try out these nine podcasts.
Top Podcasts for Anxiety
I have created a podcast that gives you the guidance and inspiration to be your calmest, happiest and most confident self. Expect practical tools, expert interviews, audio hugs, encouragement and a reminder that you are not alone. The Podcast is available to listen to for free on iTunes Spotify and also my website .
The Anxiety Guy podcast is created by Dennis Simsek, an anxiety expert, mental health author and blogger. As a former professional tennis player, Dennis struggled through a long 6-year period with anxiety and panic disorder. He takes you through his past and former dark thoughts and how he eventually ended that anxious time in his life.
The podcast is designed to lessen and end generalised anxiety disorder, hypochondria and depression. The Anxiety Guy exists so that hopefully you don’t have to go through the same mistakes and help to manage and end your anxiety. The podcast is available to listen for free on iTunes and includes great podcasts such as “Top 10 Words you MUST Replace if you Suffer from Anxiety” and “Life After Anxiety – 6 Ways to Find Fun Again”.
Designed for personal growth and for people who want to better their lives and change their behaviour, The Overwhelmed Brain podcast is created by Paul Colaianni. Back in 2005, Paul fell into a depression after a 13-year relationship came to an abrupt end. Several years later with a lot of learning and a massive shift in thinking and behaviour, The Overwhelmed Brain came to fruition. A blog as well as a podcast, its aim is to help you break through negative thoughts and empower you to live your best life. The podcast covers a broad range of topics including anxiety, depression, negative thinking and much more.
Selfie by Kristen Howerton, a writer and psychotherapist and Sarah James, a lifestyle blogger focuses on all areas of self-care. If you’re looking for something with a sense of humour then Selfie is the podcast for you. They tackle a wide range of topics from the funny to the serious, looking at the mind, body and spirit. The podcast hosts regularly chat to a number of interesting guests and cover anything from body positivity to comparing yourself to other people on social media. Although it’s not entirely focused on anxiety, it brings up topics that can cause stress and worry. Knowing that someone else shares similar feelings to you can be such a relief in itself.
There’s nothing like listening to Oprah to lighten you up and make you feel like your rocking your best self. Listen to interviews with thought-leaders and best-selling authors as well as health and wellness experts. These powerful conversations can help lead to such positivity and in turn positive behaviours. Topics include “The Power of Visualisation”, “8 Rules to Happiness” and “Life after Loss”. Oprah talks to a number of well-known people and experts including Dr. Phil, Amy Shumer and clinical physiologist Dr. Shefali Tsabary.
With your two inner wolves fighting, The One you Feed is for your good wolf. Created by Eric Zimmer and Chris Forbes, the podcast talks about anxiety, addiction, depression, mindfulness and meditation. With a massive catalogue of over 200 episodes to listen, the weekly podcast brings in experts and great conversation. Hosted by Eric, a behaviour coach, author and entrepreneur who at age 24 was homeless with a drug addiction. Fantastic podcasts include “Jeff Warren on How to Meditate with a Busy Brain” and “Eric Maisel: Rethinking Mental Health”.
Hosted by Kelli Walker, a registered nurse, certified health and wellness coach and a former agoraphobe, Not Another Anxiety Show is a resource to learn more about anxiety, panic attacks and stress. Whether you’re a bit overwhelmed or feeling extremely anxious, Kelli delves into what anxiety really is and how you can find a way out of its tight grip. Joined alongside other experts, Kelli keeps conversations casual while offering practical tips, advice and simple guidance to overcome anxiety.
10% Happier with Dan Harris, Dan is an ABC newsman who had a panic attack live on Good Morning America. This led him to practice medication before releasing his bestselling book “10% Happier” as well as an app “10% Happier: Meditation for Fidgety Skeptics”. Dan chats to exciting and interesting people about whether there’s anything beyond that 10%. A fun and refreshing podcast with humour and intelligent guests. Listen to Dan’s debuting podcast as he sits down with the Dalai Lama and Richard Davidson, a neuroscientist and founder of the Centre for Healthy Minds, to discuss how you can live a happier life.
The Anxiety Coaches are just regular people who happen to have experienced stress, anxiety and PTSD, who now help others to overcome their struggles. The host Gina Ryan is an anxiety coach and nutritionist who struggled with general anxiety, agoraphobia and panic for over 20 years. After using her professional knowledge, personal experience and understanding of prayer and meditation, Gina finally ended her struggle with anxiety and couldn’t even remember when her last panic attack was. Bringing you two new episodes weekly, which aim to help you overcome stress, anxiety and panic attacks all while living a healthy lifestyle. Gina and the coaches talk in a conversational and fun tone, trying to answer all your health questions.
There’s such a variety of podcasts that you’re sure to find something that suits you. Whether you’re looking for something with a sense of humour or want more serious actionable advice, your podcast is out there. With hosts that are relatable, aware and understand what you are going through, podcasts are an excellent way to cope with feelings of worry and anxiety.
Are there any anxiety podcasts we need to know about? Let us know in the comments below.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Feeling Anxious or Worried? Listen to These 8 Podcasts for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I spoke to Vicki and Selina from Project Love-a coaching duo on a mission:
to help busy women create lives, careers and relationships they love. We have such a rich and interesting conversation on everything from:
-Finding romance in the modern world
-How to design a life you adore
-Making new friends
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Ep-20.-Lives-Careers-and-Relationships-You-Love-with-Project-Love.mp3
-How to find a career you love
Find out about Project Love and their courses and events https://loveprojectlove.com/
https://www.instagram.com/loveprojectlove/
Project Love Podcast
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! The post Ep 20. Lives, Careers and Relationships You Love with Project Love appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I spoke to Vicki and Selina from Project Love-a coaching duo on a mission: to help busy women create lives, careers and relationships they love. We have such a rich and interesting conversation on everything from: -Finding romance in the modern world -How to design a life you adore -Making new friends -How […]
The post Ep 20. Lives, Careers and Relationships You Love with Project Love appeared first on Calmer you.
On today’s’ blog we’ll explore how we can benefit from yoga. Unfortunately, anxiety and stress are regular occurrences in many people’s daily lives. With today’s busy lifestyle and a finer line between work and home life, it can feel too much at times. Whether you’re anxious about an upcoming work presentation or constantly bombarded with […]
The post Yoga – 9 Ways Yoga Helps to Relieve Anxiety and Lower Stress appeared first on Calmer you.
On today’s’ blog we’ll explore how we can benefit from yoga.
Unfortunately, anxiety and stress are regular occurrences in many people’s daily lives. With today’s busy lifestyle and a finer line between work and home life, it can feel too much at times. Whether you’re anxious about an upcoming work presentation or constantly bombarded with panic attacks, we all feel it at some point.
How you address and cope with it is what helps you get through high levels of anxiety. Finding coping methods, a support system or simply just a person to talk about it with can all be helpful in reducing anxiety symptoms and relieving stress.
In the UK, 16 million people experience a mental illness, with three in four mental illnesses starting in childhood. Stress and anxiety can have such a massive impact on your life. The overwhelming feeling when your heart starts to race and hands begin to tremor is an unwelcome one. However, not all is lost, research suggests that practising yoga can help to relieve anxiety and modulate a stress response.
Yoga, originating from India, is a mind and body practice that draws on so many different elements and helps a person to be present, relaxed and calm. As well as building strength and flexibility, yoga takes you inward and forces you to be in control and focus on your breathing.
Yoga has become increasingly popular and is now used by many people in their day-to-day lives. According to a national survey in the US, around 31 million adults have used it. Classes can vary from gentle to advanced, depending on your capability and personal preference. There are several types of yoga, with popular forms being Hatha, Vinyasa, Iyengar and Bikram yoga.
There are so many ways to find yoga classes from heading to your nearest yoga studio or using YouTube or a subscription-based online yoga class website. Yoga Anytime is a perfect place to start and allows you to practice from your home with a 15-day free trial.
Life and work can easily get in the way of taking time for yourself. Busy schedules usually result in sacrificing time that you may have put aside for your self. Taking that time back isn’t selfish, it’s practising self-love and compassion. When you take 30 minutes to practice an exercise such as yoga, you’re treating yourself and showing that you’re worth the acceptance and time. This will hopefully result in more positive behaviour and thinking.
Yoga can teach you to focus on yourbreathing, allowing you to slow and deepen your breath. When you feel anxious it’s usually accompanied by rapid breathing, shallow breaths and even tightening of the chest. It can help you to be much more aware of your breath and use it to overcome challenges. In yoga, you use your breath to not only be present but also to make your body as efficient as possible to stay in certain poses and move gently.
When your tense and anxious, it can show throughout your entire body. Your shoulders cramp together and tension can run all the way from your lower back up to your head, resulting in a pounding headache. Other common areas where we hold tension are the jaw and neck. By practising yoga, you can experience the benefits of your body relating and releasing tension from muscles. By reducing the physical tension your body is holding this, in turn, can help to release the hold anxiety and stress has on the body.
Stress and anxiety can go hand in hand. When feelings of anxiety start to show, it can be very challenging to reduce them. In a 2009 issue of Perceptual Motor Skills, researchers observed 300 people attending a yoga therapy centre in North India. Those who practised a 2-hour yoga session showed a 14.7% decrease in anxiety levels.
Yoga looks to be a very positive outlook for managing stress and anxiety. Researchers at Boston University School of Medicine found increased GABA levels in the brain and improvement in mood and anxiety with a 12-week yoga intervention.
It can feel difficult, impossible at times, to relax the mind. Meditation is incred
ibly powerful and is often combined with yoga practices. Learning to calm the mind, breathe deeply and be aware of your breath are all vital tools that are useful for coping with anxiety symptoms. In 2011, Harvard researchers published data that found that 3% (the equivalent of 6.4 million Americans) had been advised by healthcare practitioners to use mind-body therapies such as yoga and meditation. People suffering from anxiety made up a third of those recommendations.
Negative feelings and emotions can build up over time if they are not expressed. This build-up of guilt, anger or sadness can result in increased anxiety and stress. If you’re feeling wound up and struggle to release negative emotion in an effective way, it is a fantastic solution. We commonly store emotional tension in our hips and shoulders so classes or poses that particularly focus on these areas can be effective at releasing emotion.
A small study carried out by Georgia State University looked at the effects of yoga on three people diagnosed with anxiety. Overall, researchers found that it helped to reduce worry, one of the major symptoms of anxiety.
Yoga offers you a sense of harmony with your body and mind. When the two are connected it helps you to live in the moment and be mindful. By being more sensitive to your body and having the ability to detect and respond when something isn’t quite right is key to balance and wellbeing.
Scientific research acknowledges the “yoga high”, with those practising yoga experiencing increased endorphin levels after their practice. One study has found that yoga students not only had reduced levels of the stress hormone cortisol but also showed a big increase in endorphins.
A small study, carried out by the University of Utah, found that experienced yoga practitioners had the highest pain tolerance and lowest pain-related brain activity during the MRI scan in the study. Whether you’re a beginner or advanced, the poses will put your body into a position that you are not used to.
Moving your body into these poses might cause discomfort but it’s normal to feel that way. Getting through these physical challenges and powering through the discomfort will help to increase your tolerance. Knowing that something isn’t comfortable but you can and will get through it is something you can apply to several areas of your life.
There is growing evidence regular yoga is a low-risk way of reaching several benefits of well-being, physically and mentally. As well as overall health benefits that can be reaped from regular practice, it is a great way to join a community and feel more connected. Helping to reduce any feelings of loneliness and isolation.
Although yoga is a safe and natural way to cope with stress and anxiety, it may be strenuous for some people. With so many types of available, always check with your healthcare provider to check which practice is suitable for you and your body before starting.
The post Yoga – 9 Ways Yoga Helps to Relieve Anxiety and Lower Stress appeared first on Calmer you.
Anna Percy Davis is a life coach and positive psychology expert – she works with individuals as a coach and in businesses delivering training and wellness programmes. In this chat we explore the confidence issues that hold us back at work, how to shift our mindsets to become more positive and how we can better communicate with other people. Find out more about Anna at http://www.annapercydavis.com/ Follow Anna on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/annapdwellbeing/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast‘ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Ep-19.-Confidence-and-Communication-at-Work-with-Anna-Percy-Davis.mp3
The post Ep 19. Confidence and Communication at Work with Anna Percy Davis appeared first on Calmer you.
Anna Percy Davis is a life coach and positive psychology expert – she works with individuals as a coach and in businesses delivering training and wellness programmes. In this chat we explore the confidence issues that hold us back at work, how to shift our mindsets to become more positive and how we can better […]
The post Ep 19. Confidence and Communication at Work with Anna Percy Davis appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I chatted to mindfulness and meditation teacher Holiday Phillips. We talk about:
– What to do when meditation feels boring
-How to find the time when you’re busy af
-A simple way to show yourself some more love
Find Holiday here http://www.holidayphillips.com
Also check out her Youtube channel – 30 days of meditation on YouTube
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Ep-18.-Meditation-Made-Simple-with-Holiday-Phillips.mp3
The post Ep 18. Meditation Made Simple with Holiday Phillips appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I chatted to mindfulness and meditation teacher Holiday Phillips. We talk about: – What to do when meditation feels boring -How to find the time when you’re busy af -A simple way to show yourself some more love Find Holiday here http://www.holidayphillips.com Also check out her Youtube channel – 30 days of meditation […]
The post Ep 18. Meditation Made Simple with Holiday Phillips appeared first on Calmer you.
I chat to Jayne Hardy the founder of The Blurt Foundation and author of The Self Care Project about depression and self care. Why we find self care so difficult, how to support someone with depression and why it’s a-ok to be an introvert! We mention this free guide > https://www.blurtitout.org/blurts-guide-supporting-someone-depression/ Follow Jayne on Twitter: https://twitter.com/JayneHardy_ Follow Jayne on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/jaynehardy_/ https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Ep-17.-Jayne-Hardy-from-Blurt-Foundation-on-Depression-and-Self-Care.mp3
The post Ep 17. Jayne Hardy from Blurt Foundation on Depression and Self Care appeared first on Calmer you.
I chat to Jayne Hardy the founder of The Blurt Foundation and author of The Self Care Project about depression and self care. Why we find self care so difficult, how to support someone with depression and why it’s a-ok to be an introvert! We mention this free guide > https://www.blurtitout.org/blurts-guide-supporting-someone-depression/ Follow Jayne on Twitter: https://twitter.com/JayneHardy_ Follow […]
The post Ep 17. Jayne Hardy from Blurt Foundation on Depression and Self Care appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit When it all feels like it’s getting too much, meditation apps could help relieve anxiety and stress. It’s normal to feel worried about certain things in your everyday life such as a job interview or an exam but when that worry takes over, it’s time to take […]
The post 10 Amazing Meditation Apps to Help Combat Anxiety, Stress and Insomnia appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
When it all feels like it’s getting too much, meditation apps could help relieve anxiety and stress.
It’s normal to feel worried about certain things in your everyday life such as a job interview or an exam but when that worry takes over, it’s time to take action. It’s easier said than done, I know but noticing symptoms of anxiety and having coping strategies in place is so important.
Those with generalised anxiety disorder (GAD) could be spending over 300 minutes a day worrying. This is in comparison to just general worriers who spend around 55 minutes a day worrying, according to a Johns Hopkins Health Alert. That’s over five hours a day spent obsessing and working yourself up instead of really enjoying a good quality of life and well-being.
Anxiety disorders don’t discriminate and anyone can experience stress and worry at some point in their life. In the UK alone, 1 in 10 young people (16-18-year-olds) will experience a mental health disorder. With over half of all mental ill health starting at age 14 and 75% developing by age 18.
One way to help ease anxiety and stress, two common factors that disrupt sleep and cause insomnia, is to practice meditation. Focusing on your breath and visualising a calm environment may help to reduce anxiety symptoms and ease stress.
Researchers from Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, MD looked through almost 19,000 meditation studies. Their findings suggested that mindful meditation can help ease anxiety, depression and pain.
The thought of meditation may seem a little hard to grasp, sitting cross-legged on the floor trying not to think. However, there are several meditation apps that can help with mindfulness and allow you to take the time to be present and just take a breath.
When it all feels like it’s getting too much, reach for your phone, put on some headphones and relax. Here are 10 amazing meditation apps to help relieve anxiety and stress.
The Calmer You App The Calmer You app is a complete course designed with tools to help you to manage your anxiety every day. It’s designed specifically for those with anxiety, with science-backed tools, meditations, daily journalling and ways to track your progress as you become calmer.
The most perfect app for anyone! ‘I love the way that each course subtly reinforces the previous courses to build up real change: a brilliant App that trains the brain. Not just an information fest’
10/10 – thank you for a really great app
‘Wow, what an incredible app! I’ve never come across an app that combines so many great techniques and tools for overcoming anxiety in such a strategic way. One day I’m meditating and working through difficult decisions, the next im working out and learning to manage my ‘thinking traps’ – its really great. Thank you!’
Really grateful!
‘Packed full of really helpful and easy-to-understand advice and I love doing the reflective practices! I feel calm and grounded when I use the app and it helps me to put things into perspective. Great to have the meditations and the journaling in there too!’
10% Happier If you’ve never tried meditation before then this is one of the meditations apps for you. Created by New York Times bestselling author, Dan Harris, 10% Happier provides a simple and easy to follow approach to meditation. The app includes guided meditations as well as a number of resources for coping with stress and anxiety. A perfect choice if you don’t have much time. The practices are short and sweet and can fit into your morning commute or afternoon coffee break.
Calm Voted App of the Year by Apple in 2017 and Happiest App in the World by Human Tech, Calm helps to bring more clarity, peace and happiness into your life. The app is free to download but has a paid subscription fee. Guided meditations are available at different lengths, ranging from 3 to 25 minutes long. The topics include calming anxiety, managing stress, self-esteem and happiness amongst several others. There are new practices added daily as well as specific programmes for both beginner and advanced users.
The Smiling Mind The Smiling Mind is a non-profit organisation. The app was developed by psychologists and educators who want to help bring balance to people’s lives. The Smiling Mind aims to make mindfulness and meditation available to children and adults. The programmes are suitable for a range of ages starting at age 7. As well as offering 10-minute sessions they also have mindfulness programmes specifically for the classroom and workspace.
Stop, Breathe & Think Even just the title itself is good advice to take when it comes to anxiety. The app includes guided meditations, breathing techniques and yoga. A unique approach to mindfulness and meditation, users have reported feeling 46% less anxiety with consistent use of the app. They also experienced a 78% increase in positive feelings after the first session. You can track your progress and mood to keep on top of your practice at all times.
Simple Habit This is one of the meditation apps for the person with no time. It’s fantastic for busy lifestyles. It was created by a former investment banker who turned to meditation to manage the extreme stress from her job. Simple Habit includes guides by some of the world’s best leaders in the mindfulness space from experts at Google to former monks. The app requires a monthly paid subscription and gives you access to over 1000 guided meditations, all 5-minutes long. The aim is to develop a simple habit of meditation by just dedicating a few minutes each day to the practice.
Breethe Breethe helps you to de-stress and sleep better. It’s perfect for a pre-bedtime meditation session. Your personal mindfulness coach delivers 10-20 minute sessions to encourage relaxation and sharpen your mind. The app also offers specific practices to cope with certain scenarios such as “Dealing with Anxiety”.
Omvana Omvana provides a number of guided meditations and they can range from 3 to 60 minutes. When first starting, it’s much easier to practice shorter meditation sessions and work your way towards the longer ones. With Omvana, you can personalise the background music with the integrated mixer so it really is a personalised meditation practice. The app not only focuses on stress and anxiety but also on spiritual growth, focus and sleep
Insight Timer Voted App of the Year Winner by TIME magazine, Insight Timer is helping millions of people to learn to meditate, reduce anxiety, manage stress and sleep deeper. The app features guided meditations and talks led by the worlds leading experts in mindfulness as well as neuroscientists, psychologists and teachers. It has thousands of music tracks to help set the mood and enter a calm state.
Oak Oak provides a number of guided meditations and breathing techniques that can be used to manage and cope with stress and anxiety. Certain breathing techniques can really help you take a step back and be present in the moment. The app also features a meditation timer, the ability to track your progress and a library of talks from Alan Watts. It’s free to use and a simple way to implement meditation into your everyday life.
Most of us either have our phone on us or nearby so instead of replying to emails or texts that keep us alert and tightly wound, why not open one of your meditation apps and start relaxing. Research has shown that meditation and mindfulness-based training might help you manage your anxiety. One study has found that a mind-calming practice that focuses on breathing and being aware of the present moment can help fight insomnia and improve sleep.
If something can help ease your worry and only takes 10 minutes out of your day, then it’s definitely worth a try. Meditation apps are a great place to start your practice and learn the basics.
If you’re interested in attending a meditation class in person, check out your local yoga studios for a class in mindfulness and meditation otherwise try one of the meditation apps.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post 10 Amazing Meditation Apps to Help Combat Anxiety, Stress and Insomnia appeared first on Calmer you.
ROOTED LONDON was Founded by Pandora Paloma, a Holistic Nutritionist and Life Coach She specialises in Intuitive Eating and Living, Self-love Empowerment and Body Positivity. I loved chatting to her about intuitive eating, body positivity and why we’re so damn disconnected. Find Pandora here: http://www.rootedlondon.com/ https://www.instagram.com/rootedlondon/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Ep-16.-intuitive-Eating-and-Body-Positivity-with-Pandora-Paloma-of-Rooted-London.mp3
The post Ep 16. Intuitive Eating and Body Positivity with Pandora Paloma of Rooted London appeared first on Calmer you.
ROOTED LONDON was Founded by Pandora Paloma, a Holistic Nutritionist and Life Coach She specialises in Intuitive Eating and Living, Self-love Empowerment and Body Positivity. I loved chatting to her about intuitive eating, body positivity and why we’re so damn disconnected. Find Pandora here: http://www.rootedlondon.com/ https://www.instagram.com/rootedlondon/ Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 […]
The post Ep 16. Intuitive Eating and Body Positivity with Pandora Paloma of Rooted London appeared first on Calmer you.
Herbal supplements for anxiety Looking for effective herbal supplements for anxiety? In the UK alone, there were 8.2 million cases of anxiety recorded in 2013, with women being twice as likely to be diagnosed with anxiety disorders than men. There may be a natural anxiety remedy to the rescue.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
Chest tightness, sweating and an overwhelming feeling of losing control. We’re all familiar with the feelings of anxiety and panic attacks. I’m no different. I’m well aware of how overwhelming and scary anxiety can make you feel, not only mentally but physically.
The actual symptoms of anxiety can range from very short to long and ongoing. It’s completely different for each individual. I don’t know about you but I found that little things would set me off. Such as leaving the house or meeting friends and all of a sudden it hit me.
According to the American Psychological Association, anxiety is an emotion identified by worried thoughts, feelings of tension and physical changes such as increased blood pressure. I’m not sure which is worse, the physical or the psychological symptoms that come with anxiety. Whether you experience mild symptoms or have regular full-blown panic attacks, it’s so important to find a method of coping that works for you.
Constantly living with tension and distress can be detrimental to your quality of life. The need for effective natural supplements to ease anxiety symptoms is greater than ever. As well as helping with anxiety, many health remedies are known to have other positive benefits. I’ve compiled a list of eight effective herbal supplements as an anxiety remedy. These could help to reel in your anxiety and get your life back.
Herbs for anxiety The first thing you should do when considering a supplement is talk to your doctor. There are also a lot of different supplements available so don’t rely on just one or two brands. You can find one that suits your needs that may not be available at your local store, you might need to order it online or via a specialist herbalist to ensure you’re getting great quality.
How to take herbal supplements for anxiety Follow the directions on the packet as to what dosage to take. Some will be to take with food, others at a certain time of day, so make sure you research what’s best depending on the herb. Some herbal supplements for anxiety will take a while to work, so don’t give up if after only a few days you haven’t noticed a change. I believe that herbal supplements for anxiety can play a role, but more than likely it’s one of many things you do to keep your anxiety in check. Most herbals supplements are not miracle cures. Make sure you’re still seeking therapy, speaking to your doctor, trying things like meditation or hypnotherapy recordings to help yourself to feel calmer.
Best herbal supplements for anxiety Below, I’m sharing the best herbal supplements for anxiety and the evidence to support their use. As with any herbal supplements, please check with your doctor before taking anything. Herbs can be powerful and an in some cases interact with medications, so always check.
Valerian Root This should be high up on your list of herbal supplements for anxiety. Valerian is commonly used as a sleep aid for insomnia which can often be caused by anxiety, as you may well know. As well as aiding in a restful night’s sleep, valerian root is a natural remedy for anxiety. Mostly taken in pill form due to its questionable smell, valerian root encourages relaxation. One small study has shown that patients with generalised anxiety disorder found valerian root significantly reduced a measure of anxiety compared to the placebo. Valerian has been used for centuries and dates back to Greek and Roman times as a natural anxiety remedy.
Kava Kava A very well known herbal supplement for anxiety, it promotes relaxation and is available in different products. Today, it’s most frequently consumed in pill form. Some key benefits from the consumption of kava root are muscle relaxation and improved cognitive ability, just what you’re looking for in an anti-anxiety remedy. The use of kava as a treatment for anxiety has been reviewed in multiple studies and is an effective and safe treatment of anxiety, says Psychology Today. The natural supplement has been reported to interact negatively with alcohol but if you’re looking to improve your anxiety, it’s probably best to avoid alcohol altogether.
Ashwagandha A bit of a mouthful, the herbal medicine translates to “smell of horse”. Traditionally used to treat anxiety, ageing and low energy, the adaptogenic herb has long been used in Ayurvedic medicine. Adaptogens are a class of healing plants that help to balance, protect and restore the body. Holy basil and liquorice root are also classed as adaptogens. Ashwagandha helps to balance the hormones that contribute to anxiety as well as help induce relaxation and aid sleep. There have been a number of studies that support the effectiveness of the herb as a natural anxiety remedy. In 2012, a study found that patients diagnosed with anxiety disorder showed significantly lower anxiety and 28% lower levels of serum cortisol when taking Ashwagandha as opposed to the placebo.
Rhodiola The bright yellow-green plant is also known as golden root or roseroot. Rhodiola is an adaptogen herb and is the second most consumed in traditional medicine. As an adaptogen herb, it can have a direct effect on your stress levels and your ability to control and manage stress. The herb has been shown to have beneficial qualities in the relief of anxiety symptoms. Rhodiola encourages calmness and relaxation as well as being a natural stress-reducing and anxiety remedy.
Lavender Widely used in aromatherapy, the plant’s essential oil is said to promote relaxation, something any anxiety-sufferer strives for. Lavender is available in pill form and alone as an essential oil. Several studies have tested lavender’s effect on anxiety symptoms. Published in 2005 in Physiology & Behaviour, a study on 200 people found that breathing in lavender whilst awaiting dental treatment both improved mood and lessened anxiety. Lavender has also been known to help encourage sleep which can be massively affected by anxiety. Placing a pot of lavender in your bedroom or perhaps a lavender pillow spray may help you nod off and improve your sleep quality.
Passionflower The beautiful flower is used as a herbal supplement for anxiety. Passionflower has calming effects on those feeling restless and anxious. It’s known to cause sleepiness for some so it’s best to take this one before bed after a busy day. Originally native to Peru, Passionflower has spread throughout the world. Some studies suggest the flower may help to relieve anxiety and aid sleep, however, more research is required to properly assess all the potential uses of passionflower, according to the National Centre for Complementary and Integrative Health (NCCIH). Some species of the flower may even help with treating stomach problems.
Chamomile Having a sip on a cup of chamomile tea before bed to relax and set you up for a good night’s sleep is probably an anxiety remedy you’ve either done or heard of. If you’re not a fan of tea, it’s also available in pill form. Chamomile is a gentle, effective and natural way to treat anxiety. It’s also been known to ease digestion issues and encourage sleep, helping any insomnia-sufferers. In a 2009 study published in the Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, chamomile capsules seemed to have a calming effect on patients anxiety symptoms.
Lemon Balm Most commonly found in capsule form, lemon balm is also an extract. It can be taken alone or added to a herbal tea. This natural anxiety remedy has been used since at least the Middle Ages in relieving symptoms and encouraging relaxation. Lemon balm may also be helpful in treating digestive issues and headaches. Known for its calming and soothing properties, several studies have found that lemon balm not only helps in relieving anxiety but can also improve mood and reduce stress.
I hope you find herbal supplements for anxiety that work for you. Anxiety can wreak havoc on your well-being and day-to-day living. It’s so incredibly vital to find an effective way of managing, coping and in turn reducing your symptoms. Anxiety is a normal bodily function when faced with something new or daunting. However, it shouldn’t have the power to dominate your life.
Remember that every individual is different so the way your body may interact with natural remedies can be different. Herbal supplements us as an anxiety remedy. They are a great way to manage and relieve symptoms of anxiety in a natural yet effective way.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post 8 Effective Herbal Supplements for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Herbal supplements for anxiety Looking for effective herbal supplements for anxiety? In the UK alone, there were 8.2 million cases of anxiety recorded in 2013, with women being twice as likely to be diagnosed with anxiety disorders than men. There may be a natural anxiety remedy to the rescue. Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting […]
The post 8 Effective Herbal Supplements for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Hazel Wallace AKA The Food Medic is a doctor and author of two books, the newest of which is The Food Medic for Life: Easy Recipes to help you live well Everyday We talk about: -Her journey with her relationship with food (it wasn’t always smooth sailing) -Her tips on eating well and maintaining […]
The post Ep 15. The Food Medic – Eating Well Even If You’re Busy appeared first on Calmer you.
Dr Hazel Wallace AKA The Food Medic is a doctor and author of two books, the newest of which is The Food Medic for Life: Easy Recipes to help you live well Everyday
We talk about:
-Her journey with her relationship with food (it wasn’t always smooth sailing)
-Her tips on eating well and maintaining energy when you’re crazy busy
-How she stay calm in a hectic world
Find Hazel on Instagram at TheFoodMedic
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Ep-15.-The-Food-Medic-Eating-Well-Even-If-Youre-Busy.mp3
The post Ep 15. The Food Medic – Eating Well Even If You’re Busy appeared first on Calmer you.
Claire Eastham is the author of the bestselling book We’re All Mad Here and the founder of the brilliant blog We’re All Mad Here We chat about social anxiety, panic attacks, how to tell your employee about your mental health issues and public speaking – plus loads more. Find more about Claire on social media: https://twitter.com/ClaireyLove https://www.instagram.com/allmadhereuk_/ https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Ep-14.-Social-Anxiety-with-Claire-Eastman.mp3
The post Ep 14. Social Anxiety with Claire Eastham appeared first on Calmer you.
Claire Eastham is the author of the bestselling book We’re All Mad Here and the founder of the brilliant blog We’re All Mad Here We chat about social anxiety, panic attacks, how to tell your employee about your mental health issues and public speaking – plus loads more. Find more about Claire on social media: […]
The post Ep 14. Social Anxiety with Claire Eastham appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk to love coach Persia Lawson about: -How to start attracting your soul mate -Working through the anxiety of being single or newly in a relationship -Why dating apps might NOT be the best way to meet someone Find Persia in Instagram https://www.instagram.com/persialawson Get the free training ‘3 Qualities You Must Posses […]
The post Ep. 14 Looking for Love with Persia Lawson appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I talk to love coach Persia Lawson about:
-How to start attracting your soul mate
-Working through the anxiety of being single or newly in a relationship
-Why dating apps might NOT be the best way to meet someone
Find Persia in Instagram https://www.instagram.com/persialawson
Get the free training ‘3 Qualities You Must Posses to Attract Your Soulmate’ at https://www.persialawson.com/
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Ep.-14-Looking-for-Love-with-Persia-Lawson.mp3
The post Ep. 14 Looking for Love with Persia Lawson appeared first on Calmer you.
Angelique Panagos is a nutritional therapist based in London. Her book The Balance Plan is a guide to optimal hormonal health.
Angelique is on Instagram at https://www.instagram.com/angeliquepanagos
We chat about:
-How diet, stress and sleep can impact our hormones
-The impact of sugar and whether we need to quit it all together
-Simple foods to add in for better hormonal health
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Ep-13.-Balancing-Hormones-through-Diet-with-Angelique-Panagos.mp3
The post Ep 13. Balancing Hormones Through Diet with Angelique Panagos appeared first on Calmer you.
Angelique Panagos is a nutritional therapist based in London. Her book The Balance Plan is a guide to optimal hormonal health. Angelique is on Instagram at https://www.instagram.com/angeliquepanagos We chat about: -How diet, stress and sleep can impact our hormones -The impact of sugar and whether we need to quit it all together -Simple foods to […]
The post Ep 13. Balancing Hormones Through Diet with Angelique Panagos appeared first on Calmer you.
The Top Triggers for Anxiety and How to Manage Them Anxiety is different for everyone. The way we experience symptoms are usually similar, however, the reasons behind why we feel this way differ from person to person. Anxiety happens for particular reasons or no reason at all. However, there are certain triggers that can prompt […]
The post The Top Triggers for Social Anxiety and How to Manage Them appeared first on Calmer you.
The Top Triggers for Anxiety and How to Manage Them
Anxiety is different for everyone. The way we experience symptoms are usually similar, however, the reasons behind why we feel this way differ from person to person. Anxiety happens for particular reasons or no reason at all. However, there are certain triggers that can prompt an attack, and the first step is recognising them so that you can move forward to being a more prepared and calmer you.
The first thing to know is that different types of anxiety have different triggers. For instance, those with of obsessive-compulsive disorder are unwanted thoughts, whereas those with a panic disorder are often triggered by physical sensations. So, the first step is recognising which form of anxiety you’re being affected by.
Social Anxiety disorder is a really common form of anxiety, and therefore the triggers are well known and easily recognisable. Take a look below for some of the most familiar:
How to Manage them:
The first step: Recognising your body’s response to the trigger.
Your body’s physical reaction to a trigger is actually an evolutionary survival mechanism, telling you to protect yourself. For some people, though, these responses can go into overdrive and may not shut off when they’re supposed to, and this is when people experience social anxiety. Recognising your response to certain situations will make your body more familiar with your reactions and increase your ability to control them. Symptoms of anxiety could include:
Two: Breathe through it
Rather than running away, take a minute to breathe deeply into your belly. Remember that the feelings will pass and even though they are uncomfortable you can handle it.
Three: Face your triggers one step at a time
Instead of throwing yourself into a situation, practice imagining you are there first. In the beginning, this may be enough to set off your anxiety. But the more you familiarise yourself with an uncomfortable situation, the easier you will find it to calm yourself down and control your triggers. You can even make a list of your fears and then identify some coping techniques that you can associate with them, such as deep breathing, meditating or progressive muscle relaxation. That way you will associate the two together, so when you face the situation in real life you will remember the techniques you can use. Secondly, take one step at a time. For example, if you have a fear of public speaking and want to get more comfortable, trying to make a speech in front of a few trusted friends and family first. Practice in front of them before going out to a larger audience.
Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)
The NHS defines CBT as: ‘a type of therapy that can help you manage your problems by changing the way you think and behave. You’ll work with the therapist to agree on some goals – for example, one aim may be to stop obsessively checking your appearance.’
When it comes to body anxiety, CBT challenges the automatic harmful thoughts you have about your body image and learning a more flexible and realistic way of thinking, to prevent your anxieties from getting the better of you. Therapy can also provide you with practical ways to handle the reactions to your triggers so that you are keeping the symptoms of anxiety at bay and also maintaining a positive mindset.
And remember, these are only triggers, they don’t mean you can’t step into these situations ever again because you’re scared of having an attack. That would be letting the anxiety win, and that’s not what we’re here to do. It’s about getting control of your anxiety, so you don’t have to be defeated by your triggers. A calmer you is within reach.
The post The Top Triggers for Social Anxiety and How to Manage Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Shame is a root cause of so much of our mental distress. In this episode I share: – A LOT of my own story around shame – Why we experience shame and what it is – How you can start to overcome it Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or […]
The post Ep 12. Is Shame the Root of Anxiety and Depression? appeared first on Calmer you.
Shame is a root cause of so much of our mental distress. In this episode I share:
– A LOT of my own story around shame
– Why we experience shame and what it is
– How you can start to overcome it
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Don’t forget to grab your FREE guided relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Ep-12.-Is-Shame-the-Root-of-Anxiety-and-Depression.mp3
The post Ep 12. Is Shame the Root of Anxiety and Depression? appeared first on Calmer you.
Hey! This week I’m doing another Q and A – talking about:
Here are the things I mention:
https://www.instagram.com/lucysheridan/
The Tim Ferris Show
The Lively SHow
It’s Not Always Depression
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Ep-11.-Q-A-Part-2-Social-Anxiety-Books-Losing-Control.mp3
The post Ep 11. Q + A Part 2 – Social Anxiety, Books, Losing Control appeared first on Calmer you.
Hey! This week I’m doing another Q and A – talking about: Social anxiety – why we get it and how to overcome it The books and podcasts I rate How to cope with feeling out of control And more! Here are the things I mention: https://www.instagram.com/lucysheridan/ The Tim Ferris Show The Lively SHow It’s […]
The post Ep 11. Q + A Part 2 – Social Anxiety, Books, Losing Control appeared first on Calmer you.
This one is for all the Mums, Mums to be and Mums of the future… Zoe Blaskey is the founder of Motherkind and hosts events, workshops and talks all aimed at helping mums reconnect to themselves in the madness of modern mum life. Zoe offers 121 coaching, teaches meditation and is the host of the […]
The post Ep 10. Zoe Blaskey from Motherkind appeared first on Calmer you.
This one is for all the Mums, Mums to be and Mums of the future… Zoe Blaskey is the founder of Motherkind and hosts events, workshops and talks all aimed at helping mums reconnect to themselves in the madness of modern mum life. Zoe offers 121 coaching, teaches meditation and is the host of the popular ‘The Motherkind Podcast’. In this episode we talk about: – The top thing that Mums struggle with – How to manage issues like comparison as a Mum – Practical tips and tricks to stay calm and happy (even if you’re short on time. Follow Zoe on Instagram @motherkind.co and find out more about Motherkind at www.motherkind.co
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Ep-10.-Zoe-Blaskey-from-Motherkind.mp3
The post Ep 10. Zoe Blaskey from Motherkind appeared first on Calmer you.
This weeks episode I’m answering some of your burning questions that you sent in about anxiety. I talk about: Healthy anxiety How to get out of a negative cycle of anxiety and depression What ‘good points’ there are about anxiety And lots more! Follow me on Instagram www.instagram.com/chloebrotheridge and be sure to get your free […]
The post Ep. 9 Q + A – Health Anxiety, Depression, Anxiety in kids and more appeared first on Calmer you.
This weeks episode I’m answering some of your burning questions that you sent in about anxiety.
I talk about:
Follow me on Instagram www.instagram.com/chloebrotheridge and be sure to get your free relaxation MP3 at www.calmer-you.com/free
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Ep.-9-Q-A-Health-Anxiety-Depression-Anxiety-in-kids-and-more_mixdown.mp3
The post Ep. 9 Q + A – Health Anxiety, Depression, Anxiety in kids and more appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m joined by eating psychology coach and author of The Goddess Revolution Mel Wells.
This is the episode for you if you’ve ever experienced anxiety about your body and about food or if you’re still on the diet rollercoaster and you’re ready to get off.
She shares her amazing story, why we need to be done with diets for good and how she juggles everything without getting overwhelmed.
MelWells.com
Instagram IAmMelWells
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Ep-8.-Mel-Wells-Healing-Your-Relationship-with-Food.mp3
The post Ep. 8 Mel Wells: Heal your Relationship with Food appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I’m joined by eating psychology coach and author of The Goddess Revolution Mel Wells. This is the episode for you if you’ve ever experienced anxiety about your body and about food or if you’re still on the diet rollercoaster and you’re ready to get off. She shares her amazing story, why we need […]
The post Ep. 8 Mel Wells: Heal your Relationship with Food appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I spoke to happiness coach Susanna Halonen. We chatted about: – The happiness mistakes we often make – How to train yourself to be optimistic – Why we have more control over our happiness than we think – Loads more! She is the author of Happiness is Here . You can find her online […]
The post Ep 7. Happiness is Here with Susanna Halonen appeared first on Calmer you.
This week I spoke to happiness coach Susanna Halonen. We chatted about: – The happiness mistakes we often make – How to train yourself to be optimistic – Why we have more control over our happiness than we think – Loads more! She is the author of Happiness is Here . You can find her online at www.happyologist.co.uk. She is also @thehappyologist on Instagram, facebook, and twitter. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Ep-7.-Happiness-is-Here-with-Susanna-Halonen.mp3
The post Ep 7. Happiness is Here with Susanna Halonen appeared first on Calmer you.
Running away from anxiety is most likely a more common natural instinct, however, running to control anxiety may just be the therapy you’re looking for – that is right at your feet.
There is no denying that running makes us feel great. However, for many, it is a staple part of our day to help control the effects of anxiety. It alters our chemical balance, our cognition and the way we process things mentally, maybe the relief you have been searching for all along is as simple as a pair of running trainers and an open road.
A newbies advice to starting running is usually ‘sign up for a 5K, it gets you really motivated!’. Running is so much more than completing a race, beating your PB or perfecting your technique. It offers a literal breath of fresh air from the constant effects of anxiety that drag us down daily.
‘Whatever your ear candy of choice – audiobooks, podcasts, music, or Story Runs – use it as a nudge to get you going. Perhaps you enjoy the sounds of nature or traffic or focusing on your own thoughts instead. Great. Use it as a trigger to tie a pleasant activity to a not-so-pleasant one.’ – Maria Nokkonen, content creator at Adidas Group
The Symptom Solver How many times have you been led to believe there is a new miracle cure for anxiety? A million, right? Running isn’t that ‘cure’ we’ve all been searching for. Instead, it offers a relief from the symptoms. Below is a list of the general symptoms that are more than familiar to many of us, and the reasons why running may be the helping hand you need to battle them.
Lack of Sleep No matter how early you get to rest, how unreachable your mobile phone or how soft your bed sheets. Heck, you could drink your body weight in Chamomile and you still wouldn’t be able to calm down. Sleep anxiety affects a whole lot of us – one in three, in fact.
A study published in Sleep Medicine tested running on a group of older adults who did little to no exercise and had persistent insomnia. The participants did aerobic exercise three days a week for 16 weeks. By the end of that period, they took less time to fall asleep, had better and longer sleep, was asleep for the larger part of the time they spent in bed and functioned better in the daytime than before.
Read my blog post on how to manage sleep anxiety.
Worrying / Panicking The hustle and bustle of everyday life can often be overwhelming, running provides a release. No phone, no distractions, just you and the open road. This in itself allows you some free time to clear your mind of any worrying thoughts.
When our body is under stress it releases a hormone called cortisol. It is known that cortisol levels increase during exercise, but bear with me for a second. From the excess cortisol circulating in the body right after exercise, your body gets negative feedback to slow down cortisol release. That’s how the cortisol levels drop after some time and bring about a feeling of relaxation and relieving stress. Running also makes your body release mood-lifting hormones like dopamine, serotonin, endorphins, and norepinephrine.
Breathing Meditation is usually a go-to to control our breathing and relax when anxiety is looming. The shallow breaths that we often associate with the dreaded panic attacks are usually what makes our anxiety worse.
Cure Joy explains that regular running has a positive effect on your breathing pattern. As an aerobic activity, it increases your aerobic capacity, that is your ability to take in more oxygen and use it efficiently.
Tingling, Pins and Needles The sensation we feel when anxiety is knocking proves that anxiety is so much more than a mental issue, it affects our body to the point where sometimes we can physically feel anxiety in the form of tingling and pins and needles. Running normalises the heart rate and the blood flow. Once blood circulation improves, the symptoms of numbness or tingling also subside.
The Science of Running What causes the feel-good effect? The usual answer that springs to mind is ‘endorphins’ – however, research has proven that this form of exercise produces much more than a runners high. Runner’s World explains:
‘A short-term mood boost thanks to endorphins is one thing. (Granted, one much-appreciated thing.) But where running really helps with mental health is over time, thanks to a change in brain structure. A review of research published in Clinical Psychology Review concluded “exercise training recruits a process which confers enduring resilience to stress.” This appears to occur because regular running produces the same two changes that are thought to be responsible for the effectiveness of anti-depressants: increased levels of the neurotransmitters serotonin and norepinephrine, and neurogenesis, or the creation of new neurons.
Neurogenesis occurs primarily due to a protein called brain-derived neurotrophic factor, which has been called the Miracle-Gro of the brain It helps neurons fire and wire together. Much of this happens in the hippocampus, an area of the brain that’s often shrunken in people with mental health issues. MRI scans have shown that even after a six-month exercise intervention, there’s a visible increase in the size of the hippocampus’
Step by Step Step One The first step is usually the toughest. On days where anxiety bounds you to your bedroom, the last thing you want to do is open the front door and run outside. However, if you can overcome the mental battle and convince yourself it will be worth it – I promise you that your second run won’t seem so daunting.
Step Two Controlling your breathing can be difficult at first, overwhelming surroundings combined with your anxiety and the fact you haven’t actually committed to one single minute of cardio since last summer is a recipe for a stitch… instantly. When your body is placed under stress, this is the first element that is forgotten about. Deep breathing helps relax the body and reduces some of the tightness and stresses placed on it.
Step Three You may be aware that using triggers is a method of mentally reducing anxiety – phrases that keep your mind focused and prevent you from drifting to negative thoughts that set your anxiety off, you should use these at tough or stressful points during your run.
Live Strong says: ‘Many elite athletes use this method when they face challenges during races. Thinking of a word, such as “strength” when powering up a hill can help you overcome the unease of that hill, while a phrase as simple as “I can do it” will give you more confidence and reduce some anxiety related to performance. If you sense anxious feelings approaching, you can also use a specific intervention word, such as “STOP!” to interrupt negative thought patterns.’
Step Four Release pressure. The whole point in running is to clear your mind, don’t focus on how fast you’re running, what you look like or what others think. Focus on yourself, your thoughts and you’ll soon find yourself thinking of absolutely nothing at all. And that’s okay! In fact, that may be just what you needed.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Running for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Running away from anxiety is most likely a more common natural instinct, however, running to control anxiety may just be the therapy you’re looking for – that is right at your feet. There is no denying that running makes us feel great. However, for many, it is a staple part of our day to help […]
The post Running for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
It was a pleasure speaking to my friend and nutritional therapist Rosie Millen https://www.missnutritionist.com/ about her experience of burnout and her work now helping others to get their energy levels back on track.
We chat about:
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Ep.-6-Avoiding-Burnout-with-Rosie-Millen.mp3
The post Ep. 6 Avoiding Burning Out with Rosie Millen appeared first on Calmer you.
It was a pleasure speaking to my friend and nutritional therapist Rosie Millen https://www.missnutritionist.com/ about her experience of burnout and her work now helping others to get their energy levels back on track. We chat about: What burn out is and how to prevent it Foods to avoid The thing that is 100x worse than […]
The post Ep. 6 Avoiding Burning Out with Rosie Millen appeared first on Calmer you.
Experiencing a traumatic event is one of the most unpleasant things anyone can go through. However, for many, the after-effects of the experience, PTSD, are what damages the most. At the time, being involved in a distressing situation can feel surreal and often incredibly frightful, but what many don’t realise is that the emotions can […]
The post How to Recognise and Manage Post Traumatic Stress Disorder PTSD appeared first on Calmer you.
Experiencing a traumatic event is one of the most unpleasant things anyone can go through. However, for many, the after-effects of the experience, PTSD, are what damages the most.
At the time, being involved in a distressing situation can feel surreal and often incredibly frightful, but what many don’t realise is that the emotions can stay with you long after the event is over.
Definition of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder The NHS defines Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) as an anxiety disorder caused by very stressful, frightening or distressing events, and describes it as someone who often relives the traumatic event through nightmares and flashbacks, and may experience feelings of isolation, irritability, and guilt.
It isn’t unusual to think ‘bad things would never happen to me’ or ‘the chances of something traumatic happening are very slim’.
However, a traumatic event doesn’t have to be something so wildly extreme as, let’s say, a shark attack.
PTSD can also occur in individuals who have experienced much milder situations that have affected them personally (it is important to state that PTSD isn’t usually related to situations that are simply upsetting, such as divorce, job loss or failing exams).
Regardless of the severity of the event, but the end result is still the same – we have to relive the event over and over again.
It can often be difficult to recognise Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, and in many cases it takes an outsider, such as a family member or close friend, to realise what is going on.
Whether it is you or a loved one who you are concerned about, during this article I will help you to recognise PTSD and guide you in managing it.
Causes of PTSD It is estimated that 1 in 3 that are involved in a traumatic event will experience PTSD. Although it isn’t fully understood why some people develop the condition while others don’t, if you’ve had depression or anxiety in the past, you’re more susceptible to developing Post traumatic stress Disorder after a traumatic event.
Below are the common causes of PTSD: * Road Accidents * Robbery * Personal Assault * Sexual Abuse or Violence * Severe Neglect * Witnessing a Death * Military Combat * Terror Attack * Natural Disaster
Signs and Symptoms Reliving the Event This can include flashbacks, intrusive thoughts, nightmares, intense stress at real or symbolic reminders, and physical sensations such as pain, sweating nausea or trembling.
Feeling on Edge This can include panicking, being easily upset, hypervigilance, disturbed sleep, irritability, being jumpy, recklessness and finding it hard to concentrate.
Avoiding Feelings or Memories This includes keeping busy, avoiding anything that reminds you of the trauma, feeling emotionally numb, using alcohol to avoid memories
Struggling with Beliefs and Relationships This includes feeling like you can’t trust anyone, nowhere is safe, nobody understands, blaming yourself and feeling overwhelmed.
For more guidance on helping to recognise PTSD, read this article by mental health organisation MIND Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) .
Those More Susceptible to PTSD Researchers are yet to determine why certain individuals suffer and others don’t, but there have been a few suggestions as to why people with particular traits are more susceptible.
Anxiety and depression are often linked with PTSD, and it is believed that if someone with a mental health issue experiences a traumatic event they are more likely to develop PTSD than someone with no history of anxiety or depression.
Similarly, there may also be a genetic factor involved in PTSD. For example, having a parent with a mental health problem is thought to increase your chances of developing the condition.
Understanding the Development of PTSD A number of possible reasons as to why PTSD develops have been suggested by the NHS:
Survival mechanism One suggestion is that the symptoms of PTSD are the result of an instinctive mechanism intended to help you survive further traumatic experiences.
For example, the flashbacks many people with PTSD experience may force you to think about the event in detail so you’re better prepared if it happens again. The feeling of being “on edge” (hyperarousal) may develop to help you react quickly in another crisis. However, while these responses may be intended to help you survive, they’re actually very unhelpful in reality because you can’t process and move on from the traumatic experience.
High adrenaline levels Studies have shown that people with PTSD have abnormal levels of stress hormones.
Normally, when in danger, the body produces stress hormones such as adrenaline to trigger a reaction in the body. This reaction, often known as the “fight or flight” reaction, helps to deaden the senses and dull pain.
People with PTSD have been found to continue to produce high amounts of fight or flight hormones even when there’s no danger. It’s thought this may be responsible for the numbed emotions and hyperarousal experienced by some people with PTSD.
Changes in the brain In people with PTSD, parts of the brain involved in emotional processing appear different in brain scans. One part of the brain responsible for memory and emotions is known as the hippocampus.
In people with PTSD, the hippocampus appears smaller in size. It’s thought that changes in this part of the brain may be related to fear and anxiety, memory problems and flashbacks. The malfunctioning hippocampus may prevent flashbacks and nightmares from being properly processed, so the anxiety they generate doesn’t reduce over time
Treatment and Therapy
Trauma-focused psychotherapy is the most research-based treatment to support those with PTSD.
“Trauma-focused” means that the treatment focuses on the memory of the traumatic event or its meaning. These treatments use different techniques to help you process your traumatic experience. Some involve visualizing, talking, or thinking about the traumatic memory. Others focus on changing unhelpful beliefs about the trauma. It isn’t a quick fix, however. The therapy usually takes a series of months and are often available through local mental-health therapy practices.
What you can expect from this type of therapy:
Prolonged Exposure: this will help you regain control by facing up to negative feelings that are being brushed to the side.
Early on in the treatment, your therapist will teach you breathing techniques to ease your anxiety when you think about what happened. Later, you’ll make a list of the things you’ve been avoiding and learn how to face them, one by one
Cognitive Processing Therapy: CPT is a 12-week course of treatment, with weekly sessions of 60-90 minutes. This teaches you to reframe negative thoughts. It will often include written practices to help you become more familiar with the negative memories and recognising how to deal with them and accept them.
Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy: practicing relaxation skills and reframing negative thoughts. Similar to cognitive processing, it can often involve writing skills such as writing a letter about the traumatic event and hold a farewell ritual to leave trauma in the past.
Medication: Taking medication for mental health is a gloomy area that many people are unsure about, however, taking medication to reduce the effects of PTSD are widely effective and successful.
You and your doctor can work together to figure out the best medication, with the fewest side effects, for your symptoms and situation. You may see an improvement in your mood and other symptoms within a few weeks. Medication often includes anti-depressants, anxiety medication and prazosin.
It is important to establish that PSTD can be overcome with the right therapy and treatment.
Experiencing an unpleasant event is a process that nobody should have to go through, never mind having to relive it over and over again. Therefore, recognising the disorder and seeking help is the first step in combating the condition.
Remember, it takes a strong person to experience something like this but an even stronger person to get help. Take it day by day, one step at a time.
The post How to Recognise and Manage Post Traumatic Stress Disorder PTSD appeared first on Calmer you.
This was a requested topic and it’s just for the women today, sorry fellas. Hormones and anxiety are often linked so in this podcast I talk about: – Some embarassing personal struggles! – Why our hormones can make us anxious – What you can do to manage your hormones and calm premenstrual anxiety – What […]
The post Ep 5. PMS, Hormones + Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
This was a requested topic and it’s just for the women today, sorry fellas. Hormones and anxiety are often linked so in this podcast I talk about:
– Some embarassing personal struggles!
– Why our hormones can make us anxious
– What you can do to manage your hormones and calm premenstrual anxiety
– What I think of the pill and some evidence about the pill and anxiety
Here’s the Debrief article I mention in this episode
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Ep-5.-PMS-Hormones-and-Anxiety.mp3
The post Ep 5. PMS, Hormones + Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
‘ There are more important things to worry about than money ’ – right? This is true, there are.
However, money is the biggest thing we worry about in our day to day life and therefore an issue that we need to address.
In an online survey of 2,000 UK adults, 20 percent said money worries had an impact on their health.
A further 17 percent admitted the relationship with their partner suffered, while eight percent said another area of their life had been affected.
The younger generation worries more about money, with 58 percent of 18 to 34-year-olds stating they frequently or occasionally worry about the state of their finances, compared with 30 percent of the over-55s.
Regardless of how many pennies you have, how old you are, or how much you owe, money is a worry. The new year is the perfect time to not only review your finances, but review your relationship with cold hard cash, and stop it from taking over your every waking thought.
Why money needs to stop dictating our lives: It wastes time! Worrying gets you NO WHERE. Whether you sit around worrying all day or not, your financial situation is going to stay the same.
Your bank balance won’t suddenly increase because it feels sorry for you. Not only that, being distracted by negativity such as this means you have less time to think about and focus on more productive things.
It deprives you of sleep. Staying up at night going over and over your finances will not only make you sleep deprived but make it even harder to function the next day.
Lack of sleep will result in lower mood, and we all know worrying and overthinking occurs most when we’re being a grump.
It leads to behavioural issues. Money Crashers says: ‘People respond to stress in many ways. Some smoke or turn to alcohol in an attempt to calm their nerves; others overeat or under-eat. Still others withdraw from social situations so that they can further worry about their plight, especially if they’re so far-gone that it seems no one understands.
If you’re isolating yourself or otherwise “escaping” because of money issues, give yourself a break. Remind yourself that it’s not really the end of the world no matter what you or anyone else might think.
Distinguishing the harmful effects of worrying about money issues is important, but you may be thinking:
‘Yes, I know all this, I know not sleeping makes me worry more and I know I’m wasting my time by going over the same money issues. I am aware I have fallen victim to a never-ending cycle. But what I need to know is how I can STOP worrying – so I can move forward and have a more positive outlook, so I can approach my money issues in a calmer and composed manner whilst still being at peace with myself.’
I totally agree. Knowing you worry about money is one thing, but trying to stop worrying is a totally different ball game.
But, before you change your actions, it’s first important to change the way you think.
The very first thing you need to establish before reading on is that money won’t resolve your issues. The mindset that winning the lottery will mean you will have the perfect, worry-free life is completely false.
The truth is that when people suddenly get a lot of money, they’re still the same person with the same fears and worries.
It is time to gain control of our own thoughts, and stop letting outside sources like money dictate the way we think and interrupt our peace of mind.
Think Differently! Mindfulness is the first step to being a calmer you.
One handy tip is to create a Mantra that you can repeat to yourself when you become worried. It will keep your mind focused and help regain your calm.
Some examples are ‘worrying changes nothing’ or ‘I can overcome this’ or simply just ‘breathe’.
Meditation or praying is another way to draw positivity from what you believe in.
By clearing your mind and finding peace, you are letting go of fear and any worries. But again, this involves taking time to yourself and being mindful – having a hectic and stressful routine will only keep your mind racing at 100mph and your stresses will be ever-present.
Take a few minutes out of your day to regain composure.
Imagine the worst-case financial scenario. Often many of us put off thinking about what could go horribly wrong as a coping method of not having to deal with certain situations. But, but addressing what the worst-case scenario would be you are making the ‘unknown’, known. Address it, and move on.
One step to being more mindful is living in the present.
Granted, being aware of your future financial dealings is important, but by taking one day at a time and addressing each transaction at once, you won’t worry about things that haven’t even become a problem. ‘
What if my savings run out’ or ‘what if I don’t have enough for retirement’ are issues that do need addressing, correct. But worrying isn’t going to solve them.
Instead, do things today to help tomorrow. For example, do you really need to buy lunch or would you benefit more by saving the money? The Huffington Post have a great article on coping when feeling worried and obsessed over money.
By addressing the issue in a straight-thinking type of way, you are leaving zero space for overthinking and paranoia.
We often worry when we allow negative thoughts to build up and up to the point where we have created a situation much more extreme to the ones we are actually experiencing in real life.
Blogger Denise Duffield-Thomas came up with some super straight forward tips for when you’re worried about money:
Voice your fears Actually talk or write about it, but at least acknowledge what you’re worrying about.
If you haven’t heard about that before, you must read the book The Big Leap by Gay Hendricks. He talks about how everyone has got their own upper limit of happiness, success or even money.
Make a plan How much do you want to make? Do you even know? What’s going to help you overcome some of those money fears?
Know your numbers Know how much you need and know how much you want to make. Put a figure on it, and know what you’re asking for. Otherwise, your vague requests are going to return vague results.
Finally, the last piece of advice I can give is to know that you are enough. You are enough, you’re doing enough, you’re doing great. You need to establish this in your mind. Money isn’t the problem here, your thoughts are.
A stronger mind-set and a little faith in yourself is going to make all the difference. I promise you!
Feeling positive about yourself will spur you on to creating concrete plans on how you can resolve your issues.
You can grow your abundance because you’re not coming from a place of worry and self-doubt. Be brave! Be mindful, be confident. Your financial situation doesn’t define you, so stop letting it.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post How to stop worrying about money appeared first on Calmer you.
‘ There are more important things to worry about than money ’ – right? This is true, there are. However, money is the biggest thing we worry about in our day to day life and therefore an issue that we need to address. In an online survey of 2,000 UK adults, 20 percent said money […]
The post How to stop worrying about money appeared first on Calmer you.
Alcohol can affect us in surprising ways when it comes to our mental health. In this episode I talk about: – Why alcohol gives us anxiety – How we can reduce the effects of hangxiety – My experience of giving up alcohol for a year and a half – How to reduce your drinking if […]
The post Ep. 4 Alcohol and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Alcohol can affect us in surprising ways when it comes to our mental health. In this episode I talk about:
– Why alcohol gives us anxiety
– How we can reduce the effects of hangxiety
– My experience of giving up alcohol for a year and a half
– How to reduce your drinking if that’s what you want to do
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Ep.-4-Alcohol-Anxiety.mp3
The post Ep. 4 Alcohol and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
We all love our phones, but could yours be making you anxious? Here I give tips on: Why our phones trigger our anxiety Simple ways to use your phone less How to stop social media from triggering your anxiety Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get […]
The post Ep. 3 – Mobile Phone Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
We all love our phones, but could yours be making you anxious?
Here I give tips on:
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Ep.-3-Mobile-Phone-Anxiety.mp3
The post Ep. 3 – Mobile Phone Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
A couple of weeks ago Linked In invited me into their (swanky!) offices to talk about ways to switch off and relax.
The post 3 Simple Ways to Relax and Switch Off (LinkedIn Video) appeared first on Calmer you.
A couple of weeks ago Linked In invited me into their (swanky!) offices to talk about ways to switch off and relax.
The post 3 Simple Ways to Relax and Switch Off (LinkedIn Video) appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool ki“>Thankfully I’ve been able to get on top of my anxiety and I’m going to share some tips for how you can cope with anxiety attacks too. What Causes an Anxiety Attack? Before I share my tips for what to during an anxiety attack, it’s helpful to know […]
The post What to Do During an Anxiety Attack appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool ki“>Thankfully I’ve been able to get on top of my anxiety and I’m going to share some tips for how you can cope with anxiety attacks too.
What Causes an Anxiety Attack? Before I share my tips for what to during an anxiety attack, it’s helpful to know why they happen in the first place.
It all starts with your brain zeroing in on a ‘threat’ and activating the fight-or-flight response. This coincides with an adrenaline boost, which brings on the typical symptoms of a panic attack.
This would be quite a good thing if you were facing actual danger but because the threat is a perceived danger and not real, these kinds of symptoms just cause more panic, especially if they have come on all of a sudden and don’t feel as though they are a response to anything.
The end result? The symptoms lead you to believe you are seriously ill or actually dying and you’re having a full blown anxiety attack.
It can often be the case that you’ll worry about whether you’ll have another anxiety attack and this can actually trigger another anxiety attack.
Often, an anxiety attack will happen when you’re under a good deal of stress, though not always. The very first time you experience an anxiety attack will often come completely out of the blue and future experiences will often follow the same pattern.
Anxiety Centre describes them as an ‘involuntary anxiety attack’ that is caused by chronic stress that puts the body in high-stress mode and can encourage an anxiety attack for no obvious reason.
There is also a ‘voluntary anxiety attack’ which is triggered by worries that something bad will happen, which activates the stress response. This is a bit more obvious with regards to the trigger.
What to Do During an Anxiety Attack Once an anxiety attack begins, it can be difficult to stop it in its tracks as the physical effects are already in motion. What you can do is to try to make the symptoms less intense and stop it reaching its peak.
Understand why they happen If you have a good idea of why they happen, how the stress response works and what it does to your body, a lot of the fear of the unknown automatically disappears.
Fear is one of the big reasons why anxiety attacks happen and this keeps the fear cycle going. If you can tell yourself that an anxiety attack is a normal response to your mind having perceived a threat and that it isn’t anything to be overly concerned about health-wise, you can feel more in control of the situation and how you react.
Another important thing to recognise is that your anxiety attack will end. It won’t keep going on indefinitely and the quicker you can calm yourself, the sooner it will start to decrease in intensity.
Distract yourself It can be hard to focus on anything other than how you’re feeling during an anxiety attack and this can intensify symptoms.
If you can refocus your mind away from it, this can be a way to reduce the severity of your symptoms.
When you feel panic setting in, distracting yourself from it can stop you getting too caught up in your own mind.
Walk around a bit This can be the last thing you feel like doing when you’re shaky and panicky but if you’re able to move around a bit, it can be a good way to cope with an anxiety attack.
It encourages the blood to flow more and increases carbon dioxide levels a bit too so you you don’t hyperventilate as much.
Release some tension If you can start to relax, you can effectively close off the stress response and bring an anxiety attack to an end.
One of the easiest but most effective ways to do this involves slow, controlled breathing. This helps to calm the mind and body. Anxiety Centre recommends breathing from your diaphragm in particular. This is something that you can do pretty much anywhere that an anxiety attack may strike.
Psych Central recommends using yoga or gentle stretching as a way to relieve some of the tension in your body.
How do you cope with an anxiety attack? I’d love to get your tips on what you do during an anxiety attack to help to move through it.
Get your FREE guided relaxation Mp3 – plus monthly anxiety tips, news and offers
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| This form collects information we will use to send you updates about promotions, special offers, and news. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit
|
|
The post What to Do During an Anxiety Attack appeared first on Calmer you.
Even if you don’t consider yourself a perfectionist (your messy desk is a dead giveaway) I think there will still be LOADS that you’ll relate to in this episode. In this episode I talk about: My experiences with perfectionism Why we become perfectionists How to overcome it Why we’re so afraid of failing How to […]
The post Ep 2. Perfectionism and Fear of Failure appeared first on Calmer you.
Even if you don’t consider yourself a perfectionist (your messy desk is a dead giveaway) I think there will still be LOADS that you’ll relate to in this episode. In this episode I talk about:
Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes.
Thanks so much for listening!
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/perfectionism-and-ff-edited-music-final-.mp3
The post Ep 2. Perfectionism and Fear of Failure appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to the first episode of the Calmer You Podcast. In this episode I talk about:
https://calmer-you.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/podcast-one.mp3 Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first to hear about the latest news, freebies and podcasts. Please subscribe to ‘The Calmer you Podcast’ in the podcast app or in iTunes to get the latest episodes and please leave me a review 🙂 Thanks so much for listening! Transcript Welcome to the very first Calmer You Podcast. I am Chloe Brotheridge. I’m a hypnotherapist specialising in helping people with anxiety and confidence and also the author of The Anxiety Solution.
This podcast is designed to guide and inspire you to become your calmest, happiest, most confident and amazing self.
Let’s meet I’m gonna introduce myself in case we don’t know each other. I’ll talk a little bit about my story and why I’m starting this podcast. Then we’ll get into the first podcast, which is about how to love yourself.
I want to talk about this because I remember a few years ago when I first heard of this concept of self-love. It was a completely new concept to me and I didn’t know how to do it. I really wanted to give some practical guidance and ideas on how to do that.
In case we don’t know each other, I’m Chloe Brotheridge. I’m somebody who has suffered with anxiety myself. After about 10 years of pretty intense panic attacks, really low self esteem, feeling like I worried about literally everything, I finally got some help.
Mission: becoming a calmer person I embarked on a bit of a mission really to become a calmer person. I tried everything and I’ve made a load of progress. I’m definitely not perfectly calm all the time, but I’ve made a load of progress.
About six years ago, I trained as a hypnotherapist, and now I feel really privileged to be able to help other people with anxiety and self-esteem. Helping clients to become calm enough to live their lives more freely and to live the sort of life that they want to live.
Why this podcast? I started this podcast because quite a few people have requested it via a survey I did with my email subscribers. Starting a podcast is one of the things that people wanted the most. At that time, I don’t know exactly what it was, but I just wasn’t ready. I think I was scared.
There’s something about podcasts that are just so intimate and personal, that I think I was basically scared to do it, but now I’m excited about it.
On the go support I’m really, really excited to be doing this now. As a huge fan personally of audiobooks and podcasts myself, I love being able to walk to work or be working out at the gym, sitting on the bus and learning. I want to be able to share that with you guys as well.
For so many of us, we don’t necessarily have the time to sit down and read a book or read a blog post or watch a video. Most of us, however, have got time to pop in our earphones and listen to something while we’re on the go. I really wanted something that could be accessible, and easy to dip in and out of while you’re going about your life.
I hope this podcast reminds you that you’re not alone. And it gives you loads of practical ideas, the things you can do to help yourself.
What to expect What can you expect from this podcast? I’m not only going to be talking about anxiety. I also be taking about other areas that support our mental well being, you know everything from talking about nutrition, to exercise and bringing in lots of experts.
What is self-love As I said before, when I first started this journey to overcome anxiety and working on my mental health, I heard of this idea of self-love. But, I didn’t know how to do it. Wanting to love yourself more, is not enough to create that to happen.
We can’t just suddenly decide to love ourselves. It’s not actually that easy. We need to do the work and to take action.
Practical support I’m going to share with you some practical things that you can do and some ideas that are going to actually help you to know exactly what you need to do to love yourself more. It is a journey. You are not going to wake up one day and have perfect self-acceptance and self-love. It’s a journey and it’s not necessarily linear.
It’s not a step back You might wake up on certain days and feel really good about yourself and be really accepting and then other days you might feel as if you’ve taken a step back. Actually, it’s not a step back. You’re still always moving forwards. Like anyone you can have ups and downs.
I remember when I first heard of the word self-love and thinking it’s just another word for masturbation. I don’t know what kinds of connotations you have. But for me, growing up in the northwest of England it was an insult. If you felt that you were arrogant and full of yourself. In my mind and my subconscious, I’ve still got this idea that somehow it’s not good to love yourself.
Were you told not to show-off? I wonder how many of you listening also have this idea. I hear this all the time with my clients. You know, maybe from a young age, you were told not to be a show-off. Don’t be too full of yourself.
I know from my experience I was brought up to believe that you have to be modest that you shouldn’t be bragging or you shouldn’t be overly confident.
Arrogance That can also backfire and go the other way. When you get down to arrogance, it’s usually to do with people having a point to prove. They’re feeling like they need to display how amazing and clever they are in order to get approval from other people. Normally, if someone is arrogant, it’s because they don’t love themselves. It’s because they don’t really accept themselves and they’re seeking that approval from other people.
Self-love vs arrogance It really is a different thing. Self-love and arrogance that don’t go hand in hand at all. Healthy self-love is what we’re aiming for here. It’s really about accepting yourself as an imperfect human being. Somebody that is intrinsically worthy, a good person and knowing that you deserve good things. You also deserve to be nice to yourself and feeling that sense of peace that comes from accepting yourself as you are.
The root of all problems Now, the vast majority of a self-help type people and therapists will agree that not loving ourselves is kind of at the root of all of our problems. If you think about things like anxiety, if you don’t like yourself or love yourself, you’re going to be beating yourself up. You’re not going to take care of yourself or have that belief in your abilities. It’s going to cause a lot of anxiety and a lot of worry potentially.
The root of depression When you get to the root of what depression is, often there is this sense of being unworthy not being good enough. Having made big mistakes being a failure, it all comes down to this lack of self-love.
Actually, the thing that you need is a sense of acceptance and love for yourself. For many people a barrier to self-love is believing that it is selfish to love themselves. I just want to remind you that being mean to yourself or giving yourself a hard time is not taking care of yourself. That doesn’t actually benefit anyone.
Putting your self-love first If you are putting everyone else before your self, and you’re not taking care of yourself, and you’re stressed and resentful, and anxious and low as a result of that, that doesn’t actually help anyone around you. You help people the most when you take care of yourself first.
The Dalai Lama talks about this. He says that the purpose of life is to be happy, and to make yourself happy first. And once you’re in a good place, once you’re happy and peaceful within yourself, automatically, you spread those good vibes and that happiness to the people around you. If you’re loving yourself, if you’re nice to yourself, your kids, partne, work are all going to benefit
Foundation of love I certainly don’t love myself completely all the time. I’ve made loads and loads of progress over the last few years. But I’m not perfect. And so don’t, don’t let that be a source of giving yourself a hard time. Don’t beat yourself up about where you are on that journey on any particular day.
Just remind yourself, you’re making progress all the time. And just by listening to this, you’re doing something positive for yourself to make progress.
Change is possible Another thing I think that is incredibly important when it comes to self-love is a belief that change is possible. This is something that not a lot of therapists will tell you but something that you learn as a therapist. If you can get the client to believe that they can change, their chances massively increase. So your belief that change is possible is incredibly important.
Babies are born with extremely high self-esteem. If a baby wants something, they cry, they grab for what they want, they grab food, when they’re hungry, they demand to get that love and attention. They intrinsically know they are worthy, and that they’re valuable. They are very vocal about that.
Born with self-esteem You were born with extremely high self-esteem. And so, if you don’t have that sense of your own worth, if you think that you’re worthless or that you’re not good enough, or that you lack in value, then that’s something that you learned in your life. It’s something that you took on board.
The programming that we all absorb throughout our lives, particularly in our childhoods, and how that can really shape our adulthood. It can create a lot of negative thoughts, feelings and behaviours for potentially the whole of our lives unless we start to take some action to change that. So, you know, perhaps you have an idea now of where that lack of self-love actually came from.
An example I’ll give you some examples of things that I see a lot. Say that your mom or your dad left when you were growing up. As a result you have a sense that they left because they didn’t love you. Perhaps as an adult, you can look back and see they were having loads of arguments and it’s no wonder they split up. You can see that as an adult, the reasons why that might have happened. But as a child because you don’t have that awareness of life and relationships and how the world works, you take things literally.
You may have misinterpreted what happened. Dad leaving and shacking up with another woman meant that he didn’t love you and that you are not worth loving. This sort of thing is something that I see all the time.
Another example of this might be, say, you were ostracised by a group of friends at school. One day your friends just decided that they didn’t like you anymore. I remember really vividly this happening with my best friend at secondary school, and it’s quite traumatising. For a week, you were out of the gang and you were ostracised from that group, or maybe for the rest of the year or forever. You took on board this belief that I’m not good enough. People don’t like me and I’m not worthy. Honestly, that can stay with you. And that can be a source of why you don’t feel good about yourself and why you don’t love yourself in your adult life.
You can unlearn it There are an infinite number of reasons why that could be. I think it does help to consider where that might have come from. Unfortunately, it’s not the case that when you figure out where it came from you are cured. You’re not born with that belief that you’re the odd one out. It’s something that you learned and therefore, you can actually unlearn it, let it go and you can transform it.
It’s about cultivating that belief that it is possible to change. That is so important.
Tips for self-love Some practical tips you can take on board to help cultivate self-love. The first thing I want to suggest is to fake it until you make it now. You don’t have to love yourself right now. That’s okay. Act as if you do love yourself.
Ask yourself, what would I be doing differently if I loved myself? What would I eat for my dinner tonight? What would I do on my lunch break at work? Who would I see at the weekends? How would I speak to myself?
Perhaps just take a few moments to make some notes on your phone, or with a pen and a piece of paper. Think about how you can fake it until you make it and acting as if you love yourself.
Action is incredibly powerful. We can tell ourselves positive affirmations, but actually taking action is one of the most powerful ways to change a belief
If you can start to act like you love yourself, then that’s going to send you a very powerful message. It’s going to send you a message at a physical and subconscious level that you are worthy, worth loving, and worth taking care of.
Self-care That leads me on to the next practical idea that I have for you. That’s about self-care. We hear a lot about this term self-care. It’s become extremely trendy. There are loads of books that have come out this year. I know there’s a few more coming out next year about self-care, which I think is amazing.
I think is really important that we discover what is self-care for us. You might be someone that loves a hot bath, listening to Enya, getting the bath oils and aromatherapy. Or you might be someone that hates baths, hates being oily and feels like you don’t have time to spend half an hour soaking in the bath.
What makes you feel good It’s really important to think about what makes you feel good, taken care of and loved, essentially. It really is about making yourself feel worthy when it comes to self-care.
Self-compassion Next up is self compassion. If you haven’t heard of this word before, this is incredibly important. I talk about it a lot in my book, The Anxiety Solution. The word self-compassion comes from Buddhism, this idea that we’re kind to ourselves. It’s so simple being kind to ourselves, and yet, so few of us actually do it. And in fact, I ask every client that comes to see me: How do you speak to yourself, and about 90% of the time people look at me confused. They’ve never actually thought about how they’re speaking to themselves.
How do you speak to yourself? We are speaking to ourselves all day, every day in our heads. I want you to get a little bit of awareness around how you’re speaking to yourself. What is the tone? Are you being kind to yourself or critical? Would you speak to a friend like that is the key thing to have in mind here? Would you speak to a friend like that?
If you’re walking around all day, saying to yourself, ah, God, you’ve gained 10 pounds. I’m such a fat bitch. With that type of self-talk, of course, you are not going to feel good about yourself. The first step is bringing awareness to the way that you’re speaking to yourself. And I call it the friend filter in my book The Anxiety Solution.
The friend filter Put everything that you want saying to yourself through the friend filter. Ask yourself, would I speak to a friend this way? Would my best friend speak to me this way? If it’s not kind, compassionate, constructive, gentle, loving, then make a conscious effort to start to change that.
I’m not saying it’s easy, if you can do this, it will absolutely transform your self-love and the way that you feel about yourself. Self-compassion is being kind to yourself, and it’s recognising that you are a human being. Part of being a human being is that you’re never gonna be perfect. You’re going to make mistakes and that is 100% guaranteed. We are all a work in progress.
Treat yourself with kindness It’s simply treating yourself with the same kindness and respect as you would a friend.
The next practical thing I want to share about increasing self-love is something I learned quite recently a meditation retreat. We were asked to give some thanks and some appreciation to different parts of our bodies. Very often, we’re not very nice to our bodies. We’re not very nice to certain parts of our bodies in particular.
Just to give you an example from my life. From quite a young age. I’ve not been nice to my hair. I have a cross between curly and straight hair. If there’s any kind of moisture, it goes extremely frizzy. When I was 15 it was trendy to have a fringe in my town. I was always trying to straighten this fringe and it was never straight.
My hair triggered so much negative self-talk. Recently I’ve been focusing on giving a lot of appreciation for my hair and trying to change the thoughts and the feelings I have about it.
I want to invite you to give some appreciation to different parts of your body. If you’ve always been giving your stomach some grief and hating on that part of your body, can you send it some appreciation and say thank you for digesting my food.
Body shame I think it’s about 90% of women experience some kind of body shame. I’m not sure what it is for Man. I’m pretty sure it is not quite as high as for women, but lots of men experience it too, unfortunately. Try to turn that around by sending some appreciation to your womb to your hair, your stomach, legs, and all the different parts of your body. Thank your eyes for what an amazing job they’re doing to help you see It is quite an amazing practice for developing more self-love.
Look up at the stars I just have one more idea for you in terms of this. And this is not really a practical thing you can do. I suppose it’s slightly practical, but sometimes I just like to gaze into the night sky. Look at all these stars, and recognise that the light from those stars has been travelling for millions, if not billions of years sometimes to reach your eyes.
Remember that you actually evolved out of stardust over 5 billion years ago. You are basically a miracle. The fact that we as human beings are here, alive on this planet. The fact that we evolved out of dust over billions of years is such a freakin miracle. Sometimes that puts things in perspective.
I really hope that this has given you some ideas on how to love yourself more. I really think that self-love and self-acceptance underpins so much of how we feel. If you can nail this, the rest just gets so much easier.
Free support Thanks so much for listening to the first episode of the Calmer You Podcast. I’m Chloe Brotheridge, author of The Anxiety Solution. If you head on over to calmer-you.com/free you can download a free guided hypnotherapy session which is designed to help you to switch your brain off to feel more relaxed and to escape from your worries for half an hour. I pretty much guarantee that it will help you to relax and feel better.
If you liked this podcast, please consider subscribing. Leave a review. It really helps if you leave reviews for me to spread the word a little bit further. If you’ve got a friend who you think might benefit from this, why not tell them about this podcast? Send them a quick text now and tell them to check out the Calmer You Podcast.
How to contact me If you want to contact me. The best place to find me is on Instagram. I’m on there probably the most.
I’m sending you loads of love.
The post Ep. 1 – How to Love Yourself appeared first on Calmer you.
Welcome to the first episode of the Calmer You Podcast. In this episode I talk about: The difference between self love and arrogance The main reasons we don’t love ourselves Some practical steps towards loving yourself more Don’t forget to grab your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit at www.calmer-you.com/free and you’ll also be the first […]
The post Ep. 1 – How to Love Yourself appeared first on Calmer you.
Worrying what others think of you isn’t necessarily a bad thing in moderation. As a result, it can make us kinder and more sensitive to how other people think. It also makes us more likely to avoid repeating mistakes due to embarrassment or shame. Trouble is, most of us are worrying too much about how […]
The post Worrying About What Other People Think And How To Stop It appeared first on Calmer you.
Worrying what others think of you isn’t necessarily a bad thing in moderation. As a result, it can make us kinder and more sensitive to how other people think. It also makes us more likely to avoid repeating mistakes due to embarrassment or shame.
Trouble is, most of us are worrying too much about how we come across to other people. To the point that it is a type of anxiety in itself.
Are you spending a lot of time worrying about what other people think of you? Consequently, do you find that this anxiety stops you from doing things because you’re scared of how it will look?
According to studies, these fears are misguided. We assume that other people spend far more time passing judgment on us than they actually do. And, we overestimate how negative their perceptions are when they do think of us.
This should make it much easier to stop worrying about what other people think of us. In reality, it can be a tough one to overcome.
Today, I’m sharing some tips to help you to spend less time and energy on worrying what other people think of you.
Why do we worry about what other people think of us? As humans, we are social by nature and how we are seen by others is a part of how we identify.
The need to fit in and connect is one of six basic human needs, according to research by Tony Robbins and Cloe Madanes.
It may be natural but that doesn’t mean it’s healthy.
TinyBuddha warns that it’s a need that can lead to approval anxiety. This ultimately places your happiness and fulfillment in the hands of other people. So it’s a nightmare for those of us who struggle with anxiety.
Can we stop worrying what other people think of us? Thankfully, we can override the need to be liked and accepted by other people:
Understanding the beliefs it ties into Before you can break free from worrying about what other people may think of you, it’s helpful to know why it matters so much in the first place.
A lot is to do with how we have been conditioned. From when we’re young, we are often expected to conform to certain norms. These include relating to being liked and accepted.
It’s easy to get caught up in feeling that you have to be a certain way to be liked.
With my anxiety, I believed I needed to be ‘perfect’ to be liked. This led to a huge amount of pressure and stress to fit this. Yet I never felt good enough or as though as I was really being me.
Realising I had to challenge these beliefs and replace them with more positive alternatives was one of the big turning points in overcoming my anxiety.
What we imagine others will think of us can be heavily linked to our own inner critic. This is the niggling little voice in your head. The one that tells us negative things about what you ‘must’ seem like to other people. Most of the time, there’s no actual evidence to back this up. And this is something you’ll find if you challenge your inner critic.
If we judge ourselves, it’s no great surprise if we then expect other people to do the same.
Know your values Knowing what is important to you and the person you want to be helps you to care less about needing external validation.
You can’t control what other people think Not everyone will like you, just as you don’t like everyone you meet either!
This is largely to do with their perceptions of you, which often aren’t anything to do with you and say a lot more about the other person.
You can’t control the way other people react to you, no matter how hard you try or how good your intentions towards them may be.
This study found that there is a strong link between how people see themselves and how they see others, especially when it comes to acceptance.
We all know people who seem to delight in bringing others down. Far from being a reflection of how accepting they are of you, try looking at it as a sign of how accepting they are of themselves.
Redirect your energies elsewhere Accepting the fact that you have no control over how other people think of you gives you a lot more freedom to focus your attention elsewhere. It also helps to break the idea that if you conform to certain ideas, you’ll automatically come across well to other people.
Worrying about how other people may react to you can hold you back and stop you making changes in your life. If you have been holding off on this for fear of what you’ll look like to other people, a new outlook can pave the way for you to start making these changes.
Learn to love yourself (or at least accept yourself!) If you can learn to accept yourself and recognise your self-worth, it’s a big step towards limiting the importance you attach to having other people validate you.
Being comfortable with who you are and knowing that you’re enough is something that is really close to my heart. It won’t happen overnight but for me, it’s one of the best things you can do for yourself.
Finally, learning how to stop worrying about what other people think of you can be difficult, especially when it’s something you have done for a long time. It’s definitely possible though.
In conclusion, I’ll leave you with a final thought from Dr. Wayne W Dyer:
I’d love to know where you are on the path to not worrying what other people think of you and get any tips or insight you have to add.
The post Worrying About What Other People Think And How To Stop It appeared first on Calmer you.
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is an anxiety disorder that can be very debilitating.
Intrusive thoughts and images create a lot of anxiety. The compulsions and rituals that go along with them can take over your life.
It can feel as though you’ll never get back in control of your thoughts and behaviour. Fortunately, there are ways that you can manage OCD and get back in control of them.
Here are some of my tips on how to manage OCD.
Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for OCD As a ‘talking therapy’, Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) can help you to alter your thoughts, beliefs, and attitudes.
According to OCD UK, around 75% of people with OCD are successfully treated with CBT so there’s a great chance that it will work for you.
The National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) also recommends it as their treatment of choice for OCD.
Not all talking therapies are necessarily CBT. This can affect how likely your treatment is to be successful in helping you to overcome OCD symptoms. CBT is more effective than other talking therapies so it’s the best option for most people.
If you’re not sure whether you’re receiving CBT or another talking therapy, OCD Action have put together this CBT Checklist. This can help you get a good idea of whether the sessions are going to be right for treating OCD and what they will and won’t do in terms of treatment.
Exposure & Response Prevention (ERP) There is a specific type of CBT that can work really well for treating OCD.
Exposure & Response Prevention (ERP) encourages you to face your intrusive thoughts and images without performing your usual compulsions afterward. Instead, you’re asked to try to ride out the anxiety you feel.
MIND describes ERP as “helping you confront your obsessions and resist the urge to carry out compulsions”.
ERP is a huge challenge and potentially very scary to begin with. However, with repeated exposure, it helps you to understand that the anxiety provoked by your OCD obsessions is fuelled by your compulsions and that it will eventually die down if these aren’t carried out as they normally would.
You probably know deep down that far from taking away the anxiety, compulsions actually keep the obsession-anxiety-compulsion cycle going. ERP acts as the proof of this in your mind.
One thing you’ll gain from CBT is the knowledge that it isn’t an intrusive thought that causes the problem. It’s the fact that this thought or image is given a huge amount of importance in your mind and is reacted to in a certain way. Once this power is taken away, the anxiety eventually starts to go away too.
This is why as you engage more with ERP, OCD obsessions generally start to produce less anxiety. The fear they do create is not as intense and doesn’t last as long as it did originally. At the same time, OCD compulsions are also reduced as the anxiety isn’t as strong.
Medications for OCD Sometimes, CBT isn’t enough to fully manage OCD and medication may be recommended alongside it.
If your anxiety is really severe, medication can help it to be reduced in the short term so you can get the most out of CBT, for example.
Antidepressants are one of the most likely medication options for OCD. NICE generally recommends using Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs) if medication is needed.
Self-care for OCD Self-care is important for all of us but even more so when you have anxiety. It’s definitely not selfish to take time for yourself – it’s actually one of the best things you can do for your anxiety!
Relaxation: Stress can make OCD symptoms worse so it’s important to learn how to relax. Whether it’s deep breathing, meditation or yoga, try to do it as often as you can to help to manage OCD.
Exercise: Being active is a natural anxiety treatment, with the added bonus of directing your mind away from potential OCD triggers. If you can fit exercise in a few times in the average week, it can help to manage anxiety disorders, including OCD.
Sleep: Anxiety and insomnia can go hand in hand and it’s more likely that you’ll struggle with anxious thoughts if you’re not sleeping well.
Avoiding alcohol: If you’re tempted to try to ‘treat’ your anxiety with alcohol, it can actually make things a lot worse. People who are already prone to anxiety can experience alcohol anxiety the day after drinking. So staying clear of too much alcohol is a good self-care move for anxiety in general!
Here are a few more self-care tips for anxiety.
Trying to manage OCD can seem like a never-ending battle. It can though be treated with talking therapies such as CBT and, if necessary, medication can be used too.
Don’t forget to take care of yourself too!
The post How to Manage OCD appeared first on Calmer you.
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is an anxiety disorder that can be very debilitating. Intrusive thoughts and images create a lot of anxiety. The compulsions and rituals that go along with them can take over your life. It can feel as though you’ll never get back in control of your thoughts and behaviour. Fortunately, there are […]
The post How to Manage OCD appeared first on Calmer you.
There are more than a few different types of anxiety so you probably won’t be surprised to know that there are many anxiety treatments. Unfortunately, there isn’t any one magic treatment for anxiety that will definitely help you. What works for one person as an anxiety treatment can be totally ineffective for someone else and you may […]
The post Anxiety Treatments appeared first on Calmer you.
There are more than a few different types of anxiety so you probably won’t be surprised to know that there are many anxiety treatments. Unfortunately, there isn’t any one magic treatment for anxiety that will definitely help you.
What works for one person as an anxiety treatment can be totally ineffective for someone else and you may need to try a few ones out before you find one that works for you.
In this blog post, I’m going to talk about some of the main anxiety treatments that can help you to get back in control.
Therapies for anxiety There are a few therapies that can be useful as anxiety treatments.
Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) is one of the most common of the ‘talking therapy’ treatments for anxiety and it can help you to identify negative and unhealthy patterns of thinking and behaviour linked to your anxiety and the vicious circles that these interconnected thoughts, feelings and behaviours can lead to.
You may not even be aware of these at this stage, especially if your anxiety has been with you for a long time, but CBT can help to highlight them and change how you think and feel. It can also provide you with skills to help you cope with your anxiety for the future.
Exposure therapy can be part of CBT treatment for anxiety and involves putting yourself in positions that cause you anxiety, a little bit at a time. This is a really scary one as it means you have to face your fears head-on, albeit safely and slowly.
The American Psychological Association describes exposure therapy as an effective way to treat anxiety disorders such as social anxiety, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) and phobias.
Medications for anxiety There are quite a few medications that can be used anxiety treatments but which one is right for you can depend on which type of anxiety you have.
Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs) and Serotonin Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs) are often used as antidepressants but they can also help to treat anxiety. They both have an effect on serotonin levels. Prozac is a well known example of an SSRI but there are lots of other options too. They can both be used to treat Social Anxiety, Generalized Anxiety Disorder and panic disorder but SNRIs can also be a treatment for PTSD.
Beta blockers are more commonly associated with heart problems but they can also be used to treat social anxiety. According to HelpGuide, they block the stress hormone norepinephrine. Propranolol is an example of a beta blocker that can be taken before social situations that you know will make you anxious. It’s not generally considered for long-term anxiety treatments.
Benzodiazepines are one of the quicker acting options for anxiety medication but there is one big downside – they can be pretty addictive! The fact that they can kick in so quick can be ideal for calming symptoms of a panic attack but they’re generally not considered for long-term anxiety treatments.
Hypnotherapy for anxiety As a hypnotherapist specialising in treating anxiety, I’ve helped lots of clients to overcome their anxiety symptoms. The main reason for this is simple: it really works!
Hypnosis involves entering into a state of deep relaxation, which allows access to the unconscious mind. This is where patterns of behaviour are formed. Through tools such as hypnotic suggestions and imagery, hypnotherapy can change the way you deal with anxiety.
Studies have shown that hypnosis is a safe and effective way to reduce anxiety.
How long can anxiety treatments take to work? Much as you’d love to start breaking free from your anxiety right away, most anxiety treatments won’t have overnight results. It may take a few weeks to start feeling less anxious.
Self care anxiety treatments These aren’t anxiety treatments as such but there are lots of self-care tips that you can bring into your life to help to manage anxiety symptoms.
The post Anxiety Treatments appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you suffer from social media anxiety? If so, you’re not alone!
Anxiety UK have already confirmed that social media anxiety is a thing, and it’s on the rise.
I noticed recently that my social media and mobile phone use in general was getting out of hand. I’d be sitting with my phone when I could have been spending quality time with my partner and I found I was logging on to social media way more than I liked.
One reason that we’re constantly glued to our phones is that it’s actually addictive. Whenever we get a hit of information (a new Tweet, Instagram heart or Facebook message) we get a release of dopamine which gives us a sense of ‘reward’. It’s the same pathway that is involved with heroin users and smokers. The struggle is REAL people.
Another big reason that we get social media anxiety is FOMO and comparison. We’re repeatedly exposed to everyone’s fabulous lives – from what they eat for breakfast to who they party with on Saturday night. Meanwhile there we are, in our jim-jams, feeling bloated and eating ice-cream on the couch.
We see their highlight reel and our everyday and the comparison can feel unbearable. There’s a recipe for feeling crap about yourself if ever I heard one!
Last week I decided to make a change and got serious about limiting my phone and social media use. I know from the messages I’ve been receiving on Instagram (I recognise the irony) that you feel the same way too and that social media anxiety is a big, BIG deal for many of you.
Read on for tips and strategies for reducing your social media anxiety and feeling calmer and happier as a result.
Just think about… * The amount of time wasted scrolling mindlessly…Ugh! * The fact that on average we check our phones 80 x a day * Not to mention the temptation to check work emails…even on the weekend! * The struggle of comparison – How does it make you feel seeing everyone’s highlight reel while you sit at home in your pyjamas? And, not just comparison with super-models and Kardashians – but ‘ordinary’ people, bloggers, friends from school, people in our industry who seem to ‘have it all’ and look perfect all the time. It’s no wonder we never feel good enough!
My tried and tested tips to overcome social media anxiety * Turn off notifications on your phone – Head to settings > Notifications to do this
Leave your phone in another room so you won’t be distracted or tempted to check. I leave mine downstairs.
Put it on airplane mode – no distractions!
Remind yourself of all the ways that you are one-of-a-kind-beyond-compare-wonderful-and-uniquely-valuable. Make a list. Review it daily.
Delete apps from your phone for things like Twitter and Facebook – you’ll be less likely to log in without the ease of an app.
Use an alarm clock not your phone to wake up in the mornings – you’ll be less likely to scroll social media while in bed and will sleep better.
Let other people know you’re trying to use your phone less to get their support and encouragement.
Fill your feed with people that lift you up – nature, animals, people being honest about their struggles so your feed is a positive place to be.
Unfollow people on Facebook that trigger anxiety – they’ll never know you unfollowed them!
What tips do you have for reducing social media anxiety? Let us know in the comments!
The post Social Media Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you suffer from social media anxiety? If so, you’re not alone! Anxiety UK have already confirmed that social media anxiety is a thing, and it’s on the rise. I noticed recently that my social media and mobile phone use in general was getting out of hand. I’d be sitting with my phone when I […]
The post Social Media Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
; My online programme just opened it’s doors to new members for one week only (closes 5th November) – if you’re ready to take the next step with me and become your calmest self – click here to learn more My experience with anxiety has been a long and winding one. I knew I was […]
The post How I Overcame My Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
;
My online programme just opened it’s doors to new members for one week only (closes 5th November) – if you’re ready to take the next step with me and become your calmest self – click here to learn more My experience with anxiety has been a long and winding one. I knew I was ‘shy’ from a young age – hiding behind my Dad in public, crying in the corner at ballet class, talking to no one but my best friend at Brownies…
But things kicked up a gear when I was 15, and I started having panic attacks. Suddenly, I was exposed to a dark side to life where things could go wrong; it was the ultimate in losing control, I thought I was dying and on top of that, I thought I was losing my mind too.
Fast forward to 2010 and anxiety had been holding me back and poisoning my mind for nearly ten years. I’d had countless panic attacks, millions of obsessive worries, several trips to the doctors, and god knows how many missed friendships, messed up relationships, times I’d doubted myself, restrained the real me and been really, really mean to myself. Finally, at 24 years old I realised I needed help.
But change didn’t happen overnight. It was a steady process of slowly learning to open up and talk about how I was feeling (I found this SO hard at first), trying different techniques and therapies, reading every self-help book I can get my hands on, and learning to accept myself.
I now feel so honoured to be able to help other people who feel the same way I felt.
Today, I’m sharing the key tools and insights that helped me the most. I hope they help you too.
Make peace your priority A few years ago I came across a quote ‘Make peace of mind your priority and organise your life around it’ by Brian Tracey. When I read it, it hit me like a tonne of bricks. I realised that for ages, I’d been prioritising ‘achievement’ ‘work’ and ‘being busy’ at the expense of my mental health and happiness. I’d been comparing myself to others and believing that I needed to be ‘successful’ to be happy. When I started to make peace of mind my goal in life, everything changed. I started making time for things that made me feel good and decided that taking care of myself was my primary job. The funny thing was that as I did this, every area of my life improved. My relationships got better as I had more to give, my work life grew because I could think more clearly and creatively and I became so much happier.
Challenging beliefs This was an incredibly important step for me in overcoming my anxiety. It’s something that I learned through therapy as well as my training as a hypnotherapist. We all carry old beliefs from our past. As kids we’re like sponges, absorbing things that Mum and Dad tell us, stuff our teachers say, and giving meaning to the experiences we have. As the oldest child of three, I’d felt a need to be a ‘good girl’ because I didn’t want to upset my Mum – who would get very stressed when my Dad was working away. I’d taken on a belief that I needed to be ‘perfect’ to in order to be ‘liked’ and I carried this belief into adulthood. This meant I put a lot of pressure on myself; suppressing the real me around new people and never feeling good enough.
The first step to making a change is to identify what negative beliefs are holding you back. The second step is to create a new belief and start telling yourself that new belief on a regular basis. For me, it was ‘I am good enough just as I am’ and I used hypnotherapy (which helps us to embed new positive beliefs into the subconscious mind) and positive self-talk to change that old view into the new, more supportive one.
Shrink the fear There’s a saying – ‘Fear shrinks when you walk towards it’ and I absolutely know this to be true. Anxiety makes you want to hide from your fears, which is totally understandable. The fear can feel paralysing and impossible to overcome at times. But challenging myself to move out of my comfort zone was one of the best things I’ve ever done. Whenever you do something you’re afraid to do, you’re PROVING to yourself ‘I can do this, it’s safe, I’m ok’ and the more you do this, the more confident, capable and calm you become. Things like going to networking events, public speaking and travelling alone would have once seemed impossible for me, but now they’re things I enjoy. The only reason I can do them now is that I slowly pushed myself further and further out of my comfort zone, growing my confidence in the process.
Finally learning to calm my mind I believed for years that I was just one of those people who ‘couldn’t’ meditate. I couldn’t sit still, closing my eyes felt boring and it made me too aware of my racing heart. I resisted it for years. Finally, I discovered something that yogis of India have known for millennia. It’s called meditation ‘practice’, not meditation ‘perfection’. I let go of needing to be good at meditating, just doing my 15 minutes dutifully each day and throwing in a few yoga stretches beforehand, and something ‘clicked’. The trick is to not beat yourself up if your mind wanders during meditation; you simply bring your awareness back to your breath (or mantra) as soon as you notice it’s drifted. Having thoughts during meditation is totally normal and doesn’t mean you have failed. The thing that convinced me to really give meditation a try was learning about the science behind it when it comes to anxiety. It changes our brains, reducing the part responsible for the fight or flight response (the amygdala) and helping the part of our brain that thinks about the future (the frontal cortex) to become more calm and rational. I started to feel results gradually, and after a few months of regular practice, I felt as though I’d rewired my brain.
Don’t fight the feelings A big thing for me was learning to float rather than fight against my feelings. Sounds counterintuitive right? Why wouldn’t you want to fight your anxiety, it’s the baddie, isn’t it?
But when the famous psychiatrist Carl Jung said ‘What you resist, persists’ he had a point, especially when it comes to anxiety. Ever found that the harder to fight against your worries or feelings of panic, the worse they get? For me, learning to float with any anxious feelings, relax with them and allow them to be there meant that they started to reduce on their own. It’s a bit like being in the sea and allowing your body to be supported by the salt water, rather than thrashing and fighting against the tides. If we fight, we just end up exhausted and panicked but if we relax and float, we are supported.
Being kinder to myself Sounds so obvious – so how come we don’t do it? Self-compassion is one of the most important things we do for ourselves in life, and for anxiety, it’s crucial. Self-compassion is like a cushion against the difficulties of life. It makes everything easier. I thought that giving myself a hard time was motivating me to do better, but in fact beating myself up was holding me back. It sapped my motivation and meant I was too scared to try things, knowing I’d give myself hell if I felt I’d failed. These days, I choose to live my life as though it’s all a ‘training montage’ from an 80’s or 90’s film. Failure is inevitable, but I get up and try again. All the while I remember that my ‘audience’ (my friends and family) love and support me no matter what and that I grow and learn all the time. We are all in our own training montage, failure is never final and being kind to ourselves (and others) and trusting in the process is all we need to do.
My online programme just opened it’s doors to new members for one week only – if you’re ready to take the next step with me and become your calmest self – click here to learn more The post How I Overcame My Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Now your probably wondering what on earth two DJ’s are constantly rabbiting on about gut health ….it all started when we were already volunteering for “Twin Research” as “guinea pigs” helping out advances in medical science (as twins are the perfect constant) and have always been fascinated at what the physiological differences between us are […]
The post The Mac Twins talk Gut Health appeared first on Calmer you.
Now your probably wondering what on earth two DJ’s are constantly rabbiting on about gut health ….it all started when we were already volunteering for “Twin Research” as “guinea pigs” helping out advances in medical science (as twins are the perfect constant) and have always been fascinated at what the physiological differences between us are – so when they offered us the chance to get our guts analysed we jumped at the opportunity!
They discovered that despite us having 100% the same DNA our guts have only 40% the same microbiota, which could explain why our bodies behave so differently and why everyone is so unique, hence why we shouldn’t all be following “one size fits all” dietary models.
During the tests we found ourselves constantly saying “Why does nobody know about this?!” – so we decided to change that and thus “the gut stuff” youtube series was born for your gut health.
We interviewed some of the top scientists in the world and discovered that your gut health has a huge impact on diseases such as cancer, Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s and even mental health, also what you eat affects your grand children and kale isn’t actually that good for us!
Below are a few tips for your gut health, but our main piece of advice is to swot up and think critically! Just because it looks good on instagram doesn’t mean its good for us, and what might be a good lunch for your desk body, might not necessarily work for you.
Food diary This is NOT for calorie counting but to monitor what you’re eating and “tuning in” to look for patterns, try taking things out and putting them back in and see what happens.
Record poops and symptoms and how you feel – If you do have issues, you can take your ready made journal to a nutritionist or dietician.
De- Stress There’s SO MANY studies coming out showing that stress and anxiety can have a direct affect on anxiety. Our best advice for that is read Chloe’s book 😉
Rest it 12 hour fasting really helps to let everything reset in your stomach. Sleep time also counts so you don’t feel like your starving yourself. We try fasting from 8pm – 8am.
Chew chew and chew again We need to chew our food 20-30 times so that it’s liquid before we swallow, if its broken down in the mouth it’s less work for our tums. We’ve started using little mini sand timers to train ourselves up – good game for the kids too!
Variety! Get in loads of colours and different foods to stimulate your trillions of good gut microbes – we create a blackboard of every vegetable we can think of and cross them off during the week.
Cut out the processed foods To put it simply they can seriously impact the balance of your gut flora, tipping the balance to too many BAD GUYS.
There’s still so much more to uncover about gut health and digest (!), there are new things coming out daily, so come on the journey with us, “gut” in touch and let us know how you look after your tum!
The post The Mac Twins talk Gut Health appeared first on Calmer you.
Guest blog by Jo Foster from Kiss the Moon
The clocks go back this weekend. Good news you’d think, in that we get an extra hour in bed. That might be great news on Monday morning when you effectively get a lovely hour lie in, but the tricky bit starts that evening when you may not feel sleepy at your usual bedtime. By the middle of the week our natural rhythms are likely to be knocked a little out of synch and getting up on time becomes harder to do. It’s a bit like giving ourselves a mini dose of jet lag.
Here are our tips on how to handle the time change without it messing with your sleep patterns: Don’t leave it until Sunday The gentler you can ease yourself in to the time shift, the easier it will be for your natural sleep rhythms to adapt. It’s much easier to make the change over a few days rather than leaving it all down to Sunday night. From Friday, start your nightly wind down routine 20mins earlier (and then another 20mins earlier again on Saturday) so you stagger the effect. Make sure your bedtime routine is a nice relaxing one – we’re thinking, gentle music, low lighting and a nice relaxing soak in the bath. Add some soothing essential oils to help you de-stress and relax muscles. (Our DREAM After Dark Bath Oil is perfect for this – it contains a natural sleep-inducing cocktail of sleep-inducing lavender oil, mood brightening bergamot, cedar wood to relax your muscles and skin and soul-soothing chamomile.)
Prep for the day ahead Worry is a real sleep stopper. There’s nothing worse than lying in bed unable to sleep and getting more and more stressed about all the things you have to do the next day. Doing some little things the night before that help you have a speedy start in the morning can help you buy a bit of time and take a weight of your mind. So spend ten minutes in the evening making the pack lunches and getting outfit ready for the next day so you can turn in for the night knowing those bits are done and waiting for you when you wake.
Get light smart Light regulates sleepiness levels. Clocks going back mean lighter mornings (for a while anyway). Good news as waking up should be easier so throw open those curtains on waking to take advantage of the light and walk or cycle to work to dose up on daylight.
The flip side is darker afternoons and evenings of course. That means through the winter we’re reliant on artificial light. The blue light that screens and bulbs emit help to keep us awake through the afternoon as light levels fall, but they also confuse the brain into thinking it’s perpetually daytime. The trick is knowing when to switch them off. Lower the wattage at night to help you get sleepy and stay away from backlit screens (computers, phones and TVs for example) for at least an hour before you want to go to sleep.
Have a Plan B to hand For nights when you struggle to drop off, or get woken midway through the night and may struggle to get back to sleep, have something by your bedside to help you. Our After Dark Balms work a treat for this – soothing essential oils mixed with a lovely to the touch blend of shea butter and sea buckthorn oil. Just apply to wrists and temples before bed or through the night to help you drop off. If your mind is whirring and keeping you awake, choose our After Dark CALM Balm – the mix of jasmine, chamomile, ylang ylang and sandalwood are perfect to quieten overactive minds at bedtime.
Eat and drink clever Disrupted sleep can also mess with our appetite. When we don’t get enough rest our body produces more of the hunger hormone, grehlin. So watch out for night-time munchies and a craving for sugary breakfasts.
If you do feel peckish before bed, choose things that can help you feel sleepy – oats, dairy, nuts, bananas, cherries, turkey in small enough bites that they’ll fill a hole before bedtime without making you feeling heavy are all good options.
Avoid stimulants including anything with caffeine in it (not just coffee and soft drinks) watch out for it in tea and chocolate too.
Stay positive Darker days can be a downer. So put some time aside each night to help you end the day feeling positive as the evenings get inkier. A natter on the phone with a friend, listening to some music you love, reading an uplifting book – can all help you go to sleep feeling happier and more content.
Our sense of smell has an amazing power to change our mood so if you are feeling a bit blue as the winter draws in, try our GLOW After Dark Face Oil. It contains a mood-brightening mix of warm orange, geranium, myrrh and litsea oil – (litsea has been used in Chinese medicine for generations to calm the mind and nudge away negative thoughts). Apply before bed as part of your night-time skincare routine to nourish skin through the colder months and to lift your spirit as you drop off to sleep.
Kids too Even if your sleep patterns are sorted it won’t count for much unless the rest of the household’s sleep routines are working too. The last thing you need are fights about going to bed because they are not tired and then little heads popping round your bedroom door at 5am because they are wide awake. Adapt and apply these tips to the kids bedtime routines to help ensure the whole household has a lovely long week of sweet dreams.
Explore the Kiss the Moon range of sleep-inducing natural beauty & wellness products at kissthemoon.com
The post Sleep Well as the Clocks Go Back appeared first on Calmer you.
Guest blog by Jo Foster from Kiss the Moon The clocks go back this weekend. Good news you’d think, in that we get an extra hour in bed. That might be great news on Monday morning when you effectively get a lovely hour lie in, but the tricky bit starts that evening when you may not […]
The post Sleep Well as the Clocks Go Back appeared first on Calmer you.
We all get anxious sometimes but with Generalised Anxiety Disorder, this is a constant companion, often for no obvious reason. It can make it really hard just to get through the day. This article will look at some of the reasons why Generalised Anxiety Disorder occurs, how you can tell if you have it, and […]
The post How to Manage Generalised Anxiety Disorder appeared first on Calmer you.
We all get anxious sometimes but with Generalised Anxiety Disorder, this is a constant companion, often for no obvious reason. It can make it really hard just to get through the day.
This article will look at some of the reasons why Generalised Anxiety Disorder occurs, how you can tell if you have it, and how to manage it.
Why Generalised Anxiety Disorder happens With Generalised Anxiety Disorder, the causes are quite complicated. There can be genetic, behavioural and developmental factors involved according to Psychology Today.
The current thinking is focused on the amygdala, the part of the brain that is linked to sensory signals. This is also where ‘threats’ are identified that then trigger anxiety symptoms.
Other factors that can be involved include: * A family history of Generalised Anxiety Disorder can potentially make you more likely to be affected too * A shy and/or negative temperament can make you more prone to the negative thought patterns that go hand in hand with Generalised Anxiety Disorder * Having experienced a negative event either recently or in the past, including chronic health problems
Here are some signs you could be experiencing Generalised Anxiety Disorder: Psychology Today states that Generalised Anxiety Disorder “is characterized by six months or more of chronic, exaggerated worry and tension that is unfounded or much more severe than the normal anxiety most people experience”.
So if you’ve been feeling overly worried for a while and have a lot of the symptoms, there’s a good chance that Generalised Anxiety Disorder is the culprit.
How to manage Generalised Anxiety Disorder With Generalised Anxiety Disorder, it’s easy to feel that you’re not in control but there is actually quite a lot you can do to overcome the condition.
Some self help measures you can try include: Exercise. Regular physical activity can help to relieve stress and also encourages your brain to produce more serotonin. Aerobic exercise such as swimming, cycling, jogging and aerobics can be really good for this. The NHS recommends doing at least 150 minutes per week of moderate intensity exercise that makes you a little bit breathless as a way of managing Generalised Anxiety Disorder.
Learning to relax. Being able to switch off is key for managing Generalised Anxiety Disorder, not least because most people who have the condition find it very difficult or even impossible to relax. Deep breathing and relaxation exercises can help with this and you may find yoga, meditation and mindfulness helpful for helping you to switch off too.
Cutting back on caffeine. Drinking too much caffeine can increase your sense of anxiety so it’s best not to go too heavy with this when you’re already feeling on edge most or all of the time. This includes fizzy drinks and energy drinks, as well as the obvious tea and coffee.
Cutting back on drinking. If you already have chronic anxiety, alcohol can make it worse.
Some of the treatments that can help to manage and overcome Generalised Anxiety Disorder are: Psychotherapy. Talking therapies can help you to work through your anxiety and give you some tools to manage it going forward. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) focuses on changing your thinking patterns and encouraging you to react in a different way to anxiety triggers.
Medications. Anti-anxiety medications and antidepressants can be used alongside psychotherapy and are usually a short term treatment option. Psychological treatment is likely to be offered first as it’s been shown to have longer lasting effects for managing anxiety compared to medications alone.
Hypnotherapy. If CBT doesn’t help, hypnotherapy is another option for changing your thought processes. It allows access to your subconscious mind, which can change how you think from within. For anxiety, this can help you to cope a lot better with triggers and also help you to relax more.
You can get inspiration from articles on the Calmer-You blog, or follow us on Twitter orFacebook.
I would love to know in the comments what you do to manage Generalised Anxiety Disorder, and if it helps.
The post How to Manage Generalised Anxiety Disorder appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you worrying about worry? Follow these tips and tricks to feel calmer and make better decisions.
The post How to Stop Worrying about Worrying {Video} appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you worrying about worry? Follow these tips and tricks to feel calmer and make better decisions.
The post How to Stop Worrying about Worrying {Video} appeared first on Calmer you.
Learning to set boundaries usually comes after stepping the line, whether that step was made by you or someone else. It’s made you question yourself. It’s a long overdue wake-up call. It’s a ‘let me take a second to get myself together and reassess myself and my worth’ eureka feeling. But, when you’re feeling low […]
The post How to set boundaries appeared first on Calmer you.
Learning to set boundaries usually comes after stepping the line, whether that step was made by you or someone else. It’s made you question yourself. It’s a long overdue wake-up call. It’s a ‘let me take a second to get myself together and reassess myself and my worth’ eureka feeling.
But, when you’re feeling low in confidence it can be really tricky to know what aspects of your life you should be switching up. Being unsure of what to do, when you aren’t even sure of yourself at the moment, isn’t a great place to be.
Recognising when boundaries have been crossed is one thing, but doing something about it is completely different. Psychology Today clarify the broad categories that comprise boundary violations: verbal, psychological, emotional, and physical.
‘You change for two reasons: Either you learn enough that you want to, or you’ve been hurt enough that you have to.’ – Unknown.
Types of potential boundary violations. Verbal violations of boundaries include not allowing you to speak or be heard, raising their voice and/or screaming at you, saying things that are derogatory or inflammatory about your integrity and character, gossiping about you.
Psychological and emotional boundary violations include preying upon your sense of self and self-esteem, using what you’ve told them in confidence against you, lying to you, criticizing, demeaning, judging, or manipulating you, making fun of you, your thoughts, feelings, and beliefs, trying to make you feel guilty or responsible for them or a situation.
Physical violations of boundaries include moving into your personal space, touching you without permission, being inappropriate or too familiar, especially sexually, (including sexual references and overtures), touching or handling things that belong to you, violating your privacy (cell phone, computer, social media contacts, personal records), damaging or destroying your personal property, threatening you with physical harm.
Think of your boundaries like a jigsaw, each aspect of your life whether that’s your job, your children, your partner, your friends, is a piece of the puzzle. When the pieces fit together in their correct order, a beautiful masterpiece is created. However, when the pieces are in the wrong places and they overlap, no matter how hard you try they won’t be forced where they are not needed. Setting boundaries is all about ensuring each piece of the jigsaw fits comfortably into their own space.
Piece Number One: Boundaries – Yourself. The first piece of the jigsaw is yourself. You can’t start altering other pieces in your life when you’re not at one with your own mind first.
Ground yourself. Being stable will stop you from being blown around by other people’s winds. Make sure that regardless of any other drama’s that orbit your life, you can remain grounded and not get too caught up in it all. You can walk away, and know that you have given your advice, your love, your affection, your wisdom, and know when enough is enough. Always keep some stored in the tank for yourself. You need it more than you think.
Piece Number Two: Boundaries – Your Relationships Recognise. Recognise who is draining your energy. Recognise how your boundaries have been crossed. Recognise how you need to set your boundary.
‘Being able to do this is absolutely vital because by being able to check in with ourselves and recognise how we are feeling then we have separated ourselves from the other person. The problem with many of us who have weak or leaky boundaries in relationships is that we become so enmeshed, so encompassed by the other person’s “stuff” that we have no idea what we ourselves are feeling. By taking the time to break away, reflect, and really check in with yourself, you are then consciously making the distinct difference between yourself and the other person.’ – Jennifer Twardowski, (6 Steps To Setting Boundaries In Relationships)
A key point to keep in mind when respecting your own boundaries in a relationship is that you can’t fix other people. So don’t try. It may feel like you are giving them love, attention and validation in the process, but the bottom line is they are not interested in becoming any other person than they already are. Focus that compassion on your own growth – it’s okay to be selfish in this sense.
It is easy to compromise in a relationship. But don’t let that stop you being your own boss. Remember, the choices you make have been made for a reason. You are allowed to change your mind, to have a strong opinion, to speak up and not feel guilty. Anyone who thinks differently isn’t worth your time.
Finally, don’t be scared to separate yourself from anyone who pushes this boundary. It can be difficult to walk away from relationships with so many memories, emotions and connections, but you must always have your worth at the forefront of your every waking thought. No one is going to back your corner like yourself. It can be a dark, lonely place when you’ve had to walk away from a relationship. But just know that you cannot welcome positive energy into your life and move forward if you don’t let go of what is dragging you down first.
Piece Number Three: Boundaries – Your Work Life. When was the last time your 9 til’ 5 job was actually a nine until five job, where you were out the door at 5pm and didn’t have to think or associate with work until the next morning? When you respect your personal boundaries, others typically will, too. Remember that “you teach people how to treat you.” PschCentral has created 7 tips for setting boundaries at work:
By first knowing your values, you’re able to then set up systems that help you get those needs met, Wilding said.
“Verbally tell them the hours you will be available for work-related conversations,” said Hanks, also author of The Burnout Cure: An Emotional Survival Guide for Overwhelmed Women.
It’s important to reinforce and exercise your boundary in the moment or very close to it. Because if you don’t, it simply loses its power.
Have an agenda, even if it’s a meeting between you and your manager. An agenda is more efficient, and positions you as a professional.
For instance, you check your emails before dinner, and then put away your devices so you can spend the rest of the evening with your family. It’s also important to have one day when you’re completely offline, so you can replenish your mental, emotional and spiritual reserves.
When you’re setting a boundary at work, it’s not necessarily productive to talk from your personal perspective. If your boss makes an unreasonable request, avoid statements such as “I’m really stressed” – It sounds like it’s all about you, and like you’re whining.
It’s helpful to visualise your boundaries getting crossed, and how you’re going to handle those situations. This way, when a moment like this comes up, you won’t be hijacked by your emotions. You’ll be able to handle it much more rationally.
With all of this said, it is essential that you take care of yourself. It can be massively overwhelming trying to assert so much authority into your personal life. Go for a walk, exercise, relax. Anything to help yourself get re-centered. Anything to be a calmer you.
The post How to set boundaries appeared first on Calmer you.
If you are not already familiar with Julie Montagu, then it is my pleasure to introduce you. She is a complete inspiration. Truly a woman who has embraced self-care of mind, body and spirit. Yoga, nutrition, author, an online nutrition course the Flexie Foodie, recently launched wellness membership site Truly Julie and so much more – this mother of four is worth getting to know.
She very generously agreed to answer a few of our questions and offer her top tips on self-care. Enjoy.
You are originally from America. Was yoga popular in your hometown and how does it compare with the practice of yoga in the UK?
I’m originally from a sweet little ‘town’ called Sugar Grove, Illinois in the middle of corn fields. No joke! And nope, I don’t think any of us growing up in Sugar Grove had even heard of yoga!
Have you experienced anxiety?
Yes. After my fourth child was born almost 11 years ago, I definitely experienced mild anxiety. I had 4 young children under the age of 8 and I was exhausted yet worried and frantic. I would jump down my kids’ throats, my husband’s throat and really anyone who slightly irked me!
If so, how did you know it was anxiety – Were there physical signs?
I started to get heart ectopics (when your heart misses a beat) and quite frequently throughout the day. I would therefore, have to lie down and consciously breathe in order for my heart to start beating normally again.
When did you start exploring yoga and food as a resource to treat anxiety?
Quite quickly after my fourth was born, I knew I needed to make a change. I mean, the heart isn’t something to mess with. So, within a year I was practicing yoga on a daily basis and began my coursework in Plant-based nutrition through Cornell University.
Can you explain how yoga poses work in the body to relieve anxiety?
The difference between yoga and other forms of exercise is that yoga is a mind-body practice. There are the physical poses combined with controlled breathing as well as relaxation and even meditation at the end of a class. And this winning combination helps to reduce stress, lower bloods pressure and your heart rate.
Are there different holistic tools you recommend for prevention vs relief?
For me, yoga encapsulates both anxiety relief AND prevention. That’s the amazing thing about yoga – it does both.
Why is self-care so important?
One word: RECHARGE! So many of us give so much of our energy away to everyone else that we forget about ourselves and before we know it, we are exhausted, unhappy and feeling just overall yuck. If we simply take just 10 minutes out of our day for us to recharge our batteries, it makes a huge difference in our interaction with others and our energy levels too.
What would you say to someone who feels they are too busy to take care of themselves?
They need to reassess their priorities and quickly! Or they will eventually… burn out.
Check Julie out on social media or on the brief helpful video below.
Twitter Facebook Instagram Pinterest The post Interview and self-care tips with the inspiring Julie Montagu appeared first on Calmer you.
If you are not already familiar with Julie Montagu, then it is my pleasure to introduce you. She is a complete inspiration. Truly a woman who has embraced self-care of mind, body and spirit. Yoga, nutrition, author, an online nutrition course the Flexie Foodie, recently launched wellness membership site Truly Julie and so much more – this […]
The post Interview and self-care tips with the inspiring Julie Montagu appeared first on Calmer you.
What anxiety management techniques could be better than drugs?
When it comes to mental health we can’t separate this from physical health. Your brain is attached to your body – remember?
Let’s also remember that many of the symptoms of anxiety are physical ones. So it makes total sense to tackle the anxiety at the physical level too,
We all know what anxiety feels like. Racing heart, butterflies in the tum, tense shoulders, head swimming, shaky, achy, sense of impending doom and looming panic.
Fight or flight These symptoms are there because our bodies are getting ready to head off a threat; to run away or fight.
When we’re in fight or flight because of a mound of emails or unpaid bills instead of an angry bear – there’s no where to run. Instead we sit and stew in our own anxious juices. We fidget nervously with the pen on our desks while a rising panic creates the sensation that our hearts may well explode out of our chests. Not ideal.
But Mother Nature did give us one saving grace. The anxiety juice AKA ‘adrenaline’ gets burned up when we exercise (in the same way as it would if we were to run from or fend off that bear).
When it comes to anxiety, exercise isn’t a luxury – it’s essential. But be warned, don’t wait of the time to exercise to materialise – make time and make it a priority.
If I wake up with an excess of adrenaline over my to-do list or some deadline, part of my brain tells me that my morning will be best spent attempting to tackle my emails. This is lie.
Having too much adrenaline pumping around our systems takes blood away from the frontal cortex – the rational mind – and means that our amygdala – the emotional brain – is in the driving seat. We’re more likely to think in black and white (did someone say catastrophising?) and make bad, irrational decisions while finding it hard to think clearly and dampening down our creativity when we’re in fight or flight. When I make sure I exercise my anxiety away first thing, my brain and body are calmer and I’m way better equipped to deal with my work.
But if you can’t fit a workout in first thing, then the perfect time to exercise is when you can make time. Don’t try and force yourself into a 6AM run if you hate early starts – maybe an evening sesh is better for you. If you’re beyond tired at the end of the day, maybe a lunchtime workout will work for you. If you’re a parent – can you get your child involved too? Or ask for help (because this shit is important.) There is always a way to fit something in.
Here are some suggested types of exercise to give you some inspiration
Apps, YouTube videos, DVDs I remember doing my Mum’s Callinenics VHS as a young teen at home (so old school – there were leotards galore). But these days we’re lucky enough to have a wealth of free resources and guidance just a click away on Youtube and in the App Store. Enlist a friend and schedule it into your diary to boost your motivation to stick with it.
Weight lifting I was terrified the first time I stepped into the weight room. I was sure that someone impossibly ripped and wearing a string vest was going to mansplain the use of the squat rack or point out the errors in my shaky form. The reality was totally different. Remind yourself that in the gym, people are focused on themselves and generally will leave you alone to focus on your own workout. Within weeks at the gym I was feeling stronger and can I just say, more powerful.
The satisfaction of lifting a heavier weight and noticing muscles sprouting where before there were none, was incredibly gratifying and positive. An interesting side effect I noticed was that for a day or two after, while experiencing DOMS (delayed onset muscle soreness to you and me!) I noticed that the soreness my muscles made me more ‘in my body’, more grounded, and basically made me feel like a bad ass. I highly recommend it.
Other options are to book into a class or get a few sessions with a personal trainer before hitting the gym solo – at least until you feel more confident.
Running All being well with your knees, running is one of the easiest and most accessible forms of exercise to try. Burning off adrenaline and releasing tension in your body in the name of the game. At higher intensities we produce the happy-making chemicals ‘endorphins’ that give us a beautiful feeling ‘the runners high’.
Even a 15 minute casual run-skip around the park (think about how you used to run as a 10 year old for inspiration…it can even be fun) will have remarkable benefits.
Walking Nature! Sunlight! Fresh air! Just some of the beneficial factors of a walk in the great outdoors. Good news for those not willing or able to work up a sweat: even light intensity exercise such as walking has been shown to reduce levels of anxiety.
Bonus point: go with a friend – sharing your feelings and having that all important social contact is an additional anxiety-buster. If you don’t have a friend to hand, a podcast, audiobook or your favourite playlist are bound to boost your mood and calm your mind. Also: dogs. Say no more!
Yoga for Anxiety There’s little doubt that yoga helps with anxiety. When we practise yoga, we’re connecting to our body and our breath, we’re calming the mind and the nervous system and releasing tension from the body.
A seriously interesting side note about yoga is that it trains us to get comfortable with being uncomfortable. Learning to manage anxiety sometimes means being able to handle the discomfort of a racing heart during a presentation, a feeling of dread about going into a new situation, or feeling horribly uncomfortable and socially anxious at a party.
By facing these situations head on and learning to feel the discomfort without running away or fighting against it we can learn, grow and expand the circle of whats possible for us. In Yin Yoga (my personal fave) you’re asked to hold poses such a pigeon (one left stretched behind you, the other folded at a right angle in from of you. Ouch) for up to 5 minutes. As the dull ache progresses to discomfort and through to ‘Oh-Ma-Gerd-Make-it-Stoppp!’ – you’re asked to surrender, to let go and allow the discomfort to be there. Through this, you learn to handle discomfort and it’s one of the greatest skills we can develop – with that – you will be unstoppable!
Here are some of my favourite yoga routines on Youtube 🙂
27 Mins Yoga for Anxiety Yoga with Adriene
Tara Styles – De-Stress in 10 Minutes
Tara Styles – Routine for a Deep Sleep – 11 minutes
How does exercise help with your anxiety? If you don’t currently exercise – what will you be trying as a result of this post? Let us know in the comments.
Download your FREE Anxiety Toolkit
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| This form collects information we will use to send you updates about promotions, special offers, and news. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit
|
|
The post This Technique is Better Than Drugs for Your Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
What anxiety management techniques could be better than drugs? When it comes to mental health we can’t separate this from physical health. Your brain is attached to your body – remember? Let’s also remember that many of the symptoms of anxiety are physical ones. So it makes total sense to tackle the anxiety at the […]
The post This Technique is Better Than Drugs for Your Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Body Anxiety
Post by Issy
How many times have you gotten ready for a night out, and left the house holding back the tears after seeing your reflection in the mirror and spotting every, single, flaw. How many times have you avoided looking at people because of the tight feeling you get in your chest when you know people aren’t listening to what you’re saying, but instead looking at your imperfections.
The anxieties we feel when we think about our bodies or our appearance is not uncommon. In fact it’s so far from uncommon that you’d find it incredibly difficult to stop a person in the street and hear that they haven’t suffered from anxiety about their body image at least once.
The growth in idolizing celebrities on social media and models in the magazine is one that is rapidly spiralling out of control. But this is the reality in which we live. I could tell you a thousand times that the model in the magazine doesn’t even look like the model in the magazine, or the Kardashian’s asses didn’t grow themselves. But, because of the perception we have of what is deemed ‘beautiful’ in our society, we will find it pretty damn hard to look at our reflection and be content with what we see.
Being so preoccupied with our appearance can cause anxieties that are spoiling our social lives, career or time in school/college. Because all of these emotions that we feel about ourselves can send our usual symptoms of anxiety (such as the tight chest, the lump in our throats, the racing pulse) sky high.
Symptoms of Body Anxiety
According to the Anxiety and Depression Association of America symptoms include;
Other symptoms can be more psychological, that others take special notice of your appearance in a negative way, for instance.
A more serious form of body anxiety is called Body Dysphoric Disorder (BDD) defined by Mayo Clinic as: ‘a mental disorder in which you can’t stop thinking about one or more perceived defects or flaws in your appearance — a flaw that, to others, is either minor or not observable. But you may feel so ashamed and anxious that you may avoid many social situations.’
However, to get an accurate diagnosis of this you must speak to a doctor or mental health professional. In the meantime, if you uncertain that your anxieties are being caused by your appearance and the way you look, you can complete the BDD Test created by the OCD Centre of Los Angeles here to get a clearer mind set before speaking to your doctor.
Risk Factors
The causes of body anxiety are unclear, however, there are certain factors seem toincrease the risk of developing or triggering body anxiety.
The first one being negative experiences as a child such as bullying or trauma. It appears that men or women who have been picked on as a kid for the way they look often suffer from body anxiety or develop BDD.
Having perfectionism as a personality trait also can mean that you are more aware of your flaws, or aware that your appearance isn’t deemed perfect by society – or yourself. It will enslave you to an external source of worth. This can play huge havoc with loving yourself and tolerating your flaws. Our idea of ‘perfect’ can often mean that we struggle to accept that you can always be more. No one is beautiful in every single way to every single person. And I can bet that if you asked Kim Kardashian if she is 100% content with her appearance she will say absolutely not. (Her husband on the other hand…maybe.)
Societal pressure or expectations of beauty is the main risk we expose ourselves to that cause our anxieties. The selfies our idols post on social media often involve endless hours of preparation including make-up, hair, lip fillers, hair extensions, lash extensions – the list is endless. It’s fake. Think about how many snaps it takes you to get a selfie you’re semi-happy with, then that’s before the editing, filters etc. See my point? Nobody walks around every day with the Valencia filter on, babes. The moral is don’t compare yourself too much.
Treatmentfor Body Anxiety
Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)
The NHS defines CBT as: ‘a type of therapy that can help you manage your problems by changing the way you think and behave. You’ll work with the therapist to agree on some goals – for example, one aim may be to stop obsessively checking your appearance.’
When it comes to body anxiety, CBT challenges the automatic harmful thoughts you have about your body image and learning a more flexible and realistic way of thinking, to prevent your anxieties from getting the better of you. Therapy can also provide you with practical ways to handle the urges you get to look in the mirror or to scratch your spots etc. so that you are keeping the symptoms of anxiety at bay and also maintaining a positive mind set.
Friends and Family Support
Like with other forms of anxiety, the way our friends and family are around us can quieten our symptoms and make our battle seem a lot less frightening. MIND Organisation offer some really helpful tips on this, which can be found below:
Anxiety affects a huge amount of us, research shows up to 1 in 4 adults will have an anxiety disorder in their life time, and 1 in 10 of us will experience anxiety this year. And now more than ever, body anxiety and BDD is an issue that we should be stopping in its tracks.
This should be a global movement; this shouldn’t be an issue you tackle by yourself. Body image and perfectionism are factors that have been sewn into our society for decades. However, it first has to come from yourself. Perfectionism will give you a body that you love and a life that you hate.
I am not perfect. You’re not perfect. You don’t have to be perfect. I am giving you permission to stop trying to be perfect.
The post Body Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Body Anxiety Post by Issy How many times have you gotten ready for a night out, and left the house holding back the tears after seeing your reflection in the mirror and spotting every, single, flaw. How many times have you avoided looking at people because of the tight feeling you get in your chest […]
The post Body Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Morning Anxiety Not everyone is a morning person. I’m certainly not, and if you’re reading this the chances are you aren’t either. Anxiety isn’t a pleasant experience at any time of the day, but when it hits you first thing in the morning it can seem almost impossible to take on the day. In this […]
The post Morning Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Morning Anxiety Not everyone is a morning person. I’m certainly not, and if you’re reading this the chances are you aren’t either. Anxiety isn’t a pleasant experience at any time of the day, but when it hits you first thing in the morning it can seem almost impossible to take on the day. In this post, you will find out not only how to recognise Morning Anxiety, but how to get a handle on it with some ideas and tips on managing it, to become a calmer you.
Morning Anxiety is defined by the Calm Clinic as anxiety either immediately after waking up, or anxiety that tends to build over the first hour or so upon awakening. Most people who suffer experience several of the symptoms below:
If you’re still unsure of your anxiety, read our Signs of Anxiety (From The Serious To The Mild + What To Do) Blog Post.
Causes of Morning Anxiety
Cortisol – The Stress Hormone
The hormone Cortisol is produced by our bodies when we’re feeling up tight and stressed out. But why does it happen in the morning? Surely I can’t be stressing out from the minute I wake up? You may be thinking. To which there is a simple answer – Cortisol levels are naturally at their highest in the morning – giving you barely even a leg to stand on when it comes to battling your morning anxiety.
Worrying Anxiety Disorders Association of Victoria (ADAVIC), say: ‘Worrying about the coming day’s events, and feeling anxious about coping with them, can contribute to morning anxiety. If you find yourself worrying in the mornings about what might happen during the day, turn your attention back to the present. What is happening right now? What are you seeing? What are you hearing? What do you smell? What do you taste? How do your clothes feel against your skin? Come back into the moment. You can also sit and focus on your breathing, noticing the coolness of your breath as you breathe in, and the warmth of your breath as you breathe out. Whatever brings you back into the moment will reduce your anxiety.’
Coffee and A Bad Diet Eating fatty foods or drinking high amounts of caffeine can add to the jitteriness that makes your mornings such a stress – adding to your feelings of anxiety.
Your Surroundings Imagine finally drifting off into a peaceful sleep in a dark room and cosy bed, to be woken up by a pounding alarm and harsh bright lights and the chill of getting out of bed. Environmental aggravations like these can soon welcome you to your worst day ever. It’s vital to infuse positive energy into your home to wake up peacefully and ensure the best possible start to your day.
Low Blood Sugar Deanne Repich, founder of the National Institute of Anxiety and Stress, Inc. says,
“Another reason why symptoms can be worse in the morning is because your blood sugar is low when you first wake up. You have gone all night without food. It’s important to maintain a constant blood sugar level because the brain uses sugar, also known as glucose, as its fuel. If blood sugar levels are too low or drop too fast, then the brain starts running out of fuel.”
How to get a handle on it: ideas and tips on managing your Morning Anxiety.
Switch up your attitude Going to bed worrying that tomorrow will be another day of worrying and upset doesn’t resolve the issue what so ever – it will snowball into a huge problem that wasn’t there in the first place. It’s time to switch up your attitude. Go to bed expecting to be upset in the morning, and tell yourself it will probably be there regardless of whether you worry or not. Tell yourself that when you wake up and the anxiety hits, that it’s okay to feel worried, nervous, shaken. It’s not a big deal, you can handle it. You can do whatever you need to do, you can get through today. Believe in you.
Make Reminders It’s easier said than done, isn’t it? It’s easy to say: ‘tomorrow I will be positive’. Because sometimes, just sometimes, you will wake up and think: ‘I just don’t have the energy to do that today’. And that is when you’re most vulnerable to anxiety taking over your entire day. So, whether it’s writing on a sticky note or leaving a reminder on your phone, have a backup option to help you out when you need that extra bit of encouragement and positivity in the morning. A gentle reminder that reads something as simple as ‘you can do this’ can make all the difference.
Control Your Breathing Health Guidance Online says: ‘The extra cortisol as well as your subsequent stress can both lead to an increased heart rate which then further aggravates the stress creating a self-perpetuating cycle. By controlling and slowing down your breathing it is possible to slow your heart rate down and this will help to keep you calm. Gentle music can also help to slow down your system and help you feel more at ease.’
Make Breakfast Your New Best Friend Earlier on, I mentioned low blood sugar being a cause of morning anxiety. So, to help with balancing sugar levels, eat soon after waking up. Familiarise yourself with some healthy recipes. It will give you an extra boost – and who could say no to a yummy poached egg on toast.
Use Distractions Health Place Online say: ‘I have a game on my phone that I use to help distract my thoughts when I have morning anxiety. If you focus on the anxiety, it will magnify it. If you focus on something else, you will forget about it more easily. Try listening to your favourite music or paying attention to your children instead.’
Set Yourself Up for a Positive Day Minimise your chances of anxiety by making your surroundings more peaceful. Small alterations such as a soothing alarm clock instead of an ear-splitting cuckoo noise, having slippers and a comfy dressing gown to slip into in the morning instead of having to bear the freezing cold mornings and a dimmer switch on your bedside lamp instead of blinding spotlights. Read our blog post on Relaxation Techniques!
Gratitude Anxiety Disorders Association of Victoria (ADAVIC), say: ‘A gratitude journal can help keep our worries in perspective. Each night write in the journal about all of the things you are thankful for that happened that day, and as you go to sleep keep those things in mind. In the morning read your journal and reflect on all the wonderful things in your life and give thanks for those as you start your day.
Battling anxiety in the morning, like anxiety over all, can take time. In time, you will realise how far you have come, and each day will be brighter than the last.
In the meantime, some of these tips might be helpful to you in reducing your levels of anxiety in the mornings. Remember, we’re in this together.
The post Morning Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
A Little Known Way to Calm Social Anxiety
There is a simple and easy (oh and scientifically proven) way to instantly reduce your levels of social anxiety.
A study found that by employing this technique, people were less socially anxious and less likely to avoid the anxiety provoking situation.
I’m talking about acts of kindness.
Researchers found that carrying out a kind act prior to a social engagement created a more positive expectation of the social event. Participants felt better, more optimistic and were more likely to expect the situation to turn out well.
Not only this, but it’s likely that doing something kind for someone has the effect of distracting the attention away from you – and your anxiety – and on to the other person.
I want to make it clear that this is not about being a push over, or being saccharine sweet in the hopes that they’ll like you, or changing yourself to be more likeable to the people.
It’s simply a proven method for making those social situations easier to handle, meaning that you’ll be less likely to avoid them. The more you put yourself into those social situations and prove to yourself that you can, indeed, handle them, the more your social confidence is going to grow.
If you still need convincing – a decrease in social anxiety isn’t the only benefit of random acts of kindness. It boosts our feelings of wellbeing, lowers stress and even strengthens your immune system. These sound like pretty good side effects to me!
Here are some ideas I had for kind acts you could try. Got any more ideas? Email me and let me know (I’ll add the best ones to the list.)
Offer to help out – Help the host or hostess with something; pass out snacks at the party, be on hand to make the cocktails or help with handing out name tags at the networking event.
Bring a small gift – My friend once gave out stickers and glitter to everyone at a party where we didn’t know anyone (and she basically made friends with everyone as a result).
Get the coffees in at a meeting or make the tea.
Give a (sincere + genuine!) compliment – do you like their outfit, did you read their book and love it, can you pass on a compliment about them that came from a mutual friend?
Give someone the gift of your full attention. Truly seeing, hearing and listening to another person has got to be the biggest act of kindness there is. Not only will they love the fact that you find them so intriguing and interesting, but as you focus on them, you’ll be distracted away from yourself and your own anxious thoughts and feelings.
Any other ideas for acts of kindness? Let me know in the comments.
The post A Little Known Way to Calm Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
A Little Known Way to Calm Social Anxiety There is a simple and easy (oh and scientifically proven) way to instantly reduce your levels of social anxiety. A study found that by employing this technique, people were less socially anxious and less likely to avoid the anxiety provoking situation. I’m talking about acts of kindness. […]
The post A Little Known Way to Calm Social Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Health Anxiety: How to Handle It “My symptoms suggest that I’m seriously not well. I’ve checked online and that said the same. I know the doctor said I am perfectly healthy but I’m not. At first he made me feel better but a week down the line I’m starting to get a headache and I […]
The post Health Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Health Anxiety: How to Handle It
“My symptoms suggest that I’m seriously not well. I’ve checked online and that said the same. I know the doctor said I am perfectly healthy but I’m not. At first he made me feel better but a week down the line I’m starting to get a headache and I have a bad feeling it’s related. I better book back into the doctor’s surgery. I find myself there quite a lot… last time I had sinus congestion and thought it was the beginnings of a tumour in my brain, the doctor said I was okay but now my hands are tingling and I think I might have early symptoms of M.S.”
Find me on Instagram – I post tips on anxiety every day Does this sound like you? Do you find yourself constantly worrying about your health, and fearing for the worst? You might be suffering from Health Anxiety – but unlike the made up diseases you’ve been worrying yourself over, it CAN be dealt with and gotten rid of…phew!
Health anxiety is described by Anxiety UK as: ‘an anxiety disorder that is often housed within the Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) spectrum of disorders. Those affected by health anxiety have an obsessional preoccupation with the idea or the thought that they are currently (or will be) experiencing a physical illness.’ In less complicated terms, you probably feel (or kid yourself to feel) like you are experiencing symptoms way more severe and serious than you really are. For example, you may have a trapped nerve that you’re anxious is a blood clot, or you had a common cold and was almost definite you were experiencing symptoms of lung cancer.
Download Your Free Health Anxiety Affirmation Here
Signs and Symptoms
Most people with this form of anxiety are slow to realise that they have it – simply because they are so busy worrying about their potential illnesses and risks to their health that it goes unrecognised – it often takes an outsider to spot it. Therefore, to break this cycle the NHS produced a simple tick list to determine whether or not you are suffering from Health Anxiety, why don’t you give it a go?
Why me? Where are these worries originating from?If you are regularly suffering from some or all of these symptoms, then it is possible that you are suffering from health anxiety.
It can be super easy to start feeling self-pitied by something like this, so having some kind of explanation to why we feel the way we feel. Despite the causes of health anxiety being easily identifiable, there are certain factors which may trigger the disorder:
Is the media to blame?
An alternative suggestion by the No More Panic Blog is that the media is a huge influencing factor that may contribute to the sternness of our Health Anxiety. For a huge list of reasons, the mental emotion and anxiety that we feel when we detect a health issue may have a bigger link with the media than one would like to believe…
‘On every TV channel there are reality documentaries about health and there are several soaps loosely connected with health care and hospitals. What makes good television? Drama – so what do we get? – an overload of dramatic scenes. No one ever has chest pain from a pulled or tense muscle – it’s always a heart attack. Thus we learn to associate all these illnesses and situations with certain signs and symptoms but we never have the full range of possible illnesses and injuries presented to us so we can learn to make an informed guess.’ No More Panic Blog explains.
They add: ‘Similarly, all papers and magazines are stuffed full with articles ‘The 10 illnesses doctors always miss’ or ‘What to look for to save your heart’. It implies that we should self-diagnose as our health is in the hands of incompetent doctors. Again the message is reinforced dramatically – you should be self-responsible – look after yourself – no one else will.’ However, as stated before, it’s hard to pin point exactly why health anxiety disorder blesses us with its presence. So, instead of pondering on it forever and a day, we’re going to do the usual Calmer You approach – face the matter straight on and get a handle on it.
Tips on how to manage it
Below is a handful of main issues associated with Health Anxiety, and steps you can make to alter your behaviour when encountered with this issues in the future. Sound complicated? Trust me, it’s not. It’s as simple as just learning to replace your usual reactions with more positive ones.
My symptoms take over my thoughts every single day… and night!
Try and plan to gradually reduce the number of checks you allow yourself to do each day. Literally. Write it down. Set some goals. Anything to make more physical actions towards battling your mental state will help.
I go crazy on the internet researching what health issues I might have.
Put your device down. Google is not your friend when it comes to your health, you shouldn’t trust it and you’re not a doctor so you can’t keep self-diagnosing yourself every time you pick up your iPad.
I behave as if I am ill, when I don’t actually think I am
It’s common for people to avoid participating in any activity that will make them ill or put their health at risk. It is important to keep moving – your immune system is just as tolerant as everyone else’s. Be proactive by making a list of things you have avoided because of health anxiety. Next, make a step-by-step plan to re-introduce activity.
It can be a pretty tough battle trying to figure all of this out by yourself. Encourage friends and family to help you. If that’s not enough, Cognitive Behavioural Therapy CBT is also an option. Anxiety Association of America explains.
The main concept behind CBT is that our thoughts about a situation (such as the fear of AIDS) affect how we feel (afraid and anxious). We tend to assign meaning to specific situations (light-headedness means we have brain cancer). It’s not the actual situation causing your anxiety, but the meaning, whether accurate or not. And when you have anxiety, you give your thoughts a lot of meaning, and thus a lot of power. CBT aims to help you overcome fears by correcting irrational thoughts and changing problematic behaviours. By acquiring a certain mind-set, you can learn to approach anxious situations differently and learn to tolerate the anxiety and uncertainty.
Get your FREE guided relaxation Mp3 – plus monthly anxiety tips, news and offers
The post Health Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
How To Make Time For Self-Care
I remember a time when the concept of self-care was one that didn’t even cross my mind. It seemed like I always had far too much on to even think about myself, and I was always putting the needs of others in front of my own. I thought this would make me feel good, but, over time, I learned this was not a good place to be in. Once I made some changes, though, self-care became a central issue in my life. I realized time wasn’t the issue, my mindset was.
The truth is that no matter how busy you are there’ll always be opportunities for you to create time for self-care. Also, self-care activities are relative to what individuals enjoy and consider as “pampering” themselves. But one thing remains true: having time is not the issue.
Morning Routines
We all have a morning routine, even if yours consists of jumping out of bed, getting a shower and then quickly rushing out the door to work. Since everyone does something, it makes sense to take advantage of this time as an opportunity for self-care. For example, eat a healthier breakfast, do a little exercise, meditate or write a morning journal—all these things can easily be built into what you already do in the morning, but you need to make the conscious decision to do so.
All these things don’t have to take long, and if you feel as though you don’t have the time in the mornings, there’s a simple solution. Get up earlier! This isn’t to say you should be cutting down on your sleep time to change your routine. Instead, it means making some adjustments so that you can have the time to do these things in the morning.
For example, if you think waking up 30 minutes earlier would be a death sentence because you’re already sleep-deprived, take a step back and work on getting to bed a little earlier. Think about what you do in the evening that causes you to go to bed so late, and make some changes so that you can sleep more. Record your favorite show, limit your nights out, or consider a digital detox for the last hour of the day to help you disconnect and unwind.
These changes to your nighttime routine will allow you to develop a healthier morning routine, creating a positive feedback loop where self-care is a top priority. It will be hard at first, so start small, but after some time, you will see these choices are in your best interest, and you will have no problem sticking with them.
Organize Your Lifestyle Choices
I firmly believe we control our lives and destinies through the choices and decisions we make. Therefore, you can organize and edit your lifestyle choices to care for yourself better. For example, choose to go for a run or walk instead of binge watching your favorite new series on Netflix. We’re all victim to lazing around watching TV now and again, but remember the phrase “all in moderation.” We can still watch TV, but maybe for just an hour, not three or five.
There are obvious lifestyle choices that have a negative impact on our wellbeing, such as smoking and drinking too much alcohol. If you fall victim to these kinds of habits, then a great way to deepen your self-care journey would be to tackle those issues first. Quitting smoking for good can make you feel amazing and will prove to yourself that you can achieve anything to which you set your mind.
You can get proactive about the lifestyle choices you’d like to make. For example, think about taking up a new health and wellness schedule that includes meditation, exercise, mindfulness and nutritional dieting. There are plenty of self-care programs out there, so take your interests into account, and see what’s available.
Invest in Yourself
There are various ways to invest in yourself, but the commonality is that each leads you to a new and improved version of you. Investing in yourself can mean many things, such as saying “no” once in a while to other people. Quite often self-care means being conscious of your limits and being firm to others asking you to stretch them.
Don’t be afraid to pamper yourself, too. Why shouldn’t you spend the extra amount to source your favorite food, drink, bath salts and so on? Letting go of past conditioning and thinking you can’t take extra care of yourself is truly liberating. Obviously, stay within your budget, but don’t be afraid to spend extra on things that will truly help you. If you don’t think you can afford these things, take a look at your bank statements from the past few months. You will likely find money spent on things not in your best interest which can easily be redirected to improving your personal wellbeing.
For me, the investment came from meditation apps. I find it difficult to meditate without being guided, so I use Headspace, which is a popular mindfulness meditation app. There are various other apps on the market in the self-care industry, though it’s worth mentioning that I always use a secure connection with these types of personalized apps because they often require entering personal information or location services.
What could you invest in that would make you feel more calm, relaxed and peaceful in your everyday life? Could it be a weekly massage? Sporting activities with friends? A monthly weekend away? Find something that will make you feel great, and don’t be afraid to splurge.
In general, I believe we all have time for self-care. By editing your morning routine, making better lifestyle choices and investing in yourself, you can start to put you first, and this will allow you to feel happier and better about yourself. Remember, your choices and decisions sculpt your lifestyle; self-care is in your own hands.
Author Bio: Caroline is a health and tech blogger who enjoys writing about self-care. Here first few years working as a freelancer almost destroyed her, as she was constantly responding to clients and searching for work. After nearly giving up, she found ways to modify her lifestyle so that she could do the work she loves without sacrificing her health. Now, she enjoys sharing her experience to help others.
The post Too Busy? appeared first on Calmer you.
How To Make Time For Self-Care I remember a time when the concept of self-care was one that didn’t even cross my mind. It seemed like I always had far too much on to even think about myself, and I was always putting the needs of others in front of my own. I thought […]
The post Too Busy? appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit Anxiety at work? 8 tips to fight the office fear factor Most of us will openly admit to feeling some anxiety at work. Most of us assume that it’s just part of the job, but for some of us, it’s a bit more than serious than that. […]
The post Anxiety at Work appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
Anxiety at work? 8 tips to fight the office fear factor
Most of us will openly admit to feeling some anxiety at work. Most of us assume that it’s just part of the job, but for some of us, it’s a bit more than serious than that. Anxiety becomes so overwhelming that it haunts people’s working lives, limits their career aspirations or cuts their career short. It’s important to identify when anxiety at work crosses the line from being an occasional experience, to a real, everyday problem that’s affecting our health and overshadows our lives.
Feeling anxious at work? You are not alone
Latest figures from the Health & Safety Executive1 show that almost half a million (488,000) of us are dealing with work related stress, depression or anxiety, resulting in 11.7 million sick days or an average of 23.9 days per person. These numbers only relate to those who have taken some form of action to address their anxiety, such as seeking help online or approaching their GP for advice, and doesn’t account for the many more who haven’t.
Talking ourselves out of the problem
Anxiety at work is often ignored because we fear being judged by others as being weak or not in control. The idea of anxiety being in the same mental health category as so many more severe mental health issues, often causes confusion and worry about being judged in a similar way. Research from the mental health movement Time to Change showed that almost two fifths (38%) of us have been negatively treated as a result of a mental health problem and almost 1 in 5 (19%) have lost their job.
While public awareness of mental health issues such as anxiety at work has grown thanks to high profile figures such as Prince Harry and Ruby Wax talking to the media about their personal experiences, it’s clear this negative perception around anxiety, particularly at work, is stopping many from seeking the help they need.
Emma Mamo, Head of Workplace Wellbeing at mental health charity Mind, said: “There’s still a problem with employees feeling able to talk about their mental health, with only one in four of us (26 per cent) saying we would be likely to seek support from their manager if they were experiencing a mental health problem.”
How much anxiety is too much?
Researchers estimate that we spend approximately 12 years of our lives at work2 or 90,000 hours3, so it’s important to identify the difference between an occasional bout of bad nerves and the kind of constant anxiety that becomes a permanent feature of every single working day. Feeling anxious about taking on a new job, giving a presentation, working to a tight project deadline or facing a big meeting is pretty normal, but feeling anxious constantly throughout the working day is not and would suggest that there is a wider problem that you might need help with. Many of us don’t recognize the symptoms of unhealthy levels of anxiety at work or are simply too busy to notice, because we are so preoccupied with the full-time role of “doing the job”, until it’s too late. You might notice your performance is suffering, or you repeatedly get passed over for promotions or feel a sense of dread about going into the office that affects you even when you’re not at work.
Despite having what most people would consider one of the best jobs in the world, the singer Adele recently revealed that she experiences significant anxiety: “I have anxiety attacks, constant panicking on stage, my heart feels like it’s going to explode because I never feel like I’m going to deliver, ever.”
The symptoms of work anxiety – what you should look out for?
www.nhs.uk tell us that anxiety (often referred to as Generalised Anxiety Disorder or GAD) is a common condition, estimated to affect up to 5% of the UK population. Slightly more women are affected than men, and the condition is more common in people from the ages of 35 to 59. Anxiety can be the symptom phobias such as social phobia, panic disorder or post-traumatic stress disorder, but Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD) is a long-term condition that may cause you to feel anxious about a wide range of situations and issues, rather than one specific thing.
People with GAD feel anxious most days, and as soon as one anxious thought is resolved, another may appear about a different issue. GAD often results in both psychological and physical symptoms, which can cause a change in the way you think and feel about things.
Typical psychological symptoms – feeling irritable; a sense of dread; feeling constantly “on edge”; feeling withdrawn and difficulty concentrating; overly focusing on the negatives; avoiding social contact including work and feeling lonely.
Typical physical symptoms – tiredness, racing heartbeat, muscle aches, dizziness, excessive sweating, shortness of breath, stomach ache, insomnia and headaches.
Identifying the triggers of anxiety at work
While it’s easy to identify the trigger of a specific work-related phobia, such as public speaking or socialising at an event, Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD) might leave you wondering what the problem is. You might not be aware of what’s making you feel anxious at work and this can intensify those stressful feelings and leave you worrying that there’s no solution; so it’s important to seek expert help to help you identify those triggers and find ways to manage them.
Tips for managing anxiety at work
Regardless of whether you’re able to pinpoint a specific cause of anxiety at work or you have GAD, Calmer You has identified a number of techniques that will help you feel more in control and reduce your anxiety levels.
Lifestyle changes – Many people find that small alterations to their lifestyle can help reduce their anxiety at work, such as introducing a regular exercise routine. Free apps such as Couch to 5K are great for those that have never run before, because they provide simple advice on how to get started, up until you can comfortably run 5K. Yoga is another good way to exercise and relax at the same time.
Replacing stimulants – Either limiting or restricting our intake of stimulants such as caffeine, smoking, alcohol and sugar can help reduce our anxiety levels. Many wellness sites and coffee shops offer healthy alternatives such as smoothies or turmeric teas, both of which contain relaxing and anti-inflammatory properties that won’t spike your adrenal levels.
Meditation – Introducing meditation might sound a bit “hippy” to most people or like slowing down when you’re incredibly busy, but doing 10-20 minutes’ meditation a day will help slow down your breathing which in turn will restore a calm state of mind. The slow breathing and focus brought on by meditation relaxes the vagus nerve in our bodies, which is linked to our heart, lungs and digestive system. Calming this system reduces our heart rate and our and adrenal systems, helping us to handle and recover from stressful experiences in a far more effective and relaxed way.
Take regular breaks – Take regular breaks from your desk. Sitting in the same spot for most of the day can cause lethargy, a lack of focus and is bad for your eyesight. Get some fresh air by taking a short walk around the office building if you’re pushed for time, or join a lunchtime exercise or yoga class if there’s one nearby. You will find that taking your mind off work will give you renewed focus and make you more productive when you return.
Don’t bring work home – With the advent of smart phones, we are living in an age of always “being on”, but if you have an anxiety problem, it’s vitally important to make time to switch off and relax. This has been recognized as a global problem with many businesses and indeed governments starting to take note of the stressful effect this is having on their workforce. France introduced legislation at the beginning of this year which forces businesses to establish a “right to disconnect” outside of office hours. Some large companies such as Volkswagen and Daimler in Germany have also taken steps to limit out-of-hours messaging to reduce burnout among workers.
Go on a self-help course – If lifestyle changes have only addressed part of the problem then the natural next step is an online course. Most people prefer the less intrusive and more private approach of taking an online course as a first step in addressing their anxiety, as opposed to consulting a person face-to-face. There are a huge range of courses available, and some will include options such as meditation or hypnotherapy. Join the wait list for the ‘Your Calmest Self’ online course from Calmer You here.
Communicate with others – Many employers now provide staff with access to free, confidential counselling through an in-house service. Open up about work anxieties with someone you trust, whether that’s with workmates, your manager or HR. Your employer may fund a course that helps address your phobias such as hypnotherapy or Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, as part of your personal training plan.
Mental health organisations – Alternatively, you can get access through local charities such as Mind and voluntary organisations, your GP, or private mental health specialists.
There are organisations such as The City Mental Health Alliance (CMHA) which is a coalition of organisations for City workers that have come together to discuss mental health in the same way as physical health. They state that over 70% of people with a mental health condition fully recover.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post Anxiety at Work appeared first on Calmer you.
In aid of Mental Health Awareness week I teamed up with Fabulous Magazine to create a series of 7 videos with tips on managing anxiety. I’d love to know which of these tips you’ll be trying!
The post Mental Health Awareness Week Videos with Fabulous Magazine appeared first on Calmer you.
In aid of Mental Health Awareness week I teamed up with Fabulous Magazine to create a series of 7 videos with tips on managing anxiety. I’d love to know which of these tips you’ll be trying!
The post Mental Health Awareness Week Videos with Fabulous Magazine appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit What is relationship anxiety and how can I tackle it? To you, these emotional and physical reactions you are having to an anxiety-inducing situation are normal. You’re likely to have an idea of what sets these feelings off and how best to manage them. You know which […]
The post What is Relationship Anxiety and How Can I Tackle it? appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
What is relationship anxiety and how can I tackle it?
To you, these emotional and physical reactions you are having to an anxiety-inducing situation are normal. You’re likely to have an idea of what sets these feelings off and how best to manage them. You know which situations to avoid and when you might need a little more patience and TLC. Those who have grown up around you such as your parents and close friends might understand these things too. Then suddenly, a lovely man or woman who seems to tick all of your boxes invites you out for dinner with their friends. In his mind, this is a very sweet thing to do and shows he is serious about you.
Your mind, however, is flooded with the “buts” and “what ifs” – their friends might hate you, what will you even say to them, what will be on the menu, what if there’s nothing you like, what if you overdress, what if you under-dress, what if you don’t fit in. Before you know it, you have come to the conclusion that it was much easier being alone. Yes, this guy or gal might be lovely, but the anxiety that even the beginnings of a relationship are putting you through are all too much. To some, this might seem a drastic reaction. To you though, this is a normal and perfectly reasonable response. Whilst it is important to recognise that this relationship anxiety is OK and not to beat yourself up about it, it is also important to recognise that avoiding relationships all together is not your only option.
5 relationship anxiety symptoms 1. Trying to push them away
You aren’t sure whether they really do care as much as they say they do, so subconsciously you try to test them. You give them your absolute worst and wait to see if they’ll leave. Unfortunately, you’ll risk coming across like you are trying to get rid of them because you simply aren’t interested. If they do then walk away, it won’t be because they weren’t interested in you, but because you have pushed them away. At this point, you will tell yourself “I knew they’d leave” when in actual fact, you gave them no choice.
2. Getting angry
Sometimes they might say or do things that cause you anxiety. Often they will do this without knowing it and you are well aware of this but that doesn’t stop the niggling voice in your head and before you know it you’re anxiety is overwhelming. You’re not angry at them for doing whatever it is they did, you’re angry at yourself for your reaction to it. You are frustrated that you cannot seem to control your feelings. Even though you aren’t angry at them, all this anger spills out in one way or another and suddenly you find yourself saying something you didn’t mean.
3. Fear of opening up
What if you tell them that big crowds make you panic and that you can never meet his mum because you’ll probably get so anxious you’ll be sick on her shoes? What if you open up and they walk away? That’s the last thing you want and so you are terrified of being honest about how you feel. What if they don’t understand and think you’re being stupid? You’ve been through so much and learnt how to cope with the anxiety on your own. You might worry that getting close to someone will ruin all the hard work you’ve put in that got you to the point you’re at today.
4. Low self-esteem
Maybe you start to think you aren’t good enough. “Why on earth would this lovely person want to be with me when I am such hard work?” You might start getting anxious over the way you look – do you look good enough? Do his friends thinks you’re enough? What about his parents? Will he leave you for being so panicky all the time?
5. Becoming clingy
Suddenly someone is there for you whenever you need them. They let you talk and cry and talk some more and it’s great. You feel loved and supported and you’d forgotten how great that felt. However, you might find yourself becoming a little too reliant on this person. Every time you have a panic attack they are there to calm you down and it’s wonderful but suddenly you’re having a panic attack whilst he’s at work and you’ve called him 15 times and he’s not picking up and not only have you come to the conclusion he clearly doesn’t love you and the relationship was a bad idea but you’ve also realised you’ve forgotten how to cope alone.
All of these thoughts are very common for someone who struggles with relationship anxiety but that is OK! It doesn’t mean you aren’t capable of having a fully functioning, wonderful relationship. It just means you both need to learn how best to deal with the anxiety that comes along with it. We forget that those around us cannot see what’s going on in our heads and so we need to open up in order for them to understand. You might be able to feel the panic coming on for half an hour before you start sobbing, but to them, it will be completely out the blue – unless you learn to open up.
In a 2004 study by the Anxiety Disorders Association of America, those with generalised anxiety disorder were:
Half as likely to report being in supportive, healthy relationships
Twice as likely to have major relationship problems
Three times as likely to have issues with intimacy
The good news, however, is that as the anxiety was treated, the relationship anxiety improved!
5 tips to help you through relationship anxiety 1. Let them know what your triggers are
Does being late make you anxious? New environments? New people? If they know what sets your anxiety off they know when you need extra support. This isn’t to say they will help you avoid these things – you can’t avoid meeting their friends and family forever. However, it does mean that they understand why you might turn down an invite or why you might want to meet them in a certain environment.
2. Tell them how they can help
Chances are, you already have a few strategies for relationship anxiety. Often, it is hard to think logically and put these into practice in the moment and so sharing your strategies with your partner can be really helpful. If they know that going for a walk calms you down, when you are anxious and can’t think straight they can simply tell you to put your shoes on and walk with you until your head is clear. If you don’t tell them, they might unintentionally do something that makes things worse. You need to help them help you.
3. Show them you are trying your best
If you tend to shout and get angry when you are anxious, this will be taking it’s toll on your partner as well as you. Showing them that you are trying to overcome the anxious thoughts to better your relationship can be a good way of showing them how much the relationship means to you. Perhaps research techniques together and find strategies that work well for the both of you.
4. Let them be there for you
It can be very easy to want to tackle your issues on your own because you don’t want to open up or become dependent on somebody else. However, if your partner is willing to support you and learn how to help you, let them. If they didn’t want to help you they wouldn’t offer in the first place. Take the support. Let them in and don’t try to do this alone.
5. Be honest
Sometimes the most effective thing you can do is just be completely honest about how you feel. If they don’t know, they can’t do anything about it. Just let them know that them going away with work, for example, makes you anxious and that you will struggle. You might worry that being honest will push them away but actually, you are just giving them a helpful heads up. If they know you’ll be anxious they can reassure you throughout, make sure they call you when they can and will be more understanding if your mood seems a bit off.
In the words of HeySigmund.com relationships “can inflame our struggles or soothe them.” In order to soothe them, you need to let it be soothed.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post What is Relationship Anxiety and How Can I Tackle it? appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Manage Sleep Anxiety Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit Check out my hypnotherapy for sleep programme here Cosying up in bed is supposed to be the most relaxing part of your day, feeling the weight slowly lift off your shoulders and drifting off into a peaceful deep sleep… perfect. Reality is, […]
The post How to Manage Sleep Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Manage Sleep Anxiety
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
Check out my hypnotherapy for sleep programme here
Cosying up in bed is supposed to be the most relaxing part of your day, feeling the weight slowly lift off your shoulders and drifting off into a peaceful deep sleep… perfect. Reality is, for some of us with sleep anxiety that just does, not, happen.
No matter how early you get to rest, how unreachable your mobile phone or how soft your bed sheets. Heck, you could drink your body weight in Chamomile and you still wouldn’t be able to calm down. Sleep anxiety affects a whole lot of us – one in three, in fact.
What actually is Sleep Anxiety? It’s the feeling of worry, nervousness, or unease associated with normal anxiety, except it occurs right before / during, sleep. Simple. But what’s not as simple is getting a handle on it. This article will help you to recognise exactly why anxiety causes sleep problems and issues around the topic, as well as some ideas and tools around managing it, so you can become a healthier, happier and calmer you.
Why Anxiety Causes Sleep Problems
Sleep anxiety could be caused by a number of things, the most common one being racing thoughts – when your to-do list, your finances, or what you should (or should not have) said to your new boss, all come at rocketing speed into your thoughts as soon as your head hits the pillow. Sunday Night anxiety is usually the cruellest, due to the pressures and responsibilities of the week ahead. But regardless of what it is you’re thinking about, those with stress simply struggle with quietening their thoughts no matter what they are.
More physical reasons why anxiety causes sleep problems include symptoms such as a racing heart – commonly associated with anxiety. When your body is under such tension and stress, it is difficult for it to reach a level of relaxation allowing you to slowly drift into the land of nod.
The Calm Clinic explains that: ‘each individual symptom of anxiety may affect your ability to sleep. Rapid heartbeat may cause concerns over your health. Weak limbs may make you feel less comfortable. Each symptom may contribute to the way you experience anxiety.’
How Not Sleeping Can Make You More Anxious
Being unable to sleep because you’re anxious, then anxious because you’re unable to sleep, soon becomes a relentless never ending cycle. It soon becomes a nightmare (pardon the pun) that is simply out of your hands. Again, it comes back to the stress your body is under. But this time it’s not just the stress generated from sleep deprivation, it’s also your body’s inability to release the anxieties of the day during sleep. ‘Sleep is where your body repairs itself and relaxes the muscle tensions and other issues that are created by stress. Without sleep, that stress starts to build up, which can lead to further issues coping with stress the next day’ The Calm Clinic explains.
Mentally, sleep deprivation can also result in unusual behaviours of the brain, making it difficult to think clearly and emotions can be unusually unstable – causing the symptoms of anxiety to heighten further than usual.
Anxious About Going to Bed
Now, it’s easy for all of these concepts to accumulate to the point where you even begin to feel anxious about going to sleep before you’re even in bed. That’s not uncommon. Becoming anxious about going to sleep is, in fact, a type of Performance Anxiety, Matthew Edlund, author of The Power of Rest explains: “We’ve turned sleep into a job,” he says. “We think, ‘Oh my gosh, I have to have enough sleep to make everything work.’ They’re worried about sleep, so they can’t sleep.”
Something rather similar to this is another form of anxiety, one we call Anticipatory Anxiety – when your body recognises situations that have previously made you anxious, and consequently when you are confronted in that situation again your already anxious state is then supplemented by this added anxiety when confronted with stress. To relate this to sleep anxiety, if you go to bed anxious that you’re not going to get any sleep, you’re actually adding to the anxiety that you’re going to experience.
How to get a handle on it: idea’s and tips on managing your sleep anxiety.
It’s incredibly easy to tell you that ‘you’re not alone’ or ‘others are going through this, too’ – but that doesn’t change a thing and it simply doesn’t help the fact that you can’t sleep. So, it’s time to get proactive. Now you’re clued up on the science and psychology behind sleep anxiety, it’s time to make positive steps towards a calmer you. Here are some simple strategies from The National Sleep Foundation that may help you relax your body and mind so you can get the sleep that you need.
Learning to quiet your mind can be a helpful skill, both for navigating stressful daytime periods and for falling asleep at night. If you’ve never tried it, start with as little as a couple minutes of sitting quietly and focusing on your inhale and exhale. You can also explore apps that will help guide you.
Regular exercisers fall asleep faster and sleep more soundly. In fact, even a single moderate-intensity workout, like a brisk walk, can improve sleep among people with chronic insomnia.
A healthy bedtime routine allows your body and mind time to slow down before lights out. Take at least half an hour to play quiet music, take a bath, or read a book.
Leave the bill paying for earlier in the day, stay away from heated social media exchanges, and skip the evening news.
Instead of letting your brain swirl with all the things that you don’t want to forget to take care of, write them down so your brain can relax and let go.
Try this relaxation exercise in bed: Squeeze your toes for several seconds, and then relax.
It was mentioned earlier on that it’s easy to just say ‘you’re not alone’, however excuse me whilst I eat my words just slightly – because it’s easier to listen to someone else going through the same thing as you, sometimes, in order to come to terms with issues around anxiety. If you have a couple of minutes, listen to Jonny Benjamin’s Tips for When You Can’t Sleep – a video supported by the mental health charity Mind discussing how his mental health affects his sleep and how he has learned to manage it.
And finally, remind yourself – I don’t have to take this day all at once, but rather, one step, one breathe, one moment at a time. I am only one person. Things will get done when they get done. – Unknown
What tips do you have for managing Sleep Anxiety? Let us know in the comments.
References:
Anxiety UK
The National Sleep Foundation
The Power of Rest
The Calm Clinic
Web MD Medical Reference
Youtube – Jonny Benjamin’s #mentalhealthselfie
Calmer You – https://calmer-you.com/relaxation-techniques-for-anxiety/
https://calmer-you.com/exercise-anxiety-spinning/
https://calmer-you.com/reasons-dont-meditate/
https://calmer-you.com/sunday-night-anxiety/
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post How to Manage Sleep Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
IBS and the FODMAP Diet Do you suffer with IBS (irritable bowel syndrome)? If so, you’re not alone; it’s something which affects 20% of women (and lots of men too). Symptoms can range from stomach pain, to diarrhea, constipation, gas – it’s really a nightmare.
You might be aware that there seems to be a link between stress and anxiety and IBS too – our emotional and mental state has an impact on our bellies.
Anxiety can both make IBS worse, AND IBS can make anxiety worse (worries about being caught short for the loo are just one example!).
IBS and the FODMAp diet is something that I’m personally interested in – as a hypnotherapist a work with people to help them with their IBS a lot – I also had my own struggle with IBS some years ago during a particularly stressful and anxious time at work.
I’ve followed Emma Hatcher from the blog She Can’t Eat What for a while on Twitter and we recently hung out to chat about book stuff (meeting other authors is a perk of having written one too!), anxiety and FODMAPS (plus read on for a delicious recipe!)
Read on for my interview with Emma about IBS and the FODMAP Diet…
What on earth is the FODMAP diet?
FODMAP is an acronym that stands for:
Fermentable, Oligosaccharides, Disaccharides, Monosaccharides And Polyols.
I know – my mind went blank the first time too. But really the above words are just complex names for a collection of molecules (more specifically short-chain carbohydrates and sugar alcohols), found in many common foods, including milk, onions, garlic and pears.
The principle of a Low FODMAP Diet is to restrict the foods high in FODMAPs causing chaos in the gut, giving it a chance to calm down before working out your own personal tolerance thresholds. This means it can be tailored to YOU specifically and as a result hopefully improve your gut symptoms associated with IBS.
What people have to remember is that it’s not about being incredibly restrictive long term. The ultimate goal is to eat and live as freely as possible with the least restrictions you can get away with – the more FODMAPs you can return to your diet without triggering symptoms, the healthier your gut is likely to be. Hurrah!
Is there any evidence for IBS and the FODMAP diet?
The Low FODMAP diet is now recommended by the NHS and worldwide to help relieve the symptoms of IBS (Irritable Bowel Syndrome) and other digestive disorders such as Crohn’s disease and coeliac disease. Many studies have been conducted with strong evidence of success, with more exciting studies underway in the UK at Kings College London at the moment. (http://www.kcl.ac.uk/lsm/research/divisions/dns/projects/fodmaps/research.aspx)
How did you come to discover the FODMAP diet and how did it help you?
After suffering from horrible stomach pains and never-ending bloating, I was diagnosed with Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) at 14. Years followed of working with my doctor to cut out wheat, gluten, lactose and other common triggers – but nothing seemed to work long term. It wasn’t until I was in my second year of university that a dietician suggested following a Low FODMAP Diet. As cheesy as it sounds, it was a light-bulb moment. The diet didn’t only decrease my symptoms, but completely changed my life.
What advice would you give those suffering with IBS?
That you’re not alone! Life is about balance; there will always be a very large place for chocolate in my life. But stomach aches and an unhappy gut have become routine for so many of us in our stress-filled, 24/7 worlds and gut health is so important. It’s time to think about taking care of our bodies and what we’re eating; small changes really can decrease those crappy symptoms that come from IBS and other nasty digestive disorders. And also: listen to your own body. What works for somebody else might not work for you and vice versa. It takes some time and effort to work out your own gut health game plan, but when you do, it will be so worth it.
Tell us about your book 🙂
When I first started the Low FODMAP diet, I quickly realised there were a huge lack of recipes available that were both healthier and low FODMAP. I created my blog She Can’t Eat What?! with the aim to share my story, raise awareness of the Low FODMAP Diet and to help others in the same position. A while ago I was offered the opportunity to write a book, and I jumped at the chance.
I’ve teamed with the official FODMAP Friendly team to make sure people are getting the right information and packed the book, The FODMAP Friendly Kitchen full of 100 quick, easy and delicious recipes, along with diet information and my own personal stories. I want to help give people that foundation I felt I never had, when it came to first cooking FODMAP friendly meals – because if you have food intolerances or allergies you shouldn’t have to feel restricted in what you eat! It’s time for everybody to have a healthy and happy gut.
Check out Emma’s book The FODMAP Friendly Kitchen Cookbook here
Buckwheat risotto with macadamia cream – from The FODMAP Friendly Kitchen, by Emma Hatcher
Serves 4
Mushroom risotto used to be one of my favourites and the aubergines here are a great FODMAP-friendly substitute that provide a very similar texture. Warming and satisfying, this is real ‘bowl’ food. The buckwheat groats cook in a third of the time of a standard rice risotto, so that you can get more time away from the stove. Plus, its creaminess comes from the macadamia nuts, instead of the butter, offering a different texture and a lovely richness.
GATHER
1 large aubergine, chopped into small chunks
2 tbsp garlic-infused oil
255g buckwheat groats
80ml dry white wine
470ml vegetable stock or hot water
150g spring greens
Juice and zest of 1 lemon
1/2 small bunch of fresh parsley,
finely chopped
Grated parmesan, to serve (optional)
For the macadamia cream
40g macadamia nuts, soaked for 5 hours
or overnight
35g sunflower seeds
160ml water
1/2 tsp sea salt
1 tbsp lemon juice
MAKE
To make the macadamia cream, add all of the ingredients apart from the water into the bowl of a food processor and pulse to combine. While the processor is still running, pour in the water bit by bit, until you reach a thick, cream-like consistency. Leave to one side while preparing the rest of the dish.
To make the risotto, heat the garlic-infused oil in a saucepan over a medium heat. Add the aubergine and saute for about 10 mins or until softened and starting to brown. Add the buckwheat groats to the pan. Toss and let cook, ‘toasting’ the buckwheat, for about 1-2 mins. Add the wine, stir and let cook until completely absorbed. Ladle in the vegetable stock, a little bit at a time, keeping the mixture at a low simmer.
Each time the liquid is absorbed by the buckwheat, add a bit more, until you’ve used up all the stock and it’s been absorbed fully by the buckwheat. Have a quick taste. The buckwheat should be tender at this point, but not mushy. Add in the spring greens and lemon juice and cook for another couple of minutes. Take the pan off the heat and stir in the macadamia cream.
Divide into bowls and serve topped with parsley, lemon zest, and a little parmesan, if you like.
The post IBS and the FODMAP Diet appeared first on Calmer you.
IBS and the FODMAP Diet Do you suffer with IBS (irritable bowel syndrome)? If so, you’re not alone; it’s something which affects 20% of women (and lots of men too). Symptoms can range from stomach pain, to diarrhea, constipation, gas – it’s really a nightmare. You might be aware that there seems to be a […]
The post IBS and the FODMAP Diet appeared first on Calmer you.
3 Healthy Habits Even Busy People Can Manage Whether you’re a parent, business professional, overworked college student, or simply have a lot on your plate, there’s a good chance that your life is full of stress. Stressors like work, school, family obligations, and relationships can directly lead to unhealthy lifestyle choices, as people turn to bad habits for comfort, ease, and to cope. It’s hard to choose healthy habits when you’re busy, but here are some ways you can make it happen.
Plan healthy meals in advance Healthy eating is hard for people who aren’t busy. The siren song of fast food, pizza, and sugary desserts is hard to ignore. If you aren’t well-versed in the kitchen, it can be hard to find healthy options at restaurants.
For busy people, this struggle becomes even harder. Who has time to cook? Between work stress and family obligations, the healthy breakfast, lunch, and dinner routine seems like a pipe dream for most people.
But if you make time for a little meal planning and prep, you can develop a healthy eating habit that won’t require constant work throughout the week. Successful meal planners devote a few hours over the weekend to prep and schedule their meals throughout the upcoming week. You can fully prepare dishes and store them in individual containers for easy lunch. You can freeze nearly-prepared meals that you can just pop in the oven for easy weeknight dinners. If you don’t want to prepare the whole meal just yet, you can do a lot of your prep work (chopping, dicing, mixing) beforehand and simply wait until meal time to put it all together.
At first, plan at least one healthy meal per day. Build upon that.
Fit exercise into busy schedules Very few people have time to devote hours a day to exercise. The good news is that you don’t have to. One healthy habit you can commit to is fitting in some exercise – a 15-minute routine, a brisk walk, yoga, etc. – into your breaks at work. At work, you’ll be free of the distractions of home life, and you won’t have to devote any extra time to working out when you get home.
You can also look to add exercise into other parts of your life, like your commute. Walk or bike to work at least once a week. Get off a stop early on your bus or subway route and walk the rest of the way. Take the stairs to your office instead of the elevator. Little things add up to better overall fitness.
Meditate to avoid bad habits Relationship issues, various work stressors, and more can lead people to turn to drugs or alcohol to cope. While many people can handle a drink or two after work to calm the nerves, it’s never a good idea to rely on substances to give you peace of mind. Instead, turn to meditation. Whether it’s practicing a mantra, guided meditation through an app, focused breathing, or yoga, any activity that lets you focus on your present, instead of the stress of your future responsibilities and obligations, is a good habit to have.
Even if you don’t want to practice strict meditation, it’s important to make time for yourself. Whether it happens early in the morning before your family gets up, during a break at work, or after everyone goes to bed, you need that alone time, free of life’s many distractions, to recharge yourself.
Stress, anxiety, and the feeling of being too busy to function are normal problems for most people. If you practice some basic healthy habits, however, you can begin to learn how to manage this stress and still fulfill your many obligations.
Article by paige@learnfit.org
Learnfit.org
The post 3 Healthy Habits Even Busy People Can Manage appeared first on Calmer you.
3 Healthy Habits Even Busy People Can Manage Whether you’re a parent, business professional, overworked college student, or simply have a lot on your plate, there’s a good chance that your life is full of stress. Stressors like work, school, family obligations, and relationships can directly lead to unhealthy lifestyle choices, as people turn to […]
The post 3 Healthy Habits Even Busy People Can Manage appeared first on Calmer you.
6 Ways to Raise Your Vibration How many times have you tried to think your way into feeling better? Only to find you end up feeling even worse? I find that doing something physical is the fastest way change your state. The term to ‘raise your vibration’ sounds pretty airy fairy. But I think it’s […]
The post 6 Ways to Raise Your Vibration appeared first on Calmer you.
6 Ways to Raise Your Vibration How many times have you tried to think your way into feeling better? Only to find you end up feeling even worse? I find that doing something physical is the fastest way change your state.
The term to ‘raise your vibration’ sounds pretty airy fairy. But I think it’s the best way to describe what I’m talking about it. Maybe talking ‘raise your vibration’ is one step too hippy for you, in which case you might prefer prefer ‘raising your energy’, or ‘shaking things up’ ‘boosting your mood‘ or just ‘changing your state’.
It’s just about changing how you feel in your self. When you raise your vibration, you feel better; more energised, at ease, positive, happy. All the good stuff!
When I feel nervous, low, stagnant or just a bit ‘blah’ I know that in that moment no amount of ‘trying to think positively’ is really going to cut it. I need to do something quite physical to shift that state I’m in.
I need something to shake up my energy, create some good vibes and change up my perspective, fast.
Doing one of the following 6 suggestions has a positive effect on how you feel in your body. You can’t ‘think’ your way into feeling these benefits, you have to take some action. But they will leave you feeling waaay better than before.
Here I’m suggesting 6 ways to raise your vibration – Run, speed walk, skip or cycle. Just doing some exercise is a sure-fire way to raise your vibration.
– Take a cold shower, bath or swim. In the olden days, people in mental asylums were given cold baths in order to shock them out of the state of mind they were in. I’m not condoning this, but it’s amazing how having a minute long blast of cold water in the shower or a quick dip in a cold river can make you feel alive again if you’ve been feeling stagnant or low.
– Star jumps, jogging on the spot or shaking your body vigorously is often enough to switch up your energy. Shaking is interesting because it’s what animals do after they’ve had a shock or just narrowly escaped being eaten by a predator. They vigorously shake – and it’s as if they’re shaking off the stress and tension. Give it a try when you’re next feeling tense or anxious.
– Laugh. Call a friend. Reminisce over that side-splitting incident you and a friend got into when you were at Uni. Or watch something funny. YouTube cat videos will usually do the trick. Their hilarious-cuteness will be sure to get you chuckling and smiling your way into a better mood.
– Get out in nature, kick off your shoes (if possible) and make contact with the grass. Smell a flower, hug a tree (weirdly, this feels incredibly good, the hippies were right!) or just walk and enjoy the scenery.
– Do a celebratory dance (you know, the type you’d do if you just won the lottery, or found a dress you’ve wanted for ages that’s 50% off in Reiss). Jump up and down, pump your fists in the air, shout ‘YASSSSS!’ – you might even want to add a few spins into the mix. It’s a sure-fire way to boost your vibes. Maybe don’t do it in the office though.
What ways do you know of that raise your vibration or switch up your energy? Let us know in the comments.
The post 6 Ways to Raise Your Vibration appeared first on Calmer you.
Sunday Night Anxiety. You know what I’m talking about. It rolls in after around 4 pm on a Sunday. Suddenly it’s no longer Sunday. It’s ‘Smonday’. Monday morning is looming over you and dread, fear and nervousness start to creep in. A mixture of more alcohol and less sleep at the weekend, a fear of […]
The post Sunday Night Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Sunday Night Anxiety. You know what I’m talking about. It rolls in after around 4 pm on a Sunday.
Suddenly it’s no longer Sunday. It’s ‘Smonday’.
Monday morning is looming over you and dread, fear and nervousness start to creep in.
A mixture of more alcohol and less sleep at the weekend, a fear of the unknown about the coming week and the prospect of returning to your stressful job can all make your Sunday night anything but relaxing.
It’s hardly surprising then that visitors to www.calmer-you.com peak on a Sunday evening!
But ‘Sunday night anxiety’ doesn’t need to be a thing.
Here are my top tips for beating it:
– Do not, I repeat, DO NOT read your work emails. No.
– Read a novel in the bath. It’s both relaxing AND distracts your brain from worrying about the coming week.
– Call a friend. Sunday night is a great time to catch up with people because often people are at home and you can chat about your weekend. Talking through your concerns with a friend, or just having some lighthearted chit-chat to distract yourself, could work wonders.
– If you’re really worried, make a worry list. When you write down your worries, you get them out and down on paper and hopefully a bit more in perspective. You can ‘brain dump’ worries into a notepad to return to in the morning, if you must.
– Much of the anxiety is caused by imagining things on Monday morning going badly. Instead, use your imagination as a force for good by visualising the week going well. Imagine yourself handling any challenges, feeling relaxed and enjoying your week. After all, studies show that 85% of the things we worry about end up having positive outcomes.
– Go for an evening walk, run, swim or yoga session. Exercise helps you to relax, burns off excess adrenaline and improves sleep.
And finally remind yourself of this mantra:
‘No matter what next week brings, I’ll handle it’ (Click to Tweet)
What tips do you have for managing Sunday night anxiety? Let us know in the comments.
The post Sunday Night Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
This month I was thrilled to see The Anxiety Solution serialised in the Daily Mail. Click on the images below to read the full articles. There are extracts of the book, recipes and loads of practical tips on managing anxiety.
The post The Daily Mail Serial appeared first on Calmer you.
This month I was thrilled to see The Anxiety Solution serialised in the Daily Mail. Click on the images below to read the full articles. There are extracts of the book, recipes and loads of practical tips on managing anxiety.
The post The Daily Mail Serial appeared first on Calmer you.
There are some days when I am on fire. To-do’s getting ticked off with incredible efficiency. I’m whipping up healthy meals and drinking my 2 litres of water a day. I’m happily at inbox-zero. My Instagram is a thing of beauty. My life is imbued with a sense of zen-like calm and focus… But […]
The post I don’t have my sh*t together appeared first on Calmer you.
There are some days when I am on fire.
To-do’s getting ticked off with incredible efficiency.
I’m whipping up healthy meals and drinking my 2 litres of water a day.
I’m happily at inbox-zero.
My Instagram is a thing of beauty.
My life is imbued with a sense of zen-like calm and focus…
But then there are other days when I just definitely do not have my sh*t together.
I’ve been known to nap on the sofa at 2pm when I’ve had a book deadline (#procrastination.)
I’ve stayed home when I’ve had tickets to a gig because I couldn’t face the world that day.
And I’ve had days when I’ve been so crazy-busy that I haven’t had a chance to shower or get dressed.
So, yeah, there are definitely days when I just don’t have my sh*t together.
But you know what? I think it’s ok.
With Spring time arriving here in the UK and the first of the blossoms appearing on the trees, I’m reminded that life is all about cycles.
In nature, nothing blooms all the time.
There are seasons, changes, rising and falling. And it’s the same with us. Sometimes we’re ahead, sometimes behind.
Sometimes we’re on our A-game – other times we’re a hot mess.
So let’s go easy on ourselves, eh? If you’re going through a tough time right now, remember that Spring will come back around and you will bloom again.
Click to Tweet
“Nothing in nature blooms all year round. Be patient with yourself”
Chloe xx (writing in my tracksuit on the sofa – post nap 😉 )
Now, I think it would be inspiring and reassuring for us all to share at least ONE way that you haven’t got your sh*t together this week. Let us know in the comments below – and reassure us all that we are not alone!
The inspiration for this post came from this woman who shared about the idea of ‘I haven’t got my sht together Tuesday’. Check her out.
The post I don’t have my sh*t together appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum […]
The post Taking Time Out appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros.
Duis mollis, est non commodo luctus, nisi erat porttitor ligula, eget lacinia odio sem nec elit. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Fusce dapibus, tellus ac cursus commodo, tortor mauris condimentum nibh, ut fermentum massa justo sit amet risus. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Donec sed odio dui. Nulla vitae elit libero, a pharetra augue.
The post Taking Time Out appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Nulla vitae elit libero, a pharetra augue.
Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Fusce dapibus, tellus ac cursus commodo, tortor mauris condimentum nibh, ut fermentum massa justo sit amet risus. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Integer posuere erat a ante venenatis dapibus posuere velit aliquet.
Cras justo odio, dapibus ac facilisis in, egestas eget quam. Duis mollis, est non commodo luctus, nisi erat porttitor ligula, eget lacinia odio sem nec elit. Fusce dapibus, tellus ac cursus commodo, tortor mauris condimentum nibh, ut fermentum massa justo sit amet risus. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Etiam porta sem malesuada magna mollis euismod.
The post Organizing Your Life appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient […]
The post Organizing Your Life appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
The post Your Business Content Plan appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
The post Your Business Content Plan appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla. Aenean lacinia bibendum nulla sed consectetur. Cum sociis […]
The post Building Your List appeared first on Calmer you.
Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Morbi leo risus, porta ac consectetur ac, vestibulum at eros. Cras mattis consectetur purus sit amet fermentum. Sed posuere consectetur est at lobortis. Vestibulum id ligula porta felis euismod semper. Donec ullamcorper nulla non metus auctor fringilla.
Aenean lacinia bibendum nulla sed consectetur. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Duis mollis, est non commodo luctus, nisi erat porttitor ligula, eget lacinia odio sem nec elit.
The post Building Your List appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
Signs of Anxiety?
A question that I get asked a lot (a LOT) is ‘How do I know if it’s a sign of anxiety – or is it just a normal response to stress’? ‘What are normal levels of worry?’ Lots of people wonder where to draw the line. What are the true signs of anxiety – where you should seek professional help – and what should you just try to get on with?
It all comes down to how much it’s affecting your life. If you get mild or occasional worry or nerves, it’s probably normal. If it’s getting in the way of you enjoying your life and doing things that you want to do, then it’s probably a good idea to get some help, speak to your GP, a therapist and adopt some self-help techniques (BTW there are loads in my book The Anxiety Solution).
If you get a bit worried from time to time, or nervous before something like a presentation – it might not be a sign of an anxiety disorder – but there are still steps you can take to feel calmer and more relaxed.
One step you can take is to take this mood assessment questionnaire from the National Health Service in the UK. It will give you an indication as to whether you may have anxiety. However, if you suspect you have any kind of mental health issues, it’s a good idea to speak to your doctor.
You might also like to read some other peoples account of what it’s like to have anxiety. This article from The Independent gives some good insights (and mine are featured!) or you could check out the MIND blog for stories and insights from people with anxiety.
Here are some common mental signs of anxiety
– A racing heart – kind of like you’ve just done a 100-metre sprint, only you’re just sitting at your desk, or saying your name in a meeting.
– Finding it hard to concentrate or focus
– Feeling a sense of dread or foreboding
– Uncontrollable worrying that you can’t seem to stop
– Excessively negative thinking
– Feeling on edge or on high alert
– Being more irritable
Physical signs of anxiety – remember – anxiety is as much as physical things as a mental thing!
– A racing heart – kind of like you’ve just done a 100-metre sprint, only you’re just sitting at your desk, or saying your name in a meeting.
– Feeling restless, like you can’t keep still or keep fidgeting
– Feeling exhausted, tired or rundown
– Trouble switching off or sleeping
– Stomach issues such as constipation or diarrhoea
– Feeling dizzy or ‘unreal’
– Shaking like a leaf
– Mouth drier than the Sahara
– Feeling sick and nauseous
– Having headaches
– Muscle tension
– Tingling in hands and feet
What to do if you’re showing all (of many) of these signs of anxiety? Speak to someone asap. Please, don’t be ashamed (22% of us feel anxious all or most of the time, according to YouGov)
Get your FREE guided relaxation Mp3 and monthly anxiety tips
The post Signs of Anxiety (from the serious to the mild + what to do) appeared first on Calmer you.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit Signs of Anxiety? A question that I get asked a lot (a LOT) is ‘How do I know if it’s a sign of anxiety – or is it just a normal response to stress’? ‘What are normal levels of worry?’ Lots of people wonder where to […]
The post Signs of Anxiety (from the serious to the mild + what to do) appeared first on Calmer you.
Does anyone else think ‘self-care’ and ‘self-love’ has become a bit of a cliche? Having a bubble bath, getting a massage, repeating positive affirmations ’til you’re blue in the face?
Maybe you’re not the bubble bath type (I for one, get bored after about 10 minutes!) Maybe you hate being touched by a stranger and so a massage is a definite no-no. Maybe you’re wondering who has the time (or the money?!) for all that.
But ‘self-care’ is important. Super important! For two specific reasons. Self care and anxiety are seriously linked.
Firstly, when you take care of yourself, you send yourself (and your nervous system) a message of safety. The problem with modern life is that it doesn’t make us feel that safe. Our poor nerves get a hammering.
Trump’s Twitter feed getting scarier by the day.
Pinging emails 24/7.
That extra pile of work that lands on your desk at 4:45pm on a Friday.
Brexit.
The constant implication from your Instagram that your life is boring and you need a new wardrobe (and a possibly a new arse).
Ugh.
It’s decidedly more ‘fight or flight’ than ‘rest and digest’.
But when we do something to take care of ourselves.
We slow down.
We’re kinder.
Gentler.
More loving.
We’re sending ourselves a message of safety and security. And that is ONLY a good thing in an age of anxiety.
Secondly, self-care sends you the very important message that you are a worthy and valuable person, worthy of being taken care of!
Self-worth is nearly ALWAYS linked to anxiety so anything you can do to bolster to ‘ol self-worth is vital.
With self-worth, you feel stronger, more capable, more able to handle whatever the future brings. You’re less likely to beat yourself up and you handle setbacks more easily because you feel good about yourself as a person.
A side note: The root of WHY we don’t do the things we KNOW will help us is that sometimes, we don’t feel we deserve it. But trust me, if you KNEW yourself to be the precious, one-of-a-kind-miracle-of-human-life that you actually are, you’d treat yourself like GOLD all day, ‘ery damn day.
And! The more you take care of yourself the easier it gets because you start to feel more and more that you’re worthy of being taken care of.
So how can you make self-care work for you? No bubble baths required (although if that’s your thing, go fill up the tub now!)
Answer these questions to give yourself some ideas: (Come on: Don’t just read through, make some notes and take some action!)
What would I do differently if I loved myself and knew I was worthy and valuable?
How would I speak to myself?
Who would I spend time with?
What boundaries would I set?
What would I eat, and how?
How would I unwind?
What would I do less of?
What would I do more of?
What plans can you put in place to make this happen? What action can you take RIGHT NOW?
Let me know in the comments what things come up for you! I would love to hear (and get ideas!)
oh..BTW! It’s not selfish.
A calm and happy you radiates good vibes to everyone you meet. We all know smiles are contagious, well so is stress. Don’t be a martyr. Being a stressed out Mum, employee, business owner or friend because you think it’s selfish to take care of yourself isn’t helping anyone, especially not you. If you’re taking care of yourself, other people will benefit. The bus conductor that you’re able to be friendly to because you’re feeling happier and more centered, your colleague who you can support because you’re the calm and clear-headed one, your partner that you’re able to truly appreciate because you’ve slowed down enough to see the little things that they do for you. Peace starts with you and it’s contagious.
PS: If you’re telling yourself ‘I don’t have time to take care of myself’, ask yourself; ‘Do you have time to feel like shit?’.
The post Self Care for Anxiety (your plan and permission slip) appeared first on Calmer you.
Does anyone else think ‘self-care’ and ‘self-love’ has become a bit of a cliche? Having a bubble bath, getting a massage, repeating positive affirmations ’til you’re blue in the face? Maybe you’re not the bubble bath type (I for one, get bored after about 10 minutes!) Maybe you hate being touched by a stranger […]
The post Self Care for Anxiety (your plan and permission slip) appeared first on Calmer you.
Click to Tweet this article!
1) I don’t really understand the benefits of meditation
If I’d truly known and felt the benefits of meditation years ago, I would have started a LOT sooner. Thing is, despite the fact that my parents meditated, I used to dismiss it as a load of rubbish (I was too cool, you see). I’d tell myself it was airy-fairy and I that I didn’t have the time to waste. But after having a bit of a meltdown a few years ago and realising I had to do something differently or I was going to lose my shit, I started meditating. The results were life changing. I became calmer, happier, more positive and less grumpy (esp. at that time of the month). Studies have found time and again that it makes us more resilient to stress, more emotionally balanced, more creative (whoop!), more optimistic and calmer. It creates real, measurable effects in the brain, changing the way our two hemispheres communicate and increasing our grey matter. The results are real and speak for themselves. No BS. It’s like working out, but for your mind and can do wonders for your mental health.
2) I can’t sit still
If you’re someone who is ALWAYS on the go, it’s hardly surprising that you might find it a little challenging to suddenly press pause and sit quietly for ten minutes or more. With endless to-do lists and the constant lure of your Instagram feed, the thought of sitting and doing nothing can be… troubling. Having a large amount of adrenaline pumping through your veins is hardly conducive to sitting still either. So what to do?
One of the best ways I’ve found to be able to sit more easily is to do some yoga beforehand. I like to think of yoga as the gateway drug to meditation (!) because doing yoga leads to much, MUCH better and easier meditations. You get the stress and fidgets out of your body and calm your nervous system down, so you can settle into meditation loads more easily. I love this 10-minute de-stress yoga sequence by uber-yogi Tara Styles (thanks Sarah Waite for introducing me).
If you reeeeeally can’t get into meditation, doing yoga by itself is still a great way to calm the mind and relax the body.
3) I hate the idea of being alone with my thoughts
Eek, things can get preeeeetty scary in there right? Dark thoughts, worries, self-flagellation – it could all creep in if we slow down and quieten our minds, couldn’t it?!
Well, that’s actually where meditation comes in. I’ve found that by meditating regularly there’s a sort of buffer between me and my thoughts. I can see them as just ‘thoughts’ and not actual ‘facts’ – as if I get some perspective from them and can take a step back. They seem less scary and I can allow them to drift on by without getting caught up in negative cycles of thinking. So if you notice a lot of thoughts while you’re meditating; allow them to be there. You don’t have to make them stop. Just remember your thoughts are not ‘facts’, and the more regularly you meditate the easier it will become to dismiss negative thoughts and let them go.
4) I don’t have the time!
There’s an old Zen saying ‘You should sit in meditation for 20 minutes a day. Unless you’re too busy, then you should sit for an hour.’
Naw – I’m not really going to suggest you meditate for an hour a day – starting with 10 minutes is enough – and who hasn’t got 10 minutes day? If Katy Perry can find the time while on tour (she reportedly props herself up in bed and does 20 minutes of Transcendental Meditation each morning), so can you. You owe it to yourself. PS. If you’re in London and want to learn Transcendental Meditation I highly recommend my good friend and meditation teacher Carla Berkers – contact her at carla.berkers@tm.org.
Still don’t think you have the time? What if I were to pay you? Does fifty pounds for every time you meditate sound ok? I bet you’d be propping yourself up in bed pretty fast if I did! If you could find a way to make time for it for £50, it’s not a case of not having time. It’s a case of motivation and priorities. If your priority is to feel happier, calmer and more clear-headed (and who doesn’t want that) – meditation gives you a huge return on investment of your time. It can be hard to prioritise yourself and your happiness – sometimes we believe it’s selfish – but it isn’t. The more you take care of yourself, the more you’re able to take care of others, and the better you are in your work and at home!
Getting into a routine can make it much easier to stick to – so try and do your meditation at the same time each day – stick it in your diary and let other people know so that you’ll be encouraged to stick with it. Can you entice a flatmate or your partner to join you too? Teaming up with someone else will make it much easier to stick to.
5) My mind is too busy
It’s called meditation ‘practice’ for a reason. You’re not supposed to be AMAZING at it (especially not at first). Be bad at meditation. Thoughts are completely normal and are actually a part of meditation. As soon as you find your mind wandering off into busyness, gently bring it back to your breath or your mantra. It gets easier the more you do it. Promise. Just stick with it.
A meditation teacher once told me just ‘do your duty’ (your duty to yourself and your peace of mind). Sit on your meditation cushion; some days it’ll flow more easily than others, sometimes you’ll want to scream, or stop, or jump back onto your phone to answer the million emails you have waiting – but just do your duty. It’s only a few minutes of your day.
Try a guided meditation or even a hypnotherapy recording (Get your FREE Hypnotherapy MP3 here) if self-guided meditation doesn’t work for you.
Also, think about the time of day you’re choosing to meditate. For me, my mind is calmer at the end of the day when the day’s work is done. In the morning I’m raring to go with my to-do list so it’s slightly harder. Other people are the opposite way around. See what works for you. Another must is to stick your phone or aeroplane mode and even put it in another room if you think you’ll be tempted to check it instead of meditating.
6) It’s a bit too airy fairy for me
If meditation all seems a step too hippy dippy for you – rest assured that it doesn’t have to be. Plenty of meditation styles focus on the stress and anxiety-busting benefits and have nothing to do with spirituality or religion. Try a mindfulness course for something truly grounded in solid research and has nothing to do with Omming or worshipping Hindu Gods.
7) I don’t know how to meditate
It’s never been simpler to learn and there are a huge range of options. From quick and easy to download apps (Headspace is the most popular) to classes at your local Buddhist Centre (which are surprisingly un-religious and inclusive) to learning from a trained meditation teacher (I learned the Transcendental Meditation technique from a teacher, find one at http://uk.tm.org/), to learning at your local gym (yes, really!) or yoga studio – there are LOADS of ways to learn.
8) I tried meditation, and it didn’t work for me
Because there are so many different styles, you’re bound to find something that does the trick for you. Mindfulness, TM, guided meditations, walking meditation, yoga, loving kindness, gong, the list goes on. Try out some different styles and see what works.
9) I can’t sit cross-legged
No biggie (neither can I). You deffo don’t need to adopt any kind of lotus-yogi-bendy-pose in order to meditate. I do it sitting propped up on my sofa, with a little cushion under my bum. You could do it in bed with lots of comfy covers, or in a chair – but probably not lying down (you might fall asleep) – or even on the train to work (it can be done). It shouldn’t be an endurance test about how long you can bear having pins and needles in your legs! Get comfy and settle in.
What stops you from meditating? Which of these tips will you be trying? Let me know in the comments.
Do you have a friend that could use a little meditation in their life? Please forward it on x
The post 9 Reasons You Don’t Meditate (and how to get over them) appeared first on Calmer you.
Click to Tweet this article! 1) I don’t really understand the benefits of meditation If I’d truly known and felt the benefits of meditation years ago, I would have started a LOT sooner. Thing is, despite the fact that my parents meditated, I used to dismiss it as a load of rubbish (I was too […]
The post 9 Reasons You Don’t Meditate (and how to get over them) appeared first on Calmer you.
I love the quote, Click to Tweet! ‘You can do anything, but not everything’. We all have the same 24 hours in a day and guess what? It’s up to us to decide how we choose to spend our time. If you’re thinking, wait a minute Chloe, I don’t get to choose […]
The post Priorities, priorities, priorities appeared first on Calmer you.
I love the quote,
Click to Tweet! ‘You can do anything, but not everything’. We all have the same 24 hours in a day and guess what? It’s up to us to decide how we choose to spend our time.
If you’re thinking, wait a minute Chloe, I don’t get to choose what I do most of the time, I have to go to work, I have to go to the gym, pick up the kids… But when you really think about it, the majority of what you do is a choice, and it’s much more empowering to think of it as a choice rather than something you ‘have’ to do. You’re choosing to go to work because you want to live in a nice house, you’re choosing to go to the gym because you want toned thighs, you’re choosing to pick up your kids because you love them. When it comes to priorities you do have choices and it’s important to embrace those choices because when you realize you can choose, a lot more options become available to you. There’s a famous example about a business school teacher demonstrating to a group how to prioritise things in life. He took out a large mason jar and carefully put some large rocks in until the jar was filled to the top. He asked the class – ‘is the jar full?’. ‘Yes!’ they replied. Then he took out a bag of smaller rocks and proceeded to pour them into the jar. The little rocks filled the spaces in between the bigger rocks. He asked again ‘Is the jar full?’ ‘Yes!’ They replied. Next, he pulled out a bag of sand and poured that into the jar, then a jug of water, before pouring that into the jar. Finally, the jar really was full. The lesson here is not that no matter how busy you are, you can always fit more in. Hell no! The lesson is that the big rocks have to go in first, while everything else fills in the gaps. If you were to pour sand or smaller rocks in first, you’d have no space for the bigger rocks.
Those big rocks should be like your biggest priorities – they have to come first. If you can fit those in, they have the most impact on your life and everything else can fit in around it.
So if you could choose to put first the things that are most important to you, what would you choose? What are the big rock priorities in your life? What makes the biggest impact to how you feel? Maybe, for you, being able to get home by 6:30pm to eat dinner and chat about your day with your partner is super high up on your priorities list. Perhaps, having a morning run around the park makes you calmer and less anxious for the whole day and makes a huge difference. Or maybe working just 4 days a week so you can take a day a week to write your novel is what’s meaningful to you right now. For me? It’s meditation. I do 20 minutes twice a day (which might seem like a lot to some people, but personally, it’s totally worth it) and when I made it my priority it changed my life by making lots of other things in my life way easier and helping things to flow more. It’s one of my big rocks so I make sure I put it first (no – it doesn’t always happen, life gets in the way, but about 80% of the time, it does). But by choosing to make this my priority, I’ve had to create time and space for it. I’ve learned that the time I invest in meditation pays back ten fold in other areas of my life. Sometimes I miss out on other stuff because of it, but because it’s my big rock, I don’t mind because I know it pays off. If you’re finding it hard to imagine how you could start to put your priorities first, I’d like you to consider two things: – Are you setting boundaries with people? For example, letting your boss know you can’t work late on Wednesdays so you can have date night. – Is there part of you that thinks self-care is self-indulgent? It isn’t! You can’t pour from an empty cup and a happier, calmer and healthier you is good for those around you. So my suggestion is this: Make your priorities non-negotiable, put them first and organize your life around them…Everything else will slot in. Remember that you have choices and you’re in charge of how you spend this precious life of yours. Put the important things first and the rest of your life will flow more easily.
I’d love to hear what your priorities are in the comments. What’s most important to you? Let us know!
The post Priorities, priorities, priorities appeared first on Calmer you.
Click to Tweet! ‘We are what we repeatedly do, therefore excellence is not an act, but a habit.’ Aristotle
Over the years I’ve noticed that my habits and routine have a direct impact on how happy and calm I feel. When I have certain habits in place, life seems to flow more easily. I feel more ‘in control’, my mind is clearer and I’m generally more upbeat and positive.
At the beginning of a New Year we hear a lot about habits; ditching the bad ones, creating new ones and giving our entire lives a massive overhaul. The problem is that many of us aim for things that are unattainable, unachievable to just too damn hard to stick to in the longer term. The key to sustainable positive change is making small tweaks to your habits and daily activities that add up to a big difference. After all, our lives are made up of the little habits that we have every day. The better our habits, the better our lives will be! Plus, if it’s fun ad enjoyable, that’s even better.
Lately, I’ve been using an app called ‘Habit List’. It helps me to keep track of the little habits I want to do each day (or every few days) that keep me on track and feeling good. You just load your habits into the app and then tick them off throughout the day. It’s pretty satisfying ticking them off and you can even turn on alerts so you’ll get a notification when it’s time for you to complete a particular habit. It’s even more satisfying if you can multitask (especially if you’re super busy – and let’s face it – who isn’t these days?!) – fitting helpful habits into time that in the past may have been ‘wasted’ time, such as when at the gym or while waiting in a queue, is perfect.
Here are some ideas of small habits that help me and which might help you. I’d love to hear in the comments what little habits you’ll be adopting for more calm, health, and happiness in 2017! Let us know in the comments.
– Make your bed in the morning. It’s a small win that creates momentum and leads to other wins throughout the day.
– In the shower or while doing your makeup, make a list (maybe even out loud!) of the things you’re grateful for.
– While making a tea or coffee also make a hot water and lemon juice; it’s so good for digestion.
– On the bus to work read a few minutes of a Kindle book – which for me is almost always a personal development or psychology book that helps me both personally and professionally. I find this more relaxing than spending time on social media and it puts me in the right headspace to go to work.
– While at the gym listen to an audio book or podcast. It makes me really happy to be learning whilst working out. I loved ‘Mad Girl’ by Bryony Gordon, a book about mental health, or you can preorder my book ‘The Anxiety Solution’ here!
– Put a jug of water by your desk and drink it throughout the day. Adding a few slices of cucumber or sprigs of mint makes it really refreshing and a bit more special! You’re totally worth it btw!
– Download a meditation app like Headspace or Buddify and do a daily short meditation.
– Call a friend or a family member for a chat and a catch-up. Social connection and verbalising how we feel helps us to feel better. Fact! I make it a habit of calling a couple of people each week while I go for a walk.
– Over dinner with your partner or housemate, talk about the good things that happened that day, the progress you made and what you learned. It helps to put you both is a really positive mood, connect to each other and find good things about the day – even if it was a shitty one!
– When having a break from work or your lunch break, watch an inspiring TED talk or a funny YouTube video.
– Go to bed a bit earlier once a week and listen to a hypnotherapy MP3 – like the one you get FREE when you sign up to my mailing list (click the blue button below!)
What little habits will you be including in 2017 for more health, happiness, and calm? Let us know in the comments below!
PS. Obviously, don’t let sticking to habits become a source of stress for you – it’s just about doing a few simple practices which help you to feel better. If you don’t manage to fit it in that day, you’ve done your best, so don’t beat yourself up, just try again the next day. Good luck!
The post Using ‘Habit List’ to Feel at Your Best appeared first on Calmer you.
Click to Tweet! ‘We are what we repeatedly do, therefore excellence is not an act, but a habit.’ Aristotle Over the years I’ve noticed that my habits and routine have a direct impact on how happy and calm I feel. When I have certain habits in place, life seems to flow more easily. I […]
The post Using ‘Habit List’ to Feel at Your Best appeared first on Calmer you.
What are your goals for 2017? Get a promotion at work? Lose 10lbs? Get on the property ladder? Now don’t get my wrong, I love a good goal (I’ve been writing goals in my diary since I was 11). However, there’s a big problem with traditional goal setting and it’s this: As we […]
The post Setting Goals That Light You Up appeared first on Calmer you.
What are your goals for 2017? Get a promotion at work? Lose 10lbs? Get on the property ladder? Now don’t get my wrong, I love a good goal (I’ve been writing goals in my diary since I was 11). However, there’s a big problem with traditional goal setting and it’s this: As we strive to achieve things there’s always something bigger and better to reach for, and after we achieve a goal there’s no guarantee that doing so will make us happy. You know how it goes. You lose weight but you still don’t feel confident. You earn more money but you still feel trapped. You get the ‘It’ handbag but you still don’t feel good enough. Sigh
The ‘whole point’ of goals (and life!) as Danielle LaPorte says in her book ‘The Desire Map’ – is to feel good. And we might be just be missing the whole damn point, chasing goals that don’t make us happy.
Click to Tweet! ‘Are you missing the point of goal setting? Feeling good is the whole point!’ So if the whole point is to feel good, what if we aimed straight at the end goal by setting goals around how we want to feel, instead of what we want to achieve. If I’m trying to reach my goal of owning a Burberry coat because I hope it will help me to feel better about myself – then firstly, a. it probably won’t and b. What could I do instead that will REALLY help me to feel better about myself, in a more authentic and sustainable way (rather than buying stuff; we all know that shit doesn’t work!) Instead of chasing a goal with the hope that it will make you feel good – how can you feel good now? Is your goal connected to your own values – or is it something you feel you should want? Are you busting your ass in London to try to save up a house deposit, because you think you should have the cool job in the city – when deep down, you know you’re a country girl at heart and you yearn for a quieter life? Or maybe you’re feeling the pressure to settle down and have kids, because it’s what everyone else is doing, when really, you haven’t gotten backpacking out of your system yet. Danielle’s book talks you through the in-depth steps to setting goals around how you actually want to feel, rather than those around achievements. But if you’re not keen to read the book here are some steps to help you to DIY it.
Firstly, write down what your short and long term goals are. Examples that come to mind first for many of us might be those achievement-based goals such as; get a raise at work, move to a bigger house, find a partner, buy a new car, lose weight etc etc! Next, make a list of how you want to feel in 2017. Examples might be: calm, connected, vibrant, healthy, positive, open, excited, abundant, free, feminine, courageous, confident or sexy! Brainstorm a load, then whittle it down to 3-5 that feel the best for you. Now, write down some long and short term goals based on how you want to feel. For example, if you want to feel connected, set a goal to do some community work or join a choir. If you want to feel calm – set goals around making more time for relaxation and taking care of yourself. If you want to feel free, plan that backpacking adventure holiday. You’ll probably find that your goals that are based on how you want to feel are quite different to those that you initially thought of. If you’re aiming at how you want to feel – you’re not only more likely to achieve that good feeling, but your goals will feel more exciting, expansive and fun to boot. Whoop! So, I’d love to know: How do you want to feel? What goals are you setting to help you to get there? Let us know in the comments below, we’d love to hear them and get inspired by you!
The post Setting Goals That Light You Up appeared first on Calmer you.
Christmas can be such a stressful time, with more to-do’s than you can shake a candy cane at, increased family commitments, tonnes of nights out and the added expense not to mention all the booze (and inevitable hangovers) added into the mix. Keep calm this Christmas with these 10 Commandments (or tips, if you […]
The post The 10 Commandments for a Calmer Christmas appeared first on Calmer you.
Christmas can be such a stressful time, with more to-do’s than you can shake a candy cane at, increased family commitments, tonnes of nights out and the added expense not to mention all the booze (and inevitable hangovers) added into the mix.
Keep calm this Christmas with these 10 Commandments (or tips, if you like!)
Seek Not Perfection
Take a deep breath and repeat after me: ‘Good enough, is good enough’. Because, the truth is, perfection doesn’t really exist. Perfection is only ever someone’s opinion, and we can’t control the opinions, thoughts and feelings of other people (we really can’t). Life is messy, not perfect, and sometimes it’s those quirky little imperfections and even gasp ‘mistakes’ that make life so interesting and beautiful and teach us so much. So make peace with your wonky tree, overcooked Christmas pud, and slightly too-tight festive jumper and remember, if it’s good enough, it’s good enough.
Love Thyself
Christmas is the perfect time to take extra special care of yourself and show yourself some love (and I’m not only suggesting you treat yourself to some trifle). Do more of what makes you feel good – long walks, lots of hugs, slow bubble baths, savoring your food, sitting my the fire in a fluffy jumper (this will be me, basically all Christmas) saying nice things to yourself; it all helps. Self-love is like a soothing balm for anxiety – slather it on!
Thou Shalt Not People Please
If there’s one topic I hear loads at this time of year it’s this; boundaries! At Christmas time it might seem like there are a million festive get-togethers, hundreds of secret Santa’s for you to be involved with and clients who want the world on a stick before December 24th – but you can’t do everything. If you’re rubbish at setting boundaries and end up saying ‘yes’ too much just to keep everyone happy – you’ll be heading for yuletide burnout before you can say chocolate log! Instead, get clear on exactly what it is you want and need; if you need more rest, tell your pals you’re too exhausted to party. If you’re skint until January, let your running club mates know that you’re going to duck out of the Secret Santa this year. Don’t be afraid to say no when it comes to your mental health and wellbeing; it has to come first.
Thou shalt not hate on thy body
Body anxiety: apparently it’s something that affects 90% of women (and a lot of men, too). That’s some crazy bullshit right there and very few of us are immune. And as we increase junk food and booze around Christmas and gym time gets put on hold until January 2nd it can make us more body-anxious than ever. Give yourself a break around this time. A couple of days of eating what you want is not going to ruin you; so be kind. Nothing makes you crave sugar more than self-loathing; so be nice to your body rather than beating yourself up. Remember how amazing your body is and think about all the incredible things it does and allows you to experience. Enjoy your food and get back to eating better on December 27th.
Thou shalt ask for help
Christmas can be especially hard because there’s so much expectation; to have fun, relax and be merry. And if you feel anything but, it’s really tough. So please, please, if you’re suffering over the Christmas period, don’t suffer in silence. Tell someone. Friend, family member, doctor, Samaritans, your cat (I’ve always felt pets are the best listeners around). The people in your life love and want you to be happy. Don’t bottle things up.
Thy Father and thy Mother
Spiritual teacher Ram Das said ‘If you think you’re enlightened, go spend a week with your family’. Yes, as much as we love ’em, too much time with M + D can be preeeeetty stressful.
Families can bring out the worst in us, triggering old wounds and insecurities, winding us up and causing us to regress to being 5-year-olds again. Try to come up with a strategy beforehand to avoid any family melodrama. Think about what your triggers might be and come up with a plan to tackle them. Do you know that 3 days with Mum is your maximum before things get too tense? Then make sure you don’t stay too long. Does your sister’s Christmas stress-fest make you panicky? Delegate tasks to the rest of the family so that sis feels supported and can have a calm Christmas.
Eat, drink and be merry
…But remember the effect booze has on anxiety. Drink plenty of water in between the glasses of champers and if you do have a hangover the next day; be kind to yourself and remember ‘this too shall pass’ and that you won’t feel crap forever.
Keep to thy routine
If you’re home for the holidays for a week (or more) try and keep some semblance of your routine. Whether you head out for a run or two, keep at your daily 10 minute meditations or carry on sipping your sleepy time tea; sticking to your usual routine in some way can ensure you’re still taking care of yourself and makes it easier to stay on track once the Christmas period is over.
Thou shalt unplug
How about making Christmas a time to unplug, recharge and switch off from social media for a few days? Spend some time just focusing on real life and the people around you and use it as an excuse to forget about the wider world for a while. It’s a great way to give yourself a mental break.
Be thee grateful
Do I sound like a broken record for harping on about gratitude? It’s because it works. At the end of every day over the holidays make a note of three things you’re grateful for; things you appreciated or that went well. It feels good, plus it helps to train your brain to automatically look for more positive things.
I hope you have a very Happy and Calm Christmas!
Which of these tips will you be trying this Christmas to stay calm – and do you have any more ideas for us? Let us know in the comments.
The post The 10 Commandments for a Calmer Christmas appeared first on Calmer you.
If you never feel like you’re doing enough, I’d like you to consider what you are about to read.
When I first trained as a hypnotherapist, I was also working full time for the NHS as a nutritionist. By day, I’d be working in the community helping families to cook healthier meals and by night (and weekend) I’d be seeing clients, writing blog posts, tinkering with my website, and working on a seemingly endless to-do list that got twice as long with every item that I ticked off.
To say I was busy (and stressed) was an understatement. Things got even worse when I finally quit my day job to do hypnotherapy full time. The pressure was really on to make it my main source of income. I’ll always remember the January of 2014; business was slow so I’d spend a lot of time at home, alone, trying to get things done, trying to ‘be productive’ and ensure I could pay my rent. At the time, I was putting so much pressure on myself that it didn’t matter what I had achieved that day, it never felt like I was doing or achieving enough. I couldn’t justify taking a break, I told myself I didn’t even have time to exercise; and guess what? I felt like sh*t!
Find me on Instagram – I post tips on anxiety every day
Does this ring any bells for you? So many of us worry that we’re not doing enough, getting enough done, or making the most of our lives. That we’re not doing enough for our families, for charity, for ourselves.
I want you to ask yourself: Is the pressure of feeling you don’t do enough, actually leads to procrastination (so that you really don’t do enough)? Anxiety about doing things can mean we put it off because it all becomes too overwhelming. If this is you, check out my procrastination article here. Then take one small action first thing. Start by making your bed in the morning. According to author Tim Ferris, it’s a small ‘win’ that leads to other ‘wins’ during the day.
Do Less with More Focus What if you were to do what you do, but with more mindfulness. We get more richness and value from doing things with presence, rather than rushing through them. Allowing yourself to feel and enjoy each moment means you make the most of what you are doing. Start by paying attention to what you’re doing in the here and now.
Happiness doesn’t come from the things you do, but rather the attitude you bring to the things you do. I sometimes wonder if I should be one of those people who are out every night, really ‘making the most’ of living in London. But then I remember, if I’m tired (and would really rather be relaxing on the sofa) then I’m not really going to enjoy being out, so what’s the point? So I make a point of really enjoying and savoring staying in! #JOMO (Joy of missing out!)
Take the Pressure Off When we take the pressure off ourselves – we’re able to access our creativity, intelligence, and inner wisdom so much more easily. We can listen to ourselves and hear what it is we really want and take action that feels inspired, rather than forced. When I first learned this – it seemed like magic! These days I trust that the right opportunities are coming to me and when I focus on taking care of myself – and make time to relax – I’m much more able to spot opportunities as they come along.
Stop the Compare and Despair Are you comparing yourself to other people? When you see the highlights of everyone’s lives on social media – it’s easy to think that everyone is getting up to awesome, crazy-fun stuff 24/7 – but I promise you it’s an illusion! Much of the time people are doing ordinary stuff, like taking out the bins, hanging out washing, or filling in spreadsheets (err, hopefully, it’s not just me!) – so try not to compare yourself to others. You have your own path to walk and your path has value!
Being Rather Than Doing You are not just here to be a non-stop doer. You were not born to be a productivity machine! What makes you happy? How can you prioritise that? As Gabrielle Bernstein says, “Measure your success by how much fun you’re having”.
Your productivity does not affect your worth. Even if you sat on the couch all day, eating chips and watching Netflix (sounds like my ideal day) you would still be just as worthwhile and valuable just for being a human being. FACT!
The Art of Appreciation As human beings, we have an inbuilt desire for ‘more’. More happiness, more success, more money, more shoes. This is great in some ways because it moves us forward, but if you’re living in a state of lack because you’re always looking for more or better, it leads to unhappiness, anxiety, and never feeling like you’re doing enough. Happiness comes from appreciating what we have right now – so focus on what you have achieved, on the progress you’ve made, and all the amazing things you do have in your life. You’ll likely realise there is a hell of a lot to be grateful for and you’ll be reminded that you are (and are doing), in fact, enough!
You Can Do Anything But Not Everything Remember that. Maybe we can have it all, but not all at once. Want babies? Then you’re probably not going to have washboard abs (at least for a few months). Want to travel a lot for work? Perhaps you’ll miss out on the odd social event. Love sleep? You’re probably not going to get to go out every night then! Make decisions that are right for you and your happiness and remind yourself that you can’t be everywhere all at once.
I’ll just finish this by saying you are exactly where you need to be right now and by reminding you of a lovely mantra from Kris Carr, “No matter what happened today, I made progress“.
Download your Confidence Affirmations below:
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
Submit
|
|
The post When You Never Feel Like You’re Doing Enough appeared first on Calmer you.
If you never feel like you’re doing enough, I’d like you to consider what you are about to read. When I first trained as a hypnotherapist, I was also working full time for the NHS as a nutritionist. By day, I’d be working in the community helping families to cook healthier meals and by night […]
The post When You Never Feel Like You’re Doing Enough appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Beat the Winter Blues It seems like one minute, we were soaking up rays by the pool in what we hoped would be an endless summer, and the next minute, it’s getting dark outside at 4pm and everyones got the sniffles. If you’re anything like the people I’ve been speaking to lately, […]
The post How to Beat the Winter Blues appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Beat the Winter Blues
It seems like one minute, we were soaking up rays by the pool in what we hoped would be an endless summer, and the next minute, it’s getting dark outside at 4pm and everyones got the sniffles.
If you’re anything like the people I’ve been speaking to lately, the transition into winter can be tough. Winter blues, seasonal affective disorder (SAD) and autumn anxiety seem to be creeping in. If you’re susceptible, here are some tips for seeing it off.
Vitamin D supplement
Although more research is needed, vitamin D supplementation was found in one study to reduce symptoms of depression to the same extent as an antidepressant. Almost ALL of us in the UK are deficient in vitamin D in the winter time because we make most of our vitamin D from sunlight, and we don’t get enough at this time of year (need we be reminded). A supplement is recommended for everyone by the NHS, and especially if you suffer from the winter blues.
Exercise
You know it needs to happen! And..you know that it makes you feel better. Even walking counts. For best results, try and do some exercise outside, in natural light, for the best mood-boosting benefits.
Let there be light
Consider using a SAD lamp – check out this article for a list of 10 of the best.
Talk to someone
Bottling things up? Perhaps you don’t want to ‘burden’ family and friends. Maybe you feel like you need to be the ‘strong’ one for others and so you keep how you’re feeling to yourself. But studies have shown that when we put our feelings into words, it reduces our stress levels. Let your friend or partner know that you don’t expect them to ‘fix’ you, but that you just need a friendly ear. It will take the pressure off them while letting them know how they can help.
Be nice
A low mood calls for…ramping up the self care! And don’t you be giving yourself a hard time either. You feel how you feel, and you’re doing your best. Light a candle, curl up, do some yoga stretches (I love the Yin Yoga app), take a nap, watch re-runs of Gossip Girl…whatever floats your boat.
Thoughts aren’t facts
Question the negative mental chatter. Ask yourself, ‘Is that really true? Can I absolutely know that it’s true?’ When you question thoughts, you realise they’re not ‘facts’ after all.
Massage
We all know it feels good but did you know that massage actually raises your serotonin levels? If you can’t afford a professional one right now, give yourself a massage. You could try a hand or foot massage, but I friggin’ love a facial massage. There is seriously nothing more relaxing! Get some oil (Jojoba is my favourite but you could use olive olive, almond oil or coconut oil) and add a few drops of essential like lavender – which is a great stress buster. I love this video by Lisa Eldridge on how to do a facial muscle at home. Fellas, don’t knock it until you’ve tried it!
What tips do you have for beating the winter blues? Let’s get a collection of ideas going in the comments!
The post How to Beat the Winter Blues appeared first on Calmer you.
‘I like you, I just don’t want a relationship’ ‘We went with another candidate for the job’ ‘Things just got serious with Jenny, so I can’t see you again’ ‘We’re going to pass on your offer, I’m afraid’ Do any of these sound familiar? I was 17 when the boy I thought was my forever-boyfriend took me to the corner of the pub and solemnly told me ‘I like you, I just don’t want a relationship’. Those words rattled around my brain for months (maybe years!?) afterwards. It felt like a slap in the face (or a dagger in the heart!). As a highly insecure teenager, these words seemed to confirm what I’d always feared was true, that I was never going to be good enough. Not for him… and not for anyone else. Let’s be honest – rejection sucks and if you’ve ever felt the sting of rejection (you almost certainly have) it won’t be too much of a surprise to know that it actually activates the same areas of the brain as physical pain does. No wonder we try and avoid it at all costs! People pleasing, saying ‘yes’ to things we don’t really want, keeping quiet about how we actually feel and holding ourselves back are just some of the ways we’ll contort and limit ourselves in the name of avoiding the agony of being rejected. But the truth is that rejection is not all that it seems. In fact, rejection itself really isn’t so bad. It’s the meaning that we give it that is. Because when you’re rejected, you haven’t actually lost anything. You didn’t have the job before and you still don’t have it now. You can’t have something taken away from you that you never had in the first place. But what is the ‘meaning’ that you’re giving to it? Your Tinder date doesn’t ask for a second so you tell yourself you’ll be single forever (and that you’re basically unlovable). You visit 7 flats that you found on SpareRoom.com and each one gets filled by someone else, so you tell yourself that everyone must hate the sight of you. You make 22 sales calls and don’t manage to close any, so you tell yourself that you’re rubbish at your job are a bound to get fired. The first part of these things may be a fact, but the story you make up about them is what hurts – and what isn’t actually true anyway. So with that in mind, here are some simple ways to soothe the pain of rejection: * Remind yourself of the 4 SW’s
Some Will, Some Won’t, So What? Someones Waiting.
NEXT! * Remember Your Tribe
We evolved to feel the pain of rejection for a reason. When we were cave (wo)men, being ostracised from the tribe could have meant death for us. We evolved to avoid being rejected. That sht is hard wired! But now? It’s an out of date, evolutionary leftover, because thankfully, most of us now have our own tribe of friends and family who love and accept us no matter what. So spend some time reminding yourself of how warm, lovable, frickin’ hilarious and irreplacably-gorgeous your friends and family think you are, to soothe that out-of-date rejection fear. * Everybody says no sometimes*
You say no to things all the time, I’ll bet. It’s often not personal, it’s not about you, it’s just a preference. And that’s ok. I personally don’t like certain varieties of things, like certain types of clothing or coffee. My (not)boyfriend at 17 wasn’t keen on the ‘Chloe Brotheridge’ variety of girlfriend. No problems there! It’s just a preference. * What would your BFF (or your Mum) say
How would they answer back to that rejection story you’ve been telling yourself? If you find yourself, post rejection, reeling into ‘no-one-will-ever-love-me-I’m-terrible-at-my-job’ type thinking, consider what rational, loving and wise words your friend of family member would have to say about the situation. They’re right. * You can’t please everyone, all of the time
I love this quote (attributed to Carrie Bradshaw in Sex and the City) Click to Tweet! “I’d much rather be someone’s shot of whiskey than everyone’s cup of tea.” Hold out to be someone’s whiskey. What stories of rejection do you have (come on, share and make me feel better about mine!?) What tactics will you be using to overcome rejection? Let us know in the comments!
The post How to Get Over Rejection (like a pro) appeared first on Calmer you.
‘I like you, I just don’t want a relationship’ ‘We went with another candidate for the job’ ‘Things just got serious with Jenny, so I can’t see you again’ ‘We’re going to pass on your offer, I’m afraid’ Do any of these sound familiar? I was 17 when the […]
The post How to Get Over Rejection (like a pro) appeared first on Calmer you.
Sometimes it’s only when you try to complain less, that you realise how much you do it!
We complain about the weather, the traffic, long lines at airport check ins, slow WIFI, The Kardashians, the choice of soup available at Pret that day… The list goes on. And on.
But here’s the thing, every time you complain about something or express some negativity, you reinforce that negativity in your mind and you’ll be more likely to notice things to complain about in the future. You literally create new neural pathways when you do this; every complaining, negative thought you have makes it easier for you to have that thought again.
And we all want to feel more positive right? More positive thoughts = less anxiety and more happiness – for sure. (For more ideas on being more positive – check out this post)
I recently sent a Tweet that got a lot more likes and retweets than expected. It went like this:
Click to Tweet! The more we complain, the more we train our brains to look for things to complain about. Try not doing it for 1 day, a week, a month?
The things you say and focus on effect how you think and feel.
If you’re wired to notice things to complain about – you’ll notice problems everywhere and you’ll be more likely to be critical of yourself and others – not to mention the fact that complaining is contagious and spreads bad vibes to other people too!
I noticed this recently on holiday. One of my friends had spotted a small problem with the place that we were staying. I hadn’t noticed it until she pointed it out to me. After that, I couldn’t help but notice it all the time and it stirred up a load of negativity and irritation for the whole group! There was nothing that could be done about it – so it would have been better to just accept it and move on. But lot of the conversation revolved around this small complaint and it got in the way of us enjoying our holiday.
So this is why I am declaring the beginning of the Calmer You ’21 Day Complaint Free Challenge’! I first heard of this idea from Tim Ferris, who got it from Will Bowen.
They say that 21 days is enough to change a habit (there’s no evidence that this is actually true, but it’s a good number to start with!)
To complete this challenge you must spend 21 days – straight – without uttering a single complaint, criticism, bitchy comment or put down – to anyone. If you slip up – I’m sorry to say – you’ve got to got back to day 1 and start again.
The aim of the game is to rewire your brain for more positivity, acceptance and good feelings – plus you’ll be spreading good vibes to the people around you – rather than negativity. Double winning!
Now, obviously, if you get given some cold food at a restaurant – it’s ok to send it back – and offering constructive suggestions is ok too. It’s also (of course) ok to ask for help or support if you’re struggling with something – but the kinds of complaints to avoid should be:
Other people – including shop assistants, colleagues, clients or randos in the street
Bitching about or slagging off friends or celebrities
Ok – who’s with me? Comment below and tell us whether you’ll be joining the challenge and tell us about the biggest thing you’ve complained about in the past.
The post The 21 Day Complaint Free Challenge appeared first on Calmer you.
Sometimes it’s only when you try to complain less, that you realise how much you do it! We complain about the weather, the traffic, long lines at airport check ins, slow WIFI, The Kardashians, the choice of soup available at Pret that day… The list goes on. And on. But here’s the thing, every […]
The post The 21 Day Complaint Free Challenge appeared first on Calmer you.
Coffee, move aside. There’s a new sheriff in hot beverage-town. If you’re looking for a delicious, healthy giving drink that’s naturally caffeine free and offers some amazing brain and body boosting benefits; look no further. Turmeric latte is for you! Turmeric is fast being perceived as THE drink to be seen sipping (LOL) in yoga […]
The post Turmeric Latte appeared first on Calmer you.
Coffee, move aside. There’s a new sheriff in hot beverage-town.
If you’re looking for a delicious, healthy giving drink that’s naturally caffeine free and offers some amazing brain and body boosting benefits; look no further. Turmeric latte is for you!
Turmeric is fast being perceived as THE drink to be seen sipping (LOL) in yoga centers and healthy restaurants in London and LA and now it’s hitting the big time.
I KEEP reading about how amazing turmeric is (for some of the incredible benefits check out this post by Dr Axe)
Turmeric has long been used in indian cuisine and is the bright yellow spice that gives many curries their gorgeous, orangey, zingy appearance.
One of it’s primary benefits is that it’s anti-inflammitory; this is only a good thing not only when it comes to your general health, but also to anxiety. An inflamed brain is an anxious and depressed one, so including plenty of anti-inflammitory foods and drinks can only help.
Not only that, but the coconut oil and cinnamon help to reduce inflammation and balance blood sugar levels.
It’s a winner!
Turmeric Latte
Heat one cup of milk in a pan. It could be cows, goat, soya or almond (or your choice of mylk).
Once heated, stir in half a teaspoon of turmeric powder, half a teaspoon or cinnamon, a teaspoon or coconut oil and a sprinkle of black pepper (this helps your body to absorb more of the good compounds in the turmeric).
Then add a little sweetener to taste. I personally love NuNaturals Liquid Stevia as I tend to avoid sugar. You could add some honey, agarve, brown rice syrup or other sweetener. Try and avoid sugar if you can, because sugar causes inflammation.
If you have a milk frother, I highly recommend frothing the milk to make it even more delicious.
Enjoy!
Warning: careful you don’t spill the turmeric powder – it seriously stains!
Have you tried a turmeric latte? What did you think? Let us know in the comments x
The post Turmeric Latte appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m a big fan of journalling. I honestly think it’s one of the easiest and most effective way to improve your state of mind. Not only does journalling, when done right, improve your mood in the moment, but it also has the potential to train your brain to think about things differently in the future. […]
The post The 5-Minute Journal appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m a big fan of journalling. I honestly think it’s one of the easiest and most effective way to improve your state of mind.
Not only does journalling, when done right, improve your mood in the moment, but it also has the potential to train your brain to think about things differently in the future.
I recently got sent a couple of free copies of The 5-Minute Journal; It’s designed to be done for 5 minutes each morning and then for a couple of minutes in the evening.
I’d first heard about it from Tim Ferris who is an incredibly interesting author and general life hack guru.
If you leave a comment below you’ll be in with a chance of winning a copy (I have a spare 😉 )
Here are the steps to the 5 minute journal. (BTW – You don’t need to buy the journal in order to do this, it could just be done in a regular notepad. However….some people might find they’re more motivated to do it by having the journal.)
In the morning you write down 3 things that you’re grateful for. Doing this focuses the mind on what’s good and even trains your mind to seek out good things so that you become a naturally more optimistic person. This is helpful to nearly everyone with anxiety, because a negative mindset and ‘thinking the worst’ almost always goes hand in hand with anxiety (am I right?!) This is the antidote!
Next it asks you to write ‘What would make today great?’. It’s about setting a positive intention for the day.(Click to Tweet!)
Setting a positive intention is like having a plan for your day. If you plan to feel good, to have great conversations with your colleagues, for meetings to go well and to spend your lunch break outside, it’s waayyyyy more likely to happen. Oh yes.
Next the 5 minute journal asks you to write some daily affirmations, starting with ‘I am…’
What we tell ourselves is really important. If you’re anything like I used to be, you’ve been telling yourself some pretty horrible stuff. You know, the kind of things you wouldn’t say to your worst enemy?!
When you flip it around and start telling yourself something positive and supportive, with enough practice, you make it a mental habit to think that way automatically.
Affirmations could be ‘I am confident and relaxed, I am enough, I am smart and capable, I am lovable’.
Then, in the evening, you write 3 amazing things that happened that day. Again, it focuses you on the good and trains you brain to seek out good things in your general life.
I think this is an incredible practice, I do it myself every day and I highly recommend you give it a try…for 2 weeks…and see what the benefits are for yourself.
EVERYONE has 5 minutes a day to improve their life. Do it on your commute, while you drink your morning coffee…or even in your head as you shower.
Let me know in the comments…what do you think of this? Will you be trying it?
Leave a comment below to be in with a chance to WIN a copy of the 5 Minute Journal. (Sorry for any folks abroad, but I’ll only send the journal to the UK, to save myself some ££, thanks for understanding). Winner will be announced on 10th October 2016.
Ps. I was not paid to write this, nor do I get any kickback from copies sold. But I love the journal and wanted to share the steps, plus give a copy away, which I was sent sent for free.
The post The 5-Minute Journal appeared first on Calmer you.
What I learned from a year and a half without alcohol If someone had told the 18 year old me that I’d one day be non-drinker I would have laughed so hard I probably would have spat my vodka and coke in their face. At that time, alcohol had been like the great enabler; taking […]
The post What I learned from a year and a half without alcohol appeared first on Calmer you.
What I learned from a year and a half without alcohol
If someone had told the 18 year old me that I’d one day be non-drinker I would have laughed so hard I probably would have spat my vodka and coke in their face.
At that time, alcohol had been like the great enabler; taking me from shy and socially awkward to the life and soul of the party in a few short sips. I’d bonded with new friends, had the courage to meet boys and survived working late nights in a bar, all with alcohol as my steady companion.
Growing up, I’d always been quite a loud kid…when I was with close friends and family. But when it came to meeting new people, I’d often freeze, hide in the corner or completely suppress my personality.
When I discovered alcohol I found I was able to lose my inhibitions and finally felt free to be ‘me’ (albeit a drunken me) in all sorts of new situations. It was a revelation.
Alcohol felt like a part of my identity as a teenager; I’d pride myself on the number of snake bite and blacks I could consume in a night out and I lived for Friday nights (for the uninitiated, snake bite and black is a horrible drink made of half cider, half beer, with black current cordial!).
At 15, I experienced my first panic attack after a particularly boozy night out.
What I didn’t realise at the time was how alcohol was both an attempt to curb my social anxiety and suppress a lot of old emotions from my past – while at the same time being a major cause of alcohol induced anxiety the next day.
I developed a sort of health anxiety, whereby the weird and uncomfortable symptoms of a hangover were misinterpreted as something more serious, leaving me worried and panicky (Not to mention the barrage of negative thoughts that would flood my mind about all the potentially embarrassing things I might have said or done.)
At University, despite studying nutrition, I’d still abuse my liver several times a week, continuing to hide behind alcohol and use it as a social crutch, enabling me to be more open and confident.
However, I’m a big believer that ‘life sends you what you need’ and in 2008 not long after I’d graduated University, I started experiencing health problems.
For a couple of years, I had various tests and and tried every health avenue I could; from Chinese medicine, seeing a top medical doctor on Harley street, experimenting with acupuncture and more.
I finally discovered that I had an autoimmune disorder that was causing a lot of inflammation in my body and that massively cleaning up my diet and cutting out alcohol completely was perhaps my only hope of healing myself, or at least managing the symptoms.
I’d first tried to stop drinking in January 2013 and managed 3 weeks before caving in at a social event. While I’m certainly not an alcoholic, so much of the social life (especially in London here in the UK) is tied up with drinking, that it’s hard not to feel like you’re missing out or being a party pooper if you don’t drink. Also, the thought of having to go to parties sober was too much to bear for me, at the point.
After some more thought and coming to terms with the idea (and after my autoimmune condition continued to plague me) I decided to embrace the non-drinking life as an exciting lifestyle change.
So in May 2014 I give up alcohol completely for a year and a half.
It forced me to change my life, get to know myself more, find more helpful ways of dealing with my feelings and taught me how to become more confident in myself and overcome fears without needing alcohol.
I had to learn to open up to people without hiding behind a vale of inebriation. It’s been incredibly liberating.
Click to Tweet: ‘Giving up alcohol closed one door but opened up a hundred others’ http://bit.ly/1UGeqAe
I’m sharing here some of the surprising things I learned along the way.
I’m not saying this is for everyone by any means, but if you’re thinking that giving up alcohol could help with your anxiety and increase your health and happiness, it could very well be worth a try.
If I can do it, anyone can, I promise!
Yes, it takes strength and commitment, but the results for me have been life changing and positive.
I’d love to hear your thoughts about this! Have you ever stopped drinking? Would you like to? Let us know in the comments.
The post What I learned from a year and a half without alcohol appeared first on Calmer you.
Ayurveda and Anxiety
A couple of weeks ago whilst hippy-ing it up on a meditation retreat I got the chance to have a consultation with an Ayurvedic doctor. Ayurveda is the ancient Indian form of medicine, going back over 5,000 years!
It involves making diet and lifestyle changes and taking various herbs.
Western medicine is great in so many ways, but traditional forms of medicine often use more natural techniques for preventing and treating health issues so I was keen to learn more about how Ayurveda could help with anxiety.
Ayurveda means ‘science of life‘ and it’s all about trying to find balance in our bodies and minds so that we feel healthy, calm and energised.
Sound good? Read on.
During my consultation the doc took a detailed health history from me and felt my pulse.
Ayurvedic doctors are highly skilled in ‘pulse reading’; it’s incredible what subtle things they can pick up, just from feeling a vein on your arm!
In Ayurveda there are three so called ‘doshas’; Vata, Pitta and Kapha.
If one of them is out of balance it can cause you problems; the trick is to keep them all in balance so that you feel ah-ma-zing and full of health.
If you’re anxious, chances are you have a Vata or Pitta imbalance rather than a Kapha imbalance. Those who are most ‘Kapha’ tend to me the chilled out ones!
Me? Apparently, I have a ‘Pitta’ imbalance with a tendency to over-work and be a bit intense! Hopefully making a few of the changes I describe below is going to balance that out!
Take a look at details below; can you figure out which ‘dosha’ you have out of balance?
Let us know in the comments and about one thing you can change to balance yourself out.
When Vata is out of balance
How to balance Vata
Foods to Balance Vata
When Pitta is out of Balance
How to Balance Pitta
Foods to Balance Pitta
When Kapha is out of balance
How to Balance Kapha
Foods to Balance Kapha
So, which imbalance sounds most like you? Let us know in the comments. Plus, what diet and lifestyle things can you tweak to get back in balance?
Ready to be your calmest self? Get your FREEBIE relaxation Mp3 by clicking the button below
The post Ayurveda and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Ayurveda and Anxiety A couple of weeks ago whilst hippy-ing it up on a meditation retreat I got the chance to have a consultation with an Ayurvedic doctor. Ayurveda is the ancient Indian form of medicine, going back over 5,000 years! It involves making diet and lifestyle changes and taking various herbs. Western medicine […]
The post Ayurveda and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Last week I was lucky enough to be able to take a week off to spend it in a Dutch Forest on a retreat.
It was supposed to be a week of total rest and relaxation, but I had other ideas. I’d brought with me my laptop, a lengthy to do list and a schedule of work social media related things I needed to do while I was away. I love my work – and have a hint of workaholic in me – plus, being self employed, there’s no one else to cover my work! I’d planned to get a whole lot done, in between the relaxation!
But sometimes we have a plan, and life has other ideas.
I’d been assured that I’d have access to my precious WIFI but the reality was that it was a reception dead zone and I was told there would only one chance a day to get online each day, for 30 minutes.
Whatttt?!?
I’d thought I had my Internet use under control but the rising panic that I felt when I heard this news made me realize that I wasn’t as in control as I had thought!
What if I missed something on Facebook? Would Instagram continue to function without my tri-daily updates?! Would my clients to able to handle my less-than-instant replies?!
Of course my thoughts weren’t quite as dramatic as that (but they weren’t far off!)
Being effectively ‘cut off’ for the majority the week taught me just how often I had been ‘checking-in’ online and how it frequently just creates distraction, stress and pressure.
Something curious happened during my inadvertent digital detox. I noticed how without the internet I was free to fully engage with real life, to pay attention to what was going on around me and to fully connect with the people I was with (no more sitting at my phone around the dinner table!)
I felt fantastic!
Without the internet, the world continued to turn, Twitter did not shrivel and dry up and I’m sure my clients didn’t notice my once-a-day replies. I felt calmer, freer and less pressured.
Despite my initial horror at being WIFI deprived, honestly it was the best thing for me. I feel I’ve now ‘reset’ my internet use and I’ll be more mindful of how often I log in in the future.
Constantly checking emails gives us information overload and you don’t know what nasty surprises might pop into your inbox and spoil your peace of mind unnecessarily during your weekend or evenings.
Facebook and Instagram can give us serious FoMO and stop us from enjoying what we’re doing in the moment. A perfectly good night in can be spoiled by an anxious sense of ‘missing out’ when we’re over exposed to what other people are up to. When you unplug, even just for a little while, you’re sure to lower your anxiety and stress levels.
Checking our email and social media accounts can have an addictive quality, according to research. We get a ‘hit’ of information and this reward mechanism is similar to that involved in smoking or cocaine addictions. The struggle is real guys!
If a week in the wilderness isn’t an option for you (although I’d highly recommend it!) try a mini digital detox at home. It may take time to wean yourself off but a few small changes could make a huge difference to how you feel.
Set parameters for your internet and screen use; are you someone that checks your email first thing in the morning and last thing at night? Instead, could you put devices on air-plane mode between, say, 9am and 8pm instead? I bet you’ll feel calmer and less harried if you do
Are you in need of an SOS? Switch off Sunday, that is. Make Sunday the ultimate day of rest and unplug for the whole day. Leave Facebook and emails til’ Monday and use this day to leave your phone at home and totally chill.
Switch off to switch off. Try turning off alerts on your social media so that you don’t get ‘pinged’ every few minutes as an email or tweet arrives. It’s way more relaxing (not to mention less distracting) to be in charge of when you read emails rather than being at the beck and call of them all day. Head to Notifications > Alerts to turn them off.
If you find it impossible not to check your phone several times an hour; make it harder to get to it. Put it on a high shelf, or leave it in another room and you’ll be less temped to check it.
What tips do you have for doing a digital detox? Let us know in the comments – I need more ideas!
The post My (Reluctant) Digital Detox appeared first on Calmer you.
Last week I was lucky enough to be able to take a week off to spend it in a Dutch Forest on a retreat. It was supposed to be a week of total rest and relaxation, but I had other ideas. I’d brought with me my laptop, a lengthy to do list and a schedule […]
The post My (Reluctant) Digital Detox appeared first on Calmer you.
Your Anxiety Wants you to Know Something
When I started to think about what message my anxiety had for me, it changed everything.
Instead of trying to battle on and suppress my feelings, I started to think about the anxiety as a symptom of something deeper.
The anxiety is like an alarm bell ringing; it shouts ‘Pay attention to me’.
It’s like a signpost to something deeper than needs to heal. A change that needs to be made. A lesson that needs to be learned.
Anxiety is like your best friend, showing you the way.
If only you’ll listen.
What is your anxiety trying to teach you? What does it want you to learn? To recognise? To change?
If you listen closely, what does it say?
For me it was saying; Slow down. Go easy on yourself. Take greater care of yourself. You deserve it.
So I made a lot of changes in my life. I quit one of my jobs. I made peace of mind my priority, instead of productivity. I got clear on what was really important to me and what I needed to let go of.
If I find myself pushing too hard, anxiety teaches me to pull back. To slow down.
What does your anxiety want to teach you?
Does it want you to heal our past? Or be kinder to yourself? Does it want you to say ‘no’ more? Or ‘yes’ more? Maybe it wants you to go out, or stay home?
Anxiety’s message can be confusing. The fear it creates seems to tell you one thing. Avoid. Stay safe. Keep the status quo.
But if you look more deeply, it’s something else.
My anxiety, on the surface wanted me to stay home, to stay out of harms way. But it’s deeper message was to teach me that putting myself out there could feel safe too, if only I did it and stayed with it.
The fear is a signpost to the thing you need to overcome.
Close your eyes. Take a deep breath. Ask yourself, ‘What are you trying to teach me?’
Write down what comes up.
I’d love to hear what you discover the comments below.
The post Your Anxiety Wants you to Know Something… appeared first on Calmer you.
Your Anxiety Wants you to Know Something When I started to think about what message my anxiety had for me, it changed everything. Instead of trying to battle on and suppress my feelings, I started to think about the anxiety as a symptom of something deeper. The anxiety is like an alarm bell ringing; […]
The post Your Anxiety Wants you to Know Something… appeared first on Calmer you.
Self Care: What it Really Means
This is a guest post from a reader, Christine (follow her on Twitter here). Thanks for sharing these insights with us Christine!
The best description of self care I’ve heard is: on a plane you put your own oxygen mask on first before helping anyone else with theirs. Looking after you is so important.
Self care is a concept I read about on a daily basis. For a while I struggled with the definition of it. Was it like finding the elusive needle in the haystack in that once I embraced self care I would be instantly a better person.
To begin with I had no notion what it was or what it might do for me.
Although let me explain what I think it is and what indulging myself in a caring way has achieved.
1. I say No to people.
For a long time I was a Yes person. I did all the things for all the people without questioning their motive or agenda. Saying Yes was actually a negative thing most of the time, it made me resentful, bitter and cross. By saying no with a smile, there’s more chance I’ll be happier because I can choose what I do.
2. I walk a lot.
Walking is the best exercise for me, it clears my head, lets me relax, forget or remember things. I walk every day whether it’s into work, on a beach, in a park. I would definitely notice if I stopped.
3. I drink tea.
I definitely believe in the restorative properties of tea. Even making a cup is a calming ritual. Watching the tea infuse in a cup is a nice calming exercise. That in itself is a moment of mindfulness. Herbal teas are worth trying, you’ll have one that you prefer quite easily, whether it’s to calm you down or give you energy.
4. I use a curling iron.
I have naturally wavy and thick hair. I used to spend a lot of time straightening it or at least trying to but now I’m quite happy to embrace and enhance the curls I was naturally given.
5. I wear makeup most days.
For a long time I just wore make up on nights out. I associated it with making an effort for a special occasion. Although makeup can make you feel good early in the morning when you wish you could have an extra hour in bed. Discovering that was a revelation.
6. I watch what I eat.
I’m a reformed semi-professional chocolate eater. Before I started really looking at and watching what I ate, I didn’t care what food I consumed. There were ready meals, chocolate, ice-cream, biscuits, cakes and chips. Now I like cooking my own dinners as much as I like going to nice places to eat. Healthy food can taste nice, even rice cakes which I never thought sounded appetising.
I’m not saying that now I care about myself more than I did I am perfect. Self care is really part of every day life, like a good habit or a ritual that calms and restores when the going gets tough. Of all the things I have changed about my life, putting me first was the best decision for me and everyone else in my life.
The post Self Care: What it Really Means appeared first on Calmer you.
Self Care: What it Really Means This is a guest post from a reader, Christine (follow her on Twitter here). Thanks for sharing these insights with us Christine! The best description of self care I’ve heard is: on a plane you put your own oxygen mask on first before helping anyone else with theirs. […]
The post Self Care: What it Really Means appeared first on Calmer you.
If you’re feeling anxious – breathe in sync with this. It really works! Try it for a few minutes or more.
The post Breathe in Sync with This appeared first on Calmer you.
If you’re feeling anxious – breathe in sync with this. It really works!
Try it for a few minutes or more.
The post Breathe in Sync with This appeared first on Calmer you.
Here, I’ve put together some top anxiety tips from members of the Calmer You community.
What else would you add? Let us know your top anxiety tips in the comments 🙂
“A tip that I found really useful is to imagine your anxiety is excitement. Remember when you were really small and you got told you were going on holiday you would jump up and down and breathe faster and maybe get butterflies in your stomach. If you watch an excited child you will see what I mean. Anxiety is just a surge of adrenaline just like excitement is so it is the same thing.” | Kirsty
“If you suffer with panic attacks, have a phrase or mantra planned to say to yourself when one is coming on. I find it useful to think “you are not about to die, anxiety is a natural response”. Also practice your calm breathing ready for anxiety attacks. Be kind to yourself at all times, you are not defined by your anxiety” | Emma
“Prayer is the bridge between panic and peace.”
Even if you don’t believe in prayer it helps to just say it over and over. Just breathe.” | Sharon
“Have faith in yourself and God to get you through, take a walk, get outside and enjoy nature, breathe and notice anything you’re thankful for! Drink a warm cup of tea and really enjoy it! Find things you enjoy and do them more! Colour, paint, write, express yourself! Meditate, try yoga, eat better, give yourself credit for progress and understanding for setbacks, realize your human!” | Jade
“Yoga, breathing, running. Imagining a plan B where you run off to India for a few years. Not drinking alcohol (sadly). CBT tools like ‘examining the evidence to see if the threat is real’ also pretty good.’ | Nicentidy
“A combination of things, from the right job, talking to people who understand, no alcohol, CBT and understanding what is going on, why certain things happen in your body, what triggers you, and a lot of acceptance! | Jade
Watching an episode of the Moomins. I know it’s weird but there’s something very therapeutic about it. | Simon
I’ve found Acupuncture helpful in the past. Also distraction can be a useful technique when it feels unbearable. | Chloe
Your thoughts are not facts. Plus, meditation to soothe the mind, body, and soul. | Mark
Going on a long long walk, or exercising. Sometimes I just have to walk for miles before I start feeling calmer. And definitely being aware of your inner voice and thoughts, when you notice a negative one popping in, try and stop it and correct it asap! | Louise
Realizing that anxiety is not who you are but has a meaning for you. Don’t identify with a diagnosis and ask yourself what is anxiety trying to tell you. Don’t battle it. Connect with people who mean a lot to you even if you cant feel it at the moment. Find a good therapist. Travel, change your environment.mindfulness meditation. Start developing a relationship with yourself. | Anastasia
I am reading this book rubywax.net/frazzled.html written by ~~@~~Rubywax – so far very helpful ~~#~~mindfulness.| Georgina
Deep breathing. In through nose count to 4. Hold for 7. Exhale for 7. Repeat until calm feeling | Alison.
The post Best Ever Anxiety Tips from Our Community appeared first on Calmer you.
Here, I’ve put together some top anxiety tips from members of the Calmer You community. What else would you add? Let us know your top anxiety tips in the comments 🙂 “A tip that I found really useful is to imagine your anxiety is excitement. Remember when you were really small and you got told […]
The post Best Ever Anxiety Tips from Our Community appeared first on Calmer you.
Since I found out about this quiz I’ve been obsessed. I got my boyfriend to do it. My friends. Their boyfriends. My parents. ….And some random people I met at a party. Everyone loves it! It’s something that seems to resonate with everyone. It’s a quiz about love, and the results can be life changing. […]
The post What’s Your ‘Love Language’? appeared first on Calmer you.
Since I found out about this quiz I’ve been obsessed.
I got my boyfriend to do it.
My friends.
Their boyfriends.
My parents.
….And some random people I met at a party.
Everyone loves it!
It’s something that seems to resonate with everyone. It’s a quiz about love, and the results can be life changing.
Feeling loved is of vital important to all of us. When we feel loved, we feel supported, cared for and stronger as a result.
The quiz I’m talking about helps you to discover your ‘love language’.
We all have different needs in a relationship, things that make us feel the most loved and cared for. The quiz helps you to find out what makes you feel loved.
Is it quality time with a person that makes you feel cared for?
Or do you love physical touch like hugs, strokes and hand holding?
Maybe being verbally appreciated makes you feel the best?
Or having someone help you out with things?
Perhaps receiving gifts really makes you feel loved?
When we’re giving and receiving love in our relationships (and in our relationship with ourselves!), we feel calmer and more supported in every way.
My ‘love language’ is ‘quality time‘ – for me, it’s the most important thing! Now that my boyfriend is aware of this, date night is set in stone! I’m also aware that having quality time just to be with me is important too. It’s a way I can show myself love.
My boyfriend’s ‘love language’ is a totally different one, and since I’ve discovered this, it’s made our relationship a lot stronger.
Knowing the love languages of my friends and family will also help me to be more loving and supportive to them, which is good news all round.
It doesn’t matter whether you’re in a romantic relationship right now or not, discovering your ‘love language’ can help you with friendships, family relationships, colleagues or employees….. and your relationship with yourself.
If you’re single right now (or just want to show yourself some more love), and physical touch is your love language, it might mean doing things like having a massage (or giving yourself one) or having hugs with family or friends.
If it’s receiving gifts that you really like, buying yourself something small to let yourself know that you appreciate you.
Or for quality time, spend time with people who care about you, or spend some quality time with yourself like having a walk in the park or doing some yoga.
Give the quiz and try now and let us know in the comments what ‘love language’ you relate to and share with us one specific thing that makes you feel loved.
To get your FREE relaxation MP3 and be the first to hear when my online programme ‘Your Calmest Self’ launches, click the button below 🙂
The post What’s Your ‘Love Language’? appeared first on Calmer you.
Social anxiety and fear of speaking in public can have a huge impact over our lives. But when we’re socially anxious or nervous about public speaking, why do things like giving a presentation or meeting new people trigger the fight or flight response? The fight or flight response – (you know the feeling, that’s when […]
The post The Truth about Social Anxiety (and how to start over-coming it) appeared first on Calmer you.
Social anxiety and fear of speaking in public can have a huge impact over our lives.
But when we’re socially anxious or nervous about public speaking, why do things like giving a presentation or meeting new people trigger the fight or flight response?
The fight or flight response – (you know the feeling, that’s when we feel scared or nervous; we get hot, maybe sweaty, our heart races) is in response to a perceived threat. It’s purpose when we were evolving was to give us a quick burst of energy so that if we were being chased by a lion, we could either fight, or run away.
Nowadays we don’t meet any lions, but the fight or flight response is still there to try to keep us safe.
The fight or flight response was originally intended to keep us safe from physical dangers.
The only problem is that now days, there are no lions roaming the street, but the fight or flight response can often remain, holding us back.
But what’s interesting to note is that social pain (ie. being embarrassed or criticised) activates the same parts of the brain as physical pain – so if you’re embarrassed in public – your brain responds in the same way as if you had cut your hand.
So the fight or flight response in social situations or when we’re speaking in public is our brain’s way of trying to escape or protect against the threat of social pain.
If you’re someone who has high self esteem and feels very secure in themselves – you probably don’t experience much if any fear about social situations. You feel good about yourself, you accept yourself so you’re relaxed, and you’re not so bothered about what other people think because you’re secure in yourself.
But if you’re someone with a low sense of self worth, or you’re insecure about yourself – then things not going well in a social situation is like a further attack on your self worth – and this sense of ‘attack’ is what triggers the fight or flight response.
So, what can you do? The best thing to do if you suffer with social anxiety is to work on improving your self esteem.
Here are 5 tips on how to do that.
I’d love to know in the comments below about one specific thing you’ll be trying as a result of this post – let us know below.
Want some calm right away? Get your FREEBIE MP3 by clicking the button below
The post The Truth about Social Anxiety (and how to start over-coming it) appeared first on Calmer you.
The post What Success Really Looks Like (it’s not what you think) {Video} appeared first on Calmer you.
The post What Success Really Looks Like (it’s not what you think) {Video} appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Handle Anxiety (and other difficult emotions)
(If you haven’t already – click below for your free relaxation MP3 – one of the most calming things you can do.)
We’re often told we should ‘think positively’ and to ‘look on the bright side’. And although I’m a fan of thinking positively (those that follow me on Twitter and Instagram will know I’m no stranger to an inspirational quote!) it’s important that we don’t deny our emotions or try to stuff them down inside while we paper over them with Instaquotes and positive affirmations.
Because emotions need to be felt.
This is so important when we’re working out how to handle anxiety.
If we try to suppress our emotions, they end up surfacing anyway – more anxiety, IBS and eczema are just a few examples of ways that ‘stuffed down’ emotions can end up manifesting in our bodies.
I went to a talk earlier this week by Susan David who was talking about ‘Emotional Agility’.
Emotional agility, she explained, is when our thoughts and emotions are ‘not calling the shots.’
Sounds good to me!
How often do we feel like slaves to our emotions and negative thoughts; being tussled around, controlled and often dragged under by anxious feelings, worries and fears.
One thing she said that really stuck me was that ‘difficult emotions are normal’. They are part of what makes us human. And there is nothing wrong with you for experiencing these emotions.
You’re absolutely are not broken or defective if you’re anxious. You’re a normal human being.
If you’re anything like I was in the past, you’ve likely berated yourself for your feelings; telling yourself you shouldn’t be feeling the way you do.
I feel it’s high time we stopped beating ourselves up over our emotional state; life can be hard enough.
Susan talked about the 4 steps to achieving emotional agility and how to handle anxiety and other tough emotions.
Show up to your feelings. Have you been telling yourself ‘I shouldn’t be anxious!’ ‘I shouldn’t be worrying all the time!’It’s time to stop arguing with the anxiety and accept it for what it is. A normal human emotion. Work on adopting a compassionate stance towards yourself and your feelings, rather than making yourself feel worse by beating yourself up about it. Accept that your feelings are there and accept yourself for having them. Be there for yourself.
Notice and label the emotion – Say to yourself ‘I am noticing that I’m feeling nervous and anxious about starting this new job’. You yourself are not the emotions or thoughts, you are the awareness behind them. By noticing the anxiety and labelling it, you start to find yourself being the awareness behind the feeling, rather than you being the feeling itself.
One of the most compelling things Susan said in the talk was this:
Click to Tweet! ”Courage isn’t about not feeling afraid. Courage is feeling the fear, and going ahead anyway”
I think it’s so true. We need to feel the fear and go ahead with life anyway. By doing this, we learn to trust ourselves, and we become courageous and confident.
Do you have any tips on handling difficult emotions? Let us know in the comments.
You can find Susan David’s book, Emotional Agility on Amazon.
If you haven’t already – click below for your free relaxation MP3 – one of the most calming things you can do
The post How to Handle Anxiety (and other difficult emotions) appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Handle Anxiety (and other difficult emotions) (If you haven’t already – click below for your free relaxation MP3 – one of the most calming things you can do.) We’re often told we should ‘think positively’ and to ‘look on the bright side’. And although I’m a fan of thinking positively (those that follow […]
The post How to Handle Anxiety (and other difficult emotions) appeared first on Calmer you.
Overcoming Over-thinking There’s a sort of buzz going on in your brain. And it’s not the good kind. So far you’ve showered, inhaled your breakfast and gotten the train to work but you’ve hardly noticed any of it. You’ve been busy (getting nowhere). As your body goes through the motions (it’s also pretty tense and […]
The post Overcoming Over-thinking appeared first on Calmer you.
Overcoming Over-thinking
There’s a sort of buzz going on in your brain. And it’s not the good kind.
So far you’ve showered, inhaled your breakfast and gotten the train to work but you’ve hardly noticed any of it. You’ve been busy (getting nowhere).
As your body goes through the motions (it’s also pretty tense and crunched up too), your brain has been on overthinking-autopilot.
You’ve mentally played out what you expect will be a stressful meeting, felt defensive as you have a mind-argument with your boss about a deadline, and felt a wave of dread wash over you as you imagine tackling your email mound.
Truth is, all of this has happened in your mind as you stand in line at Starbucks.
You’ve been over-thinking again, and in doing so, you’re suffering before anything has even had a chance to go wrong in your day.
In my opinion, over-thinking is the biggest joy-suck out there. I don’t want you to waste another minute.
Here are 5 points to start to get you overcoming over-thinking.
Focus on progress, over perfection. 4. Your thoughts are not facts. They’re kind of like pre-programmed events in the mind, or that annoying (and depressing) song on the radio station that they won’t stop playing. Over and over. It’s time to tune it out.Let’s not take those pesky thoughts for gospel. Step outside of yourself and see those thoughts as the silly, innocent and misguided worries that they are. Laugh in the face of over-thinking! Bah-ha-ha-ha! 5. Do something to help someone else. It’s easy to get caught up in your own brain (and life). Getting some perspective by shifting your attention to someone else can make all the difference. Help someone out with something at work, write a kind note (or email) to lift someone’s mood, buy the homeless guy outside some lunch or just pay special attention to being kind and considerate as you go through your day. Its distracting, life-affirming and perspective-giving. 6. Don’t let thoughts run amok, lay them down in black and white. Write a stream of consciousness. It’s better out than in. Plus it’s much less scary when you can see what you’re dealing with.
What tips for overcoming over-thinking do you have? We’d love to hear them! Let us know in the comments.
If you haven’t already, sign up to get your freebie relaxation MP3 – for almost instant relaxation.
The post Overcoming Over-thinking appeared first on Calmer you.
We often think that success, whether it’s success in terms of our own personal development, in our work, in our relationships, or a hobby – should look a ‘certain‘ way (ie. perfect and linear!). When we look at other people (for example on social media), we see them going from strength to strength, but […]
The post What Success Really Looks Like appeared first on Calmer you.
We often think that success, whether it’s success in terms of our own personal development, in our work, in our relationships, or a hobby – should look a ‘certain‘ way (ie. perfect and linear!).
When we look at other people (for example on social media), we see them going from strength to strength, but actually the reality of success is very different (see picture below) (pic source)
I see this all the time with my clients; they’re making progress with reducing their anxiety, they’re feeling more positive and confident, and then something happens which knocks them off course. Their self-assurance takes a knock, they have a bad day, they experience rejection in some form – and it knocks them for six. They forget all the amazing progress they’ve made and all they focus on is what went wrong.
But here’s the thing; It’s so important for us all to remember that success in anything is rarely a steady incline, there will still be ups and downs, set-backs and times when you want to give up or stay in bed all day. The key is to see the bigger picture and trust that;
Click to Tweet! You are making progress, even if it doesn’t seem like it on that particular day. I was reminded of this when I was snowboarding last week.
Anyone who’s learned to snowboard will know that it’s particularly frustrating to learn, you spend a lot of your time falling over on your bum and trying to heave yourself up again. It’s enough to break the spirit of even the most determined among us (and nearly all of my snowboarding friends will confirm this!)
There are days when you lose your nerve, days when you fall down head first on your back down a black slope (we call this ‘reverse turtle!), times when you feel like crying, but throughout all this, you are making progress and getting better all the time (even when you’re falling on your arse).
As in life, there are ups and downs. If you judge the whole week on the bit where you fell over and felt like screaming in frustration, you’d be doing yourself a massive disservice.
At the end of the snowboarding week, I looked back and saw how far I’d come since the first day and realised what amazing progress I’d made.
So rather than judging yourself for those times when things aren’t going so well, see it as a stepping stone to things getting better. It’s often the tough times, that make you stronger and wiser for the future.
Think about your life over the last year – what progress have you made? What have you learned? What challenges have you overcome?
When you look at it this way, you’ll see that you’re always making progress, whether or not thing’s appear to be going well right now.
I’d love to hear from you in the comments about one specific situation you’ve made progress in over the last year, even if there were ups and downs! Let us know in the comments.
Wanna feel calmer, like, now?
The post What Success Really Looks Like appeared first on Calmer you.
Foods That Reduce Anxiety The foods that we eat affect our bodies and our brains. Although anxiety can often make us feel out of control, we do have control over the foods that we feed our bodies and it can make a huge difference to how we feel. There are a number of foods that […]
The post Foods That Reduce Anxiety (and others that make it worse) appeared first on Calmer you.
Foods That Reduce Anxiety
The foods that we eat affect our bodies and our brains. Although anxiety can often make us feel out of control, we do have control over the foods that we feed our bodies and it can make a huge difference to how we feel.
There are a number of foods that reduce anxiety, plus others which could increase your anxiety levels.
Check out this image and be sure to include lots of the good stuff in your diet and cut out the nasties.
I always say that we should experiment with ourselves and make a note of the differences we experience.
Every ‘body’ is different and will respond to foods in difference ways. I suggest keeping a food and mood diary and making a note of any changes (good or bad) in your anxiety levels as you adjust your diet.
For some helpful tips of supplements for anxiety, click here, or for healthy recipes for anxiety click here.
The foods in the second image could be possible anxiety trigger foods so try to limit them if you can.
Thanks to Health Perch for these great images.
I’d love to hear from you! What kinds of foods reduce your anxiety? Is there anything that triggers anxiety for you? Let me know in the comments.
Want to feel calm right away?
The post Foods That Reduce Anxiety (and others that make it worse) appeared first on Calmer you.
Help for Procrastination (don’t read this later!) Anxiety and procrastination are two things which seem to be totally linked. When i speak to anxious people they will often mention problems with getting stuff done. Of course, we all know what procrastination is like (who hasn’t gotten hooked on Game of Thrones or searching through GIFS when […]
The post Help for Procrastination (don’t read this later!) appeared first on Calmer you.
Help for Procrastination (don’t read this later!)
Anxiety and procrastination are two things which seem to be totally linked. When i speak to anxious people they will often mention problems with getting stuff done.
Of course, we all know what procrastination is like (who hasn’t gotten hooked on Game of Thrones or searching through GIFS when we should be working/studying/doing life admin).
But, if procrastination is getting in the way of you achieving your hearts desires, getting good results in your studies, or worse, it’s actually CAUSING more anxiety, then it’s time to get some help for the procrastination.
I know the feeling of procrastinating all too well. That sweet relief when we decide to ‘do it tomorrow’. A temporary freedom from having to do something which is difficult, boring or scary.
In the past, I’ve been one to start a day with big, BIG plans and goals, only to end it with a sparkling clean house, a jumpin’ Facebook page and an unfinished to do list.
This is often following by horrible feelings of worthlessness, guilt, frustration and anguish over all the things we should have been doing instead.
It’s not entirely known what causes procrastination, but there have been links with low self belief, low self esteem and fear (of either failure…or success).
A couple of years ago I was on the brink of taking some big, (scary) steps in my career, but I kept putting things off and holding myself back.
I was letting a constant stream of ‘busy-ness‘ get in the way of the things I really needed to get done.
I was letting fear hold me back.
‘What if I’m laughed at?What if I get it wrong! What if everyone hates me?!’
I had a strong fear of failure, but not only that, I feared success even more.
‘What happens if I can’t sustain the success, or it’s too much hard work and I end up burned out and miserable?’
However, recognising these fears firstly was what helped me to move past them. I started to see them for what they were, called them out and made a decision to notice the fears but to move forward with my plans anyway.
Click to Tweet —> The truth is that taking action is the best cure for fear. When we take action, we prove to ourselves that we can handle the situation and our confidence grows and grows.
*Here some super*-helpful tips for overcoming procrastination:**
*Eat that Frog* It’s tempting to want to start the day with a few easy tasks to ease ourselves into the day gently.
This is a BIG mistake! HUUUUGE!
Instead, productivity guru Brian Tracy says we need to ‘Eat That Frog!’
By this he means we need to ‘eat’ (do) the ugliest frog (most difficult/annoying task) first.
By doing this, we super-charge our self esteem and set a strong precedent for the day.
Winning at a difficult task early on increases your momentum, motivation and confidence and inspires you to get on with other tricky stuff too.
So instead of starting your day with a leisurely snoop around social media and low level email tasks, start it by making that difficult phone call or tackling that nightmare spreadsheet first thing.
It could transform your day and you’ll be less likely to procrastinate.
Tim Ferris suggests we also do the simple task of making our bed in the morning; it’s a small achievement that leads to bigger achievements throughout the day.
*Social Media and Emails* These are ultimate distractions (not to mention anxiety provokers).
If I don’t keep myself in check, I’ll cruise social media or emails several times an hour. Each time we do this, we waste time and it takes a while to get back on task.
There’s a reason Instagram is so addictive. For our brains, checking social media is like a drug; as Daniel Goleman discusses in his brilliant book ‘Focus’.
He points out that checking emails and Facebook can be mentally addictive since it sets off the reward mechanism similar to that of a person taking cocaine.
It’s a little ‘hit’ of information whether it’s Kardashian-gossip or a sensational news story that keeps us logging in when we should be getting on with other things.
To avoid this, turn off the Wifi on your computer while you work, stop notifications from being ‘pushed’ to your phone or use an app like “Anti Social’ to block certain websites between certain times.
*Visualisation* Before you begin your day, visualise and mentally rehearse in your mind how you’d like it to go.
See yourself getting on with things with focus and confidence. Visualise things going well and the good feelings associated with that.
See yourself enjoying some relaxation at the end of the day, feeling proud of yourself and knowing that you made good progress that day.
When we imagine things that same parts of our brains are activated as if they were happening for real, so it’s great way to prepare your mind for success.
*Start before you’re ready* Often we’ll make excuses about ‘not being ready’ or ‘not being good enough’ which prevent us from getting on with things.
Maybe you tell yourself you’re not ready to give that talk, or not good enough to start going on dates or to begin yoga.
Everyone has to start somewhere and you’re almost guaranteed to get better at it once you actually…..get……started.
Richard Branson says ‘start before you’re ready‘ – you just need to start and then trust that you WILL get better as yo go along.
*Not Trying = Automatic Fail!* When you procrastinate out of fear of failing, you’re ensuring you automatically fail. Those shots you don’t take? You lose them all.
Remember, there is no shame in failing!
Ask any successful person and they’ll tell you all about the numerous failures they’ve had. It’s all a natural part of the process of doing stuff. Failure is inevitable, at some point.
You are here to learn and grow as a human being, not to be an image of perfection.
Try and fail, learn lots…. and try it again. Don’t let perfectionism get in the way of good.
*Take little steps* Often, we’ll procrastinate because the things we’re trying to do just seem too damn big and scary.
However, David Allen, author of ‘Getting Things Done‘ suggests that instead of trying to do too much at once, we should instead break things down into teeny-tiny steps and just do one small thing at a time. Also, setting a time limit on it makes it seem even more manageable.
For example, if you’re looking to start running, think about the first little steps that you could take. Maybe going for a 20 minute jog alternated with walking, or spending 20 minutes researching running clubs, or arranging to buy some new running gear.
Small steps add up to big ones and you’ll grow your confidence and self belief in the process.
*Schedule it in!* I put things off a lot less when I schedule everything hour by hour for the day.
A surprising amount of time can be wasted trying to decide what task to do next, or just taking little cheeky breaks all too frequently.
When I schedule tasks in, I know exactly what I’m doing and when and I schedule breaks in too. It’s a plan that;’s simple to follow, and it removes decision anxiety.
*The Pomodoro Technique* This technique involves getting an egg timer (or timing on your phone) and timing yourself for 25 minutes of solid, uninterrupted work.
Having something ticking on your desk can really focus the mind! (Of course if the ticking bit makes you anxious, use your phone timer instead).
Then give yourself a 5 minute break before moving on to the next 25 minute block of work.
*Which of these tips will you be trying out? Do you have any other procrastination tips for us? We would love to hear them!*
*Let me know in the comments (and please share this with a fellow procrastinator who may need it!)*
Need to some chill? Click the blue button below for your FREE download
The post Help for Procrastination (don’t read this later!) appeared first on Calmer you.
Recently, I interviewed Kitty de la Beche, Founder of Playing Grown Ups, millennial coach, meditation teacher, writer and all round force of nature/wonder woman.
She teaches Transcendental Meditation , which is the type of meditation I practise every day (which makes me like her even more!); I find this meditation to be ah-mazing and a total game changer for me.
She specialises in working with millennials, which is me, and maybe you too, if you were born in the early 80’s to early 2000’s.
So I was intrigued to ask her some questions!
We chatted about meditation, the struggles that we millennials face, some great tips and her incredible work.
You’re a teacher of Transcendental meditation. What makes it special and how can it help people?
Where to start… I have been practising Transcendental meditation for the last eight years and became a teacher of it in 2014. I chose to take the big step into taking the teacher training in order to work with troubled children in pupil referral units within the UK. After my own research and experience of the technique I was sure it would help them and it did. (Check out this doc on her work in schools and teaching them meditation, it’s inspiring!)
After experimenting with many meditation techniques, for me, it is the most effortless and easiest technique that I have come across.
It is special for many reasons; firstly and fundamentally it is a practice that I can do on my own at home. I do it twice a day, everyday, as a way of being able to connect to myself, reboot my system and hit pause. I have a busy lifestyle and having this as a daily routine is my secret weapon in maximising my energy levels, inner strength and solid center.
It can also be practiced anywhere. From the tube to in a car, as long as you are not driving, planes, trains, in bed, at work. It’s the most flexible, efficient and powerful technique out there – in my opinion.
What specific issues or challenges do you think millennials face?
I feel that the main challenge that our generation seems to be facing is the dialogue they have with their own mental and emotional health. An interesting fact I came across online was that as a millennial you are 6% more likely to want to attempt suicide today than any other person in history. As a whole, we make up ¼ of the world population, so what does that say about what our generation is going through?
What I notice is that we seem to be in overwhelm. Our reality vs our expectations for our lives are not even close to the same thing and with social pressures mounting in terms of our desires to succeed and our ideas of success being based within that of fame and fortune. What we do is never enough. Yet what many of us are doing in terms of redefining what it means to have a job today, is in my eyes is amazing.
We are a generation of redefiners, misunderstood by our predecessors, the baby boomers, and living in an age of a connecting economy that for our parents seems from the outside like we are just wasting time. This transition and transformation we are leading is the millstone around our neck. And yet we pretend that we are ‘OK’, that we ‘got this’, we share and post to facebook, twitter and instagram pictures of our ‘amazing life’ when at times we are feeling far from amazing. I know this because I do it too. It’s an attitude of ‘just keep going’. To me we appear to be isolated within a sadness that is never seen or expressed and I think this is the thing I find the most scary. I feel that what I am seeing and hearing about is that we seem to have lost our ability to be freely authentic and ask for support.
As a response to this I recently I started a womens group femaleinnaspace.com in order to host biweekly events that open an inquiry into our journey towards conscious womenhood. As I am actively trying to create spaces in which the conversation around our emotional and mental well-being has a place to be addressed and explored.
What tips or advice can you offer millennials?
My top 10 things I would recommend exploring:
When we feel our jeans are too tight we hit the gym or go for a run. The mind is as important as the body. You are not alone and there are so many things you can do in order to take care of yourself holistically for both your mental, emotional and spiritual well-being. Pick one and start today.
What is ‘Playing Grown-ups all about’?
Honestly, for me, it started as a way for me to communicate to the world how I felt as a millennial exploring my own journey into conscious womanhood.
After a few hugely transformational experiences such as; learning to become a meditation teacher in the woods of Holland, a relationship breaking down that quite literally demolished all that I thought I knew about being a grown up, and running a project teaching kids to meditate in sussex – I was left in a limbo between a previous life as a film producer and a future that felt scary and uncertain. It was through the restructuring of my life, my practice of meditation and training as a life coach that Playing Grown Ups was born.
On arriving back in the UK I was sure that I could not be alone in what I was going through and as it turned out I wasn’t. It would seem the more people I opened up to about my experience of grief, heartache, personal development and transformation the more and more I found my way into a community of like minded-ness that was inspiring.
So I started to investigate into what I could do that might not only allow me to work in the world of wellness but make a difference in a way that I wanted to.
There is no real support for us after university, in educating us in our options we are just labelled adults and left to our own devices to make it work the best we can. It’s terrifying.
Playing Grown Ups is therefore a way in which I am opening an authentic dialogue between my inner thoughts and my generation. I do this through my blog, coaching, holding events and speaking.
What does it mean to become a grown up?
Haha! I don’t know. All I do know is that it causes massive debates when I bring it up at dinner parties!
To choose to grow, mentally, emotionally and spiritually. To ask ourselves; do we want to be committed to growing up, like vertically or outwardly in all directions into conscious adulthood.
I think it’s about looking at how we become more socially responsible, personally accountable, aware of our context around others and the community in which we live.
In order for the millennials to grow up we need help, information, support and communication.
I think defining a grown up is impossible but re-evaluating the journey of growth for our generation is invaluable.
Kitty de la Beche, Founder of Playing Grown Ups
Writer . Millennial Coach . Co-founder of Female Inna Space
playinggrownups.co.uk
Facebook : facebook.com/playinggrownups
Twitter : @delabeche
Instagram : @delabeche5
femaleinnaspace.com
facebook : facebook.com/femaleinnaspace
Twitter : @femaleinnaspace
Instagram : @femaleinnaspace
Are you a millennial? What are you struggling with right now? Let us know in the comments below.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post Help for Millennials – Interview with Coach Kitty de La Beche appeared first on Calmer you.
Recently, I interviewed Kitty de la Beche, Founder of Playing Grown Ups, millennial coach, meditation teacher, writer and all round force of nature/wonder woman. She teaches Transcendental Meditation , which is the type of meditation I practise every day (which makes me like her even more!); I find this meditation to be ah-mazing and a total […]
The post Help for Millennials – Interview with Coach Kitty de La Beche appeared first on Calmer you.
As someone with a background in nutrition, I know the importance of diet when it comes to managing stress and anxiety.
So I’ve collected some amazing calming, healthy recipes from some of my favourite people for you to enjoy. Try them out and let me know how you get on in the comments!
Click to Tweet: #Recipes and tips for less #stress & #anxiety from top nutritionists http://bit.ly/1X0bFv4 via @CBrotheridge
Madeleine Shaw – Nutritionist Madeleine Shaw was kind enough to share with us her Quinoa, Avocado, Rocket and Miso Bowl. It’s such a quick and easy bowl to make for lunch or dinner.
Quinoa is a great food for stress and anxiety, it releases carbohydrates slowly, helping to keep your energy levels steady and you on an even keel.
Avocados are rich is stress reliving b vitamins and magnesium.
Pumpkin seeds contain something called tryptophan which the body converts into serotonin, the calming, happiness inducing hormone.
If you prepare all of the ingredients before hand, you can just chuck them together when you’re ready to eat! This is also a great one for meal prepping on a Sunday – just cook up the quinoa and make the miso sauce and pop into tupperware the evening before!.
Serves: 2 Preparation Time: 10 minutes Cook Time: 15 minutes Total Time: 25 minutes Ingredients
150g quinoa
1 large avocado
100g of rocket
1 tbsp of miso paste
2 tbsp of sesame oil
1 tsp of freshly grated ginger
1 tbsp of water
1 pinch of cayenne
1 tbsp of sesame seeds
1 tbsp of pumpkin seeds
1 lime
Directions Wash the quinoa in a sieve and place in a pot with 500ml of water and a pinch of salt. Bring to the boil then let this Simmer for 12-15 minutes until the water evaporates and the quinoa is cooked through. Fluff with your fork and leave to the side.
Cut up the avocado into slithers. Plate the rocket and avocado equally in two bowls.
Whisk the miso, sesame oil, grated ginger, cayenne and lime juice. Add the quinoa to the veggies and pour over the dressing.
Top with pumpkin and sesame seeds to serve.
A top tip from Madeleine on staying calm and relaxed
Take Transport Breaks. Whether you get cabs, the bus, tubes or trains, stick your earphones in and listen to some meditative or classical music. It’s very calming and allows your body to relax. Close your eyes and just listen. It can be hard not to read emails or check how your instagram post is doing, but it’s good brain training.
Julie Montague – The Flexi Foodie Here, Julie is sharing with us her gorgeous recipe for spicy bean chilli.
Foods than contain protein are great for anxiety and stress since they provide a range of nutrients while releasing sugar slowly (this means no anxiety-provoking sugar highs and lows). Beans are also great sources of zinc and magnesium, calming minerals that are essential to our health and well being.
Eating a range of beans is great for your health as they are bursting with nutrients. This recipe uses white beans, which are high in potassium and calcium, black beans, which are great for protein and magnesium, and kidney beans, which are packed full of dietary fibre! What’s not to love!
To make this dish for four people, you will need the following ingredients:
Ingredients 1 onion, chopped
3 garlic cloves, crushed
2 celery sticks, chopped
3 carrots, chopped
1 x 400g tin white beans, drained and rinsed
1 x 400g tin black beans, drained and rinsed
1 x 400g tin kidney beans, drained and rinsed
2 x 400ml tin chopped tomatoes
1 tsp. chilli powder
A small handful of basil, chopped
½ tsp. cayenne pepper
2 tsp. cumin
A small handful of coriander, chopped
1 avocado, sliced
1 lime, quartered
1 Tbsp. coconut oil
Method
To get started you will need to take a large pot and melt the coconut oil over a medium to high heat in it.
You can then add the onion, crushed garlic, carrot and celery and then cook for five minutes.
Next, add all of the beans, chopped tomatoes and the spices and then cook for ten minutes over a medium heat. Once this time is up, you can then stir in the fresh basil until soft, which should just take a minute.
Finally, serve into bowls and top with sliced avocado, fresh lime juice and chopped coriander. You’ll soon agree that it is SOOOO good!
A top tip from Julie on staying calm and relaxed
I manage stress always with my breath – before meetings or BIG days and even dealing with family! I take an inhale and expand my belly for 4 counts and then exhale and deflate my body of my breath for 6 counts. I do this for a few minutes and it REALLY works!
Angelique Panagos – Nutritonal Therapist This is Angelique’s yummy Pink Delight Protein Smoothie. Instead of having a sugar laden breakfast cereal, try this nutrient rich protein shake instead. The flaxseeds provide omega 3 which is great for lowering inflammation in the body caused by stress and anxiety, while the berries reduce inflammation by providing antioxidants. The almond butter contains protein, magnesium, tryptophan and B vitamins, which help to calm us down.
Makes 2 glasses
Perfect afternoon pick me up! The pink delight protein smoothie is gluten-free, dairy-free, egg-free, sugar-free, and vegan. Its delicious, nutritious and a good source of protein which will keep you feeling satisfied. Why not have try it for breakfast or a snack?
Ingredients 350ml coconut milk/almond milk or cows milk
2 tbsp chia seeds/ ground flaxseeds
1 tbsp almond butter
2 tbsp rice protein powder
3/4 cup mixed berries (fresh or frozen)
Optional:
2 tsp pro berry amla powder
A sprinkle of cinnamon powder (great for stabalising blood sugar levels)
Use my delicious home made almond milk as your milk substitute
you can use any milk substitute, nut butter and protein powder of choice
Method Pop ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth.
A top tip from Angelique on staying calm and relaxed
Take some time for yourself each day. Enjoy a bath, go for a walk, or even have a nap if you need one! The world won’t fall apart if you take a break.
Let us know in the comments what you plan to make from this collection and if you did, how it turned out!
The post Recipes for Less Stress & Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
As someone with a background in nutrition, I know the importance of diet when it comes to managing stress and anxiety. So I’ve collected some amazing calming, healthy recipes from some of my favourite people for you to enjoy. Try them out and let me know how you get on in the comments! Click to […]
The post Recipes for Less Stress & Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Self love is, in my opinion, one of the most important aspects of overcoming anxiety and feeling more confident. It’s something we all need, without exception and almost all of us could use some improvement in this area. Katie Phillips is a Self Love Mentor and transformational coach and founder of www.daringandmighty.com. Here she shares […]
The post Self Love – Interview with Katie Phillips of ‘Daring & Mighty’ appeared first on Calmer you.
Self love is, in my opinion, one of the most important aspects of overcoming anxiety and feeling more confident. It’s something we all need, without exception and almost all of us could use some improvement in this area.
Katie Phillips is a Self Love Mentor and transformational coach and founder of www.daringandmighty.com. Here she shares her personal journey, her wisdom on self love, why we need it and how we can get it!
– As a self love mentor and coach, what has been your journey towards loving yourself more?
Oh gosh, where do I start! I had a long history of looking outside myself for love, approval and fulfilment. I didn’t have a strong sense of self. I literally didn’t know who I was without high achievements in my career validating my abilities, a man to tell me I was loveable and adventurous travel to prove I was spirited! I was a pro at keeping up appearances and smiling as if everything was fine when the truth was I was dying inside because I suffered dreadful anxiety and worry which was only satiated by the external approval. It was exhausting. I had also developed an addiction to drama fuelled relationships that were based on co-dependent patterns of behaviour, meaning that I felt completely unworthy if my man wasn’t giving me the love and approval I so desperately needed. As you can imagine, I was pretty miserable! I had a ‘rock-bottom’ experience and found myself single with a child in nappies, burned out, no income and no place to live. For the sake of my son I prayed to God for help because I was fast tracking in the wrong direction. I had to sort my shit out! I discovered I had been living essentially as a puppet to my childhood programming and was following my Mum’s footsteps who very tragically took her own life when I was 22. Noticing that my behaviours, the way I felt and the life I was creating was a carbon copy of my Mum’s life was such a slap in the face. I discovered through a series of miraculous events that I could create my own life. That I didn’t need to be a victim of circumstance or of the beliefs and behaviours of generations before me. I realised I could change my life! I found myself on an intense spiritual and personal development journey which changed everything for me. I had an enormous Spiritual awakening and my world shifted rapidly as a result. I discovered that self-love was my way free and it wasn’t long before I was compelled to help other high achieving women with yo-yo-ing emotions avoid a rock bottom moment. I desired to introduce them to their beautiful Spiritual selves and the truth that they are truly worthy of self-love and that the people they love most in their lives would be the first to benefit from that discovery! That was several years ago and my role as a self-love mentor and coach has become so much more than a career. It’s my purpose!
– I love the name of your website; What does it mean to be ‘Daring and Mighty’? Growing up, my Dad had a quote on his office wall by Theodore Roosevelt which proclaimed, “Far better it is to Dare Mighty Things, to win glorious triumphs, even though checkered by failure, than to take ranks with those timid Spirits who neither enjoy much nor suffer much because they live in the grey twilight that knows not victory nor defeat.” That quote had a profound impact on me and I decided at a young age that I wanted to Dare Mighty Things! It seemed apt to call my business Daring & Mighty – daring women to love themselves and live a mighty life. – What are some signs that we’re lacking in self love? Lack of self belief, self confidence and self worth. A loud inner critic telling you that you are not good enough. Feeling like you are living on an emotional yo-yo. Anxiety. Exhaustion. Depression. A sense that you don’t know yourself and that you are not living your purpose. A habit of looking outside yourself for love, acceptance and approval. Weight gain. Bad sleep. Re-current illnesses. Little or no habits in place around self-care. I could go on and on! I believe a woman knows if she is lacking in self-love. It’s a gut knowing because at our very core we are meant to love ourselves because as Spiritual beings, we are love. It’s what drives us and at the end of the day, it’s all there is. There comes a time in most women’s lives where they are presented with a choice to listen to that whisper inside that suggests they are meant for more. Many women will ignore the call because the discomfort of stepping outside the comfort zone of all that they know is so terrifying. Some women bravely step up to the plate and do the work required to dig through the conditioned patterns of behaviour and heal their self sabotaging traits so that they might connect with their true selves. Those are the women that I work with and they are shining their light in the world, being who they truly are and having the impact they were born to have! – Why is self love so important? When we love ourselves we begin to believe “I Am Enough’ and so we open up to possibility whereas before we were shut down by sabotaging beliefs, feelings and behaviours, trapped in an unfulfilling life of playing small. That equates death to our Spirit who is designed to expand, grow and experience! When we love ourselves we become available for so much more. More love, more time, more fun, more money, more compassion, more patience, more connection. We simply have so much more energy and we desire to share that with others because we are filled up rather than running on empty with not a lot to give to those we care about most. Suddenly we remember that we are worthy and that we have something special to contribute to this planet – no matter how big or small, we are all here with the ability to be love and therefore spread love. – Can you give us an actionable step towards loving ourselves more?
Choose to live consciously! Wake up and face up to where you are at, right here, right now. Notice what isn’t serving you; how you are playing small; the horribly uncomfortable feelings you are pushing down; the sabotaging habits designed to repress hateful thoughts; the addictions; the pain. Awareness hurts but it’s the crucial first step to creating change. You need to get clear on what requires healing and transformation. Notice how you are talking to yourself. We can be so horrible to ourselves! Choose loving thoughts instead. Get real with how you are treating your body and choose to love it – whether that be feeding it food that loves you back, committing to an exercise regime or booking in some self-care and down time. Get into the habit of asking yourself daily, “How do I feel today?” and then choose to honour those feelings (because they are all valid!) and take action where you can in a compassionate, self-loving way. Do you need to create time to have a good cry? Do you need to punch the crap out of a pillow and express your rage? Would you feel more supported if you booked some time with a counsellor or coach? Create your own unique Spiritual Practice. Connection to your true self is key. Every relationship needs time, attention and energy. Make time to develop a relationship with you by tuning in to you – that could be journalling, meditation, walks on the beach, a candle-lit bath, running on a treadmill….find your way and commit to it. Get support! You are not designed to do life alone and there are people much further down the path than you that can guide you, help you heal and move forward much faster and with far deeper and lasting effect than doing it on your own. There is no way I could have healed to the degree that I have and be able to support others if I hadn’t invested in excellent support. I continue to invest in support too because I am an ever evolving Spirit and life is SO much more awesome with people on my team! – Please let us know where we can find out more about your work and how to work with you.
If you desire to get conscious (the first crucial step to self-love), then I would love to share my free, 3-part video series with you called LIVING CONSCIOUSLY – get the video series here. If you know that you are a people pleaser and are in the habit of looking outside yourself for love, approval and acceptance then I would love to share another free video training series with you that will unveil how people pleasing is keeping you miserable, exhausted, unloved and broke! Get it here I have an awesome private Facebook Group for women who desire to love themselves. It’s a great community and I regularly run free Self-Love challenges from this space and share video teachings to support your journey. I also host a regular Self-Love PodCast and all the recordings are filed on this page – there’s a huge amount of inspirational content including eye-opening interviews with other Self-Love ambassadors! You can join here: My website is www.daringandmighty.com
Now, Katie and I would love to hear your thoughts and experiences on this. How is a lack of self love holding you back? What one step could you take towards loving yourself more? Let us know in the comments.
The post Self Love – Interview with Katie Phillips of ‘Daring & Mighty’ appeared first on Calmer you.
The mind is a curious thing (as if you didn’t know that already!).
It doesn’t always behave as we would think and often we do things that seemingly defy logic, all because of the way our brains process things
Here are some of the most interesting psychological phenomena we ALL do and how you can use them for your advantage.
Negativity bias
Ever noticed how when you’re given a compliment and a criticism, it’s often the criticism that stays in your mind? This is due to negativity bias; whereby negative events, thoughts or emotions are more likely to effect our psychological state than neutral or positive ones. It causes us to more easily forget about positive things and instead dwell on the negative. Neuropsychologist Rick Hanson, Ph.D states that ‘our brains are like Velcro for negative experiences, and like Teflon for positive ones.’
In the past this may have helped to keep us safe from all the dangers that were around as we were evolving, but now, it tends to hold us back and make us less happy.
To counteract this, try to make the positive stuff stick. Make a note of compliments, things that went well, bits of luck and positive feedback that you’ve received and refer back to it to often so that it stays front my mind.
Frequency Illusion
This is often known as the Baader-Meinhof phenomenon. Ever found that when you hear of a new TV programme for the first time, for example, you then start to see references to it everywhere?
This is due to two things going on. Firstly, the psychological phenom known as ‘selective attention’; when you have a new idea and then you ‘unconsciously’ look for it and notice it everywhere.
Secondly, ‘confirmation bias’ is happening here, where if you hold a belief, you unconsciously search for evidence to support that belief. This causes you to unconsciously seek out the new TV show and to reinforce the belief that references to it really are everywhere!
How can you use this to your benefit? Start to consciously think positive thoughts and make lists of things you’re grateful for. This helps to hack your brain so that you unconsciously seek out positive things and stuff to be grateful about.
You can’t actually multitask
We think we’re being reeeeeally clever when we try to do several things at once, but in fact, multitasking is a myth.
Our brains are in fact switching quickly from one task to another.
A recent study found that people talking on their mobile phones were less likely to notice a clown on a unicycle go past them and more likely to bump into people.
So if you really want to do something well, just do one thing at a time and give all of your attention to it.
Pratfall Effect
Say you’re thought of as likeable, a good person and competent by another person (and I’m sure you are). Studies have shown that if you do something wrong (mess up a presentation, fall on your face or openly admit to failures) then you’re likely to be seen as MORE likeable and an EVEN better person, compared with someone who doesn’t commit a blunder.
So don’t worry about making mistakes in front of others, it could very likely improve their opinion of you.
The Pygmalion effect
A study in the late 1960’s looked in to how ‘belief’ in a person’s abilities can impact the results that they get. Researchers told a group of teachers in a school that a certain number of children we ‘gifted’ (these children were, in reality, chosen at random). They found that the fact that the teachers believed in the abilities of these children, meant that they unconsciously changed their behaviour to support and encourage them in subtle ways. This resulted in significant improvements in the school results of the children in the ‘gifted’ group.
What does this mean for you? It supports the idea that by believing in ourselves and other people, we can support ourselves and others to get better results.
Another reason not to be so hard on yourself, to support and encourage yourself, and to aim high, for the things that you really want.
Deletions
We often think we’re taking in the world like a tape recorder recording whats really there.
Not so.
At any moment we’re exposed for over 40 million bits of information. It would be information overload for our poor little brains to handle all that data, since our conscious minds only take in 40 bits of information per second. That’s a whole lotta information that we’re missing out on.
To try to make sense of things in the best way we can, we ‘delete’ things which aren’t relevant, important or what we’re not directly focused on.
We’re often filtering information according to what we already believe about the world.
In the ‘Invisible Gorilla’ experiment, participants were asked to focus on a video of people passing a basketball. When a man in a gorilla suit walked in and out of the scene on the screen, half of the participants watching the video failed to notice the gorilla at all.
Which of these have you noticed in yourself, and how? I’d love to hear about it in the comments.
If you haven’t already – sign up here to get your FREE relaxation MP3
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Weird Phenomena from Psychology You Probably Didn’t Realise Effect You appeared first on Calmer you.
The mind is a curious thing (as if you didn’t know that already!). It doesn’t always behave as we would think and often we do things that seemingly defy logic, all because of the way our brains process things Here are some of the most interesting psychological phenomena we ALL do and how you can […]
The post Weird Phenomena from Psychology You Probably Didn’t Realise Effect You appeared first on Calmer you.
I don’t know about you but having my space be clear and clutter free makes such a huge difference to my peace of mind. The phrase ‘tidy home, tidy mind’ makes a LOT of sense to me. Can you relate to that? Having lots of clutter around is like ‘visual noise’, each object having the […]
The post Life Changing Magic appeared first on Calmer you.
I don’t know about you but having my space be clear and clutter free makes such a huge difference to my peace of mind. The phrase ‘tidy home, tidy mind’ makes a LOT of sense to me.
Can you relate to that?
Having lots of clutter around is like ‘visual noise’, each object having the potential to trigger off a thought, worry or (bad) memory.
When things are clear and tidy, there are less distractions and it can help us to feel more in control, calm and at ease.
I think January is the perfect time to ‘get things sorted’ and whilst riding the wave of New Years motivation I’ve been having a mega clear out.
This all started because of a book called ‘The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up‘ by Japanese tidying expert Marie Kondo. It’s been a bit of an internet sensation and it kept popping up on my newsfeed as a must-read book.
When I gifted it to my Mum this Christmas, she said it was the best present she’d had in years and proceeded to go on a 3 day decluttering binge!
The truth is that most of us have too much stuff just lying around or (almost as bad) shoved into cupboards that are so jumbled it’s nigh-on-impossible to find the thing you want when you want it (I came into the second category).
I had make up products I’d bought 15(!) years ago in a draw, clothes with holes in them in a bin bag in my wardrobe, and scraps of paper shoved in my filing cabinet. It simply made no sense.
Marie Kondo’s book states that you should go through your belongings by category, rather than by area. This is because items, such as clothes, are likely to be strewn around the house and it allows you to be completely thorough.
Start with clothes, books and papers, and move on to sentimental items such as photos, letters and keepsakes last, since these things will be harder to throw out.
As you pick up each item, ask yourself ‘Does this spark joy?‘.
If the item doesn’t make you happy (or it’s not a totally essential item) thank the item for it’s service give it to charity, recycle it or throw it out.
Marie reckons you can get rid of up to ¾ of your stuff like this and what you’re left with are the things that you really love PLUS a clear, tidy space and hopefully a clearer and tidier mind!
Another thing that Marie Kondo mentions which really struck a chord with me was about ‘lounge wear’.
We all have those food stained tracksuit bottoms or that old hoody that we use JUST for wearing around the house, when no-one will see us, right? (Hopefully it’s not just me!?)
The problem with this is that wearing crappy lounge wear doesn’t help us to feel our best. I know for a fact that when I’m working from home, and I make the effort to get properly dressed and ready in the morning, that I feel more confident.
Kondo suggests that we ditch the stinky work out wear and instead wear something that helps us to feel good; it could have a positive impact on your self esteem.
(BTW, if your old tracksuit does make you feel good, then by all means knock yourself out! …I think my boyfriend comes into this category, unfortunately for me!)
Having decluttered and given away BAGS full clothes, electrical equipment and even food my space is clear and I’m ready to take on 2016 with less stress and more mental clarity and energy.
Are you planning on decluttering? What do you think of this article?
Let us know in the comments to be in with a chance to win a copy of Marie Kondos’ book. Winner will be chosen at random at the end of the week.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Life Changing Magic appeared first on Calmer you.
I had fun writing this weeks post…mainly because I’ve added in several (terrible) puns! Can you spot them!? I’m strangely proud of my punning abilities. Guess the number of puns in the comments, and I may even send you a prize 😉 If you haven’t already click the button below to get your FREE relaxation […]
The post Avoid Getting Overwhelmed this Christmas appeared first on Calmer you.
I had fun writing this weeks post…mainly because I’ve added in several (terrible) puns! Can you spot them!? I’m strangely proud of my punning abilities. Guess the number of puns in the comments, and I may even send you a prize 😉
If you haven’t already click the button below to get your FREE relaxation MP3 – the perfect brain-holiday which will help you to switch off, relax and feel refreshed and energised afterwards.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3
Christmas can be magical and stressful in equal measure. Avoid Christmas overwhelm by following these tips. Have a detox
The words ‘Christmas’ and ‘Detox’ used together might sound like an oxymoron to you. However I’m not some kind of festive-fun-spoiler suggesting you use this holiday to restrict yourself to green juices and refrain from the cheese and chocs! I’m talking about a detox of the digital kind.
Christmas can be a great opportunity to spend meaningful time with our loved ones, enjoying the present moment and really switching off; but an increase in free time can lead to more time plugged in, whether at our computers or on our phones.
Our modern world is becoming increasingly digitally addicted and it can have a huge impact on our stress and anxiety levels. The constant buzz of tweets and Facebook updates, harrowing world news and the ever-present temptation to check work emails (guilty as charged) can lead to a serious case of information overload (not to mention the self-esteem-bashing comparison that surfing Instagram can create).
My suggestion is this; unplug and switch off from your computer and phone as much as possible over the festive break. Concentrate on ‘being here, now’ and saviour this time off to the max by really engaging with the people you’re with. Play the board-game your Gran loves, take the dog for a loooong walk and relish every bite of Christmas pud without keeping one eye on your Twitter feed.
Can’t go full cold turkey? Keep your phone on aeroplane mode between certain hours, to reduce the number of distractions during those times.
Time for you I say this again and again to my clients; we all need time out to ourselves to rest and recharge so that we can be at our best. Without stoking your festive fire how can you be expect to bring any cheer? When you take care of yourself, everyone else benefits too.
Me, I’m a scheduler. If it’s in the diary, it’s set in stone! If it’s not in the diary, I may as well forget it!
Even if your Christmas is looking like it will be a mass of travel, food prep, last minute trolly dashes through Tesco at 4:20pm on Dec 24th (I’ve been there), schedule in some time for you. A mindful walk, a run around the park, an Epsom salt soak or 20 minutes to read your new book; make it a priority and make it happen!
Mind the Gap
Spoiler alert!
Sometimes things don’t turn out how we want them to.
An interesting truth about stress is that it’s often caused the gap between what we expect will happen and what actually happens. If you’re expecting to arrive at the in laws with plenty of time to watch Downton with a large glass Prosecco, and the reality is that your Father in law has you prepping spuds and stirring gravy all afternoon, this is likely to create a lot more stress than if you’d known that was the plan all along.
Having too high expectations (or the wrong expectations) can often lead us feeling disappointed and stressed out.
Try to be as realistic as possible about what your Christmas will entail and what’s expected of you and when. Let go of any perfectionist ideas that things must go a certain way in order for you to have a good time. Try to adopt a sense of openness and acceptance to whatever is happening, and you’ll be able to enjoy it, no matter what surprises come your way.
Set Boundaries
A lot us have a problem with saying ‘no’ and setting clear boundaries with people (especially when we’re people pleasers and we just want everyone to have a good time).
If you say yes to something you don’t really have the energy for, you’ll not only end up exhausted, but you’ll be quietly resenting the other person too. Instead of ending up cream crackered, set clear boundaries with people and let them know what you need and what you can and can’t do. It’s impossible to keep everyone happy and it’s your Christmas too.
Perspective
So your Tiramisu turned out a soggy, rum sozzled mess? Your sister’s present for your Mum was waaaay more interesting and creative than yours? You’re left more than a little red faced after your antics at the Christmas party at work?
Ask yourself this question; will it really matter in a weeks time? Or tomorrow in fact?
The vast majority of things we worry about aren’t nearly as bad as our brains make them out to be.
All office antics blow over, and your workmates love you drunk anyway. When it comes to gifts, it’s the thought that counts. And everyone was too stuffed full of turkey to notice the Tiramisu anyway.
Let go of needing things to be perfect, put things in perspective and focus on having a lovely Christmas.
Wishing you all a peaceful and Happy Christmas, with lots of love,
Want to feel calmer right away? Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 The post Avoid Getting Overwhelmed this Christmas appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Explain Anxiety to Other People
”I feel so guilty. I don’t want to be a burden on my friends and family’‘ a recent client explained to me.
What I hear time and time again from anxious clients is that they often have a hard time explaining their anxiety to other people, let alone asking for support.
Anxiety is one of those things which, for someone who’s never experienced it, is hard to understand or imagine. If you’re like me, you’ve been told to ‘snap out of it’, or ‘stop worrying’. Or my personal (least) fave, ‘just chill out!’
One problem with mental issues is that they can’t be seen. It’s not like having a broken leg where it’s obvious to see that something’s wrong. This is one reason why explaining anxiety to people is so important.
When we look around at our friends and colleagues, it might be impossible to tell that over 18% will suffer with anxiety.
Our friends or loved ones might notice us being withdrawn or declining social events without really knowing whats going on with us. When I was socially anxious, a frustrating result was that people would think I was cold or rude because I felt too shy to join in or put myself out there.
There’s also still unfortunately a stigma around anxiety (although I think this is getting less and less). It’s something we don’t always want to admit to, we don’t want to label ourselves for fear it’ll make things more ‘official’ and this sadly means that only about 1/3 of us get any treatment for it.
I think it’s always better to speak to the people close to you rather than bottling things up and suffering alone. The truth is that the people that love you, want to support and understand you. Here are some tips on how to explain anxiety to other people.
Remember that it’s not your fault that you’re anxious so please try to be kind to yourself. It’s really important to ask for help and get treatment. Speak to your GP, seek out a therapist or look into my online programme.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
The post How to Explain Anxiety to Other People appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Explain Anxiety to Other People ”I feel so guilty. I don’t want to be a burden on my friends and family’‘ a recent client explained to me. What I hear time and time again from anxious clients is that they often have a hard time explaining their anxiety to other people, let alone […]
The post How to Explain Anxiety to Other People appeared first on Calmer you.
An anxiety attack is the worst. The lights seem too bright; your heart feels like it might explode out of your chest. Your body shakes. You may find yourself unable to breathe; your chest hurts. You have an intense desire to escape, scream or cry. Your hands might twitch and you feel like you are going to be sick in just a few seconds.
That’s what an anxiety attack feels like. Sounds familiar? Well that used to be my story too.
On a normal day, I would just be hanging out with my friends and suddenly have a wave of panic wash over me. I couldn’t breathe and felt like I was dying.
Click here for your FREE anxiety-busting tool kit
Anxiety attacks (or panic attacks) can strike unexpectedly.
In fact, it feels like the worst thing in the world, but the truth is – it’s all caused by a massive boost of adrenaline that your brain sends into your bloodstream.
In today’s post, I’d like to break down the most common anxiety attack symptoms, plus share some personal tips on how to tame this beast.
[Need more targeted help? I’m running a 12-week online programme aimed at kicking your anxiety out of your life for good and learning to live a happier and calmer life! Click here for details.] Sometimes they come without a clear warning. Sometimes rather obvious things serve as triggers like giving a public talk or taking a job interview, trigger them. Sometimes an anxiety attack comes simply out of the blue – you just start feeling something is very wrong.
Anxiety Attack: The Most Common Symptoms * Insane, overwhelming strike of panic * Hyperventilation * Pulsating or nagging chest pain * Shaking and trembling * Troubled breathing and/or choking sensation * Sweating * Nausea and/or stomach cramps * Dizziness, feeling faint or light headed. * Accelerated heartbeat or heart palpitations * Numbness, particularly in your feet and hands. * Feeling detached and unreal. Basically, you feel like you are going crazy. * Fearing you’re dying.
An anxiety attack can roll in with most of the above or just a few symptoms, coming one after another or all at once.
The symptoms can last from a few seconds to a terrible half an hour, though the average number is 10 minutes – says, Doctor Merav Gur.
To learn to cope with an anxiety attack effectively, first you need to understand what exactly happens with your body and mind. In a nutshell – an anxiety attack is an exaggeration of the arousal of your sympathetic nervous system.
Here’s a more detailed explanation for this:
Your brain focuses on some alleged thread, for instance, a very scary thought that was floating somewhere at your subconscious. Your thalamus – the part of the brain responsible for regulating consciousness, sleep and alertness – transfers that information to your amygdala – the part of the brain responsible for emotional reactions, decision-making and memory – which marks it as “danger” and sends a signal to your sympathetic nervous system, activating the fight-or-flight response.
At the same time, your brain decides to shoot an extra dose of adrenaline inside your blood system, thus triggering the initial panic attack symptoms like rapid heartbeat, shortness of breath, sweating and blood pressure rise.
All of the above are the normal sympathetic responses, in the case that you were facing some real danger. But as in reality there’s no danger present, you start panicking as you fail to ascribe these symptoms to something particular and start believing things like – you are having a heart attack/severe allergic reaction or actually dying.
This huge mix of fear and panic make other symptoms to kick in and voila – a full-scale anxiety attack in action.
How to Cope with an Anxiety Attack Let’s start with the immediate, quick hacks to help you freeze your anxiety attack once it kicks into your life. No matter how scared or helpless you feel at that moment, try to do the following things:
When you have an attack, your breath is too short and shallow, meaning it worsens further symptoms. Once you feel the panic – stand up and start doing some simple stretching. If you manage to squeeze in a yawn, that will help you tame the attack even faster. Stretching and yawning instantly helps you relieve muscle tension and interrupt the vicious cycle that is just about to roll in full strength.
No need to master the art of meditation for this. Simply inhale for three counts and exhale for five. Repeat the exercise for as long as you need to.
To regulate your body’s temperature and reduce the escalating cycle of panic, slowly drink a glass of icy water. Take small sips and focus on every gulp you make. While drinking, imagine how your body and mind is cooling down.
To activate your parasympathetic nervous system, use this simple meditation technique: focus your gaze on an imaginary point in front of you; relax your focus and use your peripheral vision, as if you are trying to take in everything around you with soft focus. It signals to your brain to relax. The more you practice this technique – the faster it will help you to relax in any situation.
Remember, your brain thinks you are facing danger and just gave you a massive shot of adrenaline. You now have to get rid of it. The best option is to walk it off. Go on a stroll to a park if possible, or simply get up and move around.
Now as you feel slightly calmer, you need to identify and face the roots of the anxiety attack. The truth is – there’s always a trigger for it. Even if it’s not obvious, it’s always there. Panic attacks can happen as a response to a stressful or traumatic issue that happened months ago. Try digging into your mind and thinking of the exact cue that might have caused it. Remember, an anxiety attack is just a host of physical reactions. No matter how real it feels, the danger is usually non-existent.
Have you ever experienced an anxiety attack? What are your tips for coping with an attack? Let us know in the comments.
Get your FREE Anxiety toolkit by entering your details below.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| This form collects information we will use to send you updates about promotions, special offers, and news. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit
|
|
The post 12 Signs Of an Anxiety Attack and 6 Effective Ways to Cope With it appeared first on Calmer you.
An anxiety attack is the worst. The lights seem too bright; your heart feels like it might explode out of your chest. Your body shakes. You may find yourself unable to breathe; your chest hurts. You have an intense desire to escape, scream or cry. Your hands might twitch and you feel like you […]
The post 12 Signs Of an Anxiety Attack and 6 Effective Ways to Cope With it appeared first on Calmer you.
Recently, I did something I had been pretty reluctant to do for a long time. Although I’ve loved singing since I was young, I’d always shied away from singing in public. Reasons for fearing performing or public speaking often include a fear of messing up, getting embarrassed or losing control and often include an aspect […]
The post Dealing with Anxiety about Performing appeared first on Calmer you.
Recently, I did something I had been pretty reluctant to do for a long time.
Although I’ve loved singing since I was young, I’d always shied away from singing in public.
Reasons for fearing performing or public speaking often include a fear of messing up, getting embarrassed or losing control and often include an aspect of wanting to avoid the discomfort of the anxiety and nerves that come along with performing.
A lot of us have this idea that we need to be AH-MAZING or ‘perfect’ before we perform (me included). It’s easy to think that if we’re not as good at presenting as Sheryl Sandburg at Facebook or as good at singing as Beyonce, then what’s the point?!
We get into comparison with others and we forget that we have our own voice, our own gifts and our own spin on things that makes us unique; and that these are valid too. If everyone in the world sung like Beyonce or gave presentations like Sheryl – wouldn’t the world be a boring place?!?
When I got offered the opportunity to sing a solo in front of an audience a few weeks ago, a thousand excuses flooded my mind.
‘Nah, I can’t do that! I’m not ready, it’ll make me nervous! I’m not good enough!’
However, no sooner had I told myself those things, I heard another part of me.
“*A-hem”* – it seemed to say to me.
‘Isn’t this exactly the sort of thing you should be saying yes to?’
I knew that although the experience would likely be a bit nerve wracking and uncomfortable – I wanted to overcome this fear of performing and improve my confidence around singing and I knew that the only was to do this was to experience the fear and get through it. I reminded myself of the advice I often give to people;
‘I don’t need to be Beyonce. I just need to be myself. That’s enough.’
One of the most important things I’ve learned in my life is that things like therapy, meditation and personal development exercises can take you so far but, taking action and ‘feeling the fear and doing it anyway’ is one of the best and most effective ways of building confidence and reducing anxiety.
When we’re experiencing performance anxiety the brain tricks us into thinking that we are in real danger. This likely goes waaay back to tribal days, when social ostracisation from the tribe could have genuinely been a life and death thing.
These days, the prospect of stumbling over a few words in a presentation or hitting a bum note as we sing Adele’s ‘Hello’ is hardly going to result in us getting kicked out of the tribe; but it still triggers that same fight or flight response in many of us.
When the fight or flight response gets triggered it’s caused by the part of the brain called the amygdala. This is sometimes called the ‘reptilian brain’ as it’s one of the oldest parts of our brain, evolution wise. It kicks in before our conscious, rational mind has had a chance to think. Almost all of the horrible sensations surrounding performance anxiety; fast beating heart, sweating, shaking, the intense desire to run away or clam up and become momentarily mute – come from adrenaline.
For a lot of people, this feeling is so unpleasant that it’s enough to make them avoid any situation where they might have to perform in front of others. The problem with this is that when we avoid doing the things that scare us, they will continue to scare us, and if there ever comes a time when we do indeed have to face our fear, the fear is likely to be greater still because we’ve avoided it for so long.
Of course this isn’t the only problem. We all want to live fulfilling and happy lives, to fulfill our potential and to use our gifts and strengths in the best way that we can. If fear is holding us back, we might experience that gnawing sense that we’re missing out on all that life has to offer.
The uncomfortable truth about performance anxiety is that putting ourselves into those anxiety-provoking situations, staying with the anxious feelings and getting through it, is the best way to teach our reptilian brains that the danger isn’t real and that we can handle the situation.
My performance? It went pretty well – I was a bit nervous and my legs shook as bit as I stood up, but I really enjoyed the experience and felt so proud of myself and confident afterwards. I’ve got some good ideas about what I can do better for the next time too.
The good news is that we can all take steps towards overcoming this type of anxiety.
You could always create a diva-esque stage persona a la ‘Sasha Fierce’, but if that’s not your style, here are some tips which may also help.
I’d love to hear about any experiences you’ve had with performing or whether you’d like to perform one day and which tips you’ll use. Let us know in the comments!
If you’re looking for more incredible tools to help you to manage your own anxiety and increase your natural confidence – take a look at the online programme.
The post Dealing with Anxiety about Performing appeared first on Calmer you.
Experiencing feelings of shame and ‘not being good enough’ can have a huge impact on our lives. It can create worries and anxieties and hold us back from pursuing opportunities, relationships and happiness. I truly believe cultivating self accepting, or an attitude of ‘I’m enough’ is one of the most important and worthwhile things we […]
The post Learning Self Acceptance appeared first on Calmer you.
Experiencing feelings of shame and ‘not being good enough’ can have a huge impact on our lives. It can create worries and anxieties and hold us back from pursuing opportunities, relationships and happiness.
I truly believe cultivating self accepting, or an attitude of ‘I’m enough’ is one of the most important and worthwhile things we can do.
For women, many of our worries and shame are around trying to meet unrealistic expectations. I’m sure loads of you can relate to that. It might be a need to be perfect, to ‘achieve’ all the time, or to look a certain way. Body shame is the most common source of ‘not feeling good enough’ for women, says shame and vulnerability researcher Brene Brown.
For men it tends to be different, states Brene, where much of men’s shame is around being perceived as weak. Issues around not being confident, strong, successful or wealthy enough very often come up for men.
A first step in self acceptance is seeing ourselves as worthwhile and valuable despite our imperfections.
In her book, ‘Rising Strong’, (I highly recommend this book) Brene Brown talks about her research into ‘shame resilience’ and overcoming the negative feelings associated with failure. She notes that one of the most important things to recognise is that ”people are always doing their best with what they know and the resources that they have at the time”.
If you look back at a past failure or mistake that you made, instead of thinking to yourself ‘what an idiot!’; remember that you did your best. If you had of known better, you would have done better. Recognising that other people are doing their best can also help us to be more accepting of them, too.
One of my favourite quotes about self acceptance is this:
“To be beautiful means to be yourself. You don’t need to be accepted by others. You need to accept yourself.” ~ Thích Nhất Hạnh
An interesting study found that those who are accepting of others are likely to be accepting of themselves too. This is interesting since if you feel judged or unaccepted by someone in your life, it’s likely that they are judgemental and unaccepting of themselves too!
Remember that this unaccepting attitude is about them, it’s not because there is something wrong with you. It comes back to the fact that accepting yourself is the most important thing.
A coach of mine once gave me the example of caring for a child or a sick relative. That child or relative isn’t able to earn money, win awards, they may not win beauty competitions, they very likely will make ‘mistakes’ at times. But we love and accept them anyway.
We love them for who they are, not what they do.
Often we’ll judge ourselves for not doing or achieving enough or for making mistakes. We forget that our worth doesn’t actually depend on what we do or don’t do. We’re worthwhile just for being the imperfect human-beings that we are.
I think nature has a huge amount to teach us about self acceptance.
I recently went for a walk in Kew Gardens which is a huge nature park in London. There, the leaves on the trees were bursting with golden and orange shades, ducks and birds roamed free and mushrooms sprouted happily in the leaf mould.
The gnarly branches of a tree don’t much care about what you think of them.
The mushrooms don’t fret about their irregular shape.
Birds don’t worry about the tunefulness of their singing.
Nature just expresses itself. It just is what it is, and it’s beautiful, in all its imperfections.
When we look at nature we’re able to see the beauty despite the imperfections.
And guess what? You’re a part of nature too! Can you recognise yourself as a part of nature and realise that you’re ok just as you are, and that you’re doing your best?
And, just like nature, you’re constantly evolving, learning, growing and getting better, all the time.
So there are a few on my thoughts on self acceptance. I’ll leave you with a final quote from Louise Hay:
”You have been criticizing yourself for years and it hasn’t worked. Try approving of yourself and see what happens.” I’d love for you to let me know in the comments where you are on your path to self acceptance and any tips or insights that you have.
If you haven’t already, sign up to my newsletter to get weekly tips and insights from me, plus your FREE relaxation MP3.
The post Learning Self Acceptance appeared first on Calmer you.
This article will uncover some of the reasons why alcohol anxiety occurs, what you can do to prevent a hangover, and how you can more quickly recover when you’ve had a few too many.
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit What Happens When You Drink Drinking alcohol has an effect on the mind and body – and one could argue that it’s positive (at the time), which is why those who suffer from anxiety turn to alcohol to mask their feelings. It’s ironic that we are culturally conditioned to have a drink to “calm our nerves” because we now know that the opposite can be true. That’s because it’s mostly the hangover the next day, while your body is trying to get rid of the toxin that causes alcohol anxiety.
Drinkaware.co.uk tells us that alcohol affects brain chemistry – by lowering the levels of serotonin, which is a neurotransmitter – a message sender if you like, responsible for a range of functions including mood, sleep, and memory. Low levels of serotonin mean that you sleep poorly, have mood swings, and have trouble remembering things. If you already suffer from anxiety this is not going to help.
“About 20 percent of people with social anxiety disorder also suffer from alcohol abuse or dependence, and a recent study found that the two disorders have a stronger connection among women.”
Anxiety and Depression Society America
Here’s Why You Could Experience Alcohol Anxiety ‘The Next Day’
You’ll Get Mood Swings Alcohol can affect our mood because it can lower the levels of serotonin in the brain. Serotonin is a feel-good brain chemical that when in short supply can cause feelings of anxiety and depression.
Your Blood Sugar Will Drop A drop in blood sugar can cause dizziness, confusion, weakness, nervousness, shaking, and numbness. These symptoms can most certainly trigger a bout of anxiety.
You Will Be Dehydrated This has been known to cause nausea, dizziness, fatigue, light-headedness, and muscle weakness. These symptoms wouldn’t cause anxiety per se but they add to a sense of illness that fosters anxiety.
Your Nervous System is On Alert The nervous system is affected because in order for the body to fight off the sedative effects of alcohol it puts the body into a state of hyperactivity in order to counteract this effect. This hyperactivity can lead to shaking, light/sound sensitivity, and sleep deprivation.
And So Your Heart Rate is Increased Your heart rate can become elevated as a result of consuming alcohol which can cause a palpitation false alarm and put you into a state of anxious anticipation. “Is it a heart attack or isn’t it?”, you might ask. This “what if” questioning can increase your general state of anxiety.
You Won’t Be Able to Focus Recovering from a hard night of drinking can also make you hazy, bring on headaches, and create a sense of disorientation.
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit So how do you best avoid experiencing alcohol anxiety? The obvious answer would be to avoid drinking alcohol, as many have reported that they are better able to cope with their anxiety as a result.
If you’re wondering whether ‘staying dry’ and avoiding alcohol will make a difference to how you feel, then take note from research by London’s Royal Free Hospital. They monitored 102 men and women who were regular drinkers during a month of no drinking.
They found ‘substantial improvements’ not only with liver function (which you would expect) but also in the quality of sleep. The Independent has reported that alcohol holds back glutamine – which keeps you awake. Once you’ve stopped drinking (and gone to bed), the body floods the body with glutamine trying to wake you up making it more difficult to get a good night’s sleep.
If you suffer from anxiety, wouldn’t it be better to just give it up? And can you? It’s worth some serious thought.
How To Prevent a Hangover If you really don’t want to abstain, then Calmer You has uncovered some small but powerful strategies to help when you are going to drink. These include recommendations from endurance athlete and health expert, Mark Sissons.
Hangover Cures If you do have a hangover and feel anxious, then the best thing is to find hangover cures so you are able to recover as quickly as possible and avoid too much alcohol anxiety. Drinking water is one that everyone knows, but you can also introduce natural remedies, instead of having a big fry up or hair of the dog and wishing the day away in an anxious state.
Natural health approaches include taking Milk Thistle which helps the liver detoxify more quickly, green tea extract which has L-theanine, an anti-anxiety property, or it would be a good idea to have a store of Rescue Remedy close by – a few drops in water, spray or pastilles will help to stabilise your mood and emotions. It is designed to get the user through an acute set of anxieties so would be great for alcohol anxiety.
Alcohol anxiety is something you can avoid, by just saying no to alcohol. However, if you decide to drink, it’s your decision whether you think that the risk is worth the rewards. At the very least, you can take measures to ensure the day after your anxiety levels can be managed somewhat. If you know that you will be drinking, then be prepared and make sure you have some support at the back of your cupboard.
You can get inspiration from articles on the Calmer-You blog pages, or follow us on Twitter, or Like our Facebook page.
Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit Before you take any remedies, it is recommended that you seek advice from a doctor or chemist. And, if you really can’t cut down, then it’s best to seek advice from your Doctor about alcohol dependency.
I would love to know in the comments what you do to manage you alcohol intake, and if it helps. And, please share with anyone you think could use this information. Next check out this podcast episode about alcohol anxiety:
Apple Users Click here
Android Users click here
Follow my blog with Bloglovin
The post Alcohol Anxiety: 6 Reasons Why You Suffer From It & What To Do About It appeared first on Calmer you.
This article will uncover some of the reasons why alcohol anxiety occurs, what you can do to prevent a hangover, and how you can more quickly recover when you’ve had a few too many. Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit What Happens When You Drink Drinking alcohol has an effect on the mind […]
The post Alcohol Anxiety: 6 Reasons Why You Suffer From It & What To Do About It appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you find it hard to stop worrying? Is worrying making your life a misery? In this video I share the most important thing you need to know about worry, plus a simple and effective trick to stop worry in it’s tracks. Here I’m talking about a specific type of worry; the worries that are […]
The post How to Stop Worrying about Something appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you find it hard to stop worrying? Is worrying making your life a misery?
In this video I share the most important thing you need to know about worry, plus a simple and effective trick to stop worry in it’s tracks.
Here I’m talking about a specific type of worry; the worries that are the same each day, that just go round and round and really aren’t helpful because they don’t help us to find solutions to our problems and they’re very often about things that we can’t control anyway.
Let me know in the comments about one thing that helps you to stop worrying.
Plus click the button below to get your FREE relaxation MP3 – it’s seriously the most calming thing you can do!
The post How to Stop Worrying about Something appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m not really a clothes and shoes kind of girl (make-up and hair stuff is more my thing!) they tend to pass me by and a rarely pay them much attention. However, I’d decided to myself that I needed some new trainers and without actively going shopping for some, I just had this idea lingering in the back of my mind.
After that, a weird thing happened. I started to see trainers, everywhere.
I mean, they were really jumping out at me; on other people, in magazines, in shops, in adverts.
I couldn’t help but notice trainers everywhere I went. Needless to say, it didn’t take me long to find the perfect pair.
Now, there’s something curious at work here and I wonder if you’ve ever noticed a similar thing.
My parents would often talk about how they see the numbers 27 and 30 everywhere (their birthdays), my best friend always spots green cars, teacher Gabby Bernstein sees owls.
Once we have an idea about something and it takes root in the subconscious mind, our brain causes us to notice it more in our lives.
The brain is constantly filtering information, helping us to notice certain things and ignore other things. We have to; without this mental filtering there would be far too many bits of information for us to cope with (400 billion bits of information PER SECOND, apparently!)
Think of it like planting a seed and that seed dictates what we experience in our lives. I planted a seed about trainers, and I noticed them everywhere.
Often it comes down to our beliefs; my parents ‘believe’ that they see the numbers 27 and 30 everywhere; and so their brains are ‘tuned in’ to notice these numbers more than others.
There was a time when I was anxious that I believed that the world was a dangerous place.
I saw danger everywhere!
Every time I crossed the street, watched people doing sport or saw children playing, I couldn’t help but notice the potential for an accident.
(Nowdays I recognise that things are safe, most of the time, and I don’t notice these things nearly so much. I changed that belief and uprooted that pesky subconscious seed!)
In his book ‘The Happiness Advantage‘ Shawn Achor makes note of the fact that lawyers are more likely to be depressed than many other professionals.
He argues that this is partly due to the fact that many lawyers spend their working days looking for mistakes and problems. A critical eye is a must in this profession. However, this can be a problem for their personal lives since they’re more likely to be overly critical and to notice the negative aspects of their lives. They’re more ‘tuned in’ to the negatives.
The fact is, we notice what we look for, not what is necessarily there.
So how can we ‘plant positive seeds’ and attune our minds to look for the positive things?
Here are 3 ideas of things you can try that may help:
I would love to know in the comments about anything that you find yourself ‘noticing’ everywhere and please share this with anyone you think it might help!
Click the button below to receive your FREE relaxation MP3 and weekly tips, inspiration and resources for becoming your calmest self
The post We See What We Look For appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m not really a clothes and shoes kind of girl (make-up and hair stuff is more my thing!) they tend to pass me by and a rarely pay them much attention. However, I’d decided to myself that I needed some new trainers and without actively going shopping for some, I just had this idea lingering […]
The post We See What We Look For appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you worry a lot about what could happen in the future?
When a change is afoot in your life, do you often think the worst?
Perhaps when you think of the future, your mind creates a dystopia of the worst kind, complete with a sense of impending doom?
You’re certainly not alone if you often find yourself wondering ‘what if’ and then imagining all the bad things that could happen.
This is a tricky one, because there’s no denying that bad things do happen in the world… but what our anxious minds tend to do is to:
a. Give us an increased sense of the likelihood of bad things actually happening
b. Lower our belief in our ability to cope if bad things do happen
Which can easily lead to a perfect storm of worry and anxiety. The reality is summed up well by Mark Twain:
“I am an old man and have known a great many troubles, but most of them never happened.”
As a result, we still end up suffering, despite everything turning out fine anyway.
Perhaps you were told as a child that ‘it’s a dangerous world out there, you’ve got to be careful!’ as so many of us were, by well meaning family members. This sort of thing can attune our minds to danger that is not there.
Maybe you did go through something traumatic in your past, and the worrying to try to protect you in the future.
Often I hear people say ‘what if there’s an accident, or something happens to my boyfriend, how will I cope?’ – I’ve certainly wondered this myself many times.I used to sometimes feel like I had the weight of the world on my shoulders, not only worried about myself, but for other people too.
I was speaking to my Grandma yesterday about this. She was a young teenager during the second world war and her father was away fighting. She told me something
interesting. Lots of the men were away at war and there was a lot of danger and death around. Despite this, everyone pulled together, supported each other and focused on being positive to make the best of a bad situation. People really were there for one another and through all the tragedy and difficulty, there was still happiness, love and positivity.
What I always try to remind myself and my clients, is that as human beings we all have inner resources and strengths within us that we don’t always know are there, but which we can call on, when we need them the most.
One of the best books I’ve ever read is Viktor Frankl’s ‘Man’s Search for Meaning’. He wrote this book having survived the Nazi concentration camps. He writes about the horrors of the holocaust, noting how humans are able to find meaning and hope in even the most challenging of situations.
Human beings as a species have been through so much, finding a way to cope and survive, no matter how difficult things have become. You have that same ability within you too, that’s been handed down to you down the generations. Humans are incredibly resilient. You are stronger and more resourceful than you think.
The answer to ‘what if’ is that… You’ll be able to cope with it, whatever might happen.
And, the most likely thing that will happen, is that it will all be fine
This all comes down to reminding yourself that you can trust in yourself to cope and that you will be ok.
Things are almost never as bad as your thoughts make them out to be, but even if something bad were to happen, you have the resources, strength and wisdom to cope with it.
I’d like to invite you to think about some of the challenges you’ve overcome; it might have been something difficult in childhood that you dealt with, a struggle at work that you bounced back from, giving birth to a child or a difficult relationship that you broke free of.
When we remind ourselves of the difficulties that we’ve managed to overcome, we reinforce this sense that we can trust ourselves to cope with things in the future.
Let us know in the comments about one struggle or difficulty you’ve overcome, or bounced back from.
The post But What If… appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you worry a lot about what could happen in the future? When a change is afoot in your life, do you often think the worst? Perhaps when you think of the future, your mind creates a dystopia of the worst kind, complete with a sense of impending doom? You’re certainly not alone if you […]
The post But What If… appeared first on Calmer you.
Look at this picture on the left. What do you see? An old woman? Or a young woman? Can you see both? What you see depends on your perspective. The picture isn’t really of either an old woman or a young woman. It’s just some pixels on the screen. WE make it either an old […]
The post What do you see? appeared first on Calmer you.
Look at this picture on the left.
What do you see?
An old woman?
Or a young woman?
Can you see both?
What you see depends on your perspective.
The picture isn’t really of either an old woman or a young woman. It’s just some pixels on the screen.
WE make it either an old woman or a young women.
It’s our mind that interprets this series of pixels on the screen and we give it the meaning.
Often in life, we tend to think that the mind is like a camera; taking in the world as it really is.
This isn’t the case.
Ever noticed how some days your partner is the most annoying person in the world, the next day they’re the most amazing? The difference isn’t them; they’re still the same guy or gal. The difference is in your thinking.
This is why, instead of the mind being like a video camera, recording events as they are actually happening, the mind is much more like the projector; we project our own thoughts and beliefs on to life, and our experience is created by what we think about what’s happening, rather than about what’s actually happening.
Our thinking creates our experience, not the events themselves.
The picture above is just a series of pixels on the screen; you make it either an old woman or a young one.
The presentation you have to do at work is just a presentation; you make it either scary or exciting.
The weather is just grey and rainy; you make it either ‘cosy’ or ‘miserable’ in our minds.
Depending on the meaning and the thoughts we ‘project’ on to it, a friend getting a promotion could be a chance for celebration, or a chance for the green eyed monster to rear it’s head.
So next time you find yourself feeling negative, anxious or just plain irritated about something, ask yourself ‘what thoughts or beliefs am I projecting on to this situation?’
It can help to take some of the heaviness out of situations to remind ourselves that it’s our thoughts that create our feelings, not the situations themselves.
I’d love to hear about what thoughts you’ve been projecting onto your experiences in the comments below.
*This post was inspired by ‘supercoach’ Michael Neill’s podcast.
The post What do you see? appeared first on Calmer you.
Hey friends! This week I’m talking about how to deal with panic attacks; the symptoms, sharing a story from my own experience, exposing a few truths and giving some tips! Do you have any tips for dealing with panic attacks? Let us know in the comments! Please share this vid with anyone who may need […]
The post How to Deal with Panic Attacks appeared first on Calmer you.
Hey friends!
This week I’m talking about how to deal with panic attacks; the symptoms, sharing a story from my own experience, exposing a few truths and giving some tips!
Do you have any tips for dealing with panic attacks? Let us know in the comments!
Please share this vid with anyone who may need it – or perhaps with someone who you’d like to understand panic a bit better.
The post How to Deal with Panic Attacks appeared first on Calmer you.
Social Anxiety: the common myths and the actual truths
Social anxiety is one of THE most common form of anxiety and certainly something I experienced myself. Here, I’m busting some common myths about social anxiety – consider sharing this with a friend or loved one who you’d like to understand social anxiety a bit more.
It doesn’t affect many people
The truth according to the Social Anxiety Association is that around 7% of the population at any one time, are affected by social anxiety which is why you will see more information online about that than other forms of anxiety.
It is not just being ‘a bit shy’
People with social anxiety become overwhelmed at the thought of doing simple tasks such as going out of the house, or making a phone call. This can affect a person’s ability to go to work, or form meaningful relationships. Some people label this behaviour as being shy. The truth is that social anxiety can negatively affect any situation where people are involved, even what others would consider every day events. (By the way, being shy does not indicate that you are socially anxious).
They can just buck their ideas up
People do not want to have social anxiety, and would be very willing to ‘buck their ideas up’ and ‘just get on with it’ if they could, as some suggest. But it’s not like that. It is quite difficult for someone who has not experienced anxious feelings about interacting with people to understand those who have.
So telling someone to ‘stop worrying and just go out’ is really not helpful.
You’re stuck with it forever
It doesn’t have to be. The good news is that with the right support, social anxiety can be eased, and even overcome for most people. If this is you, ask for help from your doctor or a therapist or look into online programme like the one on this site.
It’s in your genes
While some elements of ourselves can be passed down the genes, behaviours are learned from our parents and our environment when we were growing up. Constant criticism, being told you’re getting things wrong, or listening to over-cautious parents’ advice such as ‘the world’s a dangerous place, you must take care’ form part of our beliefs about the world. The good news is that these are simply beliefs, however strong, and can be replaced with more positive ones such as ‘I am cared for in this world, and all I need is provided for me, and ‘I am safe’. An adult with social anxiety can unlearn thought patterns and replace them.
People with social anxiety are just rude
People who suffer from social anxiety can come across as rude, aloof or uninterested. In fact that’s far from the truth. Inside they really want to join in, but aren’t able to, due to their current thought patterns. They think they might say something stupid, so stay quiet. You’ll know if this is the case if they stay within your circle, but just on the edges.
So next time you meet someone who isn’t joining in, don’t rush to a conclusion, be kind and patient, as they might just have social anxiety and are trying really hard to deal with it by being out socially with people they don’t know.
It’s not about wanting to speak in public
Social anxiety and a fear of public speaking are two different things. Public speaking is about the spotlight being on the person. Social anxiety could cover public speaking as well as difficulty with every day tasks where there is a need to interact with others.
Isn’t there a pill that can help?
It is really important that anyone who believes they have social anxiety seek medical advice. A good doctor will be able to correctly diagnose if it is just social anxiety or if there is another underlying condition going on. He/she will then prescribe medication if that is appropriate. However pills won’t get to the root of the problem so it’s important to therapy or a structure online programme such as the one at Calmer You.
Social anxiety means you’re weak
This condition does not discriminate – it affects every type of person you can imagine. Just because people experience social anxiety does not mean that they are not very capable in other areas of their life, nor that they have less opportunities.
People should avoid going out if their socially anxious
Avoiding going out is the last thing people with social anxiety should do. There are many coping mechanisms to employ to ease the feelings of social anxiety and they must be practiced with people. So getting out and about should be a real focus so that meeting people is not a big deal. Having a therapist as a guide through these learning situations is key to their success.
Now you understand social anxiety a bit more. If this resonated with you, please don’t suffer alone with your social anxiety, and seek out help from a professional whether that’s a doctor or a qualified therapist or support from this site.
Now check out the online programme for anxiety and see if it could help you.
The post Social Anxiety: the Common Myths and the Actual Truths appeared first on Calmer you.
Social Anxiety: the common myths and the actual truths Social anxiety is one of THE most common form of anxiety and certainly something I experienced myself. Here, I’m busting some common myths about social anxiety – consider sharing this with a friend or loved one who you’d like to understand social anxiety a bit more. […]
The post Social Anxiety: the Common Myths and the Actual Truths appeared first on Calmer you.
The Reasons We Over-Apologise
‘Oops! Sorry!’, I said to the guy I had tripped up next to.
He immediately said ‘Don’t be sorry!’
And I thought, ‘oh yeah, why am I sorry?!’
I hadn’t inconvenienced him at all. If anything, I could have hurt myself, and yet my automatic response was to say ‘sorry’ to him.
Although this is just a small example, it got me thinking about how many other things we apologise about, when we really don’t need to.
We might apologise before speaking up and asking a question in a meeting.
We might apologise before having to complain about something in a restaurant. Even when there is something wrong with food.
We might apologise for taking up too much space in a seat on the bus.
Some of us might apologise for the way we look; because we’re not wearing make-up or because we believe we’re not wearing the right clothes or shoes (in fact, according to Brene Brown, our body and appearance is the biggest cause of shame for women).
Something that I’ve noticed about myself is that sometimes I’ll pre-empt things (like asking for what I want) with an apology because I don’t want to appear like a bitch!
These things can seem almost silly and unnecessary when we really think about them.
Although probably most of us have done this at some time or another.
But why DO we apologise so much?
There’s an obvious social advantage to apologising; to keep the peace and avoid fights or confrontations. And of course it’s a good thing to apologise when we really have done something wrong.
However, over-apologising could be a symptom of low self esteem and confidence, or a sense of shame about ourselves.
If this is the case, apologising all the time could reinforce these things and in turn, impact our position in the workplace, in our relationships and stop us from getting what we really want (like warm food in a restaurant, a raise at work, or more help around the house).
When we over-apologise we’re sending a message to ourselves and others that we’re somehow ‘less than’, or not worthy.
Well, I want you to know; you are worthy, you have a right to be here, you have a right to take up space, to speak up, and be seen and heard. You’re not a bitch for asking for what you want and you look just great without make-up. You don’t owe a made-up face to any body.
So, I’d like to extend this challenge to you – to notice all the ways that you apologise when it’s not really needed. Keep a note of it during the day.
Can you instead respond in a bold, brave and confident way?
This might take practise but having awareness is the first step to changing.
Who knows, it might help you to change the way you think about yourself.
I’d love to hear in the comments what things you apologise for when it’s not really necessary.
Want to stay in touch? Sign up to get your FREE relaxation MP3, plus weekly tips and inspiration from me 🙂
The post The Reasons We Over-Apologise appeared first on Calmer you.
The Reasons We Over-Apologise ‘Oops! Sorry!’, I said to the guy I had tripped up next to. He immediately said ‘Don’t be sorry!’ And I thought, ‘oh yeah, why am I sorry?!’ I hadn’t inconvenienced him at all. If anything, I could have hurt myself, and yet my automatic response was to say ‘sorry’ to […]
The post The Reasons We Over-Apologise appeared first on Calmer you.
Unusual but Easy Confidence Boosters Confidence, we all want it. When we’re confident, life feels easier, we’re more able to pursue our dreams, enjoy our relationships and succeed at work. I’m constantly amazed at how, even those who appear really confident on the outside, often report that they experience fear, self doubt and nerves […]
The post Unusual but Easy Confidence Boosters appeared first on Calmer you.
Unusual but Easy Confidence Boosters
Confidence, we all want it. When we’re confident, life feels easier, we’re more able to pursue our dreams, enjoy our relationships and succeed at work.
I’m constantly amazed at how, even those who appear really confident on the outside, often report that they experience fear, self doubt and nerves on the inside.
Confidence can be something that fluctuates according to how things are going in our lives but there are always things that we can do to give ourselves a confidence boost and below I’ve collected some unusual but effective ways to quickly boost confidence.
Posture
Studies have shown that posture can actually affect the levels of hormones in our bodies. A closed up, small body posture can increase levels of stress hormones, making us feel less confident. While an open and powerful posture (think, ‘Wonder Woman’, with hands on hips) can increase levels of testosterone in the body and lead to a feeling of power and self confidence.
Focus your attention outwards
Often when we’re lacking in confidence and feeling self conscious, our attention is directed inwards. We’re thinking about ourselves, about what others must be thinking about us and how we’re perceived. If we direct our attention outwards and away from ourselves, we’re more able to be in the moment and just be ourselves. Try focusing on your surroundings and all the colours and objects around you; of if you’re talking to someone, really focus intently on them and what they’re saying. By doing this you tune into your surroundings and the experience, and become less aware of yourself.
Do the things that scare you
Although it can be unpleasant at the time, doing the things that we lack the confidence to do, helps us to overcome our fear and prove to ourselves that we can cope. If you lack the confidence to meet new people, put yourself in situations where you’ll have to meet them. If you’re scared to speak in public, take steps to put yourself in situations where you’ll have to. Overcoming your fears will boost your confidence and teach you that these things are rarely as bad as we think they’re going to be.
Smile
Smiling sends a biofeedback message to our brains, telling us we’re happy. If you feel scared or you’re doubting yourself, paste on a smile (even if it’s a fake one!) It could help you to feel more light hearted and boost your mood and confidence.
Big yourself up
There have been times in your life that you’ve overcome challenges, dealt with difficult situations, helped other people and achieved things. Remind yourself of all of these things, and all the skills and abilities you developed as a result. By doing this, you remind yourself that you are a capable human being and that you can overcome other challenges in your life.
Shake it off
Animals do this all the time when they want to quick diffuse stress and tension from the body. Ever seen a cat or dog vigorously shake when they’ve had a fright? Try this; shake your body all over for a few seconds. Really go for it! Play a fun song as you shake to get an added benefit (I like ‘Shake it off’ by Taylor Swift).
Doing this is a ‘Tension Release Exercise’ and can help us to get rid of tension and stress, instead of holding on to it. It can help us to feel more light-hearted and less serious when we’re lacking in confidence.
Mirror work
Look into your own eyes in the mirror and tell yourself positive things like ‘I am a wise person’ ‘I am a confident person’ and ‘All is well’.
The things that we tell ourselves mean something, and there’s something powerful about looking into our own eyes when we do this that helps to ensure that we start to believe it.
It’s none of your business
Finally, remember that what other people think of you, is none of your business. What people think is entirely made up of their own experiences in life, their upbringings and the sort of day that they’re having. It’s not a true reflection of you. So remind yourself that what other people think of you is their stuff, and try not to take it personally.
Do you have any quick or unusual confidence boosting tips? Have you tried any of these listed? Let us know in the comments.
Did you sign up to the newsletter yet? Click the button below to sign up and get your FREE relaxation MP3.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Unusual but Easy Confidence Boosters appeared first on Calmer you.
Top 6 Mistakes People with Anxiety Make
Send me the anxiety toolkit
Using alcohol
Although alcohol can make the symptoms of anxiety diminish in the short term (making social events less nerve wreaking, for example) anxiety can be a lot worse after a drinking session. Many people, even those who usually don’t feel anxious generally, will have experienced some hangover anxiety. This is partly because having a hangover can produce physical symptoms like trembling, headaches, nausea, which can be similar to feelings of anxiety. Alcohol is also a depressant and reduces the quality of our sleep, making us feel negative and in a lower mood the next day.
I’m not suggesting you give up alcohol completely (although it’s not a bad idea!) but ensuring you’re not going to have a hangover the next day will help. Alternating alcoholic drinks with soft drinks while you’re out is an effective way to minimise the chance of a hangover, while I also find that having a less ‘delicious’ drink, such as a vodka and soda, will mean you’ll probably drink less, rather than the tasty, sugary cocktails, for example.
Fighting against anxiety
When we fight against anxiety, we often make our anxiety worse. We’ll often tell ourselves ‘why am I feeling this?!’ or ‘I shouldn’t feel this way, I need to make it stop!!”. In reality, the anxiety is only our bodies well-meaning way of keeping us safe, which has somehow gone awry. When we accept that all anxiety is is adrenaline; our bodies way of trying to protect us from danger, we can begin to see anxiety as a friend rather than a foe. As soon as we accept something, without trying to change it or make it go away, it’s power is lessened anyway. Give it a try.
Not facing fears
It’s natural to want to avoid things that make us feel anxious. Whether it’s crowded places, public speaking or social events, avoiding doing these things can seem like an easy and simple way to escape the feeling of anxiety. However, in life, we can’t avoid things forever, especially if we want to live full and happy lives, and the time will likely come when you have to face your fears. If you’ve been avoiding a situation, the chances are that it’ll be scarier and more anxiety provoking than ever when you do have to face it.
This is why it’s important to try to challenge yourself and ‘face your fears’ as much as you can. I’m not suggesting you book a sky dive if you’re scared of heights, but just take a small step in the right direction, perhaps by going up in a lift to a high floor or climbing a hill. By taking small steps forwards you’ll be teaching yourself that you can in fact cope with these things, and you’ll be building your confidence in the process.
Keeping it all to themselves
Are you bottling up your feelings? A key mistake anxious people make it not confiding in others about how they’re feeling. It’s all to easy to want to just got on with things and not make a fuss, especially if we’re worried about inconveniencing others with our problems. However, people who love you more often than not, want to help and support you. Often just speaking to someone else about how you’re feeling can make all the difference.
Thinking they’re alone
I hear time and time again that people feel isolated by their anxiety and as if they are the only ones that feel that way. In actual fact, around 1 in 5 people feel anxious, so you are definitely not alone. Anxiety is very common and can happen to anyone, even rich and famous people like Jennifer Lawrence and Emma Stone have spoken about their struggles with anxiety.
Not getting help
More than half of anxiety sufferers don’t seek any professional help for their issue, which is such a shame since it’s often very effective. Anxiety, when treated, can get better. Whether it’s speaking to your doctor, a therapist or enrolling in an online programme for anxiety, help is available and you don’t have to put up with feeling anxious all the time.
Let me know in the comments about any mistakes you think you’re making when it comes to anxiety.
Send me the anxiety toolkit
The post Top 6 Mistakes People with Anxiety Make appeared first on Calmer you.
Top 6 Mistakes People with Anxiety Make Send me the anxiety toolkit Using alcohol Although alcohol can make the symptoms of anxiety diminish in the short term (making social events less nerve wreaking, for example) anxiety can be a lot worse after a drinking session. Many people, even those who usually don’t feel anxious generally, […]
The post Top 6 Mistakes People with Anxiety Make appeared first on Calmer you.
I was walking in my local neighbourhood of Shoreditch, East London recently when I came across this piece of street art.
‘Be Bad Until You’re Good’
Something stirred within me as a read it.
Whether it was the meaning that the artist intended, I don’t know, but for me it seemed so pertinent.
It mentally transported me back to school, where we’re often told to be ‘good little girls and boys’; where high attainment is celebrated and doing badly is at best ignored, and at worst disciplined, whether it’s in sports class, art class, or reading aloud in front of the class.
A particularly un-inspiring game my Year 5 teacher used to have us play was intended to help us to learn the times-tables.
Every time you got a question right, you took a step up, on to your chair, or the table, while a wrong answer meant you took a step down, first on to your knees, then squatting, and then finally, for the really numerically challenged, lying down flat on the dirty floor, amongst the dust, hair balls and pencil sharpenings.
Needless to say, Maths was never my strong point and I spent the entirety of the game lying on the cold floor, shamefaced and alone.
For you, maybe it was the embarrassment of getting picked last for team sports that meant you got your Mum to write you a sick note. Maybe you had a competitive school environment where boys and girls vied to be the prettiest, the smartest or the one with the most expensive trainers. Or perhaps it was a fumbled performance in the school play, leading to a strong sense that to be ‘bad’ at stuff, was bad, baaaad news.
I see this loads in my clients and I know I’ve done this myself in the past. I’ve held myself back, declined opportunities or stopped myself from trying new things because, hey, if I can’t be awesome at it beyond words, what’s the point?!?
Often we tell ourselves ‘at least if I don’t try, then no one will ever have to know that I’m no-good’.
So, what I’m calling for is for us to start to reclaim ‘bad’ – to really own it and embrace wherever we are as we journey through this life of experience, growth and learning.
I’ve realised, that being bad at stuff is a vital step toward getting better and is actually an amazing place to be, full of potential for getting better and making progress. The fact is, when we practise stuff, we get better. Read about my experience with snowboarding here.
Often in movies we’ll see the main character going on a journey of self discovery, making mistakes, making progress AND having fun and adventures along the way.
Often if I’m trying something new, and I’m a bit rubbish at it at first, I imagine myself as the character in a movie in some kind of training montage, basically sucking at first, but gradually getting a bit better as the movie progresses.
By seeing being ‘bad’ in a more light-hearted way, being kinder to ourselves about it and knowing that it’s just a first step and that everyone starts somewhere, we can start to embrace ourselves at whatever level we’re at and have the courage to move forwards anyway.
So, I invite you; Be Bad, Until You’re Good.
Are you holding yourself back from something for fear of being bad at it? I’d love to know in the comments PLUS let us all know what one small step could be to get better at it. Your story could inspire someone else so please do share it.
The street art was by the wonderful Lakwena (picture used with permission) and you can find out more about her here.
The post Be Bad Until You’re Good appeared first on Calmer you.
I was walking in my local neighbourhood of Shoreditch, East London recently when I came across this piece of street art. ‘Be Bad Until You’re Good’ Something stirred within me as a read it. Whether it was the meaning that the artist intended, I don’t know, but for me it seemed so pertinent. It mentally […]
The post Be Bad Until You’re Good appeared first on Calmer you.
The Surprising Bathroom Practise that Can Boost your Self Esteem + Confidence This may seem like a strange thing to do, but trust me it works! Let us know in the comments if you’ll be giving this a try – and share with us what you’ll be saying. Check out some other stuff on boosting […]
The post The Surprising Bathroom Practise that Can Boost your Self Esteem & Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
The Surprising Bathroom Practise that Can Boost your Self Esteem + Confidence This may seem like a strange thing to do, but trust me it works!
Let us know in the comments if you’ll be giving this a try – and share with us what you’ll be saying.
Check out some other stuff on boosting self esteem here.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post The Surprising Bathroom Practise that Can Boost your Self Esteem & Confidence appeared first on Calmer you.
An Almost-Instant Way to change your Perspective on Yourself Would you like to see yourself in a new, much more positive way?
Follow along with this 3 minute exercise to do just that.
I’d love to hear about what you noticed following this exercise – please let us know in the comments!
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post An Almost-Instant Way to change your Perspective on Yourself appeared first on Calmer you.
An Almost-Instant Way to change your Perspective on Yourself Would you like to see yourself in a new, much more positive way? Follow along with this 3 minute exercise to do just that. I’d love to hear about what you noticed following this exercise – please let us know in the comments! Get your FREE […]
The post An Almost-Instant Way to change your Perspective on Yourself appeared first on Calmer you.
Decision Anxiety I was chatting to my best friend recently about planning her 30th birthday party. Although she’s ordinarily one of the calmest people I know, there’s one thing that can turn her into a ball of worry… even to the point of having sleepless nights!
And that thing is indecision. Wanting things to be perfect, to include all the right people and for everyone to have a great time all came into play and had been making it really hard for her to move forward, PLUS it was causing her a lot of stress.
So, inspired by that, I’ve come up with 4 issues that can contribute to indecision and some ideas on how we can start to overcome them (and I’d love to hear any more that you have, in the comments).
It’s often a lack of trust in ourselves, our thought processes or our ability to make good decisions, that can lead to this anxiety about making them. We don’t trust that we’ll make the right choice.
Often in life, we underestimate our own abilities and experience and over estimate those of other people. The reality is that you have a lot of valuable knowledge, understanding and experience and you are just as well equipped to make decisions as anyone else. Nobody knows you and your life better than you do, so you’re the most well prepared person to make any decisions about you and your life!
Life coach Michael Neil says that the decision itself is far less important than how we deal with whatever arises from that decision. You can cope with whatever happens.
Try saying a daily affirmation to yourself ‘I trust myself to make decisions’ or ‘I am capable and wise’.
2. Fear of uncertainty
Anxiousness often comes hand in hand with a need for certainty. And when we’re making a decision, there is no guarantee or certainty that things will turn out the way we want. Sometimes it can be easier not to make a decision at all because at least that way, things will stay the same and that feels safer.
Sometimes just recognising what’s going on with us can go a long way to helping us to overcome it. What if you could look at the decision and instead of seeing it as scary and uncertain, seeing it as a great adventure, or an exciting experiment?
Never underestimate your ability to adapt and change
3. Perfectionism
Most people want things to be good, but if you’re actually a perfectionist, there’s often this sense that nothing is ever quite ‘good enough’.
The truth is, perfection is in the eye of the beholder.
If we’ve got an internal attitude of ‘not good enough’ then perfection will always be just out of reach. If we can be more accepting of ‘good enough’ and know that there are no ‘perfect’ decisions or outcomes, we’ll be able to make decisions more easily.
And the interesting thing that happens when we become more accepting, is that things start to feel more perfect, just as they are.
4. Wanting to keep everyone happy
This is a classic. We may have one idea about doing something, but someone that we love has an opposite idea.
As a considerate person, you’ll likely want to avoid upsetting people if you can. Perhaps though, you take this a bit too far and try to keep everyone happy all of the time.
Unfortunately, this just isn’t possible. If you’re trying to do this all the time it’s likely that you’re not able to take care of yourself as well. You could end up burning out and going nowhere.
This is another case of learning to accept ‘good enough’; doing your best for others but ultimately doing what you want and what you know to be best for you. When you take care of yourself, it ends up benefiting others anyway, because you’ll be more fulfilled and energised. Being ‘selfish’ therefore, isn’t really selfish.
Can you relate to any of these?
Another thing that I’ve noticed about making decisions is that the more we over-think them, the more muddled and confused we become. Making decisions from a place of stress and fear is never a good thing.
Something interesting happens with decision-making when we relax about it. When we calm our minds and let go of the outcome we tap into our inner wisdom, our intuition and our deeper understanding. There is a part of us that will know the right course of action, if only we can calm our minds down enough to listen. Go for a walk in nature, get an good nights sleep or just put the decision aside for a few days, and see what comes up for you.
If that’s not available right now, try this technique from Michael Neil.
Flip a coin (try it right now if you have something you’re deliberating over!)
Tell yourself that no matter what the outcome of the coin flip, that you’re going to use it make your decision.
Flipped your coin?
So, how do you feel about the result?
Whether you’re pleased or disappointed could be important signals about what the best decision for you really is. If you’re still ambivalent, it could be a sign that it doesn’t really matter what decision you make!
Plus, you can often change your mind later if you want, if things don’t work out.
But they nearly always do. And if they don’t, you’ve learned something really valuable.
Did you like this article? I’d love to hear from you in the comments about one specific thing that you’ve struggled to decide on and what happened in the end, and please share this with anyone who may need it.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post Decision Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Decision Anxiety I was chatting to my best friend recently about planning her 30th birthday party. Although she’s ordinarily one of the calmest people I know, there’s one thing that can turn her into a ball of worry… even to the point of having sleepless nights! And that thing is indecision. Wanting things to be […]
The post Decision Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you ever feel like you’re wired to notice the negative things around you? (Just so you know, if you do, it’s not your fault) Do you have a tendency towards thinking the worst? Noticing dangers or problems? Maybe you work in a job where it’s actually advantageous see things with a critical eye […]
The post 3 Things That Can Make you Happier and Calmer appeared first on Calmer you.
Do you ever feel like you’re wired to notice the negative things around you?
(Just so you know, if you do, it’s not your fault)
Do you have a tendency towards thinking the worst? Noticing dangers or problems?
Maybe you work in a job where it’s actually advantageous see things with a critical eye and to spot mistakes (lawyers, graphic designers and anything that requires a high attention to details are a great examples).
For those of us experiencing stress or anxiety, it’s as if our brains have been trained to notice these things, because it makes us feel safer to be on high alert for any potential issues or dangers.
However, always noticing the negatives can make us feel bad!
If you’d like to redress the balance, feel happier and more positive, check out this weeks video.
I’d love you to share in the comments what your ‘3 Things’ are and inspire others to do the same – come on, I have 🙂
Wishing you a happy and peaceful week,
If you haven’t already, sign up to get your FREE relaxation MP3- what are you waiting for?
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post 3 Things That Can Make you Happier and Calmer appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you Avoiding your Feelings? Try this now to Calm Anxiety Doing this simple exercise could really help you to calm your mind. I’d love to hear what your experience was in the comments! Let me know in the comments what you noticed about this exercise, I’d love to hear from you. Click Here to […]
The post Are you Avoiding your Feelings? Try this now to Calm Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you Avoiding your Feelings? Try this now to Calm Anxiety Doing this simple exercise could really help you to calm your mind. I’d love to hear what your experience was in the comments!
Let me know in the comments what you noticed about this exercise, I’d love to hear from you.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Are you Avoiding your Feelings? Try this now to Calm Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Do things in your life feel overwhelming and out of control? I know the feeling. Sometimes it’s as if there is just too much happening at once, too many demands on our attention, and not enough time. Here are 7 reasons you’re feeling overwhelmed and how to overcome them with ease.
The To-Do’s If like me, you have a to-do list that reaches from here to infinity and it just keeps growing, it is now the perfect time to change it.
The first step to not allowing this to get you down is to recognise that your to-do list will never be finished. And that’s ok! By just focusing on what you’re doing at that time, rather than all the things you have to do, you can start to feel more in control and on top of things.
In his book, Supercoach, Michael Neil suggests we have two ‘to-do’ lists. One with the list of all the things we’d like to do that day on it, and another with just one item on it, the ONE thing we have to do that day. Once you’ve completed that one thing, you can move another item onto the ‘one thing’ list. That way, you’ve only ever got one thing to do, and it’s less overwhelming.
Social Media Many of us know that there is a dark side to social media. When our intention is to pop into Facebook for 10 minutes and we end up emerging 2 hours later with little to show for it, it’s clear to see that social media can be a drain on our time and energy.
Not only this, but it can make us feel as though we are missing out on stuff, not achieving enough or not where we want to be in our lives (I’m thinking pictures of people looking tanned on holiday, friends talking up their latest promotion or snaps of their uber-cute baby or ‘perfect’ wedding).
If social media is causing you to waste time and is dragging down your self-esteem, it could be time to reduce the amount of time you spend on it. Unfollow those that make you feel bad about yourself and streamline your feed with only things that enhance your life and boost your mood (inspiring posts or funny cat videos, anyone?!).
Remember that your life has equal value to anyone else’s and that what we don’t see behind the suntans and cute baby pictures are the holiday food poisonings, sleepless nights, frustrations, and challenges that we all experience in life (but don’t shout about on Facebook).
Your Mobile As a recovering phone addict, I know a thing or two about how our phones can take over our lives and destroy our peace of mind. Having recently had my phone stolen and being without it for a week, I learned that I can indeed survive and that I was checking my phone far more often than was really necessary.
Try switching off notifications on your phone so that you have to go into Twitter, Instagram, or your email in order to catch up on the action. When our phones are constantly buzzing and updating us, it can be just another demand on our time and energy. When I did this in 2013 it was a real life changer! Go into ‘settings’ and then ‘notifications’ and turn off notifications for your social media and emails.
Not Taking Enough Time for Yourself Self-care is a biggie these days in health and wellbeing circles. We’re often reminded that going for a yoga class, a walk at lunchtime, or that massage is good for us. But how often do they get pushed aside in favour of more pressing responsibilities?
Life coach Marie Forleo has a saying, “If it’s not scheduled in, it’s not happening”.
Rest is as important as activity in helping us to live happy, productive, and successful lives. If your battery is running on empty, you’re not as effective, life feels harder PLUS everyone around you will suffer too if you’re in a grump!
Schedule in time for yourself and treat it with the same importance as a meeting with your boss.
Perfectionism Perfectionists set impossibly high standards for themselves and even when they meet those standards, they’re likely to keep raising the bar. The result? You never feel good enough no matter how well things are going.
If this sounds like you, try to remember that perfection is not actually a thing. It’s an opinion. Everyone’s opinions are going to be different, so you’re really setting yourself up for something impossible.
When you notice you’re setting your standards impossibly high and putting too much pressure on yourself, ask yourself, “Can I settle for ‘good enough’ over perfection?”
Remember that you are lovable and worthwhile, flaws and all and that even if you make a mistake, it’s very rarely unfixable and mistakes are an essential part of learning and getting better anyway.
Saying No I love this quote by productivity guru, David Allen, “You can do anything, but not everything”.
Perhaps you want to make sure people are happy; maybe you don’t want to miss out or you’re worried about upsetting people if you say ‘no’ to things.
The truth is, setting healthy boundaries and saying ‘no’ could be a key step to helping you to feel less overwhelmed and overloaded. By saying no, you’re ensuring that the quality of the things you do say yes to is higher, which is better for everyone all around. It’s like they say on a plane, ‘put the oxygen mask over yourself first before helping others, and the same is true in life! Take care of yourself first.
Time Travel In life, there is only ever one thing happening, and that’s what’s happening right now. The rest of the crazy jumble of stuff that can go on in our brains is stuff from the past or the future. With all that going on at once, it’s no wonder we can get overwhelmed.
I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again, meditation is the key to staying more present and living a happier and calmer life.
Check out apps like Headspace, or try your local yoga or Buddhist centre for group meditation classes.
When we live in a hectic world, peace of mind sometimes has to be created, not left to chance! Remember you are here to enjoy your life, grow and learn; and ‘be’ not just to ‘do’.
I’d love to hear about ONE thing that overwhelms you and what steps you could take to overcome it. Please let me know in the comments.
As always, I’d be so grateful if you’d share this article with anyone who may need it.
Get Your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS Your Quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post 7 Reasons You’re Feeling Overwhelmed and What to Do About Them appeared first on Calmer you.
Do things in your life feel overwhelming and out of control? I know the feeling. Sometimes it’s as if there is just too much happening at once, too many demands on our attention, and not enough time. Here are 7 reasons you’re feeling overwhelmed and how to overcome them with ease. The To-Do’s If like […]
The post 7 Reasons You’re Feeling Overwhelmed and What to Do About Them appeared first on Calmer you.
On holiday last week, things didn’t turn out exactly as I had planned. What I learned from the experience has inspired this weeks newsletter…
When we’re anxious it’s often about things that could potentially go wrong in the future. Our imaginations can go haywire as we mentally invent the disasters, mishaps and the strokes of bad luck that could befall us.
Often it’s an overestimation of the risk and an underestimation of our ability to cope when things go wrong that is at the root of our anxiety.
I know that for me, in the past, my way of dealing with things going wrong was to make sure they didn’t happen in the first place.
In relationships, I held myself back, telling myself that if they didn’t know the ‘real me’ I’d be safe from rejection or hurt.
I’d shy away from meeting new people or try to control situations to a ridiculous degree in order to feel safe and avoid making a mistake.
The irony is though, the the more we hold ourselves back, the less likely we are to PROVE to ourselves that even if things do go wrong, we can still cope with them. This essential truth is a huge factor in overcoming anxiety.
(That’s me on the right!)
Last week while on a blissful yoga holiday in Ibiza (also known for it’s healthy food and yoga as well as it’s wild parties) I had my bag stolen. In this bag I had my passport, cash, cards, keys, watch, ring, phone and my journal in there.
All my prised possessions, my security, gone in a flash.
Now, although this was annoying and an inconvenience, I found that I was ok with it and several people remarked that I was surprisingly chilled out about it.
I believe there were a few mindset shifts that I’ve managed to instil into myself that meant I didn’t see this event as the disaster that I once would have.
The first thing is this: I believe that we are all here to learn and grow as human beings and that things do not happen to us, but for us.
If we can see everything that happens in our lives as an opportunity to learn and develop as people, we can start to see even the ‘bad’ things are benefitting us in some way.
Caveat
Now, I know there are far worse things that can happen in life than getting your bag stolen, but I wanted to use this as an example and I believe the insights still apply no matter what the situation. (Plus, there’s the fact that most of the things we worry about never end up happening anyway.)
From this experience I learned to appreciate the things I have. I’ve a new appreciation for being able to get money out of the cash machine whenever I want, for having a phone and all my audiobooks on it and for my journal being to hand.
I learned about how amazingly kind, supportive and generous people can be when you really need them, so a big thank you to all my yoga buddies who lent me money and bought me food!
I learned can survive without my iPhone for a week!
From this, I reminded myself that in every difficulty there is a deeper lesson, you just have to look for it.
The mind has this way of finding evidence to support our beliefs. In psychology it’s called ‘confirmation bias’. For example, if we tell ourselves that we are lucky, we’ll notice all the lucky events that turn up. If we tell ourselves that we always see the number 108, we’ll start to notice it everywhere! (seriously, try it!).
So work on shifting your mindset to one of believing that things are happening for your benefit, and notice how your mind finds the reasons why this is true.
Since spending a lot of time indoors making my online programme at the beginning of the year, I’d recently decided to make a conscious effort to get out into the world and do more things.
The more we do, the more we open ourselves us to things potentially being out of our control or not going well. In my case I believe having my bag stolen was to show me that I can cope when things go wrong. And since I found I was able to cope, I feel more confident about trying other things, safe in the knowledge that I’m a resilient and capable person!
And so are you, by the way 😉
So my advice to you is this: get out into the world, get messy, open yourself up to failure, make mistakes and learn from them – because by doing this you learn about your own resilience and ability to cope, you infuse yourself with confidence and self assurance and you live a life that is full and rewarding, even if it’s challenging at times.
Even if things go wrong, you’ll be ok.
I’d love to hear in the comments ‘what are you taking from this article’? What would you like to do that you’ve been holding yourself back from doing, maybe out of fear of something going wrong?
As always I’d be thrilled if you’d shared this article with anyone who may need it.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post Coping When Things go Wrong appeared first on Calmer you.
On holiday last week, things didn’t turn out exactly as I had planned. What I learned from the experience has inspired this weeks newsletter… When we’re anxious it’s often about things that could potentially go wrong in the future. Our imaginations can go haywire as we mentally invent the disasters, mishaps and the strokes of […]
The post Coping When Things go Wrong appeared first on Calmer you.
I have a confession, I get this really bad sometimes. I live on what seems like the worlds busiest and and most trendy street in London (those that know Hackney well will know which one I mean) and I’m very often found writing at my desk that overlooks the street.
Now don’t get me wrong, I LOVE my work, but on a sunny day when everyone (it seems!) is outside drinking cold beers, laughing and joking, I can’t help but feel that twinge of ‘am I missing out?’
Fear of missing out, or FOMO, seems to have been written about quite a lot lately. A big driver of FOMO seems to be Facebook, since everyone is posting about all the exciting and interesting things they have been up to. Meanwhile those of us looking at Facebook might be looking at it to get some sweet relief after a 3 hour meeting, or a hectic day of work, before getting an early night.
Now, as much as Facebook can be an amazing way to connect with people, learn cool stuff and let’s face it, give ourselves a little brain holiday in a day full of work, it can also make us feel inadequate and give us this sense that somehow we’re missing out on the fullness of life.
However, sometimes a little fear of missing out can be a good thing. I love spending time with people, but as a bit of an introvert, I find that too much time meeting new people can wear me out pretty fast. I can all too easily think that I prefer to stay in and write or just hang out with close friends, but when I see what other people are up to, I get a little ‘fear of missing out’, I spurs me into action and gets me out there and into the world.
Of course if it’s causing you worry or anxiety it’s not a good things, so here are a few points to help you to make the best of any ‘fear of missing out’;
I’d love to hear in the comments whether you ever have a ‘fear of missing out’ and if so, what is one thing you could do to tackle it?
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Fear of Missing Out appeared first on Calmer you.
I have a confession, I get this really bad sometimes. I live on what seems like the worlds busiest and and most trendy street in London (those that know Hackney well will know which one I mean) and I’m very often found writing at my desk that overlooks the street. Now don’t get me […]
The post Fear of Missing Out appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m reading Susan Jeffers’ amazing book, again, ‘Feel the Fear and do it Anyway’. Every time I read it, I glean something new and its amazing message sinks a little deeper into my psyche. The basic premise is that everyone experiences fear and the aim of the game is not to eliminate fear (which is […]
The post An Important thing to Learn about Fear appeared first on Calmer you.
I’m reading Susan Jeffers’ amazing book, again, ‘Feel the Fear and do it Anyway’. Every time I read it, I glean something new and its amazing message sinks a little deeper into my psyche.
The basic premise is that everyone experiences fear and the aim of the game is not to eliminate fear (which is impossible anyway) but to get more comfortable with experiencing fear and knowing that you don’t need to allow fear to hold you back.
I was quite a fearful kid; I would hold on to the bannister tightly while walking down the stairs, I would cling to my best friend at school and I was too shy to dance at my ballet lessons so I would often sit in the corner on my own.
This might have been partly as a result of being quite over protected as a child; often being told to ‘be careful’ by my lovely Mum and being warned of the various dangers out there in the big bad world.
Many of us, from a young age, are told in blatant or more subtle ways, that the world is a treacherous place, and we should be careful.
Susan Jeffers says that the implication behind this is that the world is scary and you won’t be able to handle it.
At the root of many of our fears come from a lack of trust in our ability to be able to handle situations. Whether it be of failure, public speaking, a new relationship, a physical feat or a big project at work.
Learning that it’s ok to feel afraid is a big step. Feel the fear and know that it’s ok to feel it and still do the things that scare us. Everyone is in the same boat. As long as you are doing things in your life and growing as a person, you will experience some fear.
Often we find that when we face our fears, they diminish anyway, because we’ve either
a) Proven that we can in fact handle the feared situation and everything was fine
or
b) Something has gone a little wrong and we’ve leaned that even then, it’s not actually as bad as we imagined. Again, we handled it, even as it went ‘wrong’.
At age 9 I went though a bit of a transformation. There was a theme park near where I lived and it’s ‘scariest’ ride was called ‘The Tower of Terror’.
After much ‘umming and ahhing’ I finally plucked up the courage to go on the ride. The thrill was incredible! From being a very cautious child, I’d faced a fear and I had survived!
After that I was much more confident; I knew that I was capable of doing scary things and that I could cope with it. It felt great!
One client of mine recently told me that he felt as though he was slowly expanding his circle of capability. Having suffered with fear and anxiety for some time, he had felt as though his sphere of life had shrunk to the point where he only felt safe while in bed.
He found that by slowly expanding his circle, going a little out of his comfort zone, learning that he can in fact handle things, he was able to feel more confident and calm about trying new things. He has to travel 200 miles to come to his sessions with me and says that the experience of coming to London, staying in a hotel and meeting new people has been something that in the past he would have been too afraid to do.
But he pushed past his fear, expanded his circle and now, who knows what he’ll try next.
Another way to think about fear is that it’s very similar to another feeling, excitement. The only difference really between fear and excitement are our thoughts about it. Robert Heller said “fear is excitement without breath”.
If we can change the way we think about fear, feel it and breathe into it we can change our experience of it, from something we need to escape from, to something to get excited about instead.
So definitely check out Susan Jeffers book if you haven’t already. Hope you have a great rest of your week. I’m off on holiday this Saturday to France for some pool side laziness.
I’d love to hear from you; what is your ‘Tower of Terror’? How could you expand your circle? Let me know by clicking here and making a comment below the blog.
And if you think this could help someone, please share it.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post An Important thing to Learn about Fear appeared first on Calmer you.
Fear of failure is something that everyone experiences from time to time (yup, even mega successful people apparently).
However if you’re of a more sensitive nature (like me!) it might be that a fear of failure is something that really causes you problems, holding you back and making your life a daily struggle.
A few years ago had been putting off delivering group workshops, for fear of no one showing up.
As I finally summoned the courage to get started, I put in weeks of promotion, posting up flyers, a Facebook ad and several emails to my past clients. After all that, a grand total of 1 person showed up (plus a few others made up of my friends and family).
Needless to say, I was devastated.
I saw it as evidence of my incompetence and started drawing all sorts of conclusions, from my inability as a therapist to the fact that I should give up completely on workshops for good as it was NEVER going to work.
It actually felt physically painful for me. The sting of failure!
However, later that day I decided, as I often do when something is troubling me, to take pen to paper and work through my thoughts and feelings.
What I discovered was that it was the meaning I was giving to what happened that caused the pain. I had felt that:
Only one person showing up to my workshop = I am a loser. I’m no good. I’m not enough.
But, when I really thought about it, I knew that that couldn’t be true.
Now, I’m lucky enough to have a very practical minded and confident boyfriend. He is very used to failure, he tells me, since from a young age he had grown a thick skin from having his advances toward so many women rejected (not that I needed to hear about that!)
He often reminds me that, in fact, failure is great, because it gives us something to work with. Some tangible feedback which we can use to get better.
If we can take away the incorrect meaning that we give to failure (I am a loser) and instead re-frame it as valuable feedback that we can use to get better, we turn a failure into a win.
Failure is only temporary, just a stepping stone on the way to success.
I realised there was loads I had to learn about running a workshop and made a long list of things I could try the next time to make it a success. The next time I did it, I utilised everything I’d learned from my past failure, and I had a much better turnout.
So, here are a few key points to bear in mind next time you’re fearing failure:
Remember: It’s not a failure if you learn something. It’s a win!
Ever tried. Ever failed. No matter. Try Again. Fail again. Fail better.
~ Samuel Beckett
I’d love to know, what fears around failure do you have? Have you ever learned anything useful from a so called failure? Let me know in the comments.
Get your FREE Relaxation MP3 PLUS your quick Guide to Feeling Calmer
The post Overcoming Fear of Failure appeared first on Calmer you.
Fear of failure is something that everyone experiences from time to time (yup, even mega successful people apparently). However if you’re of a more sensitive nature (like me!) it might be that a fear of failure is something that really causes you problems, holding you back and making your life a daily struggle. A […]
The post Overcoming Fear of Failure appeared first on Calmer you.
Even the rich and beautiful get anxious and fearful.
Of course, celebrities are just like everyone else, but it’s almost comforting to know that it can happen to anyone, no matter how successful or confident you might appear on the outside
When I was researching this article I found it very surprising how many celebrities admit to having social anxiety, since you’d think that being in the public eye so much, they’d be the complete opposite.
Not so.
It’s a testament to the fact that often people are feeling anxious or shy on the inside, whilst outwardly appearing pretty confident.
I’m sure there are many, many more celebrities with anxiety issues who just don’t talk about it too.
However, from the ones that have, I’ve collected some of their top tips to share with you.
1) Singer Adele always seems perfectly composed on stage, however she has suffered anxiety. “I’m scared of audiences,” she said. “One show in Amsterdam I was so nervous, I escaped out the fire exit. I’ve thrown up a couple of times. Once in Brussels, I projectile vomited on someone. I just gotta bear it. But I don’t like touring. I have anxiety attacks a lot.”
In a moment of fear, Adele asked herself, ” ’What would [Beyoncé’s alter ego] Sasha Fierce do?’ That’s when Sasha Carter was born.” It was a combination of Sasha Fierce country singer June Carter and Adele channels this whenever she needs to summon her courage and confidence. Who could you channel to give you strength and confidence when you need it most?
2) Lena Durnhan sings the praises of exercise for tackling anxiety. ‘It ain’t about the ass, it’s about the brain,‘ she wrote on social media recently. She continued ‘To those struggling with anxiety, OCD, depression: I know it’s mad annoying when people tell you to exercise, and it took me about 16 medicated years to listen. I’m glad I did.’
3) Jemma Kidd, make-up artist and sister to supermodel Jodie Kidd recommends distracting yourself when you start to feel anxious. ‘If I was driving and felt anxious, I turned the music up loud and sang along. If I was at a dinner party and thought I might have a panic attack, I turned to the person next to me and really concentrated on what they were saying.’
4) Actress Emma Stone has gone on the record about her anxiety issues, saying that she used to suffer panic attacks from a young age and was scared of ‘failing’. She says she used acting to ‘give her a sense of purpose’. She also recommends baking to help with anxiety; stating that it helped her to regain a sense of control, knowing that she could control how the cakes came out.
5) Amanda Seyfried takes time out of her schedule to take it easy and tries to focus on the positive things in her life to help her to manage anxiety and panic attacks. She also credits painting as helping her to relax and unwind.
6) Jennifer Lawrence has talked about her social anxiety issues claiming that acting helped her to feel ”capable whereas before I felt good for nothing”. Finding what you’re good at and what you love doing, like Jennifer did, could be a big help.
7) David Beckham says he plays with lego to calm himself down and control his anxiety, saying he find it ‘very therapeutic’. Anything carefree and childlike could help, or just something that engages your attention and distracts you away from anxiety.
8) Youtube star Zoella has often vlogged about her experiences with anxiety and works with the mental health charity MIND. She reminds everyone that they should ”feel ok to speak out, to talk to friends and family about what they’re going through, to ask for help”. Anxiety is extremely common but it’s not often talked about and reaching out to a friend or family member can really help.
I hope these tips prove useful and that they further convince you that anxiety can happen to the best of us, it’s actually pretty normal and there are ways to overcome it.
Let us know in the comments one key take-away that you’re getting from this article; are you surprised that any of these celebs have anxiety? Are there any tips you’ll be trying? Let us know below.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post 8 Celebrities and their Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
Even the rich and beautiful get anxious and fearful. Of course, celebrities are just like everyone else, but it’s almost comforting to know that it can happen to anyone, no matter how successful or confident you might appear on the outside When I was researching this article I found it very surprising how many […]
The post 8 Celebrities and their Anxiety Tips appeared first on Calmer you.
Struggling to drift off? Mind too active? Can’t switch off? If an anxious or stressed out mind is preventing you from getting your well earned Zzzz’s then this checklist is for you. Which will you implement tonight? Let us know in the comments. Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Your Essential Sleep Check List -Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Struggling to drift off? Mind too active? Can’t switch off? If an anxious or stressed out mind is preventing you from getting your well earned Zzzz’s then this checklist is for you.
Which will you implement tonight? Let us know in the comments.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Your Essential Sleep Check List -Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Nadia Narain is one of London’s most sought after and inspiring yoga teachers. When she’s not teaching Kate Moss, Rachel Weisz and Jools Oliver she’s instructing those lucky enough to attend her packed-out classes at Triyoga in Camden. Nadia has an incredible calm mastery over the group when she’s teaching. The last class of […]
The post Yoga for Anxiety – Interview with Yoga teacher to the stars Nadia Narain appeared first on Calmer you.
Nadia Narain is one of London’s most sought after and inspiring yoga teachers. When she’s not teaching Kate Moss, Rachel Weisz and Jools Oliver she’s instructing those lucky enough to attend her packed-out classes at Triyoga in Camden.
Nadia has an incredible calm mastery over the group when she’s teaching. The last class of hers I attended was with 50 other people, however she managed to make everyone feel taken care of and supported.
When it comes to yoga for stress and anxiety, Nadia is the expert and when I learned of her Everyday Yoga for Stress Release DVD I wanted to ask her what advice she would have for those with anxiety.
How can yoga help with stress and anxiety management?
Yoga helps by bringing you into your body and connecting you to your breath. One of the major feelings we feel with anxiety is that we are disconnected from ourselves or out of control. It teaches you to connect to yourself, and your breath brings you into the present moment, instead of your mind reeling.
One of the most important practices is meditation to help with stress and anxiety. This also means learning to check in with yourself. Begin to notice how it feels when the anxiety arises and start to become familiar with it rather than fear it. How do the benefits of yoga differ to those of aerobic exercise when it comes to stress and anxiety? Aerobic activity gets the heart rate going but it also gets the adrenaline pumping in the body. Yoga has a formula using breathing and the rest pose at the end to balance you out and calm the nervous system. There is a misunderstanding these days about “yoga” and it just been this physical activity, but concentration, breathing and staying present are also fundamental to the practice. You are not just checking out; instead you are checking in** with yourself and how you feel and learning how you can be in control of how you feel.
There are also benefits to going for a run or a dance or anything that gets the body moving, but it’s important to be mindful as to what you’re doing and why you are doing it.
How often should someone practise yoga to gain a benefit?
Daily is ideal even just for 10 minutes. A little practice every day is a great way to become so familiar to yoga that you have the space to know how to respond to the stress or anxiety immediately.
That way it becomes something familiar and you can come to when you notice it; it’s like accruing healing benefits in your bank as opposed to suddenly needing it at a crucial time but being overdrawn.
Are there any specific poses you recommend most for stress/anxiety?
Of course it depends on the level of stress and anxiety, but doing restorative poses and mediation and pranayama (breathing) practices are hugely beneficial to the nervous system.
Is there anything else a stressed or anxious person needs to be aware of before starting a yoga practise? Not really. I say start slow and build it up. My DVD, Everyday Yoga for Stress Release has 3 x 20 minute sequences as well as a nice relaxation and a meditation so a good start for any beginner or seasoned yogi.
Also pay attention to things like coffee, alcohol, what you watch before bed and the food you eat. I went to a yoga class the other day, after a coffee (which I never drink but was with a friend so I had one) and it made me feel so anxious in the class, I wanted to get out of there…… and I’m a teacher! But I stayed and after the Savasana (a rest pose where you lie on your back with palms facing upwards at the end of class) and I felt so much better! Check out Nadia’s DVD Everyday Yoga for Stress Release for simple sequences you can do at home. She can also be found teaching yoga at London’s Triyoga. Her website is www.nadianarain.com. Let me know in the comments if yoga has helped you or whether this has inspired you to start! And please share this post with anyone you think might gain a benefit from it.
Photo credit: Christina Wilson Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Yoga for Anxiety – Interview with Yoga teacher to the stars Nadia Narain appeared first on Calmer you.
Let me know if the comments what the worst anxiety advice you ever heard was!
Please share with with any friends you think can relate to this too.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post World’s Worst Anxiety Advice appeared first on Calmer you.
Let me know if the comments what the worst anxiety advice you ever heard was! Please share with with any friends you think can relate to this too. Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post World’s Worst Anxiety Advice appeared first on Calmer you.
Let me know what you need to let go of in the comments below. Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Doing this ONE thing could be the answer to EVERYTHING appeared first on Calmer you.
Let me know what you need to let go of in the comments below.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Doing this ONE thing could be the answer to EVERYTHING appeared first on Calmer you.
Hormones can be a right ‘mare and if you’re on the anxious side it can only make things worse. Here I put together 7 scientifically proven ways to overcome PMT (PMS).
Let me know in the comments which you’ll be trying and if I’ve missed anything out!
The post 7 Ways to Overcome PMT appeared first on Calmer you.
Hormones can be a right ‘mare and if you’re on the anxious side it can only make things worse. Here I put together 7 scientifically proven ways to overcome PMT (PMS). Let me know in the comments which you’ll be trying and if I’ve missed anything out!
The post 7 Ways to Overcome PMT appeared first on Calmer you.
Not being able to sleep or having disturbed sleep is one of the worst things ever, so if that’s you, I’m so sorry, that really is rubbish. Maybe you’ve tried lots of things, maybe you’re just starting to try things that may help, but this list is a check list to make sure you’ve got […]
The post A Check List for Better Sleep appeared first on Calmer you.
Not being able to sleep or having disturbed sleep is one of the worst things ever, so if that’s you, I’m so sorry, that really is rubbish.
Maybe you’ve tried lots of things, maybe you’re just starting to try things that may help, but this list is a check list to make sure you’ve got the important things in place to ensure you’ll sleep well.
1) Caffeine hangs around in the body for hours after we drink it, some sources say as long as 14 hours. So keep coffee and tea drinking to the early mornings only.
2) Reading fiction for a few minutes before bed can help you to switch off and let go of the day. It’s a great escape from your everyday life and worries.
3) The bright blue lights from computers and phones stops our brains from producing melatonin, which makes us go to sleep. Stop using screens for at least an hour before bed and consider installing ‘flux’ on your computer which makes the light more orange toned and less blue toned.
4) Write yourself a ‘to do’ list for the follow day the night before so you don’t have to dos in your head as you’re trying to drift off.
5) Park your worries on paper before bed, rather than letting them run around your head all night long. You can return to worries in the morning if you must!
6) An obvious one but make sure your bedroom is dark or wear an eye mask, and block out any noise with headphones or ear plugs.
7) Sign up to my mailing list by Clicking Here and get a FREE relaxation MP3 which will help you to calm your mind and switch off.
8) Try out the food supplement 5-HTP which helps our bodies to produce serotonin, which helps to make us more relaxed and sleepy.
9) Try a bit of yoga, even a few gentle stretches. Check out youtube for some instructional videos if you don’t already practise.
10) Do some 7, 11 breathing. Breathe in for 7, and out for 11. It’s all about lengthening the out breath; this reduces stress and gets the nervous system ready for sleep.
And a bonus 11) Don’t watch Game of Thrones (or any other ‘exciting’ programming) as it can amp you up too much to sleep! I learned the hard way, haha!
So, let me know in the comments which of these you’ll be incorporating into your life for better sleep or let me know if I’ve missed anything out!
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post A Check List for Better Sleep appeared first on Calmer you.
Mars vs. Venus Women are more than twice as likely to be anxious as men are. One reason for this could be that it’s thought that women’s brains are more sensitive to stress hormones than mens. Another could be the way boys and girls are treated differently as children. Age The average age of […]
The post 9 Anxiety Facts you Need to Know appeared first on Calmer you.
Mars vs. Venus
Women are more than twice as likely to be anxious as men are. One reason for this could be that it’s thought that women’s brains are more sensitive to stress hormones than mens. Another could be the way boys and girls are treated differently as children.
Age
The average age of onset of anxiety is 31 however anxiety can start in childhood. Older people tend to report that they are less anxious. So the good news is that the likelihood of you feeling anxious reduces with age! (Source: Mental Health Foundation)
It’s not that common though, is it?
The National office for Statistics says 1 in 5 Brits suffer with anxiety. It’s incredibly common and you are certainly not alone if you’re anxious. However it’s often something that isn’t talked about much. Sometimes there is a stigma around it and people are embarrassed to talk about it. However, anxiety is the most common mental issue that people see their doctor for.
Biggest Triggers
Stress, trauma during childhood or adulthood, drugs, alcohol or medications and caffeine are all common triggers for anxiety.
How to Cope
Talking to a friend, going for a walk or doing some exercise are the most common tools people use to help them to cope. Try to remember these next time you’re anxious. Sign up to my newsletter to get your FREE guide to calming anxiety.
Does anxiety hold you back?
Half of anxious people believe their anxiety holds them back from doing the things they want to do in their life. What would you do with your life if you weren’t so anxious?
It’s just adrenaline
Although anxiety and the physical and psychological symptoms it creates can feel very scary, most of them are caused by adrenaline. A dry mouth, racing heart, fuzzy head, tingling and muscles tension are all examples of this. Remember that it’s just your body’s way of trying to cope with a perceived threat; the feelings will pass.
Like birds of a feather
Depression and anxiety often come together. It’s hard to say whether one causes the other, but anxiety can be a symptom of depression or a cause of depression in some people. Always speak to your doctor if you think you may be depressed.
Celebs with anxiety
Even the rich, famous and successful get anxious; it can happen to anyone. Lena Durnham, Mark Ronson and Scarlett Johansen have all spoken publicly about their struggles with anxiety.
Do any of these facts surprise you? Have I left anything important out? Let me know in the comments below! And please share this with anyone you think may need it 🙂
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post 9 Anxiety Facts you Need to Know appeared first on Calmer you.
Leave a comment below and let us know on action you could take today to boost your happiness.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post What comes first – Happiness or Success? appeared first on Calmer you.
Leave a comment below and let us know on action you could take today to boost your happiness. Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post What comes first – Happiness or Success? appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you heard the story about the snake and the rope? Self help author Byron Katie tells a story about seeing a rope in the dessert and being terrified, thinking it was a snake. When she realised it was just a rope, she knew there was nothing to be afraid of. It was a rope […]
The post Is it a Snake or a Rope? appeared first on Calmer you.
Have you heard the story about the snake and the rope? Self help author Byron Katie tells a story about seeing a rope in the dessert and being terrified, thinking it was a snake.
When she realised it was just a rope, she knew there was nothing to be afraid of.
It was a rope all along.
It made me think about the anxious mind; we see snakes everywhere, when really there are only ever ropes.
The anxiety makes us think that there is danger and threat everywhere, but 99.9% of the time, it’s nothing dangerous at all.
It’s a rope, not a snake.
So next time your anxious mind tries to tell you something is dangerous or that you should be fearful, remember, it’s only a rope.
I’d love to hear about one specific example of something in your life that you realise is just a rope and not a snake – please let us know in the comments below.
If you liked this article or know anyone that could benefit from it, please liked it and share it.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Is it a Snake or a Rope? appeared first on Calmer you.
The Secret to overcoming perfectionism
Are you a perfectionist? It seems that so many with anxiety are.
Now, perfectionism isn’t a problem in itself. Most people want to do a good job, to look good and for life to run smoothly. But perfectionism is a problem if it makes anxiety worse.
Do you feel you need to look perfect? Do you believe that your work needs to be perfect every time? Do you need your day to run perfectly in order to be calm and happy? Maybe you even feel that your anxiety around needing things to be perfect holds you back from doing the things you’d really like to be doing in your life.
Perfectionism is such a common issue and a big driver of anxiety. If things aren’t perfect we feel bad because we don’t feel ‘good enough’ or, we feel out of control or we feel like a failure.
Theres something going on here that I call the ‘perfection myth’; this idea that firstly a) perfection is achievable and secondly b) perfection = happiness.
But neither of these things are true!
One important factor is that as perfectionists we often ‘strive’ for perfection.
It’s this very ‘striving’ that makes us anxious and unhappy, the opposite of what we are aiming for.
And if you’re waiting for everything to be perfect before you can be happy, you’re going to be waiting a long time.
Also when it comes to this idea of ‘perfect’ we keep moving the goal posts. I had a client once who was always ‘striving’ for perfection in her work. However as soon as she’d attained one great result or reached one milestone, she set the bar even higher for herself. She was never going to reach that point where she could relax and enjoy her success.
I’ve certainly felt the pressure to look a certain way as well as that horrible feeling of being out of control when things haven’t gone according to my so called ‘perfect’ plan.
But the truth is that perfection doesn’t really exist. It’s just an idea or an opinion. It never lasts and it keeps changing. This is not the sort of thing we should hang our happiness on!
In fact, perfectionism is so often driven by an underlying sense that we are not good enough. If we hold that belief, it doesn’t matter how well we do or how great we look, we’re never going to feel that we are good enough.
The secret to overcoming perfectionism and the anxiety that it creates is to simply focus on ‘being good enough’; because you are. All you can ever do is your best and you know what? Your best can shine through when you let go a little, stop striving and give yourself some mental space just to be yourself.
So whether it comes to work, relationships or your appearance, remember, you are already good enough, just as you are. Just do your best. Everyone has their own unique set of strengths and challenges and in fact, it’s your flaws as well as your good points that help to make you the wonderful, lovable person that you are.
I have this written on a post-it on my mirror
Try it yourself!
Have a think now about some areas of your life that you can be overly perfectionist. Remind yourself that you can only do your best and it’s enough and then let it go. Relax. Imagine the tension around that issue melting away.
I’d love to hear about one specific area that you can be a perfectionist in in the comments below and how you could start to overcome it by aiming for ‘good enough’ instead.
If you liked this article or know anyone that could benefit from it, please share it with your friends and family.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post The Secret to Overcoming Perfectionism appeared first on Calmer you.
The Secret to overcoming perfectionism Are you a perfectionist? It seems that so many with anxiety are. Now, perfectionism isn’t a problem in itself. Most people want to do a good job, to look good and for life to run smoothly. But perfectionism is a problem if it makes anxiety worse. Do you feel you […]
The post The Secret to Overcoming Perfectionism appeared first on Calmer you.
Last week I was on holiday in the French alps learning to snowboard. Now, snowboarding was something that I had resisted for a while. My other half is mad keen on snowboarding, I mean, totally obsessed, but I’d been massively put off by my experience a few years ago when I first tried to learn […]
The post Leaning In to Life appeared first on Calmer you.
Last week I was on holiday in the French alps learning to snowboard. Now, snowboarding was something that I had resisted for a while. My other half is mad keen on snowboarding, I mean, totally obsessed, but I’d been massively put off by my experience a few years ago when I first tried to learn to ski.
Back then, anxiety had gotten the better of me. On the slopes, I was constantly tense, fearful of the mountain and terrified I’d injure myself. I hated the ski lifts, despised the steepness of the slopes and couldn’t wait for the holiday to end. All in all an unpleasant experience!
However, I’ve changed a lot since then and I knew that if I ever wanted to have holidays with my boyfriend again, I would need to return to the mountains…
On this holiday I noticed several things which seemed to me like metaphors for life, especially for the anxious amongst us.
If you ask anyone who has learned to snowboard they will often tell you that the first week (or two or three!) can be pretty demoralising. You basically spend a lot of time falling on your bum, pulling yourself back up and then repeating.
In some ways, this is a good exercise in learning that failure isn’t actually that bad. You just get up and try again. But mostly, it pretty much sucked!
I started off on the baby slopes, feeling pretty calm and confident.
But by day 4 we’d progressed to the slightly steeper ‘blue’ slopes. The instructor kept telling me one thing; ‘lean in’. Now, when you’re facing down a hill of hard, slippery snow, leaning in feels like a totally counter intuitive thing to do. Why would I want to lean down a slippery hill?! It didn’t feel safe. I sensed some of my old anxious and fearful feelings creeping in.
The thing with snowboarding is that when we ‘lean in’ down the hill we actually have more control over the board, not less. Doing this decreases the chance that you’re going to fall over, and increases the change that you’ll make a successful turn.
One thing I’ve learned about women with anxiety is that we have a problem ‘leaning in’ to things in our lives. Whether it’s speaking up, taking risks or putting ourselves out there with people, or at work, ‘leaning in’ can feel risky and unsafe. We fear uncertainty or losing control.
Leaning in to life, taking on challenges, pushing ourselves a little out of our comfort zones and taking a few ‘risks’ can all have a positive impact. As a result, we’re more in control of our lives and our happiness, and we increase our confidence and self belief in the process.
At first I found it hard to ‘lean in’ down the hill and I fell over a lot as a result. But I soon learnt that it was ok to ‘lean in’. I trusted myself and knew that even if I did fall over, I could just get back up again.
And that’s exactly the same with life. Even if things don’t go exactly to plan, failure is never final. We can take what we’ve learned and try again.
It felt brilliant to finally conquer the ‘blue’ slope, the one that only a few years ago had had me in tears, sliding down on my bum!
I wonder, how can you ‘lean in’ more to your life? Could you say yes to something you’d previously been reluctant or fearful to do? Could you put yourself out there in some way? Make a request for something that you want? Do something you’ve been putting off? Reach out to somebody?
Trust yourself to lean in to life, you can cope with it.
Now, I’d love to know in the comments section, about one specific situation that you’ve ‘leaned in’ to, or one that you intend to lean in to.
Have you overcome a fear? Put yourself out there in some way when you were scared to? What situations or experiences could ‘leaning in’ help you with?
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Leaning In to Life appeared first on Calmer you.
I’d love to hear what tips you have on doing acts of kindness – please share them in the comments below! As always get in touch with any questions via email at chloe@calmer-you.com , send me a tweet or let’s connect on Facebook. Get your FREE ‘Overcoming Anxiety’ Guide PLUS a FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Acts of Kindess appeared first on Calmer you.
I’d love to hear what tips you have on doing acts of kindness – please share them in the comments below! As always get in touch with any questions via email at chloe@calmer-you.com , send me a tweet or let’s connect on Facebook.
Get your FREE ‘Overcoming Anxiety’ Guide PLUS a FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Acts of Kindess appeared first on Calmer you.
Here is a very quick and easy tip for overcoming anxiety and feeling calmer which I use and has made a big difference – give it a try! I’d love to know what you think of this – will you give it a try? Do you think I’m talking rubbish?! Let me know in the […]
The post Anxiety Tip #2 – Alerts appeared first on Calmer you.
Here is a very quick and easy tip for overcoming anxiety and feeling calmer which I use and has made a big difference – give it a try!
I’d love to know what you think of this – will you give it a try? Do you think I’m talking rubbish?! Let me know in the comments below – and please like and share this video if it helped you!
Get your FREE ‘Overcoming Anxiety’ Guide PLUS a FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Anxiety Tip #2 – Alerts appeared first on Calmer you.
See if this tip will help you to feel calmer – I know it helped me loads! Please let me know in the comments below what you think of this, are you going to take on the challenge? Do you think I’m wrong about this? Please like and share this if you found it helpful. […]
The post Anxiety and the News – Help for Anxiety Video appeared first on Calmer you.
See if this tip will help you to feel calmer – I know it helped me loads!
Please let me know in the comments below what you think of this, are you going to take on the challenge? Do you think I’m wrong about this?
Please like and share this if you found it helpful.
Wishing you a peaceful week!
The post Anxiety and the News – Help for Anxiety Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Raw Chocolate Recipe
A few people have been asking what recipe I used to make raw, vegan and refined sugar free chocolate. A low sugar diet is often a good idea if you have anxiety since sugar highs and lows can make symptoms worse.
If you’re sensitive to caffeine, it might be wise to steer clear of cocoa and chocolate all together since it does contain some caffeine, or just have a small amount. However, otherwise these chocolates can make a great, healthier treat.
There’s a theory that the reason we women get a chocolate craving at that time of the month is because of the serotonin boosting effects of chocolate. Who doesn’t feel better after some chocolate?! Cocoa contains tryptophan which can be converted in the body to serotonin. Serotonin is the hormone responsible for our mood; elevated serotonin levels could produce a better mood. One study found that consuming a chocolate drink each day improved levels of calmness and contentedness.
Another reason for the monthly chocolate craving could be that magnesium levels can be low in women with PMS. Magnesium supplements are often recommended for women with PMS – but cocoa powder is a great source. Another excuse to dig in I say!
Ingredients
½ cup cocoa butter
½ cup coconut oil
½ cup cocoa powder or Raw Organic Peruvian Cacao Powder – 500g (Certified Organic)
1/4 to 1/2 a cup of agave nectar. This can be substituted for honey, brown rice syrup or use less and add some NuNaturals, Clear Stevia, 2 fl oz (59 ml) and either use no agave or less of it. It still tastes good with no agave and just the liquid stevia.)
These ingredients may not necessarily be sold in your local shop; I usually buy them online. Alternatively shops like Wholefoods or Planet Organic will stock them.
Method
– Heat some water in a pan and place a heat proof bowl in the water. Add the cocoa butter and coconut oil into the bowl and stir it occasionally as it melts. Grating the cocoa butter may help it to melt faster but it’s optional.
– Once it’s melted remove the bowl from the water and add in the cocoa power or cacao powder and give it a good stir with a hand held whisk to make sure any lumps are broken up
– Then add your agave and/or stevia drops. I usually add stevia to taste but it will be at least 20 drops and maybe more. It depends how sweet you like it. Stir again.
– Next, pour the liquid chocolate into moulds. If you don’t have a chocolate mould you could use an ice cube tray, or cupcake liners or petit four cases to make slim round chocolates. I have a heart shaped chocolate mould that I use. You could also dip fruit such as strawberries or kiwi in the the liquid chocolate and then chill in the fridge. This would be perfect if you’re trying to limit caffeine but still want a chocolate fix!
– Lastly, pop this into the freezer to set for a couple of hours. They should be kept in the freezer or fridge until you’re ready to eat them.
Enjoy!
Click Here to get your FREE Guide to Beating Anxiety and Relaxation MP3
The post Raw Chocolate Recipe appeared first on Calmer you.
Raw Chocolate Recipe A few people have been asking what recipe I used to make raw, vegan and refined sugar free chocolate. A low sugar diet is often a good idea if you have anxiety since sugar highs and lows can make symptoms worse. If you’re sensitive to caffeine, it might be wise to steer […]
The post Raw Chocolate Recipe appeared first on Calmer you.
Exercise for Anxiety – Spinning I’ll be writing a series of posts on the best forms of exercise for anxiety. Today I tried spinning for the first time. I have to admit that for a long time I’d avoided it, despite the somewhat evangelistic praise it seemed to get from a few friends and numerous […]
The post Exercise for Anxiety – Spinning appeared first on Calmer you.
Exercise for Anxiety – Spinning I’ll be writing a series of posts on the best forms of exercise for anxiety.
Today I tried spinning for the first time. I have to admit that for a long time I’d avoided it, despite the somewhat evangelistic praise it seemed to get from a few friends and numerous celebrities.
Maybe it was something about the intensity of it, the loud music and the shouting or the disco lighting that seems to emanate from every spin class I happened to pass by.
Either way, there was something vaguely intimidating about it all that meant I avoided trying it for years.
However a recent client remarked on it’s amazing mood boosting benefits and I knew I had to give I a try.
I attended a class at Boom Cycle in Shoreditch in London. Everyone was really friendly and there was certainly an emphasis on going at your own pace, while at the same time pushing yourself and doing your best for that time that you are in the class.
There were men and women in the class of different shapes and sizes and no one (as I had slightly feared) was singled out by the instructor for going too slowly or taking a rest.
The room was dimly lit (think ‘nightclub) as I think this is sometimes the case for spin classes. This could be helpful for you if you’re a bit self conscious about exercising in a group or of getting all hot and sweaty in front of others.
The music was loud and thumping which made it fun and the instructor gave us plenty of positive motivation during the course of the class.
I felt great after the class and I thought the combination of fun music, a motivating instructor and a good hard workout had helped me to feel calmer from the rest of the day.
The research seems to be mixed about whether low, medium or higher intensity exercise is best for stress and anxiety. However one study found that higher intensity exercise particularly benefited women with anxiety and the results were longer lasting than with lower intensities.
It might be that it’s a very personal thing; if you’re severely anxious and perhaps not very fit, high intensity exercise could only going to stress you out more. However if you’re fitter or only mildly or moderately anxious or stressed, a high intensity workout might be just the thing to burn up any excess adrenaline and increase levels of mood boosting endorphins that will give you more of a sense of wellbeing and calm.
Another reason spinning could be good is that doing something new and a bit challenging is a great way of raising our self efficacy. Self efficacy is our self belief and our sense that we can meet life’s challenges. Higher levels of self efficacy often mean lower levels of anxiety. Doing something that’s a bit new and a little difficult is a great way to boost our confidence in this way.
See what works for you and as always, don’t be too hard on yourself.
I’d love to know if you’ve ever tried spinning and whether you found it helped you. What other exercise would you recommend for anxiety?
Let us know in the comments below!
Click Here to get your FREE Guide to Beating Anxiety and Relaxation MP3
The post Exercise for Anxiety – Spinning appeared first on Calmer you.
There is only ever one thing to do Life can get pretty overwhelming. I was reminded of this last week, as I stared at my ever expanding to do list, wondering how it was all getting done. As I took a shower, I pondered all the things I had to do that week, […]
The post There is only ever one thing to do – Help for Worry appeared first on Calmer you.
There is only ever one thing to do
Life can get pretty overwhelming. I was reminded of this last week, as I stared at my ever expanding to do list, wondering how it was all getting done.
As I took a shower, I pondered all the things I had to do that week, as I ate my breakfast, my mind trawled over the workshop I’d be presenting soon, as I walked to work, mental cogs whirred over the clients I was about to see.
Our minds can have this tenancy to want to keep everything there all at once. Perhaps this was useful for our survival at some point, before pen and paper were invented, to help us to remember things.
My mind was feeling a little overloaded but then a post by Byron Katie (love this woman) reminded me that ”There is only one thing to do”. It rang so true to be that I had to share it.
“What we need to do unfolds before us, always — doing the dishes, paying the bills, picking up the children’s socks, brushing our teeth. We never receive more than we can handle, and there is always just one thing to do. Life never gets more difficult than that.” ~ Byron Katie
There is only one time that anything can be done and that’s in the present moment. Thinking about things in the future won’t help them to get done any faster, nor is it even very helpful at giving us answers, since so often we have the same non-constructive worries that circulate around our heads over and over.
So, concentrate on what you’re doing right now. Make a list for future things and leave them there until you have to address them. What you’re doing right now is all that is required of you and you have all the resources and abilities to deal with it, right now, in this moment.
All the things in the future can be dealt with in the future, which will then, be now. You can handle it and take it in your stride. There is only one thing to do and that’s what you’re doing right now.
Wishing you a calm and happy week!
I’d love to hear whether this resonates for you and whether you have any tips of stopping worry. Please comment below and share this with anyone you think it may help!
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post There is only ever one thing to do – Help for Worry appeared first on Calmer you.
Last weekend after a particularly busy week (it’s January and everyone seems to need my services to help with their New Years resolutions!) I was feeling a bit ‘buzzy’ and hyped up. I knew I needed to take some steps to calm myself down and relax. One thing I’ve noticed about people with anxiety, through […]
The post Self Care and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Last weekend after a particularly busy week (it’s January and everyone seems to need my services to help with their New Years resolutions!) I was feeling a bit ‘buzzy’ and hyped up. I knew I needed to take some steps to calm myself down and relax.
One thing I’ve noticed about people with anxiety, through my own experience with anxiety and working with clients with anxiety everyday, is this; They tend not to take very good care of themselves sometimes. Does this ring any bells for you?
Often, when we’re anxious, but put a lot of pressure on ourselves; a lot of ‘should’s’ and ‘musts’ and ‘oughts’ go on. Perhaps you put very high expectations on yourself, perhaps you want things to be perfect, maybe you have a fear of failure or of doing something wrong. Maybe you’re very self critical.
Whatever the issue or root cause is, I think all of us could benefit from taking a bit better care of ourselves.
But isn’t that selfish?! Indulgent? A waste of time? No!
When you take the time to look after yourself and put yourself first, you are ensuring that you are your best self, for yourself, for those you love and for your work. There’s nothing selfish about that.
If you’re running yourself ragged and burning out, how can you best help others? How can you do your job to the best of your ability? How can you show up for yourself fully in your life and enjoy it to the maximum?
It’s time to take a stand!
I suggest scheduling in time for self care and treating that time with the same importance and reverence that you would an important business meeting.
Tweet it out!: There are only two true emotions, fear and love. Find your way out of fear by giving yourself some love. http://ctt.ec/d7977+#calmeryou
Try to do something at least once a week to take care of yourself; here are some ideas.
Go for a massage. If cash is an issue, check out a Groupon deal, enlist a friend or partner, or give yourself a massage. I love this facial massage routine my Youtuber Oxford Jasmine – so relaxing! My favourite facial massage oil is trilogy Certified Organic Rosehip Oil – I’ve bought it for a few of my friends as presents.
Buy yourself some flowers. Having flowers on my desk helps to remind me that the world is indeed a beautiful place! Again, if you’re strapped for cash, get some flowers at a market as they tend to be cheaper. I love Columbia Road Flower Market in Bethnal Green in London. I also have some beautiful fake flowers from John Lewis that I love.
Face pack, hair pack, get your nails did. Always a winner.
Take yourself on a scenic walk, through a park, by a river, lake or in a woods. There’s nothing like being in nature to help you to feel better.
Go for a bike ride. I don’t know about you, but something about riding a bike makes me feel like a carefree kid again and just riding for fun, in a leisurely fashion, rather than to travel somewhere, is a great way to do something for yourself.
Cook a new recipe, something nourishing as well as delicious, I recommend Deliciously Ella for recipes that are healthy and super tasty.
Take yourself (and a friend?) out for a ‘day of fun’. Hit the shops, visit a museum and have lunch at your favourite restaurant.
Go to a comedy show. Laughter really is the best medicine
Listen to a guided meditation or hypnotherapy recording Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
Watching funny animal videos on Youtube. Needs no further explanation!
So there you go. A few ideas of taking care of yourself, showing yourself a bit of love and hopefully calming yourself down in the process.
I would LOVE to hear your ideas for self care, please post them in the comments below. If you know anyone you might benefit from this post please send it their way.
Click Here to get your FREE Guide to Beating Anxiety and Relaxation MP3
The post Self Care and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Be more mindful.
As far as we know, us humans are the only creatures to experience anxiety. A cat doesn’t go about her daily life fretting about what the other cats think of her, or worrying about what she did last week. Although animals experience fear, it’s fairly safe to assume they don’t get anxious, the reason being that they experience their lives in the present moment. If you can develop more of an ability to be in the present moment, often called mindfulness, rather than thinking about the past or future, you will likely experience a rapid reduction in your anxiety. Hypnotherapy can enhance mindfulness by helping you to pay attention to the here and now.
Inner Resources
Take a few moments to think about the lessons that you’ve learned in your life, the difficulties you’ve bounced back from and the insights you’ve gained. Chances are you have a huge number of inner resources that you’re not always consciously aware of, or haven’t taken the time to think about. Difficult tasks such as learning to read and write are things that you have managed to do; it’s quite amazing when you think about it. What else might you be capable of?
Hypnotherapy can help you to recognise and tap into inner resources that you can use to help you in other situations, helping you to feel more calm, confident and in control.
Mental Rehearsal
Think about a future event that you’re apprehensive about; as you imagine it, how does it go? I would bet money that if you are anxious about it, you imagine things going wrong. In doing this, you only reinforce the fear and anxiety. Having hypnotherapy can help you to vividly imagine the event going well, leaving that as a lasting image in your subconscious, so you feel calmer and more confident that things will go well.
Let go of the past
The past can leave an impact on us and often anxiety can have it’s roots in experiences from when we were younger. Whatever lead to your anxiety, chances are you weren’t born anxious, it’s something you learned. And if you can learn something, you can unlearn it too.
Accept your feelings
I often hear clients say that once they can accept anxious thoughts and feelings, instead of trying to battle against them, that the feelings start to subside. What we resist, tends to persist. By having hypnotherapy, you can learn to accept your thoughts and feelings as they arise, knowing you can cope and allowing them to pass.
Learn more about the subconscious mind here!
I’d love to hear your comment or questions in the comments section below. Send me an email to chloe@calmer-you.com with any questions or to find out about 121 sessions on hypnotherapy either in London or via Skype.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post 5 Ways Anxiety can be Managed with Hypnotherapy appeared first on Calmer you.
Be more mindful. As far as we know, us humans are the only creatures to experience anxiety. A cat doesn’t go about her daily life fretting about what the other cats think of her, or worrying about what she did last week. Although animals experience fear, it’s fairly safe to assume they don’t get anxious, […]
The post 5 Ways Anxiety can be Managed with Hypnotherapy appeared first on Calmer you.
Make resolutions that you’ll stick to this year.
If you found this video helpful, I’d be thrilled if you ‘liked’, shared it of left a comment.
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Make New Years Resolutions you’ll stick to appeared first on Calmer you.
Make resolutions that you’ll stick to this year. If you found this video helpful, I’d be thrilled if you ‘liked’, shared it of left a comment. Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post Make New Years Resolutions you’ll stick to appeared first on Calmer you.
If your day is generally started in a hurry, running out of the door, grabbing coffee on the way in and you are generally stressed and rushed, your issue may of course be time (who doesn’t have an issue with this), but it could also be that you’re not scheduling in the right morning habits […]
The post A Calming Morning Routine for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
If your day is generally started in a hurry, running out of the door, grabbing coffee on the way in and you are generally stressed and rushed, your issue may of course be time (who doesn’t have an issue with this), but it could also be that you’re not scheduling in the right morning habits into your routine.
However it all comes down to priorities and I’ve found that the benefits to my day of getting up a little earlier to fit these things in makes such a huge difference that it’s worth it for me.
Yes, if you were to do all of the following each morning, it could take a while, but I think just by adding in a couple you can massively improve the quality of your day, your work and your peace of mind. Why not give some of these a try. Treat your self like a scientific experiment and track the results using a diary or an app such as ‘IMood Journal’ – then you can really measure if they are working for you.
Lemon and ginger
It’s likely you know already that too much caffeine can exacerbate or even trigger anxiety. Starting your morning with some warm water, lemon and ginger is a great way to wake up the digestive system. Ginger can perk you up whilst soothing the digestive system, perfect if you suffer with anxiety related IBS. Ginger and lemon are also anti inflammatory so could help with assuaging any stress or anxiety related inflammation in the body. Plus it tastes good and could ward off colds and flu!
Journalling
This is one of my favourites. Spend a few minutes each morning writing a stream of consciousness. As any thought, worry or musing pops into your head, write it down.
Then make a short gratitude list; this can really set up a positive mindset for the day. Make a list of the specific things you’re grateful for; the fact that your back is pain free, that your family are healthy, that you gained a new client at work. Evidence suggests doing this helps us to feel better, be happier and more joyful.
Next write down some goals or things that you want for yourself and state them as ‘I am’,. It could be a specific goal such as ‘I am earning xyz a year by March 2015’ or something else that you want for yourself like ‘I am feeling confident, calm and at peace with myself’. Doing this reinforces your intention and reminds your subconscious mind of the things it should get to work on!
Meditate
Meditation should be as important for your health and daily routine as brushing your teeth is! It’s a great way to calm and focus the mind and connect with the quieter part of you, the part that knows everything will be ok. Try the ‘Headspace’ app or the book ‘Mindfulness: finding Peace in a Hectic World.’ Look into the classes that your local Buddhist centre run. You could also look into a type of meditation called TM, which I practice. Katy Perry and Jen Aniston are both fans too.
Exercise
No one ever regrets having exercised after they’ve done it; the results can be remarkable, ranging from lowered stress levels, to better mood, to more confidence and increased energy levels. There is also great evidence that it can help us to manage anxiety. Whether you manage to walk or cycle into work, or head out for a run or to the gym or a class in the morning, trying to fit this in a few times a week can make a huge difference. It can also help to burn off any excess nervous energy or adrenaline too.
Breakfast
Breakfast is really important when you’re managing anxiety, mainly because keeping blood sugar levels steady is an important aspect of feeling calm. If we choose something sugary, we’re going to cause a blood sugar rush and then the inevitable fall later in the day. If we go without, the low blood sugar could cause feelings of anxiety or stress.
So for breakfast, choose something low in sugar that also contains some protein; try eggs, porridge with nuts, Greek yoghurt, a shake with some protein powder in it, or chia seed pudding.
Try to incorporate at least a few of these into your morning routine, I’m sure it will make a big difference. Make changes and then track how you feel, that way you can see whether what you are doing is working.
Treat yourself like a scientific experiment and keep refining things until you find the perfect balance and routine for yourself.
I’d love to hear about anything you do in the morning that helps you to manage anxiety – please let me know in the comments below!
Click Here to get your FREE Relaxation MP3
The post A Calming Morning Routine for Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Christmas is a time for peaceful relaxation by the fire right? Wonderful times with family and friends? Peaceful, gentle walks in the country side and non stop magic and fun?!
Well, not always.
A common problem that many of us can fall into is the gap between our hopes, expectations and wishes for the Christmas season… and the reality.
If you suffer with stress and anxiety, late nights, alcohol, shopping, family stress and the added financial burden can all get a bit too much.
Here are some key points to bear in mind this festive season to help you to manage anxiety and stress and cope with the added pressure this time of year can bring.
Take time for yourself
Make sure you schedule in time for yourself. Christmas can all too easily be about family, cooking, travel and boozy late nights with friends, which is great, but not if it makes your anxiety worse. Be sure to schedule in some time for yourself, take yourself off for a walk, have a daily bath, sneak off to read your book, or meet friends for lunch instead of dinner and get an early night. Try to see it as an essential investment in yourself, recharging your batteries so you can be your calmest and happiest self for you and for others.
Exercise
It’s easy to see how exercise can take a back seat during the holidays. You’re out of your normal routine, there’s too much to do, you’re hungover, you’re too full of cheese, or my favourite excuse ‘I’ll start exercising again in January‘.
The fact that we have all that going on, means that exercise is more essential than ever. Exercise is one of the best things you can do to stay calm and to feel good. Heck, doctors even say if it was a pill, it would be the most cost effective drug ever. So make sure you keep up your routine this Christmas; jog around your parents village, explore the suburbs of your in-laws on a bike or check out the numerous exercise videos available on Youtube. Like this one (Ok maybe this video is a touch cheesy, but those smiles and high fivers certainly cheered me up!).
The added benefits of staying active over the hols are that you hopefully mitigate any festive weight gain, improve your mood, burn off excess anxiety related adrenaline and if you’re exercising outside, get a bit of happiness-boosting sunlight. Win, win, win.
Let others know
If you’re feeling really stressed, anxious or nervy, don’t suffer alone. The expectation that everyone should be chirpy and festive at this time of year can impound low mood and anxiety when you feel you should be feeling relaxed and happy. Let family and friends know about what you’re going through and take the time to talk to someone. I’m sure they’ll only be too happy to help. And if you really don’t feel up to socialising, it’s ok to take some time for yourself to reboot and calm yourself down.
Let go of musts, shoulds and oughts
It’s Christmas, therefore you should be happy, enjoying every second, making the most of things and most importantly enjoying a MAGICAL time. Sadly, though, real life Christmas isn’t always like the best bits of ‘Love Actually’.
Stop ‘shoulding’ all over yourself and ‘musterbating’, take the pressure off and accept your thoughts and feelings as they arise. Christmas can be full of ups and downs just like any time of year, so try to let go of the expectation and the desire for things to be perfect.
Take it easy with alcohol
‘The alcohol anxiety‘ is a phrase I remember a lot of my friends saying at University after a drinking binge. It’s true that having a hangover can make you feel 100% worse, more nervous, tense and edgy that normal and feeling rubbish about yourself to boot.
There’s nothing more anxiety provoking than that awful feeling of ‘what did I do last night?!’ the day after the work Christmas party.
Now, I’m not suggesting you abstain completely, you’ve got to enjoy yourself, but work on drinking moderately. I find sticking to the less palatable and quaffable drinks like vodka and soda slows me down in the drinking stakes, simply because it gets pretty boring to drink after a while! You could also alternate alcoholic drinks with soft drinks to ensure you’re properly hydrated and don’t suffer too much the next day.
Although some people can react strangely to you when you say you’re having a soft drink, remember, their response is about THEM and often their own issues around drink and wanting to have a partner in crime; don’t let it affect your life!
I’d love to hear your tips on remaining calm and Christmas. Please let me know in the comments below!
Wishing you all a peaceful and happy Christmas and a wonderful New Year.
To get your free relaxation MP3 to have you feeling calmer all Christmas, click the button below.
Click Here to get your FREE MP3
The post Overcoming Christmas Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Christmas is a time for peaceful relaxation by the fire right? Wonderful times with family and friends? Peaceful, gentle walks in the country side and non stop magic and fun?! Well, not always. A common problem that many of us can fall into is the gap between our hopes, expectations and wishes for the Christmas […]
The post Overcoming Christmas Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Tips on Boosting Mood Days are getting shorter and wetting; these tricks will help to pep you up in no time!
The post Boost your Mood – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Tips on Boosting Mood Days are getting shorter and wetting; these tricks will help to pep you up in no time!
The post Boost your Mood – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Tips on calming your mind.
The post How to Calm your Mind – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Tips on calming your mind.
The post How to Calm your Mind – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
What is anxiety like? Anxiety is a very individual thing and everyone is going to experience anxiety differently. I know that in the past, when I felt anxious, it was a sense of impending doom; everything seemed like hard work and a struggle and I didn’t feel safe in my body. I also felt nervous […]
The post What is anxiety like? appeared first on Calmer you.
What is anxiety like? Anxiety is a very individual thing and everyone is going to experience anxiety differently. I know that in the past, when I felt anxious, it was a sense of impending doom; everything seemed like hard work and a struggle and I didn’t feel safe in my body. I also felt nervous in my stomach and tight in my chest.
Symptoms of anxiety may be;
If you have anxiety you might have any number of these symptoms and more. It’s likely to you have a combination, or perhaps different triggers create different symptoms.
Another key thing that those who are anxious tend to do is to avoid things. For example, if you have social anxiety you might avoid situations where you might be expected to meet with other people. If you have a specific phobia or fear, you’ll avoid that situation or thing. This has the unfortunate effect of making thing worse, since we tend to build it into an even worse thing in our heads as a result.
Try this anxiety test, although it’s always important to get a diagnosis of anxiety from your doctor too.
Subscribe to the newsletter to get tips and advice on feeling calmer and more in control.
I’d love to hear what anxiety is like for you – please post in the comments below.
Chloe x The post What is anxiety like? appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety Test This test can serve as a guide as to whether or not you have anxiety and how severe it is. This does not substitute a proper diagnosis from your doctor so always speak to your doctor if you suspect you have anxiety. Add up the points from each question and see how you […]
The post Anxiety Test appeared first on Calmer you.
Anxiety Test This test can serve as a guide as to whether or not you have anxiety and how severe it is.
This does not substitute a proper diagnosis from your doctor so always speak to your doctor if you suspect you have anxiety.
Add up the points from each question and see how you score at the bottom.
Over the last 2 weeks, how often have you been bothered
by any of the following problems?
1) Feeling anxious, on edge or nervous?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
2) Had uncontrollable or unstoppable worries?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
3) Worrying excessively about different sorts of things?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
4) Have you had any trouble relaxing?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
5) Being so restless that you have found it hard to sit still?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
6) Becoming annoyed easily or made irritable easily?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
7) Feeling scared that something bad will happen?
– No days (0 points)
– A few days (1 points)
– Greater than half the days ( 2 points)
– Almost everyday (3 points)
Scores
0-4 – Low anxiety
5-9 – Mild anxiety
9-14 – Moderate anxiety
15-21 – Severe anxiety
If you scored between 5-21 please speak to you doctor to get a proper diagnosis.
Enter your details here to get your free guide to feeling calmer
The post Anxiety Test appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Stop Worrying – Video
The post How to Stop Worrying – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
How to Stop Worrying – Video
The post How to Stop Worrying – Video appeared first on Calmer you.
Exercise and anxiety
Studies show us that if we are physically fit we are less likely to suffer with anxiety.
In the UK, the NHS have said that if exercise was a drug that we could give to people, it would be amongst the most cost effective drugs ever produced.
The benefits of exercise are many, from improved self esteem, a sense of wellbeing, lower risk of disease, decreased risk of depression and reduced stress.
But how much and how vigorously do we need to exercise in order to gain the mental benefits?
It’s been shown that light, moderate and high intensity exercise can all reduce our level of anxiety levels.
Light exercise might be gentle walking, moderate intensity means that you could hold a conversation but could not sing during the activity, while high intensity is where you would be unable to hold a conversation due to the vigorousness of the activity.
The NHS in the UK recommend that we take 30 minutes of moderate intensity exercise 5 days a week. That could be 30 minutes of brisk walking, bike riding, swimming or tennis.
But what if you are very unfit to begin with?
Don’t allow that to put you off, since if you happen to be unfit currently you could potentially gain the most benefit from taking exercise. In fact, it’s been shown that the less physically fit you are and the more anxious you happen to be, the greater the benefit you can expect from exercising.
This is how exercise helps
Of course there is not necessarily a single thing which is going to improve your anxiety, but adding exercise into the mix will likely do you lots of good and help you to feel calmer.
Right, I’m off for a jog around the park now!
I’d love to hear about what types of exercise you enjoy most and whether you feel it calms you down.
To get your free guide to feeling calmer and your free MP3, enter your details at www.calmer-you.com
For more on hypnotherapy for anxiety see www.calmer-you.com/hypnotherapy-for-anxiety
The post Exercise and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Exercise and anxiety Studies show us that if we are physically fit we are less likely to suffer with anxiety. In the UK, the NHS have said that if exercise was a drug that we could give to people, it would be amongst the most cost effective drugs ever produced. The benefits of exercise are […]
The post Exercise and Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
5 Things that Aggravate Anxiety Caffeine The first of the things that aggravate anxiety is caffeine. When we consume caffeine, whether it’s in tea, coffee, chocolate, or cola, the caffeine has an effect on our central nervous system. It increases our heart and breathing rate and stimulates the production of adrenaline, which puts our […]
The post 5 Things that Aggravate Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
5 Things that Aggravate Anxiety
Caffeine The first of the things that aggravate anxiety is caffeine. When we consume caffeine, whether it’s in tea, coffee, chocolate, or cola, the caffeine has an effect on our central nervous system. It increases our heart and breathing rate and stimulates the production of adrenaline, which puts our bodies into fight or flight mode. This essentially stresses the body and mind and if you are stressed or anxious, to begin with, it’s only going to make matters worse. If you suffer from stress or anxiety, it makes sense to leave out caffeine, or at least try to really cut down.
Alcohol Now, sometimes anxiety sufferers or those who are stressed will use alcohol as a way of self-medicating and calming down. Alcohol causes us to release a short-term burst of serotonin, the neurotransmitter that makes us feel relaxed and happy. However, what comes up, must come down, and following a sudden release of serotonin comes a drop. Longer-term alcohol use can really start to deplete serotonin levels. Add to that the shaky, ill, and uneasy feelings associated with a bad hangover and you’ve got perfect conditions in which anxiety can run rampant.
Lack of sleep Sleep and anxiety can be a vicious cycle since anxiety can not only cause a lack of sleep but can also contribute to anxiety. When we’re tired, everything can seem like hard work. Life seems so much harder to cope with and challenges seem impossible. Research has shown that being tired affects areas of the brain that help us to process our emotions. They found that those who tended to worry a lot about things were more vulnerable to feeling anxious when deprived of sleep. So make an effort to prioritising getting a good night’s sleep and make a conscious decision to aim to get between 7-9 hours of sleep each night.
Sugar Sugar in the diet will often have the effect of raising our blood sugar levels very quickly. However, it also means that your blood sugar levels are likely to come crashing down after the initial high. The symptoms of a sugar crash; feeling shaky, light-headed, or drained, can worsen symptoms of anxiety or could feel similar to the feelings of being about to have a panic attack, which can trigger one. A study on rats found that after binging on sugar and then fasting, the rats displayed an anxiety response. So go for foods that release sugars more slowly into the bloodstream such as whole grains, nuts and seeds, protein-rich foods, and fruit and vegetables.
Trying to stop thoughts and feelings The more we try to push away thoughts and feelings, the more they are likely to impose themselves on us. If I were to ask you to not think of a purple elephant, what would you think of? I bet you would immediately think of a purple elephant. Trying to push away and deny our feelings of anxiety can just cause more anxiety and stress. Try to take on a position of acceptance; noticing thoughts and feelings as they arise and trying to be like the observer behind the thoughts and feelings. Accept that even if you do have these anxious thoughts and feelings, that you will be okay. What other things you do notice that make anxiety worse? I’d love to hear about it in the comments below. Click here to get your FREE Anxiety Toolkit The post 5 Things that Aggravate Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
Self esteem and confidence are two different things although they are often used interchangeably. Our self confidence refers to how we feel about our abilities, while self esteem is actually more about how we feel about ourselves; whether we feel worth while and whether we like ourselves.
Many clients that I work with will report that while they appear confident on the outside; they’re confident when meeting people and they do their job well, inside, they don’t feel they are good enough and struggle to accept their worth.
But why do some of us suffer with low self esteem?
For many, the cause is traceable to childhood. It’s interesting to discover during a hypnotherapy session what the root causes of people’s insecurities often are. Some clients I’ve worked with were criticised a lot as children and never felt they could measure up to their parent’s standards.
Others had a mother who lacked the interest needed for them to be secure within themselves and feel worthwhile. Others experienced bullying at school. I grew up as a southerner in a northern town, the tallest girl in the school (read: gangly!) and with ‘hippy’ parents; I never felt like I fitted in. Hardly the worst childhood, but it still took me years to accept my worth and to learn that, actually, ‘I’m ok’.
For others, more recent events in adult life, perhaps involving abuse or a very stressful period at work can have a lasting impact on how you feel about yourself.
We don’t have to have gone through a big trauma to have had experiences affect our self esteem, sometimes a simple cruel comment can have had a lasting impact on us, especially when we are younger and our minds are more susceptible.
We often feel we need the acceptance and approval of others in order to feel good about ourselves. Are we liked by other people? Do they think we’re weird, boring or stupid?
But how could we control the thoughts and feelings of another person? If we do this, we will never reach a place of fulfilment, because we can’t control other peoples perceptions.
Further to this, the perceptions of other people are more about them, as they view the world through the lens of their own experiences, upbringing, feelings and thoughts.
On top of all of this, we are constantly reminded by the media and advertising that we are deficient in some way and need to buy things/become more beautiful/wear the right shoes/look younger in order to be good enough. I try to remind myself and others;
To be beautiful means to be yourself. You don’t need to be accepted by others. You need to accept yourself ―Thích Nhất Hạnh
Another issue around self esteem is that we have a tendency to hang it on our achievements, our successes (or failures) and what we have in terms of material possessions. In his book ‘Feeling Good’, Dr David Burns asked a patient to draw a time line of her life on graph paper, with successes, failures, times of prosperity and less prosperous times. He then asked her to draw a line straight across it and label it ‘worth’. No matter what was going on externally in her life, her worth remained a constant. He showed her that her worth was intrinsic to her and it did not lower when she lost her job, or when she failed an exam, or when her boyfriend broke up with her.
Get into the habit of noticing your good qualities. List the things you’ve learned in your life, the insights you’ve gained, the difficulties you’ve overcome and bounced back from. How have you helped others? How have you shown compassion and kindness to other people? By reminding yourself of these things, you can start to build up your sense of worth and value. These are your intrinsic values.
Remind yourself every day that you are already good enough. The fact that we as human beings are even here is a mathematical miracle (if you need reminding of this, check out this video ‘Miracle of Life‘, I’ll admit it, this made me cry!). Start appreciating yourself more today and recognising how great you are, because you are.
It’s all too easy to look back at ourselves and criticise ourselves harshly. It’s important to bare in mind that everyone is just doing their best with the experiences and resources they have. If another person were to have had your life and experiences, they would have made the same choices and felt exactly as you do. You have always done your best what what you had, because if you had known differently, you would have done differently. Try to accept yourself and your past in this way and remind yourself that your best is all you can do.
I’d love to hear from you – what do you do to feel better about yourself? If you have low self esteem, what do you think is at the root of it? Let me know if the comments below.
Sign up to my newsletter to get for advice and tips on becoming calmer, happier and more confident.
The post How to Boost your Self Esteem appeared first on Calmer you.
Self esteem and confidence are two different things although they are often used interchangeably. Our self confidence refers to how we feel about our abilities, while self esteem is actually more about how we feel about ourselves; whether we feel worth while and whether we like ourselves. Many clients that I work with will report […]
The post How to Boost your Self Esteem appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you a worrier? I certainly used to be. I remember feeling transfixed by worry; unable to focus on anything or constantly coming back to the same issues, as it churned around by mind over and over again.
The funny thing about worry is that we ‘think’ we need to ‘think’ our way out of the worry. It’s like, if only we could worry enough, or hard enough, suddenly we’ll worry ourselves into calmness, or a solution. Perhaps you believe that if you worry enough you’ll mentally prepare yourself for the future, should things go wrong.
Research at Pennsylvania State University has found that worry is a form of avoiding our emotions; when we ‘think’ about things, it’s less emotionally taxing than ‘feelings’ things. When we’re worried, we believe we can ‘think’ our way out of feeling negative emotions.
It’s thought that those prone to worry are more likely to have a negative interpretation of their feelings. In my teens and early 20’s I used to obsessively worry. The worry often felt like essential preparation for the worst happening. I realise now that I was using worry to avoid my own feelings of shame and uncertainty; I was even ashamed of my own feelings and denied I was even having them. Unable to even identify them my emotions, I used worry (and alcohol!) to try to avoid them.
Worry is not the only way of avoiding feelings; many of us overeat, drink too much or use drugs, sex or gambling as a way of anaesthetising ourselves and avoiding our emotions. While this may work in the very short term, the emotion is still there afterwards, calling out for attention.
A way of tackling this is to listen to your emotions. Your emotions are important and valid and they are nothing to be ashamed of. Feelings of anger, sadness or anxiety are all normal emotions and part of the human experience.
Robert Leahy, author of Anxiety Free: Unravel Your Fears Before they Unravel You says that a way to tune into your emotions is to keep a journal, writing down down feelings as you notice them during the day. I suggest you could also try using an app to track your emotions, such as ‘I Mood journal’. Tracking your emotions can help you to notice patterns and triggers and eventually, learn to accept your feelings more.
Rather than worrying, understand that emotions tell you something very important; they let you know what your needs are. Next time you notice a negative feeling, think about what it’s letting you know about your own needs and work on finding actions that you can take to create change in your life and get your needs met.
For example, if you are worried and anxious because you have a desire for everything to be perfect, think about which of your needs are not being met; could it be an issue of self esteem or self acceptance that needs to be addressed? Do you need to work on being kinder and gentler with yourself?
Another key point about worrying is that we believe it serves a purpose; that it helps us to find solutions or even protects us from future pain. The truth is that worry is often unnecessary and in-constructive and we tend to play the same things over and over in our minds.
A problem is that many people are ambivalent when it comes to worry; it’s so endemic that it just seems normal and necessary. To tackle this, draw up a list of the pros and cons of worrying. You might find that the cons massively outweigh any benefits. Remember that worrying doesn’t take away tomorrow’s pain, it just ruins today’s peace.
One way of making sure worrying does not take over your life, as well as ensuring that worry is as constructive as it can be, is to create a ‘worry time’. Whenever you have a worry throughout the day, write it down and save it until worry time. Try to set yourself 20 minutes of dedicated worry time each day, that you exclusively dedicate to worrying and, crucially, thinking of actions you can take for any of the worries. Make a note of any worries that you have for which you can’t take any action and work on accepting them.
For example, if you’re worried about money, plan on making a budget or thinking of steps you can take to increase your cash flow. If you’re worried about something that is outside of your control, such as the economy, work on accepting that you can’t control it and you can only do your best. At this point it’s nice to remember the serenity prayer;
‘Give us the serenity to accept what cannot be changed,
The courage to change what can be changed,
and the wisdom to know the one from the other’
I’d love to hear your thoughts on worry; what do you worry about and how to you overcome it?
Sign up to my newsletter to get your FREE relaxation MP3 to help you to feel calmer today.
By Chloe Brotheridge
The post How to Stop Worrying appeared first on Calmer you.
Are you a worrier? I certainly used to be. I remember feeling transfixed by worry; unable to focus on anything or constantly coming back to the same issues, as it churned around by mind over and over again. The funny thing about worry is that we ‘think’ we need to ‘think’ our way out of […]
The post How to Stop Worrying appeared first on Calmer you.
5 Ways to Instantly Boost your Mood
Everyone needs a tool box of mood boosting techniques to pep them up during their day. If you’re feeling lacklustre, or if the darker evenings are becoming a drag, try these evidence based tricks for boosting your mood instantly.
1) Browse happy photos. Doing this was shown in Open University study to boost your mood more than a bar of chocolate. In fact, they found that photos from a time when you were happy or having fun boosted mood by 11%, while eating chocolate or even listening to music had little effect. Pop some photos around your desk or have them as your phone or computer screen saver.
2) Our facial expressions can actively affect our mood. In fact, did you know that botox injections in the forehead could diminish feeling of depression since it inhibits frowning. But lets try a smiling instead. Grab a pencil and place it in your mouth, while baring your teeth. It should force you to smile. Evidence suggest we feel better when we smile, even if it’s a fake smile. Try it and see.
3) Can a person buy happiness? Dr Miriam Tatzel, PhD, of Empire State College suggests that we can, but only if we spend it on experiences, rather than stuff. Doing things like heading to the theatre, a holiday or day trip, will bring you more joy than clothes or makeup ever could.
4) Singing in a choir has been shown to make us feel better. Singing helps our bodies to release endorphins, the same feel good chemicals that we release after intense exercise. Singing along has benefits too, but sing with others to get the full effect.
5) Get out in the daylight. Are you someone who finds their mood dips as the days get shorter? Make an effort to spend some time outdoor each day to make sure some of the natural light reaches your brain, since it’s so important for regulating mood and even sleep. If you think you may suffer with seasonal affective disorder, try a SAD light to create the same effect as a walk in the sunshine (well, maybe), and reduce the symptoms of SAD.
For more on feeling calmer, healthier and happier see www.calmer-you.com
The post 5 Ways to Instantly Boost your Mood appeared first on Calmer you.
5 Ways to Instantly Boost your Mood Everyone needs a tool box of mood boosting techniques to pep them up during their day. If you’re feeling lacklustre, or if the darker evenings are becoming a drag, try these evidence based tricks for boosting your mood instantly. 1) Browse happy photos. Doing this was shown in […]
The post 5 Ways to Instantly Boost your Mood appeared first on Calmer you.
The following supplements may help with coping with anxiety. Of course, always follow a healthy balanced diet with plenty of fruit and vegetables, good fats and protein. Always speak to your doctor before starting any supplement programme and don’t use these as a substitute to medication without your doctors advice.
Magnesium Being under a lot of stress causes our bodies to use up a lot of magnesium. In addition this this, levels of magnesium in the diet can be low; the soil we grow foods in can be depleted of magnesium while refined grains such as white wheat flour has the magnesium stripped out of it with the bran.
There are a number of reasons why magnesium could help you to cope with anxiety, one being that magnesium could suppress cortisol (the stress hormone) production. According to Emily Deans, M.D, an American psychiatrist, states that magnesium deficiency could contribute to anxiety and depression and calls magnesium ‘The Original Chill Pill‘.
5-HTP There is some evidence to suggest that the amino acid 5-HTP could help with anxiety, depression and sleep. Five-HTP is used by the body to make both melatonin (essential for sleep) and serotonin (the happy, relaxed hormone).
Fish Oil Omega 3, found in fish oils most potently, and if you’re vegetarian, in flaxseed oil, could have an impact on depression and anxiety. Studies seem to show that fish oils could have a positive impact on mood and perhaps anxiety, when taken in conjunction with mood stabilisers.
One possible reason for this, Dr Emily Deans says, is that omega 3 fatty acids could help to reduce inflammation, something linked with both anxiety and depression.
Remember that some vitamins and minerals can be toxic in excessively high doses, so always check the label or speak to your doctor or a nutritionist first. these supplements should not take the place of prescription medication; please speak to your doctor before starting any supplement plan.
Download your FREE Anxiety Toolkit
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| This form collects information we will use to send you updates about promotions, special offers, and news. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit
|
|
The post 3 Supplements for Coping with Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
The following supplements may help with coping with anxiety. Of course, always follow a healthy balanced diet with plenty of fruit and vegetables, good fats and protein. Always speak to your doctor before starting any supplement programme and don’t use these as a substitute to medication without your doctors advice. Magnesium Being under a […]
The post 3 Supplements for Coping with Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
I think I’ve discovered the worlds most nutritious, delicious breakfast. Every one knows that a healthy body = a healthy mind and I know I noticed a HUGE difference in the way I felt when I switched up my diet to make it super healthy. I find a smoothie first thing is a great opportunity […]
The post Calm-Me Berry Protein Smoothie appeared first on Calmer you.
I think I’ve discovered the worlds most nutritious, delicious breakfast. Every one knows that a healthy body = a healthy mind and I know I noticed a HUGE difference in the way I felt when I switched up my diet to make it super healthy.
I find a smoothie first thing is a great opportunity to get some quick and easy protein in – PLUS it’s a chance to add in some ‘magical’ nutritional boosters really easily.
If you’re energising your body in the right way, you’re also less likely to need to rely on stimulants that can make you more anxious or stressed, like caffeine, to keep you going during the day.
I think you’d be hard pressed to find a more nutrient packed breakfast. And for me, it’s GOT to taste good too, or I just won’t bother.
You’ll need a blender. I’ve found even a hand blender can work but make sure it’s a fairly sturdy one since ice or frozen berries can obviously be quite hard.
Many of the ingredients are optional but I add them in to get the maximum nutrition and super foods in at one time.
– Milk. I use almond milk but you could try cows/goats/soya/rice etc. A dairy free milk is usually the best choice since animal milk can cause inflammation and can contain animal hormones and antibiotics.
– A heaped scoop of protein powder. I use Pulsin’s Pea Protein but you could try Whey, soya or even Hemp (I find Hemp too ‘earthy’, although it is the Holy Grail of healthy protein powders due to it’s Omega 3 fat content)
– A handful of fresh or frozen berries. Add ice if you want it extra cold.
– A few drop of liquid Stevia such as NuNaturals.
– Optional super-foods
: A tablespoon of raw cacao or carob
: Maca – a superfood that balanced hormones
: A teaspoon of coconut oil. Very healing for the gut. A healthy gut = a healthy mind
: A teaspoon of bee pollen. This boosts immunity and energy levels
: A tablespoon of green powder. Could be wheatgrass, spirulina etc. Full of healthy nutrients.
: Vitamin D drops. most of us in the UK lack vitamin D, it’s essential for so many things.
: Ground flaxseeds. A source of Omega 3 fatty acids and can help women to eliminate excess oestrogens in the body
Blend it all together and enjoy immediately. Google
By Chloe Brotheridge
The post Calm-Me Berry Protein Smoothie appeared first on Calmer you.
What foods manage anxiety? What we eat effects our bodies, and our minds. Everything from our energy levels, hormones and even brain chemistry can be tweaked by diet. Here are my top 5 foods to manage anxiety and stress.
Avocado A great source of vitamin b6 and folic acid, both of which help to regulate the nervous system. B6 especially has been called the ‘anti-stress’ vitamin. It’s thought that it plays role in mood and sleep patterns. B6 is often recommended for helping with the anxiety and irritability associated with PMT. Plus, it’s fatty and somewhat naughty tasting, so can help to quell any anxious foods cravings or stress eating situations.
Pumpkin seeds These nutritional powerhouses contain tryptophan, an amino acid involved in the production of serotonin, our ‘happy’ and ‘relaxed’ hormone. Other great sources of tryptophan include poultry, dairy foods, tofu, bananas, fish and sesame. Chow down to boost relaxed, happy brain chemicals.
Quinoa Complex carbohydrates not only boost levels of serotonin in the brain, but they also work well in conjunction with tryptophan; helping to boost it’s serotonin making effects. Quinoa is a seed rather than a grain, so it doesn’t have the inflammatory effects that wheat can have, another bonus. Shame it’s so expensive; I buy big bags of it online and it works out a lot cheaper.
Broccoli Ah broccoli; the ‘King of Veg’ as they say. It’s a great source of Vitamin C and has been shown to help people to manage stress and anxiety by lowering the stress hormone cortisol. Vit C also plays a role in supporting the adrenal gland; something which takes a hammering when we’re stressed or anxious. Green veg like broccoli, kale and spinach are all a great sources of Vitamin C; lightly steam it rather than boiling it to death, as this can damage the vitamins heat sensitive structure.
Salmon There is some evidence to suggest that Omega 3 fatty acids could help us to reduce anxiety levels. Our modern diets contain too much omega 6 (often from vegetables oils contained in processed foods) which upsets the ratio of omega 3 to omega 6. Omega 6 fats are inflammatory and could contribute to inflammation in the brain, where as omega 3 fats do the opposite. Try to include a couple of portions of oily fish as week into your diet. If you’re vegetarian, eat walnuts, chia and flaxseeds, or try an omega 3 supplement.
I’m going to suggest a meal of salmon, with quinoa and broccoli, sprinkled with pumpkin seeds as the ultimate anti-anxiety meal. Veggies could substitute the salmon for tofu (good for tryptophan) and finish with a chia seed pudding for dessert for extra Omega 3. Get your FREE anxiety toolkit by entering your details below.
|
|
| First Name * |
| Email * |
| This form collects information we will use to send you updates about promotions, special offers, and news. We will not share or sell your personal information. You can unsubscribe at any time * |
Submit
|
|
The post 5 Foods to Manage Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
What foods manage anxiety? What we eat effects our bodies, and our minds. Everything from our energy levels, hormones and even brain chemistry can be tweaked by diet. Here are my top 5 foods to manage anxiety and stress. Avocado A great source of vitamin b6 and folic acid, both of which help to […]
The post 5 Foods to Manage Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
What causes anxiety? We know that it affect up to 1 in 50 people during the course of their lifetime and that it’s much more common in women than in men. However there is no one that that specifically causes anxiety, it could different for everybody. Here are a few possible causes; – Parents. We […]
The post Causes of Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.
What causes anxiety? We know that it affect up to 1 in 50 people during the course of their lifetime and that it’s much more common in women than in men. However there is no one that that specifically causes anxiety, it could different for everybody. Here are a few possible causes;
– Parents. We take a lot on board from our parents while we are really young. If you had an anxious mother, for example, you could be more likely to have ‘learnt’ anxious thought patterns and ways of feeling and behaving. However this doesn’t mean you can’t ‘unlearn’ them.
– Genetics. It’s thought there may be a genetic susceptibility although that doesn’t mean you are stuck with anxiety, it just may mean that it was more likely to be triggered in you than in someone without the higher genetic risk.
– Childhood trauma could trigger anxiety when you are older. The result could be that the fight or flight system is being triggered to protect us from traumas happening again.
– A stressful experience in life such as a death, a very stressful period at work or an upheaval at home, can all be causes of anxiety.
Whatever the cause of your anxiety, the good news is that anxiety doesn’t need to be permanent. You have an amazing capacity for change, growth and learning and your brain itself is plastic, always changing and adapting. By getting the help you need, adapting your lifestyle and building up your ‘calmer-me’ tool box, you can find a way to feel calmer and more relaxed.
Enter your details here to get your FREE relaxation MP3 and start feeling calmer right away.
By Chloe Brotheridge
The post Causes of Anxiety appeared first on Calmer you.